commit 28d94f21ed6140fe11d97c1417e0c90d8f27b5b8
Author: qx13468 <qx13468@eb2d0018-73a3-4aeb-bfe9-1def61c9ec69>
Date: Thu Apr 12 15:34:18 2007 +0000
trunk eingeführt
git-svn-id: https://vimsuite.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/vimsuite/trunk@133 eb2d0018-73a3-4aeb-bfe9-1def61c9ec69
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/doc/damos.txt b/vimfiles.damos/doc/damos.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab38854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/doc/damos.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+*damos.txt* Funktinen fuer das Arbeiten mit DAMOS-Dateien
+
+DAMOS-Tools *damos* *kgs* *osp*
+==============================================================================
+
+ *:PatchA2L*
+:PatchA2L A2L-File patchen
+
+Mit diesem Befehl wird ein 'make patch_a2l' durchgef�hrt. N�here Informationen
+sind in der HTML-Dokumentation zu lesen.
+
+Wenn man sich im kgs-File auf einer Umrechnungsformel befindet k�nnen folgende
+Befehle ausgef�hrt werden:
+
+ *:GetOspPhysValue*
+:GetOspPhysValue{Integer-Wert} Ausgabe des physikalische Werts mit Einheit.
+
+ *:GetOspIntValue*
+:GetOspIntValue{Phys-Wert} Ausgabe des Integer Werts in dez und hex.
+
+ *:GetOspTestValues*
+:GetOspTestValues Ausgabe eines Sets von Testwerten.
+
+Wenn man sich im kgs-File auf einem Kennwert-Namen befindet kann folgender
+Befehl ausgef�hrt werden:
+
+ *:GetKgsTestWertp*
+:GetKgsTestWertp Ausgabe des Testwert als physikalischer Wert ausgegeben.
+
+==============================================================================
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/doc/tags b/vimfiles.damos/doc/tags
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68f3bf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/doc/tags
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+:GetKgsTestWertp damos.txt /*:GetKgsTestWertp*
+:GetOspIntValue damos.txt /*:GetOspIntValue*
+:GetOspPhysValue damos.txt /*:GetOspPhysValue*
+:GetOspTestValues damos.txt /*:GetOspTestValues*
+:PatchA2L damos.txt /*:PatchA2L*
+damos damos.txt /*damos*
+damos.txt damos.txt /*damos.txt*
+kgs damos.txt /*kgs*
+osp damos.txt /*osp*
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/ftdetect/damos.vim b/vimfiles.damos/ftdetect/damos.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..614b1a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/ftdetect/damos.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.dcm set filetype=damos
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.dcl set filetype=damos
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/ftdetect/kgs.vim b/vimfiles.damos/ftdetect/kgs.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fcecf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/ftdetect/kgs.vim
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.kgs set filetype=kgs
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/ftdetect/konserve.vim b/vimfiles.damos/ftdetect/konserve.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84205cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/ftdetect/konserve.vim
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.kon set filetype=konserve
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/ftplugin/damos.vim b/vimfiles.damos/ftplugin/damos.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86f6e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/ftplugin/damos.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language: damos command file
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl <S.Liebl@gmx.de>
+" URL:
+" Credits:
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" ----
+" TABS
+" ----
+" use spaces for tabs
+setlocal expandtab
+
+" autoindent
+" indent mode - one of autoindent, smartindent or cindent
+setlocal autoindent
+
+" commenting
+" ----------
+let b:commentstring = "// "
+
+" Grep options
+let b:GrepFiles = '*.dcm'
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/ftplugin/kgs.vim b/vimfiles.damos/ftplugin/kgs.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..519ce2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/ftplugin/kgs.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language: damos Kenngroessen Beschreibungs Datei
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl <S.Liebl@gmx.de>
+" URL:
+" Credits:
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" ----
+" TABS
+" ----
+" tab width
+let tabwidth = 4
+let &l:tabstop = tabwidth
+" spaces for tabs
+"let &softtabstop = tabwidth
+" smart indent tabs (use spaces for indent else tabs)
+"set smarttab
+" use spaces for tabs
+setlocal expandtab
+
+" autoindent
+" indent mode - one of autoindent, smartindent or cindent
+" set autoindent
+" set smartindent
+"set cindent
+setlocal cinoptions=*200,)100,(s,w1
+let &l:shiftwidth = tabwidth
+setlocal formatoptions=croq
+setlocal formatexpr=KgsFormat()
+
+" commenting
+" ----------
+let b:commentstring = "\/\/"
+
+" Grep options
+let b:GrepFiles = '*.kgs'
+
+" formatting
+" ----------
+let s:levelSgFunktion = 0 * &sw
+let s:levelBlock = 1 * &sw
+let s:levelKeyword = 2 * &sw
+let s:lenKeyword = 27
+let s:lenBlockNameId = (s:levelKeyword - s:levelBlock) + s:lenKeyword
+
+if exists("*KgsFormat")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" function for gq command
+" -----------------------
+function KgsFormat()
+ if mode() !~ '[iR]'
+ " not in insert mode
+ let lstart = v:lnum
+ let lend = lstart + v:count - 1
+ while v:lnum <= lend
+ let level = GetKgsIndent()
+ let line = getline(v:lnum)
+ if level == s:levelSgFunktion
+ " nix tun
+ elseif level == s:levelBlock
+ " Definition eines Blocks
+ let list = matchlist(line, '^\s*\(\w\+\)\s\+\(\w\+;\?\)\s*\(.*\)\?\s*')
+ let NameId = printf('%s %s', list[1], list[2])
+ let line = printf('%-' . s:lenBlockNameId . 's %s', NameId, list[3])
+ elseif level == s:levelKeyword
+ " Parameter eines Blocks
+ let list = matchlist(line, '^\s*\(\w\+\)\s\+\(.\{-}\)\s\{-}\(;\)\?\(.*\)\?')
+ let line = printf('%-' . s:lenKeyword . 's %s%s%s', list[1], list[2], list[3], list[4])
+ else
+ endif
+ " delete leading spaces
+ let line = substitute(line, '^\s*\(.*\)', '\1', '')
+ " indent
+ let line = printf('%' . level . 's%s', '', line)
+ " delete trailing spaces
+ let line = substitute(line, '\(.\{-}\)\s*$', '\1', '')
+ call setline(v:lnum, line)
+ let v:lnum = v:lnum + 1
+ endwhile
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" ------------
+" KGS Reformat
+" ------------
+
+function ReformatKGS()
+ let cursorLine = line('.')
+ let cursorCol = col('.')
+ "do gq over all
+ execute 'normal ggVGgq'
+ call cursor(cursorLine, cursorCol)
+endfunction
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+" Physikalischen Wert zu Testwert eines Kennwerts ermitteln
+" Cursor muss sich im .kgs-File auf dem Kennwert befinden
+" ---------------------------------------------------------
+function s:GetOspLine(umrechnungsformel)
+ execute 'tag ' a:umrechnungsformel
+ let OspLine = getline('.')
+ execute 'pop'
+ return OspLine
+endfunction
+
+function s:GetOspPoly(Nr, OspLine)
+ if match(a:OspLine, 'Poly') >= 0
+ let valRegEx = '[^:;]\+'
+ let pxPos = matchend(a:OspLine, 'P' . a:Nr . '=')
+ if pxPos >=0
+ let pxVal = matchstr(a:OspLine, valRegEx, pxPos)
+ else
+ let pxVal = '0.0'
+ endif
+ else
+ echo 'kein Polynom'
+ let pxVal = '0.0'
+ endif
+ return pxVal
+endfunction
+
+function s:GetOspMas(OspLine)
+ let masRegEx = '[^:;"]\+'
+ let masPos = matchend(a:OspLine, 'Mas="')
+ if masPos >=0
+ let mas = matchstr(a:OspLine, masRegEx, masPos)
+ else
+ let mas = '-'
+ endif
+ return mas
+endfunction
+
+function s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1, p2, p3, p4, p5)
+ " P2 - (int - P5) * P4
+ " phys = --------------------
+ " (int - P5) * P3 - P1
+ "
+" echo 'P1: ' a:p1 ' P2:' a:p2 ' P3:' a:p3 ' P4:' a:p4 ' P5:' a:p5
+ let polynom = '(' . a:p2 . ' - ((' . a:int . ' - ' . a:p5 . ') * '
+ \ . a:p4 . ')) / (((' . a:int . ' - ' . a:p5 . ') * '
+ \ . a:p3 . ') - ' . a:p1 . ')'
+" echo polynom
+ let phys = Eval(polynom)
+ return phys
+endfunction
+
+function s:GetOspPolyIntValue(phys, p1, p2, p3, p4, p5)
+ " P1 * phys + P2
+ " int = -------------- + P5
+ " P3 * phys + P4
+ "
+" echo 'P1: ' a:p1 ' P2:' a:p2 ' P3:' a:p3 ' P4:' a:p4 ' P5:' a:p5
+ let polynom = '((((' . a:p1 . ' * ' . a:phys . ') + ' . a:p2 . ') / (('
+ \ . a:p3 . ' * ' . a:phys . ') + ' . a:p4 . ')) + ' . a:p5 . ')'
+" echo polynom
+ let float = Eval(polynom)
+ let int = ToInt(float)
+ return int
+endfunction
+
+command -nargs=1 GetOspPhysValue call s:GetOspPhysValue('<args>')
+function s:GetOspPhysValue(int)
+ execute 'normal yiw'
+ let umrechnung = @0
+ echo 'umrechnung:' umrechnung
+ let OspLine = s:GetOspLine(umrechnung)
+ if match(OspLine, 'Poly') >= 0
+ let p1Val = s:GetOspPoly('1', OspLine)
+ let p2Val = s:GetOspPoly('2', OspLine)
+ let p3Val = s:GetOspPoly('3', OspLine)
+ let p4Val = s:GetOspPoly('4', OspLine)
+ let p5Val = s:GetOspPoly('5', OspLine)
+ let mas = s:GetOspMas(OspLine)
+ " Poynom
+ echo 'umrechnung:' umrechnung
+ echo 'P1:' p1Val 'P2:' p2Val 'P3:' p3Val 'P4:' p4Val 'P5:' p5Val
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(a:int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo 'Int:' a:int 'Phys:' phys mas
+ else
+ echo 'kein Polynom'
+ return
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+command -nargs=1 GetOspIntValue call s:GetOspIntValue('<args>')
+function s:GetOspIntValue(phys)
+ execute 'normal yiw'
+ let umrechnung = @0
+ echo 'umrechnung:' umrechnung
+ let OspLine = s:GetOspLine(umrechnung)
+ if match(OspLine, 'Poly') >= 0
+ let p1Val = s:GetOspPoly('1', OspLine)
+ let p2Val = s:GetOspPoly('2', OspLine)
+ let p3Val = s:GetOspPoly('3', OspLine)
+ let p4Val = s:GetOspPoly('4', OspLine)
+ let p5Val = s:GetOspPoly('5', OspLine)
+ let mas = s:GetOspMas(OspLine)
+ " Poynom
+ echo 'umrechnung:' umrechnung
+ echo 'P1:' p1Val 'P2:' p2Val 'P3:' p3Val 'P4:' p4Val 'P5:' p5Val
+ let int = s:GetOspPolyIntValue(a:phys, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ let hex = ToHex(int, 0)
+ echo 'Phys:' a:phys mas 'Int:' int 'Hex:' hex
+ else
+ echo 'kein Polynom'
+ return
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+command GetOspTestValues call s:GetOspTestValues()
+function s:GetOspTestValues()
+ execute 'normal yiw'
+ let umrechnung = @0
+ echo 'umrechnung:' umrechnung
+ let OspLine = s:GetOspLine(umrechnung)
+ if match(OspLine, 'Poly') >= 0
+ let p1Val = s:GetOspPoly('1', OspLine)
+ let p2Val = s:GetOspPoly('2', OspLine)
+ let p3Val = s:GetOspPoly('3', OspLine)
+ let p4Val = s:GetOspPoly('4', OspLine)
+ let p5Val = s:GetOspPoly('5', OspLine)
+ let mas = s:GetOspMas(OspLine)
+ " Poynom
+ echo 'umrechnung:' umrechnung
+ echo 'P1:' p1Val 'P2:' p2Val 'P3:' p3Val 'P4:' p4Val 'P5:' p5Val
+ let int = '0'
+ let hex = ToHex(int, 8)
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ let int = '1'
+ let hex = ToHex(int, 8)
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ let int = '127'
+ let hex = ToHex(int, 8)
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ let int = '-128'
+ let hex = ToHex(int, 8)
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ let int = '255'
+ let hex = ToHex(int, 8)
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ let int = '32767'
+ let hex = ToHex(int, 16)
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ let int = '-32768'
+ let hex = ToHex(int, 16)
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ let int = '65535'
+ let hex = ToHex(int, 16)
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ let int = '2147483647L'
+ let hex = ToHex(int, 32)
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ let int = '-2147483648L'
+ let hex = ToHex(int, 32)
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ let int = '4294967295L'
+ let hex = '0xffffffff'
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(int, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ else
+ echo 'kein Polynom'
+ return
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+function s:formatValues(int, hex, phys, mas)
+ return printf('Int: %12s Hex: %12s Phys: %s %s',a:int, a:hex, a:phys, a:mas)
+endfunction
+
+command GetKgsTestWertp call s:GetKgsTestWertp()
+function s:GetKgsTestWertp()
+ " position markieren
+ execute 'normal mx'
+ " kennwert namen speichern
+ execute 'normal yiw'
+ let kennwert = @0
+ echo 'kennwert:' kennwert
+ " Position von { und } merken
+ call search('{')
+ let startLineNr = line('.')
+ execute 'normal %'
+ let endLineNr = line('.')
+ execute 'normal %'
+ " umrechnungs-Formel hohlen
+ call cursor(startLineNr, 0)
+ call search('umrechnung', 'W')
+ execute 'normal wyiw'
+ let umrechnung = @0
+ echo 'umrechnung:' umrechnung
+ let OspLine = s:GetOspLine(umrechnung)
+ call cursor(startLineNr, 0)
+ if match(OspLine, 'Poly') >= 0
+ let p1Val = s:GetOspPoly('1', OspLine)
+ let p2Val = s:GetOspPoly('2', OspLine)
+ let p3Val = s:GetOspPoly('3', OspLine)
+ let p4Val = s:GetOspPoly('4', OspLine)
+ let p5Val = s:GetOspPoly('5', OspLine)
+ " test_wert lesen
+ call cursor(startLineNr, 0)
+ call search('test_wert', 'W')
+ while search('\x\+\s*}\?\s*[,;]', 'W') > 0
+ if line('.') <= endLineNr
+ execute 'normal yiw'
+ let test_wert = @0
+ " Poynom
+ echo 'P1:' p1Val 'P2:' p2Val 'P3:' p3Val 'P4:' p4Val 'P5:' p5Val
+ let phys = s:GetOspPolyPhysValue(
+ \test_wert, p1Val, p2Val, p3Val, p4Val, p5Val)
+ echo 'test_wert:' test_wert 'umrechnung:' umrechnung 'Phys:' phys
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ else
+ echo 'kein Polynom'
+ return
+ endif
+ execute 'normal `x'
+endfunction
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------
+" Zum �berpr�fen von Testwerten
+" Im Fenster 1 muss sich konserve_2.kon befinden
+" Im Fenster 3 muss sich konserve_4.kon befinden
+" Im Fenster 2 wird das .kgs-File ge�ffnet, das den Kennwert definiert
+" Im Fenster 4 wird das .c-File zum .kgs-File ge�ffnet
+" ------------------------------------------------------------
+command -nargs=1 DamosCheckValues call s:DamosCheckValues('<args>')
+function s:DamosCheckValues(kennwert)
+ " find kennwert in kgs-file
+ 2wincmd w
+ execute 'tselect ' . a:kennwert
+ execute 'normal 0jzok'
+ call search(a:kennwert)
+ execute 'normal gm'
+ let @/ = a:kennwert . '\>'
+ " get c-file-name and find kennwert
+ let cFile = expand('%:p:r') . '.c'
+ 4wincmd w
+ execute 'edit ' . cFile
+ execute 'normal zR!'
+ execute 'normal n'
+ 1wincmd w
+ execute 'normal n'
+ 3wincmd w
+ execute 'normal n'
+ 2wincmd w
+endfunction
+
+" --------------------------------------------------
+" Sucht den Wert eines Kennwerts aus einer Konserve,
+" die als erster Parameter �bergeben wird
+" --------------------------------------------------
+function s:DamosGetKonserveVal(konserve, kennwert)
+ let kwPos = match(a:konserve, a:kennwert)
+" echo 'kwPos: ' . kwPos
+ if kwPos >= 0
+ let wertLine = matchstr(a:konserve, 'WERT\s\p\+', kwPos)
+ echo 'wertLine:' wertLine
+ let wert = substitute(wertLine, 'WERT\s\+\([0-9.,]\+\)' , '\1', '')
+ else
+ echo a:kennwert 'not found in' a:konserve
+ let wert = '-'
+ endif
+ return wert
+endfunction
+
+command -nargs=+ DamosCheckKonserven call s:DamosCheckKonserven(<f-args>)
+function s:DamosCheckKonserven(kennwert, newValue)
+ let output = DamosCheckKonserve('konserve_2.kon', a:kennwert, a:newValue)
+ echo output
+ let output = DamosCheckKonserve('konserve_4.kon', a:kennwert, a:newValue)
+ echo output
+endfunction
+
+" -------------------------------------------------------
+" �berpr�ft, ab welcher Version der Konserve ein Kennwert
+" einen bestimmten Wert hat
+" -------------------------------------------------------
+function s:DamosCheckKonserve(konserve, kennwert, newValue)
+ " Get object from Continuus
+ silent let k2_obj = CCM_get_object(a:konserve)
+ silent let k2_root = CCM_get_hist_root(k2_obj)
+ let k2_obj = k2_root
+ while k2_obj != ''
+ let k2_content = CCM_view_object(k2_obj)
+ let wert = s:DamosGetKonserveVal(k2_content, a:kennwert)
+ if wert != '-'
+ echo a:kennwert . ': ' . wert . '\n'
+ let equal = Eval(wert . ' == ' . a:newValue)
+ if equal == 0
+ let output = a:kennwert . ': not equal in: ' . k2_obj
+ silent let owner = CCM_get_owner(k2_obj)
+ let output = output . ' owner: ' . owner
+ return output
+ endif
+ endif
+ silent let k2_obj = CCM_get_successor(k2_obj)
+ endwhile
+ return 'nix'
+endfunction
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/ftplugin/konserve.vim b/vimfiles.damos/ftplugin/konserve.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c395019
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/ftplugin/konserve.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language: damos Konserve
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl <S.Liebl@gmx.de>
+" URL:
+" Credits:
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" ----
+" TABS
+" ----
+" use spaces for tabs
+setlocal expandtab
+
+" autoindent
+" indent mode - one of autoindent, smartindent or cindent
+setlocal autoindent
+
+" commenting
+" ----------
+let b:commentstring = "* "
+
+" Grep options
+let b:GrepFiles = '*.kon'
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/indent/kgs.vim b/vimfiles.damos/indent/kgs.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81cdc18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/indent/kgs.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language: damos Kenngroessen Beschreibungs Datei
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl <S.Liebl@gmx.de>
+" URL:
+" Credits:
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+ finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal indentexpr=GetKgsIndent()
+setlocal nolisp
+setlocal nosmartindent
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal indentkeys+=}
+
+" Only define the function once
+if exists("*GetKgsIndent")
+ finish
+endif
+
+function GetKgsIndent()
+
+ " Do not change indentation of commented lines.
+ if exists("b:commentstring")
+ if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^' . b:commentstring . '.*'
+ return 0
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " Don't indent preprocessor directives
+ if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*#'
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+ " Find a non-blank line above the current line, that's not a comment and not a preprocessor directive
+ let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+ while 1
+ if getline(lnum) =~ '^#'
+ " search
+ elseif exists("b:commentstring")
+ if getline(lnum) =~ '^' . b:commentstring
+ " search
+ else
+ " found
+ break
+ endif
+ else
+ " found
+ break
+ endif
+ " search next
+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+ endwhile
+
+ " At the start of the file use zero indent.
+ if lnum == 0 | return 0
+ endif
+
+ let ind = indent(lnum)
+ let line = getline(lnum) " last line
+ let cline = getline(v:lnum) " current line
+
+ " Add a 'shiftwidth' after beginning of environments.
+ " Don't add it for /begin ... /end
+ if line =~ '{' && line !~ '}'
+ let ind = ind + &sw
+ endif
+
+ " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' when an environment ends
+ if cline =~ '^\s*}'
+ let ind = ind - &sw
+ endif
+ if line !~ '{' && line =~ '}' && line !~ '^\s*}'
+ let ind = ind - &sw
+ endif
+
+ " Add a space after beginning of a comment-block
+ if line =~ '\/\*' && line !~ '\*\/'
+ let ind = ind + 1
+ endif
+
+ " Subtract a space after end of a comment-block
+ if line !~ '\/\*' && line =~ '\*\/'
+ let ind = ind - 1
+ endif
+
+ return ind
+endfunction
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/syntax/damos.vim b/vimfiles.damos/syntax/damos.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e8c1a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/syntax/damos.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language: damos command file
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl <S.Liebl@gmx.de>
+" URL:
+" Credits: Based on the java.vim syntax file by Claudio Fleiner
+" Last change: 2004 Okt 04
+
+if version < 600
+ syntax clear
+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" we define it here so that included files can test for it
+if !exists("main_syntax")
+ let main_syntax='damos'
+endif
+
+" ignore case
+"syn case ignore
+
+" commands
+syn keyword damosFunction begrenzeFehlerausgabe unterdrueckeBeaFort
+syn keyword damosFunction einstelleSprache oeffneOSp liesBezeichner oeffnePV
+syn keyword damosFunction liesAdressDatei anlegeDatenstand
+syn keyword damosFunction liesKonservierung speichere schreibeHexDatei
+syn keyword damosFunction schreibeASAP_AgIAsw
+syn keyword damosFunction kdoOTypCheck ausfuehreTrans pruefeAutoRam
+syn keyword damosFunction pruefeFktKonsistenz schreibeFhlListAusFktKonsPruef
+syn keyword damosFunction oeffneQuellDatenstand fuelleAusTestwerte
+syn keyword damosFunction definiereSGGrAuswahl anlegeAsw entferneAsw schneideAsw
+syn keyword damosFunction schliesseAsw setzeUmfang schreibeDatenquelle
+syn keyword damosFunction schreibeFktIncludeAbh anlegeOSp importiereObjekte
+syn keyword damosFunction schliesseOSp
+syn keyword damosCommand exit Dam DAMOS quellDst
+
+syn match damosSeperator "[<>,:]"
+
+syn match damosParameter "'p\d\+'"
+syn keyword damosParameter Motorola Intel Lesen S I W E y j n V1_3
+syn keyword damosParameter deutsch OSp Dst DAT EXIT PrV maxSstAnz dfpm_fkt alle_fkt
+syn keyword damosParameter switch_dfpm_fkt fktGelesen dfpm_index switch_dfpm_index
+
+" Comments
+syn keyword damosTodo contained TODO FIXME XXX
+" string inside comments
+syn region damosCommentString contained start=+"+ end=+"+ end=+\*/+me=s-1,he=s-1 contains=damosSpecial,damosCommentStar,damosSpecialChar
+syn match damosCommentCharacter contained "'\\[^']\{1,6\}'" contains=damosSpecialChar
+syn match damosCommentCharacter contained "'\\''" contains=damosSpecialChar
+syn match damosCommentCharacter contained "'[^\\]'"
+syn match damosLineComment "//.*" contains=damosCommentCharacter,damosTodo
+hi link damosLineComment damosComment
+hi link damosCommentString damosString
+
+" Strings and constants
+syn region damosString start=+"+ end=+"+ contains=ucSpecialChar,ucSpecialError
+
+" Define the default highlighting.
+" For version 5.7 and earlier: only when not done already
+" For version 5.8 and later: only when an item doesn't have highlighting yet
+if version >= 508 || !exists("did_damos_syntax_inits")
+ if version < 508
+ let did_damos_syntax_inits = 1
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi link <args>
+ else
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi def link <args>
+ endif
+
+ HiLink damosComment Comment
+ HiLink damosString String
+ HiLink damosBranch Statement
+ HiLink damosSeperator String
+ HiLink damosFunction Function
+ HiLink damosCommand Statement
+ HiLink damosParameter Label
+
+ delcommand HiLink
+endif
+
+let b:current_syntax = "damos"
+
+if main_syntax == 'damos'
+ unlet main_syntax
+endif
+
+" vim: ts=8
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/syntax/kgs.vim b/vimfiles.damos/syntax/kgs.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42c6396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/syntax/kgs.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language: damos Kenngroessen Beschreibungs Datei
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl <S.Liebl@gmx.de>
+" URL:
+" Credits:
+
+" load c-syntax
+execute('source ' . $VIMRUNTIME . '/syntax/c.vim')
+
+"syntax keyword kgsFunctions sg_funktion contained
+syntax keyword kgsFunctions sg_funktion variante revision
+syntax keyword kgsDefinitions fkt_bezeichner kgs_bezeichner ram_bezeichner
+syntax keyword kgsDefinitions ram_groesse lok_ram_groesse kennwert kennlinie
+syntax keyword kgsDefinitions gruppenkennlinie gruppenkennfeld gruppenstuetzstellen
+syntax keyword kgsDefinitions kennfeld kennwerteblock systemkonstante
+syntax keyword kgsRefgroessen ref_ram_groesse ref_kenngroesse
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents umrechnung codesyntax datentyp adressierschema
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents bitanzahl element_anzahl bitbasis_typ bitposition
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents bitbasis_name init_wert init_wertp minp_w maxp_w
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents ablageschema umrechnung anzahl min_w max_w
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents test_wert test_wertp test_wert_text nicht_im_eprom
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents eingangsgroesse_x eingangsgroesse_y ergebnisgroesse
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents anzahl_stuetzstellen_x anzahl_stuetzstellen_y
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents test_stuetzstellen_x test_stuetzstellen_y
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents anzahl_test_stuetzstellen_x anzahl_test_stuetzstellen_y
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents gruppenstuetzstellen_x gruppenstuetzstellen_y
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents minp_x minp_y maxp_x maxp_y
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents test_stuetzstellenp_x test_stuetzstellenp_y
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents nicht_applizierbar
+syntax keyword kgsKomponents deutsch
+
+
+highlight def link kgsFunctions Function
+highlight def link kgsDefinitions Function
+highlight def link kgsRefgroessen Function
+highlight def link kgsKomponents Type
diff --git a/vimfiles.damos/tools/ctags.conf b/vimfiles.damos/tools/ctags.conf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2900224
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.damos/tools/ctags.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+--langdef=damos
+--langmap=damos:.kgs
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*systemkonstante[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\1/k,systemkonstante/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*ram_groesse[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\1/r,ram_groesse/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*ram_groesse[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/GET_\1/r,ram_groesse/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*ram_groesse[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/SET_\1/r,ram_groesse/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*ram_groesse[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/CLR_\1/r,ram_groesse/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*ram_groesse[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/PUT_\1/r,ram_groesse/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*lok_ram_groesse[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\1/s,lok_ram_groesse/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*lok_ram_groesse[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/GET_\1/s,lok_ram_groesse/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*lok_ram_groesse[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/SET_\1/s,lok_ram_groesse/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*lok_ram_groesse[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/CLR_\1/s,lok_ram_groesse/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*lok_ram_groesse[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/PUT_\1/s,lok_ram_groesse/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennwert[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\1/w,kennwert/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennwert[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/KW\1/w,kennwert/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennwert[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/KW_\1/w,kennwert/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennwerteblock[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\1/w,kennwert/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennwerteblock[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/KWB\1/w,kennwert/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennwerteblock[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/KWB_\1/w,kennwert/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennlinie[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\1/l,kennlinie/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennlinie[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/KL\1/l,kennlinie/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennlinie[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/KL_\1/l,kennlinie/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennlinie[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/F_\1/l,kennlinie/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*festkennlinie[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\1/l,kennlinie/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*festkennlinie[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/FKL_\1/l,kennlinie/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*festkennlinie[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/KL_\1/l,kennlinie/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*gruppenkennlinie[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\1/l,kennlinie/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*gruppenkennlinie[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/GKL\1/l,kennlinie/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*gruppenkennlinie[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/GKL_\1/l,kennlinie/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*gruppenkennlinie[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/F_\1/l,kennlinie/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennfeld[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\1/f,kennfeld/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennfeld[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/KF\1/f,kennfeld/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennfeld[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/KF_\1/f,kennfeld/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*kennfeld[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/F_\1/f,kennfeld/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*festkennfeld[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/FKF_\1/f,kennfeld/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*gruppenkennfeld[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\1/f,kennfeld/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*gruppenkennfeld[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/GKF\1/f,kennfeld/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*gruppenkennfeld[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/GKF_\1/f,kennfeld/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*gruppenkennfeld[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/F_\1/f,kennfeld/
+--regex-damos=/^[ \t]*gruppenstuetzstellen[ \t]*([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\1/g,kennfeld/
+--langdef=osp
+--langmap=osp:.osp
+--regex-osp=/^:OId=[0-9a-fA-F]+:Typ=Umr:Name=([a-zA-Z0-9_]+).*/\1/u,umrechnung/
+--regex-osp=/^:OId=[0-9a-fA-F]+:Typ=CSy:Name=([a-zA-Z0-9_]+).*/\1/c,codesyntax/
+--regex-osp=/^:OId=[0-9a-fA-F]+:Typ=Abl:Name=([a-zA-Z0-9_]+).*/\1/a,ablageschema/
+--regex-osp=/^:OId=[0-9a-fA-F]+:Typ=AdS:Name=([a-zA-Z0-9_]+).*/\1/d,adressierschema/
+--langmap=c:.c.h.d.dat.inv.mkinc -h .h.d.dat.inv.mkinc --c-types=+p
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/compiler/tex.vim b/vimfiles.latex/compiler/tex.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..993ecfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/compiler/tex.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+" File: tex.vim
+" Type: compiler plugin for LaTeX
+" Original Author: Artem Chuprina <ran@ran.pp.ru>
+" Customization: Srinath Avadhanula <srinath@fastmail.fm>
+" CVS: $Id: tex.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+" Description: {{{
+" This file sets the 'makeprg' and 'errorformat' options for the LaTeX
+" compiler. It is customizable to optionally ignore certain warnings and
+" provides the ability to set a dynamic 'ignore-warning' level.
+"
+" By default it is set up in a 'non-verbose', 'ignore-common-warnings' mode,
+" which means that irrelevant lines from the compilers output will be
+" ignored and also some very common warnings are ignored.
+"
+" Depending on the 'ignore-level', the following kinds of messages are
+" ignored. An ignore level of 3 for instance means that messages 1-3 will be
+" ignored. By default, the ignore level is set to 4.
+"
+" 1. LaTeX Warning: Specifier 'h' changed to 't'.
+" This errors occurs when TeX is not able to correctly place a floating
+" object at a specified location, because of which it defaulted to the
+" top of the page.
+" 2. LaTeX Warning: Underfull box ...
+" 3. LaTeX Warning: Overfull box ...
+" both these warnings (very common) are due to \hbox settings not being
+" satisfied nicely.
+" 4. LaTeX Warning: You have requested ...,
+" This warning occurs in slitex when using the xypic package.
+" 5. Missing number error:
+" Usually, when the name of an included eps file is spelled incorrectly,
+" then the \bb-error message is accompanied by a bunch of "missing
+" number, treated as zero" error messages. This level ignores these
+" warnings.
+" NOTE: number 5 is actually a latex error, not a warning!
+"
+" Use
+" TCLevel <level>
+" where level is a number to set the ignore level dynamically.
+"
+" When TCLevel is called with the unquoted string strict
+" TClevel strict
+" then the 'efm' switches to a 'verbose', 'no-lines-ignored' mode which is
+" useful when you want to make final checks of your document and want to be
+" careful not to let things slip by.
+"
+" TIP: MikTeX has a bug where it sometimes erroneously splits a line number
+" into multiple lines. i.e, if the warning is on line 1234. the compiler
+" output is:
+" LaTeX Warning: ... on input line 123
+" 4.
+" In this case, vim will wrongly interpret the line-number as 123 instead
+" of 1234. If you have cygwin, a simple remedy around this is to first
+" copy the file vimlatex (provided) into your $PATH, make sure its
+" executable and then set the variable g:tex_flavor to vimlatex in your
+" ~/.vimrc (i.e putting let "g:tex_flavor = 'vimlatex'" in your .vimrc).
+" This problem occurs rarely enough that its not a botheration for most
+" people.
+"
+" TODO:
+" 1. menu items for dynamically selecting a ignore warning level.
+" }}}
+
+" avoid reinclusion for the same buffer. keep it buffer local so it can be
+" externally reset in case of emergency re-sourcing.
+if exists('b:doneTexCompiler') && !exists('b:forceRedoTexCompiler')
+ finish
+endif
+let b:doneTexCompiler = 1
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Customization of 'efm': {{{
+" This section contains the customization variables which the user can set.
+" g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings: This variable contains a � seperated list of
+" patterns which will be ignored in the TeX compiler's output. Use this
+" carefully, otherwise you might end up losing valuable information.
+if !exists('g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings')
+ let g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings =
+ \'Underfull'."\n".
+ \'Overfull'."\n".
+ \'specifier changed to'."\n".
+ \'You have requested'."\n".
+ \'Missing number, treated as zero.'."\n".
+ \'There were undefined references'."\n".
+ \'Citation %.%# undefined'
+endif
+" This is the number of warnings in the g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings string which
+" will be ignored.
+if !exists('g:Tex_IgnoreLevel')
+ let g:Tex_IgnoreLevel = 7
+endif
+" There will be lots of stuff in a typical compiler output which will
+" completely fall through the 'efm' parsing. This options sets whether or not
+" you will be shown those lines.
+if !exists('g:Tex_IgnoreUnmatched')
+ let g:Tex_IgnoreUnmatched = 1
+endif
+" With all this customization, there is a slight risk that you might be
+" ignoring valid warnings or errors. Therefore before getting the final copy
+" of your work, you might want to reset the 'efm' with this variable set to 1.
+" With that value, all the lines from the compiler are shown irrespective of
+" whether they match the error or warning patterns.
+" NOTE: An easier way of resetting the 'efm' to show everything is to do
+" TCLevel strict
+if !exists('g:Tex_ShowallLines')
+ let g:Tex_ShowallLines = 0
+endif
+
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+" Customization of 'makeprg': {{{
+
+" There are several alternate ways in which 'makeprg' is set up.
+"
+" Case 1
+" ------
+" The first is when this file is a part of latex-suite. In this case, a
+" variable called g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat exists, which gives the default
+" format .tex files should be compiled into. In this case, we use the TTarget
+" command provided by latex-suite.
+"
+" Case 2
+" ------
+" The user is using this file without latex-suite AND he wants to directly
+" specify the complete 'makeprg'. Then he should set the g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi
+" variable. This is a string which should be directly be able to be cast into
+" &makeprg. An example of one such string is:
+"
+" g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'pdflatex \\nonstopmode \\input\{$*\}'
+"
+" NOTE: You will need to escape back-slashes, {'s etc yourself if you are
+" using this file independently of latex-suite.
+" TODO: Should we also have a check for backslash escaping here based on
+" platform?
+"
+" Case 3
+" ------
+" The use is using this file without latex-suite and he doesnt want any
+" customization. In this case, this file makes some intelligent guesses based
+" on the platform. If he doesn't want to specify the complete 'makeprg' but
+" only the name of the compiler program (for example 'pdflatex' or 'latex'),
+" then he sets b:tex_flavor or g:tex_flavor.
+
+if exists('g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat')
+ exec 'TTarget '.g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat
+elseif exists('g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi')
+ let &l:makeprg = g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi
+else
+ " If buffer-local variable 'tex_flavor' exists, it defines TeX flavor,
+ " otherwize the same for global variable with same name, else it will be LaTeX
+ if exists("b:tex_flavor")
+ let current_compiler = b:tex_flavor
+ elseif exists("g:tex_flavor")
+ let current_compiler = g:tex_flavor
+ else
+ let current_compiler = "latex"
+ end
+ if has('win32')
+ let escChars = ''
+ else
+ let escChars = '{}\'
+ endif
+ " Furthermore, if 'win32' is detected, then we want to set the arguments up so
+ " that miktex can handle it.
+ if has('win32')
+ let options = '--src-specials'
+ else
+ let options = ''
+ endif
+ let &l:makeprg = current_compiler . ' ' . options .
+ \ escape(' \nonstopmode \input{$*}', escChars)
+endif
+
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+" Functions for setting up a customized 'efm' {{{
+
+" IgnoreWarnings: parses g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings for message customization {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>IgnoreWarnings()
+ let i = 1
+ while s:Strntok(g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings, "\n", i) != '' &&
+ \ i <= g:Tex_IgnoreLevel
+ let warningPat = s:Strntok(g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings, "\n", i)
+ let warningPat = escape(substitute(warningPat, '[\,]', '%\\\\&', 'g'), ' ')
+ exe 'setlocal efm+=%-G%.%#'.warningPat.'%.%#'
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" SetLatexEfm: sets the 'efm' for the latex compiler {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>SetLatexEfm()
+
+ let pm = ( g:Tex_ShowallLines == 1 ? '+' : '-' )
+
+ set efm=
+
+ if !g:Tex_ShowallLines
+ call s:IgnoreWarnings()
+ endif
+
+ setlocal efm+=%E!\ LaTeX\ %trror:\ %m
+ setlocal efm+=%E!\ %m
+
+ setlocal efm+=%+WLaTeX\ %.%#Warning:\ %.%#line\ %l%.%#
+ setlocal efm+=%+W%.%#\ at\ lines\ %l--%*\\d
+ setlocal efm+=%+WLaTeX\ %.%#Warning:\ %m
+
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'Cl.%l\ %m'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'Cl.%l\ '
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C\ \ %m'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C%.%#-%.%#'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C%.%#[]%.%#'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C[]%.%#'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C%.%#%[{}\\]%.%#'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C<%.%#>%m'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C\ \ %m'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'GSee\ the\ LaTeX%m'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'GType\ \ H\ <return>%m'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'G\ ...%.%#'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'G%.%#\ (C)\ %.%#'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'G(see\ the\ transcript%.%#)'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'G\\s%#'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'O(%*[^()])%r'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'P(%f%r'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'P\ %\\=(%f%r'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'P%*[^()](%f%r'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'P(%f%*[^()]'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'P[%\\d%[^()]%#(%f%r'
+ if g:Tex_IgnoreUnmatched && !g:Tex_ShowallLines
+ setlocal efm+=%-P%*[^()]
+ endif
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'Q)%r'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'Q%*[^()])%r'
+ exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'Q[%\\d%*[^()])%r'
+ if g:Tex_IgnoreUnmatched && !g:Tex_ShowallLines
+ setlocal efm+=%-Q%*[^()]
+ endif
+ if g:Tex_IgnoreUnmatched && !g:Tex_ShowallLines
+ setlocal efm+=%-G%.%#
+ endif
+
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Strntok: extract the n^th token from a list {{{
+" example: Strntok('1,23,3', ',', 2) = 23
+fun! <SID>Strntok(s, tok, n)
+ return matchstr( a:s.a:tok[0], '\v(\zs([^'.a:tok.']*)\ze['.a:tok.']){'.a:n.'}')
+endfun
+
+" }}}
+" SetTexCompilerLevel: sets the "level" for the latex compiler {{{
+function! <SID>SetTexCompilerLevel(...)
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let level = a:1
+ else
+ call Tex_ResetIncrementNumber(0)
+ echo substitute(g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings,
+ \ '^\|\n\zs\S', '\=Tex_IncrementNumber(1)." ".submatch(0)', 'g')
+ let level = input("\nChoose an ignore level: ")
+ if level == ''
+ return
+ endif
+ endif
+ if level == 'strict'
+ let g:Tex_ShowallLines = 1
+ elseif level =~ '^\d\+$'
+ let g:Tex_ShowallLines = 0
+ let g:Tex_IgnoreLevel = level
+ else
+ echoerr "SetTexCompilerLevel: Unkwown option [".level."]"
+ end
+ call s:SetLatexEfm()
+endfunction
+
+com! -nargs=? TCLevel :call <SID>SetTexCompilerLevel(<f-args>)
+" }}}
+
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+
+call s:SetLatexEfm()
+
+if !exists('*Tex_Debug')
+ function! Tex_Debug(...)
+ endfunction
+endif
+
+call Tex_Debug("compiler/tex.vim: sourcing this file", "comp")
+
+" vim: fdm=marker:commentstring=\ \"\ %s
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/doc/imaps.txt b/vimfiles.latex/doc/imaps.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..087b3db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/doc/imaps.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+ IMAP -- A fluid replacement for :imap
+ *imaps.txt*
+ Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail DOT fm>
+
+
+
+ Abstract
+ ========
+This plugin provides a function IMAP() which emulates vims |:imap| function. The
+motivation for providing this plugin is that |:imap| suffers from problems
+which get increasingly annoying with a large number of mappings.
+
+Consider an example. If you do >
+ imap lhs something
+
+
+then a mapping is set up. However, there will be the following problems:
+1. The 'ttimeout' option will generally limit how easily you can type the lhs.
+ if you type the left hand side too slowly, then the mapping will not be
+ activated.
+
+2. If you mistype one of the letters of the lhs, then the mapping is deactivated
+ as soon as you backspace to correct the mistake.
+
+3. The characters in lhs are shown on top of each other. This is fairly
+ distracting. This becomes a real annoyance when a lot of characters initiate
+ mappings.
+
+This script provides a function IMAP() which does not suffer from these
+problems.
+
+
+
+ *imaps.txt-toc*
+|im_1| Using IMAP
+
+================================================================================
+Viewing this file
+
+This file can be viewed with all the sections and subsections folded to ease
+navigation. By default, vim does not fold help documents. To create the folds,
+press za now. The folds are created via a foldexpr which can be seen in the
+last section of this file.
+
+See |usr_28.txt| for an introduction to folding and |fold-commands| for key
+sequences and commands to work with folds.
+
+================================================================================
+Using IMAP *im_1* *imaps-usage*
+
+
+
+Each call to IMAP is made using the syntax: >
+ call IMAP (lhs, rhs, ft [, phs, phe])
+
+
+This is equivalent to having <lhs> map to <rhs> for all files of type <ft>.
+
+Some characters in the <rhs> have special meaning which help in cursor placement
+as described in |imaps-placeholders|. The optional arguments define these
+special characters.
+
+Example One: >
+ call IMAP ("bit`", "\\begin{itemize}\<cr>\\item <++>\<cr>\\end{itemize}<++>", "tex")
+
+
+This effectively sets up the map for "bit`" whenever you edit a latex file. When
+you type in this sequence of letters, the following text is inserted: >
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item *
+ \end{itemize}<++>
+
+where * shows the cursor position. The cursor position after inserting the text
+is decided by the position of the first "place-holder". Place holders are
+special characters which decide cursor placement and movement. In the example
+above, the place holder characters are <+ and +>. After you have typed in the
+item, press <C-j> and you will be taken to the next set of <++>'s. Therefore by
+placing the <++> characters appropriately, you can minimize the use of movement
+keys.
+
+Set g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders to 0 to disable placeholders altogether.
+
+Set g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd to something else if you
+want different place holder characters. Also, b:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and
+b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd override the values of g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and
+g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd respectively. This is useful for setting buffer specific
+place holders.
+
+Example Two: You can use the <C-r> command to insert dynamic elements such as
+dates. >
+ call IMAP ('date`', "\<c-r>=strftime('%b %d %Y')\<cr>", '')
+
+
+
+With this mapping, typing date` will insert the present date into the file.
+
+================================================================================
+About this file
+
+This file was created automatically from its XML variant using db2vim. db2vim is
+a python script which understands a very limited subset of the Docbook XML 4.2
+DTD and outputs a plain text file in vim help format.
+
+db2vim can be obtained via anonymous CVS from sourceforge.net. Use
+
+cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.vim-latex.sf.net:/cvsroot/vim-latex co db2vim
+
+Or you can visit the web-interface to sourceforge CVS at:
+http://cvs.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/vim-latex/db2vim/
+
+The following modelines should nicely fold up this help manual.
+
+vim:ft=help:fdm=expr:nowrap
+vim:foldexpr=getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'-\\{80}'?'>2'\:getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'=\\{80}'?'>1'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'=\\{80}'?'0'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'-\\{80}'?'1'\:'='
+vim:foldtext=substitute(v\:folddashes.substitute(getline(v\:foldstart),'\\s*\\*.*',"",""),'^--','--\ \ \ \ ','')
+================================================================================
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.txt b/vimfiles.latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c18b72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+ A (very) quick introduction to Latex-Suite
+ *latex-suite-quickstart.txt*
+ Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail DOT fm>
+
+
+
+ Abstract
+ ========
+Latex-Suite is a comprehensive set of scripts to aid in editing, compiling and
+viewing LaTeX documents. A thorough explanation of the full capabilities of
+Latex-Suite is described in the user manual. This guide on the other hand,
+provides a quick 30-45 minute running start to some of the more commonly used
+functionalities of Latex-Suite.
+
+ *latex-suite-quickstart.txt-toc*
+|lq_1| Using this tutorial
+|lq_2| Inserting a template
+|lq_3| Inserting a package
+|lq_4| Inserting an Environment
+|lq_5| A few keyboard shortcuts
+|lq_6| Folding in Latex-Suite
+|lq_7| Inserting a Reference
+|lq_8| Compiling a document
+ |lq_8_1| Debugging LaTeX source files
+|lq_9| Viewing DVI files
+ |lq_9_1| Performing forward searches
+ |lq_9_2| Performing inverse searches
+|lq_10| Conclusions
+
+================================================================================
+Viewing this file
+
+This file can be viewed with all the sections and subsections folded to ease
+navigation. By default, vim does not fold help documents. To create the folds,
+press za now. The folds are created via a foldexpr which can be seen in the
+last section of this file.
+
+See |usr_28.txt| for an introduction to folding and |fold-commands| for key
+sequences and commands to work with folds.
+
+================================================================================
+Using this tutorial *lq_1* *lq_a_bc*
+ *lsq-using-tutorial*
+
+
+
+This tutorial assumes that you have vim version 6.1+ installed on your machine.
+To check, open vim and type >
+ :ver
+You will see the version in the first line of the output. Get the latest vim
+version from http://vim.sf.net |lq_u_1|.
+
+Assuming you have Vim 6.1+ already up and running, follow the instructions here
+|lq_u_2| to set up Latex-Suite. Remember to make sure your 'grepprg' setting of
+Vim works.
+
+Good, now you are all set to start the tutorial. Since this tutorial aims to
+explain the newbie-friendly version of Latex-Suite, it needs some GUI
+functionality. Therefore, at least for this tutorial, open the gui version of
+vim. (On MS windows, this is the default). Open up this help file in either the
+same gvim session in a split window or in a different session and follow the
+(friendly) instructions.
+
+================================================================================
+Inserting a template *lq_2* *lq_a_bd*
+ *lsq-inserting-template*
+
+
+
+Start up gvim and begin editing a new file. >
+ e newfile.tex
+If the installation went well, you should see a new set of menus appear. Goto
+Tex-Suite > Templates. You will see a number of templates to choose from. For
+now, choose to insert a template for an article. You should get the following in
+the main vim window (after possibly a hit-enter prompt). >
+
+ 1 % File: sample.tex
+ 2 % Created: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P
+ 3 % Last Change: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P
+ 4 %
+ 5 \documentclass[a4paper]{article}
+ 6 \begin{document}
+ 7
+ 8 \end{document}
+ 9
+ 10 ~
+ 11 ~
+ 12 ~
+ 13 ~
+ -- INSERT -- 7,1 All
+
+
+
+The cursor is left on line 7 (just after the \begin{document} line) from where
+you can start typing straight away. Trying to lessen movement is a recurring
+theme in Latex-Suite.
+
+================================================================================
+Inserting a package *lq_3* *lq_a_be*
+ *lsq-lsq-inserting-package*
+
+
+
+Assume that we are writing a mathematical paper and we want to use the popular
+amsmath package. We will use some functionality which Latex-Suite provides
+specifically for including LaTeX packages, providing options etc. Navigate to
+before the \begin{document} line (The portion of the document before the
+\begin{document} is called the _preamble_ in LaTeX). On an empty line in the
+preamble, type the single word amsmath and then press <F5> in normal mode. The
+line will change to >
+ \usepackage[]{amsmath}<++>
+with the cursor positioned conviniently between the []'s. For now, do not worry
+about the trailing <++> at the end of this line. Assume we want to provide the
+sumlimits options to amsmath. You can either type in this option manually, or
+choose from a menu of package options which Latex-Suite automatically creates
+when you insert a package using <F5>. With the cursor still placed between the
+[], goto TeX-Suite > Packages > amsmath Options. Choose the sumlimits option.
+The package line should get converted to: >
+ \usepackage[sumlimits,]{amsmath}<++>
+
+
+with the cursor before ]. Press <C-j> in insert mode. You will see the cursor
+jump to the end of the package line and the trailing <++> will dissapear. What
+just happened?! You had your first taste of _Placeholders_. Read more about them
+(later) here |lq_u_3|. In short, pressing <C-j> in insert mode takes you to the
+next <++> in the text.
+
+================================================================================
+Inserting an Environment *lq_4* *lq_a_bf*
+ *lsq-insert-environment*
+
+
+
+Now let us type in a simple formula in LaTeX. Move back to the body of the
+document (The portion of the document between \begin{document} and
+\end{document} is called the body). Type in a few simple sentences and then on
+an empty line, type the single word eqnarray. Escape to normal mode and press
+<F5>. (Remember: <F5> is very useful!) This time, the line will change to: >
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ \label{}<++>
+ \end{eqnarray}<++>
+<with the cursor between the {}. Enter a label. We will use eqn:euler. After
+typing in eqn:euler, press <C-j>. This will take you outside the curly-braces.
+Another time you used a Placeholder!
+
+================================================================================
+A few keyboard shortcuts *lq_5* *lq_a_bg*
+ *lsq-keyboard-shortcuts*
+
+
+
+Now to type in the famous Euler formula. Our aim is to type >
+ e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0
+Instead of typing this blindly, let us use a few shortcuts to reduce movement.
+Start out by typing e^. Now instead of typing {, type another ^. You will see
+the e^^ change instantly to e^{}<++> with the cursor between {}'s. (The ^^
+changed to ^{}<++>.) Continue with the following sequence of letters: j`p. This
+will change instantly to j\pi. (The `p changed to \pi.) Having typed in all we
+need to type between the {}'s, press <C-j>. You will pop back out of the
+curly-braces. Continue typing the rest of the formula. You can use == as a
+shortcut for &=&. Latex-Suite provides a large number of such shortcuts which
+should making typing much more fun and fast if you get acquainted with them. A
+list is provided here |lq_u_4|. Definitely spend some time getting a feel for
+them. Most of them are pretty intuitive like `/ for \frac{}{}, `8 for \infty
+etc.
+
+In order to understand the next section better, it will be helpful to have one
+more \label. Lets use the handy <F5> key to insert another equation. This time
+something simple like the following will do: >
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ \label{eqn:simple}
+ 1 + 1 = 2
+ \end{eqnarray}
+
+
+================================================================================
+Folding in Latex-Suite *lq_6* *lq_a_bh* *lsq-folding*
+
+
+
+Okay, we have typed enough. At this stage, hopefully, your file is looking
+something like this: >
+
+ 1 % File: sample.tex
+ 2 % Created: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P
+ 3 % Last Change: Mon Dec 15 07:00 PM 2003
+ 4 %
+ 5 \documentclass[a4paper]{article}
+ 6
+ 7 \usepackage[sumlimits,]{amsmath}
+ 8
+ 9 \begin{document}
+ 10 \begin{eqnarray}
+ 11 \label{eqn:euler}
+ 12 e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0
+ 13 \end{eqnarray}
+ 14 This is the famous euler equation. I
+ 15 will type another equation, just as
+ 16 true:
+ 17 \begin{eqnarray}
+ 18 \label{eqn:simple}
+ 19 1 + 1 &=& 2
+ 20 \end{eqnarray}
+ 21 This is my contribution to mathematics.
+ 22 \end{document}
+
+In normal mode, press \rf. This will fold up the entire file and you should see
+the file looking as below: >
+
+ 1 % File: sample.tex
+ 2 % Created: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P
+ 3 % Last Change: Mon Dec 15 07:00 PM 2003
+ 4 %
+ 5 +-- 4 lines: Preamble: \documentclass[a4paper]{article} -----
+ 9 \begin{document}
+ 10 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:euler) \label{eqn:euler} -----------
+ 14 This is the famous euler equation. I
+ 15 will type another equation, just as
+ 16 true:
+ 10 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:simple) \label{eqn:simple} ---------
+ 21 This is my contribution to mathematics.
+ 22 \end{document}
+
+What has happened is that Latex-Suite folded away blocks of LaTeX code into
+folded regions. You can open and close folds by using the command za in normal
+mode.
+
+================================================================================
+Inserting a Reference *lq_7* *lq_a_bi*
+ *lsq-inserting-reference*
+
+
+
+A necessary part of LaTeX editing is referencing equations, figures,
+bibliographic entries etc. This is done with the \ref and the \cite commands.
+Latex-Suite provides an easy way to do this. Somewhere in the body of the
+document, type in the following sentence >
+ This is a reference to (\ref{}).
+With the cursor between the {} press <F9> in insert mode. Your vim session will
+sprout two new windows and it should look like below: >
+
+ 9 \begin{document}
+ 10 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:euler) : \label{eqn:euler}-----------------------
+ 14 This is the famous euler equation. I
+ 15 will type another equation, just as
+ 16 true:
+ 17 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:simple) : \label{eqn:simple}---------------------
+ 21 This is my contribution to mathematics.
+ 22 This is a reference to (\ref{}<++>)<++>
+ 23 \end{document}
+ ~
+ ~
+ ~
+ test.tex [+] 22,29 Bot
+ test.tex|11| \label{eqn:euler}
+ test.tex|18| \label{eqn:simple}
+ ~
+ ~
+ ~
+ [Error List] 1,1 All
+ 7 \usepackage[sumlimits,]{amsmath}
+ 8
+ 9 \begin{document}
+ 10 \begin{eqnarray}
+ 11 \label{eqn:euler}
+ 12 e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0
+ 13 \end{eqnarray}
+ 14 This is the famous euler equation. I
+ 15 will type another equation, just as
+ 16 true:
+ test.tex [Preview][+] 11,2-5 46%
+
+
+
+The cursor will relocate to the middle window which shows all \labels found in
+all the .tex file in the current directory. You can scroll up and down in the
+middle window till you reach the reference you want to insert. Notice how when
+you scroll in the middle window, the bottom "Preview" window scrolls
+automatically to show you the location of the current selection. This helps you
+identify the reference with greater ease because often times, \labels are not
+descriptive enough or there might be too many of them. To insert the reference,
+just position the cursor on the relevant line in the middle window and press
+<enter>. The line which you were editing will change to: >
+ This is a reference to (\ref{eqn:euler})
+<and the bottom windows close automatically.
+
+The <F9> key also works for inserting \cite commands to reference bibliographich
+entries, inserting file names for the \inputgraphics command and just plain
+searching for words. Click here |lq_u_5| for more information.
+
+================================================================================
+Compiling a document *lq_8* *lq_a_bj*
+ *lsq-compiling*
+
+|lq_8_1| Debugging LaTeX source files
+
+
+Great! We have just created a small latex file. The next step is to make the
+latex compiler create a .dvi file from it. Compiling via latex-suite is simple.
+Goto normal mode and press \ll (replace \ with whatever mapleader setting you
+have). This will call the latex compiler. If all goes well, then the focus
+should return to the vim window.
+
+Nothing happend? Ouch! You might need to do some additional settings as
+described here. |lq_u_6|
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Debugging LaTeX source files *lq_8_1* *lq_a_bk*
+ *lsq-debugging*
+
+To illustrate the debugging procedure, let's create a few mistakes in the file.
+Insert the following ``mistakes'' in the file: >
+ This is a $\mistake$.
+ And this is $\another$
+Now press \ll again. This time you will notice that after compilation finishes,
+the cursor automatically lands on $\mistake$. In addition, 2 new windows will
+appear as shown here:
+
+The middle window is an _Error List_ window showing you the errors which the
+latex compiler found. Th bottom window is a _Log Preview_ window, which shows
+you the context of the error made by displaying the relevant portion of the .log
+file created during the latex compilation procedure. Jump to the _Error List_
+window and try scrolling around in it using either the j, k keys or the arrow
+keys. You will notice that the _Log Preview_ window scrolls automatically to
+retain the context of the error you are currently located on. If you press
+<enter> on any line, you will see the cursor jump to the location of the error.
+Latex-Suite tries to guess the column location as best as it can so you can
+continue typing straight away.
+Having got a taste for compiling, proceed by deleting the erroneous lines and
+re-compiling.
+
+The Latex-Suite compiler is capable of much more including selectively filtering
+out common errors which you might want to ignore for the moment, compiling parts
+of a document, setting levels of verbosity in the compiler output etc. See here
+|lq_u_7| for more.
+
+================================================================================
+Viewing DVI files *lq_9* *lq_a_bl*
+ *lsq-viewing-dvi*
+
+|lq_9_1| Performing forward searches
+|lq_9_2| Performing inverse searches
+
+
+Now that you have compiled your first latex source, its time to view it. Again,
+this should be pretty simple. Press \lv in normal mode. Depending on your
+platform, a DVI viewer program should open up and display the dvi file generated
+in compilation step previously.
+
+Nothing happend? Ouch! You might need to do some additional settings as
+described here. |lq_u_8|
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Performing forward searches *lq_9_1* *lq_a_bm*
+ *lsq-quick-forward-searching*
+
+If you are using a modern DVI viewer, then it is possible to do what is called
+forward and inverse searching. However, you will need to customize the standard
+Latex-Suite distribution in order to utilize this functionality. Type in the
+following on the command line: >
+ :let g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex -src-specials -interaction=nonstopmode $*'
+ :TCTarget dvi
+
+
+Now recompile the latex file by pressing \ll. This time, instead of pressing \lv
+to view the file, press \ls from within the tex file. If the DVI viewer supports
+forward searching (most of them do), then the viewer will actually display the
+portion of the DVI file corresponding to the location where you were editing the
+tex file.
+
+NOTE: The reason Latex-Suite does not have this setting by default is that on
+ some systems this causes unpredictable results in the DVI output. If you
+ find the DVI output satisfactory, then you can insert the first of the 2
+ lines above into your $VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim file. $VIM is ~/vimfiles for
+ windows and ~/.vim for *nix machines.
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Performing inverse searches *lq_9_2* *lq_a_bn*
+ *lsq-quick-inverse-searching*
+
+Most DVI viewers also support inverse searching, whereby you can make the DVI
+viewer ask vim to display the tex source corresponding to the DVI file being
+shown. This is extremeley helpful while proofreading large documents.
+
+Simply double-click anywhere in the viewer window. If the viewer supports it,
+then it will attempt to open an editor window at the location corresponding to
+where you double-clicked. On *nix platforms, Latex-Suite attempts to start the
+viewer program in such a way that it already knows to use vim to open the tex
+source. Thus you should see a vim window open up showing the tex file. However,
+if there is an error, or some other program is used, you will need to tell the
+viewer program to use gvim as the editor. On windows platforms, if you use the
+commonly available yap viewer (available as part of the miktex distribution),
+then this option can be set from View > Options > Inverse Search. In the Command
+line: window, write >
+ "C:\Program Files\vim\vim61\gvim" -c ":RemoteOpen +%l %f"
+(Customize the path according to where you have installed gvim). If you double
+click in the view pane now, you will see gvim start up and take you to the
+relevant portion of the tex file.
+
+================================================================================
+Conclusions *lq_10* *lq_a_bo*
+ *lsq-conclusions*
+
+
+
+Thats all folks! By now, you should know enough of the basic functions of
+latex-suite. Ofcourse, latex-suite is capable of much, much more such as
+compiling files multiple times to resolve changed labels, compiling
+dependencies, handling user packages and more. To get a feel for that, you will
+need to take a look at the Latex-Suite user manual. |lq_u_9|
+
+================================================================================
+URLs used in this file
+
+*lq_u_1* : http://vim.sf.net
+*lq_u_2* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=download&title=Download
+*lq_u_3* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/latex-macros.html
+*lq_u_4* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/auc-tex-mappings.html
+*lq_u_5* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/latex-completion.html
+*lq_u_6* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=faq&title=FAQ#faq-2
+*lq_u_7* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/latex-compiling.html
+*lq_u_8* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=faq&title=FAQ#faq-3
+*lq_u_9* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=manual&title=Manual#user-manual
+
+================================================================================
+About this file
+
+This file was created automatically from its XML variant using db2vim. db2vim is
+a python script which understands a very limited subset of the Docbook XML 4.2
+DTD and outputs a plain text file in vim help format.
+
+db2vim can be obtained via anonymous CVS from sourceforge.net. Use
+
+cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.vim-latex.sf.net:/cvsroot/vim-latex co db2vim
+
+Or you can visit the web-interface to sourceforge CVS at:
+http://cvs.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/vim-latex/db2vim/
+
+The following modelines should nicely fold up this help manual.
+
+vim:ft=help:fdm=expr:nowrap
+vim:foldexpr=getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'-\\{80}'?'>2'\:getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'=\\{80}'?'>1'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'=\\{80}'?'0'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'-\\{80}'?'1'\:'='
+vim:foldtext=substitute(v\:folddashes.substitute(getline(v\:foldstart),'\\s*\\*.*',"",""),'^--','\ \ \ \ \ \ ','')
+================================================================================
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/doc/latex-suite.txt b/vimfiles.latex/doc/latex-suite.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a44cd9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/doc/latex-suite.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3418 @@
+ Latex-Suite Reference
+ *latex-suite.txt*
+ Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail DOT fm>
+ Mikolaj Machowski <mikmach AT wp DOT pl>
+
+
+
+ Abstract
+ ========
+Latex-Suite attempts to provide a comprehensive set of tools to view, edit and
+compile LaTeX documents in Vim. Together, they provide tools starting from
+macros to speed up editing LaTeX documents to functions for forward searching
+.dvi documents. Latex-Suite has been possible because of the contributions of
+many people. Please see latex-suite-credits [|ls_a_dU|] for a list of people who
+have helped.
+
+Latex-Suite is released under the Vim charityware license. For license and
+conditions of use look at |copyright|. Replace all occurrences of ``Vim'' with
+``Latex-Suite''. The current copyright holders of Latex-Suite are Srinath
+Avadhanula and Mikolaj Machowski.
+
+Homepage: http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net |ls_u_1|
+
+
+
+ *latex-suite.txt-toc*
+|ls_1| Installation and recommended Settings
+|ls_2| Inserting Templates
+|ls_3| Latex-Suite Macros
+ |ls_3_1| Environment Mappings
+ |ls_3_2| Command Mappings
+ |ls_3_3| Font Mappings
+ |ls_3_4| Section Mappings
+ |ls_3_5| Greek Letter Mappings
+ |ls_3_6| Auc-Tex Key Bindings
+ |ls_3_7| Diacritics
+ |ls_3_8| BibTeX Shortcuts
+ |ls_3_9| Smart Key Mappings
+ |ls_3_10| Alt Key Macros
+ |ls_3_11| Custom Macros
+ |ls_3_12| Making your own Macros via IMAP()
+|ls_4| Package Handling
+ |ls_4_1| Inserting package commands
+ |ls_4_2| Actions taken for supported packages
+ |ls_4_3| Automatic Package detection
+ |ls_4_4| Writing supporting for a package
+|ls_5| Latex Completion
+ |ls_5_1| Latex-Suite completion example
+ |ls_5_2| Latex-Suite \ref completion
+ |ls_5_3| Latex-Suite \cite completion
+ |ls_5_4| Latex-Suite filename completion
+ |ls_5_5| Custom command completion
+|ls_6| LaTeX Compiling
+ |ls_6_1| Setting Compilation rules
+ |ls_6_2| Handling dependencies in compilation
+ |ls_6_3| Compiling multiple times
+ |ls_6_4| Customizing the compiler output
+ |ls_6_5| Compiling parts of a file
+|ls_7| Latex Viewing and Searching
+ |ls_7_1| Setting Viewing rules
+ |ls_7_2| Forward Searching DVI documents
+ |ls_7_3| Inverse Searching
+|ls_8| Latex Folding
+ |ls_8_1| Default Folding Scheme in Latex-Suite
+ |ls_8_2| Customizing what to fold
+ |ls_8_3| Editing the folding.vim file directly
+|ls_9| Multiple file LaTeX projects
+ |ls_9_1| Latex-Suite project settings
+ |ls_9_2| Specifying which file to compile
+|ls_10| Latex-Suite Commands and Maps
+ |ls_10_1| Latex-Suite Maps
+ |ls_10_2| Latex Suite Commands
+|ls_11| Customizing Latex-Suite
+ |ls_11_1| General Settings
+ |ls_11_2| Place-Holder Customization
+ |ls_11_3| Macro Customization
+ |ls_11_4| Smart Key Customization
+ |ls_11_5| Latex Completion Customization
+ |ls_11_6| Compiler Customization
+ |ls_11_7| Viewer Customization
+ |ls_11_8| Menu Customization
+ |ls_11_9| Folding Customization
+ |ls_11_10| Package Handling Customization
+|ls_12| Credits
+
+================================================================================
+Viewing this file
+
+This file can be viewed with all the sections and subsections folded to ease
+navigation. By default, vim does not fold help documents. To create the folds,
+press za now. The folds are created via a foldexpr which can be seen in the
+last section of this file.
+
+See |usr_28.txt| for an introduction to folding and |fold-commands| for key
+sequences and commands to work with folds.
+
+================================================================================
+Installation and recommended Settings *ls_1* *ls_a_bc*
+ *recommended-settings*
+
+
+
+If you are reading this, it most probably means that you have already installed
+Latex-Suite and the help files. If this is not the case, follow the detailed
+instructions on Latex-Suite's download page |ls_u_2|.
+
+Make sure that you create a few necessary settings in your ~/.vimrc. >
+
+ " REQUIRED. This makes vim invoke Latex-Suite when you open a tex file.
+ filetype plugin on
+
+ " IMPORTANT: win32 users will need to have 'shellslash' set so that latex
+ " can be called correctly.
+ set shellslash
+
+ " IMPORTANT: grep will sometimes skip displaying the file name if you
+ " search in a singe file. This will confuse Latex-Suite. Set your grep
+ " program to always generate a file-name.
+ set grepprg=grep\ -nH\ $*
+
+ " OPTIONAL: This enables automatic indentation as you type.
+ filetype indent on
+
+
+
+In addition, the following settings could go in your ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex.vim
+file: >
+ " this is mostly a matter of taste. but LaTeX looks good with just a bit
+ " of indentation.
+ set sw=2
+ " TIP: if you write your \label's as \label{fig:something}, then if you
+ " type in \ref{fig: and press <C-n> you will automatically cycle through
+ " all the figure labels. Very useful!
+ set iskeyword+=:
+
+
+
+================================================================================
+Inserting Templates *ls_2* *ls_a_bd*
+ *latex-suite-templates*
+
+
+
+This functionality is available via the TeX-Suite > Templates menu. This module
+provides a way to insert custom templates at the beginning of the current file.
+
+When Latex-Suite first starts up, it scans the
+$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/ directory and creates menu items based on
+the files found there. When you select a template from this menu, the file will
+be read in above the first line of the current file.
+
+A template file can utilize placeholders for initializing the cursor position
+when the template is read in and subsequent movement. In addition, template
+files can contain dynamic elements such as the time of creation of a file etc,
+by using vim expressions.
+
+You can place your own templates in the $VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/
+directory in order for them to be available via the menu. Unless Latex-Suite
+releases a template with the same name, these files should not get over-written
+when you install a new release over an existing one.
+
+NOTE: Templates are also accessible for non-gui users with the command
+ |:TTemplate|. The argument should be name of the corresponding template
+ file. If the command is called without arguments (preferred usage), then a
+ list of available templates is displayed and the user is asked to choose
+ one of them.
+
+
+
+================================================================================
+Latex-Suite Macros *ls_3* *ls_a_be*
+ *latex-macros*
+
+|ls_3_1| Environment Mappings
+|ls_3_2| Command Mappings
+|ls_3_3| Font Mappings
+|ls_3_4| Section Mappings
+|ls_3_5| Greek Letter Mappings
+|ls_3_6| Auc-Tex Key Bindings
+|ls_3_7| Diacritics
+|ls_3_8| BibTeX Shortcuts
+|ls_3_9| Smart Key Mappings
+|ls_3_10| Alt Key Macros
+|ls_3_11| Custom Macros
+|ls_3_12| Making your own Macros via IMAP()
+
+
+Latex-Suite ships with a very comprehensive set of insert mode and |visual-mode|
+mappings and menu items to typeset most of the LaTeX elements.
+
+NOTE: These mappings are are not standard mappings in the sense that only the
+ last character is mapped. See plugin/imaps.vim for further documentation.
+ For example, in the case of the mapping EFI provided by Latex-Suite you
+ can press the characters 'E', 'F' and 'I' as slowly as you wish (unlike
+ the normal imap command where timeout issues are involved). The characters
+ are visible as you type them (unlike normal imaps) and you can use the
+ movement or backspace key to correct yourself unlike normal mappings.
+
+
+ *place-holder* *ls_a_dV*
+ *place-holders* *ls_a_eD*
+NOTE: Place Holders
+ -------------
+ Almost all macros provided in Latex-Suite implement Stephen Riem's
+ bracketing system and Gergely Kontra's JumpFunc() for handling
+ place-holders. This consists of using "place-holders" to mark off
+ locations where the next relevant editing has to be done. As an example,
+ when you type EFI in |insert-mode|, you will get the following: >
+ \begin{figure}[h]
+ \centerline{\psfig{figure=<+eps file+>}}
+ \caption{<+caption text+>}
+ \label{fig:<+label+>}
+ \end{figure}<++>
+< The text <+eps file+> will be selected and you will be left in
+ |select-mode| so that you can continue typing straight away. After having
+ typed in the file name, you can press <Ctrl-J> (while still in
+ insert-mode). This will take you directly to the next "place-holder". i.e,
+ <+caption text+> will be visually selected with Vim in select mode again
+ for typing in the caption. This saves on a lot of key presses.
+
+
+ *overriding-macros* *ls_a_eE*
+NOTE: Over-riding Latex-Suite Macros
+ ------------------------------
+ If you wish to change these macros from their default values, for example,
+ if you wish to change `w to expand to \omega instead of its default
+ expansion to \wedge, you should use the IMAP function as described in the
+ Using IMAP() [|ls_a_bG|] section.
+
+ An important thing to note is that if you wish to over-ride macros created
+ by Latex-Suite rather than merely create new macros, you should place the
+ IMAP() calls in a script which gets sourced after the files in
+ Latex-Suite. A good place typically is as a file-type plugin file in the
+ ~/.vim/after/ftplugin/ directory. (Use ~/vimfiles if you are using
+ WINDOWS). For example to over-ride `w to \omega instead of \wedge, place
+ the following line in (say) ~/.vim/after/ftplugin/tex_macros.vim: >
+ call IMAP('`w', '\omega', 'tex')
+<
+
+ NOTE: It is important to use a file-name which will get sourced on a
+ FileType event. Therefore you must use a file-name which conforms to
+ the standards as described in |ftplugin-name|.
+
+
+
+ *pausing-imaps* *ls_a_eF*
+NOTE: Pausing Macro expansion
+ -----------------------
+ If you wish to temporarily suspend the imaps functionality, then you can
+ set the Imap_FreezeImap to 1. If you set g:Imap_FreezeImap to 1, then it
+ will be a system-wide setting. Setting b:Imap_FreezeImap will affect only
+ the current buffer.
+
+
+The following sections describe the various editing macros provided by
+Latex-Suite.
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Environment Mappings *ls_3_1* *ls_a_bf*
+ *environment-mappings*
+
+Latex-Suite provides a rich set of mappings to insert, enclose and modify LaTeX
+environments, i.e, \begin{...} ... \end{...} pairs.
+
+Inserting Environments *ls_3_1_1* *ls_a_bg*
+ *inserting-environments*
+
+Latex-Suite provides the following ways to insert environments
+
+
+
+Method 1: Pressing <F5> *ls_3_1_1_1* *ls_a_bh*
+ *inserting-env-f5*
+
+If you press <F5> in the insert or normal mode while on an empty line,
+Latex-Suite prompts you with a list of environments you might want to insert.
+You can either choose one from the list or type in a new environment name. If
+you press <F5> on a line which already has a word, then that word is used
+instead of prompting.
+
+See Tex_Env_name [|ls_a_cZ|] for a description of how Latex-Suite uses the word
+to form the expansion and how to modify Latex-Suite's behavior.
+
+The list of environments which Latex-Suite prompts you with (when <F5> is
+pressed on an empty line) is formed from the Tex_PromptedEnvironments
+[|ls_a_di|] setting.
+
+In addition to this setting, Latex-Suite also lists environments found in custom
+packages as described in the section Package actions. [|ls_a_bL|]
+
+
+Method 2: Using <S-F1>-<S-F4> *ls_3_1_1_2* *ls_a_bi*
+ *inserting-env-shift-f1*
+
+The shifted function keys, <S-F1> to <S-F4> can be mapped to insert very
+commonly used environments. The environments mapped to each key can be
+customized via the g:Tex_HotKeyMappings [|ls_a_dj|] setting.
+
+
+Method 3: Using three letter sequences *ls_3_1_1_3* *ls_a_bj*
+ *inserting-env-threeletter*
+
+Environments can also be inserted by pressing a 3 capital letter sequence
+starting with an E. The sequence of 3 letters generally tries to follow the
+following rules:
+
+
+1. All environment mappings begin with E
+
+2. If the environment can be broken up into 2 distinct words, such as flushright
+ (flush + right), then the next 2 letters are the first letters of the 2
+ words. Example: >
+ flushleft (_f_lush + _l_eft) ---> EFL
+ flushright (_f_lush + _r_ight) ---> EFR
+ eqnarray (_e_qn + _a_rray) ---> EEA
+< If on the other hand, the environment name cannot be broken up into 2
+ distinct words, then the next 2 letters are the first 2 letters of the name
+ of the environment. Example: >
+ equation (_eq_uation) ---> EEQ
+<
+Unfortunately there are some environments that cannot be split in two words and
+first two letters in name are identical. In this case shortcut is created from
+E, first and last letter. Example: >
+ quote (_q_uot_e_) ---> EQE
+ quotation (_q_uotatio_n_) ---> EQN
+Of course, not every last one of the environments can follow this rule because
+of ambiguities. In case of doubt, pull down the Tex-Environments menu. The menu
+item should give the hint for the map.
+
+
+Enclosing in Environments *ls_3_1_2* *ls_a_bk*
+ *enclosing-environments*
+
+Latex-Suite provides visual-mode mappings which enclose visually selected
+portions of text in environments. There are two ways provided to do this.
+
+
+
+Method 1: Pressing <F5> *ls_3_1_2_1* *ls_a_bl*
+ *enclosing-env-f5*
+
+You can also select a portion of text visually and press <F5> while still in
+visual mode. This will prompt you with a list of environments. (This list can be
+customized via the g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments [|ls_a_di|] setting). You can
+either choose from this list or type in a new environment name. Once the
+selection is done, Latex-Suite encloses the visually selected portion in the
+chosen environment.
+
+
+Method 2: Using three letter mappings *ls_3_1_2_2* *ls_a_bm*
+ *enclosing-env-threeletter*
+
+You can also select text visually and press a sequence of three characters
+beginning with , (the single comma character) and the selected text will be
+enclosed in the chosen environment. The three letter sequence follows directly
+from the three letter sequence used to insert environments as described here
+[|ls_a_bj|]. The following example describes the rule used:
+
+If ECE inserts a \begin{center}...\end{center} environment, then to enclose a
+block of selected text in \begin{center}...\end{center}, simply select the text
+and press ,ce. The rule simply says that the leading E is converted to , and the
+next 2 letters are small case.
+Some of the visual mode mappings are sensitive to whether you choose line-wise
+or character-wise. For example, if you choose a word and press ,ce, then you get
+\centerline{word}, whereas if you press ,ce on a line-wise selection, you get: >
+ \begin{center}
+ line
+ \end{center}
+
+
+
+Changing Environments *ls_3_1_3* *ls_a_bn*
+ *changing-environments*
+
+Pressing <S-F5> in normal mode detects which environment the cursor is presently
+located in and prompts you to replace it with a new one. The innermost
+environment is detected. For example, in the following source: >
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ \begin{array}{ccc}
+ 2 & 3 & 4
+ \end{array}
+ \end{eqnarray}
+if you are located in the middle "2 & 3 & 4" line, then pressing <S-F5> will
+prompt you to change the array environment, not the eqnarray environment. In
+addition, Latex-Suite will also try to change lines within the environment to be
+consistent with the new environment. For example, if the original environment
+was an eqnarray environment with a \label command, then changing it to an
+eqnarray* environment will delete the \label.
+
+Pressing <F5> in normal mode has the same effect as pressing <F5> in
+insert-mode, namely you will be prompted to choose an environment to insert.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Command Mappings *ls_3_2* *ls_a_bo*
+ *latex-command-maps*
+
+Latex-Suite provides a rich set of mappings to insert, enclose and modify LaTeX
+commands.
+
+Inserting LaTeX commands *ls_3_2_1* *ls_a_bp*
+ *inserting-commands*
+
+ *ls-imap-f7* *ls_a_dW*
+ *ls-imap-s-f7* *ls_a_dX*
+Pressing <F7> in insert or normal mode while the cursor is touching a word will
+insert a command formed from the word touching the cursor.
+
+For certain common commands, Latex-Suite will expand them to include additional
+arguments as needed. For example, frac becomes \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++>. Otherwise,
+it will simply change the word under the cursor as follows >
+ word --> \word{<++>}<++>
+You can define custom expansions of commands using the Tex_Com_{name} setting as
+described in here [|ls_a_da|].
+
+If <F7> is pressed when the cursor is on white-space, then Latex-Suite will
+prompt you to choose a command and insert that instead.The list of commands is
+constructed from the g:Tex_PromptedCommands [|ls_a_dk|] setting and also from
+commands which Latex-Suite finds while scanning custom packages which
+Latex-Suite finds. See the Package actions [|ls_a_bL|] section for details on
+which files are scanned etc.
+
+
+Enclosing in a command *ls_3_2_2* *ls_a_bq*
+ *enclosing-commands*
+
+You can select a portion of text visually and press <F7> while still in visual
+mode. This will prompt you with a list of commands. (This list can be customized
+via the g:Tex_PromptedCommands [|ls_a_dk|] setting). You can either choose from
+this list or type in a new command name. Once the selection is done, Latex-Suite
+encloses the visually selected portion in the chosen command.
+
+
+Changing commands *ls_3_2_3* *ls_a_br*
+ *changing-commands*
+
+ *ls-vmap-f7* *ls_a_dY*
+In both insert and normal mode <S-F7> will find out if you are presently within
+an environment and then prompt you with a list of commands to change it to.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Font Mappings *ls_3_3* *ls_a_bs* *font-maps*
+
+These mappings insert font descriptions such as: \textsf{<++>}<++> with the
+cursor left in place of the first placeholder [|ls_a_eD|] (the <++> characters).
+
+Mnemonic:
+1. first letter is always F (F for font)
+
+2. next 2 letters are the 2 letters describing the font.
+
+Example: Typing FEM in insert-mode expands to \emph{<++>}<++>.
+
+Just like environment mappings, you can visually select an area and press `sf to
+have it enclosed in: \textsf{word} or >
+ {\sffamily
+ line
+ }
+depending on character-wise or line-wise selection.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Section Mappings *ls_3_4* *ls_a_bt*
+ *section-mappings*
+
+These maps insert LaTeX sections such as: >
+ \section{<++>}<++>
+etc. Just as in the case of environments and fonts, can be enclosed with a
+visual selection. The enclosing is not sensitive to character or line-wise
+selection.
+
+Mnemonic: (make your own!) >
+ SPA for part
+ SCH for chapter
+ SSE for section
+ SSS for subsection
+ SS2 for subsubsection
+ SPG for paragraph
+ SSP for subparagraph
+
+
+Example: SSE in insert mode inserts >
+ \section{<++>}<++>
+If you select a word or line and press ,se, then you get >
+ \section{section name}
+The menu item in Tex-Environments.Sections have a sub-menu called 'Advanced'.
+Choosing an item from this sub-menu asks a couple of questions (whether you want
+to include the section in the table of contents, whether there is a shorter name
+for the table of contents) and then creates a more intelligent template.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Greek Letter Mappings *ls_3_5* *ls_a_bu*
+ *greek-letter-mappings*
+
+Lower case
+
+`a through `z expand to \alpha through \zeta.Upper case:
+
+ >
+ `D = \Delta
+ `F = \Phi
+ `G = \Gamma
+ `Q = \Theta
+ `L = \Lambda
+ `X = \Xi
+ `Y = \Psi
+ `S = \Sigma
+ `U = \Upsilon
+ `W = \Omega
+NOTE: LaTeX does not support upper case for all greek alphabets.
+
+
+Just like other Latex-Suite mappings, these mappings are not created using the
+standard imap command. Thus you can type slowly, correct using <BS> etc.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Auc-Tex Key Bindings *ls_3_6* *ls_a_bv*
+ *auc-tex-mappings*
+
+These are simple 2 key expansions for some very commonly used LaTeX elements:
+
+ >
+ `^ Expands To \Hat{<++>}<++>
+ `_ expands to \bar{<++>}<++>
+ `6 expands to \partial
+ `8 expands to \infty
+ `/ expands to \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++>
+ `% expands to \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++>
+ `@ expands to \circ
+ `0 expands to ^\circ
+ `= expands to \equiv
+ `\ expands to \setminus
+ `. expands to \cdot
+ `* expands to \times
+ `& expands to \wedge
+ `- expands to \bigcap
+ `+ expands to \bigcup
+ `( expands to \subset
+ `) expands to \supset
+ `< expands to \le
+ `> expands to \ge
+ `, expands to \nonumber
+ `~ expands to \tilde{<++>}<++>
+ `; expands to \dot{<++>}<++>
+ `: expands to \ddot{<++>}<++>
+ `2 expands to \sqrt{<++>}<++>
+ `| expands to \Big|
+ `I expands to \int_{<++>}^{<++>}<++>
+(again, notice the convenient place-holders)
+
+In addition the visual mode macros are provided:
+
+ >
+ `( encloses selection in \left( and \right)
+ `[ encloses selection in \left[ and \right]
+ `{ encloses selection in \left\{ and \right\}
+ `$ encloses selection in $$ or \[ \] depending on characterwise or
+ linewise selection
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Diacritics *ls_3_7* *ls_a_bw*
+ *diacritic-mappings*
+
+These mappings speed up typing European languages which contain diacritic
+characters such as a-umlaut etc. >
+ +<l> expands to \v{<l>}
+ =<l> expands to \'{<l>}
+where <l> is an alphabet.
+
+ >
+ +} expands to \"{a}
+ +: expands to \^{o}
+Latex-Suite also ships with smart backspacing [|ls_a_dZ|] functionality which
+provides another convenience while editing languages with diacritics.
+
+NOTE: Diacritics are disabled by default in Latex-Suite because they can
+ sometimes be a little too intrusive. Moreover, most European users can
+ nowadays use font encodings which display diacritic characters directly
+ instead of having to rely on Latex-Suite's method of displaying
+ diacritics.
+
+ Set the g:Tex_Diacritics [|ls_a_df|] variable to enable diacritics.
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+BibTeX Shortcuts *ls_3_8* *ls_a_bx*
+ *bibtex-bindings*
+
+Latex-Suite provides an easy way of entering bibliographic entries. Four
+insert-mode mappings: BBB, BBL, BBH and BBX are provided, all of which
+essentially act in the same manner. When you type any of these in insert-mode,
+you will get a prompt asking you to choose a entry type for the bibliographic
+entry.
+
+When you choose an entry type, a bibliographic entry template will be inserted.
+For example, if you choose the option 'book' via the map BBB, then the following
+template will be inserted: >
+ @BOOK{<+key+>,
+ author = {<++>},
+ editor = {<++>},
+ title = {<++>},
+ publisher = {<++>},
+ year = {<++>},
+ otherinfo = {<++>}
+ }<++>
+
+
+<+key+> will be highlighted in select-mode and you can type in the bib-key.
+After that you can use <Ctrl-J> to navigate to successive locations in the
+template and enter new values.
+
+BBB inserts a template with only the fields mandatorily required for a given
+entry type. BBL inserts a template with commonly used extra options. BBH inserts
+a template with more options which are not as commonly used. BBX inserts a
+template with all the fields which the entry type supports.
+
+NOTE: Mnemonic
+ --------
+ B for Bibliographic entry, L for Large entry, H for Huge entry, and X
+ stands for all eXtras.
+
+
+
+
+Customizing Bib-TeX fields *ls_3_8_1* *ls_a_by*
+ *adding-bib-options*
+
+If you wish the BBB command to insert a few additional fields in addition to the
+fields it creates, then you will need to define global variables of the form >
+ g:Bib_{type}_options
+in you $VIM/ftplugin/bib.vim file, where {type} is a string like 'article',
+'book' etc. This variable should contain one of the letters defined in the
+following table
+
+Character Field Type~
+w address
+a author
+b booktitle
+c chapter
+d edition
+e editor
+h howpublished
+i institution
+k isbn
+j journal
+m month
+z note
+n number
+o organization
+p pages
+q publisher
+r school
+s series
+t title
+u type
+v volume
+y year
+
+For example, by default, choosing 'article' via BBB inserts the following
+template by default >
+ @ARTICLE{<+key+>,
+ author = {<++>},
+ title = {<++>},
+ journal = {<++>},
+ year = {<++>},
+ otherinfo = {<++>}
+ }<++>
+However, if g:Bib_article_options is defined as 'mnp', then 'article' will
+insert the following template >
+ @ARTICLE{<+key+>,
+ author = {<++>},
+ title = {<++>},
+ journal = {<++>},
+ year = {<++>},
+ month = {<++>},
+ number = {<++>},
+ pages = {<++>},
+ otherinfo = {<++>}
+ }<++>
+
+
+If you have some other fields you wish to associate with an article which are
+not listed above, then you will have to use the Bib_{type}_extrafields option.
+This is a newline separated string of complete field names which will be
+included in the template. For example, if you define >
+ let g:Bib_article_extrafields = "crossref\nabstract"
+then the article template will include the lines >
+ crossref = {<++>},
+ abstract = {<++>},
+
+
+NOTE: You will need to define Bib_* settings in your
+ $VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/bib.vim file.
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Smart Key Mappings *ls_3_9* *ls_a_bz*
+ *smart-keys*
+
+Latex-Suite ships with the following smart keys:
+
+Smart Backspace
+---------------
+ *smart-backspace* *ls_a_dZ*
+Pressing <BS> in insert mode checks to see whether we are just after something
+like \'{a} and if so, deletes all of it. i.e, diacritics are treated as single
+characters for backspacing.
+
+Smart Quotes
+------------
+Pressing " (English double quote) will insert `` or '' by making an intelligent
+guess about whether we intended to open or close a quote.
+
+Smart Space
+-----------
+Latex-Suite maps the <space> key in such a way that $ characters are not broken
+across lines. It does this by first setting tw=0 so that Vim will not
+automatically break lines and then maps the <space> key to insert newlines
+keeping $$'s on the same line.
+
+Smart Dots
+----------
+Pressing ... (3 dots) results in \ldots outside math mode and \cdots in math
+mode.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Alt Key Macros *ls_3_10* *ls_a_bA*
+ *altkey-mappings*
+
+Latex-Suite utilizes a set of macros originally created by Carl Mueller in
+auctex.vim to make inserting all the \left ... \right stuff very easy and to
+also make some use of the heavily under-utilized <Alt> key.
+
+NOTE: By default, typing Alt-<key> in Vim takes focus to the menu bar if a menu
+ with the hotkey <key> exists. If in your case, there are conflicts due to
+ this behavior, you will need to set >
+ set winaltkeys=no
+< in your $VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim in order to use these maps.
+
+
+NOTE: Customizing the maps
+ --------------------
+ If for some reason, you wish to not map the <Alt> keys, (some European
+ users need to use the <Alt> key to enter diacritics), you can change these
+ maps to other keys as described in the section Customizing Alt-key maps
+ [|ls_a_cx|].
+
+
+
+
+<Alt-L> *ls_3_10_1* *ls_a_bB* *Alt-L*
+
+This is a polymorphic insert-mode mapping which expands to one of the following
+depending on the character just before the cursor location.
+
+Character before cursor Expansion~
+( \left( <++> \right)
+[ \left[ <++> \right]
+| \left| <++> \right|
+{ \left\{ <++> \right\}
+< \langle <++> \rangle
+q \lefteqn{<++>}<++>
+
+If the character before the cursor is none of the above, then it will simply
+insert a \label{<++>}<++>.
+
+
+<Alt-B> *ls_3_10_2* *ls_a_bC* *Alt-B*
+
+This insert-mode mapping encloses the previous character in \mathbf{}.
+
+
+<Alt-C> *ls_3_10_3* *ls_a_bD* *Alt-C*
+
+In insert mode, this key is polymorphic as follows:
+
+
+1. If the previous character is a letter or number, then capitalize it and
+ enclose it in \mathcal{}.
+
+2. otherwise insert \cite{}.
+In visual mode, it will simply enclose the selection in \mathcal{}
+
+
+<Alt-I> *ls_3_10_4* *ls_a_bE* *Alt-I*
+
+This mapping inserts an \item command at the current cursor location depending
+on which environment the cursor is enclosed in. The style of the \item command
+is dependent on the enclosing environment. By default, <Alt-I> has styles
+defined forthe following environments:
+
+Environment Style~
+itemize \item
+enumerate \item
+theindex \item
+thebibliography \item[<+biblabel+>]{<+bibkey+>} <++>
+description \item[<+label+>] <++>
+
+<Alt-I> is intelligent enough to account for nested environments. For example, >
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item first item
+ \item second item
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[label1] first desc
+ \item[label2] second
+ % <Alt-I> will insert "\item[<+label+>] <++>" if
+ % used here
+ \end{description}
+ \item third item
+ % <Alt-I> will insert "\item " when if used here.
+ \end{itemize}
+ % <Alt-I> will insert nothing ("") if used here
+<
+
+The style used by <Alt-I> can be customized using the
+g:Tex_ItemStyle_environment [|ls_a_dl|] variable.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Custom Macros *ls_3_11* *ls_a_bF*
+ *custom-macros-menu*
+
+This functionality available via the TeX-Suite.Macros menu, provides a way of
+inserting customized macros into the current file via the menu.
+
+When Latex-Suite starts up, it scans the $VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/
+directory and creates a menu from the files found there. Each file is considered
+as a single macro. You can place your own macros in this directory, using
+placeholders [|ls_a_eD|] if wanted.
+
+When you choose a macro from the menu, the corresponding file is read into the
+current buffer after the current cursor position. In non-gui mode, you can use
+the |TMacro| command instead of choosing from the menu. This command takes the
+macro file name as an argument. When called without arguments (preferred usage),
+then a list of available macro files is displayed and the user is prompted to
+choose one of them).
+
+There are some other tools provided in this menu, namely:
+
+
+{New} Creates a new (unnamed) buffer in the latex-suite/macros/ directory.
+ Use the command :TexMacroNew in non-gui mode.
+{Edit} Opens up the corresponding macro file for editing. Use |:TexMacroEdit|
+ in non-gui mode. When you try to edit {macro} not from local directory
+ Latex-Suite will copy it to your local directory with suffix "-local".
+ If local copy already exists Latex-Suite prompt for overwriting it.
+{Delete} Deletes the corresponding macro. Use the prefixed numbers for fast
+ navigation of menus. Use |:TexMacroDelete| in non-gui mode. When you
+ choose to delete {macro} which is not in your local directory
+ Latex-Suite will refuse to delete it.
+{Redraw} Rescans the macros/ directories and refreshes the macros list.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Making your own Macros via IMAP() *ls_3_12* *ls_a_bG*
+ *ls-new-macros*
+
+If you find the need to create your own macros, then you can use the IMAP()
+function provided with Latex-Suite. See [|ls_a_bH|] for a short explanation of
+why you might prefer IMAP() over Vim's standard :imap command. An example best
+explains the usage: >
+ :call IMAP('NOM', '\nomenclature{<++>}<++>', 'tex')
+This will create a Latex-Suite-style mapping, where if you type NOM in insert
+mode, you will get \nomenclature{<++>}<++> with the cursor left in place of the
+first <++> characters. See [|ls_a_bI|] for a detailed explanation of the IMAP()
+command.
+
+For maps which are triggered for a given filetype, the IMAP() command above
+should be put in the filetype plugin script for that file. For example, for
+tex-specific mappings, the IMAP() calls should go in $VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim. For
+globally visible maps, you will need to use the following in either your
+~/.vimrc or a file in your $VIM/plugin directory. >
+ augroup MyIMAPs
+ au!
+ au VimEnter * call IMAP('Foo', 'foo', '')
+ augroup END
+
+
+
+
+Why use IMAP() *ls_3_12_1* *ls_a_bH*
+ *why-IMAP*
+
+Using IMAP instead of Vim's built-in :imap command has a couple of advantages:
+1. The 'ttimeout' option will generally limit how easily you can type the left
+ hand side for a normal :imap. if you type the left hand side too slowly, then
+ the mapping will not be activated.
+
+2. If you mistype one of the letters of the lhs, then the mapping is deactivated
+ as soon as you backspace to correct the mistake.
+
+3. The characters in lhs are shown on top of each other. This is fairly
+ distracting. This becomes a real annoyance when a lot of characters initiate
+ mappings.
+
+
+IMAP() syntax *ls_3_12_2* *ls_a_bI*
+ *ls-imaps-syntax*
+
+Formally, the syntax which is used for the IMAP function is: >
+ call IMAP (lhs, rhs, ft [, phs, phe])
+
+
+Argument Explanation~
+lhs This is the "left-hand-side" of the mapping. When you use IMAP, only
+ the last character of this word is actually mapped, although the
+ effect is that the whole word is mapped.
+
+ If you have two mappings which end in a common lhs, then the mapping
+ with the longer lhs is used. For example, if you do >
+ call IMAP('BarFoo', 'something', 'tex')
+ call IMAP('Foo', 'something else', 'tex')
+< Then typing BarFoo inserts "something", whereas Foo by itself inserts
+ "something else".
+
+ Also, the nature of IMAP() makes creating certain combination of
+ mappings impossible. For example if you have >
+ call IMAP('foo', 'something', 'tex')
+ call IMAP('foobar', 'something else', 'tex')
+< Then you will never be able to trigger "foobar" because typing "foo"
+ will immediately insert "something". This is the "cost" which you
+ incur over the normal :imap command for the convenience of no
+ 'timeout' problems, the ability to correct lhs etc.
+
+
+rhs The "right-hand-side" of the mapping. This is the expansion you will
+ get when you type lhs.
+
+ This string can also contain special characters such as <enter> etc.
+ To do this, you will need to specify the second argument in
+ double-quotes as follows: >
+ :call IMAP('EFE', "\\begin{figure}\<CR><++>\\end{figure}<++>", 'tex')
+< With this, typing EFE is equivalent to typing in the right-hand side
+ with all the special characters in insert-mode. This has the advantage
+ that if you have filetype indentation set up, then the right hand side
+ will also be indented just as if you had typed it in normally.
+
+ *IMAP_PutTextWithMovement* *ls_a_ea*
+ You can also set up a Latex-Suite style mapping which calls a custom
+ function as follows: >
+ :call IMAP('FOO', "\<C-r>=MyFoonction()\<CR>", 'tex')
+< where MyFoonction is a custom function you have written. If
+ MyFoonction also has to return a string containing <++> characters,
+ then you will need to use the function IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(). An
+ example best explains the usage:
+
+ >
+ call IMAP('FOO', "\<C-r>=AskVimFunc()\<CR>", 'vim')
+ " Askvimfunc: Asks For Function Name And Sets Up Template
+ " Description:
+ function! AskVimFunc()
+ let name = input('Name of the function : ')
+ if name == ''
+ let name = "<+Function Name+>"
+ end
+ let islocal = input('Is this function scriptlocal ? [y]/n : ', 'y')
+ if islocal == 'y'
+ let sidstr = '<SID>'
+ else
+ let sidstr = ''
+ endif
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(
+ \ "\" ".name.": <+short description+> \<cr>" .
+ \ "Description: <+long description+>\<cr>" .
+ \ "\<C-u>function! ".name."(<+arguments+>)<++>\<cr>" .
+ \ "<+function body+>\<cr>" .
+ \ "endfunction \" "
+ \ )
+ endfunction
+<
+
+
+ft The file type for which this mapping is active. When this string is
+ left empty, the mapping applies for all file-types. A filetype
+ specific mapping will always take precedence.
+
+
+phs, phe If you prefer to write the rhs with characters other than <+ and +> to
+ denote place-holders, you can use the last 2 arguments to specify
+ which characters in the rhs specify place-holders. By default, these
+ are <+ and +> respectively.
+
+ Note that the phs and phe arguments do not control what characters
+ will be displayed for the placeholders when the mapping is actually
+ triggered. What characters are used to display place-holders when you
+ trigger an IMAP are controlled by the Imap_PlaceHolderStart
+ [|ls_a_cV|] and Imap_PlaceHolderEnd [|ls_a_er|] settings.
+
+
+
+================================================================================
+Package Handling *ls_4* *ls_a_bJ*
+ *latex-packages*
+
+|ls_4_1| Inserting package commands
+|ls_4_2| Actions taken for supported packages
+|ls_4_3| Automatic Package detection
+|ls_4_4| Writing supporting for a package
+
+
+Latex-Suite has a lot of functionality written to ease working with packages.
+Packages here refers to files which you include into the LaTeX document using
+the \usepackage command.
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Inserting package commands *ls_4_1* *ls_a_bK*
+ *inserting-packages*
+
+When you first invoke Latex-Suite, it scans the
+$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages directory for package script files and
+creates a menu from all the files found there. This menu is created under
+TeX-Suite > Packages > Supported. This menu contains a list of packages
+"supported" by Latex-Suite. When you choose one of the packages from this menu
+(for example the amsmath package), then a line of the form >
+ \usepackage[<++>]{amsmath}<++>
+will be inserted into the current file.
+
+The \usepackage line can also be inserted in an easy manner in the current file
+by pressing <F5> while in the preamble of the current document. This will set up
+a prompt from the supported packages and ask you to choose from one of them. If
+you do not find the package you want to insert in the list, you can type in a
+package-name and it will use that. Pressing <F5> in the preamble on a line
+containing a single word will construct a \usepackage line from that word.
+
+You can also use the TPackage [|ls_a_cD|] to insert the \usepackage line.
+
+Once you have inserted a \usepackage line, for supported packages, you can use
+the Options and Commands menus described in the next section [|ls_a_bL|].
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Actions taken for supported packages *ls_4_2* *ls_a_bL*
+ *package-actions*
+
+Latex-Suite takes the following actions for packages detected when a file is
+loaded, or a new \usepackage line is inserted using one of the methods described
+in the previous section [|ls_a_bK|].
+
+If you are using the GUI and you have g:Tex_Menus [|ls_a_dI|] set to 1,
+Latex-Suite will create the following sub-menus
+TeX-Suite > Packages > <package> Options
+
+TeX-Suite > Packages > <package> Commands
+
+where <package> is the package you just inserted (or was detected). You can use
+these menus to insert commands, environments and options which Latex-Suite
+recognizes as belonging to this package.
+
+NOTE: While inserting an option, you need to position yourself in the
+ appropriate place in the document, most commonly inside the square braces
+ in the \usepackage[]{packname} command. Latex-Suite will not navigate to
+ that location.
+
+
+In addition to creating these sub-menus, Latex-Suite will also scan the
+$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries directory and if a dictionary file
+corresponding to the package file is found, then it will add the file to the
+'dict' setting in Vim so you can use the <C-X><C-K> command to complete words
+from that file.
+
+For example, the SIUnits package has a custom dictionary.
+
+ *latex-package-scanning* *ls_a_eb*
+If a package detected at startup is found by Latex-Suite in the current
+directory or in a location specified by the g:Tex_TEXINPUTS [|ls_a_dT|]
+variable, Latex-Suite will scan the package for \newenvironment and newcommand
+lines and also append any commands and environments found to the list of
+commands and environments which you are prompted with when you press <F5>
+[|ls_a_bh|] or <F7> [|ls_a_dW|] in insert mode.
+In addition, the TeX-Suite > Packages menu also contains the following submenus
+
+Update
+------
+This command is to be invoked with the cursor placed on the package name. If the
+corresponding package is found, then a sub-menu with the supported commands and
+options is created.
+
+Update All
+----------
+This function reads the preamble of the document for \usepackage lines and if
+Latex-Suite supports the detected packages, then sub-menus containing the
+package options and commands are created.
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Automatic Package detection *ls_4_3* *ls_a_bM*
+ *automatic-package-detection*
+
+Whenever Latex-Suite begins editing a new LaTeX file, it scans it for
+\usepackage{name} lines, and if a supported package is found, then it will
+create sub-menus and add to the 'dict' setting as described above.
+
+If a master-file [|ls_a_ct|] has been specified, then it will scan that file
+instead of the current file. See the section Custom Packages [|ls_a_bN|] to see
+which files Latex-Suite will scan in more detail.
+
+For all the packages detected in this manner, Latex-Suite will take certain
+actions as described in the section package support. [|ls_a_bL|].
+
+
+
+Custom Packages *ls_4_3_1* *ls_a_bN*
+ *custom-packages*
+
+Often times, the preamble can become too long, and some people prefer to put
+most of their personalization in a custom package and include that using a
+\usepackage line. Latex-Suite tries to search such customs package for other
+\usepackage lines, so that supported packages included in this indirect manner
+can also be used to create sub-menus, extend the 'dict' setting etc. The most
+obvious place to place such custom packages is in the same directory as the
+edited file. In addition, LaTeX also supports placing custom packages in places
+pointed to by the $TEXINPUTS environment variable.
+
+If you use the $TEXINPUTS variable in LaTeX, and you wish Latex-Suite to search
+these custom packages for \usepackage lines, then you need to initialize the
+g:Tex_TEXINPUTS [|ls_a_dT|] variable.
+
+The g:Tex_TEXINPUTS variable needs to be set in the same format which Vim uses
+for the 'path' setting. This format is explained in detail if you do >
+ :help file-searching
+from within Vim.
+
+Therefore the value of g:Tex_TEXINPUTS will most probably be different from
+$TEXINPUTS which your native LaTeX distribution uses.
+
+Example: >
+ let g:Tex_TEXINPUTS = '~/texmf/mypackages/**,./**'
+The ** indicates that all directories below the directory ~/texmf/mypackages and
+./ are to be scanned for custom packages.
+
+NOTE: The present directory '.' is always searched. You need not include that in
+ g:Tex_TEXINPUTS.
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Writing supporting for a package *ls_4_4* *ls_a_bO*
+ *supporting-packages*
+
+Supporting a package is easy and consists of writing a vim script with the same
+name as the package and placing it in the $VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages
+directory. A package script should define two variables as described in the next
+two sections. In addition to these two variables, you can also define any
+functions, environment definitions etc. in this file.
+
+
+
+g:Tex_package_option_<package> *ls_4_4_1* *ls_a_bP*
+
+This setting is a string containing a comma separated list of options supported
+by this package.
+
+Example: >
+ g:Tex_package_option_mypack = 'opt1,opt2=,sbr:group1,opt3,opt4'
+The = suffix means that the option takes a value. Use sbr:group name to separate
+options into sub-menus. All successive options will be clubbed into the group1
+sub-menu till the next sbr: option is encountered.
+
+
+g:Tex_package_<package> *ls_4_4_2* *ls_a_bQ*
+
+ >
+
+ g:TeX_package_<package> = "pre:Command,pre:Command1"
+ More detailed example is in latex-suite/packages/exmpl file (slightly
+ outdated).
+ Here is short summary of prefixes which can be used in package files:
+ (x - place with cursor, <++> - |placeholder|)
+
+ {env:command} Environment: creates simple environment template
+ \begin{command}
+ x
+ \end{command}<++>
+ {eno:command} Environment with option:
+ \begin[x]{command}
+ <++>
+ \end{command}<++>
+ {ens:command[<<option>>]...} Environment special:
+ \begin[<<option>>]...{command}
+ <++>
+ \end{command}<++>
+ {bra:command} Brackets:
+ \command{x}<++>
+ {brd:command} Brackets double:
+ \command{x}{<++>}<++>
+ {brs:command[<<option>>]...} Brackets special (as environment special:
+ \command[<+x+>]{<++>}{<++>}<++>
+ {nor:command} Normal:
+ \command<Space
+ {noo:command} Normal with option:
+ \command[x]<++>
+ {nob:command} Normal with option and brackets:
+ \command[x]{<++>}<++>
+ {pla:command} Plain:
+ command<Space
+ {spe:command} Special:
+ command <-literal insertion of command
+ {sep:command} creates separator. Good for aesthetics and usability :)
+ {sbr:command} Breaks menu into submenus. <command> will be title of submenu.
+ Can be used also in package variable.
+
+ Command can be also given without prefix:. The result is
+ \command
+
+
+
+================================================================================
+Latex Completion *ls_5* *ls_a_bR*
+ *latex-completion*
+
+|ls_5_1| Latex-Suite completion example
+|ls_5_2| Latex-Suite \ref completion
+|ls_5_3| Latex-Suite \cite completion
+|ls_5_4| Latex-Suite filename completion
+|ls_5_5| Custom command completion
+
+
+Latex-Suite provides an easy way to insert references to labels and
+bibliographic entries and also provide filename arguments to commands such as
+\includegraphics. Although the completion capabilities are very diverse,
+Latex-Suite only uses a single key (<F9> by default) to do all of it. Pressing
+the <F9> key does different things based on where you are located. Latex-Suite
+tries to guess what you might be trying to complete at the location where you
+pressed <F9>. For example, pressing <F9> when you are within a \ref command will
+try to list the \label's in the present directory. Pressing it when you are in a
+\cite command will list bibliography keys. Latex-Suite also recognizes commands
+which need a file name argument and will put up an explorer window for you to
+choose a filename.
+
+ *ls-set-grepprg* *ls_a_eG*
+NOTE: Before you start with Latex-Suite's completion function...
+ ----------------------------------------------------------
+ All of Latex-Suite's completion capabilities depend on a external program
+ being available on your system which can search through a number of files
+ for a reg-exp pattern. On *nix systems, the pre-installed grep utility is
+ more than adequate. Most windows systems come with a utility findstr, but
+ that has proven to be very inadequate (for one, it does not have an option
+ to force the file name to be displayed when searching through a single
+ file). Your best bet is to install cygwin |ls_u_3|, but if you think
+ that's overkill, you can search for |ls_u_4| a windows implementation of
+ GNU grep. (Latex-Suite testing on windows has been done with cygwin's port
+ of GNU grep).
+
+ Once you have a grep program installed, you need to set the 'grepprg'
+ option for vim. Make sure you use a setting which forces the program to
+ display file names even when you are searching through a single file. For
+ GNU grep, the syntax is >
+ set grepprg=grep\ -nH\ $*
+<
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Latex-Suite completion example *ls_5_1* *ls_a_bS*
+ *ls-completion-usage*
+
+Consider the situation where you are editing a file with two equations labelled
+eqn:euler and eqn:einstein. Now you want to insert a reference to one of these
+equations. To do this, you type the \ref{eqn:} command and with the cursor
+placed after eqn:, press <F9>. This will bring up two new windows beneath the
+main window you were working in as shown in the figure below. >
+
+ 8 These are a couple of equations:
+ 9 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:euler) : e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0---------------
+ 13 +-- 4 lines: equation (eqn:einstein) : E = m c^2---------------------
+ 17
+ 18 These are a couple of figures:
+ 19 +-- 7 lines: figure (fig:monkeys) : Monkeys can Type-------------------
+ 26 +-- 7 lines: figure (fig:shakespeare) : Shakespeare could not type-----
+ 33
+ 34 This is a reference to \ref{eqn:}<++>
+ 35
+ 36
+ 37 \end{document}
+ 38
+ ~
+ ~
+ ~
+ newfile.tex 34,32 Bot
+ newfile.tex|11| \label{eqn:euler}
+ newfile.tex|15| \label{eqn:einstein}
+ ~
+ [Error List] 1,1 All
+ 7
+ 8 These are a couple of equations:
+ 9 \begin{eqnarray}
+ 10 e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0
+ 11 \label{eqn:euler}
+ 12 \end{eqnarray}
+ 13 \begin{equation}
+ 14 E = m c^2
+ 15 \label{eqn:einstein}
+ 16 \end{equation}
+ newfile.tex [Preview] 11,3 21%
+
+
+
+The first window (shown as [ErrorList] above) is a |cwindow| containing a list
+of possible matches for the reference. The cursor will be located in the first
+line of this window. The bottom window is a preview-window showing the context
+of the \label. Moving around in the [ErrorList] window automatically scrolls the
+preview window so as to always keep showing the context of the \label being
+viewed in the [ErrorList] window. You can also press J and K in the [ErrorList]
+window to scroll the preview window up and down.
+
+To insert one of the labels, simply position the cursor in the correct line in
+the [ErrorList] window and press <enter>. This will immediately close the two
+newly opened windows, get back to the correct location in the original file
+being edited and insert the label into the \ref command.
+
+If you notice carefully in the example above, the [ErrorList] window only showed
+the matches for the equations and did not list any of the figure labels. This is
+because we pressed <F9> after \ref{eqn: instead of simply after \ref{. This
+caused Latex-Suite to search only for those labels which started with the string
+eqn:. If you had pressed <F9> after a \ref{, you would have been shown matches
+from _all_ labels, not just those starting with eqn:.
+
+Thus prefixing all your labels with eqn:, fig:, tab: etc. depending on what you
+are labelling will lead to an easier time completing references.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Latex-Suite \ref completion *ls_5_2* *ls_a_bT*
+ *ls-completion-ref*
+
+Pressing <F9> when you are within a partially completed \ref command will split
+open a window (named __OUTLINE__) which contains a nicely formatted list of all
+the \labels found in the present project. The \labels are heirarchically
+arranged according to which \section, \subsection etc of the overall document
+structure they are present in. For example, when you first press <F9> after
+typing \ref{, you should see something like: >
+
+ +-- 54 lines: 2. Kinematics--------------------------------
+ +-- 98 lines: 3. Aerodynamics of the MFI thorax------------
+ +-- 40 lines: 4. Jump Resonance in Fourbar Mechanisms------
+ +-- 28 lines: 5. Design and Fabrication Issues-------------
+
+Each chapter is |fold|ed away so that you can quickly jump to the correct
+section/subsection in which the relevant equation is defined. This makes
+inserting references significantly faster for large projects with hundreds of
+equations. You can then open some of the folds to see for example: >
+
+ +-- 54 lines: 2. Kinematics--------------------------------
+ 3. Aerodynamics of the MFI thorax
+ 3.1. Aerodynamic modeling of the MFI wing forces
+ 3.1.1. Geometric Specification
+ eqn:wingnormal-pos
+ \nhat = T_z(\theta_2) T_y(\theta_y)T_x(\theta_x)\nhat_0,
+ eqn:T-1
+ T_1(\theta_2) &=& T_z(\theta_2)
+
+The <Tab> key is mapped in this window to toggle folds so that you can quickly
+open/close folds in order to navigate the heirarchy faster. Once you are
+positioned on a label, press <Enter>. This closes the __OUTLINE__ window,
+returns to the window in which you pressed <F9> and inserts the reference at the
+current cursor position.
+
+NOTE: Filtering labels by prefix
+ --------------------------
+ You can press <F9> after typing part of the \label. In this case,
+ Latex-Suite only presents \labels which begin with the already filled
+ characters. You can use this to choose between equations, figures, tables
+ etc. if you consistently label equations to begin with eqn:, figures to
+ begin with fig: etc. For example, with this scheme, pressing <F9> after
+ typing \ref{eqn: will only list equations.
+
+
+NOTE: Latex-Suite works the same way if you press <F9> after any command which
+ contains the letters ref. Thus you can complete \eqref in exactly the same
+ manner.
+
+
+NOTE: Requirements
+ ------------
+ This method of preseting the \labels depends on Vim being compiled with
+ python support. To check if you have this, see the output of the :ver
+ command. If you see something like +python, you are all set. Failing this,
+ you will need to have python somewhere in your $PATH.
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Latex-Suite \cite completion *ls_5_3* *ls_a_bU*
+ *latex-completion-cite*
+
+Latex-Suite provides an easy way to insert references to bibliographic entries.
+Pressing <F9> when the cursor is placed inside a partially completed \cite
+command will split open a new window (named __OUTLINE__) which contains a
+formatted and syntax highlighted list of all bibtex entries found. For example,
+pressing <F9> after typing \ref{ should present you with a window which looks
+something like this: >
+
+ Article [dickinson:science:99]
+ "Wing rotation and aerodynamic basis of insect flight"
+ M. H. Dickinson and F-O. Lehman and S. P. Sane
+ In Science, 1999
+
+ Article [ellington:84:part1]
+ "The Aerodynamics of Hovering Insect Flight. I. The Quasi-Steady Analysis"
+ Ellington, C P
+ In Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences, 1984
+
+ Article [ellington:84:part2]
+ "The Aerodynamics of Hovering Insect Flight. II. Morphological Parameters"
+ Ellington, C P
+ In Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences, 1984
+
+
+
+You can easily jump from one entry to another using the 'n' and 'p' keys (to go
+to the next / previous entry respectively).
+
+You can also filter out a subset of the bibtex entries by pressing 'f' while in
+this window. Doing this presents the following prompt: >
+
+ Field acronyms: (`:let g:Tex_EchoBibFields = 0` to avoid this message)
+ [t] title [a] author [b] booktitle
+ [j] journal [y] year [p] bibtype
+ (you can also enter the complete field name)
+ Enter filter criterion [field<space>value]:
+
+At the prompt, type >
+ a ellington
+Notice that the letter a is an acronym for author according to the prompt above.
+Therefore this filter only shows those bibtex entries whose author field
+contains the text ellington. You can keep narrowing your selection by repeatedly
+filtering the results. If you would like to remove all the filters and see all
+entries again, press 'a', which removes all the filters.
+
+You can also sort the bibtex entries based on a field. To do this, press 's'.
+This will present you with a prompt like in the case of the filter and you are
+asked to choose a field. In this case, you would type in a single character.
+This sorts the entries according to that field.
+
+NOTE: <F9> will also work in a similar way after any command which contains the
+ word cite in it. For example, pressing <F9> will also work with \citenum
+ etc.
+
+
+The following logic is applied to find out which bibliographic entries are
+included in the completion.
+
+
+1. Firstly, if the present file has a master-file [|ls_a_ct|] defined for it,
+ then Latex-Suite will perform the following steps on that file instead of on
+ the current file.
+
+2. First, the file is scanned for a \bibliography command. To explain better,
+ assume that a command >
+ \bibliography{file1,file2}
+< is found in the present file. For each bibliography file, say file1,
+ Latex-Suite first tries to see if a .bib file, file1.bib can be found. If so,
+ it will scan it for bib-keys of the form @BOOK{ etc., and add these searches
+ to the completion list. If a .bib file cannot be found, then it will try to
+ see if file1.bbl can be found. If so, Latex-Suite will search it for bib-keys
+ of the form \bibitem and add these to the completion list.
+
+ You can set the location where Latex-Suite will search for .bib and .bbl
+ files using the |Tex_BIBINPUTS| [|ls_a_dr|] variable.
+
+3. If a \bibliography command is not found, then Latex-Suite tries to scan the
+ present file for a \begin{thebibliography} environment. If found, Latex-Suite
+ searches the present file for bib-keys of the form \bibitem.
+
+4. Finally, it will try to see if this file includes other files via the \input
+ command. For each such file found, Latex-Suite will repeat the previous two
+ steps stopping at the first file which has either a \bibliography command or
+ a thebibliography environment.
+
+
+Caching the \cite completion results *ls_5_3_1* *ls_a_bV*
+ *cite-search-caching*
+
+ *TClearCiteHist* *ls_a_ec*
+Often times, the editing cycle proceeds by first laying out a comprehensive
+bibliography and then completing all the \cite commands in one session. In such
+situations, it is inefficient to scan the whole list of bibliography files for
+bib-keys each time. Latex-Suite provides a way to cache the results of the cite
+completion search using the Tex_RememberCiteSearch [|ls_a_du|] variable. If set,
+Latex-Suite will perform the search only the first time <F9> is used. Next time
+on, it will reuse the search results. If you wish to redo the search results,
+issue the command >
+ TClearCiteHist
+This will redo the completion list next time you use <F9>.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Latex-Suite filename completion *ls_5_4* *ls_a_bW*
+ *ls-filename-completion*
+
+When you press <F9> at a location where Latex-Suite guesses a filename needs to
+be typed, then a new explorer window will open up with the list of files. You
+can use this window to change directories etc. Pressing <enter> on a filename in
+the explorer window will automatically close the explorer window, return to the
+location where you pressed <F9> from and insert the filename into that position.
+
+Latex-Suite also tries to guess what kinds of files you might not want to insert
+and hides those accordingly. For example, if you press <F9> when you are located
+at \includegraphics{, then Latex-Suite knows that you will not want to insert
+.tex files. Therefore, the explorer window will automatically hide these files.
+
+As of now, Latex-Suite recognizes the following commands for filename
+completion. Along with the commands, this table also lists the files which
+Latex-Suite will not show for completing each command.
+
+command hide pattern~
+\bibliography '^\.,\.[^b]..$'
+\include \includeonly '^\.,\.[^t]..$'
+\includegraphics \psfig '^\.,\.tex$,\.bib$,\.bbl$,\.zip$,\.gz$'
+\input ''
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Custom command completion *ls_5_5* *ls_a_bX*
+ *ls-completion-custom*
+
+Latex-Suite also recognizes certain commonly used LaTeX commands for the <F9>
+key. At the moment, the \bibliographystyle, \addtocontents and the
+\addcontentsline commands are recognized, although more will be added in the
+future. When you press the <F9> after such a command, Latex-Suite will prompt
+you with a list of arguments which make sense for the command.
+
+This functionality is available for commands for which a global variable of the
+form g:Tex_completion_{<command>} is defined where <command> is the command
+name. This variable is a comma separated list of values which this command
+takes. For example, the argument to the \bibliographystyle command is commonly
+one of abbr,alpha,plain,unsrt. Therefore, Latex-Suite defines >
+ let g:Tex_completion_bibliographystyle = 'abbr,alpha,plain,unsrt'
+You can define your own completion variables in a similar manner for commands
+which you might use.
+
+================================================================================
+LaTeX Compiling *ls_6* *ls_a_bY*
+ *latex-compiling*
+
+|ls_6_1| Setting Compilation rules
+|ls_6_2| Handling dependencies in compilation
+|ls_6_3| Compiling multiple times
+|ls_6_4| Customizing the compiler output
+|ls_6_5| Compiling parts of a file
+
+
+This functionality, available via the TeX-Suite menu, provides various tools to
+compile and debug LaTeX files from within Vim.
+
+If you are using commonly used LaTeX tools, then you should be all set as soon
+as you download and install Latex-Suite. In order to compile a LaTeX file,
+simply press \ll while editing the file. This runs latex on the current file and
+displays the errors in a |quickfix-window| below the file being edited. You can
+then scroll through the errors and press <enter> to be taken to the location of
+the corresponding error. Along with the errors being listed in the quickfix
+window, the corresponding log file is also opened in |preview| mode beneath the
+quickfix window. It is scrolled automatically to keep in sync with the error
+being viewed in the quickfix window. You will be automatically taken to the
+location of the first error/warning unless you set the g:Tex_GotoError
+[|ls_a_dD|] variable to 0.
+
+Latex-Suite also supports compiling LaTeX into formats other than DVI. By
+default, Latex-Suite supports PDF and PS formats. In order to choose a format
+other than DVI, use the TTarget command or the TeX-Suite > Target Format menu
+item. This will ask you to type in the name of the target format you want to
+compile to. If a rule has been defined for the format (as described in the next
+section [|ls_a_bZ|]), then Latex-Suite will switch to that format.
+
+Trying to choose a format for which no rule has been defined will result in
+Latex-Suite displaying a warning message without taking any action.
+
+If you are using a multiple file project and need to compile a master file while
+editing other files, then Latex-Suite provides a way to specify the file to be
+compiled as described in latex-master-file [|ls_a_ct|].
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Setting Compilation rules *ls_6_1* *ls_a_bZ*
+ *compiler-rules*
+
+In order to compile LaTeX files into various formats, Latex-Suite needs to know
+which external programs to call and in which way they need to be called. This
+information is provided to Latex-Suite via a number of "rules". For each format
+you want to compile to, you need to specify a rule. A rule is specified by
+defining a variable of the form: >
+ g:Tex_CompileRule_<format>
+where <format> is a string like "pdf", "dvi" etc.
+
+Example: By default, Latex-Suite uses the following rule for compiling LaTeX
+documents into DVI. >
+ g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex --interaction=nonstopmode $*'
+
+
+Default values are also provided for ps and pdf formats. You might want to
+change these rules in texrc according to your local tex environment.
+
+NOTE: For win32 users user MikTeX, sometimes the latex compiler's output has a
+ bug where a single number is split across different lines. In this case,
+ put the included vim-latex file distributed with Latex-Suite.
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Handling dependencies in compilation *ls_6_2* *ls_a_ca*
+ *compiler-dependency*
+
+Latex-Suite also handles compiling dependencies automatically via certain rules
+which specify the "dependency chain" for each target format. For example, if in
+your case, you use >
+ .tex -> .dvi -> .ps -> .pdf
+to generate pdf files from dvi files, then you will need to specify the
+following setting in your Latex-Suite configuration (see customizing Latex-Suite
+[|ls_a_cP|] for where these settings should go): >
+
+ let g:Tex_FormatDependency_pdf = 'dvi,ps,pdf'
+
+This is a comma separated string of formats specifying the order in which the
+formats to be compiled into should be chosen. With this setting, if you set the
+target format to pdf, then the next time you compile via the \ll shortcut,
+Latex-Suite will first generate a dvi file, then use that to generate the ps
+file and finally create the pdf file from that.
+
+NOTE: If any of the intermediate formats is listed in the
+ g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats setting as described in the section Compiling
+ multiple times [|ls_a_cb|], then Latex-Suite might make multiple calls to
+ the compiler to generate the output file of that format.
+
+
+Along with the g:Tex_FormatDependency_{format} setting, you should ofcourse
+specify the rule for compiling to each of the formats as described in the
+previous section [|ls_a_bZ|]. For example, with the setting above, you could
+use: >
+
+ let g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex --interaction=nonstopmode $*'
+ let g:Tex_CompileRule_ps = 'dvips -Ppdf -o $*.ps $*.dvi'
+ let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'ps2pdf $*.ps'
+
+
+NOTE: By default, Latex-Suite does not specify any compiler dependencies. Each
+ target format for which a rule has been derived will be compiled
+ independently.
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Compiling multiple times *ls_6_3* *ls_a_cb*
+ *compiling-multiple*
+
+Most LaTeX compilers need to be re-run several times in several commonly
+occurring situations in order to get a final camera ready copy. For example,
+when \label's change, when new \cite commands are added etc. If the target
+format you are compiling to requires multiple compilations, then you will need
+to include the format in the g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats setting. This is a
+comma separated string of formats which need multiple compilations to be
+generated correctly.
+
+By default, this setting contains just the dvi format. If you use the pdflatex
+compiler to generate pdf files, then you might want to also include pdf into the
+above setting.
+
+For every format included in the g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats setting described
+above, Latex-Suite will use the following logic to generate the file. Note that
+although the following description uses latex to refer to the compiler, it could
+be some other compiler such as pdflatex for generating pdf output.
+
+1. If there was a .idx file, then remember its contents.
+
+2. Run latex.
+
+3. If the .idx file changed due to the latex compiler, then run makeindex to
+ redo the .ind file and then remember to rerun latex.
+
+4. If the .aux file generated by the latex compiler contains a \bibdata line,
+ then it means that we are using a .bib file. Therefore, run bibtex.
+
+ NOTE: This means that we will always run bibtex whenever we use the
+ \bibliography command whether or not we actually need to. At this time,
+ Latex-Suite does not parse the .aux file before and after the latex
+ compiler to see if we are required to rerun bibtex.
+
+5. If the .bbl file changes because of this, then remember to rerun latex again.
+
+6. Also, we check to see if the LaTeX compiler gives certain standard warnings
+ which notify that we need to compile once again. In this case also, remember
+ to rerun LaTeX.
+
+7. If we found we had to rerun latex, then we repeat the steps above but not
+ running makeindex or bibtex again.
+
+The LaTeX file is compiled atmost 5 times using this logic. These steps will
+ensure that on most platforms/environments, you will get a clean output with all
+the cross-references, citations etc correctly labelled and ordered.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Customizing the compiler output *ls_6_4* *ls_a_cc*
+ *compiler-output-customization*
+
+Most LaTeX compilers produce a very large amount of output during compilation,
+most of which is not relevant to debugging type-setting errors. The compiler
+plugin provided with Latex-Suite (which is an enhanced version of the standard
+compiler plugin maintained by Artem Chuprina), provides a way to filter the
+compiler output so that the actual errors/warnings can be presented much more
+concisely.
+
+The compiler plugin is set up by default to function in a "non-verbose",
+"ignore-common-warnings" mode, which means that irrelevant lines from the
+compiler output will be ignored and some very common warnings are also ignored.
+Latex-Suite does this via the global variable g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings [|ls_a_dA|].
+This is a list of patterns, which can be used to filter out (or ignore) some or
+the warnings and errors reported by the compiler. See the link above for its
+default value.
+
+Latex-Suite uses the g:Tex_IgnoreLevel [|ls_a_dB|] setting to set a default
+ignore level. For example, for the default value of 4, Latex-Suite ignores
+warnings and errors matching the first 4 patterns in g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings.
+
+In addition to setting a default value of the ignore level, Latex-Suite provides
+the ability to set the level dynamically, using the TCLevel command. For
+example, if you issue the command: >
+ TCLevel 3
+from within Vim, then the next time you compile the document, Latex-Suite will
+ignore warnings and errors which match the first three patterns in
+g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings.
+
+When TCLevel is called with the unquoted string strict as follows: >
+ TClevel strict
+then Latex-Suite switches to a "verbose", "no-lines-ignored" mode which is
+useful when you want to make final checks of your document and want to be
+careful not to let things slip by.
+
+See the explanation of the settings g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings [|ls_a_dA|] and
+g:Tex_IgnoreLevel [|ls_a_dB|] to find out how to customize the filtering done by
+Latex-Suite
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Compiling parts of a file *ls_6_5* *ls_a_cd*
+ *part-compiling*
+
+Latex-Suite also provides a way to compile a fragment of a document. This can be
+very useful while debugging a complex equation or one chapter in a book, etc.
+
+To do this, visually select a portion of the text and press \ll while in visual
+mode. The visually selected portion will be saved to a temporary file with the
+preamble from the current document prepended. Latex-Suite will then switch focus
+to this temporary file and compile it. Continue to debug this file as required
+and then replace the portion of the original file with this one.
+
+Pressing \lv while viewing the temporary file will view the output file
+generated from the temporary file, not the original file
+
+Two commands |TPartComp| and |TPartView| are provided to be able to get this
+functionality via the command line.
+
+From release 1.6 onwards of Latex-Suite, the temporary file created for part
+compilation will reside in the same directory as the file from which the
+fragment is being created. This ensures that any relative path-names defined in
+the fragment will still work. Latex-Suite will attempt to clean the temporary
+file(s) created when Vim exits.
+
+================================================================================
+Latex Viewing and Searching *ls_7* *ls_a_ce*
+ *latex-viewing*
+
+|ls_7_1| Setting Viewing rules
+|ls_7_2| Forward Searching DVI documents
+|ls_7_3| Inverse Searching
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Setting Viewing rules *ls_7_1* *ls_a_cf*
+ *latex-viewing-rules*
+
+In order to view the output files created by compiling the source files, you
+need to specify which external program Latex-Suite should call. You can specify
+the external program using one of two settings Tex_ViewRule_format [|ls_a_dF|]
+or Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format [|ls_a_dG|]. By default, Latex-Suite has default
+settings for viewing various common output formats via the Tex_ViewRule_format
+settings, so that if you are using commonly used programs, you should be all set
+to view compiled files from within Vim by simply pressing \lv.
+
+NOTE: The viewing function also takes the *.latexmain [|ls_a_ct|] file into
+ account to decide which file to show.
+
+
+If pressing \lv does not work, then it most probably has to do with incorrect
+settings of the g:Tex_ViewRule_<format> [|ls_a_dF|] where <format> is the format
+you are attempting to view. See the link above for how to set this according to
+your system.
+
+In addition to viewing the files, Latex-Suite also supports forward and inverse
+searching for certain common tools for viewing DVI documents. At the moment,
+there is built-in support for YAP on windows (which ships with MikTeX), and the
+popular xdvi on *nix platforms. See the next few sections for details on forward
+and inverse searching.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Forward Searching DVI documents *ls_7_2* *ls_a_cg*
+ *forward-searching*
+
+Forward searching refers to making a DVI viewer display a given document at a
+given location from within Vim. At present, this functionality is supported for
+YAP on windows and xdvi on *nix machines. Pressing \ls from within Vim should
+make the DVI viewer display the portion of the document where your cursor is
+placed.
+
+ *enabling-searching* *ls_a_ed*
+NOTE: Enabling Forward and Inverse Searching
+ --------------------------------------
+ Most DVI viewers need "source-special" information in order to do forward
+ (and inverse) searching. This information is embedded in the dvi file if
+ the LaTeX source is compiled with the --src-specials option. By default,
+ Latex-Suite does not supply this argument to the compiler. See the section
+ on to find out how this option can be set.
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Inverse Searching *ls_7_3* *ls_a_ch*
+ *inverse-searching*
+
+Inverse searching refers to the DVI viewer telling Vim to display the LaTeX
+source file at a given location when you double-click in the DVI viewer window.
+
+You will need to enable searching [|ls_a_ed|] in order to use this
+functionality.
+
+You will also need to specify certain settings to the DVI viewer conveying the
+syntax which it needs to use to tell Vim how to display the source file. In YAP,
+you can set this option in View > Options > Inverse Search. The Command Line
+field needs to be set as follows: >
+ "C:\Program Files\vim\vim61\gvim" -c ":RemoteOpen +%l %f"
+The command :RemoteOpen is supplied when you install Latex-Suite.
+
+On *nix machines, Latex-Suite attempts to call the DVI viewer in such a way that
+it already knows how to communicate with Vim. If this does not seem to be
+working, you can use the RemoteOpen command described above.
+
+================================================================================
+Latex Folding *ls_8* *ls_a_ci*
+ *latex-folding*
+
+|ls_8_1| Default Folding Scheme in Latex-Suite
+|ls_8_2| Customizing what to fold
+|ls_8_3| Editing the folding.vim file directly
+
+
+Latex-Suite ships with the plugin SyntaxFolds.vim which is a plugin for creating
+"fake" syntax folds on the fly. The fold method is actually manual but the
+folding is based on LaTeX syntax. This offers a speed increase over regular
+syntax folding. Ofcourse it has the disadvantage that the folds are not dynamic,
+i.e newly created syntax items are not automatically folded up. (This is a
+compromise between speed and convenience).
+
+When you open up a LaTeX file, all the portions will be automatically folded up.
+However, no new folds will be created until you press <F6> or \rf. (rf stands
+for "refresh folds").
+
+The fold-text is set to the first line of the folded text unless the fold is a
+table, figure etc. (an environment). In this case, if a \caption and/or a label
+is found in the folded region, then those are used to make a more meaningful
+fold-text, otherwise the second line of the environment is displayed along with
+the name of the environment. In other words, the following >
+ \begin{figure}[h]
+ \centerline{\psfig{figure=slidercrank.eps,height=6cm}}
+ \caption{The Slider Crank Mechanism.}
+ \label{fig:slidercrank}
+ \end{figure}
+ % a LaTeX comment.
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ \sin(\pi) = 0
+ \end{eqnarray}
+
+
+will be shown as: >
+ +--- 5 lines: figure (fig:slidercrank) : The Slider Crank Mechanism. -----
+ % a LaTeX comment.
+ +--- 3 lines: eqnarray () : \sin(\pi) = 0 --------------------------------
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Default Folding Scheme in Latex-Suite *ls_8_1* *ls_a_cj*
+ *default-folding*
+
+By default Latex-Suite creates folds in the following manner:
+
+ >
+ \chapter
+ \section
+ %%fakesection
+ \subsection
+ \subsubsection
+ \item
+ \equation
+ \eqnarray
+ \figure
+ \table
+ \footnote
+The indentation shows the "nestedness" of the folding scheme. See the next
+section [|ls_a_ck|] to see how you can change this scheme.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Customizing what to fold *ls_8_2* *ls_a_ck*
+ *customizing-what-to-fold*
+
+From version 1.6 onwards, the folding in Latex-Suite can be controlled to a
+large extent via a number of global variables.
+
+
+
+Tex_FoldedSections *ls_8_2_1* *ls_a_cl*
+ *Tex_FoldedSections*
+
+This entry defines which sections will be folded. This setting is a comma
+separated list of section names. The default value is: >
+ part,chapter,section,%%fakesection,
+ subsection,subsubsection,paragraph
+Each of the entries in the list will fold up a section of the corresponding
+name. The %%fakesection section is provided as a means for the user to group
+lines into "fake" sections. A %%fakesection is assumed to start on a line which
+begins with the string %%fakesection and continue till the start of the next
+\section, \subsection or any other section.
+
+See also advanced fold settings [|ls_a_cp|].
+
+
+Tex_FoldedEnvironments *ls_8_2_2* *ls_a_cm*
+ *Tex_FoldedEnvironments*
+
+This entry defines which environments will be folded. It is a comma separated
+string of words each of which defines a single environment. The default setting
+is >
+ verbatim,comment,eq,gather,
+ align,figure,table,thebibliography,
+ keywords,abstract,titlepage
+The words need not be standard Latex environments. You can add any word you
+like. Also, each word will fold up all environments whose name begins with that
+word. For example, in the setting above, the word "eq" folds up the
+\begin{equation}, \begin{eqnarray}, \begin{eqnarray*} environments. To avoid
+this, you can replace the word "eq" with "eq}".
+
+See also advanced fold settings [|ls_a_cp|].
+
+
+Tex_FoldedCommands *ls_8_2_3* *ls_a_cn*
+ *Tex_FoldedCommands*
+
+This entry defines which commands will be folded. It is a comma separated string
+of words each of which defines a single command. The default setting is empty,
+i.e no commands are folded. The words need not be standard Latex commands. You
+can use whatever words you like. Each word will fold all commands whose name
+begins with that word as in the case of the Tex_FoldedEnvironments [|ls_a_cm|]
+variable.
+
+NOTE: It is very difficult to fold commands reliably because it is very
+ difficult to create a regexp which will match a line containing unmatched
+ parentheses (or curly brackets), but will not match a line containing
+ matched parentheses.
+
+ Just to make things safer, only lines which start a command but do not
+ contain additional curly braces after the command has started are folded.
+ In other words, if you wanted to fold the the command "mycommand", then
+ the lines >
+ \mycommand{This is a line
+ and some more text on the next line
+ }
+< will be folded, but the lines >
+ \mycommand{This is a \textbf{line}
+ and some more text
+ }
+< will not be folded. This is a bug which is very difficult to fix.
+
+
+See also advanced fold settings [|ls_a_cp|].
+
+
+Tex_FoldedMisc *ls_8_2_4* *ls_a_co*
+ *Tex_FoldedMisc*
+
+This entry defines fold syntax for certain items which do not naturally fit into
+the section, environment of command lists. It is a comma separated list of
+words. The default value is: >
+ item,preamble,<<<
+NOTE: Unlike the other Tex_FoldedXXXX variables, the words in this setting are
+ limited to take values from the following list:
+
+ Value Meaning~
+ comments Folds up contiguous blocks of comments
+ item Folds up the \items within list environments
+ preamble Folds up the preamble of a document. (The part between the
+ \documentclass command and the \begin{document} environment)
+ <<< Folds defined manually by the user using the <<< and >>> strings
+ as fold-markers.
+
+ Any other words in the Tex_FoldedMisc setting are silently ignored.
+
+
+
+See also advanced fold settings [|ls_a_cp|].
+
+
+Advanced Fold setting details *ls_8_2_5* *ls_a_cp*
+ *fold-setting-advanced*
+
+The order of the words in the Tex_FoldedXXXX variables is _important_. The order
+defines the order in which the folds are nested. For example, the value
+"subsection,section" for the Tex_FoldedSections variable will not fold any
+subsections at all. This is because the folds are created in the _reverse_ order
+in which they occur in the Tex_FoldedSections setting and also, once a fold is
+created, the interior of the fold is not examined for creating additional folds.
+In the above case, this means that a \section is folded first and then its
+interior is not examined further. The correct value should have been
+"section,subsection"
+
+ *fold-setting-adding* *ls_a_ee*
+Each of the fold setting variables Tex_FoldedSections, Tex_FoldedEnvironments
+etc., as explained previously is a comma separated string of variables. However,
+to make it easier to _add_ to the default settings without having to repeat the
+whole default setting again, Latex-Suite uses the following logic in forming the
+complete setting string from the Tex_FoldedXXXX variables. If the variable
+starts with a comma, then Tex_FoldedXXXX is added to the end of the default
+string rather than replacing it. Similarly, if it ends with a comma, then it
+will be prepended to the beginning of the default setting rather than replacing
+it.
+
+For example, if Tex_FoldedEnvironments is set to the string "myenv", then only
+an environment of the form \begin{myenv} will be folded. However, if the
+Tex_FoldedEnvironments setting is ",myenv", then the \begin{myenv} environment
+will be folded after all other environments in the default setting have been
+folded. On the other hand if Tex_FoldedEnvironments is of the form "myenv,", the
+\begin{myenv} environment will be folded before the rest of the environments in
+the default setting.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Editing the folding.vim file directly *ls_8_3* *ls_a_cq*
+ *editing-folding*
+
+If you are using version 1.5 of Latex-Suite or older, you will need to directly
+edit the $VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/folding.vim file if you wish to modify the
+folding scheme. You will need to modify the function MakeTexFolds() defined in
+that file to modify the fold syntax. MakeTexFolds makes a number of calls to
+AddSyntaxFoldItem. Each such call defines a new "fold item". The order in which
+these calls are made defines how the folds are nested. For example, if you
+desire an figure environment to be nested within a section, then you should
+define the fold for the figure first. The syntax of AddSyntaxFoldItem is as
+follows: >
+ AddSyntaxFoldItem(startpat, endpat, startoff, endoff [, startskip, endskip])
+If the last two arguments are omitted, then they are assumed to default to the
+empty strings ''. The explanation for each argument is as follows:
+
+Argument Explanation~
+startpat a line matching this pattern defines the beginning of a fold.
+endpat a line matching this pattern defines the end of a fold.
+startoff this is the offset from the starting line at which folding will
+ actually start
+endoff like startoff, but gives the offset of the actual fold end from the
+ line satisfying endpat. startoff and endoff are necessary when the
+ folding region does not have a specific end pattern corresponding to
+ a start pattern. for example in LaTeX, \section{Section Name} defines
+ the beginning of a section, but there is no command which
+ specifically ends a section. Thus a \section is assumed to end 1 line
+ _before_ another section starts.
+startskip A Pattern Which Defines The Beginning Of A "Skipped" Region.
+
+ For example, suppose we define a \itemize fold as follows: >
+ = '^\s*\\item',
+ = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}',
+ = 0,
+ = -1
+<
+
+ This defines a fold which starts with a line beginning with an \item
+ and ending one line before a line beginning with an \item or
+ \end{enumerate} etc.
+
+ Then, as long as \item's are not nested things are fine. However,
+ once items begin to nest, the fold started by one \item can end
+ because of an \item in an \itemize environment within this \item.
+ i.e, the following can happen: >
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Some text <------- fold will start here
+ This item will contain a nested item
+ \begin{itemize} <----- fold will end here because next line contains \item...
+ \item Hello
+ \end{itemize} <----- ... instead of here.
+ \item Next item of the parent itemize
+ \end{itemize}
+<
+
+ Therefore, in order to completely define a folding item which allows
+ nesting, we need to also define a "skip" pattern. startskip and end
+ skip do that. Leave '' when there is no nesting.
+endskip the pattern which defines the end of the "skip" pattern for nested
+ folds.
+
+NOTE: Example 1
+ ---------
+ A syntax fold region for the latex section is defined with the following
+ arguments to AddSyntaxFoldItem: >
+ startpat = "\\section{"
+ endpat = "\\section{"
+ startoff = 0
+ endoff = -1
+ startskip = ''
+ endskip = ''
+< Note that the start and end patterns are thus the same and endoff has a
+ negative value to capture the effect of a section ending one line before
+ the next starts.
+
+
+NOTE: Example 2
+ ---------
+ A syntax fold region for the \itemize environment is: >
+ startpat = '^\s*\\item',
+ endpat = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}',
+ startoff = 0,
+ endoff = -1,
+ startskip = '^\s*\\begin{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}',
+ endskip = '^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}'
+< Note the use of startskip and endskip to allow nesting.
+
+
+
+================================================================================
+Multiple file LaTeX projects *ls_9* *ls_a_cr*
+ *latex-project*
+
+|ls_9_1| Latex-Suite project settings
+|ls_9_2| Specifying which file to compile
+
+
+ *latex-project-example* *ls_a_ef*
+Many LaTeX projects contain multiple source files which are \included from a
+master file. A typical example of this situation is a directory layout such as
+the following
+
+ >
+ thesis/
+ main.tex
+ abstract.tex
+ intro/
+ intro.tex
+ figures/
+ fig1.eps
+ fig2.eps
+ chapter1/
+ chap1.tex
+ figures/
+ fig1.eps
+ conclusion/
+ conclusion.tex
+ figures/
+
+
+In the above case, main.tex will typically look like
+
+ >
+ % file: main.tex
+ \documentclass{report}
+ \begin{document}
+
+ \input{abstract.tex}
+ \input{intro/intro.tex}
+ \input{chapter1/chap1.tex}
+ \input{conclusion/conclusion.tex}
+
+ \end{document}
+
+
+ *latex-master-file-specification* *ls_a_eg*
+In such situations, you will need to convey to Latex-Suite that main.tex is the
+main file which \inputs the other files. This is done by creating a file called
+main.tex.latexmain in the same directory in which main.tex resides. This file is
+called the _master file_ in this manual. See Tex_MainFileExpression [|ls_a_eh|]
+for an alternative way of specifying the master file.
+
+NOTE: Here main.tex.latexmain is (obviously) a different file from main.tex
+ itself. main.tex need not be renamed. This ofcourse restricts each
+ directory to have a single master file.
+
+
+Each time Latex-Suite opens a new LaTeX file, it will try to see if it is part
+of a multiple file project by searching upwards (to the root of the file-system)
+from the current file's directory to see if it finds a file of the form
+*.latexmain. If such a file is found, then it is considered that the current
+file is part of a larger project. The name of the LaTeX master file is inferred
+directly from the first part of the *.latexmain file as described in the example
+above.
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Latex-Suite project settings *ls_9_1* *ls_a_cs*
+ *latex-project-settings*
+
+If a master file [|ls_a_ct|] is found, then Latex-Suite :sources the file. Thus
+this file needs to contain valid Vim commands. This file is typically used to
+store project specific settings.
+
+Some typical per-project settings which are best put in the master file are
+Tex_ProjectSourceFiles [|ls_a_dt|]
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Specifying which file to compile *ls_9_2* *ls_a_ct*
+ *latex-master-file*
+
+In the example described previously [|ls_a_ef|], if you are editing
+intro/intro.tex and press \ll, then you still want Latex-Suite to compile
+main.tex, because intro/intro.tex is merely a fragment which is \input'ed into
+main.tex. If the master file is already specified using the *.latexmain
+convention described previously [|ls_a_ef|], then Latex-Suite will automatically
+compile the master file when you are editing any of its \input'ed fragments.
+Thus pressing \ll while editing intro/intro.tex will compile main.tex.
+
+ *Tex_MainFileExpression* *ls_a_eh*
+If you wish to use some different logic to specify the main file name, you can
+specify a custom expression via the Tex_MainFileExpression variable. This is a
+string containing a valid vim expression. In addition, you can use a variable
+modifier which is in the format used for |filename-modifiers|, for example,
+':p:h'. You should utilize this variable to modify the filename of the main
+file. >
+ let g:Tex_MainFileExpression = 'MainFile(modifier)'
+ function! MainFile(fmod)
+ if glob('*.latexmain') != ''
+ return fnamemodify(glob('*.latexmain'), a:fmod)
+ else
+ return ''
+ endif
+ endif
+
+
+================================================================================
+Latex-Suite Commands and Maps *ls_10* *ls_a_cu*
+ *latex-suite-commands-maps*
+
+|ls_10_1| Latex-Suite Maps
+|ls_10_2| Latex Suite Commands
+
+
+This section describes the maps and commands used in Latex-Suite. It also
+describes a way to change the map sequences according to your preference.
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Latex-Suite Maps *ls_10_1* *ls_a_cv*
+ *latex-suite-maps*
+
+ *remapping-latex-suite-keys* *ls_a_ei*
+Most of the mappings used in Latex-Suite can be mapped to a different key
+combination to suit your particular needs. An example best explains the
+procedure for doing this. Suppose you want to remap the <C-j> key which
+Latex-Suite (actually imaps.vim) uses to jump to the next placeholder. To do
+this, you first need to find out which <Plug> mapping <C-j> is derived from. You
+will need to look at the relevant section of this manual to do this. For
+example, the section IMAP mappings [|ls_a_cw|] has the information that the
+<C-j> key is derived from <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward. Therefore to remap the <C-j>
+key to say <C-space>, you will need to put a statement like the following in
+your ~/.vimrc. >
+ imap <C-space> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward
+
+
+NOTE: To change the IMAP mappings which affect jumping between placeholders, the
+ map statement above has to be placed in your ~/.vimrc. For other mappings
+ you can place the map statement in your $VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim file. The
+ reason for this is that the <C-j> maps are created in plugin/imaps.vim,
+ which is sourced as soon as Vim starts before sourcing any ftplugin files.
+
+
+
+
+IMAP mappings *ls_10_1_1* *ls_a_cw*
+ *customize-imap-maps*
+
+These mappings are utilized for jumping between placeholders as described here
+[|ls_a_eD|]. See the parent section [|ls_a_cv|] to find out how to use this
+information to change the default maps.
+
+ *Plug_IMAP_JumpForward* *ls_a_ej*
+ *Plug_IMAP_JumpBack* *ls_a_ek*
+ *Plug_IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward* *ls_a_el*
+ *Plug_IMAP_DeleteAndJumBack* *ls_a_em*
+Plug map Default Key~
+<Plug>IMAP_JumpForward <C-j>
+<Plug>IMAP_JumpBack (none)
+<Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward (none)
+<Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpBack (none)
+
+<Plug>IMAP_JumpForward takes you to the location of the next place-holder
+[|ls_a_eD|].
+
+<Plug>IMAP_JumpBack takes you to the previous place-holder [|ls_a_eD|].
+
+<Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward deletes the presently selected place-holder and
+jumps to the next place-holder irrespective of whether the present placeholder
+is empty or not and ignoring the value of place-holder settings like
+g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders [|ls_a_cW|] and g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders
+[|ls_a_cX|]
+
+<Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpBack deletes the presently selected place-holder and
+jumps to the previous place-holder irrespective of whether the present
+placeholder is empty or not and ignoring the value of place-holder settings like
+g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders [|ls_a_cW|] and g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders
+[|ls_a_cX|]
+
+
+Alt-Key mappings *ls_10_1_2* *ls_a_cx*
+ *customize-alt-key-maps*
+
+These mappings are are described in the section Alt key macros [|ls_a_bA|]. See
+the parent section [|ls_a_ei|] to see how to use the following information to
+remap keys.
+
+ *Plug_Tex_MathBF* *ls_a_en*
+ *Plug_Tex_MathCal* *ls_a_eo*
+ *Plug_Tex_LeftRight* *ls_a_ep*
+ *Plug_Tex_InsertItem* *ls_a_eq*
+Plug Mapping Default Key~
+<Plug>Tex_MathBF <Alt-B>
+<Plug>Tex_MathCal <Alt-C>
+<Plug>Tex_LeftRight <Alt-L>
+<Plug>Tex_InsertItem <Alt-I>
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Latex Suite Commands *ls_10_2* *ls_a_cy*
+ *latex-suite-commands*
+
+
+
+:TMacro [{macro}] *ls_10_2_1* *ls_a_cz* *TMacro*
+
+When used without any arguments lists all available macros defined in runtime
+ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/ directories and prompts you to choose one of them.
+With one argument |:read| this macro under cursor position. With more than one
+argument it will not work :) In Vim >= 6.2 works completion of names of macros
+(see 'wildmenu', 'wildmode' for more about command-line completion).
+
+
+:TMacroEdit [{macro}] *ls_10_2_2* *ls_a_cA*
+ *TMacroEdit*
+
+Splits window for editing {macro}. When used without any arguments lists all
+available macros defined in runtime ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/ directories and
+prompt you to choose one of them. When you try to edit {macro} not from local
+directory Latex-Suite will copy it to your local directory with suffix "-local".
+If local copy already exists Latex-Suite prompt for overwriting it. In Vim >=
+6.2 works completion of names of macros (see 'wildmenu', 'wildmode' for more
+about command-line completion).
+
+
+:TMacroNew *ls_10_2_3* *ls_a_cB*
+ *TMacroNew*
+
+Splits window to write new macro. Directory in new buffer is locally changed to
+Latex-Suite/macros/.
+
+
+:TMacroDelete [{macro}] *ls_10_2_4* *ls_a_cC*
+ *TMacroDelete*
+
+Delets {macro} from your local ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/ directory. When used
+without any arguments lists all available macros defined in Latex-Suite/macros/
+directory and prompt you to choose one of them. When you choose to delete
+{macro} which is not in your local directory Latex-Suite will refuse to delete
+it. In Vim >= 6.2 works completion of names of macros (see 'wildmenu',
+'wildmode' for more about command-line completion)
+
+
+:TPackage [{package, ...}] *ls_10_2_5* *ls_a_cD*
+ *TPackage*
+
+When used without any arguments lists name of the packages for which support is
+available. If you are using Vim GUI and have Tex_Menus set to 1, then it will
+list all files found in the $VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages directory.
+Otherwise, Latex-Suite will list files found in the
+$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries directory. Choosing a file from the list
+will insert a >
+ \usepackage[<++>]{<packname>}
+line into the buffer at the current cursor location. For Vim 6.2 and above, you
+can use command-line completion to choose a package file. You can also call
+TPackage with one or more package names separated with spaces in which case,
+Latex-Suite will insert \usepackage lines for each of them in turn.
+
+After inserting the \usepackage line(s), Latex-Suite will support it (them) in
+various ways as described in the section Actions taken for supported packages
+[|ls_a_bL|].
+
+
+:TPackageUpdate *ls_10_2_6* *ls_a_cE*
+ *TPackageUpdate*
+
+This command `reads' name of package under cursor and turns on possible support.
+
+
+:TPackageUpdateAll *ls_10_2_7* *ls_a_cF*
+ *TPackageUpdateAll*
+
+After issuing this command latexSuite scans the file in looking for not declared
+packages, removing not needed entries from Packages menu and turning off not
+necessary packages' dictionaries.
+
+
+:TTemplate [{template}] *ls_10_2_8* *ls_a_cG*
+ *TTemplate*
+
+When used without any arguments lists all available templates from
+latex-suite/templates/ directory and prompts to choose one of them. With one
+argument :0|read| {template} file. With more than one argument it will not work
+:) In Vim >= 6.2 works completion of names of macros (see 'wildmenu', 'wildmode'
+for more about command-line completion)
+
+
+:TSection [{argument}] *ls_10_2_9* *ls_a_cH*
+ *TSection*
+
+Used without any arguments inserts last section type (|latex-sectioning|).
+Accepts arguments: n> inserts section name in <n> logical level. Levels are:
+0 part
+1 chapter
+2 section
+3 subsection
+4 subsubsection
+5 paragraph
+6 subparagraph
+
+
++<n> inserts section name <n> logical levels above the last used comand
+-<n> inserts section name <n> logical levels below the last used comand
++ inserts section name one logical level below the last used command (equal
+ to +1).
+++ inserts section name two logical levels below the last used command (equal
+ to +2).
+- inserts section name one logical level over the last used command (equal
+ to -1).
+-- inserts section name two logical levels over the last used command (equal
+ to -2).
+
+
+
+Command accepts also latexSuite mappings (|latex-macros|) without preceding S
+and in lowercase: >
+ :TSection pa
+will result in \part{}. It is possible to use full names of sections: :TSection
+part
+
+
+:TSectionAdvanced *ls_10_2_10* *ls_a_cI*
+ *TSectionAdvanced*
+
+Accepts the same arguments as |TSection| but leads to a couple of questions
+(whether you want to include the section in the table of contents, whether there
+is a shorter name for the table of contents) and then creates a more intelligent
+template.
+
+
+:TLook *ls_10_2_11* *ls_a_cJ* *TLook*
+
+Accepts one argument. Will look through .tex files in directory of edited file
+for argument. It can be regexp. You don't have to enclose argument in "". <cr>
+takes you to location. Other keys work as described in |latex-viewer|. Note:
+TLook uses :grep command and is using 'grepprg'. Its regular expressions can be
+different from those of Vim.
+
+
+:TLookBib *ls_10_2_12* *ls_a_cK*
+ *TLookBib*
+
+Accepts one argument. Will look through .bib files in directory of edited file
+for argument. It can be regexp. You don't have to enclose argument in "". <cr>
+takes you to location. Other keys work as described in |latex-viewer|.
+
+NOTE: TLookBib uses :grep command and is using 'grepprg'. Its regular
+ expressions can be different from those of Vim.
+
+
+
+
+:TLookAll *ls_10_2_13* *ls_a_cL*
+ *TLookAll*
+
+Accepts one argument. Will look through all files in directory of edited file
+for argument. It can be regexp. You don't have to enclose argument in "". <cr>
+takes you to location. Other keys work as described in |latex-viewer|. Note:
+TLook uses :grep command and is using 'grepprg'. Its regular expressions can be
+different from those of Vim.
+
+
+:TPartComp *ls_10_2_14* *ls_a_cM*
+ *TPartComp*
+
+No argument allowed but accepts range in all formats. Define fragment of
+interest with :'a,'b, :/a/,/b/, :'<,'> or :20,30. All other rules of compilation
+apply.
+
+
+:TPartView *ls_10_2_15* *ls_a_cN*
+ *TPartView*
+
+Show last compiled fragment. All rules of viewing apply but |latex-searching|.
+
+
+:Tshortcuts [{arg}] *ls_10_2_16* *ls_a_cO*
+ *Tshortcuts*
+
+Show shortcuts in terminal (not using menu). Without {arg} you will see simple
+menu prompting for one of them. Possible arguments:
+g General shortcuts
+e Environment shortcuts
+f Font shortcuts
+s Section shortcuts
+m Math shortcuts
+a All shortcuts
+
+================================================================================
+Customizing Latex-Suite *ls_11* *ls_a_cP*
+ *customizing-latex-suite*
+
+|ls_11_1| General Settings
+|ls_11_2| Place-Holder Customization
+|ls_11_3| Macro Customization
+|ls_11_4| Smart Key Customization
+|ls_11_5| Latex Completion Customization
+|ls_11_6| Compiler Customization
+|ls_11_7| Viewer Customization
+|ls_11_8| Menu Customization
+|ls_11_9| Folding Customization
+|ls_11_10| Package Handling Customization
+
+
+Customizing Latex-Suite is done by defining certain global variables in
+$VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim, where $VIM corresponds to ~/.vim for *nix machines and
+~/vimfiles for windows machines. This file is not part of the Latex-Suite
+distribution. You will need to create this file yourself (or modify it if it
+exists) if you need to change any default settings. Since this file is not
+included as part of the Latex-Suite distribution, it will not be over-written in
+subsequent updates.
+
+The default settings in Latex-Suite are defined in
+$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/texrc. Please take a look at this file if you find
+this documentation incomplete or confusing. That file is also well documented.
+
+This chapter describes the various settings which effect Latex-Suite and their
+default values. The settings are broken up into sections according to the
+behavior which they influence.
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+General Settings *ls_11_1* *ls_a_cQ*
+ *ls-general-purpose-settings*
+
+
+
+Tex_Debug *ls_11_1_1* *ls_a_cR*
+ *Tex_Debug*
+
+Type boolean
+Default Value 0
+
+If set to 1, then Latex-Suite will create certain global debug statements which
+can be printed by doing >
+ :call Tex_PrintDebug()
+
+
+
+Tex_UsePython *ls_11_1_2* *ls_a_cS*
+ *Tex_UsePython*
+
+Type boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+If Latex-Suite detects that your vim is python enabled (using has('python')),
+then it tries to use python in certain places to speed things up. If this
+misbehaves, you can set this to zero, in which case, Latex-Suite will use
+vimscript to accomplish the same.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Place-Holder Customization *ls_11_2* *ls_a_cT*
+ *customizing-place-holders*
+
+Latex-Suite uses place-holders [|ls_a_eD|] to minimize using the movement keys
+while typing. The following settings affect how place-holders are used.
+
+NOTE: These setting need to be set in your ~/.vimrc, not $VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim
+ because these settings affect the behavior of imaps.vim, which is a global
+ plugin, not a file-type plugin.
+
+
+
+
+g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders *ls_11_2_1* *ls_a_cU*
+ *Imap_UsePlaceHolders*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+Setting this to zero completely disables using place-holders.
+
+
+g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart & g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd *ls_11_2_2* *ls_a_cV*
+ *Imap_PlaceHolderStart*
+
+ *Imap_PlaceHolderEnd* *ls_a_er*
+Setting Type Value~
+Imap_PlaceHolderStart String '<+'
+Imap_PlaceHolderEnd String '+>'
+
+These settings affect the strings displayed at the beginning and end of the
+place-holder string. Set these strings to a value different than a commonly
+occurring sequence of characters.
+
+NOTE: TIP
+ ---
+ If you use the latin1 encoding and do not type in french, then you can set
+ these strings to the \xab and \xbb characters (the french quotation
+ marks).
+
+
+
+
+g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders *ls_11_2_3* *ls_a_cW*
+ *Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+When set to one, non-descriptive or empty place-holders are deleted on pressing
+<Ctrl-J>.
+
+
+g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders *ls_11_2_4* *ls_a_cX*
+ *Imap_StickyPlaceHolders*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+When set to 1, in visual mode, <Ctrl-J> takes you to the next placeholder
+without deleting the current placeholder.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Macro Customization *ls_11_3* *ls_a_cY*
+ *customizing-macros*
+
+
+
+Tex_Env_name *ls_11_3_1* *ls_a_cZ*
+ *Tex_Env_name*
+
+If you wish to wish to expand certain environments differently from the way
+Latex-Suite does it, you can define custom expansions using global variables of
+the form Tex_Env_{name} where name corresponds to the environment.
+
+For example, if you press <F5> after typing theorem, Latex-Suite will by default
+expand it to >
+ \begin{theorem}
+ \label{<++>}<++>
+ \end{theorem}<++>
+However, if you wish change this to >
+ \begin{theorem}
+ <++>
+ \end{theorem}<++>
+then define the following variable >
+ let g:Tex_Env_theorem = "\\begin{theorem}\<CR><++>\<CR>\\end{theorem}"
+<
+
+If the expansion uses special keys such as carriage return etc, then use
+double-quotes and use the "\<key>" notation for special keys. Backslashes have
+to be doubled.
+
+You could even use strings returned by functions as the expansion by using the
+IMAP_PutTextWithMovement() [|ls_a_ea|] function.
+
+If the name of the environment contains special characters (for example, the
+eqnarray* environment), then use the following form: >
+ let g:Tex_Env_{'eqnarray*'} =
+ \ "\\begin{eqnarray*}\<CR><++> &=& <++>\<CR>\\end{eqnarray*}<++>"
+This will make pressing <F5> after eqnarray* expand to >
+ \begin{eqnarray*}
+ <++> &=& <++>
+ \end{eqnarray*}<++>
+
+
+
+Tex_Com_name *ls_11_3_2* *ls_a_da*
+ *Tex_Com_name*
+
+If you wish to define new expansions for fast command insertion as described
+here [|ls_a_bo|], or redefine expansions from the default values in Latex-Suite,
+you will need to define variables of the form g:Tex_Com_{name} where name is a
+command name. For example, with the setting >
+ let g:Tex_Com_frac = "\\frac{<++>}{<++>}<++>"
+pressing <F7> after typing frac will change it to \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++>
+
+See Tex_Env_name [|ls_a_cZ|] for additional details on how to create this
+setting in various special circumstances.
+
+
+Enabling / disabling macros *ls_11_3_3* *ls_a_db*
+ *macro-enabling*
+
+The following variables disable various parts of the macro functionality of
+Latex-Suite. See the links to the relevant sections to see what functionality
+setting each of the variables to zero will take away.
+
+ *Tex_EnvironmentMaps* *ls_a_es*
+ *Tex_EnvironmentMenus* *ls_a_et*
+ *Tex_FontMaps* *ls_a_eu*
+ *Tex_FontMenus* *ls_a_ev*
+ *Tex_SectionMaps* *ls_a_ew*
+ *Tex_SectionMenus* *ls_a_ex*
+Setting Link to relevant section Default Value~
+g:Tex_EnvironmentMaps Environment Mappings [|ls_a_bf|] 1
+g:Tex_EnvironmentMenus 1
+g:Tex_FontMaps Font Mappings [|ls_a_bs|] 1
+g:Tex_FontMenus 1
+g:Tex_SectionMaps Section Mappings [|ls_a_bt|] 1
+g:Tex_SectionMenus 1
+
+
+g:Tex_UseMenuWizard *ls_11_3_4* *ls_a_dc*
+ *Tex_UseMenuWizard*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 0
+
+If this variable is set to 1, then when an environment is chosen from the menu
+then for selected environments, Latex-Suite asks a series of questions on the
+command line and inserts a template with the corresponding fields already filled
+in. Setting this to zero will insert a template with place-holders [|ls_a_eD|]
+marking off the places where fields need to be filled.
+
+
+g:Imap_FreezeImap *ls_11_3_5* *ls_a_dd*
+ *Imap_FreezeImap*
+
+Type boolean
+Default Value 0
+
+This option when set to 1, temporarily freezes Latex-Suite's macro expansion. It
+might be useful when you are using some other keymap which is causing excessive
+macro expansion. Use a buffer-local variable of the same name if you wish to
+affect just the present buffer.
+
+
+g:Tex_CatchVisMapErrors *ls_11_3_6* *ls_a_de*
+ *Tex_CatchVisMapErrors*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+With so many visual maps, its helpful to have a way of catching typing errors
+made in visual mode. What this does is to prompt you to correct your visual mode
+mapping if you start out with and then type some illegal keys. It basically maps
+just the g:Tex_Leader character to a function.
+
+
+g:Tex_Diacritics *ls_11_3_7* *ls_a_df*
+ *Tex_Diacritics*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 0
+
+Whether or not you want to use diacritics [|ls_a_bw|].
+
+
+g:Tex_Leader *ls_11_3_8* *ls_a_dg*
+ *Tex_Leader*
+
+
+Type String
+Default Value '`'
+
+The mappings in Latex-Suite are by default prefixed with the back-tick
+character. For example, `/ inserts \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++> etc. You can change the
+prefix with the following setting. ',', '/', '`' are preferred values. '' or '\'
+will lead to a _lot_ of trouble.
+
+g:Tex_Leader is also used for visual mode mappings for fonts.
+
+
+g:Tex_Leader2 *ls_11_3_9* *ls_a_dh*
+ *Tex_Leader2*
+
+
+Type String
+Default Value ','
+
+In order to avoid clashes between the large number of visual mode macros
+provided, the visual mode macros for environments [|ls_a_bm|] and sections start
+with a character different from g:Tex_Leader.
+
+
+g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments *ls_11_3_10* *ls_a_di*
+ *Tex_PromptedEnvironments*
+
+
+Type String
+Default Value 'eqnarray*,eqnarray,equation,equation*,\[,$$,align,align*'
+
+This string represents a comma separated list of fields corresponding to
+environments. Pressing <F5> in insert-mode in the body of the document asks you
+to choose from one of these environments to insert.
+
+Leaving this string empty will leave the <F5> key unmapped
+
+
+g:Tex_HotKeyMappings *ls_11_3_11* *ls_a_dj*
+ *Tex_HotKeyMappings*
+
+
+Type String
+Default Value 'eqnarray*,eqnarray,bmatrix'
+
+This string represents a comma separated list of environments which are mapped
+to <Shift-F-1> through <Shift-F-4>. For example, pressing <Shift-F-2> with this
+setting inserts the eqnarray environment.
+
+Leaving this string empty will leave <Shift-F-1> through <Shift-F-4> unmapped.
+
+NOTE: Only the first four fields of this list are used. The rest are silently
+ ignored.
+
+
+
+
+g:Tex_PromptedCommands *ls_11_3_12* *ls_a_dk*
+ *Tex_PromptedCommands*
+
+
+Type String
+Default Value 'footnote,cite,pageref,label'
+
+This string represents a comma separated list of LaTeX commands which
+Latex-Suite uses for the <F7> and <S-F7> maps as described here [|ls_a_bo|].
+
+Leaving this string empty will leave the <F7> key unmapped.
+
+
+Tex_ItemStyle_environment *ls_11_3_13* *ls_a_dl*
+ *Tex_ItemStyle_environment*
+
+This setting affects the style which Latex-Suite uses to insert an \item when
+<Alt-I> is pressed as described here [|ls_a_bE|]. By default Latex-Suite defines
+styles for the following environments:
+
+Environment Style~
+itemize \item
+enumerate \item
+theindex \item
+thebibliography \item[<+biblabel+>]{<+bibkey+>} <++>
+description \item[<+label+>] <++>
+
+Each style is defined by a variable of the form g:Tex_ItemStyle_{envname} where
+envname is the name of the environment for which the style is defined. For
+example, by default >
+ g:Tex_ItemStyle_description = '\item[<+label+>] <++>'
+Redefining the style for a particular environment or defining a style for an
+entirely new environment is simply a matter of setting the value of a variable
+of the corresponding name.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Smart Key Customization *ls_11_4* *ls_a_dm*
+ *customizing-smart-keys*
+
+These settings affect the smart key functionality as described here [|ls_a_bz|].
+
+
+
+g:Tex_SmartKeyBS *ls_11_4_1* *ls_a_dn*
+ *Tex_SmartKeyBS*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+Whether or not <Backspace> deletes diacritics.
+
+
+g:Tex_SmartKeyQuote *ls_11_4_2* *ls_a_do*
+ *Tex_SmartKeyQuote*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+Whether or not the smart quotes [|ls_a_bz|] functionality is available.
+
+If enabled, the quote characters can be customized by setting the following
+variables:
+
+Setting Value~
+g:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen "``"
+g:Tex_SmartQuoteClose "''"
+
+Non-English users will want to change these settings to their locale. These
+global variables will be ignored if there are buffer-local variables (with the
+same name), which may be set in the language specific package files, such as
+$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/german.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Latex Completion Customization *ls_11_5* *ls_a_dp*
+ *customizing-latex-completion*
+
+The following settings affect the completion [|ls_a_bR|] functionality in
+Latex-Suite.
+
+
+
+Window size settings *ls_11_5_1* *ls_a_dq*
+ *completion-window-preferences*
+
+These three settings affect the aesthetics of the completion functionality.
+
+ *Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight* *ls_a_ey*
+ *Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight* *ls_a_ez*
+ *Tex_ExplorerHeight* *ls_a_eA*
+ *Tex_ImageDir* *ls_a_eB*
+Setting Explanation Default Value~
+g:Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight The height of the cwindow which 5
+ displays the list of \labels
+ etc.
+g:Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight The height of the preview window 10
+ which shows the context of a
+ \label etc.
+g:Tex_ExplorerHeight The height of the explorer 10
+ window which lists the files
+ from which to choose an image
+ file.
+g:Tex_ImageDir The directory to scan for images ''
+
+
+g:Tex_BIBINPUTS *ls_11_5_2* *ls_a_dr*
+ *Tex_BIBINPUTS*
+
+
+Type string
+Default Value ''
+
+This string describes the directories which are scanned while trying to search
+for .bib and .bbl files. See the cite completion section [|ls_a_bU|] for more
+details.
+
+This string should be set in the syntax accepted by Vim's native 'path' setting.
+Do not include the present directory '.'. While searching for bibliography
+files, the present directory will be prepended to this variable.
+
+
+Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch *ls_11_5_3* *ls_a_ds*
+ *Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch*
+
+When set to 1, Latex-Suite searches for \labels in all .tex files in the
+directory containing the file being edited when <F9> is pressed. See \ref
+completion [|ls_a_bT|] for details.
+
+
+g:Tex_ProjectSourceFiles *ls_11_5_4* *ls_a_dt*
+ *Tex_ProjectSourceFiles*
+
+
+Type String
+Default Value ''
+
+This setting is meant to be initialized on a per-project basis using the
+Latex-Suite master file [|ls_a_ct|] as described in Latex-Suite Project
+[|ls_a_cr|] section. It is a list of source files which are used in the project.
+If defined, then instead of using the logic described in
+Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch [|ls_a_ds|] to search for files in which to search for
+\labels, we simply search for \labels in this list. This significantly reduces
+the time it takes to generate the list of possible completions for large
+projects.
+
+The list is specified as a whitespace separated list of filenames relative to
+the location of the main file.
+
+
+g:Tex_RememberCiteSearch *ls_11_5_5* *ls_a_du*
+ *Tex_RememberCiteSearch*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 0
+
+When this variable is non-zero, then Latex-Suite will try to remember results
+from the \cite completion as described in this section [|ls_a_bV|].
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Compiler Customization *ls_11_6* *ls_a_dv*
+ *customizing-compiling*
+
+The following settings affect Latex-Suite's compilation functionality
+
+
+
+g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat *ls_11_6_1* *ls_a_dw*
+ *Tex_DefaultTargetFormat*
+
+
+Type String
+Default Value dvi for windows/*nix and pdf for mac
+
+Use this setting to choose the default target format. For example, setting this
+to pdf makes Latex-Suite compile a pdf file when you press \ll and fire up the
+pdf viewer on pressing \lv. Make sure that a rules for compiling and viewing
+have been defined for this target format as described here [|ls_a_dx|] and here
+[|ls_a_dF|].
+
+
+g:Tex_CompileRule_<format> *ls_11_6_2* *ls_a_dx*
+ *Tex_CompileRule_format*
+
+Here <format> refers to the target format for which this rule is defined.
+Latex-Suite supports compiling into dvi, ps and pdf by default. All these rules
+are strings defined by default as follows:
+
+
+g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi 'latex -interaction=nonstopmode $*'
+g:Tex_CompileRule_ps 'ps2pdf $*'
+g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf 'pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode $*'
+
+If you desire forward and inverse searching via Latex-Suite, you will need to
+change g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi to include -src-specials. However, this has been
+known to cause problems with the output file. Therefore, use this with care.
+
+
+g:Tex_FormatDependency_<format> *ls_11_6_3* *ls_a_dy*
+
+Type string
+Default Value ''
+
+By default, there are no format dependencies defined. Each definition is of the
+form above where <format> is a string such as 'dvi' etc.
+
+The value of each string is a comma separated string such as 'dvi,ps'. See the
+Compiler dependency [|ls_a_ca|] section to see how to use/specify this setting
+
+
+g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats *ls_11_6_4* *ls_a_dz*
+ *Tex_MultipleCompileFormats*
+
+Type string
+Default Value 'dvi'
+
+This is a comma separated string of formats for which the compiler needs to be
+called multiple times in order to get cross-references, citations etc right. See
+the Compiling multiple times [|ls_a_cb|] section for details.
+
+
+g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings *ls_11_6_5* *ls_a_dA*
+ *Tex_IgnoredWarnings*
+
+
+Type String
+Default Value a new-line separated list of patterns as described below
+
+The default value of this setting is >
+ \"Underfull\n".
+ \"Overfull\n".
+ \"specifier changed to\n".
+ \"You have requested\n".
+ \"Missing number, treated as zero.\n".
+ \"There were undefined references\n"
+ \"Citation %.%# undefined"
+This setting defines a set of patterns which will be filtered out when
+displaying the output from the latex compiler. This is to aid in filtering out
+very common warnings/errors.
+
+NOTE: Remember to check the value of g:Tex_IgnoreLevel [|ls_a_dB|] when you
+ change this setting. For example, if you append a new pattern which you
+ would like to ignore by default, increase the value of g:Tex_IgnoreLevel.
+
+
+
+
+g:Tex_IgnoreLevel *ls_11_6_6* *ls_a_dB*
+ *Tex_IgnoreLevel*
+
+
+Type Integer
+Default Value 7
+
+This setting defines a "filter level" or an "ignore level". A value of 7 for
+instance means that any warning/error matching with any of the first 7 fields of
+g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings [|ls_a_dA|] will be ignored. Setting this value to zero
+will mean that no error/warning is ignored. However, even with a value of zero,
+Latex-Suite will filter out most of the text which a LaTeX compiler typically
+produces. Use >
+ TCLevel strict
+from within Vim in order to see all the lines from the compiler's output.
+
+
+Tex_UseMakefile *ls_11_6_7* *ls_a_dC*
+ *Tex_UseMakefile*
+
+Type boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+When set to 1, then if a makefile or Makefile is present in the current
+directory, then Latex-Suite sets the makeprg option to just "make <target>",
+where <target> is the target format chosen using the TCTarget or TTarget
+commands.
+
+When set to 0, then Latex-Suite will set the makeprg setting to whatever is
+defined by the g:Tex_CompileRule_target [|ls_a_dx|] setting.
+
+
+g:Tex_GotoError *ls_11_6_8* *ls_a_dD*
+ *Tex_GotoError*
+
+
+Type boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+If set to 1, then pressing \ll will take you to the location of the first
+warning/error, otherwise you will remain in the original location but the
+errors/warnings will be listed in the preview window.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Viewer Customization *ls_11_7* *ls_a_dE*
+ *customizing-viewing*
+
+The following settings affect how Latex-Suite will display compiled files.
+
+
+
+g:Tex_ViewRule_<format> *ls_11_7_1* *ls_a_dF*
+ *Tex_ViewRule_format*
+
+Here <format> refers to a format such as dvi, ps, etc. This variable defines the
+program which will be called to display a file of that format.
+
+By default, Latex-Suite defines viewer programs for viewing DVI, PS and PDF
+formats as follows:
+
+ Windows Unix~
+g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi 'yap -1' 'xdvi'
+g:Tex_ViewRule_ps 'gsview32' 'ghostview'
+g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf 'AcroRd32' 'xpdf'
+
+For Macintosh systems, these strings are left empty by default. This lets the
+system pick the program for each format. If you define these variables for Mac,
+the system choice will be over-ridden.
+
+Latex-Suite appends file.format to the above settings while calling the external
+programs. For example, with >
+ let g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi = 'yap -1'
+yap is called as >
+ !start yap -1 file.dvi
+from within Vim. (The initial start is used on Windows platforms is to make yap
+start as a separate process.) If you find the way Latex-Suite constructs the
+command line too restrictive, you can use the Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format
+[|ls_a_dG|] setting for more complete control on how the command line is
+constructed while calling the external program for viewing.
+
+NOTE: For windows, you will need to set the $PATH variable to include the paths
+ to yap, AcroRd32, gsview32 and any other programs. See your system
+ documentation for how to do this.
+
+
+NOTE: Default Viewing Format
+ ----------------------
+ To change the default format for viewing files, set the
+ g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat [|ls_a_dw|] variable.
+
+
+
+
+Tex_ViewRuleComplete_<format> *ls_11_7_2* *ls_a_dG*
+ *Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format*
+
+Here <format> refers to the extension of a output format such as dvi, html etc.
+
+Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format takes precedence over Tex_ViewRule_format if both
+are specified. By default, Latex-Suite does not define values for
+Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format for any format. Unlike in the case of
+Tex_ViewRule_format, Latex-Suite does not modify Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format at
+all in constructing the command line. The only modification is to substitute
+'$*' everywhere in the string with the name of the file being viewed (without
+the extension).
+
+NOTE: IMPORTANT
+ ---------
+ Make sure you make the process go into the background otherwise vim will
+ wait for the viewer to terminate before letting you edit the file again.
+
+ To make a process go into the background on a *nix platform, use a
+ trailing & in the setting. On Windows, use start at the beginning of the
+ setting. Example: Suppose you have a latex->html converter which converts
+ a file say foo.tex to a file foo/index.html. Then you would use: >
+ " On *nix platform
+ let g:Tex_ViewRuleComplete_html = 'MozillaFirebird $*/index.html &'
+ " On windows platform
+ let g:Tex_ViewRuleComplete_html = 'start MozillaFirebird $*/index.html'
+<
+
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Menu Customization *ls_11_8* *ls_a_dH*
+ *customizing-menus*
+
+In addition to using the variables defined in this section to affect the
+menu-layout permanently (i.e, the layout Latex-Suite will start with), you can
+also use the TeX-Suite > Configure Menu menu to dynamically configure the menu
+layout after Latex-Suite has started.
+
+
+
+g:Tex_Menus *ls_11_8_1* *ls_a_dI*
+ *Tex_Menus*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+If set to 0, Latex-Suite will suppress showing all menus. Useful if you mostly
+work in terminals.
+
+
+g:Tex_MainMenuLocation *ls_11_8_2* *ls_a_dJ*
+ *Tex_MainMenuLocation*
+
+
+Type number
+Default Value 80
+
+This setting decides the location of the first top-level Latex-Suite menu. You
+can for example shift all the menus created by Latex-Suite to the very end by
+setting this value to a large number like 990.
+
+
+g:Tex_MathMenus *ls_11_8_3* *ls_a_dK*
+ *Tex_MathMenus*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+The Tex-Math menu consists of hundreds of mathematical symbols used in LaTeX.
+This menu comprises about 75% of the menus.
+
+
+g:Tex_NestElementMenus *ls_11_8_4* *ls_a_dL*
+ *Tex_NestElementMenus*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+This setting controls the "compactness" of the menus. If set to 1, then the
+Font, Counter and Dimensioning menus are collected together in a single menu
+called Tex-Elements, otherwise, they will each get a separate menu.
+
+
+g:Tex_PackagesMenu *ls_11_8_5* *ls_a_dM*
+ *Tex_PackagesMenu*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+Setting this to zero will stop Latex-Suite from automatically creating the
+TeX-Suite > Packages > Supported menu at startup. You can still create the menu
+after startup by going to TeX-Suite > Configure Menu.
+
+
+g:Tex_NestPackagesMenu *ls_11_8_6* *ls_a_dN*
+ *Tex_NestPackagesMenu*
+
+
+Type String
+Default Value 'TeX-'
+
+This string is the prefix added to all the menus created by Latex-Suite. If you
+define this variable with a dot ('.') as the last character, then all the menus
+created by Latex-Suite will be nested under a single master menu. For example,
+set this to '&LaTeX-Suite.' to nest all menus under a menu called &LaTeX-Suite.
+
+
+g:Tex_UseUtfMenus *ls_11_8_7* *ls_a_dO*
+ *Tex_UseUtfMenus*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 0
+
+This setting controls whether Latex-Suite uses utf-8 symbols to display some of
+the mathematical symbols in the TeX-Math menu. It is necessary for your
+system/GUI to support utf-8. Setting this to 1 has the side-effect of setting
+the 'encoding' option of Vim to 'utf-8'.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Folding Customization *ls_11_9* *ls_a_dP*
+ *customizing-folding*
+
+The following settings control the folding [|ls_a_ci|] functionality of
+Latex-Suite.
+
+
+
+g:Tex_Folding *ls_11_9_1* *ls_a_dQ*
+ *Tex_Folding*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+Setting this to zero completely disables Latex-Suite's folding functionality.
+However, the TexFoldTextFunction() is still available in case you want to use
+another folding scheme but still want to continue using the fold text function.
+
+
+g:Tex_AutoFolding *ls_11_9_2* *ls_a_dR*
+ *Tex_AutoFolding*
+
+
+Type Boolean
+Default Value 1
+
+This setting controls whether Latex-Suite automatically creates manual folds for
+a file when it is opened. You can still use the \rf mapping to refresh/create
+folds even when this variable is set to zero.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Package Handling Customization *ls_11_10* *ls_a_dS*
+ *customizing-packages*
+
+These settings affect the custom packages [|ls_a_bN|] functionality in
+Latex-Suite
+
+
+
+g:Tex_TEXINPUTS *ls_11_10_1* *ls_a_dT*
+ *Tex_TEXINPUTS*
+
+
+Type string
+Default Value ''
+
+This setting describes the directories scanned by Latex-Suite while searching
+for custom user packages as described in the custom packages [|ls_a_bN|]
+section. Do not include the present directory in this setting. The present
+directory is always scanned for custom packages.
+
+This string should be set in the syntax accepted by Vim's native 'path' setting.
+
+================================================================================
+Credits *ls_12* *ls_a_dU*
+ *latex-suite-credits*
+
+
+
+And finally, the credits:
+
+
+Artur R. Czechowski maintains the BSD package of Latex-Suite. Lots of valuable
+ feedback.
+Lubomir Host provided the diacritics and also helped in development.
+Alexander Wagner valuable suggestions during development.
+Luc Hermitte his variation of Stephen Riehm's bracketing system is used
+ in Latex-Suite.
+Gergely Kontra the clever little JumpFunc() in imaps.vim is due to him.
+ The implementation of the templates also borrows from
+ mu-template.vim by him.
+Dimitri Antoniou author of ltags and also provided the nice tip about
+ forward / reverse search on DVI documents.
+Stephen Riehm the extremely helpful bracketing system is from him.
+Alan Schmitt provided macros/folding elements. Continued feedback,
+ bug-reports/fixes.
+Hari Krishna Dara for ExecMap(), the clever little function which makes
+ typing visual mode mappings so much easier and error-free.
+Alan G Isac for the comprehensive BibT() function for entering bibtex
+ entries.
+Gontran Baerts for libList.vim
+Peter Heslin useful discussion and also a lot of bug fixes. the
+ %%fakesection in folding.vim.
+Zhang Lin-bo lots of very useful additions to folding. The code for
+ customizing the folding scheme is due to him.
+
+A large number of functions in Latex-Suite come from various other people. Some
+of those people might have been missed here. Each function should however have
+the author's name/e-mail above it. Thats the more authoritative place to check
+out who has done what.
+
+ *latex-suite-maintainer* *ls_a_eC*
+The current maintainer(s) of Latex-Suite is(are)
+
+
+Srinath Avadhanula <srinath@fastmail.fm>
+
+Mikolaj Machowski <mikmach@wp.pl>
+
+Benji Fisher <benji@member.AMS.org>
+
+================================================================================
+URLs used in this file
+
+*ls_u_1* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net
+*ls_u_2* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=download
+*ls_u_3* : http://www.cygwin.com
+*ls_u_4* : http://www.google.com/search?q=windows%20gnu%20grep
+
+================================================================================
+About this file
+
+This file was created automatically from its XML variant using db2vim. db2vim is
+a python script which understands a very limited subset of the Docbook XML 4.2
+DTD and outputs a plain text file in vim help format.
+
+db2vim can be obtained via anonymous CVS from sourceforge.net. Use
+
+cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.vim-latex.sf.net:/cvsroot/vim-latex co db2vim
+
+Or you can visit the web-interface to sourceforge CVS at:
+http://cvs.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/vim-latex/db2vim/
+
+The following modelines should nicely fold up this help manual.
+
+vim:ft=help:fdm=expr:nowrap
+vim:foldexpr=getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'-\\{80}'?'>2'\:getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'=\\{80}'?'>1'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'=\\{80}'?'0'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'-\\{80}'?'1'\:'='
+vim:foldtext=substitute(v\:folddashes.substitute(getline(v\:foldstart),'\\s*\\*.*',"",""),'^--','\ \ \ \ \ \ ','')
+================================================================================
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/doc/latexhelp.txt b/vimfiles.latex/doc/latexhelp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2782424
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/doc/latexhelp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2430 @@
+*latexhelp.txt* For Vim version 6.0. Last change: 2001 Dec 20
+
+
+ LATEX HELP 1.6
+ translated (with minor changes) for vim
+ by Mikolaj Machowski
+
+This file documents LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. LaTeX2e is a
+macro package for TeX.
+
+ This is edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation, and is for the Texinfo
+that is distributed as part of Version 19 of GNU Emacs. It uses version
+2.134 or later of the texinfo.tex input file.
+
+ This is translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The
+pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston
+State University.
+
+ The LaTeX 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore <stg@dcs.ed.ac.uk>.
+
+ The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen
+<bullestock@dk-online.dk>.
+
+ Version for vim of this manual was written by Mikolaj Machowski
+<mikmach@wp.pl>
+
+ Copyright 1988,1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Copyright 1994-1996
+Torsten Martinsen. Copyright for `translation' for vim Mikolaj Machowski 2001.
+
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on
+all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that the sections entitled "Distribution" and "General Public
+License" may be included in a translation approved by the author instead of
+in the original English.
+
+==============================================================================
+*LaTeX* *latex*
+
+The LaTeX command typesets a file of text using the TeX program and the LaTeX
+Macro package for TeX. To be more specific, it processes an input file
+containing the text of a document with interspersed commands that describe how
+the text should be formatted.
+
+1. Commands |latex-commands|
+2. Counters |latex-counters|
+3. Cross References |latex-references|
+4. Definitions |latex-definitions|
+5. Document Classes |latex-classes|
+6. Layout |latex-layout|
+7. Environments |latex-environments|
+8. Footnotes |latex-footnotes|
+9. Lengths |latex-lengths|
+10. Letters |latex-letters|
+11. Line & Page Breaking |latex-breaking|
+12. Making Paragraphs |latex-paragraphs|
+13. Margin Notes |latex-margin-notes|
+14. Math Formulae |latex-math|
+15. Modes |latex-modes|
+16. Page Styles |latex-page-styles|
+17. Sectioning |latex-sectioning|
+18. Spaces & Boxes |latex-spaces-boxes|
+19. Special Characters |latex-special-char|
+20. Splitting the Input |latex-inputting|
+21. Starting & Ending |latex-start-end|
+22. Table of Contents |latex-toc|
+23. Terminal Input/Output |latex-terminal|
+24. Typefaces |latex-typefaces|
+25. Parameters |latex-parameters|
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Commands *latex-commands*
+
+A LaTeX command begins with the command name, which consists of a \ followed
+by either
+ (a) a string of letters or
+ (b) a single non-letter.
+
+Arguments contained in square brackets, [], are optional while arguments
+contained in braces, {}, are required.
+
+NOTE: LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case unless
+explicitly directed to do otherwise.
+
+==============================================================================
+2. Counters *latex-counters*
+
+|\addtocounter| Add a quantity to a counter
+|\alph| Print value of a counter using letters
+|\arabic| Print value of a counter using numerals
+|\fnsymbol| Print value of a counter using symbols
+|\newcounter| Define a new counter
+|\refstepcounter| Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters
+|\roman| Print value of a counter using roman numerals
+|\setcounter| Set the value of a counter
+|\stepcounter| Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters
+|\usecounter| Use a specified counter in a list environment
+|\value| Use the value of a counter in an expression
+
+Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of
+the counter is the same as the name of the environment or command that
+produces the number, except with no |\\|. (|lc-enumi| - |lc-enumiv| are used
+for the nested |\enumerate| environment.) Below is a list of the counters
+used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering.
+
+ |part| |paragraph| |figure| |enumi| |itemi|
+ |chapter| |subparagraph| |table| |enumii| |itemii|
+ |section| |page| |footnote| |enumiii| |itemiii|
+ |subsection| |equation| |mpfootnote| |enumiv| |itemiv|
+ |subsubsection|
+
+
+\addtocounter{counter}{value} *\addtocounter*
+ Increments the {counter} by the amount specified by the
+ {value} argument. The {value} argument can be negative.
+
+\alph{counter} *\alph* *\Alph*
+\Alph{counter}
+ This command causes the value of the counter to be printed in
+ alphabetic characters. |\alph| command uses lower case
+ alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e., a, b, c... while the
+ |\Alph| command uses upper case alphabetic characters, i.e.,
+ A, B, C....
+
+\arabic{counter} *\arabic*
+ Causes the value of the {counter} to be printed in Arabic
+ numbers, i.e., 3.
+
+\fnsymbol{counter} *\fnsymbol*
+ Causes the value of the {counter} to be printed in a specific
+ sequence of nine symbols that can be used for numbering
+ footnotes.
+ Note: counter must have a value between 1 and 9 inclusive.
+
+\newcounter{foo}[counter] *\newcounter*
+ Defines a new counter named {foo}. The counter is initialized
+ to zero. The optional argument [counter] causes the counter
+ {foo} to be reset whenever the counter named in the optional
+ argument is incremented.
+
+\refstepcounter{counter} *\refstepcounter*
+ Command works like |\stepcounter|, except it also defines the
+ current |\ref| value to be the result of \thecounter.
+
+\roman{counter} *\roman* *\Roman*
+\Roman{counter}
+ Causes the value of the {counter} to be printed in Roman
+ numerals. The |\roman| command uses lower case Roman numerals,
+ i.e., i, ii, iii..., while the |\Roman| command uses upper case
+ Roman numerals, i.e., I, II, III....
+
+\stepcounter{counter} *\stepcounter*
+ Adds one to the {counter} and resets all subsidiary counters.
+
+\setcounter{counter}{value} *\setcounter*
+ Sets the value of the {counter} to that specified by the
+ {value} argument.
+
+\usecounter{counter} *\usecounter*
+ Command is used in the second argument of the |list|
+ environment to allow the {counter} specified to be used to
+ number the list items.
+
+\value{counter} *\value*
+ Produces the value of the {counter} named in the mandatory
+ argument. It can be used where LaTeX expects an integer or
+ number, such as the second argument of a |\setcounter| or
+ |\addtocounter| command, or in: >
+ \hspace{\value{foo}\parindent}
+< It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Cross References *latex-references*
+
+One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer the
+reader to them, as in "See Figure 3 for more details."
+
+|\label| Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text
+|\pageref| Refer to a page number
+|\ref| Refer to a section, figure or similar
+
+
+\label{key} *\label*
+ Command appearing in ordinary text assigns to the {key} the
+ number of the current sectional unit; one appearing inside a
+ numbered environment assigns that number to the {key}.
+
+ A {key} can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or
+ punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are
+ different.
+
+ To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name,
+ it is common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix
+ separated by a colon. The prefixes conventionally used are
+ * 'cha' for chapters
+ * 'sec' for lower-level sectioning commands
+ * 'fig' for figures
+ * 'tab' for tables
+ * 'eq' for equations
+ Thus, a label for a figure would look like: >
+ \label{fig:bandersnatch}
+
+\pageref{key} *\pageref*
+ Command produces the page number of the place in the text
+ where the corresponding |\label| command appears. ie. where
+ \label{key} appears.
+
+\ref{key} *\ref*
+ Command produces the number of the sectional unit, equation
+ number, ... of the corresponding |\label| command.
+
+==============================================================================
+4. Definitions *latex-definitions*
+
+|\newcommand| Define a new command
+|\newenvironment| Define a new environment
+|\newtheorem| Define a new theorem-like environment
+|\newfont| Define a new font name
+
+
+\newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition} *\newcommand* *\renewcommand*
+\newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
+\renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition}
+\renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition}
+
+These commands define (or redefine) a command.
+
+{cmd} A command name beginning with a |\\|. For |\newcommand| it must
+ not be already defined and must not begin with |\end|; for
+ |\renewcommand| it must already be defined.
+
+{args} An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of the
+ command being defined. The default is for the command to have
+ no arguments.
+
+{default} If this optional parameter is present, it means that the
+ command's first argument is optional. The default value of the
+ optional argument is default.
+
+{definition} The text to be substituted for every occurrence of {cmd}; a
+ parameter of the form #n in {cmd} is replaced by the text of
+ the nth argument when this substitution takes place.
+
+ *\newenvironment* *\renewenvironment*
+\newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
+\newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef}
+\renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef}
+
+These commands define or redefine an environment.
+
+{nam} The name of the environment. For |\newenvironment| there must
+ be no currently defined environment by that name, and the
+ command \nam must be undefined. For |\renewenvironment| the
+ environment must already be defined.
+
+{args} An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of
+ the newly-defined environment. The default is no arguments.
+
+{default} If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and
+ default gives the default value for that argument.
+
+{begdef} The text substituted for every occurrence of \begin{nam}; a
+ parameter of the form #n in {cmd} is replaced by the text of
+ the nth argument when this substitution takes place.
+
+{enddef} The text substituted for every occurrence of \end{nam}. It
+ may not contain any argument parameters.
+
+
+\newtheorem{envname}{caption}[within] *\newtheorem*
+\newtheorem{envname}[numberedlike]{caption}
+
+This command defines a theorem-like environment.
+
+{envname} The name of the environment to be defined. A string of
+ letters. It must not be the name of an existing environment or
+ counter.
+
+{caption} The text printed at the beginning of the environment, right
+ before the number. This may simply say "Theorem", for example.
+
+{within} The name of an already defined counter, usually of a sectional
+ unit. Provides a means of resetting the new theorem counter
+ within the sectional unit.
+
+{numberedlike} The name of an already defined theorem-like environment.
+
+The |\newtheorem| command may have at most one optional argument.
+
+
+\newfont{cmd}{fontname} *\newfont*
+ Defines the command name {cmd}, which must not be currently
+ defined, to be a declaration that selects the font named
+ {fontname} to be the current font.
+
+==============================================================================
+5. Document Classes *latex-classes*
+
+
+\documentclass[options]{class} *\documentclass*
+
+Valid LaTeX document classes include:
+ *article *article-class*
+ *report *report-class*
+ *letter *letter-class*
+ *book *book-class*
+ *slides *slides-class*
+
+All the standard classes (except slides) accept the following options for
+selecting the typeface size (10 pt is default):
+
+10pt, 11pt, 12pt
+
+All classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (default is
+letter):
+
+a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper
+
+Miscellaneous options:
+
+landscape *landscape*
+ Selects landscape format. Default is portrait.
+
+titlepage, notitlepage *notitlepage*
+ Selects if there should be a separate title page.
+
+leqno *leqno* *rqno*
+ Equation number on left side of equations. Default is
+ right side.
+
+fleqn *fleqn*
+ Displayed formulas flush left. Default is centred.
+
+openbib *openbib*
+ Use "open" bibliography format.
+
+draft, final *draft* *final*
+ Mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a rule. Default is
+ final.
+
+These options are not available with the slides class:
+
+oneside, twoside *oneside* *twoside*
+ Selects one- or twosided layout. Default is oneside,
+ except for the book class.
+
+openright, openany *openright* *openany*
+ Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page.
+ Default is openright for book.
+
+onecolumn, twocolumn *onecolumn* *twocolumn*
+ One or two columns. Defaults to one column.
+
+The slides class offers the option clock for printing the time at the bottom
+of each |\note|.
+
+If you specify more than one option, they must be separated by a comma.
+
+\usepackage[options]{pkg} *\usepackage*
+ Additional packages are loaded by this. If you
+ specify more than one package, they must be separated by a
+ comma.
+
+Any options given in the |\documentclass| command that are unknown by the
+selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with |\usepackage|.
+
+==============================================================================
+6. Layout *latex-layout*
+
+Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page.
+
+|\flushbottom| Make all text pages the same height.
+|\onecolumn| Use one-column layout.
+|\raggedbottom| Allow text pages of differing height.
+|\twocolumn| Use two-column layout.
+
+\flushbottom *\flushbottom*
+ Makes all text pages the same height, adding extra vertical
+ space when necessary to fill out the page. This is the
+ standard if twocolumn mode is selected.
+
+\onecolumn *\onecolumn*
+ Starts a new page and produces single-column output.
+
+\raggedbottom *\raggedbottom*
+ Makes all pages the height of the text on that page. No extra
+ vertical space is added.
+
+\twocolumn[text] *\twocolumn*
+ Starts a new page and produces two-column output. If the
+ optional [text] argument is present, it is typeset in
+ one-column mode.
+
+==============================================================================
+7. Environments *latex-environments*
+
+ *\begin* *\end*
+LaTeX provides a number of different paragraph-making environments. Each
+environment begins and ends in the same manner: >
+
+ \begin{environment-name}
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{environment-name}
+<
+a. |array| Math arrays
+b. |center| Centred lines
+c. |description| Labelled lists
+d. |enumerate| Numbered lists
+e. |eqnarray| Sequences of aligned equations
+f. |equation| Displayed equation
+g. |figure| Floating figures
+h. |flushleft| Flushed left lines
+i. |flushright| Flushed right lines
+j. |itemize| Bulleted lists
+k. |letter| Letters
+l. |list| Generic list environment
+m. |minipage| Miniature page
+n. |picture| Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles
+o. |quotation| Indented environment with paragraph indentation
+p. |quote-l| Indented environment with no paragraph indentation
+q. |tabbing| Align text arbitrarily
+r. |table| Floating tables
+s. |tabular| Align text in columns
+t. |thebibliography| Bibliography or reference list
+u. |theorem| Theorems, lemmas, etc
+v. |titlepage| For hand crafted title pages
+x. |verbatim| Simulating typed input
+y. |verse| For poetry and other things
+
+==============================================================================
+ a. array *array*
+>
+ \begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
+ column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{array}
+
+Math arrays are produced with the |array| environment. It has a single mandatory
+argument describing the number of columns and the alignment within them. Each
+column, coln, is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that row
+should be formatted.
+ * c -- for centred
+ * l -- for flush left
+ * r -- for flush right
+Column entries must be separated by an |&|. Column entries may include other
+LaTeX commands. Each row of the array must be terminated with the string |\\|.
+
+Note that the |array| environment can only be used in |math-mode|, so normally
+it is used inside an |equation| environment.
+
+==============================================================================
+b. center *center*
+>
+ \begin{center}
+ Text on line 1 \\
+ Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{center}
+
+The |\center| environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines
+that are centred within the left and right margins on the current page. Each
+line must be terminated with the string |\\|.
+
+\centering *\centering*
+ This declaration corresponds to the |center| environment. This
+ declaration can be used inside an environment such as
+ |quote-l| or in a |\parbox|. The text of a |figure| or |table|
+ can be centred on the page by putting a |\centering| command
+ at the beginning of the |figure| or |table| environment.
+ Unlike the |center| environment, the |\centering| command does
+ not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats
+ paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the
+ scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or |\end|
+ command (of an environment like |quote-l|) that ends the
+ paragraph unit.
+
+==============================================================================
+c. description *description*
+>
+ \begin{description}
+ \item [label] First item
+ \item [label] Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{description}
+
+The |description| environment is used to make labelled lists. The label is
+bold face and flushed right.
+
+==============================================================================
+d. enumerate *enumerate*
+>
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+The |enumerate| environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations can be
+nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested
+within other paragraph-making environments.
+
+\item Each item of an enumerated list begins with an |\item|
+ command. There must be at least one |\item| command
+ within the environment.
+
+The |enumerate| environment uses the |\enumi| through |\enumiv| counters (see
+section |latex-counters|). The type of numbering can be changed by redefining
+\theenumi etc.
+
+==============================================================================
+e. eqnarray *eqnarray*
+>
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ math formula 1 \\
+ math formula 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{eqnarray}
+
+The |eqnarray| environment is used to display a sequence of equations or
+inequalities. It is very much like a three-column |array| environment, with
+consecutive rows separated by |\\| and consecutive items within a row separated
+by an |&|.
+
+\nonumber *\nonumber*
+ An equation number is placed on every line unless that
+ line has a |\nonumber| command.
+
+\lefteqn *\lefteqn*
+ The command |\lefteqn| is used for splitting long
+ formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in
+ display style flush left in a box of zero width.
+
+==============================================================================
+f. equation *equation*
+>
+ \begin{equation}
+ math formula
+ \end{equation}
+
+The |equation| environment centres your equation on the page and places the
+equation number in the right margin.
+
+==============================================================================
+g. figure *figure*
+>
+ \begin{figure}[placement]
+ body of the figure
+ \caption{figure title}
+ \end{figure}
+
+Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are usually
+"floated" to a convenient place, like the top of a page. Figures will not be
+split between two pages.
+
+The optional argument [placement] determines where LaTeX will try to place
+your figure. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put a float:
+
+h (Here) at the position in the text where the figure
+ environment appears.
+t (Top) at the top of a text page.
+b (Bottom) at the bottom of a text page.
+p (Page of floats) on a separate float page, which is a page containing
+ no text, only floats.
+
+The standard |report-class| and |article-class| use the default placement
+[tbp].
+
+The body of the |figure| is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc. you
+wish.
+
+The \caption command allows you to title your figure.
+
+==============================================================================
+h. flushleft *flushleft*
+>
+ \begin{flushleft}
+ Text on line 1 \\
+ Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{flushleft}
+
+The |flushleft| environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of
+lines that are flushed left, to the left-hand margin. Each line must be
+terminated with the string |\\|.
+
+\raggedright *\raggedright*
+ This declaration corresponds to the |flushleft| environment.
+ This declaration can be used inside an environment such as
+ |quote-l| or in a |\parbox|. Unlike the |flushleft|
+ environment, the |\raggedright| command does not start a new
+ paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
+ units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
+ declaration must contain the blank line or |\end| command (of
+ an environment like |quote-l|) that ends the paragraph unit.
+
+==============================================================================
+i. flushright *flushright*
+>
+ \begin{flushright}
+ Text on line 1 \\
+ Text on line 2 \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{flushright}
+
+The |flushright| environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of
+lines that are flushed right, to the right-hand margin. Each line must be
+terminated with the string |\\|.
+
+\raggedleft *\raggedleft*
+ This declaration corresponds to the |flushright| environment.
+ This declaration can be used inside an environment such as
+ |quote-l| or in a |\parbox|. Unlike the |flushright|
+ environment, the |\raggedleft| command does not start a new
+ paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
+ units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
+ declaration must contain the blank line or |\end| command (of
+ an environment like |quote-l|) that ends the paragraph unit.
+
+==============================================================================
+j. itemize *itemize*
+>
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{itemize}
+
+The |itemize| environment produces a "bulleted" list. Itemizations can be
+nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested
+within other paragraph-making environments.
+
+\item *\item*
+ Each item of an itemized list begins with an |\item| command.
+ There must be at least one |\item| command within the
+ environment.
+
+The itemize environment uses the |\itemi| through |\itemiv| counters (see
+section |latex-counters|). The type of numbering can be changed by redefining
+\theitemi etc.
+
+==============================================================================
+k. letter *\letter*
+
+This environment is used for creating letters. See section |latex-letters|.
+
+==============================================================================
+l. list *list*
+
+The |list| environment is a generic environment which is used for defining many
+of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in documents, but often
+in macros.
+>
+ \begin{list}{label}{spacing}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{list}
+
+'label' The {label} argument specifies how items should be labelled.
+ This argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to
+ form the {label}. This argument can and usually does contain
+ other LaTeX commands.
+
+'spacing' The {spacing} argument contains commands to change the spacing
+ parameters for the |list|. This argument will most often be
+ null, i.e., {}. This will select all default spacing which
+ should suffice for most cases.
+
+==============================================================================
+m. minipage *minipage*
+>
+ \begin{minipage}[position]{width}
+ text
+ \end{minipage}
+
+The |minipage| environment is similar to a |\parbox| command. It takes the
+same optional [position] argument and mandatory {width} argument. You may use
+other paragraph-making environments inside a |minipage|. Footnotes in a
+minipage environment are handled in a way that is particularly useful for
+putting footnotes in figures or tables. A |\footnote| or |\footnotetext|
+command puts the footnote at the bottom of the minipage instead of at the
+bottom of the page, and it uses the |\mpfootnote| counter instead of the
+ordinary footnote counter. See sections |latex-counters| and
+|latex-footnotes|.
+
+NOTE: Don't put one |minipage| inside another if you are using footnotes; they
+may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage.
+
+==============================================================================
+n. picture *picture*
+>
+ size position
+ \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset)
+ .
+ .
+ picture commands
+ .
+ .
+ \end{picture}
+
+The |picture| environment allows you to create just about any kind of picture
+you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You tell LaTeX where to
+put things in the picture by specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a
+number that may have a decimal point and a minus sign -- a number like 5, 2.3
+or -3.1416. A coordinate specifies a length in multiples of the unit length
+|\unitlength|, so if |\unitlength| has been set to 1cm, then the coordinate
+2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimetres. You can change the value of
+|\unitlength| anywhere you want, using the |\setlength| command, but strange
+things will happen if you try changing it inside the |picture| environment.
+
+A position is a pair of coordinates, such as (2.4,-5), specifying the point
+with x-coordinate 2.4 and y-coordinate -5. Coordinates are specified in the
+usual way with respect to an origin, which is normally at the lower-left
+corner of the |picture|.
+Note that when a position appears as an argument, it is not enclosed in
+braces; the parentheses serve to delimit the argument.
+
+The |picture| environment has one mandatory argument, which is a position. It
+specifies the size of the picture. The environment produces a rectangular box
+with width and height determined by this argument's x- and y-coordinates.
+
+The |picture| environment also has an optional position argument, following
+the size argument, that can change the origin. (Unlike ordinary optional
+arguments, this argument is not contained in square brackets.) The optional
+argument gives the coordinates of the point at the lower-left corner of the
+picture (thereby determining the origin). For example, if |\unitlength| has
+been set to 1mm, the command: >
+ \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+>
+produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200 millimetres, whose
+lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose upper-right corner is
+therefore the point (110,220). When you first draw a picture, you will omit
+the optional argument, leaving the origin at the lower-left corner. If you
+then want to modify your picture by shifting everything, you just add the
+appropriate optional argument.
+
+The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size of the
+picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture really is; LaTeX
+will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or even off the
+page. The picture's nominal size is used by LaTeX in determining how much room
+to leave for it.
+
+Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the |\put| command. The
+command: >
+ \put (11.3,-.3){...}
+
+puts the object specified by ... in the picture, with its
+reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The reference points for various
+objects will be described below.
+
+The |\put| creates an LR box (|lrbox|). You can put anything in the text
+argument of the |\put| that you'd put into the argument of an |\mbox| and
+related commands. When you do this, the reference point will be the lower left
+corner of the box.
+
+Picture commands:
+|\circle| Draw a circle
+|\dashbox| Draw a dashed box
+|\frame| Draw a frame around an object
+|\framebox(picture)| Draw a box with a frame around it
+|\line| Draw a straight line
+|\linethickness| Set the line thickness
+|\makebox(picture)| Draw a box of the specified size
+|\multiput| Draw multiple instances of an object
+|\oval| Draw an ellipse
+|\put| Place an object at a specified place
+|\shortstack| Make a pile of objects
+|\vector| Draw a line with an arrow
+
+\circle[*]{diameter} *\circle*
+ Command produces a circle with a {diameter} as close to the
+ specified one as possible. If the *-form of the command is
+ used, LaTeX draws a solid circle.
+ Note: only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn.
+
+
+\dashbox{dashlength}(width,height){...} *\dashbox*
+ Draws a box with a dashed line. The |\dashbox| has an extra
+ argument which specifies the width of each dash. A dashed box
+ looks best when the width and height are multiples of the
+ {dashlength}.
+
+\frame{...} *\frame*
+ Puts a rectangular frame around the object specified in the
+ argument. The reference point is the bottom left corner of the
+ frame. No extra space is put between the frame and the object.
+
+\framebox(width,height)[position]{...} *\picture-framebox*
+ The |\framebox| command is exactly the same as the
+ |picture-makebox| command, except that it puts a frame around
+ the outside of the box that it creates. The |\framebox|
+ command produces a rule of thickness |\fboxrule|, and leaves a
+ space |\fboxsep| between the rule and the contents of the box.
+
+\line(x slope,y slope){length} *\line*
+ Draws a line of the specified length and slope.
+ Note: LaTeX can only draw lines with slope = x/y, where x and
+ y have integer values from -6 through 6.
+
+\linethickness{dimension} *\linethickness*
+ Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a
+ |picture| environment to be dimension, which must be a
+ positive length. It does not affect the thickness of slanted
+ lines (|\line|) and circles (|circle|), or the quarter circles
+ drawn by |\oval| to form the corners of an oval.
+
+\makebox(width,height)[position]{...} *picture-makebox*
+ The makebox command for the |picture| environment is similar
+ to the normal |\makebox| command except that you must specify
+ a width and height in multiples of |\unitlength|.
+ The optional argument, [position], specifies the quadrant that
+ your text appears in. You may select up to two of the
+ following:
+ t - Moves the item to the top of the rectangle
+ b - Moves the item to the bottom
+ l - Moves the item to the left
+ r - Moves the item to the right
+
+ *\multiput*
+\multiput(x coord,y coord)(delta x,delta y){no of copies}{object}
+ This command can be used when you are putting the same
+ object in a regular pattern across a picture.
+
+\oval(width,height)[portion] *\oval*
+ Produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The optional
+ argument, [portion], allows you to select part of the oval.
+ t - top portion
+ b - bottom portion
+ r - right portion
+ l - left portion
+ Note: the "corners" of the oval are made with quarter circles
+ with a maximum radius of 20 pt, so large "ovals" will look
+ more like boxes with rounded corners.
+
+\put(x coord,y coord){ ... } *\put*
+ Places the item specified by the mandatory argument at the
+ given coordinates.
+
+\shortstack[position]{... \\ ... \\ ...} *\shortstack*
+ The |\shortstack| command produces a stack of objects.
+ The valid positions are:
+ r - right of the stack
+ l - left of the stack
+ c - centre of the stack (default)
+
+\vector(x slope,y slope){length} *\vector*
+ Draws a line with an arrow of the specified length and slope.
+ The x and y values must lie between -4 and +4, inclusive.
+
+==============================================================================
+o. quotation *quotation*
+ >
+ \begin{quotation}
+ text
+ \end{quotation}
+
+The margins of the |quotation| environment are indented on the left and the
+right. The text is justified at both margins and there is paragraph
+indentation. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph.
+
+==============================================================================
+p. quote *quote-l*
+>
+ \begin{quote}
+ text
+ \end{quote}
+
+The margins of the |quote-l| environment are indented on the left and the right.
+The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line between text
+produces a new paragraph.
+
+==============================================================================
+q. tabbing *tabbing*
+>
+ \begin{tabbing}
+ text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\
+ second row \> \> more \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{tabbing}
+
+The |tabbing| environment provides a way to align text in columns. It works by
+setting tab stops and tabbing to them much the way you do with an ordinary
+typewriter.
+
+It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is constant and
+known in advance.
+
+This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the |tabular| environment.
+The following commands can be used inside a tabbing environment:
+
+ *tab=*
+\= Sets a tab stop at the current position.
+
+ *tab>*
+\> Advances to the next tab stop.
+
+ *tab<*
+\< This command allows you to put something to the left of the
+ local margin without changing the margin. Can only be used at
+ the start of the line.
+
+ *tab+*
+\+ Moves the left margin of the next and all the following
+ commands one tab stop to the right.
+
+ *tab-*
+\- Moves the left margin of the next and all the following
+ commands one tab stop to the left.
+
+ *tab'*
+\' Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current
+ column, i.e. everything from the most recent \> (|tab>|), \<
+ (|tab<|), \' (|tab'|), |\\|, or |\kill| command, to the right
+ of the previous column, flush against the current column's tab
+ stop.
+
+ *tab`*
+\` Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop,
+ including tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right
+ of the last column because there's no tab stop there. The \`
+ (|tab`|) command moves all the text that follows it, up to the
+ |\\| or \end{tabbing} command that ends the line, to the right
+ margin of the tabbing environment. There must be no \>
+ (|tab>|) or \' (|tab'|) command between the \` (|tab`|) and
+ the command that ends the line.
+
+ *\kill*
+\kill Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like |\\|
+ except that it throws away the current line instead of
+ producing output for it. The effect of any \= (|tab=|), \+
+ (|tab+|) or \- (|tab-|) commands in that line remain in
+ effect.
+
+ *\pushtabs*
+\pushtabs Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily
+ changing tab stop positions in the middle of a tabbing
+ environment. Also restores the tab stop positions saved by the
+ last |\pushtabs|.
+
+ *taba*
+\a In a tabbing environment, the commands \= (|tab=|), \'
+ (|tab'|) and \` (|tab`|) do not produce accents as normal.
+ Instead, the commands \a=, \a' and \a` are used.
+
+This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format:
+>
+ \begin{tabbing}
+ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
+ \> begin \= \+ \\
+ \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\
+ fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
+ else \+ \\
+ fact := 1; \-\- \\
+ end;\\
+ \end{tabbing}
+
+==============================================================================
+r. table *\table*
+>
+ \begin{table}[placement]
+ body of the table
+ \caption{table title}
+ \end{table}
+
+Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are usually
+"floated" to a convenient place, like the top of a page. Tables will not be
+split between two pages.
+
+The optional argument [placement] determines where LaTeX will try to place
+your table. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put a float:
+
+ h (Here) at the position in the text where the table
+ environment appears.
+ t (Top) at the top of a text page.
+ b (Bottom) at the bottom of a text page.
+ p (Page of floats) on a separate float page, which is a page
+ containing no text, only floats.
+
+The standard |report-class| and |article-class| use the default placement [tbp].
+
+The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc., you
+wish.
+
+The \caption command allows you to title your table.
+
+==============================================================================
+s. tabular *tabular*
+>
+ \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
+ column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{tabular}
+
+or
+>
+ \begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols}
+ column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{tabular*}
+
+These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of items,
+aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and optional arguments consist
+of:
+
+{width} Specifies the width of the tabular* environment. There must be
+ rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the
+ specified width.
+
+[pos] Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the
+ centre of the environment.
+ t - align on top row
+ b - align on bottom row
+
+{cols} Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of
+ the following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of
+ columns and intercolumn material.
+ l - A column of left-aligned items.
+
+ r - A column of right-aligned items.
+
+ c - A column of centred items.
+
+ | - A vertical line the full height and depth of the
+ environment.
+
+ @{text} - This inserts text in every row. An @-expression
+ suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted
+ between columns; any desired space between the
+ inserted text and the adjacent items must be included
+ in text. An \extracolsep{wd} command in an
+ @-expression causes an extra space of width {wd} to
+ appear to the left of all subsequent columns, until
+ countermanded by another |\extracolsep| command. Unlike
+ ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not
+ suppressed by an @-expression. An |\extracolsep|
+ command can be used only in an @-expression in the
+ cols argument.
+
+ p{wd} - Produces a column with each item typeset in a |\parbox|
+ of width {wd}, as if it were the argument of a
+ \parbox[t]{wd} command. However, a |\\| may not appear
+ in the item, except in the following situations:
+ 1. inside an environment like |minipage|, |array|, or
+ |tabular|.
+ 2. inside an explicit |\parbox|.
+ 3. in the scope of a |\centering|, |\raggedright|, or
+ |\raggedleft| declaration. The latter declarations must
+ appear inside braces or an environment when used in a
+ p-column element.
+
+ {num}{cols} - Equivalent to num copies of cols, where num is any positive
+ integer and cols is any list of column-specifiers,
+ which may contain another -expression.
+
+These commands can be used inside a tabular environment:
+
+|\cline| Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns.
+|\hline| Draw a * horizontal line spanning all columns.
+|\multicolumn| Make an item spanning * several columns.
+|\vline| Draw a vertical line.
+
+
+\cline{i-j} *\cline*
+ The |\cline| command draws horizontal lines across the columns
+ specified, beginning in column i and ending in column j,
+ which are identified in the mandatory argument.
+
+\hline *\hline*
+ The |\hline| command will draw a horizontal line the width of
+ the table. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top,
+ bottom, and between the rows of the table.
+
+\multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text} *\multicolumn*
+ The |\multicolumn| is used to make an entry that spans several
+ columns. The first mandatory argument, {cols}, specifies the
+ number of columns to span. The second mandatory argument,
+ {pos}, specifies the formatting of the entry:
+ c - centered
+ l - flushleft
+ r - flushright.
+ The third mandatory argument, {text}, specifies what text is
+ to make up the entry.
+
+\vline *\vline*
+ The |\vline| command will draw a vertical line extending the
+ full height and depth of its row. An |\hfill| command can be
+ used to move the line to the edge of the column. It can also
+ be used in an @-expression.
+
+==============================================================================
+t. thebibliography *\thebibliography*
+>
+ \begin{thebibliography}{widestlabel}
+ \bibitem[label]{cite_key}
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ \end{thebibliography}
+
+The |\thebibliography| environment produces a bibliography or reference list.
+
+In the |article-class|, this reference list is labelled "References"; in the
+|report-class|, it is labelled "Bibliography".
+
+{widestlabel} Text that, when printed, is approximately as wide as the
+ widest item label produces by the |\bibitem| commands.
+
+|\bibitem| Specify a bibliography item.
+|\cite| Refer to a bibliography item.
+|\nocite| Include an item in the bibliography.
+|BibTeX| Automatic generation of bibliographies.
+
+\bibitem *\bibitem*
+\bibitem[label]{citekey}
+ The |\bibitem| command generates an entry labelled by [label].
+ If the [label] argument is missing, a number is generated as
+ the label, using the |\enumi| counter. The {citekey} is any
+ sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not
+ containing a comma. This command writes an entry on the `.aux'
+ file containing {citekey} and the item's label. When this
+ `.aux' file is read by the \begin{document} command, the
+ item's label is associated with {citekey}, causing the
+ reference to {citekey} by a |\cite| command to produce the
+ associated label.
+
+\cite *\cite*
+\cite[text]{keylist}
+ The {keylist} argument is a list of citation keys. This
+ command generates an in-text citation to the references
+ associated with the keys in {keylist} by entries on the `.aux'
+ file read by the \begin{document} command.
+ The optional text argument will appear after the
+ citation, i.e.: >
+ \cite[p.2]{knuth}
+< might produce `[Knuth, p. 2]'.
+
+\nocite *\nocite*
+\nocite{keylist}
+ The |\nocite| command produces no text, but writes
+ {keylist}, which is a list of one or more citation
+ keys, on the `.aux' file.
+
+BibTeX *BibTeX* *bibtex*
+ *\bibliographystyle*
+If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if you
+need a bibliography of more than a couple of titles) to maintain your
+bibliography, you don't use the |thebibliography| environment. Instead, you
+include the lines:
+>
+ \bibliographystyle{style}
+ \bibliography{bibfile}
+
+where {style} refers to a file style.bst, which defines how your citations
+will look. The standard styles distributed with BibTeX are:
+
+{alpha} Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year
+ of publication.
+{plain} Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric.
+{unsrt} Like plain, but entries are in order of citation.
+{abbrv} Like plain, but more compact labels.
+
+In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to the demands
+of various publications.
+
+ *\bibliography*
+The argument to |\bibliography| refers to the file bibfile.bib, which should
+contain your database in BibTeX format. Only the entries referred to via
+|\cite| and |\nocite| will be listed in the bibliography.
+
+==============================================================================
+u. theorem *theorem*
+>
+ \begin{theorem}
+ theorem text
+ \end{theorem}
+
+The |theorem| environment produces "Theorem x" in boldface followed by your
+theorem text.
+
+==============================================================================
+v. titlepage *titlepage*
+>
+ \begin{titlepage}
+ text
+ \end{titlepage}
+
+The |titlepage| environment creates a title page, i.e. a page with no printed
+page number or heading. It also causes the following page to be numbered page
+one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The |\today| command comes in
+handy for title pages.
+
+Note that you can use the |\maketitle| to produce a standard title page.
+
+==============================================================================
+x. verbatim *verbatim*
+>
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ text
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+The |verbatim| environment is a paragraph-making environment that gets LaTeX
+to print exactly what you type in. It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with
+carriage returns and blanks having the same effect that they would on a
+typewriter.
+
+\verb *\verb*
+\verb char literal_text char
+\verb*char literal_text char
+ Typesets literal_text exactly as typed, including
+ special characters and spaces, using a typewriter |\tt|
+ type style. There may be no space between |\verb| or
+ |\verb|* and char (space is shown here only for
+ clarity). The *-form differs only in that spaces are
+ printed as `\verb*| |\'.
+
+==============================================================================
+y. verse *verse*
+>
+ \begin{verse}
+ text
+ \end{verse}
+
+The |verse| environment is designed for poetry, though you may find other uses
+for it.
+
+The margins are indented on the left and the right. Separate the lines of each
+stanza with |\\|, and use one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas.
+
+==============================================================================
+8. Footnotes *latex-footnotes*
+
+Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be produced with one
+command, the |\footnote| command. They can also be produced with two commands,
+the |\footnotemark| and the |\footnotetext| commands. See the specific command for
+information on why you would use one over the other.
+
+|\footnote| Insert a footnote
+|\footnotemark| Insert footnote mark only
+|\footnotetext| Insert footnote text only
+
+\footnote[number]{text} *\footnote*
+ Command places the numbered footnote text at the bottom of the
+ current page. The optional argument, number, is used to change
+ the default footnote number. This command can only be used in
+ outer paragraph mode; i.e., you cannot use it in sectioning
+ commands like |\chapter|, in |\figure|, |\table| or in a
+ |\tabular| environment.
+
+\footnotemark *\footnotemark*
+ Command puts the footnote number in the text. This command can
+ be used in inner paragraph mode. The text of the footnote is
+ supplied by the |\footnotetext| command.
+ This command can be used to produce several consecutive
+ footnote markers referring to the same footnote by using
+>
+ \footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
+<
+ after the first |\footnote| command.
+
+\footnotetext[number]{text} *\footnotetext*
+ Command produces the text to be placed at the bottom of the
+ page. This command can come anywhere after the |\footnotemark|
+ command. The |\footnotetext| command must appear in outer
+ paragraph mode. The optional argument, number, is used to
+ change the default footnote number.
+
+==============================================================================
+9. Lengths *latex-lengths*
+
+A length is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length as an
+argument.
+
+|\newlength| Define a new length.
+|\setlength| Set the value of a length.
+|\addtolength| Add a quantity to a length.
+|\settodepth| Set a length to the depth of something.
+|\settoheight| Set a length to the height of something.
+|\settowidth| Set a length to the width of something.
+|pre-lengths| Lengths that are, like, predefined.
+
+\newlength{\gnat} *\newlength*
+ The |\newlength| command defines the mandatory argument, \gnat,
+ as a length command with a value of 0in. An error occurs if a
+ \gnat command already exists.
+
+\setlength{\gnat}{length} *\setlength*
+ The |\setlength| command is used to set the value of a \gnat
+ command. The {length} argument can be expressed in any terms
+ of length LaTeX understands, i.e., inches (in), millimetres
+ (mm), points (pt), etc.
+
+\addtolength{\gnat}{length} *\addtolength*
+ The |\addtolength| command increments a \gnat by the amount
+ specified in the {length} argument. It can be a negative
+ amount.
+
+\settodepth{\gnat}{text} *\settodepth*
+ The |\settodepth| command sets the value of a \gnat command
+ equal to the depth of the {text} argument.
+
+\settoheight{\gnat}{text} *\settoheight*
+ The |\settoheight| command sets the value of a \gnat command
+ equal to the height of the {text} argument.
+
+\settowidth{\gnat}{text} *\settowidth*
+ The |\settowidth| command sets the value of a \gnat command
+ equal to the width of the {text} argument.
+
+Predefined lengths *pre-lengths*
+
+\width *\width*
+\height *\height*
+\depth *\depth*
+\totalheight *\totalheight*
+ These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the
+ box-making commands See section Spaces & Boxes. They specify
+ the natural width etc. of the text in the box.
+ \totalheight equals \height + \depth.
+ To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural
+ size, e.g., say: >
+ \makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}
+
+==============================================================================
+10. Letters *latex-letters*
+
+You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and business. The letter
+document class is designed to make a number of letters at once, although you
+can make just one if you so desire.
+
+Your `.tex' source file has the same minimum commands as the other document
+classes, i.e., you must have the following commands as a minimum: >
+ \documentclass{letter}
+ \begin{document}
+ ...
+ letters
+ ...
+ \end{document}
+
+Each letter is a letter environment, whose argument is the name and address of
+the recipient. For example, you might have: >
+ \begin{letter}
+ {Mr. Joe Smith\\
+ 2345 Princess St. \\
+ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA}
+ ...
+ \end{letter}
+
+The letter itself begins with the |\opening| command. The text of the letter
+follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that make no sense in
+a letter, like |\chapter|, do not work. The letter closes with a |\closing|
+command.
+
+After the closing, you can have additional material. The |\cc| command produces
+the usual "cc: ...". There's also a similar |\encl| command for a list of
+enclosures. With both these commands, use|\\| to separate the items.
+
+These commands are used with the letter class:
+|\address| Your return address.
+|\cc| Cc list. closing Saying goodbye.
+|\encl| List of enclosed material.
+|\location| Your organisation's address.
+|\makelabels| Making address labels.
+|\name| Your name, for the return address.
+|\opening| Saying hello.
+|\ps| Adding a postscript.
+|\signature| Your signature.
+|\startbreaks| Allow page breaks.
+|\stopbreaks| Disallow page breaks.
+|\telephone| Your phone number.
+
+\address{Return address} *\address*
+ The return address, as it should appear on the letter and the
+ envelope. Separate lines of the address should be separated
+ by |\\| commands. If you do not make an |\address| declaration,
+ then the letter will be formatted for copying onto your
+ organisation's standard letterhead. (See section Overview of
+ LaTeX and Local Guide, for details on your local
+ implementation). If you give an |\address| declaration, then
+ the letter will be formatted as a personal letter.
+
+\cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob McKenna} *\cc*
+ Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to. Each
+ name is printed on a separate line.
+
+\closing{text} *\closing*
+ The letter closes with a |\closing| command, i.e., >
+ \closing{Best Regards,} \encl{CV\\Certificates}
+< Generate a list of enclosed material.
+
+\location{address} *\location*
+ This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only
+ appears if the firstpage pagestyle is selected.
+
+\makelabels{number} *\makelabels*
+ If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a
+ sheet of address labels. This sheet will be output before the
+ letters.
+
+\name{June Davenport} *\name*
+ Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the
+ return address.
+
+\opening{text} *\opening*
+ The letter begins with the |\opening| command. The mandatory
+ argument, text, is whatever text you wish to start your
+ letter, i.e., >
+ \opening{Dear Joe,}
+
+\ps *\ps*
+ Use this command before a postscript.
+
+\signature{Harvey Swick} *\signature*
+ Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter
+ underneath the space for your signature. Items that should go
+ on separate lines should be separated by |\\| commands.
+
+\startbreaks *\startbreaks*
+ Used after a |\stopbreaks| command to allow page breaks again.
+
+\stopbreaks *\stopbreaks*
+ Inhibit page breaks until a |\startbreaks| command occurs.
+
+\telephone{number} *\telephone*
+ This is your telephone number. This only appears if the
+ firstpage pagestyle is selected.
+
+==============================================================================
+11. Line & Page Breaking *latex-breaking*
+
+The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to translate your
+input file into a string of glyphs and spaces. To produce a printed document,
+this string must be broken into lines, and these lines must be broken into
+pages. In some environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the |\\|
+command, but LaTeX usually does it for you.
+
+|\\| Start a new line
+|hyph-| Insert explicit hyphenation
+|\cleardoublepage| Start a new right-hand page
+|\clearpage| Start a new page
+|\enlargethispage| Enlarge the current page a bit
+|\fussy| Be fussy about line breaking
+|\hyphenation| Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word
+|\linebreak| Break the line
+|\newline| Break the line prematurely
+|\newpage| Start a new page
+|\nolinebreak| Don't break the current line
+|\nopagebreak| Don't make a page break here
+|\pagebreak| Please make a page break here
+|\sloppy| Be sloppy about line breaking
+
+\\[*][extraspace] *\\* *\\\\*
+ The |\\| command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an
+ optional argument, [extraspace], that specifies how much extra
+ vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This
+ can be a negative amount.
+ The \\* command is the same as the ordinary |\\| command
+ except that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the
+ line.
+
+\- *hyph-*
+ The \- command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at
+ that point. LaTeX is very good at hyphenating, and it will
+ usually find all correct hyphenation points. The \- command is
+ used for the exceptional cases.
+ Note: when you insert \- commands in a word, the word will
+ only be hyphenated at those points and not at any of the
+ hyphenation points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen.
+
+\cleardoublepage *\cleardoublepage*
+ The |\cleardoublepage| command ends the current page and causes
+ all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input
+ to be printed. In a two-sided printing style (|twoside|), it
+ also makes the next page a right-hand (odd-numbered) page,
+ producing a blank page if necessary.
+
+\clearpage *\clearpage*
+ The |\clearpage| command ends the current page and causes all
+ figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to
+ be printed.
+
+\enlargethispage{size} *\enlargethispage*
+\enlargethispage*{size}
+ Enlarge the textheight for the current page by the
+ specified amount; e.g.: >
+
+ \enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+<
+ will allow one additional line. The starred form
+ tries to squeeze the material together on the page as
+ much as possible. This is normally used together with
+ an explicit |\pagebreak|.
+
+\fussy *\fussy*
+ This declaration (which is the default) makes TeX more fussy
+ about line breaking. This can avoids too much space between
+ words, but may produce overfull boxes. This command cancels
+ the effect of a previous |\sloppy| command.
+
+\hyphenation{words} *\hyphenation*
+ The |\hyphenation| command declares allowed hyphenation points,
+ where words is a list of words, separated by spaces, in which
+ each hyphenation point is indicated by a - character.
+
+\linebreak[number] *\linebreak*
+ The |\linebreak| command tells LaTeX to break the current line
+ at the point of the command. With the optional argument,
+ number, you can convert the |\linebreak| command from a demand
+ to a request. The [number] must be a number from 0 to 4. The
+ higher the number, the more insistent the request is. The
+ |\linebreak| command causes LaTeX to stretch the line so it
+ extends to the right margin.
+
+\newline *\newline*
+ The |\newline| command breaks the line right where it is. It
+ can only be used in paragraph mode.
+
+\newpage *\newpage*
+ The |\newpage| command ends the current page.
+
+\nolinebreak[number] *\nolinebreak*
+ The |\nolinebreak| command prevents LaTeX from breaking the
+ current line at the point of the command. With the optional
+ argument, [number], you can convert the |\nolinebreak| command
+ from a demand to a request. The [number] must be a number from 0
+ to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request
+ is.
+
+\nopagebreak[number] *\nopagebreak*
+ The |\nopagebreak| command prevents LaTeX from breaking the
+ current page at the point of the command. With the optional
+ argument, [number], you can convert the |\nopagebreak| command
+ from a demand to a request. The [number] must be a number from
+ 0 to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request
+ is.
+
+\pagebreak[number] *\pagebreak*
+ The |\pagebreak| command tells LaTeX to break the current page
+ at the point of the command. With the optional argument,
+ [number], you can convert the |\pagebreak| command from a
+ demand to a request. The [number] must be a number from 0 to
+ 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
+
+\sloppy *\sloppy*
+ This declaration makes TeX less fussy about line breaking.
+ This can prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too much space
+ between words.
+ Lasts until a |\fussy| command is issued.
+
+==============================================================================
+12. Making Paragraphs *latex-paragraphs*
+
+A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines -- lines not
+containing even a |\%|. A blank line should not appear where a new paragraph
+cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of a sectioning
+command.
+
+|\indent| Indent this paragraph.
+|\noindent| Do not indent this paragraph.
+|\par| Another way of writing a blank line.
+
+\indent *\indent*
+ This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width
+ of the paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph
+ indentation where it would otherwise be suppressed.
+
+\noindent *\noindent*
+ When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it suppresses the
+ paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the
+ middle of a paragraph.
+
+\par *\par*
+ Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command or
+ environment definitions easier to read.
+
+==============================================================================
+13. Margin Notes *latex-margin-notes*
+
+\marginpar[left]{right} *\marginpar*
+ This command creates a note in the margin. The first line will
+ be at the same height as the line in the text where the
+ |\marginpar| occurs.
+
+ When you only specify the mandatory argument {right}, the text
+ will be placed:
+ * in the right margin for one-sided layout
+ * in the outside margin for two-sided layout (|twoside|)
+ * in the nearest margin for two-column layout (|twocolumn|)
+
+\reversemarginpar *\reversemarginpar*
+ By issuing the command |\reversemarginpar|, you can force the
+ marginal notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin.
+
+When you specify both arguments, left is used for the left margin, and right
+is used for the right margin.
+
+The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable hyphenation by
+prefixing the first word with a \hspace{0pt} command (|hspace|).
+
+==============================================================================
+14. Math Formulae *latex-math*
+ *displaymath*
+There are three environments (|latex-environments|) that put LaTeX in math
+mode:
+|math| For Formulae that appear right in the text.
+|displaymath| For Formulae that appear on their own line.
+|equation| The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an
+ equation number in the right margin.
+
+The |math| environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but the
+|displaymath| and |equation| environments can be used only in paragraph mode. The
+|math| and |displaymath| environments are used so often that they have the
+following short forms:
+ \(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math}
+ \[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
+
+In fact, the math environment is so common that it has an even shorter form:
+ $ ... $ instead of \(...\)
+
+|sub-sup| Also known as exponent or index.
+|math-symbols| Various mathematical squiggles.
+|math-spacing| Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces.
+|math-misc| Stuff that doesn't fit anywhere else.
+
+==========
+Subscripts & Superscripts *sub-sup*
+ *subscripts* *superscripts*
+
+To get an expression exp to appear as a subscript, you just type _{exp}. To
+get exp to appear as a superscript, you type ^{exp}. LaTeX handles
+superscripted superscripts and all of that stuff in the natural way. It even
+does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a superscript.
+
+==========
+Math Symbols *math-symbols*
+
+LaTeX provides almost any mathematical symbol you're likely to need. The
+commands for generating them can be used only in math mode. For example, if
+you include >
+ $\pi$
+in your source, you will get the symbol in your output.
+
+==========
+Spacing in Math Mode *math-spacing*
+
+In a math environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts in the
+spacing that it thinks is best. LaTeX formats mathematics the way it's done in
+mathematics texts. If you want different spacing, LaTeX provides the following
+four commands for use in math mode:
+ \; - a thick space *math;*
+ \: - a medium space *math:*
+ \, - a thin space *math,*
+ \! - a negative thin space *matn!*
+
+==========
+Math Miscellany *math-misc*
+
+\cdots *\cdots*
+ Produces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots are raised to
+ the centre of the line.
+\ddots *\ddots*
+ Produces a diagonal ellipsis.
+\frac{num}{den} *\frac*
+ Produces the fraction num divided by den.
+\ldots *\ldots*
+ Produces an ellipsis. This command works in any mode, not just
+ math mode.
+\overbrace{text} *\overbrace*
+ Generates a brace over text.
+\overline{text} *\overline*
+ Causes the argument text to be overlined.
+\sqrt[root]{arg} *\sqrt*
+ Produces the square root of its argument. The optional
+ argument, [root], determines what root to produce, i.e., the
+ cube root of x+y would be typed as: >
+ $\sqrt[3]{x+y}$.
+\underbrace{text} *\underbrace*
+ Generates text with a brace underneath.
+\underline{text} *\underline*
+ Causes the argument text to be underlined. This command can
+ also be used in paragraph and LR mode.
+\vdots *\vdots*
+ Produces a vertical ellipsis.
+
+==============================================================================
+15. Modes *latex-modes*
+
+When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of three modes:
+ Paragraph mode *paragraph-mode*
+ Math mode *math-mode*
+ Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short. *lr-mode*
+
+LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a different
+level, though not all level changes produce mode changes. Mode changes occur
+only when entering or leaving an environment, or when LaTeX is processing the
+argument of certain text-producing commands.
+
+|paragraph-mode| is the most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when processing
+ordinary text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into lines and breaks the
+lines into pages. LaTeX is in |math-mode| when it's generating a mathematical
+formula. In |lr-mode|, as in |paragraph-mode|, LaTeX considers the output that
+it produces to be a string of words with spaces between them. However, unlike
+|paragraph-mode|, LaTeX keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new
+line in |lr-mode|. Even if you put a hundred words into an |\mbox|, LaTeX would
+keep typesetting them from left to right inside a single box, and then
+complain because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line.
+
+LaTeX is in |lr-mode| when it starts making a box with an |\mbox| command. You
+can get it to enter a different mode inside the box - for example, you can
+make it enter |math-mode| to put a formula in the box. There are also several
+text-producing commands and environments for making a box that put LaTeX in
+|paragraph-mode|. The box make by one of these commands or environments will be
+called a |\parbox|. When LaTeX is in |paragraph-mode| while making a box, it is
+said to be in "inner paragraph mode". Its normal |paragraph-mode|, which it
+starts out in, is called "outer paragraph mode".
+
+==============================================================================
+16. Page Styles *latex-page-styles*
+
+The |\documentclass| command determines the size and position of the page's head
+and foot. The page style determines what goes in them.
+
+|\maketitle| Generate a title page.
+|\pagenumbering| Set the style used for page numbers.
+|\pagestyle| Change the headings/footings style.
+|\thispagestyle| Change the headings/footings style for this page.
+
+\maketitle *\maketitle*
+ The |\maketitle| command generates a title on a separate title
+ page - except in the |\article| class, where the title normally
+ goes at the top of the first page. Information used to
+ produce the title is obtained from the following declarations:
+
+ |\author| Who wrote this stuff?
+ |\date| The date the document was created.
+ |\thanks| A special form of footnote.
+ |\title| How to set the document title.
+
+ \author{names} *\author* *\and*
+ The |\author| command declares the author(s), where
+ names is a list of authors separated by \and commands.
+ Use |\\| to separate lines within a single author's
+ entry -- for example, to give the author's institution
+ or address.
+
+ \date{text} *\date*
+ The |\date| command declares text to be the document's
+ date. With no |\date| command, the current date is
+ used.
+
+ \thanks{text} *\thanks*
+ The |\thanks| command produces a |\footnote| to the
+ title.
+
+ \title{text} *\title*
+ The |\title| command declares text to be the title. Use
+ |\\| to tell LaTeX where to start a new line in a long
+ title.
+
+\pagenumbering{numstyle} *\pagenumbering*
+ Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of
+ 'numstyle' are:
+ arabic - Arabic numerals *arabic*
+ roman - Lowercase Roman numerals *roman*
+ Roman - Uppercase Roman numerals *Roman*
+ alph - Lowercase letters *alph*
+ Alph - Uppercase letters *Alph*
+
+\pagestyle{option} *\pagestyle*
+ *plain* *empty* *headings*
+ The |\pagestyle| command changes the style from the current
+ page on throughout the remainder of your document.
+ The valid options are:
+ plain - Just a plain page number.
+ empty - Produces empty heads and feet no page numbers.
+ headings - Puts running headings on each page. The document
+ style specifies what goes in the headings.
+ myheadings - You specify what is to go in the heading with the
+ |\markboth| or the |\markright| commands.
+
+ |\markboth| Set left and right headings.
+ |\markright| Set right heading only.
+
+ \markboth{left head}{right head} *\markboth*
+ The |\markboth| command is used in conjunction with the
+ page style myheadings for setting both the left and
+ the right heading.
+ Note that a "left-hand heading" is generated by the
+ last |\markboth| command before the end of the page,
+ while a "right-hand heading" is generated by the first
+ |\markboth| or |\markright| that comes on the page if
+ there is one, otherwise by the last one before the
+ page.
+
+
+ \markright{right head} *\markright*
+ The |\markright| command is used in conjunction with
+ the page style |\myheadings| for setting the right
+ heading, leaving the left heading unchanged.
+ Note that a "left-hand heading" is generated by the
+ last |\markboth| command before the end of the page,
+ while a "right-hand heading" is generated by the first
+ |\markboth| or |\markright| that comes on the page if
+ there is one, otherwise by the last one before the
+ page.
+
+\thispagestyle{option} *\thispagestyle*
+ The |\thispagestyle| command works in the same manner as the
+ |\pagestyle| command except that it changes the style for the
+ current page only.
+
+==============================================================================
+17. Sectioning *latex-sectioning*
+
+Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units.
+|\part|
+|\chapter| (report and book class only)
+|\section|
+|\subsection|
+|\subsubsection|
+|\paragraph|
+|\subparagraph|
+
+All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e.,
+
+ *\part*
+ *\chapter* (report and book class only)
+ *\section* *\subsection* *\subsubsection*
+ *\paragraph* *\subparagraph*
+\chapter[optional]{title}
+ In addition to providing the heading in the text, the
+ mandatory argument of the sectioning command can appear in two
+ other places:
+ 1. The table of contents
+ 2. The running head at the top of the page. You may not want
+ the same thing to appear in these other two places as
+ appears in the text heading. To handle this situation, the
+ sectioning commands have an optional argument that provides
+ the text for these other two purposes.
+
+All sectioning commands have *\-forms that print a title, but do not include a
+number and do not make an entry in the table of contents.
+
+\appendix *\appendix*
+ The |\appendix| command changes the way sectional units are
+ numbered. The |\appendix| command generates no text and does
+ not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this
+ command is something like: >
+ \chapter{The First Chapter}
+ ...
+ \appendix \chapter{The First Appendix}
+
+
+==============================================================================
+18. Spaces & Boxes *latex-spaces-boxes*
+
+All the predefined length parameters See section Predefined lengths can be
+used in the arguments of the box-making commands.
+
+ Horizontal space:
+
+|\dotfill| Stretchable horizontal dots.
+|\hfill| Stretchable horizontal space.
+|\hrulefill| Stretchable horizontal rule.
+|\hspace| Fixed horizontal space.
+
+ Vertical space:
+
+|\addvspace| Fixed vertical space.
+|\bigskip| Fixed vertical space.
+|\medskip| Fixed vertical space.
+|\smallskip| Fixed vertical space.
+|\vfill| Stretchable vertical space.
+|\vspace| Fixed vertical space.
+
+ Boxes:
+
+|\fbox| Framebox.
+|\framebox| Framebox, adjustable position.
+|\lrbox| An environment like |\sbox|.
+|\makebox| Box, adjustable position.
+|\mbox| Box.
+|\newsavebox| Declare a name for saving a box.
+|\parbox| Box with text in paragraph mode.
+|\raisebox| Raise or lower text.
+|\rule| Lines and squares.
+|\savebox| Like |\makebox|, but save the text for later use.
+|\sbox| Like |\mbox|, but save the text for later use.
+|\usebox| Print saved text.
+
+Horizontal space: *latex-hor-space*
+
+LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line. If you don't
+want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional * argument. Then the
+space is never removed.
+
+\dotfill *\dotfill*
+ The |\dotfill| command produces a "rubber length" that produces
+ dots instead of just spaces.
+
+\hfill *\hfill*
+ The |\hfill| fill command produces a "rubber length" which can
+ stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces.
+
+\hrulefill *\hrulefill*
+ The |\hrulefill| fill command produces a "rubber length" which
+ can stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a
+ horizontal rule.
+
+\hspace[*]{length} *\hspace*
+ The |\hspace| command adds horizontal space. The length of the
+ space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands,
+ i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as
+ positive space with an |\hspace| command. Adding negative space
+ is like backspacing.
+
+
+Vertical space: *latex-ver-space*
+
+LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page. If you don't
+want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional * argument. Then the
+space is never removed.
+
+\addvspace{length} *\addvspace*
+ The |\addvspace| command normally adds a vertical space of
+ height length. However, if vertical space has already been
+ added to the same point in the output by a previous
+ |\addvspace| command, then this command will not add more space
+ than needed to make the natural length of the total vertical
+ space equal to length.
+
+\bigskip *\bigskip*
+ The |\bigskip| command is equivalent to \vspace{bigskipamount}
+ where bigskipamount is determined by the document class.
+
+\medskip *\medskip*
+ The |\medskip| command is equivalent to \vspace{medskipamount}
+ where medskipamount is determined by the document class.
+
+\smallskip *\smallskip*
+ The |\smallskip| command is equivalent to
+ \vspace{smallskipamount} where smallskipamount is determined
+ by the document class.
+
+\vfill *\vfill*
+ The |\vfill| fill command produces a rubber length which can
+ stretch or shrink vertically.
+
+\vspace[*]{length} *\vspace*
+ The |\vspace| command adds vertical space. The length of the
+ space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands,
+ i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as
+ positive space with an |\vspace| command.
+
+
+Boxes: *latex-boxes*
+
+\fbox{text} *\fbox*
+ The |\fbox| command is exactly the same as the |\mbox| command,
+ except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that
+ it creates.
+
+\framebox[width][position]{text} *\framebox*
+ The |\framebox| command is exactly the same as the |\makebox|
+ command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the
+ box that it creates.
+ The |\framebox| command produces a rule of thickness
+ |\fboxrule|, and leaves a space |\fboxsep| between the rule and
+ the contents of the box.
+
+lrbox *\lrbox*
+\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}
+ This is the environment form of |\sbox|.
+ The text inside the environment is saved in the box cmd, which
+ must have been declared with |\newsavebox|.
+
+\makebox[width][position]{text} *\makebox*
+ The |\makebox| command creates a box just wide enough to
+ contain the text specified. The width of the box is specified
+ by the optional [width] argument. The position of the text
+ within the box is determined by the optional [position]
+ argument.
+ c -- centred (default)
+ l -- flushleft
+ r -- flushright
+ s -- stretch from left to right margin. The text must
+ contain stretchable space for this to work.
+ See section |\picture-makebox|.
+
+\mbox{text} *\mbox*
+ The |\mbox| command creates a box just wide enough to hold the
+ text created by its argument.
+ Use this command to prevent text from being split across
+ lines.
+
+\newsavebox{cmd} *\newsavebox*
+ Declares {cmd}, which must be a command name that is not
+ already defined, to be a bin for saving boxes.
+
+
+\parbox[position][height][innerpos]{width}{text} *\parbox*
+ A parbox is a box whose contents are created in
+ |\paragraph-mode|. The |\parbox| has two
+
+ Mandatory arguments:
+'width' specifies the width of the parbox
+'text' the text that goes inside the parbox.
+
+ Optional arguments:
+'position' LaTeX will position a parbox so its centre lines up with the
+ centre of the text line. The optional position argument allows
+ you to line up either the top or bottom line in the parbox
+ (default is top).
+
+'height' If the height argument is not given, the box will have the
+ natural height of the text.
+
+'innerpos' The inner-pos argument controls the placement of the text
+ inside the box. If it is not specified, position is used.
+ t -- text is placed at the top of the box
+ c -- text is centred in the box
+ b -- text is placed at the bottom of the box
+ s -- stretch vertically. The text must contain
+ vertically stretchable space for this to work.
+
+ A |\parbox| command is used for a parbox containing a small
+ piece of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you
+ shouldn't use any of the paragraph-making environments inside
+ a |\parbox| argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones
+ containing a paragraph-making environment, you should use a
+ |\minipage| environment.
+
+\raisebox{distance}[extendabove][extendbelow]{text} *\raisebox*
+ The |\raisebox| command is used to raise or lower text. The
+ first mandatory argument specifies how high the text is to be
+ raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). The text
+ itself is processed in LR mode.
+ Sometimes it's useful to make LaTeX think something has a
+ different size than it really does - or a different size than
+ LaTeX would normally think it has. The |\raisebox| command
+ lets you tell LaTeX how tall it is.
+ The first optional argument, extend-above, makes LaTeX think
+ that the text extends above the line by the amount specified.
+ The second optional argument, extend-below, makes LaTeX think
+ that the text extends below the line by the amount specified.
+
+\rule[raiseheight]{width}{thickness} *\rule*
+ The |\rule| command is used to produce horizontal lines. The
+ arguments are defined as follows:
+'raiseheight' specifies how high to raise the rule (optional)
+'width' specifies the length of the rule (mandatory)
+'thickness' specifies the thickness of the rule (mandatory)
+
+\savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text} *\savebox*
+ This command typeset text in a box just as for |\makebox|.
+ However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in
+ bin cmd, which must have been declared with |\newsavebox|.
+
+\sbox{text} *\sbox*
+ This commands typeset text in a box just as for |\mbox|.
+ However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in
+ bin cmd, which must have been declared with |\newsavebox|.
+
+\usebox{cmd} *\usebox*
+ Prints the box most recently saved in bin cmd by a |\savebox|
+ command.
+
+==============================================================================
+19. Special Characters *latex-special*
+
+The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called "special
+printing characters", or simply "special characters". >
+ # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
+Whenever you put one of these special characters into your file, you are doing
+something special. If you simply want the character to be printed just as any
+other letter, include a \ in front of the character. For example, \$ will
+produce $ in your output.
+
+One exception to this rule is the \ itself because |\\| has its own special
+meaning. A \ is produced by typing $\backslash$ in your file.
+
+Also, \~ means `place a tilde accent over the following letter', so you will
+probably want to use |\verb| instead.
+ *\symbol*
+In addition, you can access any character of a font once you know its number
+by using the |\symbol| command. For example, the character used for displaying
+spaces in the |\verb|* command has the code decimal 32, so it can be typed as
+\symbol{32}.
+
+You can also specify octal numbers with ' or hexadecimal numbers with ", so
+the previous example could also be written as \symbol{'40} or \symbol{"20}.
+
+==============================================================================
+20. Splitting the Input *latex-inputting*
+
+A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole input
+in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into several smaller
+ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is one that is the
+root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run LaTeX.
+
+|\include| Conditionally include a file
+|\includeonly| Determine which files are included
+|\input| Unconditionally include a file
+
+\include{file} *\include*
+ The \include command is used in conjunction with the
+ |\includeonly| command for selective inclusion of
+ files. The file argument is the first name of a file,
+ denoting `file.tex' . If file is one the file names in
+ the file list of the |\includeonly| command or if there
+ is no |\includeonly| command, the \include command is
+ equivalent to: >
+ \clearpage \input{file} \clearpage
+<
+ except that if the file `file.tex' does not exist,
+ then a warning message rather than an error is
+ produced. If the file is not in the file list, the
+ \include command is equivalent to |\clearpage|.
+
+ The |\include| command may not appear in the preamble or in a
+ file read by another |\include| command.
+
+\includeonly{filelist} *\includeonly*
+ The |\includeonly| command controls which files will be read in
+ by an |\include| command. {filelist} should be a
+ comma-separated list of filenames. Each filename must match
+ exactly a filename specified in a |\include| command. This
+ command can only appear in the preamble.
+
+\input{file} *\input*
+ The |\input| command causes the indicated file to be read and
+ processed, exactly as if its contents had been inserted in the
+ current file at that point. The file name may be a complete
+ file name with extension or just a first name, in which case
+ the file `file.tex' is used.
+==============================================================================
+21. Starting & Ending *latex-start-end*
+
+Your input file must contain the following commands as a minimum:
+\documentclass{class} |\documentclass|
+\begin{document} |\begin|
+... your text goes here ...
+\end{document} |\end|
+
+where the class selected is one of the valid classes for LaTeX.
+See |\classes|for details of the various document classes.
+
+You may include other LaTeX commands between the |\documentclass| and the
+\begin{document} commands (i.e., in the `preamble').
+==============================================================================
+22. Table of Contents *latex-toc*
+
+ *\tableofcontents*
+A table of contents is produced with the |\tableofcontents| command. You put
+the command right where you want the table of contents to go; LaTeX does the
+rest for you. It produces a heading, but it does not automatically start a new
+page. If you want a new page after the table of contents, include a |\newpage|
+command after the |\tableofcontents| command.
+
+ *\listoffigures* *\listoftables*
+There are similar commands |\listoffigures| and |\listoftables| for producing a
+list of figures and a list of tables, respectively. Everything works exactly
+the same as for the table of contents.
+
+ *\nofiles*
+NOTE: If you want any of these items to be generated, you cannot have the
+\nofiles command in your document.
+
+|\addcontentsline| Add an entry to table of contents etc.
+|\addtocontents| Add text directly to table of contents file etc.
+
+\addcontentsline{file}{secunit}{entry} *\addcontentsline*
+ The |\addcontentsline| command adds an entry to the specified
+ list or table where:
+{file} is the extension of the file on which information is to be
+ written:
+ toc (table of contents),
+ lof (list of figures),
+ lot (list of tables).
+{secunit} controls the formatting of the entry. It should be one of the
+ following, depending upon the value of the file argument:
+ toc -- the name of the sectional unit, such as part or
+ subsection.
+ lof -- figure
+ lot -- table
+{entry} is the text of the entry.
+
+\addtocontents{file}{text} *\addtocontents*
+ The |\addtocontents| command adds text (or formatting commands)
+ directly to the file that generates the table of contents or
+ list of figures or tables.
+{file} is the extension of the file on which information is to be written:
+ toc (table of contents),
+ lof (list of figures),
+ lot (list of tables).
+{text} is the information to be written.
+
+==============================================================================
+23. Terminal Input/Output *latex-terminal*
+
+|\typein| Read text from the terminal.
+|\typeout| Write text to the terminal.
+
+\typein[cmd]{msg} *\typein*
+ Prints {msg} on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait
+ for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the
+ [cmd] argument is missing, the typed input is processed as if
+ it had been included in the input file in place of the
+ |\typein| command. If the [cmd] argument is present, it must be
+ a command name. This command name is then defined or redefined
+ to be the typed input.
+
+\typeout{msg} *\typeout*
+ Prints {msg} on the terminal and in the `.log' file. Commands
+ in {msg} that are defined with |\newcommand| or |\renewcommand|
+ are replaced by their definitions before being printed.
+
+ *\space*
+LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space and
+ignoring spaces after a command name apply to {msg}. A |\space| command in {msg}
+causes a single space to be printed. A ^^J in {msg} prints a newline.
+
+==============================================================================
+24. Typefaces *latex-typefaces*
+
+The typeface is specified by giving the "size" and "style". A typeface is also
+called a "font".
+|font-styles| Select roman, italics etc.
+|font-size| Select point size.
+|font-lowlevelcommands| Commands for wizards.
+
+Styles *font-styles*
+
+The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
+
+These commands are used like: >
+ \textit{italics text}.
+The corresponding command in parenthesis is the "declaration form", which
+takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next
+type style command or the end of the current group.
+
+The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say: >
+ \sffamily\bfseries
+to get sans serif boldface.
+
+You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; e.g.: >
+ \begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}.
+<
+\textrm (\rmfamily) *\textrm* *\rmfamily*
+ Roman
+
+\textit (\itshape) *\textit* *\itshape* *\emph*
+ Emphasis (toggles between |\textit| and |\textrm|).
+
+\textmd (\mdseries) *\textmd* *\mdseries*
+ Medium weight (default). The opposite of boldface.
+
+\textbf (\bfseries) *\textbf* *\bfseries*
+ Boldface.
+
+\textup (\upshape) *\textup* *\upshape*
+ Upright (default). The opposite of slanted.
+
+\textsl (\slshape) *\textsl* *\slshape*
+ Slanted.
+
+\textsf (\sffamily) *\textsf* *\sffamily*
+ Sans serif.
+
+\textsc (\scshape) *\textsc* *\scshape*
+ Small caps.
+
+\texttt (\ttfamily) *\texttt* *\ttfamily*
+ Typewriter.
+
+\textnormal (\normalfont) *\textnormal* *\normalfont*
+ Main document font.
+
+\mathrm *\mathrm*
+ Roman, for use in math mode.
+
+\mathbf *\mathbf*
+ Boldface, for use in math mode.
+
+\mathsf *\mathsf*
+ Sans serif, for use in math mode.
+
+\mathtt *\mathtt*
+ Typewriter, for use in math mode.
+
+\mathit *\mathit*
+ Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable names with
+ several letters.
+
+\mathnormal *\mathnormal*
+ For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style
+ declaration.
+
+\mathcal *\mathcal*
+ `Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode.
+
+ *\mathversion*
+In addition, the command \mathversion{bold} can be used for switching to bold
+letters and symbols in formulas. \mathversion{normal} restores the default.
+
+==========
+Sizes *font-size*
+
+The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX.
+
+The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope of the
+declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of the
+current group.
+
+You can also use the environment form of these commands; e.g. >
+ \begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}
+
+\tiny *\tiny*
+\scriptsize *\scriptsize*
+\footnotesize *\footnotesize*
+\small *\small*
+\normalsize(default) *\normalsize*
+\large *\large*
+\Large *\Large*
+\LARGE *\LARGE*
+\huge *\huge*
+\Huge *\Huge*
+
+==========
+Low-level font commands *font-lowlevelcommands*
+
+These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The
+commands listed here are only a subset of the available ones. For full
+details, you should consult Chapter 7 of The LaTeX Companion.
+
+\fontencoding{enc} *\fontencoding*
+ Select font encoding. Valid encodings include OT1 and T1.
+
+\fontfamily{family} *\fontfamily*
+ Select font family. Valid families include:
+ cmr for Computer Modern Roman
+ cmss for Computer Modern Sans Serif
+ cmtt for Computer Modern Typewriter
+ and numerous others.
+
+\fontseries{series} *\fontseries*
+ Select font series. Valid series include:
+ m Medium (normal)
+ b Bold
+ c Condensed
+ bc Bold condensed
+ bx Bold extended
+ and various other combinations.
+
+\fontshape{shape} *\fontshape*
+ Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
+ n Upright (normal)
+ it Italic
+ sl Slanted (oblique)
+ sc Small caps
+ ui Upright italics
+ ol Outline
+ The two last shapes are not available for most font families.
+
+\fontsize{size}{skip} *\fontsize*
+ Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch
+ to; the second is the \baselineskip to use. The unit of both
+ parameters defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is that the
+ baselineskip should be 1.2 times the font size.
+
+\selectfont *\selectfont*
+ The changes made by calling the four font commands described
+ above do not come into effect until |\selectfont| is called.
+
+\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape} *\usefont*
+ Equivalent to calling |\fontencoding|, |\fontfamily|,
+ |\fontseries| and |\fontshape| with the given parameters,
+ followed by |\selectfont|.
+
+==============================================================================
+25. Parameters *latex-parameters*
+
+The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; TeX uses
+`.tex' as a default file extension. If you omit the input file entirely, TeX
+accepts input from the terminal. You specify command options by supplying a
+string as a parameter to the command; e.g. >
+
+ latex "\scrollmode\input foo.tex"
+
+will process `foo.tex' without pausing after every error.
+
+Output files are always created in the current directory. When you fail to
+specify an input file name, TeX bases the output names on the file
+specification associated with the logical name TEX_OUTPUT, typically
+texput.log.
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/doc/tags b/vimfiles.latex/doc/tags
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5841114
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/doc/tags
@@ -0,0 +1,905 @@
+Alph latexhelp.txt /*Alph*
+Alt-B latex-suite.txt /*Alt-B*
+Alt-C latex-suite.txt /*Alt-C*
+Alt-I latex-suite.txt /*Alt-I*
+Alt-L latex-suite.txt /*Alt-L*
+BibTeX latexhelp.txt /*BibTeX*
+IMAP_PutTextWithMovement latex-suite.txt /*IMAP_PutTextWithMovement*
+Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders latex-suite.txt /*Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders*
+Imap_FreezeImap latex-suite.txt /*Imap_FreezeImap*
+Imap_PlaceHolderEnd latex-suite.txt /*Imap_PlaceHolderEnd*
+Imap_PlaceHolderStart latex-suite.txt /*Imap_PlaceHolderStart*
+Imap_StickyPlaceHolders latex-suite.txt /*Imap_StickyPlaceHolders*
+Imap_UsePlaceHolders latex-suite.txt /*Imap_UsePlaceHolders*
+LaTeX latexhelp.txt /*LaTeX*
+Plug_IMAP_DeleteAndJumBack latex-suite.txt /*Plug_IMAP_DeleteAndJumBack*
+Plug_IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward latex-suite.txt /*Plug_IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward*
+Plug_IMAP_JumpBack latex-suite.txt /*Plug_IMAP_JumpBack*
+Plug_IMAP_JumpForward latex-suite.txt /*Plug_IMAP_JumpForward*
+Plug_Tex_InsertItem latex-suite.txt /*Plug_Tex_InsertItem*
+Plug_Tex_LeftRight latex-suite.txt /*Plug_Tex_LeftRight*
+Plug_Tex_MathBF latex-suite.txt /*Plug_Tex_MathBF*
+Plug_Tex_MathCal latex-suite.txt /*Plug_Tex_MathCal*
+Roman latexhelp.txt /*Roman*
+TClearCiteHist latex-suite.txt /*TClearCiteHist*
+TLook latex-suite.txt /*TLook*
+TLookAll latex-suite.txt /*TLookAll*
+TLookBib latex-suite.txt /*TLookBib*
+TMacro latex-suite.txt /*TMacro*
+TMacroDelete latex-suite.txt /*TMacroDelete*
+TMacroEdit latex-suite.txt /*TMacroEdit*
+TMacroNew latex-suite.txt /*TMacroNew*
+TPackage latex-suite.txt /*TPackage*
+TPackageUpdate latex-suite.txt /*TPackageUpdate*
+TPackageUpdateAll latex-suite.txt /*TPackageUpdateAll*
+TPartComp latex-suite.txt /*TPartComp*
+TPartView latex-suite.txt /*TPartView*
+TSection latex-suite.txt /*TSection*
+TSectionAdvanced latex-suite.txt /*TSectionAdvanced*
+TTemplate latex-suite.txt /*TTemplate*
+Tex_AutoFolding latex-suite.txt /*Tex_AutoFolding*
+Tex_BIBINPUTS latex-suite.txt /*Tex_BIBINPUTS*
+Tex_CatchVisMapErrors latex-suite.txt /*Tex_CatchVisMapErrors*
+Tex_Com_name latex-suite.txt /*Tex_Com_name*
+Tex_CompileRule_format latex-suite.txt /*Tex_CompileRule_format*
+Tex_Debug latex-suite.txt /*Tex_Debug*
+Tex_DefaultTargetFormat latex-suite.txt /*Tex_DefaultTargetFormat*
+Tex_Diacritics latex-suite.txt /*Tex_Diacritics*
+Tex_Env_name latex-suite.txt /*Tex_Env_name*
+Tex_EnvironmentMaps latex-suite.txt /*Tex_EnvironmentMaps*
+Tex_EnvironmentMenus latex-suite.txt /*Tex_EnvironmentMenus*
+Tex_ExplorerHeight latex-suite.txt /*Tex_ExplorerHeight*
+Tex_FoldedCommands latex-suite.txt /*Tex_FoldedCommands*
+Tex_FoldedEnvironments latex-suite.txt /*Tex_FoldedEnvironments*
+Tex_FoldedMisc latex-suite.txt /*Tex_FoldedMisc*
+Tex_FoldedSections latex-suite.txt /*Tex_FoldedSections*
+Tex_Folding latex-suite.txt /*Tex_Folding*
+Tex_FontMaps latex-suite.txt /*Tex_FontMaps*
+Tex_FontMenus latex-suite.txt /*Tex_FontMenus*
+Tex_GotoError latex-suite.txt /*Tex_GotoError*
+Tex_HotKeyMappings latex-suite.txt /*Tex_HotKeyMappings*
+Tex_IgnoreLevel latex-suite.txt /*Tex_IgnoreLevel*
+Tex_IgnoredWarnings latex-suite.txt /*Tex_IgnoredWarnings*
+Tex_ImageDir latex-suite.txt /*Tex_ImageDir*
+Tex_ItemStyle_environment latex-suite.txt /*Tex_ItemStyle_environment*
+Tex_Leader latex-suite.txt /*Tex_Leader*
+Tex_Leader2 latex-suite.txt /*Tex_Leader2*
+Tex_MainFileExpression latex-suite.txt /*Tex_MainFileExpression*
+Tex_MainMenuLocation latex-suite.txt /*Tex_MainMenuLocation*
+Tex_MathMenus latex-suite.txt /*Tex_MathMenus*
+Tex_Menus latex-suite.txt /*Tex_Menus*
+Tex_MultipleCompileFormats latex-suite.txt /*Tex_MultipleCompileFormats*
+Tex_NestElementMenus latex-suite.txt /*Tex_NestElementMenus*
+Tex_NestPackagesMenu latex-suite.txt /*Tex_NestPackagesMenu*
+Tex_PackagesMenu latex-suite.txt /*Tex_PackagesMenu*
+Tex_ProjectSourceFiles latex-suite.txt /*Tex_ProjectSourceFiles*
+Tex_PromptedCommands latex-suite.txt /*Tex_PromptedCommands*
+Tex_PromptedEnvironments latex-suite.txt /*Tex_PromptedEnvironments*
+Tex_RememberCiteSearch latex-suite.txt /*Tex_RememberCiteSearch*
+Tex_SectionMaps latex-suite.txt /*Tex_SectionMaps*
+Tex_SectionMenus latex-suite.txt /*Tex_SectionMenus*
+Tex_SmartKeyBS latex-suite.txt /*Tex_SmartKeyBS*
+Tex_SmartKeyQuote latex-suite.txt /*Tex_SmartKeyQuote*
+Tex_TEXINPUTS latex-suite.txt /*Tex_TEXINPUTS*
+Tex_UseMakefile latex-suite.txt /*Tex_UseMakefile*
+Tex_UseMenuWizard latex-suite.txt /*Tex_UseMenuWizard*
+Tex_UsePython latex-suite.txt /*Tex_UsePython*
+Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch latex-suite.txt /*Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch*
+Tex_UseUtfMenus latex-suite.txt /*Tex_UseUtfMenus*
+Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format latex-suite.txt /*Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format*
+Tex_ViewRule_format latex-suite.txt /*Tex_ViewRule_format*
+Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight latex-suite.txt /*Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight*
+Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight latex-suite.txt /*Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight*
+Tshortcuts latex-suite.txt /*Tshortcuts*
+\Alph latexhelp.txt /*\\Alph*
+\Huge latexhelp.txt /*\\Huge*
+\LARGE latexhelp.txt /*\\LARGE*
+\Large latexhelp.txt /*\\Large*
+\Roman latexhelp.txt /*\\Roman*
+\\ latexhelp.txt /*\\\\*
+\\\\ latexhelp.txt /*\\\\\\\\*
+\addcontentsline latexhelp.txt /*\\addcontentsline*
+\address latexhelp.txt /*\\address*
+\addtocontents latexhelp.txt /*\\addtocontents*
+\addtocounter latexhelp.txt /*\\addtocounter*
+\addtolength latexhelp.txt /*\\addtolength*
+\addvspace latexhelp.txt /*\\addvspace*
+\alph latexhelp.txt /*\\alph*
+\and latexhelp.txt /*\\and*
+\appendix latexhelp.txt /*\\appendix*
+\arabic latexhelp.txt /*\\arabic*
+\author latexhelp.txt /*\\author*
+\begin latexhelp.txt /*\\begin*
+\bfseries latexhelp.txt /*\\bfseries*
+\bibitem latexhelp.txt /*\\bibitem*
+\bibliography latexhelp.txt /*\\bibliography*
+\bibliographystyle latexhelp.txt /*\\bibliographystyle*
+\bigskip latexhelp.txt /*\\bigskip*
+\cc latexhelp.txt /*\\cc*
+\cdots latexhelp.txt /*\\cdots*
+\centering latexhelp.txt /*\\centering*
+\chapter latexhelp.txt /*\\chapter*
+\circle latexhelp.txt /*\\circle*
+\cite latexhelp.txt /*\\cite*
+\cleardoublepage latexhelp.txt /*\\cleardoublepage*
+\clearpage latexhelp.txt /*\\clearpage*
+\cline latexhelp.txt /*\\cline*
+\closing latexhelp.txt /*\\closing*
+\dashbox latexhelp.txt /*\\dashbox*
+\date latexhelp.txt /*\\date*
+\ddots latexhelp.txt /*\\ddots*
+\depth latexhelp.txt /*\\depth*
+\documentclass latexhelp.txt /*\\documentclass*
+\dotfill latexhelp.txt /*\\dotfill*
+\emph latexhelp.txt /*\\emph*
+\end latexhelp.txt /*\\end*
+\enlargethispage latexhelp.txt /*\\enlargethispage*
+\fbox latexhelp.txt /*\\fbox*
+\flushbottom latexhelp.txt /*\\flushbottom*
+\fnsymbol latexhelp.txt /*\\fnsymbol*
+\fontencoding latexhelp.txt /*\\fontencoding*
+\fontfamily latexhelp.txt /*\\fontfamily*
+\fontseries latexhelp.txt /*\\fontseries*
+\fontshape latexhelp.txt /*\\fontshape*
+\fontsize latexhelp.txt /*\\fontsize*
+\footnote latexhelp.txt /*\\footnote*
+\footnotemark latexhelp.txt /*\\footnotemark*
+\footnotesize latexhelp.txt /*\\footnotesize*
+\footnotetext latexhelp.txt /*\\footnotetext*
+\frac latexhelp.txt /*\\frac*
+\frame latexhelp.txt /*\\frame*
+\framebox latexhelp.txt /*\\framebox*
+\fussy latexhelp.txt /*\\fussy*
+\height latexhelp.txt /*\\height*
+\hfill latexhelp.txt /*\\hfill*
+\hline latexhelp.txt /*\\hline*
+\hrulefill latexhelp.txt /*\\hrulefill*
+\hspace latexhelp.txt /*\\hspace*
+\huge latexhelp.txt /*\\huge*
+\hyphenation latexhelp.txt /*\\hyphenation*
+\include latexhelp.txt /*\\include*
+\includeonly latexhelp.txt /*\\includeonly*
+\indent latexhelp.txt /*\\indent*
+\input latexhelp.txt /*\\input*
+\item latexhelp.txt /*\\item*
+\itshape latexhelp.txt /*\\itshape*
+\kill latexhelp.txt /*\\kill*
+\label latexhelp.txt /*\\label*
+\large latexhelp.txt /*\\large*
+\ldots latexhelp.txt /*\\ldots*
+\lefteqn latexhelp.txt /*\\lefteqn*
+\letter latexhelp.txt /*\\letter*
+\line latexhelp.txt /*\\line*
+\linebreak latexhelp.txt /*\\linebreak*
+\linethickness latexhelp.txt /*\\linethickness*
+\listoffigures latexhelp.txt /*\\listoffigures*
+\listoftables latexhelp.txt /*\\listoftables*
+\location latexhelp.txt /*\\location*
+\lrbox latexhelp.txt /*\\lrbox*
+\makebox latexhelp.txt /*\\makebox*
+\makelabels latexhelp.txt /*\\makelabels*
+\maketitle latexhelp.txt /*\\maketitle*
+\marginpar latexhelp.txt /*\\marginpar*
+\markboth latexhelp.txt /*\\markboth*
+\markright latexhelp.txt /*\\markright*
+\mathbf latexhelp.txt /*\\mathbf*
+\mathcal latexhelp.txt /*\\mathcal*
+\mathit latexhelp.txt /*\\mathit*
+\mathnormal latexhelp.txt /*\\mathnormal*
+\mathrm latexhelp.txt /*\\mathrm*
+\mathsf latexhelp.txt /*\\mathsf*
+\mathtt latexhelp.txt /*\\mathtt*
+\mathversion latexhelp.txt /*\\mathversion*
+\mbox latexhelp.txt /*\\mbox*
+\mdseries latexhelp.txt /*\\mdseries*
+\medskip latexhelp.txt /*\\medskip*
+\multicolumn latexhelp.txt /*\\multicolumn*
+\multiput latexhelp.txt /*\\multiput*
+\name latexhelp.txt /*\\name*
+\newcommand latexhelp.txt /*\\newcommand*
+\newcounter latexhelp.txt /*\\newcounter*
+\newenvironment latexhelp.txt /*\\newenvironment*
+\newfont latexhelp.txt /*\\newfont*
+\newlength latexhelp.txt /*\\newlength*
+\newline latexhelp.txt /*\\newline*
+\newpage latexhelp.txt /*\\newpage*
+\newsavebox latexhelp.txt /*\\newsavebox*
+\newtheorem latexhelp.txt /*\\newtheorem*
+\nocite latexhelp.txt /*\\nocite*
+\nofiles latexhelp.txt /*\\nofiles*
+\noindent latexhelp.txt /*\\noindent*
+\nolinebreak latexhelp.txt /*\\nolinebreak*
+\nonumber latexhelp.txt /*\\nonumber*
+\nopagebreak latexhelp.txt /*\\nopagebreak*
+\normalfont latexhelp.txt /*\\normalfont*
+\normalsize latexhelp.txt /*\\normalsize*
+\onecolumn latexhelp.txt /*\\onecolumn*
+\opening latexhelp.txt /*\\opening*
+\oval latexhelp.txt /*\\oval*
+\overbrace latexhelp.txt /*\\overbrace*
+\overline latexhelp.txt /*\\overline*
+\pagebreak latexhelp.txt /*\\pagebreak*
+\pagenumbering latexhelp.txt /*\\pagenumbering*
+\pageref latexhelp.txt /*\\pageref*
+\pagestyle latexhelp.txt /*\\pagestyle*
+\par latexhelp.txt /*\\par*
+\paragraph latexhelp.txt /*\\paragraph*
+\parbox latexhelp.txt /*\\parbox*
+\part latexhelp.txt /*\\part*
+\picture-framebox latexhelp.txt /*\\picture-framebox*
+\ps latexhelp.txt /*\\ps*
+\pushtabs latexhelp.txt /*\\pushtabs*
+\put latexhelp.txt /*\\put*
+\raggedbottom latexhelp.txt /*\\raggedbottom*
+\raggedleft latexhelp.txt /*\\raggedleft*
+\raggedright latexhelp.txt /*\\raggedright*
+\raisebox latexhelp.txt /*\\raisebox*
+\ref latexhelp.txt /*\\ref*
+\refstepcounter latexhelp.txt /*\\refstepcounter*
+\renewcommand latexhelp.txt /*\\renewcommand*
+\renewenvironment latexhelp.txt /*\\renewenvironment*
+\reversemarginpar latexhelp.txt /*\\reversemarginpar*
+\rmfamily latexhelp.txt /*\\rmfamily*
+\roman latexhelp.txt /*\\roman*
+\rule latexhelp.txt /*\\rule*
+\savebox latexhelp.txt /*\\savebox*
+\sbox latexhelp.txt /*\\sbox*
+\scriptsize latexhelp.txt /*\\scriptsize*
+\scshape latexhelp.txt /*\\scshape*
+\section latexhelp.txt /*\\section*
+\selectfont latexhelp.txt /*\\selectfont*
+\setcounter latexhelp.txt /*\\setcounter*
+\setlength latexhelp.txt /*\\setlength*
+\settodepth latexhelp.txt /*\\settodepth*
+\settoheight latexhelp.txt /*\\settoheight*
+\settowidth latexhelp.txt /*\\settowidth*
+\sffamily latexhelp.txt /*\\sffamily*
+\shortstack latexhelp.txt /*\\shortstack*
+\signature latexhelp.txt /*\\signature*
+\sloppy latexhelp.txt /*\\sloppy*
+\slshape latexhelp.txt /*\\slshape*
+\small latexhelp.txt /*\\small*
+\smallskip latexhelp.txt /*\\smallskip*
+\space latexhelp.txt /*\\space*
+\sqrt latexhelp.txt /*\\sqrt*
+\startbreaks latexhelp.txt /*\\startbreaks*
+\stepcounter latexhelp.txt /*\\stepcounter*
+\stopbreaks latexhelp.txt /*\\stopbreaks*
+\subparagraph latexhelp.txt /*\\subparagraph*
+\subsection latexhelp.txt /*\\subsection*
+\subsubsection latexhelp.txt /*\\subsubsection*
+\symbol latexhelp.txt /*\\symbol*
+\table latexhelp.txt /*\\table*
+\tableofcontents latexhelp.txt /*\\tableofcontents*
+\telephone latexhelp.txt /*\\telephone*
+\textbf latexhelp.txt /*\\textbf*
+\textit latexhelp.txt /*\\textit*
+\textmd latexhelp.txt /*\\textmd*
+\textnormal latexhelp.txt /*\\textnormal*
+\textrm latexhelp.txt /*\\textrm*
+\textsc latexhelp.txt /*\\textsc*
+\textsf latexhelp.txt /*\\textsf*
+\textsl latexhelp.txt /*\\textsl*
+\texttt latexhelp.txt /*\\texttt*
+\textup latexhelp.txt /*\\textup*
+\thanks latexhelp.txt /*\\thanks*
+\thebibliography latexhelp.txt /*\\thebibliography*
+\thispagestyle latexhelp.txt /*\\thispagestyle*
+\tiny latexhelp.txt /*\\tiny*
+\title latexhelp.txt /*\\title*
+\totalheight latexhelp.txt /*\\totalheight*
+\ttfamily latexhelp.txt /*\\ttfamily*
+\twocolumn latexhelp.txt /*\\twocolumn*
+\typein latexhelp.txt /*\\typein*
+\typeout latexhelp.txt /*\\typeout*
+\underbrace latexhelp.txt /*\\underbrace*
+\underline latexhelp.txt /*\\underline*
+\upshape latexhelp.txt /*\\upshape*
+\usebox latexhelp.txt /*\\usebox*
+\usecounter latexhelp.txt /*\\usecounter*
+\usefont latexhelp.txt /*\\usefont*
+\usepackage latexhelp.txt /*\\usepackage*
+\value latexhelp.txt /*\\value*
+\vdots latexhelp.txt /*\\vdots*
+\vector latexhelp.txt /*\\vector*
+\verb latexhelp.txt /*\\verb*
+\vfill latexhelp.txt /*\\vfill*
+\vline latexhelp.txt /*\\vline*
+\vspace latexhelp.txt /*\\vspace*
+\width latexhelp.txt /*\\width*
+adding-bib-options latex-suite.txt /*adding-bib-options*
+alph latexhelp.txt /*alph*
+altkey-mappings latex-suite.txt /*altkey-mappings*
+arabic latexhelp.txt /*arabic*
+array latexhelp.txt /*array*
+article-class latexhelp.txt /*article-class*
+auc-tex-mappings latex-suite.txt /*auc-tex-mappings*
+automatic-package-detection latex-suite.txt /*automatic-package-detection*
+bibtex latexhelp.txt /*bibtex*
+bibtex-bindings latex-suite.txt /*bibtex-bindings*
+book-class latexhelp.txt /*book-class*
+center latexhelp.txt /*center*
+changing-commands latex-suite.txt /*changing-commands*
+changing-environments latex-suite.txt /*changing-environments*
+cite-search-caching latex-suite.txt /*cite-search-caching*
+compiler-dependency latex-suite.txt /*compiler-dependency*
+compiler-output-customization latex-suite.txt /*compiler-output-customization*
+compiler-rules latex-suite.txt /*compiler-rules*
+compiling-multiple latex-suite.txt /*compiling-multiple*
+completion-window-preferences latex-suite.txt /*completion-window-preferences*
+custom-macros-menu latex-suite.txt /*custom-macros-menu*
+custom-packages latex-suite.txt /*custom-packages*
+customize-alt-key-maps latex-suite.txt /*customize-alt-key-maps*
+customize-imap-maps latex-suite.txt /*customize-imap-maps*
+customizing-compiling latex-suite.txt /*customizing-compiling*
+customizing-folding latex-suite.txt /*customizing-folding*
+customizing-latex-completion latex-suite.txt /*customizing-latex-completion*
+customizing-latex-suite latex-suite.txt /*customizing-latex-suite*
+customizing-macros latex-suite.txt /*customizing-macros*
+customizing-menus latex-suite.txt /*customizing-menus*
+customizing-packages latex-suite.txt /*customizing-packages*
+customizing-place-holders latex-suite.txt /*customizing-place-holders*
+customizing-smart-keys latex-suite.txt /*customizing-smart-keys*
+customizing-viewing latex-suite.txt /*customizing-viewing*
+customizing-what-to-fold latex-suite.txt /*customizing-what-to-fold*
+default-folding latex-suite.txt /*default-folding*
+description latexhelp.txt /*description*
+diacritic-mappings latex-suite.txt /*diacritic-mappings*
+displaymath latexhelp.txt /*displaymath*
+draft latexhelp.txt /*draft*
+editing-folding latex-suite.txt /*editing-folding*
+empty latexhelp.txt /*empty*
+enabling-searching latex-suite.txt /*enabling-searching*
+enclosing-commands latex-suite.txt /*enclosing-commands*
+enclosing-env-f5 latex-suite.txt /*enclosing-env-f5*
+enclosing-env-threeletter latex-suite.txt /*enclosing-env-threeletter*
+enclosing-environments latex-suite.txt /*enclosing-environments*
+enumerate latexhelp.txt /*enumerate*
+environment-mappings latex-suite.txt /*environment-mappings*
+eqnarray latexhelp.txt /*eqnarray*
+equation latexhelp.txt /*equation*
+figure latexhelp.txt /*figure*
+final latexhelp.txt /*final*
+fleqn latexhelp.txt /*fleqn*
+flushleft latexhelp.txt /*flushleft*
+flushright latexhelp.txt /*flushright*
+fold-setting-adding latex-suite.txt /*fold-setting-adding*
+fold-setting-advanced latex-suite.txt /*fold-setting-advanced*
+font-lowlevelcommands latexhelp.txt /*font-lowlevelcommands*
+font-maps latex-suite.txt /*font-maps*
+font-size latexhelp.txt /*font-size*
+font-styles latexhelp.txt /*font-styles*
+forward-searching latex-suite.txt /*forward-searching*
+greek-letter-mappings latex-suite.txt /*greek-letter-mappings*
+headings latexhelp.txt /*headings*
+hyph- latexhelp.txt /*hyph-*
+im_1 imaps.txt /*im_1*
+imaps-usage imaps.txt /*imaps-usage*
+imaps.txt imaps.txt /*imaps.txt*
+imaps.txt-toc imaps.txt /*imaps.txt-toc*
+inserting-commands latex-suite.txt /*inserting-commands*
+inserting-env-f5 latex-suite.txt /*inserting-env-f5*
+inserting-env-shift-f1 latex-suite.txt /*inserting-env-shift-f1*
+inserting-env-threeletter latex-suite.txt /*inserting-env-threeletter*
+inserting-environments latex-suite.txt /*inserting-environments*
+inserting-packages latex-suite.txt /*inserting-packages*
+inverse-searching latex-suite.txt /*inverse-searching*
+itemize latexhelp.txt /*itemize*
+landscape latexhelp.txt /*landscape*
+latex latexhelp.txt /*latex*
+latex-boxes latexhelp.txt /*latex-boxes*
+latex-breaking latexhelp.txt /*latex-breaking*
+latex-classes latexhelp.txt /*latex-classes*
+latex-command-maps latex-suite.txt /*latex-command-maps*
+latex-commands latexhelp.txt /*latex-commands*
+latex-compiling latex-suite.txt /*latex-compiling*
+latex-completion latex-suite.txt /*latex-completion*
+latex-completion-cite latex-suite.txt /*latex-completion-cite*
+latex-counters latexhelp.txt /*latex-counters*
+latex-definitions latexhelp.txt /*latex-definitions*
+latex-environments latexhelp.txt /*latex-environments*
+latex-folding latex-suite.txt /*latex-folding*
+latex-footnotes latexhelp.txt /*latex-footnotes*
+latex-hor-space latexhelp.txt /*latex-hor-space*
+latex-inputting latexhelp.txt /*latex-inputting*
+latex-layout latexhelp.txt /*latex-layout*
+latex-lengths latexhelp.txt /*latex-lengths*
+latex-letters latexhelp.txt /*latex-letters*
+latex-macros latex-suite.txt /*latex-macros*
+latex-margin-notes latexhelp.txt /*latex-margin-notes*
+latex-master-file latex-suite.txt /*latex-master-file*
+latex-master-file-specification latex-suite.txt /*latex-master-file-specification*
+latex-math latexhelp.txt /*latex-math*
+latex-modes latexhelp.txt /*latex-modes*
+latex-package-scanning latex-suite.txt /*latex-package-scanning*
+latex-packages latex-suite.txt /*latex-packages*
+latex-page-styles latexhelp.txt /*latex-page-styles*
+latex-paragraphs latexhelp.txt /*latex-paragraphs*
+latex-parameters latexhelp.txt /*latex-parameters*
+latex-project latex-suite.txt /*latex-project*
+latex-project-example latex-suite.txt /*latex-project-example*
+latex-project-settings latex-suite.txt /*latex-project-settings*
+latex-references latexhelp.txt /*latex-references*
+latex-sectioning latexhelp.txt /*latex-sectioning*
+latex-spaces-boxes latexhelp.txt /*latex-spaces-boxes*
+latex-special latexhelp.txt /*latex-special*
+latex-start-end latexhelp.txt /*latex-start-end*
+latex-suite-commands latex-suite.txt /*latex-suite-commands*
+latex-suite-commands-maps latex-suite.txt /*latex-suite-commands-maps*
+latex-suite-credits latex-suite.txt /*latex-suite-credits*
+latex-suite-maintainer latex-suite.txt /*latex-suite-maintainer*
+latex-suite-maps latex-suite.txt /*latex-suite-maps*
+latex-suite-quickstart.txt latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*latex-suite-quickstart.txt*
+latex-suite-quickstart.txt-toc latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*latex-suite-quickstart.txt-toc*
+latex-suite-templates latex-suite.txt /*latex-suite-templates*
+latex-suite.txt latex-suite.txt /*latex-suite.txt*
+latex-suite.txt-toc latex-suite.txt /*latex-suite.txt-toc*
+latex-terminal latexhelp.txt /*latex-terminal*
+latex-toc latexhelp.txt /*latex-toc*
+latex-typefaces latexhelp.txt /*latex-typefaces*
+latex-ver-space latexhelp.txt /*latex-ver-space*
+latex-viewing latex-suite.txt /*latex-viewing*
+latex-viewing-rules latex-suite.txt /*latex-viewing-rules*
+latexhelp.txt latexhelp.txt /*latexhelp.txt*
+leqno latexhelp.txt /*leqno*
+letter-class latexhelp.txt /*letter-class*
+list latexhelp.txt /*list*
+lq_1 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_1*
+lq_10 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_10*
+lq_2 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_2*
+lq_3 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_3*
+lq_4 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_4*
+lq_5 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_5*
+lq_6 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_6*
+lq_7 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_7*
+lq_8 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_8*
+lq_8_1 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_8_1*
+lq_9 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_9*
+lq_9_1 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_9_1*
+lq_9_2 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_9_2*
+lq_a_bc latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bc*
+lq_a_bd latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bd*
+lq_a_be latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_be*
+lq_a_bf latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bf*
+lq_a_bg latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bg*
+lq_a_bh latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bh*
+lq_a_bi latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bi*
+lq_a_bj latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bj*
+lq_a_bk latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bk*
+lq_a_bl latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bl*
+lq_a_bm latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bm*
+lq_a_bn latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bn*
+lq_a_bo latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_a_bo*
+lq_u_1 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_u_1*
+lq_u_2 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_u_2*
+lq_u_3 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_u_3*
+lq_u_4 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_u_4*
+lq_u_5 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_u_5*
+lq_u_6 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_u_6*
+lq_u_7 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_u_7*
+lq_u_8 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_u_8*
+lq_u_9 latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lq_u_9*
+lr-mode latexhelp.txt /*lr-mode*
+ls-completion-custom latex-suite.txt /*ls-completion-custom*
+ls-completion-ref latex-suite.txt /*ls-completion-ref*
+ls-completion-usage latex-suite.txt /*ls-completion-usage*
+ls-filename-completion latex-suite.txt /*ls-filename-completion*
+ls-general-purpose-settings latex-suite.txt /*ls-general-purpose-settings*
+ls-imap-f7 latex-suite.txt /*ls-imap-f7*
+ls-imap-s-f7 latex-suite.txt /*ls-imap-s-f7*
+ls-imaps-syntax latex-suite.txt /*ls-imaps-syntax*
+ls-new-macros latex-suite.txt /*ls-new-macros*
+ls-set-grepprg latex-suite.txt /*ls-set-grepprg*
+ls-vmap-f7 latex-suite.txt /*ls-vmap-f7*
+ls_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_1*
+ls_10 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10*
+ls_10_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_1*
+ls_10_1_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_1_1*
+ls_10_1_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_1_2*
+ls_10_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2*
+ls_10_2_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_1*
+ls_10_2_10 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_10*
+ls_10_2_11 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_11*
+ls_10_2_12 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_12*
+ls_10_2_13 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_13*
+ls_10_2_14 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_14*
+ls_10_2_15 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_15*
+ls_10_2_16 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_16*
+ls_10_2_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_2*
+ls_10_2_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_3*
+ls_10_2_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_4*
+ls_10_2_5 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_5*
+ls_10_2_6 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_6*
+ls_10_2_7 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_7*
+ls_10_2_8 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_8*
+ls_10_2_9 latex-suite.txt /*ls_10_2_9*
+ls_11 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11*
+ls_11_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_1*
+ls_11_10 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_10*
+ls_11_10_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_10_1*
+ls_11_1_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_1_1*
+ls_11_1_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_1_2*
+ls_11_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_2*
+ls_11_2_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_2_1*
+ls_11_2_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_2_2*
+ls_11_2_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_2_3*
+ls_11_2_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_2_4*
+ls_11_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3*
+ls_11_3_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_1*
+ls_11_3_10 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_10*
+ls_11_3_11 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_11*
+ls_11_3_12 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_12*
+ls_11_3_13 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_13*
+ls_11_3_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_2*
+ls_11_3_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_3*
+ls_11_3_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_4*
+ls_11_3_5 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_5*
+ls_11_3_6 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_6*
+ls_11_3_7 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_7*
+ls_11_3_8 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_8*
+ls_11_3_9 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_3_9*
+ls_11_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_4*
+ls_11_4_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_4_1*
+ls_11_4_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_4_2*
+ls_11_5 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_5*
+ls_11_5_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_5_1*
+ls_11_5_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_5_2*
+ls_11_5_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_5_3*
+ls_11_5_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_5_4*
+ls_11_5_5 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_5_5*
+ls_11_6 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_6*
+ls_11_6_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_6_1*
+ls_11_6_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_6_2*
+ls_11_6_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_6_3*
+ls_11_6_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_6_4*
+ls_11_6_5 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_6_5*
+ls_11_6_6 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_6_6*
+ls_11_6_7 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_6_7*
+ls_11_6_8 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_6_8*
+ls_11_7 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_7*
+ls_11_7_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_7_1*
+ls_11_7_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_7_2*
+ls_11_8 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_8*
+ls_11_8_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_8_1*
+ls_11_8_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_8_2*
+ls_11_8_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_8_3*
+ls_11_8_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_8_4*
+ls_11_8_5 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_8_5*
+ls_11_8_6 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_8_6*
+ls_11_8_7 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_8_7*
+ls_11_9 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_9*
+ls_11_9_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_9_1*
+ls_11_9_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_11_9_2*
+ls_12 latex-suite.txt /*ls_12*
+ls_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_2*
+ls_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3*
+ls_3_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_1*
+ls_3_10 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_10*
+ls_3_10_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_10_1*
+ls_3_10_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_10_2*
+ls_3_10_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_10_3*
+ls_3_10_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_10_4*
+ls_3_11 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_11*
+ls_3_12 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_12*
+ls_3_12_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_12_1*
+ls_3_12_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_12_2*
+ls_3_1_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_1_1*
+ls_3_1_1_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_1_1_1*
+ls_3_1_1_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_1_1_2*
+ls_3_1_1_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_1_1_3*
+ls_3_1_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_1_2*
+ls_3_1_2_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_1_2_1*
+ls_3_1_2_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_1_2_2*
+ls_3_1_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_1_3*
+ls_3_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_2*
+ls_3_2_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_2_1*
+ls_3_2_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_2_2*
+ls_3_2_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_2_3*
+ls_3_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_3*
+ls_3_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_4*
+ls_3_5 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_5*
+ls_3_6 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_6*
+ls_3_7 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_7*
+ls_3_8 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_8*
+ls_3_8_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_8_1*
+ls_3_9 latex-suite.txt /*ls_3_9*
+ls_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_4*
+ls_4_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_4_1*
+ls_4_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_4_2*
+ls_4_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_4_3*
+ls_4_3_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_4_3_1*
+ls_4_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_4_4*
+ls_4_4_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_4_4_1*
+ls_4_4_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_4_4_2*
+ls_5 latex-suite.txt /*ls_5*
+ls_5_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_5_1*
+ls_5_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_5_2*
+ls_5_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_5_3*
+ls_5_3_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_5_3_1*
+ls_5_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_5_4*
+ls_5_5 latex-suite.txt /*ls_5_5*
+ls_6 latex-suite.txt /*ls_6*
+ls_6_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_6_1*
+ls_6_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_6_2*
+ls_6_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_6_3*
+ls_6_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_6_4*
+ls_6_5 latex-suite.txt /*ls_6_5*
+ls_7 latex-suite.txt /*ls_7*
+ls_7_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_7_1*
+ls_7_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_7_2*
+ls_7_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_7_3*
+ls_8 latex-suite.txt /*ls_8*
+ls_8_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_8_1*
+ls_8_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_8_2*
+ls_8_2_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_8_2_1*
+ls_8_2_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_8_2_2*
+ls_8_2_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_8_2_3*
+ls_8_2_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_8_2_4*
+ls_8_2_5 latex-suite.txt /*ls_8_2_5*
+ls_8_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_8_3*
+ls_9 latex-suite.txt /*ls_9*
+ls_9_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_9_1*
+ls_9_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_9_2*
+ls_a_bA latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bA*
+ls_a_bB latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bB*
+ls_a_bC latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bC*
+ls_a_bD latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bD*
+ls_a_bE latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bE*
+ls_a_bF latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bF*
+ls_a_bG latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bG*
+ls_a_bH latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bH*
+ls_a_bI latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bI*
+ls_a_bJ latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bJ*
+ls_a_bK latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bK*
+ls_a_bL latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bL*
+ls_a_bM latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bM*
+ls_a_bN latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bN*
+ls_a_bO latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bO*
+ls_a_bP latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bP*
+ls_a_bQ latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bQ*
+ls_a_bR latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bR*
+ls_a_bS latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bS*
+ls_a_bT latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bT*
+ls_a_bU latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bU*
+ls_a_bV latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bV*
+ls_a_bW latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bW*
+ls_a_bX latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bX*
+ls_a_bY latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bY*
+ls_a_bZ latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bZ*
+ls_a_bc latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bc*
+ls_a_bd latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bd*
+ls_a_be latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_be*
+ls_a_bf latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bf*
+ls_a_bg latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bg*
+ls_a_bh latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bh*
+ls_a_bi latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bi*
+ls_a_bj latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bj*
+ls_a_bk latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bk*
+ls_a_bl latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bl*
+ls_a_bm latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bm*
+ls_a_bn latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bn*
+ls_a_bo latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bo*
+ls_a_bp latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bp*
+ls_a_bq latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bq*
+ls_a_br latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_br*
+ls_a_bs latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bs*
+ls_a_bt latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bt*
+ls_a_bu latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bu*
+ls_a_bv latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bv*
+ls_a_bw latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bw*
+ls_a_bx latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bx*
+ls_a_by latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_by*
+ls_a_bz latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_bz*
+ls_a_cA latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cA*
+ls_a_cB latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cB*
+ls_a_cC latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cC*
+ls_a_cD latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cD*
+ls_a_cE latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cE*
+ls_a_cF latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cF*
+ls_a_cG latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cG*
+ls_a_cH latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cH*
+ls_a_cI latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cI*
+ls_a_cJ latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cJ*
+ls_a_cK latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cK*
+ls_a_cL latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cL*
+ls_a_cM latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cM*
+ls_a_cN latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cN*
+ls_a_cO latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cO*
+ls_a_cP latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cP*
+ls_a_cQ latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cQ*
+ls_a_cR latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cR*
+ls_a_cS latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cS*
+ls_a_cT latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cT*
+ls_a_cU latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cU*
+ls_a_cV latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cV*
+ls_a_cW latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cW*
+ls_a_cX latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cX*
+ls_a_cY latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cY*
+ls_a_cZ latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cZ*
+ls_a_ca latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ca*
+ls_a_cb latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cb*
+ls_a_cc latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cc*
+ls_a_cd latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cd*
+ls_a_ce latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ce*
+ls_a_cf latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cf*
+ls_a_cg latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cg*
+ls_a_ch latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ch*
+ls_a_ci latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ci*
+ls_a_cj latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cj*
+ls_a_ck latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ck*
+ls_a_cl latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cl*
+ls_a_cm latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cm*
+ls_a_cn latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cn*
+ls_a_co latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_co*
+ls_a_cp latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cp*
+ls_a_cq latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cq*
+ls_a_cr latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cr*
+ls_a_cs latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cs*
+ls_a_ct latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ct*
+ls_a_cu latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cu*
+ls_a_cv latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cv*
+ls_a_cw latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cw*
+ls_a_cx latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cx*
+ls_a_cy latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cy*
+ls_a_cz latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_cz*
+ls_a_dA latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dA*
+ls_a_dB latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dB*
+ls_a_dC latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dC*
+ls_a_dD latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dD*
+ls_a_dE latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dE*
+ls_a_dF latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dF*
+ls_a_dG latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dG*
+ls_a_dH latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dH*
+ls_a_dI latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dI*
+ls_a_dJ latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dJ*
+ls_a_dK latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dK*
+ls_a_dL latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dL*
+ls_a_dM latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dM*
+ls_a_dN latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dN*
+ls_a_dO latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dO*
+ls_a_dP latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dP*
+ls_a_dQ latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dQ*
+ls_a_dR latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dR*
+ls_a_dS latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dS*
+ls_a_dT latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dT*
+ls_a_dU latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dU*
+ls_a_dV latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dV*
+ls_a_dW latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dW*
+ls_a_dX latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dX*
+ls_a_dY latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dY*
+ls_a_dZ latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dZ*
+ls_a_da latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_da*
+ls_a_db latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_db*
+ls_a_dc latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dc*
+ls_a_dd latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dd*
+ls_a_de latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_de*
+ls_a_df latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_df*
+ls_a_dg latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dg*
+ls_a_dh latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dh*
+ls_a_di latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_di*
+ls_a_dj latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dj*
+ls_a_dk latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dk*
+ls_a_dl latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dl*
+ls_a_dm latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dm*
+ls_a_dn latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dn*
+ls_a_do latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_do*
+ls_a_dp latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dp*
+ls_a_dq latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dq*
+ls_a_dr latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dr*
+ls_a_ds latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ds*
+ls_a_dt latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dt*
+ls_a_du latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_du*
+ls_a_dv latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dv*
+ls_a_dw latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dw*
+ls_a_dx latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dx*
+ls_a_dy latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dy*
+ls_a_dz latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_dz*
+ls_a_eA latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eA*
+ls_a_eB latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eB*
+ls_a_eC latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eC*
+ls_a_eD latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eD*
+ls_a_eE latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eE*
+ls_a_eF latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eF*
+ls_a_eG latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eG*
+ls_a_ea latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ea*
+ls_a_eb latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eb*
+ls_a_ec latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ec*
+ls_a_ed latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ed*
+ls_a_ee latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ee*
+ls_a_ef latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ef*
+ls_a_eg latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eg*
+ls_a_eh latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eh*
+ls_a_ei latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ei*
+ls_a_ej latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ej*
+ls_a_ek latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ek*
+ls_a_el latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_el*
+ls_a_em latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_em*
+ls_a_en latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_en*
+ls_a_eo latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eo*
+ls_a_ep latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ep*
+ls_a_eq latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eq*
+ls_a_er latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_er*
+ls_a_es latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_es*
+ls_a_et latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_et*
+ls_a_eu latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_eu*
+ls_a_ev latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ev*
+ls_a_ew latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ew*
+ls_a_ex latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ex*
+ls_a_ey latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ey*
+ls_a_ez latex-suite.txt /*ls_a_ez*
+ls_u_1 latex-suite.txt /*ls_u_1*
+ls_u_2 latex-suite.txt /*ls_u_2*
+ls_u_3 latex-suite.txt /*ls_u_3*
+ls_u_4 latex-suite.txt /*ls_u_4*
+lsq-compiling latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-compiling*
+lsq-conclusions latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-conclusions*
+lsq-debugging latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-debugging*
+lsq-folding latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-folding*
+lsq-insert-environment latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-insert-environment*
+lsq-inserting-reference latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-inserting-reference*
+lsq-inserting-template latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-inserting-template*
+lsq-keyboard-shortcuts latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-keyboard-shortcuts*
+lsq-lsq-inserting-package latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-lsq-inserting-package*
+lsq-quick-forward-searching latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-quick-forward-searching*
+lsq-quick-inverse-searching latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-quick-inverse-searching*
+lsq-using-tutorial latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-using-tutorial*
+lsq-viewing-dvi latex-suite-quickstart.txt /*lsq-viewing-dvi*
+macro-enabling latex-suite.txt /*macro-enabling*
+math, latexhelp.txt /*math,*
+math-misc latexhelp.txt /*math-misc*
+math-mode latexhelp.txt /*math-mode*
+math-spacing latexhelp.txt /*math-spacing*
+math-symbols latexhelp.txt /*math-symbols*
+math: latexhelp.txt /*math:*
+math; latexhelp.txt /*math;*
+matn! latexhelp.txt /*matn!*
+minipage latexhelp.txt /*minipage*
+notitlepage latexhelp.txt /*notitlepage*
+onecolumn latexhelp.txt /*onecolumn*
+oneside latexhelp.txt /*oneside*
+openany latexhelp.txt /*openany*
+openbib latexhelp.txt /*openbib*
+openright latexhelp.txt /*openright*
+overriding-macros latex-suite.txt /*overriding-macros*
+package-actions latex-suite.txt /*package-actions*
+paragraph-mode latexhelp.txt /*paragraph-mode*
+part-compiling latex-suite.txt /*part-compiling*
+pausing-imaps latex-suite.txt /*pausing-imaps*
+picture latexhelp.txt /*picture*
+picture-makebox latexhelp.txt /*picture-makebox*
+place-holder latex-suite.txt /*place-holder*
+place-holders latex-suite.txt /*place-holders*
+plain latexhelp.txt /*plain*
+pre-lengths latexhelp.txt /*pre-lengths*
+quotation latexhelp.txt /*quotation*
+quote-l latexhelp.txt /*quote-l*
+recommended-settings latex-suite.txt /*recommended-settings*
+remapping-latex-suite-keys latex-suite.txt /*remapping-latex-suite-keys*
+report-class latexhelp.txt /*report-class*
+roman latexhelp.txt /*roman*
+rqno latexhelp.txt /*rqno*
+section-mappings latex-suite.txt /*section-mappings*
+slides-class latexhelp.txt /*slides-class*
+smart-backspace latex-suite.txt /*smart-backspace*
+smart-keys latex-suite.txt /*smart-keys*
+sub-sup latexhelp.txt /*sub-sup*
+subscripts latexhelp.txt /*subscripts*
+superscripts latexhelp.txt /*superscripts*
+supporting-packages latex-suite.txt /*supporting-packages*
+tab' latexhelp.txt /*tab'*
+tab+ latexhelp.txt /*tab+*
+tab- latexhelp.txt /*tab-*
+tab< latexhelp.txt /*tab<*
+tab= latexhelp.txt /*tab=*
+tab> latexhelp.txt /*tab>*
+tab` latexhelp.txt /*tab`*
+taba latexhelp.txt /*taba*
+tabbing latexhelp.txt /*tabbing*
+tabular latexhelp.txt /*tabular*
+theorem latexhelp.txt /*theorem*
+titlepage latexhelp.txt /*titlepage*
+twocolumn latexhelp.txt /*twocolumn*
+twoside latexhelp.txt /*twoside*
+verbatim latexhelp.txt /*verbatim*
+verse latexhelp.txt /*verse*
+why-IMAP latex-suite.txt /*why-IMAP*
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/bib_latexSuite.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/bib_latexSuite.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b803af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/bib_latexSuite.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" File: bib_latexSuite.vim
+" Author: Srinath Avadhanula
+" License: Vim Charityware License
+" Description:
+" This file sources the bibtex.vim file distributed as part of latex-suite.
+" That file sets up 3 maps BBB, BAS, and BBA which are easy wasy to type in
+" bibliographic entries.
+"
+" CVS: $Id: bib_latexSuite.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+
+" source main.vim because we need a few functions from it.
+runtime ftplugin/latex-suite/main.vim
+" Disable smart-quotes because we need to enter real quotes in bib files.
+runtime ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtex.vim
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:nowrap
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtex.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtex.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8037914
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtex.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: bibtex.vim
+" Function: BibT
+" Author: Alan G Isaac <aisaac@american.edu>
+" modified by Srinath Avadhanula for latex-suite.
+" License: Vim Charityware license.
+" CVS: $Id: bibtex.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+"=============================================================================
+
+" Fields:
+" Define what field type each letter denotes {{{
+"
+let s:w_standsfor = 'address'
+let s:a_standsfor = 'author'
+let s:b_standsfor = 'booktitle'
+let s:c_standsfor = 'chapter'
+let s:d_standsfor = 'edition'
+let s:e_standsfor = 'editor'
+let s:h_standsfor = 'howpublished'
+let s:i_standsfor = 'institution'
+let s:k_standsfor = 'isbn'
+let s:j_standsfor = 'journal'
+let s:m_standsfor = 'month'
+let s:n_standsfor = 'number'
+let s:o_standsfor = 'organization'
+let s:p_standsfor = 'pages'
+let s:q_standsfor = 'publisher'
+let s:r_standsfor = 'school'
+let s:s_standsfor = 'series'
+let s:t_standsfor = 'title'
+let s:u_standsfor = 'type'
+let s:v_standsfor = 'volume'
+let s:y_standsfor = 'year'
+let s:z_standsfor = 'note'
+
+" }}}
+" Define the fields required for the various entry types {{{
+"
+" s:{type}_required defines the required fields
+" s:{type}_optional1 defines common optional fields
+" s:{type}_optional2 defines uncommmon optional fields
+" s:{type}_retval defines the first line of the formatted bib entry.
+"
+let s:key='<+key+>'
+
+let s:{'article'}_required="atjy"
+let s:{'article'}_optional1="vnpm"
+let s:{'article'}_optional2="z" " z is note
+let s:{'article'}_retval = '@ARTICLE{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'book'}_required="aetqy" " requires author *or* editor
+let s:{'book'}_optional1="wd"
+let s:{'book'}_optional2="vnsmz" " w is address, d is edition
+let s:{'book'}_extras="k" " isbn
+let s:{'book'}_retval = '@BOOK{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'booklet'}_required="t"
+let s:{'booklet'}_optional1="ahy"
+let s:{'booklet'}_optional2="wmz" " w is address
+let s:{'booklet'}_retval = '@BOOKLET{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'inbook'}_required="aetcpqy"
+let s:{'inbook'}_optional1="w" " w is address
+let s:{'inbook'}_optional2="vnsudmz" " d is edition
+let s:{'inbook'}_extras="k" " isbn
+let s:{'inbook'}_retval = '@INBOOK{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'incollection'}_required="atbqy" " b is booktitle
+let s:{'incollection'}_optional1="cpw" " w is address, c is chapter
+let s:{'incollection'}_optional2="evnsudmz" " d is edition
+let s:{'incollection'}_extras="k" " isbn
+let s:{'incollection'}_retval = '@INCOLLECTION{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'inproceedings'}_required="atby" " b is booktitle
+let s:{'inproceedings'}_optional1="epwoq" " w is address, q is publisher
+let s:{'inproceedings'}_optional2="vnsmz"
+let s:{'inproceedings'}_extras="k" " isbn
+let s:{'inproceedings'}_retval = '@INPROCEEDINGS{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'conference'}_required="atby" " b is booktitle
+let s:{'conference'}_optional1="epwoq" " w is address, q is publisher
+let s:{'conference'}_optional2="vnsmz"
+let s:{'conference'}_extras="k" " isbn
+let s:{'conference'}_retval = '@CONFERENCE{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'manual'}_required="t"
+let s:{'manual'}_optional1="ow"
+let s:{'manual'}_optional2="admyz" " w is address
+let s:{'manual'}_retval = '@MANUAL{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'msthesis'}_required="atry" " r is school
+let s:{'msthesis'}_optional1="w" " w is address
+let s:{'msthesis'}_optional2="umz" " u is type, w is address
+let s:{'msthesis'}_retval = '@MASTERSTHESIS{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'misc'}_required=""
+let s:{'misc'}_optional1="ath"
+let s:{'misc'}_optional2="myz"
+let s:{'misc'}_retval = '@MISC{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'phdthesis'}_required="atry" " r is school
+let s:{'phdthesis'}_optional1="w" " w is address
+let s:{'phdthesis'}_optional2="umz" " u is type
+let s:{'phdthesis'}_retval = '@PHDTHESIS{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'proceedings'}_required="ty"
+let s:{'proceedings'}_optional1="ewo" " w is address
+let s:{'proceedings'}_optional2="vnsmqz" " q is publisher
+let s:{'proceedings'}_retval = '@PROCEEDINGS{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'techreport'}_required="atiy"
+let s:{'techreport'}_optional1="unw" " u is type, w is address
+let s:{'techreport'}_optional2="mz"
+let s:{'techreport'}_retval = '@TECHREPORT{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+let s:{'unpublished'}_required="atz"
+let s:{'unpublished'}_optional1="y"
+let s:{'unpublished'}_optional2="m"
+let s:{'unpublished'}_retval = '@UNPUBLISHED{' . s:key . ','."\n"
+
+" }}}
+
+if exists('s:done')
+ finish
+endif
+let s:done = 1
+
+call IMAP ('BBB', "\<C-r>=BibT('', '', 0)\<CR>", 'bib')
+call IMAP ('BBL', "\<C-r>=BibT('', 'o', 0)\<CR>", 'bib')
+call IMAP ('BBH', "\<C-r>=BibT('', 'O', 0)\<CR>", 'bib')
+call IMAP ('BBX', "\<C-r>=BibT('', 'Ox', 0)\<CR>", 'bib')
+
+" BibT: function to generate a formatted bibtex entry {{{
+" three sample usages:
+" :call BibT() will request type choice
+" :call BibT("article") preferred, provides most common fields
+" :call BibT("article","ox") more optional fields (o) and extras (x)
+"
+" Input Arguments:
+" type: is one of the types listed above. (this should be a complete name, not
+" the acronym).
+" options: a string containing 0 or more of the letters 'oOx'
+" where
+" o: include a bib entry with first set of options
+" O: include a bib entry with extended options
+" x: incude bib entry with extra options
+" prompt: whether the fields are asked to be filled on the command prompt or
+" whether place-holders are used. when prompt == 1, then comman line
+" questions are used.
+"
+" Returns:
+" a string containing a formatted bib entry
+function BibT(type, options, prompt)
+ if a:type != ''
+ let choosetype = a:type
+ else
+ let types =
+ \ 'article'."\n".
+ \ 'booklet'."\n".
+ \ 'book'."\n".
+ \ 'conference'."\n".
+ \ 'inbook'."\n".
+ \ 'incollection'."\n".
+ \ 'inproceedings'."\n".
+ \ 'manual'."\n".
+ \ 'msthesis'."\n".
+ \ 'misc'."\n".
+ \ 'phdthesis'."\n".
+ \ 'proceedings'."\n".
+ \ 'techreport'."\n".
+ \ 'unpublished'
+ let choosetype = Tex_ChooseFromPrompt(
+ \ "Choose the type of bibliographic entry: \n" .
+ \ Tex_CreatePrompt(types, 3, "\n") .
+ \ "\nEnter number or filename :",
+ \ types, "\n")
+ if choosetype == ''
+ let choosetype = 'article'
+ endif
+ if types !~ '^\|\n'.choosetype.'$\|\n'
+ echomsg 'Please choose only one of the given types'
+ return
+ endif
+ endif
+ if a:options != ''
+ let options = a:options
+ else
+ let options = ""
+ endif
+
+ let fields = ''
+ let extras=""
+ let retval = ""
+
+ " define fields
+ let fields = s:{choosetype}_required
+ if options =~ 'o' && exists('s:'.choosetype.'_optional1')
+ let fields = fields . s:{choosetype}_optional1
+ endif
+ if options =~ "O" && exists('s:'.choosetype.'_optional2')
+ if options !~ 'o'&& exists('s:'.choosetype.'_optional1')
+ let fields = fields . s:{choosetype}_optional1
+ endif
+ let fields = fields . s:{choosetype}_optional2
+ endif
+ if options =~ "x" && exists('s:'.choosetype.'_extras')
+ let fields = fields . extras
+ endif
+ if exists('g:Bib_'.choosetype.'_options')
+ let fields = fields . g:Bib_{choosetype}_options
+ endif
+
+ let retval = s:{choosetype}_retval
+
+ let i = 0
+ while i < strlen(fields)
+ let field = strpart(fields, i, 1)
+
+ if exists('s:'.field.'_standsfor')
+ let field_name = s:{field}_standsfor
+ let retval = retval.field_name." = {<++>},\n"
+ endif
+
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " If the user wants even more fine-tuning...
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Bib_'.choosetype.'_extrafields') != ''
+
+ let extrafields = Tex_GetVarValue('Bib_'.choosetype.'_extrafields')
+
+ let i = 1
+ while 1
+ let field_name = Tex_Strntok(extrafields, "\n", i)
+ if field_name == ''
+ break
+ endif
+
+ let retval = retval.field_name." = {<++>},\n"
+
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ endif
+
+ let retval = retval.'otherinfo = {<++>}'."\n"
+ let retval = retval."}<++>"."\n"
+
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(retval)
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+function! s:Input(prompt, ask) " {{{
+ if a:ask == 1
+ let retval = input(a:prompt)
+ if retval == ''
+ return "<++>"
+ endif
+ else
+ return "<++>"
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtools.py b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtools.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fb7e44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtools.py
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+import re
+
+class Bibliography(dict):
+ def __init__(self, txt, macros={}):
+ """
+ txt:
+ a string which represents the entire bibtex entry. A typical
+ entry is of the form:
+
+ @ARTICLE{ellington:84:part3,
+ author = {Ellington, C P},
+ title = {The Aerodynamics of Hovering Insect Flight. III. Kinematics},
+ journal = {Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences},
+ year = {1984},
+ volume = {305},
+ pages = {41-78},
+ number = {1122},
+ owner = {Srinath},
+ pdf = {C:\srinath\research\papers\Ellington-3-Kinematics.pdf},
+ timestamp = {2006.01.02},
+ }
+ """
+
+ if macros:
+ for k, v in macros.iteritems():
+ txt = txt.replace(k, '{'+v+'}')
+
+ m = re.match(r'\s*@(\w+){((\S+),)?(.*)}\s*', txt, re.MULTILINE | re.DOTALL)
+ if not m:
+ return None
+
+ self['bibtype'] = m.group(1).capitalize()
+ self['key'] = m.group(3)
+ self['body'] = m.group(4)
+
+ body = self['body']
+ self['bodytext'] = ''
+ while 1:
+ m = re.search(r'(\S+?)\s*=\s*(.)', body)
+ if not m:
+ break
+
+ field = m.group(1)
+
+ body = body[(m.start(2)+1):]
+ if m.group(2) == '{':
+ # search for the next closing brace. This is not simply a
+ # matter of searching for the next closing brace since
+ # braces can be nested. The following code basically goes
+ # to the next } which has not already been closed by a
+ # following {.
+ mniter = re.finditer(r'{|}', body)
+
+ count = 1
+ while 1:
+ try:
+ mn = mniter.next()
+ except StopIteration:
+ return None
+
+ if mn.group(0) == '{':
+ count += 1
+ else:
+ count -= 1
+
+ if count == 0:
+ value = body[:(mn.start(0))]
+ break
+
+ elif m.group(2) == '"':
+ # search for the next unquoted double-quote. To be more
+ # precise, a double quote which is preceded by an even
+ # number of double quotes.
+ mn = re.search(r'(?!\\)(\\\\)*"', body)
+ if not mn:
+ return None
+
+ value = body[:(mn.start(0))]
+
+ else:
+ mn = re.match(r'\d+', body)
+ if not mn:
+ raise "Only completely numeral fields can be left unquoted"
+
+ value = m.group(2) + mn.group(0)
+
+ self[field] = re.sub(r'\s+', ' ', value)
+ body = body[(mn.start(0)+1):]
+
+ self['bodytext'] += (' %s: %s\n' % (field, value))
+ if self['bibtype'].lower() == 'string':
+ self['macro'] = {field: value}
+
+ self['bodytext'] = self['bodytext'].rstrip()
+
+
+ def __getitem__(self, key):
+ try:
+ return dict.__getitem__(self, key)
+ except KeyError:
+ return ''
+
+ def __str__(self):
+ if self['bibtype'].lower() == 'string':
+ return 'String: %(macro)s' % self
+
+ elif self['bibtype'].lower() == 'article':
+ return ('Article [%(key)s]\n' +
+ 'TI "%(title)s"\n' +
+ 'AU %(author)s\n' +
+ 'IN In %(journal)s, %(year)s') % self
+
+ elif self['bibtype'].lower() == 'conference':
+ return ('Conference [%(key)s]\n' +
+ 'TI "%(title)s"\n' +
+ 'AU %(author)s\n' +
+ 'IN In %(booktitle)s, %(year)s') % self
+
+ elif self['bibtype'].lower() == 'mastersthesis':
+ return ('Masters [%(key)s]\n' +
+ 'TI "%(title)s"\n' +
+ 'AU %(author)s\n' +
+ 'IN In %(school)s, %(year)s') % self
+
+ elif self['bibtype'].lower() == 'phdthesis':
+ return ('PhD [%(key)s]\n' +
+ 'TI "%(title)s"\n' +
+ 'AU %(author)s\n' +
+ 'IN In %(school)s, %(year)s') % self
+
+ elif self['bibtype'].lower() == 'book':
+ return ('Book [%(key)s]\n' +
+ 'TI "%(title)s"\n' +
+ 'AU %(author)s\n' +
+ 'IN %(publisher)s, %(year)s') % self
+
+ else:
+ s = '%(bibtype)s [%(key)s]\n' % self
+ if self['title']:
+ s += 'TI "%(title)s"\n' % self
+ if self['author']:
+ s += 'AU %(author)s\n' % self
+ for k, v in self.iteritems():
+ if k not in ['title', 'author', 'bibtype', 'key', 'id', 'file', 'body', 'bodytext']:
+ s += 'MI %s: %s\n' % (k, v)
+
+ return s.rstrip()
+
+ def satisfies(self, filters):
+ for field, regexp in filters:
+ if not re.search(regexp, self[field], re.I):
+ return False
+
+ return True
+
+class BibFile:
+
+ def __init__(self, filelist=''):
+ self.bibentries = []
+ self.filters = []
+ self.macros = {}
+ self.sortfields = []
+ if filelist:
+ for f in filelist.splitlines():
+ self.addfile(f)
+
+ def addfile(self, file):
+ fields = open(file).read().split('@')
+ for f in fields:
+ if not (f and re.match('string', f, re.I)):
+ continue
+
+ b = Bibliography('@' + f)
+ self.macros.update(b['macro'])
+
+ for f in fields:
+ if not f or re.match('string', f, re.I):
+ continue
+
+ b = Bibliography('@' + f, self.macros)
+ if b:
+ b['file'] = file
+ b['id'] = len(self.bibentries)
+ self.bibentries += [b]
+
+
+ def addfilter(self, filterspec):
+ self.filters += [filterspec.split()]
+
+ def rmfilters(self):
+ self.filters = []
+
+ def __str__(self):
+ s = ''
+ for b in self.bibentries:
+ if b['key'] and b.satisfies(self.filters):
+ s += '%s\n\n' % b
+ return s
+
+ def addsortfield(self, field):
+ self.sortfields += [field]
+
+ def rmsortfields(self):
+ self.sortfields = []
+
+ def sort(self):
+ def cmpfun(b1, b2):
+ for f in self.sortfields:
+ c = cmp(b1[f], b2[f])
+ if c:
+ return c
+ return 0
+ self.bibentries.sort(cmp=cmpfun)
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+ import sys
+
+ bf = BibFile(sys.argv[1])
+ print bf
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/brackets.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/brackets.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0669ce4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/brackets.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+" ==============================================================================
+" History: This was originally part of auctex.vim by Carl Mueller.
+" Srinath Avadhanula incorporated it into latex-suite with
+" significant modifications.
+" Parts of this file may be copyrighted by others as noted.
+" CVS: $Id: brackets.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+" Description:
+" This ftplugin provides the following maps:
+" . <M-b> encloses the previous character in \mathbf{}
+" . <M-c> is polymorphic as follows:
+" Insert mode:
+" 1. If the previous character is a letter or number, then capitalize it and
+" enclose it in \mathcal{}
+" 2. otherwise insert \cite{}
+" Visual Mode:
+" 1. Enclose selection in \mathcal{}
+" . <M-l> is also polymorphic as follows:
+" If the character before typing <M-l> is one of '([{|<q', then do the
+" following:
+" 1. (<M-l> \left(\right
+" similarly for [, |
+" {<M-l> \left\{\right\}
+" 2. <<M-l> \langle\rangle
+" 3. q<M-l> \lefteqn{}
+" otherwise insert \label{}
+" . <M-i> inserts \item commands at the current cursor location depending on
+" the surrounding environment. For example, inside itemize, it will
+" insert a simple \item, but within a description, it will insert
+" \item[<+label+>] etc.
+"
+" These functions make it extremeley easy to do all the \left \right stuff in
+" latex.
+" ==============================================================================
+
+" Avoid reinclusion.
+if exists('b:did_brackets')
+ finish
+endif
+let b:did_brackets = 1
+
+" define the funtions only once.
+if exists('*Tex_MathBF')
+ finish
+endif
+
+" Tex_MathBF: encloses te previous letter/number in \mathbf{} {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_MathBF()
+ return "\<Left>\\mathbf{\<Right>}"
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_MathCal: enclose the previous letter/number in \mathcal {{{
+" Description:
+" if the last character is not a letter/number, then insert \cite{}
+function! Tex_MathCal()
+ let line = getline(line("."))
+ let char = line[col(".")-2]
+
+ if char =~ '[a-zA-Z0-9]'
+ return "\<BS>".'\mathcal{'.toupper(char).'}'
+ else
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\cite{<++>}<++>')
+ endif
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_LeftRight: maps <M-l> in insert mode. {{{
+" Description:
+" This is a polymorphic function, which maps the behaviour of <M-l> in the
+" following way:
+" If the character before typing <M-l> is one of '([{|<q', then do the
+" following:
+" 1. (<M-l> \left(<++>\right<++>
+" similarly for [, |
+" {<M-l> \left\{<++>\right\}<++>
+" 2. <<M-l> \langle<++>\rangle<++>
+" 3. q<M-l> \lefteqn{<++>}<++>
+" otherwise insert \label{<++>}<++>
+function! Tex_LeftRight()
+ let line = getline(line("."))
+ let char = line[col(".")-2]
+ let previous = line[col(".")-3]
+
+ let matchedbrackets = '()[]{}||'
+ if char =~ '(\|\[\|{\||'
+ let add = ''
+ if char =~ '{'
+ let add = "\\"
+ endif
+ let rhs = matchstr(matchedbrackets, char.'\zs.\ze')
+ return "\<BS>".IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\left'.add.char.'<++>\right'.add.rhs.'<++>')
+ elseif char == '<'
+ return "\<BS>".IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('langle<++>\rangle<++>')
+ elseif char == 'q'
+ return "\<BS>".IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\lefteqn{<++>}<++>')
+ else
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\label{<++>}<++>')
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_PutLeftRight: maps <M-l> in normal mode {{{
+" Description:
+" Put \left...\right in front of the matched brackets.
+function! Tex_PutLeftRight()
+ let previous = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 2]
+ let char = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1]
+ if previous == '\'
+ if char == '{'
+ exe "normal ileft\\\<Esc>l%iright\\\<Esc>l%"
+ elseif char == '}'
+ exe "normal iright\\\<Esc>l%ileft\\\<Esc>l%"
+ endif
+ elseif char =~ '\[\|('
+ exe "normal i\\left\<Esc>l%i\\right\<Esc>l%"
+ elseif char =~ '\]\|)'
+ exe "normal i\\right\<Esc>l%i\\left\<Esc>l%"
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" Provide <plug>'d mapping for easy user customization. {{{
+inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_MathBF <C-r>=Tex_MathBF()<CR>
+inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_MathCal <C-r>=Tex_MathCal()<CR>
+inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_LeftRight <C-r>=Tex_LeftRight()<CR>
+vnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_MathBF <C-C>`>a}<Esc>`<i\mathbf{<Esc>
+vnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_MathCal <C-C>`>a}<Esc>`<i\mathcal{<Esc>
+nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_LeftRight :call Tex_PutLeftRight()<CR>
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_SetBracketingMaps: create mappings for the current buffer {{{
+function! <SID>Tex_SetBracketingMaps()
+
+ call Tex_MakeMap('<M-b>', '<Plug>Tex_MathBF', 'i', '<buffer> <silent>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap('<M-c>', '<Plug>Tex_MathCal', 'i', '<buffer> <silent>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap('<M-l>', '<Plug>Tex_LeftRight', 'i', '<buffer> <silent>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap('<M-b>', '<Plug>Tex_MathBF', 'v', '<buffer> <silent>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap('<M-c>', '<Plug>Tex_MathCal', 'v', '<buffer> <silent>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap('<M-l>', '<Plug>Tex_LeftRight', 'n', '<buffer> <silent>')
+
+endfunction
+" }}}
+
+augroup LatexSuite
+ au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType
+ \ call Tex_Debug('brackets.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'brak') |
+ \ call <SID>Tex_SetBracketingMaps()
+augroup END
+
+" vim:fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/compiler.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/compiler.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..245f6cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/compiler.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,820 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: compiler.vim
+" Author: Srinath Avadhanula
+" Created: Tue Apr 23 05:00 PM 2002 PST
+"
+" Description: functions for compiling/viewing/searching latex documents
+" CVS: $Id: compiler.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+"=============================================================================
+
+" Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget: sets the 'target' for the next call to Tex_RunLaTeX() {{{
+function! Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget(type, target)
+ call Tex_Debug("+Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget: setting target to [".a:target."] for ".a:type."r", "comp")
+
+ if a:target == ''
+ let target = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_DefaultTargetFormat')
+ let target = input('Enter the target format for '.a:type.'r: ', target)
+ else
+ let target = a:target
+ endif
+ if target == ''
+ let target = 'dvi'
+ endif
+
+ let targetRule = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_'.a:type.'Rule_'.target)
+
+ if targetRule != ''
+ if a:type == 'Compile'
+ let &l:makeprg = escape(targetRule, Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_EscapeChars'))
+ elseif a:type == 'View'
+ let s:viewer = targetRule
+ endif
+ let s:target = target
+
+ elseif Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_'.a:type.'RuleComplete_'.target) != ''
+ let s:target = target
+
+ else
+ let curd = getcwd()
+ exe 'cd '.expand('%:p:h')
+ if !Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseMakefile') || (glob('makefile*') == '' && glob('Makefile*') == '')
+ if has('gui_running')
+ call confirm(
+ \'No '.a:type.' rule defined for target '.target."\n".
+ \'Please specify a rule in $VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/tex/texrc'."\n".
+ \' :help Tex_'.a:type.'Rule_format'."\n".
+ \'for more information',
+ \"&ok", 1, 'Warning')
+ else
+ call input(
+ \'No '.a:type.' rule defined for target '.target."\n".
+ \'Please specify a rule in $VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/tex/texrc'."\n".
+ \' :help Tex_'.a:type.'Rule_format'."\n".
+ \'for more information'
+ \)
+ endif
+ else
+ echomsg 'Assuming target is for makefile'
+ let s:target = target
+ endif
+ exe 'cd '.curd
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+function! SetTeXTarget(...)
+ if a:0 < 1
+ let target = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_DefaultTargetFormat')
+ let target = input('Enter the target format for compiler and viewer: ', target)
+ else
+ let target = a:1
+ endif
+ if target == ''
+ let target = 'dvi'
+ endif
+
+ call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget('Compile', target)
+ call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget('View', target)
+endfunction
+
+com! -nargs=1 TCTarget :call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget('Compile', <f-args>)
+com! -nargs=1 TVTarget :call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget('View', <f-args>)
+com! -nargs=? TTarget :call SetTeXTarget(<f-args>)
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_CompileLatex: compiles the present file. {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_CompileLatex()
+ if &ft != 'tex'
+ echo "calling Tex_RunLaTeX from a non-tex file"
+ return
+ end
+
+ " close any preview windows left open.
+ pclose!
+
+ let curd = getcwd()
+
+ " Find the main file corresponding to this file. Always cd to the
+ " directory containing the file to avoid problems with the directory
+ " containing spaces.
+ " Latex on linux seems to be unable to handle file names with spaces at
+ " all! Therefore for the moment, do not attempt to handle spaces in the
+ " file name.
+ if exists('b:fragmentFile')
+ let mainfname = expand('%:p:t')
+ call Tex_CD(expand('%:p:h'))
+ else
+ let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:t')
+ call Tex_CD(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h'))
+ end
+
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_CompileLatex: getting mainfname = ['.mainfname.'] from Tex_GetMainFileName', 'comp')
+
+ " if a makefile exists and the user wants to use it, then use that
+ " irrespective of whether *.latexmain exists or not. mainfname is still
+ " extracted from *.latexmain (if possible) log file name depends on the
+ " main file which will be compiled.
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseMakefile') && (glob('makefile') != '' || glob('Makefile') != '')
+ let _makeprg = &l:makeprg
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_CompileLatex: using the makefile in the current directory", "comp")
+ let &l:makeprg = 'make $*'
+ if exists('s:target')
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_CompileLatex: execing [make! '.s:target.']', 'comp')
+ exec 'make! '.s:target
+ else
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_CompileLatex: execing [make!]', 'comp')
+ exec 'make!'
+ endif
+ let &l:makeprg = _makeprg
+ else
+ " If &makeprg has something like "$*.ps", it means that it wants the
+ " file-name without the extension... Therefore remove it.
+ if &makeprg =~ '\$\*\.\w\+'
+ let mainfname = fnamemodify(mainfname, ':r')
+ endif
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_CompileLatex: execing [make! '.mainfname.']', 'comp')
+ exec 'make! '.mainfname
+ endif
+ redraw!
+
+ call Tex_CD(curd)
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_RunLaTeX: compilation function {{{
+" this function runs the latex command on the currently open file. often times
+" the file being currently edited is only a fragment being \input'ed into some
+" master tex file. in this case, make a file called mainfile.latexmain in the
+" directory containig the file. in other words, if the current file is
+" ~/thesis/chapter.tex
+" so that doing "latex chapter.tex" doesnt make sense, then make a file called
+" main.tex.latexmain
+" in the ~/thesis directory. this will then run "latex main.tex" when
+" Tex_RunLaTeX() is called.
+function! Tex_RunLaTeX()
+ call Tex_Debug('+Tex_RunLaTeX, b:fragmentFile = '.exists('b:fragmentFile'), 'comp')
+
+ let dir = expand("%:p:h").'/'
+ let curd = getcwd()
+ call Tex_CD(expand("%:p:h"))
+
+ let initTarget = s:target
+
+ " first get the dependency chain of this format.
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_RunLaTeX: compiling to target [".s:target."]", "comp")
+
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_FormatDependency_'.s:target) != ''
+ let dependency = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_FormatDependency_'.s:target)
+ if dependency !~ ','.s:target.'$'
+ let dependency = dependency.','.s:target
+ endif
+ else
+ let dependency = s:target
+ endif
+
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_RunLaTeX: getting dependency chain = ['.dependency.']', 'comp')
+
+ " now compile to the final target format via each dependency.
+ let i = 1
+ while Tex_Strntok(dependency, ',', i) != ''
+ let s:target = Tex_Strntok(dependency, ',', i)
+
+ call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget('Compile', s:target)
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_RunLaTeX: setting target to '.s:target, 'comp')
+
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_MultipleCompileFormats') =~ '\<'.s:target.'\>'
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_RunLaTeX: compiling file multiple times via Tex_CompileMultipleTimes", "comp")
+ call Tex_CompileMultipleTimes()
+ else
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_RunLaTeX: compiling file once via Tex_CompileLatex", "comp")
+ call Tex_CompileLatex()
+ endif
+
+ let errlist = Tex_GetErrorList()
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_RunLaTeX: errlist = [".errlist."]", "comp")
+
+ " If there are any errors, then break from the rest of the steps
+ if errlist =~ '\v(error|warning)'
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_RunLaTeX: There were errors in compiling, breaking chain...', 'comp')
+ break
+ endif
+
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ let s:target = initTarget
+ let s:origwinnum = winnr()
+ call Tex_SetupErrorWindow()
+
+ call Tex_CD(curd)
+ call Tex_Debug("-Tex_RunLaTeX", "comp")
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_ViewLaTeX: opens viewer {{{
+" Description: opens the DVI viewer for the file being currently edited.
+" Again, if the current file is a \input in a master file, see text above
+" Tex_RunLaTeX() to see how to set this information.
+function! Tex_ViewLaTeX()
+ if &ft != 'tex'
+ echo "calling Tex_ViewLaTeX from a non-tex file"
+ return
+ end
+
+ let curd = getcwd()
+
+ " If b:fragmentFile is set, it means this file was compiled as a fragment
+ " using Tex_PartCompile, which means that we want to ignore any
+ " *.latexmain or makefile's.
+ if !exists('b:fragmentFile')
+ " cd to the location of the file to avoid having to deal with spaces
+ " in the directory name.
+ let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:t:r')
+ call Tex_CD(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h'))
+ else
+ let mainfname = expand("%:p:t:r")
+ call Tex_CD(expand("%:p:h"))
+ endif
+
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ViewRuleComplete_'.s:target) != ''
+
+ let execString = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ViewRuleComplete_'.s:target)
+ let execString = substitute(execString, '{v:servername}', v:servername, 'g')
+
+ elseif has('win32')
+ " unfortunately, yap does not allow the specification of an external
+ " editor from the command line. that would have really helped ensure
+ " that this particular vim and yap are connected.
+ let execString = 'start '.s:viewer.' "$*.'.s:target.'"'
+
+ elseif has('macunix')
+ if strlen(s:viewer)
+ let s:viewer = '-a '.s:viewer
+ endif
+ let execString = 'open '.s:viewer.' $*.'.s:target
+
+ else
+ " taken from Dimitri Antoniou's tip on vim.sf.net (tip #225).
+ " slight change to actually use the current servername instead of
+ " hardcoding it as xdvi.
+ " Using an option for specifying the editor in the command line
+ " because that seems to not work on older bash'es.
+ if s:target == 'dvi'
+
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseEditorSettingInDVIViewer') == 1 &&
+ \ v:servername != '' &&
+ \ (s:viewer == "xdvi" || s:viewer == "xdvik")
+
+ let execString = s:viewer.' -editor "gvim --servername '.v:servername.
+ \ ' --remote-silent +\%l \%f" $*.dvi &'
+
+ elseif Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseEditorSettingInDVIViewer') == 1 &&
+ \ s:viewer == "kdvi"
+
+ let execString = 'kdvi --unique $*.dvi &'
+
+ else
+
+ let execString = s:viewer.' $*.dvi &'
+
+ endif
+
+ else
+
+ let execString = s:viewer.' $*.'.s:target.' &'
+
+ endif
+ end
+
+ let execString = substitute(execString, '\V$*', mainfname, 'g')
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_ViewLaTeX: execString = ".execString, "comp")
+
+ exec 'silent! !'.execString
+
+ if !has('gui_running')
+ redraw!
+ endif
+
+ call Tex_CD(curd)
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_ForwardSearchLaTeX: searches for current location in dvi file. {{{
+" Description: if the DVI viewr is compatible, then take the viewer to that
+" position in the dvi file. see docs for Tex_RunLaTeX() to set a
+" master file if this is an \input'ed file.
+" Tip: With YAP on Windows, it is possible to do forward and inverse searches
+" on DVI files. to do forward search, you'll have to compile the file
+" with the --src-specials option. then set the following as the command
+" line in the 'view/options/inverse search' dialog box:
+" gvim --servername LATEX --remote-silent +%l "%f"
+" For inverse search, if you are reading this, then just pressing \ls
+" will work.
+function! Tex_ForwardSearchLaTeX()
+ if &ft != 'tex'
+ echo "calling Tex_ViewLaTeX from a non-tex file"
+ return
+ end
+
+ " only know how to do forward search for yap on windows and xdvik (and
+ " some newer versions of xdvi) on unices. Therefore forward searching will
+ " automatically open the DVI viewer irrespective of what the user chose as
+ " the default view format.
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ViewRule_dvi') == ''
+ return
+ endif
+ let viewer = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ViewRule_dvi')
+
+ let curd = getcwd()
+
+ let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':t')
+ let mainfnameRoot = fnamemodify(Tex_GetMainFileName(), ':t:r')
+ " cd to the location of the file to avoid problems with directory name
+ " containing spaces.
+ call Tex_CD(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h'))
+
+ " inverse search tips taken from Dimitri Antoniou's tip and Benji Fisher's
+ " tips on vim.sf.net (vim.sf.net tip #225)
+ if has('win32')
+
+ let execString = 'silent! !start '. viewer.' -s '.line('.').expand('%').' '.mainfnameRoot
+
+ else
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseEditorSettingInDVIViewer') == 1 &&
+ \ exists('v:servername') &&
+ \ (viewer == "xdvi" || viewer == "xdvik")
+
+ let execString = 'silent! !'.viewer.' -name xdvi -sourceposition '.line('.').expand("%").
+ \ ' -editor "gvim --servername '.v:servername.' --remote-silent +\%l \%f" '.
+ \ mainfnameRoot.'.dvi &'
+
+ elseif Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseEditorSettingInDVIViewer') == 1 && viewer == "kdvi"
+
+ let execString = 'silent! !kdvi --unique file:'.mainfnameRoot.'.dvi\#src:'.line('.').expand("%").' &'
+
+ else
+
+ let execString = 'silent! !'.viewer.' -name xdvi -sourceposition '.line('.').expand("%").' '.mainfnameRoot.'.dvi &'
+
+ endif
+ end
+
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_ForwardSearchLaTeX: execString = ".execString, "comp")
+ execute execString
+ if !has('gui_running')
+ redraw!
+ endif
+
+ call Tex_CD(curd)
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Functions for compiling parts of a file.
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_PartCompile: compiles selected fragment {{{
+" Description: creates a temporary file from the selected fragment of text
+" prepending the preamble and \end{document} and then asks Tex_RunLaTeX() to
+" compile it.
+function! Tex_PartCompile() range
+ call Tex_Debug('+Tex_PartCompile', 'comp')
+ " Save position
+ let pos = line('.').' | normal! '.virtcol('.').'|'
+
+ " Get a temporary file in the same directory as the file from which
+ " fragment is being extracted. This is to enable the use of relative path
+ " names in the fragment.
+ let tmpfile = Tex_GetTempName(expand('%:p:h'))
+
+ " Remember all the temp files and for each temp file created, remember
+ " where the temp file came from.
+ let s:Tex_NumTempFiles = (exists('s:Tex_NumTempFiles') ? s:Tex_NumTempFiles + 1 : 1)
+ let s:Tex_TempFiles = (exists('s:Tex_TempFiles') ? s:Tex_TempFiles : '')
+ \ . tmpfile."\n"
+ let s:Tex_TempFile_{s:Tex_NumTempFiles} = tmpfile
+ " TODO: For a function Tex_RestoreFragment which restores a temp file to
+ " its original location.
+ let s:Tex_TempFileOrig_{s:Tex_NumTempFiles} = expand('%:p')
+ let s:Tex_TempFileRange_{s:Tex_NumTempFiles} = a:firstline.','.a:lastline
+
+ " Set up an autocmd to clean up the temp files when Vim exits.
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_RemoveTempFiles')
+ augroup RemoveTmpFiles
+ au!
+ au VimLeave * :call Tex_RemoveTempFiles()
+ augroup END
+ endif
+
+ " If mainfile exists open it in tiny window and extract preamble there,
+ " otherwise do it from current file
+ let mainfile = Tex_GetMainFileName(":p")
+ exe 'bot 1 split '.escape(mainfile, ' ')
+ exe '1,/\s*\\begin{document}/w '.tmpfile
+ wincmd q
+
+ exe a:firstline.','.a:lastline."w! >> ".tmpfile
+
+ " edit the temporary file
+ exec 'drop '.tmpfile
+
+ " append the \end{document} line.
+ $ put ='\end{document}'
+ w
+
+ " set this as a fragment file.
+ let b:fragmentFile = 1
+
+ silent! call Tex_RunLaTeX()
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_RemoveTempFiles: cleans up temporary files created during part compilation {{{
+" Description: During part compilation, temporary files containing the
+" visually selected text are created. These files need to be
+" removed when Vim exits to avoid "file leakage".
+function! Tex_RemoveTempFiles()
+ if !exists('s:Tex_NumTempFiles') || !Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_RemoveTempFiles')
+ return
+ endif
+ let i = 1
+ while i <= s:Tex_NumTempFiles
+ let tmpfile = s:Tex_TempFile_{i}
+ " Remove the tmp file and all other associated files such as the
+ " .log files etc.
+ call Tex_DeleteFile(fnamemodify(tmpfile, ':p:r').'.*')
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Compiling a file multiple times to resolve references/citations etc.
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: The main function {{{
+" Description: compiles a file multiple times to get cross-references right.
+function! Tex_CompileMultipleTimes()
+ " Just extract the root without any extension because we want to construct
+ " the log file names etc from it.
+ let curd = getcwd()
+ let mainFileName_root = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:t:r')
+ call Tex_CD(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h'))
+
+ " First ignore undefined references and the
+ " "rerun to get cross-references right" message from
+ " the compiler output.
+ let origlevel = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_IgnoreLevel')
+ let origpats = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_IgnoredWarnings')
+
+ let g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings = g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings."\n"
+ \ . 'Reference %.%# undefined'."\n"
+ \ . 'Rerun to get cross-references right'
+ TCLevel 1000
+
+ let idxFileName = mainFileName_root.'.idx'
+ let auxFileName = mainFileName_root.'.aux'
+
+ let runCount = 0
+ let needToRerun = 1
+ while needToRerun == 1 && runCount < 5
+ " assume we need to run only once.
+ let needToRerun = 0
+
+ let idxlinesBefore = Tex_CatFile(idxFileName)
+ let auxlinesBefore = Tex_GetAuxFile(auxFileName)
+
+ " first run latex.
+ echomsg "latex run number : ".(runCount+1)
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: latex run number : ".(runCount+1), "comp")
+ silent! call Tex_CompileLatex()
+
+ " If there are errors in any latex compilation step, immediately
+ " return. For now, do not bother with warnings because those might go
+ " away after compiling again or after bibtex is run etc.
+ let errlist = Tex_GetErrorList()
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: errors = [".errlist."]", "comp")
+
+ if errlist =~ 'error'
+ let g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings = origpats
+ exec 'TCLevel '.origlevel
+
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let idxlinesAfter = Tex_CatFile(idxFileName)
+
+ " If .idx file changed, then run makeindex to generate the new .ind
+ " file and remember to rerun latex.
+ if runCount == 0 && glob(idxFileName) != '' && idxlinesBefore != idxlinesAfter
+ echomsg "Running makeindex..."
+ let temp_mp = &mp | let &mp = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_MakeIndexFlavor')
+ exec 'silent! make '.mainFileName_root
+ let &mp = temp_mp
+
+ let needToRerun = 1
+ endif
+
+ " The first time we see if we need to run bibtex and if the .bbl file
+ " changes, we will rerun latex.
+ if runCount == 0 && Tex_IsPresentInFile('\\bibdata', mainFileName_root.'.aux')
+ let bibFileName = mainFileName_root.'.bbl'
+
+ let biblinesBefore = Tex_CatFile(bibFileName)
+
+ echomsg "Running '".Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_BibtexFlavor')."' ..."
+ let temp_mp = &mp | let &mp = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_BibtexFlavor')
+ exec 'silent! make '.mainFileName_root
+ let &mp = temp_mp
+
+ let biblinesAfter = Tex_CatFile(bibFileName)
+
+ " If the .bbl file changed after running bibtex, we need to
+ " latex again.
+ if biblinesAfter != biblinesBefore
+ echomsg 'Need to rerun because bibliography file changed...'
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: Need to rerun because bibliography file changed...', 'comp')
+ let needToRerun = 1
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " check if latex asks us to rerun
+ let auxlinesAfter = Tex_GetAuxFile(auxFileName)
+ if auxlinesAfter != auxlinesBefore
+ echomsg "Need to rerun because the AUX file changed..."
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: Need to rerun to get cross-references right...", 'comp')
+ let needToRerun = 1
+ endif
+
+ let runCount = runCount + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: Ran latex ".runCount." time(s)", "comp")
+ echomsg "Ran latex ".runCount." time(s)"
+
+ let g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings = origpats
+ exec 'TCLevel '.origlevel
+ " After all compiler calls are done, reparse the .log file for
+ " errors/warnings to handle the situation where the clist might have been
+ " emptied because of bibtex/makeindex being run as the last step.
+ exec 'silent! cfile '.mainFileName_root.'.log'
+
+ call Tex_CD(curd)
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_GetAuxFile: get the contents of the AUX file {{{
+" Description: get the contents of the AUX file recursively including any
+" @\input'ted AUX files.
+function! Tex_GetAuxFile(auxFile)
+ if !filereadable(a:auxFile)
+ return ''
+ endif
+
+ let auxContents = Tex_CatFile(a:auxFile)
+ let pattern = '@\input{\(.\{-}\)}'
+
+ let auxContents = substitute(auxContents, pattern, '\=Tex_GetAuxFile(submatch(1))', 'g')
+
+ return auxContents
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Helper functions for
+" . viewing the log file in preview mode.
+" . syncing the display between the quickfix window and preview window
+" . going to the correct line _and column_ number from from the quick fix
+" window.
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_SetupErrorWindow: sets up the cwindow and preview of the .log file {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_SetupErrorWindow()
+ let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName()
+
+ let winnum = winnr()
+
+ " close the quickfix window before trying to open it again, otherwise
+ " whether or not we end up in the quickfix window after the :cwindow
+ " command is not fixed.
+ cclose
+ cwindow
+ " create log file name from mainfname
+ let mfnlog = fnamemodify(mainfname, ":t:r").'.log'
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_SetupErrorWindow: mfnlog = '.mfnlog, 'comp')
+ " if we moved to a different window, then it means we had some errors.
+ if winnum != winnr()
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ShowErrorContext')
+ call Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow(mfnlog)
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> j j:call Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow("'.mfnlog.'")<CR>'
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> k k:call Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow("'.mfnlog.'")<CR>'
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <up> <up>:call Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow("'.mfnlog.'")<CR>'
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <down> <down>:call Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow("'.mfnlog.'")<CR>'
+ endif
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <enter> :call Tex_GotoErrorLocation("'.mfnlog.'")<CR>'
+
+ setlocal nowrap
+
+ " resize the window to just fit in with the number of lines.
+ exec ( line('$') < 4 ? line('$') : 4 ).' wincmd _'
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_GotoError') == 1
+ call Tex_GotoErrorLocation(mfnlog)
+ else
+ exec s:origwinnum.' wincmd w'
+ endif
+ endif
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_PositionPreviewWindow: positions the preview window correctly. {{{
+" Description:
+" The purpose of this function is to count the number of times an error
+" occurs on the same line. or in other words, if the current line is
+" something like |10 error|, then we want to count the number of
+" lines in the quickfix window before this line which also contain lines
+" like |10 error|.
+"
+function! Tex_PositionPreviewWindow(filename)
+
+ if getline('.') !~ '|\d\+ \(error\|warning\)|'
+ if !search('|\d\+ \(error\|warning\)|')
+ call Tex_Debug("not finding error pattern anywhere in quickfix window :".bufname(bufnr('%')),
+ \ 'comp')
+ pclose!
+ return
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " extract the error pattern (something like 'file.tex|10 error|') on the
+ " current line.
+ let errpat = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\f*|\d\+ \(error\|warning\)|\ze')
+ let errfile = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\f*\ze|\d\+ \(error\|warning\)|')
+ " extract the line number from the error pattern.
+ let linenum = matchstr(getline('.'), '|\zs\d\+\ze \(error\|warning\)|')
+
+ " if we are on an error, then count the number of lines before this in the
+ " quickfix window with an error on the same line.
+ if errpat =~ 'error|$'
+ " our location in the quick fix window.
+ let errline = line('.')
+
+ " goto the beginning of the quickfix window and begin counting the lines
+ " which show an error on the same line.
+ 0
+ let numrep = 0
+ while 1
+ " if we are on the same kind of error line, then means we have another
+ " line containing the same error pattern.
+ if getline('.') =~ errpat
+ let numrep = numrep + 1
+ normal! 0
+ endif
+ " if we have reached the original location in the quick fix window,
+ " then break.
+ if line('.') == errline
+ break
+ else
+ " otherwise, search for the next line which contains the same
+ " error pattern again. goto the end of the current line so we
+ " dont count this line again.
+ normal! $
+ call search(errpat, 'W')
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ else
+ let numrep = 1
+ endif
+
+ if getline('.') =~ '|\d\+ warning|'
+ let searchpat = escape(matchstr(getline('.'), '|\d\+ warning|\s*\zs.*'), '\ ')
+ else
+ let searchpat = 'l\.'.linenum
+ endif
+
+ " We first need to be in the scope of the correct file in the .log file.
+ " This is important for example, when a.tex and b.tex both have errors on
+ " line 9 of the file and we want to go to the error of b.tex. Merely
+ " searching forward from the beginning of the log file for l.9 will always
+ " land us on the error in a.tex.
+ if errfile != ''
+ exec 'silent! bot pedit +/(\\(\\f\\|\\[\\|\]\\|\\s\\)*'.errfile.'/ '.a:filename
+ else
+ exec 'bot pedit +0 '.a:filename
+ endif
+ " Goto the preview window
+ " TODO: This is not robust enough. Check that a wincmd j actually takes
+ " us to the preview window.
+ wincmd j
+ " now search forward from this position in the preview window for the
+ " numrep^th error of the current line in the quickfix window.
+ while numrep > 0
+ call search(searchpat, 'W')
+ let numrep = numrep - 1
+ endwhile
+ normal! z.
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow: updates the view of the log file {{{
+" Description:
+" This function should be called when focus is in a quickfix window.
+" It opens the log file in a preview window and makes it display that
+" part of the log file which corresponds to the error which the user is
+" currently on in the quickfix window. Control returns to the quickfix
+" window when the function returns.
+"
+function! Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow(filename)
+ call Tex_PositionPreviewWindow(a:filename)
+
+ if &previewwindow
+ 6 wincmd _
+ wincmd p
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_GotoErrorLocation: goes to the correct location of error in the tex file {{{
+" Description:
+" This function should be called when focus is in a quickfix window. This
+" function will first open the preview window of the log file (if it is not
+" already open), position the display of the preview to coincide with the
+" current error under the cursor and then take the user to the file in
+" which this error has occured.
+"
+" The position is both the correct line number and the column number.
+function! Tex_GotoErrorLocation(filename)
+
+ " first use vim's functionality to take us to the location of the error
+ " accurate to the line (not column). This lets us go to the correct file
+ " without applying any logic.
+ exec "normal! \<enter>"
+ " If the log file is not found, then going to the correct line number is
+ " all we can do.
+ if glob(a:filename) == ''
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let winnum = winnr()
+ " then come back to the quickfix window
+ wincmd w
+
+ " find out where in the file we had the error.
+ let linenum = matchstr(getline('.'), '|\zs\d\+\ze \(warning\|error\)|')
+ call Tex_PositionPreviewWindow(a:filename)
+
+ if getline('.') =~ 'l.\d\+'
+
+ let brokenline = matchstr(getline('.'), 'l.'.linenum.' \zs.*\ze')
+ " If the line is of the form
+ " l.10 ...and then there was some error
+ " it means (most probably) that only part of the erroneous line is
+ " shown. In this case, finding the length of the broken line is not
+ " correct. Instead goto the beginning of the line and search forward
+ " for the part which is displayed and then go to its end.
+ if brokenline =~ '^\M...'
+ let partline = matchstr(brokenline, '^\M...\m\zs.*')
+ let normcmd = "0/\\V".escape(partline, "\\")."/e+1\<CR>"
+ else
+ let column = strlen(brokenline) + 1
+ let normcmd = column.'|'
+ endif
+
+ elseif getline('.') =~ 'LaTeX Warning: \(Citation\|Reference\) `.*'
+
+ let ref = matchstr(getline('.'), "LaTeX Warning: \\(Citation\\|Reference\\) `\\zs[^']\\+\\ze'")
+ let normcmd = '0/'.ref."\<CR>"
+
+ else
+
+ let normcmd = '0'
+
+ endif
+
+ " go back to the window where we came from.
+ exec winnum.' wincmd w'
+ exec 'silent! '.linenum.' | normal! '.normcmd
+
+ if !Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ShowErrorContext')
+ pclose!
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_SetCompilerMaps: sets maps for compiling/viewing/searching {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>Tex_SetCompilerMaps()
+ if exists('b:Tex_doneCompilerMaps')
+ return
+ endif
+ let s:ml = exists('g:mapleader') ? g:mapleader : "\\"
+
+ nnoremap <buffer> <Plug>Tex_Compile :call Tex_RunLaTeX()<cr>
+ vnoremap <buffer> <Plug>Tex_Compile :call Tex_PartCompile()<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <Plug>Tex_View :call Tex_ViewLaTeX()<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <Plug>Tex_ForwardSearch :call Tex_ForwardSearchLaTeX()<cr>
+
+ call Tex_MakeMap(s:ml."ll", "<Plug>Tex_Compile", 'n', '<buffer>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap(s:ml."ll", "<Plug>Tex_Compile", 'v', '<buffer>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap(s:ml."lv", "<Plug>Tex_View", 'n', '<buffer>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap(s:ml."ls", "<Plug>Tex_ForwardSearch", 'n', '<buffer>')
+endfunction
+" }}}
+
+augroup LatexSuite
+ au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType
+ \ call Tex_Debug('compiler.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'comp') |
+ \ call <SID>Tex_SetCompilerMaps()
+augroup END
+
+command! -nargs=0 -range=% TPartCompile :<line1>, <line2> silent! call Tex_PartCompile()
+" Setting b:fragmentFile = 1 makes Tex_CompileLatex consider the present file
+" the _main_ file irrespective of the presence of a .latexmain file.
+command! -nargs=0 TCompileThis let b:fragmentFile = 1
+command! -nargs=0 TCompileMainFile let b:fragmentFile = 0
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/custommacros.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/custommacros.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b1c6bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/custommacros.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: custommacros.vim
+" Author: Mikolaj Machowski
+" Version: 1.0
+" Created: Tue Apr 23 05:00 PM 2002 PST
+" CVS: $Id: custommacros.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+"
+" Description: functions for processing custom macros in the
+" latex-suite/macros directory
+"=============================================================================
+
+let s:path = expand('<sfile>:p:h')
+
+" Set path to macros dir dependent on OS {{{
+if has("unix") || has("macunix")
+ let s:macrodirpath = $HOME."/.vim/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/"
+elseif has("win32")
+ if exists("$HOME")
+ let s:macrodirpath = $HOME."/vimfiles/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/"
+ else
+ let s:macrodirpath = $VIM."/vimfiles/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/"
+ endif
+endif
+
+" }}}
+" SetCustomMacrosMenu: sets up the menu for Macros {{{
+function! <SID>SetCustomMacrosMenu()
+ let flist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'macros')
+ exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation.'&New :call <SID>NewMacro("FFFromMMMenu")<CR>'
+ exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation.'&Redraw :call RedrawMacro()<CR>'
+
+ let i = 1
+ while 1
+ let fname = Tex_Strntok(flist, ',', i)
+ if fname == ''
+ break
+ endif
+ exe "amenu ".g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation."&Delete.&".i.":<tab>".fname." :call <SID>DeleteMacro('".fname."')<CR>"
+ exe "amenu ".g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation."&Edit.&".i.":<tab>".fname." :call <SID>EditMacro('".fname."')<CR>"
+ exe "imenu ".g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation."&".i.":<tab>".fname." <C-r>=<SID>ReadMacro('".fname."')<CR>"
+ exe "nmenu ".g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation."&".i.":<tab>".fname." i<C-r>=<SID>ReadMacro('".fname."')<CR>"
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+endfunction
+
+if g:Tex_Menus
+ call <SID>SetCustomMacrosMenu()
+endif
+
+" }}}
+" NewMacro: opens new file in macros directory {{{
+function! <SID>NewMacro(...)
+ " Allow for calling :TMacroNew without argument or from menu and prompt
+ " for name.
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let newmacroname = a:1
+ else
+ let newmacroname = input("Name of new macro: ")
+ if newmacroname == ''
+ return
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if newmacroname == "FFFromMMMenu"
+ " Check if NewMacro was called from menu and prompt for insert macro
+ " name
+ let newmacroname = input("Name of new macro: ")
+ if newmacroname == ''
+ return
+ endif
+ elseif Tex_FindInRtp(newmacroname, 'macros') != ''
+ " If macro with this name already exists, prompt for another name.
+ exe "echomsg 'Macro ".newmacroname." already exists. Try another name.'"
+ let newmacroname = input("Name of new macro: ")
+ if newmacroname == ''
+ return
+ endif
+ endif
+ exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(s:macrodirpath.newmacroname)
+ setlocal filetype=tex
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" RedrawMacro: refreshes macro menu {{{
+function! RedrawMacro()
+ aunmenu TeX-Suite.Macros
+ call <SID>SetCustomMacrosMenu()
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" ChooseMacro: choose a macro file {{{
+" " Description:
+function! s:ChooseMacro(ask)
+ let filelist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'macros')
+ let filename = Tex_ChooseFromPrompt(
+ \ a:ask."\n" .
+ \ Tex_CreatePrompt(filelist, 2, ',') .
+ \ "\nEnter number or filename :",
+ \ filelist, ',')
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" DeleteMacro: deletes macro file {{{
+function! <SID>DeleteMacro(...)
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let filename = a:1
+ else
+ let filename = s:ChooseMacro('Choose a macro file for deletion :')
+ endif
+
+ if !filereadable(s:macrodirpath.filename)
+ " When file is not in local directory decline to remove it.
+ call confirm('This file is not in your local directory: '.filename."\n".
+ \ 'It will not be deleted.' , '&OK', 1)
+
+ else
+ let ch = confirm('Really delete '.filename.' ?', "&Yes\n&No", 2)
+ if ch == 1
+ call delete(s:macrodirpath.filename)
+ endif
+ call RedrawMacro()
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" EditMacro: edits macro file {{{
+function! <SID>EditMacro(...)
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let filename = a:1
+ else
+ let filename = s:ChooseMacro('Choose a macro file for insertion:')
+ endif
+
+ if filereadable(s:macrodirpath.filename)
+ " If file exists in local directory open it.
+ exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(s:macrodirpath.filename)
+ else
+ " But if file doesn't exist in local dir it probably is in user
+ " restricted area. Instead opening try to copy it to local dir.
+ " Pity VimL doesn't have mkdir() function :)
+ let ch = confirm("You are trying to edit file which is probably read-only.\n".
+ \ "It will be copied to your local LaTeX-Suite macros directory\n".
+ \ "and you will be operating on local copy with suffix -local.\n".
+ \ "It will succeed only if ftplugin/latex-suite/macros dir exists.\n".
+ \ "Do you agree?", "&Yes\n&No", 1)
+ if ch == 1
+ " But there is possibility we already created local modification.
+ " Check it and offer opening this file.
+ if filereadable(s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local')
+ let ch = confirm('Local version of '.filename." already exists.\n".
+ \ 'Do you want to open it or overwrite with original version?',
+ \ "&Open\nOver&write\n&Cancel", 1)
+ if ch == 1
+ exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local')
+ elseif ch == 2
+ new
+ exe '0read '.Tex_FindInRtp(filename, 'macros')
+ " This is possible macro was edited before, wipe it out.
+ if bufexists(s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local')
+ exe 'bwipe '.s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local'
+ endif
+ exe 'write! '.s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local'
+ else
+ return
+ endif
+ else
+ " If file doesn't exist, open new file, read in system macro and
+ " save it in local macro dir with suffix -local
+ new
+ exe '0read '.Tex_FindInRtp(filename, 'macros')
+ exe 'write '.s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local'
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ endif
+ setlocal filetype=tex
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" ReadMacro: reads in a macro from a macro file. {{{
+" allowing for placement via placeholders.
+function! <SID>ReadMacro(...)
+
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let filename = a:1
+ else
+ let filelist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'macros')
+ let filename =
+ \ Tex_ChooseFromPrompt("Choose a macro file:\n" .
+ \ Tex_CreatePrompt(filelist, 2, ',') .
+ \ "\nEnter number or name of file :",
+ \ filelist, ',')
+ endif
+
+ let fname = Tex_FindInRtp(filename, 'macros', ':p')
+
+ let markerString = '<---- Latex Suite End Macro ---->'
+ let _a = @a
+ let position = line('.').' | normal! '.virtcol('.').'|'
+ silent! call append(line('.'), markerString)
+ silent! exec "read ".fname
+ silent! exec "normal! V/^".markerString."$/-1\<CR>\"ax"
+ " This is kind of tricky: At this stage, we are one line after the one we
+ " started from with the marker text on it. We need to
+ " 1. remove the marker and the line.
+ " 2. get focus to the previous line.
+ " 3. not remove anything from the previous line.
+ silent! exec "normal! $v0k$\"_x"
+
+ call Tex_CleanSearchHistory()
+
+ let @a = substitute(@a, '['."\n\r\t ".']*$', '', '')
+ let textWithMovement = IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(@a)
+ let @a = _a
+
+ return textWithMovement
+
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" commands for macros {{{
+com! -nargs=? TMacroNew :call <SID>NewMacro(<f-args>)
+
+" This macros had to have 2 versions:
+if v:version >= 602
+ com! -complete=custom,Tex_CompleteMacroName -nargs=? TMacro
+ \ :let s:retVal = <SID>ReadMacro(<f-args>) <bar> normal! i<C-r>=s:retVal<CR>
+ com! -complete=custom,Tex_CompleteMacroName -nargs=? TMacroEdit
+ \ :call <SID>EditMacro(<f-args>)
+ com! -complete=custom,Tex_CompleteMacroName -nargs=? TMacroDelete
+ \ :call <SID>DeleteMacro(<f-args>)
+
+ " Tex_CompleteMacroName: for completing names in TMacro... commands {{{
+ " Description: get list of macro names with Tex_FindInRtp(), remove full path
+ " and return list of names separated with newlines.
+ "
+ function! Tex_CompleteMacroName(A,P,L)
+ " Get name of macros from all runtimepath directories
+ let macronames = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'macros')
+ " Separate names with \n not ,
+ let macronames = substitute(macronames,',','\n','g')
+ return macronames
+ endfunction
+
+ " }}}
+
+else
+ com! -nargs=? TMacro
+ \ :let s:retVal = <SID>ReadMacro(<f-args>) <bar> normal! i<C-r>=s:retVal<CR>
+ com! -nargs=? TMacroEdit :call <SID>EditMacro(<f-args>)
+ com! -nargs=? TMacroDelete :call <SID>DeleteMacro(<f-args>)
+
+endif
+
+" }}}
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/diacritics.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/diacritics.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..616d30a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/diacritics.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: diacritics.vim
+" Author: Lubomir Host
+" Created: Tue Apr 23 07:00 PM 2002 PST
+"
+" Description: shortcuts for all diacritics.
+"=============================================================================
+
+if !g:Tex_Diacritics
+ finish
+endif
+
+" \'{a} {{{
+call IMAP ('=a', "\\\'{a}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=b', "\\'{b}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=c', "\\'{c}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=d', "\\'{d}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=e', "\\'{e}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=f', "\\'{f}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=g', "\\'{g}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=h', "\\'{h}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=i', "\\'{\i}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=j', "\\'{j}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=k', "\\'{k}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=l', "\\'{l}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=m', "\\'{m}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=n', "\\'{n}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=o', "\\'{o}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=p', "\\'{p}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=q', "\\'{q}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=r', "\\'{r}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=s', "\\'{s}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=t', "\\'{t}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=u', "\\'{u}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=v', "\\'{v}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=w', "\\'{w}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=x', "\\'{x}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=y', "\\'{y}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=z', "\\'{z}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=A', "\\'{A}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=B', "\\'{B}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=C', "\\'{C}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=D', "\\'{D}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=E', "\\'{E}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=F', "\\'{F}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=G', "\\'{G}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=H', "\\'{H}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=I', "\\'{\I}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=J', "\\'{J}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=K', "\\'{K}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=L', "\\'{L}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=M', "\\'{M}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=N', "\\'{N}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=O', "\\'{O}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=P', "\\'{P}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=Q', "\\'{Q}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=R', "\\'{R}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=S', "\\'{S}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=T', "\\'{T}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=U', "\\'{U}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=V', "\\'{V}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=W', "\\'{W}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=X', "\\'{X}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=Y', "\\'{Y}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('=Z', "\\'{Z}", 'tex')
+" }}}
+" \v{a} {{{
+call IMAP ('+a', "\\v{a}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+b', "\\v{b}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+c', "\\v{c}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+d', "\\v{d}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+e', "\\v{e}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+f', "\\v{f}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+g', "\\v{g}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+h', "\\v{h}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+i', "\\v{\i}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+j', "\\v{j}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+k', "\\v{k}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+l', "\\q l", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+m', "\\v{m}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+n', "\\v{n}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+o', "\\v{o}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+p', "\\v{p}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+q', "\\v{q}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+r', "\\v{r}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+s', "\\v{s}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+t', "\\q t", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+u', "\\v{u}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+v', "\\v{v}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+w', "\\v{w}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+x', "\\v{x}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+y', "\\v{y}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+z', "\\v{z}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+A', "\\v{A}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+B', "\\v{B}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+C', "\\v{C}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+D', "\\v{D}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+E', "\\v{E}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+F', "\\v{F}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+G', "\\v{G}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+H', "\\v{H}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+I', "\\v{\I}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+J', "\\v{J}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+K', "\\v{K}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+L', "\\v{L}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+M', "\\v{M}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+N', "\\v{N}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+O', "\\v{O}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+P', "\\v{P}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+Q', "\\v{Q}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+R', "\\v{R}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+S', "\\v{S}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+T', "\\v{T}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+U', "\\v{U}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+V', "\\v{V}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+W', "\\v{W}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+X', "\\v{X}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+Y', "\\v{Y}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+Z', "\\v{Z}", 'tex')
+" }}}
+call IMAP ('+}', "\\\"{a}", 'tex')
+call IMAP ('+:', "\\^{o}", 'tex')
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/SIunits b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/SIunits
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4ac081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/SIunits
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+addprefix
+addunit
+ampere
+amperemetresecond
+amperepermetre
+amperepermetrenp
+amperepersquaremetre
+amperepersquaremetrenp
+angstrom
+arad
+arcminute
+arcsecond
+are
+atomicmass
+atto
+attod
+barn
+bbar
+becquerel
+becquerelbase
+bel
+candela
+candelapersquaremetre
+candelapersquaremetrenp
+celsius
+Celsius
+celsiusbase
+centi
+centid
+coulomb
+coulombbase
+coulombpercubicmetre
+coulombpercubicmetrenp
+coulombperkilogram
+coulombperkilogramnp
+coulombpermol
+coulombpermolnp
+coulombpersquaremetre
+coulombpersquaremetrenp
+cubed
+cubic
+cubicmetre
+cubicmetreperkilogram
+cubicmetrepersecond
+curie
+dday
+deca
+decad
+deci
+decid
+degree
+degreecelsius
+deka
+dekad
+derbecquerel
+dercelsius
+dercoulomb
+derfarad
+dergray
+derhenry
+derhertz
+derjoule
+derkatal
+derlumen
+derlux
+dernewton
+derohm
+derpascal
+derradian
+dersiemens
+dersievert
+dersteradian
+dertesla
+dervolt
+derwatt
+derweber
+electronvolt
+exa
+exad
+farad
+faradbase
+faradpermetre
+faradpermetrenp
+femto
+femtod
+fourth
+gal
+giga
+gigad
+gram
+graybase
+graypersecond
+graypersecondnp
+hectare
+hecto
+hectod
+henry
+henrybase
+henrypermetre
+henrypermetrenp
+hertz
+hertzbase
+hour
+joule
+joulebase
+joulepercubicmetre
+joulepercubicmetrenp
+jouleperkelvin
+jouleperkelvinnp
+jouleperkilogram
+jouleperkilogramkelvin
+jouleperkilogramkelvinnp
+jouleperkilogramnp
+joulepermole
+joulepermolekelvin
+joulepermolekelvinnp
+joulepermolenp
+joulepersquaremetre
+joulepersquaremetrenp
+joulepertesla
+jouleperteslanp
+katal
+katalbase
+katalpercubicmetre
+katalpercubicmetrenp
+kelvin
+kilo
+kilod
+kilogram
+kilogrammetrepersecond
+kilogrammetrepersecondnp
+kilogrammetrepersquaresecond
+kilogrammetrepersquaresecondnp
+kilogrampercubicmetre
+kilogrampercubicmetrecoulomb
+kilogrampercubicmetrecoulombnp
+kilogrampercubicmetrenp
+kilogramperkilomole
+kilogramperkilomolenp
+kilogrampermetre
+kilogrampermetrenp
+kilogrampersecond
+kilogrampersecondcubicmetre
+kilogrampersecondcubicmetrenp
+kilogrampersecondnp
+kilogrampersquaremetre
+kilogrampersquaremetrenp
+kilogrampersquaremetresecond
+kilogrampersquaremetresecondnp
+kilogramsquaremetre
+kilogramsquaremetrenp
+kilogramsquaremetrepersecond
+kilogramsquaremetrepersecondnp
+kilowatthour
+liter
+litre
+lumen
+lumenbase
+lux
+luxbase
+mega
+megad
+meter
+metre
+metrepersecond
+metrepersecondnp
+metrepersquaresecond
+metrepersquaresecondnp
+micro
+microd
+milli
+millid
+minute
+mole
+molepercubicmetre
+molepercubicmetrenp
+nano
+nanod
+neper
+newton
+newtonbase
+newtonmetre
+newtonpercubicmetre
+newtonpercubicmetrenp
+newtonperkilogram
+newtonperkilogramnp
+newtonpermetre
+newtonpermetrenp
+newtonpersquaremetre
+newtonpersquaremetrenp
+NoAMS
+no@qsk
+ohm
+ohmbase
+ohmmetre
+one
+paminute
+pascal
+pascalbase
+pascalsecond
+pasecond
+per
+period@active
+persquaremetresecond
+persquaremetresecondnp
+peta
+petad
+pico
+picod
+power
+@qsk
+quantityskip
+rad
+radian
+radianbase
+radianpersecond
+radianpersecondnp
+radianpersquaresecond
+radianpersquaresecondnp
+reciprocal
+rem
+roentgen
+rp
+rpcubed
+rpcubic
+rpcubicmetreperkilogram
+rpcubicmetrepersecond
+rperminute
+rpersecond
+rpfourth
+rpsquare
+rpsquared
+rpsquaremetreperkilogram
+second
+siemens
+siemensbase
+sievert
+sievertbase
+square
+squared
+squaremetre
+squaremetrepercubicmetre
+squaremetrepercubicmetrenp
+squaremetrepercubicsecond
+squaremetrepercubicsecondnp
+squaremetreperkilogram
+squaremetrepernewtonsecond
+squaremetrepernewtonsecondnp
+squaremetrepersecond
+squaremetrepersecondnp
+squaremetrepersquaresecond
+squaremetrepersquaresecondnp
+steradian
+steradianbase
+tera
+terad
+tesla
+teslabase
+ton
+tonne
+unit
+unitskip
+usk
+volt
+voltbase
+voltpermetre
+voltpermetrenp
+watt
+wattbase
+wattpercubicmetre
+wattpercubicmetrenp
+wattperkilogram
+wattperkilogramnp
+wattpermetrekelvin
+wattpermetrekelvinnp
+wattpersquaremetre
+wattpersquaremetrenp
+wattpersquaremetresteradian
+wattpersquaremetresteradiannp
+weber
+weberbase
+yocto
+yoctod
+yotta
+yottad
+zepto
+zeptod
+zetta
+zettad
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/dictionary b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/dictionary
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..458dc0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/dictionary
@@ -0,0 +1,677 @@
+abbrv
+abovedisplayshortskip
+abovedisplayskip
+abstract
+abstract
+abstractname
+acute
+addcontentsline
+address
+addtime
+addtocontents
+addtocounter
+addtolength
+addvspace
+align
+alph
+Alph
+alpha
+amsmath
+amsthm
+and
+appendix
+appendixname
+arabic
+array
+arraycolsep
+arrayrulewidth
+arraystretch
+article
+author
+a4paper
+a5paper
+backmatter
+bar
+bar
+baselineskip
+baselinestretch
+batchmode
+begin
+belowdisplayshortskip
+belowdisplayskip
+bezier
+bf
+bfseries
+bibindent
+bibitem
+bibliography
+bibliographystyle
+bibname
+big
+Big
+Bigg
+bigg
+Biggl
+biggl
+Biggm
+biggm
+Biggr
+biggr
+Bigl
+bigl
+bigm
+Bigm
+bigr
+Bigr
+bigskip
+bigskipamount
+binom
+blg
+boldmath
+boldsymbol
+book
+botfigrule
+bottmofraction
+bottomnumber
+boxedminipage
+bp
+breve
+b5paper
+calc
+calc
+caption
+caption2
+capt-of
+cases
+cc
+ccaption
+ccname
+cdotscenter
+centering
+cercle
+cfrac
+changebar
+chapter
+chapterbib
+chaptername
+check
+cite
+cleardoublepage
+clearpage
+cline
+clock
+closing
+cm
+COLON
+columnsep
+columnseprule
+columnwidth
+contentsline
+contentsname
+copyright
+dag
+dashbox
+date
+dbinom
+dblfigure
+dblfloatpage
+dblfloatsep
+dbltextfloatsep
+dbltopfraction
+dbltopnumber
+dcolumn
+dd
+ddag
+ddot
+ddots
+DeclareMathOperator
+depth
+description
+dfrac
+displaylimits
+displaymath
+displaystyle
+document
+documentclass
+dot
+dotfill
+doublerulesep
+downbracefill
+draft
+dropping
+dywiz
+em
+emph
+empty
+encl
+enclname
+end
+endfloat
+enlargethispage
+enskip
+enspace
+ensuremath
+enumerate
+enumi
+enumii
+enumiii
+enumiv
+eqnarray
+equation
+errorstopmode
+eucal
+eufrak
+evensidemargin
+everyship
+ex
+executivepaper
+expdlist
+extracolsep
+extramark
+fancybox
+fancyhdr
+fbox
+fboxrule
+fboxsep
+figure
+figurename
+file
+filecontents
+final
+flafter
+fleqn
+floatflt
+floatpagefraction
+floatsep
+flushbottom
+flushleft
+flushright
+fnpara
+fnsymbol
+fn2end
+fontenc
+footheight
+footmisc
+footnote
+footnotemark
+footnoterule
+footnotesep
+footnotesize
+footnotetext
+footnpag
+footskip
+frac
+frame
+framebox
+frenchspacing
+frontmatter
+ftnright
+fussy
+gather
+genfrac
+geometry
+glossary
+glossaryentry
+graphicx
+graphpaper
+grave
+hat
+hbox
+headheihgt
+headings
+headsep
+height
+helvet
+hfill
+hhline
+hline
+hrulefill
+hspace
+huge
+Huge
+HUGE
+hyperref
+hyphenation
+ifthen
+in
+include
+includeonly
+indent
+indentfirst
+index
+indexentry
+indexname
+indexspace
+input
+inputenc
+intertext
+intextsep
+invisible
+it
+item
+itemindent
+itemize
+itemsep
+itshape
+jot
+kill
+label
+labelenumi
+labelenumii
+labelenumiii
+labelenumiv
+labelitemi
+labelitemii
+labelitemiii
+labelitemiv
+labelsep
+labelwidth
+landscape
+large
+LARGE
+Large
+LaTeX
+LaTeXe
+latexsym
+ldots
+left
+leftarrowfill
+lefteqn
+leftmargin
+leftmargini
+leftmarginii
+leftmarginiii
+leftmarginiv
+leftmarginv
+leftmarginvi
+leftmark
+legalpaper
+leq
+leqno
+letter
+letterpaper
+letterspace
+lhead
+limits
+line
+linebreak
+linethickness
+linewidth
+list
+listfigurename
+listfiles
+listoffigures
+listoftables
+listparindent
+location
+longtable
+lq
+lrbox
+lscape
+mainmatter
+makeatletter
+makeatother
+makebox
+makeglossary
+makeidx
+makeindex
+makelabel
+maketitle
+manyfoot
+marginpar
+marginparpush
+marginparsep
+marginparwidth
+markboth
+markleft
+markright
+math
+mathbb
+mathbf
+mathbin
+mathcal
+mathclose
+mathfrak
+mathindent
+mathit
+mathnormal
+mathop
+mathopen
+mathord
+mathpunct
+mathrel
+mathrm
+mathscr
+mathsf
+mathstrut
+mathtt
+mathversion
+mbox
+mdseries
+medmuskip
+medskip
+medskipamount
+minipage
+minitoc
+minus
+mkern
+mm
+moreverbatim
+mpfootnote
+mu
+multicol
+multicolumn
+multilanguage
+multiput
+multirow
+myheadings
+nabla
+name
+NeedsTeXFormat
+newcommand
+newcounter
+newenvironment
+newfont
+newlength
+newline
+newpage
+newsavebox
+newtheorem
+nocite
+nofiles
+noindent
+nolimits
+nolinebreak
+nomathsymbols
+nonfrenchspacing
+nonumber
+nopagebreak
+normalfont
+normalsize
+not
+notag
+note
+notitlepage
+nu
+numberline
+numline
+numprint
+oddsidemargin
+oldstyle
+onecolumn
+oneside
+onlynotes
+onlyslides
+openany
+openbib
+opening
+openright
+operatorname
+oval
+overbrace
+overlay
+overleftarrow
+overline
+overrightarrow
+page
+pagebreak
+pagenumbering
+pageref
+pagestyle
+paperheight
+paperwidth
+par
+paragraph
+parbox
+parbox
+parindent
+parsep
+parskip
+part
+partial
+partname
+partopsep
+pauza
+pc
+phi
+pi
+picture
+plain
+PLdateending
+plmath
+PLSlash
+plus
+pmb
+pmod
+polski
+polski
+poptabs
+pounds
+ppauza
+prefixing
+printindex
+protect
+providecommand
+ps
+pt
+pushtabs
+put
+qbezier
+qbeziermax
+qquad
+quad
+quotation
+quote
+raggedbottom
+raggedleft
+raggedright
+ragged2e
+raisebox
+ratio
+real
+ref
+refname
+refstepcounter
+relsize
+renewcommand
+renewenvironment
+report
+reversemarginpar
+rhead
+right
+rightarrowfill
+rightmargin
+rightmark
+rm
+rmfamily
+roman
+Roman
+rotate
+rotating
+rq
+rule
+samepage
+savebox
+sb
+sbox
+sc
+scriptscriptstyle
+scriptsize
+scriptstyle
+scrollmode
+scshape
+secnumdepth
+section
+sectionmark
+see
+seename
+selectfont
+selectlanguage
+setcounter
+setlength
+settime
+settodepth
+settoheight
+settowidth
+sf
+sffamily
+shadethm
+shadow
+shapepar
+shortstack
+showlabels
+sidecap
+signature
+sin
+sl
+slide
+slides
+sloppy
+sloppybar
+slshape
+small
+smallskip
+smallskipamount
+soul
+sp
+space
+sqrt
+ss
+SS
+stackrel
+startbreaks
+stepcounter
+stop
+stopbreaks
+stretch
+strut
+subfigure
+subfigure
+subitem
+subparagraph
+subsection
+subsubitem
+subsubsection
+sum
+supressfloats
+symbol
+symbol
+tabbing
+tabcolsep
+table
+tablename
+tableofcontents
+tabular
+tabularx
+tag
+tan
+tbinom
+telephone
+TeX
+textbf
+textbullet
+textcircled
+textcompwordmark
+textemdash
+textendash
+textexclamdown
+textfloatsep
+textfraction
+textheight
+textit
+textmd
+textnormal
+textperiodcenter
+textquestiondown
+textquotedblleft
+textquotedblright
+textquoteleft
+textquoteright
+textrm
+textsc
+textsf
+textsl
+textstyle
+textsuperscript
+texttt
+textup
+textvisiblespace
+textwidth
+tfrac
+thanks
+the
+thebibliography
+theindex
+theorem
+thepage
+thesection
+theta
+thicklines
+thickmuskip
+thinlines
+thispagestyle
+tilde
+time
+times
+tiny
+title
+titlepage
+tocdepth
+today
+topfigrule
+topfraction
+topmargin
+topmargin
+topmargin
+topsep
+topskip
+topskip
+totalheight
+totalnumber
+trivlist
+tt
+ttfamily
+twocolumn
+twocolumn
+twoside
+typein
+typein
+typeout
+typeout
+ulem
+ulem
+unboldmath
+underbrace
+underline
+unsort
+unsrt
+upbracefill
+upshape
+upshape
+usebox
+usebox
+usecounter
+usefont
+usepackage
+value
+vbox
+vdots
+vec
+vector
+verb
+verb
+verbatim
+verse
+vfill
+visible
+vline
+vmargin
+voffset
+vspace
+widehat
+widetilde
+width
+wrapfig
+xleftarrow
+xrightarrow
+threeparttable
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/elementmacros.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/elementmacros.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8960a0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/elementmacros.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: elementmacros.vim
+" Author: Mikolaj Machowski
+" Created: Tue Apr 23 06:00 PM 2002 PST
+"
+" Description: macros for dimensions/fonts/counters.
+" and various common commands such ref/label/footnote.
+"=============================================================================
+
+nmap <silent> <script> <plug> i
+imap <silent> <script> <C-o><plug> <Nop>
+
+if exists('s:lastElementsLocation') && g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation == s:lastElementsLocation
+ finish
+endif
+
+if exists('s:lastElementsLocation')
+ exe 'aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Font.'
+ exe 'aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Dimension.'
+ exe 'aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Counters.'
+ exe 'aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Various.'
+endif
+
+let s:lastElementsLocation = g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation
+
+let s:fontMenuLoc = g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation.'Font.'
+let s:dimensionMenuLoc = g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation.'Dimension.'
+let s:counterMenuLoc = g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation.'Counters.'
+let s:variousMenuLoc = g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation.'Various.'
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Set up the functions the first time.
+" ==============================================================================
+if !exists('s:definedFuncs') " {{{
+ let s:definedFuncs = 1
+
+ " Tex_RemoveElementMenus: remove the elements menu {{{
+ "
+ function! Tex_RemoveElementMenus()
+ exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Font.'
+ exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Dimension.'
+ exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Counters.'
+ exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Various.'
+ endfunction
+
+ " }}}
+ " Tex_FontFamily: sets up font menus {{{
+ "
+ function! <SID>Tex_FontFamily(font,fam)
+ let vislhs = matchstr(tolower(a:font), '^.\zs.*')
+
+ " avoid redoing imaps and vmaps for every reconfiguration of menus.
+ if !exists('s:doneOnce') && g:Tex_FontMaps
+ exe "vnoremap <silent> ".g:Tex_Leader.vislhs.
+ \" \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\text".vislhs."{', '}', '{\\".vislhs.a:fam." ', '}')<CR>"
+ exe 'call IMAP ("'.a:font.'", "\\text'.vislhs.'{<++>}<++>", "tex")'
+ endif
+
+ " menu entry.
+ if g:Tex_Menus && g:Tex_FontMenus
+ let location = s:fontMenuLoc.substitute(a:fam, '^.', '\u&', '').'.'.vislhs.a:fam.'<tab>'.a:font.'\ ('.g:Tex_Leader.vislhs.')'
+ exe "amenu ".location.
+ \" <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\\text".vislhs."{<++>}<++>')<CR>"
+ exe "vmenu ".location.
+ \" \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\text".vislhs."{', '}', '{\\".vislhs.a:fam." ', '}')<CR>"
+ endif
+
+ endfunction
+
+ " }}}
+ " Tex_FontDiacritics: sets up menus for diacritics. {{{
+ "
+ function! <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics(name, rhs)
+ let location = s:fontMenuLoc.'&Diacritics.'.a:name.'<tab>'
+ exe 'amenu '.location.
+ \" <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\\".a:rhs."{<++>}<++>')<CR>"
+ exe 'vmenu '.location.
+ \" \<C-\\>\<C-n>:call VEnclose('\\".a:rhs."{', '}', '', '')<CR>"
+ endfunction " }}}
+ " Tex_FontSize: sets up size fonts {{{
+ "
+ function! <SID>Tex_FontSize(name)
+ let location = s:fontMenuLoc.'&Size.'.a:name.'<tab>'
+ exe 'amenu '.location." <plug>\\".a:name
+ exe 'vunmenu '.location
+ endfunction " }}}
+ " Tex_Fontfont: sets up the 'font' part of font menus {{{
+ "
+ function! <SID>Tex_Fontfont(desc, lhs)
+ let location = s:fontMenuLoc.'&font.'.a:desc.'<tab>'
+ exe "amenu ".location." <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('".a:lhs."')<CR>"
+ exe "vunmenu ".location
+ endfunction " }}}
+ " Tex_DimMenus: set up dimension menus {{{
+ function! <SID>Tex_DimMenus(submenu, rhs)
+ let location = s:dimensionMenuLoc.a:submenu.'.'.a:rhs.'<tab>'
+ exe "amenu ".location." <plug>\\".a:rhs
+ exe "vunmenu ".location
+ endfunction " }}}
+ " Tex_CounterMenus: set up counters menus {{{
+ function! <SID>Tex_CounterMenus(submenu, rhs)
+ let location = s:counterMenuLoc.a:submenu.'.'.a:rhs.'<tab>'
+ exe "amenu ".location." <plug>\\".a:rhs
+ exe "vunmenu ".location
+ endfunction " }}}
+ " Tex_VariousMenus: set up various menus {{{
+ function! <SID>Tex_VariousMenus(desc, lhs)
+ let location = s:variousMenuLoc.a:desc.'<tab>'
+ exe "amenu ".location." <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('".a:lhs."')<CR>"
+ exe "vunmenu ".location
+ endfunction " }}}
+endif
+" }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Fonts
+" ==============================================================================
+" series/family/shape {{{
+call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FBF","series")
+call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FMD","series")
+
+call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FTT","family")
+call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FSF","family")
+call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FRM","family")
+
+call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FUP","shape")
+call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FSL","shape")
+call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FSC","shape")
+call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FIT","shape")
+
+" the \emph is special.
+if g:Tex_FontMaps | exe "vnoremap <silent> ".g:Tex_Leader."em \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\emph{', '}', '{\\em', '\\/}')<CR>" | endif
+if g:Tex_FontMaps | exe 'call IMAP ("FEM", "\\emph{<++>}<++>", "tex")' | endif
+
+" }}}
+if g:Tex_Menus && g:Tex_FontMenus
+ " {{{ diacritics
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Acute', '"')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Breve', 'u')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Circle', 'r')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Circumflex', '^')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Umlaut', '"')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('HUmlaut', 'H')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Dot\ over', '.')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Grave', '`')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Hacek', 'v')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Makron', '=')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Tilde', '~')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Underline', 'b')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Cedille', 'c')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Dot\ under', ' ')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Ligature', 't')
+ " }}}
+ " {{{ Si&ze.
+ call <SID>Tex_FontSize('tiny')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontSize('scriptsize')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontSize('footnotesize')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontSize('small')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontSize('normalsize')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontSize('large')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontSize('Large')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontSize('LARGE')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontSize('huge')
+ call <SID>Tex_FontSize('Huge')
+ " }}}
+ " {{{ &font.
+ call s:Tex_Fontfont('fontencoding{}', '\fontencoding{<++>}<++>')
+ call s:Tex_Fontfont('fontfamily{qtm}', '\fontfamily{<++>}<++>')
+ call s:Tex_Fontfont('fontseries{m\ b\ bx\ sb\ c}', '\fontseries{<++>}<++>')
+ call s:Tex_Fontfont('fontshape{n\ it\ sl\ sc\ ui}', '\fontshape{<++>}<++>')
+ call s:Tex_Fontfont('fontsize{}{}', '\fontsize{<++>}{<++>}<++>')
+ call s:Tex_Fontfont('selectfont', '\selectfont ')
+ " }}}
+endif
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Dimensions
+" ==============================================================================
+if g:Tex_Menus
+ " {{{ Static1
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'arraycolsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'arrayrulewidth')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'bibindent')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'columnsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'columnseprule')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'columnwidth')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'doublerulesep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'evensidemargin')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'fboxrule')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'fboxsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'footheight')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'footnotesep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'footskip')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'headheight')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'headsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'itemindent')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'labelsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'labelwidth')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmargin')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmargini')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmarginii')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmarginiii')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmarginiv')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmarginv')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmarginvi')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'linewidth')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'listparindent')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'marginparpush')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'marginparsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'marginparwidth')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'mathindent')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'oddsidemargin')
+ " }}}
+ " {{{ Static2
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'paperheight')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'paperwidth')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'parindent')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'rightmargin')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'tabbingsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'tabcolsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'textheight')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'textwidth')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'topmargin')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'unitlength')
+ " }}}
+ " {{{ Dynamic
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'abovedisplayshortskip')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'abovedisplayskip')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'baselineskip')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'belowdisplayshortskip')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'belowdisplayskip')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'dblfloatsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'dbltextfloatsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'floatsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'intextsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'itemsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'parsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'parskip')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'partopsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'textfloatsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'topsep')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'topskip')
+ " }}}
+ " {{{ Change
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Change', 'setlength')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Change', 'addtolength')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Change', 'settoheight')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Change', 'settowidth')
+ call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Change', 'settolength')
+ " }}}
+endif
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Counters
+" ==============================================================================
+if g:Tex_Menus
+ " Counters {{{
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'bottomnumber')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'chapter')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'dbltopnumber')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'enumi')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'enumii')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'enumiii')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'enumiv')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'equation')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'figure')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'footnote')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'mpfootnote')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'page')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'paragraph')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'part')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'secnumdepth')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'section')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'subparagraph')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'subsection')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'subsubsection')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'table')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'tocdepth')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'topnumber')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'totalnumber')
+ " }}}
+ " theCounters {{{
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thebottomnumber')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thechapter')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thedbltopnumber')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theenumi')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theenumii')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theenumiii')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theenumiv')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theequation')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thefigure')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thefootnote')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thempfootnote')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thepage')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theparagraph')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thepart')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thesecnumdepth')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thesection')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thesubparagraph')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thesubsection')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thesubsubsection')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thetable')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thetocdepth')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thetopnumber')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thetotalnumber')
+ " }}}
+ " Type {{{
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Type', 'alph')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Type', 'Alph')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Type', 'arabic')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Type', 'roman')
+ call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Type', 'Roman')
+ " }}}
+endif
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Various
+" ==============================================================================
+if g:Tex_Menus
+ " Various {{{
+ call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('ref{}' , '\ref{<++>}<++>')
+ call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('pageref{}' , '\pageref{<++>}<++>')
+ call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('label{}' , '\label{<++>}<++>')
+ call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('footnote{}' , '\footnote{<++>}<++>')
+ call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('footnotemark{}', '\footnotemark{<++>}<++>')
+ call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('footnotemark{}', '\footnotetext{<++>}<++>')
+ call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('cite{}' , '\cite{<++>}<++>')
+ call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('nocite{}' , '\nocite{<++>}<++>')
+ " }}}
+endif
+
+if g:Tex_CatchVisMapErrors
+ exe "vnoremap ".g:Tex_Leader." :\<C-u>call ExecMap('".g:Tex_Leader."', 'v')\<CR>"
+endif
+" this is for avoiding reinclusion of imaps from next time on.
+let s:doneOnce = 1
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/envmacros.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/envmacros.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acf9eb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/envmacros.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,1166 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: envmacros.vim
+" Author: Mikolaj Machowski
+" Created: Tue Apr 23 08:00 PM 2002 PST
+" CVS Header: $Id: envmacros.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+" Description: mappings/menus for environments.
+"=============================================================================
+
+if !g:Tex_EnvironmentMaps && !g:Tex_EnvironmentMenus
+ finish
+endif
+
+exe 'so '.expand('<sfile>:p:h').'/wizardfuncs.vim'
+
+nmap <silent> <script> <plug> i
+imap <silent> <script> <C-o><plug> <Nop>
+
+" Define environments for IMAP evaluation " {{{
+let s:figure = "\\begin{figure}[<+htpb+>]\<cr>\\begin{center}\<cr>\\psfig{figure=<+eps file+>}\<cr>\\end{center}\<cr>\\caption{<+caption text+>}\<cr>\\label{fig:<+label+>}\<cr>\\end{figure}<++>"
+let s:figure_graphicx = "\\begin{figure}[<+htpb+>]\<cr>\\begin{center}\<cr>\\includegraphics{<+file+>}\<cr>\\end{center}\<cr>\\caption{<+caption text+>}\<cr>\\label{fig:<+label+>}\<cr>\\end{figure}<++>"
+let s:minipage = "\\begin{minipage}[<+tb+>]{<+width+>}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{minipage}<++>"
+let s:picture = "\\begin{picture}(<+width+>, <+height+>)(<+xoff+>,<+yoff+>)\<cr>\\put(<+xoff+>,<+yoff+>){\\framebox(<++>,<++>){<++>}}\<cr>\\end{picture}<++>"
+let s:list = "\\begin{list}{<+label+>}{<+spacing+>}\<cr>\\item <++>\<cr>\\end{list}<++>"
+let s:table = "\\begin{table}\<cr>\\centering\<cr>\\begin{tabular}{<+dimensions+>}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{tabular}\<cr>\\caption{<+Caption text+>}\<cr>\\label{tab:<+label+>}\<cr>\\end{table}<++>"
+let s:array = "\\left<++>\<cr>\\begin{array}{<+dimension+>}\<cr><+elements+>\<cr>\\end{array}\<cr>\\right<++>"
+let s:description ="\\begin{description}\<cr>\\item[<+label+>]<++>\<cr>\\end{description}<++>"
+let s:document = "\\documentclass[<+options+>]{<+class+>}\<cr>\<cr>\\begin{document}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{document}"
+let s:tabular = "\\begin{tabular}[<+hbtp+>]{<+format+>}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{tabular}"
+let s:tabular_star = "\\begin{tabular*}[<+hbtp+>]{<+format+>}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{tabular*}"
+
+" }}}
+" define environments with special behavior in line wise selection. {{{
+if !exists('s:vis_center_left')
+ let s:vis_center_left = '\centerline{'
+ let s:vis_center_right = '}'
+
+ let s:vis_verbatim_left = '\verb\|'
+ let s:vis_verbatim_right = '\|'
+
+ let s:vis_flushright_left = '{\raggedright '
+ let s:vis_flushright_right = '}'
+
+ let s:vis_fushleft_left = '{\raggedleft '
+ let s:vis_fushleft_right = '}'
+
+ let s:vis_lrbox_left = '\sbox{'
+ let s:vis_lrbox_right = '}'
+endif
+" }}}
+" Tex_EnvMacros: sets up maps and menus for environments {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>Tex_EnvMacros(lhs, submenu, name)
+
+ let extra = ''
+ if a:submenu =~ 'Lists'
+ let extra = '\item '
+ endif
+
+ let vright = ''
+ let vleft = ''
+ if exists('s:vis_'.a:name.'_right')
+ let vright = s:vis_{a:name}_right
+ let vleft = s:vis_{a:name}_left
+ endif
+ let vrhs = "\<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('".vleft."', '".vright."', '\\begin{".a:name."}', '\\end{".a:name."}')\<CR>"
+ let location = g:Tex_EnvMenuLocation.a:submenu.a:name.'<tab>'
+
+ if a:lhs != ''
+
+ let vlhs = g:Tex_Leader2.substitute(tolower(a:lhs), '^.', '', '')
+ let location = location.a:lhs.'\ ('.vlhs.')'
+
+ if g:Tex_EnvironmentMaps && !exists('s:doneOnce')
+ call IMAP(a:lhs, "\<C-r>=Tex_PutEnvironment('".a:name."')\<CR>", 'tex')
+ exec 'vnoremap <silent> '.vlhs.' '.vrhs
+ endif
+
+ endif
+
+ if g:Tex_Menus && g:Tex_EnvironmentMenus && has("gui_running")
+ exe 'amenu '.location.' <plug><C-r>=Tex_DoEnvironment("'.a:name.'")<CR>'
+ exe 'vmenu '.location.' '.vrhs
+ endif
+
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_SpecialMacros: macros with special right hand sides {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>Tex_SpecialMacros(lhs, submenu, name, irhs, ...)
+
+ let wiz = 1
+ if a:0 > 0 && a:1 == 0
+ let wiz = 0
+ endif
+
+ let location = g:Tex_EnvMenuLocation.a:submenu.a:name
+
+ let vright = ''
+ let vleft = ''
+ if exists('s:vis_'.a:name.'_right')
+ let vright = s:vis_{a:name}_right
+ let vleft = s:vis_{a:name}_left
+ endif
+ let vrhs = "\<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('".vleft."', '".vright."', '\\begin{".a:name."}', '\\end{".a:name."}')\<CR>"
+
+ if a:lhs != ''
+
+ let vlhs = g:Tex_Leader2.substitute(tolower(a:lhs), '^.', '', '')
+ let location = location.'<tab>'.a:lhs.'\ ('.vlhs.')'
+
+ if g:Tex_EnvironmentMaps && !exists('s:doneOnce')
+ call IMAP(a:lhs, a:irhs, 'tex')
+ exec 'vnoremap '.vlhs.' '.vrhs
+ endif
+
+ endif
+
+ if g:Tex_Menus && g:Tex_EnvironmentMenus
+ if wiz
+ exe 'amenu '.location.' <plug><C-r>=Tex_DoEnvironment("'.a:name.'")<CR>'
+ else
+ exe 'amenu '.location." <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('".a:irhs."')<CR>"
+ endif
+ exe 'vmenu '.location.' '.vrhs
+ endif
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_SectionMacros: creates section maps and menus {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>Tex_SectionMacros(lhs, name)
+
+ let vlhs = g:Tex_Leader2.substitute(tolower(a:lhs), '^.', '', '')
+ let vrhs = "\<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\".a:name."{', '}', '', '')<CR>"
+
+ if g:Tex_SectionMaps && !exists('s:doneOnce')
+ exe 'vnoremap '.vlhs.' '.vrhs
+ call IMAP (a:lhs, "\\".a:name.'{<++>}<++>', 'tex')
+ endif
+
+ if g:Tex_Menus && g:Tex_SectionMenus
+ let location = g:Tex_EnvMenuLocation.'Sections.'.a:name.'<tab>'.a:lhs.'\ ('.vlhs.')'
+ let advlocation = g:Tex_EnvMenuLocation.'Sections.Advanced.'.a:name
+
+ let irhs = "\<C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\\".a:name."{<++>}<++>')\<CR>"
+
+ let advirhs = "\<C-r>=Tex_InsSecAdv('".a:name."')\<CR>"
+ let advvrhs = "\<C-\\>\<C-N>:call Tex_VisSecAdv('".a:name."')\<CR>"
+
+ exe 'amenu '.advlocation.' <plug>'.advirhs
+ exe 'vnoremenu '.advlocation." ".advvrhs
+
+ exe 'amenu '.location.' <plug>'.irhs
+ exe 'vnoremenu '.location." ".vrhs
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" NewEnvironments {{{
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', 'newenvironment', '\newenvironment{<++>}[<++>][<++>]{<++>}{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', 'newenvironment*', '\newenvironment*{<++>}[<++>][<++>]{<++>}{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', 'renewenvironment', '\renewenvironment{<++>}[<++>][<++>]{<++>}{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', 'renewenvironment*', '\renewenvironment*{<++>}[<++>][<++>]{<++>}{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', '-sepenv0-', ' :', 0)
+" }}}
+" Environments specific commands {{{
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Lists.', '&item', '\item', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Lists.', 'i&tem[]', '\item[<++>]<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Lists.', '&bibitem{}', '\bibitem{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&=', '\=', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&>', '\>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '&\\\\', '\\', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&+', '\+', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&-', '\-', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', "\\\'", "\\\'", 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&`', '\`', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&kill', '\kill', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '&makron\ \\CHAR=', '\<++>=<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', "&aigu\ \\CHAR\'", "\\<++>\'<++>", 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '&grave\ \\CHAR`', '\<++>`<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', 'p&ushtabs', '\pushtabs', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', 'p&optabs', '\poptabs', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Tabular.', '&hline', '\hline', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Tabular.', '&cline', '\cline', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Tabular.', '&\&', '&', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Tabular.', '&\\\\', '\\', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Tabular.', '&multicolumn{}{}{}', '\multicolumn{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&makelabels', '\makelabels', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&address', '\address', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&signature', '\signature', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&date', '\date', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '-sepenva4-', ' :', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&opening{}', '\opening{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&closing{}', '\closing{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&ps{}', '\ps{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', 'cc&{}', '\cc{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&onlyslides{}', '\onlyslides{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&onlynotes{}', '\onlynotes{<++>}<++>', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '-sepenva5-', ' :', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&invisible', '\invisible', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&visible', '\visible', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&settime', '\settime', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&addtime', '\addtime', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', '-sepenv0-', ' :', 0)
+" }}}
+" Lists {{{
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('ELI', '&Lists.', 'list', s:list)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('EDE', '&Lists.', 'description', s:description)
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EEN', '&Lists.', 'enumerate')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EIT', '&Lists.', 'itemize')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETI', '&Lists.', 'theindex')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETL', '&Lists.', 'trivlist')
+" }}}
+" Tables {{{
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('ETE', '&Tables.', 'table', s:table)
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETG', '&Tables.', 'tabbing')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '&Tables.', 'table*')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '&Tables.', 'table2')
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('ETR', '&Tables.', 'tabular', s:tabular)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '&Tables.', 'tabular*', s:tabular_star)
+" }}}
+" Math {{{
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EAR', '&Math.', 'array')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EDM', '&Math.', 'displaymath')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EEA', '&Math.', 'eqnarray')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '&Math.', 'eqnarray*')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EEQ', '&Math.', 'equation')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EMA', '&Math.', 'math')
+" }}}
+" Structure {{{
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('EAR', 'Math.', 'array', s:array)
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EAB', '&Structure.', 'abstract')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EAP', '&Structure.', 'appendix')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ECE', '&Structure.', 'center')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EDO', '&Structure.', 'document')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EFC', '&Structure.', 'filecontents')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '&Structure.', 'filecontents*')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EFL', '&Structure.', 'flushleft')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EFR', '&Structure.', 'flushright')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EQN', '&Structure.', 'quotation')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EQE', '&Structure.', 'quote')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ESB', '&Structure.', 'sloppybar')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETI', '&Structure.', 'theindex')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETP', '&Structure.', 'titlepage')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EVM', '&Structure.', 'verbatim')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '&Structure.', 'verbatim*')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EVE', '&Structure.', 'verse')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETB', '&Structure.', 'thebibliography')
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '&Structure.', '-sepstruct0-', ':', 0)
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ENO', '&Structure.', 'note')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EOV', '&Structure.', 'overlay')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ESL', '&Structure.', 'slide')
+" }}}
+" Sections {{{
+call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SPA', 'part')
+call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SCH', 'chapter')
+call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SSE', 'section')
+call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SSS', 'subsection')
+call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SS2', 'subsubsection')
+call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SPG', 'paragraph')
+call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SSP', 'subparagraph')
+" }}}
+" Miscellaneous {{{
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', '-sepenv1-', ' :', 0)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('EFI', '', 'figure', "\<C-r>=Tex_PutEnvironment('figure')\<CR>")
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '', 'figure*')
+call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ELR', '', 'lrbox')
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('EMP', '', 'minipage', s:minipage)
+call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('EPI', '', 'picture', s:picture)
+" }}}
+
+if g:Tex_CatchVisMapErrors
+ exe 'vnoremap '.g:Tex_Leader2." :\<C-u>call ExecMap('".g:Tex_Leader2."', 'v')\<CR>"
+endif
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Specialized functions for various environments
+"
+" All these functions are to be used as:
+"
+" inoremap <lhs> <C-r>=Tex_itemize('enumerate')<CR>
+" nnoremap <lhs> i<C-r>=Tex_itemize('enumerate')<CR>
+"
+" and so on...
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_itemize: {{{
+function! Tex_itemize(env)
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{'.a:env."}\<cr>\\item <++>\<cr>\\end{".a:env."}<++>")
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_description: {{{
+function! Tex_description(env)
+ if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1
+ let itlabel = input('(Optional) Item label? ')
+ if itlabel != ''
+ let itlabel = '['.itlabel.']'
+ endif
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\begin{description}\<cr>\\item".itlabel." <++>\<cr>\\end{description}<++>")
+ else
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:description)
+ endif
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_figure: {{{
+function! Tex_figure(env)
+ if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1
+ let flto = input('Float to (htbp)? ')
+ let caption = input('Caption? ')
+ let center = input('Center ([y]/n)? ')
+ let label = input('Label (for use with \ref)? ')
+ " additional to AUC Tex since my pics are usually external files
+ let pic = input('Name of Pic-File? ')
+ if flto != ''
+ let flto = '['.flto."]\<cr>"
+ else
+ let flto = "\<cr>"
+ endif
+ if pic != ''
+ let pic = '\input{'.pic."}\<cr>"
+ else
+ let pic = "<++>\<cr>"
+ endif
+ if caption != ''
+ let caption = '\caption{'.caption."}\<cr>"
+ endif
+ if label != ''
+ let label = '\label{fig:'.label."}\<cr>"
+ endif
+ if center == 'y'
+ let centr = '\begin{center}' . "\<cr>"
+ let centr = centr . pic
+ let centr = centr . caption
+ let centr = centr . label
+ let centr = centr . '\end{center}' . "\<cr>"
+ else
+ let centr = pic
+ let centr = centr . caption
+ let centr = centr . label
+ endif
+ let figure = '\begin{'.a:env.'}'.flto
+ let figure = figure . centr
+ let figure = figure . '\end{'.a:env.'}'
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(figure)
+ else
+ if g:Tex_package_detected =~ '\<graphicx\>'
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:figure_graphicx)
+ else
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:figure)
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_table: {{{
+function! Tex_table(env)
+ if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1
+ let flto = input('Float to (htbp)? ')
+ let caption = input('Caption? ')
+ let center = input('Center (y/n)? ')
+ let label = input('Label? ')
+ if flto != ''
+ let flto ='['.flto."]\<cr>"
+ else
+ let flto = ''
+ endif
+ let ret='\begin{table}'.flto
+ if center == 'y'
+ let ret=ret."\\begin{center}\<cr>"
+ endif
+ let foo = '\begin{tabular}'
+ let pos = input('(Optional) Position (t b)? ')
+ if pos != ''
+ let foo = foo.'['.pos.']'
+ else
+ let foo = foo."\<cr>"
+ endif
+ let format = input("Format ( l r c p{width} | @{text} )? ")
+ if format == ''
+ let format = '<++>'
+ endif
+ let ret = ret.foo.'{'.format."}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{tabular}<++>\<cr>"
+ if center == 'y'
+ let ret=ret."\\end{center}\<cr>"
+ endif
+ if caption != ''
+ let ret=ret.'\caption{'.caption."}\<cr>"
+ endif
+ if label != ''
+ let ret=ret.'\label{tab:'.label."}\<cr>"
+ endif
+ let ret=ret.'\end{table}<++>'
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(ret)
+ else
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:table)
+ endif
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_tabular: {{{
+function! Tex_tabular(env)
+ if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1
+ let pos = input('(Optional) Position (t b)? ')
+ let format = input("Format ( l r c p{width} | @{text} )? ")
+ if pos != ''
+ let pos = '['.pos.']'
+ endif
+ if format != ''
+ let format = '{'.format.'}'
+ endif
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{'.a:env.'}'.pos.format."\<cr> \<cr>\\end{".a:env.'}<++>')
+ else
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{'.a:env.'}[<+position+>]{<+format+>}'."\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{".a:env.'}<++>')
+ endif
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_eqnarray: {{{
+function! Tex_eqnarray(env)
+ if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1
+ if a:env !~ '\*'
+ let label = input('Label? ')
+ if label != ''
+ let arrlabel = '\label{'.label."}\<cr>"
+ else
+ let arrlabel = ''
+ endif
+ else
+ let arrlabel = ''
+ endif
+ else
+ if a:env !~ '\*'
+ let arrlabel = "\\label{<++>}\<cr>"
+ else
+ let arrlabel = ""
+ endif
+ endif
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{'.a:env."}\<cr><++>\<cr>".arrlabel."\\end{".a:env."}<++>")
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_list: {{{
+function! Tex_list(env)
+ if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1
+ let label = input('Label (for \item)? ')
+ if label != ''
+ let label = '{'.label.'}'
+ let addcmd = input('Additional commands? ')
+ if addcmd != ''
+ let label = label . '{'.addcmd.'}'
+ endif
+ else
+ let label = ''
+ endif
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{list}'.label."\<cr>\\item \<cr>\\end{list}<++>")
+ else
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:list)
+ endif
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_document: {{{
+function! Tex_document(env)
+ if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1
+ let dstyle = input('Document style? ')
+ let opts = input('(Optional) Options? ')
+ let foo = '\documentclass'
+ if opts == ''
+ let foo = foo.'{'.dstyle.'}'
+ else
+ let foo = foo.'['.opts.']'.'{'.dstyle.'}'
+ endif
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(foo."\<cr>\<cr>\\begin{document}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{document}")
+ else
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:document)
+ endif
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_minipage: {{{
+function! Tex_minipage(env)
+ if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1
+ let foo = '\begin{minipage}'
+ let pos = input('(Optional) Position (t b)? ')
+ let width = input('Width? ')
+ if pos == ''
+ let foo = foo.'{'.width.'}'
+ else
+ let foo = foo.'['.pos.']{'.width.'}'
+ endif
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(foo."\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{minipage}<++>")
+ else
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:minipage)
+ endif
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_thebibliography: {{{
+function! Tex_thebibliography(env)
+ if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1
+ " AUC Tex: "Label for BibItem: 99"
+ let indent = input('Indent for BibItem? ')
+ let foo = '{'.indent.'}'
+ let biblabel = input('(Optional) Bibitem label? ')
+ let key = input('Add key? ')
+ let bar = '\bibitem'
+ if biblabel != ''
+ let bar = bar.'['.biblabel.']'
+ endif
+ let bar = bar.'{'.key.'}'
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{thebibliography}'.foo."\<cr>".bar." \<cr>\\end{thebibliography}<++>\<Up>")
+ else
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(
+ \ "\\begin{thebibliography}\<CR>".
+ \ "\\item[<+biblabel+>]{<+bibkey+>} <++>\<CR>".
+ \ "<++>\<CR>".
+ \ "\\end{thebibliography}<++>")
+ endif
+endfunction
+" }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Contributions / suggestions from Carl Mueller (auctex.vim)
+" ==============================================================================
+" PromptForEnvironment: prompts for an environment {{{
+" Description:
+function! PromptForEnvironment(ask)
+ return Tex_ChooseFromPrompt(
+ \ a:ask."\n" .
+ \ Tex_CreatePrompt(g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments, 2, ",") .
+ \ "\nEnter nae or number of environment :",
+ \ g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments, ",")
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_DoEnvironment: fast insertion of environments {{{
+" Description:
+" The menus call this function with an argument (the name of the environment
+" to insert). The maps call this without any arguments. In this case, it
+" prompts for an environment to enter if the current line is empty. If
+" called without arguments and there is a word on the current line, then use
+" that as the name of a new environment.
+function! Tex_DoEnvironment(...)
+ if a:0 < 1
+ let env = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\s*\zs\w*\*\=\ze\s*$')
+ " If in current line is more than one word or in visual mode
+ " ignore contents of line and prompt for environment
+ if env == '' || (exists('s:isvisual') && s:isvisual == 'yes')
+ let env = PromptForEnvironment('Choose which environment to insert: ')
+ if env != ''
+ return Tex_PutEnvironment(env)
+ else
+ return ''
+ endif
+ else
+ " delete the word on the line into the blackhole register.
+ normal! 0"_D
+ return Tex_PutEnvironment(env)
+ endif
+ else
+ return Tex_PutEnvironment(a:1)
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_PutEnvironment: calls various specialized functions {{{
+" Description:
+" Based on input argument, it calls various specialized functions.
+function! Tex_PutEnvironment(env)
+ if exists("s:isvisual") && s:isvisual == "yes"
+ let s:isvisual = 'no'
+ if a:env == '\['
+ return VEnclose('', '', '\[', '\]')
+ elseif a:env == '$$'
+ return VEnclose('', '', '$$', '$$')
+ endif
+ return VEnclose('\begin{'.a:env.'}', '\end{'.a:env.'}', '\begin{'.a:env.'}', '\end{'.a:env.'}')
+ else
+ " The user can define something like
+ " let g:Tex_Env_theorem = "\\begin{theorem}\<CR><++>\<CR>\\end{theorem}"
+ " This will effectively over-write the default definition of the
+ " theorem environment which uses a \label.
+ if exists("b:Tex_Env_{'".a:env."'}")
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(b:Tex_Env_{a:env})
+ elseif exists("g:Tex_Env_{'".a:env."'}")
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(g:Tex_Env_{a:env})
+ elseif a:env =~ 'equation*\|eqnarray*\|theorem\|lemma\|equation\|eqnarray\|align\*\|align\>\|multline'
+ let g:aa = a:env
+ return Tex_eqnarray(a:env)
+ elseif a:env =~ "enumerate\\|itemize\\|theindex\\|trivlist"
+ return Tex_itemize(a:env)
+ elseif a:env =~ "table\\|table*"
+ return Tex_table(a:env)
+ elseif a:env =~ "tabular\\|tabular*\\|array\\|array*"
+ return Tex_tabular(a:env)
+ elseif exists('*Tex_'.a:env)
+ exe 'return Tex_'.a:env.'(a:env)'
+ elseif a:env == '$$'
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('$$<++>$$')
+ elseif a:env == '\['
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\[\<CR><++>\<CR>\\]<++>")
+ else
+ " Look in supported packages if exists template for environment
+ " given in the line
+ if exists('g:Tex_package_supported') && g:Tex_package_supported != ''
+ let i = 1
+ while Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_supported, ',', i) != ''
+ let checkpack = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_supported, ',', i)
+ if g:TeX_package_{checkpack} =~ 'e..:'.a:env
+ if a:env =~ '*'
+ " Don't allow * to be treated as wildcard
+ let aenv = substitute(a:env, '*', '\\*', '')
+ else
+ let aenv = a:env
+ endif
+ let envcommand = matchstr(g:TeX_package_{checkpack}, '\zse..:'.aenv.'[^,]\{-}\ze,')
+ return Tex_ProcessPackageCommand(envcommand)
+ endif
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+ endif
+ " If nothing before us managed to create an environment, then just
+ " create a bare-bones environment from the name.
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{'.a:env."}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{".a:env."}<++>")
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Mapping the <F5> key to insert/prompt for an environment/package {{{
+" and <S-F5> to prompt/replace an environment
+"
+" g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments is a variable containing a comma seperated list
+" of environments. This list defines the prompt which latex-suite sets up when
+" the user presses <F5> on an empty line.
+"
+" Leaving this empty is equivalent to disabling the feature.
+if g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments != ''
+
+ let b:DoubleDollars = 0
+
+ " Provide only <plug>s here. main.vim will create the actual maps.
+ inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert <C-r>=Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert("no")<cr>
+ nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert i<C-r>=Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert("no")<cr>
+ vnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert <C-\><C-N>:call Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert("yes")<CR>
+ inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentChange <C-O>:call Tex_ChangeEnvironments()<CR>
+ nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentChange :call Tex_ChangeEnvironments()<CR>
+
+ " Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert: maps <F5> to prompt for env and insert it " {{{
+ " Description:
+ " This function calculates whether we are in the preamble. If we are
+ " then inserts a \usepackage line by either reading in a word from the
+ " current line or prompting to type in one. If not in the preamble, then
+ " inserts a environment template either by reading in a word from the
+ " current line or prompting the user to choose one.
+ "
+ function! Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert(isvisual)
+
+ let start_line = line('.')
+ let pos = line('.').' | normal! '.virtcol('.').'|'
+ let s:isvisual = a:isvisual
+
+ " decide if we are in the preamble of the document. If we are then
+ " insert a package, otherwise insert an environment.
+ "
+ if search('\\documentclass', 'bW') && search('\\begin{document}')
+
+ " If there is a \documentclass line and a \begin{document} line in
+ " the file, then a part of the file is the preamble.
+
+ " search for where the document begins.
+ let begin_line = search('\\begin{document}')
+ " if the document begins after where we are presently, then we are
+ " in the preamble.
+ if start_line < begin_line
+ " return to our original location and insert a package
+ " statement.
+ exe pos
+ return Tex_package_from_line()
+ else
+ " we are after the preamble. insert an environment.
+ exe pos
+ return Tex_DoEnvironment()
+ endif
+
+ elseif search('\\documentclass')
+ " if there is only a \documentclass but no \begin{document}, then
+ " the entire file is a preamble. Put a package.
+
+ exe pos
+ return Tex_package_from_line()
+
+ else
+ " no \documentclass, put an environment.
+
+ exe pos
+ return Tex_DoEnvironment()
+
+ endif
+
+ endfunction
+
+ " }}}
+ " Tex_package_from_line: puts a \usepackage line in the current line. " {{{
+ " Description:
+ "
+ function! Tex_package_from_line()
+ " Function Tex_PutPackage is defined in packages.vim
+ " Ignores <F5> in Visual mode
+ if s:isvisual == "yes"
+ return 0
+ else
+ let l = getline(".")
+ let pack = matchstr(l, '^\s*\zs.*')
+ normal! 0"_D
+ return Tex_pack_one(pack)
+ endif
+ endfunction
+
+ " }}}
+ " Tex_ChangeEnvironments: calls Change() to change the environment {{{
+ " Description:
+ " Finds out which environment the cursor is positioned in and changes
+ " that to the chosen new environment. This function knows the changes
+ " which need to be made to change one env to another and calls
+ " Change() with the info.
+ "
+ function! Tex_ChangeEnvironments()
+
+ let env_line = searchpair('$$\|\\[\|begin{', '', '$$\|\\]\|end{', "bn")
+
+ if env_line != 0
+ if getline(env_line) !~ 'begin{'
+ let env_name = '['
+ else
+ let env_name = matchstr(getline(env_line), 'begin{\zs.\{-}\ze}')
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if !exists('env_name')
+ echomsg "You are not inside environment"
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+ exe 'echomsg "You are within a '.env_name.' environment."'
+ let change_env = PromptForEnvironment('What do you want to change it to? ')
+
+ if change_env == 'eqnarray'
+ call <SID>Change('eqnarray', 1, '', 1)
+ elseif change_env == 'eqnarray*'
+ call <SID>Change('eqnarray*', 0, '\\nonumber', 0)
+ elseif change_env == 'align'
+ call <SID>Change('align', 1, '', 1)
+ elseif change_env == 'align*'
+ call <SID>Change('align*', 0, '\\nonumber', 0)
+ elseif change_env == 'equation*'
+ call <SID>Change('equation*', 0, '&\|\\lefteqn{\|\\nonumber\|\\\\', 0)
+ elseif change_env == ''
+ return 0
+ else
+ call <SID>Change(change_env, 0, '', '')
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+ endfunction
+
+ " }}}
+ " Change: changes the current env to the new env {{{
+ " Description:
+ " This function needs to know the changes which need to be made while
+ " going from an old environment to a new one. This info, it gets from
+ " Tex_ChangeEnvironments
+ "
+ " env : name of the new environment.
+ " label : if 1, then insert a \label at the end of the environment.
+ " otherwise, delete any \label line found.
+ " delete : a pattern which is to be deleted from the original environment.
+ " for example, going to a eqnarray* environment means we need to
+ " delete \label's.
+ " putInNonumber : whether we need to put a \nonumber before the end of the
+ " environment.
+ function! s:Change(env, label, delete, putInNonumber)
+
+ let start_line = line('.')
+ let start_col = virtcol('.')
+
+ if a:env == '['
+ if b:DoubleDollars == 0
+ let first = '\\['
+ let second = '\\]'
+ else
+ let first = '$$'
+ let second = '$$'
+ endif
+ else
+ let first = '\\begin{' . a:env . '}'
+ let second = '\\end{' . a:env . '}'
+ endif
+
+ if b:DoubleDollars == 0
+ let bottom = searchpair('\\\[\|\\begin{','','\\\]\|\\end{','')
+ s/\\\]\|\\end{.\{-}}/\=second/
+ let top = searchpair('\\\[\|\\begin{','','\\\]\|\\end{','b')
+ s/\\\[\|\\begin{.\{-}}/\=first/
+ else
+ let bottom = search('\$\$\|\\end{')
+ s/\$\$\|\\end{.\{-}}/\=second/
+ let top = search('\$\$\|\\begin{','b')
+ s/\$\$\|\\begin{.\{-}}/\=first/
+ end
+ if a:delete != ''
+ exe 'silent '. top . "," . bottom . 's/' . a:delete . '//e'
+ endif
+
+ if a:putInNonumber == 1
+ exe top
+ call search('\\end\|\\\\')
+ if line('.') != bottom
+ exe '.+1,' . bottom . 's/\\\\/\\nonumber\\\\/e'
+ exe (bottom-1) . 's/\s*$/ \\nonumber/'
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if a:label == 1
+ exe top
+ if search("\\label", "W") > bottom
+ exe top
+ let local_label = input('Label? ')
+ if local_label != ''
+ put = '\label{'.local_label.'}'
+ endif
+ normal $
+ endif
+ else
+ exe 'silent '.top . ',' . bottom . ' g/\\label/delete'
+ endif
+
+ if exists('local_label') && local_label != ''
+ exe start_line + 1.' | normal! '.start_col.'|'
+ else
+ exe start_line.' | normal! '.start_col.'|'
+ endif
+ endfunction " }}}
+
+endif
+
+" }}}
+" Map <S-F1> through <S-F4> to insert environments {{{
+if g:Tex_HotKeyMappings != ''
+
+ " SetUpHotKeys: maps <F1> through <F4> to insert environments
+ " Description:
+ function! <SID>SetUpHotKeys()
+ let i = 1
+ let envname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_HotKeyMappings, ',', i)
+ while envname != ''
+
+ exec 'inoremap <silent> <buffer> <S-F'.i.'> <C-r>=Tex_PutEnvironment("'.envname.'")<CR>'
+
+ let i = i + 1
+ let envname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_HotKeyMappings, ',', i)
+
+ endwhile
+
+ endfunction
+
+endif
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_SetFastEnvironmentMaps: function for setting up the <F5> and <S-F1>-<S-F4> keys {{{
+" Description: This function is made public so it can be called by the
+" SetTeXOptions() function in main.vim
+function! Tex_SetFastEnvironmentMaps()
+ if g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments != ''
+ call Tex_MakeMap("<F5>", "<Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert", 'i', '<silent> <buffer>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap("<F5>", "<Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert", 'n', '<silent> <buffer>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap("<F5>", "<Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert", 'v', '<silent> <buffer>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap("<S-F5>", "<Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentChange", 'i', '<silent> <buffer>')
+ call Tex_MakeMap("<S-F5>", "<Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentChange", 'n', '<silent> <buffer>')
+ endif
+ if g:Tex_HotKeyMappings != ''
+ call s:SetUpHotKeys()
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Contributions / Tex_InsertItem() from Johannes Tanzler
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_GetCurrentEnv: gets the current environment in which the cursor lies {{{
+" Description: handles cases such as:
+"
+" \begin{itemize}
+" \item first item
+" \item second item
+" \begin{description}
+" \item first desc
+" \item second
+" % Tex_GetCurrentEnv will return "description" when called from here
+" \end{description}
+" \item third item
+" % Tex_GetCurrentEnv will return "itemize" when called from here
+" \end{itemize}
+" % Tex_GetCurrentEnv will return "" when called from here
+"
+" Author: Alan Schmitt
+function! Tex_GetCurrentEnv()
+ let pos = line('.').' | normal! '.virtcol('.').'|'
+ let i = 0
+ while 1
+ let env_line = search('^[^%]*\\\%(begin\|end\){', 'bW')
+ if env_line == 0
+ " we reached the beginning of the file, so we return the empty string
+ exe pos
+ return ''
+ endif
+ if match(getline(env_line), '^[^%]*\\begin{') == -1
+ " we found a \\end, so we keep searching
+ let i = i + 1
+ continue
+ else
+ " we found a \\begin which has not been \\end'ed. we are done.
+ if i == 0
+ let env = matchstr(getline(env_line), '\\begin{\zs.\{-}\ze}')
+ exe pos
+ return env
+ else
+ " this \\begin closes a \\end, continue searching.
+ let i = i - 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ endif
+ endwhile
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_InsertItem: insert \item into a list {{{
+" Description: Find last \begin line, extract env name, return to the start
+" position and insert proper \item, depending on env name.
+" Env names are stored in g: variables it can be used by
+" package files.
+
+TexLet g:Tex_ItemStyle_itemize = '\item '
+TexLet g:Tex_ItemStyle_enumerate = '\item '
+TexLet g:Tex_ItemStyle_theindex = '\item '
+TexLet g:Tex_ItemStyle_thebibliography = '\item[<+biblabel+>]{<+bibkey+>} <++>'
+TexLet g:Tex_ItemStyle_description = '\item[<+label+>] <++>'
+
+function! Tex_InsertItem()
+ " Get current enclosing environment
+ let env = Tex_GetCurrentEnv()
+
+ if exists('g:Tex_ItemStyle_'.env)
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(g:Tex_ItemStyle_{env})
+ else
+ return ''
+ endif
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_SetItemMaps: sets the \item inserting maps for current buffer {{{
+" Description:
+
+inoremap <script> <silent> <Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnThisLine <Esc>a<C-r>=Tex_InsertItem()<CR>
+inoremap <script> <silent> <Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnNextLine <ESC>o<C-R>=Tex_InsertItem()<CR>
+
+function! Tex_SetItemMaps()
+ if !hasmapto("<Plug>Tex_InsertItem", "i")
+ imap <buffer> <M-i> <Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnThisLine
+ endif
+ if !hasmapto("<Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnNextLine", "i")
+ imap <buffer> <C-CR> <Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnNextLine
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Implementation of Fast Environment commands for LaTeX commands
+" ==============================================================================
+" Define certain commonly used command definitions {{{
+
+TexLet g:Tex_Com_{'newtheorem'} = '\newtheorem{<+name+>}{<+caption+>}[<+within+>]'
+TexLet g:Tex_Com_{'frac'} = '\frac{<+n+>}{<+d+>}<++>'
+
+" }}}
+" PromptForCommand: prompts for a command {{{
+" Description:
+function! PromptForCommand(ask)
+ let common_com_prompt =
+ \ Tex_CreatePrompt(g:Tex_PromptedCommands, 2, ',') . "\n" .
+ \ "Enter number or command name :"
+
+ let inp = input(a:ask."\n".common_com_prompt)
+ if inp =~ '^[0-9]\+$'
+ let com = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_PromptedCommands, ',', inp)
+ else
+ let com = inp
+ endif
+
+ return com
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_DoCommand: fast insertion of commands {{{
+" Description:
+"
+function! Tex_DoCommand(isvisual)
+ " If the current line is empty or if a visual selection has been made,
+ " prompt for a new environment.
+ if getline('.') == '' || a:isvisual == 'yes'
+ let com = PromptForCommand('Choose a command to insert: ')
+ if com != ''
+ return Tex_PutCommand(com, a:isvisual)
+ else
+ return ''
+ endif
+ else
+ " We want to find out the word under the cursor without issuing
+ " any movement commands.
+ let presline = getline('.')
+ let c = col('.')
+
+ let wordbef = matchstr(strpart(presline, 0, c-1), '\k\+\*\?$')
+ let wordaft = matchstr(strpart(presline, c-1), '^\k\+\*\?')
+
+ let word = wordbef . wordaft
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_DoCommand: wordbef = [".wordbef."], wordaft = [".wordaft."], word = [".word."]", 'env')
+
+ " We use \<Del> instead of \<Bs> because \<Bs> does not work
+ " unless bs=2
+ if word != ''
+ return substitute(wordbef, '.', "\<Left>", 'g')
+ \ . substitute(word, '.', "\<Del>", 'g')
+ \ . Tex_PutCommand(word, a:isvisual)
+ else
+ let cmd = PromptForCommand('Choose a command to insert: ')
+ if cmd != ''
+ return Tex_PutCommand(cmd, a:isvisual)
+ else
+ return ''
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_PutCommand: calls various specialized functions {{{
+" Description:
+" Based on input argument, it calls various specialized functions.
+function! Tex_PutCommand(com, isvisual)
+ if a:isvisual == "yes"
+ if a:com == '$'
+ return VEnclose('$', '$', '$', '$')
+ elseif a:com == '\\('
+ return VEnclose('\\(', '\\)', '\\(', '\\)')
+ else
+ return VEnclose("\\".a:com.'{', '}', "\\".a:com.'{', '}')
+ endif
+ else
+ if exists('b:Tex_Com_{"'.a:com.'"}')
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(b:Tex_Com_{a:com})
+ elseif exists('g:Tex_Com_{"'.a:com.'"}')
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(g:Tex_Com_{a:com})
+ elseif a:com == '$'
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('$<++>$')
+ else
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\".a:com.'{<++>}<++>')
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Mapping the <F7> key to prompt/insert for command {{{
+" and <S-F7> to prompt/replace command
+"
+" g:Tex_PromptedCommands is a variable containing a comma seperated list
+" of commands.
+"
+" Leaving this empty is equivalent to disabling the feature.
+if g:Tex_PromptedCommands != ''
+
+ let b:DoubleDollars = 0
+
+ inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert <C-r>=Tex_DoCommand('no')<cr>
+ nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert i<C-r>=Tex_DoCommand('no')<cr>
+ vnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert <C-\><C-N>:call Tex_DoCommand('yes')<CR>
+
+ inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange <C-O>:call Tex_ChangeCommand('no')<CR>
+ nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange :call Tex_ChangeCommand('no')<CR>
+
+ " Tex_ChangeCommand: calls ChangeCommand() to change the environment {{{
+ " Description:
+ " Finds out which environment the cursor is positioned in and changes
+ " that to the chosen new environment. This function knows the changes
+ " which need to be made to change one env to another and calls
+ " ChangeCommand() with the info.
+ "
+ function! Tex_ChangeCommand(isvisual)
+
+ let pos_com = line('.').' | normal! '.virtcol('.').'|'
+
+ let com_line = searchpair('\\\k\{-}{', '', '}', 'b')
+
+ if com_line != 0
+ normal l
+ let com_name = expand('<cword>')
+ endif
+
+ if !exists('com_name')
+ echomsg "You are not inside command"
+ exe pos_com
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+ exe 'echomsg "You are within a '.com_name.' command."'
+ let change_com = PromptForCommand('Do you want to change it to (number or name)? ')
+
+ if change_com == ''
+ exe pos_com
+ return 0
+ else
+ call <SID>ChangeCommand(change_com)
+ exe pos_com
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+ endfunction
+
+ " }}}
+ " ChangeCommand: Changes current command according to prompt menu {{{
+ " Description:
+ "
+ function! s:ChangeCommand(newcom)
+
+ exe 'normal! ct{'.a:newcom."\<Esc>"
+
+ endfunction
+ " }}}
+
+endif
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_SetFastCommandMaps: function for setting up the <F7> keys {{{
+" Description: This function is made public so it can be called by the
+" SetTeXOptions() function in main.vim
+function! Tex_SetFastCommandMaps()
+ if g:Tex_PromptedCommands != ''
+ if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert', 'i')
+ imap <silent> <buffer> <F7> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert
+ endif
+ if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert', 'n')
+ nmap <silent> <buffer> <F7> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert
+ endif
+ if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange', 'i')
+ imap <silent> <buffer> <S-F7> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange
+ endif
+ if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange', 'n')
+ nmap <silent> <buffer> <S-F7> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange
+ endif
+ if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert', 'v')
+ vmap <silent> <buffer> <F7> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" SetEnvMacrosOptions: sets mappings for buffers {{{
+" " Description:
+function! <SID>SetEnvMacrosOptions()
+ if exists('b:doneTexEnvMaps')
+ return
+ endif
+ let b:doneTexEnvMaps = 1
+ if g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments != '' || g:Tex_HotKeyMappings != ''
+ call Tex_SetFastEnvironmentMaps()
+ endif
+ if g:Tex_PromptedCommands != ''
+ call Tex_SetFastCommandMaps()
+ endif
+ call Tex_SetItemMaps()
+endfunction " }}}
+" Catch the Filetype event so we set maps for each buffer {{{
+augroup LatexSuite
+ au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType
+ \ call Tex_Debug('envmacros.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'env') |
+ \ call s:SetEnvMacrosOptions()
+augroup END
+" }}}
+
+" this statement has to be at the end.
+let s:doneOnce = 1
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:nowrap:noet:ff=unix
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/folding.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/folding.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfaa450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/folding.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: folding.vim
+" Author: Srinath Avadhanula
+" modifications/additions by Zhang Linbo
+" CVS: $Id: folding.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+" Created: Tue Apr 23 05:00 PM 2002 PST
+"
+" Description: functions to interact with Syntaxfolds.vim
+"=============================================================================
+
+nnoremap <unique> <Plug>Tex_RefreshFolds :call MakeTexFolds(1)<cr>
+
+augroup LatexSuite
+ au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType
+ \ call Tex_Debug('folding.vim: catching LatexSuiteFileType', 'fold') |
+ \ call Tex_SetFoldOptions()
+augroup END
+
+" Tex_SetFoldOptions: sets maps for every buffer {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_SetFoldOptions()
+ if exists('b:doneSetFoldOptions')
+ return
+ endif
+ let b:doneSetFoldOptions = 1
+
+ setlocal foldtext=TexFoldTextFunction()
+
+ if g:Tex_Folding && g:Tex_AutoFolding
+ call MakeTexFolds(0)
+ endif
+
+ let s:ml = exists('g:mapleader') ? g:mapleader : "\\"
+
+ call Tex_MakeMap(s:ml."rf", "<Plug>Tex_RefreshFolds", 'n', '<silent> <buffer>')
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_FoldSections: creates section folds {{{
+" Author: Zhang Linbo
+" Description:
+" This function takes a comma seperated list of "sections" and creates fold
+" definitions for them. The first item is supposed to be the "shallowest" field
+" and the last is the "deepest". See g:Tex_FoldedSections for the default
+" definition of the lst input argument.
+"
+" **works recursively**
+function! Tex_FoldSections(lst, endpat)
+ let i = match(a:lst, ',')
+ if i > 0
+ let s = strpart(a:lst, 0, i)
+ else
+ let s = a:lst
+ endif
+ if s =~ '%%fakesection'
+ let s = '^\s*' . s
+ else
+ let s = '^\s*\\' . s . '\W'
+ endif
+ let endpat = s . '\|' . a:endpat
+ if i > 0
+ call Tex_FoldSections(strpart(a:lst,i+1), endpat)
+ endif
+ let endpat = '^\s*\\appendix\W\|' . endpat
+ call AddSyntaxFoldItem(s, endpat, 0, -1)
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" MakeTexFolds: function to create fold items for latex. {{{
+"
+" used in conjunction with MakeSyntaxFolds().
+" see ../plugin/syntaxFolds.vim for documentation
+function! MakeTexFolds(force)
+ if exists('g:Tex_Folding') && !g:Tex_Folding
+ return
+ endif
+ if &ft != 'tex'
+ return
+ end
+
+ " Setup folded items lists g:Tex_Foldedxxxx
+ " 1. Use default value if g:Tex_Foldedxxxxxx is not defined
+ " 2. prepend default value to g:Tex_Foldedxxxxxx if it starts with ','
+ " 3. append default value to g:Tex_Foldedxxxxxx if it ends with ','
+
+ " Folding items which are not caught in any of the standard commands,
+ " environments or sections.
+ let s = 'item,slide,preamble,<<<'
+ if !exists('g:Tex_FoldedMisc')
+ let g:Tex_FoldedMisc = s
+ elseif g:Tex_FoldedMisc[0] == ','
+ let g:Tex_FoldedMisc = s . g:Tex_FoldedMisc
+ elseif g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ ',$'
+ let g:Tex_FoldedMisc = g:Tex_FoldedMisc . s
+ endif
+
+ " By default do not fold any commands. It looks like trying to fold
+ " commands is a difficult problem since commands can be arbitrarily nested
+ " and the end patterns are not unique unlike the case of environments.
+ " For this to work well, we need a regexp which will match a line only if
+ " a command begins on that line but does not end on that line. This
+ " requires a regexp which will match unbalanced curly braces and that is
+ " apparently not doable with regexps.
+ let s = ''
+ if !exists('g:Tex_FoldedCommands')
+ let g:Tex_FoldedCommands = s
+ elseif g:Tex_FoldedCommands[0] == ','
+ let g:Tex_FoldedCommands = s . g:Tex_FoldedCommands
+ elseif g:Tex_FoldedCommands =~ ',$'
+ let g:Tex_FoldedCommands = g:Tex_FoldedCommands . s
+ endif
+
+ let s = 'verbatim,comment,eq,gather,align,figure,table,thebibliography,'
+ \. 'keywords,abstract,titlepage'
+ if !exists('g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments')
+ let g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments = s
+ elseif g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments[0] == ','
+ let g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments = s . g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments
+ elseif g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments =~ ',$'
+ let g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments = g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments . s
+ endif
+
+ if !exists('g:Tex_FoldedSections')
+ let g:Tex_FoldedSections = 'part,chapter,section,%%fakesection,'
+ \. 'subsection,subsubsection,paragraph'
+ endif
+
+ " the order in which these calls are made decides the nestedness. in
+ " latex, a table environment will always be embedded in either an item or
+ " a section etc. not the other way around. so we first fold up all the
+ " tables. and then proceed with the other regions.
+
+ let b:numFoldItems = 0
+
+ " ========================================================================
+ " How to add new folding items {{{
+ " ========================================================================
+ "
+ " Each of the following function calls defines a syntax fold region. Each
+ " definition consists of a call to the AddSyntaxFoldItem() function.
+ "
+ " The order in which the folds are defined is important. Juggling the
+ " order of the function calls will create havoc with folding. The
+ " "deepest" folding item needs to be called first. For example, if
+ " the \begin{table} environment is a subset (or lies within) the \section
+ " environment, then add the definition for the \table first.
+ "
+ " The AddSyntaxFoldItem() function takes either 4 or 6 arguments. When it
+ " is called with 4 arguments, it is equivalent to calling it with 6
+ " arguments with the last two left blank (i.e as empty strings)
+ "
+ " The explanation for each argument is as follows:
+ " startpat: a line matching this pattern defines the beginning of a fold.
+ " endpat : a line matching this pattern defines the end of a fold.
+ " startoff: this is the offset from the starting line at which folding will
+ " actually start
+ " endoff : like startoff, but gives the offset of the actual fold end from
+ " the line satisfying endpat.
+ " startoff and endoff are necessary when the folding region does
+ " not have a specific end pattern corresponding to a start
+ " pattern. for example in latex,
+ " \begin{section}
+ " defines the beginning of a section, but its not necessary to
+ " have a corresponding
+ " \end{section}
+ " the section is assumed to end 1 line _before_ another section
+ " starts.
+ " startskip: a pattern which defines the beginning of a "skipped" region.
+ "
+ " For example, suppose we define a \itemize fold as follows:
+ " startpat = '^\s*\\item',
+ " endpat = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}',
+ " startoff = 0,
+ " endoff = -1
+ "
+ " This defines a fold which starts with a line beginning with an
+ " \item and ending one line before a line beginning with an
+ " \item or \end{enumerate} etc.
+ "
+ " Then, as long as \item's are not nested things are fine.
+ " However, once items begin to nest, the fold started by one
+ " \item can end because of an \item in an \itemize
+ " environment within this \item. i.e, the following can happen:
+ "
+ " \begin{itemize}
+ " \item Some text <------- fold will start here
+ " This item will contain a nested item
+ " \begin{itemize} <----- fold will end here because next line contains \item...
+ " \item Hello
+ " \end{itemize} <----- ... instead of here.
+ " \item Next item of the parent itemize
+ " \end{itemize}
+ "
+ " Therefore, in order to completely define a folding item which
+ " allows nesting, we need to also define a "skip" pattern.
+ " startskip and end skip do that.
+ " Leave '' when there is no nesting.
+ " endskip: the pattern which defines the end of the "skip" pattern for
+ " nested folds.
+ "
+ " Example:
+ " 1. A syntax fold region for a latex section is
+ " startpat = "\\section{"
+ " endpat = "\\section{"
+ " startoff = 0
+ " endoff = -1
+ " startskip = ''
+ " endskip = ''
+ " Note that the start and end patterns are thus the same and endoff has a
+ " negative value to capture the effect of a section ending one line before
+ " the next starts.
+ " 2. A syntax fold region for the \itemize environment is:
+ " startpat = '^\s*\\item',
+ " endpat = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}',
+ " startoff = 0,
+ " endoff = -1,
+ " startskip = '^\s*\\begin{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}',
+ " endskip = '^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}'
+ " Note the use of startskip and endskip to allow nesting.
+ "
+ "
+ " }}}
+ " ========================================================================
+
+ " {{{ comment lines
+ if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\<comments\>'
+ call AddSyntaxFoldItem (
+ \ '^%\([^%]\|[^f]\|[^a]\|[^k]\|[^e]\)',
+ \ '^[^%]',
+ \ 0,
+ \ -1
+ \ )
+ endif
+ " }}}
+
+ " {{{ items
+ if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\<item\>'
+ call AddSyntaxFoldItem (
+ \ '^\s*\\item',
+ \ '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}',
+ \ 0,
+ \ -1,
+ \ '^\s*\\begin{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}',
+ \ '^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}'
+ \ )
+ endif
+ " }}}
+
+ " {{{ title
+ if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\<title\>'
+ call AddSyntaxFoldItem (
+ \ '^\s*\\title\W',
+ \ '^\s*\\maketitle',
+ \ 0,
+ \ 0
+ \ )
+ endif
+ " }}}
+
+ " Commands and Environments {{{
+ " Fold the commands and environments in 2 passes.
+ let pass = 0
+ while pass < 2
+ if pass == 0
+ let lst = g:Tex_FoldedCommands
+ else
+ let lst = g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments
+ endif
+ while lst != ''
+ let i = match(lst, ',')
+ if i > 0
+ let s = strpart(lst, 0, i)
+ let lst = strpart(lst, i+1)
+ else
+ let s = lst
+ let lst = ''
+ endif
+ if s != ''
+ if pass == 0
+ " NOTE: This pattern ensures that a command which is
+ " terminated on the same line will not start a fold.
+ " However, it will also refuse to fold certain commands
+ " which have not terminated. eg:
+ " \commandname{something \bf{text} and
+ " will _not_ start a fold.
+ " In other words, the pattern is safe, but not exact.
+ call AddSyntaxFoldItem('^\s*\\'.s.'{[^{}]*$','^[^}]*}',0,0)
+ else
+ call AddSyntaxFoldItem('^\s*\\begin{'.s,'^\s*\\end{'.s,0,0)
+ endif
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ let pass = pass + 1
+ endwhile
+ " }}}
+
+ " Sections {{{
+ if g:Tex_FoldedSections != ''
+ call Tex_FoldSections(g:Tex_FoldedSections,
+ \ '^\s*\\frontmatter\|^\s*\\mainmatter\|^\s*\\backmatter\|'
+ \. '^\s*\\begin{thebibliography\|>>>\|^\s*\\endinput\|'
+ \. '^\s*\\begin{slide\|^\s*\\end{document')
+ endif
+ " }}}
+
+ " {{{ slide
+ if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\<slide\>'
+ call AddSyntaxFoldItem (
+ \ '^\s*\\begin{slide',
+ \ '^\s*\\appendix\W\|^\s*\\chapter\W\|^\s*\\end{slide\|^\s*\\end{document',
+ \ 0,
+ \ 0
+ \ )
+ endif
+ " }}}
+
+ " {{{ preamble
+ if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\<preamble\>'
+ call AddSyntaxFoldItem (
+ \ '^\s*\\document\(class\|style\).*{',
+ \ '^\s*\\begin{document}',
+ \ 0,
+ \ -1
+ \ )
+ endif
+ " }}}
+
+ " Manually folded regions {{{
+ if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\(^\|,\)<<<\(,\|$\)'
+ call AddSyntaxFoldItem (
+ \ '<<<',
+ \ '>>>',
+ \ 0,
+ \ 0
+ \ )
+ endif
+ " }}}
+
+ call MakeSyntaxFolds(a:force)
+ normal! zv
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" TexFoldTextFunction: create fold text for folds {{{
+function! TexFoldTextFunction()
+ let leadingSpace = matchstr(' ', ' \{,'.indent(v:foldstart).'}')
+ if getline(v:foldstart) =~ '^\s*\\begin{'
+ let header = matchstr(getline(v:foldstart),
+ \ '^\s*\\begin{\zs\([:alpha:]*\)[^}]*\ze}')
+ let caption = ''
+ let label = ''
+ let i = v:foldstart
+ while i <= v:foldend
+ if getline(i) =~ '\\caption'
+ " distinguish between
+ " \caption{fulldesc} - fulldesc will be displayed
+ " \caption[shortdesc]{fulldesc} - shortdesc will be displayed
+ if getline(i) =~ '\\caption\['
+ let caption = matchstr(getline(i), '\\caption\[\zs[^\]]*')
+ let caption = substitute(caption, '\zs\]{.*}[^}]*$', '', '')
+ else
+ let caption = matchstr(getline(i), '\\caption{\zs.*')
+ let caption = substitute(caption, '\zs}[^}]*$', '', '')
+ end
+ elseif getline(i) =~ '\\label'
+ let label = matchstr(getline(i), '\\label{\zs.*')
+ let label = substitute(label, '\zs}[^}]*$', '', '')
+ end
+
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ let ftxto = foldtext()
+ " if no caption found, then use the second line.
+ if caption == ''
+ let caption = getline(v:foldstart + 1)
+ end
+
+ let retText = matchstr(ftxto, '^[^:]*').': '.header.
+ \ ' ('.label.') : '.caption
+ return leadingSpace.retText
+
+ elseif getline(v:foldstart) =~ '^%' && getline(v:foldstart) !~ '^%%fake'
+ let ftxto = foldtext()
+ return leadingSpace.substitute(ftxto, ':', ': % ', '')
+ elseif getline(v:foldstart) =~ '^\s*\\document\(class\|style\).*{'
+ let ftxto = leadingSpace.foldtext()
+ return substitute(ftxto, ':', ': Preamble: ', '')
+ else
+ return leadingSpace.foldtext()
+ end
+endfunction
+" }}}
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/example b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/example
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..395311f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/example
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+% my long complicated macro. This is an example of how to set up a
+% tex-macro for latex-suite. simply type in the lines as you would in
+% latex. Place holders are allowed.
+% NOTE: if you have filetype indentation turned on, then do not do
+% formatting here. the indentation will follow automatically...
+\begin{mycomplicatedenvironment}
+\mycommand1{<++>}
+\mycommand2{<+hint2+>}
+\mycommand3{<++>}
+\mycommand4{<++>}
+\end{mycomplicatedenvironment}<++>
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/main.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/main.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..063c6f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/main.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,1024 @@
+" LaTeX filetype
+" Language: LaTeX (ft=tex)
+" Maintainer: Srinath Avadhanula
+" CVS: $Id: main.vim 999 2006-03-21 05:32:37Z srinathava $
+" URL:
+
+" line continuation used here.
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" avoiding re-inclusion {{{
+" the avoiding re-inclusion statement is not provided here because the files
+" which call this file should in the normal course of events handle the
+" re-inclusion stuff.
+
+" we definitely dont want to run through the entire file each and every time.
+" only once to define the functions. for successive latex files, just set up
+" the folding and mappings and quit.
+if exists('s:doneFunctionDefinitions') && !exists('b:forceRedoLocalTex')
+ call s:SetTeXOptions()
+ finish
+endif
+
+let s:doneFunctionDefinitions = 1
+
+" get the place where this plugin resides for setting cpt and dict options.
+" these lines need to be outside the function.
+let s:path = expand('<sfile>:p:h')
+" set up personal defaults.
+runtime ftplugin/tex/texrc
+" set up global defaults.
+exe "so ".s:path.'/texrc'
+
+" }}}
+
+nmap <silent> <script> <plug> i
+imap <silent> <script> <C-o><plug> <Nop>
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" mappings
+" ==============================================================================
+" {{{
+" calculate the mapleader character.
+let s:ml = exists('g:mapleader') ? g:mapleader : '\'
+
+if !exists('s:doneMappings')
+ let s:doneMappings = 1
+ " short forms for latex formatting and math elements. {{{
+ " taken from auctex.vim or miktexmacros.vim
+ call IMAP ('__', '_{<++>}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('()', '(<++>)<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('[]', '[<++>]<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('{}', '{<++>}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('^^', '^{<++>}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('$$', '$<++>$<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('==', '&=& ', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('~~', '&\approx& ', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('=~', '\approx', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('::', '\dots', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('((', '\left( <++> \right)<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('[[', '\left[ <++> \right]<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP ('{{', '\left\{ <++> \right\}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'^', '\hat{<++>}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'_', '\bar{<++>}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'6', '\partial', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'8', '\infty', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'/', '\frac{<++>}{<++>}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'%', '\frac{<++>}{<++>}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'@', '\circ', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'0', '^\circ', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'=', '\equiv', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader."\\",'\setminus', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'.', '\cdot', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'*', '\times', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'&', '\wedge', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'-', '\bigcap', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'+', '\bigcup', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'M', '\sum_{<++>}^{<++>}<++>', 'tex')
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'S', '\sum_{<++>}^{<++>}<++>', 'tex')
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'(', '\subset', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.')', '\supset', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'<', '\le', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'>', '\ge', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.',', '\nonumber', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'~', '\tilde{<++>}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.';', '\dot{<++>}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.':', '\ddot{<++>}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'2', '\sqrt{<++>}<++>', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'|', '\Big|', "tex")
+ call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'I', "\\int_{<++>}^{<++>}<++>", 'tex')
+ " }}}
+ " Greek Letters {{{
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'a', '\alpha', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'b', '\beta', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'c', '\chi', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'d', '\delta', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'e', '\varepsilon', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'f', '\varphi', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'g', '\gamma', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'h', '\eta', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'k', '\kappa', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'l', '\lambda', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'m', '\mu', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'n', '\nu', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'p', '\pi', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'q', '\theta', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'r', '\rho', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'s', '\sigma', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'t', '\tau', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'u', '\upsilon', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'v', '\varsigma', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'w', '\omega', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'w', '\wedge', 'tex') " AUCTEX style
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'x', '\xi', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'y', '\psi', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'z', '\zeta', 'tex')
+ " not all capital greek letters exist in LaTeX!
+ " reference: http://www.giss.nasa.gov/latex/ltx-405.html
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'D', '\Delta', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'F', '\Phi', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'G', '\Gamma', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'Q', '\Theta', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'L', '\Lambda', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'X', '\Xi', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'Y', '\Psi', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'S', '\Sigma', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'U', '\Upsilon', 'tex')
+ call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'W', '\Omega', 'tex')
+ " }}}
+ " ProtectLetters: sets up indentity maps for things like ``a {{{
+ " " Description: If we simply do
+ " call IMAP('`a', '\alpha', 'tex')
+ " then we will never be able to type 'a' after a tex-quotation. Since
+ " IMAP() always uses the longest map ending in the letter, this problem
+ " can be avoided by creating a fake map for ``a -> ``a.
+ " This function sets up fake maps of the following forms:
+ " ``[aA] -> ``[aA] (for writing in quotations)
+ " \`[aA] -> \`[aA] (for writing diacritics)
+ " "`[aA] -> "`[aA] (for writing german quotations)
+ " It does this for all printable lower ascii characters just to make sure
+ " we dont let anything slip by.
+ function! s:ProtectLetters(first, last)
+ let i = a:first
+ while i <= a:last
+ if nr2char(i) =~ '[[:print:]]'
+ call IMAP('``'.nr2char(i), '``'.nr2char(i), 'tex')
+ call IMAP('\`'.nr2char(i), '\`'.nr2char(i), 'tex')
+ call IMAP('"`'.nr2char(i), '"`'.nr2char(i), 'tex')
+ endif
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+ endfunction
+ call s:ProtectLetters(32, 127)
+ " }}}
+ " vmaps: enclose selected region in brackets, environments {{{
+ " The action changes depending on whether the selection is character-wise
+ " or line wise. for example, selecting linewise and pressing \v will
+ " result in the region being enclosed in \begin{verbatim}, \end{verbatim},
+ " whereas in characterise visual mode, the thingie is enclosed in \verb|
+ " and |.
+ exec 'vnoremap <silent> '.g:Tex_Leader."( \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\left( ', ' \\right)', '\\left(', '\\right)')\<CR>"
+ exec 'vnoremap <silent> '.g:Tex_Leader."[ \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\left[ ', ' \\right]', '\\left[', '\\right]')\<CR>"
+ exec 'vnoremap <silent> '.g:Tex_Leader."{ \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\left\\{ ', ' \\right\\}', '\\left\\{', '\\right\\}')\<CR>"
+ exec 'vnoremap <silent> '.g:Tex_Leader."$ \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('$', '$', '\\[', '\\]')\<CR>"
+ " }}}
+end
+
+" }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Helper functions for debugging
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_Debug: appends the argument into s:debugString {{{
+" Description:
+"
+" Do not want a memory leak! Set this to zero so that latex-suite always
+" starts out in a non-debugging mode.
+if !exists('g:Tex_Debug')
+ let g:Tex_Debug = 0
+endif
+function! Tex_Debug(str, ...)
+ if !g:Tex_Debug
+ return
+ endif
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let pattern = a:1
+ else
+ let pattern = ''
+ endif
+ if !exists('s:debugString_'.pattern)
+ let s:debugString_{pattern} = ''
+ endif
+ let s:debugString_{pattern} = s:debugString_{pattern}.a:str."\n"
+
+ let s:debugString_ = (exists('s:debugString_') ? s:debugString_ : '')
+ \ . pattern.' : '.a:str."\n"
+
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_DebugLog') != ''
+ exec 'redir! >> '.Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_DebugLog')
+ silent! echo pattern.' : '.a:str
+ redir END
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_PrintDebug: prings s:debugString {{{
+" Description:
+"
+function! Tex_PrintDebug(...)
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let pattern = a:1
+ else
+ let pattern = ''
+ endif
+ if exists('s:debugString_'.pattern)
+ echo s:debugString_{pattern}
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_ClearDebug: clears the s:debugString string {{{
+" Description:
+"
+function! Tex_ClearDebug(...)
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let pattern = a:1
+ else
+ let pattern = ''
+ endif
+ if exists('s:debugString_'.pattern)
+ let s:debugString_{pattern} = ''
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_ShowVariableValue: debugging help {{{
+" provides a way to examine script local variables from outside the script.
+" very handy for debugging.
+function! Tex_ShowVariableValue(...)
+ let i = 1
+ while i <= a:0
+ exe 'let arg = a:'.i
+ if exists('s:'.arg) ||
+ \ exists('*s:'.arg)
+ exe 'let val = s:'.arg
+ echomsg 's:'.arg.' = '.val
+ end
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Helper functions for grepping
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_Grep: shorthand for :grep or :vimgrep {{{
+function! Tex_Grep(string, where)
+ if v:version >= 700
+ exec 'silent! vimgrep! /'.a:string.'/ '.a:where
+ else
+ exec 'silent! grep! '.Tex_EscapeForGrep(a:string).' '.a:where
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_Grepadd: shorthand for :grepadd or :vimgrepadd {{{
+function! Tex_Grepadd(string, where)
+ if v:version >= 700
+ exec 'silent! vimgrepadd! /'.a:string.'/ '.a:where
+ else
+ exec "silent! grepadd! ".Tex_EscapeForGrep(a:string).' '.a:where
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_EscapeForGrep: escapes back-slashes and doublequotes the correct number of times {{{
+" Description: This command escapes the backslash and double quotes in a
+" search pattern the correct number of times so it can be used in the ``:grep``
+" command. This command is meant to be used as::
+"
+" exec "silent! grep ".Tex_EscapeForGrep(pattern)." file"
+"
+" The input argument to this function should be the string which you want
+" the external command to finally see. For example, to search for a string
+" ``'\bibitem'``, the grep command needs to be passed a string like
+" ``'\\bibitem'``. Examples::
+"
+" Tex_EscapeForGrep('\\bibitem') " correct
+" Tex_EscapeForGrep('\bibitem') " wrong
+" Tex_EscapeForGrep("\\bibitem") " wrong
+" Tex_EscapeForGrep('\<word\>') " correct
+"
+function! Tex_EscapeForGrep(string)
+ let retVal = a:string
+
+ " The shell halves the backslashes.
+ if &shell =~ 'sh'
+ let retVal = escape(retVal, "\\")
+
+ " If shellxquote is set, then the backslashes are halved yet again.
+ if &shellxquote == '"'
+ let retVal = escape(retVal, "\"\\")
+ endif
+
+ endif
+ " escape special characters which bash/cmd.exe might interpret
+ let retVal = escape(retVal, "<>")
+
+ return retVal
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Uncategorized helper functions
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_Strntok: extract the n^th token from a list {{{
+" example: Strntok('1,23,3', ',', 2) = 23
+fun! Tex_Strntok(s, tok, n)
+ return matchstr( a:s.a:tok[0], '\v(\zs([^'.a:tok.']*)\ze['.a:tok.']){'.a:n.'}')
+endfun
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_CreatePrompt: creates a prompt string {{{
+" Description:
+" Arguments:
+" promptList: This is a string of the form:
+" 'item1,item2,item3,item4'
+" cols: the number of columns in the resultant prompt
+" sep: the list seperator token
+"
+" Example:
+" Tex_CreatePrompt('item1,item2,item3,item4', 2, ',')
+" returns
+" "(1) item1\t(2)item2\n(3)item3\t(4)item4"
+"
+" This string can be used in the input() function.
+function! Tex_CreatePrompt(promptList, cols, sep)
+
+ let g:listSep = a:sep
+ let num_common = GetListCount(a:promptList)
+
+ let i = 1
+ let promptStr = ""
+
+ while i <= num_common
+
+ let j = 0
+ while j < a:cols && i + j <= num_common
+ let com = Tex_Strntok(a:promptList, a:sep, i+j)
+ let promptStr = promptStr.'('.(i+j).') '.
+ \ com."\t".( strlen(com) < 4 ? "\t" : '' )
+
+ let j = j + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ let promptStr = promptStr."\n"
+
+ let i = i + a:cols
+ endwhile
+ return promptStr
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_CleanSearchHistory: removes last search item from search history {{{
+" Description: This function needs to be globally visible because its
+" called from outside the script during expansion.
+function! Tex_CleanSearchHistory()
+ call histdel("/", -1)
+ let @/ = histget("/", -1)
+endfunction
+nmap <silent> <script> <plug>cleanHistory :call Tex_CleanSearchHistory()<CR>
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_GetVarValue: gets the value of the variable {{{
+" Description:
+" See if a window-local, buffer-local or global variable with the given name
+" exists and if so, returns the corresponding value. If none exist, return
+" an empty string.
+function! Tex_GetVarValue(varname, ...)
+ if exists('w:'.a:varname)
+ return w:{a:varname}
+ elseif exists('b:'.a:varname)
+ return b:{a:varname}
+ elseif exists('g:'.a:varname)
+ return g:{a:varname}
+ elseif a:0 > 0
+ return a:1
+ else
+ return ''
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_GetMainFileName: gets the name of the main file being compiled. {{{
+" Description: returns the full path name of the main file.
+" This function checks for the existence of a .latexmain file
+" which might point to the location of a "main" latex file.
+" If .latexmain exists, then return the full path name of the
+" file being pointed to by it.
+"
+" Otherwise, return the full path name of the current buffer.
+"
+" You can supply an optional "modifier" argument to the
+" function, which will optionally modify the file name before
+" returning.
+" NOTE: From version 1.6 onwards, this function always trims
+" away the .latexmain part of the file name before applying the
+" modifier argument.
+function! Tex_GetMainFileName(...)
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let modifier = a:1
+ else
+ let modifier = ':p'
+ endif
+
+ " If the user wants to use his own way to specify the main file name, then
+ " use it straight away.
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_MainFileExpression') != ''
+ exec 'let retval = '.Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_MainFileExpression')
+ return retval
+ endif
+
+ let curd = getcwd()
+
+ let dirmodifier = '%:p:h'
+ let dirLast = expand(dirmodifier)
+ call Tex_CD(dirLast)
+
+ " move up the directory tree until we find a .latexmain file.
+ " TODO: Should we be doing this recursion by default, or should there be a
+ " setting?
+ while glob('*.latexmain') == ''
+ let dirmodifier = dirmodifier.':h'
+ " break from the loop if we cannot go up any further.
+ if expand(dirmodifier) == dirLast
+ break
+ endif
+ let dirLast = expand(dirmodifier)
+ call Tex_CD(dirLast)
+ endwhile
+
+ let lheadfile = glob('*.latexmain')
+ if lheadfile != ''
+ " Remove the trailing .latexmain part of the filename... We never want
+ " that.
+ let lheadfile = fnamemodify(substitute(lheadfile, '\.latexmain$', '', ''), modifier)
+ else
+ " If we cannot find any main file, just modify the filename of the
+ " current buffer.
+ let lheadfile = expand('%'.modifier)
+ endif
+
+ call Tex_CD(curd)
+
+ " NOTE: The caller of this function needs to escape spaces in the
+ " file name as appropriate. The reason its not done here is that
+ " escaping spaces is not safe if this file is to be used as part of
+ " an external command on certain platforms.
+ return lheadfile
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_ChooseFromPrompt: process a user input to a prompt string {{{
+" " Description:
+function! Tex_ChooseFromPrompt(dialog, list, sep)
+ let g:Tex_ASDF = a:dialog
+ let inp = input(a:dialog)
+ if inp =~ '\d\+'
+ return Tex_Strntok(a:list, a:sep, inp)
+ else
+ return inp
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_ChooseFile: produces a file list and prompts for choice {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_ChooseFile(dialog)
+ let files = glob('*')
+ if files == ''
+ return ''
+ endif
+ let s:incnum = 0
+ echo a:dialog
+ let filenames = substitute(files, "\\v(^|\n)", "\\=submatch(0).Tex_IncrementNumber(1).' : '", 'g')
+ echo filenames
+ let choice = input('Enter Choice : ')
+ let g:choice = choice
+ if choice == ''
+ return ''
+ endif
+ if choice =~ '^\s*\d\+\s*$'
+ let retval = Tex_Strntok(files, "\n", choice)
+ else
+ let filescomma = substitute(files, "\n", ",", "g")
+ let retval = GetListMatchItem(filescomma, choice)
+ endif
+ if retval == ''
+ return ''
+ endif
+ return retval
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_IncrementNumber: returns an incremented number each time {{{
+" Description:
+let s:incnum = 0
+function! Tex_IncrementNumber(increm)
+ let s:incnum = s:incnum + a:increm
+ return s:incnum
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_ResetIncrementNumber: increments s:incnum to zero {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_ResetIncrementNumber(val)
+ let s:incnum = a:val
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_FindInRtp: check if file exists in &rtp {{{
+" Description: Checks if file exists in globpath(&rtp, ...) and cuts off the
+" rest of returned names. This guarantees that sourced file is
+" from $HOME.
+" If an optional argument is given, it specifies how to expand
+" each filename found. For example, '%:p' will return a list of
+" the complete paths to the files. By default returns trailing
+" path-names without extenions.
+" NOTE: This function is very slow when a large number of
+" matches are found because of a while loop which modifies
+" each filename found. Some speedup was acheived by using
+" a tokenizer approach rather than using Tex_Strntok which
+" would have been more obvious.
+function! Tex_FindInRtp(filename, directory, ...)
+ " how to expand each filename. ':p:t:r' modifies each filename to its
+ " trailing part without extension.
+ let expand = (a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : ':p:t:r')
+ " The pattern used... An empty filename should be regarded as '*'
+ let pattern = (a:filename != '' ? a:filename : '*')
+
+ let filelist = globpath(&rtp, 'ftplugin/latex-suite/'.a:directory.'/'.pattern)."\n"
+
+ if filelist == "\n"
+ return ''
+ endif
+
+ if a:filename != ''
+ return fnamemodify(Tex_Strntok(filelist, "\n", 1), expand)
+ endif
+
+ " Now cycle through the files modifying each filename in the desired
+ " manner.
+ let retfilelist = ''
+ let i = 1
+ while 1
+ " Extract the portion till the next newline. Then shorten the filelist
+ " by removing till the newline.
+ let nextnewline = stridx(filelist, "\n")
+ if nextnewline == -1
+ break
+ endif
+ let filename = strpart(filelist, 0, nextnewline)
+ let filelist = strpart(filelist, nextnewline+1)
+
+ " The actual modification.
+ if fnamemodify(filename, expand) != ''
+ let retfilelist = retfilelist.fnamemodify(filename, expand).","
+ endif
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ return substitute(retfilelist, ',$', '', '')
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_GetErrorList: returns vim's clist {{{
+" Description: returns the contents of the error list available via the :clist
+" command.
+function! Tex_GetErrorList()
+ let _a = @a
+ redir @a | silent! clist | redir END
+ let errlist = @a
+ let @a = _a
+
+ if errlist =~ 'E42: '
+ let errlist = ''
+ endif
+
+ return errlist
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_GetTempName: get the name of a temporary file in specified directory {{{
+" Description: Unlike vim's native tempname(), this function returns the name
+" of a temporary file in the directory specified. This enables
+" us to create temporary files in a specified directory.
+function! Tex_GetTempName(dirname)
+ let prefix = 'latexSuiteTemp'
+ let slash = (a:dirname =~ '\\\|/$' ? '' : '/')
+ let i = 0
+ while filereadable(a:dirname.slash.prefix.i.'.tex') && i < 1000
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+ if filereadable(a:dirname.slash.prefix.i.'.tex')
+ echoerr "Temporary file could not be created in ".a:dirname
+ return ''
+ endif
+ return expand(a:dirname.slash.prefix.i.'.tex', ':p')
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_MakeMap: creates a mapping from lhs to rhs if rhs is not already mapped {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_MakeMap(lhs, rhs, mode, extraargs)
+ if !hasmapto(a:rhs, a:mode)
+ exec a:mode.'map '.a:extraargs.' '.a:lhs.' '.a:rhs
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_CD: cds to given directory escaping spaces if necessary {{{
+" " Description:
+function! Tex_CD(dirname)
+ exec 'cd '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(a:dirname)
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_EscapeSpaces: escapes unescaped spaces from a path name {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_EscapeSpaces(path)
+ return substitute(a:path, '[^\\]\(\\\\\)*\zs ', '\\ ', 'g')
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_FindFile: finds a file in the vim's 'path' {{{
+" Description: finds a file in vim's 'path'
+function! Tex_FindFile(fname, path, suffixesadd)
+ if exists('*findfile')
+ let _suffixesadd = &suffixesadd
+ let &suffixesadd = a:suffixesadd
+ let retval = findfile(a:fname, a:path)
+ let &suffixesadd = _suffixesadd
+ else
+ " split a new window so we do not screw with the current buffer. We
+ " want to use the same filename each time so that multiple scratch
+ " buffers are not created.
+ let retval = ''
+ silent! split __HOPEFULLY_THIS_FILE_DOES_NOT_EXIST__
+ let _suffixesadd = &suffixesadd
+ let _path = &path
+ let &suffixesadd = a:suffixesadd
+ let &path = a:path
+ exec 'silent! find '.a:fname
+ if bufname('%') != '__HOPEFULLY_THIS_FILE_DOES_NOT_EXIST__'
+ let retval = expand('%:p')
+ end
+ silent! bdelete!
+ let &suffixesadd = _suffixesadd
+ let &path = _path
+ endif
+ return retval
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Smart key-mappings
+" ==============================================================================
+" TexQuotes: inserts `` or '' instead of " {{{
+if g:Tex_SmartKeyQuote
+
+ " TexQuotes: inserts `` or '' instead of "
+ " Taken from texmacro.vim by Benji Fisher <benji@e-math.AMS.org>
+ " TODO: Deal with nested quotes.
+ " The :imap that calls this function should insert a ", move the cursor to
+ " the left of that character, then call this with <C-R>= .
+ function! s:TexQuotes()
+ let l = line(".")
+ let c = col(".")
+ let restore_cursor = l . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|"
+ normal! H
+ let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
+ execute restore_cursor
+ " In math mode, or when preceded by a \, just move the cursor past the
+ " already-inserted " character.
+ if synIDattr(synID(l, c, 1), "name") =~ "^texMath"
+ \ || (c > 1 && getline(l)[c-2] == '\')
+ return "\<Right>"
+ endif
+ " Find the appropriate open-quote and close-quote strings.
+ if exists("b:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen")
+ let open = b:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen
+ elseif exists("g:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen")
+ let open = g:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen
+ else
+ let open = "``"
+ endif
+ if exists("b:Tex_SmartQuoteClose")
+ let close = b:Tex_SmartQuoteClose
+ elseif exists("g:Tex_SmartQuoteClose")
+ let close = g:Tex_SmartQuoteClose
+ else
+ let close = "''"
+ endif
+ let boundary = '\|'
+ " This code seems to be obsolete, since this script variable is never
+ " set. The idea is that some languages use ",," as an open- or
+ " close-quote string, and we want to avoid confusing ordinary ","
+ " with a quote boundary.
+ if exists("s:TeX_strictquote")
+ if( s:TeX_strictquote == "open" || s:TeX_strictquote == "both" )
+ let boundary = '\<' . boundary
+ endif
+ if( s:TeX_strictquote == "close" || s:TeX_strictquote == "both" )
+ let boundary = boundary . '\>'
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " Eventually return q; set it to the default value now.
+ let q = open
+ let pattern =
+ \ escape(open, '\~') .
+ \ boundary .
+ \ escape(close, '\~') .
+ \ '\|^$\|"'
+
+ while 1 " Look for preceding quote (open or close), ignoring
+ " math mode and '\"' .
+ call search(pattern, "bw")
+ if synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name") !~ "^texMath"
+ \ && strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-2, 2) != '\"'
+ break
+ endif
+ endwhile
+
+ " Now, test whether we actually found a _preceding_ quote; if so, is it
+ " an open quote?
+ if ( line(".") < l || line(".") == l && col(".") < c )
+ if strpart(getline("."), col(".")-1) =~ '\V\^' . escape(open, '\')
+ if line(".") == l && col(".") + strlen(open) == c
+ " Insert "<++>''<++>" instead of just "''".
+ let q = IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("<++>".close."<++>")
+ else
+ let q = close
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " Return to line l, column c:
+ execute restore_cursor
+ " Start with <Del> to remove the " put in by the :imap .
+ return "\<Del>" . q
+
+ endfunction
+
+endif
+" }}}
+" SmartBS: smart backspacing {{{
+if g:Tex_SmartKeyBS
+
+ " SmartBS: smart backspacing
+ " SmartBS lets you treat diacritic characters (those \'{a} thingies) as a
+ " single character. This is useful for example in the following situation:
+ "
+ " \v{s}\v{t}astn\'{y} ('happy' in Slovak language :-) )
+ " If you will delete this normally (without using smartBS() function), you
+ " must press <BS> about 19x. With function smartBS() you must press <BS> only
+ " 7x. Strings like "\v{s}", "\'{y}" are considered like one character and are
+ " deleted with one <BS>.
+ let s:smartBS_pat = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_SmartBSPattern')
+
+ fun! s:SmartBS_pat()
+ return s:smartBS_pat
+ endfun
+
+ " This function comes from Benji Fisher <benji@e-math.AMS.org>
+ " http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download.php?src_id=409
+ " (modified/patched by Lubomir Host 'rajo' <host8 AT keplerDOTfmphDOTuniba.sk>)
+ function! s:SmartBS(pat)
+ let init = strpart(getline("."), 0, col(".")-1)
+ let matchtxt = matchstr(init, a:pat)
+ if matchtxt != ''
+ let bstxt = substitute(matchtxt, '.', "\<bs>", 'g')
+ return bstxt
+ else
+ return "\<bs>"
+ endif
+ endfun
+
+endif " }}}
+" SmartDots: inserts \cdots instead of ... in math mode otherwise \ldots {{{
+" if amsmath package is detected then just use \dots and let amsmath take care
+" of it.
+if g:Tex_SmartKeyDot
+
+ function! <SID>SmartDots()
+ if strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-3, 2) == '..' &&
+ \ g:Tex_package_detected =~ '\<amsmath\>'
+ return "\<bs>\<bs>\\dots"
+ elseif synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.')-1,0),"name") =~ '^texMath'
+ \&& strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-3, 2) == '..'
+ return "\<bs>\<bs>\\cdots"
+ elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-3, 2) == '..'
+ return "\<bs>\<bs>\\ldots"
+ else
+ return '.'
+ endif
+ endfunction
+
+endif
+" }}}
+
+" source texproject.vim before other files
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/texproject.vim'
+
+" source all the relevant files.
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/texmenuconf.vim'
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/envmacros.vim'
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/elementmacros.vim'
+
+" source utf-8 or plain math menus
+if exists("g:Tex_UseUtfMenus") && g:Tex_UseUtfMenus != 0 && has("gui_running")
+ exe 'source '.s:path.'/mathmacros-utf.vim'
+else
+ exe 'source '.s:path.'/mathmacros.vim'
+endif
+
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/multicompile.vim'
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/compiler.vim'
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/folding.vim'
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/templates.vim'
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/custommacros.vim'
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/bibtex.vim'
+
+" source advanced math functions
+if g:Tex_AdvancedMath == 1
+ exe 'source '.s:path.'/brackets.vim'
+ exe 'source '.s:path.'/smartspace.vim'
+endif
+
+if g:Tex_Diacritics != 0
+ exe 'source '.s:path.'/diacritics.vim'
+endif
+
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/texviewer.vim'
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/version.vim'
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Finally set up the folding, options, mappings and quit.
+" ==============================================================================
+" SetTeXOptions: sets options/mappings for this file. {{{
+function! <SID>SetTeXOptions()
+ " Avoid reinclusion.
+ if exists('b:doneSetTeXOptions')
+ return
+ endif
+ let b:doneSetTeXOptions = 1
+
+ exe 'setlocal dict^='.s:path.'/dictionaries/dictionary'
+
+ call Tex_Debug('SetTeXOptions: sourcing maps', 'main')
+ " smart functions
+ if g:Tex_SmartKeyQuote
+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> " "<Left><C-R>=<SID>TexQuotes()<CR>
+ endif
+ if g:Tex_SmartKeyBS
+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <BS> <C-R>=<SID>SmartBS(<SID>SmartBS_pat())<CR>
+ endif
+ if g:Tex_SmartKeyDot
+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> . <C-R>=<SID>SmartDots()<CR>
+ endif
+
+ " This line seems to be necessary to source our compiler/tex.vim file.
+ " The docs are unclear why this needs to be done even though this file is
+ " the first compiler plugin in 'runtimepath'.
+ runtime compiler/tex.vim
+
+endfunction
+
+augroup LatexSuite
+ au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType
+ \ call Tex_Debug('main.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'main') |
+ \ call <SID>SetTeXOptions()
+augroup END
+
+" }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Settings for taglist.vim plugin
+" ==============================================================================
+" Sets Tlist_Ctags_Cmd for taglist.vim and regexps for ctags {{{
+if exists("g:Tex_TaglistSupport") && g:Tex_TaglistSupport == 1
+ if !exists("g:tlist_tex_settings")
+ let g:tlist_tex_settings = 'tex;s:section;c:chapter;l:label;r:ref'
+ endif
+
+ if exists("Tlist_Ctags_Cmd")
+ let s:tex_ctags = Tlist_Ctags_Cmd
+ else
+ let s:tex_ctags = 'ctags' " Configurable in texrc?
+ endif
+
+ if exists("g:Tex_InternalTagsDefinitions") && g:Tex_InternalTagsDefinitions == 1
+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = s:tex_ctags ." --langdef=tex --langmap=tex:.tex.ltx.latex"
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\begin{abstract}/Abstract/s,abstract/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\part[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/\1/s,part/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\chapter[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/\1/s,chapter/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\section[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/\1/s,section/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\subsection[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/+ \1/s,subsection/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\subsubsection[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/+ \1/s,subsubsection/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\paragraph[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/+ \1/s,paragraph/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\subparagraph[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/+ \1/s,subparagraph/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\begin{thebibliography}/BIBLIOGRAPHY/s,thebibliography/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\tableofcontents/TABLE OF CONTENTS/s,tableofcontents/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\frontmatter/FRONTMATTER/s,frontmatter/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\mainmatter/MAINMATTER/s,mainmatter/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\backmatter/BACKMATTER/s,backmatter/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\appendix/APPENDIX/s,appendix/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\label[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/\1/l,label/"'
+ \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\ref[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/\1/r,ref/"'
+ endif
+endif
+
+" }}}
+
+" commands to completion
+let g:Tex_completion_explorer = ','
+
+" Mappings defined in package files will overwrite all other
+exe 'source '.s:path.'/packages.vim'
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" These functions are used to immitate certain operating system type functions
+" (like reading the contents of a file), which are not available in vim. For
+" example, in Vim, its not possible to read the contents of a file without
+" opening a buffer on it, which means that over time, lots of buffers can open
+" up needlessly.
+"
+" If python is available (and allowed), then these functions utilize python
+" library functions without making calls to external programs.
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_GotoTempFile: open a temp file. reuse from next time on {{{
+function! Tex_GotoTempFile()
+ if !exists('s:tempFileName')
+ let s:tempFileName = tempname()
+ endif
+ exec 'silent! split '.s:tempFileName
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_IsPresentInFile: finds if a string str, is present in filename {{{
+if has('python') && g:Tex_UsePython
+ function! Tex_IsPresentInFile(regexp, filename)
+ exec 'python isPresentInFile(r"'.a:regexp.'", r"'.a:filename.'")'
+
+ return retval
+ endfunction
+else
+ function! Tex_IsPresentInFile(regexp, filename)
+ call Tex_GotoTempFile()
+
+ silent! 1,$ d _
+ let _report = &report
+ let _sc = &sc
+ set report=9999999 nosc
+ exec 'silent! 0r! '.g:Tex_CatCmd.' '.a:filename
+ set nomod
+ let &report = _report
+ let &sc = _sc
+
+ if search(a:regexp, 'w')
+ let retval = 1
+ else
+ let retval = 0
+ endif
+ silent! bd
+ return retval
+ endfunction
+endif " }}}
+" Tex_CatFile: returns the contents of a file in a <NL> seperated string {{{
+if has('*readfile')
+ function! Tex_CatFile(filename)
+ return join(readfile(filename), "\n")
+ endfunction
+elseif has('python') && g:Tex_UsePython
+ function! Tex_CatFile(filename)
+ " catFile assigns a value to retval
+ exec 'python catFile("'.a:filename.'")'
+
+ return retval
+ endfunction
+else
+ function! Tex_CatFile(filename)
+ if glob(a:filename) == ''
+ return ''
+ endif
+
+ call Tex_GotoTempFile()
+
+ silent! 1,$ d _
+
+ let _report = &report
+ let _sc = &sc
+ set report=9999999 nosc
+ exec 'silent! 0r! '.g:Tex_CatCmd.' '.a:filename
+
+ set nomod
+ let _a = @a
+ silent! normal! ggVG"ay
+ let retval = @a
+ let @a = _a
+
+ silent! bd
+ let &report = _report
+ let &sc = _sc
+ return retval
+ endfunction
+endif
+" }}}
+" Tex_DeleteFile: removes a file if present {{{
+" Description:
+if has('python') && g:Tex_UsePython
+ function! Tex_DeleteFile(filename)
+ exec 'python deleteFile(r"'.a:filename.'")'
+
+ if exists('retval')
+ return retval
+ endif
+ endfunction
+else
+ function! Tex_DeleteFile(filename)
+ if filereadable(a:filename)
+ exec '! '.g:Tex_RmCmd.' '.a:filename
+ endif
+ endfunction
+endif
+" }}}
+
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+
+" Define the functions in python if available.
+if !has('python') || !g:Tex_UsePython
+ finish
+endif
+
+exec 'pyfile '.expand('<sfile>:p:h').'/pytools.py'
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:nowrap
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros-utf.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros-utf.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac9cf7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros-utf.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,729 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: mathmacros.vim
+" Author: Mikolaj Machowski
+" Created: Tue Apr 23 06:00 PM 2002 PST
+"
+" Description: macros for everything mathematical in latex.
+"=============================================================================
+
+if !(has('gui_running') && g:Tex_MathMenus && g:Tex_Menus)
+ finish
+endif
+
+let s:MathMenuName = g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'Ma&th.'
+
+function! Tex_MathMenuRemove()
+ exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:MathMenuName
+endfunction
+
+let s:pA = 'amenu <silent> 85 '.s:MathMenuName
+
+" brackets and dollars {{{
+exe s:pA.'\\&[\ \\] <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\[<++>\\]<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA.'\\&(\ \\) <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\(<++>\\)<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA.'&$\ $ <plug>$$'
+exe s:pA.'-sepmath1- :'
+" }}}
+" MATH arrows {{{
+let s:pA1 = s:pA."&Arrows."
+exe s:pA1.'Leftarrow<Tab>⇐ <plug>\Leftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'leftarrow<Tab>← <plug>\leftarrow'
+exe s:pA1.'longleftarrow<Tab>← <plug>\longleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Longleftarrow<Tab>⇐ <plug>\Longleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'rightarrow<Tab>→ <plug>\rightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'longrightarrow<Tab>→ <plug>\longrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Rightarrow<Tab>⇒ <plug>\Rightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Longrightarrow<Tab>⇒ <plug>\Longrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'leftrightarrow<Tab>⇆ <plug>\leftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'longleftrightarrow<Tab>↔ <plug>\longleftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Leftrightarrow<Tab>⇔ <plug>\Leftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Longleftrightarrow<Tab>⇔ <plug>\Longleftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'uparrow<Tab>↑ <plug>\uparrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Uparrow<Tab>⇑ <plug>\Uparrow '
+exe s:pA1.'downarrow<Tab>↓ <plug>\downarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Downarrow<Tab>⇓ <plug>\Downarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'updownarrow<Tab>↕ <plug>\updownarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Updownarrow<Tab>⇕ <plug>\Updownarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'nearrow<Tab>↗ <plug>\nearrow '
+exe s:pA1.'searrow<Tab>↘ <plug>\searrow '
+exe s:pA1.'swarrow<Tab>↙ <plug>\swarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'nwarrow<Tab>↖ <plug>\nwarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'mapsto<Tab>↦ <plug>\mapsto '
+exe s:pA1.'leadsto<Tab>↝ <plug>\leadsto '
+exe s:pA1.'longmapsto<Tab>⇖ <plug>\longmapsto '
+exe s:pA1.'hookleftarrow<Tab>↩ <plug>\hookleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'hookrightarrow<Tab>↪ <plug>\hookrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'leftharpoonup<Tab>↼ <plug>\leftharpoonup '
+exe s:pA1.'leftharpoondown<Tab>↽ <plug>\leftharpoondown '
+exe s:pA1.'rightharpoonup<Tab>⇀ <plug>\rightharpoonup '
+exe s:pA1.'rightharpoondown<Tab>⇁ <plug>\rightharpoondown '
+exe s:pA1.'rightleftharpoons<Tab>⇌ <plug>\rightleftharpoons '
+exe s:pA1.'overleftarrow<Tab> <plug>\overleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'overrightarrow<Tab> <plug>\overrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'overleftrightarrow<Tab> <plug>\overleftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'underleftarrow<Tab> <plug>\underleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'underrightarrow<Tab> <plug>\underrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'underleftrightarrow<Tab> <plug>\underleftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'xleftarrow<Tab> <plug>\xleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'xrightarrow<Tab> <plug>\xrightarrow '
+" }}}
+" MATH Arrows2 {{{
+let s:pA1a = s:pA."Arrows2."
+exe s:pA1a.'dashleftarrow<Tab>⇠ <plug>\dashleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'leftleftarrows<Tab>⇇ <plug>\leftleftarrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'leftrightarrows<Tab>⇆ <plug>\leftrightarrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'Lleftarrow<Tab>⇚ <plug>\Lleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'twoheadleftarrow<Tab>↞ <plug>\twoheadleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'leftarrowtail<Tab>↢ <plug>\leftarrowtail '
+exe s:pA1a.'leftrightharpoons<Tab>⇋ <plug>\leftrightharpoons '
+exe s:pA1a.'Lsh<Tab>↰ <plug>\Lsh '
+exe s:pA1a.'looparrowleft<Tab>↫ <plug>\looparrowleft '
+exe s:pA1a.'curvearrowleft<Tab>↶ <plug>\curvearrowleft '
+exe s:pA1a.'circlearrowleft<Tab>↺ <plug>\circlearrowleft '
+exe s:pA1a.'dashrightarrow<Tab>⇢ <plug>\dashrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'rightrightarrows<Tab>⇉ <plug>\rightrightarrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'rightleftarrows<Tab>⇄ <plug>\rightleftarrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'Rrightarrow<Tab>⇛ <plug>\Rrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'twoheadrightarrow<Tab>↠ <plug>\twoheadrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'rightarrowtail<Tab>↣ <plug>\rightarrowtail '
+exe s:pA1a.'rightleftharpoons<Tab>⇌ <plug>\rightleftharpoons '
+exe s:pA1a.'Rsh<Tab>↱ <plug>\Rsh '
+exe s:pA1a.'looparrowright<Tab>↬ <plug>\looparrowright '
+exe s:pA1a.'curvearrowright<Tab>↷ <plug>\curvearrowright '
+exe s:pA1a.'circlearrowright<Tab>↻ <plug>\circlearrowright '
+exe s:pA1a.'multimap<Tab>⊸ <plug>\multimap '
+exe s:pA1a.'upuparrows<Tab>⇈ <plug>\upuparrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'downdownarrows<Tab>⇊ <plug>\downdownarrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'upharpoonleft<Tab>↿ <plug>\upharpoonleft '
+exe s:pA1a.'upharpoonright<Tab>↾ <plug>\upharpoonright '
+exe s:pA1a.'downharpoonleft<Tab>⇃ <plug>\downharpoonleft '
+exe s:pA1a.'downharpoonright<Tab>⇂ <plug>\downharpoonright '
+exe s:pA1a.'rightsquigarrow<Tab>⇝ <plug>\rightsquigarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'leftrightsquigarrow<Tab>↭ <plug>\leftrightsquigarrow '
+" }}}
+" MATH nArrows {{{
+let s:pA1b = s:pA."&nArrows."
+exe s:pA1b.'nleftarrow<Tab>↚ <plug>\nleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1b.'nLeftarrow<Tab>⇍ <plug>\nLeftarrow '
+exe s:pA1b.'nleftrightarrow<Tab>↮ <plug>\nleftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1b.'nLeftrightarrow<Tab>⇎ <plug>\nleftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1b.'nrightarrow<Tab>↛ <plug>\nrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1b.'nRightarrow<Tab>⇏ <plug>\nRightarrow '
+" }}}
+" MATH Fonts {{{
+let s:pA2a = s:pA."&MathFonts."
+exe s:pA2a.'mathbf{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathbf{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathrm{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathrm{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathsf{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathsf{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathtt{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathtt{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathit{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathit{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathfrak{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathfrak{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathcal{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathcal{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathscr{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathscr{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathbb{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathbb{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+" }}}
+" Greek Letters small {{{
+let s:pA2 = s:pA."&Greek.&Small."
+exe s:pA2.'alpha<Tab>`a\ \ α <plug>\alpha '
+exe s:pA2.'beta<Tab>`b\ \ β <plug>\beta '
+exe s:pA2.'gamma<Tab>`g\ \ γ <plug>\gamma '
+exe s:pA2.'delta<Tab>`d\ \ δ <plug>\delta '
+exe s:pA2.'epsilon<Tab>∊ <plug>\epsilon '
+exe s:pA2.'varepsilon<Tab>`e\ \ ε <plug>\varepsilon '
+exe s:pA2.'zeta<Tab>`z\ \ ζ <plug>\zeta '
+exe s:pA2.'eta<Tab>`h\ \ η <plug>\eta '
+exe s:pA2.'theta<Tab>`q\ \ θ <plug>\theta '
+exe s:pA2.'vartheta<Tab>ϑ <plug>\vartheta '
+exe s:pA2.'iota<Tab>`i\ \ ι <plug>\iota '
+exe s:pA2.'kappa<Tab>`k\ \ κ <plug>\kappa '
+exe s:pA2.'lambda<Tab>`l\ \ λ <plug>\lambda '
+exe s:pA2.'mu<Tab>`m\ \ μ <plug>\mu '
+exe s:pA2.'nu<Tab>`n\ \ ν <plug>\nu '
+exe s:pA2.'xi<Tab>`x\ \ ξ <plug>\xi '
+exe s:pA2.'pi<Tab>`p\ \ π <plug>\pi '
+exe s:pA2.'varpi<Tab>ϖ <plug>\varpi '
+exe s:pA2.'rho<Tab>`r\ \ ρ <plug>\rho '
+exe s:pA2.'varrho<Tab>ϱ <plug>\varrho '
+exe s:pA2.'sigma<Tab>`s\ \ σ <plug>\sigma '
+exe s:pA2.'varsigma<Tab>`v\ \ ς <plug>\varsigma '
+exe s:pA2.'tau<Tab>`t\ \ τ <plug>\tau '
+exe s:pA2.'upsilon<Tab>`u\ \ υ <plug>\upsilon '
+exe s:pA2.'phi<Tab>φ <plug>\phi '
+exe s:pA2.'varphi<Tab>`f\ \ ϕ <plug>\varphi '
+exe s:pA2.'chi<Tab>`c\ \ χ <plug>\chi '
+exe s:pA2.'psi<Tab>`y\ \ ψ <plug>\psi '
+exe s:pA2.'omega<Tab>`w\ \ ω <plug>\omega '
+" }}}
+" Greek Letters big {{{
+let s:pA3 = s:pA.'&Greek.&Big.'
+exe s:pA3.'Alpha<Tab>`A\ \ A <plug>\Alpha '
+exe s:pA3.'Beta<Tab>`B\ \ B <plug>\Beta '
+exe s:pA3.'Gamma<Tab>`G\ \ Γ <plug>\Gamma '
+exe s:pA3.'Delta<Tab>`D\ \ Δ <plug>\Delta '
+exe s:pA3.'Epsilon<Tab>`E\ \ E <plug>\Epsilon '
+exe s:pA3.'Zeta<Tab>`Z\ \ Z <plug>\mathrm{Z} '
+exe s:pA3.'Eta<Tab>`H\ \ H <plug>\Eta '
+exe s:pA3.'Theta<Tab>Θ <plug>\Theta '
+exe s:pA3.'Iota<Tab>I <plug>\mathrm{I} '
+exe s:pA3.'Kappa<Tab>`K\ \ K <plug>\Kappa '
+exe s:pA3.'Lambda<Tab>`L\ \ Λ <plug>\Lambda '
+exe s:pA3.'Mu<Tab>`M\ \ M <plug>\Mu '
+exe s:pA3.'Nu<Tab>`N\ \ N <plug>\Nu '
+exe s:pA3.'Xi<Tab>`X\ \ Ξ <plug>\Xi '
+exe s:pA3.'Pi<Tab>`P\ \ Π <plug>\Pi '
+exe s:pA3.'Rho<Tab>`R\ \ P <plug>\Rho '
+exe s:pA3.'Sigma<Tab>`S\ \ Σ <plug>\Sigma '
+exe s:pA3.'Tau<Tab>`T\ \ T <plug>\Tau '
+exe s:pA3.'Upsilon<Tab>`U\ \ Y <plug>\Upsilon '
+exe s:pA3.'Phi<Tab>Φ <plug>\Phi '
+exe s:pA3.'Chi<Tab>`C\ \ X <plug>\Chi '
+exe s:pA3.'Psi<Tab>`Y\ \ Ψ <plug>\Psi '
+exe s:pA3.'Omega<Tab>`W\ \ Ω <plug>\Omega '
+" }}}
+" BinaryRel1 {{{
+let s:pA4 = s:pA."&BinaryRel1."
+exe s:pA4.'ll<Tab>≪ <plug>\ll '
+exe s:pA4.'lll<Tab>⋘ <plug>\lll '
+exe s:pA4.'leqslant<Tab>≤ <plug>\leqslant '
+exe s:pA4.'leq<Tab>≤ <plug>\leq '
+exe s:pA4.'leqq<Tab>≦ <plug>\leqq '
+exe s:pA4.'eqslantless<Tab>⋜ <plug>\eqslantless '
+exe s:pA4.'lessdot<Tab>⋖ <plug>\lessdot '
+exe s:pA4.'prec<Tab>≺ <plug>\prec '
+exe s:pA4.'preceq<Tab>≼ <plug>\preceq '
+exe s:pA4.'preccurlyeq<Tab>≼ <plug>\preccurlyeq '
+exe s:pA4.'curlyeqprec<Tab>⋞ <plug>\curlyeqprec '
+exe s:pA4.'lesssim<Tab>≲ <plug>\lesssim '
+exe s:pA4.'lessapprox<Tab> <plug>\lessapprox '
+exe s:pA4.'precsim<Tab>≾ <plug>\precsim '
+exe s:pA4.'precapprox<Tab> <plug>\precapprox '
+exe s:pA4.'in<Tab>∈ <plug>\in '
+exe s:pA4.'subset<Tab>`(\ \ ⊂ <plug>\subset '
+exe s:pA4.'Subset<Tab>`)\ \ ⋐ <plug>\Subset '
+exe s:pA4.'subseteq<Tab>⊆ <plug>\subseteq '
+exe s:pA4.'subseteqq<Tab> <plug>\subseteqq '
+exe s:pA4.'sqsubset<Tab>⊏ <plug>\sqsubset '
+exe s:pA4.'sqsubseteq<Tab>⊑ <plug>\sqsubseteq '
+exe s:pA4.'smile<Tab>⌣ <plug>\smile '
+exe s:pA4.'smallsmile<Tab>⌣ <plug>\smallsmile '
+exe s:pA4.'parallel<Tab>∥ <plug>\parallel '
+exe s:pA4.'shortparallel<Tab>∥ <plug>\shortparallel '
+exe s:pA4.'dashv<Tab>⊣ <plug>\dashv '
+exe s:pA4.'vdash<Tab>⊢ <plug>\vdash '
+exe s:pA4.'vDash<Tab>⊨ <plug>\vDash '
+exe s:pA4.'models<Tab>⊨ <plug>\models '
+exe s:pA4.'therefore<Tab>∴ <plug>\therefore '
+exe s:pA4.'backepsilon<Tab>∍ <plug>\backepsilon '
+" }}}
+" nBinaryRel1 {{{
+let s:pA4a = s:pA."&nBinaryRel1."
+exe s:pA4a.'nless<Tab>≮ <plug>\nless '
+exe s:pA4a.'nleqslant<Tab>≰ <plug>\nleqslant '
+exe s:pA4a.'nleq<Tab> <plug>\nleq '
+exe s:pA4a.'lneq<Tab> <plug>\lneq '
+exe s:pA4a.'nleqq<Tab> <plug>\nleqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'lneqq<Tab>≨ <plug>\lneqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'lvertneqq<Tab> <plug>\lvertneqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'nprec<Tab>⊀ <plug>\nprec '
+exe s:pA4a.'npreceq<Tab>⋠ <plug>\npreceq '
+exe s:pA4a.'precneqq<Tab> <plug>\precneqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'lnsim<Tab>⋦ <plug>\lnsim '
+exe s:pA4a.'lnapprox<Tab> <plug>\lnapprox '
+exe s:pA4a.'precnsim<Tab>⋨ <plug>\precnsim '
+exe s:pA4a.'precnapprox<Tab> <plug>\precnapprox '
+exe s:pA4a.'notin<Tab>∉ <plug>\notin '
+exe s:pA4a.'nsubseteq<Tab>⊈ <plug>\nsubseteq '
+exe s:pA4a.'varsubsetneq<Tab> <plug>\varsubsetneq '
+exe s:pA4a.'subsetneq<Tab>⊊ <plug>\subsetneq '
+exe s:pA4a.'nsubseteqq<Tab> <plug>\nsubseteqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'varsubsetneqq<Tab> <plug>\varsubsetneqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'subsetneqq<Tab>⊈ <plug>\subsetneqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'nparallel<Tab>∦ <plug>\nparallel '
+exe s:pA4a.'nshortparallel<Tab> <plug>\nshortparallel '
+exe s:pA4a.'nvdash<Tab>⊬ <plug>\nvdash '
+exe s:pA4a.'nvDash<Tab>⊭ <plug>\nvDash '
+" }}}
+" BinaryRel2 {{{
+let s:pA5 = s:pA."&BinaryRel2."
+exe s:pA5.'gg<Tab>≫ <plug>\gg '
+exe s:pA5.'ggg<Tab>⋙ <plug>\ggg '
+exe s:pA5.'gggtr<Tab>⋙ <plug>\gggtr '
+exe s:pA5.'geqslant<Tab> <plug>\geqslant '
+exe s:pA5.'geq<Tab>≥ <plug>\geq '
+exe s:pA5.'geqq<Tab>≧ <plug>\geqq '
+exe s:pA5.'eqslantgtr<Tab> <plug>\eqslantgtr '
+exe s:pA5.'gtrdot<Tab>⋗ <plug>\gtrdot '
+exe s:pA5.'succ<Tab>≻ <plug>\succ '
+exe s:pA5.'succeq<Tab>≽ <plug>\succeq '
+exe s:pA5.'succcurlyeq<Tab>≽ <plug>\succcurlyeq '
+exe s:pA5.'curlyeqsucc<Tab>⋟ <plug>\curlyeqsucc '
+exe s:pA5.'gtrsim<Tab>≳ <plug>\gtrsim '
+exe s:pA5.'gtrapprox<Tab> <plug>\gtrapprox '
+exe s:pA5.'succsim<Tab>≿ <plug>\succsim '
+exe s:pA5.'succapprox<Tab> <plug>\succapprox '
+exe s:pA5.'ni<Tab>∋ <plug>\ni '
+exe s:pA5.'owns<Tab> <plug>\owns '
+exe s:pA5.'supset<Tab>⊃ <plug>\supset '
+exe s:pA5.'Supset<Tab>⋑ <plug>\Supset '
+exe s:pA5.'supseteq<Tab>⊇ <plug>\supseteq '
+exe s:pA5.'supseteqq<Tab> <plug>\supseteqq '
+exe s:pA5.'sqsupset<Tab>⊐ <plug>\sqsupset '
+exe s:pA5.'sqsupseteq<Tab>⊒ <plug>\sqsupseteq '
+exe s:pA5.'frown<Tab>⌢ <plug>\frown '
+exe s:pA5.'smallfrown<Tab>⌢ <plug>\smallfrown '
+exe s:pA5.'mid<Tab>∣ <plug>\mid '
+exe s:pA5.'shortmid<Tab> <plug>\shortmid '
+exe s:pA5.'between<Tab>≬ <plug>\between '
+exe s:pA5.'Vdash<Tab>⊩ <plug>\Vdash '
+exe s:pA5.'bowtie<Tab>⋈ <plug>\bowtie '
+exe s:pA5.'Join<Tab>⋈ <plug>\Join '
+exe s:pA5.'pitchfork<Tab>⋔ <plug>\pitchfork '
+" }}}
+" {{{ nBinaryRel2
+let s:pA5a = s:pA."n&BinaryRel2." "TODO: dorobiæ logarytmy
+exe s:pA5a.'ngtr<Tab>≯ <plug>\ngtr '
+exe s:pA5a.'ngeqslant<Tab>≱ <plug>\ngeqslant '
+exe s:pA5a.'ngeq<Tab> <plug>\ngeq '
+exe s:pA5a.'gneq<Tab> <plug>\gneq '
+exe s:pA5a.'ngeqq<Tab> <plug>\ngeqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'gneqq<Tab>≩ <plug>\gneqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'nsucc<Tab>⊁ <plug>\nsucc '
+exe s:pA5a.'nsucceq<Tab>⋡ <plug>\nsucceq '
+exe s:pA5a.'succneqq<Tab> <plug>\succneqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'gnsim<Tab>⋧ <plug>\gnsim '
+exe s:pA5a.'gnapprox<Tab> <plug>\gnapprox '
+exe s:pA5a.'succnsim<Tab>⋩ <plug>\succnsim '
+exe s:pA5a.'succnapprox<Tab> <plug>\succnapprox '
+exe s:pA5a.'nsupseteq<Tab>⊉ <plug>\nsupseteq '
+exe s:pA5a.'varsupsetneq<Tab> <plug>\varsupsetneq '
+exe s:pA5a.'supsetneq<Tab>⊋ <plug>\supsetneq '
+exe s:pA5a.'nsupseteqq<Tab> <plug>\nsupseteqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'varsupsetneqq<Tab> <plug>\varsupsetneqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'supsetneqq<Tab> <plug>\supsetneqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'nmid<Tab>∤ <plug>\nmid '
+exe s:pA5a.'nshortmid<Tab> <plug>\nshortmid '
+exe s:pA5a.'nVdash<Tab>⊮ <plug>\nVdash '
+" }}}
+" {{{ BinaryRel3
+let s:pA6 = s:pA."&BinaryRel3."
+exe s:pA6.'doteq<Tab>≐ <plug>\doteq '
+exe s:pA6.'circeq<Tab>≗ <plug>\circeq '
+exe s:pA6.'eqcirc<Tab>≖ <plug>\eqcirc '
+exe s:pA6.'risingdotseq<Tab>≓ <plug>\risingdotseq '
+exe s:pA6.'doteqdot<Tab>≑ <plug>\doteqdot '
+exe s:pA6.'Doteq<Tab>≑ <plug>\Doteq '
+exe s:pA6.'fallingdotseq<Tab>≒ <plug>\fallingdotseq '
+exe s:pA6.'triangleq<Tab>≜ <plug>\triangleq '
+exe s:pA6.'bumpeq<Tab>≏ <plug>\bumpeq '
+exe s:pA6.'Bumpeq<Tab>≎ <plug>\Bumpeq '
+exe s:pA6.'equiv<Tab>`=\ \ ≡ <plug>\equiv '
+exe s:pA6.'sim<Tab>∼ <plug>\sim '
+exe s:pA6.'thicksim<Tab>∼ <plug>\thicksim '
+exe s:pA6.'backsim<Tab>∽ <plug>\backsim '
+exe s:pA6.'simeq<Tab>≃ <plug>\simeq '
+exe s:pA6.'backsimeq<Tab>⋍ <plug>\backsimeq '
+exe s:pA6.'cong<Tab>≅ <plug>\cong '
+exe s:pA6.'approx<tab>=~\ \ ≈ <plug>\approx '
+exe s:pA6.'thickapprox<Tab>≈ <plug>\thickapprox '
+exe s:pA6.'approxeq<Tab>≊ <plug>\approxeq '
+exe s:pA6.'blacktriangleleft<Tab>◀ <plug>\blacktriangleleft '
+exe s:pA6.'vartriangleleft<Tab>⊲ <plug>\vartriangleleft '
+exe s:pA6.'trianglelefteq<Tab>⊴ <plug>\trianglelefteq '
+exe s:pA6.'blacktriangleright<Tab>▶ <plug>\blacktriangleright '
+exe s:pA6.'vartriangleright<Tab>⊳ <plug>\vartriangleright '
+exe s:pA6.'trianglerighteq<Tab>⊵ <plug>\trianglerighteq '
+exe s:pA6.'perp<Tab>⊥ <plug>\perp '
+exe s:pA6.'asymp<Tab>≍ <plug>\asymp '
+exe s:pA6.'Vvdash<Tab>⊪ <plug>\Vvdash '
+exe s:pA6.'propto<Tab>∝ <plug>\propto '
+exe s:pA6.'varpropto<Tab>∝ <plug>\varpropto '
+exe s:pA6.'because<Tab>∵ <plug>\because '
+" }}}
+" {{{ nBinaryRel3
+let s:pA6a = s:pA."&nBinaryRel3."
+exe s:pA6a.'neq<Tab>≠ <plug>\neq '
+exe s:pA6a.'nsim<Tab>≁ <plug>\nsim '
+exe s:pA6a.'ncong<Tab>≆ <plug>\ncong '
+exe s:pA6a.'ntriangleleft<Tab>⋪ <plug>\ntriangleleft '
+exe s:pA6a.'ntrianglelefteq<Tab>⋬ <plug>\ntrianglelefteq '
+exe s:pA6a.'ntriangleright<Tab>⋫ <plug>\ntriangleright '
+exe s:pA6a.'ntrianglerighteq<Tab>⋭ <plug>\ntrianglerighteq '
+" }}}
+" {{{ BinaryRel4
+let s:pA7 = s:pA."&BinaryRel4."
+exe s:pA7.'lessgtr<Tab>≶ <plug>\lessgtr '
+exe s:pA7.'gtrless<Tab>≷ <plug>\gtrless '
+exe s:pA7.'lesseqgtr<Tab>⋚ <plug>\lesseqgtr '
+exe s:pA7.'gtreqless<Tab>⋛ <plug>\gtreqless '
+exe s:pA7.'lesseqqgtr<Tab> <plug>\lesseqqgtr '
+exe s:pA7.'gtreqqless<Tab> <plug>\gtreqqless '
+" }}}
+" {{{ BigOp
+let s:pA8a = s:pA."&BigOp."
+exe s:pA8a.'limits<Tab> <plug>\limits'
+exe s:pA8a.'nolimits<Tab> <plug>\nolimits'
+exe s:pA8a.'displaylimits<Tab> <plug>\displaylimits'
+exe s:pA8a.'-seplimits- :'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigcap<Tab>`-\ \ ⋂ <plug>\bigcap'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigcup<Tab>`+\ \ ⋃ <plug>\bigcup'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigodot<Tab>⊙ <plug>\bigodot'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigoplus<Tab>⊕ <plug>\bigoplus'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigotimes<Tab>⊗ <plug>\bigotimes'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigsqcup<Tab>⊔ <plug>\bigsqcup'
+exe s:pA8a.'biguplus<Tab>⊎ <plug>\biguplus'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigvee<Tab>⋁ <plug>\bigvee'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigwedge<Tab>⋀ <plug>\bigwedge'
+exe s:pA8a.'coprod<Tab>∐ <plug>\coprod'
+exe s:pA8a.'int<Tab>∫ <plug>\int'
+exe s:pA8a.'iint<Tab>∬ <plug>\int'
+exe s:pA8a.'iiint<Tab>∭ <plug>\int'
+exe s:pA8a.'oint<Tab>∮ <plug>\oint'
+exe s:pA8a.'prod<Tab>∏ <plug>\prod'
+exe s:pA8a.'sum<Tab>∑ <plug>\sum'
+" }}}
+" {{{ BinaryOp
+let s:pA8 = s:pA."&BinaryOp."
+exe s:pA8.'pm<Tab>± <plug>\pm '
+exe s:pA8.'mp<Tab>∓ <plug>\mp '
+exe s:pA8.'dotplus<Tab>∔ <plug>\dotplus '
+exe s:pA8.'cdot<Tab>`.\ \ ⋅ <plug>\cdot '
+exe s:pA8.'centerdot<Tab>⋅ <plug>\centerdot '
+exe s:pA8.'times<Tab>`*\ \ × <plug>\times '
+exe s:pA8.'ltimes<Tab>⋉ <plug>\ltimes '
+exe s:pA8.'rtimes<Tab>⋊ <plug>\rtimes '
+exe s:pA8.'leftthreetimes<Tab>⋋ <plug>\leftthreetimes '
+exe s:pA8.'rightthreetimes<Tab>⋌ <plug>\rightthreetimes '
+exe s:pA8.'div<Tab>÷ <plug>\div '
+exe s:pA8.'divideontimes<Tab>⋇ <plug>\divideontimes '
+exe s:pA8.'bmod<Tab> <plug>\bmod '
+exe s:pA8.'ast<Tab>∗ <plug>\ast '
+exe s:pA8.'star<Tab>⋆ <plug>\star '
+exe s:pA8.'setminus<Tab>`\\\ \ ∖ <plug>\setminus '
+exe s:pA8.'smallsetminus<Tab>∖ <plug>\smallsetminus '
+exe s:pA8.'diamond<Tab>⋄ <plug>\diamond '
+exe s:pA8.'wr<Tab>≀ <plug>\wr '
+exe s:pA8.'intercal<Tab>⊺ <plug>\intercal '
+exe s:pA8.'circ<Tab>`@\ \ ∘ <plug>\circ '
+exe s:pA8.'bigcirc<Tab>○ <plug>\bigcirc '
+exe s:pA8.'bullet<Tab>∙ <plug>\bullet '
+exe s:pA8.'cap<Tab>∩ <plug>\cap '
+exe s:pA8.'Cap<Tab>⋒ <plug>\Cap '
+exe s:pA8.'cup<Tab>∪ <plug>\cup '
+exe s:pA8.'Cup<Tab>⋓ <plug>\Cup '
+exe s:pA8.'sqcap<Tab>⊓ <plug>\sqcap '
+exe s:pA8.'sqcup<Tab>⊔ <plug>\sqcup'
+exe s:pA8.'amalg<Tab> <plug>\amalg '
+exe s:pA8.'uplus<Tab>⊎ <plug>\uplus '
+exe s:pA8.'triangleleft<Tab>◁ <plug>\triangleleft '
+exe s:pA8.'triangleright<Tab>▷ <plug>\triangleright '
+exe s:pA8.'bigtriangleup<Tab>△ <plug>\bigtriangleup '
+exe s:pA8.'bigtriangledown<Tab>▽ <plug>\bigtriangledown '
+exe s:pA8.'vee<Tab>∨ <plug>\vee '
+exe s:pA8.'veebar<Tab>⊻ <plug>\veebar '
+exe s:pA8.'curlyvee<Tab>⋎ <plug>\curlyvee '
+exe s:pA8.'wedge<Tab>`&\ \ ∧ <plug>\wedge '
+exe s:pA8.'barwedge<Tab>⊼ <plug>\barwedge '
+exe s:pA8.'doublebarwedge<Tab>⌆ <plug>\doublebarwedge '
+exe s:pA8.'curlywedge<Tab>⋏ <plug>\curlywedge '
+exe s:pA8.'oplus<Tab>⊕ <plug>\oplus '
+exe s:pA8.'ominus<Tab>⊖ <plug>\ominus '
+exe s:pA8.'otimes<Tab>⊗ <plug>\otimes '
+exe s:pA8.'oslash<Tab>⊘ <plug>\oslash '
+exe s:pA8.'boxplus<Tab>⊞ <plug>\boxplus '
+exe s:pA8.'boxminus<Tab>⊟ <plug>\boxminus '
+exe s:pA8.'boxtimes<Tab>⊠ <plug>\boxtimes '
+exe s:pA8.'boxdot<Tab>⊡ <plug>\boxdot '
+exe s:pA8.'odot<Tab>⊙ <plug>\odot '
+exe s:pA8.'circledast<Tab>⊛ <plug>\circledast '
+exe s:pA8.'circleddash<Tab>⊝ <plug>\circleddash '
+exe s:pA8.'circledcirc<Tab>⊚ <plug>\circledcirc '
+exe s:pA8.'dagger<Tab>† <plug>\dagger '
+exe s:pA8.'ddagger<Tab>‡ <plug>\ddagger '
+exe s:pA8.'lhd<Tab>⊲ <plug>\lhd '
+exe s:pA8.'unlhd<Tab>⊴ <plug>\unlhd '
+exe s:pA8.'rhd<Tab>⊳ <plug>\rhd '
+exe s:pA8.'unrhd<Tab>⊵ <plug>\unrhd '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Other1
+let s:pA9 = s:pA."&Other1."
+exe s:pA9.'hat<Tab>â <plug>\hat '
+exe s:pA9.'check<Tab>ǎ <plug>\check '
+exe s:pA9.'grave<Tab>à <plug>\grave '
+exe s:pA9.'acute<Tab>á <plug>\acute '
+exe s:pA9.'dot<Tab>ȧ <plug>\dot '
+exe s:pA9.'ddot<Tab>ä <plug>\ddot '
+exe s:pA9.'tilde<Tab>`,\ \ ã <plug>\tilde '
+exe s:pA9.'breve<Tab>ă <plug>\breve '
+exe s:pA9.'bar<Tab>ā <plug>\bar '
+exe s:pA9.'vec<Tab>a⃗ <plug>\vec '
+exe s:pA9.'aleph<Tab>א <plug>\aleph '
+exe s:pA9.'hbar<Tab>ℏ <plug>\hbar '
+exe s:pA9.'imath<Tab> <plug>\imath '
+exe s:pA9.'jmath<Tab> <plug>\jmath '
+exe s:pA9.'ell<Tab>ℓ <plug>\ell '
+exe s:pA9.'wp<Tab>℘ <plug>\wp '
+exe s:pA9.'Re<Tab>ℜ <plug>\Re '
+exe s:pA9.'Im<Tab>ℑ <plug>\Im '
+exe s:pA9.'partial<Tab>∂ <plug>\partial '
+exe s:pA9.'infty<Tab>`8\ \ ∞ <plug>\infty '
+exe s:pA9.'prime<Tab>′ <plug>\prime '
+exe s:pA9.'emptyset<Tab>∅ <plug>\emptyset '
+exe s:pA9.'nabla<Tab>∇ <plug>\nabla '
+exe s:pA9.'surd<Tab>√ <plug>\surd '
+exe s:pA9.'top<Tab>⊤ <plug>\top '
+exe s:pA9.'bot<Tab>⊥ <plug>\bot '
+exe s:pA9.'angle<Tab>∠ <plug>\angle '
+exe s:pA9.'triangle<Tab>△ <plug>\triangle '
+exe s:pA9.'backslash<Tab>\\ <plug>\backslash '
+exe s:pA9.'forall<Tab>∀ <plug>\forall '
+exe s:pA9.'exists<Tab>∃ <plug>\exists '
+exe s:pA9.'neg<Tab>¬ <plug>\neg '
+exe s:pA9.'flat<Tab>♭ <plug>\flat '
+exe s:pA9.'natural<Tab>♮ <plug>\natural '
+exe s:pA9.'sharp<Tab>♯ <plug>\sharp '
+exe s:pA9.'clubsuit<Tab>♣ <plug>\clubsuit '
+exe s:pA9.'diamondsuit<Tab>♢ <plug>\diamondsuit '
+exe s:pA9.'heartsuit<Tab>♡ <plug>\heartsuit '
+exe s:pA9.'spadesuit<Tab>♠ <plug>\spadesuit '
+exe s:pA9.'S<Tab>§ <plug>\S '
+exe s:pA9.'P<Tab>¶ <plug>\P'
+" }}}
+" {{{ MathCreating
+let s:pA10 = s:pA."&MathCreating."
+exe s:pA10.'not<Tab> <plug>\not'
+exe s:pA10.'mkern<Tab> <plug>\mkern'
+exe s:pA10.'mathbin<Tab> <plug>\mathbin'
+exe s:pA10.'mathrel<Tab> <plug>\mathrel'
+exe s:pA10.'stackrel<Tab> <plug>\stackrel'
+exe s:pA10.'mathord<Tab> <plug>\mathord'
+" }}}
+" {{{ Styles
+let s:pA11 = s:pA."&Styles."
+exe s:pA11.'displaystyle<Tab> <plug>\displaystyle'
+exe s:pA11.'textstyle<Tab> <plug>\textstyle'
+exe s:pA11.'scritpstyle<Tab> <plug>\scritpstyle'
+exe s:pA11.'scriptscriptstyle<Tab> <plug>\scriptscriptstyle'
+" }}}
+" {{{ MathDiacritics
+let s:pA12 = s:pA."&MathDiacritics."
+exe s:pA12.'acute{}<Tab>á <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\acute{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'bar{}<Tab>`_\ \ ā <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\bar{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'breve{}<Tab>ă <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\breve{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'check{}<Tab>ǎ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\check{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'ddot{}<Tab>`:\ \ ä <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\ddot{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'dot{}<Tab>`;\ \ ȧ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\dot{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'grave{}<Tab>à <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\grave{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'hat{}<Tab>`^\ \ â <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\hat{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'tilde{}<tab>`~\ \ ã <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\tilde{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'vec{}<Tab>a⃗ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\vec{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'widehat{}<Tab> <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\widehat{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'widetilde{}<Tab> <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\widetilde{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'imath<Tab> <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\imath")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'jmath<Tab> <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\jmath")<cr>'
+" }}}
+" {{{ OverlineAndCo
+let s:pA13 = s:pA."&OverlineAndCo."
+exe s:pA13.'overline{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overline{}")<cr>'
+exe s:pA13.'underline{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\underline{}")<cr>'
+exe s:pA13.'overrightarrow{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overrightarrow{}")<cr>'
+exe s:pA13.'overleftarrow{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overleftarrow{}")<cr>'
+exe s:pA13.'overbrace{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overbrace{}")<cr>'
+exe s:pA13.'underbrace{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\underbrace{}")<cr>'
+" }}}
+" {{{ Symbols1
+let s:pA14a = s:pA."&Symbols1."
+exe s:pA14a.'forall<Tab>∀ <plug>\forall '
+exe s:pA14a.'exists<Tab>∃ <plug>\exists '
+exe s:pA14a.'nexists<Tab>∄ <plug>\nexists '
+exe s:pA14a.'neg<Tab>¬ <plug>\neg '
+exe s:pA14a.'top<Tab>⊤ <plug>\top '
+exe s:pA14a.'bot<Tab>⊥ <plug>\bot '
+exe s:pA14a.'emptyset<Tab>∅ <plug>\emptyset '
+exe s:pA14a.'varnothing<Tab>⌀ <plug>\varnothing '
+exe s:pA14a.'infty<Tab>∞ <plug>\infty '
+exe s:pA14a.'aleph<Tab>א <plug>\aleph '
+exe s:pA14a.'beth<Tab>ב <plug>\beth '
+exe s:pA14a.'gimel<Tab>ג <plug>\gimel '
+exe s:pA14a.'daleth<Tab>ד <plug>\daleth '
+exe s:pA14a.'hbar<Tab> <plug>\hbar '
+exe s:pA14a.'hslash<Tab>ℏ <plug>\hslash '
+exe s:pA14a.'diagup<Tab>⁄ <plug>\diagup '
+exe s:pA14a.'vert<Tab>\| <plug>\vert '
+exe s:pA14a.'Vert<Tab>∥ <plug>\Vert '
+exe s:pA14a.'backslash<Tab>\\ <plug>\backslash '
+exe s:pA14a.'diagdown<Tab> <plug>\diagdown '
+exe s:pA14a.'Bbbk<Tab>ᵕ <plug>\Bbbk '
+exe s:pA14a.'P<Tab>¶ <plug>\P '
+exe s:pA14a.'S<Tab>§ <plug>\S '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Symbols2
+let s:pA14b = s:pA."&Symbols2."
+exe s:pA14b.'# <plug>\# '
+exe s:pA14b.'% <plug>\% '
+exe s:pA14b.'_<Tab> <plug>\_ '
+exe s:pA14b.'$ <plug>\$ '
+exe s:pA14b.'& <plug>\& '
+exe s:pA14b.'imath<Tab> <plug>\imath '
+exe s:pA14b.'jmath<Tab> <plug>\jmath '
+exe s:pA14b.'ell<Tab>ℓ <plug>\ell '
+exe s:pA14b.'wp<Tab>℘ <plug>\wp '
+exe s:pA14b.'Re<Tab>ℜ <plug>\Re '
+exe s:pA14b.'Im<Tab>ℑ <plug>\Im '
+exe s:pA14b.'prime<Tab>′ <plug>\prime '
+exe s:pA14b.'backprime<Tab>‵ <plug>\backprime '
+exe s:pA14b.'nabla<Tab>∇ <plug>\nabla '
+exe s:pA14b.'surd<Tab>√ <plug>\surd '
+exe s:pA14b.'flat<Tab>♭ <plug>\flat '
+exe s:pA14b.'sharp<Tab>♯ <plug>\sharp '
+exe s:pA14b.'natural<Tab>♮ <plug>\natural '
+exe s:pA14b.'eth<Tab>ð <plug>\eth '
+exe s:pA14b.'bigstar<Tab>★ <plug>\bigstar '
+exe s:pA14b.'circledS<Tab>Ⓢ <plug>\circledS '
+exe s:pA14b.'Finv<Tab>Ⅎ <plug>\Finv '
+exe s:pA14b.'dag<Tab>† <plug>\dag '
+exe s:pA14b.'ddag<Tab>‡ <plug>\ddag '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Symbols3
+let s:pA14c = s:pA."&Symbols3."
+exe s:pA14c.'angle<Tab>∠ <plug>\angle '
+exe s:pA14c.'measuredangle<Tab>∡ <plug>\measuredangle '
+exe s:pA14c.'sphericalangle<Tab>∢ <plug>\sphericalangle '
+exe s:pA14c.'spadesuit<Tab>♠ <plug>\spadesuit '
+exe s:pA14c.'heartsuit<Tab>♡ <plug>\heartsuit '
+exe s:pA14c.'diamondsuit<Tab>♢ <plug>\diamondsuit '
+exe s:pA14c.'clubsuit<Tab>♣ <plug>\clubsuit '
+exe s:pA14c.'lozenge<Tab>◊ <plug>\lozenge '
+exe s:pA14c.'blacklozenge<Tab>◆ <plug>\blacklozenge '
+exe s:pA14c.'Diamond<Tab>◇ <plug>\Diamond '
+exe s:pA14c.'triangle<Tab>△ <plug>\triangle '
+exe s:pA14c.'vartriangle<Tab>△ <plug>\vartriangle '
+exe s:pA14c.'blacktriangle<Tab>▲ <plug>\blacktriangle '
+exe s:pA14c.'triangledown<Tab>▽ <plug>\triangledown '
+exe s:pA14c.'blacktriangledown<Tab>▼ <plug>\blacktriangledown '
+exe s:pA14c.'Box<Tab>□ <plug>\Box '
+exe s:pA14c.'square<Tab>□ <plug>\square '
+exe s:pA14c.'blacksquare<Tab>■ <plug>\blacksquare '
+exe s:pA14c.'complement<Tab>∁ <plug>\complement '
+exe s:pA14c.'mho<Tab>℧ <plug>\mho '
+exe s:pA14c.'Game<Tab>⅁ <plug>\Game '
+exe s:pA14c.'partial<Tab>`6\ \ ∂ <plug>\partial '
+exe s:pA14c.'smallint<Tab>∫ <plug>\smallint '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Logic
+let s:pA15 = s:pA."&Logic."
+exe s:pA15.'lnot<Tab>¬ <plug>\lnot '
+exe s:pA15.'lor<Tab>∨ <plug>\lor '
+exe s:pA15.'land<Tab>∧ <plug>\land '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Limits1
+let s:pA16 = s:pA."&Limits1."
+exe s:pA16.'left<Tab>( <plug>\left'
+exe s:pA16.'right<Tab>) <plug>\right'
+exe s:pA16.'-sepbigl- :'
+exe s:pA16.'bigl<Tab> <plug>\bigl'
+exe s:pA16.'Bigl<Tab> <plug>\Bigl'
+exe s:pA16.'biggl<Tab> <plug>\biggl'
+exe s:pA16.'Biggl<Tab> <plug>\Biggl'
+exe s:pA16.'-sepbigr- :'
+exe s:pA16.'bigr<Tab> <plug>\bigr'
+exe s:pA16.'Bigr<Tab> <plug>\Bigr'
+exe s:pA16.'biggr<Tab> <plug>\biggr'
+exe s:pA16.'Biggr<Tab> <plug>\Biggr'
+exe s:pA16.'-sepbig- :'
+exe s:pA16.'big<Tab> <plug>\big'
+exe s:pA16.'bigm<Tab> <plug>\bigm'
+exe s:pA16.'-sepfloor- :'
+exe s:pA16.'lfloor<Tab>⌊ <plug>\lfloor '
+exe s:pA16.'lceil<Tab>⌈ <plug>\lceil '
+exe s:pA16.'rfloor<Tab>⌋ <plug>\rfloor '
+exe s:pA16.'rceil<Tab>⌉ <plug>\rceil '
+exe s:pA16.'-sepangle- :'
+exe s:pA16.'langle<Tab>〈 <plug>\langle '
+exe s:pA16.'rangle<Tab>〉 <plug>\rangle '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Limits2
+let s:pA16a = s:pA."&Limits2."
+exe s:pA16a.'ulcorner<Tab>⌜ <plug>\ulcorner '
+exe s:pA16a.'urcorner<Tab>⌝ <plug>\urcorner '
+exe s:pA16a.'llcorner<Tab>⌞ <plug>\llcorner '
+exe s:pA16a.'rlcorner<Tab>⌟ <plug>\rlcorner '
+exe s:pA16a.'-sepcorner- :'
+exe s:pA16a.'vert<Tab>\| <plug>\vert '
+exe s:pA16a.'Vert<Tab>∥ <plug>\Vert '
+exe s:pA16a.'lvert<Tab> <plug>\lvert '
+exe s:pA16a.'lVert<Tab> <plug>\lVert '
+exe s:pA16a.'rvert<Tab> <plug>\rvert '
+exe s:pA16a.'rVert<Tab> <plug>\rVert '
+exe s:pA16a.'uparrow<Tab>↑ <plug>\uparrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'Uparrow<Tab>⇑ <plug>\Uparrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'downarrow<Tab>↓ <plug>\downarrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'Downarrow<Tab>⇓ <plug>\Downarrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'updownarrow<Tab>↕ <plug>\updownarrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'Updownarrow<Tab>⇕ <plug>\Updownarrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'lgroup<Tab> <plug>\lgroup '
+exe s:pA16a.'rgroup<Tab> <plug>\rgroup '
+exe s:pA16a.'lmoustache<Tab>∫ <plug>\lmoustache '
+exe s:pA16a.'rmoustache<Tab> <plug>\rmoustache '
+exe s:pA16a.'arrowvert<Tab> <plug>\arrowvert '
+exe s:pA16a.'Arrowvert<Tab> <plug>\Arrowvert '
+exe s:pA16a.'bracevert<Tab> <plug>\bracevert '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Log-likes
+let s:pA17 = s:pA."Lo&g-likes."
+exe s:pA17.'arccos<Tab> <plug>\arccos '
+exe s:pA17.'arcsin<Tab> <plug>\arcsin '
+exe s:pA17.'arctan<Tab> <plug>\arctan '
+exe s:pA17.'arg<Tab> <plug>\arg '
+exe s:pA17.'cos<Tab> <plug>\cos '
+exe s:pA17.'cosh<Tab> <plug>\cosh '
+exe s:pA17.'cot<Tab> <plug>\cot '
+exe s:pA17.'coth<Tab> <plug>\coth '
+exe s:pA17.'csc<Tab> <plug>\csc '
+exe s:pA17.'deg<Tab> <plug>\deg '
+exe s:pA17.'det<Tab> <plug>\det '
+exe s:pA17.'dim<Tab> <plug>\dim '
+exe s:pA17.'exp<Tab> <plug>\exp '
+exe s:pA17.'gcd<Tab> <plug>\gcd '
+exe s:pA17.'hom<Tab> <plug>\hom '
+exe s:pA17.'inf<Tab> <plug>\inf '
+exe s:pA17.'injlim<Tab> <plug>\injlim '
+exe s:pA17.'ker<Tab> <plug>\ker '
+exe s:pA17.'lg<Tab> <plug>\lg '
+exe s:pA17.'lim<Tab> <plug>\lim '
+exe s:pA17.'liminf<Tab> <plug>\liminf '
+exe s:pA17.'limsup<Tab> <plug>\limsup '
+exe s:pA17.'ln<Tab> <plug>\ln '
+exe s:pA17.'log<Tab> <plug>\log '
+exe s:pA17.'max<Tab> <plug>\max '
+exe s:pA17.'min<Tab> <plug>\min '
+exe s:pA17.'Pr<Tab> <plug>\Pr '
+exe s:pA17.'projlim<Tab> <plug>\projlim '
+exe s:pA17.'sec<Tab> <plug>\sec '
+exe s:pA17.'sin<Tab> <plug>\sin '
+exe s:pA17.'sinh<Tab> <plug>\sinh '
+exe s:pA17.'sup<Tab> <plug>\sup '
+exe s:pA17.'tan<Tab> <plug>\tan '
+exe s:pA17.'tanh<Tab> <plug>\tanh '
+exe s:pA17.'varlimsup<Tab> <plug>\varlimsup '
+exe s:pA17.'varliminf<Tab> <plug>\varliminf '
+exe s:pA17.'varinjlim<Tab> <plug>\varinjlim '
+exe s:pA17.'varprojlim<Tab> <plug>\varprojlim '
+" }}}
+" {{{ MathSpacing
+let s:pA18 = s:pA."MathSpacing."
+exe s:pA18.', <plug>\, '
+exe s:pA18.': <plug>\: '
+exe s:pA18.'; <plug>\; '
+exe s:pA18.'[space] <plug>\ '
+exe s:pA18.'quad<Tab> <plug>\quad '
+exe s:pA18.'qquad<Tab> <plug>\qquad '
+exe s:pA18.'! <plug>\! '
+exe s:pA18.'thinspace<Tab> <plug>\thinspace '
+exe s:pA18.'medspace<Tab> <plug>\medspace '
+exe s:pA18.'thickspace<Tab> <plug>\thickspace '
+exe s:pA18.'negthinspace<Tab> <plug>\negthinspace '
+exe s:pA18.'negmedspace<Tab> <plug>\negmedspace '
+exe s:pA18.'negthickspace<Tab> <plug>\negthickspace '
+" 1}}}
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:fenc=utf-8
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..553965c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,730 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: mathmacros.vim
+" Author: Mikolaj Machowski
+" Created: Tue Apr 23 06:00 PM 2002 PST
+"
+" Description: macros for everything mathematical in latex.
+"=============================================================================
+
+if !(has('gui_running') && g:Tex_MathMenus && g:Tex_Menus)
+ finish
+endif
+
+let s:MathMenuName = g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'&Math.'
+
+function! Tex_MathMenuRemove()
+ exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:MathMenuName
+endfunction
+
+let s:pA = 'amenu <silent> '.g:Tex_NextMenuLocation.' '.s:MathMenuName
+let g:Tex_NextMenuLocation = g:Tex_NextMenuLocation + 1
+
+" brackets and dollars {{{
+exe s:pA.'\\&[\ \\] <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\[<++>\\]<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA.'\\&(\ \\) <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\(<++>\\)<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA.'&$\ $ <plug>$$'
+exe s:pA.'-sepmath1- :'
+" }}}
+" MATH arrows {{{
+let s:pA1 = s:pA."&Arrows."
+exe s:pA1.'Leftarrow <plug>\leftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'leftarrow <plug>\leftarrow'
+exe s:pA1.'longleftarrow <plug>\longleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Leftarrow <plug>\Leftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Longleftarrow <plug>\Longleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'rightarrow <plug>\rightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'longrightarrow <plug>\longrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Rightarrow <plug>\Rightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Longrightarrow <plug>\Longrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'leftrightarrow <plug>\leftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'longleftrightarrow <plug>\longleftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Leftrightarrow <plug>\Leftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Longleftrightarrow <plug>\Longleftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'uparrow <plug>\uparrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Uparrow <plug>\Uparrow '
+exe s:pA1.'downarrow <plug>\downarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Downarrow <plug>\Downarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'updownarrow <plug>\updownarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'Updownarrow <plug>\Updownarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'nearrow <plug>\nearrow '
+exe s:pA1.'searrow <plug>\searrow '
+exe s:pA1.'swarrow <plug>\swarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'nwarrow <plug>\nwarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'mapsto <plug>\mapsto '
+exe s:pA1.'leadsto <plug>\leadsto '
+exe s:pA1.'longmapsto <plug>\longmapsto '
+exe s:pA1.'hookleftarrow <plug>\hookleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'hookrightarrow <plug>\hookrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'leftharpoonup <plug>\leftharpoonup '
+exe s:pA1.'leftharpoondown <plug>\leftharpoondown '
+exe s:pA1.'rightharpoonup <plug>\rightharpoonup '
+exe s:pA1.'rightharpoondown <plug>\rightharpoondown '
+exe s:pA1.'rightleftharpoons <plug>\rightleftharpoons '
+exe s:pA1.'overleftarrow <plug>\overleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'overrightarrow <plug>\overrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'overleftrightarrow <plug>\overleftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'underleftarrow <plug>\underleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'underrightarrow <plug>\underrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'underleftrightarrow <plug>\underleftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'xleftarrow <plug>\xleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1.'xrightarrow <plug>\xrightarrow '
+" }}}
+
+
+" MATH nArrows {{{
+let s:pA1a = s:pA."&nArrows."
+exe s:pA1a.'nleftarrow <plug>\nleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'nLeftarrow <plug>\nLeftarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'nleftrightarrow <plug>\nleftrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'nrightarrow <plug>\nrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'nRightarrow <plug>\nRightarrow '
+" }}}
+" MATH Arrows2 {{{
+let s:pA1a = s:pA."Arrows2."
+exe s:pA1a.'dashleftarrow <plug>\dashleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'leftleftarrows <plug>\leftleftarrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'leftrightarrows <plug>\leftrightarrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'Lleftarrow <plug>\Lleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'twoheadleftarrow <plug>\twoheadleftarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'leftarrowtail <plug>\leftarrowtail '
+exe s:pA1a.'leftrightharpoons <plug>\leftrightharpoons '
+exe s:pA1a.'Lsh <plug>\Lsh '
+exe s:pA1a.'looparrowleft <plug>\looparrowleft '
+exe s:pA1a.'curvearrowleft <plug>\curvearrowleft '
+exe s:pA1a.'circlearrowleft <plug>\circlearrowleft '
+exe s:pA1a.'dashrightarrow <plug>\dashrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'rightrightarrows <plug>\rightrightarrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'rightleftarrows <plug>\rightleftarrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'Rrightarrow <plug>\Rrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'twoheadrightarrow <plug>\twoheadrightarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'rightarrowtail <plug>\rightarrowtail '
+exe s:pA1a.'rightleftharpoons <plug>\rightleftharpoons '
+exe s:pA1a.'Rsh <plug>\Rsh '
+exe s:pA1a.'looparrowright <plug>\looparrowright '
+exe s:pA1a.'curvearrowright <plug>\curvearrowright '
+exe s:pA1a.'circlearrowright <plug>\circlearrowright '
+exe s:pA1a.'multimap <plug>\multimap '
+exe s:pA1a.'upuparrows <plug>\upuparrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'downdownarrows <plug>\downdownarrows '
+exe s:pA1a.'upharpoonleft <plug>\upharpoonleft '
+exe s:pA1a.'upharpoonright <plug>\upharpoonright '
+exe s:pA1a.'downharpoonleft <plug>\downharpoonleft '
+exe s:pA1a.'downharpoonright <plug>\downharpoonright '
+exe s:pA1a.'rightsquigarrow <plug>\rightsquigarrow '
+exe s:pA1a.'leftrightsquigarrow <plug>\leftrightsquigarrow '
+" }}}
+" MATH Fonts {{{
+let s:pA2a = s:pA."&MathFonts."
+exe s:pA2a.'mathbf{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathbf{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathrm{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathrm{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathsf{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathsf{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathtt{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathtt{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathit{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathit{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathfrak{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathfrak{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathcal{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathcal{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathscr{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathscr{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA2a.'mathbb{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathbb{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+" }}}
+" Greek Letters small {{{
+let s:pA2 = s:pA."&Greek.&Small."
+exe s:pA2.'alpha<Tab>`a <plug>\alpha '
+exe s:pA2.'beta<Tab>`b <plug>\beta '
+exe s:pA2.'gamma<Tab>`g <plug>\gamma '
+exe s:pA2.'delta<Tab>`d <plug>\delta '
+exe s:pA2.'epsilon <plug>\epsilon '
+exe s:pA2.'varepsilon<Tab>`e <plug>\varepsilon '
+exe s:pA2.'zeta<Tab>`z <plug>\zeta '
+exe s:pA2.'eta<Tab>`h <plug>\eta '
+exe s:pA2.'theta<Tab>`q <plug>\theta '
+exe s:pA2.'vartheta <plug>\vartheta '
+exe s:pA2.'iota<Tab>`i <plug>\iota '
+exe s:pA2.'kappa<Tab>`k <plug>\kappa '
+exe s:pA2.'lambda<Tab>`l <plug>\lambda '
+exe s:pA2.'mu<Tab>`m <plug>\mu '
+exe s:pA2.'nu<Tab>`n <plug>\nu '
+exe s:pA2.'xi<Tab>`x <plug>\xi '
+exe s:pA2.'pi<Tab>`p <plug>\pi '
+exe s:pA2.'varpi <plug>\varpi '
+exe s:pA2.'rho<Tab>`r <plug>\rho '
+exe s:pA2.'varrho <plug>\varrho '
+exe s:pA2.'sigma<Tab>`s <plug>\sigma '
+exe s:pA2.'varsigma<Tab>`v <plug>\varsigma '
+exe s:pA2.'tau<Tab>`t <plug>\tau '
+exe s:pA2.'upsilon<Tab>`u <plug>\upsilon '
+exe s:pA2.'phi <plug>\phi '
+exe s:pA2.'varphi<Tab>`f <plug>\varphi '
+exe s:pA2.'chi<Tab>`c <plug>\chi '
+exe s:pA2.'psi<Tab>`y <plug>\psi '
+exe s:pA2.'omega<Tab>`w <plug>\omega '
+" }}}
+" Greek Letters big {{{
+let s:pA3 = s:pA.'&Greek.&Big.'
+exe s:pA3.'Alpha<Tab>`A <plug>\Alpha '
+exe s:pA3.'Beta<Tab>`B <plug>\Beta '
+exe s:pA3.'Gamma<Tab>`G <plug>\Gamma '
+exe s:pA3.'Delta<Tab>`D <plug>\Delta '
+exe s:pA3.'Epsilon<Tab>`E <plug>\Epsilon '
+exe s:pA3.'Zeta<Tab>`Z <plug>\mathrm{Z} '
+exe s:pA3.'Eta<Tab>`H <plug>\Eta '
+exe s:pA3.'Theta <plug>\Theta '
+exe s:pA3.'Iota <plug>\mathrm{I} '
+exe s:pA3.'Kappa<Tab>`K <plug>\Kappa '
+exe s:pA3.'Lambda<Tab>`L <plug>\Lambda '
+exe s:pA3.'Mu<Tab>`M <plug>\Mu '
+exe s:pA3.'Nu<Tab>`N <plug>\Nu '
+exe s:pA3.'Xi<Tab>`X <plug>\Xi '
+exe s:pA3.'Pi<Tab>`P <plug>\Pi '
+exe s:pA3.'Rho<Tab>`R <plug>\Rho '
+exe s:pA3.'Sigma<Tab>`S <plug>\Sigma '
+exe s:pA3.'Tau<Tab>`T <plug>\Tau '
+exe s:pA3.'Upsilon<Tab>`U <plug>\Upsilon '
+exe s:pA3.'Phi <plug>\Phi '
+exe s:pA3.'Chi<Tab>`C <plug>\Chi '
+exe s:pA3.'Psi<Tab>`Y <plug>\Psi '
+exe s:pA3.'Omega<Tab>`W <plug>\Omega '
+" }}}
+" BinaryRel1 {{{
+let s:pA4 = s:pA."&BinaryRel1."
+exe s:pA4.'ll <plug>\ll '
+exe s:pA4.'lll <plug>\lll '
+exe s:pA4.'leqslant <plug>\leqslant '
+exe s:pA4.'leq <plug>\leq '
+exe s:pA4.'leqq <plug>\leqq '
+exe s:pA4.'eqslantless <plug>\eqslantless '
+exe s:pA4.'lessdot <plug>\lessdot '
+exe s:pA4.'prec <plug>\prec '
+exe s:pA4.'preceq <plug>\preceq '
+exe s:pA4.'preccurlyeq <plug>\preccurlyeq '
+exe s:pA4.'curlyeqprec <plug>\curlyeqprec '
+exe s:pA4.'lesssim <plug>\lesssim '
+exe s:pA4.'lessapprox <plug>\lessapprox '
+exe s:pA4.'precsim <plug>\precsim '
+exe s:pA4.'precapprox <plug>\precapprox '
+exe s:pA4.'in <plug>\in '
+exe s:pA4.'subset<Tab>`( <plug>\subset '
+exe s:pA4.'Subset<Tab>`) <plug>\Subset '
+exe s:pA4.'subseteq <plug>\subseteq '
+exe s:pA4.'subseteqq <plug>\subseteqq '
+exe s:pA4.'sqsubset <plug>\sqsubset '
+exe s:pA4.'sqsubseteq <plug>\sqsubseteq '
+exe s:pA4.'smile <plug>\smile '
+exe s:pA4.'smallsmile <plug>\smallsmile '
+exe s:pA4.'parallel <plug>\parallel '
+exe s:pA4.'shortparallel <plug>\shortparallel '
+exe s:pA4.'dashv <plug>\dashv '
+exe s:pA4.'vdash <plug>\vdash '
+exe s:pA4.'vDash <plug>\vDash '
+exe s:pA4.'models <plug>\models '
+exe s:pA4.'therefore <plug>\therefore '
+exe s:pA4.'backepsilon <plug>\backepsilon '
+" }}}
+" nBinaryRel1 {{{
+let s:pA4a = s:pA."&nBinaryRel1."
+exe s:pA4a.'nless <plug>\nless '
+exe s:pA4a.'nleqslant <plug>\nleqslant '
+exe s:pA4a.'nleq <plug>\nleq '
+exe s:pA4a.'lneq <plug>\lneq '
+exe s:pA4a.'nleqq <plug>\nleqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'lneqq <plug>\lneqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'lvertneqq <plug>\lvertneqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'nprec <plug>\nprec '
+exe s:pA4a.'npreceq <plug>\npreceq '
+exe s:pA4a.'precneqq <plug>\precneqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'lnsim <plug>\lnsim '
+exe s:pA4a.'lnapprox <plug>\lnapprox '
+exe s:pA4a.'precnsim <plug>\precnsim '
+exe s:pA4a.'precnapprox <plug>\precnapprox '
+exe s:pA4a.'notin <plug>\notin '
+exe s:pA4a.'nsubseteq <plug>\nsubseteq '
+exe s:pA4a.'varsubsetneq <plug>\varsubsetneq '
+exe s:pA4a.'subsetneq <plug>\subsetneq '
+exe s:pA4a.'nsubseteqq <plug>\nsubseteqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'varsubsetneqq <plug>\varsubsetneqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'subsetneqq <plug>\subsetneqq '
+exe s:pA4a.'nparallel <plug>\nparallel '
+exe s:pA4a.'nshortparallel <plug>\nshortparallel '
+exe s:pA4a.'nvdash <plug>\nvdash '
+exe s:pA4a.'nvDash <plug>\nvDash '
+" }}}
+" BinaryRel2 {{{
+let s:pA5 = s:pA."&BinaryRel2."
+exe s:pA5.'gg <plug>\gg '
+exe s:pA5.'ggg <plug>\ggg '
+exe s:pA5.'gggtr <plug>\gggtr '
+exe s:pA5.'geqslant <plug>\geqslant '
+exe s:pA5.'geq <plug>\geq '
+exe s:pA5.'geqq <plug>\geqq '
+exe s:pA5.'eqslantgtr <plug>\eqslantgtr '
+exe s:pA5.'gtrdot <plug>\gtrdot '
+exe s:pA5.'succ <plug>\succ '
+exe s:pA5.'succeq <plug>\succeq '
+exe s:pA5.'succcurlyeq <plug>\succcurlyeq '
+exe s:pA5.'curlyeqsucc <plug>\curlyeqsucc '
+exe s:pA5.'gtrsim <plug>\gtrsim '
+exe s:pA5.'gtrapprox <plug>\gtrapprox '
+exe s:pA5.'succsim <plug>\succsim '
+exe s:pA5.'succapprox <plug>\succapprox '
+exe s:pA5.'ni <plug>\ni '
+exe s:pA5.'owns <plug>\owns '
+exe s:pA5.'supset <plug>\supset '
+exe s:pA5.'Supset <plug>\Supset '
+exe s:pA5.'supseteq <plug>\supseteq '
+exe s:pA5.'supseteqq <plug>\supseteqq '
+exe s:pA5.'sqsupset <plug>\sqsupset '
+exe s:pA5.'sqsupseteq <plug>\sqsupseteq '
+exe s:pA5.'frown <plug>\frown '
+exe s:pA5.'smallfrown <plug>\smallfrown '
+exe s:pA5.'mid <plug>\mid '
+exe s:pA5.'shortmid <plug>\shortmid '
+exe s:pA5.'between <plug>\between '
+exe s:pA5.'Vdash <plug>\Vdash '
+exe s:pA5.'bowtie <plug>\bowtie '
+exe s:pA5.'Join <plug>\Join '
+exe s:pA5.'pitchfork <plug>\pitchfork '
+" }}}
+" {{{ nBinaryRel2
+let s:pA5a = s:pA."n&BinaryRel2." "TODO: dorobi� logarytmy
+exe s:pA5a.'ngtr <plug>\ngtr '
+exe s:pA5a.'ngeqslant <plug>\ngeqslant '
+exe s:pA5a.'ngeq <plug>\ngeq '
+exe s:pA5a.'gneq <plug>\gneq '
+exe s:pA5a.'ngeqq <plug>\ngeqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'gneqq <plug>\gneqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'nsucc <plug>\nsucc '
+exe s:pA5a.'nsucceq <plug>\nsucceq '
+exe s:pA5a.'succneqq <plug>\succneqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'gnsim <plug>\gnsim '
+exe s:pA5a.'gnapprox <plug>\gnapprox '
+exe s:pA5a.'succnsim <plug>\succnsim '
+exe s:pA5a.'succnapprox <plug>\succnapprox '
+exe s:pA5a.'nsupseteq <plug>\nsupseteq '
+exe s:pA5a.'varsupsetneq <plug>\varsupsetneq '
+exe s:pA5a.'supsetneq <plug>\supsetneq '
+exe s:pA5a.'nsupseteqq <plug>\nsupseteqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'varsupsetneqq <plug>\varsupsetneqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'supsetneqq <plug>\supsetneqq '
+exe s:pA5a.'nmid <plug>\nmid '
+exe s:pA5a.'nshortmid <plug>\nshortmid '
+exe s:pA5a.'nVdash <plug>\nVdash '
+" }}}
+" {{{ BinaryRel3
+let s:pA6 = s:pA."&BinaryRel3."
+exe s:pA6.'doteq <plug>\doteq '
+exe s:pA6.'circeq <plug>\circeq '
+exe s:pA6.'eqcirc <plug>\eqcirc '
+exe s:pA6.'risingdotseq <plug>\risingdotseq '
+exe s:pA6.'doteqdot <plug>\doteqdot '
+exe s:pA6.'Doteq <plug>\Doteq '
+exe s:pA6.'fallingdotseq <plug>\fallingdotseq '
+exe s:pA6.'triangleq <plug>\triangleq '
+exe s:pA6.'bumpeq <plug>\bumpeq '
+exe s:pA6.'Bumpeq <plug>\Bumpeq '
+exe s:pA6.'equiv<Tab>`= <plug>\equiv '
+exe s:pA6.'sim <plug>\sim '
+exe s:pA6.'thicksim <plug>\thicksim '
+exe s:pA6.'backsim <plug>\backsim '
+exe s:pA6.'simeq <plug>\simeq '
+exe s:pA6.'backsimeq <plug>\backsimeq '
+exe s:pA6.'cong <plug>\cong '
+exe s:pA6.'approx<tab>=~ <plug>\approx '
+exe s:pA6.'thickapprox <plug>\thickapprox '
+exe s:pA6.'approxeq <plug>\approxeq '
+exe s:pA6.'blacktriangleleft <plug>\blacktriangleleft '
+exe s:pA6.'vartriangleleft <plug>\vartriangleleft '
+exe s:pA6.'trianglelefteq <plug>\trianglelefteq '
+exe s:pA6.'blacktriangleright <plug>\blacktriangleright '
+exe s:pA6.'vartriangleright <plug>\vartriangleright '
+exe s:pA6.'trianglerighteq <plug>\trianglerighteq '
+exe s:pA6.'perp <plug>\perp '
+exe s:pA6.'asymp <plug>\asymp '
+exe s:pA6.'Vvdash <plug>\Vvdash '
+exe s:pA6.'propto <plug>\propto '
+exe s:pA6.'varpropto <plug>\varpropto '
+exe s:pA6.'because <plug>\because '
+" }}}
+" {{{ nBinaryRel3
+let s:pA6a = s:pA."&nBinaryRel3."
+exe s:pA6a.'neq <plug>\neq '
+exe s:pA6a.'nsim <plug>\nsim '
+exe s:pA6a.'ncong <plug>\ncong '
+exe s:pA6a.'ntriangleleft <plug>\ntriangleleft '
+exe s:pA6a.'ntrianglelefteq <plug>\ntrianglelefteq '
+exe s:pA6a.'ntriangleright <plug>\ntriangleright '
+exe s:pA6a.'ntrianglerighteq <plug>\ntrianglerighteq '
+" }}}
+" {{{ BinaryRel4
+let s:pA7 = s:pA."&BinaryRel4."
+exe s:pA7.'lessgtr <plug>\lessgtr '
+exe s:pA7.'gtrless <plug>\gtrless '
+exe s:pA7.'lesseqgtr <plug>\lesseqgtr '
+exe s:pA7.'gtreqless <plug>\gtreqless '
+exe s:pA7.'lesseqqgtr <plug>\lesseqqgtr '
+exe s:pA7.'gtreqqless <plug>\gtreqqless '
+" }}}
+" {{{ BigOp
+let s:pA8a = s:pA."&BigOp."
+exe s:pA8a.'limits <plug>\limits'
+exe s:pA8a.'nolimits <plug>\nolimits'
+exe s:pA8a.'displaylimits <plug>\displaylimits'
+exe s:pA8a.'-seplimits- :'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigcap<Tab>`- <plug>\bigcap'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigcup<Tab>`+ <plug>\bigcup'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigodot <plug>\bigodot'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigoplus <plug>\bigoplus'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigotimes <plug>\bigotimes'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigsqcup <plug>\bigsqcup'
+exe s:pA8a.'biguplus <plug>\biguplus'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigvee <plug>\bigvee'
+exe s:pA8a.'bigwedge <plug>\bigwedge'
+exe s:pA8a.'coprod <plug>\coprod'
+exe s:pA8a.'int <plug>\int'
+exe s:pA8a.'oint <plug>\oint'
+exe s:pA8a.'prod <plug>\prod'
+exe s:pA8a.'sum <plug>\sum'
+" }}}
+" {{{ BinaryOp
+let s:pA8 = s:pA."&BinaryOp."
+exe s:pA8.'pm <plug>\pm '
+exe s:pA8.'mp <plug>\mp '
+exe s:pA8.'dotplus <plug>\dotplus '
+exe s:pA8.'cdot<Tab>`. <plug>\cdot '
+exe s:pA8.'centerdot <plug>\centerdot '
+exe s:pA8.'times<Tab>`* <plug>\times '
+exe s:pA8.'ltimes <plug>\ltimes '
+exe s:pA8.'rtimes <plug>\rtimes '
+exe s:pA8.'leftthreetimes <plug>\leftthreetimes '
+exe s:pA8.'rightthreetimes <plug>\rightthreetimes '
+exe s:pA8.'div <plug>\div '
+exe s:pA8.'divideontimes <plug>\divideontimes '
+exe s:pA8.'bmod <plug>\bmod '
+exe s:pA8.'ast <plug>\ast '
+exe s:pA8.'star <plug>\star '
+exe s:pA8.'setminus<Tab>`\\ <plug>\setminus '
+exe s:pA8.'smallsetminus <plug>\smallsetminus '
+exe s:pA8.'diamond <plug>\diamond '
+exe s:pA8.'wr <plug>\wr '
+exe s:pA8.'intercal <plug>\intercal '
+exe s:pA8.'circ<Tab>`@ <plug>\circ '
+exe s:pA8.'bigcirc <plug>\bigcirc '
+exe s:pA8.'bullet <plug>\bullet '
+exe s:pA8.'cap <plug>\cap '
+exe s:pA8.'Cap <plug>\Cap '
+exe s:pA8.'cup <plug>\cup '
+exe s:pA8.'Cup <plug>\Cup '
+exe s:pA8.'sqcap <plug>\sqcap '
+exe s:pA8.'sqcup <plug>\sqcup'
+exe s:pA8.'amalg <plug>\amalg '
+exe s:pA8.'uplus <plug>\uplus '
+exe s:pA8.'triangleleft <plug>\triangleleft '
+exe s:pA8.'triangleright <plug>\triangleright '
+exe s:pA8.'bigtriangleup <plug>\bigtriangleup '
+exe s:pA8.'bigtriangledown <plug>\bigtriangledown '
+exe s:pA8.'vee <plug>\vee '
+exe s:pA8.'veebar <plug>\veebar '
+exe s:pA8.'curlyvee <plug>\curlyvee '
+exe s:pA8.'wedge<Tab>`& <plug>\wedge '
+exe s:pA8.'barwedge <plug>\barwedge '
+exe s:pA8.'doublebarwedge <plug>\doublebarwedge '
+exe s:pA8.'curlywedge <plug>\curlywedge '
+exe s:pA8.'oplus <plug>\oplus '
+exe s:pA8.'ominus <plug>\ominus '
+exe s:pA8.'otimes <plug>\otimes '
+exe s:pA8.'oslash <plug>\oslash '
+exe s:pA8.'boxplus <plug>\boxplus '
+exe s:pA8.'boxminus <plug>\boxminus '
+exe s:pA8.'boxtimes <plug>\boxtimes '
+exe s:pA8.'boxdot <plug>\boxdot '
+exe s:pA8.'odot <plug>\odot '
+exe s:pA8.'circledast <plug>\circledast '
+exe s:pA8.'circleddash <plug>\circleddash '
+exe s:pA8.'circledcirc <plug>\circledcirc '
+exe s:pA8.'dagger <plug>\dagger '
+exe s:pA8.'ddagger <plug>\ddagger '
+exe s:pA8.'lhd <plug>\lhd '
+exe s:pA8.'unlhd <plug>\unlhd '
+exe s:pA8.'rhd <plug>\rhd '
+exe s:pA8.'unrhd <plug>\unrhd '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Other1
+let s:pA9 = s:pA."&Other1."
+exe s:pA9.'hat <plug>\hat '
+exe s:pA9.'check <plug>\check '
+exe s:pA9.'grave <plug>\grave '
+exe s:pA9.'acute <plug>\acute '
+exe s:pA9.'dot <plug>\dot '
+exe s:pA9.'ddot <plug>\ddot '
+exe s:pA9.'tilde<Tab>`, <plug>\tilde '
+exe s:pA9.'breve <plug>\breve '
+exe s:pA9.'bar <plug>\bar '
+exe s:pA9.'vec <plug>\vec '
+exe s:pA9.'aleph <plug>\aleph '
+exe s:pA9.'hbar <plug>\hbar '
+exe s:pA9.'imath <plug>\imath '
+exe s:pA9.'jmath <plug>\jmath '
+exe s:pA9.'ell <plug>\ell '
+exe s:pA9.'wp <plug>\wp '
+exe s:pA9.'Re <plug>\Re '
+exe s:pA9.'Im <plug>\Im '
+exe s:pA9.'partial <plug>\partial '
+exe s:pA9.'infty<Tab>`8 <plug>\infty '
+exe s:pA9.'prime <plug>\prime '
+exe s:pA9.'emptyset <plug>\emptyset '
+exe s:pA9.'nabla <plug>\nabla '
+exe s:pA9.'surd <plug>\surd '
+exe s:pA9.'top <plug>\top '
+exe s:pA9.'bot <plug>\bot '
+exe s:pA9.'angle <plug>\angle '
+exe s:pA9.'triangle <plug>\triangle '
+exe s:pA9.'backslash <plug>\backslash '
+exe s:pA9.'forall <plug>\forall '
+exe s:pA9.'exists <plug>\exists '
+exe s:pA9.'neg <plug>\neg '
+exe s:pA9.'flat <plug>\flat '
+exe s:pA9.'natural <plug>\natural '
+exe s:pA9.'sharp <plug>\sharp '
+exe s:pA9.'clubsuit <plug>\clubsuit '
+exe s:pA9.'diamondsuit <plug>\diamondsuit '
+exe s:pA9.'heartsuit <plug>\heartsuit '
+exe s:pA9.'spadesuit <plug>\spadesuit '
+exe s:pA9.'S <plug>\S '
+exe s:pA9.'P <plug>\P'
+" }}}
+" {{{ MathCreating
+let s:pA10 = s:pA."&MathCreating."
+exe s:pA10.'not <plug>\not'
+exe s:pA10.'mkern <plug>\mkern'
+exe s:pA10.'mathbin <plug>\mathbin'
+exe s:pA10.'mathrel <plug>\mathrel'
+exe s:pA10.'stackrel <plug>\stackrel'
+exe s:pA10.'mathord <plug>\mathord'
+" }}}
+" {{{ Styles
+let s:pA11 = s:pA."&Styles."
+exe s:pA11.'displaystyle <plug>\displaystyle'
+exe s:pA11.'textstyle <plug>\textstyle'
+exe s:pA11.'scritpstyle <plug>\scritpstyle'
+exe s:pA11.'scriptscriptstyle <plug>\scriptscriptstyle'
+" }}}
+" {{{ MathDiacritics
+let s:pA12 = s:pA."&MathDiacritics."
+exe s:pA12.'acute{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\acute{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'bar{}<Tab>`_ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\bar{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'breve{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\breve{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'check{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\check{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'ddot{}<Tab>`: <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\ddot{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'dot{}<Tab>`; <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\dot{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'grave{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\grave{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'hat{}<Tab>`^ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\hat{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'tilde{}<tab>`~ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\tilde{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'vec{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\vec{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'widehat{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\widehat{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'widetilde{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\widetilde{<++>}<++>")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'imath <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\imath")<cr>'
+exe s:pA12.'jmath <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\jmath")<cr>'
+" }}}
+" {{{ OverlineAndCo
+let s:pA13 = s:pA."&OverlineAndCo."
+exe s:pA13.'overline{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overline{}")<cr>'
+exe s:pA13.'underline{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\underline{}")<cr>'
+exe s:pA13.'overrightarrow{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overrightarrow{}")<cr>'
+exe s:pA13.'overleftarrow{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overleftarrow{}")<cr>'
+exe s:pA13.'overbrace{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overbrace{}")<cr>'
+exe s:pA13.'underbrace{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\underbrace{}")<cr>'
+" }}}
+" {{{ Symbols1
+let s:pA14a = s:pA."&Symbols1."
+exe s:pA14a.'forall <plug>\forall '
+exe s:pA14a.'exists <plug>\exists '
+exe s:pA14a.'nexists <plug>\nexists '
+exe s:pA14a.'neg <plug>\neg '
+exe s:pA14a.'top <plug>\top '
+exe s:pA14a.'bot <plug>\bot '
+exe s:pA14a.'emptyset <plug>\emptyset '
+exe s:pA14a.'varnothing <plug>\varnothing '
+exe s:pA14a.'infty <plug>\infty '
+exe s:pA14a.'aleph <plug>\aleph '
+exe s:pA14a.'beth <plug>\beth '
+exe s:pA14a.'gimel <plug>\gimel '
+exe s:pA14a.'daleth <plug>\daleth '
+exe s:pA14a.'hbar <plug>\hbar '
+exe s:pA14a.'hslash <plug>\hslash '
+exe s:pA14a.'diagup <plug>\diagup '
+exe s:pA14a.'vert <plug>\vert '
+exe s:pA14a.'Vert <plug>\Vert '
+exe s:pA14a.'backslash <plug>\backslash '
+exe s:pA14a.'diagdown <plug>\diagdown '
+exe s:pA14a.'Bbbk <plug>\Bbbk '
+exe s:pA14a.'P <plug>\P '
+exe s:pA14a.'S <plug>\S '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Symbols2
+let s:pA14b = s:pA."&Symbols2."
+exe s:pA14b.'# <plug>\# '
+exe s:pA14b.'% <plug>\% '
+exe s:pA14b.'_ <plug>\_ '
+exe s:pA14b.'$ <plug>\$ '
+exe s:pA14b.'& <plug>\& '
+exe s:pA14b.'imath <plug>\imath '
+exe s:pA14b.'jmath <plug>\jmath '
+exe s:pA14b.'ell <plug>\ell '
+exe s:pA14b.'wp <plug>\wp '
+exe s:pA14b.'Re <plug>\Re '
+exe s:pA14b.'Im <plug>\Im '
+exe s:pA14b.'prime <plug>\prime '
+exe s:pA14b.'backprime <plug>\backprime '
+exe s:pA14b.'nabla <plug>\nabla '
+exe s:pA14b.'surd <plug>\surd '
+exe s:pA14b.'flat <plug>\flat '
+exe s:pA14b.'sharp <plug>\sharp '
+exe s:pA14b.'natural <plug>\natural '
+exe s:pA14b.'eth <plug>\eth '
+exe s:pA14b.'bigstar <plug>\bigstar '
+exe s:pA14b.'circledS <plug>\circledS '
+exe s:pA14b.'Finv <plug>\Finv '
+exe s:pA14b.'dag <plug>\dag '
+exe s:pA14b.'ddag <plug>\ddag '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Symbols3
+let s:pA14c = s:pA."&Symbols3."
+exe s:pA14c.'angle <plug>\angle '
+exe s:pA14c.'measuredangle <plug>\measuredangle '
+exe s:pA14c.'sphericalangle <plug>\sphericalangle '
+exe s:pA14c.'spadesuit <plug>\spadesuit '
+exe s:pA14c.'heartsuit <plug>\heartsuit '
+exe s:pA14c.'diamondsuit <plug>\diamondsuit '
+exe s:pA14c.'clubsuit <plug>\clubsuit '
+exe s:pA14c.'lozenge <plug>\lozenge '
+exe s:pA14c.'blacklozenge <plug>\blacklozenge '
+exe s:pA14c.'Diamond <plug>\Diamond '
+exe s:pA14c.'triangle <plug>\triangle '
+exe s:pA14c.'vartriangle <plug>\vartriangle '
+exe s:pA14c.'blacktriangle <plug>\blacktriangle '
+exe s:pA14c.'triangledown <plug>\triangledown '
+exe s:pA14c.'blacktriangledown <plug>\blacktriangledown '
+exe s:pA14c.'Box <plug>\Box '
+exe s:pA14c.'square <plug>\square '
+exe s:pA14c.'blacksquare <plug>\blacksquare '
+exe s:pA14c.'complement <plug>\complement '
+exe s:pA14c.'mho <plug>\mho '
+exe s:pA14c.'Game <plug>\Game '
+exe s:pA14c.'partial<Tab>`6 <plug>\partial '
+exe s:pA14c.'smallint <plug>\smallint '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Logic
+let s:pA15 = s:pA."&Logic."
+exe s:pA15.'lnot <plug>\lnot '
+exe s:pA15.'lor <plug>\lor '
+exe s:pA15.'land <plug>\land '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Limits1
+let s:pA16 = s:pA."&Limits1."
+exe s:pA16.'left <plug>\left'
+exe s:pA16.'right <plug>\right'
+exe s:pA16.'-sepbigl- :'
+exe s:pA16.'bigl <plug>\bigl'
+exe s:pA16.'Bigl <plug>\Bigl'
+exe s:pA16.'biggl <plug>\biggl'
+exe s:pA16.'Biggl <plug>\Biggl'
+exe s:pA16.'-sepbigr- :'
+exe s:pA16.'bigr <plug>\bigr'
+exe s:pA16.'Bigr <plug>\Bigr'
+exe s:pA16.'biggr <plug>\biggr'
+exe s:pA16.'Biggr <plug>\Biggr'
+exe s:pA16.'-sepbig- :'
+exe s:pA16.'big <plug>\big'
+exe s:pA16.'bigm <plug>\bigm'
+exe s:pA16.'-sepfloor- :'
+exe s:pA16.'lfloor <plug>\lfloor '
+exe s:pA16.'lceil <plug>\lceil '
+exe s:pA16.'rfloor <plug>\rfloor '
+exe s:pA16.'rceil <plug>\rceil '
+exe s:pA16.'-sepangle- :'
+exe s:pA16.'langle <plug>\langle '
+exe s:pA16.'rangle <plug>\rangle '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Limits2
+let s:pA16a = s:pA."&Limits2."
+exe s:pA16a.'ulcorner <plug>\ulcorner '
+exe s:pA16a.'urcorner <plug>\urcorner '
+exe s:pA16a.'llcorner <plug>\llcorner '
+exe s:pA16a.'rlcorner <plug>\rlcorner '
+exe s:pA16a.'-sepcorner- :'
+exe s:pA16a.'vert <plug>\vert '
+exe s:pA16a.'Vert <plug>\Vert '
+exe s:pA16a.'lvert <plug>\lvert '
+exe s:pA16a.'lVert <plug>\lVert '
+exe s:pA16a.'rvert <plug>\rvert '
+exe s:pA16a.'rVert <plug>\rVert '
+exe s:pA16a.'uparrow <plug>\uparrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'Uparrow <plug>\Uparrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'downarrow <plug>\downarrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'Downarrow <plug>\Downarrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'updownarrow <plug>\updownarrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'Updownarrow <plug>\Updownarrow '
+exe s:pA16a.'lgroup <plug>\lgroup '
+exe s:pA16a.'rgroup <plug>\rgroup '
+exe s:pA16a.'lmoustache <plug>\lmoustache '
+exe s:pA16a.'rmoustache <plug>\rmoustache '
+exe s:pA16a.'arrowvert <plug>\arrowvert '
+exe s:pA16a.'Arrowvert <plug>\Arrowvert '
+exe s:pA16a.'bracevert <plug>\bracevert '
+" }}}
+" {{{ Log-likes
+let s:pA17 = s:pA."Lo&g-likes."
+exe s:pA17.'arccos <plug>\arccos '
+exe s:pA17.'arcsin <plug>\arcsin '
+exe s:pA17.'arctan <plug>\arctan '
+exe s:pA17.'arg <plug>\arg '
+exe s:pA17.'cos <plug>\cos '
+exe s:pA17.'cosh <plug>\cosh '
+exe s:pA17.'cot <plug>\cot '
+exe s:pA17.'coth <plug>\coth '
+exe s:pA17.'csc <plug>\csc '
+exe s:pA17.'deg <plug>\deg '
+exe s:pA17.'det <plug>\det '
+exe s:pA17.'dim <plug>\dim '
+exe s:pA17.'exp <plug>\exp '
+exe s:pA17.'gcd <plug>\gcd '
+exe s:pA17.'hom <plug>\hom '
+exe s:pA17.'inf <plug>\inf '
+exe s:pA17.'injlim <plug>\injlim '
+exe s:pA17.'ker <plug>\ker '
+exe s:pA17.'lg <plug>\lg '
+exe s:pA17.'lim <plug>\lim '
+exe s:pA17.'liminf <plug>\liminf '
+exe s:pA17.'limsup <plug>\limsup '
+exe s:pA17.'ln <plug>\ln '
+exe s:pA17.'log <plug>\log '
+exe s:pA17.'max <plug>\max '
+exe s:pA17.'min <plug>\min '
+exe s:pA17.'Pr <plug>\Pr '
+exe s:pA17.'projlim <plug>\projlim '
+exe s:pA17.'sec <plug>\sec '
+exe s:pA17.'sin <plug>\sin '
+exe s:pA17.'sinh <plug>\sinh '
+exe s:pA17.'sup <plug>\sup '
+exe s:pA17.'tan <plug>\tan '
+exe s:pA17.'tanh <plug>\tanh '
+exe s:pA17.'varlimsup <plug>\varlimsup '
+exe s:pA17.'varliminf <plug>\varliminf '
+exe s:pA17.'varinjlim <plug>\varinjlim '
+exe s:pA17.'varprojlim <plug>\varprojlim '
+" }}}
+" {{{ MathSpacing
+let s:pA18 = s:pA."MathSpacing."
+exe s:pA18.', <plug>\, '
+exe s:pA18.': <plug>\: '
+exe s:pA18.'; <plug>\; '
+exe s:pA18.'[space] <plug>\ '
+exe s:pA18.'quad <plug>\quad '
+exe s:pA18.'qquad <plug>\qquad '
+exe s:pA18.'! <plug>\! '
+exe s:pA18.'thinspace <plug>\thinspace '
+exe s:pA18.'medspace <plug>\medspace '
+exe s:pA18.'thickspace <plug>\thickspace '
+exe s:pA18.'negthinspace <plug>\negthinspace '
+exe s:pA18.'negmedspace <plug>\negmedspace '
+exe s:pA18.'negthickspace <plug>\negthickspace '
+" 1}}}
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/multicompile.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/multicompile.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5598cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/multicompile.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+" ============================================================================
+" File: multicompile.vim
+" Author: Srinath Avadhanula
+" Created: Sat Jul 05 03:00 PM 2003
+" Description: compile a .tex file multiple times to get cross references
+" right.
+" License: Vim Charityware License
+" Part of vim-latexSuite: http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net
+" CVS: $Id: multicompile.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+" ============================================================================
+
+" The contents of this file have been moved to compiler.vim, the file which
+" contains all functions relevant to compiling and viewing.
+" This file is kept empty on purpose so that it will over-write previous
+" versions of multicompile.vim, therby preventing conflicts.
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:nowrap:noet:ff=unix:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/outline.py b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/outline.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bb6896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/outline.py
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+#!/usr/bin/python
+
+# Part of Latex-Suite
+#
+# Copyright: Srinath Avadhanula
+# Description:
+# This file implements a simple outline creation for latex documents.
+
+import re
+import os
+import sys
+import StringIO
+
+# getFileContents {{{
+def getFileContents(argin, ext=''):
+ if type(argin) is str:
+ fname = argin + ext
+ else:
+ fname = argin.group(3) + ext
+
+ # This longish thing is to make sure that all files are converted into
+ # \n seperated lines.
+ contents = '\n'.join(open(fname).read().splitlines())
+
+ # TODO what are all the ways in which a tex file can include another?
+ pat = re.compile(r'^\\(@?)(include|input){(.*?)}', re.M)
+ contents = re.sub(pat, lambda input: getFileContents(input, ext), contents)
+
+ return ('%%==== FILENAME: %s' % fname) + '\n' + contents
+
+# }}}
+# stripComments {{{
+def stripComments(contents):
+ # remove all comments except those of the form
+ # %%==== FILENAME: <filename.tex>
+ uncomm = [re.sub('%(?!==== FILENAME: ).*', '', line) for line in contents.splitlines()]
+ # also remove all only-whitespace lines.
+ nonempty = [line for line in uncomm if line.strip()]
+
+ return nonempty
+# }}}
+# addFileNameAndNumber {{{
+def addFileNameAndNumber(lines):
+ filename = ''
+ retval = ''
+ for line in lines:
+ if re.match('%==== FILENAME: ', line):
+ filename = line.split('%==== FILENAME: ')[1]
+ else:
+ retval += '<%s>%s\n' % (filename, line)
+
+ return retval
+# }}}
+# getSectionLabels_Root {{{
+def getSectionLabels_Root(lineinfo, section_prefix, label_prefix):
+ prev_txt = ''
+ inside_env = 0
+ prev_env = ''
+ outstr = StringIO.StringIO('')
+ pres_depth = len(section_prefix)
+
+ #print '+getSectionLabels_Root: lineinfo = [%s]' % lineinfo
+ for line in lineinfo.splitlines():
+ if not line:
+ continue
+
+ # throw away leading white-space
+ m = re.search('<(.*?)>(.*)', line)
+
+ fname = m.group(1)
+ line = m.group(2).lstrip()
+
+ # we found a label!
+ m = re.search(r'\\label{(%s.*?)}' % label_prefix, line)
+ if m:
+ # add the current line (except the \label command) to the text
+ # which will be displayed below this label
+ prev_txt += re.search(r'(^.*?)\\label{', line).group(1)
+
+ # for the figure environment however, just display the caption.
+ # instead of everything since the \begin command.
+ if prev_env == 'figure':
+ cm = re.search(r'\caption(\[.*?\]\s*)?{(.*?)}', prev_txt)
+ if cm:
+ prev_txt = cm.group(2)
+
+ # print a nice formatted text entry like so
+ #
+ # > eqn:label
+ # : e^{i\pi} + 1 = 0
+ #
+ # Use the current "section depth" for the leading indentation.
+ print >>outstr, '>%s%s\t\t<%s>' % (' '*(2*pres_depth+2),
+ m.group(1), fname)
+ print >>outstr, ':%s%s' % (' '*(2*pres_depth+4), prev_txt)
+ prev_txt = ''
+
+ # If we just encoutered the start or end of an environment or a
+ # label, then do not remember this line.
+ # NOTE: This assumes that there is no equation text on the same
+ # line as the \begin or \end command. The text on the same line as
+ # the \label was already handled.
+ if re.search(r'\\begin{(equation|eqnarray|align|figure)', line):
+ prev_txt = ''
+ prev_env = re.search(r'\\begin{(.*?)}', line).group(1)
+ inside_env = 1
+
+ elif re.search(r'\\label', line):
+ prev_txt = ''
+
+ elif re.search(r'\\end{(equation|eqnarray|align|figure)', line):
+ inside_env = 0
+ prev_env = ''
+
+ else:
+ # If we are inside an environment, then the text displayed with
+ # the label is the complete text within the environment,
+ # otherwise its just the previous line.
+ if inside_env:
+ prev_txt += line
+ else:
+ prev_txt = line
+
+ return outstr.getvalue()
+
+# }}}
+# getSectionLabels {{{
+def getSectionLabels(lineinfo,
+ sectypes=['chapter', 'section', 'subsection', 'subsubsection'],
+ section_prefix='', label_prefix=''):
+
+ if not sectypes:
+ return getSectionLabels_Root(lineinfo, section_prefix, label_prefix)
+
+ ##print 'sectypes[0] = %s, section_prefix = [%s], lineinfo = [%s]' % (
+ ## sectypes[0], section_prefix, lineinfo)
+
+ sections = re.split(r'(<.*?>\\%s{.*})' % sectypes[0], lineinfo)
+
+ # there will 1+2n sections, the first containing the "preamble" and the
+ # others containing the child sections as paris of [section_name,
+ # section_text]
+
+ rettext = getSectionLabels(sections[0], sectypes[1:], section_prefix, label_prefix)
+
+ for i in range(1,len(sections),2):
+ sec_num = (i+1)/2
+ section_name = re.search(r'\\%s{(.*?)}' % sectypes[0], sections[i]).group(1)
+ section_label_text = getSectionLabels(sections[i] + sections[i+1], sectypes[1:],
+ section_prefix+('%d.' % sec_num), label_prefix)
+
+ if section_label_text:
+ sec_heading = 2*' '*len(section_prefix) + section_prefix
+ sec_heading += '%d. %s' % (sec_num, section_name)
+ sec_heading += '<<<%d\n' % (len(section_prefix)/2+1)
+
+ rettext += sec_heading + section_label_text
+
+ return rettext
+
+# }}}
+
+# main {{{
+def main(fname, label_prefix):
+ [head, tail] = os.path.split(fname)
+ if head:
+ os.chdir(head)
+
+ [root, ext] = os.path.splitext(tail)
+ contents = getFileContents(root, ext)
+ nonempty = stripComments(contents)
+ lineinfo = addFileNameAndNumber(nonempty)
+
+ return getSectionLabels(lineinfo, label_prefix=label_prefix)
+# }}}
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+ if len(sys.argv) > 2:
+ prefix = sys.argv[2]
+ else:
+ prefix = ''
+
+ print main(sys.argv[1], prefix)
+
+
+# vim: fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3bf2b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,669 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: packages.vim
+" Author: Mikolaj Machowski
+" Created: Tue Apr 23 06:00 PM 2002 PST
+" CVS: $Id: packages.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+"
+" Description: handling packages from within vim
+"=============================================================================
+
+" avoid reinclusion.
+if !g:Tex_PackagesMenu || exists('s:doneOnce')
+ finish
+endif
+let s:doneOnce = 1
+
+let s:path = expand("<sfile>:p:h")
+
+let s:menu_div = 20
+
+com! -nargs=0 TPackageUpdate :silent! call Tex_pack_updateall(1)
+com! -nargs=0 TPackageUpdateAll :silent! call Tex_pack_updateall(1)
+
+" Custom command-line completion of Tcommands is very useful but this feature
+" is available only in Vim 6.2 and above. Check number of version and choose
+" proper command and function.
+if v:version >= 602
+ com! -complete=custom,Tex_CompletePackageName -nargs=* TPackage let s:retVal = Tex_pack_one(<f-args>) <bar> normal! i<C-r>=s:retVal<CR>
+
+ " Tex_CompletePackageName: for completing names in TPackage command {{{
+ " Description: get list of package names with globpath(), remove full path
+ " and return list of names separated with newlines.
+ "
+ function! Tex_CompletePackageName(A,P,L)
+ " Get name of packages from all runtimepath directories
+ let packnames = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'packages')
+ let packnames = substitute(packnames, '^,', '', 'e')
+ " Separate names with \n not ,
+ let packnames = substitute(packnames,',','\n','g')
+ return packnames
+ endfunction
+ " }}}
+
+else
+ com! -nargs=* TPackage let s:retVal = Tex_pack_one(<f-args>) <bar> normal! i<C-r>=s:retVal<CR>
+
+endif
+
+imap <silent> <plug> <Nop>
+nmap <silent> <plug> i
+
+let g:Tex_package_supported = ''
+let g:Tex_package_detected = ''
+" Remember the defaults because we want g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments to contain
+" in addition to the default, \newenvironments, and the \newenvironments might
+" change...
+let g:Tex_PromptedEnvironmentsDefault = g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments
+let g:Tex_PromptedCommandsDefault = g:Tex_PromptedCommands
+
+
+" Tex_pack_check: creates the package menu and adds to 'dict' setting. {{{
+"
+function! Tex_pack_check(package)
+ " Use Tex_FindInRtp() function to get first name from packages list in all
+ " rtp directories conforming with latex-suite directories hierarchy
+ " Store names in variables to process functions only once.
+ let packname = Tex_FindInRtp(a:package, 'packages')
+ if packname != ''
+ exe 'runtime! ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/' . a:package
+ if has("gui_running")
+ call Tex_pack(a:package)
+ endif
+ if g:Tex_package_supported !~ a:package
+ let g:Tex_package_supported = g:Tex_package_supported.','.a:package
+ endif
+ endif
+ " Return full list of dictionaries (separated with ,) for package in &rtp
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_pack_check: searching for ".a:package." in dictionaries/ in &rtp", "pack")
+ let dictname = Tex_FindInRtp(a:package, 'dictionaries', ':p')
+ if dictname != ''
+ exe 'setlocal dict^=' . dictname
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_pack_check: setlocal dict^=' . dictname, 'pack')
+ if g:Tex_package_supported !~ a:package
+ let g:Tex_package_supported = g:Tex_package_supported.','.a:package
+ endif
+ endif
+ if g:Tex_package_detected !~ '\<'.a:package.'\>'
+ let g:Tex_package_detected = g:Tex_package_detected.','.a:package
+ endif
+ let g:Tex_package_detected = substitute(g:Tex_package_detected, '^,', '', '')
+ let g:Tex_package_supported = substitute(g:Tex_package_supported, '^,', '', '')
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_pack_uncheck: removes package from menu and 'dict' settings. {{{
+function! Tex_pack_uncheck(package)
+ if has("gui_running") && Tex_FindInRtp(a:package, 'packages') != ''
+ exe 'silent! aunmenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.'-sep'.a:package.'-'
+ exe 'silent! aunmenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.a:package.'\ Options'
+ exe 'silent! aunmenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.a:package.'\ Commands'
+ endif
+ if Tex_FindInRtp(a:package, 'dictionaries') != ''
+ exe 'setlocal dict-='.Tex_FindInRtp(a:package, 'dictionaries')
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_pack_updateall: updates the TeX-Packages menu {{{
+" Description:
+" This function first calls Tex_pack_all to scan for \usepackage's etc if
+" necessary. After that, it 'supports' and 'unsupports' packages as needed
+" in such a way as to not repeat work.
+function! Tex_pack_updateall(force)
+ call Tex_Debug('+Tex_pack_updateall', 'pack')
+
+ " Find out which file we need to scan.
+ let fname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p')
+
+ " If this is the same as last time, don't repeat.
+ if !a:force && exists('s:lastScannedFile') &&
+ \ s:lastScannedFile == fname
+ return
+ endif
+ " Remember which file we scanned for next time.
+ let s:lastScannedFile = fname
+
+ " Remember which packages we detected last time.
+ if exists('g:Tex_package_detected')
+ let oldpackages = g:Tex_package_detected
+ else
+ let oldpackages = ''
+ endif
+
+ " This sets up a global variable of all detected packages.
+ let g:Tex_package_detected = ''
+ " reset the environments and commands.
+ let g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments = g:Tex_PromptedEnvironmentsDefault
+ let g:Tex_PromptedCommands = g:Tex_PromptedCommandsDefault
+
+ if expand('%:p') != fname
+ call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: sview '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(fname), 'pack')
+ exe 'sview '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(fname)
+ else
+ call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: split', 'pack')
+ split
+ endif
+
+ call Tex_ScanForPackages()
+ q
+
+ call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: detected ['.g:Tex_package_detected.'] in first run', 'pack')
+
+ " Now for each package find out if this is a custom package and if so,
+ " scan that as well. We will use the ':find' command in vim to let vim
+ " search through the file paths for us.
+ "
+ " NOTE: This while loop will also take into account packages included
+ " within packages to any level of recursion as long as
+ " g:Tex_package_detected is always padded with new package names
+ " from the end.
+ "
+ " First set the &path setting to the user's TEXINPUTS setting.
+ let _path = &path
+ let _suffixesadd = &suffixesadd
+
+ let &path = '.,'.g:Tex_TEXINPUTS
+ let &suffixesadd = '.sty,.tex'
+
+ let scannedPackages = ''
+
+ let i = 1
+ let packname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i)
+ while packname != ''
+
+ call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: scanning package '.packname, 'pack')
+
+ " Scan this package only if we have not scanned it before in this
+ " run.
+ if scannedPackages =~ '\<'.packname.'\>'
+ let i = i + 1
+
+ call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: '.packname.' already scanned', 'pack')
+ let packname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i)
+ continue
+ endif
+
+ " Split this window in two. The packages/files being found will open
+ " in this new window and we also need not bother with files being
+ " modified etc.
+ split
+
+ call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: silent! find '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(packname).'.sty', 'pack')
+ let thisbufnum = bufnr('%')
+ exec 'silent! find '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(packname).'.sty'
+ call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: present file = '.bufname('%'), 'pack')
+
+ " If this file was not found, assume that it means its not a
+ " custom package and mark it "scanned".
+ " A package is not found if we stay in the same buffer as before and
+ " its not the one where we want to go.
+ if bufnr('%') == thisbufnum && bufnr('%') != bufnr(packname.'.sty')
+ let scannedPackages = scannedPackages.','.packname
+ q
+
+ call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: '.packname.' not found anywhere', 'pack')
+ let i = i + 1
+ let packname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i)
+ continue
+ endif
+
+ " otherwise we are presently editing a custom package, scan it for
+ " more \usepackage lines from the first line to the last.
+ let packpath = expand('%:p')
+ let &complete = &complete.'s'.packpath
+
+ call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: found custom package '.packpath, 'pack')
+ call Tex_ScanForPackages(line('$'), line('$'))
+ call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: After scanning, g:Tex_package_detected = '.g:Tex_package_detected, 'pack')
+
+ let scannedPackages = scannedPackages.','.packname
+ " Do not use bwipe, but that leads to excessive buffer number
+ " consumption. Besides, its intuitive for a custom package to remain
+ " on the buffer list.
+ q
+
+ let i = i + 1
+ let packname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i)
+ endwhile
+
+ let &path = _path
+ let &suffixesadd = _suffixesadd
+
+ " Now only support packages we didn't last time.
+ " First remove packages which were used last time but are no longer used.
+ let i = 1
+ let oldPackName = Tex_Strntok(oldpackages, ',', i)
+ while oldPackName != ''
+ if g:Tex_package_detected !~ oldPackName
+ call Tex_pack_uncheck(oldPackName)
+ endif
+ let i = i + 1
+ let oldPackName = Tex_Strntok(oldpackages, ',', i)
+ endwhile
+
+ " Then support packages which are used this time but weren't used last
+ " time.
+ let i = 1
+ let newPackName = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i)
+ while newPackName != ''
+ if oldpackages !~ newPackName
+ call Tex_pack_one(newPackName)
+ endif
+ let i = i + 1
+ let newPackName = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i)
+ endwhile
+
+ " Throw an event that we are done scanning packages. Some packages might
+ " use this to change behavior based on which options have been used etc.
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_pack_updateall: throwing LatexSuiteScannedPackages event", "pack")
+ silent! do LatexSuite User LatexSuiteScannedPackages
+
+ call Tex_Debug("-Tex_pack_updateall", "pack")
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_pack_one: supports each package in the argument list.{{{
+" Description:
+" If no arguments are supplied, then the user is asked to choose from the
+" packages found in the packages/ directory
+function! Tex_pack_one(...)
+ if a:0 == 0 || (a:0 > 0 && a:1 == '')
+ let packlist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'packages')
+ let packname = Tex_ChooseFromPrompt(
+ \ "Choose a package: \n" .
+ \ Tex_CreatePrompt(packlist, '3', ',') .
+ \ "\nEnter number or filename :",
+ \ packlist, ',')
+ if packname != ''
+ return Tex_pack_one(packname)
+ else
+ return ''
+ endif
+ else
+ " Support the packages supplied. This function can be called with
+ " multiple arguments in which case, support each of them in turn.
+ let retVal = ''
+ let omega = 1
+ while omega <= a:0
+ let packname = a:{omega}
+ if Tex_FindInRtp(packname, 'packages') != ''
+ call Tex_pack_check(packname)
+ if exists('g:TeX_package_option_'.packname)
+ \ && g:TeX_package_option_{packname} != ''
+ let retVal = retVal.'\usepackage[<++>]{'.packname.'}<++>'
+ else
+ let retVal = retVal.'\usepackage{'.packname.'}'."\<CR>"
+ endif
+ else
+ let retVal = retVal.'\usepackage{'.packname.'}'."\<CR>"
+ endif
+ let omega = omega + 1
+ endwhile
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(substitute(retVal, "\<CR>$", '', ''), '<+', '+>')
+ endif
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_ScanForPackages: scans the current file for \usepackage{} lines {{{
+" and if supported, loads the options and commands found in the
+" corresponding package file. Also scans for \newenvironment and
+" \newcommand lines and adds names to g:Tex_Prompted variables, they can be
+" easy available through <F5> and <F7> shortcuts
+function! Tex_ScanForPackages(...)
+ call Tex_Debug("+Tex_ScanForPackages", "pack")
+
+ let pos = line('.').' | normal! '.virtcol('.').'|'
+
+ " For package files without \begin and \end{document}, we might be told to
+ " search from beginning to end.
+ if a:0 < 2
+ 0
+ let beginline = search('\\begin{document}', 'W')
+ let endline = search('\\end{document}', 'W')
+ 0
+ else
+ let beginline = a:1
+ let endline = a:2
+ endif
+
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: Begining scans in [".bufname('%')."], beginline = ".beginline, "pack")
+
+
+ " Scan the file. First open up all the folds, because the command
+ " /somepattern
+ " issued in a closed fold _always_ goes to the first match.
+ let erm = v:errmsg
+ silent! normal! ggVGzO
+ let v:errmsg = erm
+
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: beginning scan for \\usepackage lines", "pack")
+ " The wrap trick enables us to match \usepackage on the first line as
+ " well.
+ let wrap = 'w'
+ while search('^\s*\\usepackage\_.\{-}{\_.\+}', wrap)
+ let wrap = 'W'
+
+ if line('.') > beginline
+ break
+ endif
+
+ let saveA = @a
+
+ " If there are options, then find those.
+ if getline('.') =~ '\\usepackage\[.\{-}\]'
+ let options = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\usepackage\[\zs.\{-}\ze\]')
+ elseif getline('.') =~ '\\usepackage\['
+ " Entering here means that the user has split the \usepackage
+ " across newlines. Therefore, use yank.
+ exec "normal! /{\<CR>\"ayi}"
+ let options = @a
+ else
+ let options = ''
+ endif
+
+ " The following statement puts the stuff between the { }'s of a
+ " \usepackage{stuff,foo} into @a. Do not use matchstr() and the like
+ " because we can have things split across lines and such.
+ exec "normal! /{\<CR>\"ay/}\<CR>"
+
+ " now remove all whitespace from @a. We need to remove \n and \r
+ " because we can encounter stuff like
+ " \usepackage{pack1,
+ " newpackonanotherline}
+ let @a = substitute(@a, "[ \t\n\r]", '', 'g')
+
+ " Now we have something like pack1,pack2,pack3 with possibly commas
+ " and stuff before the first package and after the last package name.
+ " Remove those.
+ let @a = substitute(@a, '\(^\W*\|\W*$\)', '', 'g')
+
+ " This gets us a string like 'pack1,pack2,pack3'
+ " TODO: This will contain duplicates if the user has duplicates.
+ " Should we bother taking care of this?
+ let g:Tex_package_detected = g:Tex_package_detected.','.@a
+
+ " For each package found, form a global variable of the form
+ " g:Tex_{packagename}_options
+ " which contains a list of the options.
+ let j = 1
+ while Tex_Strntok(@a, ',', j) != ''
+ let g:Tex_{Tex_Strntok(@a, ',', j)}_options = options
+ let j = j + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " Finally convert @a into something like '"pack1","pack2"'
+ let @a = substitute(@a, '^\|$', '"', 'g')
+ let @a = substitute(@a, ',', '","', 'g')
+
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: found package(s) [".@a."] on line ".line('.'), "pack")
+
+ " restore @a
+ let @a = saveA
+ endwhile
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: End scan \\usepackage, detected packages = ".g:Tex_package_detected, "pack")
+
+ " TODO: This needs to be changed. In the future, we might have
+ " functionality to remember the fold-state before opening up all the folds
+ " and then re-creating them. Use mkview.vim.
+ let erm = v:errmsg
+ silent! normal! ggVGzC
+ let v:errmsg = erm
+
+ " Because creating list of detected packages gives string
+ " ',pack1,pack2,pack3' remove leading ,
+ let g:Tex_package_detected = substitute(g:Tex_package_detected, '^,', '', '')
+
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: Beginning scan for \\newcommand's", "pack")
+ " Scans whole file (up to \end{document}) for \newcommand and adds this
+ " commands to g:Tex_PromptedCommands variable, it is easily available
+ " through <F7>
+ 0
+ while search('^\s*\\newcommand\*\?{.\{-}}', 'W')
+
+ if line('.') > endline
+ break
+ endif
+
+ let newcommand = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\newcommand\*\?{\\\zs.\{-}\ze}')
+ let g:Tex_PromptedCommands = g:Tex_PromptedCommands . ',' . newcommand
+
+ endwhile
+
+ " Scans whole file (up to \end{document}) for \newenvironment and adds this
+ " environments to g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments variable, it is easily available
+ " through <F5>
+ 0
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: Beginning scan for \\newenvironment's", 'pack')
+
+ while search('^\s*\\newenvironment\*\?{.\{-}}', 'W')
+ call Tex_Debug('found newenvironment on '.line('.'), 'pack')
+
+ if line('.') > endline
+ break
+ endif
+
+ let newenvironment = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\newenvironment\*\?{\zs.\{-}\ze}')
+ let g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments = g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments . ',' . newenvironment
+
+ endwhile
+
+ exe pos
+ " first make a random search so that we push at least one item onto the
+ " search history. Since vim puts only one item in the history per function
+ " call, this way we make sure that one and only item is put into the
+ " search history.
+ normal! /^<CR>
+ " now delete it...
+ call histdel('/', -1)
+
+ call Tex_Debug("-Tex_ScanForPackages", "pack")
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_pack_supp_menu: sets up a menu for package files {{{
+" found in the packages directory groups the packages thus found into groups
+" of 20...
+function! Tex_pack_supp_menu()
+ let suplist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'packages')
+
+ call Tex_MakeSubmenu(suplist, g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.'Supported.',
+ \ '<plug><C-r>=Tex_pack_one("', '")<CR>')
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_pack: loads the options (and commands) for the given package {{{
+function! Tex_pack(pack)
+ if exists('g:TeX_package_'.a:pack)
+
+ let optionList = g:TeX_package_option_{a:pack}.','
+ let commandList = g:TeX_package_{a:pack}.','
+
+ " Don't create separator if in package file are only Vim commands.
+ " Rare but possible.
+ if !(commandList == ',' && optionList == ',')
+ exec 'amenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.'-sep'.a:pack.'- <Nop>'
+ endif
+
+ if optionList != ''
+
+ let mainMenuName = g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.a:pack.'\ Options.'
+ call s:GroupPackageMenuItems(optionList, mainMenuName,
+ \ '<plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("', ',")<CR>')
+
+ endif
+
+ if commandList != ''
+
+ let mainMenuName = g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.a:pack.'\ Commands.'
+ call s:GroupPackageMenuItems(commandList, mainMenuName,
+ \ '<plug><C-r>=Tex_ProcessPackageCommand("', '")<CR>',
+ \ '<SID>FilterPackageMenuLHS')
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Menu Functions
+" Creating menu items for the all the package files found in the packages/
+" directory as well as creating menus for each supported package found in the
+" preamble.
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_MakeSubmenu: makes a submenu given a list of items {{{
+" Description:
+" This function takes a comma seperated list of menu items and creates a
+" 'grouped' menu. i.e, it groups the items into s:menu_div items each and
+" puts them in submenus of the given mainMenu.
+" Each menu item is linked to the HandlerFunc.
+" If an additional argument is supplied, then it is used to filter each of
+" the menu items to generate better names for the menu display.
+"
+function! Tex_MakeSubmenu(menuList, mainMenuName,
+ \ handlerFuncLHS, handlerFuncRHS, ...)
+
+ let extractFunction = (a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : '' )
+ let menuList = substitute(a:menuList, '[^,]$', ',', '')
+
+ let doneMenuSubmenu = 0
+
+ while menuList != ''
+
+ " Extract upto s:menu_div menus at once.
+ let menuBunch = matchstr(menuList, '\v(.{-},){,'.s:menu_div.'}')
+
+ " The remaining menus go into the list.
+ let menuList = strpart(menuList, strlen(menuBunch))
+
+ let submenu = ''
+ " If there is something remaining, then we got s:menu_div items.
+ " therefore put these menu items into a submenu.
+ if strlen(menuList) || doneMenuSubmenu
+ exec 'let firstMenu = '.extractFunction."(matchstr(menuBunch, '\\v^.{-}\\ze,'))"
+ exec 'let lastMenu = '.extractFunction."(matchstr(menuBunch, '\\v[^,]{-}\\ze,$'))"
+
+ let submenu = firstMenu.'\ \-\ '.lastMenu.'.'
+
+ let doneMenuSubmenu = 1
+ endif
+
+ " Now for each menu create a menu under the submenu
+ let i = 1
+ let menuName = Tex_Strntok(menuBunch, ',', i)
+ while menuName != ''
+ exec 'let menuItem = '.extractFunction.'(menuName)'
+ execute 'amenu '.a:mainMenuName.submenu.menuItem
+ \ ' '.a:handlerFuncLHS.menuName.a:handlerFuncRHS
+
+ let i = i + 1
+ let menuName = Tex_Strntok(menuBunch, ',', i)
+ endwhile
+ endwhile
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" GroupPackageMenuItems: uses the sbr: to split menus into groups {{{
+" Description:
+" This function first splits up the menuList into groups based on the
+" special sbr: tag and then calls Tex_MakeSubmenu
+"
+function! <SID>GroupPackageMenuItems(menuList, menuName,
+ \ handlerFuncLHS, handlerFuncRHS,...)
+
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let extractFunction = a:1
+ else
+ let extractFunction = ''
+ endif
+ let menuList = a:menuList
+
+ while matchstr(menuList, 'sbr:') != ''
+ let groupName = matchstr(menuList, '\v^sbr:\zs.{-}\ze,')
+ let menuList = strpart(menuList, strlen('sbr:'.groupName.','))
+ if matchstr(menuList, 'sbr:') != ''
+ let menuGroup = matchstr(menuList, '\v^.{-},\zesbr:')
+ else
+ let menuGroup = menuList
+ endif
+
+ call Tex_MakeSubmenu(menuGroup, a:menuName.groupName.'.',
+ \ a:handlerFuncLHS, a:handlerFuncRHS, extractFunction)
+
+ let menuList = strpart(menuList, strlen(menuGroup))
+ endwhile
+
+ call Tex_MakeSubmenu(menuList, a:menuName,
+ \ a:handlerFuncLHS, a:handlerFuncRHS, extractFunction)
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Definition of what to do for various package commands {{{
+let s:CommandSpec_bra = '\<+replace+>{<++>}<++>'
+let s:CommandSpec_brs = '\<+replace+><++>'
+let s:CommandSpec_brd = '\<+replace+>{<++>}{<++>}<++>'
+let s:CommandSpec_env = '\begin{<+replace+>}'."\<CR><++>\<CR>".'\end{<+replace+>}<++>'
+let s:CommandSpec_ens = '\begin{<+replace+>}<+extra+>'."\<CR><++>\<CR>".'\end{<+replace+>}<++>'
+let s:CommandSpec_eno = '\begin[<++>]{<+replace+>}'."\<CR><++>\<CR>".'\end{<+replace+>}'
+let s:CommandSpec_nor = '\<+replace+>'
+let s:CommandSpec_noo = '\<+replace+>[<++>]'
+let s:CommandSpec_nob = '\<+replace+>[<++>]{<++>}{<++>}<++>'
+let s:CommandSpec_spe = '<+replace+>'
+let s:CommandSpec_ = '\<+replace+>'
+
+let s:MenuLHS_bra = '\\&<+replace+>{}'
+let s:MenuLHS_brs = '\\&<+replace+>{}'
+let s:MenuLHS_brd = '\\&<+replace+>{}{}'
+let s:MenuLHS_env = '&<+replace+>\ (E)'
+let s:MenuLHS_ens = '&<+replace+>\ (E)'
+let s:MenuLHS_eno = '&<+replace+>\ (E)'
+let s:MenuLHS_nor = '\\&<+replace+>'
+let s:MenuLHS_noo = '\\&<+replace+>[]'
+let s:MenuLHS_nob = '\\&<+replace+>[]{}{}'
+let s:MenuLHS_spe = '&<+replace+>'
+let s:MenuLHS_sep = '-sep<+replace+>-'
+let s:MenuLHS_ = '\\&<+replace+>'
+" }}}
+" Tex_ProcessPackageCommand: processes a command from the package menu {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_ProcessPackageCommand(command)
+ if a:command =~ ':'
+ let commandType = matchstr(a:command, '^\w\+\ze:')
+ let commandName = matchstr(a:command, '^\w\+:\zs[^:]\+\ze:\?')
+ let extrapart = strpart(a:command, strlen(commandType.':'.commandName.':'))
+ else
+ let commandType = ''
+ let commandName = a:command
+ let extrapart = ''
+ endif
+
+ let command = s:CommandSpec_{commandType}
+ let command = substitute(command, '<+replace+>', commandName, 'g')
+ let command = substitute(command, '<+extra+>', extrapart, 'g')
+ return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(command)
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" FilterPackageMenuLHS: filters the command description to provide a better menu item {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>FilterPackageMenuLHS(command)
+ let commandType = matchstr(a:command, '^\w\+\ze:')
+ if commandType != ''
+ let commandName = strpart(a:command, strlen(commandType.':'))
+ else
+ let commandName = a:command
+ endif
+
+ return substitute(s:MenuLHS_{commandType}, '<+replace+>', commandName, 'g')
+endfunction " }}}
+
+if g:Tex_Menus
+ exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.'&UpdatePackage :call Tex_pack(expand("<cword>"))<cr>'
+ exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.'&UpdateAll :call Tex_pack_updateall(1)<cr>'
+
+ call Tex_pack_supp_menu()
+endif
+
+augroup LatexSuite
+ au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType
+ \ call Tex_Debug('packages.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'pack') |
+ \ call Tex_pack_updateall(0)
+augroup END
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ts=4:sw=4:noet:ff=unix
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/SIunits b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/SIunits
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba110fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/SIunits
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+if exists("SIunits_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let SIunits_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_SIunits =
+\'nor:addprefix,'.
+\'nor:addunit,'.
+\'nor:ampere,'.
+\'nor:amperemetresecond,'.
+\'nor:amperepermetre,'.
+\'nor:amperepermetrenp,'.
+\'nor:amperepersquaremetre,'.
+\'nor:amperepersquaremetrenp,'.
+\'nor:angstrom,'.
+\'nor:arad,'.
+\'nor:arcminute,'.
+\'nor:arcsecond,'.
+\'nor:are,'.
+\'nor:atomicmass,'.
+\'nor:atto,'.
+\'nor:attod,'.
+\'nor:barn,'.
+\'nor:bbar,'.
+\'nor:becquerel,'.
+\'nor:becquerelbase,'.
+\'nor:bel,'.
+\'nor:candela,'.
+\'nor:candelapersquaremetre,'.
+\'nor:candelapersquaremetrenp,'.
+\'nor:celsius,'.
+\'nor:Celsius,'.
+\'nor:celsiusbase,'.
+\'nor:centi,'.
+\'nor:centid,'.
+\'nor:coulomb,'.
+\'nor:coulombbase,'.
+\'nor:coulombpercubicmetre,'.
+\'nor:coulombpercubicmetrenp,'.
+\'nor:coulombperkilogram,'.
+\'nor:coulombperkilogramnp,'.
+\'nor:coulombpermol,'.
+\'nor:coulombpermolnp,'.
+\'nor:coulombpersquaremetre,'.
+\'nor:coulombpersquaremetrenp,'.
+\'nor:cubed,'.
+\'nor:cubic,'.
+\'nor:cubicmetre,'.
+\'nor:cubicmetreperkilogram,'.
+\'nor:cubicmetrepersecond,'.
+\'nor:curie,'.
+\'nor:dday,'.
+\'nor:deca,'.
+\'nor:decad,'.
+\'nor:deci,'.
+\'nor:decid,'.
+\'nor:degree,'.
+\'nor:degreecelsius,'.
+\'nor:deka,'.
+\'nor:dekad,'.
+\'nor:derbecquerel,'.
+\'nor:dercelsius,'.
+\'nor:dercoulomb,'.
+\'nor:derfarad,'.
+\'nor:dergray,'.
+\'nor:derhenry,'.
+\'nor:derhertz,'.
+\'nor:derjoule,'.
+\'nor:derkatal,'.
+\'nor:derlumen,'.
+\'nor:derlux,'.
+\'nor:dernewton,'.
+\'nor:derohm,'.
+\'nor:derpascal,'.
+\'nor:derradian,'.
+\'nor:dersiemens,'.
+\'nor:dersievert,'.
+\'nor:dersteradian,'.
+\'nor:dertesla,'.
+\'nor:dervolt,'.
+\'nor:derwatt,'.
+\'nor:derweber,'.
+\'nor:electronvolt,'.
+\'nor:exa,'.
+\'nor:exad,'.
+\'nor:farad,'.
+\'nor:faradbase,'.
+\'nor:faradpermetre,'.
+\'nor:faradpermetrenp,'.
+\'nor:femto,'.
+\'nor:femtod,'.
+\'nor:fourth,'.
+\'nor:gal,'.
+\'nor:giga,'.
+\'nor:gigad,'.
+\'nor:gram,'.
+\'nor:graybase,'.
+\'nor:graypersecond,'.
+\'nor:graypersecondnp,'.
+\'nor:hectare,'.
+\'nor:hecto,'.
+\'nor:hectod,'.
+\'nor:henry,'.
+\'nor:henrybase,'.
+\'nor:henrypermetre,'.
+\'nor:henrypermetrenp,'.
+\'nor:hertz,'.
+\'nor:hertzbase,'.
+\'nor:hour,'.
+\'nor:joule,'.
+\'nor:joulebase,'.
+\'nor:joulepercubicmetre,'.
+\'nor:joulepercubicmetrenp,'.
+\'nor:jouleperkelvin,'.
+\'nor:jouleperkelvinnp,'.
+\'nor:jouleperkilogram,'.
+\'nor:jouleperkilogramkelvin,'.
+\'nor:jouleperkilogramkelvinnp,'.
+\'nor:jouleperkilogramnp,'.
+\'nor:joulepermole,'.
+\'nor:joulepermolekelvin,'.
+\'nor:joulepermolekelvinnp,'.
+\'nor:joulepermolenp,'.
+\'nor:joulepersquaremetre,'.
+\'nor:joulepersquaremetrenp,'.
+\'nor:joulepertesla,'.
+\'nor:jouleperteslanp,'.
+\'nor:katal,'.
+\'nor:katalbase,'.
+\'nor:katalpercubicmetre,'.
+\'nor:katalpercubicmetrenp,'.
+\'nor:kelvin,'.
+\'nor:kilo,'.
+\'nor:kilod,'.
+\'nor:kilogram,'.
+\'nor:kilogrammetrepersecond,'.
+\'nor:kilogrammetrepersecondnp,'.
+\'nor:kilogrammetrepersquaresecond,'.
+\'nor:kilogrammetrepersquaresecondnp,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampercubicmetre,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampercubicmetrecoulomb,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampercubicmetrecoulombnp,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampercubicmetrenp,'.
+\'nor:kilogramperkilomole,'.
+\'nor:kilogramperkilomolenp,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampermetre,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampermetrenp,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampersecond,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampersecondcubicmetre,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampersecondcubicmetrenp,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampersecondnp,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampersquaremetre,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampersquaremetrenp,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampersquaremetresecond,'.
+\'nor:kilogrampersquaremetresecondnp,'.
+\'nor:kilogramsquaremetre,'.
+\'nor:kilogramsquaremetrenp,'.
+\'nor:kilogramsquaremetrepersecond,'.
+\'nor:kilogramsquaremetrepersecondnp,'.
+\'nor:kilowatthour,'.
+\'nor:liter,'.
+\'nor:litre,'.
+\'nor:lumen,'.
+\'nor:lumenbase,'.
+\'nor:lux,'.
+\'nor:luxbase,'.
+\'nor:mega,'.
+\'nor:megad,'.
+\'nor:meter,'.
+\'nor:metre,'.
+\'nor:metrepersecond,'.
+\'nor:metrepersecondnp,'.
+\'nor:metrepersquaresecond,'.
+\'nor:metrepersquaresecondnp,'.
+\'nor:micro,'.
+\'nor:microd,'.
+\'nor:milli,'.
+\'nor:millid,'.
+\'nor:minute,'.
+\'nor:mole,'.
+\'nor:molepercubicmetre,'.
+\'nor:molepercubicmetrenp,'.
+\'nor:nano,'.
+\'nor:nanod,'.
+\'nor:neper,'.
+\'nor:newton,'.
+\'nor:newtonbase,'.
+\'nor:newtonmetre,'.
+\'nor:newtonpercubicmetre,'.
+\'nor:newtonpercubicmetrenp,'.
+\'nor:newtonperkilogram,'.
+\'nor:newtonperkilogramnp,'.
+\'nor:newtonpermetre,'.
+\'nor:newtonpermetrenp,'.
+\'nor:newtonpersquaremetre,'.
+\'nor:newtonpersquaremetrenp,'.
+\'nor:NoAMS,'.
+\'nor:no@qsk,'.
+\'nor:ohm,'.
+\'nor:ohmbase,'.
+\'nor:ohmmetre,'.
+\'nor:one,'.
+\'nor:paminute,'.
+\'nor:pascal,'.
+\'nor:pascalbase,'.
+\'nor:pascalsecond,'.
+\'nor:pasecond,'.
+\'nor:per,'.
+\'nor:period@active,'.
+\'nor:persquaremetresecond,'.
+\'nor:persquaremetresecondnp,'.
+\'nor:peta,'.
+\'nor:petad,'.
+\'nor:pico,'.
+\'nor:picod,'.
+\'nor:power,'.
+\'nor:@qsk,'.
+\'nor:quantityskip,'.
+\'nor:rad,'.
+\'nor:radian,'.
+\'nor:radianbase,'.
+\'nor:radianpersecond,'.
+\'nor:radianpersecondnp,'.
+\'nor:radianpersquaresecond,'.
+\'nor:radianpersquaresecondnp,'.
+\'nor:reciprocal,'.
+\'nor:rem,'.
+\'nor:roentgen,'.
+\'nor:rp,'.
+\'nor:rpcubed,'.
+\'nor:rpcubic,'.
+\'nor:rpcubicmetreperkilogram,'.
+\'nor:rpcubicmetrepersecond,'.
+\'nor:rperminute,'.
+\'nor:rpersecond,'.
+\'nor:rpfourth,'.
+\'nor:rpsquare,'.
+\'nor:rpsquared,'.
+\'nor:rpsquaremetreperkilogram,'.
+\'nor:second,'.
+\'nor:siemens,'.
+\'nor:siemensbase,'.
+\'nor:sievert,'.
+\'nor:sievertbase,'.
+\'nor:square,'.
+\'nor:squared,'.
+\'nor:squaremetre,'.
+\'nor:squaremetrepercubicmetre,'.
+\'nor:squaremetrepercubicmetrenp,'.
+\'nor:squaremetrepercubicsecond,'.
+\'nor:squaremetrepercubicsecondnp,'.
+\'nor:squaremetreperkilogram,'.
+\'nor:squaremetrepernewtonsecond,'.
+\'nor:squaremetrepernewtonsecondnp,'.
+\'nor:squaremetrepersecond,'.
+\'nor:squaremetrepersecondnp,'.
+\'nor:squaremetrepersquaresecond,'.
+\'nor:squaremetrepersquaresecondnp,'.
+\'nor:steradian,'.
+\'nor:steradianbase,'.
+\'nor:tera,'.
+\'nor:terad,'.
+\'nor:tesla,'.
+\'nor:teslabase,'.
+\'nor:ton,'.
+\'nor:tonne,'.
+\'nor:unit,'.
+\'nor:unitskip,'.
+\'nor:usk,'.
+\'nor:volt,'.
+\'nor:voltbase,'.
+\'nor:voltpermetre,'.
+\'nor:voltpermetrenp,'.
+\'nor:watt,'.
+\'nor:wattbase,'.
+\'nor:wattpercubicmetre,'.
+\'nor:wattpercubicmetrenp,'.
+\'nor:wattperkilogram,'.
+\'nor:wattperkilogramnp,'.
+\'nor:wattpermetrekelvin,'.
+\'nor:wattpermetrekelvinnp,'.
+\'nor:wattpersquaremetre,'.
+\'nor:wattpersquaremetrenp,'.
+\'nor:wattpersquaremetresteradian,'.
+\'nor:wattpersquaremetresteradiannp,'.
+\'nor:weber,'.
+\'nor:weberbase,'.
+\'nor:yocto,'.
+\'nor:yoctod,'.
+\'nor:yotta,'.
+\'nor:yottad,'.
+\'nor:zepto,'.
+\'nor:zeptod,'.
+\'nor:zetta,'.
+\'nor:zettad'
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_SIunits =
+\'amssymb,'.
+\'binary,'.
+\'cdot,'.
+\'derived,'.
+\'derivedinbase,'.
+\'Gray,'.
+\'mediumqspace,'.
+\'mediumspace,'.
+\'noams,'.
+\'pstricks,'.
+\'squaren,'.
+\'textstyle,'.
+\'thickqspace,'.
+\'thickspace,'.
+\'thinqspace,'.
+\'thinspace'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/accents b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/accents
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..706d95e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/accents
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+if exists("accents_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let accents_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_accents =
+\ 'nonscript,'
+\.'single'
+
+let g:TeX_package_accents =
+\ 'bra:grave,'
+\.'bra:acute,'
+\.'bra:check,'
+\.'bra:breve,'
+\.'bra:bar,'
+\.'bra:ring,'
+\.'bra:hat,'
+\.'bra:dot,'
+\.'bra:tilde,'
+\.'bra:undertilde,'
+\.'bra:ddot,'
+\.'bra:dddot,'
+\.'bra:ddddot,'
+\.'bra:vec,'
+\.'brd:accentset,'
+\.'brd:underaccent'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/acromake b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/acromake
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2130f61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/acromake
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("acromake_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let acromake_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_acromake = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_acromake = 'brs:acromake{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/afterpage b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/afterpage
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5087321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/afterpage
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("afterpage_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let afterpage_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_afterpage = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_afterpage = 'bra:afterpage'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/alltt b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/alltt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c30b684
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/alltt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("alltt_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let alltt_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_alltt = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_alltt = 'env:alltt'
+
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{alltt}" end="\\end{alltt}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsmath b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsmath
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd7dcda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsmath
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+if exists("amsmath_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let amsmath_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_amsmath =
+\ 'centertags,'
+\.'tbtags,'
+\.'sumlimits,'
+\.'nosumlimits,'
+\.'intlimits,'
+\.'nointlimits,'
+\.'namelimits,'
+\.'nonamelimits,'
+\.'leqno,'
+\.'reqno,'
+\.'fleqno'
+
+let g:TeX_package_amsmath =
+\ 'sbr:Environments,'
+\.'env:equation,'
+\.'env:equation*,'
+\.'env:align,'
+\.'env:align*,'
+\.'env:gather,'
+\.'env:gather*,'
+\.'env:flalign,'
+\.'env:flalign*,'
+\.'env:multline,'
+\.'env:multline*,'
+\.'ens:alignat:{<+arg1+>}{<+arg2+>},'
+\.'env:alignat,'
+\.'ens:alignat*:{<+arg1+>}{<+arg2+>},,'
+\.'env:alignat*,'
+\.'env:subequations,'
+\.'env:subarray,'
+\.'env:split,'
+\.'env:cases,'
+\.'sbr:Matrices,'
+\.'env:matrix,'
+\.'env:pmatrix,'
+\.'env:bmatrix,'
+\.'env:Bmatrix,'
+\.'env:vmatrix,'
+\.'env:Vmatrix,'
+\.'env:smallmatrix,'
+\.'bra:hdotsfor,'
+\.'sbr:Dots,'
+\.'dotsc,'
+\.'dotsb,'
+\.'dotsm,'
+\.'dotsi,'
+\.'dotso,'
+\.'sbr:ItalicGreek,'
+\.'nor:varGamma,'
+\.'nor:varDelta,'
+\.'nor:varTheta,'
+\.'nor:varLambda,'
+\.'nor:varXi,'
+\.'nor:varPi,'
+\.'nor:varSigma,'
+\.'nor:varUpsilon,'
+\.'nor:varPhi,'
+\.'nor:varPsi,'
+\.'nor:varOmega,'
+\.'sbr:Mod,'
+\.'nor:mod,'
+\.'nor:bmod,'
+\.'nor:pmod,'
+\.'nor:pod,'
+\.'sbr:CreatingSymbols,'
+\.'brd:overset,'
+\.'brd:underset,'
+\.'brd:sideset,'
+\.'sbr:Fractions,'
+\.'brd:frac,'
+\.'brd:dfrac,'
+\.'brd:tfrac,'
+\.'brd:cfrac,'
+\.'brd:binom,'
+\.'brd:dbinom,'
+\.'brd:tbinom,'
+\.'brs:genfrac{<+ldelim+>}{<+rdelim+>}{<+thick+>}{<+style+>}{<+numer+>}{<+denom+>},'
+\.'sbr:Commands,'
+\.'nob:smash,'
+\.'bra:substack,'
+\.'bra:tag,'
+\.'bra:tag*,'
+\.'nor:notag,'
+\.'bra:raisetag,'
+\.'bra:shoveleft,'
+\.'bra:shoveright,'
+\.'bra:intertext,'
+\.'bra:text,'
+\.'nor:displaybreak,'
+\.'noo:displaybreak,'
+\.'noo:allowdisplaybreaks,'
+\.'nor:nobreakdash,'
+\.'brs:numberwithin{<+env+>}{<+parent+>},'
+\.'bra:leftroot,'
+\.'bra:uproot,'
+\.'bra:boxed,'
+\.'brs:DeclareMathSymbol{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'bra:eqref'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsthm b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsthm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bae018
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsthm
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+if exists("amsthm_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let amsthm_package_file = 1
+
+let TeX_package_option_amsthm = ''
+
+let TeX_package_amsthm =
+\ 'env:proof,'
+\.'nor:swapnumbers,'
+\.'brd:newtheorem,'
+\.'brd:newtheorem*,'
+\.'nor:theoremstyle{plain},'
+\.'nor:theoremstyle{definition},'
+\.'nor:theoremstyle{remark},'
+\.'nor:newtheoremstyle,'
+\.'nor:qedsymbol,'
+\.'nor:qed,'
+\.'nor:qedhere'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsxtra b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsxtra
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3875cc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsxtra
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("amsxtra_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let amsxtra_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_amsxtra = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_amsxtra =
+\ 'nor:sphat,'
+\.'nor:sptilde'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/arabic b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/arabic
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46f8314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/arabic
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("arabic_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let arabic_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_arabic = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_arabic = 'bra:arabicnumeral'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/array b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/array
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99f3dbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/array
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+if exists("array_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let array_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_array = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_array =
+\ 'brs:newcolumntype{<+type+>}[<+no+>]{<+preamble+>},'
+\.'arraycolsep,'
+\.'tabcolsep,'
+\.'arrayrulewidth,'
+\.'doublerulesep,'
+\.'arraystretch,'
+\.'extrarowheight'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/babel b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/babel
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdb76ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/babel
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+if exists("babel_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let babel_package_file = 1
+
+" This package sets some language specific options.
+" Since it needs to find out which options the user used with the babel
+" package, it needs to wait till latex-suite is done scanning packages. It
+" then catches the LatexSuiteScannedPackages event which
+" Tex_pack_updateall() throws at which time g:Tex_pack_detected and
+" g:Tex_babel_options contain the necessary information.
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_babel =
+\ 'afrikaans,'
+\.'bahasa,'
+\.'basque,'
+\.'breton,'
+\.'bulgarian,'
+\.'catalan,'
+\.'croatian,'
+\.'chech,'
+\.'danish,'
+\.'dutch,'
+\.'english,USenglish,american,UKenglish,british,canadian,'
+\.'esperanto,'
+\.'estonian,'
+\.'finnish,'
+\.'french,francais,canadien,acadian,'
+\.'galician,'
+\.'austrian,german,germanb,ngerman,naustrian,'
+\.'greek,polutonikogreek,'
+\.'hebrew,'
+\.'magyar,hungarian,'
+\.'icelandic,'
+\.'irish,'
+\.'italian,'
+\.'latin,'
+\.'lowersorbian,'
+\.'samin,'
+\.'norsk,nynorsk,'
+\.'polish,'
+\.'portuges,portuguese,brazilian,brazil,'
+\.'romanian,'
+\.'russian,'
+\.'scottish,'
+\.'spanish,'
+\.'slovak,'
+\.'slovene,'
+\.'swedish,'
+\.'serbian,'
+\.'turkish,'
+\.'ukrainian,'
+\.'uppersorbian,'
+\.'welsh'
+
+let g:TeX_package_babel =
+\ 'bra:selectlanguage,'
+\.'env:otherlanguage,'
+\.'env:otherlanguage*,'
+\.'env:hyphenrules,'
+\.'brd:foreignlanguage,'
+\.'spe:iflanguage{<+name+>}{<+true+>}{<+false+>},'
+\.'languagename,'
+\.'bra:useshorthands,'
+\.'brd:defineshorthand,'
+\.'brd:aliasshorthand,'
+\.'bra:languageshorthans,'
+\.'bra:shorthandon,'
+\.'bra:shorthandoff,'
+\.'brd:languageattribute'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
+if exists('s:doneOnce')
+ finish
+endif
+let s:doneOnce = 1
+
+augroup LatexSuite
+ au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteScannedPackages
+ \ call Tex_Debug('babel: catching LatexSuiteScannedPackages event') |
+ \ call s:SetQuotes()
+augroup END
+
+let s:path = expand('<sfile>:p:h')
+
+" SetQuotes: sets quotes for various languages {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>SetQuotes()
+ if g:Tex_package_detected =~ '\<babel\>'
+ if g:Tex_babel_options =~ '\<german\>'
+ exec 'so '.s:path.'/german'
+ elseif g:Tex_babel_options =~ '\<ngerman\>'
+ exec 'so '.s:path.'/ngerman'
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bar b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bar
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0087b95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bar
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+if exists("bar_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let bar_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_bar = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_bar =
+\ 'env:barenv,'
+\.'brs:bar{<+height+>}{<+index+>}[<+desc+>],'
+\.'hlineon,'
+\.'brs:legend{<+index+>}{<+text+>},'
+\.'bra:setdepth,'
+\.'bra:sethspace,'
+\.'brs:setlinestyle{<+solid-dotted+>},'
+\.'brs:setnumberpos{<+empty-axis-down-inside-outside-up+>},'
+\.'bra:setprecision,'
+\.'bra:setstretch,'
+\.'bra:setstyle,'
+\.'bra:setwidth,'
+\.'brs:setxaxis{<+w1+>}{<+w2+>}{<+step+>},'
+\.'brs:setyaxis[<+n+>]{<+w1+>}{<+w2+>}{<+step+>},'
+\.'brs:setxname[<+lrbt+>]{<+etiquette+>},'
+\.'brs:setyname[<+lrbt+>]{<+etiquette+>},'
+\.'brs:setxvaluetyp{<+day-month+>}'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bm b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cd5109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bm
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("bm_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let bm_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_bm = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_bm = 'bra:bm'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bophook b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bophook
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16ca8b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bophook
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("bophook_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let bophook_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_bophook = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_bophook =
+\ 'bra:AtBeginPage,'
+\.'bra:PageLayout'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/boxedminipage b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/boxedminipage
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0917352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/boxedminipage
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("boxedminipage_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let boxedminipage_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_boxedminipage = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_boxedminipage = 'ens:boxedminipage:[<+pos+>]{<+size+>}'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/caption2 b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/caption2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e16031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/caption2
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+if exists("caption2_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let caption2_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_caption2 =
+\ 'scriptsize,'
+\.'footnotesize,'
+\.'small,'
+\.'normalsize,'
+\.'large,'
+\.'Large,'
+\.'up,'
+\.'it,'
+\.'sl,'
+\.'sc,'
+\.'md,'
+\.'bf,'
+\.'rm,'
+\.'sf,'
+\.'tt,'
+\.'ruled,'
+\.'boxed,'
+\.'centerlast,'
+\.'anne,'
+\.'center,'
+\.'flushleft,'
+\.'flushright,'
+\.'oneline,'
+\.'nooneline,'
+\.'hang,'
+\.'isu,'
+\.'indent,'
+\.'longtable'
+
+let g:TeX_package_caption2 =
+\ 'bra:captionsize,'
+\.'bra:captionfont,'
+\.'bra:captionlabelfont,'
+\.'bra:setcaptionmargin,'
+\.'bra:setcaptionwidth'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cases b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cases
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2deafe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cases
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("cases_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let cases_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_cases = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_cases =
+\ 'ens:numcases:{<+label+>},'
+\.'ens:subnumcases:{<+label+>}'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ccaption b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ccaption
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ec3f2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ccaption
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+if exists("ccaption_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let ccaption_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_ccaption = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_ccaption =
+\ 'bra:contcaption,'
+\.'bra:legend,'
+\.'bra:namedlegend,'
+\.'abovelegendskip,'
+\.'belowlegendskip,'
+\.'brd:newfixedcaption,'
+\.'brd:renewfixedcaption,'
+\.'brd:providefixedcaption,'
+\.'brs:newfloatenv[<+counter+>]{<+name+>}{<+ext+>}{<+etiq+>},'
+\.'brd:listfloats'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/changebar b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/changebar
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5002cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/changebar
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+if exists("changebar_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let changebar_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_changebar =
+\ 'DVItoLN03,'
+\.'dvitoln03,'
+\.'DVItoPS,'
+\.'dvitops,'
+\.'DVIps,'
+\.'dvips,'
+\.'emTeX,'
+\.'emtex,'
+\.'textures,'
+\.'Textures,'
+\.'outerbars,'
+\.'innerbars,'
+\.'leftbars,'
+\.'rightbars,'
+\.'traceon,'
+\.'traceoff'
+
+let g:TeX_package_changebar =
+\ 'ens:changebar:[<+thickness+>],'
+\.'noo:cbstart,'
+\.'cbend,'
+\.'cbdelete,'
+\.'changebarwidth,'
+\.'deletebarwidth,'
+\.'changebarsep,'
+\.'spe:changebargrey,'
+\.'nochangebars'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/chapterbib b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/chapterbib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..331e901
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/chapterbib
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+if exists("chapterbib_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let chapterbib_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_chapterbib =
+\ 'sectionbib,'
+\.'rootbib,'
+\.'gather,'
+\.'duplicate'
+
+let g:TeX_package_chapterbib =
+\ 'env:cbunit,'
+\.'brd:sectionbib,'
+\.'bra:cbinput,'
+\.'sep:redefine,'
+\.'bra:citeform,'
+\.'bra:citepunct,'
+\.'bra:citeleft,'
+\.'bra:citeright,'
+\.'bra:citemid,'
+\.'bra:citedash'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cite b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cite
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa43e5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cite
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+if exists("cite_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let cite_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_cite =
+\ 'verbose,'
+\.'nospace,'
+\.'space,'
+\.'nosort,'
+\.'sort,'
+\.'noadjust'
+
+let g:TeX_package_cite =
+\ 'bra:cite,'
+\.'bra:citen,'
+\.'bra:citenum,'
+\.'bra:citeonline,'
+\.'bra:nocite,'
+\.'sep:redefine,'
+\.'bra:citeform,'
+\.'bra:citepunct,'
+\.'bra:citeleft,'
+\.'bra:citeright,'
+\.'bra:citemid,'
+\.'bra:citedash'
+
+syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citen\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter
+syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citenum\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter
+syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citeonline\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/color b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/color
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f3aeac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/color
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+if exists("color_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let color_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_color =
+\ 'monochrome,'
+\.'debugshow,'
+\.'dvips,'
+\.'xdvi,'
+\.'dvipdf,'
+\.'pdftex,'
+\.'dvipsone,'
+\.'dviwindo,'
+\.'emtex,'
+\.'dviwin,'
+\.'oztex,'
+\.'textures,'
+\.'pctexps,'
+\.'pctexwin,'
+\.'pctexhp,'
+\.'pctex32,'
+\.'truetex,'
+\.'tcidvi,'
+\.'dvipsnames,'
+\.'nodvipsnames,'
+\.'usenames'
+
+let g:TeX_package_color =
+\ 'brs:definecolor{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'brs:DefineNamedColor{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'bra:color,'
+\.'nob:color,'
+\.'brd:textcolor,'
+\.'brs:textcolor[<++>]{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'brd:colorbox,'
+\.'brs:colorbox[<++>]{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'brs:fcolorbox{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'brs:fcolorbox[<++>]{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'brd:pagecolor,'
+\.'nob:pagecolor'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/comma b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/comma
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ec8d70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/comma
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("comma_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let comma_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_comma = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_comma =
+\ 'bra:commaform,'
+\.'bra:commaformtoken'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/deleq b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/deleq
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58426d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/deleq
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+if exists("deleq_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let deleq_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_deleq = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_deleq =
+\.'env:deqn,'
+\.'env:ddeqn,'
+\.'env:deqarr,'
+\.'env:ddeqar,'
+\.'env:deqrarr,'
+\.'nor:nydeqno,'
+\.'nor:heqno,'
+\.'bra:reqno,'
+\.'bra:rndeqno,'
+\.'bra:rdeqno,'
+\.'nob:eqreqno,'
+\.'nob:deqreqno,'
+\.'nob:ddeqreqno,'
+\.'bra:arrlabel,'
+\.'nor:where,'
+\.'bra:remtext,'
+\.'nor:nydeleqno,'
+\.'nor:deleqno,'
+\.'nor:jotbaseline'
+
+if !exists("tex_no_math")
+ syn region texMathZoneA start="\\begin\s*{\s*deqn\*\s*}" end="\\end\s*{\s*deqn\*\s*}" keepend fold contains=@texMathZoneGroup
+ syn region texMathZoneB start="\\begin\s*{\s*ddeqn\*\s*}" end="\\end\s*{\s*ddeqn\*\s*}" keepend fold contains=@texMathZoneGroup
+ syn region texMathZoneC start="\\begin\s*{\s*deqarr\s*}" end="\\end\s*{\s*deqarr\s*}" keepend fold contains=@texMathZoneGroup
+ syn region texMathZoneD start="\\begin\s*{\s*ddeqar\s*}" end="\\end\s*{\s*ddeqar\s*}" keepend fold contains=@texMathZoneGroup
+ syn region texMathZoneE start="\\begin\s*{\s*deqrarr\*\s*}" end="\\end\s*{\s*deqrarr\*\s*}" keepend fold contains=@texMathZoneGroup
+endif
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/drftcite b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/drftcite
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c30447
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/drftcite
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+if exists("drftcite_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let drftcite_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_drftcite =
+\ 'verbose,'
+\.'nospace,'
+\.'space,'
+\.'breakcites,'
+\.'manualsort,'
+\.'tt,'
+\.'shownumbers,'
+\.'nocitecount'
+
+let g:TeX_package_drftcite =
+\ 'bra:cite,'
+\.'bra:citen,'
+\.'sep:redefine,'
+\.'bra:citeform,'
+\.'bra:citepunct,'
+\.'bra:citeleft,'
+\.'bra:citeright,'
+\.'bra:citemid,'
+\.'bra:citedash'
+
+syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citen\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/dropping b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/dropping
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcfc11f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/dropping
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("dropping_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let dropping_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_dropping = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_dropping =
+\ 'brs:bigdrop{<+indent+>}{<+big+>}{<+font+>}{<+text+>},'
+\.'brs:dropping[<+indent+>]{<+big+>}{<+text+>}'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/enumerate b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/enumerate
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40c3f7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/enumerate
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("enumerate_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let enumerate_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_enumerate = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_enumerate = 'ens:enumerate:[<+prefix+>]'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqlist b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqlist
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1e249e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqlist
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+if exists("eqlist_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let eqlist_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_eqlist = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_eqlist =
+\ 'env:eqlist,'
+\.'env:eqlist*,'
+\.'env:Eqlist,'
+\.'env:Eqlist*,'
+\.'sep:modificators,'
+\.'eqlistinit,'
+\.'eqliststarinit,'
+\.'eqlistinitpar,'
+\.'eqlistlabel'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqparbox b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqparbox
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a05061b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqparbox
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("eqparbox_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let eqparbox_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_eqparbox = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_eqparbox =
+\ 'brs:eqparbox[<+pos+>][<+height+>][<+inner-pos+>]{<+tag+>}{<+text+>},'
+\.'bra:eqboxwidth'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/everyshi b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/everyshi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e42a3d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/everyshi
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("everyshi_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let everyshi_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_everyshi = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_everyshi = 'bra:EveryShipOut'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/exmpl b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/exmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9e37fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/exmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+if exists("exmpl_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let exmpl_package_file = 1
+
+" Author: Mikolaj Machowski
+" Date: 10.04.2002
+" Example plugin for packages in latexSuite
+"
+
+" This variable creates Options submenu in package menu. Even when no options are
+" given for this package it HAS to exist in form
+" let TeX_package_option_exmpl = ""
+" Options and commands are delimited with comma ,
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_exmpl = "OpcjaA=,OpcjaB,OpcjaC"
+
+" Most command should have some definition before. Package menu system can
+" recognize type of command and behave in good manner:
+" env: (environment) creates simple environment template
+" \begin{command}
+" x <- cursor here
+" \end{command}
+"
+" bra: (brackets) useful when inserting brackets commands
+" \command{x}<<>> <- cursor at x, and placeholders as in other menu entries
+"
+" nor: (normal) nor: and pla: are `highlighted' in menu with `''
+" \command<Space>
+"
+" pla: (plain)
+" command<Space>
+"
+" spe: (special)
+" command <-literal insertion of command, in future here should go
+" commands with special characters
+"
+" sep: (separator) creates separator. Good for aesthetics and usability :)
+"
+" Command can be also given with no prefix:. The result is
+" \command (as in nor: but without <Space>)
+
+
+let g:TeX_package_exmpl = "env:AEnvFirst,env:aEnvSec,env:BThi,"
+ \ . "sep:a,env:zzzz,"
+ \ . "bra:aBraFirst,bra:bBraSec,bra:cBraThi,"
+ \ . "sep:b,"
+ \ . "nor:aNorPri,nor:bNorSec,nor:cNorTer,"
+ \ . "sep:c,"
+ \ . "pla:aPla1,pla:bPla2,pla:cPla3,"
+ \ . "sep:d,"
+ \ . "spe:aSpe1,spe:bSpe2,spe:cSpe3,"
+ \ . "sep:e,"
+ \ . "aNo1,bNo2,cNo3"
+" vim:ft=vim
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/flafter b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/flafter
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8859397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/flafter
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("flafter_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let flafter_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_flafter = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_flafter = 'noo:suppressfloats,noo:suppress'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/float b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/float
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c1cf46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/float
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+if exists("float_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let float_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_float = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_float =
+\ 'bra:floatstyle,'
+\.'brs:newfloat{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}[<++>],'
+\.'brd:floatname,'
+\.'brd:listof,'
+\.'bra:restylefloat,'
+\.'brd:floatplacement'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/floatflt b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/floatflt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4902d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/floatflt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("floatflt_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let floatflt_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_floatflt = 'rflt,lflt,vflt'
+
+let g:TeX_package_floatflt =
+\ 'ens:floatingfigure:[<+loc+>]{<+spec+>},'
+\.'ens:floatingtable:[<+loc+>]{<+spec+>}'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/fn2end b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/fn2end
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aac4184
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/fn2end
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("fn2end_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let fn2end_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_fn2end = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_fn2end = 'makeendnotes,theendnotes'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/footmisc b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/footmisc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04723f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/footmisc
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+if exists("footmisc_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let footmisc_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_footmisc =
+\ 'bottom,'
+\.'flushmargin,'
+\.'marginal,'
+\.'multiple,'
+\.'norule,'
+\.'para,'
+\.'perpage,'
+\.'splitrule,'
+\.'stable,'
+\.'symbol,'
+\.'symbol+'
+
+let g:TeX_package_footmisc = ''
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/geometry b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/geometry
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..667a289
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/geometry
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+if exists("geometry_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let geometry_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_geometry =
+\ 'sbr:Boolean,'
+\.'verbose,'
+\.'landscape,'
+\.'portrait,'
+\.'twoside,'
+\.'includemp,'
+\.'reversemp,'
+\.'reversemarginpar,'
+\.'nohead,'
+\.'nofoot,'
+\.'noheadfoot,'
+\.'dvips,'
+\.'pdftex,'
+\.'vtex,'
+\.'truedimen,'
+\.'reset,'
+\.'sbr:BooleanDimensions,'
+\.'a0paper,'
+\.'a1paper,'
+\.'a2paper,'
+\.'a3paper,'
+\.'a4paper,'
+\.'a5paper,'
+\.'a6paper,'
+\.'b0paper,'
+\.'b1paper,'
+\.'b2paper,'
+\.'b3paper,'
+\.'b4paper,'
+\.'b5paper,'
+\.'b6paper,'
+\.'letterpaper,'
+\.'executivepaper,'
+\.'legalpaper,'
+\.'sbr:SingleValueOption,'
+\.'paper=,'
+\.'papername=,'
+\.'paperwidth=,'
+\.'paperheight=,'
+\.'width=,'
+\.'totalwidth=,'
+\.'height=,'
+\.'totalheight=,'
+\.'left=,'
+\.'lmargin=,'
+\.'right=,'
+\.'rmargin=,'
+\.'top=,'
+\.'tmargin=,'
+\.'bottom=,'
+\.'bmargin=,'
+\.'hscale=,'
+\.'vscale=,'
+\.'textwidth=,'
+\.'textheight=,'
+\.'marginparwidth=,'
+\.'marginpar=,'
+\.'marginparsep=,'
+\.'headheight=,'
+\.'head=,'
+\.'headsep=,'
+\.'footskip=,'
+\.'hoffset=,'
+\.'voffset=,'
+\.'twosideshift=,'
+\.'mag=,'
+\.'columnsep=,'
+\.'footnotesep=,'
+\.'sbr:TwoValueOptions,'
+\.'papersize={<++>},'
+\.'total={<++>},'
+\.'body={<++>},'
+\.'text={<++>},'
+\.'scale={<++>},'
+\.'hmargin={<++>},'
+\.'vmargin={<++>},'
+\.'margin={<++>},'
+\.'offset={<++>},'
+\.'sbr:ThreeValueOptions,'
+\.'hdivide={<++>},'
+\.'vdivide={<++>},'
+\.'divide={<++>}'
+
+let g:TeX_package_geometry =
+\ 'bra:geometry'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/german b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/german
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9aa7519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/german
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("german_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let german_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_german = ''
+let g:TeX_package_option_german = ''
+" For now just define the smart quotes.
+let b:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen = '"`'
+let b:Tex_SmartQuoteClose = "\"'"
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphicx b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphicx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4aa7571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphicx
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+if exists("graphicx_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let graphicx_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_graphicx =
+\ 'sbr:Drivers,'
+\.'xdvi,'
+\.'dvipdf,'
+\.'dvipdfm,'
+\.'pdftex,'
+\.'dvipsone,'
+\.'dviwindo,'
+\.'emtex,'
+\.'dviwin,'
+\.'oztex,'
+\.'textures,'
+\.'pctexps,'
+\.'pctexwin,'
+\.'pctexhp,'
+\.'pctex32,'
+\.'truetex,'
+\.'tcidvi,'
+\.'vtex,'
+\.'sbr:Rest,'
+\.'debugshow,'
+\.'draft,'
+\.'final,'
+\.'hiderotate,'
+\.'hiresbb,'
+\.'hidescale,'
+\.'unknownkeysallowed,'
+\.'unknownkeyserror'
+
+let g:TeX_package_graphicx =
+\ 'sbr:Includegraphics,'
+\.'brs:includegraphics[<++>]{<++>},'
+\.'spe:height=,'
+\.'spe:width=,'
+\.'spe:keepaspectratio=,'
+\.'spe:totalheight=,'
+\.'spe:angle=,'
+\.'spe:scale=,'
+\.'spe:origin=,'
+\.'spe:clip,'
+\.'spe:bb=,'
+\.'spe:viewport=,'
+\.'spe:trim=,'
+\.'spe:draft,'
+\.'spe:hiresbb,'
+\.'spe:type=,'
+\.'spe:ext=,'
+\.'spe:read=,'
+\.'spe:command=,'
+\.'sbr:Rotatebox,'
+\.'brs:rotatebox[<++>]{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'spe:origin=,'
+\.'spe:x=,'
+\.'spe:y=,'
+\.'spe:units=,'
+\.'sbr:Rest,'
+\.'brs:scalebox{<++>}[<++>]{<++>},'
+\.'brs:resizebox{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'brs:resizebox*{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'bra:DeclareGraphicsExtensions,'
+\.'brs:DeclareGraphicsRule{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'bra:graphicspath'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphpap b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphpap
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebbd268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphpap
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("graphpap_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let graphpap_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_graphpap = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_graphpap = 'brs:graphpaper[<+step+>](<+x1,y1+>)(<+x2,y2+>)'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/harpoon b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/harpoon
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..994801d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/harpoon
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+if exists("harpoon_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let harpoon_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_harpoon = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_harpoon =
+\ 'bra:overleftharp,'
+\.'bra:overrightharp,'
+\.'bra:overleftharpdown,'
+\.'bra:overrightharpdown,'
+\.'bra:underleftharp,'
+\.'bra:underrightharp,'
+\.'bra:underleftharpdown,'
+\.'bra:underrightharpdown'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hhline b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hhline
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a024c19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hhline
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+if exists("hhline_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let hhline_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_hhline = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_hhline =
+\ 'bra:hhline,'
+\.'sep:a,'
+\.'spe:=,'
+\.'spe:-,'
+\.'spe:~,'
+\."spe:\\\|,"
+\.'spe::,'
+\.'spe:#,'
+\.'spe:t,'
+\.'spe:b,'
+\.'spe:*'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/histogram b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/histogram
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b18fc07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/histogram
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+if exists("histogram_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let histogram_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_histogram = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_histogram =
+\ 'histogram,'
+\.'noverticallines,'
+\.'verticallines'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hyperref b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hyperref
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a82aac3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hyperref
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+if exists("hyperref_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let hyperref_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_hyperref =
+\ '4=,'
+\.'a4paper,'
+\.'a5paper,'
+\.'anchorcolor=,'
+\.'b5paper,'
+\.'backref=,'
+\.'baseurl={<++>},'
+\.'bookmarks=,'
+\.'bookmarksnumbered=,'
+\.'bookmarksopen=,'
+\.'bookmarksopenlevel=,'
+\.'bookmarkstype=,'
+\.'breaklinks=,'
+\.'citebordercolor=,'
+\.'citecolor=,'
+\.'colorlinks=,'
+\.'debug=,'
+\.'draft,'
+\.'dvipdf,'
+\.'dvipdfm,'
+\.'dvips,'
+\.'dvipsone,'
+\.'dviwindo,'
+\.'executivepaper,'
+\.'extension=,'
+\.'filebordercolor=,'
+\.'filecolor=,'
+\.'frenchlinks=,'
+\.'hyperfigures=,'
+\.'hyperindex=,'
+\.'hypertex,'
+\.'hypertexnames=,'
+\.'implicit=,'
+\.'latex2html,'
+\.'legalpaper,'
+\.'letterpaper,'
+\.'linkbordercolor=,'
+\.'linkcolor=,'
+\.'linktocpage=,'
+\.'menubordercolor=,'
+\.'menucolor=,'
+\.'naturalnames,'
+\.'nesting=,'
+\.'pageanchor=,'
+\.'pagebackref=,'
+\.'pagebordercolor=,'
+\.'pagecolor=,'
+\.'pdfauthor={<++>},'
+\.'pdfborder=,'
+\.'pdfcenterwindow=,'
+\.'pdfcreator={<++>},'
+\.'pdffitwindow,'
+\.'pdfhighlight=,'
+\.'pdfkeywords={<++>},'
+\.'pdfmenubar=,'
+\.'pdfnewwindow=,'
+\.'pdfpagelabels=,'
+\.'pdfpagelayout=,'
+\.'pdfpagemode=,'
+\.'pdfpagescrop=,'
+\.'pdfpagetransition=,'
+\.'pdfproducer={<++>},'
+\.'pdfstartpage={<++>},'
+\.'pdfstartview={<++>},'
+\.'pdfsubject={<++>},'
+\.'pdftex,'
+\.'pdftitle={<++>},'
+\.'pdftoolbar=,'
+\.'pdfusetitle=,'
+\.'pdfview,'
+\.'pdfwindowui=,'
+\.'plainpages=,'
+\.'ps2pdf,'
+\.'raiselinks=,'
+\.'runbordercolor,'
+\.'tex4ht,'
+\.'textures,'
+\.'unicode=,'
+\.'urlbordercolor=,'
+\.'urlcolor=,'
+\.'verbose=,'
+\.'vtex'
+
+let g:TeX_package_hyperref =
+\ 'sbr:Preamble,'
+\.'bra:hypersetup,'
+\.'wwwbrowser,'
+\.'sbr:Links,'
+\.'bra:hyperbaseurl,'
+\.'brs:href{<+URL+>}{<+text+>},'
+\.'bra:hyperimage,'
+\.'brs:hyperdef{<+category+>}{<+name+>}{<+text+>},'
+\.'brs:hyperref{<+URL+>}{<+category+>}{<+name+>}{<+text+>},'
+\.'brs:hyperlink{<+name+>}{<+text+>},'
+\.'brs:hypertarget{<+name+>}{<+text+>},'
+\.'bra:url,'
+\.'bra:htmladdnormallink,'
+\.'brs:Acrobatmenu{<+option+>}{<+tekst+>},'
+\.'brs:pdfbookmark[<++>]{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'bra:thispdfpagelabel,'
+\.'sbr:Forms,'
+\.'env:Form,'
+\.'sep:Forms1,'
+\.'brs:TextField[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>},'
+\.'brs:CheckBox[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>},'
+\.'brs:ChoiceMenu[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>}{<+choices+>},'
+\.'brs:PushButton[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>},'
+\.'brs:Submit[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>},'
+\.'brs:Reset[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>},'
+\.'sep:Forms2,'
+\.'brs:LayoutTextField{<+label+>}{<+field+>},'
+\.'brs:LayoutChoiceField{<+label+>}{<+field+>},'
+\.'brs:LayoutCheckboxField{<+label+>}{<+field+>},'
+\.'sep:Forms3,'
+\.'brs:MakeRadioField{<+width+>}{<+height+>},'
+\.'brs:MakeCheckField{<+width+>}{<+height+>},'
+\.'brs:MakeTextField{<+width+>}{<+height+>},'
+\.'brs:MakeChoiceField{<+width+>}{<+height+>},'
+\.'brs:MakeButtonField{<+text+>},'
+\.'sbr:Parameters,'
+\.'spe:accesskey,'
+\.'spe:align,'
+\.'spe:backgroundcolor,'
+\.'spe:bordercolor,'
+\.'spe:bordersep,'
+\.'spe:borderwidth,'
+\.'spe:charsize,'
+\.'spe:checked,'
+\.'spe:color,'
+\.'spe:combo,'
+\.'spe:default,'
+\.'spe:disabled,'
+\.'spe:height,'
+\.'spe:hidden,'
+\.'spe:maxlen,'
+\.'spe:menulength,'
+\.'spe:multiline,'
+\.'spe:name,'
+\.'spe:onblur,'
+\.'spe:onchange,'
+\.'spe:onclick,'
+\.'spe:ondblclick,'
+\.'spe:onfocus,'
+\.'spe:onkeydown,'
+\.'spe:onkeypress,'
+\.'spe:onkeyup,'
+\.'spe:onmousedown,'
+\.'spe:onmousemove,'
+\.'spe:onmouseout,'
+\.'spe:onmouseover,'
+\.'spe:onmouseup,'
+\.'spe:onselect,'
+\.'spe:password,'
+\.'spe:popdown,'
+\.'spe:radio,'
+\.'spe:readonly,'
+\.'spe:tabkey,'
+\.'spe:value,'
+\.'spe:width'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ifthen b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ifthen
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82dbe69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ifthen
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+if exists("ifthen_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let ifthen_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_ifthen = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_ifthen =
+\ 'brs:ifthenelse{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'brd:equal,'
+\.'bra:boolean,'
+\.'bra:lengthtest,'
+\.'bra:isodd,'
+\.'brd:whiledo,'
+\.'bra:newboolean,'
+\.'brd:setboolean,'
+\.'nor:and,'
+\.'nor:or,'
+\.'nor:not'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/inputenc b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/inputenc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73abe9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/inputenc
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+if exists("inputenc_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let inputenc_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_inputenc =
+\ 'ascii,'
+\.'latin1,'
+\.'latin2,'
+\.'latin3,'
+\.'latin4,'
+\.'latin5,'
+\.'latin9,'
+\.'decmulti,'
+\.'cp850,'
+\.'cp852,'
+\.'cp437,'
+\.'cp437de,'
+\.'cp865,'
+\.'applemac,'
+\.'next,'
+\.'ansinew,'
+\.'cp1250,'
+\.'cp1252'
+
+let g:TeX_package_inputenc =
+\ 'bra:inputencoding'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/letterspace b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/letterspace
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a53eaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/letterspace
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("letterspace_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let letterspace_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_letterspace = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_letterspace = 'nor:letterspace'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lineno b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lineno
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4567602
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lineno
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+if exists("lineno_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let lineno_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_lineno =
+\ 'left,'
+\.'right,'
+\.'switch,'
+\.'switch*,'
+\.'pagewise,'
+\.'running,'
+\.'modulo,'
+\.'mathlines,'
+\.'displaymath,'
+\.'hyperref'
+
+let g:TeX_package_lineno =
+\ 'sbr:Environments,'
+\.'env:linenumbers,'
+\.'env:linenumbers*,'
+\.'env:numquote,'
+\.'env:numquote*,'
+\.'env:numquotation,'
+\.'env:numquotation*,'
+\.'env:bframe,'
+\.'env:linenomath,'
+\.'env:linenomath*,'
+\.'bra:linelabel,'
+\.'sbr:Commands,'
+\.'nor:linenumbers,'
+\.'nor:linenumbers*,'
+\.'noo:linenumbers,'
+\.'nor:nolinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:runninglinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:runninglinenumbers*,'
+\.'noo:runninglinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:pagewiselinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:resetlinenumber,'
+\.'noo:resetlinenumber,'
+\.'nor:setrunninglinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:setpagewiselinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:switchlinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:switchlinenumbers*,'
+\.'nor:leftlinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:leftlinenumbers*,'
+\.'nor:rightlinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:rightlinenumbers*,'
+\.'nor:runningpagewiselinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:realpagewiselinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:modulolinenumbers,'
+\.'noo:modulolinenumbers,'
+\.'nor:linenumberdisplaymath,'
+\.'nor:nolinenumberdisplaymath,'
+\.'nor:thelinenumber,'
+\.'nob:linerefp,'
+\.'nob:linerefr,'
+\.'nob:lineref'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/longtable b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/longtable
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6644862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/longtable
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+if exists("longtable_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let longtable_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_longtable =
+\ 'errorshow,'
+\.'pausing,'
+\.'set,'
+\.'final'
+
+let g:TeX_package_longtable =
+\ 'sbr:Commands,'
+\.'nor:setlongtables,'
+\.'bra:LTleft,'
+\.'bra:LTright,'
+\.'bra:LTpre,'
+\.'bra:LTpost,'
+\.'bra:LTchunksize,'
+\.'bra:LTcapwidth,'
+\.'bra:LTcapwidth,'
+\.'sbr:Longtable,'
+\.'env:longtable,'
+\.'sep:lt,'
+\.'nor:endhead,'
+\.'nor:endfirsthead,'
+\.'nor:endfoot,'
+\.'nor:endlastfoot,'
+\.'nor:kill,'
+\.'bra:caption,'
+\.'nob:caption,'
+\.'bra:caption*,'
+\.'nor:newpage'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ts=4:sw=4:noet:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lscape b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lscape
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33976ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lscape
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("lscape_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let lscape_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_lscape = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_lscape = 'env:landscape'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/manyfoot b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/manyfoot
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cab55f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/manyfoot
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+if exists("manyfoot_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let manyfoot_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_manyfoot = 'para'
+
+let g:TeX_package_manyfoot =
+\ 'bra:newfootnote,bra:newfootnote[para],'
+\.'bra:footnoteA,bra:footnoteB,'
+\.'bra:FootnoteA,bra:FootnoteB,'
+\.'bra:Footnotemark,bra:Footnotetext,'
+\.'SplitNote'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/moreverb b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/moreverb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8614e3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/moreverb
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+if exists("moreverb_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let moreverb_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_moreverb = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_moreverb =
+\ 'ens:verbatimwrite:{<++>},'
+\.'ens:verbatimtab:[<++>],'
+\.'ens:listing:[<+step+>]{<+number+>},'
+\.'ens:listing*:[<+step+>]{<+number+>},'
+\.'env:boxedverbatim,'
+\.'bra:verbatimtabsize,'
+\.'bra:listingoffset,'
+\.'brs:listinginput[<++>]{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'brs:verbatimtabinput[<++>]{<++>}'
+
+let g:Tex_completion_explorer = g:Tex_completion_explorer.'verbatimtabinput,'
+
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{verbatimwrite}" end="\\end{verbatimwrite}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{verbatimtab}" end="\\end{verbatimtab}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{boxedverbatim}" end="\\end{boxedverbatim}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{listing}" end="\\end{listing}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{listing*}" end="\\end{listing*}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/moreverbatim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/moreverbatim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b32d0be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/moreverbatim
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+let g:TeX_package_option_moreverbatim = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_moreverbatim =
+\ 'ens:verbatimwrite:{<++>},'
+\.'ens:verbatimtab:[<++>],'
+\.'ens:listing:[<+step+>]{<+number+>},'
+\.'ens:listing*:[<+step+>]{<+number+>},'
+\.'env:boxedverbatim,'
+\.'bra:verbatimtabsize,'
+\.'bra:listingoffset,'
+\.'brs:listinginput[<++>]{<++>}{<++>},'
+\.'brs:verbatimtabinput[<++>]{<++>}'
+
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{verbatimwrite}" end="\\end{verbatimwrite}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{verbatimtab}" end="\\end{verbatimtab}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{boxedverbatim}" end="\\end{boxedverbatim}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{listing}" end="\\end{listing}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{listing*}" end="\\end{listing*}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multibox b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multibox
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00bccb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multibox
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("multibox_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let multibox_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_multibox = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_multibox = 'multimake,multiframe'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multicol b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multicol
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca93189
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multicol
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+if exists("multicol_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let multicol_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_multicol = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_multicol =
+\ 'ens:multicols:{<+cols+>}[<+text+>][<+sep+>],'
+\.'columnbreak,'
+\.'premulticols,'
+\.'postmulticols,'
+\.'multicolsep,'
+\.'columnsep,'
+\.'linewidth,'
+\.'columnseprule,'
+\.'flushcolumnt,'
+\.'raggedcolumns,'
+\.'unbalanced'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/newalg b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/newalg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1480bb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/newalg
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+if exists("newalg_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let newalg_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_newalg = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_newalg =
+\ 'ens:algorithm:{<+name+>}{<++>},'
+\.'ens:IF:{<+cond+>},'
+\.'ens:FOR:{<+loop+>},'
+\.'ens:WHILE:{<+cond+>},'
+\.'bra:ERROR,'
+\.'nor:ELSE,'
+\.'nor:RETURN,'
+\.'nor:NIL,'
+\.'nor:TO,'
+\.'bra:CALL,'
+\.'bra:text,'
+\.'env:REPEAT,'
+\.'env:SWITCH,'
+\.'nor:=,'
+\.'bra:item,'
+\.'nor:algkey'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ngerman b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ngerman
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..534ac30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ngerman
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("ngerman_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let ngerman_package_file = 1
+
+" For now just define the smart quotes.
+let b:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen = '"`'
+let b:Tex_SmartQuoteClose = "\"'"
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/numprint b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/numprint
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4eab5a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/numprint
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+if exists("numprint_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let numprint_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_numprint = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_numprint =
+\ 'bra:numprint,'
+\.'nob:numprint,'
+\.'bra:thousandsep,'
+\.'bra:decimalsign,'
+\.'bra:productsign,'
+\.'bra:unitseparator,'
+\.'brd:expnumprint,'
+\.'global'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/oldstyle b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/oldstyle
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72b2774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/oldstyle
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("oldstyle_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let oldstyle_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_oldstyle = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_oldstyle =
+\ 'bra:textos,'
+\.'bra:mathos'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/outliner b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/outliner
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca64322
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/outliner
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+if exists("outliner_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let outliner_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_outliner = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_outliner =
+\ 'env:Outline,'
+\.'bra:Level,'
+\.'bra:SetBaseLevel,'
+\.'sep:preamble,'
+\.'bra:OutlinePageBreaks,'
+\.'bra:OutlinePageBreaks,'
+\.'bra:OutlineLevelStart,'
+\.'bra:OutlineLevelCont,'
+\.'bra:OutlineLevelEnd'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/overcite b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/overcite
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25bc17d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/overcite
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+if exists("overcite_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let overcite_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_overcite =
+\ 'verbose,'
+\.'ref,'
+\.'nospace,'
+\.'space,'
+\.'nosort,'
+\.'sort,'
+\.'nomove,'
+\.'noadjust'
+
+let g:TeX_package_overcite =
+\ 'bra:cite,'
+\.'bra:citen,'
+\.'bra:citenum,'
+\.'bra:citeonline,'
+\.'bra:nocite,'
+\.'sep:redefine,'
+\.'bra:citeform,'
+\.'bra:citepunct,'
+\.'bra:citeleft,'
+\.'bra:citeright,'
+\.'bra:citemid,'
+\.'bra:citedash'
+
+syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citen\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter
+syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citenum\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter
+syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citeonline\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/parallel b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/parallel
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19dfe8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/parallel
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+if exists("parallel_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let parallel_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_parallel = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_parallel =
+\ 'env:Parallel,'
+\.'bra:ParallelLText,'
+\.'bra:ParallelRText,'
+\.'nor:ParallelPar,'
+\.'nor:tolerance'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plain b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plain
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a3d092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plain
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("plain_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let plain_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_plain = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_plain = 'env:plain'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plates b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plates
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e22817e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plates
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+if exists("plates_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let plates_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_plates = 'figures,onefloatperpage,memoir'
+
+let g:TeX_package_plates =
+\ 'env:plate,'
+\.'listofplates,'
+\.'ProcessPlates,'
+\.'bra:setplatename,'
+\.'bra:setplatename,'
+\.'bra:atBeginPlates'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/polski b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/polski
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2c4efe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/polski
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+" Author: Mikolaj Machowski <mikmach@wp.pl>
+" (c) Copyright by Mikolaj Machowski 2002-2003
+" License: Vim Charityware
+" Version: 1.6
+"
+" Plik jest w kodowaniu iso-8859-2. Je�li chcesz go uzywac w MS-Windows musisz
+" go przekonwertowac na cp-1250.
+"
+" Plik ten jest cz�ci� vim-latexSuite, ale:
+" Nie u�ywaj�cy vim-latexSuite (http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net) mog� wyci��
+" oznaczon� cz��. Reszta mo�e by� kopiowana jako osobny plik pod warunkiem
+" niezmieniania tej notki i informacji o prawach autorskich.
+"
+" This file is in iso-8859-2 encoding. If you want to use it in MS-Windows you
+" have to convert it to cp-1250.
+"
+" This file is part of vim-latexSuite but:
+" Those who do not use vim-latexSuite (http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net) can
+" cut off marked part. Rest of the file can be copied as separate file under
+" condition of leaving this notice and information about copyrights unchanged.
+
+if exists("acromake_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let acromake_package_file = 1
+
+" --------8<-------------
+" Czesc odpowiedzialna za menu
+let g:TeX_package_option_polski =
+\'OT1,OT4,T1,QX,plmath,nomathsymbols,MeX,prefixingverb,noprefixingverb'
+let g:TeX_package_polski =
+\'sbr:Dywiz&Ska,'.
+\'nor:dywiz,'.
+\'nor:ppauza,'.
+\'nor:pauza,'.
+\'nor:prefixing,'.
+\'nor:nonprefixing,'.
+\'nor:PLdateending,'.
+\'sbr:Matematyka,'.
+\'nor:arccos,'.
+\'nor:arcctan,'.
+\'nor:arcsin,'.
+\'nor:arctan,'.
+\'nor:cot,'.
+\'nor:ctanh,'.
+\'nor:tan,'.
+\'nor:tanh,'.
+\'bra:arc,'.
+\'nor:ctg,'.
+\'nor:ctgh,'.
+\'nor:tg,'.
+\'nor:tgh,'.
+\'nor:nwd'
+
+" To wymaga calego pakietu vim-latexSuite - zakomentuj lub wytnij je�li nie
+" u�ywasz (albo go �ci�gnij z http://vim-latex.sf.net)
+function! TPackagePolskiTylda()
+ call IMAP (" ---", "~---", "tex")
+endfunction
+call TPackagePolskiTylda()
+" --------8<-------------
+
+" Polskie znaki cudzyslowow
+TexLet g:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen = ",,"
+TexLet g:Tex_SmartQuoteClose = "''"
+
+" Zmodyfikowana i rozwinieta funkcja Andrzeja Ostruszki
+" Z dodatkiem od Benjiego Fishera (sprawdzanie sk�adni)
+"
+" Spacja
+inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Space> <C-R>=<SID>Tex_polish_space()<CR>
+inoremap <buffer> <silent> <CR> <C-R>=<SID>Tex_polish_space()<CR><BS><CR>
+
+" Wymuszenie tyldy
+inoremap <buffer> <silent> <S-Space> ~
+
+" Wymuszenie zwyklej spacji
+inoremap <buffer> <silent> <C-Space> <Space>
+
+" Latwe przelaczanie sie miedzy magiczna spacja a zwykla
+inoremap <buffer> <silent> <F8> <C-R>=<SID>TogglePolishSpace()<CR>
+
+function! s:TogglePolishSpace()
+ if !exists("b:polishspace")
+ iunmap <buffer> <Space>
+ iunmap <buffer> <CR>
+ let b:polishspace = 1
+ return ''
+ else
+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Space> <C-R>=<SID>Tex_polish_space()<CR>
+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <CR> <C-R>=<SID>Tex_polish_space()<CR><BS><CR>
+ unlet b:polishspace
+ return ''
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:Tex_polish_space()
+ "Nic magicznego w matematyce
+ if synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.')-1,0),"name") =~ '^texMath\|^texZone\^texRefZone'
+ return ' '
+ else
+ let s:col = col('.')
+ let s:linelength = strlen(getline('.')) + 1
+ " Wstaw tylde po spojnikach
+ if strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 3, 2) =~? '^[[:space:]~(\[{]\?[aiouwz]$'
+ return '~'
+ " Wstaw tylde po inicjalach - konkretnie po pojedynczych wielkich
+ " literach i kropce. Obs�uguje poprawnie wiekszosc sytuacji.
+ elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 4, 3) =~? '^[[:space:]~(\[{]\?\u\.$'
+ return '~'
+ " Wstaw tylde po tytulach, skrotach bibliograficznych, podpisach
+ elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 9, 8) =~? '\(\s\|^\|\~\)\(str\.\|ryc\.\|rys\.\|tab\.\|art\.\|vol\.\|nr\|tabl\.\|rozdz\.\|ss\.\|s\.\|t\.\|z\.\|sir\|prof\.\|hab\.\|red\.\|min\.\|gen\.\|kpt\.\|przew\.\|p�k\|mjr\|mgr\|bp\|ks\.\|o\+\.\|�w\.\|dr\)$'
+ return '~'
+ " Wstaw tylde miedzy rokiem, wiekiem, a odpowiednim skrotem
+ elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 8, 7) =~? '[0-9IVXLCM]\s\+\(r\|w\)\.[^a-z����]\{-}$'
+ s/[0-9IVXLCM]\zs\s\+\ze\(w\|r\)\.[^a-z����]\{-}\%#/\~/ei
+ exe 'normal '.s:col.'|'
+ if s:col == s:linelength
+ startinsert!
+ else
+ startinsert
+ endif
+ return ' '
+ " Wstaw tylde miedzy liczba a miara, itd.
+ elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 10, 9) =~? '\(\d\|mln\|mld\|tys\.\)\s\+\(z�\|gr\|ha\|t\|mies\|godz\|min\|sek\|cm\|km\|mln\|mld\|tys\.\)[^a-z����]\{-}$'
+ s/\(\d\|mln\|mld\|tys\.\)\zs\s\+\ze\(z�\|gr\|ha\|m\|t\|mies\|godz\|min\|sek\|cm\|km\|mln\|mld\|tys\.\)[^a-z����]\{-}\%#/\~/ei
+ exe 'normal '.s:col.'|'
+ if s:col == s:linelength
+ startinsert!
+ else
+ startinsert
+ endif
+ return ' '
+ " Rozwin myslnik w zbitkach w '\dywiz ':
+ " bialo-czerwony -> bialo\dywiz czerwony
+ elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 20, 19) =~? '[a-z����]-[a-z����]\{-}[^a-z����]\{-}$'
+ s/[a-z����]\zs-\ze[a-z����]\{-}[^a-z����]\{-}\%#/\\dywiz /ei
+ let colb = s:col + 6
+ exe 'normal '.colb.'|'
+ if s:col == s:linelength
+ startinsert!
+ else
+ startinsert
+ endif
+ return ' '
+ " Rozwin '--' miedzy liczbami w '\ppauza ':
+ " 39--45 -> 39\ppauza 45
+ elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 10, 9) =~? '[0-9IVXLCM]--[0-9IVXLCM]\{-}[^0-9IVXLCM]\{-}$'
+ s/[0-9IVXLCM]\zs--\ze[0-9IVXLCM]\{-}[^0-9IVXLCM]\{-}\%#/\\ppauza /ei
+ let colb = s:col + 6
+ exe 'normal '.colb.'|'
+ if s:col == s:linelength
+ startinsert!
+ else
+ startinsert
+ endif
+ return ' '
+ endif
+ " Tu koncz komentowanie ostatniej sekcji
+ endif
+ return " "
+endfunction
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/psgo b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/psgo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ef852c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/psgo
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+if exists("psgo_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let psgo_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_psgo = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_psgo =
+\ 'env:psgogoard,'
+\.'env:psgoboard*,'
+\.'brs:stone{<+color+>}{<+letter+>}{<+number+>},'
+\.'brs:stone[<+marker+>]{<+color+>}{<+letter+>}{<+number+>},'
+\.'brs:move{<+letter+>}{<+number+>},'
+\.'brs:move*{<+letter+>}{<+number+>},'
+\.'brs:goline{<+letter1+>}{<+number1+>}{<+letter2+>}{<+number2+>},'
+\.'brs:goarrow{<+letter1+>}{<+number1+>}{<+letter2+>}{<+number2+>},'
+\.'sbr:Markers,'
+\.'brs:markpos{<+marker+>}{<+letter+>}{<+number+>},'
+\.'markma,'
+\.'marktr,'
+\.'markcr,'
+\.'marksq,'
+\.'bra:marklb,'
+\.'marksl,'
+\.'markdd'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/schedule b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/schedule
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d58f6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/schedule
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+if exists("schedule_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let schedule_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_schedule = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_schedule =
+\ 'ens:schedule:[<+title+>],'
+\.'bra:CellHeight,'
+\.'bra:CellWidth,'
+\.'bra:TimeRange,'
+\.'bra:SubUnits,'
+\.'bra:BeginOn,'
+\.'bra:TextSize,'
+\.'nor:FiveDay,'
+\.'nor:SevenDay,'
+\.'brs:NewAppointment{<+name+>}{<+bg+>}{<+fg+>}'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/textfit b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/textfit
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d52785
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/textfit
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("textfit_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let textfit_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_textfit = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_textfit =
+\ 'brd:scaletowidth,'
+\.'brd:scaletoheight'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/times b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/times
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..499a13b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/times
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+if exists("times_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let times_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_times = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_times = ''
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/tipa b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/tipa
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c89cc5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/tipa
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+if exists("tipa_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let tipa_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_tipa =
+\ 'T1,'
+\.'noenc,'
+\.'tone,'
+\.'extra,'
+\.'safe'
+
+let g:TeX_package_tipa =
+\ 'sbr:Common,'
+\.'bra:textipa,'
+\.'env:IPA,'
+\.'tipaencoding,'
+\.'bra:super,'
+\.'nor:ipabar,'
+\.'brd:tipalowaraccent,'
+\.'brd:tipaupperaccent,'
+\.'brd:tipaLowaraccent,'
+\.'brd:tipaUpperaccent,'
+\.'brd:ipaclap,'
+\.'sbr:VowelsandConsonants,'
+\.'nor:textturna,'
+\.'nor:textrhooka,'
+\.'nor:textlhookfour,'
+\.'nor:textscripta,'
+\.'nor:textturnscripta,'
+\.'nor:textinvscripta,'
+\.'ae,'
+\.'nor:textaolig,'
+\.'nor:textsca,'
+\.'nor:textinvsca,'
+\.'nor:textscaolig,'
+\.'nor:textturnv,'
+\.'nor:textsoftsign,'
+\.'nor:texthardsign,'
+\.'nor:texthtb,'
+\.'nor:textscb,'
+\.'nor:textcrb,'
+\.'nor:textbarb,'
+\.'nor:textbeta,'
+\.'nor:textbarc,'
+\.'nor:texthtc,'
+\.'bra:v,'
+\.'bra:c,'
+\.'nor:textctc,'
+\.'nor:textstretchc,'
+\.'nor:textstretchcvar,'
+\.'nor:textctstretchc,'
+\.'nor:textctstretchcvar,'
+\.'nor:textcrd,'
+\.'nor:textbard,'
+\.'nor:texthtd,'
+\.'nor:textrtaild,'
+\.'nor:texthtrtaild,'
+\.'nor:textctd,'
+\.'nor:textfrhookd,'
+\.'nor:textfrhookdvar,'
+\.'nor:textdblig,'
+\.'nor:textdzlig,'
+\.'nor:textdctzlig,'
+\.'nor:textdyoghlig,'
+\.'nor:textctdctzlig,'
+\.'nor:textscdelta,'
+\.'nor:dh,'
+\.'nor:textrhooke,'
+\.'nor:textschwa,'
+\.'nor:textrhookschwa,'
+\.'nor:textreve,'
+\.'nor:textsce,'
+\.'nor:textepsilon,'
+\.'nor:textrhookepsilon,'
+\.'nor:textcloseepsilon,'
+\.'nor:textrevepsilon,'
+\.'nor:textrhookrevepsilon,'
+\.'nor:textcloserevepsilon,'
+\.'nor:textscf,'
+\.'nor:textscriptg,'
+\.'nor:textbarg,'
+\.'nor:textcrg,'
+\.'nor:texthtg,'
+\.'nor:textg,'
+\.'nor:textscg,'
+\.'nor:texthtscg,'
+\.'nor:textgamma,'
+\.'nor:textgrgamma,'
+\.'nor:textfrtailgamma,'
+\.'nor:textbktailgamma,'
+\.'nor:textbabygamma,'
+\.'nor:textramshorns,'
+\.'nor:texthvlig,'
+\.'nor:textcrh,'
+\.'nor:texthth,'
+\.'nor:textrtailhth,'
+\.'nor:textheng,'
+\.'nor:texththeng,'
+\.'nor:textturnh,'
+\.'nor:textsch,'
+\.'nor:i,'
+\.'nor:textbari,'
+\.'nor:textiota,'
+\.'nor:textlhti,'
+\.'nor:textlhtlongi,'
+\.'nor:textvibyi,'
+\.'nor:textraisevibyi,'
+\.'nor:textsci,'
+\.'nor:j,'
+\.'nor:textctj,'
+\.'nor:textctjvar,'
+\.'nor:textscj,'
+\.'bra:v,'
+\.'nor:textbardotlessj,'
+\.'nor:textObardotlessj,'
+\.'nor:texthtbardotlessj,'
+\.'nor:texthtbardotlessjvar,'
+\.'nor:texthtk,'
+\.'nor:textturnk,'
+\.'nor:textsck,'
+\.'nor:textturnsck,'
+\.'nor:textltilde,'
+\.'nor:textbarl,'
+\.'nor:textbeltl,'
+\.'nor:textrtaill,'
+\.'nor:textlyoghlig,'
+\.'nor:textOlyoghlig,'
+\.'nor:textscl,'
+\.'nor:textrevscl,'
+\.'nor:textlambda,'
+\.'nor:textcrlambda,'
+\.'nor:textltailm,'
+\.'nor:textturnm,'
+\.'nor:textturnmrleg,'
+\.'nor:texthmlig,'
+\.'nor:textscm,'
+\.'nor:textnrleg,'
+\.'~,'
+\.'nor:textltailn,'
+\.'nor:textfrbarn,'
+\.'nor:ng,'
+\.'nor:textrtailn,'
+\.'nor:textctn,'
+\.'nor:textnrleg,'
+\.'nor:textscn,'
+\.'nor:textbullseye,'
+\.'nor:textObullseye,'
+\.'nor:textbaro,'
+\.'nor:o,'
+\.'nor:textfemale,'
+\.'nor:textuncrfemale,'
+\.'nor:oe,'
+\.'nor:textscoelig,'
+\.'nor:textopeno,'
+\.'nor:textrhookopeno,'
+\.'nor:textturncelig,'
+\.'nor:textomega,'
+\.'nor:textinvomega,'
+\.'nor:textscomega,'
+\.'nor:textcloseomega,'
+\.'nor:textlhookp,'
+\.'nor:textscp,'
+\.'nor:textwynn,'
+\.'nor:textthorn,'
+\.'nor:textthornvari,'
+\.'nor:textthornvarii,'
+\.'nor:textthornvariii,'
+\.'nor:textthornvariv,'
+\.'nor:texthtp,'
+\.'nor:textphi,'
+\.'nor:texthtq,'
+\.'nor:textqplig,'
+\.'nor:textscq,'
+\.'nor:textfishhookr,'
+\.'nor:textlonglegr,'
+\.'nor:textrtailr,'
+\.'nor:textturnr,'
+\.'nor:textturnrrtail,'
+\.'nor:textturnlonglegr,'
+\.'nor:textscr,'
+\.'nor:textinvscr,'
+\.'nor:textrevscr,'
+\.'bra:v,'
+\.'nor:textrtails,'
+\.'nor:textesh,'
+\.'nor:textdoublebaresh,'
+\.'nor:textctesh,'
+\.'nor:textlooptoprevesh,'
+\.'nor:texthtt,'
+\.'nor:textlhookt,'
+\.'nor:textrtailt,'
+\.'nor:textfrhookt,'
+\.'nor:textctturnt,'
+\.'nor:texttctclig,'
+\.'nor:texttslig,'
+\.'nor:textteshlig,'
+\.'nor:textturnt,'
+\.'nor:textctt,'
+\.'nor:textcttctclig,'
+\.'nor:texttheta,'
+\.'nor:textbaru,'
+\.'nor:textupsilon,'
+\.'nor:textscu,'
+\.'nor:textturnscu,'
+\.'nor:textscriptv,'
+\.'nor:textturnw,'
+\.'nor:textchi,'
+\.'nor:textturny,'
+\.'nor:textscy,'
+\.'nor:textlhtlongy,'
+\.'nor:textvibyy,'
+\.'nor:textcommatailz,'
+\.'bra:v,'
+\.'nor:textctz,'
+\.'nor:textrtailz,'
+\.'nor:textcrtwo,'
+\.'nor:textturntwo,'
+\.'nor:textyogh,'
+\.'nor:textbenttailyogh,'
+\.'nor:textrevyogh,'
+\.'nor:textctyogh,'
+\.'nor:textturnthree,'
+\.'nor:textglotstop,'
+\.'nor:textraiseglotstop,'
+\.'nor:textbarglotstop,'
+\.'nor:textinvglotstop,'
+\.'nor:textcrinvglotstop,'
+\.'nor:textctinvglotstop,'
+\.'nor:textrevglotstop,'
+\.'nor:textturnglotstop,'
+\.'nor:textbarrevglotstop,'
+\.'nor:textpipe,'
+\.'nor:textpipevar,'
+\.'nor:textdoublebarpipe,'
+\.'nor:textdoublebarpipevar,'
+\.'nor:textdoublepipevar,'
+\.'nor:textdoublepipe,'
+\.'nor:textdoublebarslash,'
+\.'sbr:Suprasegmentals,'
+\.'nor:textprimstress,'
+\.'nor:textsecstress,'
+\.'nor:textlengthmark,'
+\.'nor:texthalflength,'
+\.'nor:textvertline,'
+\.'nor:textdoublevertline,'
+\.'bra:textbottomtiebar,'
+\.'nor:textdownstep,'
+\.'nor:textupstep,'
+\.'nor:textglobfall,'
+\.'nor:textglobrise,'
+\.'nor:textspleftarrow,'
+\.'nor:textdownfullarrow,'
+\.'nor:textupfullarrow,'
+\.'nor:textsubrightarrow,'
+\.'nor:textsubdoublearrow,'
+\.'sbr:AccentsandDiacritics,'
+\.'`,'
+\."',"
+\.'^,'
+\.'~,'
+\.'",'
+\.'bra:H,'
+\.'bra:r,'
+\.'bra:v,'
+\.'bra:u,'
+\.'=,'
+\.'.,'
+\.'bra:c,'
+\.'bra:textpolhook,'
+\.'nor:textrevpolhook{o,'
+\.'bra:textdoublegrave,'
+\.'bra:textsubgrave,'
+\.'bra:textsubacute,'
+\.'bra:textsubcircum,'
+\.'bra:textroundcap,'
+\.'bra:textacutemacron,'
+\.'bra:textgravemacron,'
+\.'bra:textvbaraccent,'
+\.'bra:textdoublevbaraccent,'
+\.'bra:textgravedot,'
+\.'bra:textdotacute,'
+\.'bra:textcircumdot,'
+\.'bra:texttildedot,'
+\.'bra:textbrevemacron,'
+\.'bra:textringmacron,'
+\.'bra:textacutewedge,'
+\.'bra:textdotbreve,'
+\.'bra:textsubbridge,'
+\.'bra:textinvsubbridge,'
+\.'sbr:SubscriptSquare,'
+\.'bra:textsubrhalfring,'
+\.'bra:textsublhalfring,'
+\.'bra:textsubw,'
+\.'bra:textoverw,'
+\.'bra:textseagull,'
+\.'bra:textovercross,'
+\.'bra:textsubplus,'
+\.'bra:textraising,'
+\.'bra:textlowering,'
+\.'bra:textadvancing,'
+\.'bra:textretracting,'
+\.'bra:textsubtilde,'
+\.'bra:textsubumlaut,'
+\.'bra:textsubring,'
+\.'bra:textsubwedge,'
+\.'bra:textsubbar,'
+\.'bra:textsubdot,'
+\.'bra:textsubarch,'
+\.'bra:textsyllabic,'
+\.'bra:textsuperimposetilde,'
+\.'nor:textcorner,'
+\.'nor:textopencorner,'
+\.'nor:textrhoticity,'
+\.'nor:textceltpal,'
+\.'nor:textlptr,'
+\.'nor:textrptr,'
+\.'nor:textrectangle,'
+\.'nor:textretractingvar,'
+\.'bra:texttoptiebar,'
+\.'nor:textrevapostrophe,'
+\.'nor:texthooktop,'
+\.'nor:textrthook,'
+\.'nor:textrthooklong,'
+\.'nor:textpalhook,'
+\.'nor:textpalhooklong,'
+\.'nor:textpalhookvar,'
+\.'bra:textsuperscript,'
+\.'sbr:ToneLetters,'
+\.'bra:tone,'
+\.'bra:stone,'
+\.'bra:rtone,'
+\.'nor:tone{55},'
+\.'nor:tone{44},'
+\.'nor:tone{33},'
+\.'nor:tone{22},'
+\.'nor:tone{11},'
+\.'nor:tone{51},'
+\.'nor:tone{15},'
+\.'nor:tone{45},'
+\.'nor:tone{12},'
+\.'nor:tone{454},'
+\.'sbr:DiacriticsExtIPA,'
+\.'bra:spreadlips,'
+\.'bra:overbridge,'
+\.'bra:bibridge,'
+\.'bra:subdoublebar,'
+\.'bra:subdoublevert,'
+\.'bra:subcorner,'
+\.'bra:whistle,'
+\.'bra:sliding,'
+\.'bra:crtilde,'
+\.'bra:dottedtilde,'
+\.'bra:doubletilde,'
+\.'bra:partvoiceless,'
+\.'bra:inipartvoiceless,'
+\.'bra:finpartvoiceless,'
+\.'bra:partvoice,'
+\.'bra:inipartvoice,'
+\.'bra:finpartvoice,'
+\.'bra:sublptr,'
+\.'bra:subrptr'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ulem b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ulem
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9257713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ulem
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+if exists("ulem_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let ulem_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_ulem =
+\ 'normalem,'
+\.'ULforem,'
+\.'normalbf,'
+\.'UWforbf'
+
+let g:TeX_package_ulem =
+\ 'bra:uwave,'
+\.'bra:uline,'
+\.'bra:uuline,'
+\.'bra:sout,'
+\.'bra:xout,'
+\.'ULthickness,'
+\.'ULdepth'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/url b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/url
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..642148a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/url
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+if exists("url_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let url_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_url =
+\ 'hyphens,'
+\.'obeyspaces,'
+\.'spaces,'
+\.'T1'
+
+let g:TeX_package_url =
+\ 'bra:urlstyle,'
+\.'bra:url,'
+\.'bra:path,'
+\.'bra:urldef'
+
+" TODO uncomment if you figure out
+" 1. how to get this syn command to work every time instead of only the
+" first time this file is sourced.
+" syn region texZone start="\\url{" end="}\|%stopzone\>"
+" syn region texZone start="\\path{" end="}\|%stopzone\>"
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/verbatim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/verbatim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2137ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/verbatim
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+if exists("verbatim_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let verbatim_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_verbatim = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_verbatim =
+\ 'env:comment,'
+\.'env:verbatim,'
+\.'env:verbatim*,'
+\.'bra:verbatiminput,'
+\.'bra:verbatiminput'
+
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{comment}" end="\\end{comment}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+syn region texZone start="\\begin{verbatim}" end="\\end{verbatim}\|%stopzone\>" fold
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/version b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/version
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4de9da8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/version
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if exists("version_package_file")
+ finish
+endif
+let version_package_file = 1
+
+let g:TeX_package_option_version = ''
+
+let g:TeX_package_version =
+\ 'bra:includeversion,'
+\.'bra:excludeversion'
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/projecttemplate.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/projecttemplate.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ab4be0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/projecttemplate.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+" Project name
+" let g:projName = ''
+"
+" Project files
+" let g:projFiles = ''
+
+
+" Vim settings/maps/abbrs specific for this project
+
+" Modeline for this file
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:ft=vim
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/pytools.py b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/pytools.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1934e23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/pytools.py
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+import string, vim, re, os, glob
+# catFile: assigns a local variable retval to the contents of a file {{{
+def catFile(filename):
+ try:
+ file = open(filename)
+ lines = ''.join(file.readlines())
+ file.close()
+ except:
+ lines = ''
+
+ # escape double quotes and backslashes before quoting the string so
+ # everything passes throught.
+ vim.command("""let retval = "%s" """ % re.sub(r'"|\\', r'\\\g<0>', lines))
+ return lines
+
+# }}}
+# isPresentInFile: check if regexp is present in the file {{{
+def isPresentInFile(regexp, filename):
+ try:
+ fp = open(filename)
+ fcontents = string.join(fp.readlines(), '')
+ fp.close()
+ if re.search(regexp, fcontents):
+ vim.command('let retval = 1')
+ return 1
+ else:
+ vim.command('let retval = 0')
+ return None
+ except:
+ vim.command('let retval = 0')
+ return None
+
+# }}}
+# deleteFile: deletes a file if present {{{
+# If the file does not exist, check if its a filepattern rather than a
+# filename. If its a pattern, then deletes all files matching the
+# pattern.
+def deleteFile(filepattern):
+ if os.path.exists(filepattern):
+ try:
+ os.remove(filepattern)
+ except:
+ vim.command('let retval = -1')
+ else:
+ if glob.glob(filepattern):
+ for filename in glob.glob(filepattern):
+ os.remove(filename)
+ else:
+ vim.command('let retval = -1')
+
+# }}}
+# vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:nowrap
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/smartspace.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/smartspace.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07526d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/smartspace.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: smartspace.vim
+" Author: Carl Muller
+" Created: Fri Dec 06 12:00 AM 2002 PST
+"
+" Description:
+" Maps the <space> key in insert mode so that mathematical formulaes are
+" always kept on the same line. i.e, $$'s dont get broken across multiple
+" lines.
+"=============================================================================
+
+" Avoid reinclusion or if the user doesn't want us.
+if exists('b:done_smartspace')
+ \ || (exists('g:Tex_SmartKeySpace') && !g:Tex_SmartKeySpace)
+ finish
+endif
+let b:done_smartspace = 1
+
+" Smart space relies on taking over vim's insertion of carriage returns in
+" order to keep $$'s on the same line. The only way to get vim not to break
+" lines is to set tw=0.
+"
+" NOTE: setting tw != 0 will break smartspace
+" the user's 'tw' setting is still respected in the insert mode.
+" However, normal mode actions which rely on 'tw' such as gqap will be
+" broken because of the faulty 'tw' setting.
+let b:tw = &l:tw
+setlocal tw=0
+
+inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Space> <Space><Esc>:call <SID>TexFill(b:tw)<CR>a
+
+" Do not redefine the function.
+if exists('*s:TexFill')
+ finish
+endif
+
+" TexFormatLine: format line retaining $$'s on the same line. {{{
+function! s:TexFill(width)
+ if a:width != 0 && col(".") > a:width
+ " For future use, record the current line and the number of the current column
+ let current_line = getline(".")
+ let current_column = col(".")
+ exe "normal! a##\<Esc>"
+ call <SID>TexFormatLine(a:width,current_line,current_column)
+ exe "normal! ?##\<CR>2s\<Esc>"
+ " Remove ## from the search history.
+ call histdel("/", -1)|let @/=histget("/", -1)
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+function! s:TexFormatLine(width, current_line, current_column) " {{{
+ " get the first non-blank character.
+ let first = matchstr(getline('.'), '\S')
+ normal! $
+ let length = col('.')
+ let go = 1
+ while length > a:width+2 && go
+ let between = 0
+ let string = strpart(getline('.'), 0, a:width)
+ " Count the dollar signs
+ let number_of_dollars = 0
+ let evendollars = 1
+ let counter = 0
+ while counter <= a:width-1
+ " Pay attention to '$$'.
+ if string[counter] == '$' && string[counter-1] != '$'
+ let evendollars = 1 - evendollars
+ let number_of_dollars = number_of_dollars + 1
+ endif
+ let counter = counter + 1
+ endwhile
+ " Get ready to split the line.
+ exe 'normal! ' . (a:width + 1) . '|'
+ if evendollars
+ " Then you are not between dollars.
+ exe "normal! ?\\$\\+\\| \<CR>W"
+ else
+ " Then you are between dollars.
+ normal! F$
+ if col(".") == 1 || getline('.')[col(".")-1] != "$"
+ let go = 0
+ endif
+ endif
+ if first == '$' && number_of_dollars == 1
+ let go = 0
+ else
+ exe "normal! i\<CR>\<Esc>$"
+ " get the first non-blank character.
+ let first = matchstr(getline('.'), '\S')
+ endif
+ let length = col(".")
+ endwhile
+ if go == 0 && strpart(a:current_line, 0, a:current_column) =~ '.*\$.*\$.*'
+ exe "normal! ^f$a\<CR>\<Esc>"
+ call <SID>TexFormatLine(a:width, a:current_line, a:current_column)
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ts=4:sw=4:noet
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f4ff39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: templates.vim
+" Author: Gergely Kontra
+" (minor modifications by Srinath Avadhanula)
+" (plus other modifications by Mikolaj Machowski)
+" Version: 1.0
+" Created: Tue Apr 23 05:00 PM 2002 PST
+" CVS: $Id: templates.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+"
+" Description: functions for handling templates in latex-suite/templates
+" directory.
+"=============================================================================
+
+let s:path = expand("<sfile>:p:h")
+
+" SetTemplateMenu: sets up the menu for templates {{{
+function! <SID>SetTemplateMenu()
+ let flist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'templates')
+ let i = 1
+ while 1
+ let fname = Tex_Strntok(flist, ',', i)
+ if fname == ''
+ break
+ endif
+ exe "amenu ".g:Tex_TemplatesMenuLocation."&".i.":<Tab>".fname." ".
+ \":call <SID>ReadTemplate('".fname."')<CR>"
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+endfunction
+
+if g:Tex_Menus
+ call <SID>SetTemplateMenu()
+endif
+
+" }}}
+" ReadTemplate: reads in the template file from the template directory. {{{
+function! <SID>ReadTemplate(...)
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let filename = a:1
+ else
+ let filelist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'templates')
+ let filename =
+ \ Tex_ChooseFromPrompt("Choose a template file:\n" .
+ \ Tex_CreatePrompt(filelist, 2, ',') .
+ \ "\nEnter number or name of file :",
+ \ filelist, ',')
+ endif
+
+ let fname = Tex_FindInRtp(filename.'.tex', 'templates', ':p')
+ call Tex_Debug("0read ".fname, 'templates')
+
+ silent! exe "0read ".fname
+
+ " The first line of the file contains the specifications of what the
+ " placeholder characters and the other special characters are.
+ let pattern = '\v(\S+)\t(\S+)\t(\S+)\t(\S+)'
+
+ let s:phsTemp = substitute(getline(1), pattern, '\1', '')
+ let s:pheTemp = substitute(getline(1), pattern, '\2', '')
+ let s:exeTemp = substitute(getline(1), pattern, '\3', '')
+ let s:comTemp = substitute(getline(1), pattern, '\4', '')
+
+ call s:ProcessTemplate()
+ 0 d_
+
+ " Do not handle the placeholders here. Let IMAP_PutTextWithMovement do it
+ " because it handles UTF-8 character substitutions etc. Therefore delete
+ " the text into @a and paste it using IMAP_PutTextWithMovement().
+ let _a = @a
+ normal! ggVG"ax
+
+ let _fo = &fo
+ " Since IMAP_PutTextWithMovement simulates the key-presses, leading
+ " indendatation can get duplicated in strange ways if ``fo`` is non-empty.
+ " NOTE: the indentexpr thingie is still respected with an empty fo so that
+ " environments etc are properly indented.
+ set fo=
+
+ call Tex_Debug("normal! i\<C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(@a, '".s:phsTemp."', '".s:pheTemp."')\<CR>", 'templates')
+ exec "normal! i\<C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(@a, '".s:phsTemp."', '".s:pheTemp."')\<CR>"
+
+ let &fo = _fo
+ let @a = _a
+
+ call Tex_Debug('phs = '.s:phsTemp.', phe = '.s:pheTemp.', exe = '.s:exeTemp.', com = '.s:comTemp, 'templates')
+
+ call Tex_pack_updateall(1)
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" ProcessTemplate: processes the special characters in template file. {{{
+" This implementation follows from Gergely Kontra's
+" mu-template.vim
+" http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=222
+function! <SID>ProcessTemplate()
+ if exists('s:phsTemp') && s:phsTemp != ''
+
+ exec 'silent! %s/^'.s:comTemp.'\(\_.\{-}\)'.s:comTemp.'$/\=<SID>Compute(submatch(1))/ge'
+ exec 'silent! %s/'.s:exeTemp.'\(.\{-}\)'.s:exeTemp.'/\=<SID>Exec(submatch(1))/ge'
+ exec 'silent! g/'.s:comTemp.s:comTemp.'/d'
+
+ " A function only puts one item into the search history...
+ call Tex_CleanSearchHistory()
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+function! <SID>Exec(what)
+ exec 'return '.a:what
+endfunction
+
+" Back-Door to trojans !!!
+function! <SID>Compute(what)
+ exe a:what
+ if exists('s:comTemp')
+ return s:comTemp.s:comTemp
+ else
+ return ''
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Command definitions {{{
+if v:version >= 602
+ com! -complete=custom,Tex_CompleteTemplateName -nargs=? TTemplate :call <SID>ReadTemplate(<f-args>)
+ \| :startinsert
+
+ " Tex_CompleteTemplateName: for completing names in TTemplate command {{{
+ " Description: get list of template names with Tex_FindInRtp(), remove full path
+ " and return list of names separated with newlines.
+ "
+ function! Tex_CompleteTemplateName(A,P,L)
+ " Get name of macros from all runtimepath directories
+ let tmplnames = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'templates')
+ " Separate names with \n not ,
+ let tmplnames = substitute(tmplnames,',','\n','g')
+ return tmplnames
+ endfunction
+ " }}}
+
+else
+ com! -nargs=? TTemplate :call <SID>ReadTemplate(<f-args>)
+ \| :startinsert
+
+endif
+
+" }}}
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/IEEEtran.tex b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/IEEEtran.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..104f9b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/IEEEtran.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<+ +> !comp! !exe!
+%% Based on <bare_jrnl.tex> in the ieee package available from CTAN,
+%% I have changed the options so that most useful ones are clubbed together,
+%% Have a look at <bare_jrnl.tex> to understand the function of each package.
+
+%% This code is offered as-is - no warranty - user assumes all risk.
+%% Free to use, distribute and modify.
+
+% *** Authors should verify (and, if needed, correct) their LaTeX system ***
+% *** with the testflow diagnostic prior to trusting their LaTeX platform ***
+% *** with production work. IEEE's font choices can trigger bugs that do ***
+% *** not appear when using other class files. ***
+% Testflow can be obtained at:
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/IEEEtran/testflow
+
+% File: !comp!expand("%:p:t")!comp!
+% Created: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp!
+% Last Change: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp!
+%
+\documentclass[journal]{IEEEtran}
+
+\usepackage{cite, graphicx, subfigure, amsmath}
+\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500
+
+% *** Do not adjust lengths that control margins, column widths, etc. ***
+% *** Do not use packages that alter fonts (such as pslatex). ***
+% There should be no need to do such things with IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later.
+
+<++>
+% correct bad hyphenation here
+\hyphenation{<+op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor+>}
+
+
+\begin{document}
+%
+% paper title
+\title{<+Skeleton of IEEEtran.cls for Journals in VIM-Latex+>}
+%
+%
+% author names and IEEE memberships
+% note positions of commas and nonbreaking spaces ( ~ ) LaTeX will not break
+% a structure at a ~ so this keeps an author's name from being broken across
+% two lines.
+% use \thanks{} to gain access to the first footnote area
+% a separate \thanks must be used for each paragraph as LaTeX2e's \thanks
+% was not built to handle multiple paragraphs
+\author{<+Sumit Bhardwaj+>~\IEEEmembership{<+Student~Member,~IEEE,+>}
+<+John~Doe+>,~\IEEEmembership{<+Fellow,~OSA,+>}
+<+and~Jane~Doe,+>~\IEEEmembership{<+Life~Fellow,~IEEE+>}}% <-this % stops a space
+\thanks{<+Manuscript received January 20, 2002; revised August 13, 2002.
+This work was supported by the IEEE.+>}% <-this % stops a space
+\thanks{<+S. Bhardwaj is with the Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi.+>}
+%
+% The paper headers
+\markboth{<+Journal of VIM-\LaTeX\ Class Files,~Vol.~1, No.~8,~August~2002+>}{
+<+Bhardwaj \MakeLowercase{\textit{et al.}+>}: <+Skeleton of IEEEtran.cls for Journals in VIM-Latex+>}
+% The only time the second header will appear is for the odd numbered pages
+% after the title page when using the twoside option.
+
+
+% If you want to put a publisher's ID mark on the page
+% (can leave text blank if you just want to see how the
+% text height on the first page will be reduced by IEEE)
+%\pubid{0000--0000/00\$00.00~\copyright~2002 IEEE}
+
+% use only for invited papers
+%\specialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)}
+
+% make the title area
+\maketitle
+
+
+\begin{abstract}
+<+The abstract goes here.+>
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{keywords}
+<+IEEEtran, journal, \LaTeX, paper, template, VIM, VIM-\LaTeX+>.
+\end{keywords}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+\PARstart{<+T+>}{<+his+>} <+demo file is intended to serve as a ``starter file"
+for IEEE journal papers produced under \LaTeX\ using IEEEtran.cls version
+1.6 and later.+>
+% You must have at least 2 lines in the paragraph with the drop letter
+% (should never be an issue)
+<+May all your publication endeavors be successful.+>
+
+% needed in second column of first page if using \pubid
+%\pubidadjcol
+
+% trigger a \newpage just before the given reference
+% number - used to balance the columns on the last page
+% adjust value as needed - may need to be readjusted if
+% the document is modified later
+%\IEEEtriggeratref{8}
+% The "triggered" command can be changed if desired:
+%\IEEEtriggercmd{\enlargethispage{-5in}}
+
+% references section
+
+%\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran.bst}
+%\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper}
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+
+\bibitem{IEEEhowto:kopka}
+H.~Kopka and P.~W. Daly, \emph{A Guide to {\LaTeX}}, 3rd~ed.\hskip 1em plus
+0.5em minus 0.4em\relax Harlow, England: Addison-Wesley, 1999.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+% biography section
+%
+\begin{biography}{Sumit Bhardwaj}
+Biography text here.
+\end{biography}
+
+% if you will not have a photo
+\begin{biographynophoto}{John Doe}
+Biography text here.
+\end{biographynophoto}
+
+% insert where needed to balance the two columns on the last page
+%\newpage
+
+\begin{biographynophoto}{Jane Doe}
+Biography text here.
+\end{biographynophoto}
+
+% You can push biographies down or up by placing
+% a \vfill before or after them. The appropriate
+% use of \vfill depends on what kind of text is
+% on the last page and whether or not the columns
+% are being equalized.
+
+%\vfill
+
+% Can be used to pull up biographies so that the bottom of the last one
+% is flush with the other column.
+%\enlargethispage{-5in}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/article.tex b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/article.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea7e1d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/article.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<+ +> !comp! !exe!
+% File: !comp!expand("%:p:t")!comp!
+% Created: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp!
+% Last Change: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp!
+%
+\documentclass[a4paper]{article}
+\begin{document}
+<++>
+\end{document}
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report.tex b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..479c7b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<+ +> !comp! !exe!
+% File: !comp!expand("%")!comp!
+% Created: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp!
+% Last Change: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp!
+%
+\documentclass[a4paper]{report}
+\begin{document}
+<++>
+\end{document}
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report_two_column.tex b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report_two_column.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15bd95e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report_two_column.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<+ +> !comp! !exe!
+% File: !comp!expand("%:p:t")!comp!
+% Created: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp!
+% Last Change: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp!
+%
+\documentclass[a4paper,twocolumn]{report}
+\begin{document}
+<++>
+\end{document}
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texmenuconf.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texmenuconf.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..405e46a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texmenuconf.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: texmenuconf.vim
+" Author: Srinath Avadhanula
+" Copyright: Vim charityware license. :help license
+" Description:
+" CVS: $Id: texmenuconf.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+"
+"=============================================================================
+
+" Paths, crucial for functions
+let s:path = expand("<sfile>:p:h")
+let s:up_path = expand("<sfile>:p:h:h")
+let s:mainmenuname = g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'S&uite.'
+let s:mapleader = exists('mapleader') ? mapleader : "\\"
+
+" This glboal variable is incremented each time a top-level latex-suite menu
+" is created. We should always use this variable for setting the locations of
+" newly created top-level menus.
+let g:Tex_NextMenuLocation = g:Tex_MainMenuLocation
+
+" The templates and macros menus are always nested within the main latex-suit
+" menu.
+let g:Tex_TemplatesMenuLocation = g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.20 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Templates.'
+let g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation = g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.20 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Macros.'
+
+" The packages menu can either be a child of the main menu or be a top-level
+" menu by itself.
+if g:Tex_NestPackagesMenu
+ let g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation = (g:Tex_MainMenuLocation).'.10 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Packages.'
+else
+ let g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation = (g:Tex_NextMenuLocation).'.10 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'Packages.'
+ let g:Tex_NextMenuLocation = g:Tex_NextMenuLocation + 1
+endif
+
+" Environments are always a top-level menu.
+let g:Tex_EnvMenuLocation = (g:Tex_NextMenuLocation).'.20 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'E&nvironments.'
+let g:Tex_NextMenuLocation = g:Tex_NextMenuLocation + 1
+
+" Elements are always a top-level menu.
+" If we choose to nest elements, then the top-level &TeX-Elements menu
+" contains <Fonts / Counters / Dimensions>
+" otherwise, the Fonts, Counters and Dimensions menus become top-level menus.
+if g:Tex_NestElementMenus
+ let g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation = (g:Tex_NextMenuLocation).'.20 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'E&lements.'
+else
+ let g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation = (g:Tex_NextMenuLocation).'.20 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix
+endif
+let g:Tex_NextMenuLocation = g:Tex_NextMenuLocation + 1
+
+
+" Set up the compiler/viewer menus. {{{
+"
+if has('gui_running') && g:Tex_Menus
+ exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.25 '. s:mainmenuname.'-sepsuite0- :'
+
+ " menus for compiling / viewing etc.
+ exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.30 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Compile<tab>'.s:mapleader.'ll'.
+ \' :silent! call Tex_RunLaTeX()<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:mainmenuname.'&View<tab>'.s:mapleader.'lv'.
+ \' :silent! call Tex_ViewLaTeX()<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Search<tab>'.s:mapleader.'ls'.
+ \' :silent! call ForwardSearchLaTeX()<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.60 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Target\ Format<tab>:TTarget'.
+ \' :call SetTeXTarget()<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.70 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Compiler\ Target<tab>:TCTarget'.
+ \' :call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget("Compile", "")<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.80 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Viewer\ Target<tab>:TVTarget'.
+ \' :call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget("View", "")<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.90 '.s:mainmenuname.'Set\ &Ignore\ Level<tab>:TCLevel'.
+ \' :TCLevel<CR>'
+ exec 'imenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.100 '.s:mainmenuname.'C&omplete\ Ref/Cite'.
+ \' <Plug>Tex_Completion'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.110 '.s:mainmenuname.'-sepsuite1- :'
+ " refreshing folds
+ if g:Tex_Folding
+ exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.120 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Refresh\ Folds<tab>'.s:mapleader.'rf'.
+ \' :call MakeTexFolds(1)<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.130 '.s:mainmenuname.'-sepsuite2- :'
+ endif
+endif
+
+" }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" MenuConf: configure the menus as compact/extended, with/without math
+" ==============================================================================
+function! Tex_MenuConfigure(type, action) " {{{
+ let menuloc = s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.'
+ if a:type == 'math'
+ if a:action == 1
+ let g:Tex_MathMenus = 1
+ exe 'so '.s:path.'/mathmacros.vim'
+ exe 'amenu disable '.menuloc.'Add\ Math\ Menu'
+ exe 'amenu enable '.menuloc.'Remove\ Math\ Menu'
+ elseif a:action == 0
+ call Tex_MathMenuRemove()
+ exe 'amenu enable '.menuloc.'Add\ Math\ Menu'
+ exe 'amenu disable '.menuloc.'Remove\ Math\ Menu'
+ endif
+ elseif a:type == 'elements'
+ if a:action == 'expand'
+ let g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation = '80.20 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix
+ exe 'amenu disable '.menuloc.'Expand\ Elements'
+ exe 'amenu enable '.menuloc.'Compress\ Elements'
+ elseif a:action == 'nest'
+ let g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation = '80.20 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'Elements.'
+ exe 'amenu enable '.menuloc.'Expand\ Elements'
+ exe 'amenu disable '.menuloc.'Compress\ Elements'
+ endif
+ exe 'source '.s:path.'/elementmacros.vim'
+ elseif a:type == 'packages'
+ if a:action == 1
+ let g:Tex_PackagesMenu = 1
+ exe 'so '.s:path.'/packages.vim'
+ exe 'amenu disable '.menuloc.'Load\ Packages\ Menu'
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+
+" configuration menu.
+if g:Tex_Menus
+ exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.900 '.s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.Add\ Math\ Menu :call Tex_MenuConfigure("math", 1)<cr>'
+ exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.900 '.s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.Remove\ Math\ Menu :call Tex_MenuConfigure("math", 0)<cr>'
+ exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.900 '.s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.Expand\ Elements :call Tex_MenuConfigure("elements", "expand")<cr>'
+ exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.900 '.s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.Compress\ Elements :call Tex_MenuConfigure("elements", "nest")<cr>'
+ exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.900 '.s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.Load\ Packages\ Menu :call Tex_MenuConfigure("packages", 1)<cr>'
+endif
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texproject.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texproject.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bed9ed3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texproject.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" File: texproject.vim
+" Author: Mikolaj Machowski
+" Version: 1.0
+" Created: Wen Apr 16 05:00 PM 2003
+"
+" Description: Handling tex projects.
+"=============================================================================
+
+let s:path = expand("<sfile>:p:h")
+
+command! -nargs=0 TProjectEdit :call <SID>Tex_ProjectEdit()
+
+" Tex_ProjectEdit: Edit project file " {{{
+" Description: If project file exists (*.latexmain) open it in window created
+" with ':split', if no create ':new' window and read there
+" project template
+"
+function! s:Tex_ProjectEdit()
+
+ let file = expand("%:p")
+ let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName()
+ if glob(mainfname.'.latexmain') != ''
+ exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(mainfname.'.latexmain')
+ else
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echomsg "Master file not found."
+ echomsg " :help latex-master-file"
+ echomsg "for more information"
+ echohl None
+ endif
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_ProjectLoad: loads the .latexmain file {{{
+" Description: If a *.latexmain file exists, then sources it
+function! Tex_ProjectLoad()
+ let curd = getcwd()
+ call Tex_CD(expand('%:p:h'))
+
+ if glob(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p').'.latexmain') != ''
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_ProjectLoad: sourcing [".Tex_GetMainFileName().".latexmain]", "proj")
+ exec 'source '.Tex_GetMainFileName().'.latexmain'
+ endif
+
+ call Tex_CD(curd)
+endfunction " }}}
+
+augroup LatexSuite
+ au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType
+ \ call Tex_Debug("texproject.vim: catching LatexSuiteFileType event", "proj") |
+ \ call Tex_ProjectLoad()
+augroup END
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texrc b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texrc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79068a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texrc
@@ -0,0 +1,738 @@
+"=============================================================================
+" vim:ft=vim:ts=4:sw=4:noet:fdm=marker:commentstring=\"\ %s:ff=unix
+" File: texrc.vim
+" Author: Srinath Avadhanula
+" Created: Mon Apr 01 11:00 AM 2002 PST
+" CVS: $Id: texrc 998 2006-03-20 09:52:12Z srinathava $
+"
+" Description: This file contains resource configuration information for the
+" latex-suite package.
+"
+" NOTE: Do NOT be edit this file directly:
+" this file will be over-written each time you install a new copy
+" of latex-suite.
+"
+" You can do one of the following:
+" 1. Copy this file into $VIMFILES/ftplugin/tex/texrc
+" and edit the values in that file.
+" $VIMFILES is ~/.vim for UNIX systems and ~/vimfiles for
+" WINDOWS systems.
+"
+" 2. Just set values of each setting individually in your
+" $VIMFILES/ftplugin/tex.vim file. (See above for what
+" $VIMFILES is). You will need to use :let instead of :TexLet
+" in this case.
+"
+" NOTE: This file is best viewed with Vim-6.0+ with folding turned on.
+" CVS: $Id: texrc 998 2006-03-20 09:52:12Z srinathava $
+"=============================================================================
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" SafeLet: checks for value before giving default value {{{
+" Description: The function takes in a single argument and splits it into 2
+" parts, the first being the first <CWORD> found. this is taken
+" as a variable name and the next part is assigned to it
+" depending on whether the variable already exists or not.
+" handles the case where the next part is quoted or not.
+" All these calls work:
+" TexLet g:varname = 1
+" TexLet g:varname = '1'
+" TexLet g:varname = 'foo bar'
+" TexLet g:varname = "foo\nbar"
+" TexLet g:varname = foo bar
+function! <SID>SafeLet(arg)
+ let name = matchstr(a:arg, '^\s*\zs\(\S\+\)\ze\s*=')
+ let value = matchstr(a:arg, '=\s*\zs.*\ze')
+ let value = substitute(value, '\s*$', '', '')
+ if !exists(name)
+ if value =~ "^'\\|^\""
+ exec "let ".name." = ".value
+ else
+ exe "let ".name." = value"
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+com! -nargs=+ TexLet :call <SID>SafeLet(<q-args>)
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" General settings {{{
+
+TexLet g:Tex_UsePython = 1
+
+" the system command which pulls in a file.
+if &shell =~ 'sh'
+ TexLet g:Tex_CatCmd = 'cat'
+ TexLet g:Tex_RmCmd = 'rm'
+else
+ TexLet g:Tex_CatCmd = 'type'
+ TexLet g:Tex_RmCmd = 'del'
+endif
+
+" whether to turn on debugging
+TexLet g:Tex_Debug = 0
+" If non empty, all the debugging information will be written to a file of
+" this name.
+TexLet g:Tex_DebugLog = ''
+
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+" Rules: specifications of programs for compiling and viewing {{{
+"
+
+" By default, when you compile a tex file using \ll, then you will be
+" generating a .dvi file. Change this line if you want to set another default.
+" NOTE: Make sure that a target for this format exists in the 'Compiler rules'
+" section below and is set up properly for your system.
+if has('macunix')
+ TexLet g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf'
+else
+ TexLet g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'dvi'
+endif
+
+" A comma seperated list of formats which need multiple compilations to be
+" correctly compiled.
+TexLet g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats = 'dvi'
+
+" Uncomment this line if you compile ps files via dvi files.
+" TexLet g:Tex_FormatDependency_ps = 'dvi,ps'
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Compiler rules {{{
+" This is the first thing you should customize. It is set up for most common
+" values, but if use some other compiler, then you will want to change this.
+" As CompileFlags value you'd perhaps like to use, e.g., '-src-specials',
+" but it is known that it can sometimes give different results in the output,
+" so use it with care.
+TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex -interaction=nonstopmode $*'
+TexLet g:Tex_EscapeChars = '{}\'
+
+TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_ps = 'dvips -Ppdf -o $*.ps $*.dvi'
+
+" ways to generate pdf files. there are soo many...
+" NOTE: pdflatex generates the same output as latex. therefore quickfix is
+" possible.
+TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode $*'
+
+" TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'ps2pdf $*.ps'
+" TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'dvipdfm $*.dvi'
+" TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'dvipdf $*.dvi'
+
+TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_html = 'latex2html $*.tex'
+
+TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_bib = g:Tex_BibtexFlavor . ' $*'
+
+" Set Tex_UseMakefile to 0 if you want to ignore the presence of a Makefile
+" when deciding how to compile
+TexLet g:Tex_UseMakefile = 1
+
+" }}}
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Viewer rules {{{
+" these programs are for viewing other formats.
+" NOTE: latex-suite will automatically append file.<format> to these functions
+" when calling them. The viewer therefore cannot accept arguments after
+" the filename.
+" NOTE: Windows users:
+" Set your $PATH variable to include the full path to these programs.
+if has('win32')
+ TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_ps = 'gsview32'
+ TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'AcroRd32'
+ TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi = 'yap -1'
+elseif has('macunix')
+ " Let the system pick. If you want, you can override the choice here.
+ TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_ps = ''
+ TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = ''
+ " TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'Acrobat\ Reader\ 5.1'
+ TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi = ''
+else
+ TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_ps = 'ghostview'
+ TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'xpdf'
+ TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi = 'xdvi'
+ " the option below specifies an editor for the dvi viewer while starting
+ " up the dvi viewer according to Dimitri Antoniou's tip on vim.sf.net (tip
+ " #225)
+ TexLet g:Tex_UseEditorSettingInDVIViewer = 0
+endif
+
+" Tex_ViewRuleComplete_{format}
+"
+" If a variable like this is specified, then it takes precedence over the
+" variable with the same suffix defined above. i.e, Tex_ViewRuleComplete_dvi
+" takes precedence over Tex_ViewRule_dvi.
+"
+" If only Tex_ViewRule_{format} is specified, then latex-suite constructs the
+" actual system command which calls that program automatically. For example,
+" if you specify Tex_ViewRule_dvi = 'kdvi', then latex-suite will issue the
+" command
+" !kdvi --unique file.dvi &
+"
+" However, if your viewer program accepts the file to be viewed in a way which
+" doesn't fit with the way latex-suite constructs the system command, then
+" specify it using this variable. You can use the same format here which
+" 'makeprg' accepts. So $* can be used in place of the main file name.
+"
+" IMPORTANT: Make sure you make the process go into the background otherwise
+" vim will wait for the viewer to terminate before letting you edit
+" the file again.
+"
+" Example:
+" Suppose you have a latex->html converter which converts a file say foo.tex
+" to a file foo/index.html. Then you would use:
+"
+" let g:Tex_ViewRuleComplete_html = 'MozillaFirebird $*/index.html &'
+"
+" Doing something like this would not be possible using Tex_ViewRule_html
+TexLet g:Tex_ViewRuleComplete_dvi = ''
+
+" }}}
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+" Compiler: latex-suite comes with a customizable compiler plugin. {{{
+" :help latex-compiling for a detailed description of these options.
+"
+" this is the list of patterns which will be ignored from the compiler output.
+" This is a handy way of specifying which warnings/errors to ignore. This is a
+" list of patterns seperated by '�'
+TexLet g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings =
+ \'Underfull'."\n".
+ \'Overfull'."\n".
+ \'specifier changed to'."\n".
+ \'You have requested'."\n".
+ \'Missing number, treated as zero.'."\n".
+ \'There were undefined references'."\n".
+ \'Citation %.%# undefined'
+
+" the 'ignore level' of the 'efm'. A value of 4 says that the first 4 kinds of
+" warnings in the list above will be ignored. Use the command TCLevel to set a
+" level dynamically.
+TexLet g:Tex_IgnoreLevel = 7
+
+" NOTE: The values of g:Tex_Flavor and g:Tex_CompilerFlags are provided as a
+" way to make compiler/tex.vim standalone. i.e independent of the rest
+" of latex-suite. These variables are NOT used if you have already
+" defined g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi above.
+"
+" specifies the current latex flavor.
+TexLet g:Tex_Flavor = 'latex'
+
+" specifies the BibTeX flavor and if necessary options. If you use $* in this
+" setting, it will be replaced by the *root* of the main file name, i.e, if
+" the main file is "thesis.tex", $* will be "thesis".
+TexLet g:Tex_BibtexFlavor = 'bibtex'
+
+" specifies the MakeIndedx flavor and if necessary options. $* will be
+" replaced by the *root* of the main file name. See above.
+TexLet g:Tex_MakeIndexFlavor = 'makeindex $*.idx'
+
+" By default the program described by g:Tex_Flavor above is called with the
+" flags '--src-specials --interaction=nonstopmode'. If your particular version
+" of latex does not accept these arguments, you will need to set this variable
+" to the appropriate value.
+" NOTE: leave commented for using the default flags.
+" TODO: Is it necessary (or even desirable) to use 2 variables to specify a
+" flavor and flags seperately? --SA
+" TexLet g:Tex_CompilerFlags = ''
+
+" If disabled (set to 0) LaTeX-Suite doesn't go immediately to warnings or
+" errors after compilation
+TexLet g:Tex_GotoError = 1
+
+" If set to 1, then latex-suite shows the context of the error in a preview
+" window beneath the window showing the actual errors.
+TexLet g:Tex_ShowErrorContext = 1
+
+" Remove temp files created during part compilations when vim exits.
+TexLet g:Tex_RemoveTempFiles = 1
+
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+" Project: how to deal with multi file projects via latex-suite {{{
+
+" Use a valid vim expression here if you want to customize the way latex-suite
+" searches for a master file from within another file.
+TexLet g:Tex_MainFileExpression = ''
+
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+" Macros: latex-suite comes with a large number of macros to speed up typing {{{
+" latex.
+"
+" Place Holder Options: {{{
+" (See |placeholders| for a description of what place-holders are).
+"
+" these options are actually used by imaps.vim, therefore the prefix is Imap_
+" and not Tex_. See |placeholders| for a description of how to use
+" place-holders. You can either completely disable placeholders (not
+" recommended) and/or you can change the place holder characters.
+
+TexLet g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders = 1
+TexLet g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart = '<+'
+TexLet g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd = '+>'
+
+" This option when set to 1 makes <C-J> in insert mode delete
+" non-descriptive (empty) placeholders and enters insert mode.
+" NOTE: This option _has_ to be set in the .vimrc. Setting this in a filetype
+" plugin file such as ftplugin/tex.vim will not have any affect.
+TexLet g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders = 0
+
+" When set to 1, in visual mode, <C-J> takes you to the next placeholder
+" without deleting the current placeholder.
+" NOTE: This option _has_ to be set in the .vimrc. Setting this in a filetype
+" plugin file such as ftplugin/tex.vim will not have any affect.
+TexLet g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders = 1
+
+
+" }}}
+" Menu Wizard Option: {{{
+" If the following variable is set to 1, then when an enviroment is chosen
+" from the menu then for selected environments, latex-suite asks a series of
+" questions on the command line and inserts a template with the corresponding
+" fields already filled in.
+" Setting this to zero will insert a template with |placeholders| marking off
+" the places where fields need to be filled.
+TexLet g:Tex_UseMenuWizard = 0
+
+" }}}
+" Visual Mode Mapping Correction: {{{
+" With so many visual maps, its helpful to have a way of catching typing
+" errors made in visual mode. What this does is to prompt you to correct your
+" visual mode mapping if you start out with g:Tex_Leader and then type some
+" illegal keys.
+" It basically maps just the g:Tex_Leader character to a function
+TexLet g:Tex_CatchVisMapErrors = 1
+
+" }}}
+" Diacritics: {{{
+" whether or not you want to use diacritics
+" (diacritics speed up typing some languages. the way they are set up in
+" latex-suite is
+" =char> = \'{<char>}
+" +char> = \v{<char>}
+" +} = \"a
+" :o = \^o
+" Default: 0
+TexLet g:Tex_Diacritics = 0
+
+" }}}
+" Leader Options: {{{
+" The mappings in latex-suite are by default prefixed with the back-tick
+" character. For example, `/ inserts \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++> etc. You can change the
+" prefix with the following setting.
+" ',', '/', '`' are preferred values. '' or '\' will lead to a _lot_ of
+" trouble.
+" g:Tex_Leader is also used for visual mode mappings for fonts.
+TexLet g:Tex_Leader = '`'
+
+" In order to avoid ambiguity between the large number of visual mode macros
+" provided, the visual mode macros for environments and sections start with a
+" character different from '`'.
+TexLet g:Tex_Leader2 = ','
+
+" }}}
+" Environment Macros: {{{
+" These mappings insert LaTeX "environments" such as
+" \begin{center}
+" <++>
+" \end{center}<++>
+" with the cursor left at the first place-holder.
+" (See |placeholders| for what these are.)
+" Mnemonic:
+" 1. All environment mappings begin with 'E'
+" 2. The next two capital letters are (for the common environments) the
+" first 2 letters of the environment name converted into upper case. For
+" example, for the center environment above, use ECE. There are a few
+" necessary exceptions such as:
+" equation --> EEQ
+" eqnarray --> EEA
+" Please see texmaps.vim for the complete list.
+"
+" Along with the insert mode mappings, a set of visual mode mappings is
+" provided which encloses the visually selected region in an environment.
+" These maps are related to the corresponding insert mode mappings by the
+" following rule:
+" EFI --> ,fi
+" and so on. i.e, the leading E becomes '`' and the next 2 letters are small
+" case. Some of the visual mode mappings are sensetive to whether you choose
+" line-wise or character wise. For example, if you choose a word and press
+" `ve, then you get \verb|word|, whereas if you press `ve on a line-wise
+" selection, you get:
+" \begin{verbatim}
+" line
+" \end{verbatim}
+"
+" these 2 options give finer control on which aspect of the macros you want
+" to enable.
+TexLet g:Tex_EnvironmentMaps = 1
+TexLet g:Tex_EnvironmentMenus = 1
+
+
+" }}}
+" Font Macros: {{{
+" These mappings insert font descriptions such as:
+" \textsf{<++>}<++>
+" again with the cursor at the first place-holder.
+" Mnemonic:
+" 1. first letter is always F (F for font)
+" 2. next 2 letters are the 2 letters describing the font.
+"
+" Example: the above mapping is triggered by FSF.
+"
+" Just like environment mappings, you can visually select an area and press
+" `sf to have it enclosed in:
+" \textsf{word}
+" or
+" {\sffamily
+" line
+" }
+" depending on character-wise or line-wise selection.
+TexLet g:Tex_FontMaps = 1
+TexLet g:Tex_FontMenus = 1
+
+" }}}
+" Section Macros: {{{
+" Inserts LaTeX sections:
+" \section
+" etc. Just as in the case of environments and fonts, can be enclosed with a
+" visual selection. The enclosing is not sensetive to character or line-wise
+" selection.
+" NOTE: In visual mode, you are supposed to select the name of the section
+" etc, not the whole section.
+" In the following case, select just the first line, not lines 1-3.
+" 1 section name
+" 2 some lines in this section
+" 3 and some more lines
+" Mnemonic: (make your own!)
+" SPA for part
+" SCH for chapter
+" SSE for section
+" SSS for subsection
+" SS2 for subsubsection
+" SPG for paragraph
+" SSP for subparagraph
+TexLet g:Tex_SectionMaps = 1
+TexLet g:Tex_SectionMenus = 1
+
+" }}}
+" Auctex Style Mappings: {{{
+" Auctex.vim has heavily inspired various portions of latex-suite providing
+" various new ways of conviniently inserting environments.
+"
+" If you press <F5> in the insert mode while on an empty line, latex-suite
+" prompts you with a list of environments you might want to insert. You can
+" either choose one from the list or type in a new environment name.
+" The variable below (which is a comma seperated list of environment names)
+" decides the prompt which latex-suite generates.
+" You can place as many items as you want here. If the environment name is a
+" standard latex environment such as table or figure, then latex-suite will
+" insert a template with additional fields, if not, just a bare bones
+" \begin{env}
+" <++>
+" \end{env}
+" is inserted.
+" \[ and $$ are also recognized.
+" NOTE: Setting this variable to the empty string is a way of leaving the
+" <F5> key unmapped
+
+TexLet g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments =
+ \ 'eqnarray*,eqnarray,equation,equation*,\[,$$,align,align*'
+
+" Another quick way of inserting environments is to press one of the shifted
+" function keys from <F1> through <F4>.
+" Each environment in the following list is mapped to a corresponding shifted
+" function key.
+" NOTE: Setting this variable to the empty string is a way of leaving all the
+" shifted function keys untouched by latex-suite.
+" NOTE: Only the first 4 items of the list are used. The rest will be silently
+" ignored.
+" The number of items in this list decides how many shifted function keys are
+" mapped.
+TexLet g:Tex_HotKeyMappings =
+ \ 'eqnarray*,eqnarray,bmatrix'
+
+" Similar to above mechanisms works <F7> key. It prompts for command with list
+" of commands from g:Tex_PromptedCommands. There are not HotKeys for commands.
+" It works for commands of style \com{}. Changing of current command is done
+" with <S-F7>
+
+TexLet g:Tex_PromptedCommands =
+ \ 'footnote,cite,pageref,label'
+
+" }}}
+" Smart Key Mappings: {{{
+" Latex-suite shites with a number of 'smart' maps, where the behavior of
+" standard keys is modified in a way which makes editing tex files easy.
+
+" Pressing <BS> in insert mode checks to see whether we are just after
+" something like \'{a} and if so, deletes all of it. i.e, diacritics are
+" treated as single characters for backspacing.
+" Setting this to zero will leave the <BS> key unmapped.
+" Default: 1
+TexLet g:Tex_SmartKeyBS = 1
+" The pattern used to detect whether the previous characters comprise a
+" diacritic character. This default pattern detects the standard LaTeX
+" diacritics
+TexLet g:Tex_SmartBSPattern =
+ \ '\(' .
+ \ "\\\\[\"^'=v]{\\S}" . '\|' .
+ \ "\\\\[\"^'=]\\S" . '\|' .
+ \ '\\v \S' . '\|' .
+ \ "\\\\[\"^'=v]{\\\\[iI]}" . '\|' .
+ \ '\\v \\[iI]' . '\|' .
+ \ '\\q \S' . '\|' .
+ \ '\\-' .
+ \ '\)' . "$"
+
+" Pressing " (english double quote) will insert `` or '' by making an
+" intelligent guess about whether we intended to open or close a quote.
+" Default: 1
+TexLet g:Tex_SmartKeyQuote = 1
+
+" Users of other languages might want to change the quote characters to suit
+" their locale. These global values will be ignored if there are buffer-local
+" versions, which may be set in the language-specific package files, such as
+" ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/german
+TexLet g:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen = "``"
+TexLet g:Tex_SmartQuoteClose = "''"
+
+" Latex-suite maps the <space> key in such a way that $ characters are not
+" broken across lines.
+" NOTE: Setting this to 1 has the side-effect of making the 'tw' setting be 0.
+" Default:
+TexLet g:Tex_SmartKeySpace = 0
+
+" Pressing ... (3 dots) results in \ldots outside math mode and \cdots in math
+" mode.
+"
+" TODO: Make it more intelligent within math mode. For example
+" $1+...+3$ should expand to $1+\cdots+n$, whereas $1,...,n$ should expand
+" to $1,\ldots,n$. The amsmath package actually provides a command \dots
+" which does this. Maybe use that if amsmath is detected?
+" Default: 1
+TexLet g:Tex_SmartKeyDot = 1
+
+" }}}
+" Advanced Math: {{{
+" These mappings allow for fast inserting of math constructions
+" brackets, better handling of space in math mode, unfortunately
+" they use <M-> mappings which conflicts with some encodings. This is easy way
+" of turning them off.
+"
+" <M-b> encloses the previous character in \mathbf{}
+" <M-c> is polymorphic as follows:
+" Insert mode:
+" 1. If the previous character is a letter or number, then capitalize it and
+" enclose it in \mathcal{}
+" 2. otherwise insert \cite{}
+" Visual Mode:
+" 1. Enclose selection in \mathcal{}
+" <M-l> is also polymorphic as follows:
+" If the character before typing <M-l> is one of '([{|<q', then do the
+" following:
+" 1. (<M-l> \left(\right
+" similarly for [, |
+" {<M-l> \left\{\right\}
+" 2. <<M-l> \langle\rangle
+" 3. q<M-l> \lefteqn{}
+" otherwise insert \label{}
+" <M-i> inserts \item commands at the current cursor location depending on
+" the surrounding environment. For example, inside itemize, it will
+" insert a simple \item, but within a description, it will insert
+" \item[<+label+>] etc.
+"
+" Default: 1
+TexLet g:Tex_AdvancedMath = 1
+
+" }}}
+
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+" TeX Completion: {{{
+
+" Options for controlling the window sizes of the completion windows {{{
+
+" The height of the window which contains the \label's (when completing a
+" \ref) or bibtex entries (when completing a \cite). This option is used in
+" the newer methods of completing \ref's and \cite's.
+TexLet g:Tex_OutlineWindowHeight = 15
+
+" Options for preview window for ref/cite completion. The next two options
+" are used only when g:Tex_UseOutlineCompletion = 0 or
+" g:Tex_UseCiteCompletionVer2 = 0, i.e, when we use a classic method of
+" completing \refs and \cites.
+" Height of cwindow
+TexLet g:Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight = 5
+" Height of preview window
+TexLet g:Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight = 10
+
+" Options for explorer completion.
+" Height of explorer window
+TexLet g:Tex_ExplorerHeight = 10
+
+" Directory for images. Read |latex-completion-explorer| before changing
+TexLet g:Tex_ImageDir = ''
+
+" }}}
+" Options for completing a \ref {{{
+
+" Whether to use the "outline mode" for displaying the \label's while doing
+" \ref completion. In this mode, each label is displayed within the
+" document element it resides in. The entire thing is folded to ease
+" navigation. Should be easier/faster than the classical mode.
+TexLet g:Tex_UseOutlineCompletion = 1
+
+" This option should be set via the .latexmain file. It should be a newline
+" seperated list of files which make up all the "source" files in the
+" current project. This enables latex-suite to skip the more complicated
+" algorithm of finding the source files by recursively searching for
+" \input'ed files from the |latex-master-file|.
+"
+" Only used when g:Tex_UseOutlineCompletion = 0.
+TexLet g:Tex_ProjectSourceFiles = ''
+
+" Whether latex-suite simply searches for \\label's in all the .tex file
+" found in the current directory or whether it will use a more complex
+" algorithm. This is used only g:Tex_UseOutlineCompletion = 0 and
+" g:Tex_ProjectSourceFiles = ''.
+" See
+" :help Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch
+" for more information
+TexLet g:Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch = 0
+
+" }}}
+" Options for completing a \cite'ation {{{
+
+" If set to 1, then the newer way of presenting the bibtex entries is used.
+" Instead of a |cwindow| showing just the keys and a synced |preview|
+" window beneath, show a single window containing a nicely formatted list
+" of bibtex entries. This should be faster and easier to use than the
+" classic mode
+TexLet g:Tex_UseCiteCompletionVer2 = 1
+
+" This is a string which is displayed to the user when he wants to sort or
+" filter the bibtex entries. This string also serves to define acronyms for
+" the various fields of a bibtex entry.
+TexLet g:Tex_BibFieldPrompt =
+ \ "Field acronyms: (`:let g:Tex_EchoBibFields = 0` to avoid this message)\n" .
+ \ " [t] title [a] author [b] booktitle \n" .
+ \ " [j] journal [y] year [p] bibtype \n" .
+ \ " (you can also enter the complete field name) \n"
+
+" Whether or not to display the string above to aid the user in choosing
+" the field to filter/sort with.
+TexLet g:Tex_EchoBibFields = 1
+
+" A setting of this form defines the letter 'a' as standing for the field
+" 'author'. Thus when the user types
+" a ellington
+" when asked to enter a filter, it is equivalent to the user specifying the
+" filter
+" author ellington
+" TexLet g:Tex_BibAcronym_a = 'author'
+
+" Whether or not to use Jabref to complete citations
+" See
+" :help latex-suite-jabref
+" for more infomration
+TexLet g:Tex_UseJabref = 0
+
+" whether or not searches for \cite's are cached.
+TexLet g:Tex_RememberCiteSearch = 0
+" Paths to the bibliography files and custom packages.
+TexLet g:Tex_BIBINPUTS = ''
+TexLet g:Tex_TEXINPUTS = ''
+
+" }}}
+
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+" Menus: set the kinds of menus which you would like to see. {{{
+"
+" Setting this variable to zero will immediately disable _all_ menus.
+" for finer control set this to 1 and then play with the other options.
+" Default: 1
+TexLet g:Tex_Menus = 1
+
+" The location of the main menu
+TexLet g:Tex_MainMenuLocation = 80
+
+" Math contains a large number of tex math elemets such as arrows,
+" mathematical fonts (\mathrm), mathematical diacritics (\dot), binary
+" relational operators etc. This menu compromises about 75% of the menus.
+" Default: 1
+TexLet g:Tex_MathMenus = 1
+
+" The following options control the "compactness" of the menus.
+"
+" Setting this option to 1 makes the Font, Counter and Dimensioning menus to
+" be collected together into a single 'Tex-Elements' menu. Setting this to 0
+" creates seperate menus for each of them.
+" Default: 1
+TexLet g:Tex_NestElementMenus = 1
+
+" Sometimes when you are using a lot of packages with lots of options etc,
+" then a lot of time might be spent at startup loading the menus.
+" Setting the following variable to 0 will stop autoloading the packages menu.
+" You can still goto TeX-Suite.Configure Menu and load this after startup.
+" Default: 1
+TexLet g:Tex_PackagesMenu = 1
+" The following option will create the packages option within the TeX-Suite
+" menu.
+" Default: 1
+TexLet g:Tex_NestPackagesMenu = 1
+
+" This is the prefix added to the menu names created by latex suite. Add a
+" dot to the following option to nest the menus under the menu name before the
+" dot.
+" NOTE: With a '.' as the last character of the following setting, every
+" single menu created by latex suite will be nested under the same menu.
+" Default: 'TeX-'
+TexLet g:Tex_MenuPrefix = 'TeX-'
+
+" Use utf-8 menus. There is plenty of math symbols in LaTeX. It is hard to
+" remember them. You can display them with utf-8. Your system/GUI interface
+" have to support utf-8. This addition is necessary for resetting 'encoding'.
+TexLet g:Tex_UseUtfMenus = 0
+
+if g:Tex_UseUtfMenus != 0 && has("gui_running")
+ set encoding=utf-8
+endif
+
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+" Folding: latex-suite comes with 'fake' syntax folding. {{{
+"
+" specifies whether the MakeTeXFolds() function will be defined. If this is
+" set to zero, then esentially you have disabled all of latex-suite's folding
+" functions. no maps for refreshing folds will be set up etc.
+" NOTE: However, the function TexFoldTextFunction() is still avaiable
+" and 'foldexpr' is set to point to it. This is so you can continue
+" using another folding scheme but still use the fold text function.
+TexLet g:Tex_Folding = 1
+
+" specifies whether a latex file is automatically folded up when opened.
+" Setting this to zero means that a file is not folded up as soon as its
+" opened.
+" NOTE: the MakeTeXFolds() function will still be available (unless disabled
+" by g:Tex_Folding), so you can do <F6> or \rf to refresh/create folds.
+TexLet g:Tex_AutoFolding = 1
+
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
+" Taglist: Support for taglist.vim {{{
+"
+" LaTeX-Suite offers now support for taglist.vim, the most popular Vim
+" interface for ctags. You should use ctags version >= 5.0 and taglist >= 3.0.
+TexLet g:Tex_TaglistSupport = 1
+
+" This option turns on definition of tags for LaTeX.
+" NOTE: In taglist window you may see duplicate entries for the same tag. It
+" means some definitions are repeated somewhere else. You can turn off
+" internal definitions or remove external (read ctags description
+" where).
+TexLet g:Tex_InternalTagsDefinitions = 1
+
+" }}}
+" ==============================================================================
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texviewer.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texviewer.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be3b821
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texviewer.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,1041 @@
+" ============================================================================
+" File: texviewer.vim
+" Author: Mikolaj Machowski
+" Created: Sun Jan 26 06:00 PM 2003
+" Description: make a viewer for various purposes: \cite{, \ref{
+" License: Vim Charityware License
+" Part of vim-latexSuite: http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net
+" CVS: $Id: texviewer.vim 999 2006-03-21 05:32:37Z srinathava $
+" ============================================================================
+" Tex_SetTexViewerMaps: sets maps for this ftplugin {{{
+function! Tex_SetTexViewerMaps()
+ inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_Completion <Esc>:call Tex_Complete("default","text")<CR>
+ if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_Completion', 'i')
+ if has('gui_running')
+ imap <buffer> <silent> <F9> <Plug>Tex_Completion
+ else
+ imap <buffer> <F9> <Plug>Tex_Completion
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+augroup LatexSuite
+ au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType
+ \ call Tex_Debug('texviewer.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'view') |
+ \ call Tex_SetTexViewerMaps()
+augroup END
+
+command -nargs=1 TLook call Tex_Complete(<q-args>, 'tex')
+command -nargs=1 TLookAll call Tex_Complete(<q-args>, 'all')
+command -nargs=1 TLookBib call Tex_Complete(<q-args>, 'bib')
+
+" }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Main completion function
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_Complete: main function {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_Complete(what, where)
+
+ " Get info about current window and position of cursor in file
+ let s:winnum = winnr()
+
+ " Change to the directory of the file being edited before running all the
+ " :grep commands. We will change back to the original directory after we
+ " finish with the grep.
+ let s:origdir = getcwd()
+ cd %:p:h
+
+ let s:pos = line('.').' | normal! '.virtcol('.').'|'
+
+ unlet! s:type
+ unlet! s:typeoption
+
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_WriteBeforeCompletion') == 1
+ wall
+ endif
+
+ if a:where == "text"
+ " What to do after <F9> depending on context
+ let s:curfile = expand("%:p")
+ let s:curline = strpart(getline('.'), 0, col('.'))
+ let s:prefix = matchstr(s:curline, '.*{\zs.\{-}\(}\|$\)')
+ " a command is of the type
+ " \psfig[option=value]{figure=}
+ " Thus
+ " s:curline = '\psfig[option=value]{figure='
+ " (with possibly some junk before \psfig)
+ " from which we need to extract
+ " s:type = 'psfig'
+ " s:typeoption = '[option=value]'
+ let pattern = '.*\\\(\w\{-}\)\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?{\(\S\+\)\?$'
+ if s:curline =~ pattern
+ let s:type = substitute(s:curline, pattern, '\1', 'e')
+ let s:typeoption = substitute(s:curline, pattern, '\2', 'e')
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_Complete: s:type = '.s:type.', typeoption = '.s:typeoption, 'view')
+ endif
+
+ if exists("s:type") && s:type =~ 'ref'
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseOutlineCompletion') == 1
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_Complete: using outline search method", "view")
+ call Tex_StartOutlineCompletion()
+
+ elseif Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch') == 1
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_Complete: searching for \\labels in all .tex files in the present directory", "view")
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_Complete: silent! grep! ".Tex_EscapeForGrep('\\label{'.s:prefix)." *.tex", 'view')
+ call Tex_Grep('\\label{'.s:prefix, '*.tex')
+ call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow()
+
+ elseif Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ProjectSourceFiles') != ''
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_Complete: searching for \\labels in all Tex_ProjectSourceFiles', 'view')
+ call Tex_CD(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h'))
+ call Tex_Grep('\\label{'.s:prefix, Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ProjectSourceFiles'))
+ call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow()
+
+ else
+ call Tex_Debug("Tex_Complete: calling Tex_GrepHelper", "view")
+ silent! grep! ____HIGHLY_IMPROBABLE___ %
+ call Tex_GrepHelper(s:prefix, 'label')
+ call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow()
+ endif
+
+ redraw!
+
+ elseif exists("s:type") && s:type =~ 'cite'
+
+ let s:prefix = matchstr(s:prefix, '\([^,]\+,\)*\zs\([^,]\+\)\ze$')
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_Complete: using s:prefix = ".s:prefix, "view")
+
+ if has('python') && Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UsePython')
+ \ && Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseCiteCompletionVer2') == 1
+
+ call Tex_CD(s:origdir)
+ silent! call Tex_StartCiteCompletion()
+
+ elseif Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseJabref') == 1
+
+ call Tex_CD(s:origdir)
+ let g:Remote_WaitingForCite = 1
+ let citation = input('Enter citation from jabref (<enter> to leave blank): ')
+ let g:Remote_WaitingForCite = 0
+ call Tex_CompleteWord(citation)
+
+ else
+ " grep! nothing %
+ " does _not_ clear the search history contrary to what the
+ " help-docs say. This was expected. So use something improbable.
+ " TODO: Is there a way to clear the search-history w/o making a
+ " useless, inefficient search?
+ silent! grep! ____HIGHLY_IMPROBABLE___ %
+ if g:Tex_RememberCiteSearch && exists('s:citeSearchHistory')
+ call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow(s:citeSearchHistory)
+ else
+ call Tex_GrepHelper(s:prefix, 'bib')
+ redraw!
+ call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow()
+ endif
+ if g:Tex_RememberCiteSearch && &ft == 'qf'
+ let _a = @a
+ silent! normal! ggVG"ay
+ let s:citeSearchHistory = @a
+ let @a = _a
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ elseif exists("s:type") && (s:type =~ 'includegraphics' || s:type == 'psfig')
+ call Tex_SetupFileCompletion(
+ \ '',
+ \ '^\.\\|\.tex$\\|\.bib$\\|\.bbl$\\|\.zip$\\|\.gz$',
+ \ 'noext')
+
+ elseif exists("s:type") && s:type == 'bibliography'
+ call Tex_SetupFileCompletion(
+ \ '\.b..$',
+ \ '',
+ \ 'noext')
+
+ elseif exists("s:type") && s:type =~ 'include\(only\)\='
+ call Tex_SetupFileCompletion(
+ \ '\.t..$',
+ \ '',
+ \ 'noext')
+
+ elseif exists("s:type") && s:type == 'input'
+ call Tex_SetupFileCompletion(
+ \ '',
+ \ '',
+ \ 'ext')
+
+ elseif exists('s:type') && exists("g:Tex_completion_".s:type)
+ call <SID>Tex_CompleteRefCiteCustom('plugin_'.s:type)
+
+ else
+ let s:word = expand('<cword>')
+ if s:word == ''
+ if col('.') == strlen(getline('.'))
+ startinsert!
+ return
+ else
+ normal! l
+ startinsert
+ return
+ endif
+ endif
+ call Tex_Debug("silent! grep! ".Tex_EscapeForGrep('\<'.s:word.'\>')." *.tex", 'view')
+ call Tex_Grep('\<'.s:word.'\>', '*.tex')
+
+ call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow()
+ endif
+
+ elseif a:where == 'tex'
+ " Process :TLook command
+ call Tex_Grep(a:what, "*.tex")
+ call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow()
+
+ elseif a:where == 'bib'
+ " Process :TLookBib command
+ call Tex_Grep(a:what, "*.bib")
+ call Tex_Grepadd(a:what, "*.bbl")
+ call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow()
+
+ elseif a:where == 'all'
+ " Process :TLookAll command
+ call Tex_Grep(a:what, "*")
+ call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow()
+ endif
+
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Tex_CompleteWord: inserts a word at the chosen location {{{
+" Description: This function is meant to be called when the user press
+" ``<enter>`` in one of the [Error List] windows which shows the list of
+" matches. completeword is the rest of the word which needs to be inserted.
+function! Tex_CompleteWord(completeword)
+ exe s:pos
+
+ " Complete word, check if add closing }
+ exe 'normal! a'.a:completeword."\<Esc>"
+
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-1] !~ '{' && getline('.')[col('.')] !~ '}'
+ exe "normal! a}\<Esc>"
+ endif
+
+ " Return to Insert mode
+ if col('.') == strlen(getline('.'))
+ startinsert!
+ else
+ normal! l
+ startinsert
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" File name completion helper functons
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_SetupFileCompletion: {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_SetupFileCompletion(accept, reject, ext)
+ call FB_SetVar('FB_AllowRegexp', a:accept)
+ call FB_SetVar('FB_RejectRegexp', a:reject)
+ call FB_SetVar('FB_CallBackFunction', 'Tex_CompleteFileName')
+ call FB_SetVar('FB_CallBackFunctionArgs', '"'.a:ext.'"')
+
+ call FB_OpenFileBrowser('.')
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_CompleteFileName: {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_CompleteFileName(filename, ext)
+ call Tex_Debug('+Tex_CompleteFileName: getting filename '.a:filename, 'view')
+
+ if a:ext == 'noext'
+ let completeword = fnamemodify(a:filename, ':r')
+ endif
+ let completeword = Tex_RelPath(completeword, Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h'))
+
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_CompleteFileName: completing with ".completeword, "view")
+ call Tex_CompleteWord(completeword)
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_Common: common part of strings {{{
+function! s:Tex_Common(path1, path2)
+ " Assume the caller handles 'ignorecase'
+ if a:path1 == a:path2
+ return a:path1
+ endif
+ let n = 0
+ while a:path1[n] == a:path2[n]
+ let n = n+1
+ endwhile
+ return strpart(a:path1, 0, n)
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_NormalizePath: {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_NormalizePath(path)
+ let retpath = a:path
+ if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("dos32") || has("dos16")
+ let retpath = substitute(retpath, '\\', '/', 'ge')
+ endif
+ if isdirectory(retpath) && retpath !~ '/$'
+ let retpath = retpath.'/'
+ endif
+ return retpath
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_RelPath: ultimate file name {{{
+function! Tex_RelPath(explfilename,texfilename)
+ let path1 = Tex_NormalizePath(a:explfilename)
+ let path2 = Tex_NormalizePath(a:texfilename)
+
+ let n = matchend(<SID>Tex_Common(path1, path2), '.*/')
+ let path1 = strpart(path1, n)
+ let path2 = strpart(path2, n)
+ if path2 !~ '/'
+ let subrelpath = ''
+ else
+ let subrelpath = substitute(path2, '[^/]\{-}/', '../', 'ge')
+ let subrelpath = substitute(subrelpath, '[^/]*$', '', 'ge')
+ endif
+ let relpath = subrelpath.path1
+ return escape(Tex_NormalizePath(relpath), ' ')
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Helper functions for dealing with the 'quickfix' and 'preview' windows.
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_SetupCWindow: set maps and local settings for cwindow {{{
+" Description: Set local maps jkJKq<cr> for cwindow. Also size and basic
+" settings
+"
+function! s:Tex_SetupCWindow(...)
+ call Tex_Debug('+Tex_SetupCWindow', 'view')
+ cclose
+ exe 'copen '. g:Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight
+ " If called with an argument, it means we want to re-use some search
+ " history from last time. Therefore, just paste it here and proceed.
+ if a:0 == 1
+ set modifiable
+ % d _
+ silent! 0put!=a:1
+ $ d _
+ endif
+ setlocal nonumber
+ setlocal nowrap
+
+ let s:scrollOffVal = &scrolloff
+ call <SID>Tex_SyncPreviewWindow()
+
+ " If everything went well, then we should be situated in the quickfix
+ " window. If there were problems, (no matches etc), then we will not be.
+ " Therefore return.
+ if &ft != 'qf'
+ call Tex_Debug('not in quickfix window, quitting', 'view')
+ return
+ endif
+
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> j j:call <SID>Tex_SyncPreviewWindow()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> k k:call <SID>Tex_SyncPreviewWindow()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <up> <up>:call <SID>Tex_SyncPreviewWindow()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <down> <down>:call <SID>Tex_SyncPreviewWindow()<CR>
+
+ " Change behaviour of <cr> only for 'ref' and 'cite' context.
+ if exists("s:type") && s:type =~ 'ref\|cite'
+ exec 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <cr> '
+ \ .':set scrolloff='.s:scrollOffVal.'<CR>'
+ \ .':cd '.s:origdir.'<CR>'
+ \ .':silent! call <SID>Tex_CompleteRefCiteCustom("'.s:type.'")<CR>'
+
+ else
+ " In other contexts jump to place described in cwindow and close small
+ " windows
+ exec 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <cr> '
+ \ .':set scrolloff='.s:scrollOffVal.'<CR>'
+ \ .':cd '.s:origdir.'<CR>'
+ \ .':call <SID>Tex_GoToLocation()<cr>'
+
+ endif
+
+ " Scroll the preview window while in the quickfix window
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> J :wincmd j<cr><c-e>:wincmd k<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> K :wincmd j<cr><c-y>:wincmd k<cr>
+
+ " Exit the quickfix window without doing anything.
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> q '
+ \ .':set scrolloff='.s:scrollOffVal.'<CR>'
+ \ .':cd '.s:origdir.'<CR>'
+ \ .':call Tex_CloseSmallWindows()<CR>'
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_CompleteRefCiteCustom: complete/insert name for current item {{{
+" Description: handle completion of items depending on current context
+"
+function! s:Tex_CompleteRefCiteCustom(type)
+
+ if a:type =~ 'cite'
+ if getline('.') =~ '\\bibitem{'
+ let bibkey = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\bibitem{\zs.\{-}\ze}')
+ else
+ let bibkey = matchstr(getline('.'), '{\zs.\{-}\ze\(,\|$\)')
+ endif
+ let completeword = strpart(bibkey, strlen(s:prefix))
+
+ elseif a:type =~ 'ref'
+ let label = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\label{\zs.\{-}\ze}')
+ let completeword = strpart(label, strlen(s:prefix))
+
+ elseif a:type =~ '^plugin_'
+ let type = substitute(a:type, '^plugin_', '', '')
+ let completeword = <SID>Tex_DoCompletion(type)
+
+ endif
+
+ call Tex_CloseSmallWindows()
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_CompleteRefCiteCustom: completing with ".completeword, "view")
+ call Tex_CompleteWord(completeword)
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_SyncPreviewWindow: synchronize quickfix and preview window {{{
+" Description: Usually quickfix engine takes care about most of these things
+" but we discard it for better control of events.
+"
+function! s:Tex_SyncPreviewWindow()
+ call Tex_Debug('+Tex_SyncPreviewWindow', 'view')
+
+ let viewfile = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\f*\ze|\d')
+ let viewline = matchstr(getline('.'), '|\zs\d\+\ze')
+
+ " Hilight current line in cwindow
+ " Normally hightlighting is done with quickfix engine but we use something
+ " different and have to do it separately
+ syntax clear
+ runtime syntax/qf.vim
+ exe 'syn match vTodo /\%'. line('.') .'l.*/'
+ hi link vTodo Todo
+
+ " Close preview window and open it again in new place
+ pclose
+ exe 'silent! bot pedit +'.viewline.' '.viewfile
+
+ " Vanilla 6.1 has bug. This additional setting of cwindow height prevents
+ " resizing of this window
+ exe g:Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight.' wincmd _'
+
+ " Handle situation if there is no item beginning with s:prefix.
+ " Unfortunately, because we know it late we have to close everything and
+ " return as in complete process
+ if v:errmsg =~ 'E32\>'
+ exe s:winnum.' wincmd w'
+ pclose!
+ cclose
+ if exists("s:prefix")
+ echomsg 'No bibkey, label or word beginning with "'.s:prefix.'"'
+ endif
+ if col('.') == strlen(getline('.'))
+ startinsert!
+ else
+ normal! l
+ startinsert
+ endif
+ let v:errmsg = ''
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_SyncPreviewWindow: got error E32, no matches found, quitting', 'view')
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+ " Move to preview window. Really is it under cwindow?
+ wincmd j
+
+ " Settings of preview window
+ exe g:Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight.' wincmd _'
+ setlocal nofoldenable
+
+ if exists('s:type') && s:type =~ 'cite'
+ " In cite context place bibkey at the top of preview window.
+ setlocal scrolloff=0
+ normal! zt
+ else
+ " In other contexts in the middle. Highlight this line?
+ setlocal scrolloff=100
+ normal! z.
+ endif
+
+ " Return to cwindow
+ wincmd p
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_CloseSmallWindows: {{{
+" Description:
+"
+function! Tex_CloseSmallWindows()
+ exe s:winnum.' wincmd w'
+ pclose!
+ cclose
+ exe s:pos
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_GoToLocation: Go to chosen location {{{
+" Description: Get number of current line and go to this number
+"
+function! s:Tex_GoToLocation()
+ pclose!
+ let errmsg = v:errmsg
+ let v:errmsg = ''
+ exe 'silent! cc ' . line('.')
+ " If the current buffer is modified, then split
+ if v:errmsg =~ '^E37:'
+ split
+ exe 'silent! cc ' . line('.')
+ endif
+ cclose
+ let v:errmsg = errmsg
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Functions for finding \\label's or \\bibitem's in the main file.
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_GrepHelper: grep main filename for \\bibitem's or \\label's {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_GrepHelper(prefix, what)
+ let _path = &path
+ let _suffixesadd = &suffixesadd
+ let _hidden = &hidden
+
+ let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p')
+ " If we are already editing the file, then use :split without any
+ " arguments so it works even if the file is modified.
+ " FIXME: If mainfname is being presently edited in another window and
+ " is 'modified', then the second split statement will not work.
+ " We will need to travel to that window and back.
+ if mainfname == expand('%:p')
+ split
+ else
+ exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(mainfname)
+ endif
+
+ let pos = line('.').'| normal! '.virtcol('.').'|'
+ if a:what =~ 'bib'
+ call Tex_ScanFileForCite(a:prefix)
+ else
+ call Tex_ScanFileForLabels(a:prefix)
+ endif
+ exec pos
+
+ q
+ let &path = _path
+ let &suffixesadd = _suffixesadd
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_ScanFileForCite: search for \bibitem's in .bib or .bbl or tex files {{{
+" Description:
+" Search for bibliographic entries in the presently edited file in the
+" following manner:
+" 1. First see if the file has a \bibliography command.
+" If YES:
+" 1. If a .bib file corresponding to the \bibliography command can be
+" found, then search for '@.*'.a:prefix inside it.
+" 2. Otherwise, if a .bbl file corresponding to the \bibliography command
+" can be found, then search for '\bibitem'.a:prefix inside it.
+" 2. Next see if the file has a \thebibliography environment
+" If YES:
+" 1. Search for '\bibitem'.a:prefix in this file.
+"
+" If neither a \bibliography or \begin{thebibliography} are found, then repeat
+" steps 1 and 2 for every file \input'ed into this file. Abort any searching
+" as soon as the first \bibliography or \begin{thebibliography} is found.
+function! Tex_ScanFileForCite(prefix)
+ call Tex_Debug('+Tex_ScanFileForCite: searching for bibkeys in '.bufname('%').' (buffer #'.bufnr('%').')', 'view')
+ let presBufNum = bufnr('%')
+
+ let foundCiteFile = 0
+ " First find out if this file has a \bibliography command in it. If so,
+ " assume that this is the only file in the project which defines a
+ " bibliography.
+ if search('\\\(no\)\?bibliography{', 'w')
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_ScanFileForCite: found bibliography command in '.bufname('%'), 'view')
+ " convey that we have found a bibliography command. we do not need to
+ " proceed any further.
+ let foundCiteFile = 1
+
+ " extract the bibliography filenames from the command.
+ let bibnames = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\\(no\)\?bibliography{\zs.\{-}\ze}')
+ let bibnames = substitute(bibnames, '\s', '', 'g')
+
+ call Tex_Debug('trying to search through ['.bibnames.']', 'view')
+
+ let &path = '.,'.g:Tex_BIBINPUTS
+
+ let i = 1
+ while 1
+ let bibname = Tex_Strntok(bibnames, ',', i)
+ if bibname == ''
+ break
+ endif
+
+ " first try to find if a .bib file exists. If so do not search in
+ " the corresponding .bbl file. (because the .bbl file will most
+ " probly be generated automatically from the .bib file with
+ " bibtex).
+
+ let fname = Tex_FindFile(bibname, '.,'.g:Tex_BIBINPUTS, '.bib')
+ if fname != ''
+ call Tex_Debug('finding .bib file ['.bufname('%').']', 'view')
+ exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(fname)
+ call Tex_Grepadd('@.*{'.a:prefix, "%")
+ q
+ else
+ let fname = Tex_FindFile(bibname, '.,'.g:Tex_BIBINPUTS, '.bbl')
+ if fname != ''
+ exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(fname)
+ call Tex_Debug('finding .bbl file ['.bufname('.').']', 'view')
+ call Tex_Grepadd('\\bibitem{'.a:prefix, "%")
+ q
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ if foundCiteFile
+ return 1
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " If we have a thebibliography environment, then again assume that this is
+ " the only file which defines the bib-keys. Aand convey this information
+ " upwards by returning 1.
+ if search('^\s*\\begin{thebibliography}', 'w')
+ call Tex_Debug('got a thebibliography environment in '.bufname('%'), 'view')
+
+ let foundCiteFile = 1
+
+ split
+ lcd %:p:h
+ call Tex_Debug("silent! grepadd! ".Tex_EscapeForGrep('\\bibitem{'.a:prefix)." %", 'view')
+ call Tex_Grepadd('\\bibitem{'.a:prefix, "%")
+ q
+
+ return 1
+ endif
+
+ " If we have not found any \bibliography or \thebibliography environment
+ " in this file, search for these environments in all the files which this
+ " file includes.
+
+ exec 0
+ let wrap = 'w'
+ while search('^\s*\\\(input\|include\)', wrap)
+ let wrap = 'W'
+
+ let filename = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\\(input\|include\){\zs.\{-}\ze}')
+
+ let foundfile = Tex_FindFile(filename, '.,'.g:Tex_TEXINPUTS, '.tex')
+ if foundfile != ''
+ exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(foundfile)
+ call Tex_Debug('scanning recursively in ['.foundfile.']', 'view')
+ let foundCiteFile = Tex_ScanFileForCite(a:prefix)
+ q
+ endif
+
+ if foundCiteFile
+ return 1
+ endif
+ endwhile
+
+
+ return 0
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_ScanFileForLabels: greps present file and included files for \\label's {{{
+" Description:
+" Grep the presently edited file for \\label's. If the present file \include's
+" or \input's other files, then recursively scan those as well, i.e we support
+" arbitrary levels of \input'ed-ness.
+function! Tex_ScanFileForLabels(prefix)
+ call Tex_Debug("+Tex_ScanFileForLabels: grepping in file [".bufname('%')."]", "view")
+
+ lcd %:p:h
+ call Tex_Grepadd('\\label{'.a:prefix, "%")
+
+ " Then recursively grep for all \include'd or \input'ed files.
+ exec 0
+ let wrap = 'w'
+ while search('^\s*\\\(input\|include\)', wrap)
+ let wrap = 'W'
+
+ let filename = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\\(input\|include\){\zs.\{-}\ze}')
+ let foundfile = Tex_FindFile(filename, '.,'.Tex_TEXINPUTS, '.tex')
+ if foundfile != ''
+ exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(foundfile)
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_ScanFileForLabels: scanning recursively in ['.foundfile.']', 'view')
+ call Tex_ScanFileForLabels(a:prefix)
+ q
+ endif
+ endwhile
+
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Functions for custom command completion
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_completion_{var}: similar variables can be set in package files {{{
+let g:Tex_completion_bibliographystyle = 'abbr,alpha,plain,unsrt'
+let g:Tex_completion_addtocontents = 'lof}{,lot}{,toc}{'
+let g:Tex_completion_addcontentsline = 'lof}{figure}{,lot}{table}{,toc}{chapter}{,toc}{part}{,'.
+ \ 'toc}{section}{,toc}{subsection}{,toc}{paragraph}{,'.
+ \ 'toc}{subparagraph}{'
+" }}}
+" Tex_PromptForCompletion: prompts for a completion {{{
+" Description:
+function! s:Tex_PromptForCompletion(texcommand,ask)
+
+ let common_completion_prompt =
+ \ Tex_CreatePrompt(g:Tex_completion_{a:texcommand}, 2, ',') . "\n" .
+ \ 'Enter number or completion: '
+
+ let inp = input(a:ask."\n".common_completion_prompt)
+ if inp =~ '^[0-9]\+$'
+ let completion = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_completion_{a:texcommand}, ',', inp)
+ else
+ let completion = inp
+ endif
+
+ return completion
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_DoCompletion: fast insertion of completion {{{
+" Description:
+"
+function! s:Tex_DoCompletion(texcommand)
+ let completion = <SID>Tex_PromptForCompletion(a:texcommand, 'Choose a completion to insert: ')
+ if completion != ''
+ return completion
+ else
+ return ''
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Functions for presenting an outlined version for completion
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_StartOutlineCompletion: sets up an outline window {{{
+
+" get the place where this plugin resides for setting cpt and dict options.
+" these lines need to be outside the function.
+let s:path = expand('<sfile>:p:h')
+if has('python') && Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UsePython')
+ python import sys, re
+ exec "python sys.path += [r'". s:path . "']"
+ python import outline
+endif
+
+function! Tex_StartOutlineCompletion()
+ let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p')
+
+ " open the buffer
+ let _report = &report
+ let _cmdheight=&cmdheight
+ let _lazyredraw = &lazyredraw
+ set report=1000
+ set cmdheight=1
+ set lazyredraw
+
+ bot split __OUTLINE__
+ exec Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_OutlineWindowHeight', 15).' wincmd _'
+
+ setlocal modifiable
+ setlocal noswapfile
+ setlocal buftype=nowrite
+ setlocal bufhidden=delete
+ setlocal nowrap
+ setlocal foldmethod=marker
+ setlocal foldmarker=<<<,>>>
+
+ " delete everything in it to the blackhole
+ % d _
+
+ if has('python') && Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UsePython')
+ exec 'python retval = outline.main('
+ \. 'r"' . fnamemodify(mainfname, ':p') . '", '
+ \. 'r"' . s:prefix . '")'
+
+ " transfer variable from python to a local variable.
+ python vim.command("""let retval = "%s" """ % re.sub(r'"|\\', r'\\\g<0>', retval))
+
+ 0put!=retval
+ else
+ exec '0r!'.s:path.'/outline.py '.mainfname.' '.s:prefix
+ endif
+
+ 0
+
+ call Tex_SetupOutlineSyntax()
+
+ exec 'nnoremap <buffer> <cr> '
+ \ .':cd '.s:origdir.'<CR>'
+ \ .':call Tex_FinishOutlineCompletion()<CR>'
+ exec 'nnoremap <buffer> q '
+ \ .':cd '.s:origdir.'<CR>'
+ \ .':close<CR>'
+
+ " once the buffer is initialized, go back to the original settings.
+ setlocal nomodifiable
+ setlocal nomodified
+ let &report = _report
+ let &cmdheight = _cmdheight
+ let &lazyredraw = _lazyredraw
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_SetupOutlineSyntax: sets up the syntax items for the outline {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_SetupOutlineSyntax()
+ syn match outlineFileName "<\f\+>$" contained
+ syn match foldMarkers "<<<\d$" contained
+ syn match firstSemiColon '^:' contained
+ syn match firstAngle '^>' contained
+
+ syn match sectionNames '\(\d\.\)\+ .*' contains=foldMarkers
+ syn match previousLine '^:.*' contains=firstSemiColon
+ syn match labelLine '^>.*' contains=firstAngle,outlineFileName
+
+ hi def link outlineFileName Ignore
+ hi def link foldMarkers Ignore
+ hi def link firstSemiColon Ignore
+ hi def link firstAngle Ignore
+
+ hi def link sectionNames Type
+ hi def link previousLine Special
+ hi def link labelLine Comment
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_FinishOutlineCompletion: inserts the reference back in the text {{{
+function! Tex_FinishOutlineCompletion()
+ if getline('.') !~ '^[>:]'
+ return
+ endif
+
+ if getline('.') =~ '^>'
+ let ref_complete = matchstr(getline('.'), '^>\s\+\zs\S\+\ze')
+ elseif getline('.') =~ '^:'
+ let ref_complete = matchstr(getline(line('.')-1), '^>\s\+\zs\S\+\ze')
+ endif
+
+ let ref_remaining = strpart(ref_complete, strlen(s:prefix))
+ close
+ call Tex_CompleteWord(ref_remaining)
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Functions for presenting a nicer list of bibtex entries
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tex_FindBibFiles: finds all .bib files used by the main file {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_FindBibFiles()
+
+ let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p')
+ wincmd n
+ exec 'silent! e '.mainfname
+
+ if search('\\\(no\)\?bibliography{', 'w')
+
+ call Tex_Debug('Tex_FindBibFiles: found bibliography command in '.bufname('%'), 'view')
+
+ " extract the bibliography filenames from the command.
+ let bibnames = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\\(no\)\?bibliography{\zs.\{-}\ze}')
+ let bibnames = substitute(bibnames, '\s', '', 'g')
+
+ call Tex_Debug(':Tex_FindBibFiles: trying to search through ['.bibnames.']', 'view')
+
+ let bibfiles = ''
+ let i = 1
+ while 1
+ let bibname = Tex_Strntok(bibnames, ',', i)
+ if bibname == ''
+ break
+ endif
+ let fname = Tex_FindFile(bibname, '.,'.g:Tex_BIBINPUTS, '.bib')
+ if fname != ''
+ let bibfiles = bibfiles.fname."\n"
+ endif
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_FindBibFiles: returning [".bibfiles."]", "view")
+ q
+ return bibfiles
+
+ else
+ q
+ return ''
+ endif
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_StartBibtexOutline: sets up an outline window {{{
+
+" get the place where this plugin resides for setting cpt and dict options.
+" these lines need to be outside the function.
+if has('python') && Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UsePython')
+ python import sys, re
+ exec "python sys.path += [r'". s:path . "']"
+ python import bibtools
+endif
+
+function! Tex_StartCiteCompletion()
+ let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p')
+ let bibfiles = Tex_FindBibFiles()
+
+ bot split __OUTLINE__
+ exec Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_OutlineWindowHeight', 15).' wincmd _'
+
+ exec 'python Tex_BibFile = bibtools.BibFile("""'.bibfiles.'""")'
+ exec 'python Tex_BibFile.addfilter("key ^'.s:prefix.'")'
+ call Tex_DisplayBibList()
+
+ nnoremap <Plug>Tex_JumpToNextBibEntry :call search('^\S.*\]$', 'W')<CR>:call Tex_EchoBibShortcuts()<CR>z.
+ nnoremap <Plug>Tex_JumpToPrevBibEntry :call search('^\S.*\]$', 'bW')<CR>:call Tex_EchoBibShortcuts()<CR>z.
+ nnoremap <Plug>Tex_FilterBibEntries :call Tex_HandleBibShortcuts('filter')<CR>
+ nnoremap <Plug>Tex_RemoveBibFilters :call Tex_HandleBibShortcuts('remove_filters')<CR>
+ nnoremap <Plug>Tex_SortBibEntries :call Tex_HandleBibShortcuts('sort')<CR>
+ nnoremap <Plug>Tex_CompleteCiteEntry :call Tex_CompleteCiteEntry()<CR>
+
+ nmap <buffer> <silent> n <Plug>Tex_JumpToNextBibEntry
+ nmap <buffer> <silent> p <Plug>Tex_JumpToPrevBibEntry
+ nmap <buffer> <silent> f <Plug>Tex_FilterBibEntries
+ nmap <buffer> <silent> s <Plug>Tex_SortBibEntries
+ nmap <buffer> <silent> a <Plug>Tex_RemoveBibFilters
+ nmap <buffer> <silent> q :close<CR>
+ nmap <buffer> <silent> <CR> <Plug>Tex_CompleteCiteEntry
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_DisplayBibList: displays the list of bibtex entries {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_DisplayBibList()
+ " open the buffer
+ let _report = &report
+ let _cmdheight=&cmdheight
+ let _lazyredraw = &lazyredraw
+ set report=1000
+ set cmdheight=1
+ set lazyredraw
+
+ setlocal modifiable
+ setlocal noswapfile
+ setlocal buftype=nowrite
+ setlocal bufhidden=delete
+ setlocal nowrap
+ setlocal foldmethod=marker
+ setlocal foldmarker=<<<,>>>
+
+
+ " delete everything in it to the blackhole
+ % d _
+
+ exec 'python Tex_CurBuf = vim.current.buffer'
+ exec 'python Tex_CurBuf[:] = str(Tex_BibFile).splitlines()'
+
+ call Tex_SetupBibSyntax()
+
+ 0
+ call Tex_EchoBibShortcuts()
+
+ " once the buffer is initialized, go back to the original settings.
+ setlocal nomodifiable
+ setlocal nomodified
+ let &report = _report
+ let &cmdheight = _cmdheight
+ let &lazyredraw = _lazyredraw
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_EchoBibShortcuts: echos all the shortcuts in the status line {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_EchoBibShortcuts()
+ echomsg '(a) all (f) filter (s) sort (n) next (p) previous (q) quit (<CR>) choose'
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_SetupBibSyntax: sets up the syntax items for the outline {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_SetupBibSyntax()
+ syn match BibTitleHeader "^TI" contained
+ syn match BibAuthorHeader "^AU" contained
+ syn match BibLocationHeader "^IN" contained
+ syn match BibMiscHeader "^MI" contained
+
+ syn match BibKeyLine '^\S.*\]$' contains=BibKey
+ syn match BibTitle "^TI .*" contains=BibTitleHeader
+ syn match BibAuthor "^AU .*" contains=BibAuthorHeader
+ syn match BibLocation "^IN .*" contains=BibLocationHeader
+ syn match BibMisc "^MI .*" contains=BibMiscHeader
+
+ hi def link BibTitleHeader Ignore
+ hi def link BibAuthorHeader Ignore
+ hi def link BibLocationHeader Ignore
+ hi def link BibMiscHeader Ignore
+
+ hi def link BibKeyLine Visual
+ hi def link BibTitle Type
+ hi def link BibAuthor Special
+ hi def link BibLocation Comment
+ hi def link BibMisc Comment
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_HandleBibShortcuts: handles user keypresses {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_HandleBibShortcuts(command)
+
+ if a:command == 'filter' || a:command == 'sort'
+
+ let fieldprompt =
+ \ "Field acronyms: (`:let g:Tex_EchoBibFields = 0` to avoid this message)\n" .
+ \ " [t] title [a] author [b] booktitle \n" .
+ \ " [j] journal [y] year [p] bibtype \n" .
+ \ " (you can also enter the complete field name) \n"
+
+ let fieldprompt = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_BibFieldPrompt', fieldprompt)
+
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_EchoBibFields', 1) == 1
+ echo fieldprompt
+ endif
+
+ let inp = input('Enter '.a:command.' criterion [field<space>value]: ')
+
+ if inp != ''
+ " If the field is specified as a single character, then replace
+ " it with the corresponding 'full form'.
+ if inp =~ '^[a-z]\>'
+ if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_BibAcronym_'.inp[0]) != ''
+ let inp = substitute(inp, '.', Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_BibAcronym_'.inp[0]), '')
+ elseif fieldprompt =~ '\['.inp[0].'\]'
+ let full = matchstr(fieldprompt, '\['.inp[0].'\] \zs\w\+\ze')
+ let inp = substitute(inp, '.', full, '')
+ endif
+ endif
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_HandleBibShortcuts: using inp = [".inp."]", "view")
+ if a:command == 'filter'
+ exec 'python Tex_BibFile.addfilter("'.inp.'")'
+ elseif a:command == 'sort'
+ exec "python Tex_BibFile.addsortfield(\"".inp."\")"
+ exec 'python Tex_BibFile.sort()'
+ endif
+ call Tex_DisplayBibList()
+ endif
+
+ elseif a:command == 'remove_filters'
+
+ exec 'python Tex_BibFile.rmfilters()'
+ exec 'python Tex_BibFile.addfilter("key '.s:prefix.'")'
+ call Tex_DisplayBibList()
+
+ endif
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Tex_CompleteCiteEntry: completes cite entry {{{
+" Description:
+function! Tex_CompleteCiteEntry()
+ normal! 0
+ call search('\[\S\+\]$', 'W')
+ if getline('.') !~ '\[\S\+\]$'
+ call search('\[\S\+\]$', 'bW')
+ endif
+
+ if getline('.') !~ '\[\S\+\]$'
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let ref = matchstr(getline('.'), '\[\zs\S\+\ze\]$')
+ close
+ call Tex_Debug(":Tex_CompleteCiteEntry: completing with ".ref, "view")
+ call Tex_CompleteWord(strpart(ref, strlen(s:prefix)))
+endfunction " }}}
+
+com! -nargs=0 TClearCiteHist unlet! s:citeSearchHistory
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:nowrap:noet:ff=unix:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/version.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/version.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c87c80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/version.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+" Tex_Version: returns a string which gives the current version number of latex-suite
+" Description:
+" Each time a bug fix/addition is done in any source file in latex-suite,
+" not just this file, the number below has to be incremented by the author.
+" This will ensure that there is a single 'global' version number for all of
+" latex-suite.
+"
+" If a change is done in the doc/ directory, i.e an addition/change in the
+" documentation, then this number should NOT be incremented.
+"
+" Latex-suite will follow a 3-tier system of versioning just as Vim. A
+" version number will be of the form:
+"
+" X.Y.ZZ
+"
+" 'X' will only be incremented for a major over-haul or feature addition.
+" 'Y' will be incremented for significant changes which do not qualify
+" as major.
+" 'ZZ' will be incremented for bug-fixes and very trivial additions such
+" as adding an option etc. Once ZZ reaches 50, then Y will be
+" incremented and ZZ will be reset to 01. Each time we have a
+" version number of the form X.Y.01, then we'll make a release on
+" vim.sf.net and also create a cvs tag at that point. We'll try to
+" "stabilize" that version by releasing a few pre-releases and then
+" keep that as a stable point.
+function! Tex_Version()
+ return "Latex-Suite: version 1.8.11"
+endfunction
+
+com! -nargs=0 TVersion echo Tex_Version()
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/wizardfuncs.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/wizardfuncs.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..113271c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/wizardfuncs.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+" File: wizardfuncs.vim
+" Author: Mikolaj Machowski <mikmach@wp.pl>
+" Description:
+"
+" Installation:
+" History: pluginized by Srinath Avadhanula
+"=============================================================================
+
+if exists('s:doneOnce')
+ finish
+endif
+let s:doneOnce = 1
+
+let s:mapleader = exists('mapleader') ? mapleader : "\\"
+" ==============================================================================
+" Specialized functions for handling sections from command line
+" ==============================================================================
+
+com! -nargs=? TSection call Tex_section(<f-args>)
+com! -nargs=? TSectionAdvanced call Tex_section_adv(<f-args>)
+
+" Tex_VisSecAdv: handles visual selection for sections {{{
+function! Tex_VisSecAdv(section)
+ let shorttitle = input("Short title? ")
+ let toc = input("Include in table of contents [y]/n ? ")
+ let sstructure = "\\".a:section
+ if ( toc == "" || toc == "y" )
+ let toc = ""
+ else
+ let toc = "*"
+ endif
+ if shorttitle != ""
+ let shorttitle = '['.shorttitle.']'
+ endif
+ exe "normal `>a}\<cr>\<esc>`<i".sstructure.toc.shorttitle."{"
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Tex_InsSecAdv: section wizard in insert mode {{{
+function! Tex_InsSecAdv(structure)
+ let ttitle = input("Title? ")
+ let shorttitle = input("Short title? ")
+ let toc = input("Include in table of contents [y]/n ? ")
+ "Structure
+ let sstructure = "\\".a:structure
+ "TOC
+ if ( toc == "" || toc == "y" )
+ let toc = ""
+ else
+ let toc = "*"
+ endif
+ "Shorttitle
+ if shorttitle != ""
+ let shorttitle = '['.shorttitle.']'
+ endif
+ "Title
+ let ttitle = '{'.ttitle.'}'
+ "Happy end?
+ return sstructure.toc.shorttitle.ttitle
+endfunction
+
+
+" }}}
+function! Tex_section(...) "{{{
+ silent let pos = line('.').' | normal! '.virtcol('.').'|'
+ silent let last_section_value = s:Tex_section_detection()
+ if a:0 == 0
+ silent let last_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(last_section_value)
+ silent call s:Tex_section_call(last_section_name)
+ elseif a:1 =~ "[+=\-]"
+ silent let sec_arg = a:1
+ silent let curr_section_value = s:Tex_section_curr_rel_value(sec_arg, last_section_value)
+ silent let curr_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(curr_section_value)
+ silent call s:Tex_section_call(curr_section_name)
+ elseif a:1 == "?"
+ echo s:last_section_line
+ else
+ silent let curr_section_value = s:Tex_section_curr_value(a:1)
+ silent let curr_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(curr_section_value)
+ silent call s:Tex_section_call(curr_section_name)
+ endif
+ silent exe pos
+endfunction "}}}
+function! Tex_section_adv(...) "{{{
+ let pos = line('.').' | normal! '.virtcol('.').'|'
+ silent let last_section_value = s:Tex_section_detection()
+ if a:0 == 0
+ silent let last_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(last_section_value)
+ let section = Tex_InsSecAdv(last_section_name)
+ elseif a:1 =~ "[+=\-]"
+ silent let sec_arg = a:1
+ silent let curr_section_value = s:Tex_section_curr_rel_value(sec_arg, last_section_value)
+ silent let curr_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(curr_section_value)
+ let section = Tex_InsSecAdv(curr_section_name)
+ else
+ silent let curr_section_value = s:Tex_section_curr_value(a:1)
+ silent let curr_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(curr_section_value)
+ silent call s:Tex_section_call(curr_section_name)
+ let section = Tex_InsSecAdv(curr_section_name)
+ endif
+ exe "normal i".section
+ exe pos
+endfunction "}}}
+function! s:Tex_section_detection() "{{{
+ let pos = line('.').' | normal! '.virtcol('.').'|'
+ let last_section1 = search("\\\\\subparagraph\\|\\\\paragraph\\|\\\\subsubsection\\|\\\\subsection\\|\\\\section\\|\\\\chapter\\|\\\part\)", "b")
+ exe pos
+ let last_section2 = search("\\\\\part\\|\\\\chapter\\|\\\\section\\|\\\\subsection\\|\\\\subsubsection\\|\\\\paragraph\\|\\\subparagraph\)", "b")
+ if last_section1 > last_section2
+ let last_section = last_section1
+ else
+ let last_section = last_section2
+ endif
+ if last_section != 0
+ exe last_section
+ if getline(".") =~ "\\\\part"
+ let last_section_value = 0
+ elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\chapter"
+ let last_section_value = 1
+ elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\section"
+ let last_section_value = 2
+ elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\subsection"
+ let last_section_value = 3
+ elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\subsubsection"
+ let last_section_value = 4
+ elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\paragraph"
+ let last_section_value = 5
+ elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\subparagraph"
+ let last_section_value = 6
+ endif
+ let s:last_section_line = getline(".")
+ else
+ let last_section_value = 0
+ endif
+ exe pos
+ return last_section_value
+endfunction "}}}
+function! s:Tex_section_curr_value(sec_arg) "{{{
+ if a:sec_arg == "pa" || a:sec_arg == "0" || a:sec_arg == "part"
+ let curr_section_value = 0
+ elseif a:sec_arg == "ch" || a:sec_arg == "1" || a:sec_arg == "chapter"
+ let curr_section_value = 1
+ elseif a:sec_arg == "se" || a:sec_arg == "2" || a:sec_arg == "section"
+ let curr_section_value = 2
+ elseif a:sec_arg == "ss" || a:sec_arg == "3" || a:sec_arg == "subsection"
+ let curr_section_value = 3
+ elseif a:sec_arg == "s2" || a:sec_arg == "4" || a:sec_arg == "subsubsection"
+ let curr_section_value = 4
+ elseif a:sec_arg == "pr" || a:sec_arg == "5" || a:sec_arg == "paragraph"
+ let curr_section_value = 5
+ elseif a:sec_arg == "sp" || a:sec_arg == "6" || a:sec_arg == "subparagraph"
+ let curr_section_value = 6
+ endif
+ return curr_section_value
+endfunction "}}}
+function! s:Tex_section_curr_rel_value(sec_arg, last_section_value) "{{{
+ let last_section_value = a:last_section_value
+ if a:sec_arg == "+" || a:sec_arg == "+1"
+ let curr_section_value = last_section_value + 1
+ elseif a:sec_arg == "++" || a:sec_arg == "+2"
+ let curr_section_value = last_section_value + 2
+ elseif a:sec_arg == "-" || a:sec_arg == "-1"
+ let curr_section_value = last_section_value - 1
+ elseif a:sec_arg == "--" || a:sec_arg == "-2"
+ let curr_section_value = last_section_value - 2
+ elseif a:sec_arg == "="
+ let curr_section_value = last_section_value
+ else
+ exe "let curr_section_value = last_section_value".a:sec_arg
+ endif
+ if curr_section_value < 0
+ let curr_section_value = 0
+ elseif curr_section_value > 6
+ let curr_section_value = 6
+ endif
+ return curr_section_value
+endfunction "}}}
+function! s:Tex_section_name(section_value) "{{{
+ if a:section_value == 0
+ let section_name = "part"
+ elseif a:section_value == 1
+ let section_name = "chapter"
+ elseif a:section_value == 2
+ let section_name = "section"
+ elseif a:section_value == 3
+ let section_name = "subsection"
+ elseif a:section_value == 4
+ let section_name = "subsubsection"
+ elseif a:section_value == 5
+ let section_name = "paragraph"
+ elseif a:section_value == 6
+ let section_name = "subparagraph"
+ endif
+ return section_name
+endfunction "}}}
+function! s:Tex_section_call(section_name) "{{{
+ exe "normal! i\\".a:section_name."{<++>}<++>\<Esc>0\<C-j>"
+" let ret_section = "\\".a:section_name."{<++>}<++>"
+" exe "normal! i\<C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(ret_section)\<CR>"
+" normal f}i
+endfunction "}}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Add looking help into latexhelp.txt
+" ==============================================================================
+
+inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_Help <C-o>:call <SID>TexHelp()<CR>
+nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_Help :call <SID>TexHelp()<CR>
+command! -nargs=0 THelp call <SID>TexHelp()
+call Tex_MakeMap('<F1>', '<Plug>Tex_Help', 'i', '')
+call Tex_MakeMap('<F1>', '<Plug>Tex_Help', 'n', '')
+
+" TexHelp: Cursor being on LaTeX item check if exists help tag about it " {{{
+function! s:TexHelp()
+ let syntax_item = synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.')-1,0),"name")
+ if syntax_item =~ '^tex'
+ setlocal isk+=\
+ let curword = expand('<cword>')
+ setlocal isk-=\
+ let v:errmsg = ''
+ if curword =~ "^\\" || syntax_item == 'texSectionName'
+ exe 'silent! help '.curword
+ if v:errmsg =~ '^E149:'
+ echohl ErrorMsg
+ exe "echomsg 'Sorry, no help for LaTeX: ".curword."'"
+ echohl None
+ let v:errmsg = ''
+ endif
+ else
+ help
+ endif
+ else
+ help
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Tables of shortcuts
+" ==============================================================================
+"
+command! -nargs=? Tshortcuts call Tex_shortcuts(<f-args>)<CR>
+
+" Tex_shortcuts: Show shortcuts in terminal after : command {{{
+function! Tex_shortcuts(...)
+ if a:0 == 0
+ let shorts = input(" Allowed arguments are:"
+ \."\n g General"
+ \."\n e Environments"
+ \."\n f Fonts"
+ \."\n s Sections"
+ \."\n m Math"
+ \."\n a All"
+ \."\n Enter your choice (<Enter> quits) : ")
+ call Tex_shortcuts(shorts)
+ elseif a:1 == 'g'
+ echo g:generalshortcuts
+ elseif a:1 == 'e'
+ echo g:environmentshortcuts
+ elseif a:1 == 'f'
+ echo g:fontshortcuts
+ elseif a:1 == 's'
+ echo g:sectionshortcuts
+ elseif a:1 == 'm'
+ echo g:mathshortcuts
+ elseif a:1 == 'a'
+ echo g:generalshortcuts
+ echo g:environmentshortcuts
+ echo g:fontshortcuts
+ echo g:sectionshortcuts
+ echo g:mathshortcuts
+ endif
+
+endfunction
+" }}}
+
+" General shortcuts {{{
+let g:generalshortcuts = ''
+\."\n General shortcuts"
+\."\n <mapleader> is a value of <Leader>"
+\."\n ".s:mapleader.'ll compile whole document'
+\."\n ".s:mapleader.'lv view compiled document'
+\."\n ".s:mapleader.'ls forward searching (if possible)'
+\."\n ".s:mapleader.'rf refresh folds'
+" }}}
+" Environment shortcuts {{{
+let g:environmentshortcuts = ''
+\."\n Environment shortcuts"
+\."\n <mapleader> is a value of g:Tex_Leader2"
+\."\n I v&V I v&V"
+\."\n ELI ".g:Tex_Leader2."li list EQN ".g:Tex_Leader2."qn quotation"
+\."\n EDE ".g:Tex_Leader2."de description ESB ".g:Tex_Leader2."sb sloppybar"
+\."\n EEN ".g:Tex_Leader2."en enumerate ETI ".g:Tex_Leader2."ti theindex"
+\."\n EIT ".g:Tex_Leader2."it itemize ETP ".g:Tex_Leader2."tp titlepage"
+\."\n ETI ".g:Tex_Leader2."ti theindex EVM ".g:Tex_Leader2."vm verbatim"
+\."\n ETL ".g:Tex_Leader2."tl trivlist EVE ".g:Tex_Leader2."ve verse"
+\."\n ETE ".g:Tex_Leader2."te table ETB ".g:Tex_Leader2."tb thebibliography"
+\."\n ETG ".g:Tex_Leader2."tg tabbing ENO ".g:Tex_Leader2."no note"
+\."\n ETR ".g:Tex_Leader2."tr tabular EOV ".g:Tex_Leader2."ov overlay"
+\."\n EAR ".g:Tex_Leader2."ar array ESL ".g:Tex_Leader2."sl slide"
+\."\n EDM ".g:Tex_Leader2."dm displaymath EAB ".g:Tex_Leader2."ab abstract"
+\."\n EEA ".g:Tex_Leader2."ea eqnarray EAP ".g:Tex_Leader2."ap appendix"
+\."\n EEQ ".g:Tex_Leader2."eq equation ECE ".g:Tex_Leader2."ce center"
+\."\n EDO ".g:Tex_Leader2."do document EFI ".g:Tex_Leader2."fi figure"
+\."\n EFC ".g:Tex_Leader2."fc filecontents ELR ".g:Tex_Leader2."lr lrbox"
+\."\n EFL ".g:Tex_Leader2."fl flushleft EMP ".g:Tex_Leader2."mp minipage"
+\."\n EFR ".g:Tex_Leader2."fr flushright EPI ".g:Tex_Leader2."pi picture"
+\."\n EMA ".g:Tex_Leader2."ma math EQE ".g:Tex_Leader2."qe quote"
+" }}}
+" Font shortcuts {{{
+let g:fontshortcuts = ''
+\."\n Font shortcuts"
+\."\n <mapleader> is a value of g:Tex_Leader"
+\."\n Shortcuts Effects"
+\."\n I v&V I&v V"
+\."\n FBF ".g:Tex_Leader."bf \\textbf{} {\\bfseries }"
+\."\n FMD ".g:Tex_Leader."md \\textmd{} {\\mdseries }"
+\."\n"
+\."\n FTT ".g:Tex_Leader."tt \\texttt{} {\\ttfamily }"
+\."\n FSF ".g:Tex_Leader."sf \\textsf{} {\\sffamily }"
+\."\n FRM ".g:Tex_Leader."rm \\textrm{} {\\rmfamily }"
+\."\n"
+\."\n FUP ".g:Tex_Leader."up \\textup{} {\\upshape }"
+\."\n FSL ".g:Tex_Leader."sl \\textsl{} {\\slshape }"
+\."\n FSC ".g:Tex_Leader."sc \\textsc{} {\\scshape }"
+\."\n FIT ".g:Tex_Leader."it \\textit{} {\\itshape }"
+" }}}
+" Section shortcuts {{{
+let g:sectionshortcuts = ''
+\."\n Section shortcuts"
+\."\n <mapleader> is a value of g:Tex_Leader2"
+\."\n I v&V"
+\."\n SPA ".g:Tex_Leader2."pa part"
+\."\n SCH ".g:Tex_Leader2."ch chapter"
+\."\n SSE ".g:Tex_Leader2."se section"
+\."\n SSS ".g:Tex_Leader2."ss subsection"
+\."\n SS2 ".g:Tex_Leader2."s2 subsubsection"
+\."\n SPG ".g:Tex_Leader2."pg paragraph"
+\."\n SSP ".g:Tex_Leader2."sp subparagraph"
+" }}}
+" Math shortcuts {{{
+let g:mathshortcuts = ''
+\."\n Math shortcuts - Insert mode"
+\."\n `a \\alpha `b \\beta"
+\."\n `g \\gamma `d \\delta"
+\."\n `e \\varepsilon `z \\zeta"
+\."\n `h \\eta `q \\theta"
+\."\n `i \\iota `k \\kappa"
+\."\n `l \\lambda `m \\mu"
+\."\n `n \\nu `x \\xi"
+\."\n `p \\pi `r \\rho"
+\."\n `s \\sigma `v \\varsigma"
+\."\n `t \\tau `u \\upsilon"
+\."\n `f \\varphi `c \\chi"
+\."\n `y \\psi `w \\omega"
+\."\n `A \\Alpha `B \\Beta"
+\."\n `G \\Gamma `D \\Delta"
+\."\n `E \\Epsilon `Z \\mathrm{Z}"
+\."\n `H \\Eta `K \\Kappa"
+\."\n `L \\Lambda `M \\Mu"
+\."\n `N \\Nu `X \\Xi"
+\."\n `P \\Pi `R \\Rho"
+\."\n `S \\Sigma `T \\Tau"
+\."\n `U \\Upsilon `C \\Chi"
+\."\n `Y \\Psi `W \\Omega"
+\."\n `( \\subset `) \\Subset"
+\."\n `= \\equiv =~ \\approx"
+\."\n `- \\bigcap `+ \\bigcup"
+\."\n `. \\cdot `* \\times"
+\."\n `\\ \\setminus `@ \\circ"
+\."\n `& \\wedge `, \\nonumber"
+\."\n `8 \\infty `_ \\bar{}"
+\."\n `: \\ddot{} `; \\dot{}"
+\."\n `^ \\hat{} `~ \\tilde{}"
+\."\n `6 \\partial"
+" }}}
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/tex_latexSuite.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/tex_latexSuite.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..582d014
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/tex_latexSuite.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+" LaTeX filetype
+" Language: LaTeX (ft=tex)
+" Maintainer: Srinath Avadhanula
+" Email: srinath@fastmail.fm
+
+if !exists('s:initLatexSuite')
+ let s:initLatexSuite = 1
+ exec 'so '.expand('<sfile>:p:h').'/latex-suite/main.vim'
+
+ silent! do LatexSuite User LatexSuiteInitPost
+endif
+
+silent! do LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/xml.vim b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/xml.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a19d73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ftplugin/xml.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+" Vim script file vim600:fdm=marker:
+" FileType: XML
+" Author: Devin Weaver <vim (at) tritarget.com>
+" Maintainer: Devin Weaver <vim (at) tritarget.com>
+" Last Change: $Date: 2005/05/12 18:12:58 $
+" Version: $Revision: 1.28 $
+" Location: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=301
+" Licence: This program is free software; you can redistribute it
+" and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+" License. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.txt
+" Credits: Brad Phelan <bphelan (at) mathworks.co.uk> for completing
+" tag matching and visual tag completion.
+" Ma, Xiangjiang <Xiangjiang.Ma (at) broadvision.com> for
+" pointing out VIM 6.0 map <buffer> feature.
+" Luc Hermitte <hermitte (at) free.fr> for testing the self
+" install documentation code and providing good bug fixes.
+" Guo-Peng Wen for the self install documentation code.
+
+" This script provides some convenience when editing XML (and some SGML)
+" formated documents.
+
+" Section: Documentation
+" ----------------------
+"
+" Documentation should be available by ":help xml-plugin" command, once the
+" script has been copied in you .vim/plugin directory.
+"
+" You still can read the documentation at the end of this file. Locate it by
+" searching the "xml-plugin" string (and set ft=help to have
+" appropriate syntaxic coloration).
+
+" Note: If you used the 5.x version of this file (xmledit.vim) you'll need to
+" comment out the section where you called it since it is no longer used in
+" version 6.x.
+
+" TODO: Revamp ParseTag to pull appart a tag a rebuild it properly.
+" a tag like: < test nowrap testatt=foo >
+" should be fixed to: <test nowrap="nowrap" testatt="foo"></test>
+
+"==============================================================================
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+ finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+" WrapTag -> Places an XML tag around a visual selection. {{{1
+" Brad Phelan: Wrap the argument in an XML tag
+" Added nice GUI support to the dialogs.
+" Rewrote function to implement new algorythem that addresses several bugs.
+if !exists("*s:WrapTag")
+function s:WrapTag(text)
+ if (line(".") < line("'<"))
+ let insert_cmd = "o"
+ elseif (col(".") < col("'<"))
+ let insert_cmd = "a"
+ else
+ let insert_cmd = "i"
+ endif
+ if strlen(a:text) > 10
+ let input_text = strpart(a:text, 0, 10) . '...'
+ else
+ let input_text = a:text
+ endif
+ let wraptag = inputdialog('Tag to wrap "' . input_text . '" : ')
+ if strlen(wraptag)==0
+ if strlen(b:last_wrap_tag_used)==0
+ undo
+ return
+ endif
+ let wraptag = b:last_wrap_tag_used
+ let atts = b:last_wrap_atts_used
+ else
+ let atts = inputdialog('Attributes in <' . wraptag . '> : ')
+ endif
+ if (visualmode() ==# 'V')
+ let text = strpart(a:text,0,strlen(a:text)-1)
+ if (insert_cmd ==# "o")
+ let eol_cmd = ""
+ else
+ let eol_cmd = "\<Cr>"
+ endif
+ else
+ let text = a:text
+ let eol_cmd = ""
+ endif
+ if strlen(atts)==0
+ let text = "<".wraptag.">".text."</".wraptag.">"
+ let b:last_wrap_tag_used = wraptag
+ let b:last_wrap_atts_used = ""
+ else
+ let text = "<".wraptag." ".atts.">".text."</".wraptag.">"
+ let b:last_wrap_tag_used = wraptag
+ let b:last_wrap_atts_used = atts
+ endif
+ execute "normal! ".insert_cmd.text.eol_cmd
+endfunction
+endif
+
+" NewFileXML -> Inserts <?xml?> at top of new file. {{{1
+if !exists("*s:NewFileXML")
+function s:NewFileXML( )
+ " Where is g:did_xhtmlcf_inits defined?
+ if &filetype == 'xml' || (!exists ("g:did_xhtmlcf_inits") && exists ("g:xml_use_xhtml") && (&filetype == 'html' || &filetype == 'xhtml'))
+ if append (0, '<?xml version="1.0"?>')
+ normal! G
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+endif
+
+
+" Callback -> Checks for tag callbacks and executes them. {{{1
+if !exists("*s:Callback")
+function s:Callback( xml_tag, isHtml )
+ let text = 0
+ if a:isHtml == 1 && exists ("*HtmlAttribCallback")
+ let text = HtmlAttribCallback (a:xml_tag)
+ elseif exists ("*XmlAttribCallback")
+ let text = XmlAttribCallback (a:xml_tag)
+ endif
+ if text != '0'
+ execute "normal! i " . text ."\<Esc>l"
+ endif
+endfunction
+endif
+
+
+" IsParsableTag -> Check to see if the tag is a real tag. {{{1
+if !exists("*s:IsParsableTag")
+function s:IsParsableTag( tag )
+ " The "Should I parse?" flag.
+ let parse = 1
+
+ " make sure a:tag has a proper tag in it and is not a instruction or end tag.
+ if a:tag !~ '^<[[:alnum:]_:\-].*>$'
+ let parse = 0
+ endif
+
+ " make sure this tag isn't already closed.
+ if strpart (a:tag, strlen (a:tag) - 2, 1) == '/'
+ let parse = 0
+ endif
+
+ return parse
+endfunction
+endif
+
+
+" ParseTag -> The major work hourse for tag completion. {{{1
+if !exists("*s:ParseTag")
+function s:ParseTag( )
+ " Save registers
+ let old_reg_save = @"
+ let old_save_x = @x
+
+ if (!exists("g:xml_no_auto_nesting") && strpart (getline ("."), col (".") - 2, 2) == '>>')
+ let multi_line = 1
+ execute "normal! \"xX"
+ else
+ let multi_line = 0
+ endif
+
+ let @" = ""
+ execute "normal! \"xy%%"
+ let ltag = @"
+ if (&filetype == 'html' || &filetype == 'xhtml') && (!exists ("g:xml_no_html"))
+ let html_mode = 1
+ let ltag = substitute (ltag, '[^[:graph:]]\+', ' ', 'g')
+ let ltag = substitute (ltag, '<\s*\([^[:alnum:]_:\-[:blank:]]\=\)\s*\([[:alnum:]_:\-]\+\)\>', '<\1\2', '')
+ else
+ let html_mode = 0
+ endif
+
+ if <SID>IsParsableTag (ltag)
+ " find the break between tag name and atributes (or closing of tag)
+ " Too bad I can't just grab the position index of a pattern in a string.
+ let index = 1
+ while index < strlen (ltag) && strpart (ltag, index, 1) =~ '[[:alnum:]_:\-]'
+ let index = index + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ let tag_name = strpart (ltag, 1, index - 1)
+ if strpart (ltag, index) =~ '[^/>[:blank:]]'
+ let has_attrib = 1
+ else
+ let has_attrib = 0
+ endif
+
+ " That's (index - 1) + 2, 2 for the '</' and 1 for the extra character the
+ " while includes (the '>' is ignored because <Esc> puts the curser on top
+ " of the '>'
+ let index = index + 2
+
+ " print out the end tag and place the cursor back were it left off
+ if html_mode && tag_name =~? '^\(img\|input\|param\|frame\|br\|hr\|meta\|link\|base\|area\)$'
+ if has_attrib == 0
+ call <SID>Callback (tag_name, html_mode)
+ endif
+ if exists ("g:xml_use_xhtml")
+ execute "normal! i /\<Esc>l"
+ endif
+ else
+ if multi_line
+ " Can't use \<Tab> because that indents 'tabstop' not 'shiftwidth'
+ " Also >> doesn't shift on an empty line hence the temporary char 'x'
+ let com_save = &comments
+ set comments-=n:>
+ execute "normal! a\<Cr>\<Cr>\<Esc>kAx\<Esc>>>$\"xx"
+ execute "set comments=" . com_save
+
+ " restore registers
+ let @" = old_reg_save
+ let @x = old_save_x
+
+ startinsert!
+ return ""
+ else
+ if has_attrib == 0
+ call <SID>Callback (tag_name, html_mode)
+ endif
+ execute "normal! a</" . tag_name . ">\<Esc>" . index . "h"
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " restore registers
+ let @" = old_reg_save
+ let @x = old_save_x
+
+ if col (".") < strlen (getline ("."))
+ execute "normal! l"
+ startinsert
+ else
+ startinsert!
+ endif
+endfunction
+endif
+
+
+" ParseTag2 -> Experimental function to replace ParseTag {{{1
+"if !exists("*s:ParseTag2")
+"function s:ParseTag2( )
+ " My thought is to pull the tag out and reformat it to a normalized tag
+ " and put it back.
+"endfunction
+"endif
+
+
+" BuildTagName -> Grabs the tag's name for tag matching. {{{1
+if !exists("*s:BuildTagName")
+function s:BuildTagName( )
+ "First check to see if we Are allready on the end of the tag. The / search
+ "forwards command will jump to the next tag otherwise
+
+ " Store contents of register x in a variable
+ let b:xreg = @x
+
+ exec "normal! v\"xy"
+ if @x=='>'
+ " Don't do anything
+ else
+ exec "normal! />/\<Cr>"
+ endif
+
+ " Now we head back to the < to reach the beginning.
+ exec "normal! ?<?\<Cr>"
+
+ " Capture the tag (a > will be catured by the /$/ match)
+ exec "normal! v/\\s\\|$/\<Cr>\"xy"
+
+ " We need to strip off any junk at the end.
+ let @x=strpart(@x, 0, match(@x, "[[:blank:]>\<C-J>]"))
+
+ "remove <, >
+ let @x=substitute(@x,'^<\|>$','','')
+
+ " remove spaces.
+ let @x=substitute(@x,'/\s*','/', '')
+ let @x=substitute(@x,'^\s*','', '')
+
+ " Swap @x and b:xreg
+ let temp = @x
+ let @x = b:xreg
+ let b:xreg = temp
+endfunction
+endif
+
+" TagMatch1 -> First step in tag matching. {{{1
+" Brad Phelan: First step in tag matching.
+if !exists("*s:TagMatch1")
+function s:TagMatch1()
+ " Save registers
+ let old_reg_save = @"
+
+ "Drop a marker here just in case we have a mismatched tag and
+ "wish to return (:mark looses column position)
+ normal! mz
+
+ call <SID>BuildTagName()
+
+ "Check to see if it is an end tag. If it is place a 1 in endtag
+ if match(b:xreg, '^/')==-1
+ let endtag = 0
+ else
+ let endtag = 1
+ endif
+
+ " Extract the tag from the whole tag block
+ " eg if the block =
+ " tag attrib1=blah attrib2=blah
+ " we will end up with
+ " tag
+ " with no trailing or leading spaces
+ let b:xreg=substitute(b:xreg,'^/','','g')
+
+ " Make sure the tag is valid.
+ " Malformed tags could be <?xml ?>, <![CDATA[]]>, etc.
+ if match(b:xreg,'^[[:alnum:]_:\-]') != -1
+ " Pass the tag to the matching
+ " routine
+ call <SID>TagMatch2(b:xreg, endtag)
+ endif
+ " Restore registers
+ let @" = old_reg_save
+endfunction
+endif
+
+
+" TagMatch2 -> Second step in tag matching. {{{1
+" Brad Phelan: Second step in tag matching.
+if !exists("*s:TagMatch2")
+function s:TagMatch2(tag,endtag)
+ let match_type=''
+
+ " Build the pattern for searching for XML tags based
+ " on the 'tag' type passed into the function.
+ " Note we search forwards for end tags and
+ " backwards for start tags
+ if a:endtag==0
+ "let nextMatch='normal /\(<\s*' . a:tag . '\(\s\+.\{-}\)*>\)\|\(<\/' . a:tag . '\s*>\)'
+ let match_type = '/'
+ else
+ "let nextMatch='normal ?\(<\s*' . a:tag . '\(\s\+.\{-}\)*>\)\|\(<\/' . a:tag . '\s*>\)'
+ let match_type = '?'
+ endif
+
+ if a:endtag==0
+ let stk = 1
+ else
+ let stk = 1
+ end
+
+ " wrapscan must be turned on. We'll recored the value and reset it afterward.
+ " We have it on because if we don't we'll get a nasty error if the search hits
+ " BOF or EOF.
+ let wrapval = &wrapscan
+ let &wrapscan = 1
+
+ "Get the current location of the cursor so we can
+ "detect if we wrap on ourselves
+ let lpos = line(".")
+ let cpos = col(".")
+
+ if a:endtag==0
+ " If we are trying to find a start tag
+ " then decrement when we find a start tag
+ let iter = 1
+ else
+ " If we are trying to find an end tag
+ " then increment when we find a start tag
+ let iter = -1
+ endif
+
+ "Loop until stk == 0.
+ while 1
+ " exec search.
+ " Make sure to avoid />$/ as well as /\s$/ and /$/.
+ exec "normal! " . match_type . '<\s*\/*\s*' . a:tag . '\([[:blank:]>]\|$\)' . "\<Cr>"
+
+ " Check to see if our match makes sence.
+ if a:endtag == 0
+ if line(".") < lpos
+ call <SID>MisMatchedTag (0, a:tag)
+ break
+ elseif line(".") == lpos && col(".") <= cpos
+ call <SID>MisMatchedTag (1, a:tag)
+ break
+ endif
+ else
+ if line(".") > lpos
+ call <SID>MisMatchedTag (2, '/'.a:tag)
+ break
+ elseif line(".") == lpos && col(".") >= cpos
+ call <SID>MisMatchedTag (3, '/'.a:tag)
+ break
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ call <SID>BuildTagName()
+
+ if match(b:xreg,'^/')==-1
+ " Found start tag
+ let stk = stk + iter
+ else
+ " Found end tag
+ let stk = stk - iter
+ endif
+
+ if stk == 0
+ break
+ endif
+ endwhile
+
+ let &wrapscan = wrapval
+endfunction
+endif
+
+" MisMatchedTag -> What to do if a tag is mismatched. {{{1
+if !exists("*s:MisMatchedTag")
+function s:MisMatchedTag( id, tag )
+ "Jump back to our formor spot
+ normal! `z
+ normal zz
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ " For debugging
+ "echo "Mismatched tag " . a:id . ": <" . a:tag . ">"
+ " For release
+ echo "Mismatched tag <" . a:tag . ">"
+ echohl None
+endfunction
+endif
+
+" DeleteTag -> Deletes surrounding tags from cursor. {{{1
+" Modifies mark z
+if !exists("*s:DeleteTag")
+function s:DeleteTag( )
+ if strpart (getline ("."), col (".") - 1, 1) == "<"
+ normal! l
+ endif
+ if search ("<[^\/]", "bW") == 0
+ return
+ endif
+ normal! mz
+ normal \5
+ normal! d%`zd%
+endfunction
+endif
+
+" VisualTag -> Selects Tag body in a visual selection. {{{1
+" Modifies mark z
+if !exists("*s:VisualTag")
+function s:VisualTag( )
+ if strpart (getline ("."), col (".") - 1, 1) == "<"
+ normal! l
+ endif
+ if search ("<[^\/]", "bW") == 0
+ return
+ endif
+ normal! mz
+ normal \5
+ normal! %
+ exe "normal! " . visualmode()
+ normal! `z
+endfunction
+endif
+
+" Section: Doc installation {{{1
+" Function: s:SpellInstallDocumentation(full_name, revision) {{{2
+" Install help documentation.
+" Arguments:
+" full_name: Full name of this vim plugin script, including path name.
+" revision: Revision of the vim script. #version# mark in the document file
+" will be replaced with this string with 'v' prefix.
+" Return:
+" 1 if new document installed, 0 otherwise.
+" Note: Cleaned and generalized by guo-peng Wen
+"'''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''
+
+function! s:SpellInstallDocumentation(full_name, revision)
+ " Name of the document path based on the system we use:
+ if (has("unix"))
+ " On UNIX like system, using forward slash:
+ let l:slash_char = '/'
+ let l:mkdir_cmd = ':silent !mkdir -p '
+ else
+ " On M$ system, use backslash. Also mkdir syntax is different.
+ " This should only work on W2K and up.
+ let l:slash_char = '\'
+ let l:mkdir_cmd = ':silent !mkdir '
+ endif
+
+ let l:doc_path = l:slash_char . 'doc'
+ "let l:doc_home = l:slash_char . '.vim' . l:slash_char . 'doc'
+
+ " Figure out document path based on full name of this script:
+ let l:vim_plugin_path = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':h')
+ "let l:vim_doc_path = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':h:h') . l:doc_path
+ let l:vim_doc_path = matchstr(l:vim_plugin_path,
+ \ '.\{-}\ze\%(\%(ft\)\=plugin\|macros\)') . l:doc_path
+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
+ echomsg "Doc path: " . l:vim_doc_path
+ execute l:mkdir_cmd . l:vim_doc_path
+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
+ " Try a default configuration in user home:
+ "let l:vim_doc_path = expand("~") . l:doc_home
+ let l:vim_doc_path = matchstr(&rtp,
+ \ escape($HOME, '\') .'[/\\]\%(\.vim\|vimfiles\)')
+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
+ execute l:mkdir_cmd . l:vim_doc_path
+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
+ " Put a warning:
+ echomsg "Unable to open documentation directory"
+ echomsg " type :help add-local-help for more informations."
+ return 0
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " Exit if we have problem to access the document directory:
+ if (!isdirectory(l:vim_plugin_path)
+ \ || !isdirectory(l:vim_doc_path)
+ \ || filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) != 2)
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+ " Full name of script and documentation file:
+ let l:script_name = 'xml.vim'
+ let l:doc_name = 'xml-plugin.txt'
+ let l:plugin_file = l:vim_plugin_path . l:slash_char . l:script_name
+ let l:doc_file = l:vim_doc_path . l:slash_char . l:doc_name
+
+ " Bail out if document file is still up to date:
+ if (filereadable(l:doc_file) &&
+ \ getftime(l:plugin_file) < getftime(l:doc_file))
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+ " Prepare window position restoring command:
+ if (strlen(@%))
+ let l:go_back = 'b ' . bufnr("%")
+ else
+ let l:go_back = 'enew!'
+ endif
+
+ " Create a new buffer & read in the plugin file (me):
+ setl nomodeline
+ exe 'enew!'
+ exe 'r ' . l:plugin_file
+
+ setl modeline
+ let l:buf = bufnr("%")
+ setl noswapfile modifiable
+
+ norm zR
+ norm gg
+
+ " Delete from first line to a line starts with
+ " === START_DOC
+ 1,/^=\{3,}\s\+START_DOC\C/ d
+
+ " Delete from a line starts with
+ " === END_DOC
+ " to the end of the documents:
+ /^=\{3,}\s\+END_DOC\C/,$ d
+
+ " Remove fold marks:
+ % s/{\{3}[1-9]/ /
+
+ " Add modeline for help doc: the modeline string is mangled intentionally
+ " to avoid it be recognized by VIM:
+ call append(line('$'), '')
+ call append(line('$'), ' v' . 'im:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:')
+
+ " Replace revision:
+ exe "normal :1,5s/#version#/ v" . a:revision . "/\<CR>"
+
+ " Save the help document:
+ exe 'w! ' . l:doc_file
+ exe l:go_back
+ exe 'bw ' . l:buf
+
+ " Build help tags:
+ exe 'helptags ' . l:vim_doc_path
+
+ return 1
+endfunction
+" }}}2
+
+let s:revision=
+ \ substitute("$Revision: 1.28 $",'\$\S*: \([.0-9]\+\) \$','\1','')
+silent! let s:install_status =
+ \ s:SpellInstallDocumentation(expand('<sfile>:p'), s:revision)
+if (s:install_status == 1)
+ echom expand("<sfile>:t:r") . '-plugin v' . s:revision .
+ \ ': Help-documentation installed.'
+endif
+
+
+" Mappings and Settings. {{{1
+" This makes the '%' jump between the start and end of a single tag.
+setlocal matchpairs+=<:>
+
+" Have this as an escape incase you want a literal '>' not to run the
+" ParseTag function.
+if !exists("g:xml_tag_completion_map")
+ inoremap <buffer> <LocalLeader>. >
+ inoremap <buffer> <LocalLeader>> >
+endif
+
+" Jump between the beggining and end tags.
+nnoremap <buffer> <LocalLeader>5 :call <SID>TagMatch1()<Cr>
+nnoremap <buffer> <LocalLeader>% :call <SID>TagMatch1()<Cr>
+vnoremap <buffer> <LocalLeader>5 <Esc>:call <SID>VisualTag()<Cr>
+vnoremap <buffer> <LocalLeader>% <Esc>:call <SID>VisualTag()<Cr>
+
+" Wrap selection in XML tag
+vnoremap <buffer> <LocalLeader>x "xx:call <SID>WrapTag(@x)<Cr>
+nnoremap <buffer> <LocalLeader>d :call <SID>DeleteTag()<Cr>
+
+" Parse the tag after pressing the close '>'.
+if !exists("g:xml_tag_completion_map")
+ inoremap <buffer> > ><Esc>:call <SID>ParseTag()<Cr>
+else
+ execute "inoremap <buffer> " . g:xml_tag_completion_map . " ><Esc>:call <SID>ParseTag()<Cr>"
+endif
+
+augroup xml
+ au!
+ au BufNewFile * call <SID>NewFileXML()
+augroup END
+"}}}1
+finish
+
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+" Section: Documentation content {{{1
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+=== START_DOC
+*xml-plugin.txt* Help edit XML and SGML documents. #version#
+
+ XML Edit {{{2 ~
+
+A filetype plugin to help edit XML and SGML documents.
+
+This script provides some convenience when editing XML (and some SGML
+including HTML) formated documents. It allows you to jump to the beginning
+or end of the tag block your cursor is in. '%' will jump between '<' and '>'
+within the tag your cursor is in. When in insert mode and you finish a tag
+(pressing '>') the tag will be completed. If you press '>' twice it will
+complete the tag and place the cursor in the middle of the tags on it's own
+line (helps with nested tags).
+
+Usage: Place this file into your ftplugin directory. To add html support
+Sym-link or copy this file to html.vim in your ftplugin directory. To activte
+the script place 'filetype plugin on' in your |.vimrc| file. See |ftplugins|
+for more information on this topic.
+
+If the file edited is of type "html" and "xml_use_html" is defined then the
+following tags will not auto complete:
+<img>, <input>, <param>, <frame>, <br>, <hr>, <meta>, <link>, <base>, <area>
+
+If the file edited is of type 'html' and 'xml_use_xhtml' is defined the above
+tags will autocomplete the xml closing staying xhtml compatable.
+ex. <hr> becomes <hr /> (see |xml-plugin-settings|)
+
+NOTE: If you used the VIM 5.x version of this file (xmledit.vim) you'll need
+to comment out the section where you called it. It is no longer used in the
+VIM 6.x version.
+
+Known Bugs {{{2 ~
+
+- This script will modify registers ". and "x; register "" will be restored.
+- < & > marks inside of a CDATA section are interpreted as actual XML tags
+ even if unmatched.
+- Although the script can handle leading spaces such as < tag></ tag> it is
+ illegal XML syntax and considered very bad form.
+- Placing a literal `>' in an attribute value will auto complete dispite that
+ the start tag isn't finished. This is poor XML anyway you should use
+ > instead.
+- The matching algorithm can handle illegal tag characters where as the tag
+ completion algorithm can not.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *xml-plugin-mappings*
+Mappings {{{2 ~
+
+<LocalLeader> is a setting in VIM that depicts a prefix for scripts and
+plugins to use. By default this is the backslash key `\'. See |mapleader|
+for details.
+
+<LocalLeader>x
+ Visual - Place a custom XML tag to suround the selected text. You
+ need to have selected text in visual mode before you can use this
+ mapping. See |visual-mode| for details.
+
+<LocalLeader>. or <LocalLeader>>
+ Insert - Place a literal '>' without parsing tag.
+
+<LocalLeader>5 or <LocalLeader>%
+ Normal or Visual - Jump to the begining or end tag.
+
+<LocalLeader>d
+ Normal - Deletes the surrounding tags from the cursor. >
+ <tag1>outter <tag2>inner text</tag2> text</tag1>
+ ^
+< Turns to: >
+ outter <tag2>inner text</tag2> text
+ ^
+<
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *xml-plugin-settings*
+Options {{{2 ~
+
+(All options must be placed in your |.vimrc| prior to the |ftplugin|
+command.)
+
+xml_tag_completion_map
+ Use this setting to change the default mapping to auto complete a
+ tag. By default typing a literal `>' will cause the tag your editing
+ to auto complete; pressing twice will auto nest the tag. By using
+ this setting the `>' will be a literal `>' and you must use the new
+ mapping to perform auto completion and auto nesting. For example if
+ you wanted Control-L to perform auto completion inmstead of typing a
+ `>' place the following into your .vimrc: >
+ let xml_tag_completion_map = "<C-l>"
+<
+xml_no_auto_nesting
+ This turns off the auto nesting feature. After a completion is made
+ and another `>' is typed xml-edit automatically will break the tag
+ accross multiple lines and indent the curser to make creating nested
+ tqags easier. This feature turns it off. Enter the following in your
+ .vimrc: >
+ let xml_no_auto_nesting = 1
+<
+xml_use_xhtml
+ When editing HTML this will auto close the short tags to make valid
+ XML like <hr /> and <br />. Enter the following in your vimrc to
+ turn this option on: >
+ let xml_use_xhtml = 1
+<
+xml_no_html
+ This turns of the support for HTML specific tags. Place this in your
+ .vimrc: >
+ let xml_no_html = 1
+<
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *xml-plugin-callbacks*
+Callback Functions {{{2 ~
+
+A callback function is a function used to customize features on a per tag
+basis. For example say you wish to have a default set of attributs when you
+type an empty tag like this:
+ You type: <tag>
+ You get: <tag default="attributes"></tag>
+
+This is for any script programmers who wish to add xml-plugin support to
+there own filetype plugins.
+
+Callback functions recive one attribute variable which is the tag name. The
+all must return either a string or the number zero. If it returns a string
+the plugin will place the string in the proper location. If it is a zero the
+plugin will ignore and continue as if no callback existed.
+
+The following are implemented callback functions:
+
+HtmlAttribCallback
+ This is used to add default attributes to html tag. It is intended
+ for HTML files only.
+
+XmlAttribCallback
+ This is a generic callback for xml tags intended to add attributes.
+
+ *xml-plugin-html*
+Callback Example {{{2 ~
+
+The following is an example of using XmlAttribCallback in your .vimrc
+>
+ function XmlAttribCallback (xml_tag)
+ if a:xml_tag ==? "my-xml-tag"
+ return "attributes=\"my xml attributes\""
+ else
+ return 0
+ endif
+ endfunction
+<
+The following is a sample html.vim file type plugin you could use:
+>
+ " Vim script file vim600:fdm=marker:
+ " FileType: HTML
+ " Maintainer: Devin Weaver <vim (at) tritarget.com>
+ " Location: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=301
+
+ " This is a wrapper script to add extra html support to xml documents.
+ " Original script can be seen in xml-plugin documentation.
+
+ " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+ finish
+ endif
+ " Don't set 'b:did_ftplugin = 1' because that is xml.vim's responsability.
+
+ let b:html_mode = 1
+
+ if !exists("*HtmlAttribCallback")
+ function HtmlAttribCallback( xml_tag )
+ if a:xml_tag ==? "table"
+ return "cellpadding=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" border=\"0\""
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "link"
+ return "href=\"/site.css\" rel=\"StyleSheet\" type=\"text/css\""
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "body"
+ return "bgcolor=\"white\""
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "frame"
+ return "name=\"NAME\" src=\"/\" scrolling=\"auto\" noresize"
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "frameset"
+ return "rows=\"0,*\" cols=\"*,0\" border=\"0\""
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "img"
+ return "src=\"\" width=\"0\" height=\"0\" border=\"0\" alt=\"\""
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "a"
+ if has("browse")
+ " Look up a file to fill the href. Used in local relative file
+ " links. typeing your own href before closing the tag with `>'
+ " will override this.
+ let cwd = getcwd()
+ let cwd = substitute (cwd, "\\", "/", "g")
+ let href = browse (0, "Link to href...", getcwd(), "")
+ let href = substitute (href, cwd . "/", "", "")
+ let href = substitute (href, " ", "%20", "g")
+ else
+ let href = ""
+ endif
+ return "href=\"" . href . "\""
+ else
+ return 0
+ endif
+ endfunction
+ endif
+
+ " On to loading xml.vim
+ runtime ftplugin/xml.vim
+<
+=== END_DOC
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+" v im:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
+" vim600: set foldmethod=marker tabstop=8 shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 smartindent smarttab :
+"fileencoding=iso-8859-15
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/indent/tex.vim b/vimfiles.latex/indent/tex.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5823dae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/indent/tex.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language: LaTeX
+" Maintainer: Johannes Tanzler <jtanzler@yline.com>
+" Created: Sat, 16 Feb 2002 16:50:19 +0100
+" Last Change: Sun, 17 Feb 2002 00:09:11 +0100
+" Last Update: 18th feb 2002, by LH :
+" (*) better support for the option
+" (*) use some regex instead of several '||'.
+" Version: 0.02
+" URL: comming soon: http://www.unet.univie.ac.at/~a9925098/vim/indent/tex.vim
+
+" --> If you're a Vim guru & and you find something that could be done in a
+" better (perhaps in a more Vim-ish or Vi-ish) way, please let me know!
+
+" Options: {{{
+"
+" To set the following options (ok, currently it's just one), add a line like
+" let g:tex_indent_items = 1
+" to your ~/.vimrc.
+"
+" * g:tex_indent_items
+"
+" If this variable is set, item-environments are indented like Emacs does
+" it, i.e., continuation lines are indented with a shiftwidth.
+"
+" NOTE: I've already set the variable below; delete the corresponding line
+" if you don't like this behaviour.
+"
+" Per default, it is unset.
+"
+" set unset
+" ----------------------------------------------------------------
+" \begin{itemize} \begin{itemize}
+" \item blablabla \item blablabla
+" bla bla bla bla bla bla
+" \item blablabla \item blablabla
+" bla bla bla bla bla bla
+" \end{itemize} \end{itemize}
+"
+"
+" This option applies to itemize, description, enumerate, and
+" thebibliography.
+"
+" }}}
+
+" Delete the next line to avoid the special indention of items
+if !exists("g:tex_indent_items")
+ let g:tex_indent_items = 1
+endif
+
+if exists("b:did_indent") | finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+
+setlocal indentexpr=GetTeXIndent()
+setlocal nolisp
+setlocal nosmartindent
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal indentkeys+=},=\\item,=\\bibitem
+
+
+" Only define the function once
+if exists("*GetTeXIndent") | finish
+endif
+
+
+
+function GetTeXIndent()
+
+ " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
+ let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+ " At the start of the file use zero indent.
+ if lnum == 0 | return 0
+ endif
+
+ let ind = indent(lnum)
+ let line = getline(lnum) " last line
+ let cline = getline(v:lnum) " current line
+
+ " Do not change indentation of commented lines.
+ if line =~ '^\s*%'
+ return ind
+ endif
+
+ " Add a 'shiftwidth' after beginning of environments.
+ " Don't add it for \begin{document} and \begin{verbatim}
+ ""if line =~ '^\s*\\begin{\(.*\)}' && line !~ 'verbatim'
+ " LH modification : \begin does not always start a line
+ if line =~ '\\begin{\(.*\)}' && line !~ 'verbatim'
+ \ && line !~ 'document'
+
+ let ind = ind + &sw
+
+ if g:tex_indent_items == 1
+ " Add another sw for item-environments
+ if line =~ 'itemize\|description\|enumerate\|thebibliography'
+ let ind = ind + &sw
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+
+
+ " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' when an environment ends
+ if cline =~ '^\s*\\end' && cline !~ 'verbatim'
+ \&& cline !~ 'document'
+
+ if g:tex_indent_items == 1
+ " Remove another sw for item-environments
+ if cline =~ 'itemize\|description\|enumerate\|thebibliography'
+ let ind = ind - &sw
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ let ind = ind - &sw
+ endif
+
+
+ " Special treatment for 'item'
+ " ----------------------------
+
+ if g:tex_indent_items == 1
+
+ " '\item' or '\bibitem' itself:
+ if cline =~ '^\s*\\\(bib\)\=item'
+ let ind = ind - &sw
+ endif
+
+ " lines following to '\item' are intented once again:
+ if line =~ '^\s*\\\(bib\)\=item'
+ let ind = ind + &sw
+ endif
+
+ endif
+
+ return ind
+endfunction
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/ltags b/vimfiles.latex/ltags
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bec7c56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/ltags
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# Author: Dimitri Antoniou <dimitri@risc2.aecom.yu.edu>
+# usage: ltags filename
+# handles: \label and \cite{ } with one or more arguments
+# fails if arguments of cite spread over more than one line
+# also searches in files that are \include or \input in the main file
+
+# get main LaTeX source file from command line:
+$mainfile = shift;
+
+# get names of included files and store them in an array
+open MAIN, $mainfile or die "$!" ;
+@mainfile=<MAIN>;
+@allsrcfiles = map{ /^\\(?:input|include){(.*?)}/ } @mainfile;
+unshift @allsrcfiles, $mainfile;
+
+# loop over all source files
+for $srcfile (@allsrcfiles) {
+ # if \input{fname} append .tex to fname
+ unless ( $srcfile =~ m/\.tex/ ) { $srcfile = $srcfile . "\.tex" }
+ open SRC, $srcfile or die "$!" ;
+ # store contents of source file in array @texfile
+ @texfile=<SRC>;
+
+ # store lines with \label and \cite (or \citeonline) in arrays
+ @labelList = grep{ /\\label{/ } @texfile;
+ @citeList = grep{ /\\(cite|citeonline){/ } @texfile;
+
+ # see if we use an external database; if yes, store its name in $bibfile
+ ($dbase) = grep{ /^\\bibliography{/ } @texfile;
+ if ($dbase) {
+ $dbase =~ m/\\bibliography{(.*?)}/;
+ $bibfile = $1;
+ }
+
+ # write \bibitem in tags file
+ @mrefs=();
+ @refs=();
+ @multirefs=();
+ foreach (@citeList) {
+ while ( m/\\(?:cite|citeonline){(.*?)}/g ) {
+ $refs = $1;
+ # if \cite has more than one argument, split them:
+ if ($refs =~ /,/) {
+ @mrefs = split /,/, $refs;
+ # there might be more than one \cite in a line:
+ push (@multirefs, @mrefs);
+ }
+ else {
+ @refs = ($refs);
+ push (@multirefs, @refs);
+ }
+ }
+ # in BibTeX, format is @ARTICLE{Name, }; in source file, \bibitem{Name}
+ for $ref (@multirefs) {
+ if ( $dbase ) {
+ push @unsorttag, "$ref\t$bibfile\t/{$ref,/\n"
+ }
+ else {
+ push @unsorttag, "$ref\t$srcfile\t/bibitem{$ref}/\n"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # write \label in tag file
+ foreach (@labelList) {
+ m/\\label{(.*?)}/;
+ push @unsorttag, "$1\t$srcfile\t/label{$1}/\n";
+ }
+}
+
+# sort tag file; then, eliminate duplicates
+@sortedtag = sort @unsorttag;
+%seen = ();
+@uniqtag = grep { ! $seen{$_} ++ } @sortedtag;
+
+open(TAGS, "> tags");
+print TAGS @uniqtag;
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/plugin/SyntaxFolds.vim b/vimfiles.latex/plugin/SyntaxFolds.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27c622c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/plugin/SyntaxFolds.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+" ==============================================================================
+" File: syntaxFolds.vim
+" Author: Srinath Avadhanula
+" ( srinath@fastmail.fm )
+" Last Change: Sun Oct 27 01:00 AM 2002 PST
+" Description: Emulation of the syntax folding capability of vim using manual
+" folding
+"
+" This script provides an emulation of the syntax folding of vim using manual
+" folding. Just as in syntax folding, the folds are defined by regions. Each
+" region is specified by a call to FoldRegions() which accepts 4 parameters:
+"
+" call FoldRegions(startpat, endpat, startoff, endoff)
+"
+" startpat: a line matching this pattern defines the beginning of a fold.
+" endpat : a line matching this pattern defines the end of a fold.
+" startoff: this is the offset from the starting line at which folding will
+" actually start
+" endoff : like startoff, but gives the offset of the actual fold end from
+" the line satisfying endpat.
+" startoff and endoff are necessary when the folding region does
+" not have a specific end pattern corresponding to a start
+" pattern. for example in latex,
+" \begin{section}
+" defines the beginning of a section, but its not necessary to
+" have a corresponding
+" \end{section}
+" the section is assumed to end 1 line _before_ another section
+" starts.
+" startskip: a pattern which defines the beginning of a "skipped" region.
+"
+" For example, suppose we define a \itemize fold as follows:
+" startpat = '^\s*\\item',
+" endpat = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}',
+" startoff = 0,
+" endoff = -1
+"
+" This defines a fold which starts with a line beginning with an
+" \item and ending one line before a line beginning with an
+" \item or \end{enumerate} etc.
+"
+" Then, as long as \item's are not nested things are fine.
+" However, once items begin to nest, the fold started by one
+" \item can end because of an \item in an \itemize
+" environment within this \item. i.e, the following can happen:
+"
+" \begin{itemize}
+" \item Some text <------- fold will start here
+" This item will contain a nested item
+" \begin{itemize} <----- fold will end here because next line contains \item...
+" \item Hello
+" \end{itemize} <----- ... instead of here.
+" \item Next item of the parent itemize
+" \end{itemize}
+"
+" Therefore, in order to completely define a folding item which
+" allows nesting, we need to also define a "skip" pattern.
+" startskip and end skip do that.
+" Leave '' when there is no nesting.
+" endskip: the pattern which defines the end of the "skip" pattern for
+" nested folds.
+"
+" Example:
+" 1. A syntax fold region for a latex section is
+" startpat = "\\section{"
+" endpat = "\\section{"
+" startoff = 0
+" endoff = -1
+" startskip = ''
+" endskip = ''
+" Note that the start and end patterns are thus the same and endoff has a
+" negative value to capture the effect of a section ending one line before
+" the next starts.
+" 2. A syntax fold region for the \itemize environment is:
+" startpat = '^\s*\\item',
+" endpat = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}',
+" startoff = 0,
+" endoff = -1,
+" startskip = '^\s*\\begin{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}',
+" endskip = '^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}'
+" Note the use of startskip and endskip to allow nesting.
+"
+"
+" Each time a call is made to FoldRegions(), all the regions (which might be
+" disjoint, but not nested) are folded up.
+" Nested folds can be created by successive calls to FoldRegions(). The first
+" call defines the region which is deepest in the folding. See MakeTexFolds()
+" for an idea of how this works for latex files.
+
+" Function: AddSyntaxFoldItem (start, end, startoff, endoff [, skipStart, skipEnd]) {{{
+function! AddSyntaxFoldItem(start, end, startoff, endoff, ...)
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let skipStart = a:1
+ let skipEnd = a:2
+ else
+ let skipStart = ''
+ let skipEnd = ''
+ end
+ if !exists('b:numFoldItems')
+ let b:numFoldItems = 0
+ end
+ let b:numFoldItems = b:numFoldItems + 1
+
+ exe 'let b:startPat_'.b:numFoldItems.' = a:start'
+ exe 'let b:endPat_'.b:numFoldItems.' = a:end'
+ exe 'let b:startOff_'.b:numFoldItems.' = a:startoff'
+ exe 'let b:endOff_'.b:numFoldItems.' = a:endoff'
+ exe 'let b:skipStartPat_'.b:numFoldItems.' = skipStart'
+ exe 'let b:skipEndPat_'.b:numFoldItems.' = skipEnd'
+endfunction
+
+
+" }}}
+" Function: MakeSyntaxFolds (force) {{{
+" Description: This function calls FoldRegions() several times with the
+" parameters specifying various regions resulting in a nested fold
+" structure for the file.
+function! MakeSyntaxFolds(force, ...)
+ if exists('b:doneFolding') && a:force == 0
+ return
+ end
+
+ let skipEndPattern = ''
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let line1 = a:1
+ let skipEndPattern = '\|'.a:2
+ else
+ let line1 = 1
+ let r = line('.')
+ let c = virtcol('.')
+
+ setlocal fdm=manual
+ normal! zE
+ end
+ if !exists('b:numFoldItems')
+ b:numFoldItems = 1000000
+ end
+
+ let i = 1
+
+ let maxline = line('.')
+
+ while exists('b:startPat_'.i) && i <= b:numFoldItems
+ exe 'let startPat = b:startPat_'.i
+ exe 'let endPat = b:endPat_'.i
+ exe 'let startOff = b:startOff_'.i
+ exe 'let endOff = b:endOff_'.i
+
+ let skipStart = ''
+ let skipEnd = ''
+ if exists('b:skipStartPat_'.i)
+ exe 'let skipStart = b:skipStartPat_'.i
+ exe 'let skipEnd = b:skipEndPat_'.i
+ end
+ exe line1
+ let lastLoc = line1
+
+ if skipStart != ''
+ call InitStack('BeginSkipArray')
+ call FoldRegionsWithSkip(startPat, endPat, startOff, endOff, skipStart, skipEnd, 1, line('$'))
+ " call PrintError('done folding ['.startPat.']')
+ else
+ call FoldRegionsWithNoSkip(startPat, endPat, startOff, endOff, 1, line('$'), '')
+ end
+
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ exe maxline
+
+ if a:0 == 0
+ exe r
+ exe "normal! ".c."|"
+ if foldlevel(r) > 1
+ exe "normal! ".(foldlevel(r) - 1)."zo"
+ end
+ let b:doneFolding = 0
+ end
+endfunction
+
+
+" }}}
+" FoldRegionsWithSkip: folding things such as \item's which can be nested. {{{
+function! FoldRegionsWithSkip(startpat, endpat, startoff, endoff, startskip, endskip, line1, line2)
+ exe a:line1
+ " count the regions which have been skipped as we go along. do not want to
+ " create a fold which with a beginning or end line in one of the skipped
+ " regions.
+ let skippedRegions = ''
+
+ " start searching for either the starting pattern or the end pattern.
+ while search(a:startskip.'\|'.a:endskip, 'W')
+
+ if getline('.') =~ a:endskip
+
+ let lastBegin = Pop('BeginSkipArray')
+ " call PrintError('popping '.lastBegin.' from stack and folding till '.line('.'))
+ call FoldRegionsWithNoSkip(a:startpat, a:endpat, a:startoff, a:endoff, lastBegin, line('.'), skippedRegions)
+ let skippedRegions = skippedRegions.lastBegin.','.line('.').'|'
+
+
+ " if this is the beginning of a skip region, then, push this line as
+ " the beginning of a skipped region.
+ elseif getline('.') =~ a:startskip
+
+ " call PrintError('pushing '.line('.').' ['.getline('.').'] into stack')
+ call Push('BeginSkipArray', line('.'))
+
+ end
+ endwhile
+
+ " call PrintError('with skip starting at '.a:line1.' returning at line# '.line('.'))
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" FoldRegionsWithNoSkip: folding things such as \sections which do not nest. {{{
+function! FoldRegionsWithNoSkip(startpat, endpat, startoff, endoff, line1, line2, skippedRegions)
+ exe a:line1
+
+ " call PrintError('line1 = '.a:line1.', searching from '.line('.').'... for ['.a:startpat.'')
+ let lineBegin = s:MySearch(a:startpat, 'in')
+ " call PrintError('... and finding it at '.lineBegin)
+
+ while lineBegin <= a:line2
+ if IsInSkippedRegion(lineBegin, a:skippedRegions)
+ let lineBegin = s:MySearch(a:startpat, 'out')
+ " call PrintError(lineBegin.' is being skipped')
+ continue
+ end
+ let lineEnd = s:MySearch(a:endpat, 'out')
+ while IsInSkippedRegion(lineEnd, a:skippedRegions) && lineEnd <= a:line2
+ let lineEnd = s:MySearch(a:endpat, 'out')
+ endwhile
+ if lineEnd > a:line2
+ exe (lineBegin + a:startoff).','.a:line2.' fold'
+ break
+ else
+ " call PrintError ('for ['.a:startpat.'] '.(lineBegin + a:startoff).','.(lineEnd + a:endoff).' fold')
+ exe (lineBegin + a:startoff).','.(lineEnd + a:endoff).' fold'
+ end
+
+ " call PrintError('line1 = '.a:line1.', searching from '.line('.').'... for ['.a:startpat.'')
+ let lineBegin = s:MySearch(a:startpat, 'in')
+ " call PrintError('... and finding it at '.lineBegin)
+ endwhile
+
+ exe a:line2
+ return
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" InitStack: initialize a stack {{{
+function! InitStack(name)
+ exe 'let s:'.a:name.'_numElems = 0'
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Push: push element into stack {{{
+function! Push(name, elem)
+ exe 'let numElems = s:'.a:name.'_numElems'
+ let numElems = numElems + 1
+ exe 'let s:'.a:name.'_Element_'.numElems.' = a:elem'
+ exe 'let s:'.a:name.'_numElems = numElems'
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Pop: pops element off stack {{{
+function! Pop(name)
+ exe 'let numElems = s:'.a:name.'_numElems'
+ if numElems == 0
+ return ''
+ else
+ exe 'let ret = s:'.a:name.'_Element_'.numElems
+ let numElems = numElems - 1
+ exe 'let s:'.a:name.'_numElems = numElems'
+ return ret
+ end
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" MySearch: just like search(), but returns large number on failure {{{
+function! <SID>MySearch(pat, opt)
+ if a:opt == 'in'
+ if getline('.') =~ a:pat
+ let ret = line('.')
+ else
+ let ret = search(a:pat, 'W')
+ end
+ else
+ normal! $
+ let ret = search(a:pat, 'W')
+ end
+
+ if ret == 0
+ let ret = line('$') + 1
+ end
+ return ret
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" Function: IsInSkippedRegion (lnum, regions) {{{
+" Description: finds whether a given line number is within one of the regions
+" skipped.
+function! IsInSkippedRegion(lnum, regions)
+ let i = 1
+ let subset = s:Strntok(a:regions, '|', i)
+ while subset != ''
+ let n1 = s:Strntok(subset, ',', 1)
+ let n2 = s:Strntok(subset, ',', 2)
+ if a:lnum >= n1 && a:lnum <= n2
+ return 1
+ end
+
+ let subset = s:Strntok(a:regions, '|', i)
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ return 0
+endfunction " }}}
+" Function: Strntok (string, tok, n) {{{
+" extract the n^th token from s seperated by tok.
+" example: Strntok('1,23,3', ',', 2) = 23
+fun! <SID>Strntok(s, tok, n)
+ return matchstr( a:s.a:tok[0], '\v(\zs([^'.a:tok.']*)\ze['.a:tok.']){'.a:n.'}')
+endfun " }}}
+
+" vim600:fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/plugin/filebrowser.vim b/vimfiles.latex/plugin/filebrowser.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9de049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/plugin/filebrowser.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+" filebrowser.vim: utility file for vim 6.2+
+"
+" Copyright: Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail DOT fm>
+" Parts of this file are taken from explorer.vim which is a plugin file
+" distributed with vim under the Vim charityware license.
+" License: distributed under the Vim charityware license.
+"
+" Settings:
+" FB_CallBackFunction: the function name which gets called when the user
+" presses <cr> on a file-name in the file browser.
+" FB_AllowRegexp: A filename has to match this regexp to be displayed.
+" FB_RejectRegexp: If a filename matches this regexp, then its not displayed.
+" (Both these regexps are '' by default which means no filtering is
+" done).
+
+" line continuation used here.
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+"======================================================================
+" Globally visible functions (API)
+"======================================================================
+" FB_OpenFileBrowser: opens a new buffer and displays the file list {{{
+" Description:
+function! FB_OpenFileBrowser(dir)
+ if !isdirectory(a:dir)
+ return
+ endif
+ if exists('s:FB_BufferNumber')
+ if bufwinnr(s:FB_BufferNumber) != -1
+ execute bufwinnr(s:FB_BufferNumber).' wincmd w'
+ return
+ endif
+ execute 'aboveleft split #'.s:FB_BufferNumber
+ else
+ aboveleft split __Choose_File__
+ let s:FB_BufferNumber = bufnr('%')
+ endif
+ call FB_DisplayFiles(a:dir)
+endfunction " }}}
+" FB_DisplayFiles: displays the files in a given directory {{{
+" Description:
+" Call this function only when the cursor is in a temporary buffer
+function! FB_DisplayFiles(dir)
+ if !isdirectory(a:dir)
+ return
+ endif
+ call s:FB_SetSilentSettings()
+ " make this a "scratch" buffer
+ call s:FB_SetScratchSettings()
+
+ let allowRegexp = s:FB_GetVar('FB_AllowRegexp', '')
+ let rejectRegexp = s:FB_GetVar('FB_RejectRegexp', '')
+
+ " change to the directory to make processing simpler.
+ execute "lcd ".a:dir
+ " delete everything in the buffer.
+ " IMPORTANT: we need to be in a scratch buffer
+ 0,$ d_
+
+ let allFilenames = glob('*')
+ let dispFiles = ""
+ let subDirs = "../\n"
+
+ let i = 1
+ while 1
+ let filename = s:FB_Strntok(allFilenames, "\n", i)
+ if filename == ''
+ break
+ endif
+ if isdirectory(filename)
+ let subDirs = subDirs.filename."/\n"
+ else
+ if allowRegexp != '' && filename !~ allowRegexp
+ elseif rejectRegexp != '' && filename =~ rejectRegexp
+ else
+ let dispFiles = dispFiles.filename."\n"
+ endif
+ endif
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+ 0put!=dispFiles
+ 0put!=subDirs
+ " delte the last empty line resulting from the put
+ $ d_
+
+ call s:FB_SetHighlighting()
+ call s:FB_DisplayHelp()
+ call s:FB_SetMaps()
+
+ " goto the first file/directory
+ 0
+ call search('^"=', 'w')
+ normal! j:<bs>
+
+ set nomodified nomodifiable
+
+ call s:FB_ResetSilentSettings()
+endfunction " }}}
+" FB_SetVar: sets script local variables from outside this script {{{
+" Description:
+function! FB_SetVar(varname, value)
+ let s:{a:varname} = a:value
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" FB_SetHighlighting: sets syntax highlighting for the buffer {{{
+" Description:
+" Origin: from explorer.vim in vim
+function! <SID>FB_SetHighlighting()
+ " Set up syntax highlighting
+ " Something wrong with the evaluation of the conditional though...
+ if has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on") && !has("syntax_items")
+ syn match browseSynopsis "^\"[ -].*"
+ syn match browseDirectory "[^\"].*/ "
+ syn match browseDirectory "[^\"].*/$"
+ syn match browseCurDir "^\"= .*$"
+ syn match browseSortBy "^\" Sorted by .*$" contains=browseSuffixInfo
+ syn match browseSuffixInfo "(.*)$" contained
+ syn match browseFilter "^\" Not Showing:.*$"
+ syn match browseFiletime "�\d\+$"
+
+ "hi def link browseSynopsis PreProc
+ hi def link browseSynopsis Special
+ hi def link browseDirectory Directory
+ hi def link browseCurDir Statement
+ hi def link browseSortBy String
+ hi def link browseSuffixInfo Type
+ hi def link browseFilter String
+ hi def link browseFiletime Ignore
+ hi def link browseSuffixes Type
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" FB_SetMaps: sets buffer local maps {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>FB_SetMaps()
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> q :bdelete<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> C :call FB_DisplayFiles(getcwd())<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <esc> :bdelete<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <CR> :call <SID>FB_EditEntry()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> ? :call <SID>FB_ToggleHelp()<CR>
+
+ " lock the user in this window
+ nnoremap <buffer> <C-w> <nop>
+endfunction " }}}
+" FB_SetSilentSettings: some settings which make things silent {{{
+" Description:
+" Origin: from explorer.vim distributed with vim.
+function! <SID>FB_SetSilentSettings()
+ let s:save_report=&report
+ let s:save_showcmd = &sc
+ set report=10000 noshowcmd
+endfunction
+" FB_ResetSilentSettings: reset settings set by FB_SetSilentSettings
+" Description:
+function! <SID>FB_ResetSilentSettings()
+ let &report=s:save_report
+ let &showcmd = s:save_showcmd
+endfunction " }}}
+" FB_SetScratchSettings: makes the present buffer a scratch buffer {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>FB_SetScratchSettings()
+ " Turn off the swapfile, set the buffer type so that it won't get
+ " written, and so that it will get deleted when it gets hidden.
+ setlocal noreadonly modifiable
+ setlocal noswapfile
+ setlocal buftype=nowrite
+ setlocal bufhidden=delete
+ " Don't wrap around long lines
+ setlocal nowrap
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" FB_ToggleHelp: toggles verbosity of help {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>FB_ToggleHelp()
+ let s:FB_VerboseHelp = 1 - s:FB_GetVar('FB_VerboseHelp', 0)
+
+ call FB_DisplayFiles('.')
+endfunction " }}}
+" FB_DisplayHelp: displays a helpful header {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>FB_DisplayHelp()
+ let verboseHelp = s:FB_GetVar('FB_VerboseHelp', 0)
+ if verboseHelp
+ let txt =
+ \ "\" <cr>: on file, choose the file and quit\n"
+ \ ."\" on dir, enter directory\n"
+ \ ."\" q/<esc>: quit without choosing\n"
+ \ ."\" C: change directory to getcwd()\n"
+ \ ."\" ?: toggle help verbosity\n"
+ \ ."\"= ".getcwd()
+ else
+ let txt = "\" ?: toggle help verbosity\n"
+ \ ."\"= ".getcwd()
+ endif
+ 0put!=txt
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" Handles various actions in the file-browser
+" FB_EditEntry: handles the user pressing <enter> on a line {{{
+" Description:
+function! <SID>FB_EditEntry()
+ let line = getline('.')
+
+ if isdirectory(line)
+ call FB_DisplayFiles(line)
+ endif
+
+ " If the user has a call back function defined on choosing a file, handle
+ " it.
+ let cbf = s:FB_GetVar('FB_CallBackFunction', '')
+ if cbf != '' && line !~ '^" ' && filereadable(line)
+ let fname = fnamemodify(line, ':p')
+ bdelete
+
+ let arguments = s:FB_GetVar('FB_CallBackFunctionArgs', '')
+ if arguments != ''
+ let arguments = ','.arguments
+ endif
+ call Tex_Debug('arguments = '.arguments, 'fb')
+ call Tex_Debug("call ".cbf."('".fname."'".arguments.')', 'fb')
+ exec "call ".cbf."('".fname."'".arguments.')'
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" FB_Strntok (string, tok, n) {{{
+" extract the n^th token from s seperated by tok.
+" example: FB_Strntok('1,23,3', ',', 2) = 23
+fun! <SID>FB_Strntok(s, tok, n)
+ return matchstr( a:s.a:tok[0], '\v(\zs([^'.a:tok.']*)\ze['.a:tok.']){'.a:n.'}')
+endfun " }}}
+" FB_GetVar: gets the most local value of a variable {{{
+function! <SID>FB_GetVar(name, default)
+ if exists('s:'.a:name)
+ return s:{a:name}
+ elseif exists('w:'.a:name)
+ return w:{a:name}
+ elseif exists('b:'.a:name)
+ return b:{a:name}
+ elseif exists('g:'.a:name)
+ return g:{a:name}
+ else
+ return a:default
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+
+" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:nowrap
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/plugin/imaps.vim b/vimfiles.latex/plugin/imaps.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d871aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/plugin/imaps.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,831 @@
+" File: imaps.vim
+" Authors: Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail.fm>
+" Benji Fisher <benji AT member.AMS.org>
+"
+" WWW: http://cvs.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/vim-latex/vimfiles/plugin/imaps.vim?only_with_tag=MAIN
+"
+" Description: insert mode template expander with cursor placement
+" while preserving filetype indentation.
+"
+" $Id: imaps.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+"
+" Documentation: {{{
+"
+" Motivation:
+" this script provides a way to generate insert mode mappings which do not
+" suffer from some of the problem of mappings and abbreviations while allowing
+" cursor placement after the expansion. It can alternatively be thought of as
+" a template expander.
+"
+" Consider an example. If you do
+"
+" imap lhs something
+"
+" then a mapping is set up. However, there will be the following problems:
+" 1. the 'ttimeout' option will generally limit how easily you can type the
+" lhs. if you type the left hand side too slowly, then the mapping will not
+" be activated.
+" 2. if you mistype one of the letters of the lhs, then the mapping is
+" deactivated as soon as you backspace to correct the mistake.
+"
+" If, in order to take care of the above problems, you do instead
+"
+" iab lhs something
+"
+" then the timeout problem is solved and so is the problem of mistyping.
+" however, abbreviations are only expanded after typing a non-word character.
+" which causes problems of cursor placement after the expansion and invariably
+" spurious spaces are inserted.
+"
+" Usage Example:
+" this script attempts to solve all these problems by providing an emulation
+" of imaps wchich does not suffer from its attendant problems. Because maps
+" are activated without having to press additional characters, therefore
+" cursor placement is possible. furthermore, file-type specific indentation is
+" preserved, because the rhs is expanded as if the rhs is typed in literally
+" by the user.
+"
+" The script already provides some default mappings. each "mapping" is of the
+" form:
+"
+" call IMAP (lhs, rhs, ft)
+"
+" Some characters in the RHS have special meaning which help in cursor
+" placement.
+"
+" Example One:
+"
+" call IMAP ("bit`", "\\begin{itemize}\<cr>\\item <++>\<cr>\\end{itemize}<++>", "tex")
+"
+" This effectively sets up the map for "bit`" whenever you edit a latex file.
+" When you type in this sequence of letters, the following text is inserted:
+"
+" \begin{itemize}
+" \item *
+" \end{itemize}<++>
+"
+" where * shows the cursor position. The cursor position after inserting the
+" text is decided by the position of the first "place-holder". Place holders
+" are special characters which decide cursor placement and movement. In the
+" example above, the place holder characters are <+ and +>. After you have typed
+" in the item, press <C-j> and you will be taken to the next set of <++>'s.
+" Therefore by placing the <++> characters appropriately, you can minimize the
+" use of movement keys.
+"
+" NOTE: Set g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders to 0 to disable placeholders altogether.
+" Set
+" g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd
+" to something else if you want different place holder characters.
+" Also, b:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd override the values
+" of g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd respectively. This is
+" useful for setting buffer specific place hoders.
+"
+" Example Two:
+" You can use the <C-r> command to insert dynamic elements such as dates.
+" call IMAP ('date`', "\<c-r>=strftime('%b %d %Y')\<cr>", '')
+"
+" sets up the map for date` to insert the current date.
+"
+"--------------------------------------%<--------------------------------------
+" Bonus: This script also provides a command Snip which puts tearoff strings,
+" '----%<----' above and below the visually selected range of lines. The
+" length of the string is chosen to be equal to the longest line in the range.
+" Recommended Usage:
+" '<,'>Snip
+"--------------------------------------%<--------------------------------------
+" }}}
+
+" line continuation used here.
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Script Options / Variables
+" ==============================================================================
+" Options {{{
+if !exists('g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders')
+ let g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders = 1
+endif
+if !exists('g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders')
+ let g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders = 1
+endif
+" }}}
+" Variables {{{
+" s:LHS_{ft}_{char} will be generated automatically. It will look like
+" s:LHS_tex_o = 'fo\|foo\|boo' and contain all mapped sequences ending in "o".
+" s:Map_{ft}_{lhs} will be generated automatically. It will look like
+" s:Map_c_foo = 'for(<++>; <++>; <++>)', the mapping for "foo".
+"
+" }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" functions for easy insert mode mappings.
+" ==============================================================================
+" IMAP: Adds a "fake" insert mode mapping. {{{
+" For example, doing
+" IMAP('abc', 'def' ft)
+" will mean that if the letters abc are pressed in insert mode, then
+" they will be replaced by def. If ft != '', then the "mapping" will be
+" specific to the files of type ft.
+"
+" Using IMAP has a few advantages over simply doing:
+" imap abc def
+" 1. with imap, if you begin typing abc, the cursor will not advance and
+" long as there is a possible completion, the letters a, b, c will be
+" displayed on on top of the other. using this function avoids that.
+" 2. with imap, if a backspace or arrow key is pressed before completing
+" the word, then the mapping is lost. this function allows movement.
+" (this ofcourse means that this function is only limited to
+" left-hand-sides which do not have movement keys or unprintable
+" characters)
+" It works by only mapping the last character of the left-hand side.
+" when this character is typed in, then a reverse lookup is done and if
+" the previous characters consititute the left hand side of the mapping,
+" the previously typed characters and erased and the right hand side is
+" inserted
+
+" IMAP: set up a filetype specific mapping.
+" Description:
+" "maps" the lhs to rhs in files of type 'ft'. If supplied with 2
+" additional arguments, then those are assumed to be the placeholder
+" characters in rhs. If unspecified, then the placeholder characters
+" are assumed to be '<+' and '+>' These placeholder characters in
+" a:rhs are replaced with the users setting of
+" [bg]:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and [bg]:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd settings.
+"
+function! IMAP(lhs, rhs, ft, ...)
+
+ " Find the place holders to save for IMAP_PutTextWithMovement() .
+ if a:0 < 2
+ let phs = '<+'
+ let phe = '+>'
+ else
+ let phs = a:1
+ let phe = a:2
+ endif
+
+ let hash = s:Hash(a:lhs)
+ let s:Map_{a:ft}_{hash} = a:rhs
+ let s:phs_{a:ft}_{hash} = phs
+ let s:phe_{a:ft}_{hash} = phe
+
+ " Add a:lhs to the list of left-hand sides that end with lastLHSChar:
+ let lastLHSChar = a:lhs[strlen(a:lhs)-1]
+ let hash = s:Hash(lastLHSChar)
+ if !exists("s:LHS_" . a:ft . "_" . hash)
+ let s:LHS_{a:ft}_{hash} = escape(a:lhs, '\')
+ else
+ let s:LHS_{a:ft}_{hash} = escape(a:lhs, '\') .'\|'. s:LHS_{a:ft}_{hash}
+ endif
+
+ " map only the last character of the left-hand side.
+ if lastLHSChar == ' '
+ let lastLHSChar = '<space>'
+ end
+ exe 'inoremap <silent>'
+ \ escape(lastLHSChar, '|')
+ \ '<C-r>=<SID>LookupCharacter("' .
+ \ escape(lastLHSChar, '\|"') .
+ \ '")<CR>'
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" IMAP_list: list the rhs and place holders corresponding to a:lhs {{{
+"
+" Added mainly for debugging purposes, but maybe worth keeping.
+function! IMAP_list(lhs)
+ let char = a:lhs[strlen(a:lhs)-1]
+ let charHash = s:Hash(char)
+ if exists("s:LHS_" . &ft ."_". charHash) && a:lhs =~ s:LHS_{&ft}_{charHash}
+ let ft = &ft
+ elseif exists("s:LHS__" . charHash) && a:lhs =~ s:LHS__{charHash}
+ let ft = ""
+ else
+ return ""
+ endif
+ let hash = s:Hash(a:lhs)
+ return "rhs = " . s:Map_{ft}_{hash} . " place holders = " .
+ \ s:phs_{ft}_{hash} . " and " . s:phe_{ft}_{hash}
+endfunction
+" }}}
+" LookupCharacter: inserts mapping corresponding to this character {{{
+"
+" This function extracts from s:LHS_{&ft}_{a:char} or s:LHS__{a:char}
+" the longest lhs matching the current text. Then it replaces lhs with the
+" corresponding rhs saved in s:Map_{ft}_{lhs} .
+" The place-holder variables are passed to IMAP_PutTextWithMovement() .
+function! s:LookupCharacter(char)
+ if IMAP_GetVal('Imap_FreezeImap', 0) == 1
+ return a:char
+ endif
+ let charHash = s:Hash(a:char)
+
+ " The line so far, including the character that triggered this function:
+ let text = strpart(getline("."), 0, col(".")-1) . a:char
+ " Prefer a local map to a global one, even if the local map is shorter.
+ " Is this what we want? Do we care?
+ " Use '\V' (very no-magic) so that only '\' is special, and it was already
+ " escaped when building up s:LHS_{&ft}_{charHash} .
+ if exists("s:LHS_" . &ft . "_" . charHash)
+ \ && text =~ "\\C\\V\\(" . s:LHS_{&ft}_{charHash} . "\\)\\$"
+ let ft = &ft
+ elseif exists("s:LHS__" . charHash)
+ \ && text =~ "\\C\\V\\(" . s:LHS__{charHash} . "\\)\\$"
+ let ft = ""
+ else
+ " If this is a character which could have been used to trigger an
+ " abbreviation, check if an abbreviation exists.
+ if a:char !~ '\k'
+ let lastword = matchstr(getline('.'), '\k\+$', '')
+ call IMAP_Debug('getting lastword = ['.lastword.']', 'imap')
+ if lastword != ''
+ " An extremeley wierd way to get around the fact that vim
+ " doesn't have the equivalent of the :mapcheck() function for
+ " abbreviations.
+ let _a = @a
+ exec "redir @a | silent! iab ".lastword." | redir END"
+ let abbreviationRHS = matchstr(@a."\n", "\n".'i\s\+'.lastword.'\s\+@\?\zs.*\ze'."\n")
+
+ call IMAP_Debug('getting abbreviationRHS = ['.abbreviationRHS.']', 'imap')
+
+ if @a =~ "No abbreviation found" || abbreviationRHS == ""
+ let @a = _a
+ return a:char
+ endif
+
+ let @a = _a
+ let abbreviationRHS = escape(abbreviationRHS, '\<"')
+ exec 'let abbreviationRHS = "'.abbreviationRHS.'"'
+
+ let lhs = lastword.a:char
+ let rhs = abbreviationRHS.a:char
+ let phs = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderStart()
+ let phe = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderEnd()
+ else
+ return a:char
+ endif
+ else
+ return a:char
+ endif
+ endif
+ " Find the longest left-hand side that matches the line so far.
+ " matchstr() returns the match that starts first. This automatically
+ " ensures that the longest LHS is used for the mapping.
+ if !exists('lhs') || !exists('rhs')
+ let lhs = matchstr(text, "\\C\\V\\(" . s:LHS_{ft}_{charHash} . "\\)\\$")
+ let hash = s:Hash(lhs)
+ let rhs = s:Map_{ft}_{hash}
+ let phs = s:phs_{ft}_{hash}
+ let phe = s:phe_{ft}_{hash}
+ endif
+
+ if strlen(lhs) == 0
+ return a:char
+ endif
+ " enough back-spaces to erase the left-hand side; -1 for the last
+ " character typed:
+ let bs = substitute(strpart(lhs, 1), ".", "\<bs>", "g")
+ return bs . IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(rhs, phs, phe)
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" IMAP_PutTextWithMovement: returns the string with movement appended {{{
+" Description:
+" If a:str contains "placeholders", then appends movement commands to
+" str in a way that the user moves to the first placeholder and enters
+" insert or select mode. If supplied with 2 additional arguments, then
+" they are assumed to be the placeholder specs. Otherwise, they are
+" assumed to be '<+' and '+>'. These placeholder chars are replaced
+" with the users settings of [bg]:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and
+" [bg]:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd.
+function! IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(str, ...)
+
+ " The placeholders used in the particular input string. These can be
+ " different from what the user wants to use.
+ if a:0 < 2
+ let phs = '<+'
+ let phe = '+>'
+ else
+ let phs = escape(a:1, '\')
+ let phe = escape(a:2, '\')
+ endif
+
+ let text = a:str
+
+ " The user's placeholder settings.
+ let phsUser = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderStart()
+ let pheUser = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderEnd()
+
+ " Problem: depending on the setting of the 'encoding' option, a character
+ " such as "\xab" may not match itself. We try to get around this by
+ " changing the encoding of all our strings. At the end, we have to
+ " convert text back.
+ let phsEnc = s:Iconv(phs, "encode")
+ let pheEnc = s:Iconv(phe, "encode")
+ let phsUserEnc = s:Iconv(phsUser, "encode")
+ let pheUserEnc = s:Iconv(pheUser, "encode")
+ let textEnc = s:Iconv(text, "encode")
+ if textEnc != text
+ let textEncoded = 1
+ else
+ let textEncoded = 0
+ endif
+
+ let pattern = '\V\(\.\{-}\)' .phs. '\(\.\{-}\)' .phe. '\(\.\*\)'
+ " If there are no placeholders, just return the text.
+ if textEnc !~ pattern
+ call IMAP_Debug('Not getting '.phs.' and '.phe.' in '.textEnc, 'imap')
+ return text
+ endif
+ " Break text up into "initial <+template+> final"; any piece may be empty.
+ let initialEnc = substitute(textEnc, pattern, '\1', '')
+ let templateEnc = substitute(textEnc, pattern, '\2', '')
+ let finalEnc = substitute(textEnc, pattern, '\3', '')
+
+ " If the user does not want to use placeholders, then remove all but the
+ " first placeholder.
+ " Otherwise, replace all occurences of the placeholders here with the
+ " user's choice of placeholder settings.
+ if exists('g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders') && !g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders
+ let finalEnc = substitute(finalEnc, '\V'.phs.'\.\{-}'.phe, '', 'g')
+ else
+ let finalEnc = substitute(finalEnc, '\V'.phs.'\(\.\{-}\)'.phe,
+ \ phsUserEnc.'\1'.pheUserEnc, 'g')
+ endif
+
+ " The substitutions are done, so convert back, if necessary.
+ if textEncoded
+ let initial = s:Iconv(initialEnc, "decode")
+ let template = s:Iconv(templateEnc, "decode")
+ let final = s:Iconv(finalEnc, "decode")
+ else
+ let initial = initialEnc
+ let template = templateEnc
+ let final = finalEnc
+ endif
+
+ " Build up the text to insert:
+ " 1. the initial text plus an extra character;
+ " 2. go to Normal mode with <C-\><C-N>, so it works even if 'insertmode'
+ " is set, and mark the position;
+ " 3. replace the extra character with tamplate and final;
+ " 4. back to Normal mode and restore the cursor position;
+ " 5. call IMAP_Jumpfunc().
+ let template = phsUser . template . pheUser
+ " Old trick: insert and delete a character to get the same behavior at
+ " start, middle, or end of line and on empty lines.
+ let text = initial . "X\<C-\>\<C-N>:call IMAP_Mark('set')\<CR>\"_s"
+ let text = text . template . final
+ let text = text . "\<C-\>\<C-N>:call IMAP_Mark('go')\<CR>"
+ let text = text . "i\<C-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('', 1)\<CR>"
+
+ call IMAP_Debug('IMAP_PutTextWithMovement: text = ['.text.']', 'imap')
+ return text
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" IMAP_Jumpfunc: takes user to next <+place-holder+> {{{
+" Author: Luc Hermitte
+" Arguments:
+" direction: flag for the search() function. If set to '', search forwards,
+" if 'b', then search backwards. See the {flags} argument of the
+" |search()| function for valid values.
+" inclusive: In vim, the search() function is 'exclusive', i.e we always goto
+" next cursor match even if there is a match starting from the
+" current cursor position. Setting this argument to 1 makes
+" IMAP_Jumpfunc() also respect a match at the current cursor
+" position. 'inclusive'ness is necessary for IMAP() because a
+" placeholder string can occur at the very beginning of a map which
+" we want to select.
+" We use a non-zero value only in special conditions. Most mappings
+" should use a zero value.
+function! IMAP_Jumpfunc(direction, inclusive)
+
+ " The user's placeholder settings.
+ let phsUser = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderStart()
+ let pheUser = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderEnd()
+
+ let searchString = ''
+ " If this is not an inclusive search or if it is inclusive, but the
+ " current cursor position does not contain a placeholder character, then
+ " search for the placeholder characters.
+ if !a:inclusive || strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-1) !~ '\V\^'.phsUser
+ let searchString = '\V'.phsUser.'\_.\{-}'.pheUser
+ endif
+
+ " If we didn't find any placeholders return quietly.
+ if searchString != '' && !search(searchString, a:direction)
+ return ''
+ endif
+
+ " Open any closed folds and make this part of the text visible.
+ silent! foldopen!
+
+ " Calculate if we have an empty placeholder or if it contains some
+ " description.
+ let template =
+ \ matchstr(strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-1),
+ \ '\V\^'.phsUser.'\zs\.\{-}\ze\('.pheUser.'\|\$\)')
+ let placeHolderEmpty = !strlen(template)
+
+ " If we are selecting in exclusive mode, then we need to move one step to
+ " the right
+ let extramove = ''
+ if &selection == 'exclusive'
+ let extramove = 'l'
+ endif
+
+ " Select till the end placeholder character.
+ let movement = "\<C-o>v/\\V".pheUser."/e\<CR>".extramove
+
+ " First remember what the search pattern was. s:RemoveLastHistoryItem will
+ " reset @/ to this pattern so we do not create new highlighting.
+ let g:Tex_LastSearchPattern = @/
+
+ " Now either goto insert mode or select mode.
+ if placeHolderEmpty && g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders
+ " delete the empty placeholder into the blackhole.
+ return movement."\"_c\<C-o>:".s:RemoveLastHistoryItem."\<CR>"
+ else
+ return movement."\<C-\>\<C-N>:".s:RemoveLastHistoryItem."\<CR>gv\<C-g>"
+ endif
+
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" Maps for IMAP_Jumpfunc {{{
+"
+" These mappings use <Plug> and thus provide for easy user customization. When
+" the user wants to map some other key to jump forward, he can do for
+" instance:
+" nmap ,f <plug>IMAP_JumpForward
+" etc.
+
+" jumping forward and back in insert mode.
+imap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward <c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('', 0)<CR>
+imap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpBack <c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('b', 0)<CR>
+
+" jumping in normal mode
+nmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('', 0)<CR>
+nmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpBack i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('b', 0)<CR>
+
+" deleting the present selection and then jumping forward.
+vmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward "_<Del>i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('', 0)<CR>
+vmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpBack "_<Del>i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('b', 0)<CR>
+
+" jumping forward without deleting present selection.
+vmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward <C-\><C-N>i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('', 0)<CR>
+vmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpBack <C-\><C-N>`<i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('b', 0)<CR>
+
+" }}}
+" Default maps for IMAP_Jumpfunc {{{
+" map only if there is no mapping already. allows for user customization.
+" NOTE: Default mappings for jumping to the previous placeholder are not
+" provided. It is assumed that if the user will create such mappings
+" hself if e so desires.
+if !hasmapto('<Plug>IMAP_JumpForward', 'i')
+ imap <C-J> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward
+endif
+if !hasmapto('<Plug>IMAP_JumpForward', 'n')
+ nmap <C-J> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward
+endif
+if exists('g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders') && g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders
+ if !hasmapto('<Plug>IMAP_JumpForward', 'v')
+ vmap <C-J> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward
+ endif
+else
+ if !hasmapto('<Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward', 'v')
+ vmap <C-J> <Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward
+ endif
+endif
+" }}}
+
+nmap <silent> <script> <plug><+SelectRegion+> `<v`>
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" enclosing selected region.
+" ==============================================================================
+" VEnclose: encloses the visually selected region with given arguments {{{
+" Description: allows for differing action based on visual line wise
+" selection or visual characterwise selection. preserves the
+" marks and search history.
+function! VEnclose(vstart, vend, VStart, VEnd)
+
+ " its characterwise if
+ " 1. characterwise selection and valid values for vstart and vend.
+ " OR
+ " 2. linewise selection and invalid values for VStart and VEnd
+ if (visualmode() == 'v' && (a:vstart != '' || a:vend != '')) || (a:VStart == '' && a:VEnd == '')
+
+ let newline = ""
+ let _r = @r
+
+ let normcmd = "normal! \<C-\>\<C-n>`<v`>\"_s"
+
+ exe "normal! \<C-\>\<C-n>`<v`>\"ry"
+ if @r =~ "\n$"
+ let newline = "\n"
+ let @r = substitute(@r, "\n$", '', '')
+ endif
+
+ " In exclusive selection, we need to select an extra character.
+ if &selection == 'exclusive'
+ let movement = 8
+ else
+ let movement = 7
+ endif
+ let normcmd = normcmd.
+ \ a:vstart."!!mark!!".a:vend.newline.
+ \ "\<C-\>\<C-N>?!!mark!!\<CR>v".movement."l\"_s\<C-r>r\<C-\>\<C-n>"
+
+ " this little if statement is because till very recently, vim used to
+ " report col("'>") > length of selected line when `> is $. on some
+ " systems it reports a -ve number.
+ if col("'>") < 0 || col("'>") > strlen(getline("'>"))
+ let lastcol = strlen(getline("'>"))
+ else
+ let lastcol = col("'>")
+ endif
+ if lastcol - col("'<") != 0
+ let len = lastcol - col("'<")
+ else
+ let len = ''
+ endif
+
+ " the next normal! is for restoring the marks.
+ let normcmd = normcmd."`<v".len."l\<C-\>\<C-N>"
+
+ " First remember what the search pattern was. s:RemoveLastHistoryItem
+ " will reset @/ to this pattern so we do not create new highlighting.
+ let g:Tex_LastSearchPattern = @/
+
+ silent! exe normcmd
+ " this is to restore the r register.
+ let @r = _r
+ " and finally, this is to restore the search history.
+ execute s:RemoveLastHistoryItem
+
+ else
+
+ exec 'normal! `<O'.a:VStart."\<C-\>\<C-n>"
+ exec 'normal! `>o'.a:VEnd."\<C-\>\<C-n>"
+ if &indentexpr != ''
+ silent! normal! `<kV`>j=
+ endif
+ silent! normal! `>
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+" ExecMap: adds the ability to correct an normal/visual mode mapping. {{{
+" Author: Hari Krishna Dara <hari_vim@yahoo.com>
+" Reads a normal mode mapping at the command line and executes it with the
+" given prefix. Press <BS> to correct and <Esc> to cancel.
+function! ExecMap(prefix, mode)
+ " Temporarily remove the mapping, otherwise it will interfere with the
+ " mapcheck call below:
+ let myMap = maparg(a:prefix, a:mode)
+ exec a:mode."unmap ".a:prefix
+
+ " Generate a line with spaces to clear the previous message.
+ let i = 1
+ let clearLine = "\r"
+ while i < &columns
+ let clearLine = clearLine . ' '
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ let mapCmd = a:prefix
+ let foundMap = 0
+ let breakLoop = 0
+ echon "\rEnter Map: " . mapCmd
+ while !breakLoop
+ let char = getchar()
+ if char !~ '^\d\+$'
+ if char == "\<BS>"
+ let mapCmd = strpart(mapCmd, 0, strlen(mapCmd) - 1)
+ endif
+ else " It is the ascii code.
+ let char = nr2char(char)
+ if char == "\<Esc>"
+ let breakLoop = 1
+ else
+ let mapCmd = mapCmd . char
+ if maparg(mapCmd, a:mode) != ""
+ let foundMap = 1
+ let breakLoop = 1
+ elseif mapcheck(mapCmd, a:mode) == ""
+ let mapCmd = strpart(mapCmd, 0, strlen(mapCmd) - 1)
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+ echon clearLine
+ echon "\rEnter Map: " . mapCmd
+ endwhile
+ if foundMap
+ if a:mode == 'v'
+ " use a plug to select the region instead of using something like
+ " `<v`> to avoid problems caused by some of the characters in
+ " '`<v`>' being mapped.
+ let gotoc = "\<plug><+SelectRegion+>"
+ else
+ let gotoc = ''
+ endif
+ exec "normal ".gotoc.mapCmd
+ endif
+ exec a:mode.'noremap '.a:prefix.' '.myMap
+endfunction
+
+" }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" helper functions
+" ==============================================================================
+" Strntok: extract the n^th token from a list {{{
+" example: Strntok('1,23,3', ',', 2) = 23
+fun! <SID>Strntok(s, tok, n)
+ return matchstr( a:s.a:tok[0], '\v(\zs([^'.a:tok.']*)\ze['.a:tok.']){'.a:n.'}')
+endfun
+
+" }}}
+" s:RemoveLastHistoryItem: removes last search item from search history {{{
+" Description: Execute this string to clean up the search history.
+let s:RemoveLastHistoryItem = ':call histdel("/", -1)|let @/=g:Tex_LastSearchPattern'
+
+" }}}
+" s:Hash: Return a version of a string that can be used as part of a variable" {{{
+" name.
+" Converts every non alphanumeric character into _{ascii}_ where {ascii} is
+" the ASCII code for that character...
+fun! s:Hash(text)
+ return substitute(a:text, '\([^[:alnum:]]\)',
+ \ '\="_".char2nr(submatch(1))."_"', 'g')
+endfun
+"" }}}
+" IMAP_GetPlaceHolderStart and IMAP_GetPlaceHolderEnd: "{{{
+" return the buffer local placeholder variables, or the global one, or the default.
+function! IMAP_GetPlaceHolderStart()
+ if exists("b:Imap_PlaceHolderStart") && strlen(b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd)
+ return b:Imap_PlaceHolderStart
+ elseif exists("g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart") && strlen(g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd)
+ return g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart
+ else
+ return "<+"
+endfun
+function! IMAP_GetPlaceHolderEnd()
+ if exists("b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd") && strlen(b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd)
+ return b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd
+ elseif exists("g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd") && strlen(g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd)
+ return g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd
+ else
+ return "+>"
+endfun
+" }}}
+" s:Iconv: a wrapper for iconv()" {{{
+" Problem: after
+" let text = "\xab"
+" (or using the raw 8-bit ASCII character in a file with 'fenc' set to
+" "latin1") if 'encoding' is set to utf-8, then text does not match itself:
+" echo text =~ text
+" returns 0.
+" Solution: When this happens, a re-encoded version of text does match text:
+" echo iconv(text, "latin1", "utf8") =~ text
+" returns 1. In this case, convert text to utf-8 with iconv().
+" TODO: Is it better to use &encoding instead of "utf8"? Internally, vim
+" uses utf-8, and can convert between latin1 and utf-8 even when compiled with
+" -iconv, so let's try using utf-8.
+" Arguments:
+" a:text = text to be encoded or decoded
+" a:mode = "encode" (latin1 to utf8) or "decode" (utf8 to latin1)
+" Caution: do not encode and then decode without checking whether the text
+" has changed, becuase of the :if clause in encoding!
+function! s:Iconv(text, mode)
+ if a:mode == "decode"
+ return iconv(a:text, "utf8", "latin1")
+ endif
+ if a:text =~ '\V\^' . escape(a:text, '\') . '\$'
+ return a:text
+ endif
+ let textEnc = iconv(a:text, "latin1", "utf8")
+ if textEnc !~ '\V\^' . escape(a:text, '\') . '\$'
+ call IMAP_Debug('Encoding problems with text '.a:text.' ', 'imap')
+ endif
+ return textEnc
+endfun
+"" }}}
+" IMAP_Debug: interface to Tex_Debug if available, otherwise emulate it {{{
+" Description:
+" Do not want a memory leak! Set this to zero so that imaps always
+" starts out in a non-debugging mode.
+if !exists('g:Imap_Debug')
+ let g:Imap_Debug = 0
+endif
+function! IMAP_Debug(string, pattern)
+ if !g:Imap_Debug
+ return
+ endif
+ if exists('*Tex_Debug')
+ call Tex_Debug(a:string, a:pattern)
+ else
+ if !exists('s:debug_'.a:pattern)
+ let s:debug_{a:pattern} = a:string
+ else
+ let s:debug_{a:pattern} = s:debug_{a:pattern}.a:string
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" IMAP_DebugClear: interface to Tex_DebugClear if avaialable, otherwise emulate it {{{
+" Description:
+function! IMAP_DebugClear(pattern)
+ if exists('*Tex_DebugClear')
+ call Tex_DebugClear(a:pattern)
+ else
+ let s:debug_{a:pattern} = ''
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" IMAP_PrintDebug: interface to Tex_DebugPrint if avaialable, otherwise emulate it {{{
+" Description:
+function! IMAP_PrintDebug(pattern)
+ if exists('*Tex_PrintDebug')
+ call Tex_PrintDebug(a:pattern)
+ else
+ if exists('s:debug_'.a:pattern)
+ echo s:debug_{a:pattern}
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" IMAP_Mark: Save the cursor position (if a:action == 'set') in a" {{{
+" script-local variable; restore this position if a:action == 'go'.
+let s:Mark = "(0,0)"
+let s:initBlanks = ''
+function! IMAP_Mark(action)
+ if a:action == 'set'
+ let s:Mark = "(" . line(".") . "," . col(".") . ")"
+ let s:initBlanks = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\s*')
+ elseif a:action == 'go'
+ execute "call cursor" s:Mark
+ let blanksNow = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\s*')
+ if strlen(blanksNow) > strlen(s:initBlanks)
+ execute 'silent! normal! '.(strlen(blanksNow) - strlen(s:initBlanks)).'l'
+ elseif strlen(blanksNow) < strlen(s:initBlanks)
+ execute 'silent! normal! '.(strlen(s:initBlanks) - strlen(blanksNow)).'h'
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction "" }}}
+" IMAP_GetVal: gets the value of a variable {{{
+" Description: first checks window local, then buffer local etc.
+function! IMAP_GetVal(name, ...)
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let default = a:1
+ else
+ let default = ''
+ endif
+ if exists('w:'.a:name)
+ return w:{a:name}
+ elseif exists('b:'.a:name)
+ return b:{a:name}
+ elseif exists('g:'.a:name)
+ return g:{a:name}
+ else
+ return default
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" A bonus function: Snip()
+" ==============================================================================
+" Snip: puts a scissor string above and below block of text {{{
+" Desciption:
+"-------------------------------------%<-------------------------------------
+" this puts a the string "--------%<---------" above and below the visually
+" selected block of lines. the length of the 'tearoff' string depends on the
+" maximum string length in the selected range. this is an aesthetically more
+" pleasing alternative instead of hardcoding a length.
+"-------------------------------------%<-------------------------------------
+function! <SID>Snip() range
+ let i = a:firstline
+ let maxlen = -2
+ " find out the maximum virtual length of each line.
+ while i <= a:lastline
+ exe i
+ let length = virtcol('$')
+ let maxlen = (length > maxlen ? length : maxlen)
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+ let maxlen = (maxlen > &tw && &tw != 0 ? &tw : maxlen)
+ let half = maxlen/2
+ exe a:lastline
+ " put a string below
+ exe "norm! o\<esc>".(half - 1)."a-\<esc>A%<\<esc>".(half - 1)."a-"
+ " and above. its necessary to put the string below the block of lines
+ " first because that way the first line number doesnt change...
+ exe a:firstline
+ exe "norm! O\<esc>".(half - 1)."a-\<esc>A%<\<esc>".(half - 1)."a-"
+endfunction
+
+com! -nargs=0 -range Snip :<line1>,<line2>call <SID>Snip()
+" }}}
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ts=4:sw=4:noet:fdm=marker:commentstring=\"\ %s:nowrap
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/plugin/libList.vim b/vimfiles.latex/plugin/libList.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d72c3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/plugin/libList.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+" File: libList.vim
+" Last Change: 2001 Dec 10
+" Maintainer: Gontran BAERTS <gbcreation@free.fr>
+" Version: 0.1
+"
+" Please don't hesitate to correct my english :)
+" Send corrections to <gbcreation@free.fr>
+"
+"-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Description: libList.vim is a set of functions to work with lists or one
+" level arrays.
+"
+"-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" To Enable: Normally, this file will reside in your plugins directory and be
+" automatically sourced.
+"
+"-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Usage: Lists are strings variable with values separated by g:listSep
+" character (comma" by default). You may redefine g:listSep variable as you
+" wish.
+"
+" Here are available functions :
+"
+" - AddListItem( array, newItem, index ) :
+" Add item "newItem" to array "array" at "index" position
+" - GetListItem( array, index ) :
+" Return item at "index" position in array "array"
+" - GetListMatchItem( array, pattern ) :
+" Return item matching "pattern" in array "array"
+" - GetListCount( array ) :
+" Return the number of items in array "array"
+" - RemoveListItem( array, index ) :
+" Remove item at "index" position from array "array"
+" - ReplaceListItem( array, index, item ) :
+" Remove item at "index" position by "item" in array "array"
+" - ExchangeListItems( array, item1Index, item2Index ) :
+" Exchange item "item1Index" with item "item2Index" in array "array"
+" - QuickSortList( array, beg, end ) :
+" Return array "array" with items between "beg" and "end" sorted
+"
+" Example:
+" let mylist=""
+" echo GetListCount( mylist ) " --> 0
+" let mylist = AddListItem( mylist, "One", 0 ) " mylist == "One"
+" let mylist = AddListItem( mylist, "Three", 1 ) " mylist == "One,Three"
+" let mylist = AddListItem( mylist, "Two", 1 ) " mylist == "One,Two,Three"
+" echo GetListCount( mylist ) " --> 3
+" echo GetListItem( mylist, 2 ) " --> Three
+" echo GetListMatchItem( mylist, "w" ) " --> two
+" echo GetListMatchItem( mylist, "e" ) " --> One
+" let mylist = RemoveListItem( mylist, 2 ) " mylist == "One,Two"
+" echo GetListCount( mylist ) " --> 2
+" let mylist = ReplaceListItem( mylist, 0, "Three" ) " mylist == "Three,Two"
+" let mylist = ExchangeListItems( mylist, 0, 1 ) " mylist == "Two,Three"
+" let mylist = AddListItem( mylist, "One", 0 ) " mylist == "One,Two,Three"
+" let mylist = QuickSortList( mylist, 0, GetListCount(mylist)-1 )
+" " mylist == "One,Three,Two"
+"
+"-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Updates:
+" in version 0.1
+" - First version
+
+" Has this already been loaded ?
+if exists("loaded_libList")
+ finish
+endif
+let loaded_libList=1
+
+"**
+" Separator:
+" You may change the separator character et any time.
+"**
+let g:listSep = ","
+
+"**
+"AddListItem:
+" Add new item at given position.
+" First item index is 0 (zero).
+"Parameters:
+" - array : Array/List (string of values) which receives the new item.
+" - newItem : String containing the item value to add.
+" - index : Integer indicating the position at which the new item is added.
+" It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero).
+"Return:
+"String containing array values, including newItem.
+"**
+function AddListItem( array, newItem, index )
+ if a:index == 0
+ if a:array == ""
+ return a:newItem
+ endif
+ return a:newItem . g:listSep . a:array
+ endif
+ return substitute( a:array, '\(\%(^\|' . g:listSep . '\)[^' . g:listSep . ']\+\)\{' . a:index . '\}', '\0' . g:listSep . a:newItem , "" )
+endfunction
+
+"**
+"GetListItem:
+" Get item at given position.
+"Parameters:
+" - array : Array/List (string of values).
+" - index : Integer indicating the position of item to return.
+" It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero).
+"Return:
+"String representing the item.
+"**
+function GetListItem( array, index )
+ if a:index == 0
+ return matchstr( a:array, '^[^' . g:listSep . ']\+' )
+ else
+ return matchstr( a:array, "[^" . g:listSep . "]\\+", matchend( a:array, '\(\%(^\|' . g:listSep . '\)[^' . g:listSep . ']\+\)\{' . a:index . '\}' . g:listSep ) )
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"**
+"GetListMatchItem:
+" Get the first item matching given pattern.
+"Parameters:
+" - array : Array/List (string of values).
+" - pattern : Regular expression to match with items.
+" Avoid to use ^, $ and listSep characters in pattern, unless you
+" know what you do.
+"Return:
+"String representing the first item that matches the pattern.
+"**
+function GetListMatchItem( array, pattern )
+ return matchstr( a:array, '[^' . g:listSep . ']*' . a:pattern . '[^' . g:listSep . ']*' )
+endfunction
+
+"**
+"ReplaceListItem:
+" Replace item at given position by a new one.
+"Parameters:
+" - array : Array/List (string of values).
+" - index : Integer indicating the position of item to replace.
+" It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero).
+" - item : String containing the new value of the replaced item.
+"Return:
+"String containing array values.
+"**
+function ReplaceListItem( array, index, item )
+ if a:index == 0
+ return substitute( a:array, '^[^' .g:listSep. ']\+', a:item, "" )
+ else
+ return substitute( a:array, '\(\%(\%(^\|' . g:listSep . '\)[^' . g:listSep . ']\+\)\{' . a:index . '\}\)' . g:listSep . '[^' . g:listSep . ']\+', '\1' . g:listSep . a:item , "" )
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"**
+"RemoveListItem:
+" Remove item at given position.
+"Parameters:
+" - array : Array/List (string of values) from which remove an item.
+" - index : Integer indicating the position of item to remove.
+" It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero).
+"Return:
+"String containing array values, except the removed one.
+"**
+function RemoveListItem( array, index )
+ if a:index == 0
+ return substitute( a:array, '^[^' .g:listSep. ']\+\(' . g:listSep . '\|$\)', "", "" )
+ else
+ return substitute( a:array, '\(\%(\%(^\|' . g:listSep . '\)[^' . g:listSep . ']\+\)\{' . a:index . '\}\)' . g:listSep . '[^' . g:listSep . ']\+', '\1', "" )
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"**
+"ExchangeListItems:
+" Exchange item at position item1Index with item at position item2Index.
+"Parameters:
+" - array : Array/List (string of values).
+" - item1index : Integer indicating the position of the first item to exchange.
+" It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero).
+" - item2index : Integer indicating the position of the second item to
+" exchange. It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero).
+"Return:
+"String containing array values.
+"**
+function ExchangeListItems( array, item1Index, item2Index )
+ let item1 = GetListItem( a:array, a:item1Index )
+ let array = ReplaceListItem( a:array, a:item1Index, GetListItem( a:array, a:item2Index ) )
+ return ReplaceListItem( array, a:item2Index, item1 )
+endfunction
+
+"**
+"GetListCount:
+" Number of items in array.
+"Parameters:
+" - array : Array/List (string of values).
+"Return:
+"Integer representing the number of items in array.
+"Index of last item is GetListCount(array)-1.
+"**
+function GetListCount( array )
+ if a:array == "" | return 0 | endif
+ let pos = 0
+ let cnt = 0
+ while pos != -1
+ let pos = matchend( a:array, g:listSep, pos )
+ let cnt = cnt + 1
+ endwhile
+ return cnt
+endfunction
+
+"**
+"QuickSortList:
+" Sort array.
+"Parameters:
+" - array : Array/List (string of values).
+" - beg : Min index of the range of items to sort.
+" - end : Max index of the range of items to sort.
+"Return:
+"String containing array values with indicated range of items sorted.
+"**
+function QuickSortList( array, beg, end )
+ let array = a:array
+ let pivot = GetListItem( array, a:beg )
+ let l = a:beg
+ let r = a:end
+ while l < r
+ while GetListItem( array, r ) > pivot
+ let r = r - 1
+ endwhile
+ if l != r
+ let array = ReplaceListItem( array, l, GetListItem( array, r ) )
+ let array = ReplaceListItem( array, r, pivot )
+ let l = l + 1
+ endif
+
+ while GetListItem( array, l ) < pivot
+ let l = l + 1
+ endwhile
+ if l != r
+ let array = ReplaceListItem( array, r, GetListItem( array, l ) )
+ let array = ReplaceListItem( array, l, pivot )
+ let r = r - 1
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ if a:beg < l-1
+ let array = QuickSortList( array, a:beg, l-1 )
+ endif
+ if a:end > l+1
+ let array = QuickSortList( array, l+1, a:end )
+ endif
+ return array
+endfunction
+
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.latex/plugin/remoteOpen.vim b/vimfiles.latex/plugin/remoteOpen.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb550ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.latex/plugin/remoteOpen.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+" File: remoteOpen.vim
+" Author: Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail DOT fm>
+" $Id: remoteOpen.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $
+"
+" Description:
+" Often times, an external program needs to open a file in gvim from the
+" command line. However, it will not know if the file is already opened in a
+" previous vim session. It is not sufficient to simply specify
+"
+" gvim --remote-silent <filename>
+"
+" because this simply opens up <filename> in the first remote gvim session it
+" sees. This script provides a command RemoteOpen which is meant to be used
+" from the command line as follows:
+"
+" gvim -c ":RemoteOpen +<lnum> <filename>"
+"
+" where <lnum> is the line-number you wish <filename> to open to. What will
+" happen is that a new gvim will start up and enquire from all previous
+" sessions if <filename> is already open in any of them. If it is, then it
+" will edit the file in that session and bring it to the foreground and itself
+" quit. Otherwise, it will not quit and instead open up the file for editing
+" at <lnum>.
+"
+" This was mainly created to be used with Yap (the dvi previewer in miktex),
+" so you can specify the program for "inverse search" as specified above.
+" This ensures that the inverse search uses the correct gvim each time.
+"
+" Ofcourse, this requires vim with +clientserver. If not, then RemoteOpen just
+" opens in the present session.
+
+" Enclose <args> in single quotes so it can be passed as a function argument.
+com -nargs=1 RemoteOpen :call RemoteOpen('<args>')
+com -nargs=? RemoteInsert :call RemoteInsert('<args>')
+
+" RemoteOpen: open a file remotely (if possible) {{{
+" Description: checks all open vim windows to see if this file has been opened
+" anywhere and if so, opens it there instead of in this session.
+function! RemoteOpen(arglist)
+
+ " First construct line number and filename from argument. a:arglist is of
+ " the form:
+ " +10 c:\path\to\file
+ " or just
+ " c:\path\to\file
+ if a:arglist =~ '^\s*+\d\+'
+ let linenum = matchstr(a:arglist, '^\s*+\zs\d\+\ze')
+ let filename = matchstr(a:arglist, '^\s*+\d\+\s*\zs.*\ze')
+ else
+ let linenum = 1
+ let filename = matchstr(a:arglist, '^\s*\zs.*\ze')
+ endif
+ let filename = escape(filename, ' ')
+ call Tex_Debug("linenum = ".linenum.', filename = '.filename, "ropen")
+
+ " If there is no clientserver functionality, then just open in the present
+ " session and return
+ if !has('clientserver')
+ call Tex_Debug("-clientserver, opening locally and returning", "ropen")
+ exec "e ".filename
+ exec linenum
+ normal! zv
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " Otherwise, loop through all available servers
+ let servers = serverlist()
+ " If there are no servers, open file locally.
+ if servers == ''
+ call Tex_Debug("no open servers, opening locally", "ropen")
+ exec "e ".filename
+ exec linenum
+ let g:Remote_Server = 1
+ normal! zv
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let i = 1
+ let server = s:Strntok(servers, "\n", i)
+ let targetServer = v:servername
+
+ while server != ''
+ " Find out if there was any server which was used by remoteOpen before
+ " this. If a new gvim session was ever started via remoteOpen, then
+ " g:Remote_Server will be set.
+ if remote_expr(server, 'exists("g:Remote_Server")')
+ let targetServer = server
+ endif
+
+ " Ask each server if that file is being edited by them.
+ let bufnum = remote_expr(server, "bufnr('".filename."')")
+ " If it is...
+ if bufnum != -1
+ " ask the server to edit that file and come to the foreground.
+ " set a variable g:Remote_Server to indicate that this server
+ " session has at least one file opened via RemoteOpen
+ let targetServer = server
+ break
+ end
+
+ let i = i + 1
+ let server = s:Strntok(servers, "\n", i)
+ endwhile
+
+ " If none of the servers have the file open, then open this file in the
+ " first server. This has the advantage if yap tries to make vim open
+ " multiple vims, then at least they will all be opened by the same gvim
+ " server.
+ call remote_send(targetServer,
+ \ "\<C-\>\<C-n>".
+ \ ":let g:Remote_Server = 1\<CR>".
+ \ ":drop ".filename."\<CR>".
+ \ ":".linenum."\<CR>zv"
+ \ )
+ call remote_foreground(targetServer)
+ " quit this vim session
+ if v:servername != targetServer
+ q
+ endif
+endfunction " }}}
+" RemoteInsert: inserts a \cite'ation remotely (if possible) {{{
+" Description:
+function! RemoteInsert(...)
+
+ let citation = matchstr(argv(0), "\\[InsText('.cite{\\zs.\\{-}\\ze}');\\]")
+ if citation == ""
+ q
+ endif
+
+ " Otherwise, loop through all available servers
+ let servers = serverlist()
+
+ let i = 1
+ let server = s:Strntok(servers, "\n", i)
+ let targetServer = v:servername
+
+ while server != ''
+ if remote_expr(server, 'exists("g:Remote_WaitingForCite")')
+ call remote_send(server, citation . "\<CR>")
+ call remote_foreground(server)
+ if v:servername != server
+ q
+ else
+ return
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ let i = i + 1
+ let server = s:Strntok(servers, "\n", i)
+ endwhile
+
+ q
+
+endfunction " }}}
+" Strntok: extract the n^th token from a list {{{
+" example: Strntok('1,23,3', ',', 2) = 23
+fun! <SID>Strntok(s, tok, n)
+ return matchstr( a:s.a:tok[0], '\v(\zs([^'.a:tok.']*)\ze['.a:tok.']){'.a:n.'}')
+endfun
+
+" }}}
+
+" vim:ft=vim:ts=4:sw=4:noet:fdm=marker:commentstring=\"\ %s:nowrap
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/_vimrc.example b/vimfiles.stefan/_vimrc.example
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe5a7d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/_vimrc.example
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+set nocompatible
+" Verzeichnis, die dem die vimfiles-Verzeichnisse liegen:
+let g:vimsuite = expand($VIM . '/vimsuite')
+"let g:vimsuite = expand($VIM . '/vimfiles.current')
+
+" Verzeichnis, in dem die vimfiles von Stefan liegen
+let g:vimfiles = expand(g:vimsuite . '/vimfiles.stefan')
+
+" Einstellungen laden
+execute 'source ' . expand(g:vimfiles . '/vimrc')
+
+" Falls weitere Einstellungen geladen werden sollen, so kann dies hier
+" geschehen
+" source ...
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/colors/Carsten.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/colors/Carsten.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae7d30c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/colors/Carsten.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+" local syntax file - set colors on a per-machine basis:
+" vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
+" Vim color file
+" Maintainer: Ron Aaron <ronaharon@yahoo.com>
+" Last Change: 2003 May 02
+
+set background=light
+hi clear
+if exists("syntax_on")
+ syntax reset
+endif
+let g:colors_name = "Carsten"
+
+hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
+hi Normal guifg=black guibg=white
+hi Constant term=underline ctermfg=Magenta guifg=Magenta
+hi Special term=bold ctermfg=Magenta guifg=Magenta
+hi Identifier term=underline ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
+hi Statement term=bold ctermfg=DarkRed gui=NONE guifg=Brown
+hi PreProc term=underline ctermfg=Magenta guifg=Purple
+hi Type term=underline ctermfg=blue gui=NONE guifg=blue
+hi Visual term=reverse ctermfg=Yellow ctermbg=Red gui=NONE guifg=Black guibg=Yellow
+hi Search term=reverse ctermfg=Black ctermbg=Cyan gui=NONE guifg=Black guibg=Cyan
+hi Tag term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen guifg=DarkGreen
+hi Error term=reverse ctermfg=15 ctermbg=9 guibg=Red guifg=White
+hi Todo term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guifg=Blue guibg=Yellow
+hi NonText term=bold ctermfg=black guifg=#C7C7C7
+hi StatusLine term=bold,reverse cterm=NONE ctermfg=Yellow ctermbg=DarkGray gui=NONE guifg=Yellow guibg=DarkGray
+hi! link MoreMsg Comment
+hi! link ErrorMsg Visual
+hi! link WarningMsg ErrorMsg
+hi! link Question Comment
+hi! link SpecialKey NonText
+hi link String Constant
+hi link Character Constant
+hi link Number Constant
+hi link Boolean Constant
+hi link Float Number
+hi link Function Identifier
+hi link Conditional Statement
+hi link Repeat Statement
+hi link Label Statement
+hi link Operator Statement
+hi link Keyword Statement
+hi link Exception Statement
+hi link Include PreProc
+hi link Define PreProc
+hi link Macro PreProc
+hi link PreCondit PreProc
+hi link StorageClass Type
+hi link Structure Type
+hi link Typedef Type
+hi link SpecialChar Special
+hi link Delimiter Special
+hi link SpecialComment Special
+hi link Debug Special
+hi link SpecialKey NonText
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/colors/Stefan.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/colors/Stefan.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a8b9ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/colors/Stefan.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+" Vim color file
+" Author: Stefan Liebl
+" Last Change: 2005 Jan 23
+
+" First remove all existing highlighting.
+hi clear
+if exists("syntax_on")
+ syntax reset
+endif
+
+let colors_name = "Stefan"
+
+" Farben einstellen:
+" - Cursor auf Text plazieren
+" - :SyntaxShowGroup
+" gibt die syntax GRUPPE aus
+" - :highlight GRUPPE
+" gibt entweder eine weitere syntax GRUPPE2 aus, dann Befehl mit dieser Gruppe wiederholen
+" oder gibt das Farbschema der Gruppe aus. Dieses sollte sich dann in dieser Datei wiederfinden lassen
+" - Farbschema in dieser Datei ändern
+" term für Konsole ohne Farbe (gibt's eigentlich nirgends)
+" cterm für Konsole mit Farbe
+" gui für kvim, gvim
+"
+" Farben für cterm:
+" 0 Black
+" 1 Red (is bold)
+" DarkRed (not bold)
+" 2 Green (is bold)
+" DarkGreen (not bold)
+" 3 Yellow (is bold)
+" DarkYellow (not bold)
+" 4 Blue (is bold)
+" DarkBlue (not bold)
+" 5 Magenta (is bold)
+" DarkMagenta (not bold)
+" 6 Cyan (is bold)
+" DarkCyan (not bold)
+" 7 Grey (not bold) (==White not bold)
+" DarkGrey (bold)
+" White (is bold)
+
+hi Normal ctermfg=Grey ctermbg=Black guifg=White guibg=SeaGreen
+
+hi SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=DarkBlue
+hi NonText term=NONE cterm=NONE ctermfg=DarkBlue gui=NONE guifg=DarkBlue
+hi Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue
+hi ErrorMsg term=standout cterm=bold ctermfg=Grey ctermbg=Red gui=bold guifg=White guibg=LightRed
+hi IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse
+hi Search term=reverse ctermbg=Brown guifg=Black guibg=LightGreen
+hi MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=Grey gui=bold guifg=White
+hi ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold guifg=Black
+hi LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Orange guibg=SeaGreen
+hi Question term=standout ctermfg=Grey gui=bold guifg=White
+hi StatusLine term=bold,reverse cterm=bold,reverse gui=bold guifg=White guibg=Black
+hi StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=bold guifg=PeachPuff guibg=Gray45
+hi VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=bold guifg=White guibg=Gray45
+hi Title term=bold ctermfg=Magenta gui=bold guifg=LightRed
+hi Visual term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse guibg=Black
+hi VisualNOS term=bold,underline cterm=bold,underline gui=bold,underline
+hi WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=Red gui=bold guifg=Red guibg=LightGreen
+hi WildMenu term=standout ctermfg=Black ctermbg=Brown guifg=Black guibg=Yellow
+hi Folded term=standout ctermfg=Black ctermbg=DarkGreen guifg=Black guibg=DarkGreen
+hi FoldColumn term=standout ctermfg=DarkBlue ctermbg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue guibg=Gray80
+hi DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=Red guibg=Red
+hi DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=Magenta guibg=DarkGreen
+hi DiffDelete term=bold cterm=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue ctermbg=White gui=bold guifg=LightBlue guibg=White
+hi DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red
+hi Cursor guifg=bg guibg=fg
+hi lCursor guifg=bg guibg=fg
+
+" Colors for syntax highlighting
+hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=DarkYellow gui=NONE guifg=Yellow
+hi Constant term=underline ctermfg=DarkMagenta guifg=Black
+hi Special term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue
+hi Identifier term=underline ctermfg=DarkCyan guifg=Cyan
+hi Statement term=bold ctermfg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Cyan
+hi PreProc term=underline ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=LightRed
+hi Type term=underline ctermfg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Cyan
+hi Ignore cterm=bold ctermfg=White guifg=bg
+hi Error term=reverse cterm=bold ctermfg=White ctermbg=LightRed gui=bold guifg=White guibg=LightRed
+hi Todo term=standout ctermfg=DarkBlue ctermbg=Yellow guifg=Blue guibg=Yellow
+hi Function term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=Green
+hi Label term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue gui=bold guifg=Blue
+hi Underlined term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=DarkBlue gui=underline guifg=Blue
+hi MatchParen term=reverse guibg=Blue
+
+hi StdFunction gui=bold guifg=LightGreen
+hi Operator gui=NONE guifg=Black
+hi OperatorBold gui=bold guifg=Magenta
+hi StdName gui=bold guifg=Magenta
+hi Name gui=NONE guifg=LightGray
+hi BlockBraces gui=bold guifg=DarkRed
+hi MicroController gui=bold guifg=Magenta
+hi PreCondit gui=NONE guifg=LightRed
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/colors/Tina.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/colors/Tina.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc60f28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/colors/Tina.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+" Vim color file
+" Author: Stefan Liebl
+" Last Change: 2005 Jan 23
+
+" First remove all existing highlighting.
+hi clear
+if exists("syntax_on")
+ syntax reset
+endif
+
+let colors_name = "Tina"
+
+" Farben einstellen:
+" - Cursor auf Text plazieren
+" - :SyntaxShowGroup
+" gibt die syntax GRUPPE aus
+" - :highlight GRUPPE
+" gibt entweder eine weitere syntax GRUPPE2 aus, dann Befehl mit dieser Gruppe wiederholen
+" oder gibt das Farbschema der Gruppe aus. Dieses sollte sich dann in dieser Datei wiederfinden lassen
+" - Farbschema in dieser Datei ändern
+" term für Konsole ohne Farbe (gibt's eigentlich nirgends)
+" cterm für Konsole mit Farbe
+" gui für kvim, gvim
+"
+" Farben für cterm:
+" 0 Black
+" 1 Red (is bold)
+" DarkRed (not bold)
+" 2 Green (is bold)
+" DarkGreen (not bold)
+" 3 Yellow (is bold)
+" DarkYellow (not bold)
+" 4 Blue (is bold)
+" DarkBlue (not bold)
+" 5 Magenta (is bold)
+" DarkMagenta (not bold)
+" 6 Cyan (is bold)
+" DarkCyan (not bold)
+" 7 Grey (not bold) (==White not bold)
+" DarkGrey (bold)
+" White (is bold)
+"
+hi Normal ctermfg=Grey ctermbg=Black guifg=White guibg=SeaGreen
+
+hi SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=DarkBlue
+hi NonText term=NONE cterm=NONE ctermfg=DarkBlue gui=NONE guifg=DarkBlue
+hi Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue
+hi ErrorMsg term=standout cterm=bold ctermfg=Grey ctermbg=Red gui=bold guifg=White guibg=LightRed
+hi IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse
+hi Search term=reverse ctermbg=Brown guifg=Black guibg=LightGreen
+hi MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=Grey gui=bold guifg=White
+hi ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold guifg=Black
+hi LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Orange guibg=SeaGreen
+hi Question term=standout ctermfg=Grey gui=bold guifg=White
+hi StatusLine term=bold,reverse cterm=bold,reverse gui=bold guifg=White guibg=Black
+hi StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=bold guifg=PeachPuff guibg=Gray45
+hi VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=bold guifg=White guibg=Gray45
+hi Title term=bold ctermfg=Magenta gui=bold guifg=LightRed
+hi Visual term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse guibg=Black
+hi VisualNOS term=bold,underline cterm=bold,underline gui=bold,underline
+hi WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=Red gui=bold guifg=Red guibg=LightGreen
+hi WildMenu term=standout ctermfg=Black ctermbg=Brown guifg=Black guibg=Yellow
+hi Folded term=standout ctermfg=Black ctermbg=DarkGreen guifg=Black guibg=DarkGreen
+hi FoldColumn term=standout ctermfg=DarkBlue ctermbg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue guibg=Gray80
+hi DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=Red guibg=Red
+hi DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=Magenta guibg=DarkGreen
+hi DiffDelete term=bold cterm=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue ctermbg=White gui=bold guifg=LightBlue guibg=White
+hi DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red
+hi Cursor guifg=bg guibg=fg
+hi lCursor guifg=bg guibg=fg
+
+" Colors for syntax highlighting
+hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=DarkYellow gui=NONE guifg=Yellow
+hi Constant term=underline ctermfg=DarkMagenta guifg=Black
+hi Special term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue
+hi Identifier term=underline ctermfg=DarkCyan guifg=Cyan
+hi Statement term=bold ctermfg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Cyan
+hi PreProc term=underline ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=LightRed
+hi Type term=underline ctermfg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Cyan
+hi Ignore cterm=bold ctermfg=White guifg=bg
+hi Error term=reverse cterm=bold ctermfg=White ctermbg=LightRed gui=bold guifg=White guibg=LightRed
+hi Todo term=standout ctermfg=DarkBlue ctermbg=Yellow guifg=Blue guibg=Yellow
+hi Function term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=Green
+hi Label term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue gui=bold guifg=Blue
+hi Underlined term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=DarkBlue gui=underline guifg=Blue
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/bmsk.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/bmsk.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ccf800
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/bmsk.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: diab data 4.4
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl
+" Last Change: 13.06.2002
+
+"if exists('current_compiler')
+" finish
+"endif
+"let current_compiler = 'bcc'
+
+set errorformat=
+" tex-errorformat laden
+let b:forceRedoTexCompiler = 'yes'
+let g:Tex_ShowallLines = 1
+"execute 'source ' . expand(g:vimfiles . '/compiler/tex.vim')
+
+let g:makeprg = simplify(GetBmskDir() . '/make_fsw.bat')
+let &makeprg = g:makeprg . ' $*'
+
+if exists('g:make_log')
+ let &shellpipe = '| ' . g:tee . PathNormpath(make_log) . ' | ' . g:tee
+else
+ let &shellpipe = '| ' . g:tee
+endif
+set makeef=
+
+" -------------------------------------
+" Diab-Data-Compiler, Assembler, Linker
+" -------------------------------------
+" dcc_info, dcc_warning, dcc_error, dcc_fatal
+setlocal errorformat+=\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l:\ %t%.%#\ \(dcc:%n\):%m
+" dcc_fatal
+setlocal errorformat+=\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l:\ %tatal\ error\ \(dcc:%n\):%m
+setlocal errorformat+=%tatal\ error\ \(dcc:%n\):%m
+" das_error
+setlocal errorformat+=\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l:\ %t[a-z]:%m
+" dld_error
+setlocal errorformat+=d%td:%m
+setlocal errorformat+=d%td.EXE:%m
+" -------
+" PC-Lint
+" -------
+setlocal errorformat+=\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l:\ %t%.%#\ \(pclint:%n\):%m
+setlocal errorformat+=%t%.%#\ \(pclint:%n\):%m
+" -------
+" SP-Lint
+" -------
+"setlocal errorformat+=%f\(%l,%c\):\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%A%f\(%l\):\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%A%f\(%l\):
+setlocal errorformat+=%A%f\(%l\\,%c\):\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%A%f\(%l\\,%c\):
+setlocal errorformat+=%C\ \ \ \ %m
+" --------
+" GNU-Make
+" --------
+setlocal errorformat+=%f:%l:\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%f:%l:%t%.%#:\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%+G%.%#make.exe:\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%+G%.%#make%.%#.sh:\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%+G%.%#mkdir.exe:\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%+G%.%#cp.exe:\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%+G%.%#rm.exe:\ %m
+" ---------
+" BMSK make
+" ---------
+setlocal errorformat+=bmsk:\ %m
+" ------------
+" python error
+" ------------
+setlocal errorformat+=%+G%.%#python.exe:\ %m
+"setlocal errorformat+=%C\ %.%#,%A\ \ File\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%.%#,%Z%[%^\ ]%\\@=%m
+" -----
+" DAMOS
+" -----
+" Damos error
+setlocal errorformat +=%PDAM-S-INPUTFILEOPENED\ %f%*\\s
+setlocal errorformat +=%PDAM-S-OUTPUTFILEOPENED\ %f%*\\s
+setlocal errorformat +=%QDAM-S-FILECLOSED\ %f%*\\s
+"setlocal errorformat +=%PDAM-S-OSP-OPENING-SEQ-OSP\ %f%*\\s
+setlocal errorformat +=%QDAM-S-OSP-CLOSE\ %f%*\\s
+" ignore 'DAM-W-KONS-SW-IGNORED'
+setlocal errorformat+=%-O%.%#DAM-W-KONS-SW-IGNORED
+" Damos Info-Feld
+"setlocal errorformat +=%-I\|\ DAM-I-%m,
+" \%-Z+-%#
+" Damos Warning- oder Error-Feld
+" DAM-W-...
+setlocal errorformat +=%A\ %#\|\ DAM-%t-%m,
+ \%C\ %#\|\%*\\sZeile\ %l%m,
+ \%C\ %#\|\%*\\sZeile\ %f:\ %l%m,
+ \%C\ %#\|\ %#%m,
+ \%-Z\ %#+-%#
+" Damos: Kenngr��en, die in mehr als einer SG-Funktion definiert sind:
+" Kgs: ... Fkt: ...
+setlocal errorformat +=%+WKenngr��en%m
+setlocal errorformat +=%+WKgs:%m
+" Damos: Ram-Gr��en, die in einer SG-Funktion enthalten sind,
+" aber nicht im OSp existieren:
+" Ram: ... Fkt: ...
+setlocal errorformat +=%+WRam-Gr��en%m,
+ \%+Zaber%m
+" Damos: Lokale Ram-Gr��en, die referenziert werden:
+" Ram: ... Fkt: ...
+setlocal errorformat +=%+WLokale\ Ram-Gr��en%m
+setlocal errorformat +=%+WRam:%m
+"
+setlocal errorformat +=%W%\\%#%#DAM-S-KGR-PLS-EXCEEDED%m:%*\\s,
+ \%CDAM-S-KGR-PLS-EXCEEDED%m,
+ \%-Z+-%#
+" ignore uninterresting lines
+" ---------------------------
+" ignore 'ignoring option ...'
+setlocal errorformat+=%-Oignoring\ option%.%#
+" ignore 'file: 123: #error ...'
+setlocal errorformat+=%-O%*\\S\ %*\\d:\ #%.%#
+
+" make options
+let g:makeopts = ''
+if (g:Motor != '')
+ let g:makeopts = g:makeopts . ' Motor=' . g:Motor
+endif
+if (g:Muster != '')
+ let g:makeopts = g:makeopts . ' Muster=' . Muster
+endif
+if (g:Egas != '')
+ let g:makeopts = g:makeopts . ' Egas=' . g:Egas
+endif
+if (Xlint != '')
+ let g:makeopts = g:makeopts . ' DIAB_LINT_OPTION=' . Xlint
+endif
+if (g:SW_Stand != '')
+ let g:makeopts = g:makeopts . ' Stand=' . g:SW_Stand
+endif
+
+" user commands
+command! -nargs=* Make execute(':make! <args> ' . g:makeopts)
+command! -nargs=0 Clean call Clean()
+command! -nargs=0 CleanAll call CleanAll()
+command! Compile call Compile_File()
+command! PreCompile call PreCompile_File()
+
+" Clean function
+function! Clean()
+ Make clean
+endfunction
+function! CleanAll()
+ cscope kill -1
+ Make cleanall
+endfunction
+
+" reformat i-file
+command! ReformatIFile call Reformat_IFile()
+function! Reformat_IFile() abort
+ let cName = expand('%:t:r') . '.c'
+ let CR = '\<CR>'
+ DelAllMultipleEmptyLines
+ " do not wrap over end of file
+ setlocal nowrapscan
+ " go to top of file
+ execute 'normal gg'
+ " do unil error
+ while 1
+ " delete until line of c-file
+ execute 'normal d/\c^# \d\+ ".*\(' . cName . '\)' . CR
+ " go to line of include-file
+ execute 'normal /\c^# \d\+ ".*\(' . cName . '\)\@<!"' . CR
+ endwhile
+endfunction
+
+function! GetMakeVar(varName)
+ let var = GetMakeVars([a:varName])
+ if has_key(var, a:varName)
+ let varValue = var[a:varName]
+ else
+ let varValue = ''
+ endif
+ return varValue
+endfunction
+
+function! GetMakeVars(varNameList)
+ let varlist = {}
+ try
+ let vars = join(a:varNameList, ' ')
+ let command = g:makeprg . g:makeopts . ' getvar name="' . vars . '"'
+ let output = system(command)
+ let lines = split(output, "\n")
+ if len(lines) == 1
+ " make < make-43 (Antwort nur VALUE)
+ let RE = '\(.*\)'
+ let SU = "let varlist['" . vars . "']='\\1'"
+ else
+ " make >= make-43 (Antwort: NAME=VALUE
+ let RE = '^\(\w\+\)=\(.*\)\s*'
+ let SU = "let varlist['\\1']='\\2'"
+ endif
+ for line in lines
+ if match(line, RE) >= 0
+ execute substitute(line, RE, SU, '')
+ endif
+ endfor
+ endtry
+ return varlist
+endfunction
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/gcc.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/gcc.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..974212d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/gcc.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+" defaults for gcc
+unlet current_compiler
+execute('source ' . $VIMRUNTIME . '/compiler/gcc.vim')
+
+" add german text
+"set errorformat+=%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Wechsel\ in\ das\ Verzeichnis\ �%f�
+"set errorformat+=%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Verlassen\ des\ Verzeichnisses\ �%f�
+
+" defaults for python
+"let s:shellpipe_save = &shellpipe
+"let s:makeprg_save = &makeprg
+"unlet current_compiler
+"execute('source ' . g:vimsuite . '/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/python.vim')
+"let &shellpipe = s:shellpipe_save
+"let &makeprg = s:makeprg_save
+"unlet s:shellpipe_save
+"unlet s:makeprg_save
+
+" -------
+" PC-Lint
+" -------
+"setlocal errorformat+=\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l:\ %t%.%#\ \(pclint:%n\):%m
+"setlocal errorformat+=%t%.%#\ \(pclint:%n\):%m
+" -------
+" SP-Lint
+" -------
+setlocal errorformat+=%A%f\(%l\):\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%A%f\(%l\):
+setlocal errorformat+=%A%f\(%l\\,%c\):\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%A%f\(%l\\,%c\):
+setlocal errorformat+=%C\ \ \ \ %m
+
+" -----
+" Tools
+" -----
+setlocal errorformat+=%+G%.%#.exe:\ %m
+
+" Error format from other programs: ...: ...
+"setlocal errorformat+=%+G%f:\ %m
+
+let current_compiler = 'gcc-special'
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/java.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/java.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..044b62e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/java.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+ finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "java"
+
+
+"let &makeprg = "/usr/java/current/bin/javac %:p"
+"setlocal shellpipe=2>
+
+"set errorformat+=%E%\\s%#File\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ %m
+"set errorformat+=%C%m
+"set errorformat+=%Z%.%#Error:\ %m
+
+command! Make cd %:p:h | make
+command! Clean cd %:p:h | make clean
+command! Build cd %:p:h | make build
+command! Run cd %:p:h | make run
+command! Compile !/usr/java/current/bin/javac %:p
+command! RunObject !%:p:r
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/lint.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/lint.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68f4dcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/lint.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: lint
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl
+" Last Change: 13.06.2002
+
+"if exists('current_compiler')
+" finish
+"endif
+"let current_compiler = 'bcc'
+
+
+let &makeprg = PathJoin(GetBmskDir() . ', lint_bmsk.bat') . ' ' . GetDfilesDir() . ' $*'
+"set shellpipe=>
+"let &shellpipe = '| e:\\tools\\gnu\\shutils\\bin\\tee.exe'
+"let &shellpipe = '| e:\\tools\\gnu\\shutils\\bin\\tee.exe ' . make_log . ' | e:\\tools\\gnu\\shutils\\bin\\tee.exe'
+set shellpipe=
+let &makeef = PathJoin(GetBmskDir() . ', lint_bmsk.txt')
+
+set errorformat=
+set errorformat+=%f\ %l:\ %trror\ %n\ %m
+set errorformat+=%f\ %l:\ %tarning\ %n\ %m
+set errorformat+=%f\ %l:\ %tnfo\ %n\ %m
+set errorformat+=%f\ %l:\ %tote\ %n\ %m
+
+let biosdirs = ''
+let biosdirs = biosdirs . ' ' . PathJoin(bmsk_bios . ', adc')
+let biosdirs = biosdirs . ' ' . PathJoin(bmsk_bios . ', dio')
+"let biosdirs = biosdirs . ' ' . PathJoin(bmsk_bios . ', edc16lib')
+let biosdirs = biosdirs . ' ' . PathJoin(bmsk_bios . ', pm')
+"let biosdirs = biosdirs . ' ' . PathJoin(bmsk_bios . ', stflprg')
+let biosdirs = biosdirs . ' ' . PathJoin(bmsk_bios . ', target')
+let biosdirs = biosdirs . ' ' . PathJoin(bmsk_bios . ', tio')
+"let biosdirs = biosdirs . ' ' . PathJoin(bmsk_bios . ', tpu_bms')
+let biosdirs = biosdirs . ' ' . PathJoin(bmsk_bios . ', tpu_lib_export')
+let biosdirs = biosdirs . ' ' . PathJoin(bmsk_bios . ', uhwe')
+" user functions
+"command! -nargs=* Compile execute ':wa | cd ' . GetBmskDir() . ' | make! %:p'
+command! -nargs=* Compile wa | execute('cd ' . GetBmskDir()) | make! <args> %:p
+command! -nargs=* Make wa | execute('cd ' . GetBmskDir()) | make! <args> %:p:h
+command! -nargs=* MakeBios execute ':wa | cd ' . GetBmskDir() . ' | make! <args> ' . biosdirs
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/pascal.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/pascal.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2fa9b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/pascal.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: gnu pascal compiler gpc
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl
+" Last Change: 01.09.2002
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+ finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "pascal"
+
+
+"let &makeprg = "\\tools\\python\\v2.1a2\\python %:p"
+"setlocal shellpipe=2>
+
+"set errorformat+=%E%\\s%#File\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ %m
+"set errorformat+=%C%m
+"set errorformat+=%Z%.%#Error:\ %m
+
+command! Make cd %:p:h | make
+command! Clean cd %:p:h | make clean
+command! Build cd %:p:h | make build
+command! Run cd %:p:h | make run
+"command! Compile !gpc --borland-pascal -Wall -W %:p -o %:p:r
+command! Compile !ppc386 -Sp -vwnh -o%:p:r %:p
+command! RunObject !%:p:r
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/python.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/python.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b59816
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/python.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: python
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl
+" Last Change: 13.06.2002
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+ finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "python"
+
+
+"let &makeprg = g:python . ' -c "import py_compile,sys; sys.stderr=sys.stdout; py_compile.compile(%:p)\"'
+"let &makeprg = g:python . ' -c "import py_compile; py_compile.compile(r\'%\')"'
+set makeprg=python\ -c\ \"import\ py_compile;\ py_compile.compile('%')\"
+"let &makeprg = g:python . ' -c "print \"hallo welt\"; print \"ende\""'
+
+setlocal shellpipe=2>
+
+set errorformat+=%E%\\s%#File\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ %m
+set errorformat+=%C%m
+set errorformat+=%Z%.%#Error:\ %m
+
+set errorformat+=%E%\\s%#File\ \"<string>\"\\,\ line\ %l
+set errorformat+=%C%m
+set errorformat+=%-C\ %p^
+set errorformat+=%Z%.%#Error:\ %m
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/python22.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/python22.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbd1b36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/python22.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: python
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl
+" Last Change: 13.06.2002
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+ finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'python'
+
+
+
+let &makeprg = 'python %:p'
+"setlocal shellpipe=>
+setlocal shellpipe=2>
+"let &shellpipe = '|' PathNormpath('e:/tools/gnu/shutils/bin/tee.exe')
+"let &shellpipe = '|' PathNormpath('e:/tools/gnu/shutils/bin/tee.exe')
+" \ PathNormpath(make_log) '|' PathNormpath('e:/tools/gnu/shutils/bin/tee.exe')
+
+" set errorformat to default-value
+set errorformat&
+"set errorformat=
+
+"set errorformat=%ATraceback%.%#
+"set errorformat+=%C%\\s%#File\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ %m
+"set errorformat+=%C%m
+"set errorformat+=Z%.%#Error:\ %m
+
+set errorformat+=%E%\\s%#File\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ %m
+set errorformat+=%C%m
+set errorformat+=%Z%.%#Error:\ %m
+
+set errorformat+=%E%\\s%#File\ \"<string>\"\\,\ line\ %l
+set errorformat+=%C%m
+set errorformat+=%-C\ %p^
+set errorformat+=%Z%.%#Error:\ %m
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/turbo_c.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/turbo_c.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eece0e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/compiler/turbo_c.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: borland turbo C compiler
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl
+" Last Change: 08.07.2003
+
+"if exists('current_compiler')
+" finish
+"endif
+"let current_compiler = 'tc'
+
+
+let &l:makeprg = 'u:\daten\priv\c_files\tcc.bat $*'
+setlocal shellpipe=>
+"let &makeef = bmskdir . '\lint_bmsk.txt'
+
+setlocal errorformat=
+setlocal errorformat+=%trror\ %f\ %l:\ %m
+setlocal errorformat+=%tarning\ %f\ %l:\ %m
+
+" user functions
+"command! -nargs=0 Compile execute ':wa | make! %:p'
+command! -nargs=0 Make execute 'wa | make %:p'
+command! -nargs=0 Run execute '!c:\temp\turbo-c\' . expand('%:t:r') . '.exe'
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/doc/bmsk.txt b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/bmsk.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..240a34d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/bmsk.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+*bmsk.txt* Funktinen fuer das Arbeiten mit BMSK-Projekten
+
+
+|BMSK.1| Ausw�hlen des Projektes
+|BMSK.2| Einstellungen
+|BMSK.3| Compilieren
+|BMSK.4| Arbeiten mit Files
+|BMSK.5| Tags
+|BMSK.6| Grep
+|BMSK.7| DAMOS-Tools
+
+==============================================================================
+*BMSK.1* Ausw�hlen des Projektes *Projekt* *Project* *BMSK*
+
+Ein BMSK-Projekt bezieht sich nicht auf eine VIM-Session, sondern nur auf den
+Build-Prozess des BMSK-Projektes. Mit dem Ausw�hlen eines Projektes werden nur
+die Pfade f�r|:Bmsk|,|:checkpath|,|:find|,|gf|... gesetzt.
+Das Verwenden von Sessions empfielt sich zus�tzlich (siehe|VimSuite|).
+
+ *:SetBmskProject*
+:SetBmskProject [Pfad] Setzen der Einstellungen f�r ein BMSK-Projekt
+
+Mit dem Befehl|:SetBmskProject|k�nnen alle Einstellungen f�r ein
+BMSK-Projekt vorgenommen werden. Es wird in das Verzeichnis .../bmsk
+gewechselt und alle Tools werden mit dem neuen Pfad ausgef�hrt. Ausserdem wird
+das passende Tag-File und die richtige|cscope|-Datenbasis verwendet.
+
+Als Pfad muss das Verzeichnis angegeben werden, in dem das make_fsw.bat liegt.
+Wenn der Pfad weggelassen wird, so kommt ein Datei-Auswahl-Dialog.
+
+Mit der Tab-Erweiterung (siehe|cmdline-completion|) werden alle Projekte im
+aktuellen|bmskWA|-Pfad angezeigt, sowie alle Projekte, die in|projects.txt|
+angegeben sind.
+
+ *projects.txt*
+In der Datei|projects.txt|im Verzeichnis .../vim k�nnen die Pfade von
+Projekten angegeben werden, die bei dem Befehl|:SetBmskProject|mit der
+Tab-Erweiterung oder im Men� ausgew�hlt werden k�nnen. Dabei ist in jeder
+Zeile der Datei das Verzeichnis des Makefiles anzugeben.
+
+ *:SetBmskWA* *bmskWA*
+:SetBmskWA {Pfad} Setzen des Pfades, in dem die BMSK-Projekte liegen
+
+Mit dem Befehl|:SetBmskWA|wird der Pfad gesetzt, in dem die
+Tab-Erweiterung des Befehls|:SetBmskProject|nach Projekten sucht.
+
+==============================================================================
+*BMSK.2* Einstellungen
+ *:SetMuster*
+:SetMuster [Muster] Einstellen des Hardware-Standes
+
+F�r Muster k�nnen alle Mustervarianten angegeben werden
+
+ *:SetEgas*
+:SetEgas [Variante] Einstellen der Egas-Variante
+
+F�r Variante k�nnen alle Egas-Varianten angegeben werden
+
+ *:SetMotorvariante*
+:SetMotorvariante [Variante] Einstellen der Motorvariante
+
+F�r Variante kann K25, K40, K46 oder K71 angegeben werden
+
+ *:SetSWStand*
+:SetSWStand [Stand] Einstellen des Software-Stands
+
+F�r Stand kann Test, Entwickler oder Serie angegeben werden.
+
+ *:SetXlint*
+:SetXlint [Hexwert] Einstellen der Bmsk-Lint-Options
+
+F�r Hexwert kann z.B. 0x115 angegeben werden. Siehe dazu die
+HTML-Dokumentation
+
+==============================================================================
+*BMSK.3* Compilieren
+ *:Bmsk*
+:Bmsk Compilieren des BMSK-Projektes
+
+Alle g�ngigen Optionen k�nnen �ber die Tab-Erweiterung ausgew�hlt werden.
+
+ *:Lint*
+:Lint �berpr�fen der Software mit FlexLint
+
+Dieser Befehl kann auch �ber 'Bmsk lint file=%:p' erreicht werden
+
+ *:BmskDoku*
+:BmskDoku Erzeugen einer Doku im BMSK-Projekt
+
+Es wird|Bmsk|ein der Fehlerparser aus der|LaTeX-Suite|verwendet. Dadurch sind
+auch normale LaTeX-Warnings zu sehen. Diese m�ssen jedoch nicht alle beseitigt
+werden.
+Alle g�ngigen Optionen k�nnen �ber die Tab-Erweiterung ausgew�hlt werden.
+Wird der Befehl ohne Parameter aufgerufen, so wird die Funktion interaktiv
+abgefragt.
+
+==============================================================================
+*BMSK.4* Arbeiten mit Files
+
+Um Files schnell zu finden sind alle relevanten Pfade in die Variable|'path'|
+eingetragen. Dadurch kann mit:
+
+ |:find|{filename}
+
+ein File ge�ffnet werden, ohne den Pfad anzugeben.
+
+Wenn sich der Cursor auf einem Filenamen befindet (z.B. #include "module.c")
+so kann man mit
+
+ |gf|
+
+direkt in das File springen.
+
+Jedes File, das schon einmal geladen war ist in der|buffer-list|enthalten.
+Es kann �ber das Men� oder mit
+
+ |:b|{filename}
+
+ge�ffnet werden. Dabei ist ausserdem die Tab-Erweiterung aktiv.
+
+
+ *:BuffersUpdate* *Buffers*
+:BuffersUpdate Aktualisieren aller Dateien eines BMSK-Projekts
+
+Mit dem Befehl|:BuffersUpdate|werden alle Dateien eines BMSK-Projekts als
+Buffer in Vim geladen. Diese k�nnen dann z.B. mit einer Session gespeichert
+werden.
+
+Mit dem integrierten File-Explorer kann auch gearbeitet werden:|:Explore|
+
+ *:COPYoutput*
+:COPYoutput Product-Files auf Austauschlaufwerk kopieren
+
+Mit diesem Befehl werden die Files im Product-Verzeichnis auf das
+Austauschlaufwerk kopiert. Das Ziel ist in der Variablen Austausch und
+myAustausch gespeichert. Diese m�ssen im File _vimrc richtig gesetzt werden.
+
+ *:RENAMEoutput*
+:RENAMEoutput Product-Files umbenennen
+
+Mit diesem Befehl werden die Files im Product-Verzeichnis umbenannt. Die als
+Argument �bergebene Erweiterung wird nach dem Programmstandsnamen vor dem
+Punkt eingef�gt.
+Beispiel: >
+
+ :RENAMEoutput _test01
+
+Dadurch werden die Files folgendermassen umbenannt:
+115BXXXX.daf -> 115BXXXX_test01.daf
+770115XE.a2l -> 770115XE_test01.a2l
+770115XE.dcm -> 770115XE_test01.dcm
+770115XE.elf -> 770115XE_test01.elf
+770115XE.map -> 770115XE_test01.map
+770115XE.paf -> 770115XE_test01.paf
+770115XE.s19 -> 770115XE_test01.s19
+
+ *:CopyProgrammstand*
+:CopyProgrammstand alle Product-Files auf Server ausliefern
+
+Mit diesem Befehl werden die Files in allen Product-Verzeichnissen in die
+Auslieferstrucktur in einem Verzeichnis kopiert, das �ber einen
+File-Open-Dialog gew�hlt werden kann.
+
+==============================================================================
+*BMSK.5* Tags
+
+Die BMS-K arbeitet mit zwei unterschiedlichen Datenbanken:
+|ctags| und |cscope|.
+
+ *:BMSK-ctags*
+Die Datenbank von ctags erfasst alle Tags in DAMOS und Python-Files. Sie
+werden mit >
+
+ Bmsk ctags
+
+und >
+
+ Bmsk ptags
+
+erzeugt. Zu einem Tag kann mit der Taste <TAB> gesprungen werden. Zur�ck kommt
+man mit <BS>. Zu den DAMOS-Files geh�ren kgs- und osp-Files, d.h. es kann auch
+zu Umrechnungsformeln, Codesyntaxen, usw. gesprungen werden.
+
+ *:BMSK-cscope*
+Die Datenbank von cscope erfasst alle Tags in c-, h- und d-Files. Sie werden
+mit >
+
+ Bmsk cscope
+
+erzeugt. Zu einem Tag kann mit der Taste <CR> gesprungen werden. Zur�ck kommt
+man mit <BS>.|Cscope|bietet viele weitere M�glichkeiten.
+
+==============================================================================
+*BMSK.6* Grep
+
+Die Funktion zur Suche mit einem externen|grepprg|wird zugunsten der internen
+Variante|:vimgrep|nicht unterst�tzt. In der Regel kann der einfache Befehl
+ *:GrepBmsk*
+:GrepBmsk [pattern]
+
+verwendet werden. Es unterst�tzt Regular expressions und findet mehrere
+Treffer in einer Zeile, die mit <CTRL-n> durchlaufen werden k�nnen. Gesucht
+wird in allen c-, h- und kgs-Files unterhalb von bmsk/sw
+
+Alternativ gibt es den Befehl|:Grep|aus der|VimSuite|.
+
+==============================================================================
+*BMSK.7* DAMOS-Tools
+
+Siehe eigene Dokumentation zu|damos|
+
+==============================================================================
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/doc/ccm.txt b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/ccm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2d4099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/ccm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+*ccm.txt* Funktinen fuer das Arbeiten mit Synergy/CM
+
+
+Um mit dem Konfigurations-Management-Tool Synergy/CM (CCM) zu arbeiten muss
+das Tool gestartet und die richtige Default-Task ausgew�hlt sein. Dann k�nnen
+die folgenden Befehle aus einem Buffer heraus ausgef�hrt werden:
+
+==============================================================================
+ *ccm* *CCM* *Synergy* *Synergy/CM* *CM/Synergy*
+
+ *:CCMcheckout*
+:CCMcheckout [comment] Auschecken eines Files in CCM
+
+ *:CCMcheckpoint*
+:CCMcheckpoint [comment] Einchecken eines Files als checkpoint
+
+ *:CCMchangeable*
+:CCMchangeable Zeigt an, ob der user ein working objekt vom aktuellen File hat
+
+ *:CCMdiff*
+:CCMdiff Zeigt die �nderungen gegen�ber der Vorg�nger-Version
+
+ *:CCMobject*
+:CCMobject Gibt den kompletten objectname aus
+
+ *:CCMhistory*
+:CCMhistory �ffnet den History-View f�r das aktuelle File
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/doc/svn.txt b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/svn.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0318ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/svn.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+*svn.txt* Funktinen fuer das Arbeiten mit Subversion
+
+
+SVNstudio bietet Funktionen zum Arbeiten mit Subversion und eine Oberfl�che,
+die das committen erleichtert.
+
+==============================================================================
+ *svn* *SVN* *SVNstudio* *Subversion*
+
+ *:SVNcommit*
+:SVNcommit [comment] Einchecken aller Files im aktuellen Verzeichnis
+Falls comment angegeben wird, so wird dieser verwendet. Andernfalls wird der
+Kommentar interaktiv erfragt.
+
+ *:SVNdiff*
+:SVNdiff [version] Zeigt die �nderungen gegen�ber der Vorg�nger-Version
+Wenn version angegeben wird, so wird diese mit der aktuellen verglichen
+
+ *:SVNstatus*
+:SVNstatus Zeigt die �nderungen gegen�ber der Datenbank an.
+
+ *:SVNupdate*
+:SVNupdate Aktualisiert das aktuelle Verzeichnis mit dem Datenbank-Inhalt
+
+ *:SVNlog*
+:SVNlog Zeigt die Versions-Historie an.
+
+ *:SVNadd*
+:SVNadd F�gt das aktuelle File in die Versionsverwaltung ein.
+
+ *:SVNstudio*
+:SVNstudio �ffnet eine Oberfl�che, um einen commit durchzuf�hren
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/doc/tags b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/tags
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26e99b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/tags
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+:BMSK-cscope bmsk.txt /*:BMSK-cscope*
+:BMSK-ctags bmsk.txt /*:BMSK-ctags*
+:Bmsk bmsk.txt /*:Bmsk*
+:BmskDoku bmsk.txt /*:BmskDoku*
+:BuffersUpdate bmsk.txt /*:BuffersUpdate*
+:CCMchangeable ccm.txt /*:CCMchangeable*
+:CCMcheckout ccm.txt /*:CCMcheckout*
+:CCMcheckpoint ccm.txt /*:CCMcheckpoint*
+:CCMdiff ccm.txt /*:CCMdiff*
+:CCMhistory ccm.txt /*:CCMhistory*
+:CCMobject ccm.txt /*:CCMobject*
+:COPYoutput bmsk.txt /*:COPYoutput*
+:CopyProgrammstand bmsk.txt /*:CopyProgrammstand*
+:DiffClose vimsuite.txt /*:DiffClose*
+:DiffOff vimsuite.txt /*:DiffOff*
+:Grep vimsuite.txt /*:Grep*
+:GrepBmsk bmsk.txt /*:GrepBmsk*
+:InsertCHeader vimsuite.txt /*:InsertCHeader*
+:Lint bmsk.txt /*:Lint*
+:MarkLongLines vimsuite.txt /*:MarkLongLines*
+:MarkLongLinesOff vimsuite.txt /*:MarkLongLinesOff*
+:RENAMEoutput bmsk.txt /*:RENAMEoutput*
+:SVNadd svn.txt /*:SVNadd*
+:SVNcommit svn.txt /*:SVNcommit*
+:SVNdiff svn.txt /*:SVNdiff*
+:SVNlog svn.txt /*:SVNlog*
+:SVNstatus svn.txt /*:SVNstatus*
+:SVNstudio svn.txt /*:SVNstudio*
+:SVNupdate svn.txt /*:SVNupdate*
+:SessionLoad vimsuite.txt /*:SessionLoad*
+:SessionSave vimsuite.txt /*:SessionSave*
+:SetBmskProject bmsk.txt /*:SetBmskProject*
+:SetBmskWA bmsk.txt /*:SetBmskWA*
+:SetEgas bmsk.txt /*:SetEgas*
+:SetMotorvariante bmsk.txt /*:SetMotorvariante*
+:SetMuster bmsk.txt /*:SetMuster*
+:SetSWStand bmsk.txt /*:SetSWStand*
+:SetXlint bmsk.txt /*:SetXlint*
+:SyntaxShowGroup vimsuite.txt /*:SyntaxShowGroup*
+BMSK bmsk.txt /*BMSK*
+BMSK.1 bmsk.txt /*BMSK.1*
+BMSK.2 bmsk.txt /*BMSK.2*
+BMSK.3 bmsk.txt /*BMSK.3*
+BMSK.4 bmsk.txt /*BMSK.4*
+BMSK.5 bmsk.txt /*BMSK.5*
+BMSK.6 bmsk.txt /*BMSK.6*
+BMSK.7 bmsk.txt /*BMSK.7*
+Bestandteile vimsuite.txt /*Bestandteile*
+Buffers bmsk.txt /*Buffers*
+CCM ccm.txt /*CCM*
+CM/Synergy ccm.txt /*CM\/Synergy*
+CTRL-K vimsuite.txt /*CTRL-K*
+CTRL-N vimsuite.txt /*CTRL-N*
+CTRL-k vimsuite.txt /*CTRL-k*
+CTRL-n vimsuite.txt /*CTRL-n*
+Comment vimsuite.txt /*Comment*
+CommentInOut vimsuite.txt /*CommentInOut*
+DelAllMultipleEmptyLines vimsuite.txt /*DelAllMultipleEmptyLines*
+DelAllMultipleSameLines vimsuite.txt /*DelAllMultipleSameLines*
+DelAllTrailingWhitespace vimsuite.txt /*DelAllTrailingWhitespace*
+DirDiff vimsuite.txt /*DirDiff*
+GrepDir vimsuite.txt /*GrepDir*
+GrepFiles vimsuite.txt /*GrepFiles*
+Project bmsk.txt /*Project*
+Projekt bmsk.txt /*Projekt*
+Reformat vimsuite.txt /*Reformat*
+SVN svn.txt /*SVN*
+SVNstudio svn.txt /*SVNstudio*
+Subversion svn.txt /*Subversion*
+Synergy ccm.txt /*Synergy*
+Synergy/CM ccm.txt /*Synergy\/CM*
+VimSuite vimsuite.txt /*VimSuite*
+VimSuiteEinstellungen vimsuite.txt /*VimSuiteEinstellungen*
+VimSuiteInstallation vimsuite.txt /*VimSuiteInstallation*
+VimSuiteTools vimsuite.txt /*VimSuiteTools*
+b:GrepDir vimsuite.txt /*b:GrepDir*
+b:GrepFiles vimsuite.txt /*b:GrepFiles*
+b:commentstring vimsuite.txt /*b:commentstring*
+bmsk.txt bmsk.txt /*bmsk.txt*
+bmskWA bmsk.txt /*bmskWA*
+ccm ccm.txt /*ccm*
+ccm.txt ccm.txt /*ccm.txt*
+cscope_macros vimsuite.txt /*cscope_macros*
+g:GrepDir vimsuite.txt /*g:GrepDir*
+g:GrepFiles vimsuite.txt /*g:GrepFiles*
+projects.txt bmsk.txt /*projects.txt*
+svn svn.txt /*svn*
+svn.txt svn.txt /*svn.txt*
+vi-hints.txt vi-hints.txt /*vi-hints.txt*
+vimsuite vimsuite.txt /*vimsuite*
+vimsuite.1 vimsuite.txt /*vimsuite.1*
+vimsuite.2 vimsuite.txt /*vimsuite.2*
+vimsuite.3 vimsuite.txt /*vimsuite.3*
+vimsuite.4 vimsuite.txt /*vimsuite.4*
+vimsuite.txt vimsuite.txt /*vimsuite.txt*
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/doc/vi-hints.txt b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/vi-hints.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2600ea2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/vi-hints.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+*vi-hints.txt* For Vim version 7
+
+
+Vim usage hints from Stefan Liebl
+
+moving:
+----------------
+w next word
+b previous word
+e next end of word
+ge prev end of word
+^ first non white-space in line
+0 beginning of line
+fx find x
+tx to x
+% match paren
+H top of page
+M middle of page
+L end of page
+G end of file
+gg top of file
+<CTRL-U> up a half page
+<CTRL-D> down a half page
+<CTRL-F> forward a page
+<CTRL-B> backward a page
+'' jump back
+50% jump to 50% of the file
+<CTRL-O> jump to older position
+<CTRL-I> jump to newer position
+:set virtualedit=all allow moving over end of line
+
+visual mode:
+----------------
+v start visual mode
+V start visual line mode
+<CTRL-V> start visual rectangle mode in UNIX
+<CTRL-Q> start visual rectangle mode in WINDOWS
+o select the other edge
+O select the other corner
+p insert register 0
+P insert register "
+:I standard: insert text at start of each line
+ in VimSuite: Increase Numbers (see|visincr|)
+:A append text to end of each line
+c change to text in each line
+U make upper case
+u make lower case
+r fill block with character
+> shift block right
+< shift block left
+J join lines
+gq format text
+
+searching:
+----------------
+/ find (command line)
+/.../e move cursor to end of match
+/xxx\zsyyy/ find xxxyyy but jump to yyy (see|\zs|)
+? find backwards
+* find word under cursor
+# find word under cursor backwards
+/\< find beginning of word
+/\> find end of word
+[i find first occurence of word under cursor from beginning of file
+]i find first occurence of word under cursor form cursor
+[d find makro definion
+:nohls highlight off
+fx find next x in line
+gd go to definition
+gf go to file
+:find find file and edit
+
+registers:
+----------------
+:register display contents of all registers
+**yy copy to clipboard in UNIX
+<CTRL-C> copy to clipboard in WINDOWS
+**p paste from clipboard in UNIX
+<CTRL-V> paste from clipboard in WINDOWS
+"ap put content of register a
+"ay$ copy content of line to register a
+
+macro-recording:
+----------------
+qa start recording macro a
+qA append to macro a
+a stop recording macro a
+@a execute macro a
+
+marks:
+----------------
+mx set named mark x
+mX set global named mark X
+`x goto mark
+'x goto mark (beginning of the line)
+'' position before jump
+'" position when leaving the file
+'. position of last change
+'[ beginning of last change
+'] end of last change
+:marks list all marks
+
+tags:
+----------------
+:tag xxx find a tag
+<TAB> find ctag under cursor (only for VimSuite)
+<CR> find cscope-tag under cursor (only for VimSuite)
+<S-TAB> return to previous location (only for VimSuite)
+<BB> return to previous location (only for VimSuite)
+
+changing:
+----------------
+. repeat last change
+u undo
+<CTRL-R> redo
+**yy copy to clipboard
+**p paste from clipboard
+- change case
+g~w change case for a word
+gUw make word uppercase
+guw make word lowercase
+:s/pattern/text replace pattern with text
+:global/pat/cmd search pattern and execute command
+<CTRL-P> complete word to match before cursor
+<CTRL-N> complete word to match after cursor
+<CTRL-Y> insert character above cursor
+<CTRL-R>a insert register a
+<CTRL-O>cmd execute normal mode command
+>> indent current line
+<CTRL-T> indent current line
+>> unindent current line
+<CTRL-D> unindent current line
+
+formatting:
+----------------
+:set textwith= set length of lines
+gq{motion} format text (wokts also visable)
+== format actual line
+:retab 4 change tabstop to 4 and change text to look the same
+
+display:
+----------------
+<CTRL-L> refresh display
+:zf fold create
+:zm fold more
+:zr fold reduce
+:zo fold open
+:zc fold close
+:gui start gui from terminal
+
+differences:
+----------------
+:vertical diffsplit file
+]c next change
+[c last change
+:diffupdate update highliting
+dp diff put
+do diff obtain
+
+make and grep:
+----------------
+:ccn goto error n
+:cl list errors
+:cn goto next error
+:cp goto previous error
+:colder switch to older error-list
+:cnewer switch to newer error-list
+:cfile <name> read file as error-file
+
+file-operations:
+----------------
+:edit file (re)load a file
+:b file switch buffer to file
+<CTRL-^> jump to last file
+:args list arguments (files in buffer)
+vim -r file recover from a crash
+:edit . open file explorer
+gf go to file under cursor
+<CTRL-O> jump back
+:find find file in path
+:sfind open file in new window
+
+commandranges:
+----------------
+:1,5s/... execute command s for lines 1 to 5
+:5s/... execute command s in line 5
+:.,$s/... execute command s from actual line to the end of the file
+:'a,'bs/... execute command s from mark a to mark b
+:5:s/... execute command s for 5 lines
+:%s/... execute command for all lines
+
+command line editing:
+----------------
+<TAB> complete match
+<CTRL-D> list all matches
+<CTRL-R><CTRL-W> insert word under cursor
+%:p actual complete file-name
+
+hints and help:
+----------------
+:checkpath check include-files
+:options give a list of all options
+:command list all user-commands
+:function list all functions
+:autocommand list all autocommands
+ga ascii value of character under cursor
+
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/doc/vimsuite.txt b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/vimsuite.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1212f03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/doc/vimsuite.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+*vimsuite.txt* Eine Sammlung von vimscripts f�r Software Entwickler
+
+
+|vimsuite.1| Bestandteile
+|vimsuite.2| Installation
+|vimsuite.3| Einstellungen
+|vimsuite.4| VimSuiteTools
+
+==============================================================================
+*vimsuite.1* Bestandteile der VimSuite *VimSuite* *vimsuite* *Bestandteile*
+
+Die VimSuite besteht aus vimscripts von http://www.vim.org und eigenen
+Scripten von Stefan Liebl. Folgende wichtige Scripts sind enthalten:
+
+|VimSuiteTools|Tools zum Programmieren von Stefan Liebl
+|LaTeX| Suite Tools zum bearbeiten von LaTeX Quelltexten
+|crefvim| Referenz zur Programmiersprache C (Anleitung in|crefvimdoc|)
+|visincr| Inkrementieren von Nummern in Spalten
+|cscope_macros|Anwenden der Datenbank f�r Label in C
+|DirDiff| Vergleichen von kompletten Verzeichnissen
+|tComment.txt| Erzeugen von Kommentaren in vielen Sprachen
+|SVNstudio| Arbeiten mit Subversion
+|CCM| Arbeiten mit CM/Synergy
+|BMSK| Makros zum Arbeiten mit BMS-K/BMS-KP Quellcode
+
+==============================================================================
+*vimsuite.2* Installation *VimSuiteInstallation*
+
+Zun�chst muss die aktuelle Release 7.0 von Vim (http://www.vim.org) in einem
+Pfad ohne Sonderzeichen (auch ohne Leerzeichen) installierts sein. Die
+VimSuite kann in einem beliebigen Verzeichnis abgelegt werden.
+
+Anschlie�end kann die Datei vimsuite/vimfiles.stefan/_vimrc.example nach
+vim/_vimrc kopiert werden (unter Linux nach ~/.vimrc). In dieser Datei k�nnen
+die pers�nlichen Einstellungen vorgenommen werden, z.B. in dem weitere
+vimrc-files geladen werden. Falls die VimSuite nicht im Verzeichnis vim liegt,
+muss nat�rlich noch der Pfad angepasst werden.
+
+Bei einem Update der VimSuite sollte die alte VimSuite gel�scht (oder
+verschoben) werden, da sich die Verzeichnis-Struktur �ndern kann. Die
+pers�nlichen Einstellungen in vim/_vimrc werden nicht �berschrieben. Es ist
+aber empfehlenswert, die Datei mit der neuen
+vim/vimsuite/vimfiles.stefan/_vimrc.example zu vergleichen.
+
+==============================================================================
+*vimsuite.3* Einstellungen *VimSuiteEinstellungen*
+
+Einstellungen f�r die VimSuite k�nnen direkt im File _vimrc (bzw. ~/.vimrc)
+gemacht werden. Alternativ kann dort ein eigenes vimrc-File mit|source|geladen
+werden.
+
+ *b:GrepFiles* *g:GrepFiles* *GrepFiles*
+Die Variable b:GrepFiles kann z.B. in einem|filetype-plugin|gesetzt werden.
+g:GrepFiles ist normalerweise *. F�r C-Projekte kann die Variable z.B. >
+ let b:GrepFiles='*.c *.h'
+gesetzt werden.
+
+ *b:GrepDir* *g:GrepDir* *GrepDir*
+Die Variable b:GrepDir kann z.B. in einem|filetype-plugin|gesetzt werden.
+g:GrepDir ist normalerweise das Verzeichnis, in dem vim ge�ffnet wurde.
+
+Die Funktion zur Suche mit einem externen|grepprg|wird zugunsten der internen
+Variante|:vimgrep|nicht unterst�tzt.
+
+ *b:commentstring*
+Diese Variable wird verwendet, um Code auszukommentieren. Sie sollte in einem
+|filetype-plugin|gesetzt werden.
+
+==============================================================================
+*vimsuite.4* VimSuiteTools *VimSuiteTools*
+
+ *:SessionLoad*
+:SessionLoad [Name] Laden der Session mit dem Namen Name.
+
+Ruft|:source|Name auf. Falls kein Name angegeben wird, �ffnet sich ein
+File-Browse Dialog.
+
+ *:SessionSave*
+:SessionSave [Name] Speichern der Session unter dem Namen Name.
+
+Ruft|:mksession|auf. Falls kein Name angegeben wird, �ffnet sich ein
+File-Browse Dialog.
+
+ *:Grep*
+:Grep [pattern] Suchen nach pattern in mehreren Files
+
+Unterst�tzt Regular expressions und findet mehrere Treffer in einer Zeile, die
+mit <CTRL-n> durchlaufen werden k�nnen. Gesucht wird in allen|b:GrepFiles|bzw.
+falls nicht vorhanden in|g:GrepFiles|, die unterhalb von|b:GrepDir|bzw. falls
+nicht vorhanden|g:GrepDir|liegen.
+
+ *CTRL-n* *CTRL-N*
+Mit <CTRL-n> wird das Command|:cn|ausgef�hrt. Es ist darauf zu achten, dass
+der n�chste eintrag in der|Quickfix|Liste angezeigt wird. Steht die Liste
+also auf dem ersten Eintrag, dieser wurde aber nicht angezeigt (make!,
+vimgrep!) dann wird zum zweiten Eintrag gesprungen.
+
+ *Reformat*
+:Reformat Formatieren eines Quelltextes
+
+Dieser Befehl funktioniert f�r die meisten Programmiersprachen. In C werden
+haupts�chlich alle Einr�ckungen korrigiert und alle Tabs zu Spaces
+konvertiert. Der Befehl funktioniert aber auch einigerma�en f�r kgs-Files.
+Es kann auch eine|range|angebeben werden (auch|visual|).
+
+ *CommentInOut* *Comment* *CTRL-k* *CTRL-K*
+:CommentInOut Aus- bzw. Ein-Kommentieren von Quellcode
+
+Die Funktion wird �blicherweise �ber die Tastenkombination <CTRL-K>
+aufgerufen. Falls der Code auf der aktuellen Zeile nicht auskommentiert wird,
+so wird er auskommentiert. Falls er schon auskommentiert ist, so wird der
+Kommentar entfernt. Anschlie�end springt der Cursor in die n�chste Zeile, so
+dass gro�e Bereiche sehr einfach aus- oder einkommentiert werden k�nnen. Als
+Kommentarzeichen wird|b:commentstring|verwendet. Um eine Zeile als
+auskommentiert zu erkennen muss der Kommentar in der ersten Spalte stehen.
+Echte Kommentare k�nnen in einer andreren Spalte stehen und werden dann
+doppelt auskommentiert.
+
+ *:MarkLongLines*
+:MarkLongLines Hebt zu lange Zeilen hervor
+Alle Zeilen, die l�nger als|textwidth|sind, werden rot markiert.
+
+ *:MarkLongLinesOff*
+:MarkLongLinesOff Schaltet die Markierung wieder aus
+
+ *:SyntaxShowGroup*
+:SyntaxShowGroup Zeigt die Syntax|highlight-groups|an
+
+ *:DiffOff*
+:DiffOff Schaltet die Diff-Anzeige aus
+
+ *:DiffClose*
+:DiffClose Schlie�t das aktuelle Fenster und schaltet die Diff-Anzeige aus
+
+ *DelAllTrailingWhitespace*
+:DelAllTrailingWhitespace L�scht alle Leerzeichen an allen Zeilenenden
+
+ *DelAllMultipleEmptyLines*
+:DelAllMultipleEmptyLines L�scht alle mehrfachen leeren Zeilen
+
+ *DelAllMultipleSameLines*
+:DelAllMultipleSameLines
+ L�scht alle identischen Zeilen, die direkt hinterenander stehen
+
+ *:InsertCHeader*
+:InsertCHeader F�gt das Template ... ein
+
+==============================================================================
+ *cscope_macros*
+
+Folgende Mappings sind definiert:
+<C-CR>s symbol: find all references to the token under cursor
+<C-CR>g global: find global definition(s) of the token under cursor
+<C-CR>c calls: find all calls to the function name under cursor
+<C-CR>t text: find all instances of the text under cursor
+<C-CR>e egrep: egrep search for the word under cursor
+<C-CR>f file: open the filename under cursor
+<C-CR>i includes: find files that include the current file
+<C-CR>d called: find functions that function under cursor calls
+
+==============================================================================
+ *DirDiff*
+
+Doing the following will generate a diff window.
+
+ :DirDiff <A:Src Directory> <B:Src Directory>
+e.g.
+ :DirDiff ../something/dir1 /usr/bin/somethingelse/dir2
+
+The following commands can be used inside the diff window:
+'Enter','o' - Diff open: open the diff file(s) where your cursor is at
+'s' - Synchronize the current diff. You can also select
+ a range (through visual) and press 's' to synchronize differences
+ across a range.
+
+ - There are 6 Options you can choose when you hit 's':
+ 1. A -> B
+ Copy A to overwrite B
+ If A's file actually points to a directory, it'll copy it to B
+ recursively.
+ 2. B -> A
+ Copy B to overwrite A
+ If B's file actually points to a directory, it'll copy it to A
+ recursively.
+ 3. Always A
+ For the rest of the items that you've selected,
+ synchronize like (1).
+ 4. Always B
+ For the rest of the items that you've selected,
+ synchronize like (2).
+ 5. Skip
+ Skip this diff entry.
+ 6. Cancel
+ Quit the loop and exit.
+
+'u' - Diff update: update the diff window
+'x' - Sets the exclude pattern, separated by ','
+'i' - Sets the ignore pattern, separated by ','
+'a' - Sets additional arguments for diff, eg. -w to ignore white space,
+ etc.
+'q' - Quit DirDiff
+
+The following comamnds can be used in the Vim diff mode
+\dg - Diff get: maps to :diffget<CR>
+\dp - Diff put: maps to :diffput<CR>
+\dj - Diff next: (think j for down)
+\dk - Diff previous: (think k for up)
+
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/a2l.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/a2l.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75d8719
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/a2l.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.a2l set filetype=a2l
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.x2l set filetype=a2l
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/c.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/c.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dd5e08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/c.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile /usr/include/*/* set filetype=c
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.d set filetype=c
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.dat set filetype=c
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.i set filetype=c
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/paf.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/paf.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..340ab9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/paf.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.paf set filetype=paf
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.daf set filetype=paf
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.0pa set filetype=paf
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.0da set filetype=paf
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/scons.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/scons.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7afb970
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/scons.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile SConstruct set filetype=scons
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile SConscript set filetype=scons
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.SConscript set filetype=scons
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/tex.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/tex.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..488bd30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/tex.vim
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.tex set filetype=tex
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/trace.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/trace.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae38fcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/trace.vim
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.cmm set filetype=trace
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/uc.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/uc.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d3679d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftdetect/uc.vim
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.uc set filetype=uc
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/a2l.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/a2l.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0654e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/a2l.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+" Stefans a2l-file plugin
+
+" don't use spaces for tabs
+setlocal expandtab
+setlocal tabstop=4
+setlocal shiftwidth=4
+setlocal formatoptions=croq
+
+" commenting
+let b:commentstring = '//'
+
+" Grep options
+"let b:GrepFiles = '*.py'
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/c.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/c.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e990c9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/c.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+" Stefans c-file plugin for bmsk
+
+" abbreviations
+"iabbrev if if ()<left>
+
+" ----
+" TABS
+" ----
+" tab width
+let s:tabwidth = 4
+let &l:tabstop = s:tabwidth
+" spaces for tabs
+"let &softtabstop = s:tabwidth
+" smart indent tabs (use spaces for indent else tabs)
+"set smarttab
+" use spaces for tabs
+setlocal expandtab
+
+" autoindent
+" indent mode - one of autoindent, smartindent or cindent
+" set autoindent
+" set smartindent
+setlocal cindent
+setlocal cinoptions=*200,)100,(s,w1,W4
+let &l:shiftwidth = s:tabwidth
+"setlocal formatoptions=croqwl
+
+if (g:os == 'linux')
+ setlocal tags+=/usr/include/tags
+ setlocal tags+=/usr/X11/include/tags
+ setlocal tags+=/usr/src/include/linux/tags
+
+ " filesearching
+ setlocal path=.,/usr/include/**
+endif
+setlocal suffixesadd=.h
+
+" commenting
+" ----------
+let b:commentstring = "\/\/"
+
+" Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments.
+"setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:\ \ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:\ ,ex:*/
+setlocal cpoptions-=C
+
+
+" Grep options
+let b:GrepFiles = '*.c *.h'
+
+" Adding spaces where needed
+" --------------------------
+let s:nonOperator = '[^=!+-\*/<>]'
+let s:nonOperatorNonSpace = '[^ =!+-\*/<>]'
+let s:noSpaceNoEol = '.'
+let s:noWord = '.'
+function! AddSpaceBeforeOperator(pattern)
+ execute '%substitute@' .
+ \ '\(' . s:nonOperatorNonSpace . '\)' .
+ \ '\(' . a:pattern . '\)' .
+ \ '\(' . s:nonOperator . '\)' .
+ \ '@\1 \2\3@ec'
+endfunction
+function! AddSpaceAfterOperator(pattern)
+ execute '%substitute@' .
+ \ '\(' . s:nonOperator . '\)' .
+ \ '\(' . a:pattern . '\)' .
+ \ '\(' . s:nonOperatorNonSpace . '\)'
+ \ '@\1\2 \3@c'
+endfunction
+function! AddSpaceAroundOperator(pattern)
+ call AddSpaceBeforeOperator(a:pattern)
+ call AddSpaceAfterOperator(a:pattern)
+endfunction
+
+function! AddSpaceAfter(pattern)
+ execute '%substitute@' .
+ \ '\(' . s:noWord . '\)'
+ \ '\(' . a:pattern . '\)' .
+ \ '\(' . s:noSpaceNoEol . '\)'
+ \ '@\1\2 \3@c'
+endfunction
+
+command! ReformatCSpaces call ReformatCSpaces()
+function! ReformatCSpaces()
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('=')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('+')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('-')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('\*')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('/')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('==')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('!=')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('+=')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('-=')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('\*=')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('/=')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('<=')
+" call AddSpaceAroundOperator('>=')
+ call AddSpaceAfter('if')
+endfunction
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/dosbatch.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/dosbatch.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..637fc64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/dosbatch.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+" Stefans DOS-Batch-file plugin
+
+" commenting
+let b:commentstring = ":: "
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/html.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/html.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a511aaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/html.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+" Stefans vim-file plugin
+
+" ----
+" TABS
+" ----
+setlocal noexpandtab
+setlocal shiftwidth=4
+setlocal tabstop=4
+
+setlocal formatoptions=tcroq
+
+command! -nargs=1 -range HtmlAddTag call HtmlAddTag("<args>", <line1>, <line2>)
+function! HtmlAddTag(tag, line1, line2)
+ let s:visualStart = '`<'
+ let s:visualEnd = '`>'
+ " f�r Endtag nur das erste Wort verwenden:
+ let l:endtag = substitute(a:tag, '\s*\(\w\+\).*', '\1', '')
+ execute('normal ' . s:visualStart . '"vd'
+ \ . s:visualEnd . 'i<' . a:tag . ">\<C-R>v</" . l:endtag . '>')
+endfunction
+
+" Tag Select/Wrapper
+" These mappings and TagSelection function will allow you to place
+" an XML tag around either the current word, or the current selected
+" text
+"nmap _t viw_t
+"vnoremap _t <Esc>:call TagSelection()<CR>
+"
+"nmap _t viw_t
+"vnoremap _t <Esc>:call TagSelection()<CR>
+"
+"function! TagSelection()
+" let l:tag = input("Tag name? ")
+" " exec "normal `>a</" . l:tag . ">\e"
+" " Strip off all but the first work in the tag for the end tag
+" exec "normal `>a</" .
+" \ substitute( l:tag, '[ \t"]*\(\<\w*\>\).*', '\1>\e', "" )
+" exec "normal `<i"
+" \ substitute( l:tag, '[ \t"]*\(\<.*\)', '<\1>\e', "" )
+"endfunction
+
+
+" commenting
+"let b:commentstring = '"'
+
+" Grep options
+let b:GrepFiles = '*.html *.htm'
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/java.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/java.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f691ae5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/java.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+" java filetype plugin
+"
+setlocal softtabstop=2
+setlocal shiftwidth=2
+setlocal expandtab
+setlocal tabstop=8
+
+"set autoindent
+
+compiler java
+
+" commenting
+let b:commentstring = "\/\/"
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/make.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/make.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c8e1af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/make.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Stefans vim-file plugin
+
+" ----
+" TABS
+" ----
+setlocal noexpandtab
+setlocal shiftwidth=4
+
+setlocal formatoptions=croq
+
+" commenting
+let b:commentstring = '#'
+
+" Grep options
+let b:GrepFiles = '*.mak *.mkinc'
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/paf.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/paf.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1799c97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/paf.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+
+" Adresse der aktuellen Zeile berechnen und in der Statusline anzeigen
+command PafGetAddress! call PafGetAddress()
+function! PafGetAddress()
+ let RE = ':\x\{2}\x\{4}02\(\x\{4}\)\x\{2}'
+ let line = search(RE, 'bcnW')
+ let ELAR = substitute(getline(line), RE, '0x\10', '')
+ let RE = ':\x\{2}\x\{4}04\(\x\{4}\)\x\{2}'
+ let line = search(RE, 'bcnW')
+ let ESAR = substitute(getline(line), RE, '0x\10000', '')
+ let RE = ':\x\{2}\(\x\{4}\)00\x\+'
+ let line = line('.')
+ let LA = substitute(getline(line), RE, '0x\1', '')
+ let address = eval(ELAR + ESAR + LA)
+ return printf('0x%08x', address)
+endfunction
+
+setlocal statusline=%{PafGetAddress()}
+setlocal laststatus=2
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/pascal.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/pascal.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61710d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/pascal.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Stefans c-file plugin for bmsk
+
+" set syntax highlighting
+setlocal syntax=pascal
+
+" set compiler
+compiler pascal
+
+" use spaces for tabs
+"setlocal expandtab
+
+" set autoindent
+setlocal autoindent
+
+" abbreviations
+"iabbrev if if ()<left>
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/python.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/python.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a330dd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/python.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+" Stefans python-file plugin
+
+" don't use spaces for tabs
+setlocal noexpandtab
+setlocal tabstop=4
+setlocal shiftwidth=4
+setlocal formatoptions=croq
+
+setlocal tags+=/usr/lib/python/tags
+" commenting
+let b:commentstring = '#'
+
+" Grep options
+let b:GrepFiles = '*.py'
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/scons.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/scons.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7335034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/scons.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+" Stefans scons-file plugin
+
+" don't use spaces for tabs
+setlocal expandtab
+setlocal tabstop=4
+setlocal shiftwidth=4
+setlocal formatoptions=croq
+
+" commenting
+let b:commentstring = '#'
+
+" Grep options
+"let b:GrepFiles = '*.py'
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/tex.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/tex.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..542a466
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/tex.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+" Stefans vim-file plugin
+
+" Add Menu-Bar
+set guioptions+=m
+
+" benutze Makefile
+let g:Tex_UseMakefile = 1
+let g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'make $*'
+
+" ----
+" TABS
+" ----
+setlocal noexpandtab
+setlocal shiftwidth=4
+setlocal expandtab
+setlocal tabstop=4
+
+" formatting
+setlocal formatoptions=tcroq
+
+" folding
+setlocal nofoldenable
+
+" spell check
+setlocal spell
+
+" commenting
+let b:commentstring = '%'
+
+" Grep options
+let b:GrepFiles = '*.tex'
+
+" Umlaute
+command! Tex2Ascii call Tex2Ascii()
+command! Ascii2Tex call Ascii2Tex()
+
+function! Tex2Ascii()
+ silent! execute '%s/"a/�'
+ silent! execute '%s/"o/�'
+ silent! execute '%s/"u/�'
+ silent! execute '%s/"A/�'
+ silent! execute '%s/"O/�'
+ silent! execute '%s/"U/�'
+ silent! execute '%s/"s/�'
+endfunction
+
+function! Ascii2Tex()
+ silent! execute '%s/�/"a'
+ silent! execute '%s/�/"o'
+ silent! execute '%s/�/"u'
+ silent! execute '%s/�/"A'
+ silent! execute '%s/�/"O'
+ silent! execute '%s/�/"U'
+ silent! execute '%s/�/"s'
+endfunction
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/trace.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/trace.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea5cdb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/trace.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: TPU-Micro-Code for Motorola-Processor
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl <S.Liebl@gmx.de>
+" Last Change: 22003 Apr 8
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+" ----
+" TABS
+" ----
+setlocal expandtab
+setlocal shiftwidth=4
+
+setlocal formatoptions=croq
+
+" commenting
+let b:commentstring = ';'
+
+setlocal syntax=trace
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/uc.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/uc.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f10bba8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/uc.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: TPU-Micro-Code for Motorola-Processor
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl <S.Liebl@gmx.de>
+" Last Change: 22003 Apr 8
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+"setlocal cindent
+
+
+" Set 'formatoptions' to break comment lines but not other lines,
+" and insert the comment leader when hitting <CR> or using "o".
+setlocal fo-=t fo+=croql
+
+" Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments.
+"setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
+
+setlocal syntax=uc
+
+setlocal tabstop=8
+
+" Grep options
+let b:GrepFiles = '*.uc'
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/vim.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/vim.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cd0a40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/ftplugin/vim.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+" Stefans vim-file plugin
+
+" ----
+" TABS
+" ----
+setlocal expandtab
+setlocal shiftwidth=4
+setlocal softtabstop=4
+
+setlocal formatoptions=croq
+
+" vimfiles sollen immer im unix-Format gespeichert werden
+setlocal fileformat=unix
+
+" commenting
+let b:commentstring = '"'
+
+" Grep options
+let b:GrepFiles = '*.vim'
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/indent/a2l.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/indent/a2l.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c5c62c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/indent/a2l.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language: a2l
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+ finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal indentexpr=GetA2LIndent()
+setlocal nolisp
+setlocal nosmartindent
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal indentkeys+=},=/end
+
+" Only define the function once
+if exists("*GetA2LIndent")
+ finish
+endif
+
+function GetA2LIndent()
+
+ " Do not change indentation of commented lines.
+ if exists("b:commentstring")
+ if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^' . b:commentstring . '.*'
+ return 0
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " Find a non-blank line above the current line, that's not a comment
+ let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+ if exists("b:commentstring")
+ while getline(lnum) =~ '^' . b:commentstring
+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+ if lnum == 0
+ break
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ endif
+
+ " At the start of the file use zero indent.
+ if lnum == 0 | return 0
+ endif
+
+ let ind = indent(lnum)
+ let line = getline(lnum) " last line
+ let cline = getline(v:lnum) " current line
+
+ " Add a 'shiftwidth' after beginning of environments.
+ " Don't add it for /begin ... /end
+ if line =~ '/begin' && line !~ '/end'
+ let ind = ind + &sw
+ endif
+
+ " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' when an environment ends
+ if cline =~ '^\s*/end'
+ let ind = ind - &sw
+ endif
+
+ return ind
+endfunction
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/basics.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/basics.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1e88a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/basics.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+" ===========================================================================
+" File: basics.vim
+" Author: Stefan Liebl (S.Liebl@gmx.de)
+" Description: some usefull standard functions
+"
+" Must be first file in this directory
+" ===========================================================================
+
+if (v:version < 700)
+ echo 'update your vim'
+endif
+
+" ----------------
+" useful functions
+" ----------------
+function GetLine()
+ let line_nr = line('.')
+ let line = getline(line_nr)
+ return line
+endfunction
+
+function PrintLine(text)
+ let line_nr = line('.')
+ let line = GetLine()
+ echo a:text . line_nr . ' ' . line
+endfunction
+
+command -nargs=1 EchoDebug call EchoDebug(<args>)
+function EchoDebug(text)
+ if exists('g:debug')
+ if (g:debug > 0)
+ execute 'echo "' . a:text . '"'
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"command -nargs=1 PathNormpath call PathNormpath('<fargs>')
+"function PathNormpath(string)
+" if (v:version > 602)
+" try
+"python <<EOF
+"import vim
+"import os
+"string = vim.eval('a:string')
+"if string is '':
+" path = ''
+"else:
+" path = os.path.normpath(string)
+" path = os.path.normcase(path)
+"vim.command("let result = '" + path + "'")
+"EOF
+" catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E370/ " python not available
+" " normalize /
+" let result = expand(a:string)
+" " delete multiple \
+" let result = substitute(result, '\([^\\]\)\\\+', '\1\\', 'g')
+" endtry
+" else
+" " normalize /
+" let result = expand(a:string)
+" " delete multiple \
+" let result = substitute(result, '\([^\\]\)\\\+', '\1\\', 'g')
+" endif
+" return result
+"endfunction
+
+function Single_quote(text)
+ let output = "'" . a:text . "'"
+ return output
+endfunction
+
+function Double_quote(text)
+ let output = '"' . a:text . '"'
+ return output
+endfunction
+
+function Eval(expression)
+ if (v:version > 602)
+ try
+python <<EOF
+import vim
+result = str(eval(vim.eval('a:expression')))
+#print 'result:', result
+vim.command('let result = \"' + result + '\"')
+EOF
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E370/ " python not available
+ throw 'Eval needs python'
+ let result = a:expression
+ endtry
+ else
+ echoerr 'Eval needs python'
+ let result = a:expression
+ endif
+ return result
+endfunction
+
+function ToInt(expression)
+ if (v:version > 602)
+ try
+ let expression = substitute(a:expression, '\.\d\+', '', '')
+python <<EOF
+import vim
+result = str(int(vim.eval('expression')))
+#print 'result: ', result
+vim.command('let result = \"' + result + '\"')
+EOF
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E370/ " python not available
+ throw 'ToInt needs python'
+ let result = a:expression
+ endtry
+ else
+ echoerr 'ToInt needs python'
+ let result = a:expression
+ endif
+ return result
+endfunction
+
+function ToHex(expression, bits)
+ if (v:version > 602)
+ try
+ let expression = substitute(a:expression, 'L', '', '')
+python <<EOF
+import vim
+result = hex(long(int(vim.eval('expression'))))
+#print 'result: ', result
+vim.command('let result = \"' + result + '\"')
+EOF
+ if (a:bits != 0)
+ let digits = a:bits / 4
+ let result = substitute(result, '\(0x\)\x*\(\x\{' . digits . '}\>\)', '\1\2', '')
+ "echo 'result:'.result.':'. a:bits digits
+ endif
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E370/ " python not available
+ throw 'ToHex needs python'
+ let result = a:expression
+ endtry
+ else
+ echoerr 'ToHex needs python'
+ let result = a:expression
+ endif
+ return result
+endfunction
+
+" get date
+function GetDate()
+ let l:full_date = system('date /T')
+ let l:day = matchstr(l:full_date,'\a\+')
+ let l:date = matchstr(l:full_date,'[0-9.]\+')
+ return l:date
+endfunction
+
+"function Wait(seconds)
+" let starttime = localtime()
+" while ((localtime() - starttime) < a:seconds)
+" endwhile
+"endfunction
+
+function ReversePatch()
+ silent execute '!patch -R -o' v:fname_out v:fname_in '<' v:fname_diff
+endfunction
+
+EchoDebug 'loaded _stefan.vim'
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/bmsk.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/bmsk.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba5e5f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/bmsk.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,1031 @@
+if exists('nobmsk')
+ finish
+endif
+
+if !exists('g:Austausch')
+ let g:Austausch = fnamemodify('//smuc1805/ee-org/Austausch/ea-92', ':p')
+endif
+if !exists('g:myAustausch')
+ let g:myAustausch = fnamemodify(g:Austausch . '/Liebl', ':p')
+endif
+
+" ----
+" Menu
+" ----
+let s:BmskMenuLocation = 90
+let s:BMSKmenuname = '&BMSK.'
+
+" -----------
+" Set Project
+" -----------
+command -complete=dir -nargs=1 SetBmskWA let g:bmskWA = '<args>'
+command -complete=custom,GetAllBmskProjects -nargs=? SetBmskProject
+ \ call s:SetBmskProject('<args>')
+
+function s:SetBmskProject(basedir)
+ if ((a:basedir == '') && has('browse'))
+ " Browse for makefile
+ if exists('g:bmskWA')
+ let l:bmskWA = g:bmskWA
+ else
+ let l:bmskWA = ''
+ endif
+
+ if exists('b:browsefilter')
+ let l:browsefilter = b:browsefilter
+ endif
+ let b:browsefilter =
+ \ 'Makefiles (make_fsw.bat)\tmake_fsw.bat\n' .
+ \ 'Makefiles (makefile*)\tmakefile*\n' .
+ \ 'All Files (*.*)\t*.*'
+ let makefile = browse(0, 'Select makefile', l:bmskWA, '')
+ if exists('l:browsefilter')
+ let b:browsefilter = l:browsefilter
+ endif
+ let basedir = fnamemodify(makefile, ':p:h')
+ let makefile = fnamemodify(makefile, ':t')
+ if ((makefile == 'make_fsw.bat') || (makefile == 'makefile.mak') || (makefile == 'makefile'))
+ call s:SetBmskDirs(basedir)
+ else
+ echo 'No makefile:' makefile
+ endif
+ else
+ " set Workarea and basedir
+ if (isdirectory(a:basedir))
+ let basedir = a:basedir
+ let makefile = fnamemodify(a:basedir . '/make_fsw.bat', ':p')
+ if !filereadable(makefile)
+ let makefile = glob(a:basedir . '/*/make_fsw.bat')
+ let basedir = fnamemodify(makefile, ':p:h')
+ endif
+ if (filereadable(makefile))
+ call s:SetBmskDirs(basedir)
+ else
+ echo 'No makefile' makefile
+ endif
+ else
+ echo 'No directory:' a:basedir
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+function GetAllBmskProjects(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)
+ let projects_txt = fnamemodify($VIMRUNTIME . '/../projects.txt', ':p')
+ let projects = ''
+" if exists('g:bmskWA')
+" let projects = projects . GlobLong(g:bmskWA . '/bmsk*')
+" endif
+ if filereadable(projects_txt)
+ let projects = projects . system('more ' . projects_txt)
+ endif
+" if (a:CursorPos > strlen('SetBmskProject e:'))
+" let path = substitute(a:CmdLine, '.*SetBmskProject\s\+\(\f*\)', '\1', '')
+" let projects = projects . GlobLong(path)
+" endif
+ return projects
+endfunction
+
+function s:AddAllKnownProjectsToMenu()
+ let projREGEX = '\(\f\+\)' . "\n" . '\(.*\)'
+ let projects = GetAllBmskProjects(0, '', 0)
+ while strlen(projects) > 0
+ let project = substitute(projects, projREGEX, '\1', '')
+ call s:AddBmskProjectToMenu(project)
+ let projects = substitute(projects, projREGEX, '\2', '')
+ endwhile
+endfunction
+
+function s:AddBmskProjectToMenu(projectPath)
+ if isdirectory(a:projectPath)
+ let projectName = fnamemodify(a:projectPath, ':p:h:t')
+ exec 'anoremenu ..30 '.s:BMSKmenuname.'&Project.'
+ \ . escape(projectName, '.') . '<tab>'
+ \ . ' :SetBmskProject ' . a:projectPath . '<CR>'
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+function s:DelBmskProjects()
+ exec 'silent! aunmenu '.s:BMSKmenuname.'&Project'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:BmskMenuLocation.'.10.10 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Project.&Browse\ for\ makefile<tab>:SetBmskProject'.
+ \' :SetBmskProject<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..25 '. s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Project.-sep1- :'
+endfunction
+
+function s:BmskRedrawProjectMenu()
+ call s:DelBmskProjects()
+ call s:AddAllKnownProjectsToMenu()
+endfunction
+
+function s:BmskRedrawMenu()
+" exec 'anoremenu '.s:BmskMenuLocation.'.25 '. s:BMSKmenuname.'-sepsuite0- :'
+ " Project
+ call s:BmskRedrawProjectMenu()
+ if exists('g:bmskdir')
+ exec 'anoremenu ..20 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Project.&Update\ Buffers<tab>:BuffersUpdate'.
+ \' :BuffersUpdate<CR>'
+ " Settings
+ exec 'anoremenu .20.10 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Settings.&Motorvariante<tab>:SetMotorvariante'.
+ \' :SetMotorvariante<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..20 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Settings.Hardware-&Muster<tab>:SetMuster'.
+ \' :SetMuster<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..30 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Settings.&Egas<tab>:SetEgas'.
+ \' :SetEgas<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..40 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Settings.Software-&Stand<tab>:SetSWStand'.
+ \' :SetSWStand<CR>'
+ " Compile
+ exec 'anoremenu .30.10 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&Build<tab>:Bmsk'.
+ \' :Bmsk<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..20 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&Alle\ Testst�nde<tab>:BmskAll\ Test'.
+ \' :BmskAll Test<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..30 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&Lint<tab>:Lint'.
+ \' :Lint<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..35 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&Doku\ erstellen<tab>:Bmsk\ doku'.
+ \' :Bmsk doku<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..36 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&Einzeldoku\ erstellen<tab>:BmskDoku\ doku\ funktionen="\.\.\."'.
+ \' :BmskDoku<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..40 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&Clean<tab>:Bmsk\ clean'.
+ \' :Bmsk clean<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..45 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&Clean\ all<tab>:Bmsk\ distclean'.
+ \' :Bmsk distclean<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..50 '. s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.-sep- :'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..60 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&Show\ Errors<tab>:cl'.
+ \' :cl<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..70 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&Open\ Error\ Window<tab>:copen'.
+ \' :copen<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..75 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&Parse\ make\.log<tab>:cfile\ out/make\.log'.
+ \' :cfile out/make.log<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..80 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.Goto\ &Error<tab>:cc'.
+ \' :cc<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..90 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.Goto\ &next\ Error<tab>:cn'.
+ \' :cn<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..100 '. s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.-sep1- :'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..110 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&A2L-Patch<tab>:A2L'.
+ \' :A2L<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..120 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.Copy\ output\ to\ &Austausch<tab>:COPYoutput'.
+ \' :COPYoutput<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..130 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Compile.&Rename\ output<tab>:RENAMEoutput'.
+ \' :RENAMEoutput<CR>'
+ " Tools
+ exec 'anoremenu .40.10 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Tools.&A2L-Patch<tab>:A2L'.
+ \' :A2L<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..20 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Tools.Copy\ output\ to\ &Austausch<tab>:COPYoutput'.
+ \' :COPYoutput<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..30 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Tools.&Rename\ output<tab>:RENAMEoutput'.
+ \' :RENAMEoutput<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..40 '. s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Tools.-sep1- :'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..50 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Tools.&Check\ A2L\ Types<tab>:BmskCheckA2l'.
+ \' :BmskCheckA2l<CR>'
+ " Search
+ exec 'anoremenu .50.10 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Search.&Grep<tab>:GrepBmsk'.
+ \' :GrepBmsk<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..20 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Search.Goto\ &Cscope-Tag<tab>:cscope'.
+ \' :cscope find i <C-R><C-W><CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..30 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Search.Goto\ &CTag<tab>:tag'.
+ \' :tag <C-R><C-W><CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..40 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Search.List\ &CTags<tab>:tselect'.
+ \' :tselect /<C-R><C-W><CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..50 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Search.Update\ c&tags<tab>:Bmsk\ ctags'.
+ \' :Bmsk ctags<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..60 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Search.Update\ C&scope<tab>:Bmsk\ cscope'.
+ \' :Bmsk cscope<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..70 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&Search.Disconnect\ C&scope<tab>:cscope\ kill\ -1'.
+ \' :cscope kill -1<CR>'
+ " BuildManager
+ exec 'anoremenu .60.10 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&BuildManager.&Entwicklerstand<tab>:BmskAll\ Entwickler'.
+ \' :BmskAll Entwickler<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..20 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&BuildManager.&Serienstand<tab>:BmskAll\ Serie'.
+ \' :BmskAll Serie<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..30 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&BuildManager.&Deliver\ Products<tab>:CopyProgrammstand'.
+ \' :CopyProgrammstand<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..40 '.s:BMSKmenuname.
+ \'&BuildManager.&Task\ Report<tab>:TaskReport'.
+ \' :TaskReport<CR>'
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" -----------------
+" Men� BMSK anlegen
+" -----------------
+if !exists('nobmskmenu')
+ call s:BmskRedrawMenu()
+ exec 'anoremenu .42 Hilfe.-BMSK- :'
+ exec 'anoremenu .43 Hilfe.BMSK<tab> :help bmsk<CR>'
+endif
+
+" -----------------------
+" Alle Buffer neu anlegen
+" -----------------------
+command BuffersUpdate call BuffersUpdate()
+function BuffersUpdate()
+ " alle Buffer l�schen
+ let last_buffer = bufnr('$')
+ execute '1,' . last_buffer . 'bdelete'
+
+ " load all bmsk-files as buffers
+ try
+python <<EOF
+import vim
+import os
+basedir = vim.eval('GetBmskDir()')
+parsedirs = ['sw', 'config', 'make', 'fremd']
+bufferExtentions = ['.c', '.h', '.kgs', '.dat', '.osp', '.mak', '.mkink']
+specialFiles = ['makefile']
+def AddAllFiles(basedir, path, files):
+ print path
+ #print 'Extentions:', bufferExtentions
+ for file in files:
+ bufferExtention = os.path.splitext(file)[1]
+ #print 'BufExt:', bufferExtention
+ if ((bufferExtention in bufferExtentions) or (file in specialFiles)):
+ buffername = os.path.join(path, file).replace(basedir + '//','')
+ #print buffername
+ vim.command('badd ' + buffername)
+# start adding buffers
+for dir in parsedirs:
+ parsedir = os.path.join(basedir, dir)
+ os.path.walk(parsedir, AddAllFiles, basedir)
+EOF
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E370/ " python not available
+ echo 'BuffersUpdate needs python'
+ endtry
+endfunction
+
+" -----------
+" bmsk Muster
+" -----------
+command -nargs=? SetMuster call SetMuster('<args>')
+function SetMuster(Muster)
+ if (a:Muster == '')
+ let l:Muster = confirm('Muster:', "&default\nC&0\nC&1\nC&2\nC&5", 1, 'Question')
+ if l:Muster == 1
+ let g:Muster = ''
+ elseif l:Muster == 2
+ let g:Muster = 'C0'
+ elseif l:Muster == 3
+ let g:Muster = 'C1'
+ elseif l:Muster == 4
+ let g:Muster = 'C2'
+ elseif l:Muster == 5
+ let g:Muster = 'C5'
+ else
+ echo 'Abbruch'
+ return
+ endif
+ else
+ let g:Muster = a:Muster
+ endif
+ call s:SetBmskDirs(g:bmskdir)
+endfunction
+
+" -----------
+" bmsk Egas
+" -----------
+command -nargs=? SetEgas call SetEgas('<args>')
+function SetEgas(Egas)
+ if (a:Egas == '')
+ let l:Egas = confirm('Egas:', "&default\n&0\n&1\n&2", 1, 'Question')
+ if l:Egas == 1
+ let g:Egas = ''
+ elseif l:Egas == 2
+ let g:Egas = '0'
+ elseif l:Egas == 3
+ let g:Egas = '1'
+ elseif l:Egas == 4
+ let g:Egas = '2'
+ else
+ echo 'Abbruch'
+ return
+ endif
+ else
+ let g:Egas = a:Egas
+ endif
+ call s:SetBmskDirs(g:bmskdir)
+endfunction
+
+" -------------
+" bmsk Baureihe
+" -------------
+command -nargs=? SetMotorvariante call s:SetMotorvariante('<args>')
+function s:SetMotorvariante(Motor)
+ if a:Motor == ''
+ let l:Motor = confirm('Motor:', "&default\nK&25\nK&40\nK&46\nK&71", 1, 'Question')
+ if l:Motor == 1
+ let g:Motor = ''
+ elseif l:Motor == 2
+ let g:Motor = 'K25'
+ elseif l:Motor == 3
+ let g:Motor = 'K40'
+ elseif l:Motor == 4
+ let g:Motor = 'K46'
+ let g:Egas = '1'
+ elseif l:Motor == 5
+ let g:Motor = 'K71'
+ else
+ echo 'Abbruch'
+ return
+ endif
+ else
+ let g:Motor = a:Motor
+ endif
+ call s:SetBmskDirs(g:bmskdir)
+endfunction
+
+" -------------
+" bmsk SW_Stand
+" -------------
+command -nargs=? SetSWStand call SetSWStand('<args>')
+function SetSWStand(SW_Stand)
+ if (a:SW_Stand == '')
+ let l:SW_Stand = confirm('SW_Stand:', "&default\n&Test\n&Entwickler\n&Serie", 1, 'Question')
+ if l:SW_Stand == 1
+ let g:SW_Stand = ''
+ elseif l:SW_Stand == 2
+ let g:SW_Stand = 'Test'
+ elseif l:SW_Stand == 3
+ let g:SW_Stand = 'Entwickler'
+ elseif l:SW_Stand == 4
+ let g:SW_Stand = 'Serie'
+ else
+ echo 'Abbruch'
+ return
+ endif
+ else
+ let g:SW_Stand = a:SW_Stand
+ endif
+ call s:SetBmskDirs(g:bmskdir)
+endfunction
+
+" ----------
+" bmsk Xlint
+" ----------
+command -nargs=? SetXlint call SetXlint('<args>')
+function SetXlint(Xlint)
+ if (a:Xlint == '')
+ let l:Xlint = inputdialog('Xlint:', g:Xlint, 'cancel')
+ if l:Xlint == 'cancel'
+ return
+ else
+ g:Xlint = l:Xlint
+ endif
+ else
+ let g:Xlint = a:Xlint
+ endif
+ call s:SetBmskDirs(g:bmskdir)
+endfunction
+
+
+" -----------
+" Directories
+" -----------
+
+function s:SetBmskDirs(bmskdir)
+ " R�cksetzen der Make-Variablen
+ unlet! g:OutDir
+ unlet! g:ProductDir
+ unlet! g:DfilesDir
+ unlet! g:CscopeFile
+ unlet! g:CTagsFile
+ unlet! g:PTagsFile
+ unlet! g:Goals
+ unlet! g:Programname
+ unlet! g:OutDirVariante
+ unlet! g:bmsk_stand
+
+ " Variablen erzeugen, damit GetMakeVar funktioniert
+ if !exists('g:Muster')
+ let g:Muster = ''
+ endif
+ if !exists('g:Egas')
+ let g:Egas = ''
+ endif
+ if !exists('g:Motor')
+ let g:Motor = ''
+ endif
+ if !exists('g:SW_Stand')
+ let g:SW_Stand = ''
+ endif
+ if !exists('g:Xlint')
+ let g:Xlint = ''
+ endif
+
+ " bmsk dirs
+ let g:bmskdir = substitute(fnamemodify(a:bmskdir, ':p'), '\\', '/', 'g')
+
+ " cd to bmskdir
+ execute 'cd ' . g:bmskdir
+ compiler bmsk
+
+ " Default-Werte aus Make �bernehmen
+ call GetAllMakeVars()
+
+ if g:Muster == ''
+ let g:Muster = GetMakeVar('Muster')
+ endif
+ if g:Egas == ''
+ let g:Egas = GetMakeVar('Egas')
+ endif
+ if g:Motor == ''
+ let g:Motor = GetMakeVar('Motor')
+ endif
+ if g:SW_Stand == ''
+ let g:SW_Stand = GetMakeVar('Stand')
+ endif
+ if g:Xlint == ''
+ let g:Xlint = GetMakeVar('DIAB_LINT_OPTION')
+ endif
+
+ " bmsk dirs
+ let g:bmskWA = fnamemodify(g:bmskdir, ':h:h')
+ let g:bmskProject = fnamemodify(g:bmskdir, ':h:h:t')
+ let g:bmsk_sw = fnamemodify(g:bmskdir . '/sw', ':p')
+ let g:bmsk_bios = fnamemodify(g:bmskdir . '/sw/bios', ':p')
+ let g:bmsk_d = GetDfilesDir()
+ let g:bmsk_stand = GetStandDir()
+ let g:OutDir = GetOutDir()
+ let g:OutDirVariante = GetOutDirVariante()
+ let g:bmsk_ext = '*.c *.h *.kgs *.d *.dat *.mak *.inv'
+
+ " cd path
+ let &cdpath = g:bmskdir
+ " browse-dir
+ set browsedir=buffer
+ " search path
+ set path&
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:bmskdir.''
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:bmskdir.'config/**'
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:bmskdir.'diagnose/**'
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:bmskdir.'doku/**'
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:bmskdir.'fremd/**'
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:bmskdir.'make/**'
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:OutDir
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:OutDir.'defndep/**'
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:OutDir.'doku/**'
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:OutDirVariante.'**'
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:bmskdir.'product/**'
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:bmskdir.'sw/**'
+ let &path = &path . ',' . g:bmskdir.'tools/**'
+ let &path = substitute(&path, '\\', '/', 'g')
+ " files for tags (may not start with './', since . is the path of the
+ " current file
+ let &tags = substitute(GetCTagsFile(), '^\..', '', '') . ',' . substitute(GetPTagsFile() , '^\..', '', '')
+
+ " Grep Dir and Extentions
+ let g:GrepDir = g:bmsk_sw
+ let g:GrepFiles = '*.c *.h *.kgs'
+
+ " cscope
+ let &cscopeprg = GetCscopePrg()
+ cscope kill -1
+ let reffile = GetCscopeFile()
+ if (filereadable(reffile))
+ execute 'cscope add' reffile
+ endif
+
+ call s:BmskRedrawMenu()
+ call GetGoals()
+
+ " Python
+ let g:python = fnamemodify(g:bmskdir . '/tools/python/v2.1a2/python.exe', ':p')
+
+ " Titel-Leiste
+ set titlelen=100
+ let &titlestring = '%t - (%-F) - %=BMSK: %{g:bmskProject}'
+ \ . ' Motor: %{g:Motor} Muster: %{g:Muster} Egas: %{g:Egas} SW-Stand: %{g:SW_Stand}'
+
+endfunction
+
+" make backups
+set backup " keep a backup file
+set backupext=~
+
+"-------------------------
+function GetAllMakeVars()
+"-------------------------
+ let varnames = {}
+ let varnames['Muster'] = 'Muster'
+ let varnames['Egas'] = 'Egas'
+ let varnames['Motor'] = 'Motor'
+ let varnames['SW_Stand'] = 'Stand'
+ let varnames['Xlint'] = 'DIAB_LINT_OPTION'
+ let varnames['OutDir'] = 'OUTDIR'
+ let varnames['ProductDir'] = 'OUTDIR_PRODUCTS'
+ let varnames['DfilesDir'] = 'OUTDIR_D_FILES'
+ let varnames['bmsk_stand'] = 'OUTDIR_STAND'
+ let varnames['OutDirVariante'] = 'OUTDIR_VARIANTE'
+ let varnames['CscopePrg'] = 'CSCOPE'
+ let varnames['CscopeFile'] = 'CSCOPEFILE'
+ let varnames['CTagsFile'] = 'CTAGFILE'
+ let varnames['PTagsFile'] = 'PTAGFILE'
+ let varnames['Goals'] = 'GOALS'
+ let varnames['Programname'] = 'PROGRAMNAME'
+ let varlist = GetMakeVars(values(varnames))
+ for var in items(varnames)
+ if has_key(varlist, var[1])
+ let g:{var[0]} = varlist[var[1]]
+ endif
+ endfor
+endfunction
+
+" -------------------
+function GetBmskDir()
+" -------------------
+ if !exists('g:bmskdir')
+ echo 'Bitte erst Projekt w�hlen'
+ SetBmskProject
+ endif
+ return g:bmskdir
+endfunction
+
+" ---------------------
+function GetBmskSwDir()
+" ---------------------
+ if !exists('g:bmskdir')
+ echo 'Bitte erst Projekt w�hlen'
+ SetBmskProject
+ endif
+ return g:bmsk_sw
+endfunction
+
+" ------------------
+function GetOutDir()
+" ------------------
+ if !exists('g:OutDir')
+ let g:OutDir = GetMakeVar('OUTDIR')
+ endif
+ if (g:OutDir != '')
+ let g:OutDir = fnamemodify(g:OutDir, ':p')
+ endif
+ return g:OutDir
+endfunction
+
+" ----------------------
+function GetProductDir()
+" ----------------------
+ if !exists('g:ProductDir')
+ let g:ProductDir = GetMakeVar('DELIVERY_PATH')
+ if (g:ProductDir == '')
+ let g:ProductDir = GetMakeVar('OUTDIR_PRODUCTS')
+ endif
+ endif
+ if (g:ProductDir != '')
+ let g:ProductDir = fnamemodify(g:ProductDir, ':p')
+ endif
+ return g:ProductDir
+endfunction
+
+" ---------------------
+function GetDfilesDir()
+" ---------------------
+ if !exists('g:DfilesDir')
+ let g:DfilesDir = GetMakeVar('D_FILES_DIR')
+ if (g:DfilesDir == '')
+ let g:DfilesDir = GetMakeVar('OUTDIR_D_FILES')
+ endif
+ if (g:DfilesDir != '')
+ let g:DfilesDir = fnamemodify(g:DfilesDir, ':p')
+ endif
+ endif
+ return g:DfilesDir
+endfunction
+
+" --------------------
+function GetStandDir()
+" --------------------
+ if !exists('g:bmsk_stand')
+ let g:bmsk_stand = GetMakeVar('OUTDIR_STAND')
+ endif
+ if (g:bmsk_stand != '')
+ let g:bmsk_stand = fnamemodify(g:bmsk_stand, ':p')
+ endif
+ return g:bmsk_stand
+endfunction
+
+" --------------------------
+function GetOutDirVariante()
+" --------------------------
+ if !exists('g:OutDirVariante')
+ let g:OutDirVariante = GetMakeVar('OUTDIR_VARIANTE')
+ endif
+ if (g:OutDirVariante != '')
+ let g:OutDirVariante = fnamemodify(g:OutDirVariante, ':p')
+ endif
+ return g:OutDirVariante
+endfunction
+
+" ----------------------
+function GetCscopePrg()
+" ----------------------
+ if !exists('g:CscopePrg')
+ let g:CscopePrg = GetMakeVar('CSCOPE')
+ endif
+ if (g:CscopePrg != '')
+ let g:CscopePrg = fnamemodify(g:CscopePrg, ':p')
+ endif
+ return g:CscopePrg
+endfunction
+
+" ----------------------
+function GetCscopeFile()
+" ----------------------
+ if !exists('g:CscopeFile')
+ let g:CscopeFile = GetMakeVar('CSCOPEFILE')
+ endif
+ if (g:CscopeFile != '')
+ let g:CscopeFile = fnamemodify(g:CscopeFile, ':p')
+ endif
+ return g:CscopeFile
+endfunction
+
+" ---------------------
+function GetCTagsFile()
+" ---------------------
+ if !exists('g:CTagsFile')
+ let g:CTagsFile = GetMakeVar('CTAGFILE')
+ endif
+ if (g:CTagsFile != '')
+ let g:CTagsFile = fnamemodify(g:CTagsFile, ':p')
+ endif
+ return g:CTagsFile
+endfunction
+
+" ---------------------
+function GetPTagsFile()
+" ---------------------
+ if !exists('g:PTagsFile')
+ let g:PTagsFile = GetMakeVar('PTAGFILE')
+ endif
+ if (g:PTagsFile != '')
+ let g:PTagsFile = fnamemodify(g:PTagsFile, ':p')
+ endif
+ return g:PTagsFile
+endfunction
+
+" -----------------
+function GetGoals()
+" -----------------
+ if !exists('g:Goals')
+ let g:Goals = GetMakeVar('GOALS')
+ endif
+ return g:Goals
+endfunction
+
+" -----------------------
+function GetProgramname()
+" -----------------------
+ if !exists('g:Programname')
+ let g:Programname = GetMakeVar('PROGRAMNAME')
+ endif
+ return g:Programname
+endfunction
+
+" define and include
+"set define=^#\s*define
+"set include=^#\s*include
+"set includeexpr=''
+
+"command CleanSRCfile %s/\.L\d{3,4\}/.L0000/ce
+"command CleanSRCfile %s/^#\tr\d\{1,2\}\t\t\$\$\d\{2,3\}\n//ce
+command CleanSRCfile %s/^#\t\(\(r\d\{1,2\}\t\)\|\(not allocated\)\)\t\(\(\$\$\d\{1,3\}\)\|\([xyz]\)\)\n//ce
+
+"function s:GetA2Lfile()
+" let a2lfile = glob(GetProductDir() . '/*.a2l')
+" return a2lfile
+"endfunction
+
+" ----
+" tags
+" ----
+
+command CscopeConnect call s:CscopeConnect()
+function s:CscopeConnect()
+ let reffile = GetCscopeFile()
+ if (filereadable(reffile))
+ execute 'cscope add' reffile
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" significant characters in tags
+set taglength=0
+set notagrelative
+
+" ------------
+" grep program
+" ------------
+command -nargs=? GrepBmsk call GrepFull(GetBmskSwDir(), '*.c *.h *.kgs', '<args>')
+
+" ----------------
+" Make and compile
+" ----------------
+command -complete=custom,GetAllBmskTargets -nargs=* Bmsk call s:Bmsk('<args>')
+command -complete=custom,GetAllBmskTargets -nargs=* BmskDoku call s:BmskDoku('<args>')
+command -nargs=* Clean compiler bmsk | Clean <args>
+command -nargs=* CleanAll compiler bmsk | CleanAll <args>
+command -nargs=* LintOld Bmsk <args> lint file=%:p
+command -nargs=* Lint Bmsk <args> %:t:r.lint
+command -complete=customlist,GetAllBmskSWStand -nargs=1 BmskAll call s:BmskAll('<args>')
+
+" Programmstand compilieren
+function s:Bmsk(args)
+ echo a:args
+ cscope kill -1
+ compiler bmsk
+ execute 'Make ' . a:args
+ CscopeConnect
+ clist
+endfunction
+
+" Dokumentation erzeugen (Verwenden des LaTeX errorparsers)
+function s:BmskDoku(args)
+ echo a:args
+ let command = 'Make ' . a:args . ' '
+ if match(a:args, '\(^\|\s\)\w\+\($\|\s\+\)') < 0
+ " kein Target angegeben, doku verwenden
+ let command = command . 'doku '
+ endif
+ if match(a:args, '\<funktionen\>') < 0
+ " keine Funktionen angegeben
+ if &filetype == 'tex'
+ let funktionen = expand('%:t:r')
+ else
+ let funktionen = ''
+ endif
+ let funktionen = inputdialog('funktionen:', funktionen, 'cancel')
+ if funktionen == 'cancel'
+ return
+ endif
+ let command = command . 'funktionen="' . funktionen . '"'
+ endif
+
+ cscope kill -1
+ compiler tex
+ let &makeprg = g:makeprg . ' $*'
+ let latexflags = '-interaction=nonstopmode'
+ execute command . ' LATEXFLAGS=' . latexflags
+ CscopeConnect
+ clist
+endfunction
+
+" Erzeugen aller Programmst�nde
+function s:BmskAll(Stand)
+ " Software Stand gegebenenfalls einstellen
+ if (a:Stand != '') && (g:SW_Stand != a:Stand)
+ call SetSWStand(a:Stand)
+ endif
+ execute 'Bmsk all' . g:SW_Stand
+endfunction
+
+" Alle Software-St�nde als VimList
+function GetAllBmskSWStand(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)
+ let StandList = ['Test', 'Entwickler', 'Serie']
+ return StandList
+endfunction
+
+" Alle Make-Targets als Text Liste
+function GetAllBmskTargets(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)
+ let goals = GetGoals()
+ if goals == ''
+ let targets = 'Programmstand'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'clean'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'cleanall'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'cleanProducts'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'allTest'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'allEntwickler'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'allSerie'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'patch_a2l'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'check_memory'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'create_csv'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'create_arcus_csv'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'import_arcus_csv'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'boschsig'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'archivate'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'lint file=' . expand('%:p')
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'tags'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'ctags'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'ptags'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'cscope'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'ccm_products_checkout CCM=' . g:ccm
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'help'
+ else
+ let targets = substitute(goals, '\s\+', '\n', 'g')
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . expand('%:t:r') . '.obj'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . expand('%:t:r') . '.i'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . expand('%:t:r') . '.src'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . expand('%:t:r') . '.lint'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'FORCE_PROGID=no'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'MAKE_DBG=2'
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'EXTRA_C_FLAGS='
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'DIAB_OPTIMIZE='
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'MAIN_MAKEFILES='
+ let targets = targets . "\n" . 'ALL_EXIT='
+ endif
+ return targets
+endfunction
+
+" -----------------------------------
+" include extra-variables to a2l-file
+" -----------------------------------
+command PatchA2L call s:A2L_EXTENTION()
+function s:A2L_EXTENTION()
+ execute 'compiler bmsk'
+ execute '!start make_fsw.bat patch_a2l ' . g:makeopts . ' & pause'
+endfunction
+
+" -------------------------------------
+" Compilierte Files auf Server copieren
+" -------------------------------------
+command COPYoutput call s:CopyOutputFilesToAustausch()
+function s:CopyOutputFilesToAustausch()
+ let destination = fnamemodify(g:myAustausch . '/' . g:Motor . g:Muster . g:Egas, ':p')
+ echo destination
+ if isdirectory(g:myAustausch)==0
+ echo 'mkdir Liebl'
+ call system(g:mkdir . g:myAustausch)
+ endif
+ if isdirectory(destination)==0
+ echo 'mkdir' destination
+ call system(g:mkdir . destination)
+ endif
+ call system(g:rm_f . destination . '\*.*')
+ let sourceDir = GetProductDir()
+ call s:CopyOutputFiles(sourceDir, destination)
+endfunction
+
+command CopyProgrammstand call s:CopyProgrammstand()
+function s:CopyProgrammstand()
+ let pstDir = browsedir('Verzeichnis des Programmstands', 'c:')
+ let Variants = s:GetOutputVariants()
+ for variante in Variants
+ let varianteOrig = fnamemodify(GetOutDirVariante(), ':h:t')
+ let sourceDir = substitute(GetProductDir(), varianteOrig, variante, '')
+ let destDir = expand(pstDir . '/' . strpart(variante, 0, 2) . 'x' . '/' . variante)
+ if !isdirectory(destDir)
+ echo destDir . ' is not a directory'
+ else
+ call system(g:cp . sourceDir . '\\*.* ' . destDir)
+ endif
+ endfor
+endfunction
+
+function! s:GetOutputVariants()
+ let Variants = split(system('dir /B out\\K*'), "\n")
+ return Variants
+endfunction
+
+function s:CopyOutputFiles(sourceDir, destination)
+ let destination = fnamemodify(a:destination, ':p')
+ let ProgID = GetProgramname()
+ let files = fnamemodify(a:sourceDir . '/' . ProgID, ':p') . '*.*'
+ let command = g:cp . files . ' ' . destination
+ echo command
+ call system(command)
+ let files = fnamemodify(a:sourceDir . '/' . strpart(ProgID, 3, 3) . '*.daf', ':p')
+ let command = g:cp . files . ' ' . destination
+ echo command
+ call system(command)
+endfunction
+
+" ----------------------------
+" Compilierte Files umbenennen
+" ----------------------------
+command -nargs=? RENAMEoutput call s:RENAMEoutput('<args>')
+function s:RENAMEoutput(pattern)
+ if (a:pattern == '')
+ let l:pattern = inputdialog('pattern:', '_test01', '')
+ else
+ let l:pattern = a:pattern
+ endif
+ let product_path = GetProductDir()
+ let ProgID = GetProgramname()
+ call s:RenameFile(fnamemodify(product_path . '/' . ProgID . '.DCM', ':p'), l:pattern)
+ call s:RenameFile(fnamemodify(product_path . '/' . ProgID . '.ELF', ':p'), l:pattern)
+ call s:RenameFile(fnamemodify(product_path . '/' . ProgID . '.a2l', ':p'), l:pattern)
+ call s:RenameFile(fnamemodify(product_path . '/' . ProgID . '_patch.a2l', ':p'), l:pattern)
+ call s:RenameFile(fnamemodify(product_path . '/' . ProgID . '.map', ':p'), l:pattern)
+ call s:RenameFile(fnamemodify(product_path . '/' . ProgID . '.paf', ':p'), l:pattern)
+ call s:RenameFile(fnamemodify(product_path . '/' . ProgID . '.s19', ':p'), l:pattern)
+ call s:RenameFile(fnamemodify(product_path . '/' . ProgID . '_BOSCH.s19', ':p'), l:pattern)
+ call s:RenameFile(fnamemodify(product_path . '/' . strpart(ProgID, 3, 3) . 'BXXXX.daf', ':p'), l:pattern)
+endfunction
+
+function s:RenameFile(File, Pattern)
+ if (filereadable(a:File))
+ let newfile = fnamemodify(a:File, ':p:r') . a:Pattern . '.'
+ \ . fnamemodify(a:File, ':e')
+ call rename(a:File, newfile)
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"---------------------
+" Task Report erzeugen
+"---------------------
+command TaskReport call s:TaskReport()
+function s:TaskReport()
+ let b:browsefilter = 'Textfiles \t*.txt\n'
+ let file = browse(1, 'Select File for Task Report', 'c:', g:bmskProject . '.txt')
+ execute 'Bmsk ccm_task_report file=' . fnamemodify(file, ':p')
+endfunction
+
+" ------------------------------------------
+" �berpr�fen der File-Inodes der EEEmulation
+" ------------------------------------------
+command FindEEEmuFile call s:FindEEEmuFile()
+function s:FindEEEmuFile()
+
+ let typeFile = '0000F1DE'
+ let address = 'S325\x\{8}'
+ let linebreak = '\(\x\{2}\n' . address . '\)\?'
+ let longword = '\x\{8}'
+ let stateValid = 'BABABABA'
+ let fileNames = '\(000005FB\|000000FC\|000000E5\|000000BB\|00000B55\|00005B55\|00000CCB\|00EEEF15\)'
+
+ let fileNameValid = typeFile
+ \ . linebreak
+ \ . fileNames
+ let fileName = typeFile
+ \ . linebreak
+ \ . longword
+ let fileStateValid = typeFile
+ \ . linebreak
+ \ . longword
+ \ . linebreak
+ \ . longword
+ \ . linebreak
+ \ . stateValid
+ let fileState = typeFile
+ \ . linebreak
+ \ . longword
+ \ . linebreak
+ \ . longword
+ \ . linebreak
+ \ . longword
+ let fileInode = typeFile
+ \ . linebreak
+ \ . longword
+ \ . linebreak
+ \ . longword
+ \ . linebreak
+ \ . longword
+
+ execute 'syntax match fileInode "' . fileInode
+ \.'" contains=address,fileState,fileStateValid'
+ execute 'syntax match fileState "' . fileState
+ \.'"hs=e-7 contained contains=address,fileName,fileNameValid'
+ execute 'syntax match fileStateValid "' . fileStateValid
+ \.'"hs=e-7 contained contains=address,fileName,fileNameValid'
+ execute 'syntax match fileName "' . fileName
+ \.'"hs=e-7 contained contains=address'
+ execute 'syntax match fileNameValid "' . fileNameValid
+ \.'"hs=e-7 contained contains=address'
+ execute 'syntax match address "' . address
+ \.'" contained contains=fileName,fileNameValid'
+
+ hi def link fileInode Constant
+ hi def link fileState PreCondit
+ hi def link fileStateValid Label
+ hi def link fileName PreCondit
+ hi def link fileNameValid Identifier
+ hi def link address Constant
+
+ " damit mit n weitergesprungen werden kann
+ let @/ = typeFile
+ setlocal nohlsearch
+endfunction
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/ccm.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/ccm.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a5c0eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/ccm.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
+" ===========================================================================
+" File: ccm.vim
+" Author: Stefan Liebl (S.Liebl@gmx.de)
+" Description: handles version controlling with Continuus
+" ===========================================================================
+
+if exists('g:noccm')
+ finish
+endif
+
+" --------------------------
+" config datei f�r Continuus
+" --------------------------
+if !exists('g:ccm')
+ let g:ccm = 'ccm '
+endif
+
+
+" --------
+" commands
+" --------
+command -nargs=0 CCMconnect call s:CCMconnect()
+command -nargs=? CCMcheckout call s:CCMcheckout(expand('%:p'), '<args>')
+command -nargs=? CCMcheckpoint call s:CCMcheckpoint(expand('%:p'), '<args>')
+command -nargs=0 CCMchangeable call s:CCMchangeable('qx13468')
+command -nargs=0 CCMdiff call s:CCMdiff(expand('%:p'))
+command -nargs=0 CCMobject call s:CCM_get_object(expand('%:p'))
+command -nargs=0 CCMhistory call s:CCMhistory(expand('%:p'))
+
+" ----
+" Menu
+" ----
+let s:CCMMenuLocation = 100
+let s:CCMmenuname = '&CCM.'
+
+"-------------------------
+function s:CCMRedrawMenu()
+"-------------------------
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:CCMMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:CCMmenuname.
+ \'check\ &out<tab>:CCMcheckout'.
+ \' :CCMcheckout<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:CCMMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:CCMmenuname.
+ \'check&point<tab>:CCMcheckpoint'.
+ \' :CCMcheckpoint ""<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:CCMMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:CCMmenuname.
+ \'&diff<tab>:CCMdiff'.
+ \' :CCMdiff<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:CCMMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:CCMmenuname.
+ \'show\ &history<tab>:CCMhistory'.
+ \' :CCMhistory<CR>'
+endfunction
+
+if !exists('noccmmenu')
+ call s:CCMRedrawMenu()
+endif
+
+" -------------------
+" Regular Expressions
+" -------------------
+let s:any = '.*'
+let s:word = '\(\w\+\)'
+let s:noPathSeparator = '\([^/\\]\+\)'
+
+"-----------------------------
+function s:CCM_run_silent(cmd)
+"-----------------------------
+ let expression = g:ccm .' '. a:cmd
+ echo expression
+ let output = system(expression)
+ return split(output, "\n")
+endfunction
+
+"----------------------
+function s:CCM_run(cmd)
+"----------------------
+ call s:CCMconnect()
+ let output = s:CCM_run_silent(a:cmd)
+ for line in output
+ echo line
+ endfor
+ echo '---'
+ return output
+endfunction
+
+let s:connected = 0
+"-------------------------
+function s:CCMconnected()
+"-------------------------
+ let output = s:CCM_run_silent('status')
+ if (match(output, "Current project:") >= 0)
+ let s:connected = 1
+ endif
+ return s:connected
+endfunction
+
+"-----------------------
+function s:CCMconnect()
+"-----------------------
+ if !s:connected
+ if !s:CCMconnected()
+ let output = s:CCM_run_silent('start')
+ let s:connected = 1
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"---------------------------
+function s:Set_compare_cmd()
+"---------------------------
+ let vimdiff = g:gvim
+ let commands = ' -c ' . '\"winsize 201 60\" -c \"set winwidth=100\"'
+ let options = ' -d' . ' %file1 %file2' . ' --servername DIFF'
+ let compare_cmd = Double_quote(vimdiff . commands . options)
+ let output = s:CCM_run('set cli_compare_cmd ' . compare_cmd)
+ "let output = s:CCM_run('set compare_cmd')
+endfunction
+
+"---------------------------
+function s:CCM_query(string)
+"---------------------------
+ let query_string = 'query ' . a:string
+ let query_format = ' /nf /no_sort /u /f ' . '"%objectname"'
+ let output = s:CCM_run(query_string . query_format)
+ return output
+endfunction
+
+"-------------------------------
+function s:CCM_get_owner(object)
+"-------------------------------
+ let query_string = 'properties ' . a:object['objectname']
+ let query_format = ' /f ' . '"%owner"'
+ let output = s:CCM_run(query_string . query_format)
+ return output
+endfunction
+
+"--------------------------------
+function s:CCM_long_query(string)
+"--------------------------------
+ let query_string = 'query ' . a:string
+ let query_format = ' /u /f ' . '"%objectname %status %owner %task"'
+ let output = s:CCM_run(query_string . query_format)
+ return output
+endfunction
+
+"------------------------------------
+function s:CCM_get_project(filename)
+"------------------------------------
+ " in Verzeichnis des Files wechseln
+ let dirname = fnamemodify(a:filename, ':p:h')
+ let cwd_old = getcwd()
+ execute 'cd ' . dirname
+ " project ermitteln
+ let query_string = 'work_area -show '
+ let output = s:CCM_run(query_string)
+ for line in output
+ let projectname = substitute(line, '\(\S\+\).*', '\1', '')
+ endfor
+ if projectname == ''
+ echo 'No project found for ' . a:filename
+ echo '=============================='
+ echo ' '
+ endif
+ " Verzeichnis zur�cksetzen
+ execute 'cd ' . cwd_old
+
+ let project = s:CCM_split_object(projectname)
+ return project
+endfunction
+
+"-----------------------------------
+function s:CCM_get_object(filename)
+"-----------------------------------
+ let basename = fnamemodify(a:filename, ':t')
+ let dirname = fnamemodify(a:filename, ':p:h')
+
+ let object = {}
+ let project = s:CCM_get_project(a:filename)
+ if project != {}
+ let query_string = '"'
+ \ . 'name=' . Single_quote(basename)
+ \ . ' and is_member_of(' . Single_quote(project['displayname']) . ')"'
+ let objectnames = s:CCM_query(query_string)
+ let object = s:CCM_choose_object(a:filename, objectnames, project)
+ if object == {}
+ echo 'no object found for ' . a:filename
+ else
+ echo object['objectname']
+ endif
+ else
+ echo 'No Project'
+ endif
+ return object
+endfunction
+
+"------------------------------------------------------------
+function s:CCM_choose_object(filename, objectnames, project)
+"------------------------------------------------------------
+ let result = {}
+ for line in a:objectnames
+ let object = s:CCM_split_object(line)
+ let objectpath = s:CCM_get_path(object, a:project)
+ let object['path'] = objectpath
+ if object['path'] == a:filename
+ let result = object
+ endif
+ endfor
+ return result
+endfunction
+
+"---------------------------------------
+function s:CCM_split_object(objectname)
+"---------------------------------------
+ let object = {}
+ let reName = '\([^-]\+\)'
+ let reVersion = '\([^:]\+\)'
+ let reType = '\([^:]\+\)'
+ let reInstance = '\(\d\+\)'
+ let regexp = reName.'-'.reVersion
+ let regexp = regexp.'\%('.':'.reType.':'.reInstance
+ let regexp = regexp.'\)\?'
+ let object['name'] = substitute(a:objectname, regexp, '\1', '')
+ let object['version'] = substitute(a:objectname, regexp, '\2', '')
+ let object['type'] = substitute(a:objectname, regexp, '\3', '')
+ let object['instance'] = substitute(a:objectname, regexp, '\4', '')
+ let object['displayname'] = object['name'].'-'.object['version']
+ let object['objectname'] = object['displayname'].':'.object['type'].':'.object['instance']
+ return object
+endfunction
+
+"----------------------------------------
+function s:CCM_get_path(object, project)
+"----------------------------------------
+ let query_string = 'finduse'
+ \ .' /n "'.a:object['name'].'"'
+ \ .' /v "'.a:object['version'].'"'
+ \ .' /t "'.a:object['type'].'"'
+ \ .' /i "'.a:object['instance'].'"'
+ \ .' /working_proj'
+ let lines = s:CCM_run(query_string)
+ for line in lines
+ let regexp = '.*\s\(\S*' . a:object['name'] . '\)-'.a:object['version'].'@' . a:project['displayname']
+ let relpath = substitute(line, regexp, '\1', '')
+ let foundpath = findfile(relpath)
+ if foundpath == ''
+ let relpath = substitute(relpath, '[^/\\]\+[/\\]\(.*\)', '\1', '')
+ let foundpath = findfile(relpath)
+ endif
+ if foundpath != ''
+ let path = fnamemodify(foundpath, ':p')
+ return path
+ endif
+ endfor
+ return ''
+endfunction
+
+"-----------------------------------
+function s:CCM_get_successor(object)
+"-----------------------------------
+ let query_string = 'is_successor_of(' . Single_quote(a:object['objectname']) . ')'
+ let predecessor = s:CCM_query(query_string)
+ if predecessor == ''
+ echo 'no successor found for ' . a:object['objectname']
+ else
+ " delete <CR>
+ let predecessor = matchstr(predecessor, '\p\+')
+ endif
+ return predecessor
+endfunction
+
+"-------------------------------------
+function s:CCM_get_predecessor(object)
+"-------------------------------------
+ let query_string = 'is_predecessor_of(' . Single_quote(a:object['objectname']) . ')'
+ let query_answer = s:CCM_query(query_string)
+ let predecessor = {}
+ if query_answer[0] == ''
+ echo 'no predecessor found for ' . a:object['objectname']
+ else
+ let predecessorname = matchstr(query_answer, '\p\+')
+ let predecessor = s:CCM_split_object(predecessorname)
+ endif
+ return predecessor
+endfunction
+
+"-----------------------------------
+function s:CCM_get_hist_root(object)
+"-----------------------------------
+ let query_string = '"'
+ \ . 'name=' . Single_quote(a:object['name'])
+ \ . ' and instance=' . Single_quote(a:object['instance'])
+ \ . ' and is_hist_root()"'
+ let hist_root = s:CCM_query(query_string)
+ if hist_root == ''
+ echo 'no hist_root found for ' . a:object['objectname']
+ else
+ let hist_root = matchstr(hist_root, '\p\+')
+ endif
+ return hist_root
+endfunction
+
+"--------------------------------
+function s:CCM_get_default_task()
+"--------------------------------
+ let output = s:CCM_run('task /default')
+ if match(output[0], '\d\+') >= 0
+ let task = matchstr(output[0], '\d\+')
+ else
+ let task = 'none'
+ endif
+ return task
+endfunction
+
+"--------------------------------------------------
+function s:CCM_check_out(object, project, comment)
+"--------------------------------------------------
+ let default_task = s:CCM_get_default_task()
+ if default_task == 'none'
+ echo 'no default task!'
+ else
+ let comment = '/comment "' . a:comment . '"'
+ let task = '/task ' . default_task
+ let project = '/project ' . a:project['displayname']
+ let object = a:object['objectname']
+ let expression = 'checkout ' . comment .' '. task . ' '. object
+ " cd to directory
+ let objectpath = s:CCM_get_path(a:object, a:project)
+ let old_cwd = getcwd()
+ execute 'cd ' . fnamemodify(objectpath, ':p:h')
+ let output = s:CCM_run(expression)
+ " go back
+ execute 'cd ' . old_cwd
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"----------------------------------------------
+function s:CCM_check_in(object, state, comment)
+"----------------------------------------------
+ let comment = '/comment "' . a:comment . '" '
+ let state = '/state ' . a:state . ' '
+ let expression = 'checkin ' . comment . state . a:object['objectname']
+ echo 'comment:' . comment
+ echo 'state:' . state
+ echo 'expression:' . expression
+ echo 'execute'
+ let output = s:CCM_run(expression)
+endfunction
+
+"----------------------------------------
+function s:CCMcheckout(filename, comment)
+"----------------------------------------
+ let object = s:CCM_get_object(a:filename)
+ let project = s:CCM_get_project(a:filename)
+ if object != {}
+ let output = s:CCM_check_out(object, project, a:comment)
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"------------------------------------------
+function s:CCMcheckpoint(filename, comment)
+"------------------------------------------
+ let object = s:CCM_get_object(a:filename)
+ if object != {}
+ if (a:comment == '')
+ if has('gui')
+ let l:comment = inputdialog('comment:')
+ else
+ echo 'enter a comment'
+ return
+ endif
+ else
+ let l:comment = a:comment
+ endif
+ let state = 'checkpoint'
+ let output = s:CCM_check_in(object, state, l:comment)
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"------------------------------
+function s:CCMchangeable(owner)
+"------------------------------
+ let object = ''
+ if project == '?'
+ let owner = 'owner=' . Single_quote(a:owner)
+ let project = ' and project=' . Single_quote('bmsk')
+ let released = ' and status!=' . Single_quote('released')
+ let integrate = ' and status!=' . Single_quote('integrate')
+ let rejected = ' and status!=' . Single_quote('rejected')
+ let status = released . integrate . rejected
+ let query_string = '"' . owner . project . status . '"'
+ let object = s:CCM_long_query(query_string)
+ endif
+ if object == ''
+ echo 'no working objects found for ' . a:owner
+ endif
+ return object
+endfunction
+
+"---------------------------
+function s:CCMdiff(filename)
+"---------------------------
+ let object = s:CCM_get_object(a:filename)
+ if object != {}
+ let predecessor = s:CCM_get_predecessor(object)
+ if predecessor != {}
+ let output = s:CCM_run_silent('diff /g ' . predecessor['objectname'] . ' ' . a:filename)
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"---------------------------------
+function s:CCM_view_object(object)
+"---------------------------------
+ let file_content = s:CCM_run_silent('type ' . a:object['objectname'])
+ return file_content
+endfunction
+
+"------------------------------
+function s:CCMhistory(filename)
+"------------------------------
+ let object = s:CCM_get_object(a:filename)
+ if object != {}
+ let expression = 'history /g ' . object['objectname']
+ let output = s:CCM_run(expression)
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"-----------------------
+function s:Wait(seconds)
+"-----------------------
+ let starttime = localtime()
+ while ((localtime() - starttime) < a:seconds)
+ endwhile
+endfunction
+
+"------------------------------
+" Funktionen f�r Change Synergy
+"------------------------------
+
+"command ChangeSynergyBeautify call s:ChangeSynergyBeautify()
+command ChangeSynergyCreateCRTaskList call s:ChangeSynergyCreateCRTaskList()
+command ChangeSynergyCreateCRList call s:ChangeSynergyCreateCRList()
+command ChangeSynergyCreateTaskList call s:ChangeSynergyCreateTaskList()
+
+let s:CR_text = 'CR '
+let s:Task_text = 'Task '
+
+" Umformatieren der CR-Liste aus dem ChangeSynergy Bericht
+function s:ChangeSynergyBeautify()
+ DelAllMultipleEmptyLines
+ call s:ChangeSynergyDeleteRejected()
+ call s:ChangeSynergyFormatTasks()
+ call s:ChangeSynergyFormatCRs()
+endfunction
+
+" Liste mit allen CRs incl. Tasks aus Bericht
+function s:ChangeSynergyCreateCRTaskList()
+ call s:ChangeSynergyBeautify()
+ let RE = '^\(' . s:CR_text . '.*\)'
+ execute ':%s/' . RE . '/\r\1/e'
+ normal ggdddw
+endfunction
+
+" Liste mit allen CRs aus Bericht
+function s:ChangeSynergyCreateCRList()
+ call s:ChangeSynergyBeautify()
+ let RE = '^' . s:Task_text . '.*\n'
+ execute ':%s/' . RE . '//e'
+ execute ':3,$sort'
+endfunction
+
+" Liste mit allen Tasks aus Bericht
+function s:ChangeSynergyCreateTaskList()
+ call s:ChangeSynergyBeautify()
+ let RE = '^' . s:CR_text . '.*\n'
+ execute ':%s/' . RE . '//e'
+ execute ':3,$sort'
+endfunction
+
+" L�schen der CRs mit Status 'rejected'
+function s:ChangeSynergyDeleteRejected()
+ let RE = s:ComposeCrTaskRE('rejected')
+ execute ':%s/' . RE . '//e'
+endfunction
+
+" Task umfomatieren
+function s:ChangeSynergyFormatTasks()
+ let RE = '\%('
+ \ . 'Task Number:\s\+\(\d\+\)'
+ \ . '\s\+'
+ \ . 'Resolver:\s\+\(.\+\)'
+ \ . '\s\+'
+ \ . 'Status:\s\+\(\w\+\)'
+ \ . '\n'
+ \ . 'Synopsis:\s\+\(.*\)'
+ \ . '\n'
+ \ . '\)'
+" execute '%:s/' . RE . '/' . s:Task_text . '\1\t\2:\t\4/e'
+ execute '%:s/' . RE . '/\=printf("%s%4s %-32s: %s", s:Task_text, submatch(1), submatch(2), submatch(4))/e'
+endfunction
+
+" CR umfomatieren
+function s:ChangeSynergyFormatCRs()
+ let RE = '\%('
+ \ . 'CR ID:\s\+\(\d\+\)'
+ \ . '\s\+'
+ \ . 'Resolver:\s\+\(.\+\)'
+ \ . '\s\+'
+ \ . 'Status:\s\+\(\w\+\)'
+ \ . '\n'
+ \ . 'Synopsis:\s\+\(.*\)'
+ \ . '\n'
+ \ . '\)'
+" execute '%:s/' . RE . '/' . s:CR_text . '\1\t\2:\t\4/e'
+ execute '%:s/' . RE . '/\=printf("%s %4s %-32s: %s", s:CR_text, submatch(1), submatch(2), submatch(4))/e'
+endfunction
+
+" Zusammensetzen der Regular Expression f�r ChangeRequests aus dem Bericht
+" Open PST + CR + Task
+function s:ComposeCrTaskRE(CRstatus)
+ if a:CRstatus == ''
+ let CRstatus = '\w\+'
+ else
+ let CRstatus = a:CRstatus
+ endif
+ let taskRE = '\(Task Number:.*\nSynopsis:.*\n\n\)'
+ let crRE = 'CR ID:.*Status:\s\+\(' . CRstatus . '\)\nSynopsis:.*\n\%(\s*\n\)*' . taskRE . '*'
+ return crRE
+endfunction
+
+EchoDebug 'loaded ccm.vim'
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/changelog.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/changelog.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..361b8f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/changelog.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+" ===========================================================================
+" File: changelog.vim
+" Author: Stefan Liebl (S.Liebl@gmx.de)
+" Description: changelog for vimfiles in subversion
+" Revision: $LastChangedRevision$
+" ===========================================================================
+
+" get Revision from subversion
+let g:VimFilesRevision = substitute("$Rev$",'\$Rev:\s*\(\d\+\)\s*\$','\1','g')
+let &titlestring = '%t - (%-F) - %=vimfiles Rev: ' . g:VimFilesRevision
+
+if exists('nochangelog')
+ finish
+endif
+
+function s:ReportRev(Rev)
+ if a:Rev >= '129'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 129'
+ echo 'Tags f�r BMS-X'
+ echo 'Doxygen Toolkit'
+ echo 'Update VimScripts'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '128'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 128'
+ echo 'Vimsuite f�r BMS-X verbessert'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '123'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 120'
+ echo 'Task Report'
+ echo 'damos als eigenes Package'
+ echo 'a2l indent verbessert'
+ echo '+scons'
+ echo '+Merge f�r Synergy/CM'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '120'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 119'
+ echo 'Verbindung zu Projekt deutlich beschleunigt, da mehrere Variablen auf einmal gelesen werden k�nnen'
+ echo '+ftplugin paf.vim: Anzeiger der aktuellen Adresse in der Statuszeile'
+ echo 'ccm.vim: Umformatierungen f�r ChangeSynergy Reports'
+ echo 'BmskDoku im Men� und interaktiv'
+ echo 'Cscope Verbindung kann per Men� geschlossen werden'
+ echo 'Altes make.log kann per Men� geparsed werden'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '119'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 118'
+ echo 'Befehl "Bmsk distclean" im Men� erg�nzt'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '116'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 116'
+ echo 'Einstelldialoge und Titelleiste f�r BMS-K verbessert'
+ echo 'Men�s f�r BMS-K verbessert'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '114'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 114'
+ echo 'Continuus Anbindung verbessert'
+ echo 'Bmsk Argumen EXTRA_C_FLAGS'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '111'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 111'
+ echo 'GetMakeVar verbessert, ccm64, +FindEEEmuFile'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '111'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 100'
+ echo 'Befehl BmskDoku zum besseren parsen von LaTeX Fehlern'
+ echo 'Grep, GrepBmsk aktiviert'
+ echo 'CCM kann jetzt auch Subprojekte'
+ echo 'GetOsp... repariert'
+ echo 'SVNstudio verbessert'
+ echo 'SVNdiff auch mit Revision'
+ echo 'diff f�r unix verbessert'
+ echo 'MyTools heissen jetzt VimSuite'
+ echo 'K46 erg�nzt'
+ echo 'Dokumentation �berarbeitet'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '100'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 90'
+ echo 'vimfiles in Unterverzeichnisse'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '90'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 89'
+ echo 'compiler/bmsk.vim: leere Makeoptionen unterst�tzen, tex mit includieren'
+ echo 'ftplugin/latex-suite: Update von vim.org'
+ echo 'plugin/bmsk.vim: Makeoptionen erst leer lassen'
+ echo 'plugin/basics.vim: PathNormpath verbessert'
+ echo 'plugin/tools.vim: $VIMRUNTIME -> g:vimfiles'
+ echo 'plugin/visincr.vim: Update von vim.org'
+ echo 'after/syntax/python.vim: Update von vim.org'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '89'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 79'
+ echo 'after/syntax/kgs.vim: + test_wert_text'
+ echo 'compiler/bmsk.vim : Xlint weglassen wenn leer'
+ echo 'doc/bmsk.txt : kleine Aktualisierungen'
+ echo 'tools/ctags.exe : Version ohne cygwin'
+ echo 'plugin/bmsk.vim : header-Verzeichnisse verbessert'
+ echo ' '
+ echo 'checkpath sollte jetzt komplett funktionierien.'
+ echo 'Siehe :help :checkpath'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '79'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 78'
+ echo 'angepasst auf make-12'
+ echo 'ftplugins verbessert (setlocal)'
+ echo 'Formatierung verbessert'
+ echo 'Angepasst f�r vim 6.4'
+ echo 'Python-dlls integriert'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '78'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 76'
+ echo 'Bmsk: UpdateBuffers verbessert'
+ echo 'cscope: find files including this file ge�ndert'
+ echo '+ xml.vim'
+ echo '+ indent/a2l.vim'
+ echo 'compiler/bmsk.vim: alte Python-Meldung auskommentiert'
+ echo 'svn.vim: SVNtool verbessert'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '76'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 72'
+ echo 'syntax-File f�r paf,daf,0pa,0da'
+ echo 'Diff-Tools im Men� MyTools'
+ echo 'Subversion-Men�'
+ echo 'Subversion Command SVN'
+ echo 'compiler/bmsk.vim unabh�ngig von Pfaden'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '72'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 71'
+ echo 'cscopeprg wird mit Pfad gesetzt'
+ echo 'grep.exe V 2.5.1 in funktionierender Version'
+ echo 'neue Suchpfade f�r linux'
+ echo 'FindFile funktioniert wieder'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '71'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 71'
+ echo 'grep.exe V 2.5.1'
+ echo 'basics.vim: Verbesserungen f�r GetOspTestValues'
+ echo 'syntax/c.vim: c.vim aufgenommen (hatte ich bei Rev 67 vergessen)'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '70'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 70'
+ echo 'Make-Targets erg�nzt'
+ echo 'Produkte in Continuus auschecken'
+ elseif a:Rev >= '66'
+ echo 'Neu seit Rev: 66'
+ echo 'ftplugin- und syntax-files nach after/...,'
+ echo ' damit sie nach den files in vim63 geladen werden'
+ echo 'syntax/c.vim: Verbessertes Syntax-Highliting'
+ echo 'colors/Stefan.vim: Neue Syntax-Groups f�r neues c.vim'
+ echo '-----------------------------------------------------'
+ echo 'Ich empfehle die �nderungen aus colors/Stefan.vim'
+ echo ' in das eigene Colorscheme zu �bertragen'
+ elseif a:Rev == '66'
+ echo 'Neu in Rev: ' . g:VimFilesRevision
+ echo 'doc/bmsk.vim: Doku aktualisiert'
+ echo 'plugin/changelog.vim: neu, gibt die �nderungen beim ersten Start aus'
+ echo 'plugin/tComment.vim: neu, gute Kommentierfunktion, :help tComment'
+ echo 'plugin/visincr.vim: neu, inkrementieren von Spalten, :help visincr'
+ echo 'plugin/matrix.vim: neu, Bildschirmschoner, :Matrix'
+ echo 'ftplugin/python_fold.vim: neu, Faltungen f�r Python'
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" uncomment next line to get changelog for the last version
+execute 'call s:ReportRev(' . g:VimFilesRevision . ')'
+
+" comment changelog after first usage
+silent! new <sfile>
+silent! set modifiable
+silent! %substitute/^execute 'call/"execute 'call/
+silent! wq!
+bdelete changelog.vim
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/cvs.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/cvs.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22ae142
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/cvs.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+" ===========================================================================
+" File: cvs.vim
+" Author: Stefan Liebl (S.Liebl@gmx.de)
+" Description: handles version controlling with CVS
+" ===========================================================================
+
+" --------------------
+" config datei f�r CVS
+" --------------------
+if !exists('g:cvs')
+ let g:cvs = 'cvs '
+endif
+
+
+" --------
+" commands
+" --------
+"command -nargs=0 CHANGEABLE call GetChangeable('qx13468')
+command -nargs=0 CVSdiff call s:CVSshowDifferences(expand('%:t'))
+command -nargs=0 CVSedit call s:CVSedit(expand('%:t'))
+command -nargs=0 CVSunedit call s:CVSunedit(expand('%:t'))
+command -nargs=0 CVScommit call s:CVScommit(expand('%:t'))
+command -nargs=0 CVSstatus call s:CVSstatus(expand('%:t'))
+
+"---------------------------
+function s:CVSedit(filename)
+"---------------------------
+ let expression = g:cvs . ' edit ' . a:filename
+ let output = system(expression)
+ execute(':edit')
+ echo output
+endfunction
+
+"-----------------------------
+function s:CVSunedit(filename)
+"-----------------------------
+ let expression = g:cvs . ' unedit ' . a:filename
+ let output = system(expression)
+ execute(':edit')
+ echo output
+endfunction
+
+"-----------------------------
+function s:CVScommit(filename)
+"-----------------------------
+ let expression = g:cvs . ' commit ' . a:filename
+ let output = system(expression)
+ execute(':edit')
+ echo output
+endfunction
+
+"-----------------------------
+function s:CVSstatus(filename)
+"-----------------------------
+ let expression = g:cvs . ' status ' . a:filename
+ let output = system(expression)
+ execute(':edit')
+ echo output
+endfunction
+
+"--------------------------------------
+function s:CVSdiff(filename, patchfile)
+"--------------------------------------
+ silent execute '!' . g:cvs ' diff -u ' . a:filename . ' > ' . a:patchfile
+endfunction
+
+"--------------------------------------
+function s:CVSshowDifferences(filename)
+"--------------------------------------
+ let patchfile = tempname()
+ echo 'patchfile: ' . patchfile
+ call s:CVSdiff(a:filename, patchfile)
+ set patchexpr=ReversePatch()
+ execute 'vertical diffpatch ' . patchfile
+endfunction
+
+EchoDebug 'loaded cvs.vim'
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/dos.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/dos.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9d584a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/dos.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+" ===========================================================================
+" File: dos.vim
+" Author: Stefan Liebl (S.Liebl@gmx.de)
+" Description: sources mswin.vim if the os is mswin
+" ===========================================================================
+
+if (g:os == 'dos')
+ runtime mswin.vim
+ behave mswin
+endif
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/python.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/python.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8684dab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/python.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+" ===========================================================================
+" File: python.vim
+" Author: Stefan Liebl (S.Liebl@gmx.de)
+" Description: options for python-vim
+" ===========================================================================
+
+if !has('win32')
+ finish
+endif
+
+if !has('python')
+ " noch keine python.dll gefunden
+ " tools zum Suchpfad hinzuf�gen
+ if (match($PATH, '\c' . escape(g:vimtools, '\')) >= 0)
+ " ist schon drin, abbrechen
+ echo 'keine python.dll in g:vimtools=' . g:vimtools . ' gefunden'
+ finish
+ else
+ " bei Bedarf ';' an PATH anh�ngen
+ if (match($PATH, ';$') < 0)
+ let $PATH = $PATH . ';'
+ endif
+ let $PATH = $PATH . g:vimtools . ';'
+ "echo 'Python = ' . g:vimtools
+ endif
+endif
+
+if !has('python')
+ " immer noch keine python.dll gefunden
+ if !isdirectory(g:pythonPath)
+ echo 'g:pythonPath=' . g:pythonPath . ' nicht gefunden'
+ finish
+ else
+ " pythonPath zum Suchpfad hinzuf�gen
+ if (match($PATH, '\c' . escape(g:pythonPath, '\')) >= 0)
+ " ist schon drin, abbrechen
+ echo 'kein python.exe in g:pythonPath=' . g:pythonPath . ' gefunden'
+ finish
+ else
+ " bei Bedarf ';' an PATH anh�ngen
+ if (match($PATH, ';$') < 0)
+ let $PATH = $PATH . ';'
+ endif
+ let $PATH = $PATH . g:pythonPath . ';'
+ "echo 'Python = ' . g:pythonPath
+ endif
+ endif
+endif
+
+" Jetzt sollte es eigentlich gehen
+if !has('python')
+ echo 'kein Python-Modul f�r vim'
+ finish
+endif
+
+let s:pythonLibPath = expand(g:pythonPath . '/lib')
+let s:pythonDllPath = expand(g:pythonPath . '/dlls')
+
+try
+python <<EOF
+import sys
+#print sys.version
+import vim
+sys.path.append(vim.eval('s:pythonLibPath'))
+sys.path.append(vim.eval('s:pythonDllPath'))
+EOF
+catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E370/ " python not available
+ echo 'python not found'
+ echo 'add python to your path-variable'
+ echo 'otherwise some features from MyTools are not available'
+catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E263/ " python not available
+ echo 'python not found 2'
+catch
+ echo 'python.vim: irgendwas geht nicht'
+endtry
+
+EchoDebug 'loaded python.vim'
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/svn.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/svn.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c1756a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/svn.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+" ===========================================================================
+" File: svn.vim
+" Author: Stefan Liebl (S.Liebl@gmx.de)
+" Description: handles version controlling with subversion
+" ===========================================================================
+
+if !exists('g:svn')
+ let g:svn = 'svn '
+endif
+
+let g:SVNlogfile = fnamemodify(tempname(),':h') . '/SVNmessage.log'
+
+" --------
+" commands
+" --------
+command -nargs=? SVNdiff silent call s:SVNdiff('<args>')
+command -nargs=? SVNcommit call s:SVNcommit('<args>')
+command -nargs=0 SVNstatus call s:SVNstatus()
+command -nargs=0 SVNupdate call s:SVNupdate()
+command -nargs=0 SVNlog call s:SVNlog()
+command -nargs=? SVNadd call s:SVNadd('<args>')
+command -nargs=0 SVNstudio call s:SVNstudio()
+
+" ----
+" Menu
+" ----
+let s:SVNMenuLocation = 100
+let s:SVNmenuname = '&SVN.'
+
+"-------------------------
+function s:SVNRedrawMenu()
+"-------------------------
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:SVNMenuLocation.'.5 '.s:SVNmenuname.
+ \'&SVNstudio<tab>:SVNstudio'.
+ \' :SVNstudio<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:SVNMenuLocation.'.10 '.s:SVNmenuname.
+ \'&status<tab>:SVNstatus'.
+ \' :SVNstatus<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:SVNMenuLocation.'.15 '.s:SVNmenuname.
+ \'&update<tab>:SVNupdate'.
+ \' :SVNupdate<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:SVNMenuLocation.'.20 '.s:SVNmenuname.
+ \'&diff<tab>:SVNdiff'.
+ \' :SVNdiff<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:SVNMenuLocation.'.30 '.s:SVNmenuname.
+ \'&commit<tab>:SVNcommit'.
+ \' :SVNcommit<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:SVNMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:SVNmenuname.
+ \'&log<tab>:SVNlog'.
+ \' :SVNlog<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:SVNMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:SVNmenuname.
+ \'&add<tab>:SVNadd'.
+ \' :SVNadd<CR>'
+endfunction
+
+if !exists('nosvnmenu')
+ call s:SVNRedrawMenu()
+endif
+
+"----------------------------
+function s:SVNcommit(logfile)
+"----------------------------
+ if filereadable(a:logfile)
+ let options = '--file ' . a:logfile
+ elseif a:logfile == ''
+ let options = ''
+ else
+ echoerr 'Messagefile for SVNcommit not found: ' . a:logfile
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " save all files
+ wa
+
+ let expression = g:svn . ' commit ' . options
+ echo expression
+ let output = system(expression)
+ echo output
+ let expression = g:svn . ' update'
+ let output = system(expression)
+ echo output
+
+ if filereadable(a:logfile)
+ call delete(a:logfile)
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"---------------------
+function s:SVNupdate()
+"---------------------
+ let expression = g:svn . ' update'
+ let output = system(expression)
+ echo output
+endfunction
+
+"---------------------
+function s:SVNstatus()
+"---------------------
+ let expression = g:svn . ' status'
+ let output = system(expression)
+ echo output
+endfunction
+
+"---------------------
+function s:SVNlog()
+"---------------------
+ let expression = g:svn . ' log'
+ let output = system(expression)
+ echo output
+endfunction
+
+"------------------------
+function s:SVNdiff(input)
+"------------------------
+ " default
+ let revision = ''
+ if a:input == ''
+ " ohne Argument einfach aktuelles File mit Headrevision vergleichen
+ let filename = expand('%:p')
+ else
+ if filereadable(a:input)
+ " mit Filenamen einfach File mit Headrevision vergleichen
+ let filename = a:input
+ elseif str2nr(a:input) == a:input
+ " Argument ist die Revision, mit der verglichen werden soll
+ let revision = '-r '.a:input.' '
+ let filename = expand('%:p')
+ else
+ echo 'Falsches Argument: '.a:input
+ exit
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if filereadable(filename)
+ " goto upper right window
+ wincmd k
+ wincmd l
+ execute 'edit ' . filename
+ " store filetype
+ let filetype = &filetype
+ " open headrevision
+ let headrevision = tempname()
+ let command = '!' . g:svn . 'cat ' . revision . filename . ' > ' . headrevision
+ silent execute command
+ if winnr()==1
+ execute 'vsplit ' . headrevision
+ else
+ wincmd h
+ execute 'view ' . headrevision
+ endif
+ " set filetype
+ let &filetype=filetype
+ diffthis
+ wincmd l
+ diffthis
+ elseif isdirectory(filename)
+ echo filename . ' is a directory'
+ else
+ echoerr 'file ' . filename . ' not found'
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"--------------------------
+function s:SVNadd(filename)
+"--------------------------
+ if a:filename == ''
+ let filename = expand('%:p')
+ else
+ let filename = a:filename
+ endif
+
+ let expression = g:svn . ' add ' . filename
+ echo expression
+ let output = system(expression)
+ echo output
+endfunction
+"
+
+"---------------------
+function s:SVNstudio()
+"---------------------
+ " Log-Message unten �ffnen
+ setlocal splitbelow
+ silent execute '20split' g:SVNlogfile
+ w
+
+ " Status-Meldung in Temp-File umleiten
+ let tempfile = tempname()
+ " File anzeigen
+ silent execute 'vsplit' tempfile
+ call SVNwriteWindow(tempfile)
+
+ " Show differences
+ nmap <buffer> <CR> :execute 'SVNdiff' SVNstudioGetFilename(getline("."))<CR>
+ nmap <buffer> <C-l> :silent execute '!' . g:svn . 'status > ' . g:SVNlogfile<CR>
+ nmap <buffer> <C-c> :execute 'SVNcommit' g:SVNlogfile<CR>
+ nmap <buffer> <C-a> :execute 'SVNadd' g:SVNlogfile<CR>
+ nmap <buffer> <C-s> :call SVNwriteWindow(expand('%:p'))<CR>
+endfunction
+
+"----------------------------
+function SVNwriteWindow(file)
+"----------------------------
+ normal ggdG
+ normal oSVN studio
+ normal ostatus message is displayed in this window
+ normal oenter log message in right hand window
+ normal o
+ normal o<CR> show differences of file under cursor
+ normal o<C-l> copy status-info to log-window
+ normal o<C-c> commit changes with logmessage in right window
+ normal o<C-a> add file under cursor to repository
+ normal o<C-s> update status window
+ normal o
+ normal o-------------------
+ normal o
+ w
+
+ let command = '!' . g:svn . 'status >> ' . a:file
+ "echo command
+ silent execute command
+ e
+endfunction
+
+"---------------------------------
+function SVNstudioGetFilename(line)
+"---------------------------------
+ let filename = substitute(a:line, '.\s\+\(.\+\)', '\1', '')
+ return filename
+endfunction
+
+
+EchoDebug 'loaded svn.vim'
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/tools.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/tools.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1522a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/tools.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,895 @@
+" ===========================================================================
+" File: tools.vim
+" Author: Stefan Liebl (S.Liebl@gmx.de)
+" Description: some usefull tools
+" Revision: $LastChangedRevision: 60 $
+" ===========================================================================
+
+" ----------------
+" Project settings
+" ----------------
+if !exists("basedir")
+ let g:basedir = getcwd()
+endif
+
+let s:makefileNames = [
+ \ 'makefile',
+ \ 'Makefile',
+ \ 'makefile.mak',
+ \ 'Makefile.mak',
+ \ 'make.bat',
+ \ 'make_fsw.bat']
+let g:projectFile = fnamemodify($VIMRUNTIME . '/../projects.txt', ':p')
+
+" ----------
+" SetProject
+" ----------
+if (v:version > 602)
+ command -complete=customlist,GetAllMakefiles -nargs=? SetProject call s:SetProject('<args>')
+else
+ command -nargs=1 SetProject call SetProject('<args>')
+endif
+"function GetAllMakefiles(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)
+function GetAllMakefiles(...)
+ let makefilePaths = []
+
+ " Get Makefiles from g:WA or ArgLead
+ let path = g:WA
+ if a:0 == 3
+ let ArgLead = a:1
+ let CmdLine = a:2
+ let CursorPos = a:3
+ if ArgLead != ''
+ let path = expand(ArgLead)
+ endif
+ endif
+ let makefilePaths += s:GetAllMakefilesInPath(path)
+
+ if makefilePaths == []
+ " Get Projects from project.txt
+ let projectPaths = s:GetProjectPaths(g:projectFile)
+ for projectPath in projectPaths
+ let makefilePaths += s:GetAllMakefilesInPath(projectPath)
+ endfor
+ endif
+
+ return makefilePaths
+endfunction
+
+" Get all Makefiles defined in s:makefileNames contained in path
+function s:GetAllMakefilesInPath(path)
+ let files = []
+ if isdirectory(a:path)
+ let path = a:path
+ else
+ let path = a:path . '*'
+ endif
+ for makefileName in s:makefileNames
+ let pathlist = path . ',' . path . '/*,' . path . '/*/*'
+ let newfiles = split(globpath(pathlist, makefileName))
+ let files += newfiles
+" echo files
+ endfor
+ return files
+endfunction
+
+" Get Project-Paths from project.txt
+function s:GetProjectPaths(projectFile)
+ let paths = []
+ if filereadable(a:projectFile)
+ let paths = split(system('more ' . a:projectFile))
+ endif
+ return paths
+endfunction
+
+" Find makefile and set some options
+" ----------------------------------
+function s:SetProject(makefile)
+ if ((a:makefile == '') && has('browse'))
+ " Browse for makefile
+ if exists('g:WA')
+ let l:WA = g:WA
+ else
+ let l:WA = ''
+ endif
+
+ let makefilePath = fnamemodify(browse(0, 'Select makefile', l:WA, ''), ':p')
+ else
+ " set Workarea and basedir
+ if filereadable(a:makefile)
+ let makefilePath = fnamemodify(a:makefile, ':p')
+ else
+ echoerr 'No makefile' a:makefile
+ return
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " split file name and path
+ let g:basedir = fnamemodify(makefilePath, ':p:h')
+ let g:makefileName = fnamemodify(makefilePath, ':t')
+
+ " test if makefile is a batch-script
+ let ext = fnamemodify(g:makefileName, ':e')
+ if ext == 'bat'
+ let &makeprg = makefilePath . ' $*'
+ endif
+
+ " set directories
+ execute 'cd ' . g:basedir
+ " cd path
+ let &cdpath = g:basedir
+ " browse-dir
+ set browsedir=buffer
+
+ " search path
+ set path&
+
+ call s:SetProjectVariables()
+
+endfunction
+
+" Set Project Specific Variables
+function s:SetProjectVariables()
+ let varnames = [
+ \ 'VIM_COMPILER',
+ \ 'VIM_PATH',
+ \ 'VIM_TAGS',
+ \ 'VIM_CSCOPEPRG',
+ \ 'VIM_CSCOPEFILE',
+ \ 'GOALS',
+ \]
+ let s:Variables = s:GetMakeVars(varnames)
+
+ echo 'Reading variables from makefile'
+ echo '-------------------------------'
+ for varname in keys(s:Variables)
+ echo printf('%-15s = %s', varname, s:Variables[varname])
+ endfor
+ echo '-------------------------------'
+ echo ''
+
+ try
+ " evaluate path variable
+ if s:Variables['VIM_PATH'] != ''
+ try
+ execute 'set path=' . s:Variables['VIM_PATH']
+ catch
+ echoerr 'cant set path to ' . s:Variables['VIM_PATH']
+ echoerr 'check the make variable VIM_PATH'
+ endtry
+ else
+ echomsg 'set the make-variable VIM_PATH to what you want to be set to path'
+ endif
+
+ " evaluate tags
+ if s:Variables['VIM_TAGS'] != ''
+ try
+ execute 'set tags=' . s:Variables['VIM_TAGS']
+ catch
+ echoerr 'cant set tags to ' . s:Variables['VIM_TAGS']
+ echoerr 'check the make variable VIM_TAGS'
+ endtry
+ else
+ echomsg 'set the make-variable VIM_TAGS to what you want to be set to tags'
+ endif
+
+ " evaluate cscope
+ if s:Variables['VIM_CSCOPEPRG'] != ''
+ try
+ execute 'set cscopeprg=' . s:Variables['VIM_CSCOPEPRG']
+ catch
+ echoerr 'cant set cscopeprg to ' . s:Variables['VIM_CSCOPEPRG']
+ echoerr 'check the make variable VIM_CSCOPEPRG'
+ endtry
+ else
+ echomsg 'set the make-variable VIM_CSCOPEPRG to what you want to be set to cscopeprg'
+ endif
+ if s:Variables['VIM_CSCOPEFILE'] != ''
+ try
+ cscope kill -1
+ execute 'cscope add ' . s:Variables['VIM_CSCOPEFILE']
+ catch
+ echomsg 'cant add cscope-file ' . s:Variables['VIM_CSCOPEFILE']
+ echomsg 'check the make variable VIM_CSCOPEFILE and if file exists'
+ endtry
+ else
+ echomsg 'set the make-variable VIM_CSCOPEFILE if you want to add a cscope-database'
+ endif
+
+ " evaluate compiler
+ if s:Variables['VIM_COMPILER'] != ''
+ try
+ execute 'compiler ' . s:Variables['VIM_COMPILER']
+ catch
+ echoerr 'cant set compiler to ' . s:Variables['VIM_COMPILER']
+ echoerr 'check the make variable VIM_COMPILER'
+ endtry
+ else
+ echomsg 'set the make-variable VIM_COMPILER to the compiler plugin you want to use'
+ endif
+
+ catch
+ echoerr 'Could not read variables from makefile (vim-script-error)'
+ endtry
+
+endfunction
+
+" Get values for a list of variables as dictionary
+function! s:GetMakeVars(varNameList)
+ let varlist = {}
+ try
+ let vars = join(a:varNameList, ' ')
+ let command = g:makefileName . ' getvar name="' . vars . '"'
+ let output = system(command)
+ let lines = split(output, "\n")
+ let RE = '^\(\w\+\)=\(.*\)\s*'
+ let SU = "let varlist['\\1']='\\2'"
+ "echo 'getvars:'
+ for line in lines
+ " echo line
+ if match(line, RE) >= 0
+ execute substitute(line, RE, SU, '')
+ endif
+ endfor
+ "echo ''
+ catch
+ echoerr 'Could not read make variables'
+ endtry
+
+ if varlist == {}
+ echoerr 'Could not read any variables from makefile'
+ echo 'Command:' command
+ echo 'Make output is:'
+ for line in lines
+ echo line
+ endfor
+ echo '---'
+ endif
+ return varlist
+endfunction
+
+" ------------------------------------------
+" special make-command for target-completion
+" ------------------------------------------
+command -complete=customlist,GetAllMakeGoals -nargs=* Make call s:Make('<args>')
+function GetAllMakeGoals(...)
+ " evaluate make-goals
+ if s:Variables['GOALS'] != ''
+ try
+ let goals = split(s:Variables['GOALS'])
+ return goals
+ catch
+ echoerr 'cant set goals to ' . s:Variables['GOALS']
+ echoerr 'check the make variable GOALS'
+ endtry
+ else
+ echomsg 'set the make-variable VIM_COMPILER to the compiler plugin you want to use'
+ endif
+endfunction
+function s:Make(args)
+ cscope kill -1
+ execute ':make ' . a:args
+ try
+ execute 'cscope add ' . s:Variables['VIM_CSCOPEFILE']
+ endtry
+endfunction
+
+
+" ------------------
+" Draw Vimsuite-Menu
+" ------------------
+let s:VimSuiteMenuLocation = 70
+let s:VimSuiteMenuName = '&VimSuite.'
+
+function s:AddMakefileToProjectMenu(makefilePath)
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.10 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.'&Project.'
+ \ . escape(a:makefilePath, '.\') . '<tab>'.
+ \' :SetProject ' . a:makefilePath . '<CR>'
+endfunction
+"
+function s:AddAllKnownProjectsToMenu()
+ " Projects in project.txt
+ exec 'anoremenu '. s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Project.-sep2- :'
+ let projectPaths = s:GetProjectPaths(g:projectFile)
+ let makefilePaths = []
+ for projectPath in projectPaths
+ let makefilePaths += s:GetAllMakefilesInPath(projectPath)
+ endfor
+ for makefilePath in makefilePaths
+ call s:AddMakefileToProjectMenu(makefilePath)
+ endfor
+
+ " Projects in g:WA
+ exec 'anoremenu '. s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Project.-sep3- :'
+ for makefilePath in s:GetAllMakefilesInPath(g:WA)
+ call s:AddMakefileToProjectMenu(makefilePath)
+ endfor
+endfunction
+"
+function s:InitProjectMenu()
+ exec 'silent! aunmenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.'&Project'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.10 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Project.&Browse\ for\ makefile<tab>:SetProject'.
+ \' :SetProject<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu ..25 '. s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Project.-sep1- :'
+endfunction
+"
+function s:RedrawProjectMenu()
+ call s:InitProjectMenu()
+ call s:AddAllKnownProjectsToMenu()
+endfunction
+
+" -------
+" Session
+" -------
+if (v:version > 602)
+ command -complete=custom,GetAllSessions -nargs=? SessionLoad call s:SessionLoad('<args>')
+else
+ command -nargs=? SessionLoad call s:SessionLoad('<args>')
+endif
+function s:SessionLoad(SessionFile)
+ if ((a:SessionFile == '') && has('browse'))
+ " Browse for session-file
+ if exists('b:browsefilter')
+ let l:browsefilter = b:browsefilter
+ endif
+ let b:browsefilter = "Vim Sessions (*.vim)\t*.vim\nAll Files (*.*)\t*.*"
+ let SessionFile = browse(0, 'Select Session', $VIMRUNTIME . '/..', '')
+ if exists('l:browsefilter')
+ let b:browsefilter = l:browsefilter
+ endif
+ else
+ let SessionFile = a:SessionFile
+ endif
+ if filereadable(SessionFile)
+ execute('source ' . SessionFile)
+ else
+ echo 'No such File:' SessionFile
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+command -nargs=? SessionSave call s:SessionSave('<args>')
+command -nargs=? Exit SessionSave <args>|exit
+function s:SessionSave(SessionName)
+ if (a:SessionName == '')
+ if ((v:this_session == '') && has('browse'))
+ " Browse for session-file
+ if exists('b:browsefilter')
+ let l:browsefilter = b:browsefilter
+ endif
+ let b:browsefilter = "Vim Sessions (*.vim)\t*.vim\nAll Files (*.*)\t*.*"
+ let SessionName = browse(1, 'Select Session File', $VIMRUNTIME . '/..', 'Session.vim')
+ if exists('l:browsefilter')
+ let b:browsefilter = l:browsefilter
+ endif
+ else
+ let SessionName = v:this_session
+ endif
+ else
+ let SessionName = a:SessionName
+ endif
+ execute('mksession! ' . SessionName)
+endfunction
+
+function GetAllSessions(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)
+ let sessions_txt = $VIMRUNTIME . '/../sessions.txt'
+ let sessions = ''
+ let sessions = sessions . GlobLong($VIMRUNTIME . '/../*.vim')
+ if filereadable(sessions_txt)
+ let sessions = sessions . system("cat " . sessions_txt)
+ endif
+ return sessions
+endfunction
+
+
+function s:DelSessions()
+ exec 'silent! aunmenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.'&Session'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.10 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Session.&Browse\ for\ Sessionfile<tab>:SessionLoad'.
+ \' :SessionLoad<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.20 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Session.&Save<tab>:SessionSave'.
+ \' :SessionSave<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.20 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Session.Save\ &As<tab>:SessionSave'.
+ \' :let v:this_session = ""<CR>:SessionSave<CR>'
+endfunction
+
+function s:RedrawSessionMenu()
+ call s:DelSessions()
+" call s:AddAllKnownSessionsToMenu()
+endfunction
+
+function s:RedrawMenu()
+ " Project
+ call s:RedrawProjectMenu()
+ " Session
+ call s:RedrawSessionMenu()
+ " Compile
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.30 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Compile.&Build<tab>:make'.
+ \' :make<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.30 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Compile.&Lint<tab>:make\ lint'.
+ \' :make lint<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.30 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Compile.&Clean<tab>:make\ clean'.
+ \' :make clean<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.30 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Compile.&Run<tab>:make\ run'.
+ \' :make run<CR>'
+" exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.30 '. s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+" \'&Compile.-sep- :'
+ " Search
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Search.&Grep<tab>:Grep'.
+ \' :Grep<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Search.&File<tab>:find\ <name>'.
+ \' :call FindFile()<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.40 '. s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Search.-sep- :'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Search.Goto\ &Cscope-Tag<tab>:cscope'.
+ \' :cscope find i <C-R><C-W><CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Search.Goto\ &CTag<tab>:tag'.
+ \' :tag <C-R><C-W><CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Search.List\ &CTags<tab>:tselect'.
+ \' :tselect /<C-R><C-W><CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Search.Update\ c&tags<tab>:make\ tags'.
+ \' :make tags<CR>'
+ " Edit
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.&Comment\ out/in<tab>^k'.
+ \' :CommentInOut<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.Mark\ &long\ lines<tab>:MarkLongLines'.
+ \' :MarkLongLines<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.&Reformat\ File<tab>:Reformat'.
+ \' :Reformat<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.Reformat\ &Tabs<tab>:ReformatTabs'.
+ \' :ReformatTabs<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.Reformat\ &Indent<tab>:ReformatIndent'.
+ \' :ReformatIndent<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.Delete\ trailing\ spaces<tab>:DelAllTrailWhitespace'.
+ \' :DelAllTrailWhitespace<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.Delete\ multiple\ &empty\ lines<tab>:DelAllMultipleEmptyLines'.
+ \' :DelAllMultipleEmptyLines<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.Delete\ multiple\ &same\ lines<tab>:DelAllMultipleSameLines'.
+ \' :DelAllMultipleSameLines<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '. s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.-sep- :'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.Insert\ &Function\ Header<tab>:InsertFHeader'.
+ \' :InsertFHeader<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.Insert\ &C-File\ Header<tab>:InsertCHeader'.
+ \' :InsertCHeader<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.Insert\ &H-File\ Header<tab>:InsertHHeader'.
+ \' :InsertHHeader<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Edit.Insert\ H&TML-File\ Header<tab>:InsertHTMLHeader'.
+ \' :InsertHTMLHeader<CR>'
+ " Diff
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.60 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Diff.&show\ diffs<tab>:diffthis'.
+ \' :diffthis<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.60 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Diff.&end\ diffs<tab>:DiffOff'.
+ \' :DiffOff<CR>'
+ exec 'anoremenu '.s:VimSuiteMenuLocation.'.60 '.s:VimSuiteMenuName.
+ \'&Diff.&close\ diff<tab>:DiffClose'.
+ \' :DiffClose<CR>'
+endfunction
+call s:RedrawMenu()
+
+" search functions
+" ----------------
+
+" Search for file
+function FindFile()
+ let basename = inputdialog('Filename:')
+ echo 'basename:' basename
+ " do it
+ execute ':find ' basename
+endfunction
+
+" don't use :grep
+let &grepprg='echo extern grep is not supported. Use vimgrep'
+
+" defaults
+let g:GrepDir = getcwd()
+let g:GrepFiles = '*.*'
+
+command -nargs=* Grep call Grep('<args>')
+function Grep(input)
+ if (a:input == '')
+ let pattern = inputdialog('Pattern:')
+ else
+ let pattern = a:input
+ endif
+
+ " Use Buffer-Variables, if exists
+ if exists('b:GrepDir')
+ let GrepDir = b:GrepDir
+ else
+ let GrepDir = g:GrepDir
+ endif
+ if exists('b:GrepFiles')
+ let GrepFiles = b:GrepFiles
+ else
+ let GrepFiles = g:GrepFiles
+ endif
+
+ call GrepFull(GrepDir, GrepFiles, pattern)
+endfunction
+
+function GrepFull(GrepDir, GrepFiles, Pattern)
+ " Normpath
+ let GrepDir = substitute(a:GrepDir, '\\', '/', 'g')
+ " add GrepDir to each GrepFiles
+ let Files = substitute(a:GrepFiles, '\(\S\+\)', GrepDir.'/**/\0', 'g')
+ " get pattern if empty
+ if (a:Pattern == '')
+ let Pattern = inputdialog('Pattern:')
+ else
+ let Pattern = a:Pattern
+ endif
+
+
+ " do it
+ let command = 'vimgrep /'.Pattern.'/gj '.Files
+ echo command
+ silent execute command
+ " list results
+ execute 'cl'
+endfunction
+
+" Formatting Functions
+" --------------------
+
+" delete all multiple empty lines
+command -range=% DelAllMultipleEmptyLines call DelAllMultipleEmptyLines(<line1>,<line2>)
+function DelAllMultipleEmptyLines(fromline, toline)
+ let cursorLine = line(".")
+ let cursorCol = col(".")
+ execute a:fromline . ',' . a:toline . 's/\s\+$//e'
+ execute a:fromline . ',' . a:toline . 's/^\s*\(\n\s*$\)\+//e'
+ call cursor(cursorLine, cursorCol)
+endfunction
+
+" delete all trailling whitespace
+command -range=% DelAllTrailWhitespace call DelAllTrailWhitespace(<line1>,<line2>)
+function DelAllTrailWhitespace(fromline, toline)
+ let cursorLine = line(".")
+ let cursorCol = col(".")
+ execute a:fromline . ',' . a:toline . 's/\s\+$//e'
+ call cursor(cursorLine, cursorCol)
+endfunction
+
+" delete all multiple same lines
+command -range=% DelAllMultipleSameLines call DelAllMultipleSameLines(<line1>,<line2>)
+function DelAllMultipleSameLines(fromline, toline)
+ let cursorLine = line(".")
+ let cursorCol = col(".")
+ execute a:fromline . ',' . a:toline . 's/^\(.*\)\(\n^\1$\)\+/\1/e'
+ call cursor(cursorLine, cursorCol)
+endfunction
+
+" reformat
+command -range=% Reformat call ReformatFile(<line1>,<line2>)
+function ReformatFile (fromline,toline)
+ call ReformatText(a:fromline,a:toline)
+ if (&filetype == 'kgs')
+ call ReformatKGS()
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"command -range=% Reformat call ReformatText(<line1>,<line2>)
+function ReformatText (fromline,toline)
+" execute a:fromline . ',' . a:toline . 'DelAllTrailWhitespace'
+ call DelAllTrailWhitespace(a:fromline,a:toline)
+ call ReformatTabs(a:fromline,a:toline)
+ call ReformatIndent(a:fromline,a:toline)
+endfunction
+
+command -range=% ReformatIndent call ReformatIndent(<line1>,<line2>)
+function ReformatIndent (fromline,toline)
+ " mark actual position
+ let cursorLine = line(".")
+ let cursorCol = col(".")
+ " mark all commented lines
+ let line_nr = a:fromline
+ while (line_nr <= a:toline)
+ let line = getline(line_nr)
+ if (match(line,'^' . b:commentstring)>=0)
+ let line = '@' . line
+" echo line
+ call setline(line_nr, line)
+ endif
+ let line_nr = line_nr + 1
+ endwhile
+ " indent all lines
+ execute 'normal ' . a:fromline . 'G=' . a:toline . 'G'
+ " reindent commented lines
+ let substCmd = 's?^\s*@' . b:commentstring . '?' . b:commentstring . '?'
+ silent! execute a:fromline . ',' . a:toline . substCmd
+ " go back to mark
+ call cursor(cursorLine, cursorCol)
+endfunction
+
+command -range=% ReformatTabs call ReformatTabs(<line1>,<line2>)
+function ReformatTabs (fromline,toline)
+ let cursorLine = line(".")
+ let cursorCol = col(".")
+ if (a:fromline > 1)
+ call cursor(a:fromline-1, 255)
+ else
+ call cursor(a:fromline, 1)
+ endif
+ let found = search('\t', 'W')
+ while ((found > 0) && (found <= a:toline))
+ execute "normal r\t"
+ let found = search('\t', 'W')
+ endwhile
+ call cursor(cursorLine, cursorCol)
+endfunction
+
+" convert UTF-8 to LATIN1
+command ConvertUTF8 call ConvertUTF8()
+function ConvertUTF8()
+ silent! %s/ä/\ä/ " ä
+ silent! %s/ö/\ö/ " ö
+ silent! %s/ü/\ü/ " ü
+ silent! %s/Ä/\Ä/ " Ä
+" silent! %s/Ã&#xxx;/\Ö/ " Ö
+ silent! %s/Ãœ/\Ü/ " Ü
+ silent! %s/ß/\ß/ " ß
+ silent! %s/€/€/ " €
+endfunction
+
+" insert history comment
+command HistoryComment call HistComment()
+function HistComment()
+ let l:date = GetDate()
+ execute 'normal O' . l:date . ' IST_LIEBL'
+ execute 'normal o'
+ execute 'normal k$'
+endfunction
+
+" find all non-extern functions in h-files
+function FindDeclaration()
+ let bmsk_sw = g:bmsk_sw
+ let bmsk_header = g:bmsk_header
+ let bios_header = g:bios_header
+ let id = '(\\ *[a-zA-Z0-9_]+\\ *)'
+ let not_extern = '([^x]*\\ +)'
+ let start = not_extern . '*'
+ let type = '(' . id . '\\ +)'
+ let declarator = '(' . id . ')'
+ let parameter = '(' . id . ')(\\ +' . id .',?\\ *)?'
+ let parlist = '(' . parameter . '+)'
+ let bracket = '(\\(' . parlist . '\\))'
+ let definition = '(\\ *({.*)?)'
+ let declaration = '(\\ *;.*)'
+ let end = definition
+ "let end = definition . declaration . '?'
+ execute ':Hgrep -x '' . start . type . declarator . bracket . end . '''
+endfunction
+
+" indent a wordNum to position
+function IndentWordNum(wordNum, pos)
+ " store cursor postion
+ let cursorLine = line(".")
+ let cursorCol = col(".")
+" echo 'IndentWordNum' cursorLine cursorCol a:wordNum a:pos getline(line("."))
+ " go to word at pos
+ execute 'normal 0' . a:wordNum . 'w'
+ if (line(".") == cursorLine)
+ if (virtcol('.') > a:pos)
+ " word has to be undented
+ " go to end of previous word
+ execute 'normal ge'
+ if (virtcol('.') < a:pos-1)
+ " ok, only whitespace to delete
+ " echo 'undent' col(".")
+ execute 'normal ' . a:pos . '|dw'
+ else
+ " delete as much as possible
+ " echo 'remove' col(".")
+ execute 'normal ldwi '
+ endif
+ else
+ " word has to be indented
+ " echo 'indent' col(".")
+ execute 'normal h'
+ while (virtcol('.') < a:pos-1)
+ " indent word
+ execute "normal a\<TAB>\<ESC>"
+ endwhile
+ endif
+ else
+" echo 'kein' a:wordNum '. Wort in Zeile' cursorLine
+ endif
+ " restore cursor position
+ call cursor(cursorLine, cursorCol)
+endfunction
+
+" ----------------
+" Comment In / Out
+" ----------------
+nnoremap <C-K> :call CommentInOut(b:commentstring)<CR>j
+command CommentInOut call CommentInOut(b:commentstring)
+function CommentInOut(commentstring)
+ let leadingWhitespace = '^\s\*'
+ let noLeadingWhitespace = '^'
+ let ignoreCase = '\c'
+ let CommentedString = ignoreCase . noLeadingWhitespace . a:commentstring
+ let line = GetLine()
+ let line_nr = line('.')
+ let found = match(line, CommentedString)
+ "echo l:found
+ if (found == -1)
+ "echo 'nicht gefunden'
+ let line = substitute(line, '^', a:commentstring, '')
+ else
+ "echo 'gefunden'
+ let line = substitute(line, a:commentstring, '', '')
+ endif
+ call setline(line_nr, line)
+endfunction
+
+" mark lines longer as textwidth
+command MarkLongLines call MarkLongLines('on')
+command MarkLongLinesOff call MarkLongLines('off')
+function MarkLongLines(onoff)
+" echo a:onoff
+ if (a:onoff=='on')
+ let markline = &textwidth + 1
+ let longline='"\%' . markline . 'v.*"'
+" execute('let @/ = ' . longline)
+ execute 'syntax match toLong ' . longline . ' containedin=ALL'
+ highlight toLong guibg=red
+ else
+" execute 'normal :nohlsearch<CR>'
+ syntax clear toLong
+ highlight clear toLong
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+command SynaxShowGroup execute('echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")')
+
+" diff options
+set diffexpr=FileDiff()
+set diffopt=filler,iwhite
+function FileDiff(...)
+ let opt = '-a --binary '
+ if &diffopt =~ 'icase' | let opt = opt . '-i ' | endif
+ if &diffopt =~ 'iwhite' | let opt = opt . '-b ' | endif
+ if a:0 == 3
+ let arg1 = a:1
+ let arg2 = a:2
+ let arg3 = a:3
+ else
+ let arg1 = v:fname_in
+ let arg2 = v:fname_new
+ let arg3 = v:fname_out
+ endif
+
+ if arg1 =~ ' ' | let arg1 = '"' . arg1 . '"' | endif
+ if arg2 =~ ' ' | let arg2 = '"' . arg2 . '"' | endif
+ if arg3 =~ ' ' | let arg3 = '"' . arg3 . '"' | endif
+ let eq = ''
+ if $VIMRUNTIME =~ ' '
+ if &sh =~ '\<cmd'
+ let cmd = '""' . $VIMRUNTIME . '\diff"'
+ let eq = '"'
+ else
+ let cmd = substitute($VIMRUNTIME, ' ', '" ', '') . '\diff"'
+ endif
+ else
+ let cmd = $VIMRUNTIME . '\diff'
+ endif
+ if !executable(cmd)
+ let cmd = 'diff'
+ endif
+ silent execute '!' . cmd . ' ' . opt . arg1 . ' ' . arg2 . ' > ' . arg3 . eq
+endfunction
+
+
+" turn diff off
+command DiffClose call DiffClose()
+function DiffClose()
+ :quit
+ call DiffOff()
+endfunction
+
+command DiffOff call DiffOff()
+function DiffOff()
+ set nodiff
+ set noscrollbind
+ set foldcolumn=0
+ set foldmethod=syntax
+endfunction
+
+" options for DirDiff
+let g:DirDiffCommand = expand($VIMRUNTIME . '/diff')
+let g:DirDiffExcludes = '*.log,*.pyc,.svn,_ccmwaid.inf,.static_wa,out,tags,cscope.out'
+"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1
+
+" options for Vimball
+let g:vimball_home = expand(g:vimsuite . '/vimfiles')
+
+" merge
+command -nargs=+ Merge call Merge(<args>)
+function Merge(...)
+ let args = a:0
+ if a:0 != 4
+ echo 'usage: Merge first,second,root,out'
+ else
+ let first = fnamemodify(bufname(a:1), ':p:8')
+ let second = fnamemodify(bufname(a:2), ':p:8')
+ let root = fnamemodify(bufname(a:3), ':p:8')
+ let out = fnamemodify(bufname(a:4), ':p:8')
+ echo 'root-buffer :' root
+ echo 'first-buffer :' first
+ echo 'second-buffer:' second
+ echo 'output-buffer:' out
+
+ execute '!'. g:diff . ' ' . root . ' '. first . ' | ' . g:patch . ' --force ' . second . ' --output="' . out
+ execute bufwinnr(4) . 'wincmd w'
+ execute 'edit'
+ execute 'wincmd ='
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" -------------
+" abbreviations
+" -------------
+"iabbreviate li !IST_LIEBL: */<Left><Left><Left>
+
+
+" ------
+" python
+" ------
+command Batch echo system(expand('%:p:r.bat'))
+command -nargs=* Python execute(':wa | cd ' . GetBmskDir()) | echo system(g:python . ' ' . expand('%:p') . ' <args>')
+
+" ---------
+" templates
+" ---------
+command InsertCHeader call Insert_Header('file_c.tpl')
+command InsertHHeader call Insert_Header('file_h.tpl')
+command InsertFHeader call Insert_Header('funct.tpl')
+command InsertHTMLHeader call Insert_Header('html.tpl')
+function Insert_Header(file)
+ let file = g:vimfiles . '/templates/' . a:file
+ execute ':read ' . file
+ let l:filename = expand('%:t')
+ execute ':%s/%filename/' . l:filename . '/e'
+ let l:basename = substitute(expand('%:t:r'), '.*', '\U\0', '')
+ execute ':%s/%basename/' . l:basename . '/e'
+ let l:author = 'IST_LIEBL'
+ execute ':%s/%author/' . l:author . '/e'
+ while search('%date', '') > 0
+ "execute 'normal /%date'
+ execute ':d'
+ execute ':HistoryComment'
+ execute 'normal jdd'
+ endwhile
+endfunction
+
+EchoDebug 'loaded tools.vim'
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/uc.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/uc.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f10bba8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/plugin/uc.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: TPU-Micro-Code for Motorola-Processor
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl <S.Liebl@gmx.de>
+" Last Change: 22003 Apr 8
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+"setlocal cindent
+
+
+" Set 'formatoptions' to break comment lines but not other lines,
+" and insert the comment leader when hitting <CR> or using "o".
+setlocal fo-=t fo+=croql
+
+" Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments.
+"setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
+
+setlocal syntax=uc
+
+setlocal tabstop=8
+
+" Grep options
+let b:GrepFiles = '*.uc'
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/projects_example.txt b/vimfiles.stefan/projects_example.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..531cadc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/projects_example.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+e:\wa\bmsk-qx13468
+e:\wa\bmsk-k25
+e:\wa\bmsk-k40
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/spell/bmsk.add b/vimfiles.stefan/spell/bmsk.add
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1663c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/spell/bmsk.add
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+NV
+Programmstand
+gemappt
+Versions
+Mapfile
+Labelnamen
+Labeladdresse
+Labelanzahl
+Sections
+Damos
+Adressierschema
+CCP
+Kodierdaten
+Emulations
+Applikationshinweise
+Powerfail
+Testhinweise
+Testlabel
+Adaptionswerte
+KL15
+soll
+Inode
+Partitiontable
+Flashpages
+Sectioninfo
+Kodiervorg�ngen
+Group
+Embedded
+Tailoring
+Modulentwurf
+Betriebsebene
+Funktionsplaner
+UX
+EA
+C
+Portierbarkeit
+Testbarkeit
+Debug
+eingeschwungen
+if
+for
+while
+Defines
+static
+Inline
+schon
+Lint
+BMS
+enum
+typdef
+struct
+Postfixes
+const
+define
+Built
+Libraries
+endif
+ASCET
+Warnings
+header
+geschwindigkeitskritischen
+d
+h
+Busse
+Source
+Includes
+ERCOS
+Dokumentationsablauf
+Funktionssoftware
+Synergy
+Programmstandsarten
+X
+z
+B
+Entwicklerst�nde
+Programmstandstyp
+Teststanderzeugung
+Serienstanderzeugung
+CW
+KL
+KF
+Simulink
+c
+kgs
+mak
+hex
+s19
+obj
+dep
+a2l
+dcm
+map
+paf
+daf
+0pa
+readonly
+int
+WinProF
+WinKFP
+Object
+Dependency
+PED
+INCA
+kon
+Entwicklerstand
+Programmst�nden
+Zif
+V
+ProF
+make
+Entwicklerst�nden
+SEED
+DarWin
+Programmstands
+prep
+projects
+project
+distclean
+Role
+build
+mgr
+Actions
+Edit
+Programmstandsnamen
+Purpose
+Use
+Testing
+Value
+Current
+Platform
+Reconfigure
+Using
+reconfigure
+Sync
+Properties
+folder
+BMSK
+task
+Add
+released
+Conflicts
+product
+config
+logistik
+xls
+Auslierferungs
+ExportLogisikMak
+allEntwickler
+allSerie
+Entwicklerdaten
+Programmiertests
+OBD
+Expertenmodus
+Prog
+K
+test
+easerv
+Schonert
+Kupske
+K2x
+K4x
+K7x
+Sell
+Andr�
+EDIABAS
+ident
+Serienauslieferung
+K25
+Auslieferungsstand
+Ausgabeverzeichnis
+s19boschsig
+bosch
+sig
+flash
+signatur
+pruefen
+ERROR
+SUPPORTED
+SIGNATURE
+ekp
+kwp
+Keyword
+funktionen
+n
+t
+mot
+Motorsteuerungsfunktionen
+Variablenbezeichnungen
+Applikations
+Funktionsdokumentation
+Funktionsidee
+u
+a
+Funktionsentwicklung
+Funktionssoftwareentwicklung
+p
+e
+s
+l
+ChangeSynergy
+WorkArea
+Working
+CR
+resolved
+assigend
+closed
+Entwicklerstands
+zw
+Einzelanforderungen
+IEC61508
+VDA
+Q
+Projektunabh�ngige
+Unternehmensqualit�t
+Managementhandbuch
+Projektabh�ngige
+CS
+Motorsteuerungsprojekte
+Request
+synergy5
+cs
+erreichbar
+TSS
+Funktionsentwicklungs
+Validierungsprozesses
+Validierungsprozess
+Wiki
+https
+tgmwiki
+Anforderungs
+netzwerks
+bmskp
+working
+Tested
+completed
+developer
+Schnittstellendokument
+�nderungsdokumentation
+�nderungsdokument
+Informationsschutzbestimmungen
+Arbeits
+Doell
+R
+entwicklung
+�berarbeitungen
+SOP
+Projektgrenzen
+Hardwareentwicklung
+Rahmenentwicklungsvertrags
+Projektgespr�chen
+Leistungsschnittstellenvereinbahrung
+Budgetverantwortlichen
+Rahmenentwicklungsvertrag
+Teammeetings
+OPL
+Protokollf�hrung
+Mindestteilnehmer
+Teamleitung
+Projektlaufwerk
+Sourcen
+Continuus
+Systembilder
+Schaltplandaten
+Bauteillisten
+Protel
+Visula
+planung
+steuerung
+Burkhardt
+Gesamtrojektleitung
+Funktionsplanung
+Ressourcenplanung
+Budgetverantwortlicher
+Ortner
+Schnittstellenverantwortung
+Liebl
+ZL
+Buhl
+Gesamtprojektleitung
+mailto
+bmw
+Versionierung
+SB
+HW
+EGAS
+Ellwanger
+Programmstandserstellung
+SL
+partner
+CB
+Breuerl
+Ulbricht
+MU
+Entscheidungs
+Eskalationswege
+Eskalationsweg
+Dokumentablage
+Besprechungsdokumente
+Programmst�nde
+Ordnerstruktur
+Projektlaufwerkes
+Projektablage
+Practices
+RPLAN
+Testabsicherung
+SG
+Analyser
+MISRA
+Integrate
+Signalsimulatoren
+Applikationssystem
+HIL
+Implementierungsfehler
+Spezifikationsfehler
+Funktionsentwickler
+TA
+�nderungsumfang
+bedaten
+Gesamtfunktionalit�t
+Pr�fstandsl�ufe
+Dokumentenkontrolle
+disk
+false
+true
+copy_FCMTabEntryType
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/spell/bmsk.add.spl b/vimfiles.stefan/spell/bmsk.add.spl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c22d5a6
Binary files /dev/null and b/vimfiles.stefan/spell/bmsk.add.spl differ
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/spell/de.latin1.spl b/vimfiles.stefan/spell/de.latin1.spl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f4e7e8
Binary files /dev/null and b/vimfiles.stefan/spell/de.latin1.spl differ
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/c.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/c.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..572096a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/c.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+
+" special keywords
+syntax keyword cType uint8 sint8 uint16 sint16 uint32 sint32 uint64 sint64
+syntax keyword cType tuint8 tsint8 tuint16 tsint16 tuint32 tsint32 tuint64 tsint64
+syntax keyword cType DfpType SfpType SfpErrorType LWrd LInt
+syntax keyword cType TickType
+syntax keyword Special ATOMIC BEGIN_ATOMIC END_ATOMIC
+"syntax match cTodo "!\s*IST_LIEBL.*[^*/]"
+syntax match cTodo "\(!\s*IST_LIEBL.*\>\)\ze\s*\*/"
+syntax match cTodo "\(debug\)"
+syntax keyword cConstant TRUE FALSE
+
+syntax region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
+syntax region if0Fold start="^\s*#\s*if\s\+0\+\>" end="^\s*#\s*endif" fold containedin=cPreCondit
+let c_no_if0 = 1
+syntax sync fromstart
+set foldmethod=syntax
+set nofoldenable
+
+" Folds for #ifdef
+command! -nargs=0 FoldDefine call FoldDefine(<args>)
+function! FoldDefine ()
+ execute 'normal mx'
+ let startline = line('.')
+" execute 'normal %k'
+ execute 'normal 0%'
+ if match(GetLine(), 'endif') < 0
+ execute 'normal k'
+ endif
+ let endline = line('.')
+" echo 'start: ' . startline . ' end: ' . endline
+ let foldname = 'FoldDefine' . startline
+ let start='"\%' . startline . 'l.*"'
+ let end='"\%' . endline . 'l.*"'
+ let command = 'syntax region ' . foldname . ' start=' . start . ' end=' . end . ' fold containedin=cPreCondit'
+" echo command
+ execute command
+ execute 'highlight def link ' . foldname . ' Comment'
+ syntax sync fromstart
+ set foldmethod=syntax
+ execute 'normal `x'
+endfunction
+
+command! -nargs=0 UnFoldDefine call UnFoldDefine(<args>)
+function! UnFoldDefine ()
+ let foldname = 'FoldDefine' . line('.')
+ execute "syntax clear " . foldname
+endfunction
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/java.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/java.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..baed75d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/java.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+syntax region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
+syntax sync fromstart
+set foldmethod=syntax
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/paf.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/paf.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8824acf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/paf.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language: Motorola S record
+" Maintainer: slimzhao <vim2004@21cn.com>
+" Last Change: 2004 May 31
+" License: This file is placed in the public domain.
+
+" For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
+" For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
+if version < 600
+ syntax clear
+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
+ finish
+endif
+
+syn case ignore
+
+" storage types
+
+syn match srecChecksum /\x\{2}\r\?$/ contained
+syn match LineType /^:\x\{2}/ contained
+syn match Addr /\%4c\x\{4}/ contained
+syn match AddrOffset /\%10c\x\{4}/ contained
+syn match RecordType /\%8c\x\{2}/ contained
+syn match NormalRecord /^:10\x\{40}/ contained contains=LineType,Addr,RecordType,srecChecksum
+syn match ExtendedRecord /^:02\x\{12}/ contained contains=LineType,RecordType,AddrOffset,srecChecksum
+syn match OtherRecord /^:\x\{15,39}$/ contained contains=LineType,Addr,RecordType,srecChecksum
+syn match Record /^:\x\+/ contains=NormalRecord,ExtendedRecord,OtherRecord
+
+syn case match
+
+" Define the default highlighting.
+" For version 5.7 and earlier: only when not done already
+" For version 5.8 and later: only when an item doesn't have highlighting yet
+if version >= 508 || !exists("did_srec_syntax_inits")
+ if version < 508
+ let did_srec_syntax_inits = 1
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi link <args>
+ else
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi def link <args>
+ endif
+
+ HiLink Record Normal
+ HiLink NormalRecord Normal
+ HiLink ExtendedRecord Normal
+ HiLink RecordType Special
+ HiLink Addr Constant
+ HiLink AddrOffset Constant
+ "Checksum
+ HiLink srecChecksum Search
+ "Record type
+ HiLink LineType Comment
+
+ delcommand HiLink
+endif
+
+let b:current_syntax = "paf"
+
+" vim: ts=8
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/trace.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/trace.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bcf2c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/trace.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language: Trace32 script
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl <S.Liebl@gmx.de>
+" URL:
+" Credits: Based on the java.vim syntax file by Claudio Fleiner
+" Last change: 2004 Mar 03
+
+if version < 600
+ syntax clear
+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" we define it here so that included files can test for it
+if !exists("main_syntax")
+ let main_syntax='trace'
+endif
+
+" ignore case
+syn case ignore
+
+" keyword definitions
+syn keyword traceConditional if then
+syn keyword traceRepeat repeat
+
+" trace commands
+syn match traceCommand '\<\w\+\(\.\w\+\)*\>' transparent contains=traceFlashCommand,traceDataCommand,traceGlobalCommand,traceWinpageCommand,traceAreaCommand,tracePrintCommand,traceEntryCommand,traceWaitCommand,traceChdirCommand,traceEnddoCommand,traceOsCommand,traceDoCommand,traceStringCommand,traceGotoCommand,traceSystemCommand,traceRegisterCommand
+
+" trace commands
+syn match traceFlashCommand '\<\(flash\|f\)\>\.' contained nextgroup=traceFlashResetCommand,traceFlashCreateCommand,traceFlashTargetCommand,traceFlashEraseCommand,traceFlashProgramCommand
+hi link traceFlashCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceDataCommand '\<\(data\|d\)\>\.' contained nextgroup=traceDataLoadCommand,traceDataSetCommand
+hi link traceDataCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceGlobalCommand '\<\(global\)\>' contained
+hi link traceGlobalCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceWinpageCommand '\<\(winpage\)\>\.' contained nextgroup=traceWinpageResetCommand,traceWinpageCreateCommand,traceWinpageSelectCommand
+hi link traceWinpageCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceAreaCommand '\<\(area\)\>\.' contained nextgroup=traceAreaResetCommand,traceAreaCreateCommand,traceAreaSelectCommand,traceAreaViewCommand
+hi link traceAreaCommand traceCommand
+syn match tracePrintCommand '\<\(print\)\>' contained
+hi link tracePrintCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceEntryCommand '\<\(entry\)\>' contained
+hi link traceEntryCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceWaitCommand '\<\(wait\)\>' contained
+hi link traceWaitCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceChdirCommand '\<\(chdir\)\.\?\>' contained nextgroup=traceChdirDoCommand
+hi link traceChdirCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceEnddoCommand '\<\(enddo\)\>' contained
+hi link traceEnddoCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceOsCommand '\<\(os\)\>\.' contained nextgroup=traceOsPsdCommand,traceOsPtdCommand,traceOsEnvCommand,traceOsFileCommand
+hi link traceOsCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceDoCommand '\<\(do\)\>' contained
+hi link traceDoCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceStringCommand '\<\(string\)\>\.' contained nextgroup=traceStringCutCommand,traceStringScanCommand
+hi link traceStringCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceGotoCommand '\<\(goto\)\>' contained
+hi link traceGotoCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceSystemCommand '\<\(system\|sys\)\>\.' contained nextgroup=traceSystemCpuCommand,traceSystemBdmclockCommand,traceSystemUpCommand
+hi link traceSystemCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceRegisterCommand '\<\(register\)\>\.' contained nextgroup=traceRegisterSetCommand
+hi link traceRegisterCommand traceCommand
+
+" second commands
+syn match traceDataLoadCommand '\(load\.\?\)' contained nextgroup=traceDataLoadBinaryCommand,traceDataLoadElfCommand
+hi link traceDataLoadCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceDataSetCommand '\(set\)' contained
+hi link traceDataSetCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceFlashResetCommand '\(reset\)' contained
+hi link traceFlashResetCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceFlashEraseCommand '\(erase\.\?\)' contained nextgroup=traceFlashEraseAllCommand
+hi link traceFlashEraseCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceFlashProgramCommand '\(program\.\?\)' contained nextgroup=traceFlashProgramAllCommand,traceFlashProgramOffCommand
+hi link traceFlashProgramCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceFlashCreateCommand '\(create\)' contained
+hi link traceFlashCreateCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceFlashTargetCommand '\(target\)' contained
+hi link traceFlashTargetCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceChdirDoCommand '\(do\)' contained
+hi link traceChdirDoCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceWinpageResetCommand '\(reset\)' contained
+hi link traceWinpageResetCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceWinpageCreateCommand '\(create\)' contained
+hi link traceWinpageCreateCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceWinpageSelectCommand '\(select\)' contained
+hi link traceWinpageSelectCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceAreaResetCommand '\(reset\)' contained
+hi link traceAreaResetCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceAreaCreateCommand '\(create\)' contained
+hi link traceAreaCreateCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceAreaSelectCommand '\(select\)' contained
+hi link traceAreaSelectCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceAreaViewCommand '\(view\)' contained
+hi link traceAreaViewCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceOsPsdCommand '\(psd()\)' contained
+hi link traceOsPsdCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceOsPtdCommand '\(ptd()\)' contained
+hi link traceOsPtdCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceOsEnvCommand '\(env\)' contained
+hi link traceOsEnvCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceOsFileCommand '\(file\)' contained
+hi link traceOsFileCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceStringCutCommand '\(cut\)' contained
+hi link traceStringCutCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceStringScanCommand '\(scan\)' contained
+hi link traceStringScanCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceSystemCpuCommand '\(cpu\)' contained
+hi link traceSystemCpuCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceSystemBdmclockCommand '\(bdmclock\)' contained
+hi link traceSystemBdmclockCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceSystemUpCommand '\(up\)' contained
+hi link traceSystemUpCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceRegisterSetCommand '\(set\)' contained
+hi link traceRegisterSetCommand traceCommand
+
+" third commands
+syn match traceDataLoadBinaryCommand '\(binary\|b\)' contained
+hi link traceDataLoadBinaryCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceDataLoadElfCommand '\(elf\)' contained
+hi link traceDataLoadElfCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceFlashEraseAllCommand '\(all\)' contained
+hi link traceFlashEraseAllCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceFlashProgramAllCommand '\(all\)' contained
+hi link traceFlashProgramAllCommand traceCommand
+syn match traceFlashProgramOffCommand '\(off\)' contained
+hi link traceFlashProgramOffCommand traceCommand
+
+syn match traceFunction '\<cpufamily\s*(.*)'
+"syn keyword traceBranch goto call
+
+syn match traceOperator "\(:=\)\|\(=\)\|\(<-\)\|\(->\)\|\(>>\)\|[+-]"
+"syn match traceEOS "[.,;:]\(\s\|\n\)"
+syn match traceSeperator "[.,;:]"
+
+" Comments
+syn keyword traceTodo contained TODO FIXME XXX
+" string inside comments
+syn region traceCommentString contained start=+"+ end=+"+ end=+\*/+me=s-1,he=s-1 contains=traceSpecial,traceCommentStar,traceSpecialChar
+syn region traceComment2String contained start=+"+ end=+$\|"+ contains=traceSpecial,traceSpecialChar
+syn match traceCommentCharacter contained "'\\[^']\{1,6\}'" contains=traceSpecialChar
+syn match traceCommentCharacter contained "'\\''" contains=traceSpecialChar
+syn match traceCommentCharacter contained "'[^\\]'"
+"syn region traceComment start="(\*" end="\*)" contains=traceCommentString,traceCommentCharacter,traceNumber,traceTodo
+"syn match traceCommentStar contained "^\s*\*[^/]"me=e-1
+"syn match traceCommentStar contained "^\s*\*$"
+syn match traceLineComment ";.*" contains=traceComment2String,traceCommentCharacter,traceNumber,traceTodo
+hi link traceLineComment traceComment
+hi link traceCommentString traceString
+hi link traceComment2String traceString
+"hi link traceCommentCharacter traceCharacter
+
+" Strings and constants
+syn region traceString start=+"+ end=+"+ contains=ucSpecialChar,ucSpecialError
+"syn match traceNumber "#\?\<\(0[0-7]*\|0[xX]\x\+\|\d\+\)[lL]\=\>"
+"syn match traceNumber "#\?$\?\<\x\+\>"
+
+" Define the default highlighting.
+" For version 5.7 and earlier: only when not done already
+" For version 5.8 and later: only when an item doesn't have highlighting yet
+if version >= 508 || !exists("did_trace_syntax_inits")
+ if version < 508
+ let did_trace_syntax_inits = 1
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi link <args>
+ else
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi def link <args>
+ endif
+
+ HiLink traceConditional Conditional
+ HiLink traceRepeat Repeat
+ HiLink traceNumber Number
+ HiLink traceComment Comment
+ HiLink traceString String
+ HiLink traceBranch Statement
+ HiLink traceOperator String
+ HiLink traceEOS String
+ HiLink traceSeperator String
+ HiLink traceLabel Label
+ HiLink traceCommand Statement
+ HiLink traceFunction Function
+
+ delcommand HiLink
+endif
+
+let b:current_syntax = "trace"
+
+if main_syntax == 'trace'
+ unlet main_syntax
+endif
+
+" vim: ts=8
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/uc.vim b/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/uc.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e72c08a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/syntax/uc.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language: Motorola TPU Microcode
+" Maintainer: Stefan Liebl <S.Liebl@gmx.de>
+" URL: ftp://ftp.
+" Credits: Based on the java.vim syntax file by Claudio Fleiner
+" Last change: 2003 Apr 8
+
+" Please check :help uc.vim for comments on some of the options available.
+
+" For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
+" For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
+if version < 600
+ syntax clear
+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" we define it here so that included files can test for it
+if !exists("main_syntax")
+ let main_syntax='tpu'
+endif
+
+" keyword definitions
+syn keyword tpuConditional if then
+syn keyword tpuRepeat repeat
+"syn keyword tpuMacro macro
+syn keyword tpuEntryDef start_address name cond end disable_match return
+syn keyword tpuHsr hsr0 hsr1
+syn keyword tpuRegs tsr lsr tbs p pac pin ccl C Z P A N SR ERT DIOB P_High P_Low P_high P_low TCR1
+syn keyword tpuFlags flag1 flag2 Flag0 Flag1 Flag2
+syn keyword tpuBranch goto call
+syn keyword tpuChan chan
+syn keyword tpuSetValue set clear high low Low High max nil no_change
+syn keyword tpuSet write_mer enable_mtsr neg_mrl neg_lsl neg_tdl out_m1_c1 match_gte
+syn keyword tpuSetExpr ram au shift no_flush flush
+syn keyword tpuIsr cir
+
+syn match tpuOperator "\(:=\)\|\(=\)\|\(<-\)\|\(->\)\|\(>>\)\|[+-]"
+syn match tpuEOS "[.,;:]\(\s\|\n\)"
+syn match tpuSeperator "[.,;:]"
+
+syn cluster tpuRegister contains=tpuFlags,tpuRegs
+hi link tpuRegs tpuRegister
+hi link tpuFlags tpuRegister
+hi link tpuSetValue tpuSet
+hi link tpuSetExpr tpuSet
+
+" %entry ...
+syn region tpuEntry start="^\s*%entry" end="\." contains=tpuEntryDef,tpuOperator,tpuSeparator,tpuNumber
+syn match tpuLabel "^\w\+:"
+
+" marco definitions
+syn region tpuMacroDef start="^\s*%\s*macro\>" skip="\\$" end="\." contains=ALLBUT,tpuMarcoDef
+syn region tpuMacroUse start="@\w*" end="\>"
+
+" Comments
+syn keyword tpuTodo contained TODO FIXME XXX
+" string inside comments
+syn region tpuCommentString contained start=+"+ end=+"+ end=+\*/+me=s-1,he=s-1 contains=tpuSpecial,tpuCommentStar,tpuSpecialChar
+syn region tpuComment2String contained start=+"+ end=+$\|"+ contains=tpuSpecial,tpuSpecialChar
+syn match tpuCommentCharacter contained "'\\[^']\{1,6\}'" contains=tpuSpecialChar
+syn match tpuCommentCharacter contained "'\\''" contains=tpuSpecialChar
+syn match tpuCommentCharacter contained "'[^\\]'"
+syn region tpuComment start="(\*" end="\*)" contains=tpuCommentString,tpuCommentCharacter,tpuNumber,tpuTodo
+syn match tpuCommentStar contained "^\s*\*[^/]"me=e-1
+syn match tpuCommentStar contained "^\s*\*$"
+"syn match tpuLineComment "//.*" contains=tpuComment2String,tpuCommentCharacter,tpuNumber,tpuTodo
+hi link tpuCommentString tpuString
+hi link tpuComment2String tpuString
+"hi link tpuCommentCharacter tpuCharacter
+
+" match the special comment (**)
+"syn match tpuComment "(\*\*)"
+
+" Strings and constants
+syn region tpuString start=+'+ end=+'+ contains=ucSpecialChar,ucSpecialError
+syn match tpuNumber "#\?\<\(0[0-7]*\|0[xX]\x\+\|\d\+\)[lL]\=\>"
+syn match tpuNumber "#\?$\?\<\x\+\>"
+
+" Define the default highlighting.
+" For version 5.7 and earlier: only when not done already
+" For version 5.8 and later: only when an item doesn't have highlighting yet
+if version >= 508 || !exists("did_tpu_syntax_inits")
+ if version < 508
+ let did_tpu_syntax_inits = 1
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi link <args>
+ else
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi def link <args>
+ endif
+
+ HiLink tpuConditional Conditional
+ HiLink tpuRepeat Repeat
+ HiLink tpuNumber Number
+ HiLink tpuComment Comment
+ HiLink tpuMacroDef PreProc
+ HiLink tpuMacroUse PreProc
+ HiLink tpuEntry Function
+ HiLink tpuEntryDef Statement
+ HiLink tpuString String
+ HiLink tpuRegister Identifier
+ HiLink tpuBranch Statement
+ HiLink tpuChan Statement
+ HiLink tpuSet Statement
+ HiLink tpuIsr Special
+ HiLink tpuHsr Special
+ HiLink tpuOperator String
+ HiLink tpuEOS String
+ HiLink tpuSeperator String
+ HiLink tpuLabel Label
+
+ delcommand HiLink
+endif
+
+let b:current_syntax = "tpu"
+
+if main_syntax == 'tpu'
+ unlet main_syntax
+endif
+
+" vim: ts=8
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/templates/file.tps b/vimfiles.stefan/templates/file.tps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..369d1fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/templates/file.tps
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * FILENAME: %-r%-e
+ *
+ * AUTHOR: IST_LIEBL
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION:
+ *
+ *
+ *
+ * HISTORY:
+ *
+ * %date IST_LIEBL
+ * created file
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * includes
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stdtype.h" /* uint8, ... */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * defines
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * constants
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * variables
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * public function prototypes
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * privat function prototypes
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * public functions
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * privat functions
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* end of file: %-r%-e */
+%line9%col5
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/templates/file_c.tpl b/vimfiles.stefan/templates/file_c.tpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad32e44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/templates/file_c.tpl
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * FILENAME: %filename
+ *
+ * AUTHOR: %author
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION:
+ *
+ *
+ *
+ * HISTORY:
+ *
+ * %date %author
+ * created file
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * includes
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "std_type.h" /* uint8, ... */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * function prototypes
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * public functions
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * privat functions
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* end of file: %filename */
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/templates/file_h.tpl b/vimfiles.stefan/templates/file_h.tpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6d52e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/templates/file_h.tpl
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * FILENAME: %filename
+ *
+ * AUTHOR: %author
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION:
+ *
+ *
+ *
+ * HISTORY:
+ *
+ * %date %author
+ * created file
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _%basename_H
+#define _%basename_H
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * includes
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "std_type.h" /* uint8, ... */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * defines
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * typedefs
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * constants
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * variables
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * public functions
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#endif /* _%basename_H */
+/* end of file: %filename */
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/templates/funct.tpl b/vimfiles.stefan/templates/funct.tpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68d6b46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/templates/funct.tpl
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+ /*************************************************************************
+ * FUNCTION:
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION:
+ *
+ * RETURNS:
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/templates/html.tpl b/vimfiles.stefan/templates/html.tpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6a511d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/templates/html.tpl
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE></TITLE>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/tools/cscope.exe b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/cscope.exe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7f70d1
Binary files /dev/null and b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/cscope.exe differ
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/tools/ctags.exe b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/ctags.exe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c17d76a
Binary files /dev/null and b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/ctags.exe differ
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/tools/patch.exe b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/patch.exe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc0bdb0
Binary files /dev/null and b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/patch.exe differ
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/tools/python23.dll b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/python23.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6ad008
Binary files /dev/null and b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/python23.dll differ
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/tools/python24.dll b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/python24.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..825ae2f
Binary files /dev/null and b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/python24.dll differ
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/tools/tee.exe b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/tee.exe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b32b2a
Binary files /dev/null and b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/tee.exe differ
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/tools/untee.bat b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/untee.bat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0216078
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/tools/untee.bat
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+@rem redirect stderr to stdout
+@%* 2>&1
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc b/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e41449
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+" Setzen des Runtimepath, in dem die Vimfiles gesucht werden:
+let &runtimepath = $VIMRUNTIME
+let &runtimepath = &runtimepath . ',' . g:vimsuite . '/vimfiles'
+let &runtimepath = &runtimepath . ',' . g:vimsuite . '/vimfiles.latex'
+let &runtimepath = &runtimepath . ',' . g:vimsuite . '/HTML'
+let &runtimepath = &runtimepath . ',' . g:vimsuite . '/vimfiles.damos'
+let &runtimepath = &runtimepath . ',' . g:vimsuite . '/vimfiles.cvim'
+let &runtimepath = &runtimepath . ',' . g:vimsuite . '/vimfiles.vjde'
+let &runtimepath = &runtimepath . ',' . g:vimfiles
+
+" Laden weiterer Einstellungen:
+if has("win32")
+ let g:os ='dos'
+ execute 'source ' . expand(g:vimfiles . '/vimrc.dos')
+else
+ let g:os = 'linux'
+ execute 'source ' . expand(g:vimfiles . '/vimrc.linux')
+endif
+
+if !exists('nobmsk')
+ execute 'source ' . expand(g:vimfiles . '/vimrc.bmsk')
+endif
+
+" global settings
+" ---------------
+" Use Vim settings, rather then Vi settings (much better!).
+" This must be first, because it changes other options as a side effect.
+set nocompatible
+set nobackup " keep no backup file
+set history=50 " keep 50 lines of command line history
+set ruler " show the cursor position all the time
+set showcmd " display incomplete commands
+
+" filetype detection
+filetype on
+filetype plugin on
+filetype plugin indent on
+"syntax highlighing
+"syntax on
+syntax enable
+
+" no syntax highliting when printing
+set printoptions+=syntax:n
+
+"highlite search
+set incsearch
+set hlsearch
+
+" set global option for substitute
+set gdefault
+" case sensitive search
+set noignorecase
+
+" set very intelligent formatting
+set formatoptions=croqwan2
+
+" swap and backup directory
+let &directory = g:swapdir
+if !(isdirectory(g:swapdir))
+ try
+ call mkdir(g:swapdir, 'p')
+ echo 'swapdir ' . g:swapdir . ' wurde erzeugt'
+ catch
+ echo 'swapdir ' . g:swapdir . ' existiert nicht und konnte nicht erzeugt werden'
+ echo 'bitte erzeugen oder in ' . $VIMRUNTIME . '/../_vimrc �ndern'
+ echo '---'
+ set directory&
+ endtry
+endif
+let &backupdir = g:backupdir
+if !(isdirectory(g:backupdir))
+ try
+ call mkdir(g:backupdir, 'p')
+ echo 'backupdir ' . g:backupdir . ' wurde erzeugt'
+ catch
+ echo 'backupdir ' . g:backupdir . ' existiert nicht und konnte nicht erzeugt werden'
+ echo 'bitte erzeugen oder in ' . $VIMRUNTIME . '/../_vimrc �ndern'
+ echo '---'
+ set backupdir&
+ endtry
+endif
+
+" --------
+" Changing
+" --------
+" Don't use Ex mode, use Q for formatting
+"map Q gq
+
+" overwrite selected text
+vnoremap p s<C-R>0<ESC>
+vnoremap P s<C-R>0<ESC>
+
+" list tags
+inoremap <C-T> <ESC>:tselect /^<C-R><C-W><CR>
+
+" search for visual block
+vnoremap <silent> g/ y/\V<C-R>=substitute(escape(@@,"/\\"),"\n","\\\\n","ge")<CR><CR>
+vnoremap <silent> g? y?\V<C-R>=substitute(escape(@@,"?\\"),"\n","\\\\n","ge")<CR><CR>
+
+" -------
+" Display
+" -------
+" switchbuffer: use open window, split if new
+"set switchbuf=useopen,split
+set switchbuf=useopen
+" wrap long lines
+set wrap
+" show line-numbers
+set number
+" show title
+set title
+" show matching bracket
+set showmatch
+" matchtime in 1/10 seconds
+set matchtime=5
+" show wrapped line
+set showbreak=-->
+" show position of cursor
+set ruler
+" show incomplete command
+set showcmd
+" match braces
+"nnoremap g4 /[\(\{\[]<CR>:nohls<CR>v%o
+"vnoremap g4 vg4
+
+" set textwidth to 78
+set textwidth=78
+
+" special characters
+" list special characters
+set list
+" special characters:
+set listchars=eol:$,tab:>\ ,trail:_,extends:�,precedes:�
+" special characters for keywords
+" set iskeyword+=
+
+" horizontal scrollbar in diff-mode
+if &diff
+ set guioptions+=b
+endif
+
+" ------
+" Moving
+" ------
+" scrollwith at ^U and ^D
+set scroll=5
+" lines around the cursor
+set scrolloff=10
+" wrap line at (b=<BS>, s=<space>, h, l, <, >, [, ])
+set whichwrap=
+" backspace deletes: (indent,eol,start)
+set backspace=indent,start
+" find word under cursor
+nnoremap + /<C-R><C-W><CR>
+" mark word under cursor
+nnoremap gm :let @/ = "<C-R><C-W>"<CR>:set hlsearch<CR>
+" go to tag under cursor
+nnoremap <TAB> g<C-]>
+"nnoremap <CR> g<C-]>
+nnoremap <CR> :tag <C-R><C-W><CR>
+" return to previous position
+nnoremap <S-TAB> <C-T>
+nnoremap <BS> <C-T>
+nnoremap <S-CR> <C-T>
+" find next error
+nnoremap <C-N> :cn<CR>
+" go back to previous edited file
+nnoremap gb :edit #<CR>
+
+" -----------
+" come and go
+" -----------
+set sessionoptions=blank,buffers,curdir,globals,winsize
+" open window size
+autocmd GUIEnter * winsize 100 60
+" read and write files automatically
+set autoread
+set autowrite
+set autowriteall
+" keep original files for these filetypes
+set patchmode=
+" jump to '" when reading a file
+"autocmd BufEnter *
+"autocmd BufReadPost *
+" \ if line("'\"") > 0 && line("'\"") <= line("$") |
+" \ execute "normal g'\"" |
+" \ endif
+
+" set nomodifiable on writeprotected files
+autocmd BufReadPost *
+ \ if &readonly == 1 |
+ \ execute ':set nomodifiable' |
+ \ else |
+ \ execute ':set modifiable' |
+ \ endif
+" read all files on got of focus
+" autocmd FocusGained * execute
+" save all files on loss of focus
+autocmd FocusLost * execute ':wa'
+
+" -----------
+" spell check
+" -----------
+set spelllang=de
+set spellfile=$VIM/myspell.add
+let &spellfile=&spellfile . ',' . g:vimfiles . '/spell/bmsk.add'
+
+" -------------
+" other Plugins
+" -------------
+
+" GetLatestVimScripts
+let $http_proxy='http://qx13468:tinaist1@proxy.muc:8080'
+let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget= "c:/tools/wget/wget.exe"
+let g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv= "move"
+"let $HOME=g:vimsuite
+
+if exists('g:debug')
+ if (g:debug > 0)
+ echo 'loaded vimrc'
+ endif
+endif
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc.bmsk b/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc.bmsk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d16448c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc.bmsk
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+let g:Austausch = expand('//easerv.muc/Organisation/ea-41/Austausch')
+let g:myAustausch = expand(g:Austausch . '/Liebl')
+let g:bmskWA = expand('c:/wa')
+let g:WA = expand('c:/wa')
+let g:ccm = expand('c:/ec-apps/cmsynergy/ccm64/bin/ccm.exe')
+
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc.dos b/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc.dos
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e55bcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc.dos
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+
+"let g:debug = 1
+
+let g:backupdir = expand($TEMP . '/vi')
+let g:swapdir = expand($TEMP . '/vi')
+
+let g:gvim = expand($VIMRUNTIME . '/gvim.exe ')
+let g:pythonPath = expand('c:/wa/tools/python/2.4.1')
+let g:diff = expand($VIMRUNTIME . '/diff ')
+let g:svn = expand('svn ')
+let g:cvs = expand('cvs ')
+let g:cp = expand('copy ')
+let g:rm = expand('del ')
+let g:rm_f = expand('del ') . '/Q '
+let g:mkdir = expand('mkdir ')
+
+" unix-tools
+let g:vimtools = expand(g:vimfiles . '/tools')
+let g:patch = expand(g:vimtools . '/patch.exe ')
+let g:ctags = expand(g:vimtools . '/ctags.exe ')
+let g:cscope = expand(g:vimtools . '/cscope.exe ')
+let g:tee = expand(g:vimtools . '/tee.exe ')
+let g:untee = expand(g:vimtools . '/untee.bat ')
+
+"let g:nobmsk = 1
+"let g:nobmskmenu = 1
+"let g:noccm = 1
+"let g:noccmmenu = 1
+
+if has('gui')
+
+ " set Font
+" set guifont=Lucida_Console:h7
+ set guifont=Terminal:h6
+ "set guifontwide=
+
+ " Set standards for GUI
+ set guioptions=arL
+ "set menu
+ set guioptions+=m
+ "set tearoff-feature
+ set guioptions+=t
+ " add toolbar
+" set guioptions+=T
+
+ colorscheme Stefan
+endif
diff --git a/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc.linux b/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc.linux
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..208dd6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles.stefan/vimrc.linux
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+"let g:debug = 1
+
+let g:backupdir = expand('/tmp')
+let g:swapdir = expand('/tmp')
+
+let g:gvim = expand('gvim ')
+let g:python = expand('python ')
+let g:diff = expand('diff ')
+let g:svn = expand('svn ')
+let g:cvs = expand('cvs ')
+let g:cp = expand('cp ')
+let g:rm = expand('rm ')
+let g:rm_f = expand('rm -rf ')
+let g:mkdir = expand('mkdir ')
+
+" unix-tools
+let g:patch = expand('patch ')
+let g:cscope = expand('cscope ')
+
+set printexpr=system('kprinter\ '.v:fname_in).delete(v:fname_in)+v:shell_error
+
+let g:nobmsk = 1
+let g:nobmskmenu = 1
+let g:noccm = 1
+let g:noccmmenu = 1
+
+if has('gui')
+
+ " set Font
+ "set guifont=Fixedsys
+ "set guifont=Terminal:h6
+ "set guifontwide=
+
+ " Set standards for GUI
+ set guioptions=arL
+ "set menu
+ set guioptions+=m
+ "set tearoff-feature
+ set guioptions+=t
+ " add toolbar
+" set guioptions+=T
+
+ colorscheme Stefan
+endif
diff --git a/vimfiles/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat b/vimfiles/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..789b89a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+ScriptID SourceID Filename
+--------------------------
+642 6945 GetLatestVimScripts.vim
+1075 6895 netrw.vim
+1502 6578 vimball.vim
+1008 3118 srec.vim (ftplugin)
+1009 3119 srec.vim (syntax file)
+475 2535 latex-suite (install in vimfiles.latex)
+614 3666 C-Referenz
+670 6208 visincr.vim (Visual Increment)
+862 2635 cscope_quickfix.vim
+51 171 cscope_macros.vim
+102 5306 DirDiff.vim
+1189 6533 matrix.vim
+1173 5475 tcomment
+948 2878 Scons Compiler plugin
+1709 6421 Scons Syntax file
+1772 6973 DAMOS.zip DAMOS tools (von Stefan)
+987 6809 DoxygenToolkit.vim
+1397 6887 xml.vim
diff --git a/vimfiles/after/syntax/help.vim b/vimfiles/after/syntax/help.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd7a073
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/after/syntax/help.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** Name: help.vim - extend standard syntax highlighting for help **
+"** **
+"** Type: syntax file **
+"** **
+"** Author: Christian Habermann **
+"** christian (at) habermann-net (point) de **
+"** **
+"** Copyright: (c) 2002-2004 by Christian Habermann **
+"** **
+"** License: GNU General Public License 2 (GPL 2) or later **
+"** **
+"** This program is free software; you can redistribute it **
+"** and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public **
+"** License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either **
+"** version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later **
+"** version. **
+"** **
+"** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be **
+"** useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied **
+"** warrenty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR **
+"** PURPOSE. **
+"** See the GNU General Public License for more details. **
+"** **
+"** Version: 1.0.1 **
+"** tested under Linux and Win32, VIM and GVIM 6.2 **
+"** **
+"** History: 0.1.0 12. Dec. 2002 - 21. Feb. 2003 **
+"** initial version, not released **
+"** 1.0.0 6. Apr. 2003 **
+"** no changes, first release **
+"** 1.0.1 3. Mar. 2004 **
+"** marker changed from 0xa7 to $ in order to avoid problems **
+"** with fonts that use codes > 0x7f as multibyte characters **
+"** (e.g. Chinese, Korean, Japanese... fonts) **
+"** **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** Description: **
+"** This syntax file extends the standard syntax highlighting for help **
+"** files. This is needed in order to view the C-reference manual **
+"** of the project CRefVim correctly. **
+"** This syntax file is only active for the help file named **
+"** "crefvim.txt". For other help files no extention on syntax **
+"** highlighting is applied. **
+"** **
+"** For futher information see crefvimdoc.txt or do :help crefvimdoc **
+"** **
+"** Happy viming... **
+"*****************************************************************************
+
+
+" extend syntax-highlighting for "crefvim.txt" only (not case-sensitive)
+
+if tolower(expand("%:t"))=="crefvim.txt"
+ syn match helpCRVSubStatement "statement[0-9Ns]*" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubCondition "condition[0-9]*" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubExpression "expression[0-9]*" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubExpr "expr[0-9N]" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubType "type-name" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubIdent "identifier" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubIdentList "identifier-list" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubOperand "operand[0-9]*" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubConstExpr "constant-expression[1-9Ns]*" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubClassSpec "storage-class-specifier" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubTypeSpec "type-specifier" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubEnumList "enumerator-list" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubDecl "declarator" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubRetType "return-type" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubFuncName "function-name" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubParamList "parameter-list" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubReplList "replacement-list" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubNewLine "newline" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubMessage "message" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubFilename "filename" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubDigitSeq "digit-sequence" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubMacroNames "macro-name[s]*" contained
+ syn match helpCRVSubDirective "directive" contained
+
+
+ syn match helpCRVignore "\$[a-zA-Z0-9\\\*/\._=()\-+%<>&\^|!~\?:,\[\];{}#\'\" ]\+\$" contains=helpCRVstate
+ syn match helpCRVstate "[a-zA-Z0-9\\\*/\._=()\-+%<>&\^|!~\?:,\[\];{}#\'\" ]\+" contained contains=helpCRVSub.*
+
+
+ hi helpCRVitalic term=italic cterm=italic gui=italic
+
+ hi def link helpCRVstate Comment
+ hi def link helpCRVSubStatement helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubCondition helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubExpression helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubExpr helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubOperand helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubType helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubIdent helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubIdentList helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubConstExpr helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubClassSpec helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubTypeSpec helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubEnumList helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubDecl helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubRetType helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubFuncName helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubParamList helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubReplList helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubNewLine helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubMessage helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubFilename helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubDigitSeq helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubMacroNames helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVSubDirective helpCRVitalic
+ hi def link helpCRVignore Ignore
+endif
+
+" vim: ts=8 sw=2
diff --git a/vimfiles/autoload/getscript.vim b/vimfiles/autoload/getscript.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62b09bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/autoload/getscript.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,501 @@
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" getscript.vim
+" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Date: Nov 27, 2006
+" Version: 23
+" Installing: :help glvs-install
+" Usage: :help glvs
+"
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 642 1 :AutoInstall: getscript.vim
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Initialization: {{{1
+" if you're sourcing this file, surely you can't be
+" expecting vim to be in its vi-compatible mode
+if &cp
+ echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepfo = &fo
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
+ finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v23"
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Global Variables: {{{1
+" allow user to change the command for obtaining scripts (does fetch work?)
+if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget")
+ if executable("wget")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget= "wget"
+ elseif executable("curl")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget= "curl"
+ else
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget = 'echo "GetLatestVimScripts needs wget or curl"'
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options = ""
+ endif
+endif
+
+" options that wget and curl require:
+if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_options")
+ if g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget == "wget"
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options= "-q -O"
+ elseif g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget == "curl"
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options= "-s -O"
+ else
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options= ""
+ endif
+endif
+
+" by default, allow autoinstall lines to work
+if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 1
+endif
+
+"" For debugging:
+"let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget = "echo"
+"let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options = "options"
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Check If AutoInstall Capable: {{{1
+let s:autoinstall= ""
+if g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
+
+ if (has("win32") || has("gui_win32") || has("gui_win32s") || has("win16") || has("win64") || has("win32unix") || has("win95")) && &shell != "bash"
+ " windows (but not cygwin/bash)
+ let s:dotvim= "vimfiles"
+ if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv= "ren"
+ endif
+
+ else
+ " unix
+ let s:dotvim= ".vim"
+ if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv= "mv"
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if exists('$HOME') && isdirectory(expand("$HOME")."/".s:dotvim)
+ let s:autoinstall= $HOME."/".s:dotvim
+ endif
+" call Decho("s:autoinstall<".s:autoinstall.">")
+"else "Decho
+" call Decho("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=".g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall.": :AutoInstall: disabled")
+endif
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Public Interface: {{{1
+com! -nargs=0 GetLatestVimScripts call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
+com! -nargs=0 GetScript call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
+silent! com -nargs=0 GLVS call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" GetOneScript: (Get Latest Vim Script) this function operates {{{1
+" on the current line, interpreting two numbers and text as
+" ScriptID, SourceID, and Filename.
+" It downloads any scripts that have newer versions from vim.sf.net.
+fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
+" call Dfunc("GetOneScript()")
+
+ " set options to allow progress to be shown on screen
+ let t_ti= &t_ti
+ let t_te= &t_te
+ let rs = &rs
+ set t_ti= t_te= nors
+
+ " put current line on top-of-screen and interpret it into
+ " a script identifer : used to obtain webpage
+ " source identifier : used to identify current version
+ " and an associated comment: used to report on what's being considered
+ if a:0 >= 3
+ let scriptid = a:1
+ let srcid = a:2
+ let fname = a:3
+ let cmmnt = ""
+" call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
+" call Decho("srcid <".srcid.">")
+" call Decho("fname <".fname.">")
+ else
+ let curline = getline(".")
+ if curline =~ '^\s*#'
+" call Dret("GetOneScript : skipping a pure comment line")
+ return
+ endif
+ let parsepat = '^\s*\(\d\+\)\s\+\(\d\+\)\s\+\(.\{-}\)\(\s*#.*\)\=$'
+ try
+ let scriptid = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\1','e')
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
+ let scriptid= 0
+ endtry
+ try
+ let srcid = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\2','e')
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
+ let srcid= 0
+ endtry
+ try
+ let fname= substitute(curline,parsepat,'\3','e')
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
+ let fname= ""
+ endtry
+ try
+ let cmmnt= substitute(curline,parsepat,'\4','e')
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
+ let cmmnt= ""
+ endtry
+" call Decho("curline <".curline.">")
+" call Decho("parsepat<".parsepat.">")
+" call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
+" call Decho("srcid <".srcid.">")
+" call Decho("fname <".fname.">")
+ endif
+
+ if scriptid == 0 || srcid == 0
+ " When looking for :AutoInstall: lines, skip scripts that
+ " have 0 0 scriptname
+" call Dret("GetOneScript : skipping a scriptid==srcid==0 line")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let doautoinstall= 0
+ if fname =~ ":AutoInstall:"
+" call Decho("fname<".fname."> has :AutoInstall:...")
+ let aicmmnt= substitute(fname,'\s\+:AutoInstall:\s\+',' ','')
+" call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt."> s:autoinstall=".s:autoinstall)
+ if s:autoinstall != ""
+ let doautoinstall = g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
+ endif
+ else
+ let aicmmnt= fname
+ endif
+" call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt.">: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
+
+ exe "norm z\<CR>"
+ redraw!
+" call Decho('considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid)
+ echomsg 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
+
+ " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sf.net webpage
+ let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sf.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
+ let tmpfile = tempname()
+ let v:errmsg = ""
+
+ " make three tries at downloading the description
+ let itry= 1
+ while itry <= 3
+" call Decho("try#".itry." to download description of <".aicmmnt."> with addr=".scriptaddr)
+ if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
+" call Decho("silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile.' "'.scriptaddr.'"')
+ exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile.' "'.scriptaddr.'"'
+ else
+" call Decho("silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile." '".scriptaddr."'")
+ exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile." '".scriptaddr."'"
+ endif
+ if itry == 1
+ exe "silent vsplit ".tmpfile
+ else
+ silent! e %
+ endif
+
+ " find the latest source-id in the plugin's webpage
+ silent! 1
+ let findpkg= search('Click on the package to download','W')
+ if findpkg > 0
+ break
+ endif
+ let itry= itry + 1
+ endwhile
+" call Decho(" --- end downloading tries while loop --- itry=".itry)
+
+ " testing: did finding /Click on the package.../ fail?
+ if findpkg == 0 || itry >= 4
+ silent q!
+ call delete(tmpfile)
+ " restore options
+ let &t_ti = t_ti
+ let &t_te = t_te
+ let &rs = rs
+ let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
+" call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
+ echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
+" call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /Click on the package/ failed")
+ return
+ endif
+" call Decho('found "Click on the package to download"')
+
+ let findsrcid= search('src_id=','W')
+ if findsrcid == 0
+ silent q!
+ call delete(tmpfile)
+ " restore options
+ let &t_ti = t_ti
+ let &t_te = t_te
+ let &rs = rs
+ let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
+" call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
+ echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
+" call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /src_id/ failed")
+ return
+ endif
+" call Decho('found "src_id=" in description page')
+
+ let srcidpat = '^\s*<td class.*src_id=\(\d\+\)">\([^<]\+\)<.*$'
+ let latestsrcid= substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\1','')
+ let fname = substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\2','')
+" call Decho("srcidpat<".srcidpat."> latestsrcid<".latestsrcid."> fname<".fname.">")
+ silent q!
+ call delete(tmpfile)
+
+ " convert the strings-of-numbers into numbers
+ let srcid = srcid + 0
+ let latestsrcid = latestsrcid + 0
+" call Decho("srcid=".srcid." latestsrcid=".latestsrcid." fname<".fname.">")
+
+ " has the plugin's most-recent srcid increased, which indicates
+ " that it has been updated
+ if latestsrcid > srcid
+ let s:downloads= s:downloads + 1
+ if fname == bufname("%")
+ " GetLatestVimScript has to be careful about downloading itself
+ let fname= "NEW_".fname
+ endif
+
+ " the plugin has been updated since we last obtained it, so download a new copy
+" call Decho("...downloading new <".fname.">")
+ echomsg "...downloading new <".fname.">"
+ if has("win32") || has("gui_win32") || has("gui_win32s") || has("win16") || has("win64") || has("win32unix") || has("win95")
+" call Decho("windows: silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".fname.' "'.'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid.'"')
+ exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".fname.' "'.'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid.'"'
+ else
+" call Decho("unix: silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".fname." '".'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid."'")
+ exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".fname." '".'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid."'"
+ endif
+
+ " AutoInstall: only if doautoinstall is so indicating
+ if doautoinstall
+" call Decho("attempting to do autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".fname.")=".filereadable(fname))
+ if filereadable(fname)
+" call Decho("move <".fname."> to ".s:autoinstall)
+" call Decho("DISABLED for testing")
+ exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".fname." ".s:autoinstall
+ let curdir= escape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+ exe "cd ".s:autoinstall
+ if fname =~ '\.bz2$'
+" call Decho("attempt to bunzip2 ".fname)
+ exe "silent !bunzip2 ".fname
+ let fname= substitute(fname,'\.bz2$','','')
+ elseif fname =~ '\.gz$'
+" call Decho("attempt to gunzip ".fname)
+ exe "silent !gunzip ".fname
+ let fname= substitute(fname,'\.gz$','','')
+ endif
+ if fname =~ '\.zip$'
+" call Decho("attempt to unzip ".fname)
+ exe "silent !unzip -o".fname
+ elseif fname =~ '\.tar$'
+" call Decho("attempt to untar ".fname)
+ exe "silent !tar -xvf ".fname
+ elseif fname =~ '\.vba$'
+" call Decho("attempt to handle a vimball: ".fname)
+ 1split
+ exe "e ".fname
+ so %
+ q
+ endif
+ if fname =~ '.vim$'
+" call Decho("attempt to simply move ".fname." to plugin")
+ exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".fname." plugin"
+ endif
+ let docdir= substitute(&rtp,',.*','','e')."/doc"
+" call Decho("helptags docdir<".docdir.">")
+ exe "helptags ".docdir
+ exe "cd ".curdir
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " update the data in the <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file
+ let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." ".fname.cmmnt
+ call setline(line("."),modline)
+" call Decho("modline<".modline."> (updated GetLatestVimScripts.dat file)")
+ endif
+
+ " restore options
+ let &t_ti= t_ti
+ let &t_te= t_te
+ let &rs = rs
+
+" call Dret("GetOneScript")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" GetLatestVimScripts: this function gets the latest versions of {{{1
+" scripts based on the list in
+" (first dir in runtimepath)/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
+" call Dfunc("GetLatestVimScripts() autoinstall<".s:autoinstall.">")
+
+" insure that wget is executable
+ if executable(g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget) != 1
+ echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts needs ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." which apparently is not available on your system"
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : wget not executable/availble")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " Find the .../GetLatest subdirectory under the runtimepath
+ for datadir in split(&rtp,',') + ['']
+ if isdirectory(datadir."/GetLatest")
+" call Decho("found directory<".datadir.">")
+ let datadir= datadir . "/GetLatest"
+ break
+ endif
+ if filereadable(datadir."GetLatestVimScripts.dat")
+" call Decho("found ".datadir."/GetLatestVimScripts.dat")
+ break
+ endif
+ endfor
+ " Sanity checks: readability and writability
+ if datadir == ""
+ echoerr 'Missing "GetLatest/" on your runtimepath - see :help glvs-dist-install'
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : unable to find a GetLatest subdirectory")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ if filewritable(datadir) != 2
+ echoerr "(getLatestVimScripts) Your ".datadir." isn't writable"
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable directory<".datadir.">")
+ return
+ endif
+ let datafile= datadir."/GetLatestVimScripts.dat"
+ if !filereadable(datafile)
+ echoerr "Your data file<".datafile."> isn't readable"
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-readable datafile<".datafile.">")
+ return
+ endif
+ if !filewritable(datafile)
+ echoerr "Your data file<".datafile."> isn't writable"
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable datafile<".datafile.">")
+ return
+ endif
+" call Decho("datadir <".datadir.">")
+" call Decho("datafile <".datafile.">")
+
+ " don't let any events interfere (like winmanager's, taglist's, etc)
+ let eikeep= &ei
+ set ei=all
+
+ " record current directory, change to datadir, open split window with
+ " datafile
+ let origdir= getcwd()
+ exe "cd ".escape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+ split
+ exe "e ".escape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+ res 1000
+ let s:downloads = 0
+ let s:downerrors= 0
+
+ " Check on dependencies mentioned in plugins
+" call Decho(" ")
+" call Decho("searching plugins for GetLatestVimScripts dependencies")
+ let lastline = line("$")
+ let plugins = globpath(&rtp,"plugin/*.vim")
+ let foundscript = 0
+
+" call Decho("plugins<".plugins."> lastline#".lastline)
+ while plugins != ""
+ let plugin = substitute(plugins,'\n.*$','','e')
+ let plugins= (plugins =~ '\n')? substitute(plugins,'^.\{-}\n\(.*\)$','\1','e') : ""
+ $
+" call Decho(".dependency checking<".plugin."> line$=".line("$"))
+ exe "silent r ".plugin
+ while search('^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+','W') != 0
+ let newscript= substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+\s\+\(.*\)$','\1','e')
+ let llp1 = lastline+1
+
+ if newscript !~ '^"'
+ " found a "GetLatestVimScripts: # #" line in the script; check if its already in the datafile
+ let curline = line(".")
+ let noai_script = substitute(newscript,'\s*:AutoInstall:\s*','','e')
+ exe llp1
+ let srchline = search('\<'.noai_script.'\>','bW')
+" call Decho("..newscript<".newscript."> noai_script<".noai_script."> srch=".srchline." lastline=".lastline)
+
+ if srchline == 0
+ " found a new script to permanently include in the datafile
+ let keep_rega = @a
+ let @a = substitute(getline(curline),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+','','')
+ exe lastline."put a"
+ echomsg "Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".newscript
+" call Decho("..APPEND (".noai_script.")<".@a."> to GetLatestVimScripts.dat")
+ let @a = keep_rega
+ let lastline = llp1
+ let curline = curline + 1
+ let foundscript = foundscript + 1
+" else " Decho
+" call Decho("..found <".noai_script."> (already in datafile at line#".srchline.")")
+ endif
+
+ let curline = curline + 1
+ exe curline
+ endif
+
+ endwhile
+ let llp1= lastline + 1
+" call Decho(".deleting lines: ".llp1.",$d")
+ exe "silent! ".llp1.",$d"
+ endwhile
+
+ if foundscript == 0
+ set nomod
+ endif
+
+ " Check on out-of-date scripts using GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+ set lz
+" call Decho(" --- end of dependency checking loop --- ")
+" call Decho("call GetOneScript on lines at end of datafile<".datafile.">")
+ 1
+ /^-----/,$g/^\s*\d/call <SID>GetOneScript()
+
+ " Final report (an echomsg)
+ try
+ silent! ?^-------?
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E114/
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : nothing done!")
+ return
+ endtry
+ exe "norm! kz\<CR>"
+ redraw!
+ let s:msg = ""
+ if s:downloads == 1
+ let s:msg = "Downloaded one updated script to <".datadir.">"
+ elseif s:downloads == 2
+ let s:msg= "Downloaded two updated scripts to <".datadir.">"
+ elseif s:downloads > 1
+ let s:msg= "Downloaded ".s:downloads." updated scripts to <".datadir.">"
+ else
+ let s:msg= "Everything was already current"
+ endif
+ if s:downerrors > 0
+ let s:msg= s:msg." (".s:downerrors." downloading errors)"
+ endif
+ echomsg s:msg
+ " save the file
+ if &mod
+ silent! w!
+ endif
+ q
+
+ " restore events and current directory
+ exe "cd ".escape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+ let &ei= eikeep
+ set nolz
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : did ".s:downloads." downloads")
+endfun
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+" Restore Options: {{{1
+let &fo = s:keepfo
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+
+" vim: ts=8 sts=2 fdm=marker nowrap
diff --git a/vimfiles/autoload/netrw.vim b/vimfiles/autoload/netrw.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2c5110
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/autoload/netrw.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,5303 @@
+" netrw.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across
+" AUTOLOAD SECTION
+" Date: Mar 21, 2007
+" Version: 108
+" Maintainer: Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
+" with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
+" notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
+" netrw.vim, netrwPlugin.vim, and netrwSettings.vim are provided
+" *as is* and comes with no warranty of any kind, either
+" expressed or implied. By using this plugin, you agree that
+" in no event will the copyright holder be liable for any damages
+" resulting from the use of this software.
+" of this software.
+" COMBAK: worked with tmpfile s:GetTempname() in NetRead() NetWrite()
+" !!NEEDS DEBUGGING && TESTING!!!
+"redraw!|call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
+"
+" But be doers of the Word, and not only hearers, deluding your own selves {{{1
+" (James 1:22 RSV)
+" =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+" Load Once: {{{1
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrw")
+ finish
+endif
+if !exists("s:NOTE")
+ let s:NOTE = 0
+ let s:WARNING = 1
+ let s:ERROR = 2
+endif
+let g:loaded_netrw = "v108"
+if v:version < 700
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"you need vim version 7.0 or later for version ".g:loaded_netrw." of netrw",1)
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+setlocal cpo&vim
+"DechoTabOn
+"call Decho("doing autoload/netrw.vim version ".g:loaded_netrw)
+
+" ======================
+" Netrw Variables: {{{1
+" ======================
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Netrw Constants: {{{2
+if !exists("g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX")
+ let g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX= 0
+endif
+if !exists("g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT")
+ let g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT= 0
+endif
+if !exists("s:LONGLIST")
+ let s:THINLIST = 0
+ let s:LONGLIST = 1
+ let s:WIDELIST = 2
+ let s:TREELIST = 3
+ let s:MAXLIST = 4
+endif
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Default values for netrw's global protocol variables {{{2
+if !exists("g:netrw_dav_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_dav_cmd = "cadaver"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_fetch_cmd")
+ if executable("fetch")
+ let g:netrw_fetch_cmd = "fetch -o"
+ else
+ let g:netrw_fetch_cmd = ""
+ endif
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_ftp_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_ftp_cmd = "ftp"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_http_cmd")
+ if executable("curl")
+ let g:netrw_http_cmd = "curl -o"
+ elseif executable("wget")
+ let g:netrw_http_cmd = "wget -q -O"
+ elseif executable("fetch")
+ let g:netrw_http_cmd = "fetch -o"
+ else
+ let g:netrw_http_cmd = ""
+ endif
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_rcp_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_rcp_cmd = "rcp"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_rsync_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_rsync_cmd = "rsync"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_scp_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_scp_cmd = "scp -q"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_sftp_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_sftp_cmd = "sftp"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_ssh_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_ssh_cmd= "ssh"
+endif
+
+if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+ \ && exists("g:netrw_use_nt_rcp")
+ \ && g:netrw_use_nt_rcp
+ \ && executable( $SystemRoot .'/system32/rcp.exe')
+ let s:netrw_has_nt_rcp = 1
+ let s:netrw_rcpmode = '-b'
+else
+ let s:netrw_has_nt_rcp = 0
+ let s:netrw_rcpmode = ''
+endif
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Default values for netrw's global variables {{{2
+" Default values - a-c ---------- {{{3
+if !exists("g:netrw_alto")
+ let g:netrw_alto= &sb
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_altv")
+ let g:netrw_altv= &spr
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_browse_split")
+ let g:netrw_browse_split= 0
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_chgwin")
+ let g:netrw_chgwin = -1
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
+ if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+ if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
+ let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
+ else
+ let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+ endif
+ else
+ let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+ endif
+else
+ let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+endif
+" Default values - d-f ---------- {{{3
+if !exists("g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT")
+ let g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT= 0
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_dirhistmax")
+ let g:netrw_dirhistmax= 10
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject")
+ let g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject='^total\s\+\d\+$\|^Trying\s\+\d\+.*$\|^KERBEROS_V\d rejected\|^Security extensions not\|No such file\|: connect to address [0-9a-fA-F:]*: No route to host$'
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd")
+ if has("unix") || (exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && g:netrw_cygwin)
+ let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd = "ls -lF"
+ let g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd = "ls -tlF"
+ let g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd = "ls -slF"
+ else
+ let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd = "dir"
+ let g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd = "dir"
+ let g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd = "dir"
+ endif
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_ftpmode")
+ let g:netrw_ftpmode= "binary"
+endif
+" Default values - h-lh ---------- {{{3
+if !exists("g:netrw_hide")
+ let g:netrw_hide= 1
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_ignorenetrc")
+ if &shell =~ '\c\<\%(cmd\|4nt\)\.exe$'
+ let g:netrw_ignorenetrc= 1
+ else
+ let g:netrw_ignorenetrc= 0
+ endif
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_keepdir")
+ let g:netrw_keepdir= 1
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_list_cmd")
+ if g:netrw_scp_cmd =~ '^pscp' && executable("pscp")
+ " provide a 'pscp' listing command
+ if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")) && filereadable("c:\\private.ppk")
+ let g:netrw_scp_cmd ="pscp -i C:\\private.ppk"
+ endif
+ let g:netrw_list_cmd= g:netrw_scp_cmd." -ls USEPORT HOSTNAME:"
+ elseif executable(g:netrw_ssh_cmd)
+ " provide a default listing command
+ let g:netrw_list_cmd= g:netrw_ssh_cmd." USEPORT HOSTNAME ls -FLa"
+ else
+" call Decho(g:netrw_ssh_cmd." is not executable")
+ let g:netrw_list_cmd= ""
+ endif
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_list_hide")
+ let g:netrw_list_hide= ""
+endif
+" Default values - lh-lz ---------- {{{3
+if !exists("g:netrw_local_mkdir")
+ let g:netrw_local_mkdir= "mkdir"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_local_rmdir")
+ let g:netrw_local_rmdir= "rmdir"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_liststyle")
+ let g:netrw_liststyle= s:THINLIST
+endif
+if g:netrw_liststyle < 0 || g:netrw_liststyle >= s:MAXLIST
+ " sanity check
+ let g:netrw_liststyle= s:THINLIST
+endif
+if g:netrw_liststyle == s:LONGLIST && g:netrw_scp_cmd !~ '^pscp'
+ let g:netrw_list_cmd= g:netrw_list_cmd." -l"
+endif
+" Default values - m-r ---------- {{{3
+if !exists("g:netrw_maxfilenamelen")
+ let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen= 32
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_menu")
+ let g:netrw_menu= 1
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_mkdir_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_mkdir_cmd= g:netrw_ssh_cmd." USEPORT HOSTNAME mkdir"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_rename_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_rename_cmd= g:netrw_ssh_cmd." USEPORT HOSTNAME mv"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_rm_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_rm_cmd = g:netrw_ssh_cmd." USEPORT HOSTNAME rm"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_rmdir_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_rmdir_cmd = g:netrw_ssh_cmd." USEPORT HOSTNAME rmdir"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_rmf_cmd")
+ let g:netrw_rmf_cmd = g:netrw_ssh_cmd." USEPORT HOSTNAME rm -f"
+endif
+" Default values - s ---------- {{{3
+if exists("g:netrw_silent") && g:netrw_silent != 0
+ let g:netrw_silentxfer= "silent "
+else
+ let g:netrw_silentxfer= ""
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_fastbrowse")
+ let g:netrw_fastbrowse= 1
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_shq")
+ if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
+ let g:netrw_shq= &shq
+ elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+ if g:netrw_cygwin
+ let g:netrw_shq= "'"
+ else
+ let g:netrw_shq= '"'
+ endif
+ else
+ let g:netrw_shq= "'"
+ endif
+" call Decho("g:netrw_shq<".g:netrw_shq.">")
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_sort_by")
+ " alternatives: date size
+ let g:netrw_sort_by= "name"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_sort_direction")
+ " alternative: reverse (z y x ...)
+ let g:netrw_sort_direction= "normal"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_sort_sequence")
+ let g:netrw_sort_sequence= '[\/]$,\.h$,\.c$,\.cpp$,\.[a-np-z]$,*,\.info$,\.swp$,\.o$\.obj$,\.bak$'
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject")
+ let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject='^total\s\+\d\+$'
+endif
+if !has("patch192")
+ if !exists("g:netrw_use_noswf")
+ let g:netrw_use_noswf= 1
+ endif
+else
+ let g:netrw_use_noswf= 0
+endif
+" Default values - t-w ---------- {{{3
+if !exists("g:netrw_timefmt")
+ let g:netrw_timefmt= "%c"
+endif
+if !exists("g:NetrwTopLvlMenu")
+ let g:NetrwTopLvlMenu= "Netrw."
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_win95ftp")
+ let g:netrw_win95ftp= 1
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_winsize")
+ let g:netrw_winsize= ""
+endif
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Default values for netrw's script variables: {{{2
+if !exists("s:netrw_cd_escape")
+ let s:netrw_cd_escape="[]#*$%'\" ?`!&();<>\\"
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_fname_escape")
+ let g:netrw_fname_escape= ' ?&;'
+endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_tmpfile_escape")
+ let g:netrw_tmpfile_escape= ' ?&;'
+endif
+if !exists("s:netrw_glob_escape")
+ let s:netrw_glob_escape= '[]*?`{~$'
+endif
+
+" BufEnter event ignored by decho when following variable is true
+" Has a side effect that doau BufReadPost doesn't work, so
+" files read by network transfer aren't appropriately highlighted.
+"let g:decho_bufenter = 1 "Decho
+
+" ==============================
+" Netrw Utility Functions: {{{1
+" ==============================
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetSavePosn: saves position of cursor on screen {{{2
+fun! netrw#NetSavePosn()
+" call Dfunc("netrw#NetSavePosn()")
+ " Save current line and column
+ let w:netrw_winnr= winnr()
+ let w:netrw_line = line(".")
+ let w:netrw_col = virtcol(".")
+
+ " Save top-of-screen line
+ norm! H0
+ let w:netrw_hline= line(".")
+
+ call netrw#NetRestorePosn()
+" call Dret("netrw#NetSavePosn : winnr=".w:netrw_winnr." line=".w:netrw_line." col=".w:netrw_col." hline=".w:netrw_hline)
+endfun
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetRestorePosn: restores the cursor and file position as saved by NetSavePosn() {{{2
+fun! netrw#NetRestorePosn()
+" call Dfunc("netrw#NetRestorePosn() winnr=".(exists("w:netrw_winnr")? w:netrw_winnr : -1)." line=".(exists("w:netrw_line")? w:netrw_line : -1)." col=".(exists("w:netrw_col")? w:netrw_col : -1)." hline=".(exists("w:netrw_hline")? w:netrw_hline : -1))
+ let eikeep= &ei
+ set ei=all
+ if expand("%") == "NetrwMessage"
+ exe s:winBeforeErr."wincmd w"
+ endif
+
+ " restore window
+ if exists("w:netrw_winnr")
+" call Decho("restore window: exe silent! ".w:netrw_winnr."wincmd w")
+ exe "silent! ".w:netrw_winnr."wincmd w"
+ endif
+ if v:shell_error == 0
+ " as suggested by Bram M: redraw on no error
+ " allows protocol error messages to remain visible
+ redraw!
+ endif
+
+ " restore top-of-screen line
+ if exists("w:netrw_hline")
+" call Decho("restore topofscreen: exe norm! ".w:netrw_hline."G0z")
+ exe "norm! ".w:netrw_hline."G0z\<CR>"
+ endif
+
+ " restore position
+ if exists("w:netrw_line") && exists("w:netrw_col")
+" call Decho("restore posn: exe norm! ".w:netrw_line."G0".w:netrw_col."|")
+ exe "norm! ".w:netrw_line."G0".w:netrw_col."\<bar>"
+ endif
+
+ let &ei= eikeep
+" call Dret("netrw#NetRestorePosn")
+endfun
+
+" ===============================
+" NetOptionSave: save options and set to "standard" form {{{2
+fun! s:NetOptionSave()
+" call Dfunc("s:NetOptionSave()")
+ if !exists("w:netrw_optionsave")
+ let w:netrw_optionsave= 1
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NetOptionSave : netoptionsave=".w:netrw_optionsave)
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " Save current settings and current directory
+ let s:yykeep = @@
+ if exists("&l:acd")
+ let w:netrw_acdkeep = &l:acd
+ endif
+ let w:netrw_aikeep = &l:ai
+ let w:netrw_awkeep = &l:aw
+ let w:netrw_cikeep = &l:ci
+ let w:netrw_cinkeep = &l:cin
+ let w:netrw_cinokeep = &l:cino
+ let w:netrw_comkeep = &l:com
+ let w:netrw_cpokeep = &l:cpo
+ if g:netrw_keepdir
+ let w:netrw_dirkeep = getcwd()
+ endif
+ let w:netrw_fokeep = &l:fo " formatoptions
+ let w:netrw_gdkeep = &l:gd " gdefault
+ let w:netrw_hidkeep = &l:hidden
+ let w:netrw_magickeep = &l:magic
+ let w:netrw_repkeep = &l:report
+ let w:netrw_spellkeep = &l:spell
+ let w:netrw_twkeep = &l:tw " textwidth
+ let w:netrw_wigkeep = &l:wig " wildignore
+ if has("win32") && !has("win95")
+ let w:netrw_swfkeep= &l:swf " swapfile
+ endif
+ call s:NetrwSafeOptions()
+ if &go =~ 'a' | silent! let w:netrw_regstar = @* | endif
+ silent! let w:netrw_regslash= @/
+
+" call Dret("s:NetOptionSave")
+endfun
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetOptionRestore: restore options {{{2
+fun! s:NetOptionRestore()
+" call Dfunc("s:NetOptionRestore()")
+ if !exists("w:netrw_optionsave")
+" call Dret("s:NetOptionRestore : w:netrw_optionsave doesn't exist")
+ return
+ endif
+ unlet w:netrw_optionsave
+
+ if exists("&acd")
+ if exists("w:netrw_acdkeep") |let &l:acd = w:netrw_acdkeep |unlet w:netrw_acdkeep |endif
+ endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_aikeep") |let &l:ai = w:netrw_aikeep |unlet w:netrw_aikeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_awkeep") |let &l:aw = w:netrw_awkeep |unlet w:netrw_awkeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_cikeep") |let &l:ci = w:netrw_cikeep |unlet w:netrw_cikeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_cinkeep") |let &l:cin = w:netrw_cinkeep |unlet w:netrw_cinkeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_cinokeep") |let &l:cino = w:netrw_cinokeep |unlet w:netrw_cinokeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_comkeep") |let &l:com = w:netrw_comkeep |unlet w:netrw_comkeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_cpokeep") |let &l:cpo = w:netrw_cpokeep |unlet w:netrw_cpokeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_dirkeep") |exe "lcd ".w:netrw_dirkeep |unlet w:netrw_dirkeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_fokeep") |let &l:fo = w:netrw_fokeep |unlet w:netrw_fokeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_gdkeep") |let &l:gd = w:netrw_gdkeep |unlet w:netrw_gdkeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_hidkeep") |let &l:hidden = w:netrw_hidkeep |unlet w:netrw_hidkeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_magic") |let &l:magic = w:netrw_magic |unlet w:netrw_magic |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_repkeep") |let &l:report = w:netrw_repkeep |unlet w:netrw_repkeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_spellkeep")|let &l:spell = w:netrw_spellkeep |unlet w:netrw_spellkeep|endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_twkeep") |let &l:tw = w:netrw_twkeep |unlet w:netrw_twkeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_wigkeep") |let &l:wig = w:netrw_wigkeep |unlet w:netrw_wigkeep |endif
+ if exists("s:yykeep") |let @@ = s:yykeep |unlet s:yykeep |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_swfkeep")
+ if &directory == ""
+ " user hasn't specified a swapfile directory;
+ " netrw will temporarily set the swapfile directory
+ " to the current directory as returned by getcwd().
+ let &l:directory = getcwd()
+ silent! let &l:swf = w:netrw_swfkeep
+ setlocal directory=
+ unlet w:netrw_swfkeep
+ elseif &l:swf != w:netrw_swfkeep
+ " following line causes a Press ENTER in windows -- can't seem to work around it!!! (COMBAK)
+ silent! let &l:swf= w:netrw_swfkeep
+ unlet w:netrw_swfkeep
+ endif
+ endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_regstar") |silent! let @*= w:netrw_regstar |unlet w:netrw_regstar |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_regslash")|silent! let @/= w:netrw_regslash|unlet w:netrw_regslash|endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NetOptionRestore : restored user options")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetrwSafeOptions: sets options to help netrw do its job {{{2
+fun! s:NetrwSafeOptions()
+" call Dfunc("s:NetrwSafeOptions()")
+ setlocal cino=
+ setlocal com=
+ setlocal cpo-=aA
+ if exists("&acd")
+ setlocal noacd nocin noai noci magic nospell nohid wig= noaw
+ setlocal fo=nroql2
+ else
+ setlocal nocin noai noci magic nospell nohid wig= noaw
+ setlocal fo=nroql2
+ endif
+ setlocal tw=0
+ setlocal report=10000
+ if g:netrw_use_noswf && has("win32") && !has("win95")
+ setlocal noswf
+ endif
+" call Dret("s:NetrwSafeOptions")
+endfun
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Netrw Transfer Functions: {{{1
+" ===============================
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetRead: responsible for reading a file over the net {{{2
+" mode: =0 read remote file and insert before current line
+" =1 read remote file and insert after current line
+" =2 replace with remote file
+" =3 obtain file, but leave in temporary format
+fun! netrw#NetRead(mode,...)
+" call Dfunc("netrw#NetRead(mode=".a:mode.",...) a:0=".a:0." ".g:loaded_netrw)
+
+ " save options {{{3
+ call s:NetOptionSave()
+
+ " interpret mode into a readcmd {{{3
+ if a:mode == 0 " read remote file before current line
+ let readcmd = "0r"
+ elseif a:mode == 1 " read file after current line
+ let readcmd = "r"
+ elseif a:mode == 2 " replace with remote file
+ let readcmd = "%r"
+ elseif a:mode == 3 " skip read of file (leave as temporary)
+ let readcmd = "t"
+ else
+ exe a:mode
+ let readcmd = "r"
+ endif
+ let ichoice = (a:0 == 0)? 0 : 1
+" call Decho("readcmd<".readcmd."> ichoice=".ichoice)
+
+ " Get Temporary Filename {{{3
+ let tmpfile= s:GetTempfile("")
+ if tmpfile == ""
+" call Dret("netrw#NetRead : unable to get a tempfile!")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ while ichoice <= a:0
+
+ " attempt to repeat with previous host-file-etc
+ if exists("b:netrw_lastfile") && a:0 == 0
+" call Decho("using b:netrw_lastfile<" . b:netrw_lastfile . ">")
+ let choice = b:netrw_lastfile
+ let ichoice= ichoice + 1
+
+ else
+ exe "let choice= a:" . ichoice
+" call Decho("no lastfile: choice<" . choice . ">")
+
+ if match(choice,"?") == 0
+ " give help
+ echomsg 'NetRead Usage:'
+ echomsg ':Nread machine:path uses rcp'
+ echomsg ':Nread "machine path" uses ftp with <.netrc>'
+ echomsg ':Nread "machine id password path" uses ftp'
+ echomsg ':Nread dav://machine[:port]/path uses cadaver'
+ echomsg ':Nread fetch://machine/path uses fetch'
+ echomsg ':Nread ftp://[user@]machine[:port]/path uses ftp autodetects <.netrc>'
+ echomsg ':Nread http://[user@]machine/path uses http wget'
+ echomsg ':Nread rcp://[user@]machine/path uses rcp'
+ echomsg ':Nread rsync://machine[:port]/path uses rsync'
+ echomsg ':Nread scp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path uses scp'
+ echomsg ':Nread sftp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path uses sftp'
+ sleep 4
+ break
+
+ elseif match(choice,'^"') != -1
+ " Reconstruct Choice if choice starts with '"'
+" call Decho("reconstructing choice")
+ if match(choice,'"$') != -1
+ " case "..."
+ let choice=strpart(choice,1,strlen(choice)-2)
+ else
+ " case "... ... ..."
+ let choice = strpart(choice,1,strlen(choice)-1)
+ let wholechoice = ""
+
+ while match(choice,'"$') == -1
+ let wholechoice = wholechoice . " " . choice
+ let ichoice = ichoice + 1
+ if ichoice > a:0
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"Unbalanced string in filename '". wholechoice ."'",3)
+ endif
+" call Dret("netrw#NetRead :2 getcwd<".getcwd().">")
+ return
+ endif
+ let choice= a:{ichoice}
+ endwhile
+ let choice= strpart(wholechoice,1,strlen(wholechoice)-1) . " " . strpart(choice,0,strlen(choice)-1)
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+
+" call Decho("choice<" . choice . ">")
+ let ichoice= ichoice + 1
+
+ " Determine method of read (ftp, rcp, etc) {{{3
+ call s:NetMethod(choice)
+ let tmpfile= s:GetTempfile(b:netrw_fname) " apply correct suffix
+
+ " Check if NetBrowse() should be handling this request
+" call Decho("checking if NetBrowse() should handle choice<".choice."> with netrw_list_cmd<".g:netrw_list_cmd.">")
+ if choice =~ "^.*[\/]$" && b:netrw_method != 5 && choice !~ '^http://'
+" call Decho("yes, choice matches '^.*[\/]$'")
+ keepjumps call s:NetBrowse(0,choice)
+" call Dret("netrw#NetRead :3 getcwd<".getcwd().">")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " ============
+ " Perform Protocol-Based Read {{{3
+ " ===========================
+ if exists("g:netrw_silent") && g:netrw_silent == 0 && &ch >= 1
+ echo "(netrw) Processing your read request..."
+ endif
+
+ ".........................................
+ " rcp: NetRead Method #1 {{{3
+ if b:netrw_method == 1 " read with rcp
+" call Decho("read via rcp (method #1)")
+ " ER: nothing done with g:netrw_uid yet?
+ " ER: on Win2K" rcp machine[.user]:file tmpfile
+ " ER: if machine contains '.' adding .user is required (use $USERNAME)
+ " ER: the tmpfile is full path: rcp sees C:\... as host C
+ if s:netrw_has_nt_rcp == 1
+ if exists("g:netrw_uid") && ( g:netrw_uid != "" )
+ let uid_machine = g:netrw_machine .'.'. g:netrw_uid
+ else
+ " Any way needed it machine contains a '.'
+ let uid_machine = g:netrw_machine .'.'. $USERNAME
+ endif
+ else
+ if exists("g:netrw_uid") && ( g:netrw_uid != "" )
+ let uid_machine = g:netrw_uid .'@'. g:netrw_machine
+ else
+ let uid_machine = g:netrw_machine
+ endif
+ endif
+" call Decho("executing: !".g:netrw_rcp_cmd." ".s:netrw_rcpmode." ".uid_machine.":".escape(b:netrw_fname,' ?&;')." ".tmpfile)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_rcp_cmd." ".s:netrw_rcpmode." ".uid_machine.":".escape(b:netrw_fname,' ?&;')." ".tmpfile
+ let result = s:NetGetFile(readcmd, tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " ftp + <.netrc>: NetRead Method #2 {{{3
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 2 " read with ftp + <.netrc>
+" call Decho("read via ftp+.netrc (method #2)")
+ let netrw_fname= b:netrw_fname
+ new
+ setlocal ff=unix
+ exe "put ='".g:netrw_ftpmode."'"
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ if exists("g:netrw_ftpextracmd")
+ exe "put ='".g:netrw_ftpextracmd."'"
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ endif
+ exe "put ='".'get \"'.netrw_fname.'\" '.tmpfile."'"
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+" call Decho("executing: %!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine." ".g:netrw_port)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine." ".g:netrw_port
+ else
+" call Decho("executing: %!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine
+ endif
+ " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
+ if getline(1) !~ "^$" && !exists("g:netrw_quiet") && getline(1) !~ '^Trying '
+ let debugkeep= &debug
+ setlocal debug=msg
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,getline(1),4)
+ let &debug= debugkeep
+ endif
+ bd!
+ let result = s:NetGetFile(readcmd, tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " ftp + machine,id,passwd,filename: NetRead Method #3 {{{3
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 3 " read with ftp + machine, id, passwd, and fname
+ " Construct execution string (four lines) which will be passed through filter
+" call Decho("read via ftp+mipf (method #3)")
+ let netrw_fname= escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+ new
+ setlocal ff=unix
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine.' '.g:netrw_port
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ else
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ endif
+
+ if exists("g:netrw_ftp") && g:netrw_ftp == 1
+ put =g:netrw_uid
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ put ='\"'.g:netrw_passwd.'\"'
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ else
+ put ='user \"'.g:netrw_uid.'\" \"'.g:netrw_passwd.'\"'
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ endif
+
+ if exists("g:netrw_ftpmode") && g:netrw_ftpmode != ""
+ put =g:netrw_ftpmode
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ endif
+ if exists("g:netrw_ftpextracmd")
+ exe "put ='".g:netrw_ftpextracmd."'"
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ endif
+ put ='get \"'.netrw_fname.'\" '.tmpfile
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+
+ " perform ftp:
+ " -i : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
+ " -n unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
+ " -n win32: quit being obnoxious about password
+ norm! 1Gdd
+" call Decho("executing: %!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i -n")
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i -n"
+ " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
+ if getline(1) !~ "^$"
+" call Decho("error<".getline(1).">")
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,getline(1),5)
+ endif
+ endif
+ bd!
+ let result = s:NetGetFile(readcmd, tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " scp: NetRead Method #4 {{{3
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 4 " read with scp
+" call Decho("read via scp (method #4)")
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+ let useport= " -P ".g:netrw_port
+ else
+ let useport= ""
+ endif
+" call Decho("executing: !".g:netrw_scp_cmd.useport." '".g:netrw_machine.":".escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)."' ".tmpfile)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_scp_cmd.useport." ".g:netrw_shq.g:netrw_machine.":".escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape).g:netrw_shq." ".tmpfile
+ let result = s:NetGetFile(readcmd, tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " http: NetRead Method #5 (wget) {{{3
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 5
+" call Decho("read via http (method #5)")
+ if g:netrw_http_cmd == ""
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"neither the wget nor the fetch command is available",6)
+ endif
+" call Dret("netrw#NetRead :4 getcwd<".getcwd().">")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ if match(b:netrw_fname,"#") == -1
+ " simple wget
+ let netrw_fname= escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+" call Decho("executing: !".g:netrw_http_cmd." ".tmpfile." http://".g:netrw_machine.netrw_fname)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_http_cmd." ".tmpfile." http://".g:netrw_machine.netrw_fname
+ let result = s:NetGetFile(readcmd, tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
+
+ else
+ " wget plus a jump to an in-page marker (ie. http://abc/def.html#aMarker)
+ let netrw_html= substitute(netrw_fname,"#.*$","","")
+ let netrw_tag = substitute(netrw_fname,"^.*#","","")
+" call Decho("netrw_html<".netrw_html.">")
+" call Decho("netrw_tag <".netrw_tag.">")
+" call Decho("executing: !".g:netrw_http_cmd." ".tmpfile." http://".g:netrw_machine.netrw_html)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_http_cmd." ".tmpfile." http://".g:netrw_machine.netrw_html
+ let result = s:NetGetFile(readcmd, tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
+" call Decho('<\s*a\s*name=\s*"'.netrw_tag.'"/')
+ exe 'norm! 1G/<\s*a\s*name=\s*"'.netrw_tag.'"/'."\<CR>"
+ endif
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+ setlocal ro
+
+ ".........................................
+ " cadaver: NetRead Method #6 {{{3
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 6
+" call Decho("read via cadaver (method #6)")
+
+ " Construct execution string (four lines) which will be passed through filter
+ let netrw_fname= escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+ new
+ setlocal ff=unix
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine.' '.g:netrw_port
+ else
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine
+ endif
+ put ='user '.g:netrw_uid.' '.g:netrw_passwd
+ put ='get '.netrw_fname.' '.tmpfile
+ put ='quit'
+
+ " perform cadaver operation:
+ norm! 1Gdd
+" call Decho("executing: %!".g:netrw_dav_cmd)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_dav_cmd
+ bd!
+ let result = s:NetGetFile(readcmd, tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " rsync: NetRead Method #7 {{{3
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 7
+" call Decho("read via rsync (method #7)")
+ let netrw_fname= escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+" call Decho("executing: !".g:netrw_rsync_cmd." ".g:netrw_machine.":".netrw_fname." ".tmpfile)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_rsync_cmd." ".g:netrw_machine.":".netrw_fname." ".tmpfile
+ let result = s:NetGetFile(readcmd,tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " fetch: NetRead Method #8 {{{3
+ " fetch://[user@]host[:http]/path
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 8
+" call Decho("read via fetch (method #8)")
+ let netrw_fname= escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+ if g:netrw_fetch_cmd == ""
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"fetch command not available",7)
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetRead")
+ endif
+ if exists("g:netrw_option") && g:netrw_option == ":http"
+ let netrw_option= "http"
+ else
+ let netrw_option= "ftp"
+ endif
+" call Decho("read via fetch for ".netrw_option)
+
+ if exists("g:netrw_uid") && g:netrw_uid != "" && exists("g:netrw_passwd") && g:netrw_passwd != ""
+" call Decho("executing: !".g:netrw_fetch_cmd." ".tmpfile." ".netrw_option."://".g:netrw_uid.':'.g:netrw_passwd.'@'.g:netrw_machine."/".netrw_fname)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_fetch_cmd." ".tmpfile." ".netrw_option."://".g:netrw_uid.':'.g:netrw_passwd.'@'.g:netrw_machine."/".netrw_fname
+ else
+" call Decho("executing: !".g:netrw_fetch_cmd." ".tmpfile." ".netrw_option."://".g:netrw_machine."/".netrw_fname)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_fetch_cmd." ".tmpfile." ".netrw_option."://".g:netrw_machine."/".netrw_fname
+ endif
+
+ let result = s:NetGetFile(readcmd,tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+ setlocal ro
+
+ ".........................................
+ " sftp: NetRead Method #9 {{{3
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 9
+" call Decho("read via sftp (method #9)")
+ let netrw_fname= escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+" call Decho("executing: !".g:netrw_sftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_machine.":".netrw_fname." ".tmpfile)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_sftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_machine.":".netrw_fname." ".tmpfile
+ let result = s:NetGetFile(readcmd, tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " Complain {{{3
+ else
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"unable to comply with your request<" . choice . ">",8)
+ endif
+ endwhile
+
+ " cleanup {{{3
+ if exists("b:netrw_method")
+" call Decho("cleanup b:netrw_method and b:netrw_fname")
+ unlet b:netrw_method
+ unlet b:netrw_fname
+ endif
+ if s:FileReadable(tmpfile) && tmpfile !~ '.tar.bz2$' && tmpfile !~ '.tar.gz$' && tmpfile !~ '.zip' && tmpfile !~ '.tar' && readcmd != 't'
+" call Decho("cleanup by deleting tmpfile<".tmpfile.">")
+ call s:System("delete",tmpfile)
+ endif
+ call s:NetOptionRestore()
+
+" call Dret("netrw#NetRead :5 getcwd<".getcwd().">")
+endfun
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetWrite: responsible for writing a file over the net {{{2
+fun! netrw#NetWrite(...) range
+" call Dfunc("netrw#NetWrite(a:0=".a:0.") ".g:loaded_netrw)
+
+ " option handling
+ let mod= 0
+ call s:NetOptionSave()
+
+ " Get Temporary Filename {{{3
+ let tmpfile= s:GetTempfile("")
+ if tmpfile == ""
+" call Dret("netrw#NetWrite : unable to get a tempfile!")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ if a:0 == 0
+ let ichoice = 0
+ else
+ let ichoice = 1
+ endif
+
+ let curbufname= expand("%")
+" call Decho("curbufname<".curbufname.">")
+ if &binary
+ " For binary writes, always write entire file.
+ " (line numbers don't really make sense for that).
+ " Also supports the writing of tar and zip files.
+" call Decho("(write entire file) silent exe w! ".v:cmdarg." ".tmpfile)
+ silent exe "w! ".v:cmdarg." ".tmpfile
+ elseif g:netrw_cygwin
+ " write (selected portion of) file to temporary
+ let cygtmpfile= substitute(tmpfile,'/cygdrive/\(.\)','\1:','')
+" call Decho("(write selected portion) silent exe ".a:firstline."," . a:lastline . "w! ".v:cmdarg." ".cygtmpfile)
+ silent exe a:firstline."," . a:lastline . "w! ".v:cmdarg." ".cygtmpfile
+ else
+ " write (selected portion of) file to temporary
+" call Decho("(write selected portion) silent exe ".a:firstline."," . a:lastline . "w! ".v:cmdarg." ".tmpfile)
+ silent exe a:firstline."," . a:lastline . "w! ".v:cmdarg." ".tmpfile
+ endif
+
+ if curbufname == ""
+ " if the file is [No Name], and one attempts to Nwrite it, the buffer takes
+ " on the temporary file's name. Deletion of the temporary file during
+ " cleanup then causes an error message.
+ 0file!
+ endif
+
+ " While choice loop: {{{3
+ while ichoice <= a:0
+
+ " Process arguments: {{{4
+ " attempt to repeat with previous host-file-etc
+ if exists("b:netrw_lastfile") && a:0 == 0
+" call Decho("using b:netrw_lastfile<" . b:netrw_lastfile . ">")
+ let choice = b:netrw_lastfile
+ let ichoice= ichoice + 1
+ else
+ exe "let choice= a:" . ichoice
+
+ " Reconstruct Choice if choice starts with '"'
+ if match(choice,"?") == 0
+ echomsg 'NetWrite Usage:"'
+ echomsg ':Nwrite machine:path uses rcp'
+ echomsg ':Nwrite "machine path" uses ftp with <.netrc>'
+ echomsg ':Nwrite "machine id password path" uses ftp'
+ echomsg ':Nwrite dav://[user@]machine/path uses cadaver'
+ echomsg ':Nwrite fetch://[user@]machine/path uses fetch'
+ echomsg ':Nwrite ftp://machine[#port]/path uses ftp (autodetects <.netrc>)'
+ echomsg ':Nwrite rcp://machine/path uses rcp'
+ echomsg ':Nwrite rsync://[user@]machine/path uses rsync'
+ echomsg ':Nwrite scp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path uses scp'
+ echomsg ':Nwrite sftp://[user@]machine/path uses sftp'
+ sleep 4
+ break
+
+ elseif match(choice,"^\"") != -1
+ if match(choice,"\"$") != -1
+ " case "..."
+ let choice=strpart(choice,1,strlen(choice)-2)
+ else
+ " case "... ... ..."
+ let choice = strpart(choice,1,strlen(choice)-1)
+ let wholechoice = ""
+
+ while match(choice,"\"$") == -1
+ let wholechoice= wholechoice . " " . choice
+ let ichoice = ichoice + 1
+ if choice > a:0
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"Unbalanced string in filename '". wholechoice ."'",13)
+ endif
+" call Dret("netrw#NetWrite")
+ return
+ endif
+ let choice= a:{ichoice}
+ endwhile
+ let choice= strpart(wholechoice,1,strlen(wholechoice)-1) . " " . strpart(choice,0,strlen(choice)-1)
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+ let ichoice= ichoice + 1
+" call Decho("choice<" . choice . "> ichoice=".ichoice)
+
+ " Determine method of write (ftp, rcp, etc) {{{4
+ call s:NetMethod(choice)
+
+ " =============
+ " Perform Protocol-Based Write {{{4
+ " ============================
+ if exists("g:netrw_silent") && g:netrw_silent == 0 && &ch >= 1
+ echo "(netrw) Processing your write request..."
+ endif
+
+ ".........................................
+ " rcp: NetWrite Method #1 {{{4
+ if b:netrw_method == 1
+" call Decho("write via rcp (method #1)")
+ if s:netrw_has_nt_rcp == 1
+ if exists("g:netrw_uid") && ( g:netrw_uid != "" )
+ let uid_machine = g:netrw_machine .'.'. g:netrw_uid
+ else
+ let uid_machine = g:netrw_machine .'.'. $USERNAME
+ endif
+ else
+ if exists("g:netrw_uid") && ( g:netrw_uid != "" )
+ let uid_machine = g:netrw_uid .'@'. g:netrw_machine
+ else
+ let uid_machine = g:netrw_machine
+ endif
+ endif
+ let netrw_fname= escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+" call Decho("executing: !".g:netrw_rcp_cmd." ".s:netrw_rcpmode." ".g:netrw_shq.tmpfile.g:netrw_shq." ".uid_machine.":".netrw_fname)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_rcp_cmd." ".s:netrw_rcpmode." ".g:netrw_shq.tmpfile.g:netrw_shq." ".uid_machine.":".netrw_fname
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " ftp + <.netrc>: NetWrite Method #2 {{{4
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 2
+" call Decho("write via ftp+.netrc (method #2)")
+ let netrw_fname= b:netrw_fname
+ new
+ setlocal ff=unix
+ exe "put ='".g:netrw_ftpmode."'"
+" call Decho(" filter input: ".getline("."))
+ if exists("g:netrw_ftpextracmd")
+ exe "put ='".g:netrw_ftpextracmd."'"
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ endif
+ exe "put ='".'put \"'.tmpfile.'\" \"'.netrw_fname.'\"'."'"
+" call Decho(" filter input: ".getline("."))
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+" call Decho("executing: %!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine." ".g:netrw_port)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine." ".g:netrw_port
+ else
+" call Decho("executing: %!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine
+ endif
+ " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
+ if getline(1) !~ "^$"
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,getline(1),14)
+ endif
+ let mod=1
+ endif
+ bd!
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " ftp + machine, id, passwd, filename: NetWrite Method #3 {{{4
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 3
+ " Construct execution string (four lines) which will be passed through filter
+" call Decho("read via ftp+mipf (method #3)")
+ let netrw_fname= b:netrw_fname
+ new
+ setlocal ff=unix
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine.' '.g:netrw_port
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ else
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ endif
+ if exists("g:netrw_ftp") && g:netrw_ftp == 1
+ put =g:netrw_uid
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ put ='\"'.g:netrw_passwd.'\"'
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ else
+ put ='user \"'.g:netrw_uid.'\" \"'.g:netrw_passwd.'\"'
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ endif
+ put ='put \"'.tmpfile.'\" \"'.netrw_fname.'\"'
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ " save choice/id/password for future use
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ " perform ftp:
+ " -i : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
+ " -n unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
+ " -n win32: quit being obnoxious about password
+ norm! 1Gdd
+" call Decho("executing: %!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i -n")
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i -n"
+ " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
+ if getline(1) !~ "^$"
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,getline(1),15)
+ endif
+ let mod=1
+ endif
+ bd!
+
+ ".........................................
+ " scp: NetWrite Method #4 {{{4
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 4
+" call Decho("write via scp (method #4)")
+ let netrw_fname= escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+ let useport= " -P ".g:netrw_port
+ else
+ let useport= ""
+ endif
+" call Decho("exe ".g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_scp_cmd.useport." ".g:netrw_shq.tmpfile.g:netrw_shq." ".g:netrw_shq.g:netrw_machine.":".netrw_fname.g:netrw_shq)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_scp_cmd.useport." ".g:netrw_shq.tmpfile.g:netrw_shq." ".g:netrw_shq.g:netrw_machine.":".netrw_fname.g:netrw_shq
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " http: NetWrite Method #5 {{{4
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 5
+" call Decho("write via http (method #5)")
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"currently <netrw.vim> does not support writing using http:",16)
+ endif
+
+ ".........................................
+ " dav: NetWrite Method #6 (cadaver) {{{4
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 6
+" call Decho("write via cadaver (method #6)")
+
+ " Construct execution string (four lines) which will be passed through filter
+ let netrw_fname= escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+ new
+ setlocal ff=unix
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine.' '.g:netrw_port
+ else
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine
+ endif
+ put ='user '.g:netrw_uid.' '.g:netrw_passwd
+ put ='put '.tmpfile.' '.netrw_fname
+
+ " perform cadaver operation:
+ norm! 1Gdd
+" call Decho("executing: %!".g:netrw_dav_cmd)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_dav_cmd
+ bd!
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " rsync: NetWrite Method #7 {{{4
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 7
+" call Decho("write via rsync (method #7)")
+ let netrw_fname= escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+" call Decho("executing: !".g:netrw_rsync_cmd." ".tmpfile." ".g:netrw_machine.":".netrw_fname)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_rsync_cmd." ".tmpfile." ".g:netrw_machine.":".netrw_fname
+ let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " sftp: NetWrite Method #9 {{{4
+ elseif b:netrw_method == 9
+" call Decho("read via sftp (method #9)")
+ let netrw_fname= escape(b:netrw_fname,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+ if exists("g:netrw_uid") && ( g:netrw_uid != "" )
+ let uid_machine = g:netrw_uid .'@'. g:netrw_machine
+ else
+ let uid_machine = g:netrw_machine
+ endif
+ new
+ setlocal ff=unix
+ put ='put \"'.escape(tmpfile,'\').'\" '.netrw_fname
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ norm! 1Gdd
+" call Decho("executing: %!".g:netrw_sftp_cmd.' '.uid_machine)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_sftp_cmd.' '.uid_machine
+ bd!
+ let b:netrw_lastfile= choice
+
+ ".........................................
+ " Complain {{{4
+ else
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"unable to comply with your request<" . choice . ">",17)
+ endif
+ endwhile
+
+ " Cleanup: {{{3
+" call Decho("cleanup")
+ if s:FileReadable(tmpfile)
+" call Decho("tmpfile<".tmpfile."> readable, will now delete it")
+ call s:System("delete",tmpfile)
+ endif
+ call s:NetOptionRestore()
+
+ if a:firstline == 1 && a:lastline == line("$")
+ " restore modifiability; usually equivalent to set nomod
+ let &mod= mod
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("netrw#NetWrite")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetSource: source a remotely hosted vim script {{{2
+" uses NetRead to get a copy of the file into a temporarily file,
+" then sources that file,
+" then removes that file.
+fun! netrw#NetSource(...)
+" call Dfunc("netrw#NetSource() a:0=".a:0)
+ if a:0 > 0 && a:1 == '?'
+ " give help
+ echomsg 'NetSource Usage:'
+ echomsg ':Nsource dav://machine[:port]/path uses cadaver'
+ echomsg ':Nsource fetch://machine/path uses fetch'
+ echomsg ':Nsource ftp://[user@]machine[:port]/path uses ftp autodetects <.netrc>'
+ echomsg ':Nsource http://[user@]machine/path uses http wget'
+ echomsg ':Nsource rcp://[user@]machine/path uses rcp'
+ echomsg ':Nsource rsync://machine[:port]/path uses rsync'
+ echomsg ':Nsource scp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path uses scp'
+ echomsg ':Nsource sftp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path uses sftp'
+ sleep 4
+ else
+ let i= 1
+ while i <= a:0
+ call netrw#NetRead(3,a:{i})
+" call Decho("s:netread_tmpfile<".s:netrw_tmpfile.">")
+ if s:FileReadable(s:netrw_tmpfile)
+" call Decho("exe so ".s:netrw_tmpfile)
+ exe "so ".s:netrw_tmpfile
+ call delete(s:netrw_tmpfile)
+ unlet s:netrw_tmpfile
+ else
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to source <".a:{i}.">!",48)
+ endif
+ let i= i + 1
+ endwhile
+ endif
+" call Dret("netrw#NetSource")
+endfun
+
+" ===========================================
+" NetGetFile: Function to read temporary file "tfile" with command "readcmd". {{{2
+" readcmd == %r : replace buffer with newly read file
+" == 0r : read file at top of buffer
+" == r : read file after current line
+" == t : leave file in temporary form (ie. don't read into buffer)
+fun! s:NetGetFile(readcmd, tfile, method)
+" call Dfunc("NetGetFile(readcmd<".a:readcmd.">,tfile<".a:tfile."> method<".a:method.">)")
+
+ " readcmd=='t': simply do nothing
+ if a:readcmd == 't'
+" call Dret("NetGetFile : skip read of <".a:tfile.">")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " get name of remote filename (ie. url and all)
+ let rfile= bufname("%")
+" call Decho("rfile<".rfile.">")
+
+ if exists("*NetReadFixup")
+ " for the use of NetReadFixup (not otherwise used internally)
+ let line2= line("$")
+ endif
+
+ if a:readcmd[0] == '%'
+ " get file into buffer
+" call Decho("get file into buffer")
+
+ " rename the current buffer to the temp file (ie. tfile)
+ if g:netrw_cygwin
+ let tfile= substitute(a:tfile,'/cygdrive/\(.\)','\1:','')
+ else
+ let tfile= a:tfile
+ endif
+" call Decho("keepalt exe file ".tfile)
+ keepalt exe "silent! keepalt file ".tfile
+
+ " edit temporary file (ie. read the temporary file in)
+ if rfile =~ '\.zip$'
+" call Decho("handling remote zip file with zip#Browse(tfile<".tfile.">)")
+ call zip#Browse(tfile)
+ elseif rfile =~ '\.tar$'
+" call Decho("handling remote tar file with tar#Browse(tfile<".tfile.">)")
+ call tar#Browse(tfile)
+ elseif rfile =~ '\.tar\.gz'
+" call Decho("handling remote gzip-compressed tar file")
+ call tar#Browse(tfile)
+ elseif rfile =~ '\.tar\.bz2'
+" call Decho("handling remote bz2-compressed tar file")
+ call tar#Browse(tfile)
+ else
+" call Decho("edit temporary file")
+ e!
+ endif
+
+ " rename buffer back to remote filename
+ exe "silent! keepalt file ".escape(rfile,' ')
+ filetype detect
+" call Dredir("renamed buffer back to remote filename<".rfile."> : expand(%)<".expand("%").">","ls!")
+ let line1 = 1
+ let line2 = line("$")
+
+ elseif s:FileReadable(a:tfile)
+ " read file after current line
+" call Decho("read file<".a:tfile."> after current line")
+ let curline = line(".")
+ let lastline= line("$")
+" call Decho("exe<".a:readcmd." ".v:cmdarg." ".a:tfile."> line#".curline)
+ exe a:readcmd." ".v:cmdarg." ".a:tfile
+ let line1= curline + 1
+ let line2= line("$") - lastline + 1
+
+ else
+ " not readable
+" call Decho("tfile<".a:tfile."> not readable")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"file <".a:tfile."> not readable",9)
+" call Dret("NetGetFile : tfile<".a:tfile."> not readable")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " User-provided (ie. optional) fix-it-up command
+ if exists("*NetReadFixup")
+" call Decho("calling NetReadFixup(method<".a:method."> line1=".line1." line2=".line2.")")
+ call NetReadFixup(a:method, line1, line2)
+" else " Decho
+" call Decho("NetReadFixup() not called, doesn't exist (line1=".line1." line2=".line2.")")
+ endif
+
+ " update the Buffers menu
+ if has("gui") && has("gui_running")
+ silent! emenu Buffers.Refresh\ menu
+ endif
+
+" call Decho("readcmd<".a:readcmd."> cmdarg<".v:cmdarg."> tfile<".a:tfile."> readable=".s:FileReadable(a:tfile))
+
+ " make sure file is being displayed
+ redraw!
+" call Dret("NetGetFile")
+endfun
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetMethod: determine method of transfer {{{2
+" method == 1: rcp
+" 2: ftp + <.netrc>
+" 3: ftp + machine, id, password, and [path]filename
+" 4: scp
+" 5: http (wget)
+" 6: cadaver
+" 7: rsync
+" 8: fetch
+" 9: sftp
+fun! s:NetMethod(choice) " globals: method machine id passwd fname
+" call Dfunc("NetMethod(a:choice<".a:choice.">)")
+
+ " initialization
+ let b:netrw_method = 0
+ let g:netrw_machine = ""
+ let b:netrw_fname = ""
+ let g:netrw_port = ""
+ let g:netrw_choice = a:choice
+
+ " Patterns:
+ " mipf : a:machine a:id password filename Use ftp
+ " mf : a:machine filename Use ftp + <.netrc> or g:netrw_uid g:netrw_passwd
+ " ftpurm : ftp://[user@]host[[#:]port]/filename Use ftp + <.netrc> or g:netrw_uid g:netrw_passwd
+ " rcpurm : rcp://[user@]host/filename Use rcp
+ " rcphf : [user@]host:filename Use rcp
+ " scpurm : scp://[user@]host[[#:]port]/filename Use scp
+ " httpurm : http://[user@]host/filename Use wget
+ " davurm : [s]dav://host[:port]/path Use cadaver
+ " rsyncurm : rsync://host[:port]/path Use rsync
+ " fetchurm : fetch://[user@]host[:http]/filename Use fetch (defaults to ftp, override for http)
+ " sftpurm : sftp://[user@]host/filename Use scp
+ let mipf = '^\(\S\+\)\s\+\(\S\+\)\s\+\(\S\+\)\s\+\(\S\+\)$'
+ let mf = '^\(\S\+\)\s\+\(\S\+\)$'
+ let ftpurm = '^ftp://\(\([^/@]\{-}\)@\)\=\([^/#:]\{-}\)\([#:]\d\+\)\=/\(.*\)$'
+ let rcpurm = '^rcp://\%(\([^/@]\{-}\)@\)\=\([^/]\{-}\)/\(.*\)$'
+ let rcphf = '^\(\(\h\w*\)@\)\=\(\h\w*\):\([^@]\+\)$'
+ let scpurm = '^scp://\([^/#:]\+\)\%([#:]\(\d\+\)\)\=/\(.*\)$'
+ let httpurm = '^http://\([^/]\{-}\)\(/.*\)\=$'
+ let davurm = '^s\=dav://\([^/]\+\)/\(.*/\)\([-_.~[:alnum:]]\+\)$'
+ let rsyncurm = '^rsync://\([^/]\{-}\)/\(.*\)\=$'
+ let fetchurm = '^fetch://\(\([^/@]\{-}\)@\)\=\([^/#:]\{-}\)\(:http\)\=/\(.*\)$'
+ let sftpurm = '^sftp://\([^/]\{-}\)/\(.*\)\=$'
+
+" call Decho("determine method:")
+ " Determine Method
+ " rcp://user@hostname/...path-to-file
+ if match(a:choice,rcpurm) == 0
+" call Decho("rcp://...")
+ let b:netrw_method = 1
+ let userid = substitute(a:choice,rcpurm,'\1',"")
+ let g:netrw_machine = substitute(a:choice,rcpurm,'\2',"")
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,rcpurm,'\3',"")
+ if userid != ""
+ let g:netrw_uid= userid
+ endif
+
+ " scp://user@hostname/...path-to-file
+ elseif match(a:choice,scpurm) == 0
+" call Decho("scp://...")
+ let b:netrw_method = 4
+ let g:netrw_machine = substitute(a:choice,scpurm,'\1',"")
+ let g:netrw_port = substitute(a:choice,scpurm,'\2',"")
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,scpurm,'\3',"")
+
+ " http://user@hostname/...path-to-file
+ elseif match(a:choice,httpurm) == 0
+" call Decho("http://...")
+ let b:netrw_method = 5
+ let g:netrw_machine= substitute(a:choice,httpurm,'\1',"")
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,httpurm,'\2',"")
+
+ " dav://hostname[:port]/..path-to-file..
+ elseif match(a:choice,davurm) == 0
+" call Decho("dav://...")
+ let b:netrw_method= 6
+ if a:choice =~ '^s'
+ let g:netrw_machine= 'https://'.substitute(a:choice,davurm,'\1/\2',"")
+ else
+ let g:netrw_machine= 'http://'.substitute(a:choice,davurm,'\1/\2',"")
+ endif
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,davurm,'\3',"")
+
+ " rsync://user@hostname/...path-to-file
+ elseif match(a:choice,rsyncurm) == 0
+" call Decho("rsync://...")
+ let b:netrw_method = 7
+ let g:netrw_machine= substitute(a:choice,rsyncurm,'\1',"")
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,rsyncurm,'\2',"")
+
+ " ftp://[user@]hostname[[:#]port]/...path-to-file
+ elseif match(a:choice,ftpurm) == 0
+" call Decho("ftp://...")
+ let userid = substitute(a:choice,ftpurm,'\2',"")
+ let g:netrw_machine= substitute(a:choice,ftpurm,'\3',"")
+ let g:netrw_port = substitute(a:choice,ftpurm,'\4',"")
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,ftpurm,'\5',"")
+ if userid != ""
+ let g:netrw_uid= userid
+ endif
+ if exists("g:netrw_uid") && exists("g:netrw_passwd")
+ let b:netrw_method = 3
+ else
+ if s:FileReadable(expand("$HOME/.netrc")) && !g:netrw_ignorenetrc
+ let b:netrw_method= 2
+ else
+ if !exists("g:netrw_uid") || g:netrw_uid == ""
+ call NetUserPass()
+ elseif !exists("g:netrw_passwd") || g:netrw_passwd == ""
+ call NetUserPass(g:netrw_uid)
+ " else just use current g:netrw_uid and g:netrw_passwd
+ endif
+ let b:netrw_method= 3
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ elseif match(a:choice,fetchurm) == 0
+" call Decho("fetch://...")
+ let b:netrw_method = 8
+ let g:netrw_userid = substitute(a:choice,fetchurm,'\2',"")
+ let g:netrw_machine= substitute(a:choice,fetchurm,'\3',"")
+ let b:netrw_option = substitute(a:choice,fetchurm,'\4',"")
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,fetchurm,'\5',"")
+
+ " Issue an ftp : "machine id password [path/]filename"
+ elseif match(a:choice,mipf) == 0
+" call Decho("(ftp) host id pass file")
+ let b:netrw_method = 3
+ let g:netrw_machine = substitute(a:choice,mipf,'\1',"")
+ let g:netrw_uid = substitute(a:choice,mipf,'\2',"")
+ let g:netrw_passwd = substitute(a:choice,mipf,'\3',"")
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,mipf,'\4',"")
+
+ " Issue an ftp: "hostname [path/]filename"
+ elseif match(a:choice,mf) == 0
+" call Decho("(ftp) host file")
+ if exists("g:netrw_uid") && exists("g:netrw_passwd")
+ let b:netrw_method = 3
+ let g:netrw_machine = substitute(a:choice,mf,'\1',"")
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,mf,'\2',"")
+
+ elseif s:FileReadable(expand("$HOME/.netrc"))
+ let b:netrw_method = 2
+ let g:netrw_machine = substitute(a:choice,mf,'\1',"")
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,mf,'\2',"")
+ endif
+
+ " sftp://user@hostname/...path-to-file
+ elseif match(a:choice,sftpurm) == 0
+" call Decho("sftp://...")
+ let b:netrw_method = 9
+ let g:netrw_machine= substitute(a:choice,sftpurm,'\1',"")
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,sftpurm,'\2',"")
+
+ " Issue an rcp: hostname:filename" (this one should be last)
+ elseif match(a:choice,rcphf) == 0
+" call Decho("(rcp) [user@]host:file) rcphf<".rcphf.">")
+ let b:netrw_method = 1
+ let userid = substitute(a:choice,rcphf,'\2',"")
+ let g:netrw_machine= substitute(a:choice,rcphf,'\3',"")
+ let b:netrw_fname = substitute(a:choice,rcphf,'\4',"")
+" call Decho('\1<'.substitute(a:choice,rcphf,'\1',"").">")
+" call Decho('\2<'.substitute(a:choice,rcphf,'\2',"").">")
+" call Decho('\3<'.substitute(a:choice,rcphf,'\3',"").">")
+" call Decho('\4<'.substitute(a:choice,rcphf,'\4',"").">")
+ if userid != ""
+ let g:netrw_uid= userid
+ endif
+
+ else
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"cannot determine method",45)
+ endif
+ let b:netrw_method = -1
+ endif
+
+ " remove any leading [:#] from port number
+ if g:netrw_port != ""
+ let g:netrw_port = substitute(g:netrw_port,'[#:]\+','','')
+ endif
+
+" call Decho("a:choice <".a:choice.">")
+" call Decho("b:netrw_method <".b:netrw_method.">")
+" call Decho("g:netrw_machine<".g:netrw_machine.">")
+" call Decho("g:netrw_port <".g:netrw_port.">")
+" if exists("g:netrw_uid") "Decho
+" call Decho("g:netrw_uid <".g:netrw_uid.">")
+" endif "Decho
+" if exists("g:netrw_passwd") "Decho
+" call Decho("g:netrw_passwd <".g:netrw_passwd.">")
+" endif "Decho
+" call Decho("b:netrw_fname <".b:netrw_fname.">")
+" call Dret("NetMethod : b:netrw_method=".b:netrw_method)
+endfun
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetReadFixup: this sort of function is typically written by the user {{{2
+" to handle extra junk that their system's ftp dumps
+" into the transfer. This function is provided as an
+" example and as a fix for a Windows 95 problem: in my
+" experience, win95's ftp always dumped four blank lines
+" at the end of the transfer.
+if has("win95") && exists("g:netrw_win95ftp") && g:netrw_win95ftp
+ fun! NetReadFixup(method, line1, line2)
+" call Dfunc("NetReadFixup(method<".a:method."> line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2.")")
+ if method == 3 " ftp (no <.netrc>)
+ let fourblanklines= line2 - 3
+ silent fourblanklines.",".line2."g/^\s*/d"
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetReadFixup")
+ endfun
+endif
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetUserPass: set username and password for subsequent ftp transfer {{{2
+" Usage: :call NetUserPass() -- will prompt for userid and password
+" :call NetUserPass("uid") -- will prompt for password
+" :call NetUserPass("uid","password") -- sets global userid and password
+fun! NetUserPass(...)
+
+ " get/set userid
+ if a:0 == 0
+" call Dfunc("NetUserPass(a:0<".a:0.">)")
+ if !exists("g:netrw_uid") || g:netrw_uid == ""
+ " via prompt
+ let g:netrw_uid= input('Enter username: ')
+ endif
+ else " from command line
+" call Dfunc("NetUserPass(a:1<".a:1.">) {")
+ let g:netrw_uid= a:1
+ endif
+
+ " get password
+ if a:0 <= 1 " via prompt
+" call Decho("a:0=".a:0." case <=1:")
+ let g:netrw_passwd= inputsecret("Enter Password: ")
+ else " from command line
+" call Decho("a:0=".a:0." case >1: a:2<".a:2.">")
+ let g:netrw_passwd=a:2
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("NetUserPass")
+endfun
+
+" ===========================================
+" Shared Browsing Support: {{{1
+" ===========================================
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:BrowserMaps: {{{2
+fun! s:BrowserMaps(islocal)
+" call Dfunc("s:BrowserMaps(islocal=".a:islocal.") b:netrw_curdir<".b:netrw_curdir.">")
+ if a:islocal
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <cr> :call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(1,<SID>NetGetWord()))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <leftmouse> <leftmouse>:call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(1,<SID>NetGetWord()))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <c-l> :call <SID>NetRefresh(1,<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(1,'./'))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> - :exe "norm! 0"<bar>call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(1,'../'))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> a :call <SID>NetHide(1)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> mb :<c-u>call <SID>NetBookmarkDir(0,b:netrw_curdir)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> gb :<c-u>call <SID>NetBookmarkDir(1,b:netrw_curdir)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> c :exe "cd ".b:netrw_curdir<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> C :let g:netrw_chgwin= winnr()<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> d :call <SID>NetMakeDir("")<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <c-h> :call <SID>NetHideEdit(1)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> i :call <SID>NetListStyle(1)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> o :call <SID>NetSplit(3)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> O :call <SID>LocalObtain()<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> p :call <SID>NetPreview(<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(1,<SID>NetGetWord(),1))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> P :call <SID>NetPrevWinOpen(1)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> q :<c-u>call <SID>NetBookmarkDir(2,b:netrw_curdir)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> r :let g:netrw_sort_direction= (g:netrw_sort_direction =~ 'n')? 'r' : 'n'<bar>exe "norm! 0"<bar>call <SID>NetRefresh(1,<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(1,'./'))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> s :call <SID>NetSortStyle(1)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> S :call <SID>NetSortSequence(1)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> t :call <SID>NetSplit(4)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> u :<c-u>call <SID>NetBookmarkDir(4,expand("%"))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> U :<c-u>call <SID>NetBookmarkDir(5,expand("%"))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> v :call <SID>NetSplit(5)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> x :call netrw#NetBrowseX(<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(1,<SID>NetGetWord(),0),0)"<cr>
+ if s:didstarstar || !mapcheck("<s-down>","n")
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <s-down> :Nexplore<cr>
+ endif
+ if s:didstarstar || !mapcheck("<s-up>","n")
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <s-up> :Pexplore<cr>
+ endif
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <del> :call <SID>LocalBrowseRm("'.b:netrw_curdir.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'vnoremap <buffer> <silent> <del> :call <SID>LocalBrowseRm("'.b:netrw_curdir.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <rightmouse> <leftmouse>:call <SID>LocalBrowseRm("'.b:netrw_curdir.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'vnoremap <buffer> <silent> <rightmouse> <leftmouse>:call <SID>LocalBrowseRm("'.b:netrw_curdir.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> D :call <SID>LocalBrowseRm("'.b:netrw_curdir.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'vnoremap <buffer> <silent> D :call <SID>LocalBrowseRm("'.b:netrw_curdir.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> R :call <SID>LocalBrowseRename("'.b:netrw_curdir.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'vnoremap <buffer> <silent> R :call <SID>LocalBrowseRename("'.b:netrw_curdir.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <Leader>m :call <SID>NetMakeDir("")<cr>'
+ nnoremap <buffer> <F1> :he netrw-dir<cr>
+
+ else " remote
+ call s:RemotePathAnalysis(b:netrw_curdir)
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <cr> :call <SID>NetBrowse(0,<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(0,<SID>NetGetWord()))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <leftmouse> <leftmouse>:call <SID>NetBrowse(0,<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(0,<SID>NetGetWord()))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <c-l> :call <SID>NetRefresh(0,<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(0,'./'))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> - :exe "norm! 0"<bar>call <SID>NetBrowse(0,<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(0,'../'))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> a :call <SID>NetHide(0)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> mb :<c-u>call <SID>NetBookmarkDir(0,b:netrw_curdir)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> gb :<c-u>call <SID>NetBookmarkDir(1,b:netrw_cur)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> C :let g:netrw_chgwin= winnr()<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <c-h> :call <SID>NetHideEdit(0)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> i :call <SID>NetListStyle(0)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> o :call <SID>NetSplit(0)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> O :call netrw#NetObtain(0)<cr>
+ vnoremap <buffer> <silent> O :call netrw#NetObtain(1)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> p :call <SID>NetPreview(<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(1,<SID>NetGetWord(),1))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> P :call <SID>NetPrevWinOpen(0)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> q :<c-u>call <SID>NetBookmarkDir(2,b:netrw_curdir)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> r :let g:netrw_sort_direction= (g:netrw_sort_direction =~ 'n')? 'r' : 'n'<bar>exe "norm! 0"<bar>call <SID>NetBrowse(0,<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(0,'./'))<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> s :call <SID>NetSortStyle(0)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> S :call <SID>NetSortSequence(0)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> t :call <SID>NetSplit(1)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> u :<c-u>call <SID>NetBookmarkDir(4,b:netrw_curdir)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> U :<c-u>call <SID>NetBookmarkDir(5,b:netrw_curdir)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> v :call <SID>NetSplit(2)<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> x :call netrw#NetBrowseX(<SID>NetBrowseChgDir(0,<SID>NetGetWord()),1)<cr>
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <del> :call <SID>NetBrowseRm("'.s:user.s:machine.'","'.s:path.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'vnoremap <buffer> <silent> <del> :call <SID>NetBrowseRm("'.s:user.s:machine.'","'.s:path.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <rightmouse> <leftmouse>:call <SID>NetBrowseRm("'.s:user.s:machine.'","'.s:path.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'vnoremap <buffer> <silent> <rightmouse> <leftmouse>:call <SID>NetBrowseRm("'.s:user.s:machine.'","'.s:path.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> d :call <SID>NetMakeDir("'.s:user.s:machine.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> D :call <SID>NetBrowseRm("'.s:user.s:machine.'","'.s:path.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'vnoremap <buffer> <silent> D :call <SID>NetBrowseRm("'.s:user.s:machine.'","'.s:path.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> R :call <SID>NetBrowseRename("'.s:user.s:machine.'","'.s:path.'")<cr>'
+ exe 'vnoremap <buffer> <silent> R :call <SID>NetBrowseRename("'.s:user.s:machine.'","'.s:path.'")<cr>'
+ nnoremap <buffer> <F1> :he netrw-browse-cmds<cr>
+ endif
+" call Dret("s:BrowserMaps")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NetBrowse: This function uses the command in g:netrw_list_cmd to get a list {{{2
+" of the contents of a remote directory. It is assumed that the
+" g:netrw_list_cmd has a string, USEPORT HOSTNAME, that needs to be substituted
+" with the requested remote hostname first.
+fun! s:NetBrowse(islocal,dirname)
+ if !exists("w:netrw_liststyle")|let w:netrw_liststyle= g:netrw_liststyle|endif
+" call Dfunc("NetBrowse(islocal=".a:islocal." dirname<".a:dirname.">) liststyle=".w:netrw_liststyle." ".g:loaded_netrw." buf#".bufnr("%"))
+" call Dredir("ls!")
+
+ if exists("s:netrw_skipbrowse")
+ unlet s:netrw_skipbrowse
+" call Dret("NetBrowse : s:netrw_skipbrowse=".s:netrw_skipbrowse)
+ return
+ endif
+
+ call s:NetOptionSave()
+
+ if a:islocal && exists("w:netrw_acdkeep") && w:netrw_acdkeep
+" call Decho("handle w:netrw_acdkeep:")
+" call Decho("cd ".escape(a:dirname,s:netrw_cd_escape)." (due to 'acd')")
+ exe 'cd '.escape(a:dirname,s:netrw_cd_escape)
+" call Decho("getcwd<".getcwd().">")
+
+ elseif !a:islocal && a:dirname !~ '[\/]$' && a:dirname !~ '^"'
+ " looks like a regular file, attempt transfer
+" call Decho("attempt transfer as regular file<".a:dirname.">")
+
+ " remove any filetype indicator from end of dirname, except for the {{{3
+ " "this is a directory" indicator (/).
+ " There shouldn't be one of those here, anyway.
+ let path= substitute(a:dirname,'[*=@|]\r\=$','','e')
+" call Decho("new path<".path.">")
+ call s:RemotePathAnalysis(a:dirname)
+
+ " remote-read the requested file into current buffer {{{3
+ mark '
+ call s:NetrwEnew(a:dirname)
+ let b:netrw_curdir= a:dirname
+ call s:NetrwSafeOptions()
+ setlocal ma noro
+" call Decho("exe silent! keepalt file ".s:method."://".s:user.s:machine."/".escape(s:path,s:netrw_cd_escape)." (bt=".&bt.")")
+ exe "silent! keepalt file ".s:method."://".s:user.s:machine."/".escape(s:path,s:netrw_cd_escape)
+ exe "silent keepalt doau BufReadPre ".s:fname
+ silent call netrw#NetRead(2,s:method."://".s:user.s:machine."/".s:path)
+ exe "silent keepalt doau BufReadPost ".s:fname
+
+ " save certain window-oriented variables into buffer-oriented variables {{{3
+ call s:SetBufWinVars()
+ call s:NetOptionRestore()
+ setlocal nomod nowrap
+
+" call Dret("NetBrowse : file<".s:fname.">")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " use buffer-oriented WinVars if buffer ones exist but window ones don't {{{3
+ call s:UseBufWinVars()
+
+ " set up some variables {{{3
+ let b:netrw_browser_active = 1
+ let dirname = a:dirname
+ let s:last_sort_by = g:netrw_sort_by
+
+ call s:NetMenu(1) " set up menu {{{3
+ if s:NetGetBuffer(a:islocal,dirname) " set up buffer {{{3
+" call Dret("NetBrowse : re-using buffer")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " set b:netrw_curdir to the new directory name {{{3
+" call Decho("set b:netrw_curdir to the new directory name:")
+ let b:netrw_curdir= dirname
+ if b:netrw_curdir =~ '[/\\]$'
+ let b:netrw_curdir= substitute(b:netrw_curdir,'[/\\]$','','e')
+ endif
+ if b:netrw_curdir == ''
+ if has("amiga")
+ " On the Amiga, the empty string connotes the current directory
+ let b:netrw_curdir= getcwd()
+ else
+ " under unix, when the root directory is encountered, the result
+ " from the preceding substitute is an empty string.
+ let b:netrw_curdir= '/'
+ endif
+ endif
+ if !a:islocal && b:netrw_curdir !~ '/$'
+ let b:netrw_curdir= b:netrw_curdir.'/'
+ endif
+" call Decho("b:netrw_curdir<".b:netrw_curdir.">")
+
+ " ------------
+ " (local only) {{{3
+ " ------------
+ if a:islocal
+" call Decho("local only:")
+
+ " Set up ShellCmdPost handling. Append current buffer to browselist
+ call s:LocalFastBrowser()
+
+ " handle g:netrw_keepdir: set vim's current directory to netrw's notion of the current directory {{{3
+ if !g:netrw_keepdir
+" call Decho("handle keepdir:")
+" call Decho('exe cd '.escape(b:netrw_curdir,s:netrw_cd_escape))
+ try
+ exe 'cd '.escape(b:netrw_curdir,s:netrw_cd_escape)
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E472/
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to change directory to <".b:netrw_curdir."> (permissions?)",33)
+ if exists("w:netrw_prvdir")
+ let b:netrw_curdir= w:netrw_prvdir
+ else
+ call s:NetOptionRestore()
+ let b:netrw_curdir= dirname
+" call Dret("NetBrowse : reusing buffer#".(exists("bufnum")? bufnum : 'N/A')."<".dirname."> getcwd<".getcwd().">")
+ return
+ endif
+ endtry
+ endif
+
+ " --------------------------------
+ " remote handling: {{{3
+ " --------------------------------
+ else
+" call Decho("remote only:")
+
+ " analyze a:dirname and g:netrw_list_cmd {{{4
+" call Decho("b:netrw_curdir<".(exists("b:netrw_curdir")? b:netrw_curdir : "doesn't exist")."> a:dirname<".a:dirname.">")
+ if a:dirname == "NetrwTreeListing"
+ let dirname= b:netrw_curdir
+" call Decho("(dirname was NetrwTreeListing) dirname<".dirname.">")
+ elseif exists("w:netrw_liststyle") && w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST && exists("b:netrw_curdir")
+ let dirname= substitute(b:netrw_curdir,'\\','/','g')
+ if dirname !~ '/$'
+ let dirname= dirname.'/'
+ endif
+ let b:netrw_curdir = dirname
+" call Decho("(liststyle is TREELIST) dirname<".dirname.">")
+ else
+ let dirname = substitute(a:dirname,'\\','/','g')
+" call Decho("(normal) dirname<".dirname.">")
+ endif
+
+ let dirpat = '^\(\w\{-}\)://\(\w\+@\)\=\([^/]\+\)/\(.*\)$'
+ if dirname !~ dirpat
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"netrw doesn't understand your dirname<".dirname.">",20)
+ endif
+ call s:NetOptionRestore()
+" call Dret("NetBrowse : badly formatted dirname<".dirname.">")
+ return
+ endif
+ let b:netrw_curdir= dirname
+" call Decho("b:netrw_curdir<".b:netrw_curdir."> (remote)")
+ endif " (additional remote handling)
+
+ " -----------------------
+ " Directory Listing: {{{3
+ " -----------------------
+ setlocal noro ma
+ call s:BrowserMaps(a:islocal)
+ call s:PerformListing(a:islocal)
+
+" call Dret("NetBrowse")
+ return
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NetGetBuffer: {{{2
+" returns 0=cleared buffer
+" 1=re-used buffer
+fun! s:NetGetBuffer(islocal,dirname)
+" call Dfunc("s:NetGetBuffer(islocal=".a:islocal." dirname<".a:dirname.">)")
+
+ " re-use buffer if possible {{{3
+ if exists("w:netrw_liststyle") && w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST
+ " find NetrwTreeList buffer if there is one
+ let dirname= "NetrwTreeListing"
+ let bufnum = bufnr('\<NetrwTreeListing\>')
+ if bufnum != -1
+" call Dret("s:NetGetBuffer : bufnum#".bufnum."<NetrwTreeListing>")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ else
+ " find buffer number of buffer named precisely the same as dirname {{{3
+ let dirname= a:dirname
+" call Decho("find buffer<".dirname.">'s number ")
+ let bufnum= bufnr(escape(dirname,'\'))
+" call Decho("findbuf: bufnum=bufnr('".escape(dirname,'\')."')=".bufnum." (initial)")
+ let ibuf= 1
+ if bufnum > 0 && bufname(bufnum) != dirname
+ let buflast = bufnr("$")
+" call Decho("findbuf: buflast=".buflast)
+ while ibuf <= buflast
+ let bname= bufname(ibuf)
+" call Decho("findbuf: ibuf=".ibuf. " bufname<".bufname(ibuf)."> dirname<".dirname.">")
+ if bname != '' && bname !~ '/' && dirname =~ '/'.bname.'$' | break | endif
+ if bname =~ '^'.dirname.'\=$' | break | endif
+ let ibuf= ibuf + 1
+ endwhile
+ if ibuf > buflast
+ let bufnum= -1
+ else
+ let bufnum= ibuf
+ endif
+" call Decho("findbuf: bufnum=".bufnum." (final)")
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " get enew buffer and name it -or- re-use buffer {{{3
+ mark '
+ if bufnum < 0 || !bufexists(bufnum)
+" call Decho("get enew buffer")
+ call s:NetrwEnew(dirname)
+ call s:NetrwSafeOptions()
+ " name the buffer
+ if exists("w:netrw_liststyle") && w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST
+ silent! keepalt file NetrwTreeListing
+ else
+ exe 'silent! keepalt file '.escape(dirname,s:netrw_cd_escape)
+ endif
+" call Decho("named enew buffer<".expand("%").">")
+
+ else " Re-use the buffer
+
+" call Decho("re-use buffer:")
+ let eikeep= &ei
+ set ei=all
+ if getline(2) =~ '^" Netrw Directory Listing'
+" call Decho("re-use buffer#".bufnum."<".((bufnum > 0)? bufname(bufnum) : "")."> using: keepalt b ".bufnum)
+ exe "keepalt b ".bufnum
+ else
+" call Decho("reusing buffer#".bufnum."<".((bufnum > 0)? bufname(bufnum) : "")."> using: b ".bufnum)
+ exe "b ".bufnum
+ endif
+ let &ei= eikeep
+ if line("$") <= 1
+ call s:NetrwListSettings(a:islocal)
+" call Dret("s:NetGetBuffer 0 : re-using buffer#".bufnr("%").", but its empty, so refresh it")
+ return 0
+ elseif exists("w:netrw_liststyle") && w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST
+" call Decho("clear buffer<".expand("%")."> with :%d")
+ silent %d
+ call s:NetrwListSettings(a:islocal)
+" call Dret("s:NetGetBuffer 0 : re-using buffer#".bufnr("%").", but treelist mode always needs a refresh")
+ return 0
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NetGetBuffer 1 : buf#".bufnr("%"))
+ return 1
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " do netrw settings: make this buffer not-a-file, modifiable, not line-numbered, etc {{{3
+ " fastbrowse Local Remote Hiding a buffer implies it may be re-used (fast)
+ " slow 0 D D Deleting a buffer implies it will not be re-used (slow)
+ " med 1 D H
+ " fast 2 H H
+ let fname= expand("%")
+ call s:NetrwListSettings(a:islocal)
+ exe "file ".escape(fname,' ')
+
+ " delete all lines from buffer {{{3
+" call Decho("clear buffer<".expand("%")."> with :%d")
+ keepalt silent! %d
+
+" call Dret("s:NetGetBuffer 0 : buf#".bufnr("%"))
+ return 0
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NetrwListSettings: {{{2
+fun! s:NetrwListSettings(islocal)
+" call Dfunc("s:NetrwListSettings(islocal=".a:islocal.")")
+ let fname= bufname("%")
+ setlocal bt=nofile nobl ma nonu nowrap noro
+ exe "file ".escape(fname,' ')
+ if g:netrw_use_noswf
+ setlocal noswf
+ endif
+"call Dredir("ls!")
+" call Decho("exe setlocal ts=".g:netrw_maxfilenamelen)
+ exe "setlocal ts=".g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
+ if g:netrw_fastbrowse > a:islocal
+ setlocal bh=hide
+ else
+ setlocal bh=delete
+ endif
+" call Dret("s:NetrwListSettings")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:PerformListing: {{{2
+fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
+" call Dfunc("s:PerformListing(islocal=".a:islocal.")")
+
+" if exists("g:netrw_silent") && g:netrw_silent == 0 && &ch >= 1 " Decho
+" call Decho("(netrw) Processing your browsing request...")
+" endif " Decho
+
+" call Decho('w:netrw_liststyle='.(exists("w:netrw_liststyle")? w:netrw_liststyle : 'n/a'))
+ if exists("w:netrw_liststyle") && w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST && exists("w:netrw_treedict")
+ " force a refresh for tree listings
+" call Decho("clear buffer<".expand("%")."> with :%d")
+ setlocal ma noro
+ keepjumps %d
+ endif
+
+ " save current directory on directory history list
+ call s:NetBookmarkDir(3,b:netrw_curdir)
+
+ " Set up the banner {{{3
+" call Decho("set up banner")
+ keepjumps put ='\" ============================================================================'
+ keepjumps put ='\" Netrw Directory Listing (netrw '.g:loaded_netrw.')'
+ keepjumps put ='\" '.b:netrw_curdir
+ keepjumps 1d
+ let w:netrw_bannercnt= 3
+ exe w:netrw_bannercnt
+
+ let sortby= g:netrw_sort_by
+ if g:netrw_sort_direction =~ "^r"
+ let sortby= sortby." reversed"
+ endif
+
+ " Sorted by... {{{3
+" call Decho("handle specified sorting: g:netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.">")
+ if g:netrw_sort_by =~ "^n"
+" call Decho("directories will be sorted by name")
+ " sorted by name
+ keepjumps put ='\" Sorted by '.sortby
+ keepjumps put ='\" Sort sequence: '.g:netrw_sort_sequence
+ let w:netrw_bannercnt= w:netrw_bannercnt + 2
+ else
+" call Decho("directories will be sorted by size or time")
+ " sorted by size or date
+ keepjumps put ='\" Sorted by '.sortby
+ let w:netrw_bannercnt= w:netrw_bannercnt + 1
+ endif
+ exe w:netrw_bannercnt
+
+ " Hiding... -or- Showing... {{{3
+" call Decho("handle hiding/showing (g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_list_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">)")
+ if g:netrw_list_hide != "" && g:netrw_hide
+ if g:netrw_hide == 1
+ keepjumps put ='\" Hiding: '.g:netrw_list_hide
+ else
+ keepjumps put ='\" Showing: '.g:netrw_list_hide
+ endif
+ let w:netrw_bannercnt= w:netrw_bannercnt + 1
+ endif
+ exe w:netrw_bannercnt
+ keepjumps put ='\" Quick Help: <F1>:help -:go up dir D:delete R:rename s:sort-by x:exec'
+ keepjumps put ='\" ============================================================================'
+ let w:netrw_bannercnt= w:netrw_bannercnt + 2
+
+ " bannercnt should index the line just after the banner
+ let w:netrw_bannercnt= w:netrw_bannercnt + 1
+ exe w:netrw_bannercnt
+" call Decho("bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt." (should index line just after banner) line($)=".line("$"))
+
+ " set up syntax highlighting {{{3
+" call Decho("set up syntax highlighting")
+ if has("syntax")
+ setlocal ft=netrw
+ if !exists("g:syntax_on") || !g:syntax_on
+ setlocal ft=
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " get list of files
+ if a:islocal
+ call s:LocalListing()
+ else " remote
+ call s:RemoteListing()
+ endif
+" call Decho("w:netrw_bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt." (banner complete)")
+
+ " manipulate the directory listing (hide, sort) {{{3
+ if line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
+" call Decho("manipulate directory listing (hide)")
+" call Decho("g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">")
+ if g:netrw_hide && g:netrw_list_hide != ""
+ call s:NetListHide()
+ endif
+ if line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
+" call Decho("manipulate directory listing (sort) : g:netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.">")
+
+ if g:netrw_sort_by =~ "^n"
+ " sort by name
+ call s:SetSort()
+
+ if w:netrw_bannercnt < line("$")
+" call Decho("g:netrw_sort_direction=".g:netrw_sort_direction." (bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt.")")
+ if g:netrw_sort_direction =~ 'n'
+ " normal direction sorting
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort'
+ else
+ " reverse direction sorting
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!'
+ endif
+ endif
+ " remove priority pattern prefix
+" call Decho("remove priority pattern prefix")
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\d\{3}\///e'
+
+ elseif a:islocal
+ if w:netrw_bannercnt < line("$")
+" call Decho("g:netrw_sort_direction=".g:netrw_sort_direction)
+ if g:netrw_sort_direction =~ 'n'
+" call Decho('exe silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort')
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort'
+ else
+" call Decho('exe silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!')
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!'
+ endif
+ endif
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\d\{-}\///e'
+ endif
+
+ elseif g:netrw_sort_direction =~ 'r'
+" call Decho('reverse the sorted listing')
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.'g/^/m '.w:netrw_bannercnt
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " convert to wide/tree listing {{{3
+" call Decho("modify display if wide/tree listing style")
+ call s:NetWideListing()
+ call s:NetTreeListing(b:netrw_curdir)
+
+ if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && line("$") > w:netrw_bannercnt
+ " place cursor on the top-left corner of the file listing
+" call Decho("place cursor on top-left corner of file listing")
+ exe 'silent '.w:netrw_bannercnt
+ norm! 0
+ endif
+
+ " record previous current directory
+ let w:netrw_prvdir= b:netrw_curdir
+" call Decho("record netrw_prvdir<".w:netrw_prvdir.">")
+
+ " save certain window-oriented variables into buffer-oriented variables {{{3
+ call s:SetBufWinVars()
+ call s:NetOptionRestore()
+
+ " set display to netrw display settings
+" call Decho("set display to netrw display settings (noma nomod etc)")
+ setlocal noma nomod nonu nobl nowrap ro
+ if exists("s:treecurpos")
+ call setpos('.',s:treecurpos)
+ unlet s:treecurpos
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:PerformListing : curpos<".string(getpos(".")).">")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NetBrowseChgDir: constructs a new directory based on the current {{{2
+" directory and a new directory name
+fun! s:NetBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
+" call Dfunc("s:NetBrowseChgDir(islocal=".a:islocal."> newdir<".a:newdir.">) a:0=".a:0." curpos<".string(getpos("."))."> b:netrw_curdir<".(exists("b:netrw_curdir")? b:netrw_curdir : "").">")
+
+ if !exists("b:netrw_curdir")
+" call Decho("(NetBrowseChgDir) b:netrw_curdir doesn't exist!")
+ echoerr "(NetBrowseChgDir) b:netrw_curdir doesn't exist!"
+" call Dret("s:NetBrowseChgDir")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ call netrw#NetSavePosn()
+ let nbcd_curpos = getpos('.')
+ let dirname = substitute(b:netrw_curdir,'\\','/','ge')
+ let newdir = a:newdir
+
+ " set up o/s-dependent directory recognition pattern
+ if has("amiga")
+ let dirpat= '[\/:]$'
+ else
+ let dirpat= '[\/]$'
+ endif
+" call Decho("dirname<".dirname."> dirpat<".dirpat.">")
+
+ if dirname !~ dirpat
+ " apparently vim is "recognizing" that it is in a directory and
+ " is removing the trailing "/". Bad idea, so I have to put it back.
+ let dirname= dirname.'/'
+" call Decho("adjusting dirname<".dirname.">")
+ endif
+
+ if newdir !~ dirpat
+ " handling a file
+" call Decho('case "handling a file": newdir<'.newdir.'> !~ dirpat<'.dirpat.">")
+ if exists("w:netrw_liststyle") && w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST && exists("w:netrw_treedict") && newdir !~ '^\(/\|\a:\)'
+ let dirname= s:NetTreeDir().newdir
+" call Decho("tree listing")
+ elseif newdir =~ '^\(/\|\a:\)'
+ let dirname= newdir
+ else
+ let dirname= s:ComposePath(dirname,newdir)
+ endif
+" call Decho("handling a file: dirname<".dirname."> (a:0=".a:0.")")
+ " this lets NetBrowseX avoid the edit
+ if a:0 < 1
+" call Decho("dirname<".dirname."> netrw_cd_escape<".s:netrw_cd_escape."> browse_split=".g:netrw_browse_split)
+" call Decho("about to edit<".escape(dirname,s:netrw_cd_escape)."> didsplit=".(exists("s:didsplit")? s:didsplit : "doesn't exist"))
+ if !exists("s:didsplit")
+ if g:netrw_browse_split == 1
+ new
+ wincmd _
+ elseif g:netrw_browse_split == 2
+ rightb vert new
+ wincmd |
+ elseif g:netrw_browse_split == 3
+ tabnew
+ else
+ " handling a file, didn't split, so remove menu
+" call Decho("handling a file+didn't split, so remove menu")
+ call s:NetMenu(0)
+ " optional change to window
+ if g:netrw_chgwin >= 1
+ exe g:netrw_chgwin."wincmd w"
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+ " edit the file
+ " its local only: LocalBrowseCheck() doesn't edit a file, but NetBrowse() will
+ if a:islocal
+" call Decho("edit file: exe e! ".escape(dirname,s:netrw_cd_escape))
+ exe "e! ".escape(dirname,s:netrw_cd_escape)
+ endif
+ setlocal ma nomod noro
+ endif
+
+ elseif newdir =~ '^/'
+ " just go to the new directory spec
+" call Decho('case "just go to new directory spec": newdir<'.newdir.'>')
+ let dirname= newdir
+
+ elseif newdir == './'
+ " refresh the directory list
+" call Decho('case "refresh directory listing": newdir == "./"')
+
+ elseif newdir == '../'
+ " go up one directory
+" call Decho('case "go up one directory": newdir == "../"')
+
+ if w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST && exists("w:netrw_treedict")
+ " force a refresh
+" call Decho("clear buffer<".expand("%")."> with :%d")
+ setlocal noro ma
+ keepjumps %d
+ endif
+
+ if has("amiga")
+ " amiga
+" call Decho('case "go up one directory": newdir == "../" and amiga')
+ if a:islocal
+ let dirname= substitute(dirname,'^\(.*[/:]\)\([^/]\+$\)','\1','')
+ let dirname= substitute(dirname,'/$','','')
+ else
+ let dirname= substitute(dirname,'^\(.*[/:]\)\([^/]\+/$\)','\1','')
+ endif
+" call Decho("amiga: dirname<".dirname."> (go up one dir)")
+
+ else
+ " unix or cygwin
+" call Decho('case "go up one directory": newdir == "../" and unix or cygwin')
+ if a:islocal
+ let dirname= substitute(dirname,'^\(.*\)/\([^/]\+\)/$','\1','')
+ if dirname == ""
+ let dirname= '/'
+ endif
+ else
+ let dirname= substitute(dirname,'^\(\a\+://.\{-}/\{1,2}\)\(.\{-}\)\([^/]\+\)/$','\1\2','')
+ endif
+" call Decho("unix: dirname<".dirname."> (go up one dir)")
+ endif
+
+ elseif w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST && exists("w:netrw_treedict")
+" call Decho('case liststyle is TREELIST and w:netrw_treedict exists')
+ " force a refresh (for TREELIST, wait for NetTreeDir() to force the refresh)
+ setlocal noro ma
+ if !(exists("w:netrw_liststyle") && w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST && exists("b:netrw_curdir"))
+" call Decho("clear buffer<".expand("%")."> with :%d")
+ keepjumps %d
+ endif
+ let treedir = s:NetTreeDir()
+ let s:treecurpos = nbcd_curpos
+ let haskey= 0
+" call Decho("w:netrw_treedict<".string(w:netrw_treedict).">")
+
+ " search treedict for tree dir as-is
+ if has_key(w:netrw_treedict,treedir)
+" call Decho('....searched for treedir<'.treedir.'> : found it!')
+ let haskey= 1
+ else
+" call Decho('....searched for treedir<'.treedir.'> : not found')
+ endif
+
+ " search treedict for treedir with a / appended
+ if !haskey && treedir !~ '/$'
+ if has_key(w:netrw_treedict,treedir."/")
+ let treedir= treedir."/"
+" call Decho('....searched.for treedir<'.treedir.'> found it!')
+ let haskey = 1
+ else
+" call Decho('....searched for treedir<'.treedir.'/> : not found')
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " search treedict for treedir with any trailing / elided
+ if !haskey && treedir =~ '/$'
+ let treedir= substitute(treedir,'/$','','')
+ if has_key(w:netrw_treedict,treedir)
+" call Decho('....searched.for treedir<'.treedir.'> found it!')
+ let haskey = 1
+ else
+" call Decho('....searched for treedir<'.treedir.'> : not found')
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if haskey
+ " close tree listing for selected subdirectory
+" call Decho("closing selected subdirectory<".dirname.">")
+ call remove(w:netrw_treedict,treedir)
+" call Decho("removed entry<".dirname."> from treedict")
+" call Decho("yielding treedict<".string(w:netrw_treedict).">")
+ let dirname= w:netrw_treetop
+ else
+ " go down one directory
+ let dirname= substitute(treedir,'/*$','/','')
+" call Decho("go down one dir: treedir<".treedir.">")
+ endif
+
+ else
+ " go down one directory
+ let dirname= s:ComposePath(dirname,newdir)
+" call Decho("go down one dir: dirname<".dirname."> newdir<".newdir.">")
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NetBrowseChgDir <".dirname."> : curpos<".string(getpos(".")).">")
+ return dirname
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NetHide: this function is invoked by the "a" map for browsing {{{2
+" and switches the hiding mode
+fun! s:NetHide(islocal)
+" call Dfunc("NetHide(islocal=".a:islocal.")")
+ let g:netrw_hide=(g:netrw_hide+1)%3
+ exe "norm! 0"
+ if g:netrw_hide && g:netrw_list_hide == ""
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"your hiding list is empty!",49)
+" call Dret("NetHide")
+ return
+ endif
+ call netrw#NetSavePosn()
+ call s:NetRefresh(a:islocal,s:NetBrowseChgDir(a:islocal,'./'))
+" call Dret("NetHide")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+" ===========================================
+" s:NetPreview: {{{2
+fun! s:NetPreview(path) range
+" call Dfunc("NetPreview(path<".a:path.">)")
+ if has("quickfix")
+ if !isdirectory(a:path)
+ exe "pedit ".escape(a:path,g:netrw_fname_escape)
+ elseif !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"sorry, cannot preview a directory such as <".a:path.">",38)
+ endif
+ elseif !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"sorry, to preview your vim needs the quickfix feature compiled in",39)
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetPreview")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NetSortStyle: change sorting style (name - time - size) and refresh display {{{2
+fun! s:NetSortStyle(islocal)
+" call Dfunc("s:NetSortStyle(islocal=".a:islocal.") netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.">")
+ call s:NetSaveWordPosn()
+
+ let g:netrw_sort_by= (g:netrw_sort_by =~ 'n')? 'time' : (g:netrw_sort_by =~ 't')? 'size' : 'name'
+ norm! 0
+ call netrw#NetSavePosn()
+ call s:NetRefresh(a:islocal,s:NetBrowseChgDir(a:islocal,'./'))
+
+" call Dret("s:NetSortStyle : netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.">")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Remote Directory Browsing Support: {{{1
+" ===========================================
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:RemoteListing: {{{2
+fun! s:RemoteListing()
+" call Dfunc("s:RemoteListing() b:netrw_curdir<".b:netrw_curdir.">)")
+
+ call s:RemotePathAnalysis(b:netrw_curdir)
+
+ " sanity check:
+ if exists("b:netrw_method") && b:netrw_method =~ '[235]'
+" call Decho("b:netrw_method=".b:netrw_method)
+ if !executable("ftp")
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"this system doesn't support remote directory listing via ftp",18)
+ endif
+ call s:NetOptionRestore()
+" call Dret("s:RemoteListing")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ elseif !exists("g:netrw_list_cmd") || g:netrw_list_cmd == ''
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ if g:netrw_list_cmd == ""
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,g:netrw_ssh_cmd." is not executable on your system",47)
+ else
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"this system doesn't support remote directory listing via ".g:netrw_list_cmd,19)
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ call s:NetOptionRestore()
+" call Dret("s:RemoteListing")
+ return
+ endif " (remote handling sanity check)
+
+ if exists("b:netrw_method")
+" call Decho("setting w:netrw_method<".b:netrw_method.">")
+ let w:netrw_method= b:netrw_method
+ endif
+
+ if s:method == "ftp"
+ " use ftp to get remote file listing
+" call Decho("use ftp to get remote file listing")
+ let s:method = "ftp"
+ let listcmd = g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd
+ if g:netrw_sort_by =~ '^t'
+ let listcmd= g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd
+ elseif g:netrw_sort_by =~ '^s'
+ let listcmd= g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd
+ endif
+" call Decho("listcmd<".listcmd."> (using g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd)")
+ call s:NetBrowseFtpCmd(s:path,listcmd)
+" exe "keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./call Decho("raw listing: ".getline("."))'
+
+ if w:netrw_liststyle == s:THINLIST || w:netrw_liststyle == s:WIDELIST || w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST
+ " shorten the listing
+" call Decho("generate short listing")
+ exe "keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt
+
+ " cleanup
+ if g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject != ""
+ exe "silent! g/".g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject."/keepjumps d"
+ endif
+ silent! keepjumps %s/\r$//e
+
+ " if there's no ../ listed, then put ./ and ../ in
+ let line1= line(".")
+ exe "keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt
+ let line2= search('^\.\.\/\%(\s\|$\)','cnW')
+ if line2 == 0
+" call Decho("netrw is putting ./ and ../ into listing")
+ keepjumps put='../'
+ keepjumps put='./'
+ endif
+ exe "keepjumps ".line1
+ keepjumps norm! 0
+
+" call Decho("line1=".line1." line2=".line2." line(.)=".line("."))
+ if search('^\d\{2}-\d\{2}-\d\{2}\s','n') " M$ ftp site cleanup
+" call Decho("M$ ftp cleanup")
+ exe 'silent! keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\d\{2}-\d\{2}-\d\{2}\s\+\d\+:\d\+[AaPp][Mm]\s\+\%(<DIR>\|\d\+\)\s\+//'
+ else " normal ftp cleanup
+" call Decho("normal ftp cleanup")
+ exe 'silent! keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\(\%(\S\+\s\+\)\{7}\S\+\)\s\+\(\S.*\)$/\2/e'
+ exe "silent! keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/ -> /s# -> .*/$#/#e'
+ exe "silent! keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/ -> /s# -> .*$#/#e'
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ else
+ " use ssh to get remote file listing {{{3
+" call Decho("use ssh to get remote file listing: s:netrw_shq<".g:netrw_shq."> s:path<".s:path."> s:netrw_cd_escape<".s:netrw_cd_escape.">")
+ let listcmd= s:MakeSshCmd(g:netrw_list_cmd)
+" call Decho("listcmd<".listcmd."> (using g:netrw_list_cmd)")
+ if g:netrw_scp_cmd =~ '^pscp'
+" call Decho("1: exe silent r! ".listcmd.g:netrw_shq.s:path.g:netrw_shq)
+ exe "silent r! ".listcmd.g:netrw_shq.s:path.g:netrw_shq
+ " remove rubbish and adjust listing format of 'pscp' to 'ssh ls -FLa' like
+ g/^Listing directory/d
+ g/^d[-rwx][-rwx][-rwx]/s+$+/+e
+ silent g/^l[-rwx][-rwx][-rwx]/s+$+@+e
+ if g:netrw_liststyle != s:LONGLIST
+ g/^[dlsp-][-rwx][-rwx][-rwx]/s/^.*\s\(\S\+\)$/\1/e
+ endif
+ else
+ if s:path == ""
+" call Decho("2: exe silent r! ".listcmd)
+ exe "silent r! ".listcmd
+ else
+" call Decho("3: exe silent r! ".listcmd." ".g:netrw_shq.s:path.g:netrw_shq)
+ exe "silent r! ".listcmd." ".g:netrw_shq.s:path.g:netrw_shq
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " cleanup
+ if g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject != ""
+" call Decho("(cleanup) exe silent! g/".g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject."/keepjumps d")
+ exe "silent! g/".g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject."/keepjumps d"
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if w:netrw_liststyle == s:LONGLIST
+ " do a long listing; these substitutions need to be done prior to sorting {{{3
+" call Decho("fix long listing:")
+
+ if s:method == "ftp"
+ " cleanup
+ exe "keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt
+ while getline(".") =~ g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject
+ keepjumps d
+ endwhile
+ " if there's no ../ listed, then put ./ and ../ in
+ let line1= line(".")
+ keepjumps 1
+ silent keepjumps call search('^\.\.\/\%(\s\|$\)','W')
+ let line2= line(".")
+ if line2 == 0
+ exe 'keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt."put='./'"
+ if b:netrw_curdir != '/'
+ exe 'keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt."put='../'"
+ endif
+ endif
+ exe "keepjumps ".line1
+ keepjumps norm! 0
+ endif
+
+ if search('^\d\{2}-\d\{2}-\d\{2}\s','n') " M$ ftp site cleanup
+" call Decho("M$ ftp site listing cleanup")
+ exe 'silent! keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\(\d\{2}-\d\{2}-\d\{2}\s\+\d\+:\d\+[AaPp][Mm]\s\+\%(<DIR>\|\d\+\)\s\+\)\(\w.*\)$/\2\t\1/'
+ elseif exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && w:netrw_bannercnt <= line("$")
+" call Decho("normal ftp site listing cleanup: bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt." line($)=".line("$"))
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/ -> .*$//e'
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\(\%(\S\+\s\+\)\{7}\S\+\)\s\+\(\S.*\)$/\2\t\1/e'
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt
+ endif
+ endif
+
+" if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && w:netrw_bannercnt <= line("$") " Decho
+" exe "keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./call Decho("listing: ".getline("."))'
+" endif " Decho
+" call Dret("s:RemoteListing")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetGetWord: it gets the directory named under the cursor {{{2
+fun! s:NetGetWord()
+" call Dfunc("NetGetWord() line#".line(".")." liststyle=".g:netrw_liststyle." virtcol=".virtcol("."))
+ call s:UseBufWinVars()
+
+ " insure that w:netrw_liststyle is set up
+ if !exists("w:netrw_liststyle")
+ if exists("g:netrw_liststyle")
+ let w:netrw_liststyle= g:netrw_liststyle
+ else
+ let w:netrw_liststyle= s:THINLIST
+ endif
+" call Decho("w:netrw_liststyle=".w:netrw_liststyle)
+ endif
+
+ if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && line(".") < w:netrw_bannercnt
+ " Active Banner support
+" call Decho("active banner handling")
+ norm! 0
+ let dirname= "./"
+ let curline= getline(".")
+
+ if curline =~ '"\s*Sorted by\s'
+ norm s
+ let s:netrw_skipbrowse= 1
+ echo 'Pressing "s" also works'
+
+ elseif curline =~ '"\s*Sort sequence:'
+ let s:netrw_skipbrowse= 1
+ echo 'Press "S" to edit sorting sequence'
+
+ elseif curline =~ '"\s*Quick Help:'
+ norm ?
+ let s:netrw_skipbrowse= 1
+ echo 'Pressing "?" also works'
+
+ elseif curline =~ '"\s*\%(Hiding\|Showing\):'
+ norm a
+ let s:netrw_skipbrowse= 1
+ echo 'Pressing "a" also works'
+
+ elseif line("$") > w:netrw_bannercnt
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt
+ endif
+
+ elseif w:netrw_liststyle == s:THINLIST
+" call Decho("thin column handling")
+ norm! 0
+ let dirname= getline(".")
+
+ elseif w:netrw_liststyle == s:LONGLIST
+" call Decho("long column handling")
+ norm! 0
+ let dirname= substitute(getline("."),'^\(\%(\S\+ \)*\S\+\).\{-}$','\1','e')
+
+ elseif w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST
+" call Decho("treelist handling")
+ let dirname= substitute(getline("."),'^\(| \)*','','e')
+
+ else
+" call Decho("obtain word from wide listing")
+ let dirname= getline(".")
+
+ if !exists("b:netrw_cpf")
+ let b:netrw_cpf= 0
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./if virtcol("$") > b:netrw_cpf|let b:netrw_cpf= virtcol("$")|endif'
+" call Decho("computed cpf")
+ endif
+
+" call Decho("buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">")
+ let filestart = (virtcol(".")/b:netrw_cpf)*b:netrw_cpf
+" call Decho("filestart= ([virtcol=".virtcol(".")."]/[b:netrw_cpf=".b:netrw_cpf."])*b:netrw_cpf=".filestart." bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt)
+" call Decho("1: dirname<".dirname.">")
+ if filestart > 0|let dirname= substitute(dirname,'^.\{'.filestart.'}','','')|endif
+" call Decho("2: dirname<".dirname.">")
+ let dirname = substitute(dirname,'^\(.\{'.b:netrw_cpf.'}\).*$','\1','e')
+" call Decho("3: dirname<".dirname.">")
+ let dirname = substitute(dirname,'\s\+$','','e')
+" call Decho("4: dirname<".dirname.">")
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("NetGetWord <".dirname.">")
+ return dirname
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetBrowseRm: remove/delete a remote file or directory {{{2
+fun! s:NetBrowseRm(usrhost,path) range
+" call Dfunc("NetBrowseRm(usrhost<".a:usrhost."> path<".a:path.">) virtcol=".virtcol("."))
+" call Decho("firstline=".a:firstline." lastline=".a:lastline)
+
+ " preparation for removing multiple files/directories
+ let ctr= a:firstline
+ let all= 0
+
+ " remove multiple files and directories
+ while ctr <= a:lastline
+ exe ctr
+
+ let rmfile= s:NetGetWord()
+" call Decho("rmfile<".rmfile.">")
+
+ if rmfile !~ '^"' && (rmfile =~ '@$' || rmfile !~ '[\/]$')
+ " attempt to remove file
+" call Decho("attempt to remove file")
+ if !all
+ echohl Statement
+ call inputsave()
+ let ok= input("Confirm deletion of file<".rmfile."> ","[{y(es)},n(o),a(ll),q(uit)] ")
+ call inputrestore()
+ echohl NONE
+ if ok == ""
+ let ok="no"
+ endif
+ let ok= substitute(ok,'\[{y(es)},n(o),a(ll),q(uit)]\s*','','e')
+ if ok =~ 'a\%[ll]'
+ let all= 1
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if all || ok =~ 'y\%[es]' || ok == ""
+ if exists("w:netrw_method") && (w:netrw_method == 2 || w:netrw_method == 3)
+ silent! keepjumps .,$d
+ call s:NetBrowseFtpCmd(a:path,"delete ".rmfile)
+ else
+ let netrw_rm_cmd= s:MakeSshCmd(g:netrw_rm_cmd)
+" call Decho("attempt to remove file: system(".netrw_rm_cmd.")")
+ let ret= s:System("system",netrw_rm_cmd)
+" call Decho("returned=".ret." errcode=".v:shell_error)
+ endif
+ elseif ok =~ 'q\%[uit]'
+ break
+ endif
+
+ else
+ " attempt to remove directory
+" call Decho("attempt to remove directory")
+ if !all
+ call inputsave()
+ let ok= input("Confirm deletion of directory<".rmfile."> ","[{y(es)},n(o),a(ll),q(uit)] ")
+ call inputrestore()
+ if ok == ""
+ let ok="no"
+ endif
+ let ok= substitute(ok,'\[{y(es)},n(o),a(ll),q(uit)]\s*','','e')
+ if ok =~ 'a\%[ll]'
+ let all= 1
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if all || ok =~ 'y\%[es]' || ok == ""
+ if exists("w:netrw_method") && (w:netrw_method == 2 || w:netrw_method == 3)
+ call s:NetBrowseFtpCmd(a:path,"rmdir ".rmfile)
+ else
+ let rmfile = substitute(a:path.rmfile,'/$','','')
+ let netrw_rmdir_cmd = s:MakeSshCmd(g:netrw_rmdir_cmd).' '.rmfile
+" call Decho("attempt to remove dir: system(".netrw_rmdir_cmd.")")
+ let ret= s:System("system",netrw_rmdir_cmd)
+" call Decho("returned=".ret." errcode=".v:shell_error)
+
+ if v:shell_error != 0
+" call Decho("v:shell_error not 0")
+ let netrw_rmf_cmd= s:MakeSshCmd(g:netrw_rmf_cmd).' '.substitute(rmfile,'[\/]$','','e')
+" call Decho("2nd attempt to remove dir: system(".netrw_rmf_cmd.")")
+ let ret= s:System("system",netrw_rmf_cmd)
+" call Decho("returned=".ret." errcode=".v:shell_error)
+
+ if v:shell_error != 0 && !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to remove directory<".rmfile."> -- is it empty?",22)
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ elseif ok =~ 'q\%[uit]'
+ break
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ let ctr= ctr + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " refresh the (remote) directory listing
+" call Decho("refresh remote directory listing")
+ call netrw#NetSavePosn()
+ call s:NetRefresh(0,s:NetBrowseChgDir(0,'./'))
+
+" call Dret("NetBrowseRm")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetBrowseRename: rename a remote file or directory {{{2
+fun! s:NetBrowseRename(usrhost,path) range
+" call Dfunc("NetBrowseRename(usrhost<".a:usrhost."> path<".a:path.">)")
+
+ " preparation for removing multiple files/directories
+ let ctr = a:firstline
+ let rename_cmd = s:MakeSshCmd(g:netrw_rename_cmd)
+
+ " attempt to rename files/directories
+ while ctr <= a:lastline
+ exe "keepjumps ".ctr
+
+ norm! 0
+ let oldname= s:NetGetWord()
+" call Decho("oldname<".oldname.">")
+
+ call inputsave()
+ let newname= input("Moving ".oldname." to : ",oldname)
+ call inputrestore()
+
+ if exists("w:netrw_method") && (w:netrw_method == 2 || w:netrw_method == 3)
+ call s:NetBrowseFtpCmd(a:path,"rename ".oldname." ".newname)
+ else
+ let oldname= a:path.oldname
+ let newname= a:path.newname
+" call Decho("system(rename_cmd".' "'.escape(oldname," ").'" "'.escape(newname,s:netrw_cd_escape).'"')
+ let ret= s:System("system",rename_cmd.' "'.escape(oldname,s:netrw_cd_escape).'" "'.escape(newname,s:netrw_cd_escape).'"')
+ endif
+
+ let ctr= ctr + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " refresh the directory
+ let curline= line(".")
+ call s:NetBrowse(0,s:NetBrowseChgDir(0,'./'))
+ exe "keepjumps ".curline
+" call Dret("NetBrowseRename")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetRefresh: {{{2
+fun! s:NetRefresh(islocal,dirname)
+" call Dfunc("NetRefresh(islocal<".a:islocal.">,dirname=".a:dirname.") hide=".g:netrw_hide." sortdir=".g:netrw_sort_direction)
+ " at the current time (Mar 19, 2007) all calls to NetRefresh() call NetBrowseChgDir() first.
+ " NetBrowseChgDir() may clear the display; hence a NetSavePosn() may not work if its placed here.
+ " Also, NetBrowseChgDir() now does a NetSavePosn() itself.
+ setlocal ma noro
+" call Decho("clear buffer<".expand("%")."> with :%d")
+ %d
+ if a:islocal
+ call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
+ else
+ call s:NetBrowse(a:islocal,a:dirname)
+ endif
+ call netrw#NetRestorePosn()
+ redraw!
+" call Dret("NetRefresh")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetSplit: mode {{{2
+" =0 : net and o
+" =1 : net and t
+" =2 : net and v
+" =3 : local and o
+" =4 : local and t
+" =5 : local and v
+fun! s:NetSplit(mode)
+" call Dfunc("NetSplit(mode=".a:mode.") alto=".g:netrw_alto." altv=".g:netrw_altv)
+
+ call s:SaveWinVars()
+
+ if a:mode == 0
+ " remote and o
+ exe (g:netrw_alto? "bel " : "abo ").g:netrw_winsize."wincmd s"
+ let s:didsplit= 1
+ call s:RestoreWinVars()
+ call s:NetBrowse(0,s:NetBrowseChgDir(0,s:NetGetWord()))
+ unlet s:didsplit
+
+ elseif a:mode == 1
+ " remote and t
+ let cursorword = s:NetGetWord()
+ tabnew
+ let s:didsplit= 1
+ call s:RestoreWinVars()
+ call s:NetBrowse(0,s:NetBrowseChgDir(0,cursorword))
+ unlet s:didsplit
+
+ elseif a:mode == 2
+ " remote and v
+ exe (g:netrw_altv? "rightb " : "lefta ").g:netrw_winsize."wincmd v"
+ let s:didsplit= 1
+ call s:RestoreWinVars()
+ call s:NetBrowse(0,s:NetBrowseChgDir(0,s:NetGetWord()))
+ unlet s:didsplit
+
+ elseif a:mode == 3
+ " local and o
+ exe (g:netrw_alto? "bel " : "abo ").g:netrw_winsize."wincmd s"
+ let s:didsplit= 1
+ call s:RestoreWinVars()
+ call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(s:NetBrowseChgDir(1,s:NetGetWord()))
+ unlet s:didsplit
+
+ elseif a:mode == 4
+ " local and t
+ let netrw_curdir= b:netrw_curdir
+ let cursorword = s:NetGetWord()
+ tabnew
+ let b:netrw_curdir= netrw_curdir
+ let s:didsplit= 1
+ call s:RestoreWinVars()
+ call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(s:NetBrowseChgDir(1,cursorword))
+ unlet s:didsplit
+
+ elseif a:mode == 5
+ " local and v
+ exe (g:netrw_altv? "rightb " : "lefta ").g:netrw_winsize."wincmd v"
+ let s:didsplit= 1
+ call s:RestoreWinVars()
+ call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(s:NetBrowseChgDir(1,s:NetGetWord()))
+ unlet s:didsplit
+
+ else
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"(NetSplit) unsupported mode=".a:mode,45)
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("NetSplit")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetBrowseX: allows users to write custom functions to operate on {{{2
+" files given their extension. Passes 0=local, 1=remote
+fun! netrw#NetBrowseX(fname,remote)
+" call Dfunc("NetBrowseX(fname<".a:fname."> remote=".a:remote.")")
+
+ " set up the filename
+ " (lower case the extension, make a local copy of a remote file)
+ let exten= substitute(a:fname,'.*\.\(.\{-}\)','\1','e')
+ if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+ let exten= substitute(exten,'^.*$','\L&\E','')
+ endif
+ let fname= escape(a:fname,"%#")
+" call Decho("fname<".fname."> after escape()")
+
+ " seems kde systems often have gnome-open due to dependencies, even though
+ " gnome-open's subsidiary display tools are largely absent. Kde systems
+ " usually have "kdeinit" running, though... (tnx Mikolaj Machowski)
+ if !exists("s:haskdeinit")
+ if has("unix")
+ let s:haskdeinit= s:System("system",'ps -e') =~ 'kdeinit'
+ if v:shell_error
+ let s:haskdeinit = 0
+ endif
+ else
+ let s:haskdeinit= 0
+ endif
+" call Decho("setting s:haskdeinit=".s:haskdeinit)
+ endif
+
+ if a:remote == 1
+ " create a local copy
+ let fname= fnamemodify(tempname(),":t:r").".".exten
+" call Decho("a:remote=".a:remote.": create a local copy of <".a:fname."> as <".fname.">")
+ exe "silent keepjumps bot 1new ".a:fname
+ setlocal bh=delete
+" call Decho("exe w! ".fname)
+ exe "w! ".fname
+ q
+ endif
+" call Decho("exten<".exten."> "."netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".exten."():exists=".exists("*netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".exten))
+
+ " set up redirection
+ if &srr =~ "%s"
+ let redir= substitute(&srr,"%s","/dev/null","")
+ else
+ let redir= &srr . "/dev/null"
+ endif
+" call Decho("redir{".redir."} srr{".&srr."}")
+
+ " execute the file handler
+ if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer") && g:netrw_browsex_viewer == '-'
+" call Decho("g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">")
+ let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
+
+ elseif exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer") && executable(g:netrw_browsex_viewer)
+" call Decho("g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">")
+" call Decho("exe silent !".g:netrw_browsex_viewer." '".escape(fname,'%#')."' ".redir)
+ exe "silent !".g:netrw_browsex_viewer." '".escape(fname,'%#')."'".redir
+ let ret= v:shell_error
+
+ elseif has("win32") || has("win64")
+" call Decho('exe silent !start rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler "'.escape(fname, '%#').'"')
+ exe 'silent !start rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler "'.escape(fname, '%#').'"'
+ call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
+ let ret= v:shell_error
+
+ elseif has("unix") && executable("gnome-open") && !s:haskdeinit
+" call Decho("exe silent !gnome-open '".escape(fname,'%#')."' ".redir)
+ exe "silent !gnome-open '".escape(fname,'%#')."'".redir
+ let ret= v:shell_error
+
+ elseif has("unix") && executable("kfmclient") && s:haskdeinit
+" call Decho("exe silent !kfmclient exec '".escape(fname,'%#')."' ".redir)
+ exe "silent !kfmclient exec '".escape(fname,'%#')."' ".redir
+ let ret= v:shell_error
+
+ else
+ " netrwFileHandlers#Invoke() always returns 0
+ let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
+ endif
+
+ " if unsuccessful, attempt netrwFileHandlers#Invoke()
+ if ret
+ let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
+ endif
+
+ redraw!
+
+ " cleanup: remove temporary file,
+ " delete current buffer if success with handler,
+ " return to prior buffer (directory listing)
+ if a:remote == 1 && fname != a:fname
+" call Decho("deleting temporary file<".fname.">")
+ call s:System("delete",fname)
+ endif
+
+ if a:remote == 1
+ setlocal bh=delete bt=nofile
+ if g:netrw_use_noswf
+ setlocal noswf
+ endif
+ exe "norm! \<c-o>"
+ redraw!
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("NetBrowseX")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetBrowseFtpCmd: unfortunately, not all ftp servers honor options for ls {{{2
+" This function assumes that a long listing will be received. Size, time,
+" and reverse sorts will be requested of the server but not otherwise
+" enforced here.
+fun! s:NetBrowseFtpCmd(path,listcmd)
+" call Dfunc("NetBrowseFtpCmd(path<".a:path."> listcmd<".a:listcmd.">) netrw_method=".w:netrw_method)
+" call Decho("line($)=".line("$")." bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt)
+
+ " because WinXX ftp uses unix style input
+ let ffkeep= &ff
+ setlocal ma ff=unix noro
+
+ " clear off any older non-banner lines
+ " note that w:netrw_bannercnt indexes the line after the banner
+" call Decho('exe silent! keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.",$d (clear off old non-banner lines)")
+ exe "silent! keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt.",$d"
+
+ ".........................................
+ if w:netrw_method == 2 || w:netrw_method == 5
+ " ftp + <.netrc>: Method #2
+ if a:path != ""
+ put ='cd \"'.a:path.'\"'
+ endif
+ if exists("g:netrw_ftpextracmd")
+ exe "put ='".g:netrw_ftpextracmd."'"
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ endif
+ exe "put ='".a:listcmd."'"
+" exe w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./call Decho("ftp#".line(".").": ".getline("."))'
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+" call Decho("exe ".g:netrw_silentxfer.w:netrw_bannercnt.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine." ".g:netrw_port)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer.w:netrw_bannercnt.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine." ".g:netrw_port
+ else
+" call Decho("exe ".g:netrw_silentxfer.w:netrw_bannercnt.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer.w:netrw_bannercnt.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine
+ endif
+
+ ".........................................
+ elseif w:netrw_method == 3
+ " ftp + machine,id,passwd,filename: Method #3
+ setlocal ff=unix
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine.' '.g:netrw_port
+ else
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine
+ endif
+
+ if exists("g:netrw_ftp") && g:netrw_ftp == 1
+ put =g:netrw_uid
+ put ='\"'.g:netrw_passwd.'\"'
+ else
+ put ='user \"'.g:netrw_uid.'\" \"'.g:netrw_passwd.'\"'
+ endif
+
+ if a:path != ""
+ put ='cd \"'.a:path.'\"'
+ endif
+ if exists("g:netrw_ftpextracmd")
+ exe "put ='".g:netrw_ftpextracmd."'"
+" call Decho("filter input: ".getline("."))
+ endif
+ exe "put ='".a:listcmd."'"
+
+ " perform ftp:
+ " -i : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
+ " -n unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
+ " -n win32: quit being obnoxious about password
+" exe w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./call Decho("ftp#".line(".").": ".getline("."))'
+" call Decho("exe ".g:netrw_silentxfer.w:netrw_bannercnt.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i -n")
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer.w:netrw_bannercnt.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i -n"
+
+ ".........................................
+ else
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"unable to comply with your request<" . choice . ">",23)
+ endif
+
+ " cleanup for Windows
+ if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+ silent! keepjumps %s/\r$//e
+ endif
+ if a:listcmd == "dir"
+ " infer directory/link based on the file permission string
+ silent! keepjumps g/d\%([-r][-w][-x]\)\{3}/s@$@/@
+ silent! keepjumps g/l\%([-r][-w][-x]\)\{3}/s/$/@/
+ if w:netrw_liststyle == s:THINLIST || w:netrw_liststyle == s:WIDELIST || w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST
+ exe "silent! keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\%(\S\+\s\+\)\{8}//e'
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " ftp's listing doesn't seem to include ./ or ../
+ if !search('^\.\/$\|\s\.\/$','wn')
+ exe 'keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt
+ put ='./'
+ endif
+ if !search('^\.\.\/$\|\s\.\.\/$','wn')
+ exe 'keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt
+ put ='../'
+ endif
+
+ " restore settings
+ let &ff= ffkeep
+" call Dret("NetBrowseFtpCmd")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetListHide: uses [range]g~...~d to delete files that match comma {{{2
+" separated patterns given in g:netrw_list_hide
+fun! s:NetListHide()
+" call Dfunc("NetListHide() hide=".g:netrw_hide." listhide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">")
+
+ " find a character not in the "hide" string to use as a separator for :g and :v commands
+ " How-it-works: take the hiding command, convert it into a range. Duplicate
+ " characters don't matter. Remove all such characters from the '/~...90'
+ " string. Use the first character left as a separator character.
+ let listhide= g:netrw_list_hide
+ let sep = strpart(substitute('/~@#$%^&*{};:,<.>?|1234567890','['.escape(listhide,'-]^\').']','','ge'),1,1)
+" call Decho("sep=".sep)
+
+ while listhide != ""
+ if listhide =~ ','
+ let hide = substitute(listhide,',.*$','','e')
+ let listhide = substitute(listhide,'^.\{-},\(.*\)$','\1','e')
+ else
+ let hide = listhide
+ let listhide= ""
+ endif
+
+ " Prune the list by hiding any files which match
+ if g:netrw_hide == 1
+" call Decho("hiding<".hide."> listhide<".listhide.">")
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g'.sep.hide.sep.'d'
+ elseif g:netrw_hide == 2
+" call Decho("showing<".hide."> listhide<".listhide.">")
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g'.sep.hide.sep.'s@^@ /-KEEP-/ @'
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ if g:netrw_hide == 2
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$v@^ /-KEEP-/ @d'
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s@^\%( /-KEEP-/ \)\+@@e'
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("NetListHide")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetHideEdit: allows user to edit the file/directory hiding list
+fun! s:NetHideEdit(islocal)
+" call Dfunc("NetHideEdit(islocal=".a:islocal.")")
+
+ " save current cursor position
+ let s:nhe_curpos= getpos(".")
+
+ " get new hiding list from user
+ call inputsave()
+ let newhide= input("Edit Hiding List: ",g:netrw_list_hide)
+ call inputrestore()
+ let g:netrw_list_hide= newhide
+" call Decho("new g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">")
+
+ " refresh the listing
+ silent call s:NetRefresh(a:islocal,s:NetBrowseChgDir(a:islocal,"./"))
+
+ " restore cursor position
+ call setpos('.',s:nhe_curpos)
+ unlet s:nhe_curpos
+
+" call Dret("NetHideEdit")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetSortSequence: allows user to edit the sorting sequence
+fun! s:NetSortSequence(islocal)
+" call Dfunc("NetSortSequence(islocal=".a:islocal.")")
+
+ call inputsave()
+ let newsortseq= input("Edit Sorting Sequence: ",g:netrw_sort_sequence)
+ call inputrestore()
+
+ " refresh the listing
+ let g:netrw_sort_sequence= newsortseq
+ call netrw#NetSavePosn()
+ call s:NetRefresh(a:islocal,s:NetBrowseChgDir(a:islocal,'./'))
+
+" call Dret("NetSortSequence")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetListStyle: {{{2
+" islocal=0: remote browsing
+" =1: local browsing
+fun! s:NetListStyle(islocal)
+" call Dfunc("NetListStyle(islocal=".a:islocal.") w:netrw_liststyle=".w:netrw_liststyle)
+ let fname = s:NetGetWord()
+ if !exists("w:netrw_liststyle")|let w:netrw_liststyle= g:netrw_liststyle|endif
+ let w:netrw_liststyle = (w:netrw_liststyle + 1) % s:MAXLIST
+" call Decho("fname<".fname.">")
+" call Decho("chgd w:netrw_liststyle to ".w:netrw_liststyle)
+" call Decho("b:netrw_curdir<".(exists("b:netrw_curdir")? b:netrw_curdir : "doesn't exist").">")
+
+ if w:netrw_liststyle == s:THINLIST
+ " use one column listing
+" call Decho("use one column list")
+ let g:netrw_list_cmd = substitute(g:netrw_list_cmd,' -l','','ge')
+
+ elseif w:netrw_liststyle == s:LONGLIST
+ " use long list
+" call Decho("use long list")
+ let g:netrw_list_cmd = g:netrw_list_cmd." -l"
+
+ elseif w:netrw_liststyle == s:WIDELIST
+ " give wide list
+" call Decho("use wide list")
+ let g:netrw_list_cmd = substitute(g:netrw_list_cmd,' -l','','ge')
+
+ elseif w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST
+" call Decho("use tree list")
+ let g:netrw_list_cmd = substitute(g:netrw_list_cmd,' -l','','ge')
+
+ else
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"bad value for g:netrw_liststyle (=".w:netrw_liststyle.")",46)
+ let g:netrw_liststyle = s:THINLIST
+ let w:netrw_liststyle = g:netrw_liststyle
+ let g:netrw_list_cmd = substitute(g:netrw_list_cmd,' -l','','ge')
+ endif
+ setlocal ma noro
+
+ " clear buffer - this will cause NetBrowse/LocalBrowseCheck to do a refresh
+" call Decho("clear buffer<".expand("%")."> with :%d")
+ %d
+
+ " refresh the listing
+ call netrw#NetSavePosn()
+ call s:NetRefresh(a:islocal,s:NetBrowseChgDir(a:islocal,'./'))
+
+ " keep cursor on the filename
+ silent keepjumps $
+ let result= search('\%(^\%(|\+\s\)\=\|\s\{2,}\)\zs'.escape(fname,'.\[]*$^').'\%(\s\{2,}\|$\)','bc')
+" call Decho("search result=".result." w:netrw_bannercnt=".(exists("w:netrw_bannercnt")? w:netrw_bannercnt : 'N/A'))
+ if result <= 0 && exists("w:netrw_bannercnt")
+ exe w:netrw_bannercnt
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("NetListStyle".(exists("w:netrw_liststyle")? ' : w:netrw_liststyle='.w:netrw_liststyle : ""))
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetWideListing: {{{2
+fun! s:NetWideListing()
+
+ if w:netrw_liststyle == s:WIDELIST
+" call Dfunc("NetWideListing() w:netrw_liststyle=".w:netrw_liststyle.' fo='.&fo.' l:fo='.&l:fo)
+ " look for longest filename (cpf=characters per filename)
+ " cpf: characters per file
+ " fpl: files per line
+ " fpc: files per column
+ setlocal ma noro
+ let b:netrw_cpf= 0
+ if line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./if virtcol("$") > b:netrw_cpf|let b:netrw_cpf= virtcol("$")|endif'
+ else
+" call Dret("NetWideListing")
+ return
+ endif
+" call Decho("max file strlen+1=".b:netrw_cpf)
+ let b:netrw_cpf= b:netrw_cpf + 1
+
+ " determine qty files per line (fpl)
+ let w:netrw_fpl= winwidth(0)/b:netrw_cpf
+ if w:netrw_fpl <= 0
+ let w:netrw_fpl= 1
+ endif
+" call Decho("fpl= ".winwidth(0)."/[b:netrw_cpf=".b:netrw_cpf.']='.w:netrw_fpl)
+
+ " make wide display
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^.*$/\=escape(printf("%-'.b:netrw_cpf.'s",submatch(0)),"\\")/'
+ let fpc = (line("$") - w:netrw_bannercnt + w:netrw_fpl)/w:netrw_fpl
+ let newcolstart = w:netrw_bannercnt + fpc
+ let newcolend = newcolstart + fpc - 1
+" call Decho("bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt." fpl=".w:netrw_fpl." fpc=".fpc." newcol[".newcolstart.",".newcolend."]")
+ silent! let keepregstar = @*
+ while line("$") >= newcolstart
+ if newcolend > line("$") | let newcolend= line("$") | endif
+ let newcolqty= newcolend - newcolstart
+ exe newcolstart
+ if newcolqty == 0
+ exe "silent keepjumps norm! 0\<c-v>$hx".w:netrw_bannercnt."G$p"
+ else
+ exe "silent keepjumps norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$hx'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$p'
+ endif
+ exe "silent keepjumps ".newcolstart.','.newcolend.'d'
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt
+ endwhile
+ silent! let @*= keepregstar
+ exe "silent keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/\s\+$//e'
+ setlocal noma nomod ro
+" call Dret("NetWideListing")
+ endif
+
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetTreeDir: determine tree directory given current cursor position {{{2
+" (full path directory with trailing slash returned)
+fun! s:NetTreeDir()
+" call Dfunc("NetTreeDir() curline#".line(".")."<".getline(".")."> b:netrw_curdir<".b:netrw_curdir."> tab#".tabpagenr()." win#".winnr()." buf#".bufnr("%"))
+
+ let treedir= b:netrw_curdir
+" call Decho("set initial treedir<".treedir.">")
+ let s:treecurpos= getpos(".")
+
+ if w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST
+" call Decho("w:netrrw_liststyle is TREELIST:")
+" call Decho("line#".line(".")." getline(.)<".getline('.')."> treecurpos<".string(s:treecurpos).">")
+ if getline('.') =~ '/$'
+ let treedir= substitute(getline('.'),'^\%(| \)*\([^|].\{-}\)$','\1','e')
+ else
+ let treedir= ""
+ endif
+
+" call Decho("treedir<".treedir.">")
+
+ " detect user attempting to close treeroot
+ if getline('.') !~ '|' && getline('.') != '..'
+" call Decho("user attempted to close treeroot")
+ " now force a refresh
+" call Decho("clear buffer<".expand("%")."> with :%d")
+ keepjumps %d
+" call Dret("NetTreeDir <".treedir."> : (side effect) s:treecurpos<".string(s:treecurpos).">")
+ return b:netrw_curdir
+ endif
+
+ " elide all non-depth information
+ let depth = substitute(getline('.'),'^\(\%(| \)*\)[^|].\{-}$','\1','e')
+" call Decho("depth<".depth."> 1st subst")
+
+ " elide first depth
+ let depth = substitute(depth,'^| ','','')
+" call Decho("depth<".depth."> 2nd subst")
+
+ " construct treedir by searching backwards at correct depth
+" call Decho("constructing treedir<".treedir."> depth<".depth.">")
+ while depth != "" && search('^'.depth.'[^|].\{-}/$','bW')
+ let dirname= substitute(getline("."),'^\(| \)*','','e')
+ let treedir= dirname.treedir
+ let depth = substitute(depth,'^| ','','')
+" call Decho("constructing treedir<".treedir.">: dirname<".dirname."> while depth<".depth.">")
+ endwhile
+ if w:netrw_treetop =~ '/$'
+ let treedir= w:netrw_treetop.treedir
+ else
+ let treedir= w:netrw_treetop.'/'.treedir
+ endif
+" call Decho("bufnr(.)=".bufnr(".")." line($)=".line("$")." line(.)=".line("."))
+ endif
+ let treedir= substitute(treedir,'//$','/','')
+
+" " now force a refresh
+" call Decho("clear buffer<".expand("%")."> with :%d")
+" setlocal ma noro
+" keepjumps %d
+
+" call Dret("NetTreeDir <".treedir."> : (side effect) s:treecurpos<".string(s:treecurpos).">")
+ return treedir
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetTreeDisplay: recursive tree display {{{2
+fun! s:NetTreeDisplay(dir,depth)
+" call Dfunc("NetTreeDisplay(dir<".a:dir."> depth<".a:depth.">)")
+
+ " insure that there are no folds
+ setlocal nofen
+
+ " install ../ and shortdir
+ if a:depth == ""
+ call setline(line("$")+1,'../')
+" call Decho("setline#".line("$")." ../ (depth is zero)")
+ endif
+ if a:dir =~ '^\a\+://'
+ if a:dir == w:netrw_treetop
+ let shortdir= a:dir
+ else
+ let shortdir= substitute(a:dir,'^.*/\([^/]\+\)/$','\1/','e')
+ endif
+ call setline(line("$")+1,a:depth.shortdir)
+ else
+ let shortdir= substitute(a:dir,'^.*/','','e')
+ call setline(line("$")+1,a:depth.shortdir.'/')
+ endif
+" call Decho("setline#".line("$")." shortdir<".a:depth.shortdir.">")
+
+ " append a / to dir if its missing one
+ let dir= a:dir
+ if dir !~ '/$'
+ let dir= dir.'/'
+ endif
+
+ " display subtrees (if any)
+ let depth= "| ".a:depth
+" call Decho("display subtrees with depth<".depth."> and current leaves")
+ for entry in w:netrw_treedict[a:dir]
+ let direntry= substitute(dir.entry,'/$','','e')
+" call Decho("dir<".dir."> entry<".entry."> direntry<".direntry.">")
+ if entry =~ '/$' && has_key(w:netrw_treedict,direntry)
+" call Decho("<".direntry."> is a key in treedict - display subtree for it")
+ call s:NetTreeDisplay(direntry,depth)
+ elseif entry =~ '/$' && has_key(w:netrw_treedict,direntry.'/')
+" call Decho("<".direntry."/> is a key in treedict - display subtree for it")
+ call s:NetTreeDisplay(direntry.'/',depth)
+ else
+" call Decho("<".entry."> is not a key in treedict (no subtree)")
+ call setline(line("$")+1,depth.entry)
+ endif
+ endfor
+" call Dret("NetTreeDisplay")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetTreeListing: displays tree listing from treetop on down, using NetTreeDisplay() {{{2
+fun! s:NetTreeListing(dirname)
+ if w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST
+" call Dfunc("NetTreeListing() bufname<".expand("%").">")
+" call Decho("curdir<".a:dirname.">")
+
+ " update the treetop
+" call Decho("update the treetop")
+ if !exists("w:netrw_treetop")
+ let w:netrw_treetop= a:dirname
+" call Decho("w:netrw_treetop<".w:netrw_treetop."> (reusing)")
+ elseif (w:netrw_treetop =~ ('^'.a:dirname) && strlen(a:dirname) < strlen(w:netrw_treetop)) || a:dirname !~ ('^'.w:netrw_treetop)
+ let w:netrw_treetop= a:dirname
+" call Decho("w:netrw_treetop<".w:netrw_treetop."> (went up)")
+ endif
+
+ " insure that we have at least an empty treedict
+ if !exists("w:netrw_treedict")
+ let w:netrw_treedict= {}
+ endif
+
+ " update the directory listing for the current directory
+" call Decho("updating dictionary with ".a:dirname.":[..directory listing..]")
+" call Decho("bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt." line($)=".line("$"))
+ exe "silent! keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g@^\.\.\=/$@d'
+ let w:netrw_treedict[a:dirname]= getline(w:netrw_bannercnt,line("$"))
+" call Decho("treedict=".string(w:netrw_treedict))
+ exe "silent! keepjumps ".w:netrw_bannercnt.",$d"
+
+ " if past banner, record word
+ if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && line(".") > w:netrw_bannercnt
+ let fname= expand("<cword>")
+ else
+ let fname= ""
+ endif
+
+ " display from treetop on down
+ call s:NetTreeDisplay(w:netrw_treetop,"")
+
+ " place cursor
+ if !exists("s:nbcd_curpos")
+ if fname != ""
+" call Decho("(NetTreeListing) place cursor <".fname.">")
+ call search('\<'.fname.'\>','cw')
+ elseif exists("w:netrw_bannercnt")
+ exe (w:netrw_bannercnt+1)
+" call Decho("(NetTreeListing) place cursor line#".(w:netrw_bannercnt+1))
+ endif
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("NetTreeListing : bufname<".expand("%").">")
+ endif
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetSaveWordPosn: used by the "s" command in both remote and local {{{2
+" browsing. Along with NetRestoreWordPosn(), it keeps the cursor on
+" the same word even though the sorting has changed its order of appearance.
+fun! s:NetSaveWordPosn()
+" call Dfunc("NetSaveWordPosn()")
+ let s:netrw_saveword= '^'.escape(getline("."),s:netrw_cd_escape).'$'
+" call Dret("NetSaveWordPosn : saveword<".s:netrw_saveword.">")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetRestoreWordPosn: used by the "s" command; see NetSaveWordPosn() above {{{2
+fun! s:NetRestoreWordPosn()
+" call Dfunc("NetRestoreWordPosn()")
+ silent! call search(s:netrw_saveword,'w')
+" call Dret("NetRestoreWordPosn")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetMakeDir: this function makes a directory (both local and remote) {{{2
+fun! s:NetMakeDir(usrhost)
+" call Dfunc("NetMakeDir(usrhost<".a:usrhost.">)")
+
+ " get name of new directory from user. A bare <CR> will skip.
+ " if its currently a directory, also request will be skipped, but with
+ " a message.
+ call inputsave()
+ let newdirname= input("Please give directory name: ")
+ call inputrestore()
+" call Decho("newdirname<".newdirname.">")
+
+ if newdirname == ""
+" call Dret("NetMakeDir : user aborted with bare <cr>")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ if a:usrhost == ""
+
+ " Local mkdir:
+ " sanity checks
+ let fullnewdir= b:netrw_curdir.'/'.newdirname
+" call Decho("fullnewdir<".fullnewdir.">")
+ if isdirectory(fullnewdir)
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"<".newdirname."> is already a directory!",24)
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetMakeDir : directory<".newdirname."> exists previously")
+ return
+ endif
+ if s:FileReadable(fullnewdir)
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"<".newdirname."> is already a file!",25)
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetMakeDir : file<".newdirname."> exists previously")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " requested new local directory is neither a pre-existing file or
+ " directory, so make it!
+ if exists("*mkdir")
+ call mkdir(fullnewdir,"p")
+ else
+ let netrw_origdir= s:NetGetcwd(1)
+ exe 'keepjumps cd '.b:netrw_curdir
+" call Decho("netrw_origdir<".netrw_origdir.">: cd b:netrw_curdir<".b:netrw_curdir.">")
+" call Decho("exe silent! !".g:netrw_local_mkdir.' '.g:netrw_shq.newdirname.g:netrw_shq)
+ exe "silent! !".g:netrw_local_mkdir.' '.g:netrw_shq.newdirname.g:netrw_shq
+ if !g:netrw_keepdir | exe 'keepjumps cd '.netrw_origdir | endif
+ if !g:netrw_keepdir
+ exe 'keepjumps cd '.netrw_origdir
+" call Decho("netrw_keepdir=".g:netrw_keepdir.": cd ".netrw_origdir)
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if v:shell_error == 0
+ " refresh listing
+" call Decho("refresh listing")
+ call netrw#NetSavePosn()
+ call s:NetRefresh(1,s:NetBrowseChgDir(1,'./'))
+ elseif !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to make directory<".newdirname.">",26)
+ endif
+ redraw!
+
+ else
+ " Remote mkdir:
+ let mkdircmd = s:MakeSshCmd(g:netrw_mkdir_cmd)
+ let newdirname= substitute(b:netrw_curdir,'^\%(.\{-}/\)\{3}\(.*\)$','\1','').newdirname
+" call Decho("exe silent! !".mkdircmd." ".g:netrw_shq.newdirname.g:netrw_shq)
+ exe "silent! !".mkdircmd." ".g:netrw_shq.newdirname.g:netrw_shq
+ if v:shell_error == 0
+ " refresh listing
+ call netrw#NetSavePosn()
+ call s:NetRefresh(0,s:NetBrowseChgDir(0,'./'))
+ elseif !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to make directory<".newdirname.">",27)
+ endif
+ redraw!
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("NetMakeDir")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetBookmarkDir: {{{2
+" 0: (user: <b>) bookmark current directory
+" 1: (user: <B>) change to the bookmarked directory
+" 2: (user: <q>) list bookmarks
+" 3: (browsing) record current directory history
+" 4: (user: <u>) go up (previous) bookmark
+" 5: (user: <U>) go down (next) bookmark
+fun! s:NetBookmarkDir(chg,curdir)
+" call Dfunc("NetBookmarkDir(chg=".a:chg." curdir<".a:curdir.">) cnt=".v:count." bookmarkcnt=".g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX." histcnt=".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT." bookmax=".g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX." histmax=".g:netrw_dirhistmax)
+
+ if a:chg == 0
+ " bookmark the current directory
+" call Decho("(user: <b>) bookmark the current directory")
+ if v:count > 0
+ " handle bookmark# specified via the count
+ let g:NETRW_BOOKMARKDIR_{v:count}= a:curdir
+ if !exists("g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX")
+ let g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX= v:count
+ elseif v:count > g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX
+ let g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX= v:count
+ endif
+ else
+ " handle no count specified
+ let g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX = g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX + 1
+ let g:NETRW_BOOKMARKDIR_{g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX} = a:curdir
+ endif
+ echo "bookmarked the current directory"
+
+ elseif a:chg == 1
+ " change to the bookmarked directory
+" call Decho("(user: <B>) change to the bookmarked directory")
+ if exists("g:NETRW_BOOKMARKDIR_{v:count}")
+ exe "e ".g:NETRW_BOOKMARKDIR_{v:count}
+ else
+ echomsg "Sorry, bookmark#".v:count." doesn't exist!"
+ endif
+
+ elseif a:chg == 2
+ redraw!
+ let didwork= 0
+ " list user's bookmarks
+" call Decho("(user: <q>) list user's bookmarks")
+ if exists("g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX")
+" call Decho("list bookmarks [0,".g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX."]")
+ let cnt= 0
+ while cnt <= g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX
+ if exists("g:NETRW_BOOKMARKDIR_{cnt}")
+" call Decho("Netrw Bookmark#".cnt.": ".g:NETRW_BOOKMARKDIR_{cnt})
+ echo "Netrw Bookmark#".cnt.": ".g:NETRW_BOOKMARKDIR_{cnt}
+ let didwork= 1
+ endif
+ let cnt= cnt + 1
+ endwhile
+ endif
+
+ " list directory history
+ let cnt = g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT
+ let first = 1
+ let histcnt = 0
+ while ( first || cnt != g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT )
+" call Decho("first=".first." cnt=".cnt." dirhist_cnt=".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT)
+ let histcnt= histcnt + 1
+ if exists("g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{cnt}")
+" call Decho("Netrw History#".histcnt.": ".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{cnt})
+ echo "Netrw History#".histcnt.": ".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{cnt}
+ let didwork= 1
+ endif
+ let first = 0
+ let cnt = ( cnt - 1 ) % g:netrw_dirhistmax
+ if cnt < 0
+ let cnt= cnt + g:netrw_dirhistmax
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ if didwork
+ call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
+ endif
+
+ elseif a:chg == 3
+ " saves most recently visited directories (when they differ)
+" call Decho("(browsing) record curdir history")
+ if !exists("g:NETRW_DIRHIST_0") || g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT} != a:curdir
+ let g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT= ( g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT + 1 ) % g:netrw_dirhistmax
+" let g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT}= substitute(a:curdir,'[/\\]$','','e')
+ let g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT}= a:curdir
+" call Decho("save dirhist#".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT."<".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT}.">")
+ endif
+
+ elseif a:chg == 4
+ " u: change to the previous directory stored on the history list
+" call Decho("(user: <u>) chg to prev dir from history")
+ let g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT= ( g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT - 1 ) % g:netrw_dirhistmax
+ if g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT < 0
+ let g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT= g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT + g:netrw_dirhistmax
+ endif
+ if exists("g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT}")
+" call Decho("changedir u#".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT."<".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT}.">")
+ if exists("w:netrw_liststyle") && w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST && exists("b:netrw_curdir")
+ setlocal ma noro
+ %d
+ setlocal nomod
+ endif
+" call Decho("exe e! ".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT})
+ exe "e! ".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT}
+ else
+ let g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT= ( g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT + 1 ) % g:netrw_dirhistmax
+ echo "Sorry, no predecessor directory exists yet"
+ endif
+
+ elseif a:chg == 5
+ " U: change to the subsequent directory stored on the history list
+" call Decho("(user: <U>) chg to next dir from history")
+ let g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT= ( g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT + 1 ) % g:netrw_dirhistmax
+ if exists("g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT}")
+" call Decho("changedir U#".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT."<".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT}.">")
+ if exists("w:netrw_liststyle") && w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST && exists("b:netrw_curdir")
+ setlocal ma noro
+ %d
+ setlocal nomod
+ endif
+" call Decho("exe e! ".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT})
+ exe "e! ".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT}
+ else
+ let g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT= ( g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT - 1 ) % g:netrw_dirhistmax
+ if g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT < 0
+ let g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT= g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT + g:netrw_dirhistmax
+ endif
+ echo "Sorry, no successor directory exists yet"
+ endif
+ endif
+ call s:NetBookmarkMenu()
+" call Dret("NetBookmarkDir")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetBookmarkMenu: {{{2
+fun! s:NetBookmarkMenu()
+ if !exists("s:netrw_menucnt")
+ return
+ endif
+" call Dfunc("NetBookmarkMenu() bookmarkcnt=".g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX." histcnt=".g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT." menucnt=".s:netrw_menucnt)
+ if has("menu") && has("gui_running") && &go =~ 'm'
+ if exists("g:NetrwTopLvlMenu")
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Bookmark'
+ endif
+
+ " show bookmarked places
+ let cnt = 0
+ while cnt <= g:NETRW_BOOKMARKMAX
+ if exists("g:NETRW_BOOKMARKDIR_{cnt}")
+ let bmdir= escape(g:NETRW_BOOKMARKDIR_{cnt},'.')
+" call Decho('silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.".2.".cnt." ".g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Bookmark.'.bmdir.' :e '.g:NETRW_BOOKMARKDIR_{cnt})
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.".2.".cnt." ".g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Bookmarks.'.bmdir.' :e '.g:NETRW_BOOKMARKDIR_{cnt}."\<cr>"
+ endif
+ let cnt= cnt + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " show directory browsing history
+ let cnt = g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT
+ let first = 1
+ let histcnt = 0
+ while ( first || cnt != g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT )
+ let histcnt = histcnt + 1
+ let priority = g:NETRW_DIRHIST_CNT + histcnt
+ if exists("g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{cnt}")
+ let bmdir= escape(g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{cnt},'.')
+" call Decho('silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.".3.".priority." ".g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'History.'.bmdir.' :e '.g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{cnt})
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.".3.".priority." ".g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'History.'.bmdir.' :e '.g:NETRW_DIRHIST_{cnt}."\<cr>"
+ endif
+ let first = 0
+ let cnt = ( cnt - 1 ) % g:netrw_dirhistmax
+ if cnt < 0
+ let cnt= cnt + g:netrw_dirhistmax
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetBookmarkMenu")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetObtain: obtain file under cursor (for remote browsing support) {{{2
+fun! netrw#NetObtain(vismode,...) range
+" call Dfunc("NetObtain(vismode=".a:vismode.") a:0=".a:0)
+
+ if a:vismode == 0
+ " normal mode
+ let fname= expand("<cWORD>")
+" call Decho("no arguments, use <".fname.">")
+ elseif a:vismode == 1
+ " visual mode
+ let keeprega = @a
+ norm! gv"ay
+ if g:netrw_liststyle == s:THINLIST
+ " thin listing
+ let filelist= split(@a,'\n')
+ elseif g:netrw_liststyle == s:LONGLIST
+ " long listing
+ let filelist= split(substitute(@a,'\t.\{-}\n','\n','g'),'\n')
+ else
+ " wide listing
+ let filelist = split(substitute(@a,'\s\{2,}','\n','g'),'\n')
+ let filelist = map(filelist,'substitute(v:val,"^\\s\\+","","")')
+ let filelist = map(filelist,'substitute(v:val,"\\s\\+$","","")')
+ endif
+" call Decho("filelist<".string(filelist).">")
+ let @a= keeprega
+ for f in filelist
+ if f != ""
+ call netrw#NetObtain(2,f)
+ endif
+ endfor
+" call Dret("NetObtain : visual mode handler")
+ return
+ elseif a:vismode == 2
+ " multiple file mode
+ let fname= a:1
+" call Decho("visual mode handling: <".fname.">")
+ endif
+
+ " NetrwStatusLine support - for obtaining support
+ call s:SetupNetrwStatusLine('%f %h%m%r%=%9*Obtaining '.fname)
+
+ if exists("w:netrw_method") && w:netrw_method =~ '[235]'
+" call Decho("method=".w:netrw_method)
+ if executable("ftp")
+" call Decho("ftp is executable, method=".w:netrw_method)
+ let curdir = b:netrw_curdir
+ let path = substitute(curdir,'ftp://[^/]\+/','','e')
+ let curline= line(".")
+ let endline= line("$")+1
+ setlocal ma noro
+ keepjumps $
+" call Decho("getcwd<".getcwd().">")
+" call Decho("curdir<".curdir.">")
+" call Decho("path<".path.">")
+" call Decho("curline=".curline)
+" call Decho("endline=".endline)
+
+ ".........................................
+ if w:netrw_method == 2
+ " ftp + <.netrc>: Method #2
+ setlocal ff=unix
+ if path != ""
+ put ='cd '.path
+" call Decho("ftp: cd ".path)
+ endif
+ put ='get '.fname
+" call Decho("ftp: get ".fname)
+ put ='quit'
+" call Decho("ftp: quit")
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+" call Decho("exe ".g:netrw_silentxfer.endline.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine." ".g:netrw_port)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer.endline.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine." ".g:netrw_port
+ else
+" call Decho("exe ".g:netrw_silentxfer.endline.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine)
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer.endline.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i ".g:netrw_machine
+ endif
+
+ ".........................................
+ elseif w:netrw_method == 3
+ " ftp + machine,id,passwd,filename: Method #3
+ setlocal ff=unix
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine.' '.g:netrw_port
+" call Decho('ftp: open '.g:netrw_machine.' '.g:netrw_port)
+ else
+ put ='open '.g:netrw_machine
+" call Decho('ftp: open '.g:netrw_machine)
+ endif
+
+ if exists("g:netrw_ftp") && g:netrw_ftp == 1
+ put =g:netrw_uid
+ put ='\"'.g:netrw_passwd.'\"'
+" call Decho('ftp: g:netrw_uid')
+" call Decho('ftp: g:netrw_passwd')
+ else
+ put ='user \"'.g:netrw_uid.'\" \"'.g:netrw_passwd.'\"'
+" call Decho('user '.g:netrw_uid.' '.g:netrw_passwd)
+ endif
+
+ if path != ""
+ put ='cd '.path
+" call Decho('cd '.a:path)
+ endif
+ put ='get '.fname
+" call Decho("ftp: get ".fname)
+ put ='quit'
+" call Decho("ftp: quit")
+
+ " perform ftp:
+ " -i : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
+ " -n unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
+ " -n win32: quit being obnoxious about password
+" call Decho("exe ".g:netrw_silentxfer.curline.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i -n")
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer.endline.",$!".g:netrw_ftp_cmd." -i -n"
+
+ ".........................................
+ else
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"unable to comply with your request<" . choice . ">",28)
+ endif
+ " restore
+ exe "silent! ".endline.",$d"
+ exe "keepjumps ".curline
+ setlocal noma nomod ro
+ else
+" call Decho("ftp not executable")
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"this system doesn't support ftp",29)
+ endif
+ " restore status line
+ let &stl = s:netrw_users_stl
+ let &laststatus = s:netrw_users_ls
+ " restore NetMethod
+ if exists("keep_netrw_method")
+ call s:NetMethod(keep_netrw_choice)
+ let w:netrw_method = keep_netrw_wmethod
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetObtain")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ ".........................................
+ else
+ " scp: Method#4
+" call Decho("using scp")
+ let curdir = b:netrw_curdir
+ let path = substitute(curdir,'scp://[^/]\+/','','e')
+" call Decho("path<".path.">")
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+ let useport= " -P ".g:netrw_port
+ else
+ let useport= ""
+ endif
+" call Decho("executing: !".g:netrw_scp_cmd.useport." ".g:netrw_machine.":".path.escape(fname,' ?&')." .")
+ exe g:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_scp_cmd.useport." ".g:netrw_machine.":".path.escape(fname,' ?&')." ."
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " restore status line
+ let &stl = s:netrw_users_stl
+ let &laststatus = s:netrw_users_ls
+ redraw!
+
+ " restore NetMethod
+ if exists("keep_netrw_method")
+ call s:NetMethod(keep_netrw_choice)
+ let w:netrw_method = keep_netrw_wmethod
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("NetObtain")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetPrevWinOpen: open file/directory in previous window. {{{2
+" If there's only one window, then the window will first be split.
+fun! s:NetPrevWinOpen(islocal)
+" call Dfunc("NetPrevWinOpen(islocal=".a:islocal.")")
+
+ " get last window number and the word currently under the cursor
+ let lastwinnr = winnr("$")
+ let curword = s:NetGetWord()
+" call Decho("lastwinnr=".lastwinnr." curword<".curword.">")
+
+ let didsplit = 0
+ if lastwinnr == 1
+ " if only one window, open a new one first
+" call Decho("only one window, so open a new one (g:netrw_alto=".g:netrw_alto.")")
+ exe (g:netrw_alto? "bel " : "abo ").g:netrw_winsize."wincmd s"
+ let didsplit = 1
+
+ else
+ wincmd p
+ " if the previous window's buffer has been changed (is modified),
+ " and it doesn't appear in any other extant window, then ask the
+ " user if s/he wants to abandon modifications therein.
+ let bnr = winbufnr(0)
+ let bnrcnt = 0
+ if &mod
+ windo if winbufnr(0) == bnr | let bnrcnt=bnrcnt+1 | endif
+" call Decho("bnr=".bnr." bnrcnt=".bnrcnt)
+ if bnrcnt == 1
+ let bufname= bufname(winbufnr(winnr()))
+ let choice= confirm("Save modified file<".bufname.">?","&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel")
+
+ if choice == 1
+ " Yes -- write file & then browse
+ let v:errmsg= ""
+ silent w
+ if v:errmsg != ""
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to write <".bufname.">!",30)
+ if didsplit
+ q
+ else
+ wincmd p
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetPrevWinOpen : unable to write <".bufname.">")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ elseif choice == 2
+ " No -- don't worry about changed file, just browse anyway
+ setlocal nomod
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,bufname." changes abandoned",31)
+
+ else
+ " Cancel -- don't do this
+ if didsplit
+ q
+ else
+ wincmd p
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetPrevWinOpen : cancelled")
+ return
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if a:islocal
+ call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(s:NetBrowseChgDir(a:islocal,curword))
+ else
+ call s:NetBrowse(a:islocal,s:NetBrowseChgDir(a:islocal,curword))
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetPrevWinOpen")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetMenu: generates the menu for gvim and netrw {{{2
+fun! s:NetMenu(domenu)
+
+ if !exists("g:NetrwMenuPriority")
+ let g:NetrwMenuPriority= 80
+ endif
+
+ if has("menu") && has("gui_running") && &go =~ 'm' && g:netrw_menu
+" call Dfunc("NetMenu(domenu=".a:domenu.")")
+
+ if !exists("s:netrw_menu_enabled") && a:domenu
+" call Decho("initialize menu")
+ let s:netrw_menu_enabled= 1
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.1 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Help<tab><F1> <F1>'
+ call s:NetBookmarkMenu() " provide some history!
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.4 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Go\ Up\ Directory<tab>- -'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.5 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Apply\ Special\ Viewer<tab>x x'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.6 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Bookmark\ Current\ Directory<tab>mb mb'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.7 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Goto\ Bookmarked\ Directory<tab>gb gb'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.8 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Change\ To\ Recently\ Used\ Directory<tab>u u'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.9 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Change\ To\ Subsequently\ Used\ Directory<tab>U U'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.10 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Delete\ File/Directory<tab>D D'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.11 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Edit\ File\ Hiding\ List<tab>'."<ctrl-h> \<c-h>"
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.12 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Edit\ File/Directory<tab><cr> '."\<cr>"
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.13 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Edit\ File/Directory,\ New\ Window<tab>o o'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.14 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Edit\ File/Directory,\ New\ Vertical\ Window<tab>v v'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.15 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'List\ Bookmarks\ and\ History<tab>q q'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.16 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Listing\ Style\ (thin-long-wide)<tab>i i'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.17 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Make\ Subdirectory<tab>d d'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.18 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Normal-Hide-Show<tab>a a'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.19 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Obtain\ File<tab>O O'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.20 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Preview\ File/Directory<tab>p p'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.21 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Previous\ Window\ Browser<tab>P P'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.22 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Refresh\ Listing<tab>'."<ctrl-l> \<c-l>"
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.23 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Rename\ File/Directory<tab>R R'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.24 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Reverse\ Sorting\ Order<tab>'."r r"
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.25 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Select\ Sorting\ Style<tab>s s'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.26 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Sorting\ Sequence\ Edit<tab>S S'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.27 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Set\ Current\ Directory<tab>c c'
+ exe 'silent! menu '.g:NetrwMenuPriority.'.28 '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Settings/Options<tab>:NetrwSettings '.":NetrwSettings\<cr>"
+ let s:netrw_menucnt= 28
+
+ elseif !a:domenu
+ let s:netrwcnt = 0
+ let curwin = winnr()
+ windo if getline(2) =~ "Netrw" | let s:netrwcnt= s:netrwcnt + 1 | endif
+ exe curwin."wincmd w"
+
+ if s:netrwcnt <= 1
+" call Decho("clear menus")
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Help'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Apply\ Special\ Viewer'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Bookmark\ Current\ Directory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Go\ Up\ Directory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Goto\ Bookmarked\ Directory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Change\ To\ Recently\ Used\ Directory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Change\ To\ Subsequently\ Used\ Directory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Delete\ File/Directory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Edit\ File/Directory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Edit\ File/Directory,\ New\ Window'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Edit\ File/Directory,\ New\ Vertical\ Window'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Edit\ File\ Hiding\ List'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Edit\ File'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Enter\ File/Directory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Enter\ File/Directory\ (vertical\ split)'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'List\ Bookmarks\ and\ History'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Listing\ Style\ (thin-long-wide)'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Make\ Subdirectory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Normal-Hide-Show'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Obtain\ File'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Preview\ File/Directory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Previous\ Window\ Browser'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Refresh\ Listing'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Rename\ File/Directory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Reverse\ Sorting\ Order'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Select\ Sorting\ Style'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Sorting\ Sequence\ Edit'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Set\ Current\ Directory'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Settings/Options'
+ exe 'silent! unmenu '.g:NetrwTopLvlMenu.'Bookmarks'
+ silent! unlet s:netrw_menu_enabled
+ endif
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetMenu")
+ endif
+
+endfun
+
+" ==========================================
+" Local Directory Browsing Support: {{{1
+" ==========================================
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LocalBrowseCheck: {{{2
+fun! netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(dirname)
+ " unfortunate interaction -- split window debugging can't be
+" " used here, must use DechoRemOn or DechoTabOn -- the BufEnter
+ " event triggers another call to LocalBrowseCheck() when attempts
+ " to write to the DBG buffer are made.
+" call Dfunc("LocalBrowseCheck(dirname<".a:dirname.">")
+ if isdirectory(a:dirname)
+ silent! call s:NetBrowse(1,a:dirname)
+ endif
+" call Dret("LocalBrowseCheck")
+ " not a directory, ignore it
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LocalListing: does the job of "ls" for local directories {{{2
+fun! s:LocalListing()
+" call Dfunc("LocalListing() &ma=".&ma." &mod=".&mod." &ro=".&ro)
+" if exists("b:netrw_curdir") |call Decho('b:netrw_curdir<'.b:netrw_curdir.">") |else|call Decho("b:netrw_curdir doesn't exist") |endif
+" if exists("g:netrw_sort_by")|call Decho('g:netrw_sort_by<'.g:netrw_sort_by.">")|else|call Decho("g:netrw_sort_by doesn't exist")|endif
+
+ " get the list of files contained in the current directory
+ let dirname = escape(b:netrw_curdir,s:netrw_glob_escape)
+ let dirnamelen = strlen(b:netrw_curdir)
+ let filelist = glob(s:ComposePath(dirname,"*"))
+" call Decho("glob(dirname<".dirname."/*>)=".filelist)
+ if filelist != ""
+ let filelist= filelist."\n"
+ endif
+ let filelist= filelist.glob(s:ComposePath(dirname,".*"))
+" call Decho("glob(dirname<".dirname."/.*>)=".glob(dirname.".*"))
+
+ " if the directory name includes a "$", and possibly other characters,
+ " the glob() doesn't include "." and ".." entries.
+ if filelist !~ '[\\/]\.[\\/]\=\(\n\|$\)'
+" call Decho("forcibly tacking on .")
+ if filelist == ""
+ let filelist= s:ComposePath(dirname,"./")
+ else
+ let filelist= filelist."\n".s:ComposePath(b:netrw_curdir,"./")
+ endif
+" call Decho("filelist<".filelist.">")
+ endif
+ if filelist !~ '[\\/]\.\.[\\/]\=\(\n\|$\)'
+" call Decho("forcibly tacking on ..")
+ let filelist= filelist."\n".s:ComposePath(b:netrw_curdir,"../")
+" call Decho("filelist<".filelist.">")
+ endif
+ if b:netrw_curdir == '/'
+ " remove .. from filelist when current directory is root directory
+ let filelist= substitute(filelist,'/\.\.\n','','')
+" call Decho("remove .. from filelist")
+ endif
+ let filelist= substitute(filelist,'\n\{2,}','\n','ge')
+ if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+ let filelist= substitute(filelist,'\','/','ge')
+ else
+ let filelist= substitute(filelist,'\','\\','ge')
+ endif
+
+" call Decho("dirname<".dirname.">")
+" call Decho("dirnamelen<".dirnamelen.">")
+" call Decho("filelist<".filelist.">")
+
+ while filelist != ""
+ if filelist =~ '\n'
+ let filename = substitute(filelist,'\n.*$','','e')
+ let filelist = substitute(filelist,'^.\{-}\n\(.*\)$','\1','e')
+ else
+ let filename = filelist
+ let filelist = ""
+ endif
+ let pfile= filename
+ if isdirectory(filename)
+ let pfile= filename."/"
+ endif
+ if pfile =~ '//$'
+ let pfile= substitute(pfile,'//$','/','e')
+ endif
+ let pfile= strpart(pfile,dirnamelen)
+ let pfile= substitute(pfile,'^[/\\]','','e')
+" call Decho(" ")
+" call Decho("filename<".filename.">")
+" call Decho("pfile <".pfile.">")
+
+ if w:netrw_liststyle == s:LONGLIST
+ let sz = getfsize(filename)
+ let fsz = strpart(" ",1,15-strlen(sz)).sz
+ let pfile= pfile."\t".fsz." ".strftime(g:netrw_timefmt,getftime(filename))
+" call Decho("sz=".sz." fsz=".fsz)
+ endif
+
+ if g:netrw_sort_by =~ "^t"
+ " sort by time (handles time up to 1 quintillion seconds, US)
+" call Decho("getftime(".filename.")=".getftime(filename))
+ let t = getftime(filename)
+ let ft = strpart("000000000000000000",1,18-strlen(t)).t
+" call Decho("exe keepjumps put ='".ft.'/'.filename."'")
+ let ftpfile= ft.'/'.pfile
+ keepjumps silent! put=ftpfile
+
+ elseif g:netrw_sort_by =~ "^s"
+ " sort by size (handles file sizes up to 1 quintillion bytes, US)
+" call Decho("getfsize(".filename.")=".getfsize(filename))
+ let sz = getfsize(filename)
+ let fsz = strpart("000000000000000000",1,18-strlen(sz)).sz
+" call Decho("exe keepjumps put ='".fsz.'/'.filename."'")
+ let fszpfile= fsz.'/'.pfile
+ keepjumps silent! put =fszpfile
+
+ else
+ " sort by name
+" call Decho("exe keepjumps put ='".pfile."'")
+ keepjumps silent! put=pfile
+ endif
+ endwhile
+
+ " cleanup any windows mess at end-of-line
+ silent! keepjumps %s/\r$//e
+ setlocal ts=32
+" call Decho("setlocal ts=32")
+
+" call Dret("LocalListing")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LocalBrowseShellCmdRefresh: this function is called after a user has {{{2
+" performed any shell command. The idea is to cause all local-browsing
+" buffers to be refreshed after a user has executed some shell command,
+" on the chance that s/he removed/created a file/directory with it.
+fun! s:LocalBrowseShellCmdRefresh()
+" call Dfunc("LocalBrowseShellCmdRefresh() browselist=".string(s:netrw_browselist))
+ " determine which buffers currently reside in a tab
+ let itab = 1
+ let buftablist = []
+ while itab <= tabpagenr("$")
+ let buftablist= buftablist + tabpagebuflist()
+ let itab= itab + 1
+ tabn
+ endwhile
+" call Decho("buftablist".string(buftablist))
+ " GO through all buffers on netrw_browselist (ie. just local-netrw buffers):
+ " | refresh any netrw window
+ " | wipe out any non-displaying netrw buffer
+ let curwin = winnr()
+ let ibl = 0
+ for ibuf in s:netrw_browselist
+" call Decho("bufwinnr(".ibuf.") index(buftablist,".ibuf.")=".index(buftablist,ibuf))
+ if bufwinnr(ibuf) == -1 && index(buftablist,ibuf) == -1
+" call Decho("wiping buf#".ibuf,"<".bufname(ibuf).">")
+ exe "silent! bw ".ibuf
+ call remove(s:netrw_browselist,ibl)
+" call Decho("browselist=".string(s:netrw_browselist))
+ continue
+ elseif index(tabpagebuflist(),ibuf) != -1
+" call Decho("refresh buf#".ibuf.'-> win#'.bufwinnr(ibuf))
+ exe bufwinnr(ibuf)."wincmd w"
+ call s:NetRefresh(1,s:NetBrowseChgDir(1,'./'))
+ endif
+ let ibl= ibl + 1
+ endfor
+ exe curwin."wincmd w"
+
+" call Dret("LocalBrowseShellCmdRefresh")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LocalBrowseRm: {{{2
+fun! s:LocalBrowseRm(path) range
+" call Dfunc("LocalBrowseRm(path<".a:path.">)")
+" call Decho("firstline=".a:firstline." lastline=".a:lastline)
+
+ " preparation for removing multiple files/directories
+ let ctr = a:firstline
+ let ret = 0
+ let all= 0
+
+ " remove multiple files and directories
+ while ctr <= a:lastline
+ exe "keepjumps ".ctr
+
+ " sanity checks
+ if line(".") < w:netrw_bannercnt
+ let ctr= ctr + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ let curword= s:NetGetWord()
+ if curword == "./" || curword == "../"
+ let ctr= ctr + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+
+ norm! 0
+ let rmfile= s:ComposePath(a:path,curword)
+" call Decho("rmfile<".rmfile.">")
+
+ if rmfile !~ '^"' && (rmfile =~ '@$' || rmfile !~ '[\/]$')
+ " attempt to remove file
+ if !all
+ echohl Statement
+ call inputsave()
+ let ok= input("Confirm deletion of file<".rmfile."> ","[{y(es)},n(o),a(ll),q(uit)] ")
+ call inputrestore()
+ echohl NONE
+ if ok == ""
+ let ok="no"
+ endif
+" call Decho("response: ok<".ok.">")
+ let ok= substitute(ok,'\[{y(es)},n(o),a(ll),q(uit)]\s*','','e')
+" call Decho("response: ok<".ok."> (after sub)")
+ if ok =~ 'a\%[ll]'
+ let all= 1
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if all || ok =~ 'y\%[es]' || ok == ""
+ let ret= s:System("delete",rmfile)
+" call Decho("errcode=".v:shell_error." ret=".ret)
+ elseif ok =~ 'q\%[uit]'
+ break
+ endif
+
+ else
+ " attempt to remove directory
+ if !all
+ echohl Statement
+ call inputsave()
+ let ok= input("Confirm deletion of directory<".rmfile."> ","[{y(es)},n(o),a(ll),q(uit)] ")
+ call inputrestore()
+ let ok= substitute(ok,'\[{y(es)},n(o),a(ll),q(uit)]\s*','','e')
+ if ok == ""
+ let ok="no"
+ endif
+ if ok =~ 'a\%[ll]'
+ let all= 1
+ endif
+ endif
+ let rmfile= substitute(rmfile,'[\/]$','','e')
+
+ if all || ok =~ 'y\%[es]' || ok == ""
+" call Decho("1st attempt: system(".g:netrw_local_rmdir.' "'.rmfile.'")')
+ call s:System("system",g:netrw_local_rmdir.' "'.rmfile.'"')
+" call Decho("v:shell_error=".v:shell_error)
+
+ if v:shell_error != 0
+" call Decho("2nd attempt to remove directory<".rmfile.">")
+ let errcode= s:System("delete",rmfile)
+" call Decho("errcode=".errcode)
+
+ if errcode != 0
+ if has("unix")
+" call Decho("3rd attempt to remove directory<".rmfile.">")
+ call s:System("system","rm ".rmfile)
+ if v:shell_error != 0 && !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to remove directory<".rmfile."> -- is it empty?",34)
+endif
+ elseif !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to remove directory<".rmfile."> -- is it empty?",35)
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ elseif ok =~ 'q\%[uit]'
+ break
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ let ctr= ctr + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " refresh the directory
+ let curline= line(".")
+" call Decho("refresh the directory")
+ call s:NetRefresh(1,s:NetBrowseChgDir(1,'./'))
+ exe curline
+
+" call Dret("LocalBrowseRm")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LocalBrowseRename: rename a remote file or directory {{{2
+fun! s:LocalBrowseRename(path) range
+" call Dfunc("LocalBrowseRename(path<".a:path.">)")
+
+ " preparation for removing multiple files/directories
+ let ctr= a:firstline
+
+ " attempt to rename files/directories
+ while ctr <= a:lastline
+ exe "keepjumps ".ctr
+
+ " sanity checks
+ if line(".") < w:netrw_bannercnt
+ let ctr= ctr + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ let curword= s:NetGetWord()
+ if curword == "./" || curword == "../"
+ let ctr= ctr + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+
+ norm! 0
+ let oldname= s:ComposePath(a:path,curword)
+" call Decho("oldname<".oldname.">")
+
+ call inputsave()
+ let newname= input("Moving ".oldname." to : ",substitute(oldname,'/*$','','e'))
+ call inputrestore()
+
+ let ret= rename(oldname,newname)
+" call Decho("renaming <".oldname."> to <".newname.">")
+
+ let ctr= ctr + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " refresh the directory
+" call Decho("refresh the directory listing")
+ call netrw#NetSavePosn()
+ call s:NetRefresh(1,s:NetBrowseChgDir(1,'./'))
+" call Dret("LocalBrowseRename")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LocalFastBrowser: handles setting up/taking down fast browsing for the {{{2
+" local browser
+" fastbrowse Local Remote Hiding a buffer implies it may be re-used (fast)
+" slow 0 D D Deleting a buffer implies it will not be re-used (slow)
+" med 1 D H
+" fast 2 H H
+fun! s:LocalFastBrowser()
+" call Dfunc("LocalFastBrowser() g:netrw_fastbrowse=".g:netrw_fastbrowse)
+
+ " initialize browselist, a list of buffer numbers that the local browser has used
+ if !exists("s:netrw_browselist")
+" call Decho("initialize s:netrw_browselist")
+ let s:netrw_browselist= []
+ endif
+
+ " append current buffer to fastbrowse list
+ if g:netrw_fastbrowse <= 1 && (empty(s:netrw_browselist) || bufnr("%") > s:netrw_browselist[-1])
+" call Decho("appendng current buffer to browselist")
+ call add(s:netrw_browselist,bufnr("%"))
+" call Decho("browselist=".string(s:netrw_browselist))
+ endif
+
+ " enable autocmd events to handle refreshing/removing local browser buffers
+ " If local browse buffer is currently showing: refresh it
+ " If local browse buffer is currently hidden : wipe it
+ if !exists("s:netrw_browser_shellcmd") && g:netrw_fastbrowse <= 1
+" call Decho("setting up local-browser shell command refresh")
+ let s:netrw_browser_shellcmd= 1
+ augroup AuNetrwShellCmd
+ au!
+ if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+ au ShellCmdPost * call s:LocalBrowseShellCmdRefresh()
+ else
+ au ShellCmdPost,FocusGained * call s:LocalBrowseShellCmdRefresh()
+ endif
+ augroup END
+ endif
+
+ " user must have changed fastbrowse to its fast setting, so remove
+ " the associated autocmd events
+ if g:netrw_fastbrowse > 1 && exists("s:netrw_browser_shellcmd")
+" call Decho("remove AuNetrwShellCmd autcmd group")
+ unlet s:netrw_browser_shellcmd
+ augroup AuNetrwShellCmd
+ au!
+ augroup END
+ augroup! AuNetrwShellCmd
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("LocalFastBrowser")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LocalObtain: copy selected file to current working directory {{{2
+fun! s:LocalObtain()
+" call Dfunc("LocalObtain()")
+ if exists("b:netrw_curdir") && getcwd() != b:netrw_curdir
+ let fname= expand("<cWORD>")
+ let fcopy= readfile(b:netrw_curdir."/".fname,"b")
+ call writefile(fcopy,getcwd()."/".fname,"b")
+ elseif !exists("b:netrw_curdir")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"local browsing directory doesn't exist!",36)
+ else
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"local browsing directory and current directory are identical",37)
+ endif
+" call Dret("LocalObtain")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" netrw#Explore: launch the local browser in the directory of the current file {{{2
+" dosplit==0: the window will be split iff the current file has
+" been modified
+" dosplit==1: the window will be split before running the local
+" browser
+fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
+" call Dfunc("netrw#Explore(indx=".a:indx." dosplit=".a:dosplit." style=".a:style.",a:1<".a:1.">) &modified=".&modified)
+ if !exists("b:netrw_curdir")
+ let b:netrw_curdir= getcwd()
+ endif
+ let curfile = b:netrw_curdir
+" call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
+
+ " save registers
+ silent! let keepregstar = @*
+ silent! let keepregplus = @+
+ silent! let keepregslash= @/
+
+ " if dosplit or file has been modified
+ if a:dosplit || &modified || a:style == 6
+" call Decho("case: dosplit=".a:dosplit." modified=".&modified." a:style=".a:style)
+ call s:SaveWinVars()
+
+ if a:style == 0 " Explore, Sexplore
+" call Decho("style=0: Explore or Sexplore")
+ exe g:netrw_winsize."wincmd s"
+
+ elseif a:style == 1 "Explore!, Sexplore!
+" call Decho("style=1: Explore! or Sexplore!")
+ exe g:netrw_winsize."wincmd v"
+
+ elseif a:style == 2 " Hexplore
+" call Decho("style=2: Hexplore")
+ exe "bel ".g:netrw_winsize."wincmd s"
+
+ elseif a:style == 3 " Hexplore!
+" call Decho("style=3: Hexplore!")
+ exe "abo ".g:netrw_winsize."wincmd s"
+
+ elseif a:style == 4 " Vexplore
+" call Decho("style=4: Vexplore")
+ exe "lefta ".g:netrw_winsize."wincmd v"
+
+ elseif a:style == 5 " Vexplore!
+" call Decho("style=5: Vexplore!")
+ exe "rightb ".g:netrw_winsize."wincmd v"
+
+ elseif a:style == 6 " Texplore
+ call s:SaveBufVars()
+" call Decho("style = 6: Texplore")
+ tabnew
+ call s:RestoreBufVars()
+ endif
+ call s:RestoreWinVars()
+ endif
+ norm! 0
+
+" call Decho("a:1<".a:1.">")
+ if a:1 =~ '^\~' && (has("unix") || (exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && g:netrw_cygwin))
+ let dirname= substitute(a:1,'\~',expand("$HOME"),'')
+" call Decho("using dirname<".dirname."> (case: ~ && unix||cygwin)")
+ elseif a:1 == '.'
+ let dirname= exists("b:netrw_curdir")? b:netrw_curdir : getcwd()
+ if dirname !~ '/$'
+ let dirname= dirname."/"
+ endif
+" call Decho("using dirname<".dirname."> (case: ".(exists("b:netrw_curdir")? "b:netrw_curdir" : "getcwd()").")")
+ else
+ let dirname= a:1
+" call Decho("using dirname<".dirname.">")
+ endif
+
+ if dirname =~ '^\*/'
+ " Explore */pattern
+" call Decho("case Explore */pattern")
+ let pattern= substitute(dirname,'^\*/\(.*\)$','\1','')
+" call Decho("Explore */pat: dirname<".dirname."> -> pattern<".pattern.">")
+ if &hls | let keepregslash= s:ExplorePatHls(pattern) | endif
+ elseif dirname =~ '^\*\*//'
+ " Explore **//pattern
+" call Decho("case Explore **//pattern")
+ let pattern = substitute(dirname,'^\*\*//','','')
+ let starstarpat = 1
+" call Decho("Explore **//pat: dirname<".dirname."> -> pattern<".pattern.">")
+ endif
+
+ if dirname == "" && a:indx >= 0
+ " Explore Hexplore Vexplore Sexplore
+" call Decho("case Explore Hexplore Vexplore Sexplore")
+ let newdir= substitute(expand("%:p"),'^\(.*[/\\]\)[^/\\]*$','\1','e')
+ if newdir =~ '^scp:' || newdir =~ '^ftp:'
+" call Decho("calling NetBrowse(0,newdir<".newdir.">)")
+ call s:NetBrowse(0,newdir)
+ else
+ if newdir == ""|let newdir= getcwd()|endif
+" call Decho("calling LocalBrowseCheck(newdir<".newdir.">)")
+ call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(newdir)
+ endif
+ call search('\<'.substitute(curfile,'^.*/','','e').'\>','cW')
+
+ elseif dirname =~ '^\*\*/' || a:indx < 0 || dirname =~ '^\*/'
+ " Nexplore, Pexplore, Explore **/... , or Explore */pattern
+" call Decho("case Nexplore, Pexplore, <s-down>, <s-up>, Explore dirname<".dirname.">")
+ if !mapcheck("<s-up>","n") && !mapcheck("<s-down>","n") && exists("b:netrw_curdir")
+" call Decho("set up <s-up> and <s-down> maps")
+ let s:didstarstar= 1
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <s-up> :Pexplore<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <s-down> :Nexplore<cr>
+ endif
+
+ if has("path_extra")
+" call Decho("has path_extra")
+ if !exists("w:netrw_explore_indx")
+ let w:netrw_explore_indx= 0
+ endif
+ let indx = a:indx
+" call Decho("set indx= [a:indx=".indx."]")
+"
+ if indx == -1
+ "Nexplore
+" call Decho("case Nexplore: (indx=".indx.")")
+ if !exists("w:netrw_explore_list") " sanity check
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"using Nexplore or <s-down> improperly; see help for netrw-starstar",40)
+ silent! let @* = keepregstar
+ silent! let @+ = keepregstar
+ silent! let @/ = keepregslash
+" call Dret("netrw#Explore")
+ return
+ endif
+ let indx= w:netrw_explore_indx
+ if indx < 0 | let indx= 0 | endif
+ if indx >= w:netrw_explore_listlen | let indx= w:netrw_explore_listlen - 1 | endif
+ let curfile= w:netrw_explore_list[indx]
+" call Decho("indx=".indx." curfile<".curfile.">")
+ while indx < w:netrw_explore_listlen && curfile == w:netrw_explore_list[indx]
+ let indx= indx + 1
+" call Decho("indx=".indx." (Nexplore while loop)")
+ endwhile
+ if indx >= w:netrw_explore_listlen | let indx= w:netrw_explore_listlen - 1 | endif
+" call Decho("Nexplore: indx= [w:netrw_explore_indx=".w:netrw_explore_indx."]=".indx)
+
+ elseif indx == -2
+ "Pexplore
+" call Decho("case Pexplore: (indx=".indx.")")
+ if !exists("w:netrw_explore_list") " sanity check
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"using Pexplore or <s-up> improperly; see help for netrw-starstar",41)
+ silent! let @* = keepregstar
+ silent! let @+ = keepregstar
+ silent! let @/ = keepregslash
+" call Dret("netrw#Explore")
+ return
+ endif
+ let indx= w:netrw_explore_indx
+ if indx < 0 | let indx= 0 | endif
+ if indx >= w:netrw_explore_listlen | let indx= w:netrw_explore_listlen - 1 | endif
+ let curfile= w:netrw_explore_list[indx]
+" call Decho("indx=".indx." curfile<".curfile.">")
+ while indx >= 0 && curfile == w:netrw_explore_list[indx]
+ let indx= indx - 1
+" call Decho("indx=".indx." (Pexplore while loop)")
+ endwhile
+ if indx < 0 | let indx= 0 | endif
+" call Decho("Pexplore: indx= [w:netrw_explore_indx=".w:netrw_explore_indx."]=".indx)
+
+ else
+ " Explore -- initialize
+ " build list of files to Explore with Nexplore/Pexplore
+" call Decho("case Explore: initialize (indx=".indx.")")
+ let w:netrw_explore_indx= 0
+ if !exists("b:netrw_curdir")
+ let b:netrw_curdir= getcwd()
+ endif
+" call Decho("b:netrw_curdir<".b:netrw_curdir.">")
+
+ if exists("pattern")
+" call Decho("pattern exists: building list pattern<".pattern."> cwd<".getcwd().">")
+ if exists("starstarpat")
+" call Decho("starstarpat<".starstarpat.">")
+ try
+ exe "silent vimgrep /".pattern."/gj "."**/*"
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E480/
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,'no files matched pattern<'.pattern.'>',45)
+ if &hls | let keepregslash= s:ExplorePatHls(pattern) | endif
+ silent! let @* = keepregstar
+ silent! let @+ = keepregstar
+ silent! let @/ = keepregslash
+" call Dret("netrw#Explore : no files matched pattern")
+ return
+ endtry
+ let s:netrw_curdir = b:netrw_curdir
+ let w:netrw_explore_list = getqflist()
+ let w:netrw_explore_list = map(w:netrw_explore_list,'s:netrw_curdir."/".bufname(v:val.bufnr)')
+ else
+" call Decho("no starstarpat")
+ exe "vimgrep /".pattern."/gj ".b:netrw_curdir."/*"
+ let w:netrw_explore_list = map(getqflist(),'bufname(v:val.bufnr)')
+ if &hls | let keepregslash= s:ExplorePatHls(pattern) | endif
+ endif
+ else
+" call Decho("no pattern: building list based on ".b:netrw_curdir."/".dirname)
+ let w:netrw_explore_list= split(expand(b:netrw_curdir."/".dirname),'\n')
+ if &hls | let keepregslash= s:ExplorePatHls(dirname) | endif
+ endif
+
+ let w:netrw_explore_listlen = len(w:netrw_explore_list)
+" call Decho("w:netrw_explore_list<".string(w:netrw_explore_list)."> listlen=".w:netrw_explore_listlen)
+
+ if w:netrw_explore_listlen == 0 || (w:netrw_explore_listlen == 1 && w:netrw_explore_list[0] =~ '\*\*\/')
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"no files matched",42)
+ silent! let @* = keepregstar
+ silent! let @+ = keepregstar
+ silent! let @/ = keepregslash
+" call Dret("netrw#Explore : no files matched")
+ return
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " NetrwStatusLine support - for exploring support
+ let w:netrw_explore_indx= indx
+" call Decho("explorelist<".join(w:netrw_explore_list,',')."> len=".w:netrw_explore_listlen)
+
+ " wrap the indx around, but issue a note
+ if indx >= w:netrw_explore_listlen || indx < 0
+" call Decho("wrap indx (indx=".indx." listlen=".w:netrw_explore_listlen.")")
+ let indx = (indx < 0)? ( w:netrw_explore_listlen - 1 ) : 0
+ let w:netrw_explore_indx= indx
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE,"no more files match Explore pattern",43)
+ sleep 1
+ endif
+
+ exe "let dirfile= w:netrw_explore_list[".indx."]"
+" call Decho("dirfile=w:netrw_explore_list[indx=".indx."]= <".dirfile.">")
+ let newdir= substitute(dirfile,'/[^/]*$','','e')
+" call Decho("newdir<".newdir.">")
+
+" call Decho("calling LocalBrowseCheck(newdir<".newdir.">)")
+ call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(newdir)
+ if !exists("w:netrw_liststyle")
+ let w:netrw_liststyle= g:netrw_liststyle
+ endif
+ if w:netrw_liststyle == s:THINLIST || w:netrw_liststyle == s:LONGLIST
+ call search('^'.substitute(dirfile,"^.*/","","").'\>',"W")
+ else
+ call search('\<'.substitute(dirfile,"^.*/","","").'\>',"w")
+ endif
+ let w:netrw_explore_mtchcnt = indx + 1
+ let w:netrw_explore_bufnr = bufnr("%")
+ let w:netrw_explore_line = line(".")
+ call s:SetupNetrwStatusLine('%f %h%m%r%=%9*%{NetrwStatusLine()}')
+" call Decho("explore: mtchcnt=".w:netrw_explore_mtchcnt." bufnr=".w:netrw_explore_bufnr." line#".w:netrw_explore_line)
+
+ else
+" call Decho("vim does not have path_extra")
+ if !exists("g:netrw_quiet")
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"your vim needs the +path_extra feature for Exploring with **!",44)
+ endif
+ silent! let @* = keepregstar
+ silent! let @+ = keepregstar
+ silent! let @/ = keepregslash
+" call Dret("netrw#Explore : missing +path_extra")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ else
+" call Decho("case Explore newdir<".dirname.">")
+ if exists("w:netrw_liststyle") && w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST && dirname =~ '/'
+ silent! unlet w:netrw_treedict
+ silent! unlet w:netrw_treetop
+ endif
+ let newdir= dirname
+ if !exists("b:netrw_curdir")
+ call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(getcwd())
+ else
+ call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(s:NetBrowseChgDir(1,newdir))
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ silent! let @* = keepregstar
+ silent! let @+ = keepregstar
+ silent! let @/ = keepregslash
+" call Dret("netrw#Explore : @/<".@/.">")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:ExplorePatHls: converts an Explore pattern into a regular expression search pattern {{{2
+fun! s:ExplorePatHls(pattern)
+" call Dfunc("s:ExplorePatHls(pattern<".a:pattern.">)")
+ let repat= substitute(a:pattern,'^**/\{1,2}','','')
+" call Decho("repat<".repat.">")
+ let repat= escape(repat,'][.\')
+" call Decho("repat<".repat.">")
+ let repat= '\<'.substitute(repat,'\*','\\(\\S\\+ \\)*\\S\\+','g').'\>'
+" call Dret("s:ExplorePatHls repat<".repat.">")
+ return repat
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" SetupNetrwStatusLine: {{{2
+fun! s:SetupNetrwStatusLine(statline)
+" call Dfunc("SetupNetrwStatusLine(statline<".a:statline.">)")
+
+ if !exists("s:netrw_setup_statline")
+ let s:netrw_setup_statline= 1
+" call Decho("do first-time status line setup")
+
+ if !exists("s:netrw_users_stl")
+ let s:netrw_users_stl= &stl
+ endif
+ if !exists("s:netrw_users_ls")
+ let s:netrw_users_ls= &laststatus
+ endif
+
+ " set up User9 highlighting as needed
+ let keepa= @a
+ redir @a
+ try
+ hi User9
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E411/
+ if &bg == "dark"
+ hi User9 ctermfg=yellow ctermbg=blue guifg=yellow guibg=blue
+ else
+ hi User9 ctermbg=yellow ctermfg=blue guibg=yellow guifg=blue
+ endif
+ endtry
+ redir END
+ let @a= keepa
+ endif
+
+ " set up status line (may use User9 highlighting)
+ " insure that windows have a statusline
+ " make sure statusline is displayed
+ let &stl=a:statline
+ setlocal laststatus=2
+" call Decho("stl=".&stl)
+ redraw!
+
+" call Dret("SetupNetrwStatusLine : stl=".&stl)
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetrwStatusLine: {{{2
+fun! NetrwStatusLine()
+
+" vvv NetrwStatusLine() debugging vvv
+" let g:stlmsg=""
+" if !exists("w:netrw_explore_bufnr")
+" let g:stlmsg="!X<explore_bufnr>"
+" elseif w:netrw_explore_bufnr != bufnr("%")
+" let g:stlmsg="explore_bufnr!=".bufnr("%")
+" endif
+" if !exists("w:netrw_explore_line")
+" let g:stlmsg=" !X<explore_line>"
+" elseif w:netrw_explore_line != line(".")
+" let g:stlmsg=" explore_line!={line(.)<".line(".").">"
+" endif
+" if !exists("w:netrw_explore_list")
+" let g:stlmsg=" !X<explore_list>"
+" endif
+" ^^^ NetrwStatusLine() debugging ^^^
+
+ if !exists("w:netrw_explore_bufnr") || w:netrw_explore_bufnr != bufnr("%") || !exists("w:netrw_explore_line") || w:netrw_explore_line != line(".") || !exists("w:netrw_explore_list")
+ " restore user's status line
+ let &stl = s:netrw_users_stl
+ let &laststatus = s:netrw_users_ls
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_bufnr")|unlet w:netrw_explore_bufnr|endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_line")|unlet w:netrw_explore_line|endif
+ return ""
+ else
+ return "Match ".w:netrw_explore_mtchcnt." of ".w:netrw_explore_listlen
+ endif
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetGetcwd: get the current directory. {{{2
+" Change backslashes to forward slashes, if any.
+" If doesc is true, escape certain troublesome characters
+fun! s:NetGetcwd(doesc)
+" call Dfunc("NetGetcwd(doesc=".a:doesc.")")
+ let curdir= substitute(getcwd(),'\\','/','ge')
+ if curdir !~ '[\/]$'
+ let curdir= curdir.'/'
+ endif
+ if a:doesc
+ let curdir= escape(curdir,s:netrw_cd_escape)
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetGetcwd <".curdir.">")
+ return curdir
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" SetSort: sets up the sort based on the g:netrw_sort_sequence {{{2
+" What this function does is to compute a priority for the patterns
+" in the g:netrw_sort_sequence. It applies a substitute to any
+" "files" that satisfy each pattern, putting the priority / in
+" front. An "*" pattern handles the default priority.
+fun! s:SetSort()
+" call Dfunc("SetSort() bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt)
+ if w:netrw_liststyle == s:LONGLIST
+ let seqlist = substitute(g:netrw_sort_sequence,'\$','\\%(\t\\|\$\\)','ge')
+ else
+ let seqlist = g:netrw_sort_sequence
+ endif
+ " sanity check -- insure that * appears somewhere
+ if seqlist == ""
+ let seqlist= '*'
+ elseif seqlist !~ '\*'
+ let seqlist= seqlist.',*'
+ endif
+ let priority = 1
+ while seqlist != ""
+ if seqlist =~ ','
+ let seq = substitute(seqlist,',.*$','','e')
+ let seqlist = substitute(seqlist,'^.\{-},\(.*\)$','\1','e')
+ else
+ let seq = seqlist
+ let seqlist = ""
+ endif
+ let eseq= escape(seq,'/')
+ if priority < 10
+ let spriority= "00".priority.'\/'
+ elseif priority < 100
+ let spriority= "0".priority.'\/'
+ else
+ let spriority= priority.'\/'
+ endif
+" call Decho("priority=".priority." spriority<".spriority."> seq<".seq."> seqlist<".seqlist.">")
+
+ " sanity check
+ if w:netrw_bannercnt > line("$")
+ " apparently no files were left after a Hiding pattern was used
+" call Dret("SetSort : no files left after hiding")
+ return
+ endif
+ if seq == '*'
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$v/^\d\{3}\//s/^/'.spriority.'/'
+ else
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/'.eseq.'/s/^/'.spriority.'/'
+ endif
+ let priority = priority + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " Following line associated with priority -- items that satisfy a priority
+ " pattern get prefixed by ###/ which permits easy sorting by priority.
+ " Sometimes files can satisfy multiple priority patterns -- only the latest
+ " priority pattern needs to be retained. So, at this point, these excess
+ " priority prefixes need to be removed, but not directories that happen to
+ " be just digits themselves.
+ exe 'silent keepjumps '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\(\d\{3}\/\)\%(\d\{3}\/\)\+\ze./\1/e'
+
+" call Dret("SetSort")
+endfun
+
+" =====================================================================
+" Support Functions: {{{1
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" ComposePath: Appends a new part to a path taking different systems into consideration {{{2
+fun! s:ComposePath(base,subdir)
+" call Dfunc("s:ComposePath(base<".a:base."> subdir<".a:subdir.">)")
+ if(has("amiga"))
+ let ec = a:base[strlen(a:base)-1]
+ if ec != '/' && ec != ':'
+ let ret = a:base . "/" . a:subdir
+ else
+ let ret = a:base . a:subdir
+ endif
+ elseif a:base =~ '^\a\+://'
+ let urlbase = substitute(a:base,'^\(\a\+://.\{-}/\)\(.*\)$','\1','')
+ let curpath = substitute(a:base,'^\(\a\+://.\{-}/\)\(.*\)$','\2','')
+ let ret = urlbase.curpath.a:subdir
+" call Decho("urlbase<".urlbase.">")
+" call Decho("curpath<".curpath.">")
+" call Decho("ret<".ret.">")
+ else
+ let ret = substitute(a:base."/".a:subdir,"//","/","g")
+ endif
+" call Dret("s:ComposePath ".ret)
+ return ret
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" netrw#ErrorMsg: {{{2
+" 0=note = s:NOTE
+" 1=warning = s:WARNING
+" 2=error = s:ERROR
+" Mar 19, 2007 : max errnum currently is 49
+fun! netrw#ErrorMsg(level,msg,errnum)
+" call Dfunc("netrw#ErrorMsg(level=".a:level." msg<".a:msg."> errnum=".a:errnum.")")
+
+ " record current window number for NetRestorePosn()'s benefit
+ let s:winBeforeErr= winnr()
+
+ " getting messages out reliably is just plain difficult!
+ " This attempt splits the current window, creating a one line window.
+ let errbufnum= bufnr("NetrwMessage")
+
+ bo 1split
+ enew
+ setlocal bt=nofile
+ file NetrwMessage
+
+ put ='***netrw*** '.a:msg
+ if &fo !~ '[ta]'
+ syn clear
+ syn match netrwMesg "^\*\*\*netrw\*\*\*"
+ if a:level == s:WARNING
+ hi link netrwMesg WarningMsg
+ elseif a:level == s:ERROR
+ hi link netrwMesg Error
+ endif
+ endif
+ 1d
+ setlocal noma ro bh=wipe
+
+" call Dret("netrw#ErrorMsg")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" netrw#RFC2396: converts %xx into characters {{{2
+fun! netrw#RFC2396(fname)
+" call Dfunc("netrw#RFC2396(fname<".a:fname.">)")
+ let fname = escape(substitute(a:fname,'%\(\x\x\)','\=nr2char("0x".submatch(1))','ge')," \t")
+" call Dret("netrw#RFC2396 ".fname)
+ return fname
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:FileReadable: o/s independent filereadable {{{2
+fun! s:FileReadable(fname)
+" call Dfunc("s:FileReadable(fname<".a:fname.">)")
+
+ if g:netrw_cygwin
+ let ret= filereadable(substitute(a:fname,'/cygdrive/\(.\)','\1:/',''))
+ else
+ let ret= filereadable(a:fname)
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:FileReadable ".ret)
+ return ret
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:GetTempfile: gets a tempname that'll work for various o/s's {{{2
+" Places correct suffix on end of temporary filename,
+" using the suffix provided with fname
+fun! s:GetTempfile(fname)
+" call Dfunc("s:GetTempfile(fname<".a:fname.">)")
+
+ if !exists("b:netrw_tmpfile")
+ " get a brand new temporary filename
+ let tmpfile= tempname()
+" call Decho("tmpfile<".tmpfile."> : from tempname()")
+
+ let tmpfile= escape(substitute(tmpfile,'\','/','ge'),g:netrw_tmpfile_escape)
+" call Decho("tmpfile<".tmpfile."> : chgd any \\ -> /")
+
+ " sanity check -- does the temporary file's directory exist?
+ if !isdirectory(substitute(tmpfile,'[^/]\+$','','e'))
+ call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"your <".substitute(tmpfile,'[^/]\+$','','e')."> directory is missing!",2)
+" call Dret("s:GetTempfile getcwd<".getcwd().">")
+ return ""
+ endif
+
+ " let netrw#NetSource() know about the tmpfile
+ let s:netrw_tmpfile= tmpfile " used by netrw#NetSource()
+" call Decho("tmpfile<".tmpfile."> s:netrw_tmpfile<".s:netrw_tmpfile.">")
+
+ " o/s dependencies
+ if g:netrw_cygwin == 1
+ let tmpfile = substitute(tmpfile,'^\(\a\):','/cygdrive/\1','e')
+ elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+ let tmpfile = substitute(tmpfile,'/','\\','g')
+ else
+ let tmpfile = tmpfile
+ endif
+ let b:netrw_tmpfile= tmpfile
+" call Decho("o/s dependent fixed tempname<".tmpfile.">")
+ else
+ " re-use temporary filename
+ let tmpfile= b:netrw_tmpfile
+" call Decho("tmpfile<".tmpfile."> re-using")
+ endif
+
+ " use fname's suffix for the temporary file
+ if a:fname != ""
+ if a:fname =~ '\.[^./]\+$'
+" call Decho("using fname<".a:fname.">'s suffix")
+ if a:fname =~ '.tar.gz' || a:fname =~ '.tar.bz2'
+ let suffix = ".tar".substitute(a:fname,'^.*\(\.[^./]\+\)$','\1','e')
+ else
+ let suffix = substitute(a:fname,'^.*\(\.[^./]\+\)$','\1','e')
+ endif
+ let suffix = escape(suffix,g:netrw_tmpfile_escape)
+" call Decho("suffix<".suffix.">")
+ let tmpfile= substitute(tmpfile,'\.tmp$','','e')
+" call Decho("chgd tmpfile<".tmpfile."> (removed any .tmp suffix)")
+ let tmpfile .= suffix
+" call Decho("chgd tmpfile<".tmpfile."> (added ".suffix." suffix) netrw_fname<".b:netrw_fname.">")
+ let s:netrw_tmpfile= tmpfile " supports netrw#NetSource()
+ endif
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:GetTempfile <".tmpfile.">")
+ return tmpfile
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:MakeSshCmd: transforms input command using USEPORT HOSTNAME into {{{2
+" a correct command
+fun! s:MakeSshCmd(sshcmd)
+" call Dfunc("s:MakeSshCmd(sshcmd<".a:sshcmd.">)")
+ let sshcmd = substitute(a:sshcmd,'\<HOSTNAME\>',s:user.s:machine,'')
+ if exists("g:netrw_port") && g:netrw_port != ""
+ let sshcmd= substitute(sshcmd,"USEPORT",'-P '.g:netrw_port,'')
+ elseif exists("s:port") && s:port != ""
+ let sshcmd= substitute(sshcmd,"USEPORT",'-P '.s:port,'')
+ else
+ let sshcmd= substitute(sshcmd,"USEPORT ",'','')
+ endif
+" call Dret("s:MakeSshCmd <".sshcmd.">")
+ return sshcmd
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NetrwEnew: opens a new buffer, passes netrw buffer variables through {{{2
+fun! s:NetrwEnew(curdir)
+" call Dfunc("s:NetrwEnew(curdir<".a:curdir.">) expand(%)<".expand("%").">")
+
+ " grab a function-local copy of buffer variables
+ if exists("b:netrw_bannercnt") |let netrw_bannercnt = b:netrw_bannercnt |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_browser_active") |let netrw_browser_active = b:netrw_browser_active |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_cpf") |let netrw_cpf = b:netrw_cpf |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_curdir") |let netrw_curdir = b:netrw_curdir |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_bufnr") |let netrw_explore_bufnr = b:netrw_explore_bufnr |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_indx") |let netrw_explore_indx = b:netrw_explore_indx |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_line") |let netrw_explore_line = b:netrw_explore_line |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_list") |let netrw_explore_list = b:netrw_explore_list |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_listlen")|let netrw_explore_listlen = b:netrw_explore_listlen|endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_mtchcnt")|let netrw_explore_mtchcnt = b:netrw_explore_mtchcnt|endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_fname") |let netrw_fname = b:netrw_fname |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_lastfile") |let netrw_lastfile = b:netrw_lastfile |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_liststyle") |let netrw_liststyle = b:netrw_liststyle |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_method") |let netrw_method = b:netrw_method |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_option") |let netrw_option = b:netrw_option |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_prvdir") |let netrw_prvdir = b:netrw_prvdir |endif
+
+ if getline(2) =~ '^" Netrw Directory Listing'
+" call Decho("generate a buffer with keepjumps keepalt enew! (1)")
+ keepjumps keepalt enew!
+ else
+" call Decho("generate a buffer with keepjumps enew! (2)")
+ keepjumps enew!
+ endif
+
+ " copy function-local variables to buffer variable equivalents
+ if exists("netrw_bannercnt") |let b:netrw_bannercnt = netrw_bannercnt |endif
+ if exists("netrw_browser_active") |let b:netrw_browser_active = netrw_browser_active |endif
+ if exists("netrw_cpf") |let b:netrw_cpf = netrw_cpf |endif
+ if exists("netrw_curdir") |let b:netrw_curdir = netrw_curdir |endif
+ if exists("netrw_explore_bufnr") |let b:netrw_explore_bufnr = netrw_explore_bufnr |endif
+ if exists("netrw_explore_indx") |let b:netrw_explore_indx = netrw_explore_indx |endif
+ if exists("netrw_explore_line") |let b:netrw_explore_line = netrw_explore_line |endif
+ if exists("netrw_explore_list") |let b:netrw_explore_list = netrw_explore_list |endif
+ if exists("netrw_explore_listlen")|let b:netrw_explore_listlen = netrw_explore_listlen|endif
+ if exists("netrw_explore_mtchcnt")|let b:netrw_explore_mtchcnt = netrw_explore_mtchcnt|endif
+ if exists("netrw_fname") |let b:netrw_fname = netrw_fname |endif
+ if exists("netrw_lastfile") |let b:netrw_lastfile = netrw_lastfile |endif
+ if exists("netrw_liststyle") |let b:netrw_liststyle = netrw_liststyle |endif
+ if exists("netrw_method") |let b:netrw_method = netrw_method |endif
+ if exists("netrw_option") |let b:netrw_option = netrw_option |endif
+ if exists("netrw_prvdir") |let b:netrw_prvdir = netrw_prvdir |endif
+
+ let b:netrw_curdir= a:curdir
+ if b:netrw_curdir =~ '/$'
+ if exists("w:netrw_liststyle") && w:netrw_liststyle == s:TREELIST
+ file NetrwTreeListing
+ else
+ exe "silent! file ".b:netrw_curdir
+ endif
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NetrwEnew : buf#".bufnr("%"))
+endfun
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:RemotePathAnalysis: {{{2
+fun! s:RemotePathAnalysis(dirname)
+" call Dfunc("s:RemotePathAnalysis()")
+
+ let dirpat = '^\(\w\{-}\)://\(\w\+@\)\=\([^/:#]\+\)\%([:#]\(\d\+\)\)\=/\(.*\)$'
+ let s:method = substitute(a:dirname,dirpat,'\1','')
+ let s:user = substitute(a:dirname,dirpat,'\2','')
+ let s:machine = substitute(a:dirname,dirpat,'\3','')
+ let s:port = substitute(a:dirname,dirpat,'\4','')
+ let s:path = substitute(a:dirname,dirpat,'\5','')
+ let s:fname = substitute(a:dirname,'^.*/\ze.','','')
+
+" call Decho("set up s:method <".s:method .">")
+" call Decho("set up s:user <".s:user .">")
+" call Decho("set up s:machine<".s:machine.">")
+" call Decho("set up s:port <".s:port.">")
+" call Decho("set up s:path <".s:path .">")
+" call Decho("set up s:fname <".s:fname .">")
+
+" call Dret("s:RemotePathAnalysis")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:RestoreBufVars: {{{2
+fun! s:RestoreBufVars()
+" call Dfunc("s:RestoreBufVars()")
+
+ if exists("s:netrw_curdir") |let b:netrw_curdir = s:netrw_curdir |endif
+ if exists("s:netrw_lastfile") |let b:netrw_lastfile = s:netrw_lastfile |endif
+ if exists("s:netrw_method") |let b:netrw_method = s:netrw_method |endif
+ if exists("s:netrw_fname") |let b:netrw_fname = s:netrw_fname |endif
+ if exists("s:netrw_machine") |let b:netrw_machine = s:netrw_machine |endif
+ if exists("s:netrw_browser_active")|let b:netrw_browser_active = s:netrw_browser_active|endif
+
+" call Dret("s:RestoreBufVars")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:RestoreWinVars: (used by Explore() and NetSplit()) {{{2
+fun! s:RestoreWinVars()
+" call Dfunc("s:RestoreWinVars()")
+ if exists("s:bannercnt") |let w:netrw_bannercnt = s:bannercnt |unlet s:bannercnt |endif
+ if exists("s:col") |let w:netrw_col = s:col |unlet s:col |endif
+ if exists("s:curdir") |let w:netrw_curdir = s:curdir |unlet s:curdir |endif
+ if exists("s:explore_bufnr") |let w:netrw_explore_bufnr = s:explore_bufnr |unlet s:explore_bufnr |endif
+ if exists("s:explore_indx") |let w:netrw_explore_indx = s:explore_indx |unlet s:explore_indx |endif
+ if exists("s:explore_line") |let w:netrw_explore_line = s:explore_line |unlet s:explore_line |endif
+ if exists("s:explore_listlen")|let w:netrw_explore_listlen = s:explore_listlen|unlet s:explore_listlen|endif
+ if exists("s:explore_list") |let w:netrw_explore_list = s:explore_list |unlet s:explore_list |endif
+ if exists("s:explore_mtchcnt")|let w:netrw_explore_mtchcnt = s:explore_mtchcnt|unlet s:explore_mtchcnt|endif
+ if exists("s:fpl") |let w:netrw_fpl = s:fpl |unlet s:fpl |endif
+ if exists("s:hline") |let w:netrw_hline = s:hline |unlet s:hline |endif
+ if exists("s:line") |let w:netrw_line = s:line |unlet s:line |endif
+ if exists("s:liststyle") |let w:netrw_liststyle = s:liststyle |unlet s:liststyle |endif
+ if exists("s:method") |let w:netrw_method = s:method |unlet s:method |endif
+ if exists("s:prvdir") |let w:netrw_prvdir = s:prvdir |unlet s:prvdir |endif
+ if exists("s:treedict") |let w:netrw_treedict = s:treedict |unlet s:treedict |endif
+ if exists("s:treetop") |let w:netrw_treetop = s:treetop |unlet s:treetop |endif
+ if exists("s:winnr") |let w:netrw_winnr = s:winnr |unlet s:winnr |endif
+" call Dret("s:RestoreWinVars")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:SaveBufVars: {{{2
+fun! s:SaveBufVars()
+" call Dfunc("s:SaveBufVars()")
+
+ if exists("b:netrw_curdir") |let s:netrw_curdir = b:netrw_curdir |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_lastfile") |let s:netrw_lastfile = b:netrw_lastfile |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_method") |let s:netrw_method = b:netrw_method |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_fname") |let s:netrw_fname = b:netrw_fname |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_machine") |let s:netrw_machine = b:netrw_machine |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_browser_active")|let s:netrw_browser_active = b:netrw_browser_active|endif
+
+" call Dret("s:SaveBufVars")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:SaveWinVars: (used by Explore() and NetSplit()) {{{2
+fun! s:SaveWinVars()
+" call Dfunc("s:SaveWinVars()")
+ if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") |let s:bannercnt = w:netrw_bannercnt |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_col") |let s:col = w:netrw_col |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_curdir") |let s:curdir = w:netrw_curdir |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_bufnr") |let s:explore_bufnr = w:netrw_explore_bufnr |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_indx") |let s:explore_indx = w:netrw_explore_indx |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_line") |let s:explore_line = w:netrw_explore_line |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_listlen")|let s:explore_listlen = w:netrw_explore_listlen|endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_list") |let s:explore_list = w:netrw_explore_list |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_mtchcnt")|let s:explore_mtchcnt = w:netrw_explore_mtchcnt|endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_fpl") |let s:fpl = w:netrw_fpl |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_hline") |let s:hline = w:netrw_hline |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_line") |let s:line = w:netrw_line |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_liststyle") |let s:liststyle = w:netrw_liststyle |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_method") |let s:method = w:netrw_method |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_prvdir") |let s:prvdir = w:netrw_prvdir |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_treedict") |let s:treedict = w:netrw_treedict |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_treetop") |let s:treetop = w:netrw_treetop |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_winnr") |let s:winnr = w:netrw_winnr |endif
+" call Dret("s:SaveWinVars")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:SetBufWinVars: (used by NetBrowse() and LocalBrowseCheck()) {{{2
+" To allow separate windows to have their own activities, such as
+" Explore **/pattern, several variables have been made window-oriented.
+" However, when the user splits a browser window (ex: ctrl-w s), these
+" variables are not inherited by the new window. SetBufWinVars() and
+" UseBufWinVars() get around that.
+fun! s:SetBufWinVars()
+" call Dfunc("s:SetBufWinVars()")
+ if exists("w:netrw_liststyle") |let b:netrw_liststyle = w:netrw_liststyle |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") |let b:netrw_bannercnt = w:netrw_bannercnt |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_method") |let b:netrw_method = w:netrw_method |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_prvdir") |let b:netrw_prvdir = w:netrw_prvdir |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_indx") |let b:netrw_explore_indx = w:netrw_explore_indx |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_listlen")|let b:netrw_explore_listlen= w:netrw_explore_listlen|endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_mtchcnt")|let b:netrw_explore_mtchcnt= w:netrw_explore_mtchcnt|endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_bufnr") |let b:netrw_explore_bufnr = w:netrw_explore_bufnr |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_line") |let b:netrw_explore_line = w:netrw_explore_line |endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_list") |let b:netrw_explore_list = w:netrw_explore_list |endif
+" call Dret("s:SetBufWinVars")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:System: using Steve Hall's idea to insure that Windows paths stay {{{2
+" acceptable. No effect on Unix paths.
+" Examples of use: let result= s:System("system",path)
+" let result= s:System("delete",path)
+fun! s:System(cmd,path)
+" call Dfunc("s:System(cmd<".a:cmd."> path<".a:path.">)")
+
+ let path = a:path
+ if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+ " system call prep
+ " remove trailing slash (Win95)
+ let path = substitute(path, '\(\\\|/\)$', '', 'g')
+ " remove escaped spaces
+ let path = substitute(path, '\ ', ' ', 'g')
+ " convert slashes to backslashes
+ let path = substitute(path, '/', '\', 'g')
+ if exists("+shellslash")
+ let sskeep= &shellslash
+ setlocal noshellslash
+ exe "let result= ".a:cmd."('".path."')"
+ let &shellslash = sskeep
+ else
+ exe "let result= ".a:cmd."(".g:netrw_shq.path.g:netrw_shq.")"
+ endif
+ else
+ exe "let result= ".a:cmd."('".path."')"
+ endif
+
+" call Decho("result<".result.">")
+" call Dret("s:System")
+ return result
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:UseBufWinVars: (used by NetBrowse() and LocalBrowseCheck() {{{2
+" Matching function to BufferWinVars()
+fun! s:UseBufWinVars()
+" call Dfunc("s:UseBufWinVars()")
+ if exists("b:netrw_liststyle") && !exists("w:netrw_liststyle") |let w:netrw_liststyle = b:netrw_liststyle |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_bannercnt") && !exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") |let w:netrw_bannercnt = b:netrw_bannercnt |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_method") && !exists("w:netrw_method") |let w:netrw_method = b:netrw_method |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_prvdir") && !exists("w:netrw_prvdir") |let w:netrw_prvdir = b:netrw_prvdir |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_indx") && !exists("w:netrw_explore_indx") |let w:netrw_explore_indx = b:netrw_explore_indx |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_listlen") && !exists("w:netrw_explore_listlen")|let w:netrw_explore_listlen = b:netrw_explore_listlen|endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_mtchcnt") && !exists("w:netrw_explore_mtchcnt")|let w:netrw_explore_mtchcnt = b:netrw_explore_mtchcnt|endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_bufnr") && !exists("w:netrw_explore_bufnr") |let w:netrw_explore_bufnr = b:netrw_explore_bufnr |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_line") && !exists("w:netrw_explore_line") |let w:netrw_explore_line = b:netrw_explore_line |endif
+ if exists("b:netrw_explore_list") && !exists("w:netrw_explore_list") |let w:netrw_explore_list = b:netrw_explore_list |endif
+" call Dret("s:UseBufWinVars")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Settings Restoration: {{{2
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Modelines: {{{1
+" vim:ts=8 fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim b/vimfiles/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97c4837
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+" netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
+" netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
+" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Date: May 30, 2006
+" Version: 9
+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
+" with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
+" notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
+" netrwFileHandlers.vim is provided *as is* and comes with no
+" warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. In no
+" event will the copyright holder be liable for any damages
+" resulting from the use of this software.
+"
+" Rom 6:23 (WEB) For the wages of sin is death, but the free gift of God {{{1
+" is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord.
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Load Once: {{{1
+if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v9"
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" netrwFileHandlers#Invoke: {{{1
+fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
+" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten<".a:exten."> fname<".a:fname.">)")
+ let fname= a:fname
+ " list of supported special characters. Consider rcs,v --- that can be
+ " supported with a NFH_rcsCOMMAv() handler
+ if a:fname =~ '[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]'
+ let specials= {
+\ '@' : 'AT',
+\ ':' : 'COLON',
+\ ',' : 'COMMA',
+\ '$' : 'DOLLAR',
+\ '!' : 'EXCLAMATION',
+\ '=' : 'EQUAL',
+\ '-' : 'MINUS',
+\ '+' : 'PLUS',
+\ '%' : 'PERCENT',
+\ '?' : 'QUESTION',
+\ ';' : 'SEMICOLON',
+\ '~' : 'TILDE'}
+ let fname= substitute(a:fname,'[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]','\=specials[submatch(0)]','ge')
+" call Decho('fname<'.fname.'> done with dictionary')
+ endif
+
+ if a:exten != "" && exists("*NFH_".a:exten)
+ " support user NFH_*() functions
+" call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
+ exe "let ret= NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
+ elseif a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".a:exten)
+ " use builtin-NFH_*() functions
+" call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
+ exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke 0 : ret=".ret)
+ return 0
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_html: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
+" cursor is atop a *.html file
+fun! s:NFH_html(pagefile)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_html(".a:pagefile.")")
+
+ let page= substitute(a:pagefile,'^','file://','')
+
+ if executable("mozilla")
+" call Decho("executing !mozilla ".page)
+ exe "!mozilla ".g:netrw_shq.page.g:netrw_shq
+ elseif executable("netscape")
+" call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
+ exe "!netscape ".g:netrw_shq..page.g:netrw_shq
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_html 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_html 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_htm: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
+" cursor is atop a *.htm file
+fun! s:NFH_htm(pagefile)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_htm(".a:pagefile.")")
+
+ let page= substitute(a:pagefile,'^','file://','')
+
+ if executable("mozilla")
+" call Decho("executing !mozilla ".page)
+ exe "!mozilla ".g:netrw_shq.page.g:netrw_shq
+ elseif executable("netscape")
+" call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
+ exe "!netscape ".g:netrw_shq.page.g:netrw_shq
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_htm 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_htm 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_jpg: {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile<".a:jpgfile.">)")
+
+ if executable("gimp")
+ exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:jpgfile.g:netrw_shq
+ elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
+" call Decho("silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".escape(a:jpgfile," []|'"))
+ exe "!".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:jpgfile.g:netrw_shq
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_jpg 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_jpg 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_gif: {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_gif(giffile)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_gif(giffile<".a:giffile.">)")
+
+ if executable("gimp")
+ exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:giffile.g:netrw_shq
+ elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
+ exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:giffile.g:netrw_shq
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_gif 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_gif 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_png: {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_png(pngfile)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_png(pngfile<".a:pngfile.">)")
+
+ if executable("gimp")
+ exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:pngfile.g:netrw_shq
+ elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
+ exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:pngfile.g:netrw_shq
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_png 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_png 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_pnm: {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile<".a:pnmfile.">)")
+
+ if executable("gimp")
+ exe "silent! !gimp -s ".g:netrw_shq.a:pnmfile.g:netrw_shq
+ elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
+ exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:pnmfile.g:netrw_shq
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_pnm 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_pnm 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_bmp: visualize bmp files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_bmp(bmpfile)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_bmp(bmpfile<".a:bmpfile.">)")
+
+ if executable("gimp")
+ exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:bmpfile
+ elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
+ exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".g:netrw_shq.a:bmpfile.g:netrw_shq
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_bmp 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_bmp 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_pdf: visualize pdf files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_pdf(pdf)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_pdf(pdf<".a:pdf.">)")
+ if executable("gs")
+ exe 'silent! !gs '.g:netrw_shq.a:pdf.g:netrw_shq
+ elseif executable("pdftotext")
+ exe 'silent! pdftotext -nopgbrk '.g:netrw_shq.a:pdf.g:netrw_shq
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_pdf 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_pdf 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_doc: visualize doc files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_doc(doc)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_doc(doc<".a:doc.">)")
+
+ if executable("oowriter")
+ exe 'silent! !oowriter '.g:netrw_shq.a:doc.g:netrw_shq
+ redraw!
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_doc 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_doc 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_sxw: visualize sxw files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_sxw(sxw)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_sxw(sxw<".a:sxw.">)")
+
+ if executable("oowriter")
+ exe 'silent! !oowriter '.g:netrw_shq.a:sxw.g:netrw_shq
+ redraw!
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_sxw 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_sxw 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_xls: visualize xls files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_xls(xls)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_xls(xls<".a:xls.">)")
+
+ if executable("oocalc")
+ exe 'silent! !oocalc '.g:netrw_shq.a:xls.g:netrw_shq
+ redraw!
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_xls 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_xls 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_ps: handles PostScript files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_ps(ps)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_ps(ps<".a:ps.">)")
+ if executable("gs")
+" call Decho("exe silent! !gs ".a:ps)
+ exe "silent! !gs ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq
+ redraw!
+ elseif executable("ghostscript")
+" call Decho("exe silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps)
+ exe "silent! !ghostscript ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq
+ redraw!
+ elseif executable("gswin32")
+" call Decho("exe silent! !gswin32 ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq)
+ exe "silent! !gswin32 ".g:netrw_shq.a:ps.g:netrw_shq
+ redraw!
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_ps 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_ps 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_eps: handles encapsulated PostScript files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_eps(eps)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_eps()")
+ if executable("gs")
+ exe "silent! !gs ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+ redraw!
+ elseif executable("ghostscript")
+ exe "silent! !ghostscript ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+ redraw!
+ elseif executable("ghostscript")
+ exe "silent! !ghostscript ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+ redraw!
+ elseif executable("gswin32")
+ exe "silent! !gswin32 ".g:netrw_shq.a:eps.g:netrw_shq
+ redraw!
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_eps 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+" call Dret("s:NFH_eps 0")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_fig: handles xfig files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_fig(fig)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_fig()")
+ if executable("xfig")
+ exe "silent! !xfig ".a:fig
+ redraw!
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_fig 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_fig 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_obj: handles tgif's obj files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_obj(obj)
+" call Dfunc("s:NFH_obj()")
+ if has("unix") && executable("tgif")
+ exe "silent! !tgif ".a:obj
+ redraw!
+ else
+" call Dret("s:NFH_obj 0")
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("s:NFH_obj 1")
+ return 1
+endfun
+
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Modelines: {{{1
+" vim: fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/autoload/netrwSettings.vim b/vimfiles/autoload/netrwSettings.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d8587a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/autoload/netrwSettings.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+" netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
+" Date: Jan 05, 2007
+" Maintainer: Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
+" Version: 9b ASTRO-ONLY
+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
+" with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
+" notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
+" netrwSettings.vim is provided *as is* and comes with no
+" warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. By using
+" this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+" holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
+" of this software.
+"
+" Mat 4:23 (WEB) Jesus went about in all Galilee, teaching in their {{{1
+" synagogues, preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing
+" every disease and every sickness among the people.
+" Load Once: {{{1
+if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
+ finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v9b"
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetrwSettings: {{{1
+fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
+ " this call is here largely just to insure that netrw has been loaded
+ call netrw#NetSavePosn()
+ if !exists("g:loaded_netrw")
+ echohl WarningMsg | echomsg "***sorry*** netrw needs to be loaded prior to using NetrwSettings" | echohl None
+ return
+ endif
+
+ above wincmd s
+ enew
+ setlocal noswapfile bh=wipe
+ set ft=vim
+ file Netrw\ Settings
+
+ " these variables have the following default effects when they don't
+ " exist (ie. have not been set by the user in his/her .vimrc)
+ if !exists("g:netrw_liststyle")
+ let g:netrw_liststyle= 0
+ let g:netrw_list_cmd= "ssh HOSTNAME ls -FLa"
+ endif
+ if !exists("g:netrw_silent")
+ let g:netrw_silent= 0
+ endif
+ if !exists("g:netrw_use_nt_rcp")
+ let g:netrw_use_nt_rcp= 0
+ endif
+ if !exists("g:netrw_ftp")
+ let g:netrw_ftp= 0
+ endif
+ if !exists("g:netrw_ignorenetrc")
+ let g:netrw_ignorenetrc= 0
+ endif
+
+ put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
+ put ='+ NetrwSettings: by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.'
+ put ='+ Press <F1> with cursor atop any line for help'
+ put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
+ let s:netrw_settings_stop= line(".")
+
+ put =''
+ put ='+ Netrw Protocol Commands'
+ put = 'let g:netrw_dav_cmd = '.g:netrw_dav_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_fetch_cmd = '.g:netrw_fetch_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_cmd = '.g:netrw_ftp_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_http_cmd = '.g:netrw_http_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_rcp_cmd = '.g:netrw_rcp_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_rsync_cmd = '.g:netrw_rsync_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_scp_cmd = '.g:netrw_scp_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_sftp_cmd = '.g:netrw_sftp_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_cmd = '.g:netrw_ssh_cmd
+ let s:netrw_protocol_stop= line(".")
+ put = ''
+
+ put ='+Netrw Transfer Control'
+ put = 'let g:netrw_cygwin = '.g:netrw_cygwin
+ put = 'let g:netrw_ftp = '.g:netrw_ftp
+ put = 'let g:netrw_ftpmode = '.g:netrw_ftpmode
+ put = 'let g:netrw_ignorenetrc = '.g:netrw_ignorenetrc
+ let shqline= line("$")
+ put = 'let g:netrw_shq...'
+ put = 'let g:netrw_use_nt_rcp = '.g:netrw_use_nt_rcp
+ put = 'let g:netrw_win95ftp = '.g:netrw_win95ftp
+ let s:netrw_xfer_stop= line(".")
+
+ put = ''
+ put ='+ Netrw Browser Control'
+ put = 'let g:netrw_alto = '.g:netrw_alto
+ put = 'let g:netrw_altv = '.g:netrw_altv
+ put = 'let g:netrw_browse_split = '.g:netrw_browse_split
+ if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer")
+ put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer = '.g:netrw_browsex_viewer
+ else
+ put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer = (not defined)'
+ endif
+ put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
+ put = 'let g:netrw_fastbrowse = '.g:netrw_fastbrowse
+ put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject
+ put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd = '.g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd = '.g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd = '.g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_hide = '.g:netrw_hide
+ put = 'let g:netrw_keepdir = '.g:netrw_keepdir
+ put = 'let g:netrw_list_cmd = '.g:netrw_list_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide = '.g:netrw_list_hide
+ put = 'let g:netrw_local_mkdir = '.g:netrw_local_mkdir
+ put = 'let g:netrw_local_rmdir = '.g:netrw_local_rmdir
+ put = 'let g:netrw_liststyle = '.g:netrw_liststyle
+ put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
+ put = 'let g:netrw_menu = '.g:netrw_menu
+ put = 'let g:netrw_mkdir_cmd = '.g:netrw_mkdir_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_rename_cmd = '.g:netrw_rename_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_rm_cmd = '.g:netrw_rm_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_rmdir_cmd = '.g:netrw_rmdir_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_rmf_cmd = '.g:netrw_rmf_cmd
+ put = 'let g:netrw_silent = '.g:netrw_silent
+ put = 'let g:netrw_sort_by = '.g:netrw_sort_by
+ put = 'let g:netrw_sort_direction = '.g:netrw_sort_direction
+ put = 'let g:netrw_sort_sequence = '.g:netrw_sort_sequence
+ put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject
+ put = 'let g:netrw_timefmt = '.g:netrw_timefmt
+ put = 'let g:netrw_use_noswf = '.g:netrw_use_noswf
+ put = 'let g:netrw_winsize = '.g:netrw_winsize
+
+ put =''
+ put ='+ For help, place cursor on line and press ?'
+
+ 1d
+ silent %s/^+/"/e
+ res 99
+ silent %s/= \([^0-9].*\)$/= '\1'/e
+ silent %s/= $/= ''/e
+ 1
+
+ " Put in shq setting.
+ " (deferred so as to avoid the quote manipulation just preceding)
+ if g:netrw_shq == "'"
+ call setline(shqline,'let g:netrw_shq = "'.g:netrw_shq.'"')
+ else
+ call setline(shqline,"let g:netrw_shq = '".g:netrw_shq."'")
+ endif
+
+ set nomod
+
+ nmap <buffer> <silent> <F1> :call NetrwSettingHelp()<cr>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <leftmouse> <leftmouse>:call NetrwSettingHelp()<cr>
+ let tmpfile= tempname()
+ exe 'au BufWriteCmd Netrw\ Settings silent w! '.tmpfile.'|so '.tmpfile.'|call delete("'.tmpfile.'")|set nomod'
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetrwSettingHelp: {{{2
+fun! NetrwSettingHelp()
+" call Dfunc("NetrwSettingHelp()")
+ let curline = getline(".")
+ if curline =~ '='
+ let varhelp = substitute(curline,'^\s*let ','','e')
+ let varhelp = substitute(varhelp,'\s*=.*$','','e')
+" call Decho("trying help ".varhelp)
+ try
+ exe "he ".varhelp
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E149/
+ echo "***sorry*** no help available for <".varhelp.">"
+ endtry
+ elseif line(".") < s:netrw_settings_stop
+ he netrw-settings
+ elseif line(".") < s:netrw_protocol_stop
+ he netrw-externapp
+ elseif line(".") < s:netrw_xfer_stop
+ he netrw-variables
+ else
+ he netrw-browse-var
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetrwSettingHelp")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Modelines: {{{1
+" vim:ts=8 fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/autoload/vimball.vim b/vimfiles/autoload/vimball.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4a27fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/autoload/vimball.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,628 @@
+" vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
+" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Date: Jan 03, 2007
+" Version: 21
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
+" (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
+" No warranty, express or implied.
+" *** *** Use At-Your-Own-Risk! *** ***
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Load Once: {{{1
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball") || v:version < 700
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+let g:loaded_vimball = "v21"
+set cpo&vim
+
+" =====================================================================
+" Constants: {{{1
+if !exists("s:USAGE")
+ let s:USAGE = 0
+ let s:WARNING = 1
+ let s:ERROR = 2
+endif
+
+" =====================================================================
+" Functions: {{{1
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" vimball#MkVimball: creates a vimball given a list of paths to files {{{2
+" Vimball Format:
+" path
+" filesize
+" [file]
+" path
+" filesize
+" [file]
+fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
+" call Dfunc("MkVimball(line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2." writelevel=".a:writelevel." vimballname<".a:1.">) a:0=".a:0)
+ if a:1 =~ '.vim' || a:1 =~ '.txt'
+ let vbname= substitute(a:1,'\.\a\{3}$','.vba','')
+ else
+ let vbname= a:1
+ endif
+ if vbname !~ '\.vba$'
+ let vbname= vbname.'.vba'
+ endif
+" call Decho("vbname<".vbname.">")
+ if a:1 =~ '[\/]'
+ call vimball#ShowMesg(s:ERROR,"(MkVimball) vimball name<".a:1."> should not include slashes")
+" call Dret("MkVimball : vimball name<".a:1."> should not include slashes")
+ return
+ endif
+ if !a:writelevel && filereadable(vbname)
+ call vimball#ShowMesg(s:ERROR,"(MkVimball) file<".vbname."> exists; use ! to insist")
+" call Dret("MkVimball : file<".vbname."> already exists; use ! to insist")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " user option bypass
+ call s:SaveSettings()
+
+ if a:0 >= 2
+ " allow user to specify where to get the files
+ let home= expand(a:2)
+ else
+ " use first existing directory from rtp
+ let home= s:VimballHome()
+ endif
+
+ " save current directory
+ let curdir = getcwd()
+ call s:ChgDir(home)
+
+ " record current tab, initialize while loop index
+ let curtabnr = tabpagenr()
+ let linenr = a:line1
+" call Decho("curtabnr=".curtabnr)
+
+ while linenr <= a:line2
+ let svfile = getline(linenr)
+" call Decho("svfile<".svfile.">")
+
+ if !filereadable(svfile)
+ call vimball#ShowMesg(s:ERROR,"unable to read file<".svfile.">")
+ call s:ChgDir(curdir)
+ call s:RestoreSettings()
+" call Dret("MkVimball")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " create/switch to mkvimball tab
+ if !exists("vbtabnr")
+ tabnew
+ silent! file Vimball
+ let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
+ else
+ exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+ endif
+
+ let lastline= line("$") + 1
+ if lastline == 2 && getline("$") == ""
+ call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.')
+ call setline(2,'UseVimball')
+ call setline(3,'finish')
+ let lastline= line("$") + 1
+ endif
+ call setline(lastline ,substitute(svfile,'$',' [[[1',''))
+ call setline(lastline+1,0)
+
+ " write the file from the tab
+ let svfilepath= s:Path(svfile,'')
+" call Decho("exe $r ".svfilepath)
+ exe "$r ".svfilepath
+
+ call setline(lastline+1,line("$") - lastline - 1)
+" call Decho("lastline=".lastline." line$=".line("$"))
+
+ " restore to normal tab
+ exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+ let linenr= linenr + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " write the vimball
+ exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+ call s:ChgDir(curdir)
+ if a:writelevel
+ let vbnamepath= s:Path(vbname,'')
+" call Decho("exe w! ".vbnamepath)
+ exe "w! ".vbnamepath
+ else
+ let vbnamepath= s:Path(vbname,'')
+" call Decho("exe w ".vbnamepath)
+ exe "w ".vbnamepath
+ endif
+" call Decho("Vimball<".vbname."> created")
+ echo "Vimball<".vbname."> created"
+
+ " remove the evidence
+ setlocal nomod bh=wipe
+ exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+ exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
+
+ " restore options
+ call s:RestoreSettings()
+
+" call Dret("MkVimball")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" vimball#Vimball: extract and distribute contents from a vimball {{{2
+fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
+" call Dfunc("vimball#Vimball(really=".a:really.") a:0=".a:0)
+
+ if getline(1) !~ '^" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.$'
+ echoerr "(Vimball) The current file does not appear to be a Vimball!"
+" call Dret("vimball#Vimball")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " set up standard settings
+ call s:SaveSettings()
+ let curtabnr = tabpagenr()
+
+ " set up vimball tab
+" call Decho("setting up vimball tab")
+ tabnew
+ silent! file Vimball
+ let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
+ let didhelp= ""
+
+ " go to vim plugin home
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let home= expand(a:1)
+ else
+ let home= s:VimballHome()
+ endif
+" call Decho("home<".home.">")
+
+ " save current directory and remove older same-named vimball, if any
+ let curdir = getcwd()
+" call Decho("home<".home.">")
+" call Decho("curdir<".curdir.">")
+
+ call s:ChgDir(home)
+ call vimball#RmVimball()
+
+ let linenr = 4
+ let filecnt = 0
+
+ " give title to listing of (extracted) files from Vimball Archive
+ if a:really
+ echohl Title | echomsg "Vimball Archive" | echohl None
+ else
+ echohl Title | echomsg "Vimball Archive Listing" | echohl None
+ echohl Statement | echomsg "files would be placed under: ".home | echohl None
+ endif
+
+ " apportion vimball contents to various files
+" call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
+ exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+" call Decho("linenr=".linenr." line$=".line("$"))
+ while 1 < linenr && linenr < line("$")
+ let fname = substitute(getline(linenr),'\t\[\[\[1$','','')
+ let fname = substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
+ let fsize = getline(linenr+1)
+ let filecnt = filecnt + 1
+" call Decho("fname<".fname."> fsize=".fsize." filecnt=".filecnt)
+
+ if a:really
+ echomsg "extracted <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
+ else
+ echomsg "would extract <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
+ endif
+" call Decho("using L#".linenr.": will extract file<".fname.">")
+" call Decho("using L#".(linenr+1).": fsize=".fsize)
+
+ " Allow AsNeeded/ directory to take place of plugin/ directory
+ " when AsNeeded/filename is filereadable
+ if fname =~ '\<plugin/'
+ let anfname= substitute(fname,'\<plugin/','AsNeeded/','')
+ if filereadable(anfname)
+" call Decho("using anfname<".anfname."> instead of <".fname.">")
+ let fname= anfname
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " make directories if they don't exist yet
+ if a:really
+" call Decho("making directories if they don't exist yet (fname<".fname.">)")
+ let fnamebuf= substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
+ let dirpath = substitute(home,'\\','/','g')
+ while fnamebuf =~ '/'
+ let dirname = dirpath."/".substitute(fnamebuf,'/.*$','','')
+ let dirpath = dirname
+ let fnamebuf = substitute(fnamebuf,'^.\{-}/\(.*\)$','\1','')
+" call Decho("dirname<".dirname.">")
+ if !isdirectory(dirname)
+" call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
+ call mkdir(dirname)
+ call s:RecordInVar(home,"rmdir('".dirname."')")
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ endif
+ call s:ChgDir(home)
+
+ " grab specified qty of lines and place into "a" buffer
+ " (skip over path/filename and qty-lines)
+ let linenr = linenr + 2
+ let lastline = linenr + fsize - 1
+" call Decho("exe ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a")
+ exe "silent ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a"
+
+ " copy "a" buffer into tab
+" call Decho('copy "a buffer into tab#'.vbtabnr)
+ exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+ silent! %d
+ silent put a
+ 1
+ silent d
+
+ " write tab to file
+ if a:really
+ let fnamepath= s:Path(home."/".fname,'')
+" call Decho("exe w! ".fnamepath)
+ exe "silent w! ".fnamepath
+ echo "wrote ".fnamepath
+ call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".fnamepath."')")
+ endif
+
+ " return to tab with vimball
+" call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
+ exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+
+ " set up help if its a doc/*.txt file
+" call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp."> fname<".fname.">")
+ if a:really && didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.txt$'
+ let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.txt$','\1','')
+" call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp.">")
+ endif
+
+ " update for next file
+" let oldlinenr = linenr " Decho
+ let linenr = linenr + fsize
+" call Decho("update linenr= [linenr=".oldlinenr."] + [fsize=".fsize."] = ".linenr)
+ endwhile
+
+ " set up help
+" call Decho("about to set up help: didhelp<".didhelp.">")
+ if didhelp != ""
+ let htpath= escape(substitute(s:Path(home."/".didhelp,'"'),'"','','g'),' ')
+" call Decho("exe helptags ".htpath)
+ exe "helptags ".htpath
+ echo "did helptags"
+ endif
+
+ " make sure a "Press ENTER..." prompt appears to keep the messages showing!
+ while filecnt <= &ch
+ echomsg " "
+ let filecnt= filecnt + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " record actions in <.VimballRecord>
+ call s:RecordInFile(home)
+
+ " restore events, delete tab and buffer
+ exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+ setlocal nomod bh=wipe
+ exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+ exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
+ call s:RestoreSettings()
+ call s:ChgDir(curdir)
+
+" call Dret("vimball#Vimball")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" vimball#RmVimball: remove any files, remove any directories made by any {{{2
+" previous vimball extraction based on a file of the current
+" name.
+" Usage: RmVimball (assume current file is a vimball; remove)
+" RmVimball vimballname
+fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
+" call Dfunc("vimball#RmVimball() a:0=".a:0)
+ if exists("g:vimball_norecord")
+" call Dret("vimball#RmVimball : (g:vimball_norecord)")
+ return
+ endif
+ let eikeep= &ei
+ set ei=all
+" call Decho("turned off all events")
+
+ if a:0 == 0
+ let curfile= '^'.expand("%:tr")
+ else
+ if a:1 =~ '[\/]'
+ call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"RmVimball vimballname [path]")
+" call Dret("vimball#RmVimball : suspect a:1<".a:1.">")
+ return
+ endif
+ let curfile= a:1
+ endif
+ if curfile !~ '.vba$'
+ let curfile= curfile.".vba: "
+ else
+ let curfile= curfile.": "
+ endif
+ if a:0 >= 2
+ let home= expand(a:2)
+ else
+ let home= s:VimballHome()
+ endif
+ let curdir = getcwd()
+" call Decho("home <".home.">")
+" call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
+" call Decho("curdir <".curdir.">")
+
+ call s:ChgDir(home)
+ if filereadable(".VimballRecord")
+" call Decho(".VimballRecord is readable")
+" call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
+ keepalt keepjumps 1split
+ silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
+ let keepsrch= @/
+ if search(curfile,'cw')
+ let exestring= substitute(getline("."),curfile,'','')
+" call Decho("exe ".exestring)
+ silent! keepalt keepjumps exe exestring
+ silent! keepalt keepjumps d
+ else
+" call Decho("unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
+ endif
+ silent! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
+ silent! keepalt keepjumps wq!
+ let @/= keepsrch
+ endif
+ call s:ChgDir(curdir)
+
+ " restoring events
+" call Decho("restoring events")
+ let &ei= eikeep
+
+" call Dret("vimball#RmVimball")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" vimball#Decompress: attempts to automatically decompress vimballs {{{2
+fun! vimball#Decompress(fname)
+" call Dfunc("Decompress(fname<".a:fname.">)")
+
+ " decompression:
+ if expand("%") =~ '.*\.gz' && executable("gunzip")
+ exe "!gunzip ".a:fname
+ let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.gz$','','')
+ exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
+ call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+ elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.bz2' && executable("bunzip2")
+ exe "!bunzip2 ".a:fname
+ let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz2$','','')
+ exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
+ call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+ elseif expand("%") =~ '.*\.zip' && executable("unzip")
+ exe "!unzip ".a:fname
+ let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.zip$','','')
+ exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
+ call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+ endif
+ set noma bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker
+
+" call Dret("Decompress")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" vimball#ShowMesg: {{{2
+fun! vimball#ShowMesg(level,msg)
+" call Dfunc("vimball#ShowMesg(level=".a:level." msg<".a:msg.">)")
+ let rulerkeep = &ruler
+ let showcmdkeep = &showcmd
+ set noruler noshowcmd
+ redraw!
+
+ if &fo =~ '[ta]'
+ echomsg "***vimball*** " a:msg
+ else
+ if a:level == s:WARNING || a:level == s:USAGE
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ elseif a:level == s:ERROR
+ echohl Error
+ endif
+ echomsg "***vimball*** " a:msg
+ echohl None
+ endif
+
+ if a:level != s:USAGE
+ call inputsave()|let ok= input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
+ endif
+
+ let &ruler = rulerkeep
+ let &showcmd = showcmdkeep
+
+" call Dret("vimball#ShowMesg")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+" =====================================================================
+" s:ChgDir: change directory (in spite of Windoze) {{{2
+fun! s:ChgDir(newdir)
+" call Dfunc("ChgDir(newdir<".a:newdir.">)")
+ if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+ exe 'silent cd '.escape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'),' ')
+ else
+ exe 'silent cd '.escape(a:newdir,' ')
+ endif
+" call Dret("ChgDir")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:Path: prepend and append quotes, do escaping, as necessary {{{2
+fun! s:Path(cmd,quote)
+" call Dfunc("Path(cmd<".a:cmd."> quote<".a:quote.">)")
+ if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+ let cmdpath= a:quote.substitute(a:cmd,'/','\\','g').a:quote
+ else
+ let cmdpath= a:quote.a:cmd.a:quote
+ endif
+ if a:quote == ""
+ let cmdpath= escape(cmdpath,' ')
+ endif
+" call Dret("Path <".cmdpath.">")
+ return cmdpath
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:RecordInVar: record a un-vimball command in the .VimballRecord file {{{2
+fun! s:RecordInVar(home,cmd)
+" call Dfunc("RecordInVar(home<".a:home."> cmd<".a:cmd.">)")
+ if a:cmd =~ '^rmdir'
+" if !exists("s:recorddir")
+" let s:recorddir= substitute(a:cmd,'^rmdir',"call s:Rmdir",'')
+" else
+" let s:recorddir= s:recorddir."|".substitute(a:cmd,'^rmdir',"call s:Rmdir",'')
+" endif
+" call Decho("recorddir=".s:recorddir)
+ elseif !exists("s:recordfile")
+ let s:recordfile= a:cmd
+" call Decho("recordfile=".s:recordfile)
+ else
+ let s:recordfile= s:recordfile."|".a:cmd
+" call Decho("recordfile=".s:recordfile)
+ endif
+" call Dret("RecordInVar")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:RecordInFile: {{{2
+fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
+" call Dfunc("RecordInFile()")
+ if exists("g:vimball_norecord")
+" call Dret("RecordInFile : (g:vimball_norecord)")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ if exists("s:recordfile") || exists("s:recorddir")
+ let curdir= getcwd()
+ call s:ChgDir(a:home)
+ keepalt keepjumps 1split
+ let cmd= expand("%:tr").": "
+ silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
+ $
+ if exists("s:recordfile") && exists("s:recorddir")
+ let cmd= cmd.s:recordfile."|".s:recorddir
+ elseif exists("s:recorddir")
+ let cmd= cmd.s:recorddir
+ elseif exists("s:recordfile")
+ let cmd= cmd.s:recordfile
+ else
+" call Dret("RecordInFile")
+ return
+ endif
+ keepalt keepjumps put=cmd
+ silent! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
+ silent! keepalt keepjumps wq!
+ call s:ChgDir(curdir)
+ if exists("s:recorddir") |unlet s:recorddir |endif
+ if exists("s:recordfile")|unlet s:recordfile|endif
+ else
+" call Decho("s:record[file|dir] doesn't exist")
+ endif
+
+" call Dret("RecordInFile")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:Rmdir: {{{2
+"fun! s:Rmdir(dirname)
+"" call Dfunc("s:Rmdir(dirname<".a:dirname.">)")
+" if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")) && &shell !~? 'sh$'
+" call system("del ".a:dirname)
+" else
+" call system("rmdir ".a:dirname)
+" endif
+"" call Dret("s:Rmdir")
+"endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:VimballHome: determine/get home directory path (usually from rtp) {{{2
+fun! s:VimballHome()
+" call Dfunc("VimballHome()")
+ if exists("g:vimball_home")
+ let home= g:vimball_home
+ else
+ " go to vim plugin home
+ for home in split(&rtp,',') + ['']
+ if isdirectory(home) && filewritable(home) | break | endif
+ endfor
+ if home == ""
+ " just pick the first directory
+ let home= substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
+ endif
+ if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+ let home= substitute(home,'/','\\','g')
+ endif
+ endif
+" call Dret("VimballHome <".home.">")
+ return home
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:SaveSettings: {{{2
+fun! s:SaveSettings()
+" call Dfunc("SaveSettings()")
+ let s:makeep = getpos("'a")
+ let s:regakeep= @a
+ if exists("&acd")
+ let s:acdkeep = &acd
+ endif
+ let s:eikeep = &ei
+ let s:fenkeep = &fen
+ let s:hidkeep = &hidden
+ let s:ickeep = &ic
+ let s:repkeep = &report
+ let s:vekeep = &ve
+ let s:lzkeep = &lz
+ if exists("&acd")
+ set ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz
+ else
+ set ei=all ve=all nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz
+ endif
+" call Dret("SaveSettings")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:RestoreSettings: {{{2
+fun! s:RestoreSettings()
+" call Dfunc("RestoreSettings()")
+ let @a = s:regakeep
+ if exists("&acd")
+ let &acd = s:acdkeep
+ endif
+ let &fen = s:fenkeep
+ let &hidden = s:hidkeep
+ let &ic = s:ickeep
+ let &lz = s:lzkeep
+ let &report = s:repkeep
+ let &ve = s:vekeep
+ let &ei = s:eikeep
+ if s:makeep[0] != 0
+ " restore mark a
+" call Decho("restore mark-a: makeep=".string(makeep))
+ call setpos("'a",s:makeep)
+ endif
+ if exists("&acd")
+ unlet s:regakeep s:acdkeep s:eikeep s:fenkeep s:hidkeep s:ickeep s:repkeep s:vekeep s:makeep s:lzkeep
+ else
+ unlet s:regakeep s:eikeep s:fenkeep s:hidkeep s:ickeep s:repkeep s:vekeep s:makeep s:lzkeep
+ endif
+ set bt=nofile noma
+" call Dret("RestoreSettings")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Modelines: {{{1
+" vim: fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/autoload/visincr.vim b/vimfiles/autoload/visincr.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8361e42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/autoload/visincr.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,864 @@
+" visincr.vim: Visual-block incremented lists
+" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. Ph.D.
+" Date: Sep 19, 2006
+" Version: 17
+"
+" Visincr assumes that a block of numbers selected by a
+" ctrl-v (visual block) has been selected for incrementing.
+" This function will transform that block of numbers into
+" an incrementing column starting from that topmost number
+" in the visual block. Also handles dates, daynames, and
+" monthnames.
+"
+" Fancy Stuff:
+" * If the visual block is ragged right (as can happen when "$"
+" is used to select the right hand side), the block will have
+" spaces appended to straighten it out
+" * If the strlen of the count exceeds the visual-block
+" allotment of spaces, then additional spaces will be inserted
+" * Handles leading tabs by using virtual column calculations
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 670 1 :AutoInstall: visincr.vim
+" 1Cor 16:14 : Let all that you do be done in love. {{{1
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Load Once: {{{1
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_visincr")
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+let g:loaded_visincr = "v17"
+set cpo&vim
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Methods: {{{1
+let s:I = 0
+let s:II = 1
+let s:IMDY = 2
+let s:IYMD = 3
+let s:IDMY = 4
+let s:ID = 5
+let s:IM = 6
+let s:IA = 7
+let s:IX = 8
+let s:IIX = 9
+let s:IO = 10
+let s:IIO = 11
+let s:IR = 12
+let s:IIR = 13
+let s:RI = 14
+let s:RII = 15
+let s:RIMDY = 16
+let s:RIYMD = 17
+let s:RIDMY = 18
+let s:RID = 19
+let s:RIM = 20
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Options: {{{1
+if !exists("g:visincr_leaddate")
+ " choose between dates such as 11/ 5/04 and 11/05/04
+ let g:visincr_leaddate = '0'
+endif
+if !exists("g:visincr_datedivset")
+ let g:visincr_datedivset= '[-./]'
+endif
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Functions: {{{1
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" VisBlockIncr: {{{2
+fun! visincr#VisBlockIncr(method,...)
+" call Dfunc("VisBlockIncr(method<".a:method.">) a:0=".a:0)
+
+ " avoid problems with user options {{{3
+ call s:SaveUserOptions()
+
+ " visblockincr only uses visual-block! {{{3
+" call Decho("visualmode<".visualmode().">")
+ if visualmode() != "\<c-v>"
+ echoerr "Please use visual-block mode (ctrl-v)!"
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " save boundary line numbers and set up method {{{3
+ let y1 = line("'<")
+ let y2 = line("'>")
+ let method = (a:method >= s:RI)? a:method - s:RI : a:method
+ let leaddate= g:visincr_leaddate
+
+ " get increment (default=1) {{{3
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let incr= a:1
+ if a:method == s:IX || a:method == s:IIX
+ let incr= s:Hex2Dec(incr)
+ elseif a:method == s:IO || a:method == s:IIO
+ let incr= s:Oct2Dec(incr)
+ endif
+ else
+ let incr= 1
+ endif
+" call Decho("incr=".incr)
+
+ " set up restriction pattern {{{3
+ let leftcol = virtcol("'<")
+ let rghtcol = virtcol("'>")
+ if leftcol > rghtcol
+ let leftcol = virtcol("'>")
+ let rghtcol = virtcol("'<")
+ endif
+ let width= rghtcol - leftcol + 1
+" call Decho("width= [rghtcol=".rghtcol."]-[leftcol=".leftcol."]+1=".width)
+
+ if a:method == s:RI
+ let restrict= '\%'.col(".").'c\d'
+" call Decho(":I restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RII
+ let restrict= '\%'.col(".").'c\s\{,'.width.'}\d'
+" call Decho(":II restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RIMDY
+ let restrict= '\%'.col(".").'c\d\{1,2}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{1,2}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{2,4}'
+" call Decho(":IMDY restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RIYMD
+ let restrict= '\%'.col(".").'c\d\{2,4}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{1,2}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{1,2}'
+" call Decho(":IYMD restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RIDMY
+ let restrict= '\%'.col(".").'c\d\{1,2}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{1,2}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{2,4}'
+" call Decho(":IDMY restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RID
+ if exists("g:visincr_dow")
+ let dowlist = substitute(g:visincr_dow,'\(\a\{1,3}\)[^,]*\%(,\|$\)','\1\\|','ge')
+ let dowlist = substitute(dowlist,'\\|$','','e')
+ let restrict= '\c\%'.col(".").'c\('.substitute(dowlist,',','\\|','ge').'\)'
+" call Decho("restrict<".restrict.">")
+ else
+ let restrict= '\c\%'.col(".").'c\(mon\|tue\|wed\|thu\|fri\|sat\|sun\)'
+ endif
+" call Decho(":ID restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RIM
+ if exists("g:visincr_month")
+ let monlist = substitute(g:visincr_month,'\(\a\{1,3}\)[^,]*\%(,\|$\)','\1\\|','ge')
+ let monlist = substitute(monlist,'\\|$','','e')
+ let restrict= '\c\%'.col(".").'c\('.substitute(monlist,',','\\|','ge').'\)'
+" call Decho("restrict<".restrict.">")
+ else
+ let restrict= '\c\%'.col(".").'c\(jan\|feb\|mar\|apr\|may\|jun\|jul\|aug\|sep\|oct\|nov\|dec\)'
+ endif
+" call Decho(":IM restricted<".restrict.">")
+ endif
+
+ " determine zfill {{{3
+" call Decho("a:0=".a:0." method=".method)
+ if a:0 > 1 && ((s:IMDY <= method && method <= s:IDMY) || (s:RIMDY <= method && method <= s:RIDMY))
+ let leaddate= a:2
+" call Decho("set leaddate<".leaddate.">")
+ elseif a:0 > 1 && method
+ let zfill= a:2
+ if zfill == "''" || zfill == '""'
+ let zfill=""
+ endif
+" call Decho("set zfill<".zfill.">")
+ else
+ " default zfill (a single space)
+ let zfill= ' '
+" call Decho("set default zfill<".zfill.">")
+ endif
+
+ " IMDY IYMD IDMY ID IM IA: {{{3
+ if s:IMDY <= method && method <= s:IA
+ let rghtcol = rghtcol + 1
+ let curline = getline("'<")
+
+ " ID: {{{3
+ if method == s:ID
+ let pat = '^.*\%'.leftcol.'v\(\a\+\)\%'.rghtcol.'v.*$'
+ let dow = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\1','e'),' ','','ge')
+ let dowlen = strlen(dow)
+" call Decho("pat<".pat."> dow<".dow."> dowlen=".dowlen)
+
+ " set up long daynames
+ if exists("g:visincr_dow")
+ let dow_0= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let dow_1= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{1}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let dow_2= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{2}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let dow_3= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{3}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let dow_4= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{4}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let dow_5= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{5}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let dow_6= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{6}\([^,]*\)$', '\1','')
+ else
+ let dow_0= "Monday"
+ let dow_1= "Tuesday"
+ let dow_2= "Wednesday"
+ let dow_3= "Thursday"
+ let dow_4= "Friday"
+ let dow_5= "Saturday"
+ let dow_6= "Sunday"
+ endif
+
+ " if the daynames under the cursor is <= 3, transform
+ " long daynames to short daynames
+ if strlen(dow) <= 3
+" call Decho("transform long daynames to short daynames")
+ let dow_0= strpart(dow_0,0,3)
+ let dow_1= strpart(dow_1,0,3)
+ let dow_2= strpart(dow_2,0,3)
+ let dow_3= strpart(dow_3,0,3)
+ let dow_4= strpart(dow_4,0,3)
+ let dow_5= strpart(dow_5,0,3)
+ let dow_6= strpart(dow_6,0,3)
+ endif
+
+ " identify day-of-week under cursor
+ let idow= 0
+ while idow < 7
+" call Decho("dow<".dow."> dow_".idow."<".dow_{idow}.">")
+ if dow =~ '\c\<'.strpart(dow_{idow},0,3)
+ break
+ endif
+ let idow= idow + 1
+ endwhile
+ if idow >= 7
+ echoerr "***error*** misspelled day-of-week <".dow.">"
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr : unable to identify day-of-week")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " generate incremented dayname list
+ norm! `<
+ norm! gUl
+ norm! `<
+ let l = y1
+ while l < y2
+ norm! j
+" call Decho("while [l=".l."] < [y2=".y2."]: line=".line(".")." col[".leftcol.",".rghtcol."] width=".width)
+ if exists("restrict") && getline(".") !~ restrict
+ let l= l + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ let idow= (idow + incr)%7
+ exe 's/\%'.leftcol.'v.\{'.width.'\}/'.dow_{idow}.'/e'
+ let l= l + 1
+ endw
+ " return from ID
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr : ID")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " IM: {{{3
+ if method == s:IM
+ let pat = '^.*\%'.leftcol.'v\(\a\+\)\%'.rghtcol.'v.*$'
+ let mon = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\1','e'),' ','','ge')
+ let monlen = strlen(mon)
+ if exists("g:visincr_month")
+ let mon_0 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_1 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{1}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_2 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{2}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_3 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{3}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_4 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{4}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_5 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{5}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_6 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{6}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_7 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{7}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_8 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{8}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_9 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{9}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_10= substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{10}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let mon_11= substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{11}\([^,]*\)$', '\1','')
+ else
+ let mon_0 = "January"
+ let mon_1 = "February"
+ let mon_2 = "March"
+ let mon_3 = "April"
+ let mon_4 = "May"
+ let mon_5 = "June"
+ let mon_6 = "July"
+ let mon_7 = "August"
+ let mon_8 = "September"
+ let mon_9 = "October"
+ let mon_10= "November"
+ let mon_11= "December"
+ endif
+
+ " identify month under cursor
+ let imon= 0
+ while imon < 12
+ if mon =~ '\c\<'.strpart(mon_{imon},0,3)
+ break
+ endif
+ let imon= imon + 1
+ endwhile
+ if imon >= 12
+ echoerr "***error*** misspelled month <".mon.">"
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " if monthname is three or fewer characters long,
+ " transform monthnames to three character versions
+ if strlen(mon) <= 3
+" call Decho("transform monthnames to short versions")
+ let jmon= 0
+ while jmon < 12
+ let mon_{jmon} = strpart(mon_{jmon},0,3)
+ let jmon = jmon + 1
+ endwhile
+ endif
+
+ " generate incremented monthname list
+ norm! `<
+ norm! gUl
+ norm! `<
+ let l = y1
+ while l < y2
+ norm! j
+ if exists("restrict") && getline(".") !~ restrict
+ let l= l + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ let imon= (imon + incr)%12
+ exe 's/\%'.leftcol.'v.\{'.width.'\}/'.mon_{imon}.'/e'
+ let l= l + 1
+ endw
+ " return from IM
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr : IM")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " IA: {{{3
+ if method == s:IA
+ let pat = '^.*\%'.leftcol.'v\(\a\).*$'
+ let letter = substitute(curline,pat,'\1','e')
+ if letter !~ '\a'
+ let letter= 'A'
+ endif
+ if letter =~ '[a-z]'
+ let alphabet='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+ else
+ let alphabet='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+ endif
+ let ilet= stridx(alphabet,letter)
+
+ norm! `<
+ let l = y1
+ while l <= y2
+" call Decho("letter<".letter."> l=".l." ilet=".ilet)
+ exe 's/\%'.leftcol.'v.*\%'.rghtcol.'v/'.letter.'/e'
+ let ilet = (ilet + incr)%26
+ let letter = strpart(alphabet,ilet,1)
+ if l < y2
+ silent norm! j
+ endif
+ let l= l + 1
+ endw
+ " return from IA
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr : IA")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let pat = '^.*\%'.leftcol.'v\( \=[0-9]\{1,4}\)'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\( \=[0-9]\{1,2}\)'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\( \=[0-9]\{1,4}\)\%'.rghtcol.'v.*$'
+ let datediv= substitute(curline,'^.*\%'.leftcol.'v\%( \=[0-9]\{1,4}\)\('.g:visincr_datedivset.'\).*$','\1','')
+" call Decho("datediv<".datediv.">")
+
+ " IMDY: {{{3
+ if method == s:IMDY
+ let m = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\1',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let d = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\2',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let y = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\3',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let type = 2
+" call Decho("IMDY: y=".y." m=".m." d=".d." leftcol=".leftcol." rghtcol=".rghtcol)
+
+ " IYMD: {{{3
+ elseif method == s:IYMD
+ let y = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\1',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let m = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\2',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let d = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\3',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let type = 1
+" call Decho("IYMD: y=".y." m=".m." d=".d." leftcol=".leftcol." rghtcol=".rghtcol)
+
+ " IDMY: {{{3
+ elseif method == s:IDMY
+ let d = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\1',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let m = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\2',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let y = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\3',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let type = 3
+" call Decho("IDMY: y=".y." m=".m." d=".d." leftcol=".leftcol." rghtcol=".rghtcol)
+ else
+ echoerr "***error*** in <visincr.vim> script"
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr -- method#".method." not supported")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " Julian day/Calendar day calculations {{{3
+ try
+ let julday= calutil#Cal2Jul(y,m,d)
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/
+ echoerr "***error*** you need calutil.vim! (:help visincr-calutil)"
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr")
+ return
+ endtry
+ norm! `<
+ let l = y1
+ while l <= y2
+ if exists("restrict") && getline(".") !~ restrict
+ norm! j
+ let l= l + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ let doy = calutil#Jul2Cal(julday,type)
+
+ " IYMD: {{{3
+ if type == 1
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'^\d/',leaddate.'&','e')
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'/\(\d/\)','/'.leaddate.'\1','e')
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'/\(\d\)$','/'.leaddate.'\1','e')
+
+ " IMDY IDMY: {{{3
+ else
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'^\d/',' &','e')
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'/\(\d/\)','/'.leaddate.'\1','e')
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'/\(\d\)$','/'.leaddate.'\1','e')
+ endif
+
+ " use user's date divider
+ if datediv != '/'
+ let doy= substitute(doy,'/',datediv,'g')
+ else
+ let doy= escape(doy,'/')
+ endif
+" call Decho("doy<".doy.">")
+
+ if leaddate != ' '
+ let doy= substitute(doy,' ',leaddate,'ge')
+ endif
+" call Decho('exe s/\%'.leftcol.'v.*\%'.rghtcol.'v/'.doy.'/e')
+ exe 's/\%'.leftcol.'v.*\%'.rghtcol.'v/'.doy.'/e'
+ let l = l + 1
+ let julday= julday + incr
+ if l <= y2
+ norm! j
+ endif
+ endw
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr : IMDY IYMD IDMY ID IM")
+ return
+ endif " IMDY IYMD IDMY ID IM
+
+ " I II IX IIX IO IIO IR IIR: {{{3
+ " construct a line from the first line that only has the number in it
+ let rml = rghtcol - leftcol
+ let rmlp1 = rml + 1
+ let lm1 = leftcol - 1
+" call Decho("rmlp1=[rghtcol=".rghtcol."]-[leftcol=".leftcol."]+1=".rmlp1)
+" call Decho("lm1 =[leftcol=".leftcol."]-1=".lm1)
+
+ if lm1 <= 0
+ " region beginning at far left
+" call Decho("handle visblock at far left")
+ let lm1 = 1
+ let pat = '^\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ if method == s:IX || method == s:IIX
+ let pat = '^\([0-9a-fA-F \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ elseif method == s:IR || method == s:IIR
+ if getline(".") =~ '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ " need to convert arabic notation to roman numeral
+ let pat = '^\([0-9IVXCLM) \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ else
+ let pat = '^\([IVXCLM) \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ endif
+ else
+ let pat = '^\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ endif
+ let cnt = substitute(getline("'<"),pat,'\1',"")
+
+ else
+ " region not beginning at far left
+" call Decho("handle visblock not at far left")
+ if method == s:IX || method == s:IIX
+ let pat = '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9a-fA-F \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ elseif method == s:IO || method == s:IIO
+ let pat = '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-7 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ elseif method == s:IR || method == s:IIR
+" call Decho('test: ^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$')
+ if getline(".") =~ '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ " need to convert arabic notation to roman numeral
+ let pat = '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9IVXCLM \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ else
+ let pat = '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([IVXCLM \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ endif
+ else
+ let pat = '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ endif
+" call Decho("pat<".pat.">")
+ let cnt = substitute(getline("'<"),pat,'\2',"")
+ endif
+
+ let cntlen = strlen(cnt)
+ let cnt = substitute(cnt,'\s','',"ge")
+ let ocnt = cnt
+" call Decho("cntlen=".cntlen." cnt=".cnt." ocnt=".ocnt." (before I*[XOR] subs)")
+
+ if method == s:IX || method == s:IIX
+ let cnt= substitute(cnt,'^0*\([1-9a-fA-F]\|0$\)','\1',"ge")
+ elseif method == s:IO || method == s:IIO
+ let cnt= substitute(cnt,'^0*\([1-7]\|0$\)','\1',"ge")
+ elseif method == s:IR || method == s:IIR
+ let cnt= substitute(cnt,'^\([IVXCLM]$\)','\1',"ge")
+ else
+ let cnt= substitute(cnt,'^0*\([1-9]\|0$\)','\1',"ge")
+ endif
+" call Decho("cnt<".cnt."> pat<".pat.">")
+
+ " left-method with zeros {{{3
+ " IF top number is zero-mode
+ " AND we're justified right
+ " AND increment is positive
+ " AND user didn't specify a modeding character
+ if a:0 < 2 && ( method == s:II || method == s:IIX || method == s:IIO) && cnt != ocnt && incr > 0
+ let zfill= '0'
+ endif
+
+ " determine how much incrementing is needed {{{3
+ if method == s:IX || method == s:IIX
+ let maxcnt= s:Dec2Hex(s:Hex2Dec(cnt) + incr*(y2 - y1))
+ elseif method == s:IO || method == s:IIO
+ let maxcnt= s:Dec2Oct(s:Oct2Dec(cnt) + incr*(y2 - y1))
+ elseif method == s:IR || method == s:IIR
+ if cnt =~ '^\d\+$'
+ let maxcnt= s:Dec2Rom(cnt + incr*(y2 - y1))
+ else
+ let maxcnt= s:Dec2Rom(s:Rom2Dec(cnt) + incr*(y2 - y1))
+ endif
+ else
+ let maxcnt= printf("%d",cnt + incr*(y2 - y1))
+ endif
+ let maxcntlen= strlen(maxcnt)
+ if cntlen > maxcntlen
+ let maxcntlen= cntlen
+ endif
+ if method == s:IIR
+ let maxcntlen= maxcntlen + 2
+ endif
+" call Decho("maxcnt=".maxcnt." maxcntlen=".maxcntlen)
+
+ " go through visual block incrementing numbers based {{{3
+ " on first number (saved in cnt), taking care to
+ " avoid inadvertently issuing "0h" commands.
+ " l == current line number, over range [y1,y2]
+ norm! `<
+ let l = y1
+ if (method == s:IR || method == s:IIR) && cnt =~ '^\d\+$'
+ let cnt= s:Dec2Rom(cnt)
+ endif
+ while l <= y2
+" call Decho("----- while [l=".l."] <= [y2=".y2."]: cnt=".cnt)
+ if exists("restrict") && getline(".") !~ restrict
+" call Decho("skipping <".getline(".")."> (restrict)")
+ norm! j
+ let l= l + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ let cntlen= strlen(cnt)
+
+ " Straighten out ragged-right visual-block selection {{{3
+ " by appending spaces as needed
+ norm! $
+ while virtcol("$") <= rghtcol
+ exe "norm! A \<Esc>"
+ endwhile
+ norm! 0
+
+ " convert visual block line to all spaces {{{3
+ if virtcol(".") != leftcol
+ exe 'norm! /\%'.leftcol."v\<Esc>"
+ endif
+ exe "norm! " . rmlp1 . "r "
+
+ " cnt has gotten bigger than the visually-selected {{{3
+ " area allows. Will insert spaces to accommodate it.
+ if maxcntlen > 0
+ let ins= maxcntlen - rmlp1
+ else
+ let ins= strlen(cnt) - rmlp1
+ endif
+ while ins > 0
+ exe "norm! i \<Esc>"
+ let ins= ins - 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " back up to left-of-block (plus optional left-hand-side modeling) {{{3
+ norm! 0
+ if method == s:I || method == s:IO || method == s:IX || method == s:IR
+ let bkup= leftcol
+" call Decho("bkup= [leftcol=".leftcol."] (due to method)")
+ elseif maxcntlen > 0
+ let bkup= leftcol + maxcntlen - cntlen
+" call Decho("bkup= [leftcol=".leftcol."]+[maxcntlen=".maxcntlen."]-[cntlen=".cntlen."]=".bkup)
+ else
+ let bkup= leftcol
+" call Decho("bkup= [leftcol=".leftcol."] ([maxcntlen=".maxcntlen."]<=0)")
+ endif
+ if virtcol(".") != bkup
+ if bkup == 0
+ norm! 0
+ else
+ exe 'norm! /\%'.bkup."v\<Esc>"
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " replace with count {{{3
+" call Decho("exe norm! R" . cnt . "\<Esc>")
+ exe "norm! R" . cnt . "\<Esc>"
+ if cntlen > 1
+ let cntlenm1= cntlen - 1
+ exe "norm! " . cntlenm1 . "h"
+ endif
+ if zfill != " "
+ silent! exe 's/\%'.leftcol.'v\( \+\)/\=substitute(submatch(1)," ","'.zfill.'","ge")/e'
+ endif
+
+ " set up for next line {{{3
+ if l != y2
+ norm! j
+ endif
+ if method == s:IX || method == s:IIX
+ let cnt= s:Dec2Hex(s:Hex2Dec(cnt) + incr)
+ elseif method == s:IO || method == s:IIO
+ let cnt= s:Dec2Oct(s:Oct2Dec(cnt) + incr)
+ elseif method == s:IR || method == s:IIR
+ let cnt= s:Dec2Rom(s:Rom2Dec(cnt) + incr)
+ else
+ let cnt= cnt + incr
+ endif
+ let l = l + 1
+ endw
+
+ " restore options: {{{3
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Hex2Dec: convert hexadecimal to decimal {{{2
+fun! s:Hex2Dec(hex)
+" call Dfunc("Hex2Dec(hex=".a:hex.")")
+ let hex= substitute(string(a:hex),"'","","ge")
+" call Decho("hex<".hex.">")
+ if hex =~ '^-'
+ let n = strpart(hex,1)
+ let neg = 1
+ else
+ let n = hex
+ let neg = 0
+ endif
+" call Decho("n<".n."> neg=".neg)
+
+ let b10 = 0
+ while n != ""
+ let hexdigit= strpart(n,0,1)
+ if hexdigit =~ '\d'
+ let hexdigit= char2nr(hexdigit) - char2nr('0')
+" call Decho("0-9: hexdigit=".hexdigit)
+ elseif hexdigit =~ '[a-f]'
+ let hexdigit= char2nr(hexdigit) - char2nr('a') + 10
+" call Decho("a-f: hexdigit=".hexdigit)
+ else
+ let hexdigit= char2nr(hexdigit) - char2nr('A') + 10
+" call Decho("A-F: hexdigit=".hexdigit)
+ endif
+ let b10= 16*b10 + hexdigit
+ let n = strpart(n,1)
+ endwhile
+
+ if neg
+ let b10= -b10
+ endif
+" call Dret("Hex2Dec ".b10)
+ return b10
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Dec2Hex: convert decimal to hexadecimal {{{2
+fun! s:Dec2Hex(b10)
+" call Dfunc("Dec2Hex(b10=".a:b10.")")
+ if a:b10 >= 0
+ let b10 = a:b10
+ let neg = 0
+ else
+ let b10 = -a:b10
+ let neg = 1
+ endif
+" call Decho('b10<'.b10.'> neg='.neg)
+ if v:version >= 700
+ let hex= printf("%x",b10)
+ else
+ let hex = ""
+ while b10
+ let hex = '0123456789abcdef'[b10 % 16] . hex
+ let b10 = b10 / 16
+ endwhile
+ endif
+ if neg
+ let hex= "-".hex
+ endif
+" call Dret("Dec2Hex ".hex)
+ return hex
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Oct2Dec: convert octal to decimal {{{2
+fun! s:Oct2Dec(oct)
+" call Dfunc("Oct2Dec(oct=".a:oct.")")
+ if a:oct >= 0
+ let n = a:oct
+ let neg= 0
+ else
+ let n = strpart(a:oct,1)
+ let neg = 1
+ endif
+
+ let b10 = 0
+ while n != ""
+ let octdigit= strpart(n,0,1)
+ if octdigit =~ '[0-7]'
+ let octdigit= char2nr(octdigit) - char2nr('0')
+" call Decho("octdigit=".octdigit)
+ else
+ break
+ endif
+ let b10= 8*b10 + octdigit
+ let n = strpart(n,1)
+ endwhile
+
+ if neg
+ let b10= -b10
+ endif
+" call Dret("Oct2Dec ".b10)
+ return b10
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Dec2Oct: convert decimal to octal {{{2
+fun! s:Dec2Oct(b10)
+" call Dfunc("Dec2Oct(b10=".a:b10.")")
+ if a:b10 >= 0
+ let b10 = a:b10
+ let neg = 0
+ else
+ let b10 = -a:b10
+ let neg = 1
+ endif
+
+ if v:version >= 700
+ let oct= printf("%o",b10)
+ else
+ let oct = ""
+ while b10
+ let oct = '01234567'[b10 % 8] . oct
+ let b10 = b10 / 8
+ endwhile
+ endif
+
+ if neg
+ let oct= "-".oct
+ endif
+" call Dret("Dec2Oct ".oct)
+ return oct
+endfun
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Roman Numeral Support: {{{2
+let s:d2r= [ [ 1000000 , 'M)' ],[900000 , 'CM)' ], [500000 , 'D)' ], [400000 , 'CD)' ], [100000 , 'C)' ], [90000 , 'XC)' ], [50000 , 'L)' ], [40000 , 'XL)' ], [10000 , 'X)' ], [9000 , 'IX)'], [5000 , 'V)'], [1000 , 'M' ], [900 , 'CM'], [500 , 'D'], [400 , 'CD'], [100 , 'C'], [90 , 'XC'], [50 , 'L'], [40 , 'XL'], [10 , 'X'], [9 , 'IX'], [5 , 'V'], [4 , 'IV'], [1 , 'I'] ]
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Rom2Dec: convert roman numerals to a decimal number {{{2
+fun! s:Rom2Dec(roman)
+" call Dfunc("Rom2Dec(".a:roman.")")
+ let roman = substitute(a:roman,'.','\U&','ge')
+ let dec = 0
+
+ while roman != ''
+ for item in s:d2r
+ let pat= '^'.item[1]
+ if roman =~ pat
+ let dec= dec + item[0]
+ if strlen(item[1]) > 1
+ let roman= strpart(roman,strlen(item[1])-1)
+ endif
+ break
+ endif
+ endfor
+ let roman= strpart(roman,1)
+ endwhile
+
+" call Dret("Rom2Dec ".dec)
+ return dec
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Dec2Rom: convert a decimal number to roman numerals {{{2
+" Note that since there is no zero or negative integers
+" using Roman numerals, attempts to convert such will always
+" result in "I".
+fun! s:Dec2Rom(dec)
+" call Dfunc("Dec2Rom(".a:dec.")")
+ if a:dec > 0
+ let roman = ""
+ let dec = a:dec
+ let i = 0
+ while dec > 0
+ while dec >= s:d2r[i][0]
+ let dec = dec - s:d2r[i][0]
+ let roman = roman . s:d2r[i][1]
+ endwhile
+ let i= i + 1
+ endwhile
+ else
+ let roman= "I"
+ endif
+" call Dret("Dec2Rom ".roman)
+ return roman
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" SaveUserOptions: {{{2
+fun! s:SaveUserOptions()
+" call Dfunc("SaveUserOptions()")
+ let s:fokeep = &fo
+ let s:gdkeep = &gd
+ let s:ickeep = &ic
+ let s:magickeep = &magic
+ let s:reportkeep= &report
+ set fo=tcq magic report=9999 noic nogd
+" call Dret("SaveUserOptions")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" RestoreUserOptions: {{{2
+fun! s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dfunc("RestoreUserOptions()")
+ let &fo = s:fokeep
+ let &gd = s:gdkeep
+ let &ic = s:ickeep
+ let &magic = s:magickeep
+ let &report= s:reportkeep
+" call Dret("RestoreUserOptions")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Restoration: {{{1
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Modelines: {{{1
+" vim: ts=4 fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/compiler/scons.vim b/vimfiles/compiler/scons.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89f9efc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/compiler/scons.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+if(exists("current_compiler"))
+ finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "scons"
+
+"set errorformat=%*[^"]"%f"%*\D%l: %m,"%f"%*\D%l: %m,%-G%f:%l: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once,%-G%f:%l: for each function it appears in.),%f:%l:%m,"%f"\, line %l%*\D%c%*[^ ] %m,%D%*\a[%*\d]: Entering directory `%f',%X%*\a[%*\d]: Leaving directory `%f',%DMaking %*\a in %f
+
+set makeprg=scons\ -u\ \.
diff --git a/vimfiles/doc/GetLatestVimScripts.txt b/vimfiles/doc/GetLatestVimScripts.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9e3082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/doc/GetLatestVimScripts.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+*getlatestvimscripts.txt* Get the Latest VimScripts Dec 23, 2005
+
+Authors: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
+ (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
+ *GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2005 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+ The VIM LICENSE applies to GetLatestVimScripts.vim and
+ GetLatestVimScripts.txt (see |copyright|) except use
+ "GetLatestVimScripts" instead of "Vim".
+ No warranty, express or implied. Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Contents *glvs-contents*
+
+ 1. Contents...........................................: |glvs-contents|
+ 2. GetLatestVimScripts -- Getting Started.............: |glvs-install|
+ 3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage..........................: |glvs|
+ 4. GetLatestVimScripts Data File......................: |glvs-data|
+ 5. GetLatestVimScripts Plugins........................: |glvs-plugins|
+ 6. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall....................: |glvs-autoinstall|
+ 7. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm......................: |glvs-alg|
+ 8. GetLatestVimScripts History........................: |glvs-hist|
+
+
+==============================================================================
+2. GetLatestVimScripts -- Getting Started *getlatestvimscripts-start*
+ *getlatestvimscripst-install* *glvs-install*
+
+ The last step, that of renaming/moving the GetLatestVimScripts.dist
+ file, is for those who have just downloaded GetLatestVimScripts.tar.bz2
+ for the first time. The GetLatestVimScripts.dist file serves as an
+ example and a template for your own personal list. Feel free to remove
+ all the scripts mentioned within it; the "important" part of it is the
+ first two lines.
+
+ Your computer needs to have wget for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
+
+ 1. Unix:
+ cd $HOME/.vim
+ bunzip2 GetLatestVimScripts.tar.bz2
+ tar -oxvf GetLatestVimScripts.tar
+ cd GetLatest
+ mv GetLatestVimScripts.dist GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+ vi
+ :helptags ~/.vim/doc
+
+ 2. Windows:
+ cd
+ cd vimfiles
+ bunzip2 GetLatestVimScripts.tar.bz2
+ tar -oxvf GetLatestVimScripts.tar
+ cd GetLatest
+ ren GetLatestVimScripts.dist GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+ vi
+ :helptags ~/vimfiles/doc
+
+
+==============================================================================
+3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage *getlatestvimscripts* *glvs*
+
+ While in vim, type
+>
+ :GetLatestVimScripts
+<
+ Unless its been defined elsewhere,
+>
+ :GLVS
+<
+ will also work.
+
+ The script will attempt to update and, if so directed, automatically
+ install scripts from http://vim.sourceforge.net/. To do so it will
+ peruse a file, [.vim|vimfiles]/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+ (see |glvs-data|), and examine plugins in your [.vim|vimfiles]/plugin
+ directory (see |glvs-plugin|).
+
+ Scripts which have been downloaded will appear in the .../GetLatest
+ subdirectory.
+
+ The <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file will be automatically be updated to
+ reflect the latest version of script(s) so downloaded.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+4. GetLatestVimScripts Data File *getlatestvimscripts-data* *glvs-data*
+
+ The Data file has a header which should appear as:
+>
+ ScriptID SourceID Filename
+ --------------------------
+<
+ Below that are three columns; the first two are numeric followed by a
+ text column.
+
+ The first number on each line gives the script's ScriptID. When you're
+ about to use a web browser to look at scripts on http://vim.sf.net/, just
+ before you click on the script's link, you'll see a line resembling
+
+ http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
+
+ The "40" happens to be a ScriptID that GetLatestVimScripts needs to
+ download the associated page.
+
+ The second number on each line gives the script's SourceID. The SourceID
+ records the count of uploaded scripts as determined by vim.sf.net; hence
+ it serves to indicate "when" a script was uploaded. Setting the SourceID
+ to 1 insures that GetLatestVimScripts will assume that the script it has
+ is out-of-date.
+
+ The SourceID is extracted by GetLatestVimScripts from the script's page on
+ vim.sf.net; whenever its greater than the one stored in the
+ GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, the script will be downloaded.
+
+ If your script's author has included a special comment line in his/her
+ plugin, the plugin itself will be used by GetLatestVimScripts to build
+ your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file, including any dependencies on
+ other scripts it may have.
+
+ If your comment field begins with :AutoInstall:, GetLatestVimScripts will
+ attempt to automatically install the script. Thus, GetLatestVimScripts
+ thus provides a comprehensive ability to keep your plugins up-to-date!
+
+==============================================================================
+5. GetLatestVimScripts Plugins *getlatestvimscripts-plugins* *glvs-plugins*
+
+
+ If a plugin author includes the following comment anywhere in their
+ plugin, GetLatestVimScripts will find it and use it to build user's
+ GetLatestVimScripts.dat files:
+>
+ src_id
+ v
+ " GetLatestVimScripts: ### ### yourscriptname
+ ^
+ scriptid
+<
+ As an author, you should include such a line in to refer to your own
+ script plus any additional lines describing any plugin dependencies it
+ may have. Same format, of course!
+
+ If your command is auto-installable (see |glvs-autoinstall|), and most
+ scripts are, then you may include :AutoInstall: at the start of
+ "yourscriptname".
+
+ GetLatestVimScript commands for those scripts are then appended, if not
+ already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.
+ Its a relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of any scripts
+ your plugins depend upon.
+
+ Now, as an author, you probably don't want GetLatestVimScripts to download
+ your own scripts for you yourself, thereby overwriting your
+ not-yet-released hard work. GetLatestVimScripts provides a solution for
+ this: put
+>
+ 0 0 yourscriptname
+<
+ into your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and GetLatestVimScripts will
+ skip examining the "yourscriptname" scripts for those GetLatestVimScript
+ comment lines. As a result, those lines won't be inadvertently installed
+ into your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and subsequently used to download
+ your own scripts. This is especially important to do if you've included
+ the :AutoInstall: option.
+
+ Be certain to use the same "yourscriptname" in the "0 0 yourscriptname" line
+ as you've used in your GetLatestVimScript comment!
+
+
+==============================================================================
+6. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall *getlatestvimscripts-autoinstall*
+ *glvs-autoinstall*
+
+ GetLatestVimScripts now supports "AutoInstall". Not all scripts are
+ supportive of auto-install, as they may have special things you need to do
+ to install them (please refer to the script's "install" directions). On
+ the other hand, most scripts will be auto-installable.
+
+ To let GetLatestVimScripts do an autoinstall, the data file's comment
+ field should begin with (surrounding blanks are ignored):
+
+ :AutoInstall:
+
+ Both colons are needed, and it should begin the comment (yourscriptname)
+ field.
+
+ One may prevent any autoinstalling by putting the following line
+ in your <.vimrc>:
+>
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 0
+<
+
+ With :AutoInstall: enabled, as it is by default, files which end with
+
+ ---.tar.bz2 : decompressed and untarred in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
+ ---.tar.gz : decompressed and untarred in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
+ ---.vim.bz2 : decompressed and moved to the .vim/plugin directory
+ ---.vim.gz : decompressed and moved to the .vim/plugin directory
+ ---.zip : unzipped in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
+ ---.vim : moved to [.vim|vimfiles]/plugin directory
+
+ and which merely need to have their components placed by the untar/gunzip
+ or move-to-plugin-directory process should be auto-installable.
+
+ When is a script not auto-installable? Let me give an example:
+>
+ [.vim|vimfiles]/after/syntax/blockhl.vim
+<
+ The <blockhl.vim> script provides block highlighting for C/C++ programs;
+ it is available at:
+>
+ http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=104
+<
+ Currently, vim's after/syntax only supports by-filetype scripts (in
+ blockhl.vim's case, that's after/syntax/c.vim). Hence, auto-install would
+ possibly overwrite the current user's after/syntax/c.vim file.
+
+ In my own case, I use <aftersyntax.vim> (renamed to after/syntax/c.vim) to
+ allow a after/syntax/c/ directory:
+>
+ http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=1023
+<
+ The script allows multiple syntax files to exist separately in the
+ after/syntax/c subdirectory. I can't bundle aftersyntax.vim in and build
+ an appropriate tarball for auto-install because of the potential for the
+ after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+7. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm *getlatestvimscripts-algorithm* *glvs-alg*
+
+ The Vim sourceforge page dynamically creates a page by keying off of the
+ so-called script-id. Within the webpage of
+
+ http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
+
+ is a line specifying the latest source-id (src_id). The source identifier
+ numbers are always increasing, hence if the src_id is greater than the one
+ recorded for the script in GetLatestVimScripts then its time to download a
+ newer copy of that script.
+
+ GetLatestVimScripts will then download the script and update its internal
+ database of script ids, source ids, and scriptnames.
+
+ The AutoInstall process will:
+
+ Move the file from GetLatest/ to the following directory
+ Unix : $HOME/.vim
+ Windows: $HOME\vimfiles
+
+ if the downloaded file ends with ".bz2"
+ bunzip2 it
+ else if the downloaded file ends with ".gz"
+ gunzip it
+ if the resulting file ends with ".zip"
+ unzip it
+ else if the resulting file ends with ".tar"
+ tar -oxvf it
+ else if the resulting file ends with ".vim"
+ move it to the plugin subdirectory
+
+
+==============================================================================
+8. GetLatestVimScripts History *getlatestvimscripts-history* *glvs-hist*
+
+ v20 Dec 23, 2005 : * Eric Haarbauer found&fixed a bug with unzip use;
+ unzip needs the -o flag to overwrite.
+ v19 Nov 28, 2005 : * v18's GetLatestVimScript line accessed the wrong
+ script! Fixed.
+ v18 Mar 21, 2005 : * bugfix to automatic database construction
+ * bugfix - nowrapscan caused an error
+ (tnx to David Green for the fix)
+ Apr 01, 2005 * if shell is bash, "mv" instead of "ren" used in
+ :AutoInstall:s, even though its o/s is windows
+ Apr 01, 2005 * when downloading errors occurred, GLVS was
+ terminating early. It now just goes on to trying
+ the next script (after trying three times to
+ download a script description page)
+ Apr 20, 2005 * bugfix - when a failure to download occurred,
+ GetLatestVimScripts would stop early and claim that
+ everything was current. Fixed.
+ v17 Aug 25, 2004 : * g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall, which
+ defaults to 1, can be used to prevent all
+ :AutoInstall:
+ v16 Aug 25, 2004 : * made execution of bunzip2/gunzip/tar/zip silent
+ * fixed bug with :AutoInstall: use of helptags
+ v15 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix: the "0 0 comment" download prevention wasn't
+ always preventing downloads (just usually). Fixed.
+ v14 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix -- helptags was using dotvim, rather than
+ s:dotvim. Fixed.
+ v13 Aug 23, 2004 : * will skip downloading a file if its scriptid or srcid
+ is zero. Useful for script authors; that way their
+ own GetLatestVimScripts activity won't overwrite
+ their scripts.
+ v12 Aug 23, 2004 : * bugfix - a "return" got left in the distribution that
+ was intended only for testing. Removed, now works.
+ * :AutoInstall: implemented
+ v11 Aug 20, 2004 : * GetLatestVimScripts is now a plugin:
+ * :GetLatestVimScripts command
+ * (runtimepath)/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+ now holds scripts that need updating
+ v10 Apr 19, 2004 : * moved history from script to doc
+ v9 Jan 23, 2004 : windows (win32/win16/win95) will use
+ double quotes ("") whereas other systems will use
+ single quotes ('') around the urls in calls via wget
+ v8 Dec 01, 2003 : makes three tries at downloading
+ v7 Sep 02, 2003 : added error messages if "Click on..." or "src_id="
+ not found in downloaded webpage
+ Uses t_ti, t_te, and rs to make progress visible
+ v6 Aug 06, 2003 : final status messages now display summary of work
+ ( "Downloaded someqty scripts" or
+ "Everything was current")
+ Now GetLatestVimScripts is careful about downloading
+ GetLatestVimScripts.vim itself!
+ (goes to <NEW_GetLatestVimScripts.vim>)
+ v5 Aug 04, 2003 : missing an endif near bottom
+ v4 Jun 17, 2003 : redraw! just before each "considering" message
+ v3 May 27, 2003 : Protects downloaded files from errant shell
+ expansions with single quotes: '...'
+ v2 May 14, 2003 : extracts name of item to be obtained from the
+ script file. Uses it instead of comment field
+ for output filename; comment is used in the
+ "considering..." line and is now just a comment!
+ * Fixed a bug: a string-of-numbers is not the
+ same as a number, so I added zero to them
+ and they became numbers. Fixes comparison.
+
+==============================================================================
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help
diff --git a/vimfiles/doc/crefvim.txt b/vimfiles/doc/crefvim.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fea502
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/doc/crefvim.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14112 @@
+*crefvim.txt* C-Reference Manual for Vim
+ Vim version 6.0
+
+
+ *crefvim* *C-Reference*
+ C-Reference for Vim
+ ======================
+ Version 1.0.3
+ 27. Nov. 2004
+
+ (c) 2002-2004 by Christian Habermann
+ christian (at) habermann-net (point) de
+
+
+ "The GNU C Library Reference Manual" is
+ copyright (c) 1993 - 2002 by the
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+
+ See |crefvimdoc| for further information on the project CRefVim.
+ See |crvdoc-copyright| for copyright and licenses.
+
+
+ Table of C o n t e n t s:
+
+ Introduction..................|crv-intro|
+
+ Chapter I LANGUAGE......................|crv-language|
+ I.1 Characters..................|crv-lngChar|
+ I.1.1 Allowed Characters........|crv-lngAllowedChar|
+ I.1.2 Comment...................|crv-lngComment|
+ I.1.3 Escape-Sequences..........|crv-lngEscSeq|
+
+ I.2 Keywords....................|crv-keywords|
+
+ I.3 Operators...................|crv-operators|
+ I.3.1 Overview..................|crv-opOverview|
+ I.3.2 Arithmetic................|crv-opArithmetic|
+ I.3.3 Logical...................|crv-opLogical|
+ I.3.4 Relational................|crv-opRelational|
+ I.3.5 Bitwise...................|crv-opBitwise|
+ I.3.6 Assignments...............|crv-opAssigns|
+ I.3.7 Others....................|crv-opOthers|
+ I.3.7.1 Size of.................|crv-opSizeOf|
+ I.3.7.2 Address of..............|crv-opAddress|
+ I.3.7.3 Contents of.............|crv-opContents|
+ I.3.7.4 Conditional.............|crv-opConditional|
+ I.3.7.5 Series..................|crv-opSeries|
+ I.3.7.6 Type Cast...............|crv-opTypeCast|
+ I.3.7.7 Struct/Union Selectors..|crv-opStructUnionSel|
+ I.3.7.8 Array Selector..........|crv-opArraySel|
+ I.3.7.9 Parentheses.............|crv-opParenth|
+ I.3.8 Precedence................|crv-opPrecedence|
+
+ I.4 Punctuators.................|crv-punctuators|
+
+ I.5 Datatypes...................|crv-datatypes|
+ I.5.1 Overview..................|crv-dtOverview|
+ I.5.1.1 Type Specifiers.........|crv-dtTypeSpecifiers|
+ I.5.1.2 Type Grouping...........|crv-dtTypeGrouping|
+ I.5.2 Sizes and Ranges..........|crv-dtSizeRange|
+ I.5.2 Formats...................|crv-dtFormats|
+ I.5.2.1 Integer.................|crv-dtFormatsInt|
+ I.5.2.2 Floating-Point..........|crv-dtFormatsFloat|
+ I.5.2.2.1 Basics................|crv-dtFormatsFPBasics|
+ I.5.2.2.2 Types.................|crv-dtFormatsFPTypes|
+ I.5.3 void Type.................|crv-dtVoid|
+ I.5.4 Arrays....................|crv-dtArrays|
+ I.5.5 Structures................|crv-dtStructurs|
+ I.5.6 Unions....................|crv-dtUnions|
+ I.5.7 Bit-Fields................|crv-dtBitFields|
+ I.5.8 Enumerated Tags...........|crv-dtEnumerate|
+ I.5.9 Strings...................|crv-dtStrings|
+ I.5.10 Type Definitions..........|crv-dtTypeDef|
+ I.5.11 Storage Classes...........|crv-dtStorageClasses|
+ I.5.12 Qualifiers................|crv-dtQualifiers|
+ I.5.13 Pointers..................|crv-dtPointers|
+ I.5.13.1 Variables...............|crv-dtPtrVars|
+ I.5.13.2 Functions...............|crv-dtPtrFuncs|
+ I.5.13.3 Arithmetics.............|crv-dtPtrArithmetics|
+ I.5.14 Type Cast.................|crv-dtTypeCast|
+ I.5.14.1 Explicit................|crv-dtTypeCastExpl|
+ I.5.14.2 Implicit................|crv-dtTypeCastImpl|
+ I.5.15 Constants.................|crv-dtConstants|
+ I.5.15.1 Integer.................|crv-dtConstInt|
+ I.5.15.2 Floating-Point..........|crv-dtConstFloat|
+ I.5.15.3 Character...............|crv-dtConstChar|
+
+ I.6 Statements..................|crv-statements|
+ I.6.1 if-else...................|crv-stIfElse|
+ I.6.2 switch....................|crv-stSwitch|
+ I.6.3 while Loop................|crv-stWhile|
+ I.6.4 do-while Loop.............|crv-stDoWhile|
+ I.6.5 for Loop..................|crv-stFor|
+ I.6.6 break.....................|crv-stBreak|
+ I.6.7 continue..................|crv-stContinue|
+ I.6.8 goto......................|crv-stGoto|
+ I.6.9 return....................|crv-stReturn|
+ I.6.10 Null Statement............|crv-stNull|
+
+ I.7 Functions...................|crv-functions|
+ I.7.1 Definition................|crv-fuDefinition|
+ I.7.2 Protoype..................|crv-fuPrototype|
+ I.7.3 Conversion................|crv-fuConversion|
+ I.7.4 Storage Classes...........|crv-fuStorageClasses|
+ I.7.5 Specifier.................|crv-fuSpecifier|
+ I.7.6 main()....................|crv-fuMain|
+
+ I.8 Preprocessor................|crv-preprocessor|
+ I.8.1 Macros....................|crv-preMacros|
+ I.8.1.1 Definition #define......|crv-preMacDef|
+ I.8.1.2 Cancellation #undef.....|crv-preMacCancel|
+ I.8.1.3 # Operator..............|crv-preMac#Operator|
+ I.8.1.4 ## Operator.............|crv-preMac##Operator|
+ I.8.1.5 Predefined Macros.......|crv-preMacPredefined|
+ I.8.2 Conditional Compilation...|crv-preConditional|
+ I.8.2.1 defined Operator........|crv-preCondDefined|
+ I.8.2.2 #if Directive...........|crv-preCondIf|
+ I.8.2.3 #ifdef Directive........|crv-preCondIfdef|
+ I.8.2.4 #ifndef Directive.......|crv-preCondIfndef|
+ I.8.2.5 #else Directive.........|crv-preCondElse|
+ I.8.2.6 #elif Directive.........|crv-preCondElif|
+ I.8.2.7 #endif Directive........|crv-preCondEndif|
+ I.8.3 File Inclusion #include...|crv-preSourceInc|
+ I.8.4 Line Control #line........|crv-preLine|
+ I.8.5 Error Directive #error....|crv-preError|
+ I.8.6 Pragma Directive #pragma..|crv-prePragma|
+ I.8.7 Null Directive #..........|crv-preNull|
+
+
+ Chapter II STANDARD C LIBRARY............|crv-stdCLib|
+ II.1 Standard Headers............|crv-libHeaders|
+
+ II.2 <assert.h> Diagnostics......|crv-libAssertH|
+
+ II.3 <complex.h> Complex Math....|crv-libComplexH|
+ II.3.1 Macros....................|crv-libCHMac|
+ II.3.2 Pragmas...................|crv-libCHPrag|
+ II.3.3 Trigonometric.............|crv-libCHTrig|
+ II.3.4 Hyperbolic................|crv-libCHHyper|
+ II.3.5 Exponential & Logarithmic.|crv-libCHExpLog|
+ II.3.6 Power & Absolute..........|crv-libCHPower|
+ II.3.7 Manipulating..............|crv-libCHMani|
+
+ II.4 <ctype.h> Character.........|crv-libCtypeH|
+ II.4.1 Character Handling........|crv-libCharHandling|
+ II.4.2 Character Mapping.........|crv-libCharMapping|
+
+ II.5 <errno.h> Error Codes.......|crv-libErrnoH|
+
+ II.6 <fenv.h> FPU Status.........|crv-libFenvH|
+ II.6.1 Pragmas...................|crv-libFHPrag|
+ II.6.2 Exceptions................|crv-libFHExceptions|
+ II.6.3 Rounding..................|crv-libFHRounding|
+ II.6.4 Environment...............|crv-libFHEnv|
+
+ II.7 <float.h> Floating Point....|crv-libFloatH|
+
+ II.8 <inttypes.h> Absolute Value.|crv-libInttypesH|
+
+ II.9 <iso646.h> Alternatives.....|crv-libIso646H|
+
+ II.10 <limits.h> Limits of Int....|crv-libLimitsH|
+ II.10.1 Range of Integer Types....|crv-libLHRange|
+ II.10.2 Width of Type.............|crv-libLHWidth|
+ II.10.3 Conversion and Properties.|crv-libLHConv|
+
+ II.11 <local.h> Localization......|crv-libLocalH|
+ II.11.1 Categories................|crv-libLocHCat|
+ II.11.2 Standard Locales..........|crv-libLocHLoc|
+ II.11.3 Information Structure.....|crv-libLocHInfo|
+ II.11.4 Functions.................|crv-libLocHFunc|
+
+ II.12 <math.h> Mathematics........|crv-libMathH|
+ II.12.1 Error Conditions..........|crv-libMHErr|
+ II.12.2 Classification Macros.....|crv-libMHClass|
+ II.12.3 Comparison Macros.........|crv-libMHCmp|
+ II.12.4 Trigonometric.............|crv-libMHTrig|
+ II.12.5 Hyperbolic................|crv-libMHHyper|
+ II.12.6 Exponential & Logarithmic.|crv-libMHExpLog|
+ II.12.7 Power & Absolute..........|crv-libMHPower|
+ II.12.8 Error & Gamma.............|crv-libMHErrGam|
+ II.12.9 Nearest Integer...........|crv-libMHNear|
+ II.12.10 Remainder.................|crv-libMHRem|
+ II.12.11 Manipulating..............|crv-libMHMani|
+ II.12.12 Miscellaneous.............|crv-libMHMisc|
+
+ II.13 <setjmp.h> Nonlocal Jumps...|crv-libSetjmpH|
+
+ II.14 <signal.h> Signal Handling..|crv-libSignalH|
+ II.14.1 Types.....................|crv-libSHTyp|
+ II.14.2 Signals...................|crv-libSHSig|
+ II.14.3 Functions.................|crv-libSHFunc|
+
+ II.15 <stdarg.h> Arguments........|crv-libStdargH|
+
+ II.16 <stdbool.h> Boolean Type....|crv-libStdboolH|
+
+ II.17 <stddef.h> Definitions......|crv-libStddefH|
+
+ II.18 <stdint.h> Integer Type.....|crv-libStdintH|
+ II.18.1 Integer Types.............|crv-libSdHType|
+ II.18.1.1 Exact-Width.............|crv-libSdHTExact|
+ II.18.1.2 Minimum-Width...........|crv-libSdHTMin|
+ II.18.1.3 Fastest Minimum-Width...|crv-libSdHTFast|
+ II.18.1.4 Greatest-Width..........|crv-libSdHTGreat|
+ II.18.1.5 Hold Pointer............|crv-libSdHTPtr|
+ II.18.2 Limits....................|crv-libSdHTLim|
+ II.18.2.1 Exact-Width.............|crv-libSdHLExact|
+ II.18.2.2 Minimum-Width...........|crv-libSdHLMin|
+ II.18.2.3 Fastest Minimum-Width...|crv-libSdHLFast|
+ II.18.2.4 Greatest-Width..........|crv-libSdHLGreat|
+ II.18.2.5 Others..................|crv-libSdHLOther|
+ II.18.2.6 Hold Pointer............|crv-libSdHLPtr|
+ II.18.3 Macros....................|crv-libSdHMac|
+
+ II.19 <stdio.h> Input/Output......|crv-libStdioH|
+ II.19.1 Types.....................|crv-libSIOHType|
+ II.19.2 Macros....................|crv-libSIOHMac|
+ II.19.3 Streams and Files.........|crv-libSIOHStrmFile|
+ II.19.4 File Operations...........|crv-libSIOHFOp|
+ II.19.5 File Access...............|crv-libSIOHFAcc|
+ II.19.6 Formatted Input/Output....|crv-libSIOHIO|
+ II.19.6.1 Format Control..........|crv-libSIOHIOFormat|
+ II.19.6.1.1 Output, printf()......|crv-libSIOHIOFout|
+ II.19.6.1.2 Input, scanf()........|crv-libSIOHIOFin|
+ II.19.6.2 Functions...............|crv-libSIOHIOFunc|
+ II.19.7 Character Input/Output....|crv-libSIOHCIO|
+ II.19.8 Direct Input/Output.......|crv-libSIOHDIO|
+ II.19.9 File Positioning..........|crv-libSIOHFPos|
+ II.19.10 Error Handling............|crv-libSIOHErr|
+
+ II.20 <stdlib.h> Utilities........|crv-libStdlibH|
+ II.20.1 Types.....................|crv-libSLHType|
+ II.20.2 Macros....................|crv-libSLHMac|
+ II.20.3 Numeric Conversion........|crv-libSLHnum|
+ II.20.4 Pseudo-Random.............|crv-libSLHrand|
+ II.20.5 Memory Management.........|crv-libSLHmem|
+ II.20.6 Communication.............|crv-libSLHcom|
+ II.20.7 Searching and Sorting.....|crv-libSLHsearch|
+ II.20.8 Integer Arithmetic........|crv-libSLHintarith|
+ II.20.9 Multibyte/Wide Character..|crv-libSLHmulchar|
+ II.20.10 Multibyte/Wide String.....|crv-libSLHmulstrng|
+
+ II.21 <string.h> String...........|crv-libStringH|
+ II.21.1 Types.....................|crv-libSRHType|
+ II.21.2 Macros....................|crv-libSRHMac|
+ II.21.3 Copying...................|crv-libSRHCopy|
+ II.21.4 Concatenation.............|crv-libSRHConcat|
+ II.21.5 Comparison................|crv-libSRHCmp|
+ II.21.6 Search....................|crv-libSRHSearch|
+ II.21.7 Miscellaneous.............|crv-libSRHMisc|
+
+ II.22 <tgmath.h> Type-Generic.....|crv-libTgmathH|
+
+ II.23 <time.h> Date and Time......|crv-libTimeH|
+ II.23.1 Types.....................|crv-libTHType|
+ II.23.2 Macros....................|crv-libTHMac|
+ II.23.3 Time Manipulation.........|crv-libTHMani|
+ II.23.4 Time Conversion...........|crv-libTHConv|
+
+ II.24 <wchar.h> Wide Utilities....|crv-libWcharH|
+ II.24.1 Types.....................|crv-libWCHType|
+ II.24.2 Macros....................|crv-libWCHMac|
+ II.24.3 Formatted Input/Output....|crv-libWCHIO|
+ II.24.4 Character Input/Output....|crv-libWCHCIO|
+ II.24.5 String Utilities..........|crv-libWCHStrng|
+ II.24.5.1 Numeric Conversions.....|crv-libWCHNum|
+ II.24.5.2 Copying.................|crv-libWCHCopy|
+ II.24.5.3 Concatenation...........|crv-libWCHConcat|
+ II.24.5.4 Comparison..............|crv-libWCHCmp|
+ II.24.5.5 Search..................|crv-libWCHSearch|
+ II.24.5.6 Miscellaneous...........|crv-libWCHMisc|
+ II.24.6 Time Conversions..........|crv-libWCHTimeConv|
+ II.24.7 Character Conversions.....|crv-libWCHCharConv|
+
+ II.25 <wctype.h> Wide Character...|crv-libWctypeH|
+ II.25.1 Types.....................|crv-libWTHType|
+ II.25.2 Macros....................|crv-libWTHMac|
+ II.25.3 Classification............|crv-libWTHClass|
+ II.25.3.1 Wide Character..........|crv-libWTHCwide|
+ II.25.3.2 Extensible Wide Char....|crv-libWTHCextens|
+ II.25.4 Mapping...................|crv-libWTHMap|
+ II.25.4.1 Wide Character..........|crv-libWTHMwide|
+ II.25.4.2 Extensible Wide Char....|crv-libWTHMextens|
+
+
+ Appendix A GLOSSARY............................|crv-glossary|
+ B BIBLIOGRAPHY........................|crv-bibliography|
+ C COPYRIGHT & LICENSES................|crvdoc-copyright|
+ C.1 GNU General Public License........|crvdoc-licGPL|
+ C.2 GNU Free Documentation License....|crvdoc-licFDL|
+ C.3 GNU Lesser General Public License.|crvdoc-licLGPL|
+ C.4 Free Software Needs Free
+ Documentation.....................|crvdoc-licFreeDoc|
+ D AUTHOR..............................|crvdoc-author|
+ E CREDITS.............................|crvdoc-credits|
+ F HISTORY.............................|crvdoc-history|
+
+
+Happy viming...
+
+
+==============================================================================
+Introduction *crv-intro*
+==============================================================================
+
+
+This document is a C-reference manual. It is NOT a tutorial on how to write
+C programs. It is simply a quick reference to the standard C programming
+language and its standard library functions.
+The language description is based on the standard ISO/IEC 9899:1999(E), second
+edition. But this reference does not contain all information from this
+standard, it tries to reflect only the most important information.
+
+DISCLAIMER: All efforts have been taken to make sure that all information
+ in this document is correct, but no guarantee is implied or
+ intended.
+
+This C-reference manual is designed to be best viewed with Vim and syntax-
+highlighting enabled. Furthermore when using Vim it's possible to navigate
+through this document by tags. Vim is a very powerful text-editor available
+for close to all platforms.
+
+This C-reference is divided into two chapters and an appendix. The first
+chapter deals mainly with the language. The second chapter shows the
+functions of the standard C library. The appendix includes a glossary and
+other items of interest.
+
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+Chapter I LANGUAGE *crv-language*
+==============================================================================
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+I.1 Characters *crv-lngChar*
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.1.1 Allowed Characters *crv-lngAllowedChar*
+
+In a C source code the following characters are allowed:
+
+ Digits: 0...9
+ Letters: a-z A-Z
+ Others: ! " # & ' + - * / % , . : ; < = > ? \ ^ _ | ~
+ parentheses ( )
+ brackets [ ]
+ braces { }
+ space, tabulator, form feed
+
+ Trigraphs: ??= # ??) ] ??! | *crv-trigraph*
+ ??( [ ??' ^ ??> }
+ ??/ \ ??< { ??- ~
+ If a trigraph sequence is found in the source code it is
+ replaced with the corresponding single character. This allows
+ to enter some special symbols on platforms not providing these
+ symbols.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.1.2 Comment *crv-lngComment*
+
+There are two types of comments:
+ - block comment $/*...*/$
+ - line comment $//$
+
+Block Comment: *crv-lngBlockComment*
+ A block comment starts with $/*$ and ends with $*/$. All characters between
+ start and end are treated as comment. Nesting is not allowed.
+
+Line Comment: *crv-lngLineComment*
+ A line comment starts with $//$ and ends at the next new-line character
+ (new-line character is not included).
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.1.3 Escape-Sequences *crv-lngEscSeq*
+
+
+ Escape Sequence | Name | Meaning
+ ----------------+-----------------+------------------------------------------
+ \' | | single quote '
+ \" | | double quote "
+ \? | | question mark ?
+ \\ | | backslash \
+ | |
+ \a | Alert | produces an audible or visible alert
+ \b | Backspace | moves cursor back one position
+ \f | Form Feed | moves cursor to start of next page
+ \n | New Line | moves cursor to start of next line
+ \r | Carriage Return | moves cursor to start of current line
+ \t | horiz. tabulator| moves cursor to next horiz. tab. position
+ \v | vert. tabulator | moves cursor to next vert. tab. position
+ | |
+ \0octal-digits | | octal character
+ \xhex-digits | | hexadecimal character
+ | |
+ \0 | null character | character with the value 0
+ | |
+ \<cr> | | concatenates actual line with next one
+ | | (backslash immediately followed by a
+ | | new-line)
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+I.2 Keywords *crv-keywords*
+
+Keywords are words with a special meaning in C. They must not be used for any
+other purposes. Keywords are case sensitive.
+
+
+ Keyword | Description
+ ---------------+----------------------------
+ $ auto $| storage-class specifier
+ $ break $| statement
+ $ case $| label
+ $ char $| type
+ $ const $| type qualifier
+ $ continue $| statement
+ $ default $| label
+ $ do $| statement
+ $ double $| type
+ $ else $| statement
+ $ enum $| type
+ $ extern $| storage-class specifier
+ $ float $| type
+ $ for $| statement
+ $ goto $| statement
+ $ if $| statement
+ $ inline $| function specifier
+ $ int $| type
+ $ long $| type
+ $ register $| storage-class specifier
+ $ restrict $| type qualifier
+ $ return $| statement
+ $ short $| type
+ $ signed $| type
+ $ sizeof $| operator
+ $ static $| storage-class specifier
+ $ struct $| specifier
+ $ switch $| statement
+ $ typedef $| declaration
+ $ union $| specifier
+ $ unsigned $| type
+ $ void $| type
+ $ volatile $| type qualifier
+ $ while $| statement
+ $ _Bool $| type
+ $ _Complex $| type
+ $ _Imaginary $| type
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+I.3 Operators *crv-operators*
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.3.1 Overview *crv-opOverview*
+
+
+ Operator | Usage | Description
+ --------------+-----------------+-------------------------------------------
+ | |
+ |crv-opArithmetic|
+Arithmetic~
+$ +$[unary] |$+operand $| positive sign, same like$operand$
+$ -$[unary] |$-operand $| negation of$operand$
+ | |
+$ +$[binary] |$expr1 + expr2 $| addition
+$ -$[binary] |$expr1 - expr2 $| substraction
+$ / $ |$expr1 / expr2 $| division
+$ * $ |$expr1 * expr2 $| multiplication
+$ % $ |$expr1 % expr2 $| modulo
+$ --$[postfix] |$operand-- $|$operand$before decrementing by 1
+$ --$[prefix] |$--operand $|$operand$after decrementing by 1
+$ ++$[postfix] |$operand++ $|$operand$before incrementing by 1
+$ ++$[prefix] |$++operand $|$operand$after incrementing by 1
+ | |
+ |crv-opLogical|
+Logical~
+$ && $ |$expr1 && expr2 $| logical AND
+$ || $ |$expr1 || expr2 $| logical OR
+$ ! $ |$!expr1 $| logical NOT
+ | |
+ |crv-opRelational|
+Relational~
+$ ==$ |$expr1 == expr2 $| compare for equal
+$ !=$ |$expr1 != expr2 $| compare for not equal
+$ > $ |$expr1 > expr2 $| compare for "greater than"
+$ < $ |$expr1 < expr2 $| compare for "less than"
+$ >=$ |$expr1 >= expr2 $| compare for "greater than or equal"
+$ <=$ |$expr1 <= expr2 $| compare for "less than or equal"
+ | |
+ |crv-opBitwise|
+Bitwise~
+$ & $ |$expr1 & expr2 $| bitwise AND
+$ | $ |$expr1 | expr2 $| bitwise OR
+$ ^ $ |$expr1 ^ expr2 $| bitwise XOR
+$ << $ |$expr1 << expr2 $| shift bits to left
+$ >> $ |$expr1 >> expr2 $| shift bits to right
+$ ~ $ |$~expr1 $| one's complement
+ | |
+ |crv-opAssigns|
+Assignment~
+$ = $ |$expr1 = expr2 $| assignment
+$ *= $ |$expr1 *= expr2 $|$expr1 = expr1 * expr2 $
+$ /= $ |$expr1 /= expr2 $|$expr1 = expr1 / expr2 $
+$ %= $ |$expr1 %= expr2 $|$expr1 = expr1 % expr2 $
+$ += $ |$expr1 += expr2 $|$expr1 = expr1 + expr2 $
+$ -= $ |$expr1 -= expr2 $|$expr1 = expr1 - expr2 $
+$ <<=$ |$expr1 <<= expr2$|$expr1 = expr1 << expr2 $
+$ >>=$ |$expr1 >>= expr2$|$expr1 = expr1 >> expr2 $
+$ &= $ |$expr1 &= expr2 $|$expr1 = expr1 & expr2 $
+$ ^= $ |$expr1 ^= expr2 $|$expr1 = expr1 ^ expr2 $
+$ |= $ |$expr1 |= expr2 $|$expr1 = expr1 | expr2 $
+ | |
+ |crv-opOthers|
+Others~
+$ sizeof $ |$sizeof a $| size of element$a$in bytes
+$ & $ |$&expr1 $| address of$expr1$
+$ * $ |$*expr1 $| contents of$expr1$, $expr1$is a pointer
+$ ?: $ |$a?expr1:expr2 $| conditional operator$a!=0:expr1 else expr2$
+$ , $ |$expr1,expr2 $| comma operator
+$(type-name)$ |$(float)expr1 $| explicit type cast
+$ . $ |$a.b $| struct/union selector,$a$is struct/union
+$ -> $ |$a->b $| struct/union selector,$a$is pointer to
+ | | struct/union
+$ [] $ |$a[0] $| array selector
+$ () $ |$(a + b) * c $| group operators or
+ |$func() $| declare functions
+ | |
+ --------------+-----------------+-------------------------------------------
+
+
+The sections below give further information on operators.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.3.2 Arithmetic *crv-opArithmetic*
+
+$+operand$ *crv-opPosSign*
+----------
+positive sign
+
+Examples: >
+ a = +15;
+ a = +b;
+ func(3.12E+3);
+
+
+$-operand$ *crv-opNegSign*
+----------
+negative sign, negation
+
+Examples: >
+ a = -15;
+ a = -a;
+
+
+$expr1 + expr2$ *crv-opAdd*
+---------------
+This adds the two expressions.
+
+Examples: >
+ a = b + c;
+ a = b + 42;
+ a = func(b + c);
+
+
+$expr1 - expr2$ *crv-opSub*
+---------------
+Substract$expr2$from$expr1$.
+
+Examples: >
+ a = b - c;
+ a = b - 42;
+ a = func(b - c);
+
+
+$expr1 / expr2$ *crv-opDivide*
+---------------
+Divide$expr1$by$expr2$.
+If$expr2$is 0, behavior is undefined.
+
+Examples: >
+ a = b / c;
+ a = b / 42;
+ a = func(c / 3);
+
+
+$expr1 * expr2$ *crv-opMultiply*
+---------------
+Multiply$expr1$by$expr2$.
+
+Examples: >
+ a = b * c;
+ a = b * 42;
+ a = func(c * 3);
+
+
+$expr1 % expr2$ *crv-opModulo*
+---------------
+Modulo operator. The result is the value of the remainder after
+dividing$expr1$by$expr2$.
+Both expressions must be integer types (char, short, int, long...,
+signed or unsigned).
+If$expr2$is 0, behavior is undefined.
+
+Examples: >
+ a = 0 % 3; // result = 0
+ a = 1 % 3; // result = 1
+ a = 2 % 3; // result = 2
+ a = 3 % 3; // result = 0
+ a = 4 % 3; // result = 1
+ a = 5 % 3; // result = 2
+ a = 6 % 3; // result = 0
+ a = 7 % 3; // result = 1
+ a = 7 % (-3); // result = 1
+ a = (-7) % 3; // result = -1
+ a = (-7) % (-3); // result = -1
+
+ a = b % c;
+ func(a % c);
+
+
+$operand--$ *crv-opPostDec*
+-----------
+This is a postfix operation (unary operator after operand).
+$operand$will be decremented by 1 AFTER the expression is
+evaluated.
+The value 1 of the appropriate type is subtracted.
+So e.g. integer and float can be used as$operand$.
+
+Example: >
+ int nA;
+ float fA;
+
+ nA = 3;
+ printf("%d", nA--); // output 3
+ printf("%d", nA); // output 2
+
+ fA = 3.2f;
+ fA--;
+ printf("%f", fA); // output 2.2
+
+
+$--operand$ *crv-opPreDec*
+-----------
+This is a prefix operation (unary operator before operand).
+$operand$will be decremented by 1 BEFORE the expression is
+evaluated.
+The value 1 of the appropriate type is subtracted.
+So e.g. integer and float can be used as$operand$.
+
+Example: >
+ int nA;
+ float fA;
+
+ nA = 3;
+ printf("%d", --nA); // output 2
+ printf("%d", nA); // output 2
+
+ fA = 3.2f;
+ --fA;
+ printf("%f", fA); // output 2.2
+
+
+$operand++$ *crv-opPostInc*
+-----------
+This is a postfix operation (unary operator after operand).
+$operand$will be incremented by 1 AFTER the expression is
+evaluated.
+The value 1 of the appropriate type is added. So e.g.
+integer and float can be used as$operand$.
+
+Example: >
+ int nA;
+ float fA;
+
+ nA = 3;
+ printf("%d", nA++); // output 3
+ printf("%d", nA); // output 4
+
+ fA = 3.2f;
+ fA++;
+ printf("%f", fA); // output 4.2
+
+
+$++operand$ *crv-PreInc*
+-----------
+This is a prefix operation (unary operator before operand).
+$operand$will be incremented by 1 BEFORE the expression is
+evaluated.
+The value 1 of the appropriate type is added. So e.g.
+integer and float can be used as$operand$.
+
+Example: >
+ int nA;
+ float fA;
+
+ nA = 3;
+ printf("%d", ++nA); // output 4
+ printf("%d", nA); // output 4
+
+ fA = 3.2f;
+ ++fA;
+ printf("%f", fA); // output 4.2
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.3.3 Logical *crv-opLogical*
+
+An expression is FALSE if its value is 0, else it is TRUE.
+
+ATTENTION: This means TRUE is defined as unequal to 0. So never assume any
+value for TRUE, TRUE's value depends on implementation.
+
+
+$expr1 && expr2$ *crv-opLogAnd*
+----------------
+This is the logical AND.
+The expression is TRUE if both$expr1$AND$expr2$are TRUE - else it is FALSE.
+If$expr1$is equal 0,$expr2$is not evaluated.
+The result has type$int$.
+
+ $expr1$|$expr2$ || result
+ --------+--------++--------
+ 0 | 0 || 0
+ 0 | >=1 || 0
+ >=1 | 0 || 0
+ >=1 | >=1 || >=1
+
+
+$expr1 || expr2$ *crv-opLogOr*
+----------------
+This is the logical OR.
+The expression is TRUE if either$expr1$OR$expr2$is TRUE - else it is FALSE.
+If$expr1$is unequal 0,$expr2$is not evaluated.
+The result has type$int$.
+
+ $expr1$|$expr2$ || result
+ --------+--------++--------
+ 0 | 0 || 0
+ 0 | >=1 || >=1
+ >=1 | 0 || >=1
+ >=1 | >=1 || >=1
+
+
+$!expr1$ *crv-opLogNot*
+--------
+This is the logical NOT.
+The expression is TRUE if$expr1$is FALSE. The expression is FALSE if$expr1$is
+TRUE.
+The result has type$int$.
+
+ $expr1$|| result
+ ------++--------
+ 0 || >=1
+ >=1 || 0
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.3.4 Relational *crv-opRelational*
+
+$expr1 == expr2$ *crv-opRelEqual*
+----------------
+Equality operator. The result is 1 if operands are equal. The result is
+0 if operands are unequal.
+The result has type$int$.
+
+Example: >
+ int x, a, b;
+
+ a = 1;
+ b = 2;
+
+ if (a == 1)
+ {
+ printf("a is equal to 1");
+ }
+
+ x = a == b;
+ printf("%d", x); // output is 0, since a != b
+
+
+$expr1 != expr2$ *crv-opRelUnequal*
+----------------
+Unequality operator. The result is 1 if operands are unequal. The result is
+0 if operands are equal.
+The result has type$int$.
+
+Example: >
+ int x, a, b;
+
+ a = 1;
+ b = 2;
+
+ if (a != b)
+ {
+ printf("a is unequal to b");
+ }
+
+ x = a != b;
+ printf("%d", x); // output is 1, since a != b
+
+
+$expr1 > expr2$ *crv-opRelGT*
+---------------
+"greater than" operator. The result is 1 if value of$expr1$is greater than
+value of $expr2$, else result is 0.
+The result has type$int$.
+
+Example: >
+ int x, a, b;
+
+ a = 5;
+ b = 2;
+
+ if (a > b)
+ {
+ printf("a is greater than b");
+ }
+
+ x = a > b;
+ printf("%d", x); // output is 1, since a > b
+
+
+$expr1 < expr2$ *crv-opRelLT*
+---------------
+"less than" operator. The result is 1 if value of$expr1$is less than
+value of$expr2$, else result is 0.
+The result has type$int$.
+
+Example: >
+ int x, a, b;
+
+ a = 1;
+ b = 2;
+
+ if (a < b)
+ {
+ printf("a is less than b");
+ }
+
+ x = a < b;
+ printf("%d", x); // output is 1, since a < b
+
+
+$expr1 >= expr2$ *crv-opRelGTE*
+----------------
+"greater than or equal to" operator. The result is 1 if value of$expr1$is
+greater than or equal to value of$expr2$, else result is 0.
+The result has type$int$.
+
+Example: >
+ int x, a, b;
+
+ a = 1;
+ b = 1;
+
+ if (a >= b)
+ {
+ printf("a is greater than or equal to b");
+ }
+
+ a = 1; b = 2;
+ x = a >= b;
+ printf("%d", x); // output is 0, since a < b
+
+
+$expr1 <= expr2$ *crv-opRelLTE*
+----------------
+"less than or equal to" operator. The result is 1 if value of$expr1$is
+less than or equal to value of$expr2$, else result is 0.
+The result has type$int$.
+
+Example: >
+ int x, a, b;
+
+ a = 1;
+ b = 2;
+
+ if (a <= b)
+ {
+ printf("a is less than or equal to b");
+ }
+
+ x = a <= b;
+ printf("%d", x); // output is 1, since a <= b
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.3.5 Bitwise *crv-opBitwise*
+
+$expr1 & expr2$ *crv-opBitAnd*
+---------------
+Bitwise AND operator. This operator does a bitwise AND on the values
+of$expr1$and$expr2$.
+The result is a value the same size as the expressions.
+
+ $expr1$ | $expr2$ || result
+ n-th Bit | n-th Bit || n-th Bit
+ ----------+-----------++----------
+ 0 | 0 || 0
+ 0 | 1 || 0
+ 1 | 0 || 0
+ 1 | 1 || 1
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ b = 0x81;
+ a = b & 0xF0;
+ // value of a is: 0x80
+
+
+$expr1 | expr2$ *crv-opBitOr*
+---------------
+Bitwise OR operator. This operator does a bitwise OR on the values
+of$expr1$and$expr2$.
+The result is a value the same size as the expressions.
+
+ $expr1$ | $expr2$ || result
+ n-th Bit | n-th Bit || n-th Bit
+ ----------+-----------++----------
+ 0 | 0 || 0
+ 0 | 1 || 1
+ 1 | 0 || 1
+ 1 | 1 || 1
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ b = 0x81;
+ a = b | 0xF0;
+ // value of a is: 0xF1
+
+
+$expr1 ^ expr2$ *crv-opBitXor*
+---------------
+Bitwise XOR operator. This operator does a bitwise XOR on the values
+of$expr1$and$expr2$.
+The result is a value the same size as the expressions.
+
+ $expr1$ | $expr2$ || result
+ n-th Bit | n-th Bit || n-th Bit
+ ----------+-----------++----------
+ 0 | 0 || 0
+ 0 | 1 || 1
+ 1 | 0 || 1
+ 1 | 1 || 0
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ b = 0x81;
+ a = b ^ 0xF0;
+ // value of a is: 0x71
+
+
+$expr1 << expr2$ *crv-opBitLeftShift*
+----------------
+Bitwise left-shift operator. The result is$expr1$left-shifted$expr2$bit
+positions, vacated bits are filled with 0.
+
+IF$expr1$is an unsigned type the value of the result is:
+ $expr1$* 2^($expr2$) modulo (1 + maximum value representable in resulting
+ type)
+ELSE
+ IF$expr1$is a signed type and has a nonnegative value and
+ $expr1$* 2^($expr2$) is representable in the result type then the
+ result is:
+ $expr1$* 2^($expr2$)
+ ELSE
+ behavior is undefined
+
+Both expressions must be integer types (char, short, int, long...,
+signed or unsigned).
+The result has the type of$expr1$.
+If the value of$expr2$is negative or is greater than or equal to the
+width of$expr1$, the behavior is implementation specific.
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b, c;
+
+ a = 3;
+ b = 2;
+ c = a << b;
+ // value of c is 12
+
+
+$expr1 >> expr2$ *crv-opBitRightShift*
+----------------
+Bitwise right-shift operator. The result is$expr1$right-shifted$expr2$
+bit positions.
+
+If$expr1$has an unsigned type or if$expr1$has a signed type and a nonnegative
+value, the result is:
+ $expr1$/ 2^($expr2$)
+
+If$expr1$has a signed type and a negative value, the result is implementation
+specific. Many compilers set vacated bits to 1.
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b, c;
+
+ a = 17;
+ b = 2;
+ c = a >> b;
+ // value of c is 4
+
+
+$~expr1$ *crv-opBitCompl*
+--------
+Bitwise one's complement. A bit in the result is set if the corresponding bit
+in$expr1$is not set. A bit in the result is cleared if the corresponding bit
+in$expr1$is set.
+
+The expression must has an integer type (char, short, int, long...,
+signed or unsigned). The result has the type of$expr1$.
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 0xF0;
+ b = ~a;
+ // value of b is 0x0F
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.3.6 Assignments *crv-opAssigns*
+
+
+$expr1 = expr2$ *crv-opAsAssign*
+---------------
+The value of$expr2$is assigned to$expr1$.
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 2;
+ b = 3;
+ b = a * b;
+
+
+$expr1 *= expr2$ *crv-opAsMul*
+----------------
+Assign$expr1$the value of$expr1$multiplied by$expr2$.
+
+Same as: $expr1 = expr1 * expr2$
+
+see |crv-opMultiply|
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 2;
+ b = 3;
+ a *= b;
+ // a has value 6
+
+
+$expr1 /= expr2$ *crv-opAsDiv*
+----------------
+Assign$expr1$the value of$expr1$divided by$expr2$.
+
+Same as: $expr1 = expr1 / expr2$
+
+see |crv-opDivide|
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 6;
+ b = 3;
+ a /= b;
+ // a has value 2
+
+
+$expr1 %= expr2$ *crv-opAsModulo*
+----------------
+Assign$expr1$the remainder after dividing$expr1$by$expr2$.
+
+Same as: $expr1 = expr1 % expr2$
+
+see |crv-opModulo|
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 6;
+ b = 3;
+ a %= b;
+ // a has value 0
+
+
+$expr1 += expr2$ *crv-opAsAdd*
+----------------
+Assign$expr1$the value of the sum of$expr1$and$expr2$.
+
+Same as: $expr1 = expr1 + expr2$
+
+see |crv-opAdd|
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 6;
+ b = 3;
+ a += b;
+ // a has value 9
+
+
+
+$expr1 -= expr2$ *crv-opAsSub*
+----------------
+Assign$expr1$the value of$expr2$substracted by$expr1$.
+
+Same as: $expr1 = expr1 - expr2$
+
+see |crv-opSub|
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 6;
+ b = 4;
+ a -= b;
+ // a has value 2
+
+
+$expr1 <<= expr2$ *crv-opAsLeftShift*
+-----------------
+Assign$expr1$the value of$expr1$left-shifted by$expr2$bit positions.
+
+Same as: $expr1 = expr1 << expr2$
+
+see |crv-opBitLeftShift|
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 6;
+ b = 2;
+ a <<= b;
+ // a has value 24
+
+
+$expr1 >>= expr2$ *op-opAsRightShift*
+-----------------
+Assign$expr1$the value of$expr1$right-shifted by$expr2$bit positions.
+
+Same as: $expr1 = expr1 >> expr2$
+
+see |crv-opBitRightShift|
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 6;
+ b = 1;
+ a >>= b;
+ // a has value 3
+
+
+$expr1 &= expr2$ *opAsBitAnd*
+----------------
+Assign$expr1$the value of the bitwise AND of$expr1$and$expr2$.
+
+Same as: $expr1 = expr1 & expr2$
+
+see |crv-opBitAnd|
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 0x81;
+ b = 0x0F;
+ a &= b;
+ // a has value 0x01
+
+
+$expr1 ^= expr2$ *opAsBitXor*
+----------------
+Assign$expr1$the value of the bitwise XOR of$expr1$and$expr2$.
+
+Same as: $expr1 = expr1 ^ expr2$
+
+see |crv-opBitXor|
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 0x81;
+ b = 0x0F;
+ a &= b;
+ // a has value 0x01
+
+
+$expr1 |= expr2$ *opAsBitOr*
+----------------
+Assign$expr1$the value of the bitwise OR of$expr1$and$expr2$.
+
+Same as: $expr1 = expr1 | expr2$
+
+see |crv-opBitOr|
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b;
+
+ a = 0x81;
+ b = 0x0F;
+ a |= b;
+ // a has value 0x8F
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.3.7 Others *crv-opOthers*
+
+I.3.7.1 Size of *crv-opSizeOf*
+----------------
+Operator: $sizeof$ *crv-sizeof*
+Declaration:
+ $size_t sizeof expression$
+ or
+ $size_t sizeof (type-name)$
+
+The$sizeof$operator yields the size of its operand (number of bytes).
+The operand is either an expression or a name of a type. The name of type
+must be in parenthesis.
+The result has type$size_t$which is an unsigned integer type (unsigned int,
+unsigned long,.... implementation specific).
+
+The result for$char$,$unsigned char$,$signed char$or a typedef of them is 1.
+For arrays the result is the total number of bytes used by the object.
+For structures or unions the result is the total number of bytes in the
+object including pad-bytes added by the compiler for alignment.
+
+Examples: >
+ char a[7];
+ printf("%d", sizeof a ); // prints 7
+ printf("%d", sizeof a[0] ); // prints 1
+
+ printf("%d", sizeof(float) ); // prints 4
+
+ --------
+
+ struct Test {
+ char ch;
+ float f;
+ } tst;
+
+ printf("%d", sizeof(tst) ); // print 8 (impl. specific)
+ printf("%d", sizeof(struct Test) ); // print 8 (impl. specific)
+
+
+
+I.3.7.2 Address of *crv-opAddress*
+-------------------
+Syntax: $&operand$
+
+The$&$operator returns the address of its operand. If the operand has type
+"type" the result has type "pointer to type".
+
+Operand can be:
+ - a data type that is not register nor bit-fields
+ - function designator
+ - the result of$[]$operator
+ - the result of$*$operator
+
+
+Example: >
+ int a, *ptr;
+
+ a = 3;
+ ptr = &a; // assign address of a to prt
+
+ printf("a: value = %d, address = %p", a, ptr);
+
+
+I.3.7.3 Contents of *crv-opContents*
+--------------------
+Syntax: $*operand$
+
+The$*$operator refers to the value of the object a pointer points to.
+The operand must be a pointer type.
+If the operand has type "pointer to type" the result has type "type".
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b, *ptr;
+
+ ptr = &a; // assign address of a to prt
+ *ptr = 5 // set value of object ptr points to to 5 (object is a)
+ b = *ptr; // assign value of object pointer ptr points to to b
+
+
+I.3.7.4 Conditional *crv-opConditional*
+--------------------
+Syntax: $expr1 ? expr2 : expr3$
+
+At first$expr1$is evaluated. If$expr1$is unequal 0,$expr2$is evaluated.
+If$expr1$is equal 0,$expr3$is evaluated.
+
+The result of the conditional operator is either the value of$expr2$or$expr3$,
+whichever is evaluated. The type of the result is:
+ - If$expr2$and$expr3$have the same type, the result has that type.
+ - If$expr2$and$expr3$have different types, the result has the type
+ that would be determined by the usual arithmetic conversions, were they
+ applied to$expr2$and$expr3$.
+
+Example: >
+ int a, b, max;
+
+ a = 2;
+ b = 5;
+
+ max = a > b ? a : b; // get maximum of a and b
+
+ a == 2 ? FuncA() : FuncB(); // call FuncA() if a == 2, else call FuncB()
+
+
+I.3.7.5 Series *crv-opSeries*
+---------------
+Syntax: $expr1, expr2$
+
+The comma operator$,$ allows to put two separate expressions where one is
+required.
+At first$expr1$is evaluated. Then$expr2$is evaluated. The result of the
+comma operator has the value and type of$expr2$.
+
+It is allowed to nest expressions.
+
+Example: >
+ int i, j, k;
+
+ for (i=0, j=15, k=2; i < 5; i++, j--)
+ {
+ ....
+ }
+
+ func(3, (i=3, i+6), k); // second parameter has value 9 and type int
+
+
+
+I.3.7.6 Type Cast *crv-opTypeCast*
+------------------
+Syntax: $(type-name)expr1$
+
+The type cast operator converts the value of$expr1$to$type-name$.
+
+Examples: >
+ int a, b;
+ float f;
+
+ a = 5;
+ b = 10;
+
+ f = a / b;
+ // f has value 0, integer division
+
+ f = (float)a / (float)b;
+ // f has value 0.5
+
+
+I.3.7.7 Struct/Union Selectors *crv-opStructUnionSel*
+-------------------------------
+- Struct/Union: $expr1.identifier$
+The$.$operator selects a member of a structure or union.
+$expr1$has the type of a structure or union.
+
+
+- Pointer to Struct/Union: $expr1->identifier$
+The$->$operator selects a member of a structure or union.
+$expr1$has the type of "pointer to structure" or
+"pointer to union".
+
+Examples: >
+ struct Example {
+ int element1;
+ float element2;
+ } expl;
+
+ struct Example *ptr;
+
+ ptr = &expl;
+
+ expl.element1 = 2;
+ ptr->element2 = 42.0f;
+
+
+I.3.7.8 Array Selector *crv-opArraySel*
+-----------------------
+Syntax: $expr1[expr2]...[exprN]$
+
+Selects an element of an array. First element has index 0.
+
+Examples: >
+ int a[3] = {1,2,3};
+ int b[2][3] = { {1,2,3}, {4,5,6}};
+
+ printf("%d\n", b[1][0]); // output 4
+
+ a[2] = 0; // array a contains {1,2,0}
+
+
+I.3.7.9 Parentheses *crv-opParenth*
+--------------------
+Operator:$()$
+
+The parentheses-operator is used for:
+
+- group expressions
+ $a = (b + 2) * c$
+
+- declare functions
+ $a = func(b, c + 1)$
+
+- explicit type-cast (see |crv-opTypeCast|)
+
+- statements like
+ $if (...)$
+ $for (...)$
+ $while(...)$
+ ....
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.3.8 Precedence *crv-opPrecedence*
+
+The precedence defines which operator is done before other ones
+(e.g.$a + b * c$: at first the multiplication is done then the addition).
+The following table shows the order of precedence, operators at the top have
+highest precedence.
+
+
+ Operator | Associativity
+ ---------------------------------------+----------------
+$ () [] -> . $| left to right
+$ ! ~ ++ -- + - (type-name) * & sizeof $| right to left (unary operators)
+$ * / % $| left to right
+$ + - $| left to right
+$ << >> $| left to right
+$ < <= > >= $| left to right
+$ == != $| left to right
+$ & $| left to right
+$ ^ $| left to right
+$ | $| left to right
+$ && $| left to right
+$ || $| left to right
+$ ?: $| right to left
+$ = += -= /= *= %= >>= <<= &= |= ^= $| right to left
+$ , $| left to right
+
+
+If operators have the same order of precedence, the associativity defines
+the order in which operators are done:
+E.g.
+ $ a - b - c$
+is done as
+ $(a - b) - c$
+(from left to right)
+
+
+NOTE: Precedence and associativity define which operator is done before
+other ones. But the order of evaluation of subexpressions is unspecified,
+except from function-call$()$,$&&$,$||$,$?:$and$,$. The order in which side
+effects take place is unspecified too.
+
+ Example:
+ $a = b + c * d;$
+
+ Because of the precedence a compiler has to calculate$c*d$and has
+ to add$b$and has to assign the result of that whole expression to$a$.
+ This is defined in the C standard. But a compiler is free to take e.g.
+ $b$and save it, then take$c$and then$d$and do$c*d$, add the saved value
+ of$b$and assign result to$a$. Or do any other order of evaluating the
+ subexpressions.
+ There are just a few operators that force compilers to a specified
+ sequence of evaluating subexpressions (see paragraph above).
+
+ But of course the order of evaluating subexpressions can be relevant:
+ Example: >
+ int a = 4;
+ int b;
+
+ b = ((a=2) * (a*=3)); // b either 12 or 24?
+ // a either 2 or 6? compiler specific
+<
+ If the compiler takes first the expression$(a=2)$and then$(a*=3)$the
+ result will be 12. But if the compiler takes first$(a*=3)$and then
+ $(a=2)$the result will be 24.
+
+ NOTE: Never ever write code that depends on the order of evaluating
+ expressions.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+I.4 Punctuators *crv-punctuators*
+
+Punctuators are special characters, they are not operands or identifiers.
+They have their own semantic and syntactic.
+
+ Punctuator | Example | Description
+ ------------+------------------------+---------------------------------------
+$ < > $| <stdio.h> | header name
+$ [ ] $| n = a[3]; | array delimiter
+$ ( ) $| func(a, b); | function parameter list or
+ | | expression grouping
+$ { } $| char ch[2]={'a', 'b'}; | function body, initializer list,
+ | | compound statement
+$ * $| int *ptr; | pointer declaration
+$ # $| #include | preprocessor directive
+$ , $| char ch[2]={'a', 'b'}; | argument list separator
+$ : $| label: | label
+$ ; $| a = b + c; | end of statement
+$ ... $| func(int a, ...) | variable length of argument list
+$ = $| int n = 2; | declaration initializer
+$ ' ' $| char ch = 'a'; | character constant
+$ " " $| char ch[] = "abc"; | string constant or header file name
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+I.5 Datatypes *crv-datatypes*
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.1 Overview *crv-dtOverview*
+
+I.5.1.1 Type Specifiers *crv-dtTypeSpecifiers*
+------------------------
+To specify a datatype in standard C the following type-specifiers are
+allowed:
+
+ $void $
+ $char $ *crv-char*
+ $short $ *crv-short*
+ $int $ *crv-int*
+ $long $ *crv-long*
+ $float $ *crv-float*
+ $double $ *crv-double*
+ $signed $ *crv-signed*
+ $unsigned $ *crv-unsigned*
+ $_Bool $ *crv-_Bool*
+ $_Complex $ *crv-_Complex*
+ $_Imaginary$ *crv-_Imaginary*
+ $struct $
+ $union $
+ $enum $
+ $typedef-name$
+
+
+Type specifiers can be combined, the whole set of possible type specifiers is
+viewed in the table below. Specifiers given in the same row have the same
+meaning.
+
+
+ Type Specifier | Description
+ =========================+==================================================
+$void $| empty or NULL value
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$char $| store member of basic character set
+$signed char $|
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$unsigned char $| same as char, but unsigned values only
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$short $| defines a short signed integer
+$short int $|
+$signed short $|
+$signed short int $|
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$unsigned short $| same as short, but unsigned values only
+$unsigned short int $|
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$int $| defines a signed integer
+$signed $|
+$signed int $|
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$unsigned $| same as int, but unsigned values only
+$unsigned int $|
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$long $| defines a long signed integer
+$long int $|
+$signed long $|
+$signed long int $|
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$unsigned long $| same as long, but unsigned values only
+$unsigned long int $|
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$long long $| defines a long long signed integer
+$long long int $|
+$signed long long $|
+$signed long long int $|
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$unsigned long long $| same as long long, but unsigned values only
+$unsigned long long int $|
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$float $| defines a floating-point number
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$double $| defines a more accurate floating-point number
+ | than float
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$long double $| defines a more accurate floating-point number
+ | than double
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$_Bool $| defines a Bool-integer (0 or 1 only)
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$float _Complex $| defines a complex number with floating
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$double _Complex $| defines a complex number more accurate
+ | than the float type
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$long double _Complex $| defines a complex number more accurate than
+ | the double type
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$float _Imaginary $| defines an imaginary number with floating
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$double _Imaginary $| defines an imaginary number more accurate
+ | than the float type
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$long double _Imaginary $| defines an imaginary number more accurate than
+ | the double type
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$struct $| defines a set of elements that have possibly
+ | different datatypes (unlike an array)
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$union $| defines a set of elements that have possibly
+ | different datatypes and use the same overlapping
+ | memory (total size is size of biggest element)
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$enum $| defines a set of named integer constant values
+ -------------------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$typedef-name $| a new named type defined with the$typedef$
+ | keyword, the new type is a synonym for one of the
+ | types listed above
+ =========================+==================================================
+
+
+
+I.5.1.2 Type Grouping *crv-dtTypeGrouping*
+----------------------
+
+The types can be grouped in this way:
+
+
+ TYPE
+ |
+ -------------------+-----------+-------------
+ | | |
+ | | |
+ ------- SCALAR ----- AGGREGATE $void$
+ | | |
+ | | +-------------
+ | | | |
+ - ARITHMETIC --- $pointers$ ARRAY STRUCTURE
+ | | | |
+ | | | |
+INTEGER - FLOATING -+----------- $array$ -$struct$-
+ | | | | | |
+ | | | | | |
+ | REAL COMPLEX IMAGINARY $union bit-field$
+ | | | |
+ | | | $_Imaginary$(1)
+ | | | |
+ | | | +-------+---------
+ | | | | | |
+ | | | $float double long double$
+ | | |
+ | | |
+ | | $_Complex$(1)
+ | | |
+ | | +-------+---------
+ | | | | |
+ | | $float double long double$
+ | |
+ | |
+ | +-------+---------
+ | | | |
+ | $float double long double$
+ |
+ |
+ +-----------------+---------------+---------
+ | | | |
+$char short enum _Bool$
+$signed/unsigned int $
+$ long $
+$ long long $
+$ signed/unsigned $
+
+
+ (1): implementation of these datatypes is not required
+
+
+The basic types are type char, signed/unsigned integer types and floating
+types.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.2 Sizes and Ranges *crv-dtSizeRange*
+
+
+The C standard defines the basic types as having a "at least" size.
+
+ Type | Size/Range
+ ============+===================================================
+$char $| large enough to store any member of the basic
+ | character set
+ ------------+---------------------------------------------------
+$short $| same as int or smaller range
+ ------------+---------------------------------------------------
+$int $| has the natural size suggested by the architecture
+ | of the execution environment
+ ------------+---------------------------------------------------
+$long $| same as int or greater range
+ ------------+---------------------------------------------------
+$long long $| same as long or greater range
+ ------------+---------------------------------------------------
+$float $| IEEE-754 floating-point standard, single format
+ ------------+--------------------------------------------------
+$double $| IEEE-754 floating-point standard, double format
+ ------------+---------------------------------------------------
+$long double$| shall have more precision than double and at
+ | least the range of double
+ ------------+---------------------------------------------------
+$_Bool $| large enough to store values 0 and 1
+ ============+===================================================
+
+
+
+Common - but not guaranteed - values are:
+
+
+ Type | Size/Range
+ | 16-bit Architecture 32-bit Architecture
+ ============+================================================================
+$char $| 8 bit
+ | 0...255
+ | -128...127
+ ------------+----------------------------------------------------------------
+$short $| 16 bit
+ | 0...65535
+ | -32768...32767
+ ------------+----------------------------------------------------------------
+$int $| 16 bit | 32 bit
+ | 0...65535 | 0...4,294,967,295
+ | -32768...32767 | -2,147,483,648...2,147,483,647
+ ------------+----------------------------------------------------------------
+$long $| 32 bit
+ | 0...4,294,967,295
+ | -2,147,483,648...2,147,483,647
+ ------------+----------------------------------------------------------------
+$long long $| 64 bit
+ | 0...18,446,744,073,709,551,615
+ | -9,223,372,036,854,775,808...9,223,372,036,854,775,807
+ ------------+----------------------------------------------------------------
+$float $| 32 bit
+ | magnitudes: 1.175494351e-38...3.402823466e+38
+ | significant digits: >= 6
+ | given x, next is: x * (1 + 1.192092896e-7)
+ ------------+----------------------------------------------------------------
+$double $| 64 bits
+ | magnitudes: 2.2250738585072014e-308...1.7976931348623158e+308
+ | significant digits: >= 15
+ | given x, next is: x * (1 + 2.2204460492503131e-16)
+ ------------+----------------------------------------------------------------
+$long double$| 96 bits, 80 bits used
+ | magnitudes: 3.36210314311209351e-4932 1.18973149535723177e+4932
+ | significant digits: >= 18
+ | given x, next is: x * (1 + 1.08420217248550443e-19)
+ ------------+----------------------------------------------------------------
+$_Bool $| 16 bit | 32 bit
+ | 0, 1 | 0, 1
+ ============+================================================================
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.2 Formats *crv-dtFormats*
+
+I.5.2.1 Integer *crv-dtFormatsInt*
+----------------
+
+Integer values are represented as binary numbers (base 2).
+
+The range of unsinged integer types is 0...2^(N-1), whereas N is the size
+of the integer type (8, 16, 32, 64 bit...).
+
+Value = bitN*2^(N-1) + ... + bit3*2^3 + bit2*2^2 + bit1*2^1 + bit0*2^0
+
+N is the most significant bit, 0 the least significant.
+
+For signed integer values one bit is used as sign, commonly the most
+significant bit.
+If sign bit is 0, the representation is the same as for unsigned integer.
+If sign bit is 1, a negative value is represented. There are three
+possibilities to represent a negative value:
+
+ - Sign-Magnitude *crv-signMagnitude*
+ --------------
+ Sign bit 0: the rest is a positive number
+ Sign bit 1: the rest is a negative number
+ E.g.:
+ 0000 1001 = +9
+ 1000 1001 = -9
+
+ Attributs:
+ +0 and -0 exists
+ Range: -2^(N-1) - 1 ... 2^(N-1) - 1 (e.g. 8bit: -127 ... +127)
+ adding, subtracting, dividing, multiplying needs extra logic
+ conversion from positive to negative values and vice versa is simple
+
+ - One's Complement *crv-onesComplement*
+ ----------------
+ The negative value is obtained by inverting all bits of the corresponding
+ positive value.
+ The most significant bit is the sign bit. Positive values have sign bit 0,
+ negative values have sign bit 1.
+
+ Attributs:
+ +0 and -0 exists
+ Range: -2^(N-1) - 1 ... 2^(N-1) - 1 (e.g. 8bit: -127 ... +127)
+ conversion from positive to negative values and vice versa is simple
+ adding can be done directly, subtracting can be converted to adding
+ multiplication needs extra logic for sign
+
+ - Two's Complement *crv-twosComplement*
+ ----------------
+ The negative value is obtained by inverting all bits of the corresponding
+ positive value and adding 1.
+ The most significant bit is the sign bit. Positive values have sign bit 0,
+ negative values have sign bit 1.
+
+ Attributs:
+ only one 0 exists
+ Range: -2^(N-1) ... 2^(N-1) - 1, asymetric (e.g. 8bit: -128 ... +127)
+ adding and multiplying is straight forward
+ sign extension when promoting is simple (repeat sign bit on the left)
+
+Which method is used to represent negative values is implementation specific,
+commonly the two's complement is used.
+
+
+Beneath decimal numbers (base 10), octal (base 8) and hexadecimal (base 16)
+numbers can be used in standard C.
+
+Octal numbers start with a 0 (zero), hexadecimal start with a 0x (zero x).
+Opposed to decimal numbers, conversions from and to binary is easier with
+octal and hexadecimal numbers.
+Octal groups 3 bits, one digit has range 0...7.
+Hexadecimal groups 4 bits, one digit has range 0...9, A...F.
+
+Examples:
+ Bit
+ 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 | 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+ --------------------------------------------------
+ 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1
+ | | | | |
+octal: 1 | 6 | 4 | 5 | 3 | 1 = 0164531
+
+
+ Bit
+ 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 | 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+ --------------------------------------------------
+ 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1
+ | | |
+hex: E | 9 | 5 | 9 = 0xE959
+
+
+
+
+I.5.2.2 Floating-Point *crv-dtFormatsFloat*
+-----------------------
+
+I.5.2.2.1 Basics *crv-dtFormatsFPBasics*
+-----------------
+In standard C floating values are represented as described in the floating-
+point standard IEC 60559 (previously IEEE-754).
+NOTE: The standard does not define bit-positions!
+
+Generally a floating pointer number consists of four parts:
+ - sign
+ - mantissa
+ - radix
+ - exponent
+
+ ---------------------------------------------- ~
+ | value = sign * mantissa * radix^(exponent) |~
+ ---------------------------------------------- ~
+
+The sign is +1 or -1. The mantissa holds the significant digits of a
+floating-point number and is always positive.
+The exponent indicates the positive or negative power of the radix. To
+be able to get positive and negative exponents a bias is added to the
+actual exponent.
+
+A number can be expressed in many different ways, e.g.:
+ 3.0: 3.0 * 10^0
+ 0.03 * 10^2
+ 300 * 10^(-2)
+ .....
+
+To maximize the quantity of representable numbers, floating-point numbers
+are typically stored in a normalized form.
+A normalized floating-point number has a mantissa that's leftmost digit
+is non-zero. To normalize the mantissa is shifted left until the leftmost
+digit is non-zero, the exponent is reduced by the number of shifts.
+The normalized form of the number 3.0 would be:
+ 3.0 * 10^0
+A mantissa of a floating-point number fulfils the following equation:
+
+ 1/radix <= mantissa < 1~
+
+If this equation is not fulfilled, the floating-point number is called
+denormalized.
+
+For bias 2 an optimization is available and exploited: for normalized
+floating-point numbers the leftmost bit of the mantissa is always 1.
+This bit don't need to be stored explicitly. We can assume it to be 1 so that
+we get an extra bit to increase resolution (e.g. for float we have a 23 bit
+mantissa, but a 24 bit resolution).
+
+
+Special Values: *crv-dtFormatsFPValues*
+---------------
+There are some special values explained below.
+
+ Zero: *crv-dtFormatsFPZero*
+ -----
+ All exponent and mantissa bits are set to 0. The sign bit can be set or
+ cleared, so that +0 and -0 is possible. Both are treated as 0.0.
+
+ Note: There is no way to represent the value 0.0 in the format described
+ above. Because of normalization the leading digit must be unequal 0.
+
+ Infinity: *crv-dtFormatsFPInfinity*
+ ---------
+ Infinity is signaled by all bits of exponent set and all bits of mantissa
+ cleared. The sign bit denotes +infinity and -infinity.
+ Infinity allows to handle overflows.
+
+ NaN (Not a Number): *crv-dtFormatsFPNaN*
+ -------------------
+ NaN is used to signal that the value is not a real number. NaN is denoted
+ by all exponent bits set and the mantissa != 0.
+ There are two types of NaN: Signalling NaN and Quiet NaN
+ Both indicates that something went wrong.
+
+ Signalling NaN:
+ The most significant mantissa bit cleared denotes a signalling NaN.
+ A signalling NaN denotes an invalid operation (e.g. division by zero).
+
+ Quiet NaN:
+ The most significant mantissa bit set denotes a quiet NaN.
+ A quiet NaN is set, if the result of an operation is not mathematically
+ defined.
+
+ Denormalized: *crv-dtFormatsFPSDenorm*
+ -------------
+ If the exponent is 0 and the mantissa is unequal 0, then the value is a
+ denormalized number. A denormalized number has no assumed 1 in the
+ mantissa.
+
+
+
+Special Operations: *crv-dtFormatsFPOp*
+-------------------
+
+ Operation | Result
+ -------------------------+------------
+ n / +-infinity | 0
+ +-nonzero / 0 | +-infinity
+ +-infinity * +-infinity | +-infinity
+ infinity + infinity | infinity
+ infinity - infinity | NaN
+ +-infinity / +-infinity | NaN
+ +-infinity * 0 | NaN
+ +-0 / +-0 | NaN
+
+
+
+I.5.2.2.2 Types *crv-dtFormatsFPTypes*
+----------------
+Below commonly used floating-point formats are described. The bit positions
+are not defined in standards, neither in standard C nor in IEEE-754.
+
+The radix is 2, so that the formula to get the value of a floating-point
+number is:
+
+ ------------------------------------------ ~
+ | value = sign * mantissa * 2^(exponent) |~
+ ------------------------------------------ ~
+
+Float: *crv-dtFormatsFPFloat*
+------
+ Radix: 2
+ Sign: 1 bit, = 0 positive, = 1 negative
+ Exponent: 8 bit, bias 127
+ Mantissa: 23 bit, 24 bit resolution
+ Total Size: 32 bit
+ Range: 1.175494351e-38...3.402823466e+38
+ Precision: >= 6 (number of digital digits of precision)
+ (see also |crv-dtSizeRange|)
+
+ Bit: 31 30 23 22 0
+ s eeeeeeee mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm
+
+ s: signe
+ e: exponent
+ m: mantissa
+
+ Examples:
+ s eeeeeeee mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm
+ 0.75 = 0 01111110 10000000000000000000000
+ |___________
+ |
+ e = 126 - 127 = -1 |
+ m = 1 (assume MSB 1) + 1/(2^1)
+ = 1.5
+ value = 1.5 * 2^(-1) = 0.75
+
+ s eeeeeeee mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm
+ 12.75 = 0 10000010 10011000000000000000000
+ | ||____________________________
+ | |____________________ |
+ |___________ | |
+ | | |
+ e = 130 - 127 = 3 | | |
+ m = 1 (assume MSB 1) + 1/(2^1) + 1/(2^4) + 1/(2^5)
+ = 1.59375
+ value = 1.59375 * 2^3 = 12.75
+
+ denormalized:
+ s eeeeeeee mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm
+ 1.46936...e-39 = 0 0000000 01000000000000000000000
+ |________
+ |
+ e = 0 - 127 = -127 |
+ m = 0 (no assumed MSB 1) + 1/(2^2)
+ = 0.25
+ value = 0.25 * 2^(-127) = 1.4693679385278594e-39
+
+Double: *crv-dtFormatsFPDouble*
+-------
+ Radix: 2
+ Sign: 1 bit, = 0 positive, = 1 negative
+ Exponent: 11 bit, bias 1023
+ Mantissa: 52 bit, 53 bit resolution
+ Total Size: 64 bit
+ Range: 2.2250738585072014e-308...1.7976931348623158e+308
+ Precision: >= 15 (number of digital digits of precision)
+ (see also |crv-dtSizeRange|)
+
+ Bit: 63 62 52 51 0
+ s eeeeeeeeeee mmmmmmmm...mmmmmmmmmmmm
+
+ s: signe
+ e: exponent
+ m: mantissa
+
+
+Long Double: *crv-dtFormatsFPLDouble*
+------------
+ Radix: 2
+ Sign: 1 bit, = 0 positive, = 1 negative
+ Exponent: 15 bit, bias 16383
+ Mantissa: 64 bit, 64 bit resolution(!), no assumed 1 in MSB
+ Total Size: 92 bit, 80 bit used
+ Range: 3.36210314311209351e-4932...1.18973149535723177e+4932
+ Precision: >= 18 (number of digital digits of precision)
+ (see also |crv-dtSizeRange|)
+
+ Bit: 79 78 64 63 0
+ s eeeeeeeeeeeeeee mmmmmmmm...mmmmmmmmmmmm
+
+ s: signe
+ e: exponent
+ m: mantissa
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.3 void Type *crv-dtVoid*
+ *crv-void*
+The$void$type specifies an empty or NULL type. This is used to:
+ - signify that a function does not return a value
+ - specify a function prototype with no arguments
+ - indicate a generic pointer
+ A generic pointer can point to any object type. No type cast is
+ necessary.
+
+Examples:
+ - function with no return value >
+ void Func(int n)
+ {
+ ...
+ }
+<
+ - function with no arguments >
+ int Func (void)
+ {
+ ...
+ }
+<
+ - generic pointer >
+ int i;
+ long l;
+ void *ptr;
+
+ ptr = &i;
+ ptr = &l;
+<
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.4 Arrays *crv-dtArrays*
+
+Syntax:
+$storage-class-specifier type-specifier declarator[constant-expression$or$*];$
+
+$storage-class-specifier$,$constant-expression$and$*$are optional
+
+Arrays are used to group data types of the same type. An array can be of any
+data type, except$void$.
+
+When addressing an index within this array, indexing starts at 0 and ends
+at array-size(in elements) - 1.
+
+An array has only one dimension. To get a multidemsional array an array of
+array(s) can be declared.
+The elements of arrays are stored in increasing addresses so that the
+rightmost subscript varies most rapidly.
+Example: $int n[2][3];$
+ the elements are stored in this sequence:
+ n[0][0], n[0][1], n[0][2], n[1][0], n[1][1], n[1][2]
+
+ It can be initialized with:
+ $int n[2][3] = { {0, 1, 2}, {3, 4, 5} };$
+
+
+Complete Array Type Declaration *crv-dtCompleteArrayDecl*
+-------------------------------
+
+A complete array type declaration is a declaration of an array with known
+size. The number of elements an array stores is specified at declaration.
+
+E.g.: $int array[2];$
+
+The number of elements must be a constant value of >= 1 or a$*$.
+
+If a$*$is specified then the array type is a variable-length array type of
+unspecified size, which can be used only in declarations with function
+prototype scope.
+
+
+Incomplete Array Type Declaration *drv-dtIncompleteArrayDecl*
+---------------------------------
+
+It is possible to declare an array of unknown size by omitting the size-
+information at declaration. This sort of array declaration is called
+incomplete array declaration. The size of an incomplete array declaration must
+be specified elsewhere, so that the array type itself is complete.
+
+Incomplete array type declaration is useful for:
+ - When initializing at declaration. E.g.: >
+ char name1[] = "bert"; // end of string (0x00) is added automatically
+ char name2[] = {'b', 'e', 'r', 't', '\0'};
+<
+ The size of both arrays is 5 bytes. The initialization does complete the
+ array type.
+
+ - To reference to an external defined array with known size: >
+ extern array[];
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ array[0] = 42;
+ ....
+ }
+<
+ To work with this array, its size must be known of course.
+
+ - For function parameter incomplete array type declaration can be used in the
+ function's declaration. E.g. >
+ void func(int array[])
+ {
+ array[0] = 2;
+ }
+<
+ A pointer must be passed to this function!
+
+
+Initialization of Arrays *drv-dtArrayInit*
+------------------------
+
+Arrays can be initialized at definition time. It is allowed to initialized
+less or all elements of a array. If less are initialized the remaining
+elements are set to 0 automatically.
+
+ Initialize all elements of the array, e.g.:
+ $int a[2] = {1, 2};$
+
+ Initialize the first elements, the rest is set to 0:
+ $int a[5] = {1, 2, 3};$
+ Not allowed is to initialize more elements as the array can store:
+ $int a[5] = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}; // ERROR at compilation time$
+
+ Initialize multidimensional arrays:
+ $int b[2][3] = { {0, 1, 2}, {3, 4, 5} };$
+
+ Initialize incomplete arrays:
+ $char name1[] = "bert"; // end-of-string (0x00) is added$
+ $char name2[] = {'b', 'e', 'r', 't', '\0'};$
+
+ Attention when assigning strings to arrays:
+ The end-of-string (0x00) is added only if the string fits into array:
+ $char ch[3] = "abc" // no end-of-string (0x00) is added here!$
+ $char ch[4] = "abc" // end-of-string is added$
+ $char ch[] = "abc" // end-of-string is added, array gets dimension of 4$
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.5 Structures *crv-dtStructurs*
+ *crv-struct*
+Syntax:
+ $struct$structur-name${$
+ $variables,...$
+ $}$structur-variable,...$;$
+
+
+Structures are used to group heterogenous data. The elements (members) of a
+structure can be of different data types (opposed to arrays). All data types
+are allowed, except$void$type.
+The member names must be unique within a structure, but the same names can be
+used in nested structures.
+A structure cannot contain instances of themselves, but can have pointers
+to instances of themselves as members.
+
+The members are stored sequentially in increasing addresses. The first member
+is at the starting address of a structure. But a compiler is free to add
+pad-bytes for alignment. So the total size of a structure may differ from the
+sum of member-sizes.
+A pointer to a structure points to the starting address of the structure,
+there the first member is stored.
+
+To access a member of a structure, the structure selector$.$is used. To access
+a member of a structure a pointer points to$->$is used.
+
+A structure can be passed by value to functions and returned by value by
+functions. Allowed operators with structures are$=$and$sizeof$.
+
+
+Declaration *crv-dtStructDef*
+-----------
+To declare a structure the 'structur-variable' is omitted, e.g.: >
+ struct myStruct {
+ int n;
+ char *name;
+ long counter;
+ };
+No variable is generated here, it's the declaration of a structure with
+name myStruct. To get an object do:
+$ struct myStruct ms;$
+
+
+Definition *crv-dtStructDecl*
+----------
+A definition can be done in several ways:
+
+ - If a structure is declared already, a definition is done this way:
+ $struct Person pers;$
+ perss is the object generated
+
+ - Declaration and definition can be done both, e.g.: >
+ struct Person {
+ int age;
+ char *name;
+ } pers1;
+< An object pers1 is generated. 'structur-variable' can be a comma-
+ separated list of variables, e.g.: >
+ struct Person {
+ int age;
+ char *name;
+ } pers1, pers2, pers3;
+< The objects pers1, pers2 and pers3 are generated.
+
+ Further definitions can be done via:
+ $struct Person pers4;$
+ because a 'structure-name' was specified above.
+
+ - Only definition, no 'struct-name' specified, e.g.: >
+ struct {
+ int age;
+ char *name;
+ } pers1;
+< An object pers1 is generated.
+
+
+Initialization *crv-dtStructInit*
+--------------
+Structures can be initialized at definition time. It is allowed to initialized
+less or all members of a structure. If less are initialized the remaining
+elements are set to 0 automatically.
+
+Examples: >
+ struct Person {
+ int age;
+ char *name;
+ } pers1 = {42, "Sting"};
+<or >
+ struct Person pers2 = {42, "Sting"};
+
+
+Accessing *crv-dtStructAccess*
+---------
+A member of a structure can be accessed via$.$,e.g.: >
+ myStruct.age = 42;
+ myStruct.anotherStruct.n = 3;
+
+A member of a structure a pointer points to can be accessed via$->$, e.g.: >
+ myStructPtr->age = 42;
+ myStructPtr->anotherStruct.n = 3;
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.6 Unions *crv-dtUnions*
+ *crv-union*
+Syntax:
+ $union$union-name${$
+ $variables,...$
+ $}$union-variable,...$;$
+
+
+A union is used to store objects of different data types at the same location
+in memory. All members of a union have offset 0 to the start address of the
+union. Enough space is allocated only for the largest member in the union.
+
+For members all data types are allowed, except$void$type. The member names
+must be unique within a union, but the same names can be used in nested
+unions. A union cannot contain instances of themselves, but can have pointers
+to instances of themselves as members.
+
+A pointer to a union points to the starting address of the union.
+
+To access a member of a union, the union selector$.$is used. To access a
+member of a union a pointer points to$->$is used.
+
+A union can be passed by value to functions and returned by value by
+functions. Allowed operators with unions are$=$and$sizeof$.
+
+
+Declaration *crv-dtUnionDef*
+-----------
+To declare a union the 'union-variable' is omitted, e.g.: >
+ union Integers {
+ char c;
+ short s;
+ int n;
+ long l;
+ };
+No variable is generated here, it's the declaration of a union with name
+Integers. To get an object do:
+$ union Integers ints;$
+
+
+Definition *crv-dtUnionDecl*
+----------
+A definition can be done in several ways:
+
+ - If a union is declared already, a definition is done this way:
+ $union Integers ints;$
+ ints is the object generated
+
+ - Declaration and definition can be done both, e.g.: >
+ union Integers {
+ char c;
+ short s;
+ int n;
+ long l;
+ } ints1;
+< An object ints1 is generated. 'union-variable' can be a comma-
+ separated list of variables, e.g.: >
+ union Integers {
+ char c;
+ short s;
+ int n;
+ long l;
+ } ints1, ints2, ints3;
+< The objects ints1, ints2 and ints3 are generated.
+
+ Forther definitions can be done via:
+ $union Integers ints;$
+ because a 'union-name' was specified above.
+
+ - Only definition, no 'union-name' specified, e.g.: >
+ union {
+ char c;
+ short s;
+ int n;
+ long l;
+ } ints1;
+< An object ints1 is generated.
+
+
+Initialization *crv-dtUnionInit*
+--------------
+Unions can be initialized at definition time, but only the first member can
+be given an initializer.
+
+Examples: >
+ union Integers {
+ char c;
+ short s;
+ int n;
+ long l;
+ } ints1 = {'a'};
+<or >
+ union Integers ints2 = {'a'};
+
+
+Accessing *crv-dtUnionAccess*
+---------
+A member of a union can be accessed via$.$,e.g.: >
+ myUnion.age = 42;
+ myUnion.anotherUnion.n = 3;
+
+A member of a union a pointer points to can be accessed via$->$, e.g.: >
+ myUnionPtr->age = 42;
+ myUnionPtr->anotherUnion.n = 3;
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.7 Bit-Fields *crv-dtBitFields*
+
+Syntax:
+ $type-specifier identifier:constant-expression$
+
+A member of a structure or union can be declared to consist of a specified
+number of bits. Such a member is called a bit-field.
+A bit-field can be of type$_Bool$,$signed int$,$unsigned int$or of some other
+implementation specific type. The specified number of bits for a bit-field
+must be small enough to be stored in its type.
+
+Sequences of bit-fields are packed as tightly as possible, they are assigned
+from low-order to high-order bit.
+If in a sequence of bit-fields a further bit-field is specified, and this
+bit-field does not fit into the remaining bits, it's implementation-specific
+whether this bit-field is put into the next unit or overlaps adjacent units.
+
+A bit-field can be closed in two ways:
+ - specify a data-type !=$bit-field$, a following bit-field will be started
+ in a new unit at low-order bit
+ - specify a bit-field with size 0, a following bit-field will be started
+ in a new unit at low-order bit
+
+For padding it is possible to declare a bit-field without identifier
+(e.g. :10).
+
+Pointers to bit-field are not possible.
+
+Examples: >
+ struct BitField {
+ unsigned int a:2;
+ unsigned int :3; // leave 3 bits free
+ unsigned int b:4;
+ unsigned int :0; // force to start new unit
+
+ unsigned int c:4:
+ unsigned int c:1;
+
+ long lng;
+
+ unsigned int d:2; // start a new unit since the previous type is
+ // not a bit-field
+ };
+<
+ also possible would be >
+ struct BitField {
+ unsigend int a:2,
+ :3, // leave 3 bits free
+ b:4,
+ :0, // force to start new unit
+
+ c:4,
+ c:1;
+
+ long lng;
+
+ int d:2; // start a new unit since the previous type is
+ // not a bit-field
+ };
+
+
+Accessing a bit-field is done this way: >
+ struct BitField {
+ unsigend int a:2,
+ b:3;
+ } bf;
+
+ bf.a = 3;
+ bf.b = 0;
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.8 Enumerated Tags *crv-dtEnumerate*
+ *crv-enum*
+Syntax:
+ $enum identifier{enumerator-list} declarator;$
+
+
+An enumeration type is a user-defined integer type. The possible values of
+this type are defined in the$enumerator-list$. The elements of this list are
+symbolic representations of constant integers.
+Each element of the$enumerator-list$gets the value of the previous plus 1.
+The first element gets the value 0. Alternatively values can be assigned to
+the elements.
+
+All this could be achieved by using$#define$too. The advantage of enumeration
+types is that debuggers can view values of enumeration type objects
+symbolically.
+
+
+Examples:
+ $enum color {red, yellow, green};$
+
+ $color$is a new integer type that can have the values$red$(=0),$yellow$(=1)
+ and$green$(=2).
+
+Assignment can be done this way: >
+ color col;
+ col = red;
+
+To assign values to the constants do:
+ $enum color {red=10, yellow, green=20, white};$
+
+ $color$is a new integer type that can have the values$red$(=10),$yellow$
+ (=11),$green$(=20) and$white$(=21).
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.9 Strings *crv-dtStrings*
+
+In C a string is an array of characters encapsulated in double quotes. At
+the end of the string an end-of-string (0x00} is appended.
+
+Example: >
+ char strng[] = "this is a string";
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.10 Type Definitions *crv-dtTypeDef*
+
+A type definition is used to define a type synonym for a data type.
+Type definitions are just aliases. The compiler replaces a type definition
+by its assigned type.
+
+Type definitions can apply to variables or functions.
+
+Type definitions provide:
+ - It is possible to replace a lengthy and/or confusing type definition
+ by an expressive one.
+ - Type definitions can simplify the process of changing the type of
+ variables. Example:
+ $typedef short coordinate;$
+ If you notice that$short$is too small for your needs, simply change it:
+ $typedef long coordinate;$
+ and all variables of the type$coordinate$will have the new type$long$.
+
+Example for data type: >
+ typedef int * pointerToInt;
+
+ pointerToInt iPtr; // is identical to: int *iPtr;
+
+Example for function: >
+ typedef int calculate(int a, int b); // function returns int, and gets
+ // two ints
+ calculate sum; // declarate functions
+ calculate dif;
+
+ int sum(int a, int b) // definition: parameters and return type
+ { // must be according to the typedef
+ return a + b;
+ }
+
+ int dif(int a, int b)
+ {
+ return a - b;
+ }
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.11 Storage Classes *crv-dtStorageClasses*
+
+A storage class defines the scope and lifetime of a variable or function.
+ see |crv-gloScope|, |crv-gloLifetime|
+
+ Storage Class |
+ Specifier | Description
+ ---------------+------------------------------------------------------------
+ $ auto $| default, local variable has local lifetime
+ $ static $| local variable, but maintained during program execution
+ $ extern $| indicates that a variable is defined outside of the current
+ | file, no variable is created by this
+ $ register $| request to access variable as fast as possible (normally
+ | this means to store an object in a CPU register)
+ $ typedef $| creates an alias name for a basic or derived data type
+ none, in | a global variable is defined
+ file scope |
+
+
+
+$auto$ *crv-auto*
+------
+The$auto$class specifies a local variable with local lifetime. The storage of
+a variable is created upon entry to the block defining the variable, and is
+destroyed when exiting the block.
+
+The contents of a new defined$auto$object is undefined.
+
+This class can only be declared at the beginning of a block { ... }.
+If no storage class if given, this is the default.
+
+Example: >
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ int a; // auto can be omitted, it's the default
+ auto int b;
+ auto long c = 10L; // initializer can be used
+
+ ....
+ }
+
+
+$static$ *crv-static*
+--------
+The$static$class specifies that an object is maintained during the whole
+program execution, but it's accessable only within its scope (block or file).
+Several objects with the same identifier can co-exist, as long as they have
+different scopes.
+
+A$static$object can be declared anywhere a declaration is allowed.
+
+The contents of a new$static$object is initialized, arithmetic members are
+set to 0, pointer members are set to NULL. If an initializer is given, the
+object is initialized only once at program start. Its contents is preserved
+after leaving object's scope.
+
+Example: >
+ int TestFunction ()
+ {
+ static int b; // initialized with 0 automatically
+ static long c = 10L; // initializer can be used
+
+ if (c == 10L)
+ {
+ b++;
+ c++;
+ }
+ .... // next time calling b will be 1 and c will be 11
+ }
+
+
+$register$ *crv-register*
+----------
+The$register$class suggests the compiler to minimize access time for
+a variable. Normally this means to assign the value to a register.
+The compiler is free to do so or not.
+The lifetime is the same as for$auto$.
+
+The$register$class is the only storage class specifier that can
+be used for function parameters too.
+
+Example: >
+ int TestFunction (register int a)
+ {
+ register int b;
+ ...
+ }
+
+
+$extern$ *crv-extern*
+--------
+Using$extern$in a declaration brings the named object into the current scope,
+the object must be a global one. This is used to access objects that are
+defined out of the current file (linkage ->|crv-gloLinkage|).
+
+No new variable is generated, it is just a link to an existing one.
+
+Example: >
+ File 1: File 2:
+ ------- -------
+ int globVar2 = 42; extern int globVar2;
+
+ int main(void) void TestFunc(void)
+ { {
+ .... globVar2 = 3;
+ } ...
+ }
+
+
+$typedef$ *crv-typedef*
+---------
+The$typedef$is used to create an alias for a basic or derived (array, struct,
+union) data type.
+Actually$typedef$isn't a real storage class, but in standard C it is defined
+to be one.
+No new variable is generated.
+For further information see |crv-dtTypeDef|.
+
+
+Global Variable
+---------------
+A global variable is defined when the definition is within file scope and
+no storage class specifier is given.
+
+A global object is initialized, arithmetic members are set to 0, pointer
+members are set to null pointer, in unions the first named member is
+initialized according to this rules. An initializer can be given.
+
+To access a global variable from outside of its scope, declare this
+variable with$extern$class in the new scope.
+
+Example: >
+ File 1: File 2:
+ ------- -------
+ int globVar; extern int globVar2;
+
+ int globVar2 = 42;
+
+ int main(void) void TestFunc(void)
+ { {
+ .... globVar2 = 3;
+ } ...
+ }
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.12 Qualifiers *crv-dtQualifiers*
+
+The type qualifiers allow to set further attributes of data types.
+
+ Type Qualifier | Description
+ ----------------+------------------------------------------------------------
+ $ const $| no write access to a variable
+ $ restrict $| only for pointers: gives compiler better possibilities for
+ | optimizations
+ $ volatile $| disable compiler optimization for a variable
+
+
+
+$const$ *crv-const*
+-------
+The$const$type qualifier is used to qualify an object as not modifiable. This
+means no write access is allowed to this object after initialization.
+The$const$qualifier can be used for any data type and together with$volatile$.
+
+When$const$is used to qualify an aggregate type (array, struct, union) all
+members are$const$. When$const$is used to qualify a member of an aggregate
+only that member is$const$.
+
+NOTE: Attempting to change a$const$object using a pointer to a non-$const$
+object causes unpredictable behavior.
+
+Example: >
+ const a = 5; // a = 5 and a is not modifiable
+
+ const struct Test {
+ int b;
+ char *title;
+ } test; // all members of test are const
+
+ const int *ptr; // pointer to a constant integer type
+ // pointer is allowed to change, contents not
+
+ int *const ptr; // constant pointer; pointer is not allowed to change
+ // contents is allowed to change
+
+ const int *const ptr; // both pointer and contents are not allowed
+ // to change
+
+
+$restrict$ *crv-restrict*
+----------
+The$restrict$qualifier can only be used for pointers. It indicates that the
+compiler is allowed to make optimizations when dealing with this pointer.
+
+Normally compilers can do very less optimizations to pointers because the
+compiler cannot determine whether or not two pointers point to the same
+object. So the compiler must suppress various optimizations.
+
+The user guarantees that none of the$restrict$qualified pointers do
+point to the same object. So the compiler can do further optimizations
+for these pointers.
+
+
+$volatile$ *crv-volatile*
+----------
+The$volatile$qualifier indicates that the value of an object can possibly be
+changed outside of compiler's control (e.g. changes done by other processes,
+hardware registers of mikrocontrollers,...). The$volatile$qualifier forces
+the compiler to take this into account. The compiler must access the object
+always from memory and most optimizations can't be done.
+
+The$volatile$qualifier can be used for any data type and together with$const$
+qualifier.
+When$volatile$is used to qualify an aggregate type (array, struct, union) all
+members are$volatile$. When$volatile$is used to qualify a member of an
+aggregate only that member is$volatile$.
+
+Example: >
+ volatile int a;
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ ....
+ }
+
+
+Hint: When type casting a volatile variable, the volatile qualifier will be
+ lost if it is omitted in the type cast operator.
+
+Example: >
+ volatile int ptrA;
+ long ptrB;
+
+ ...
+
+ ptrA = (int *)ptrB; // ATTENTION: after this, ptrA is no
+ // longer volatile!
+
+ ptrA = (volatile int *)ptrB; // ptrA is still volatile
+
+
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.13 Pointers *crv-dtPointers*
+
+A pointer contains the address of a variable of stated type, function or
+memory area.
+
+A pointer can have a special value indicating that the pointer points to
+nowhere. Such a pointer is called null pointer, its value is NULL.
+A pointer of type$void$can be used to point to an object of any type.
+A pointer can point to pointers.
+
+A pointer is declared using the$*$punctuator. The operator$*$is used to
+dereference a pointer in order to have access to the contents of the object
+the pointer points to.
+
+
+I.5.13.1 Variables *crv-dtPtrVars*
+-------------------
+To assign the address of a variable to a pointer the address operator$&$is
+used. To dereference the$*$operator is used.
+
+Example simple pointer: >
+ int n = 3;
+ int *ptr; // define pointer of type int
+
+ ptr = &n; // pointer points to n
+ *ptr = 4; // assign object pointer points to value 4 (=> n=4)
+
+Example pointer to pointer: >
+ int n = 3;
+ int *ptr1; // pointer to int
+ int **ptr2; // pointer to pointer to int
+
+ ptr1 = &n; // pointer ptr1 points to int n
+ ptr2 = &ptr1; // pointer ptr2 points to pointer to int n
+ **ptr2 = 4; // dereference pointer to pointer and assign 4 (n = 4)
+
+A pointer can be set to a fix address this way (not standard C): >
+ int *ptr;
+
+ ptr = (int *)42000;
+
+
+Pointer and Arrays
+------------------
+Example pointer to array: >
+ int n[2];
+ int *ptr;
+
+ ptr = &n[0];
+ ptr = n; // is equivalent to ptr = &n[0]
+
+Example array of pointers: >
+ int *ptrs[3]; // array of pointers to int
+ int n1 = 1, n2 = 2, n3 = 3;
+
+ ptrs[0] = &n1;
+ ptrs[1] = &n2;
+ ptrs[2] = ptrs[0];
+
+
+Pointer to String
+-----------------
+A sequence of characters encapsulated with double quotes is a pointer to
+const character.
+Example: >
+ char *ptr;
+
+ ptr = "string";
+
+
+
+I.5.13.2 Functions *crv-dtPtrFuncs*
+-------------------
+A pointer can point to a function and the function can be called via pointer.
+
+A function pointer is defined in a similar way as a function prototype, the
+function name is replaced with$(*pointer-name)$.
+
+Example: >
+ int (*funcPtr)(int a, int b); // define a function pointer "funcPtr"
+
+ funcPtr = anyFunction; // assign function to pointer
+
+ c = funcPtr(2, 3); // call via function pointer
+
+
+Example: >
+ int sum(int a, int b)
+ {
+ return a + b;
+ }
+
+
+ int (*funcPtr)(int a, int b); // define a function pointer
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ int a;
+
+ funcPtr = sum; // assign function to pointer
+
+ a = funcPtr(2, 3); // same as a = sum(2, 3);
+
+ printf("%d\n", a); // 5 is printed
+ }
+
+
+Example, call function at absolut address: >
+
+ // call a function of type int Func(int nNumOf)
+ // located at address 0x42000
+
+ // typedefs make usage of function pointers a little bit clearer
+
+ typedef int (*FuncPtr)( int nNumOf );
+
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ FuncPtr func1;
+
+ ...
+
+ func1 = (FuncPtr)0x42000; // assign address to function pointer
+
+ result = func1( n ); // call function func1 points to
+ }
+
+
+
+
+I.5.13.3 Arithmetics *crv-dtPtrArithmetics*
+---------------------
+
+Some operators are allowed to be used on pointers.
+
+
+Relational Operators
+--------------------
+The relational operators$==$,$!=$,$>$,$<$,$>=$,$<=$are allowed if both
+operands are pointers of the same type and both pointers point to an element
+of the same array or to the first element after that array.
+
+The operators$==$and$!=$are allowed in any case if one of the operands is a
+null pointer (NULL).
+
+
+Negation
+--------
+The logic negation$!$is allowed.
+The negation of a null pointer (value NULL) is an integer value 1. The
+negation of a pointer not equal NULL is an integer value 0.
+
+
+Increasing and Decreasing
+-------------------------
+Increasing or decreasing of pointers of type$void$is not allowed, because the
+size of the object a$void$pointer points to is unknown.
+
+For other pointer types it is allowed to add / subtract an integer value.
+If an integer value N is added to a pointer the pointer points to the Nth
+element located after the element the pointer pointed to before adding.
+If an integer value N is subtracted from a pointer the pointer points to the
+Nth element located before the element the pointer pointed to before
+subtracting.
+
+Allowed operations: >
+ pointer + integer-value
+ pointer - integer-value
+ pointer++
+ pointer--
+ ++pointer
+ --pointer
+
+
+Subtraction
+-----------
+Pointers can be subtracted. Both pointers must not be of type$void$.
+Both pointers must be of the same type and must point to an element of the
+same array or to the first element after that array.
+
+The operation$pointer1 - pointer2$returns the number of elements separating
+them (negative value if pointer1 < pointer2).
+
+
+Assignments
+-----------
+Assignments of pointers are of course allowed. The pointers must be of the
+same type (if needed a type cast is to be done).
+
+Compound assignments are allowed as long as the requirements for increasing,
+decreasing and subtracting are fulfilled.
+
+Allowed assignments: >
+ pointer1 = pointer2
+ pointer += integer-value
+ pointer -= integer-value
+ pointer1 -= pointer2
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.14 Type Cast *crv-dtTypeCast*
+
+Type cast is an operation that converts the type of an operand into another
+type. There are two types of casts, explicit and implicit.
+
+
+I.5.14.1 Explicit *crv-dtTypeCastExpl*
+------------------
+The explicit type cast is done with the type cast operator$(type-name)$.
+Example: >
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ int nVar = 42;
+ float fVar;
+
+ fVar = (float)nVar;
+ }
+
+
+I.5.14.2 Implicit *crv-dtTypeCastImpl*
+------------------
+Implicit type casts are done by the compiler according to well defined rules.
+
+A compiler does an implicit type cast:
+ - When two or more operands of different types appear in an expression.
+ - When arguments are passed to a function that do not conform to the
+ parameters declared in a function prototype.
+
+
+When a floating-type operand is converted to an integer, the fractional part
+is discarded.
+
+
+ - If either operand is not of arithmetic type, no conversion is performed.
+
+ - If either operand has type$long double$, the other operand is converted
+ to$long double$.
+
+ - Otherwise, if either operand has type$double$, the other operand is
+ converted to$double$.
+
+ - Otherwise, if either operand has type$float$, the other operand is
+ converted to$float$.
+
+ - Otherwise the following rules apply:
+
+ - If both operands have signed integer types or both operands have
+ unsigned integer types the operand with the type of lesser rank
+ is converted to the type of the operand with greater rank.
+
+ - Otherwise, if the operand that has unsigned integer type has rank
+ greater or equal to the rank of the other operand, then the operand with
+ signed integer type is converted to the type of the operand with
+ unsigned integer type.
+
+ - Otherwise, if the type of the operand with signed integer type can
+ represent all of the values of the type of the operand with unsigned
+ integer type, then the operand with unsigned integer type is converted
+ to the type of the operand with signed integer type.
+
+ - Otherwise, both operands are converted to the unsigned integer type
+ corresponding to the type of the operand with signed integer type.
+
+
+Ranking is $long long$>$long$>$int$>$short$>$char$>$bit-field$
+ no matter whether singed or unsigned
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.5.15 Constants *crv-dtConstants*
+
+Beneath$enum$there are three categories of constants in C, they are described
+below.
+
+
+I.5.15.1 Integer *crv-dtConstInt*
+-----------------
+
+An integer constant can be specified in decimal, hexadecimal or octal. A
+suffix can be added to specify a constant's type.
+
+Decimal~
+To specify a decimal constant, the first digit must be a 1...9. For the
+following digits the characters 0...9 are allowed.
+
+Hexadecimal~
+To specify a hexadecimal constant, a prefix 0x or 0X must be in front of the
+hexadecimal number. For hex-numbers the characters 0...9, a-f and A-F are
+allowed.
+
+Octal~
+To specify an octal constant the first digit must be a 0 (zero). For the
+following digits the characters 0...7 are allowed.
+
+
+Type~
+The type of an integer constant is the first of the corresponding list
+in which its value can be represented:
+
+ | | octal or hexadecimal
+ Suffix | decimal constant | constant
+ ==============+========================+========================
+ none |$int $|$int$
+ |$long int $|$unsigned int$
+ |$long long int $|$long int$
+ |$ $|$unsigned long int$
+ | |$long long int$
+ | |$unsigned long long int$
+ -------------+------------------------+------------------------
+ $u$or$U$ |$unsigned int$ |$unsigned int$
+ |$unsigned long int$ |$unsigned long int$
+ |$unsigned long long int$|$unsigned long long int$
+ -------------+------------------------+------------------------
+ $l$or$L$ |$long int$ |$long int$
+ |$long long int$ |$unsigned long int$
+ | |$long long int$
+ | |$unsigned long long int$
+ -------------+------------------------+------------------------
+ both$u$or$U$|$unsigned long int$ |$unsigned long int$
+ and$l$or$L$ |$unsigned long long int$|$unsigned long long int$
+ -------------+------------------------+------------------------
+ $ll$or$LL$ |$long long int$ |$long long int$
+ | |$unsigned long long int$
+ -------------+------------------------+------------------------
+ both$u$or$U$ | |
+ and$ll$or$LL$|$unsigned long long int$|$unsigned long long int$
+ -------------+------------------------+------------------------
+
+
+I.5.15.2 Floating-Point *crv-dtConstFloat*
+------------------------
+A floating constant has a significant part that may be followed by an exponent
+part and a suffix that specifies its type.
+
+If a floating constant has no suffix, its type is$double$. If suffix is$f$or
+$F$it has type$float$. If suffix is$l$or$L$its type is$long double$.
+
+ Example | Value | Type
+ -----------+---------+-------------
+ .0 | 0.00000 | double
+ 1. | 1.00000 | double
+ 2.23 | 2.23000 | double
+ 2e2 | 200.000 | double
+ 2.e2 | 200.000 | double
+ 2.0e2 | 200.000 | double
+ 2.0e+2 | 200.000 | double
+ 2.0e-2 | 0.02000 | double
+ 3.4f | 3.40000 | float
+ 3.4l | 3.40000 | long double
+
+
+
+I.5.15.3 Character *crv-dtConstChar*
+-------------------
+A character constant is any character from the source character set enclosed
+in apostrophes.
+See escape sequences (-> |crv-lngEscSeq|) for special characters.
+
+Examples: >
+ char a;
+
+ a = 'd';
+ a = '\x2F';
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+I.6 Statements *crv-statements*
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.6.1 if-else *crv-stIfElse*
+ *crv-if* *crv-else*
+Syntax: $if (expr1)$
+ $ statement1$
+ $else$
+ $ statement2$
+
+
+If$expr1$is not equal to 0,$statement1$is done. If$expr1$is equal to 0,
+$statement2$is done. The$else$-part is optional.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.6.2 switch *crv-stSwitch*
+ *crv-switch* *crv-case* *crv-default*
+Syntax: $switch (expr1) {$
+ $ case constant-expression1:$
+ $ statement1$
+ $ ...$
+ $ default:$
+ $ statementN$
+ $}$
+
+
+Both$case$and$default$-part are optional.
+
+If$expr1$is equal to one of the$constant-expressions$in the$case$labels,
+the according $statement$is executed. The$default$-part is entered,
+if$expr1$is not equal to one of the$constant-expressions$of the$case$labels.
+
+If a$statement$is done, the following$statements$are done until the end of
+the$switch$statement is reached or a$break$is done.
+
+There can be several$case$labels, but only one$default$label. The order is
+arbitrary.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.6.3 while Loop *crv-stWhile*
+ *crv-while*
+Syntax: $while (expr1)$
+ $ statement$
+
+
+The$while$statement provides an iterative loop.
+The loop body ($statement$) is executed as long as$expr1$is true (!=0). If
+$expr1$is false (=0) the loop is finished.
+The expression$expr1$is evaluated before$statement$is executed.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.6.4 do-while Loop *crv-stDoWhile*
+ *crv-do*
+Syntax: $do$
+ $ statement$
+ $while (expr1);$
+
+
+The$do-while$statement provides an iterative loop.
+The loop body ($statement$) is executed as long as$expr1$is true (!=0). If
+$expr1$is false (=0) the loop is finished.
+The expression$expr1$is evaluated after$statement$is executed (opposed to
+$while$-loop).
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.6.5 for Loop *crv-stFor*
+ *crv-for*
+Syntax: $for (expr1; expr2; expr3)$
+ $ statement$
+
+The expressions$expr1$,$expr2$and$expr3$are optional.
+
+
+The$for$statement provides an iterative loop.
+
+$expr1$: This expression is evaluated once before the first execution of the
+ loop body. Usually this is used to initialize variables used in the
+ loop body (e.g. loop counter).
+
+$expr2$: The loop body ($statement$) is executed as long as$expr2$is true
+ (!=0). If$expr2$is false (=0) the loop is finished.
+ If$expr2$is omitted, the expression is always true (infinite loop).
+
+$expr3$: This expression is evaluated after each iteration.
+
+The expression$expr2$is evaluated before$statement$is executed.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.6.6 break *crv-stBreak*
+ *crv-break*
+Syntax: $break;$
+
+
+The$break$statement is used to immediately terminate the execution of the
+enclosing$switch$,$for$,$while$or$do-while$statement.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.6.7 continue *crv-stContinue*
+ *crv-continue*
+Syntax: $continue;$
+
+
+The$continue$statement is used to immediately jump to the end of the
+enclosing$for$,$while$or$do-while$statement.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.6.8 goto *crv-stGoto*
+ *crv-goto*
+Syntax: $goto identifier;$
+
+
+The$goto$statement causes an unconditional jump to a labeled statement
+that is specified by$identifier$. The labeled statement must be in the scope
+of the function containing the$goto$statement.
+
+A$goto$statement is not allowed to jump past any declaration of objects.
+Apart from this jumping into other blocks is allowed.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.6.9 return *crv-stReturn*
+ *crv-return*
+Syntax: $return expr1;$
+
+$expr1$is optional
+
+
+The$return$statement terminates execution of the current function and returns
+control to its caller. If present,$expr1$is evaluated and its value is
+returned to the calling function. If the type of$expr1$is not the same as
+the type of the function, implicit type cast is done.
+
+A$return$statement can appear anywhere in a function, several$return$
+statements are allowed.
+
+For functions of type$void$either a return without$expr1$must be given or
+no$return$statement ($return;$and the enclosing$}$of the function are treated
+as the same).
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.6.10 Null Statement *crv-stNull*
+
+Syntax: $;$
+
+
+A null statement performs no operation. A null statement is used in situations
+where the grammar of C requires a statement, but the program needs no
+operation.
+
+Usage:
+ - supply an empty loop body
+ Example: >
+ char *strngPtr;
+
+ while (*stngPtr++ != 'a') // search first 'a' in string
+ ;
+<
+ - set a label just before the closing$}$
+ Example: >
+ ....
+ }
+ end_loop: ;
+ }
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+I.7 Functions *crv-functions*
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.7.1 Definition *crv-fuDefinition*
+
+ $return-type function-name(parameter-list, ...) {$
+ $ statement...$
+ $}$
+
+ $return-type$ type of value returned by function
+ $function-name$ name of function
+ $parameter-list$ list of parameters passed to function
+
+
+The$return-type$is the type the function returns. It can be any type except
+array types or function types. If no value is returned,$void$must be used.
+If$return-type$is omitted,$int$is assumed.
+
+The$function-name$is the identifier under that a function can be called
+(see |crv-gloIdentifier| for valid names).
+
+The$parameter-list$specifies the parameters a function expects when called.
+A function can have no parameter, a specific number of parameters or
+a variable number of parameters.
+
+ - No Parameter
+ --------------
+ $parameter-list$must be$void$
+ Example: >
+ int Func(void)
+ {
+ ...
+ return 0;
+ }
+<
+ - One or More Parameters
+ ------------------------
+ $parameter-list$is a comma separated list of parameter specifications.
+ Each parameter must be specified this way: $type-name identifier$
+ $type-name$ : type of the parameter, if omitted$int$is used
+ $identifier$: identifier under which this parameter can be referenced
+ within the function
+ Example: >
+ int Func(char ch, int cntr)
+ {
+ if ( (ch == 'q') || (cntr == 42) )
+ exit(0);
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+<
+ - Variable Number of Parameters *crv-fuDefVarPara*
+ -------------------------------
+ $parameter-list$is a comma separated list of parameter specifications
+ ending with an ellipsis ($,...$).
+ Functions declared in$<stdarg.h>$can be used to access arguments.
+
+ Example: >
+ #include <stdarg.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+
+ void Func(int numOfArgs, ...)
+ {
+ int n;
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, numOfArgs); // initialize
+
+ for (n = 0; n < numOfArgs; n++)
+ printf("%d ", va_arg(ap, int)); // get next argument, type is int
+
+ printf("\n");
+
+ va_end(ap); // finish
+ }
+
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ Func(1, 100); // output is 100
+ Func(2, 100, 101); // output is 100 101
+ Func(3, 100, 101, 102); // output is 100 101 102
+ }
+<
+
+A parameter can be of any type. But parameters of array type or function type
+are converted automatically to pointers.
+Example: >
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+
+ int Func2()
+ {
+ return 3;
+ }
+
+
+ void Func1(int n[3], int (*func)(void))
+ {
+ n[0] = 1;
+ n[1] = 2;
+ n[2] = func();
+ }
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ int n[3] = {5, 5, 5};
+
+ Func1(n, Func2);
+
+ printf("%d %d %d\n", n[0], n[1], n[2]); // output is 1 2 3
+
+ }
+<
+
+The only allowed storage class for a parameter is$register$.
+All kinds of type qualifiers are allowed for parameters.
+
+Arguments are passed by value, that means that a function receives a copy
+of the argument's value.
+The order of evaluation of arguments is not specified.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.7.2 Prototype *crv-fuPrototype*
+
+ $return-type function-name(parameter-list, ...);$
+
+
+If a function is used before it's defined then it must be prototyped, so
+that the compiler knows about return type and parameter types of the function,
+else$int$is assumed for return type and parameter types.
+
+A prototype is identical to the function header with the addition of an
+ending$;$. Function prototypes need not use parameter identifiers. Only the
+types are required.
+
+Normally prototyping occurs at the beginning of a source code file or in a
+header file.
+
+
+Example: >
+ int Func(char ch);
+
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ if (Func1('q') == 2)
+ {
+ ....
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ int Func(char ch)
+ {
+ ...
+ }
+<
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.7.3 Conversion *crv-fuConversion*
+
+
+If a function is called the arguments must be of the same types as specified
+in prototype. If not, conversions are done.
+
+Example: >
+ void Func(int n, char c, long l);
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ char chr;
+ long a;
+ int b;
+
+ ...
+
+ Func(chr, a, b); // chr is converted to type int
+ // a is converted to type char
+ // b is converted to type long
+ }
+<
+
+If no prototype is in scope when calling a function the following conversions
+are done on the arguments:
+ - An argument of type$float$is converted to type$double$.
+ - If an$int$can represent all values of the original type, the value is
+ converted to an$int$. Otherwise it is converted to an$unsigned int$.
+ For most compilers this means: an argument of type$char$,$unsigned char$,
+ $short$,$unsigned short$is converted to type$int$.
+
+This is called "argument promotion".
+
+No other conversions are performed on arguments.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.7.4 Storage Classes *crv-fuStorageClasses*
+
+Implicitly functions do have the storage class$extern$. To limit the scope of
+a function to a file$static$can be used.
+
+Example$extern$: >
+ File 1 File 2
+ ------ ------
+
+ int GetSolution(void) extern int GetSolution(void);
+ {
+ return 42;
+ } void Func(void)
+ {
+ if (GetSolution() == 42)
+ int main(void) {
+ { ...
+ if (GetSolution() != 42) }
+ { }
+ ...
+ }
+ }
+<
+
+Example$static$: >
+ File
+ ----
+
+ static int GetSolution(void) // can only be referenced within same file
+ {
+ return 42;
+ }
+
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ if (GetSolution() == 42)
+ {
+ ...
+ }
+ }
+<
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.7.5 Specifier *crv-fuSpecifier*
+ *crv-inline*
+
+A function declared with an$inline$specifier is an inline function. This
+suggests that calls to the function be as fast as possible. The extend to
+which this suggestion is taken into account is implementation specific.
+
+Normally$inline$means that the call to the function is replaced by the
+function body. As a result of this there is no overhead for calling, but at
+the expense of code size, since each call of the inline function is replaced
+by it's function body.
+
+For$main()$the$inline$specifier is not allowed.
+
+Example: >
+
+ inline int Func(void)
+ {
+ ...
+ return 42;
+ }
+
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ int a;
+
+ a = Func();
+ ...
+ }
+<
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.7.6 main() *crv-fuMain*
+
+A program begins by calling the$main()$function and ends by exiting
+the$main()$function. There is no prototype required for$main()$.
+
+$main()$can be defined in two ways, either with no parameter
+
+$ int main(void)$
+$ {$
+$ statements$
+$ }$
+
+or with two parameters
+
+$ int main(int argc, char *argv[])$
+$ {$
+$ statements$
+$ }$
+
+The return type is type$int$.
+
+The parameters do not have to be named$argc$and$argv$, but it is a common way
+to do so.
+
+Parameter$argc$is a nonnegative integer. If the value of$argc$is greater than
+zero, the string pointed to by$argv[0]$is the program name. If the value
+of$argc$is greater than one, the strings pointed to by$argv[1]$through
+$argv[argc - 1]$represent the program parameters.
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+I.8 Preprocessor *crv-preprocessor*
+
+A preprocessor is the first pass of a compiler. It does perform macro
+substitution, inclusion of files, conditional compilation and provides the
+ability to pass control directives to the compiler.
+
+A C-preprocessor directive is invoked by a$#$. Opposed to a C-statement a
+C-preprocessor directive is NOT terminated by a semicolon ($;$), instead of
+it is terminated by the new-line. To span a directive over several lines
+the "line-escape"$\$can be used (see |crv-lngEscSeq|).
+Example: >
+ #define MEAS_CYCLES (3 \
+ + \
+ 1)
+<
+is synonymical to: >
+ #define MEAS_CYCLES (3 + 1)
+
+
+A C-preprocessor directive can be placed anywhere in a source file. The
+directive is active from the line of invocation up to the end of source file.
+
+
+In the following sections possible preprocessor directives and preprocessor
+operators are described.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.8.1 Macros *crv-preMacros*
+
+A macro is an identifier that is equated to a text or symbolic expression
+to which it is to be expanded by the preprocessor.
+
+ *crv-preMacObj* *crv-preMacFunc*
+There are two types of macros: macros without parameters, they are called
+object-like macros and macros with parameters, they are called function-like
+macros.
+
+When using a macro each subsequent occurrence of the macro$identifier$within
+source-file is replaced by its$replacement-list$, unless the macro occurs
+inside of a comment, a literal string or a character constant.
+
+A macro definition lasts until end of the source-file or until a corresponding
+$#undef$is encountered.
+
+Macros can be nested.
+
+
+NOTE: It is not a good programming style to specify macro arguments that
+use side effects. Macro parameters can be used several times within a macro,
+that can cause unexpected behaviour.
+Example: >
+ #define MIN(a, b) ( (a < b) ? a : b )
+
+ MIN(val1++, val2)
+<
+ would be replaced: >
+ ( (val1++ < val2) ? val1++ : val2 )
+
+
+
+I.8.1.1 Definition #define *crv-preMacDef*
+---------------------------
+ *crv-#define*
+Syntax Object-Like Macro:
+ $#define identifier replacement-list newline$
+
+Syntax Function-Like Macro:
+ $#define identifier(identifier-list) replacement-list newline$
+
+
+Example of an object-like macro: >
+ #define CONST_ADD 42
+ #define FOREVER for(;;)
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ int a = 0;
+
+ FOREVER
+ {
+ a += CONST_ADD;
+ ...
+ }
+ }
+<
+Example of a function-like macro: >
+ #define MIN(a, b) ( (a < b) ? a : b )
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ int x1, x2, x;
+
+ x1 = 2;
+ x2 = 5;
+
+ x = MIN(x1, x2);
+ }
+<
+Example of a nested macro: >
+ #define CONST1 ( 35 + CONST2 )
+ #define COSNT2 7
+<
+
+
+I.8.1.2 Cancellation #undef *crv-preMacCancel*
+----------------------------
+Syntax: $#undef identifier newline$ *crv-#undef*
+
+A macro specified by$identifier$is no longer a macro name. If$identifier$is
+currently no macro, this directive is ignored.
+
+Example: >
+ #define CONST 5
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ ...
+ a = CONST;
+ ...
+
+ #undef CONST
+
+ a = CONST; // will cause an error at compilation time
+ }
+<
+
+
+I.8.1.3 # Operator *crv-preMac#Operator*
+-------------------
+ *crv-#*
+The preprocessor operator$#$converts an argument of a function-like macro to a
+string literal.
+
+Example: >
+ #define PRINT1(var) printf("Value of "#var" is: %d\n", var)
+ #define PRINT2(var) printf("Value of %s is: %d\n", #var, var)
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ int a = 2;
+ int b = 3;
+
+ PRINT1(a); // prints: Value of a is: 2
+ PRINT2(b); // prints: Value of b is: 3
+ }
+
+
+
+I.8.1.4 ## Operator *crv-preMac##Operator*
+--------------------
+ *crv-##*
+The preprocessor operator$##$concatenates two tokens.
+
+Example: >
+ #define PRINT(prefix, postfix) printf("Value is: %d\n", prefix ## postfix)
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ int varCar = 2;
+ int varHouse = 3;
+
+ PRINT(var, Car); // prints: Value is: 2
+ PRINT(var, House); // prints: Value is: 3
+ }
+
+
+
+I.8.1.5 Predefined Macros *crv-preMacPredefined*
+--------------------------
+
+There is a set of predefined macro names. They are not allowed to be changed.
+ *crv-__DATA__*
+$__DATA__$ This macro is evaluated to a string literal representing the
+ date when compilation of the current source-file began. Its
+ form is "Mmm dd yyyy". The names of the months are the same as
+ those generated by the$asctime()$function.
+ *crv-__FILE__*
+$__FILE__$ This macro is evaluated to a string literal representing the
+ name of the current source-file.
+ *crv-__LINE__*
+$__LINE__$ This macro is evaluated to a decimal constant representing the
+ current line number.
+ *crv-__STDC__*
+$__STDC__$ The integer constant 1. Used to indicate if this is a standard
+ C compiler.
+
+$__STDC_HOSTED__$ *crv-__STDC_HOSTED__*
+ This macro is evaluated to an integer constant value. If 1
+ the compiler is hosted, if 0 it is not.
+
+$__STDC_VERSION__$ *crv-__STDC_VERSION__*
+ This macro is evaluated to a$long int$value that belongs to the
+ revision of the International C Standard.
+ *crv-__TIME__*
+$__TIME__$ This macro is evaluated to a string literal representing the
+ time when compilation of the current source-file began. Its
+ form is "hh:mm:ss", the same as what is generated the$asctime()$
+ function.
+
+
+Furthermore the compiler conditionally provides the following macros:
+
+$__STDC_IEC_559__$ *crv-__STDC_IEC_559__*
+ The integer constant 1. Used to indicate if this C compiler is
+ conform to the floating-point standard IEC 60559.
+
+$__STDC_IEC_559_COMPLEX__$ *crv-__STDC_IEC_559_COMPLEX__*
+ The integer constant 1. Used to indicate if this C compiler's
+ complex arithmetic is conform to the floating-point standard
+ IEC 60559.
+
+$__STDC_ISO_10646__$ *crv-__STDC_ISO10646__*
+ This macro is evaluated to a$long int$constant value of the
+ form yyyymm. Its intention is to indicate that values of
+ $wchar_t$are the coded representations of the characters defined
+ by ISO/IEC 10646. The year/month refers to the ISO/IEC 10646
+ including amendments and corrections this implementation is
+ conform to.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.8.2 Conditional Compilation *crv-preConditional*
+
+There are preprocessor directives that allow to control which part of a
+source-code is to be or is not to be translated (conditional compilation).
+
+
+I.8.2.1 defined Operator *crv-preCondDefined*
+-------------------------
+ *crv-defined*
+Syntax: $defined identifier$
+ or$defined (identifier)$
+
+
+The$defined$operator evaluates to 1 if$identifier$is defined, else it
+evaluates to 0.$identifier$is a macro name.
+
+$defined$operators can be combined in any logical expression using logical
+operators (see |crv-opLogical|).
+$defined$is allowed to be used in the expression of an$#if$or$#elif$directive.
+
+
+Example: >
+ #if defined(MACRO1) || (defined(MACRO2) && !defined(MACRO3))
+ ...
+ #endif
+
+
+I.8.2.2 #if Directive *crv-preCondIf*
+----------------------
+ *crv-#if*
+Syntax: $#if constant-expression newline$
+
+
+This preprocessor directive checks whether the constant expression evaluates
+to nonzero. If so, the source-code between$#if$and the corresponding$#endif$,
+$#else$or$#elif$is passed to compiler, else it's skipped.
+
+The constant expression may be a$defined$operator, a macro name or any
+constant integer expression. Not allowed are type-casts, keywords or
+expressions that need memory ($++$,$--$...).
+If a macro name used in the constant expression does not exist, it's treated
+as zero.
+
+Example: >
+ #if defined(MACRO1) || (defined(MACRO2) && !defined(MACRO3))
+ ...
+ #endif
+
+ #if (CONST_VALUE + 5 == 8)
+ ... // its value is 8
+ #else
+ ... // its value is not 8
+ #endif
+
+
+
+I.8.2.3 #ifdef Directive *crv-preCondIfdef*
+-------------------------
+ *crv-#ifdef*
+Syntax: $#ifdef identifier newline$
+
+
+This preprocessor directive checks whether the identifier is currently
+defined. If so, the source-code between$#ifdef$and the corresponding$#endif$,
+$#else$or$#elif$is passed to compiler, else it's skipped.
+
+Example: >
+ #define DEBUG 1
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ ... // that is passed to the compiler
+ #endif
+
+
+
+I.8.2.4 #ifndef Directive *crv-preCondIfndef*
+--------------------------
+ *crv-#ifndef*
+Syntax: $#ifndef identifier newline$
+
+
+This preprocessor directive checks whether the identifier is currently not
+defined. If so, the source-code between$#ifndef$and the corresponding$#endif$,
+$#else$or$#elif$is passed to compiler, else it's skipped.
+
+Example: >
+ #define DEBUG 1
+
+ #ifndef DEBUG
+ ... // that is not passed to the compiler
+ #endif
+
+
+
+I.8.2.5 #else Directive *crv-preCondElse*
+------------------------
+ *crv-#else*
+Syntax: $#else newline$
+
+
+This directive is used together with$#if$,$#ifdef$or$#ifndef$. If the "if"
+does not evaluate to nonzero, the source code between the matching$else$and
+the$endif$is passed to compiler.
+
+Example: >
+ #define DEBUG 1
+
+ #ifndef DEBUG
+ ... // that is not passed to the compiler
+ #else
+ ... // that is passed to the compiler
+ #endif
+
+
+
+I.8.2.6 #elif Directive *crv-preCondElif*
+------------------------
+ *crv-#elif*
+Syntax: $#elif constant-expression newline$
+
+
+This directive provides an else-if statement. It can be used together
+with$#if$,$#ifdef$,$#ifndef$or another$#elif$. If the corresponding "if" does
+not evaluate to nonzero the$#elif$'s constant expression is tested to be
+nonzero. If so, the source-code between$#elif$and the matching$#else$,$#elif$
+or$#endif$is passed to the compiler, else not.
+
+See |crv-preCondIf| for further information on the constant expression.
+
+Example: >
+ #if (CONST_VALUE + 5 == 8)
+ ... // its value is 8
+ #elif (CONST_VALUE + 5 == 9)
+ ... // its value is 9
+ #endif
+
+
+
+I.8.2.7 #endif Directive *crv-preCondEndif*
+-------------------------
+ *crv-#endif*
+Syntax: $#endif newline$
+
+
+This directive is used to finish one of this directives:$#if$,$#ifdef$,
+$#ifndef$,$elif$or$else$.
+
+
+Example: >
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ ...
+ #endif
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.8.3 File Inclusion #include *crv-preSourceInc*
+ *crv-#include*
+Syntax: $#include "filename" newline$ (1)
+ $#include <filename> newline$ (2)
+ $#include macro-name newline$ (3)
+
+
+This preprocessor directive causes the replacement of that directive by the
+entire contents of the file specified by$filename$.
+
+Files enclosed in <...> are searched in an implementation-defined manner.
+Files enclosed in quotes "..." are searched in an implementation-defined
+manner too, if a file is not found it is searched in the same way like
+files enclosed in <...>.
+
+In general, form (1) is used to include user files whereas form (2) is used
+to include standard library files.
+
+This directive does support macro replacement (form (3)).
+
+Nesting is allowed, an included file may itself contain$#include$directives.
+But nesting easy leads to the situation that files are included several times,
+which would waste time and may cause compilation errors. There is a standard
+way to prevent that a file is included twice due to nesting. It is called
+"wrapper #ifndef". Do the following in included files to avoid processing
+them twice: >
+ // file foo.h
+
+ #ifndef _FOO_H_
+ #define _FOO_H_
+
+ ... the entire file
+
+ #endif // #endif of _FOO_H_
+
+
+Example: >
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include "galer.h"
+
+
+ #define HEADER_FILE "datatype.h"
+
+ #include HEADER_FILE
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.8.4 Line Control #line *crv-preLine*
+ *crv-#line*
+Syntax: $#line digit-sequence newline$ (1)
+ $#line digit-sequence "filename" newline$ (2)
+ $#line macro-names newline$ (3)
+
+
+This preprocessor directive allows to change the current line number and/or
+the name of the current source-code file.
+
+The$#line$directive gives the next line in source-code a new line-number.
+The line numbers of the subsequent lines are derived from this number by
+incrementing for each new line.
+The new line-number is specified by$digit-sequence$. Line numbers must be
+in the range of 1 to 2147483647.
+
+Furthermore for the current source-code file a new filename can be specified
+($filename$).
+
+Form (1) can be used to set a new line number. Form (2) can be used to set
+both, a new line number and a new filename.
+In form (3) the macro-names are expanded, the result must match either
+form (1) or (2). Its then processed appropriate.
+
+The$#line$directive effects the predefined macros$#__LINE__$and$#__FILE__$.
+
+Example: >
+ #line 1000 "GALer.c"
+or >
+ #define NEW_LINE_NUMBER 1000
+ #define SOURCE "GALer.c"
+
+ #line NEW_LINE_NUMBER SOURCE
+ printf("%d %s\n", __LINE__, __FILE__); // result is: 1000 GALer.c
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.8.5 Error Directive #error *crv-preError*
+ *crv-#error*
+Syntax: $#error message newline$
+
+ $message$is optional
+
+
+This preprocessor directive causes the compiler to print a diagnostic message
+that includes$message$and cancel compilation.
+
+Example: >
+ #if defined UNIX
+ ...
+ #elif defined LINUX
+ ...
+ #elif
+ #error Error: no system specified
+ #endif
+<
+ If neither UNIX nor LINUX is defined, the compiler prints an error message:
+ "Error: no system specified" and cancels compilation.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.8.6 Pragma Directive #pragma *crv-prePragma*
+ *crv-#pragma*
+Syntax: $#pragma directive newline$
+
+
+This preprocessor directive provides further control over the compiler. Which
+$#pragma$directives an implementation provides is implementation specific.
+If a$#pragma$directive is not known by the implementation, it is ignored.
+
+
+Example: >
+ #pragma Int16 // use 16 bit integer for this file
+
+ #pragma DISABLE_WARNING_32 // disable warning 32 for this file
+ ... do stuff that would cause a warning 32
+ #pragma ENABLE_WARNING_32
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+I.8.7 Null Directive # *crv-preNull*
+
+Syntax: $# newline$
+
+The preprocessor directive of the form$# newline$has no effect.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+Chapter II STANDARD C LIBRARY *crv-stdCLib*
+==============================================================================
+
+The C language provides no built-in facilities for performing such common
+operations as input/output, memory management, string manipulation, and the
+like. Instead, these facilities are defined in a standard C library which can
+be linked to program.
+Subject of this chapter is the standard C library as specified by the ISO C
+standard.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.1 Standard Headers *crv-libHeaders*
+
+Below is an alphabetically sorted list of all header files of the standard C
+library.
+
+ Header | Short Description
+ --------------+-----------------------------------------------------------
+ $<assert.h> $| diagnostics.............................|crv-libAssertH|
+ $<complex.h> $| complex arithmetic......................|crv-libComplexH|
+ $<ctype.h> $| character handling......................|crv-libCtypeH|
+ $<errno.h> $| error codes.............................|crv-libErrnoH|
+ $<fenv.h> $| floating point environment..............|crv-libFenvH|
+ $<float.h> $| characteristics of floating point types.|crv-libFloatH|
+ $<inttypes.h>$| format conversion of integer types......|crv-libInttypesH|
+ $<iso646.h> $| alternative spelling....................|crv-libIso646H|
+ $<limits.h> $| sizes of integer types..................|crv-libLimitsH|
+ $<local.h> $| localization............................|crv-libLocalH|
+ $<math.h> $| mathematics.............................|crv-libMathH|
+ $<setjmp.h> $| nonlocal jumps..........................|crv-libSetjmpH|
+ $<signal.h> $| signal handling.........................|crv-libSignalH|
+ $<stdarg.h> $| variable arguments......................|crv-libStdargH|
+ $<stdbool.h> $| boolean type and values.................|crv-libStdboolH|
+ $<stddef.h> $| common definitions......................|crv-libStddefH|
+ $<stdint.h> $| integer types...........................|crv-libStdintH|
+ $<stdio.h> $| input / output..........................|crv-libStdioH|
+ $<stdlib.h> $| general utilities.......................|crv-libStdlibH|
+ $<string.h> $| string handling.........................|crv-libStringH|
+ $<tgmath.h> $| type-generic math.......................|crv-libTgmathH|
+ $<time.h> $| date and time...........................|crv-libTimeH|
+ $<wchar.h> $| extended multibyte and wide.............|crv-libWcharH|
+ | character utilities
+ $<wctype.h> $| wide character classification and.......|crv-libWctypeH|
+ | mapping utilities
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.2 <assert.h> Diagnostics *crv-libAssertH*
+
+ Quicklink:
+ $assert()$ Macro |crv-assert|
+ $NDEBUG$ Macro |crv-NDEBUG|
+
+
+assert() Macro *crv-assert* *crv-NDEBUG*
+--------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <assert.h>$
+ $void assert (int expression);$
+
+Return~
+ none
+
+Description~
+The macro$assert()$tests the value of$expression$. If it is false (zero),
+the$assert()$macro writes the following information on the standard error
+stream:
+ - text of argument
+ - name of source file
+ - line number
+ - name of the enclosing function
+The format of output is implementation-defined. After writing this information
+the program is terminated by calling the$abort()$function.
+
+If the macro$NDEBUG$is defined before including$<assert.h>$,$assert()$is
+defined as follows:
+ $#define assert(ignore) ((void)0)$
+This means that the macro has no effect,$expression$is even not evaluated.
+
+Note: The assert facility is designed for detecting internal inconsistency;
+it is not suitable for reporting invalid input or improper usage by the user
+of the program.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.3 <complex.h> Complex Math *crv-libComplexH*
+
+This header file defines macros and declares functions that allow to do
+complex arithmetic.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $_Complex_I$ Macro |crv-_Complex_I|
+ $_Imaginary_I$ Macro |crv-_Imaginary_I|
+ $cabs()$ Func |crv-cabs|
+ $cabsf()$ Func |crv-cabsf|
+ $cabsl()$ Func |crv-cabsl|
+ $cacos()$ Func |crv-cacos|
+ $cacosf()$ Func |crv-cacosf|
+ $cacosl()$ Func |crv-cacosl|
+ $casin()$ Func |crv-casin|
+ $casinf()$ Func |crv-casinf|
+ $casinl()$ Func |crv-casinl|
+ $catan()$ Func |crv-catan|
+ $catanf()$ Func |crv-catanf|
+ $catanl()$ Func |crv-catanl|
+ $cacosh()$ Func |crv-cacosh|
+ $cacoshf()$ Func |crv-cacoshf|
+ $cacoshl()$ Func |crv-cacoshl|
+ $carg()$ Func |crv-carg|
+ $cargf()$ Func |crv-cargf|
+ $cargl()$ Func |crv-cargl|
+ $casinh()$ Func |crv-casinh|
+ $casinhf()$ Func |crv-casinhf|
+ $casinhl()$ Func |crv-casinhl|
+ $catanh()$ Func |crv-catanh|
+ $catanhf()$ Func |crv-catanhf|
+ $catanhl()$ Func |crv-catanhl|
+ $ccos()$ Func |crv-ccos|
+ $ccosf()$ Func |crv-ccosf|
+ $ccosl()$ Func |crv-ccosl|
+ $ccosh()$ Func |crv-ccosh|
+ $ccoshf()$ Func |crv-ccoshf|
+ $ccoshl()$ Func |crv-ccoshl|
+ $cexp()$ Func |crv-cexp|
+ $cexpf()$ Func |crv-cexpf|
+ $cexpl()$ Func |crv-cexpl|
+ $cimag()$ Func |crv-cimag|
+ $cimagf()$ Func |crv-cimagf|
+ $cimagl()$ Func |crv-cimagl|
+ $clog()$ Func |crv-clog|
+ $clogf()$ Func |crv-clogf|
+ $clogl()$ Func |crv-clogl|
+ $conj()$ Func |crv-conj|
+ $conjf()$ Func |crv-conjf|
+ $conjl()$ Func |crv-conjl|
+ $cpow()$ Func |crv-cpow|
+ $cpowf()$ Func |crv-cpowf|
+ $cpowl()$ Func |crv-cpowl|
+ $cproj()$ Func |crv-cproj|
+ $cprojf()$ Func |crv-cprojf|
+ $cprojl()$ Func |crv-cprojl|
+ $creal()$ Func |crv-creal|
+ $crealf()$ Func |crv-crealf|
+ $creall()$ Func |crv-creall|
+ $csinh()$ Func |crv-csinh|
+ $csin()$ Func |crv-csin|
+ $csinf()$ Func |crv-csinf|
+ $csinl()$ Func |crv-csinl|
+ $csinh()$ Func |crv-csinh|
+ $csinhf()$ Func |crv-csinhf|
+ $csinhl()$ Func |crv-csinhl|
+ $csqrt()$ Func |crv-csqrt|
+ $csqrtf()$ Func |crv-csqrtf|
+ $csqrtl()$ Func |crv-csqrtl|
+ $ctan()$ Func |crv-ctan|
+ $ctanf()$ Func |crv-ctanf|
+ $ctanl()$ Func |crv-ctanl|
+ $ctanh()$ Func |crv-ctanh|
+ $ctanhf()$ Func |crv-ctanhf|
+ $ctanhl()$ Func |crv-ctanhl|
+ $complex$ Macro |crv-complex|
+ $CX_LIMITED_RANGE$ Pragma |crv-CX_LIMITED_RANGE|
+ $I$ Macro |crv-I|
+ $imaginary$ Macro |crv-imaginary|
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.3.1 Macros *crv-libCHMac*
+
+
+_Complex_I Macro *crv-_Complex_I*
+----------------
+This macro expands to$const float _Complex$with the complex number "0+1i".
+
+
+_Imaginary_I Macro *crv-_Imaginary_I*
+------------------
+This macro is defined only if the compiler supports imaginary types.
+If defined, it expands to$_Imaginary$and a constant expression of the type
+$const float _Imaginary$with the value "0+1i".
+
+
+complex Macro *crv-complex*
+-------------
+This macro expands to$_Complex$.
+
+
+I Macro *crv-I*
+-------
+This macro either expands to$_Imaginary_I$or$_Complex_I$. If$_Imaginary_I$is
+not defined$I$expands to$_Complex_I$.
+
+
+imaginary Macro *crv-imaginary*
+---------------
+This macro is defined only if the compiler supports imaginary types.
+If defined, it expands to$_Imaginary$and a constant expression of the type
+$const float _Imaginary$with the value "0+1i".
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.3.2 Pragmas *crv-libCHPrag*
+
+
+CX_LIMITED_RANGE Pragma *crv-CX_LIMITED_RANGE*
+-----------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $#pragma STDC CX_LIMITED_RANGE on/off-switch$
+
+ $on/off-switch$is$ON$,$OFF$or$DEFAULT$
+
+Description~
+Complex arithmetic is problematic because of their treatment of infinities
+and because of undue overflow and underflow.
+If this pragma is on the compiler is informed that the usual mathematical
+formulas can be used. If on, the compiler can use this formulas:
+ (x + iy)x(u + iv) = (xu - yv) + i(yu + xv)
+
+ (x + iy) / ( u + iv) = [(xu + yv) + i(yu - xv)] / (u^2 + v^2)
+
+ -----------
+ | x + iy | = \| x^2 + y^2
+
+When inside a compound statement, the pragma takes effect from its occurrence
+until end of compound statement or until the next$CX_LIMITED_RANGE$is
+encountered; at the end of a compound statement the state of the pragma is
+restored to its state just before entering that compound statement.
+When outside a compound statement, the pragma takes effect from its occurrence
+until end of source-file or until the next$CX_LIMITED_RANGE$is encountered.
+The default state of this pragma is off.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.3.3 Trigonometric *crv-libCHTrig*
+
+
+cacos() Functions *crv-cacos* *crv-cacosf* *crv-cacosl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex cacos(double complex z);$
+ $float complex cacosf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex cacosl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex arc cosine of z in radians
+Values: imaginary is unbounded, real is in the interval [0, PI]
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex arc cosine of z, with branch cuts outside
+the interval [-1, +1] along real axis.
+
+
+
+casin() Functions *crv-casin* *crv-casinf* *crv-casinl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex casin(double complex z);$
+ $float complex casinf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex casinl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex arc sine of z in radians
+Range: imaginary is unbounded, real is in the interval [-PI/2, +PI/2]
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex arc sine of z, with branch cuts outside
+the interval [-1, +1] along real axis
+
+
+
+catan() Functions *crv-catan* *crv-catanf* *crv-catanl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex catan(double complex z);$
+ $float complex catanf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex catanl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex arc tangent of z in radians
+Range: imaginary is unbounded, real is in the interval [-PI/2, +PI/2]
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex arc tangent of z, with branch cuts outside
+the interval [-i, +i] along imaginary axis.
+
+
+
+ccos() Functions *crv-ccos* *crv-ccosf* *crv-ccosl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex ccos(double complex z);$
+ $float complex ccosf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex ccosl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex cosine of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex cosine of z.
+The mathematical definition of the complex cosine is:
+ cos(z) = 1/2 * (exp(z*i) + exp(-z*i))
+
+
+
+csin() Functions *crv-csin* *crv-csinf* *crv-csinl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex csin(double complex z);$
+ $float complex csinf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex csinl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex sine of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex sine of z.
+The mathematical definition of the complex sine is:
+ sin(z) = 1/(2*i) * (exp(z*i) - exp(-z*i))
+
+
+
+ctan() Functions *crv-ctan* *crv-ctanf* *crv-ctanl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex ctan(double complex z);$
+ $float complex ctanf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex ctanl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex tangent of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex tangent of z.
+The mathematical definition of the complex tangent is:
+ tan(z) = -i * (exp(z*i) - exp(-z*i)) / (exp(z*i) + exp(-z*i))
+
+NOTE: The complex tangent has poles at PI/2 + 2n, where n is an integer.
+$ctan()$may signal overflow if z is too close to a pole.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.3.4 Hyperbolic *crv-libCHHyper*
+
+
+cacosh() Functions *crv-cacosh* *crv-cacoshf* *crv-cacoshl*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex cacosh(double complex z);$
+ $float complex cacoshf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex cacoshl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex arc hyperbolic cosine of z
+Range: real is >= 0, imaginary is [-iPI, +iPI]
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic cosine of z.
+Domain: real of z >= 1
+
+
+
+casinh() Functions *crv-casinh* *crv-casinhf* *crv-casinhl*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex casinh(double complex z);$
+ $float complex casinhf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex casinhl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex arc hyperbolic sine of z
+Range: real is unbounded, imaginary is [-iPI/2, +iPI/2]
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic sine of z.
+Domain: imaginary in range [-i, +i]
+
+
+
+catanh() Functions *crv-catanh* *crv-catanhf* *crv-catanhl*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex catanh(double complex z);$
+ $float complex catanhf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex catanhl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex arc hyperbolic tangent of z
+Range: imaginary is unbounded, real is [-PI/2, +PI/2]
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic tangent of z.
+Domain: real in range [-1, +1]
+
+
+
+ccosh() Functions *crv-ccosh* *crv-ccosfh* *crv-ccoslh*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex ccosh(double complex z);$
+ $float complex ccoshf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex ccoshl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex hyperbolic cosine of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex hyperbolic cosine of z.
+The mathematical definition of the complex hyperbolic cosine is:
+ cosh(z) = 1/2 * (exp(z) + exp(-z))
+
+
+
+csinh() Functions *crv-csinh* *crv-csinhf* *crv-csinhl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex csinh(double complex z);$
+ $float complex csinhf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex csinhl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex hyperbolic sine of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex hyperbolic sine of z.
+The mathematical definition of the complex hyperbolic sine is:
+ sinh(z) = 1/2 * (exp(z) - exp(-z)) / 2
+
+
+
+ctanh() Functions *crv-ctanh* *crv-ctanhf* *crv-ctanhl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex ctanh(double complex z);$
+ $float complex ctanhf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex ctanhl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex hyperbolic tangent of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex hyperbolic tangent of z.
+The mathematical definition of the complex hyperbolic tangent is:
+ tanh(z) = sinh(z) / cosh(z)
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.3.5 Exponential & Logarithmic *crv-libCHExpLog*
+
+
+cexp() Functions *crv-cexp* *crv-cexpf* *crv-cexpl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex cexp(double complex z);$
+ $float complex cexpf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex cexpl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex base e exponential of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute e (the base of natural logarithms) raised to the power
+of z. Mathematically, this corresponds to the value
+
+ exp(z) = exp(creal(z)) * (cos(cimag(z)) + I * sin(cimag(z)))
+
+
+
+clog() Functions *crv-clog* *crv-clogf* *crv-clogl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex clog(double complex z);$
+ $float complex clogf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex clogl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex natural logarithm of z
+Range: real > 0
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex natural logarithm of z (base e).
+Domain: imaginary is [-iPI, +iPI], real is unbounded
+
+The mathematical definition is:
+ log(z) = log(cabs(z)) + I * carg(z)
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.3.6 Power & Absolute *crv-libCHPower*
+
+
+cabs() Functions *crv-cabs* *crv-cabsf* *crv-cabsl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double cabs(double complex z);$
+ $float cabsf(float complex z);$
+ $long double cabsl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return absolute value of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the absolute value of the complex number z.
+
+ ------------------------
+ absolute value = \|creal(z)^2 + cimag(z)^2
+
+
+
+cpow() Functions *crv-cpow* *crv-cpowf* *crv-cpowl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex cpow(double complex base, double complex power);$
+ $float complex cpowf(float complex base, double complex power);$
+ $long double complex cpowl(long double complex base,$
+ $ long doubl complex power);$
+
+Return~
+return complex power of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex power function x^y
+($base$raised to the power$power$).
+
+This is equivalent to:
+ exp(y * log(x))
+
+
+
+csqrt() Functions *crv-csqrt* *crv-csqrtf* *crv-csqrtl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex csqrt(double complex z);$
+ $float complex csqrtf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex csqrtl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex square root of z
+Range: real >= 0
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex square root of z.
+Domain: imaginary unbounded, real >= 0
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.3.7 Manipulating *crv-libCHMani*
+
+
+carg() Functions *crv-carg* *crv-cargf* *crv-cargl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double carg(double complex z);$
+ $float cargf(float complex z);$
+ $long double cargl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return argument of z
+Range: [-PI, +PI]
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the argument of the complex number z.
+The argument of a complex number is the angle in the complex plane between the
+positive real axis and a line passing through zero and the number.
+Domain: branch cut along the positive real axis
+
+
+
+cimag() Functions *crv-cimag* *crv-cimagf* *crv-cimagl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double cimag(double complex z);$
+ $float cimagf(float complex z);$
+ $long double cimagl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return imaginary part of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the imaginary part of the complex number z.
+
+
+
+conj() Functions *crv-conj* *crv-conjf* *crv-conjl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex conj(double complex z);$
+ $float complex conjf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex conjl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return complex conjugate value of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the complex conjugate of the complex number z.
+The conjugate of a complex number has the same real part and a negated
+imaginary part. In other words, conj(a + bi) = a + -bi.
+
+
+
+cproj() Functions *crv-cproj* *crv-cprojf* *crv-cprojl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double complex cproj(double complex z);$
+ $float complex cprojf(float complex z);$
+ $long double complex cprojl(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return value of projection onto the Riemann sphere
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the projection of the complex value z onto the Riemann
+sphere. Values with a infinite imaginary part are projected to positive
+infinity on the real axis, even if the real part is NaN. If the real part is
+infinite, the result is equivalent to
+ INFINITY + I * copysign (0.0, cimag(z))
+
+
+
+creal() Functions *crv-creal* *crv-crealf* *crv-creall*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <complex.h>$
+ $double creal(double complex z);$
+ $float crealf(float complex z);$
+ $long double creall(long double complex z);$
+
+Return~
+return real part of z
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the real part of the complex number z.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.4 <ctype.h> Character *crv-libCtypeH*
+
+
+This header declares functions useful for case mapping and classifying
+characters.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $isalnum()$ Func |crv-isalnum|
+ $isalpha()$ Func |crv-isalpha|
+ $isblank()$ Func |crv-isblank|
+ $iscntrl()$ Func |crv-iscntrl|
+ $isdigit()$ Func |crv-isdigit|
+ $isgraph()$ Func |crv-isgraph|
+ $islower()$ Func |crv-islower|
+ $isprint()$ Func |crv-isprint|
+ $ispunct()$ Func |crv-ispunct|
+ $isspace()$ Func |crv-isspace|
+ $isupper()$ Func |crv-isupper|
+ $isxdigit()$ Func |crv-isxdigit|
+ $tolower()$ Func |crv-tolower|
+ $toupper()$ Func |crv-toupper|
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.4.1 Character Handling *crv-libCharHandling*
+
+Each of the functions in this section tests for membership in a particular
+class of characters; each has a name starting with is. Each of them takes
+one argument, which is a character to test, and returns an int which is
+treated as a boolean value. The character argument is passed as an int,
+and it may be the constant value EOF instead of a real character.
+
+The attributes of any given character can vary between locales.
+
+
+$int isalnum(int c);$ *crv-isalnum*
+ Returns true if c is an alphanumeric character (a letter or number); in
+ other words, if either$isalpha$or$isdigit$is true of a character, then
+ $isalnum$ is also true.
+
+
+$int isalpha(int c);$ *crv-isalpha*
+ Returns true if c is an alphabetic character (a letter). If$islower$or
+ $isupper$is true of a character, then$isalpha$is also true.
+ It returns also true, if c is one of a local-specific set of characters for
+ which none of$iscntrl$,$isdigt$,$ispunct$ or$isspcace$is true.
+
+ In some locales, there may be additional characters for which isalpha
+ is true - letters which are neither upper case nor lower case. But in
+ the standard C locale, there are no such additional characters.
+
+
+$int isblank(int c);$ *crv-isblank*
+ Returns true if c is a blank character; that is, a space or a tab.
+
+
+$int iscntrl(int c);$ *crv-iscntrl*
+ Returns true if c is a control character (that is, a character that is
+ not a printing character).
+
+
+$int isdigit(int c);$ *crv-isdigit*
+ Returns true if c is a decimal digit (0 through 9).
+
+
+$int isgraph(int c);$ *crv-isgraph*
+ Returns true if c is a graphic character; that is any printing character
+ except a space character.
+
+
+$int islower(int c);$ *crv-islower*
+ Returns true if c is a lower-case letter or is one of a local-specific set
+ of characters for which none of$iscntrl$,$isdigt$,$ispunct$ or$isspcace$is
+ true.
+
+
+$int isprint(int c);$ *crv-isprint*
+ Returns true if c is a printing character. Printing characters include
+ all the graphic characters, plus the space (' ') character.
+
+
+$int ispunct(int c);$ *crv-ispunct*
+ Returns true if c is a punctuation character. This means any printing
+ character for that is neither$isalnum$nor$isspace$is true (no
+ alphanumeric and no space character).
+
+
+$int isspace(int c);$ *crv-isspace*
+ Returns true if c is a whitespace character. In the standard "C" locale,
+ $isspace$returns true for only the standard whitespace characters:
+ ' ' space
+ '\f' formfeed
+ '\n' newline
+ '\r' carriage return
+ '\t' horizontal tab
+ '\v' vertical tab
+
+
+$int isupper(int c);$ *crv-isupper*
+ Returns true if c is an upper-case letter or is one of a local-specific set
+ of characters for which none of$iscntrl$,$isdigt$,$ispunct$ or$isspcace$is
+ true.
+
+
+$int isxdigit(int c);$ *crv-isxdigit*
+ Returns true if c is a hexadecimal digit. Hexadecimal digits include the
+ normal decimal digits 0 through 9 and the letters A through F and
+ a through f.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.4.2 Character Mapping *crv-libCharMapping*
+
+This section explains the functions for performing case mappings on
+characters.
+These functions take one argument of type int, which is the character to
+convert, and return the converted character as an int. If the conversion is
+not applicable to the argument given, the argument is returned unchanged.
+
+
+$int tolower(int c);$ *crv-tolower*
+ If c is an upper-case letter,$tolower$returns the corresponding lower-case
+ letter. If c is not an upper-case letter, c is returned unchanged.
+
+$int toupper(int c);$ *crv-toupper*
+ If c is a lower-case letter,$toupper$returns the corresponding upper-case
+ letter. If c is not an lower-case letter, c is returned unchanged.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.5 <errno.h> Error Codes *crv-libErrnoH*
+
+This header file defines macros used for reporting of error conditions.
+All macros expand to integer constant expressions of type$int$with distinct
+positive values.
+
+Additional macro definitions may be specified by the implementation. They
+begin with E followed by digits or begin with E followed by uppercase letters.
+
+
+EDOM Macro *crv-EDOM*
+----------
+Domain error; used by mathematical functions when an argument value does not
+fall into the domain over which the function is defined.
+
+
+EILSEQ Macro *crv-EILSEQ*
+------------
+While decoding a multibyte character the function came along an invalid or an
+incomplete sequence of bytes or the given wide character is invalid.
+
+
+ERANGE Macro *crv-ERANGE*
+------------
+Range error; used by mathematical functions when the result value is not
+representable because of overflow or underflow.
+
+
+errno Macro/Variable *crv-errno*
+--------------------
+$errno$is either a macro or an external variable of type int (implementation-
+defined).
+
+The$errno$variable is used for holding implementation-defined error codes
+reported by library routines. See above for error code macros specified by the
+standard C language.
+The value of$errno$is set to 0 at program startup, but is never set to 0
+by any library function. Therefore,$errno$should be set to 0 before calling a
+library function and then inspected afterward.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.6 <fenv.h> FPU Status *crv-libFenvH*
+
+This header declares types, macros and functions to provide access to the
+floating-point environment (floating-point status word and control modes).
+
+Quicklink:
+ $FE_ALL_EXCEPT$ Macro |crv-FE_ALL_EXCEPT|
+ $FE_DIVBYZERO$ Macro |crv-FE_DIVBYZERO|
+ $FE_DOWNWARD$ Macro |crv-FE_DOWNWARD|
+ $FE_INEXACT$ Macro |crv-FE_INEXACT|
+ $FE_INVALID$ Macro |crv-FE_INVALID|
+ $FE_OVERFLOW$ Macro |crv-FE_OVERFLOW|
+ $FE_TONEAREST$ Macro |crv-FE_TONEAREST|
+ $FE_TOWARDZERO$ Macro |crv-FE_TOWARDZERO|
+ $FE_UNDERFLOW$ Macro |crv-FE_UNDERFLOW|
+ $FE_UPWARD$ Macro |crv-FE_UPWARD|
+ $FENV_ACCESS$ Pragma |crv-FENV_ACCESS|
+ $feclearexcept()$ Func |crv-feclearexcept|
+ $fegetenv()$ Func |crv-fegetenv|
+ $fegetexceptflag()$ Func |crv-fegetexceptflag|
+ $fegetround()$ Func |crv-fegetround|
+ $feholdexcept()$ Func |crv-feholdexcept|
+ $feraiseexcept()$ Func |crv-feraiseexcept|
+ $fesetenv()$ Func |crv-fesetenv|
+ $fesetexceptflag()$ Func |crv-fesetexceptflag|
+ $fesetround()$ Func |crv-fesetround|
+ $fetestexcept()$ Func |crv-fetestexcept|
+ $feupdateenv()$ Func |crv-feupdateenv|
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.6.1 Pragmas *crv-libFHPrag*
+
+FENV_ACCESS Pragma *crv-FENV_ACCESS*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $#pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS on/off-switch$
+
+ $on/off-switch$is$ON$,$OFF$or$DEFAULT$
+
+Description~
+This pragma provides a means to inform the compiler when a program might
+access the floating-point environment (FPU or software emulation of FP) to
+test status flags or run under non-default control modes. An "off"-state
+signals that a program does not test status flags and does not run under
+non-default control modes. Knowing this the compiler can do better
+optimization that could subvert flag tests or mode changes.
+
+When inside a compound statement, the pragma takes effect from its occurrence
+until end of compound statement or until the next$FENV_ACCESS$is encountered;
+at the end of a compound statement the state of the pragma is restored to its
+state just before entering that compound statement.
+When outside a compound statement, the pragma takes effect from its occurrence
+until end of source-file or until the next$FENV_ACCESS$is encountered.
+The default state of this pragma is implementation-defined.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.6.2 Exceptions *crv-libFHExceptions*
+
+The following functions allow to query and manipulate the floating-point
+status word. They can be used to check for untrapped exceptions when it's
+convenient, rather than worrying about them in the middle of a calculation.
+
+The macros below represent the various IEEE 754 exceptions. Not all FPUs
+report all the different exceptions. Each constant is defined if and only if
+the FPU compiling for supports that exception.$#ifdef$can be used to test for
+FPU support.
+Additional macro definitions may be specified by the implementation. They
+begin with FE_ followed by uppercase letters.
+
+
+FE_INEXACT Macro *crv-FE_INEXACT*
+----------------
+The inexact exception.
+
+
+FE_DIVBYZERO Macro *crv-FE_DIVBYZERO*
+------------------
+The divide by zero exception.
+
+
+FE_UNDERFLOW Macro *crv-FE_UNDERFLOW*
+------------------
+The underflow exception.
+
+
+FE_OVERFLOW Macro *crv-FE_OVERFLOW*
+-----------------
+The overflow exception.
+
+
+FE_INVALID Macro *crv-FE_INVALID*
+----------------
+The invalid exception.
+
+
+FE_ALL_EXCEPT Macro *crv-FE_ALL_EXCEPT*
+-------------------
+This macro is the bitwise OR of all exception macros which are supported by
+the FP implementation.
+
+
+feclearexcept() Function *crv-feclearexcept*
+------------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $int feclearexcept(int excepts);$
+
+Return~
+zero in case the operation was successful, otherwise a non-zero value
+
+Description~
+This function clears all of the supported exception flags indicated by
+$excepts$.
+
+
+fegetexceptflag() Function *crv-fegetexceptflag*
+--------------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $int fegetexceptflag(fexcept_t *flagp, int excepts);$
+
+Return~
+zero in case the operation was successful, otherwise a non-zero value
+
+Description~
+This function attempts to store in the variable pointed to by$flagp$an
+implementation-defined value representing the current setting of the
+exception flags indicated by$excepts$.
+
+
+feraiseexcept() Function *crv-feraiseexcept*
+------------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $int feraiseexcept(int excepts);$
+
+Return~
+zero in case the operation was successful, otherwise a non-zero value
+
+Description~
+This function attempts to raises the supported exceptions indicated by
+$excepts$. If more than one exception bit in$excepts$is set the order in which
+the exceptions are raised is undefined except that overflow ($FE_OVERFLOW$) or
+underflow ($FE_UNDERFLOW$) are raised before inexact ($FE_INEXACT$). Whether
+for overflow or underflow the inexact exception is also raised is also
+implementation dependent.
+
+
+fesetexceptflag() Function *crv-fesetexceptflag*
+--------------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $int fesetexceptflag(fexcept_t *flagp, int excepts);$
+
+Return~
+zero in case the operation was successful, otherwise a non-zero value
+
+Description~
+This function attempts to restore the flags for the exceptions indicated by
+$excepts$to the values stored in the variable pointed to by $flagp$.
+
+
+fetestexcept() Function *crv-fetestexcept*
+-----------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $int fetestexcept(int excepts);$
+
+Return~
+flags which are set
+
+Description~
+Test whether the exception flags indicated by the parameter$except$are
+currently set. If any of them are, a nonzero value is returned which specifies
+which exceptions are set. Otherwise the result is zero.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.6.3 Rounding *crv-libFHRounding*
+
+Floating-point calculations are carried out internally with extra precision,
+and then rounded to fit into the destination type. This ensures that results
+are as precise as the input data. IEEE 754 defines four possible rounding
+modes:
+
+- Round to nearest
+ This is the default mode. It should be used unless there is a specific need
+ for one of the others. In this mode results are rounded to the nearest
+ representable value. If the result is midway between two representable
+ values, the even representable is chosen. Even here means the lowest-order
+ bit is zero. This rounding mode prevents statistical bias and guarantees
+ numeric stability: round-off errors in a lengthy calculation will remain
+ smaller than half of$FLT_EPSILON$.
+
+- Round toward plus Infinity
+ All results are rounded to the smallest representable value which is greater
+ than the result.
+
+- Round toward minus Infinity
+ All results are rounded to the largest representable value which is less
+ than the result.
+
+- Round toward zero
+ All results are rounded to the largest representable value whose magnitude
+ is less than that of the result. In other words, if the result is negative
+ it is rounded up; if it is positive, it is rounded down.
+
+For examples of effects see |crv-FLT_ROUNDS|.
+
+$<fenv.h>$defines constants which you can use to refer to the various rounding
+modes. Each one will be defined if and only if the FPU supports the
+corresponding rounding mode.
+
+
+FE_TONEAREST Macro *crv-FE_TONEAREST*
+------------------
+Round to nearest.
+
+
+FE_UPWARD Macro *crv-FE_UPWARD*
+---------------
+Round toward +∞.
+
+
+FE_DOWNWARD Macro *crv-FE_DOWNWARD*
+-----------------
+Round toward -∞.
+
+
+FE_TOWARDZERO Macro *crv-FE_TOWARDZERO*
+-------------------
+Round toward zero.
+
+
+Underflow is an unusual case. Normally, IEEE 754 floating point numbers are
+always normalized. Numbers smaller than 2^r (where r is the minimum exponent
+cannot be represented as normalized numbers. Rounding all such numbers to zero
+or 2^r would cause some algorithms to fail at 0. Therefore, they are left in
+denormalized form. That produces loss of precision, since some bits of the
+mantissa are stolen to indicate the decimal point.
+
+If a result is too small to be represented as a denormalized number, it is
+rounded to zero. However, the sign of the result is preserved; if the
+calculation was negative, the result is negative zero. Negative zero can also
+result from some operations on infinity, such as 4/-∞. Negative zero
+behaves identically to zero except when the copysign or signbit functions are
+used to check the sign bit directly.
+
+
+At any time one of the above four rounding modes is selected. The following
+functions allow to get and set the rounding modes:
+
+
+fegetround() Function *crv-fegetround*
+---------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $int fegetround(void);$
+
+Return~
+currently selected rounding mode
+
+Description~
+Returns the currently selected rounding mode, represented by one of the values
+of the defined rounding mode macros.
+
+
+fesetround() Function *crv-fesetround*
+---------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $int fesetround(int round);$
+
+Return~
+zero if it changed the rounding mode, a nonzero value if the mode is not
+supported
+
+Description~
+Changes the currently selected rounding mode to$round$. If$round$does not
+correspond to one of the supported rounding modes nothing is changed.
+
+You should avoid changing the rounding mode if possible. It can be an
+expensive operation; also, some hardware requires you to compile your
+program differently for it to work. The resulting code may run slower. See
+your compiler documentation for details.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.6.4 Environment *crv-libFHEnv*
+
+The functions in this section manage the floating-point environment.
+
+ *crv-fentv_t*
+The functions to save and restore the floating-point environment all use a
+variable of type$fenv_t$to store information. This type is defined in
+$<fenv.h>$. Its size and contents are implementation-defined. This variable
+should not be manipulated directly.
+
+
+fegetenv() Function *crv-fegetenv*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $int fegetenv(fenv_t *envp);$
+
+Return~
+zero in case the operation was successful, otherwise a non-zero value
+
+Description~
+Store the floating-point environment in the variable pointed to by$envp$.
+
+
+feholdexcept() Function *crv-feholdexcept*
+-----------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $int feholdexcept(fenv_t *envp);$
+
+Return~
+zero in case the operation was successful, otherwise a non-zero value
+
+Description~
+Store the current floating-point environment in the object pointed to by
+$envp$. Then clear all exception flags, and set the FPU to trap no exceptions.
+Not all FPUs support trapping no exceptions; if$feholdexcept$cannot set this
+mode, it returns nonzero value.
+
+
+fesetenv() Function *crv-fesetenv*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $int fesetenv(const fenv_t *envp);$
+
+Return~
+zero in case the operation was successful, otherwise a non-zero value
+
+Description~
+Set the floating-point environment to that described by$envp$.
+
+
+feupdateenv() Function *crv-feupdateenv*
+----------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <fenv.h>$
+ $int feupdateenv(const fenv_t *envp);$
+
+Return~
+zero in case the operation was successful, otherwise a non-zero value
+
+Description~
+Like$fesetenv()$, this function sets the floating-point environment to that
+described by$envp$. However, if any exceptions were flagged in the status word
+before$feupdateenv()$was called, they remain flagged after the call. In other
+words, after$feupdateenv()$is called, the status word is the bitwise OR of the
+previous status word and the one saved in$envp$.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.7 <float.h> Floating Point *crv-libFloatH*
+
+This header file defines several macros that expand to various
+implementation-specific limits and parameters describing floating-point
+properties.
+NOTE: The values are platform- and implementation-specific.The ISO C standard
+specifies minimum and maximum values for most of these parameters.
+
+Macro names starting with FLT_ refer to the float type, while names beginning
+with DBL_ refer to the double type and names beginning with LDBL_ refer to the
+long double type.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $FLT_DIG $ Macro |crv-FLT_DIG|
+ $FLT_EPSILON $ Macro |crv-FLT_EPSILON|
+ $FLT_MANT_DIG $ Macro |crv-FLT_MANT_DIG|
+ $FLT_MAX $ Macro |crv-FLT_MAX|
+ $FLT_MAX_10_EXP $ Macro |crv-FLT_MAX_10_EXP|
+ $FLT_MAX_EXP $ Macro |crv-FLT_MAX_EXP|
+ $FLT_MIN $ Macro |crv-FLT_MIN|
+ $FLT_MIN_10_EXP $Macro |crv-FLT_MIN_10_EXP|
+ $FLT_MIN_EXP $ Macro |crv-FLT_MIN_EXP|
+ $FLT_RADIX $ Macro |crv-FLT_RADIX|
+ $FLT_ROUNDS $ Macro |crv-FLT_ROUNDS|
+ $DBL_DIG $ Macro |crv-DBL_DIG|
+ $DBL_EPSILON $ Macro |crv-DBL_EPSILON|
+ $DBL_MANT_DIG $ Macro |crv-DBL_MANT_DIG|
+ $DBL_MAX $ Macro |crv-DBL_MAX|
+ $DBL_MAX_10_EXP $ Macro |crv-DBL_MAX_10_EXP|
+ $DBL_MAX_EXP $ Macro |crv-DBL_MAX_EXP|
+ $DBL_MIN $ Macro |crv-DBL_MIN|
+ $DBL_MIN_10_EXP $Macro |crv-DBL_MIN_10_EXP|
+ $DBL_MIN_EXP $ Macro |crv-DBL_MIN_EXP|
+ $LDBL_DIG $ Macro |crv-LDBL_DIG|
+ $LDBL_EPSILON $ Macro |crv-LDBL_EPSILON|
+ $LDBL_MANT_DIG $ Macro |crv-LDBL_MANT_DIG|
+ $LDBL_MAX $ Macro |crv-LDBL_MAX|
+ $LDBL_MAX_10_EXP$ Macro |crv-LDBL_MAX_10_EXP|
+ $LDBL_MAX_EXP $ Macro |crv-LDBL_MAX_EXP|
+ $LDBL_MIN $ Macro |crv-LDBL_MIN|
+ $LDBL_MIN_10_EXP $Macro |crv-LDBL_MIN_10_EXP|
+ $LDBL_MIN_EXP $ Macro |crv-LDBL_MIN_EXP|
+
+
+
+FLT_ROUNDS Macro *crv-FLT_ROUNDS*
+----------------
+This value characterizes the rounding mode for floating point addition. The
+following values indicate standard rounding modes:
+
+ Value | Mode
+ --------+----------------------------------------------------------------
+ -1 | the mode is indeterminable
+ 0 | rounding is towards zero, see |crv-libFHRounding|
+ 1 | rounding is to the nearest number, see |crv-libFHRounding|
+ 2 | rounding is towards positive infinity, see |crv-libFHRounding|
+ 3 | rounding is towards negative infinity, see |crv-libFHRounding|
+
+Any other value represents a machine-dependent nonstandard rounding mode.
+
+On most machines, the value is 1, in accordance with the IEEE standard for
+floating point.
+
+Here is a table showing how certain values round for each possible value
+of$FLT_ROUNDS$, if the other aspects of the representation match the IEEE
+single-precision standard:
+
+ Value | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3
+ ------------+------+-------------+-------------+-------------
+ 1.00000003 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.00000012 | 1.0
+ 1.00000007 | 1.0 | 1.00000012 | 1.00000012 | 1.0
+ -1.00000003 | -1.0 | -1.0 | -1.0 | -1.00000012
+ -1.00000007 | -1.0 | -1.00000012 | -1.0 | -1.00000012
+
+
+
+FLT_RADIX Macro *crv-FLT_RADIX*
+---------------
+This is the value of the base, or radix, of the exponent representation. In
+the very most times the value is 2 (except IBM 360 and derivatives).
+
+
+FLT_MANT_DIG Macro *crv-FLT_MANT_DIG*
+DBL_MANT_DIG Macro *crv-DBL_MANT_DIG*
+LDBL_MANT_DIG Macro *crv-LDBL_MANT_DIG*
+------------------
+This is the number of base-$FLT_RADIX$digits in the floating point mantissa.
+
+
+FLT_DIG Macro *crv-FLT_DIG*
+DBL_DIG Macro *crv-DBL_DIG*
+LDBL_DIG Macro *crv-LDBL_DIG*
+--------------
+This is the number of decimal digits of precision.
+To satisfy standard C, the values supposed to be at least:
+ FLT_DIG >= 6
+ DBL_DIG >= 10
+ LDBL_DIG >= 10
+
+Technically, if p and b are the precision and base (respectively) for the
+representation, then the decimal precision q is the maximum number of decimal
+digits such that any floating point number with q base 10 digits can be
+rounded to a floating point number with p base b digits and back again,
+without change to the q decimal digits.
+
+
+FLT_MIN_EXP Macro *crv-FLT_MIN_EXP*
+DBL_MIN_EXP Macro *crv-DBL_MIN_EXP*
+LDBL_MIN_EXP Macro *crv-LDBL_MIN_EXP*
+------------------
+This is the minimum negative integer value for an exponent in base$FLT_RADIX$.
+
+
+FLT_MIN_10_EXP Macro *crv-FLT_MIN_10_EXP*
+DBL_MIN_10_EXP Macro *crv-DBL_MIN_10_EXP*
+LDBL_MIN_10_EXP Macro *crv-LDBL_MIN_10_EXP*
+---------------------
+This is the minimum negative integer value for an exponent in base 10.
+To satisfy standard C, the values supposed to be at least:
+ FLT_MIN_10_EXP <= -37
+ DBL_MIN_10_EXP <= -37
+ LDBL_MIN_10_EXP <= -37
+
+
+FLT_MAX_EXP Macro *crv-FLT_MAX_EXP*
+DBL_MAX_EXP Macro *crv-DBL_MAX_EXP*
+LDBL_MAX_EXP Macro *crv-LDBL_MAX_EXP*
+------------------
+This is the maximum integer value for an exponent in base$FLT_RADIX$.
+
+
+FLT_MAX_10_EXP Macro *crv-FLT_MAX_10_EXP*
+DBL_MAX_10_EXP Macro *crv-DBL_MAX_10_EXP*
+LDBL_MAX_10_EXP Macro *crv-LDBL_MAX_10_EXP*
+---------------------
+This is the maximum integer value for an exponent in base 10.
+To satisfy standard C, the values supposed to be at least:
+ FLT_MAX_10_EXP >= -37
+ DBL_MAX_10_EXP >= -37
+ LDBL_MAX_10_EXP >= -37
+
+
+
+FLT_MAX Macro *crv-FLT_MAX*
+DBL_MAX Macro *crv-DBL_MAX*
+LDBL_MAX Macro *crv-LDBL_MAX*
+--------------
+The value is the maximum finite number representable.
+To satisfy standard C, the values supposed to be at least:
+ FLT_MAX >= 1E+37
+ DBL_MAX >= 1E+37
+ LDBL_MAX >= 1E+37
+
+The smallest representable number is -FLT_MAX, -DBL_MAX, -LDBL_MAX.
+
+
+FLT_MIN Macro *crv-FLT_MIN*
+DBL_MIN Macro *crv-DBL_MIN*
+LDBL_MIN Macro *crv-LDBL_MIN*
+--------------
+The value is the minimum number representable.
+To satisfy standard C, the values supposed to be at least:
+ FLT_MIN <= 1E-37
+ DBL_MIN <= 1E-37
+ LDBL_MIN <= 1E-37
+
+
+FLT_EPSILON Macro *crv-FLT_EPSILON*
+DBL_EPSILON Macro *crv-DBL_EPSILON*
+LDBL_EPSILON Macro *crv-LDBL_EPSILON*
+------------------
+This is the maximum positive floating point number such that
+1.0 +$FLT_EPSILON$!= 1.0 is true (least significant digit representable).
+
+To satisfy standard C, the values supposed to be at least:
+ FLT_EPSILON >= 1E-5
+ DBL_EPSILON >= 1E-9
+ LDBL_EPSILON >= 1E-9
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.8 <inttypes.h> Absolute Value *crv-libInttypesH*
+
+This header extends the$<stdint.h>$header (->|crv-libStdintH|). It provides
+macros for format conversion of integer types and provides functions for
+manipulating greatest-width integer types.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $imaxdiv_t$ Type |crv-imaxdiv_t|
+ $imaxabs$ Func |crv-imaxabs|
+ $imaxdiv$ Func |crv-imaxdiv|
+
+ $PRIdN$ Macro |crv-PRIdN|
+ $PRIdLEASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIdLEASTN|
+ $PRIdFASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIdFASTN|
+ $PRIdMAX$ Macro |crv-PRIdMAX|
+ $PRIdPTR$ Macro |crv-PRIdPTR|
+
+ $PRIiN$ Macro |crv-PRIiN|
+ $PRIiLEASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIiLEASTN|
+ $PRIiFASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIiFASTN|
+ $PRIiMAX$ Macro |crv-PRIiMAX|
+ $PRIiPTR$ Macro |crv-PRIiPTR|
+
+ $PRIoN$ Macro |crv-PRIoN|
+ $PRIoLEASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIoLEASTN|
+ $PRIoFASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIoFASTN|
+ $PRIoMAX$ Macro |crv-PRIoMAX|
+ $PRIoPTR$ Macro |crv-PRIoPTR|
+
+ $PRIuN$ Macro |crv-PRIuN|
+ $PRIuLEASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIuLEASTN|
+ $PRIuFASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIuFASTN|
+ $PRIuMAX$ Macro |crv-PRIuMAX|
+ $PRIuPTR$ Macro |crv-PRIuPTR|
+
+ $PRIxN$ Macro |crv-PRIxN|
+ $PRIxLEASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIxLEASTN|
+ $PRIxFASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIxFASTN|
+ $PRIxMAX$ Macro |crv-PRIxMAX|
+ $PRIxPTR$ Macro |crv-PRIxPTR|
+
+ $PRIXN$ Macro |crv-PRIXN|
+ $PRIXLEASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIXLEASTN|
+ $PRIXFASTN$ Macro |crv-PRIXFASTN|
+ $PRIXMAX$ Macro |crv-PRIXMAX|
+ $PRIXPTR$ Macro |crv-PRIXPTR|
+
+ $SCNdN$ Macro |crv-SCNdN|
+ $SCNdLEASTN$ Macro |crv-SCNdLEASTN|
+ $SCNdFASTN$ Macro |crv-SCNdFASTN|
+ $SCNdMAX$ Macro |crv-SCNdMAX|
+ $SCNdPTR$ Macro |crv-SCNdPTR|
+
+ $SCNiN$ Macro |crv-SCNiN|
+ $SCNiLEASTN$ Macro |crv-SCNiLEASTN|
+ $SCNiFASTN$ Macro |crv-SCNiFASTN|
+ $SCNiMAX$ Macro |crv-SCNiMAX|
+ $SCNiPTR$ Macro |crv-SCNiPTR|
+
+ $SCNoN$ Macro |crv-SCNoN|
+ $SCNoLEASTN$ Macro |crv-SCNoLEASTN|
+ $SCNoFASTN$ Macro |crv-SCNoFASTN|
+ $SCNoMAX$ Macro |crv-SCNoMAX|
+ $SCNoPTR$ Macro |crv-SCNoPTR|
+
+ $SCNuN$ Macro |crv-SCNuN|
+ $SCNuLEASTN$ Macro |crv-SCNuLEASTN|
+ $SCNuFASTN$ Macro |crv-SCNuFASTN|
+ $SCNuMAX$ Macro |crv-SCNuMAX|
+ $SCNuPTR$ Macro |crv-SCNuPTR|
+
+ $SCNxN$ Macro |crv-SCNxN|
+ $SCNxLEASTN$ Macro |crv-SCNxLEASTN|
+ $SCNxFASTN$ Macro |crv-SCNxFASTN|
+ $SCNxMAX$ Macro |crv-SCNxMAX|
+ $SCNxPTR$ Macro |crv-SCNxPTR|
+
+ $strtoimax$ Func |crv-strtoimax|
+ $strtoumax$ Func |crv-strtoumax|
+ $wcstoimax$ Func |crv-wcstoimax|
+ $wcstoumax$ Func |crv-wcstoumax|
+
+
+Macros *crv-__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS*
+------
+The following macros expand to a string (in most cases a single character)
+containing a conversion specifier suitable for use within format arguments
+of formated input/output functions, like$printf()$or$scanf()$.
+They are only defined when$__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS$is defined before including
+$<inttypes.h>$.
+For each type declared in$<stdint.h>$, corresponding macros for conversion
+specifiers for use with the formatted input/output functions are defined.
+
+The macro names have a prefix PRI for the printf family or SCN for the
+scanf family functions followed by the conversion specifier, followed by name
+that is similar to the type name this macro is for, followed by a number N.
+The number N represents the width of the type as specified in$<stdint.h>.$
+
+Example: The macro$PRIxFAST32$can be used in a format string to print an
+integer value of type$int_fast32_t$in hexedecimal format ('x').
+
+Usage see example below.
+
+
+Format Specifiers for ..printf
+------------------------------
+
+Signed Integers:
+$PRIdN$ width N, decimal notation *crv-PRIdN*
+$PRIdLEASTN$ minimum width N, decimal notation *crv-PRIdLEASTN*
+$PRIdFASTN$ width N, fast to operate with, decimal not. *crv-PRIdFASTN*
+$PRIdMAX$ type$intmax_t$, decimal notation *crv-PRIdMAX*
+$PRIdPTR$ type$intptr_t$, decimal notation *crv-PRIdPTR*
+
+$PRIiN$ width N, decimal notation *crv-PRIiN*
+$PRIiLEASTN$ minimum width N, decimal notation *crv-PRIiLEASTN*
+$PRIiFASTN$ width N, fast to operate with, decimal not. *crv-PRIiFASTN*
+$PRIiMAX$ type$intmax_t$, decimal notation *crv-PRIiMAX*
+$PRIiPTR$ type$intptr_t$, decimal notation *crv-PRIiPTR*
+
+Unsigned Integers:
+$PRIoN$ width N, octal notation *crv-PRIoN*
+$PRIoLEASTN$ minimum width N, octal notation *crv-PRIoLEASTN*
+$PRIoFASTN$ width N, fast to operate with, octal not. *crv-PRIoFASTN*
+$PRIoMAX$ type$intmax_t$, octal notation *crv-PRIoMAX*
+$PRIoPTR$ type$intptr_t$, octal notation *crv-PRIoPTR*
+
+$PRIuN$ width N, decimal notation *crv-PRIuN*
+$PRIuLEASTN$ minimum width N, decimal notation *crv-PRIuLEASTN*
+$PRIuFASTN$ width N, fast to operate with, decimal not. *crv-PRIuFASTN*
+$PRIuMAX$ type$intmax_t$, decimal notation *crv-PRIuMAX*
+$PRIuPTR$ type$intptr_t$, decimal notation *crv-PRIuPTR*
+
+$PRIxN$ width N, lowercase hex. notation *crv-PRIxN*
+$PRIxLEASTN$ minimum width N, lowercase hex. notation *crv-PRIxLEASTN*
+$PRIxFASTN$ width N, fast operation, lowercase hex. not *crv-PRIxFASTN*
+$PRIxMAX$ type$intmax_t$, lowercase hex. notation *crv-PRIxMAX*
+$PRIxPTR$ type$intptr_t$, lowercase hex. notation *crv-PRIxPTR*
+
+$PRIXN$ width N, uppercase hex. notation *crv-PRIXN*
+$PRIXLEASTN$ minimum width N, uppercase hex. notation *crv-PRIXLEASTN*
+$PRIXFASTN$ width N, fast operation, uppercase hex. not. *crv-PRIXFASTN*
+$PRIXMAX$ type$intmax_t$, uppercase hex. notation *crv-PRIXMAX*
+$PRIXPTR$ type$intptr_t$, uppercase hex. notation *crv-PRIXPTR*
+
+
+Format Specifiers for ..scanf
+-----------------------------
+
+Signed Integers:
+$SCNdN$ width N, decimal notation *crv-SCNdN*
+$SCNdLEASTN$ minimum width N, decimal notation *crv-SCNdLEASTN*
+$SCNdFASTN$ width N, fast to operate with, decimal not. *crv-SCNdFASTN*
+$SCNdMAX$ type$intmax_t$, decimal notation *crv-SCNdMAX*
+$SCNdPTR$ type$intptr_t$, decimal notation *crv-SCNdPTR*
+
+$SCNiN$ width N, decimal notation *crv-SCNiN*
+$SCNiLEASTN$ minimum width N, decimal notation *crv-SCNiLEASTN*
+$SCNiFASTN$ width N, fast to operate with, decimal not. *crv-SCNiFASTN*
+$SCNiMAX$ type$intmax_t$, decimal notation *crv-SCNiMAX*
+$SCNiPTR$ type$intptr_t$, decimal notation *crv-SCNiPTR*
+
+Unsigned Integers:
+$SCNoN$ width N, octal notation *crv-SCNoN*
+$SCNoLEASTN$ minimum width N, octal notation *crv-SCNoLEASTN*
+$SCNoFASTN$ width N, fast to operate with, octal not. *crv-SCNoFASTN*
+$SCNoMAX$ type$intmax_t$, octal notation *crv-SCNoMAX*
+$SCNoPTR$ type$intptr_t$, octal notation *crv-SCNoPTR*
+
+$SCNuN$ width N, decimal notation *crv-SCNuN*
+$SCNuLEASTN$ minimum width N, decimal notation *crv-SCNuLEASTN*
+$SCNuFASTN$ width N, fast to operate with, decimal not. *crv-SCNuFASTN*
+$SCNuMAX$ type$intmax_t$, decimal notation *crv-SCNuMAX*
+$SCNuPTR$ type$intptr_t$, decimal notation *crv-SCNuPTR*
+
+$SCNxN$ width N, hex. notation *crv-SCNxN*
+$SCNxLEASTN$ minimum width N, hex. notation *crv-SCNxLEASTN*
+$SCNxFASTN$ width N, fast operation, hex. not *crv-SCNxFASTN*
+$SCNxMAX$ type$intmax_t$, hex. notation *crv-SCNxMAX*
+$SCNxPTR$ type$intptr_t$, hex. notation *crv-SCNxPTR*
+
+
+Example: >
+ #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
+
+ #include <inttypes.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ int16_t n = -123;
+
+ printf("Value is %4" PRIu16 "\n", n);
+ }
+
+
+
+imaxdiv_t Type *crv-imaxdiv_t*
+--------------
+This is a structure type used to hold the result returned by the$imaxdiv()$
+function. It holds both, the quotient and the remainder from the division.
+
+
+
+imaxabs() Function *crv-imaxabs*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <inttypes.h>$
+ $intmax_t imaxabs(intmax_t j);$
+
+Return~
+absolute value of$j$
+
+Description~
+This function computes the absolute value of an integer$j$.
+
+
+
+imaxdiv() Function *crv-imaxdiv*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <inttypes.h>$
+ $intdiv_t imaxdiv(intmax_t numerator, intmax_t denominator );$
+
+Return~
+returns result of division and modulo operation, both stored in$intdiv_t$
+structur
+
+Description~
+This functions computes$numerator / denominator$and$numerator % denominator$in
+a single operation.
+
+
+
+strtoimax() Function *crv-strtoimax*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <inttypes.h>$
+ $intmax_t strtoimax(const char *restrict string, char **restrict tailptr,$
+ $int base);$
+
+Return~
+converted value
+
+Description~
+This function ("string-to-imax") converts the initial part of$string$to a
+signed integer, which is returned as a value of type$intmax_t$.
+See$strol()$for description of parameters (|crv-libstrtol|).
+
+
+
+strtoumax() Function *crv-strtoumax*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <inttypes.h>$
+ $uintmax_t strtoumax(const char *restrict string, char **restrict tailptr,$
+ $int base);$
+
+Return~
+converted value
+
+Description~
+This function ("string-to-umax") converts the initial part of$string$to a
+signed integer, which is returned as a value of type$uintmax_t$.
+See$stroul()$for description of parameters (|crv-libstrtoul|).
+
+
+
+wcstoimax() Function *crv-wcstoimax*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stddef.h> // for wchar_t$
+ $#include <inttypes.h>$
+ $wchar_t wcstoimax(const wchar_t *restrict string,$
+ $wchar_t **restrict tailptr, int base);$
+
+Return~
+converted value
+
+Description~
+This function is equivalent to the$strtoimax()$function in nearly all aspects
+but handles wide character strings (see |crv-libstrtoimax| for further
+information).
+
+
+
+wcstoumax() Function *crv-wcstoumax*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stddef.h> // for wchar_t$
+ $#include <inttypes.h>$
+ $wchar_t wcstoimax(const wchar_t *restrict string,$
+ $wchar_t **restrict tailptr, int base);$
+
+Return~
+converted value
+
+Description~
+This function is equivalent to the$strtoumax()$function in nearly all aspects
+but handles wide character strings (see |crv-libstrtoumax| for further
+information).
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.9 <iso646.h> Alternatives *crv-libIso646H*
+
+This header defines some macros. They can be used for alternative spellings.
+
+ Macro | Expands to
+ ----------+------------
+ $and$ | $&&$
+ $and_eq$ | $&=$
+ $bitand$ | $&$
+ $bitor$ | $|$
+ $compl$ | $~$
+ $not$ | $!$
+ $not_eq$ | $!=$
+ $or$ | $||$
+ $or_eq$ | $|=$
+ $xor$ | $^$
+ $xor_eq$ | $^=$
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.10 <limits.h> Limits of Integer Types *crv-libLimitsH*
+
+This header file defines several macros that expand to various limits and
+parameters of the integer types.
+NOTE: The values are platform- and implementation-specific.The ISO C standard
+specifies minimum and maximum values for most of these parameters.
+
+The macros of this header can be grouped in:
+ - range of integer type
+ - width of type
+ - selection of conversion and its properties
+
+
+Quicklink:
+ $CHAR_BIT$ Macro |crv-CHAR_BIT|
+ $CHAR_MAX$ Macro |crv-CHAR_MAX|
+ $CHAR_MIN$ Macro |crv-CHAR_MIN|
+ $INT_MAX$ Macro |crv-INT_MAX|
+ $INT_MIN$ Macro |crv-INT_MIN|
+ $LONG_LONG_MAX$ Macro |crv-LONG_LONG_MAX|
+ $LONG_LONG_MIN$ Macro |crv-LONG_LONG_MIN|
+ $LONG_MAX$ Macro |crv-LONG_MAX|
+ $LONG_MIN$ Macro |crv-LONG_MIN|
+ $MB_LEN_MAX$ Macro |crv-MB_LEN_MAX|
+ $SCHAR_MAX$ Macro |crv-SCHAR_MAX|
+ $SCHAR_MIN$ Macro |crv-SCHAR_MIN|
+ $SHRT_MAX$ Macro |crv-SHRT_MAX|
+ $SHRT_MIN$ Macro |crv-SHRT_MIN|
+ $UCHAR_MAX$ Macro |crv-UCHAR_MAX|
+ $UINT_MAX$ Macro |crv-UINT_MAX|
+ $ULONG_LONG_MAX$Macro |crv-ULONG_LONG_MAX|
+ $ULONG_MAX$ Macro |crv-ULONG_MAX|
+ $USHRT_MAX$ Macro |crv-USHRT_MAX|
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.10.1 Range of Integer Type *crv-libLHRange*
+
+Each signed integer type has a pair of macros which give the smallest and
+largest values that it can hold. Each unsigned integer type has one such
+macro, for the maximum value; the minimum value is, of course, zero.
+
+The values of these macros are all integer constant expressions. The MAX and
+MIN macros for$char$and$short int$types have values of type$int$. The MAX and
+MIN macros for the other types have values of the same type described by
+the macro - thus,$ULONG_MAX$has type$unsigned long int$.
+
+SCHAR_MIN Macro *crv-SCHAR_MIN*
+SCHAR_MAX Macro *crv-SCHAR_MAX*
+---------------
+minimum / maximum value that can be represented by a$signed char$
+
+
+UCHAR_MAX Macro *crv-UCHAR_MAX*
+---------------
+maximum value that can be represented by an$unsigned char$
+
+
+CHAR_MIN Macro *crv-CHAR_MIN*
+CHAR_MAX Macro *crv-CHAR_MAX*
+--------------
+minimum / maximum value that can be represented by a$char$
+
+
+SHRT_MIN Macro *crv-SHRT_MIN*
+SHRT_MAX Macro *crv-SHRT_MAX*
+--------------
+minimum / maximum value that can be represented by a$signed short int$
+
+
+USHRT_MAX Macro *crv-USHRT_MAX*
+---------------
+maximum value that can be represented by an$unsigned short int$
+
+
+INT_MIN Macro *crv-INT_MIN*
+INT_MAX Macro *crv-INT_MAX*
+-------------
+minimum / maximum value that can be represented by a$signed int$
+
+UINT_MAX Macro *crv-UINT_MAX*
+--------------
+maximum value that can be represented by an$unsigned int$
+
+
+LONG_MIN Macro *crv-LONG_MIN*
+LONG_MAX Macro *crv-LONG_MAX*
+--------------
+minimum / maximum value that can be represented by a$signed long int$
+
+
+ULONG_MAX Macro *crv-ULONG_MAX*
+---------------
+maximum value that can be represented by an$unsigned long int$
+
+
+LONG_LONG_MIN Macro *crv-LONG_LONG_MIN*
+LONG_LONG_MAX Macro *crv-LONG_LONG_MAX*
+-------------------
+minimum / maximum value that can be represented by a$signed long long int$
+
+
+ULONG_LONG_MAX Macro *crv-ULONG_LONG_MAX*
+--------------------
+maximum value that can be represented by an$unsigned long long int$
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.10.2 Width of Type *crv-libLHWidth*
+
+CHAR_BIT Macro *crv-CHAR_BIT*
+--------------
+this is the number of bits in a$char$- eight, on most systems. The value
+has type$int$.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.10.3 Conversion and Properties *crv-libLHConv*
+
+A characteristic of each multibyte character set is the maximum number of
+bytes that can be necessary to represent one character. This information
+is quite important when writing code that uses the conversion functions.
+
+MB_LEN_MAX Macro *crv-MB_LEN_MAX*
+----------------
+Specifies the maximum number of bytes in the multibyte sequence for a single
+character in any of the supported locales. This is a compile-time constant.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.11 <local.h> Localization *crv-libLocalH*
+
+This header defines macros and declares functions for setting local specific
+things.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $LC_ALL$ Macro |crv-LC_ALL|
+ $LC_COLLATE$ Macro |crv-LC_COLLATE|
+ $LC_CTYPE$ Macro |crv-LC_CTYPE|
+ $LC_MONETARY$ Macro |crv-LC_MONETARY|
+ $LC_NUMERIC$ Macro |crv-LC_NUMERIC|
+ $lconf$ Type |crv-lconf|
+ $localeconf()$ Func |crv-localeconv|
+ $setlocale()$ Func |crv-setlocale|
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.11.1 Categories *crv-libLocHCat*
+
+The purposes that locales serve are grouped into categories, so that a user
+or a program can choose the locale for each category independently.
+The following macro names are both an environment variable that
+a user can set, and a macro name that can be used as an argument
+to$setlocale()$.
+Additional macro definitions beginning with LC_ followed by uppercase letters
+my be specified by the compiler.
+
+
+LC_COLLATE Macro *crv-LC_COLLATE*
+----------------
+This category applies to collation of strings (functions$strcoll()$and
+$strxfrm()$).
+
+
+LC_CTYPE Macro *crv-LC_CTYPE*
+--------------
+This category applies to classification and conversion of characters, and to
+multibyte and wide characters.
+
+
+LC_MONETARY Macro *crv-LC_MONETARY*
+-----------------
+This category applies to formatting monetary values.
+
+
+LC_NUMERIC Macro *crv-LC_NUMERIC*
+----------------
+This category applies to formatting numeric values that are not monetary.
+
+
+LC_ALL Macro *crv-LC_ALL*
+------------
+This is not an environment variable; it is only a macro that can be use with
+$setlocale()$to set a single locale for all purposes. Setting this environment
+variable overwrites all selections by the other LC_* variables.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.11.2 Standard Locales *crv-libLocHLoc*
+
+There are two standard locales:
+
+"C"
+This is the standard C locale. The attributes and behavior it provides are
+specified in the ISO C standard. This is the default.
+For "C" the members of the$lconf$structure have the following values: >
+ char *decimal_point // "."
+ char *mon_decimal_point // ""
+ char *thousands_sep // ""
+ char *mon_thousands_sep // ""
+ char *grouping // ""
+ char *mon_grouping // ""
+ char int_frac_digits // CHAR_MAX
+ char frac_digits // CHAR_MAX
+ char *currency_symbol // ""
+ char *int_curr_symbol // ""
+ char p_cs_precedes // CHAR_MAX
+ char n_cs_precedes // CHAR_MAX
+ char int_p_cs_precedes // CHAR_MAX
+ char int_n_cs_precedes // CHAR_MAX
+ char p_sep_by_space // CHAR_MAX
+ char n_sep_by_space // CHAR_MAX
+ char int_p_sep_by_space // CHAR_MAX
+ char int_n_sep_by_space // CHAR_MAX
+ char *positive_sign // ""
+ char *negative_sign // ""
+ char p_sign_posn // CHAR_MAX
+ char n_sign_posn // CHAR_MAX
+ char int_p_sign_posn // CHAR_MAX
+ char int_n_sign_posn // CHAR_MAX
+An empty string or$CHAR_MAX$indicates that the value is not available
+in this local.
+
+""
+The empty name says to select a locale based on environment variables,
+see categories (|crv-libLocHCat|).
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.11.3 Information Structure *crv-libLocHInfo*
+
+
+lconf Type *crv-lconf*
+----------
+$lconf$is a structure giving information about numeric and monetary notation.
+According to standard C this structure must have at least the following
+elements.
+If a member of the structure has type$char$, and the value is$CHAR_MAX$,
+it means that the current locale has no value for that parameter.
+
+
+$char *decimal_point$ *crv-decimal_point*
+$char *mon_decimal_point$ *crv-mon_decimal_point*
+These are the decimal-point separators used in formatting non-monetary and
+monetary quantities, respectively.
+
+
+$char *thousands_sep$ *crv-thousands_sep*
+$char *mon_thousands_sep$ *crv-mon_thousands_sep*
+These are the separators used to delimit groups of digits to the left of the
+decimal point in formatting non-monetary and monetary quantities,
+respectively.
+
+
+$char *grouping$ *crv-grouping*
+$char *mon_grouping$ *crv-mon_grouping*
+These are strings that specify how to group the digits to the left of the
+decimal point.$grouping$applies to non-monetary quantities and$mon_grouping$
+applies to monetary quantities. Use either$thousands_sep$or$mon_thousands_sep$
+to separate the digit groups.
+
+Each member of these strings is to be interpreted as an integer value of type
+$char$. Successive numbers (from left to right) give the sizes of successive
+groups (from right to left, starting at the decimal point.) The last member
+is either 0, in which case the previous member is used over and over again
+for all the remaining groups, or$CHAR_MAX$, in which case there is no more
+grouping - or, put another way, any remaining digits form one large group
+without separators.
+
+For example, if grouping is "\04\03\02", the correct grouping for the number
+123456787654321 is 12, 34, 56, 78, 765, 4321. This uses a group of 4 digits
+at the end, preceded by a group of 3 digits, preceded by groups of 2 digits
+(as many as needed). With a separator of ,, the number would be printed as
+12,34,56,78,765,4321.
+
+A value of "\03" indicates repeated groups of three digits, as normally used
+in the U.S.
+
+
+$char int_frac_digits$ *crv-int_frac_digits*
+$char frac_digits$ *crv-frac_digits*
+These are small integers indicating how many fractional digits (to the right
+of the decimal point) should be displayed in a monetary value in international
+and local formats, respectively.
+
+
+$char *currency_symbol$ *crv-currency_symbol*
+The local currency symbol for the selected locale.
+
+
+$char *int_curr_symbol$ *crv-int_curr_symbol*
+The international currency symbol for the selected locale. The value should
+normally consist of a three-letter abbreviation.
+
+
+$char p_cs_precedes$ *crv-p_cs_precedes*
+$char n_cs_precedes$ *crv-n_cs_precedes*
+$char int_p_cs_precedes$ *crv-int_p_cs_precedes*
+$char int_n_cs_precedes$ *crv-int_n_cs_precedes*
+These members are 1 if the$currency_symbol$or$int_curr_symbol$strings should
+precede the value of a monetary amount, or 0 if the strings should follow
+the value. The$p_cs_precedes$and$int_p_cs_precedes$members apply to positive
+amounts (or zero), and the$n_cs_precedes$and$int_n_cs_precedes$members apply
+to negative amounts.
+The members with the$int_ prefix$apply to the$int_curr_symbol$while the other
+two apply to$currency_symbol$.
+
+
+$char p_sep_by_space$ *crv-p_sep_by_space*
+$char n_sep_by_space$ *crv-n_sep_by_space*
+$char int_p_sep_by_space$ *crv-int_p_sep_by_space*
+$char int_n_sep_by_space$ *crv-int_n_sep_by_space*
+These members are 1 if a space should appear between the$currency_symbol$
+or$int_curr_symbol$strings and the amount, or 0 if no space should appear.
+The$p_sep_by_space$and$int_p_sep_by_space$members apply to positive amounts
+(or zero), and the$n_sep_by_space$and$int_n_sep_by_space$members apply to
+negative amounts.
+The members with the$int_ prefix$apply to the$int_curr_symbol$while the other
+two apply to$currency_symbol$. There is one specialty with
+the$int_curr_symbol$though. Since all legal values contain a space at the
+end the string one either$printf()$this space (if the currency symbol must
+appear in front and must be separated) or one has to avoid printing this
+character at all (especially when at the end of the string).
+
+
+$char *positive_sign$ *crv-positive_sign*
+$char *negative_sign$ *crv-negative_sign*
+These are strings used to indicate positive (or zero) and negative monetary
+quantities, respectively.
+
+
+$char p_sign_posn$ *crv-p_sign_posn*
+$char n_sign_posn$ *crv-n_sign_posn*
+$char int_p_sign_posn$ *crv-int_p_sign_posn*
+$char int_n_sign_posn$ *crv-int_n_sign_posn*
+These members are small integers that indicate how to position the sign for
+nonnegative and negative monetary quantities, respectively. (The string used
+by the sign is what was specified with$positive_sign$or$negative_sign$.)
+The possible values are as follows:
+
+0 The currency symbol and quantity should be surrounded by parentheses.
+
+1 Print the sign string before the quantity and currency symbol.
+
+2 Print the sign string after the quantity and currency symbol.
+
+3 Print the sign string right before the currency symbol.
+
+4 Print the sign string right after the currency symbol.
+
+CHAR_MAX "Unspecified". Both members have this value in the standard C
+locale.
+
+The members with the$int_ prefix$apply to the$int_curr_symbol$while the other
+two apply to$currency_symbol$.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.11.4 Functions *crv-libLocHFunc*
+
+
+setlocale() Function *crv-setlocale*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <locale.h>$
+ $char *setlocale(int category, const char *locale);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+This function sets the current locale for category$category$to$locale$.
+
+If category is$ LC_ALL$, this specifies the locale for all purposes. The other
+possible values of$category$specify an single purpose
+(see Categories |crv-libLocHCat| ).
+
+This function can also be used to find out the current locale by passing a null
+pointer as the$locale$argument. In this case, a string is returned that is the
+name of the locale currently selected for category$category$.
+
+The string returned should not be modified.
+
+When the current locale for category$LC_ALL$is read, the value encodes the
+entire combination of selected locales for all categories.
+
+It is not guaranteed that the returned pointer remains valid over time, so a
+copy must be made.
+
+When the$locale$argument is not a null pointer, the string returned reflects
+the newly-modified locale.
+
+If an empty string for$locale$is specified, this means to read the appropriate
+environment variable and use its value to select the locale for$category$.
+
+If a nonempty string is given for$locale$, then the locale of that name is
+used if possible.
+
+If an invalid locale name is specified,$setlocale()$returns a null pointer
+and leaves the current locale unchanged.
+
+
+
+localeconf() Function *crv-localeconv*
+---------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <locale.h>$
+ $struct lconv *localeconv(void);$
+
+Return~
+pointer to structure$lconv$, representing the current local settings
+
+Description~
+This function returns a pointer to the structure$lconv$whose components
+contain information about how numeric and monetary values should be
+formatted in the current locale.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.12 <math.h> Mathematics *crv-libMathH*
+
+This header file defines macros and declares functions that allow to do
+mathematics.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $acos()$ Func |crv-acos|
+ $acosf()$ Func |crv-acosf|
+ $acosh()$ Func |crv-acosh|
+ $acoshf()$ Func |crv-acoshf|
+ $acoshl()$ Func |crv-acoshl|
+ $acosl()$ Func |crv-acosl|
+ $asin()$ Func |crv-asin|
+ $asinf()$ Func |crv-asinf|
+ $asinh()$ Func |crv-asinh|
+ $asinhf()$ Func |crv-asinhf|
+ $asinhl()$ Func |crv-asinhl|
+ $asinl()$ Func |crv-asinl|
+ $atan()$ Func |crv-atan|
+ $atanf()$ Func |crv-atanf|
+ $atanh()$ Func |crv-atanh|
+ $atanhf()$ Func |crv-atanhf|
+ $atanhl()$ Func |crv-atanhl|
+ $atanl()$ Func |crv-atanl|
+ $atan2()$ Func |crv-atan2|
+ $atan2f()$ Func |crv-atan2f|
+ $atan2l()$ Func |crv-atan2l|
+ $cbrt()$ Func |crv-cbrt|
+ $cbrtf()$ Func |crv-cbrtf|
+ $cbrtl()$ Func |crv-cbrtl|
+ $ceil()$ Func |crv-ceil|
+ $ceilf()$ Func |crv-ceilf|
+ $ceill()$ Func |crv-ceill|
+ $copysign()$ Func |crv-copysign|
+ $copysignf()$ Func |crv-copysignf|
+ $copysignl()$ Func |crv-copysignl|
+ $cos()$ Func |crv-cos|
+ $cosf()$ Func |crv-cosf|
+ $cosh()$ Func |crv-cosh|
+ $coshf()$ Func |crv-coshf|
+ $coshl()$ Func |crv-coshl|
+ $cosl()$ Func |crv-cosl|
+ $erf()$ Func |crv-erf|
+ $erff()$ Func |crv-erff|
+ $erfl()$ Func |crv-erfl|
+ $erfc()$ Func |crv-erfc|
+ $erfcf()$ Func |crv-erfcf|
+ $erfcl()$ Func |crv-erfcl|
+ $exp2()$ Func |crv-exp2|
+ $exp2f()$ Func |crv-exp2f|
+ $exp2l()$ Func |crv-exp2l|
+ $exp()$ Func |crv-exp|
+ $expf()$ Func |crv-expf|
+ $expl()$ Func |crv-expl|
+ $expm1()$ Func |crv-expm1|
+ $expm1f()$ Func |crv-expm1f|
+ $expm1l()$ Func |crv-expm1l|
+ $fabs()$ Func |crv-fabs|
+ $fabsf()$ Func |crv-fabsf|
+ $fabsl()$ Func |crv-fabsl|
+ $fdim()$ Func |crv-fdim|
+ $fdimf()$ Func |crv-fdimf|
+ $fdiml()$ Func |crv-fdiml|
+ $floor()$ Func |crv-floor|
+ $floorf()$ Func |crv-floorf|
+ $floorl()$ Func |crv-floorl|
+ $fmin()$ Func |crv-fmin|
+ $fminf()$ Func |crv-fminf|
+ $fminl()$ Func |crv-fminl|
+ $fma()$ Func |crv-fma|
+ $fmaf()$ Func |crv-fmaf|
+ $fmal()$ Func |crv-fmal|
+ $fmax()$ Func |crv-fmax|
+ $fmaxf()$ Func |crv-fmaxf|
+ $fmaxl()$ Func |crv-fmaxl|
+ $fmod()$ Func |crv-fmod|
+ $fmodf()$ Func |crv-fmodf|
+ $fmodl()$ Func |crv-fmodl|
+ $FP_FAST_FMA$ Macro |crv-FP_FAST_FMA|
+ $FP_FAST_FMAF$ Macro |crv-FP_FAST_FMAF|
+ $FP_FAST_FMAL$ Macro |crv-FP_FAST_FMAL|
+ $FP_ILOGB0$ Macro |crv-FP_ILOGB0|
+ $FP_ILOGBNAN$ Macro |crv-FP_ILOGBNAN|
+ $frexp()$ Func |crv-frexp|
+ $frexpf()$ Func |crv-frexpf|
+ $frexpl()$ Func |crv-frexpl|
+ $hypot()$ Func |crv-hypot|
+ $hypotf()$ Func |crv-hypotf|
+ $hypotl()$ Func |crv-hypotl|
+ $ilogb()$ Func |crv-ilogb|
+ $ilogbf()$ Func |crv-ilogbf|
+ $ilogbl()$ Func |crv-ilogbl|
+ $isfinite()$ Macro |crv-isfinite|
+ $isgreater()$ Macro |crv-isgreater|
+ $isgreaterequal()$Macro |crv-isgreaterequal|
+ $isinf()$ Macro |crv-isinf|
+ $isless()$ Macro |crv-isless|
+ $islessequal()$ Macro |crv-islessequal|
+ $islessgreater()$ Macro |crv-islessgreater|
+ $isnan()$ Macro |crv-isnan|
+ $isnormal()$ Macro |crv-isnormal|
+ $isunordered()$ Macro |crv-isunordered|
+ $ldexp()$ Func |crv-ldexp|
+ $ldexpf()$ Func |crv-ldexpf|
+ $ldexpl()$ Func |crv-ldexpl|
+ $lgamma()$ Func |crv-lgamma|
+ $lgammaf()$ Func |crv-lgammaf|
+ $lgammal()$ Func |crv-lgammal|
+ $log()$ Func |crv-log|
+ $logf()$ Func |crv-logf|
+ $logl()$ Func |crv-logl|
+ $log10()$ Func |crv-log10|
+ $log10f()$ Func |crv-log10f|
+ $log10l()$ Func |crv-log10l|
+ $log1p()$ Func |crv-log1p|
+ $log1pf()$ Func |crv-log1pf|
+ $log1pl()$ Func |crv-log1pl|
+ $log2()$ Func |crv-log2|
+ $log2f()$ Func |crv-log2f|
+ $log2l()$ Func |crv-log2l|
+ $logb()$ Func |crv-logb|
+ $logbf()$ Func |crv-logbf|
+ $logbl()$ Func |crv-logbl|
+ $lrint()$ Func |crv-lrint|
+ $lrintf()$ Func |crv-lrintf|
+ $lrintl()$ Func |crv-lrintl|
+ $llrint()$ Func |crv-llrint|
+ $llrintf()$ Func |crv-llrintf|
+ $llrintl()$ Func |crv-llrintl|
+ $lround()$ Func |crv-lround|
+ $lroundf()$ Func |crv-lroundf|
+ $lroundl()$ Func |crv-lroundl|
+ $llround()$ Func |crv-llround|
+ $llroundf()$ Func |crv-llroundf|
+ $llroundl()$ Func |crv-llroundl|
+ $modf()$ Func |crv-modf|
+ $modff()$ Func |crv-modff|
+ $modfl()$ Func |crv-modfl|
+ $nan()$ Func |crv-nan|
+ $nanf()$ Func |crv-nanf|
+ $nanl()$ Func |crv-nanl|
+ $nearbyint()$ Func |crv-nearbyint|
+ $nearbyintf()$ Func |crv-nearbyintf|
+ $nearbyintl()$ Func |crv-nearbyintl|
+ $nextafter()$ Func |crv-nextafter|
+ $nextafterf()$ Func |crv-nextafterf|
+ $nextafterl()$ Func |crv-nextafterl|
+ $nexttoward()$ Func |crv-nexttoward|
+ $nexttowardf()$ Func |crv-nexttowardf|
+ $nexttowardl()$ Func |crv-nexttowardl|
+ $pow()$ Func |crv-pow|
+ $powf()$ Func |crv-powf|
+ $powl()$ Func |crv-powl|
+ $remainder()$ Func |crv-remainder|
+ $remainderf()$ Func |crv-remainderf|
+ $remainderl()$ Func |crv-remainderl|
+ $remquo()$ Func |crv-remquo|
+ $remquof()$ Func |crv-remquof|
+ $remquol()$ Func |crv-remquol|
+ $rint()$ Func |crv-rint|
+ $rintf()$ Func |crv-rintf|
+ $rintl()$ Func |crv-rintl|
+ $round()$ Func |crv-round|
+ $roundf()$ Func |crv-roundf|
+ $roundl()$ Func |crv-roundl|
+ $scalbn()$ Func |crv-scalbn|
+ $scalbnf()$ Func |crv-scalbnf|
+ $scalbnl()$ Func |crv-scalbnl|
+ $scalbln()$ Func |crv-scalbln|
+ $scalblnf()$ Func |crv-scalblnf|
+ $scalblnl()$ Func |crv-scalblnl|
+ $signbit()$ Macro |crv-signbit|
+ $signgam$ Var |crv-signgam|
+ $sin()$ Func |crv-sin|
+ $sinf() $ Func |crv-sinf|
+ $sinh()$ Func |crv-sinh|
+ $sinhf()$ Func |crv-sinhf|
+ $sinhl()$ Func |crv-sinhl|
+ $sinl()$ Func |crv-sinl|
+ $sqrt()$ Func |crv-sqrt|
+ $sqrtf()$ Func |crv-sqrtf|
+ $sqrtl()$ Func |crv-sqrtl|
+ $tan()$ Func |crv-tan|
+ $tanf()$ Func |crv-tanf|
+ $tanh()$ Func |crv-tanh|
+ $tanhf()$ Func |crv-tanhf|
+ $tanhl()$ Func |crv-tanhl|
+ $tanl()$ Func |crv-tanl|
+ $tgamma()$ Func |crv-tgamma|
+ $tgammaf()$ Func |crv-tgammaf|
+ $tgammal()$ Func |crv-tgammal|
+ $trunc()$ Func |crv-trunc|
+ $truncf()$ Func |crv-truncf|
+ $truncl()$ Func |crv-truncl|
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.1 Error Conditions *crv-libMHErr*
+
+All functions declared in$<math.h>$do handle errors in a very similar way.
+
+If an argument is outside the domain over a function is defined a domain
+error occurs, then$errno$is set to$EDOM$. The value that the function returns
+is implementation specific.
+
+If the result of a function cannot be represented in the type of return value,
+a range error occurs.
+If the result overflows, the function returns the value of the macro
+$HUGE_VAL$, with the same sign as the correct value of the function;
+$errno$is set to$ERANGE$.
+
+If the result underflows, the function returns 0; whether or not$errno$is
+set to$ERANGE$is implementation-defined.
+
+
+HUGE_VAL Macro *crv-HUGE_VAL*
+HUGE_VALF Macro *crv-HUGE_VALF*
+HUGE_VALL Macro *crv-HUGE_VALL*
+---------------
+This macro expands to a positive$double$constant. On machines that use
+IEEE 754 floating point format,$HUGE_VAL$is infinity. On other machines,
+it's typically the largest positive number that can be represented.
+$HUGE_VALF$and$HUGE_VALL$are the analogs for$float$and$long double$.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.2 Classification Macros *crv-libMHClass*
+
+
+fpclassify() Macro *crv-fpclassify*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int fpclassify(float-type x;$
+
+Return~
+FP_NAN
+The floating-point number x is "Not a Number"
+
+FP_INFINITE
+The value of x is either plus or minus infinity.
+
+FP_ZERO
+The value of x is zero.
+
+FP_SUBNORMAL
+Numbers whose absolute value is too small to be represented in the normal
+format are represented in an alternate, denormalized format
+(see |crv-dtFormatsFPBasics|)
+
+FP_NORMAL
+This value is returned for all other values of x. It indicates that there
+is nothing special about the number.
+
+Description~
+This is a generic macro which works on all floating-point types.
+It classifies its argument as NaN, infinite, normal, subnormal, zero or into
+another implementation-defined category.
+
+
+
+isfinite() Macro *crv-isfinite*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int isfinite(float-type x);$
+
+Return~
+0: x is not finite
+else x is finite
+
+Description~
+This is a generic macro which works on all floating-point types.
+This macro returns a nonzero value if x is finite: not plus or minus infinity,
+and not NaN. It is equivalent to
+ $(fpclassify (x) != FP_NAN && fpclassify (x) != FP_INFINITE)$
+
+
+
+isnormal() Macro *crv-isnormal*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int isnormal(float-type x);$
+
+Return~
+0: x is not normal
+else x is normal
+
+Description~
+This is a generic macro which works on all floating-point types.
+This macro returns a nonzero value if x is finite and normalized.
+It is equivalent to
+ $(fpclassify (x) == FP_NORMAL)$
+
+
+
+isnan() Macro *crv-isnan*
+-------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int isnan(float-type x);$
+
+Return~
+0: x is not NaN
+else x is NaN
+
+Description~
+This is a generic macro which works on all floating-point types.
+This macro returns a nonzero value if x is NaN. It is equivalent to
+ $(fpclassify (x) == FP_NAN)$
+
+
+
+isinf() Macro *crv-isinf*
+-------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int isinf(float-type x);$
+
+Return~
+0: x is not infinite
+else x is infinite
+
+Description~
+This is a generic macro which works on all floating-point types.
+This macro returns a nonzero value if x is infinte. It is equivalent to
+ $(fpclassify (x) == FP_INFINITE)$
+~
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.3 Comparison Macros *crv-libMHCmp*
+
+All macros below are generic macros that work on all floating-point types.
+
+
+isgreater() Macro *crv-isgreater*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int isgreater(float-type x, float-type y);$
+
+Return~
+0: x is not greater y
+else x is greater y
+
+Description~
+This macro determines whether the argument x is greater than y.
+It is equivalent to (x) > (y), but no exception is raised if x or y are NaN.
+
+
+
+isgreaterequal() Macro *crv-isgreaterequal*
+----------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int isgreaterequal(float-type x, float-type y);$
+
+Return~
+0: x is not greater or equal y
+else x is greater or equal y
+
+Description~
+This macro determines whether the argument x is greater than or equal to y.
+It is equivalent to (x) >= (y), but no exception is raised if x or y are NaN.
+
+
+
+isless() Macro *crv-isless*
+--------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int isless(float-type x, float-type y);$
+
+Return~
+0: x is not less y
+else x is less y
+
+Description~
+This macro determines whether the argument x is less than y. It is equivalent
+to (x) < (y), but no exception is raised if x or y are NaN.
+
+
+
+islessequal() Macro *crv-islessequal*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int islessequal(float-type x, float-type y);$
+
+Return~
+0: x is not less or equal y
+else x is less or equal y
+
+Description~
+This macro determines whether the argument x is less than or equal to y. It is
+equivalent to (x) <= (y), but no exception is raised if x or y are NaN.
+
+
+
+islessgreater() Macro *crv-islessgreater*
+---------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int islessgreater(float-type x, float-type y);$
+
+Return~
+0: x is not less or greater y
+else x is less or greater y
+
+Description~
+This macro determines whether the argument x is less or greater than y. It is
+equivalent to (x) < (y) || (x) > (y) (although it only evaluates x and y
+once), but no exception is raised if x or y are NaN.
+This macro is not equivalent to x != y, because that expression is true if x
+or y are NaN.
+
+
+
+isunordered() Macro *crv-isunordered*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int isunordered(float-type x, float-type y);$
+
+Return~
+0: x and y are not unordered
+else x or y is unordered
+
+Description~
+This macro determines whether its arguments are unordered. In other words,
+it is true if x or y are NaN, and false otherwise.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.4 Trigonometric *crv-libMHTrig*
+
+
+asin() Functions *crv-asin* *crv-asinf* *crv-asinl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double asin(double x);$
+ $float asinf(float x);$
+ $long double asinl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+range -PI/2...+PI/2
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the arc sine of x. The value is in units of radians.
+The arc sine function is defined mathematically only over the domain -1 to 1.
+If x is outside the domain, asin signals a domain error.
+
+
+
+acos() Functions *crv-acos* *crv-acosf* *crv-acosl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double acos(double x);$
+ $float acosf(float x);$
+ $long double acosl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+range 0...PI
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the arc cosine of x. The value is in units of radians.
+The arc cosine function is defined mathematically only over the domain -1 to
+1. If x is outside the domain, acos signals a domain error.
+
+
+atan() Functions *crv-atan* *crv-atanf* *crv-atanl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double atan(double x);$
+ $float atanf(float x);$
+ $long double atanl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+range -PI/2...+PI/2
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the arc tangent of x. The value is in units of
+radians.
+
+
+atan2() Functions *crv-atan2* *crv-atan2f* *crv-atan2l*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double atan2(double x);$
+ $float atan2f(float x);$
+ $long double atan2l(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+range -PI...+PI
+If both x and y are zero, atan2 returns zero.
+
+Description~
+This function computes the arc tangent of y/x, but the signs of both arguments
+are used to determine the quadrant of the result, and x is permitted to be
+zero. The return value is given in radians.
+
+If x and y are coordinates of a point in the plane, atan2 returns the signed
+angle between the line from the origin to that point and the x-axis.
+Thus, atan2 is useful for converting Cartesian coordinates to polar
+coordinates.
+
+
+
+sin() Functions *crv-sin* *crv-sinf* *crv-sinl*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double sin(double x);$
+ $float sinf(float x);$
+ $long double sinl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+range -1...+1
+
+Description~
+These functions return the sine of x, where x is given in radians.
+
+
+cos() Functions *crv-cos* *crv-cosf* *crv-cosl*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double cos(double x);$
+ $float cosf(float x);$
+ $long double cosl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+range -1...+1
+
+Description~
+These functions return the cosine of x, where x is given in radians.
+
+
+tan() Functions *crv-tan* *crv-tanf* *crv-tanl*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double tan(double x);$
+ $float tanf(float x);$
+ $long double tanl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+tangent of x
+
+Description~
+These functions return the tangent of x, where x is given in radians.
+Mathematically, the tangent function has singularities at odd multiples of
+PI/2. If the argument x is too close to one of these singularities,$tan()$
+will signal overflow.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.5 Hyperbolic *crv-libMHHyper*
+
+
+sinh() Functions *crv-sinh* *crv-sinhf* *crv-sinhl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double sinh(double x);$
+ $float sinhf(float x);$
+ $long double sinhl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+hyperbolic sine of x
+
+Description~
+These functions return the hyperbolic sine of x, defined mathematically as
+(exp(x) - exp(-x)) / 2. They may signal overflow if x is too large.
+
+
+
+cosh() Functions *crv-cosh* *crv-coshf* *crv-coshl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double cosh(double x);$
+ $float coshf(float x);$
+ $long double coshl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+hyperbolic cosine of x
+
+Description~
+These function return the hyperbolic cosine of x, defined mathematically as
+(exp(x) + exp(-x)) / 2. They may signal overflow if x is too large.
+
+
+
+tanh() Functions *crv-tanh* *crv-tanhf* *crv-tanhl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double tanh(double x);$
+ $float tanhf(float x);$
+ $long double tanhl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+hyperbolic tangent of x
+
+Description~
+These functions return the hyperbolic tangent of x, defined mathematically as
+sinh(x) / cosh(x). They may signal overflow if x is too large.
+
+
+
+asinh() Functions *crv-asinh* *crv-asinhf* *crv-asinhl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double asinh(double x);$
+ $float asinhf(float x);$
+ $long double asinhl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+inverse hyperbolic sine of x
+
+Description~
+These functions return the inverse hyperbolic sine of x.
+
+
+
+acosh() Functions *crv-acosh* *crv-acoshf* *crv-acoshl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double acosh(double x);$
+ $float acoshf(float x);$
+ $long double acoshl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+inverse hyperbolic cosine of x
+
+Description~
+These functions return the inverse hyperbolic cosine of x. If x is less than
+1, acosh signals a domain error.
+
+
+
+atanh() Functions *crv-atanh* *crv-atanhf* *crv-atanhl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double atanh(double x);$
+ $float atanhf(float x);$
+ $long double atanhl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+inverse hyperbolic tangent of x
+
+Description~
+These functions return the inverse hyperbolic tangent of x. If the absolute
+value of x is greater than 1,$atanh()$signals a domain error; if it is
+equal to 1, it returns infinity.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.6 Exponential & Logarithmic *crv-libMHExpLog*
+
+
+
+exp() Functions *crv-exp* *crv-expf* *crv-expl*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double exp(double x);$
+ $float expf(float x);$
+ $long double expl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+e^x
+
+Description~
+These functions compute e (the base of natural logarithms) raised to the
+power x. If the magnitude of the result is too large to be representable,
+$exp()$signals overflow.
+
+
+
+exp2() Functions *crv-exp2* *crv-exp2f* *crv-exp2l*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double exp2(double x);$
+ $float exp2f(float x);$
+ $long double exp2l(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+2^x
+
+Description~
+These functions compute 2 raised to the power x. Mathematically,$exp2(x)$is
+the same as exp(x * log(2)).
+
+
+
+expm1() Functions *crv-expm1* *crv-expm1f* *crv-expm1l*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double expm1(double x);$
+ $float expm1f(float x);$
+ $long double expm1l(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+exp(x)-1
+
+Description~
+These functions return a value equivalent to exp(x) - 1. They are computed in a
+way that is accurate even if x is near zero - a case where exp(x) - 1 would be
+inaccurate owing to subtraction of two numbers that are nearly equal.
+
+
+
+
+ilogb() Functions *crv-ilogb* *crv-ilogbf* *crv-ilogbl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int ilogb(double x);$
+ $int ilogbf(float x);$
+ $int ilogbl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+
+
+Description~
+These functions are equivalent to the corresponding logb() functions except
+that they return signed integer values. Since integers cannot represent
+infinity and NaN,$ilogb()$instead returns an integer that can't be the
+exponent of a normal floating-point number, the macros are:
+
+FP_ILOGB0 Macro *crv-FP_ILOGB0*
+ $ilogb()$returns this value if its argument is 0. The numeric value is
+ either$INT_MIN$or$-INT_MAX$.
+
+FP_ILOGBNAN Macro *crv-FP_ILOGBNAN*
+ $ilogb()$returns this value if its argument is NaN. The numeric value is
+ either$INT_MIN$or$INT_MAX$.
+
+
+
+log() Functions *crv-log* *crv-logf* *crv-logl*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double log(double x);$
+ $float logf(float x);$
+ $long double logl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the natural logarithm of x. If x is negative,$log()$
+signals a domain error. If x is zero, it returns negative infinity;
+if x is too close to zero, it may signal overflow.
+
+
+
+log10() Functions *crv-log10* *crv-log10f* *crv-log10l*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double log10(double x);$
+ $float log10f(float x);$
+ $long double log10l(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+base-10 logarithm of x
+
+Description~
+These functions return the base-10 logarithm of x.
+ $log10(x)$equals$log(x) / log(10)$
+
+
+
+log1p() Functions *crv-log1p* *crv-log1pf* *crv-log1pl*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double log1p(double x);$
+ $float log1pf(float x);$
+ $long double log1pl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+log(1+x)
+
+Description~
+These functions returns a value equivalent to log(1 + x). They are computed
+in a way that is accurate even if x is near zero.
+
+
+
+log2() Functions *crv-log2* *crv-log2f* *crv-log2l*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double log2(double x);$
+ $float log2f(float x);$
+ $long double log2l(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+base-2 logarithm of x
+
+Description~
+These functions return the base-2 logarithm of x.
+ $log2(x)$equals$log(x) / log(2)$
+
+
+
+logb() Functions *crv-logb* *crv-logbf* *crv-logbl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double log2(double x);$
+ $float log2f(float x);$
+ $long double log2l(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+These functions extract the exponent of x and return it as a floating-point
+value. If FLT_RADIX is two,$logb()$is equal to$floor(log2 (x))$, except it's
+probably faster.
+If x is denormalized,$logb()$returns the exponent x would have if it were
+normalized. If x is infinity (positive or negative),$logb()$returns ∞.
+If x is zero,$logb()$returns ∞. It does not signal.
+
+
+
+
+frexp() Functions *crv-frexp* *crv-frexpf* *crv-frexpl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double frexp(double x, int *exponent);$
+ $float frexpf(float x, int *exponent);$
+ $long double frexpl(long double x, int *exponent);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+These functions are used to split the number value into a normalized fraction
+and an exponent.
+If the argument value is not zero, the return value is value times a power
+of two, and is always in the range 1/2 (inclusive) to 1 (exclusive). The
+corresponding exponent is stored in *exponent; the return value multiplied
+by 2 raised to this exponent equals the original number value.
+
+For example,$frexp(12.8, &exponent)$returns 0.8 and stores 4 in exponent.
+
+If value is zero, then the return value is zero and zero is stored in
+*exponent.
+
+
+
+ldexp() Functions *crv-ldexp* *crv-ldexpf* *crv-ldexpl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double ldexp(double x, int exponent);$
+ $float ldexpf(float x, int exponent);$
+ $long double ldexpl(long double x, int exponent);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+These functions return the result of multiplying the floating-point number
+value by 2 raised to the power exponent.
+(It can be used to reassemble floating-point numbers that were taken apart
+by$frexp()$) .
+For example,$ldexp(0.8, 4)$returns 12.8.
+
+
+
+modf() Functions *crv-modf* *crv-modff* *crv-modfl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double modf(double x, double *intpart);$
+ $float modff(float x, float *intpart);$
+ $long double modfl(long double x, long double *intpart);$
+
+Return~
+stores the integer part in *intpart, and returns the fractional part
+
+Description~
+These functions break the argument value into an integer part and a fractional
+part (between -1 and 1, exclusive). Their sum equals value. Each of the parts
+has the same sign as value, and the integer part is always rounded toward zero.
+
+Example:$modf(2.5, &intpart)$returns 0.5 and stores 2.0 into intpart.
+
+
+
+scalbn() Functions *crv-scalbn* *crv-scalbnf* *crv-scalbnl*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double scalbn(double x, int n);$
+ $float scalbnf(float x, int n);$
+ $long double scalbnl(long double x, int n);$
+
+Return~
+x*FLT_RADIX^n
+
+Description~
+These functions compute x * FLT_RADIX^n efficiently (commonly FLT_RADIX is 2).
+n is of type$int$, for type$long int$see$scalbln()$.
+
+
+
+scalbln() Functions *crv-scalbln* *crv-scalblnf* *crv-scalblnl*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double scalbln(double x, long int n);$
+ $float scalblnf(float x, long int n);$
+ $long double scalblnl(long double x, long int n);$
+
+Return~
+x*FLT_RADIX^n
+
+Description~
+These functions compute x * FLT_RADIX^n efficiently (commonly FLT_RADIX is 2).
+n is of type$long int$, for type$int$see$scalbn()$.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.7 Power & Absolute *crv-libMHPower*
+
+
+cbrt() Functions *crv-cbrt* *crv-cbrtf* *crv-cbrtl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double cbrt(double x);$
+ $float cbrtf(float x);$
+ $long double cbrtl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+cube root of x
+
+Description~
+These functions return the cube root of x. They cannot fail; every
+representable real value has a representable real cube root.
+
+
+
+fabs() Functions *crv-fabs* *crv-fabsf* *crv-fabsl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double fabs(double x);$
+ $float fabsf(float x);$
+ $long double fabsl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+absolute of x
+
+Description~
+This function returns the absolute value of the floating-point number x.
+
+
+hypot() Functions *crv-hypot* *crv-hypotf* *crv-hypotl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double hypot(double x, double y);$
+ $float hypotf(float x, float y);$
+ $long double hypotl(long double x, long double y);$
+
+Return~
+sqrt(x*x + y*y)
+
+Description~
+These functions return sqrt(x*x + y*y).
+Normally this function is faster and more accurate than the direct formula.
+
+
+
+pow() Functions *crv-pow* *crv-powf* *crv-powl*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double pow(double x, double y);$
+ $float powf(float x, float y);$
+ $long double powl(long double x, long double y);$
+
+Return~
+x^y
+
+Description~
+These are general exponentiation functions, returning base raised to power
+(x^y).
+
+Mathematically,$pow()$would return a complex number when base is negative and
+power is not an integral value.$pow$can't do that, so instead it signals a
+domain error.$pow$may also underflow or overflow the destination type.
+
+
+
+sqrt() Functions *crv-sqrt* *crv-sqrtf* *crv-sqrtl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double sqrt(double x);$
+ $float sqrtf(float x);$
+ $long double sqrtl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+sqrt(x)
+
+Description~
+These functions return the nonnegative square root of x.
+If x is negative,$sqrt()$signals a domain error. Mathematically, it should
+return a complex number.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.8 Error & Gamma *crv-libMHErrGam*
+
+
+erf() Functions *crv-erf* *crv-erff* *crv-erfl*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double erf(double x);$
+ $float erff(float x);$
+ $long double erfl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+error function of x
+
+Description~
+$erf()$returns the error function of x. The error function is defined as
+ erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi) * integral from 0 to x of exp(-t^2) dt
+
+
+erfc() Functions *crv-erfc* *crv-erfcf* *crv-erfcl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double erf(double x);$
+ $float erff(float x);$
+ $long double erfl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+1 - error function of x
+
+Description~
+$erfc()$returns 1.0 -$erf(x)$, but computed in a fashion that avoids
+round-off error when x is large.
+
+
+lgamma() Functions *crv-lgamma* *crv-lgammaf* *crv-lgammal*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double lgamma(double x);$
+ $float lgammaf(float x);$
+ $long double lgammal(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+$lgamma()$returns the natural logarithm of the absolute value of the gamma
+function of x. The gamma function is defined as
+
+ gamma(x) = integral from 0 to ∞ of t^(x-1) e^-t dt
+
+ *crv-signgam*
+The sign of the gamma function is stored in the global variable$signgam$,
+which is declared in$<math.h>$. It is 1 if the intermediate result was
+positive or zero, or -1 if it was negative.
+
+To compute the real gamma function $tgamma()$can be used or the values as
+can be computed as follows:
+
+ lgam = lgamma(x);
+ gam = signgam*exp(lgam);
+
+
+The gamma function has singularities at the non-positive integers.$lgamma()$
+will raise the zero divide exception if evaluated at a singularity.
+
+
+
+tgamma() Functions *crv-tgamma* *crv-tgammaf* *crv-tgammal*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double tgamma(double x);$
+ $float tgammaf(float x);$
+ $long double tgammal(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+$tgamma()$applies the gamma function to x. The gamma function is defined as
+ gamma (x) = integral from 0 to ∞ of t^(x-1) e^-t dt
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.9 Nearest Integer *crv-libMHNear*
+
+
+ceil() Functions *crv-ceil* *crv-ceilf* *crv-ceill*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double ceil(double x);$
+ $float ceilf(float x);$
+ $long double ceill(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+x rounded upwards
+
+Description~
+These functions round x upwards to the nearest integer, returning that value
+as a double. Thus, ceil(1.5)$ is 2.0.
+
+
+
+floor() Functions *crv-floor* *crv-floorf* *crv-floorl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double floor(double x);$
+ $float floorf(float x);$
+ $long double floorl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+x rounded downwards
+
+Description~
+These functions round x downwards to the nearest integer, returning that value
+as a double. Thus,$floor(1.5)$is 1.0 and$floor(-1.5)$is -2.0.
+
+
+
+trunc() Functions *crv-trunc* *crv-truncf* *crv-truncl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double trunc(double x);$
+ $float truncf(float x);$
+ $long double truncl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+x rounded towards zero
+
+Description~
+These functions round x towards zero to the nearest integer (returned in
+floating-point format). Thus,$trunc(1.5)$is 1.0 and$trunc(-1.5)$is -1.0.
+
+
+
+rint() Functions *crv-rint* *crv-rintf* *crv-rintl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double rint(double x);$
+ $float rintf(float x);$
+ $long double rintl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+x rounded according to rounding mode
+
+Description~
+These functions round x to an integer value according to the current rounding
+mode (for modes see "II.6.3 Rounding" |crv-libFHRounding|). The default
+rounding mode is to round to the nearest integer.
+If x was not initially an integer, these functions raise the inexact
+exception.
+
+
+ *crv-nearbyint*
+nearbyint() Functions *crv-nearbyintf* *crv-nearbyintl*
+---------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double nearbyint(double x);$
+ $float nearbyintf(float x);$
+ $long double nearbyintl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+x rounded according to rounding mode
+
+Description~
+These functions return the same value as the$rint()$functions, but do not
+raise the inexact exception if x is not an integer.
+
+
+
+round() Functions *crv-round* *crv-roundf* *crv-roundl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double round(double x);$
+ $float roundf(float x);$
+ $long double roundl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+These functions are similar to$rint()$, but they round halfway cases away from
+zero instead of to the nearest even integer.
+
+
+
+lrint() Functions *crv-lrint* *crv-lrintf* *crv-lrintl*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $long int lrint(double x);$
+ $long int lrintf(float x);$
+ $long int lrintl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+x rounded according to rounding mode
+
+Description~
+These functions are just like$rint()$, but they return a$long int$instead of
+a floating-point number.
+
+
+
+llrint() Functions *crv-llrint* *crv-llrintf* *crv-llrintl*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $long long int llrint(double x);$
+ $long long int llrintf(float x);$
+ $long long int llrintl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+x rounded according to rounding mode
+
+Description~
+These functions are just like$rint()$, but they return a$long long int$instead
+of a floating-point number.
+
+
+
+lround() Functions *crv-lround* *crv-lroundf* *crv-lroundl*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $long int lround(double x);$
+ $long int lroundf(float x);$
+ $long int lroundl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+x rounded
+
+Description~
+These functions are just like$round()$, but they return a$long int$instead of
+a floating-point number.
+
+
+
+llround() Functions *crv-llround* *crv-llroundf* *crv-llroundl*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $long long int llround(double x);$
+ $long long int llroundf(float x);$
+ $long long int llroundl(long double x);$
+
+Return~
+x rounded
+
+Description~
+These functions are just like$round()$, but they return a$long long int$
+instead of a floating-point number.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.10 Remainder *crv-libMHRem*
+
+
+fmod() Functions *crv-fmod* *crv-fmodf* *crv-fmodl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double fmod(double x, double y);$
+ $float fmodf(float x, float y);$
+ $long double fmodl(long double x, long double y);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the remainder from the division of x by. Specifically,
+the return value is x - n*y, where n is the quotient of x divided by y,
+rounded towards zero to an integer. Thus,$fmod(6.5, 2.3)$ returns 1.9, which
+is 6.5 minus 4.6.
+The result has the same sign as x and has magnitude less than the magnitude
+of y.
+If y is zero,$fmod()$signals a domain error.
+
+
+ *crv-remainder*
+remainder() Functions *crv-remainderf* *crv-remainderl*
+---------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double remainder(double x, double y);$
+ $float remainderf(float x, float y);$
+ $long double remainderl(long double x, long double y);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+These functions are like$fmod()$except that they rounds the internal quotient
+n to the nearest integer instead of towards zero to an integer.
+For example,$remainder(6.5, 2.3)$returns -0.4, which is 6.5 minus 6.9.
+
+The absolute value of the result is less than or equal to half the absolute
+value of y. The difference between$fmod(x, y)$and$remainder(x, y)$is always
+either y, -y, or zero.
+If denominator is zero,$remainder()$signals a domain error.
+
+
+
+remquo() Functions *crv-remquo* *crv-remquof* *crv-remquol*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double remquo(double x, double y, int *quo);$
+ $float remquof(float x, float y, int *quo);$
+ $long double remquol(long double x, long double y, int *quo);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+These functions compute the same remainder as the$remainder()$functions.
+In *quo they store a value whose sign is the singe of x/y and whose
+magnitude is congruent modulo 2^n to the magnitude of the integral quotient
+of x/y, where n is an implementation-defined integer greater or equal to 3.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.11 Manipulating *crv-libMHMani*
+
+
+ *crv-copysign*
+copysign() Functions *crv-copysignf* *crv-copysignl*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double copysign(double x, double y);$
+ $float copysignf(float x, float y);$
+ $long double copysignl(long double x, long double y);$
+
+Return~
+x with sign of y
+
+Description~
+These functions return x but with the sign of y. They work even if x or y are
+NaN or zero. Both of these can carry a sign (although not all implementations
+support it).
+$copysign()$never raises an exception.
+
+
+
+signbit() Macro *crv-signbit*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $int signbit(float-type x);$
+
+Return~
+0: x has no negative sign
+else x has negative sign
+
+Description~
+This is a generic macro which works on all floating-point types.
+This macro returns a nonzero value if x is negative.
+This is not the same as x < 0.0, because IEEE 754 floating point allows zero
+to be signed. The comparison -0.0 < 0.0 is false, but$signbit(-0.0)$ will
+return a nonzero value.
+
+
+ *crv-nextafter*
+nextafter() Functions *crv-nextafterf* *crv-nextafterl*
+---------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double nextafter(double x, double y);$
+ $float nextafterf(float x, float y);$
+ $long double nextafetl(long double x, long double y);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+These functions return the next representable neighbor of x in the direction
+towards y. The size of the step between x and the result depends on the type
+of the result. If x = y the function simply returns y. If either value is
+NaN, NaN is returned. Otherwise a value corresponding to the value of the
+least significant bit in the mantissa is added or subtracted, depending on
+the direction.
+$nextafter()$will signal overflow or underflow if the result goes outside of
+the range of normalized numbers.
+
+
+ *crv-nexttoward*
+nexttoward() Functions *crv-nexttowardf* *crv-nexttowardl*
+----------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double nexttoward(double x, long double y);$
+ $float nexttowardf(float x, long double y);$
+ $long double nexttowardl(long double x, long double y);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+These functions are identical to the corresponding versions of$nextafter()$
+except that their second argument is a long double.
+
+
+
+nan() Functions *crv-nan* *crv-nanf* *crv-nanl*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double nan(const char *tagp);$
+ $float nanf(const char *tagp);$
+ $long double nanl(const char *tagp);$
+
+Return~
+NaN
+
+Description~
+These functions return a representation of NaN, provided that NaN is supported
+by the target platform.$nan("n-char-sequence")$is equivalent to
+$strtod("NAN(n-char-sequence)")$.
+
+The argument tagp is used in an unspecified manner. On IEEE 754 systems, there
+are many representations of NaN, and tagp selects one. On other systems it may
+do nothing.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.12.12 Miscellaneous *crv-libMHMisc*
+
+
+fdim() Functions *crv-fdim* *crv-fdimf* *crv-fdiml*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double fdim(double x, double y);$
+ $float fdimf(float x, float y);$
+ $long double fdiml(long double x, long double y);$
+
+Return~
+positive difference
+
+Description~
+These functions return the positive difference between x and y. The positive
+difference is x - y if x is greater than y, and 0 otherwise.
+If x, y, or both are NaN, NaN is returned.
+
+
+
+fmin() Functions *crv-fmin* *crv-fminf* *crv-fminl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double fmin(double x, double y);$
+ $float fminf(float x, float y);$
+ $long double fminl(long double x, long double y);$
+
+Return~
+minimum of x and y
+
+Description~
+These functions return the lesser of the two values x and y. It is similar to
+the expression ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y)) except that x and y are only evaluated
+once.
+If an argument is NaN, the other argument is returned. If both arguments are
+NaN, NaN is returned.
+
+
+
+fmax() Functions *crv-fmax* *crv-fmaxf* *crv-fmaxl*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double fmax(double x, double y);$
+ $float fmaxf(float x, float y);$
+ $long double fmaxl(long double x, long double y);$
+
+Return~
+maximum of x and y
+
+Description~
+These functions return the greater of the two values x and y.
+If an argument is NaN, the other argument is returned. If both arguments are
+NaN, NaN is returned.
+
+
+
+fma() Functions *crv-fma* *crv-fmaf* *crv-fmal*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <math.h>$
+ $double fma(double x, double y, double z);$
+ $float fmaf(float x, float y, float z);$
+ $long double fmal(long double x, long double y, long double z);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+These functions perform floating-point multiply-add. This is the operation
+(x * y) + z, but the intermediate result is not rounded to the destination
+type. This can sometimes improve the precision of a calculation.
+
+This function was introduced because some processors have a special
+instruction to perform multiply-add. The C compiler cannot use it directly,
+because the expression x*y + z is defined to round the intermediate result.
+$fma()$lets you choose when you want to round only once.
+
+ *crv-FP_FAST_FMA*
+ *crv-FP_FAST_FMAF* *crv-FP_FAST_FMAL*
+On processors which do not implement multiply-add in hardware,$fma$can be
+very slow since it must avoid intermediate rounding.
+math.h defines the symbols$FP_FAST_FMA$,$FP_FAST_FMAF$, and$FP_FAST_FMAL$ when
+the corresponding version of$fma()$is no slower than the expression x*y + z.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.13 <setjmp.h> Nonlocal Jumps *crv-libSetjmpH*
+
+This header file provides a function, a macro and a data type to perform
+nonlocal exits. Typically this is used to do an intermediate return from a
+nested function call.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $jmp_buf$ Type |crv-libjmp_buf|
+ $longjmp()$ Func |crv-liblongjmp|
+ $setjmp()$ Macro |crv-libsetjmp|
+
+
+
+jmp_buf Type *crv-jmp_buf*
+------------
+Objects of type$jmp_buf$hold the state information to be restored by a
+nonlocal exit. The contents of a$jmp_buf$identify a specific place to return
+to.
+
+
+
+setjmp() Macro *crv-setjmp*
+--------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <setjmp.h>$
+ $int setjmp(jmp_buf state);$
+
+Return~
+0: if normally executed
+!=0: value passed to$longjmp()$
+
+Description~
+When called normally,$setjmp()$stores information about the execution state of
+the program in$state$and returns zero. If$longjmp()$is later used to perform
+a nonlocal exit to this state,$setjmp()$returns a nonzero value.
+
+Calls to$setjmp()$are safe in only the following contexts:
+ - As the test expression of a selection or iteration statement (such as$if,$
+ $switch$, or$while$).
+ - As one operand of a equality or comparison operator that appears as the
+ test expression of a selection or iteration statement. The other operand
+ must be an integer constant expression.
+ - As the operand of a unary ! operator, that appears as the test expression
+ of a selection or iteration statement.
+ - By itself as an expression statement.
+
+Return points are valid only during the dynamic extent of the function that
+called$setjmp()$to establish them. If returned via$longjmp()$to a return point
+that was established in a function that has already returned, unpredictable
+and disastrous things are likely to happen.
+
+
+
+longjmp() Function *crv-longjmp*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <setjmp.h>$
+ $void longjmp(jmp_buf state, int value);$
+
+Return~
+none
+
+Description~
+This function restores current execution to the state saved in$state$, and
+continues execution from the call to$setjmp()$that established that return
+point. Returning from$setjmp()$by means of$longjmp()$returns the value
+argument that was passed to$longjmp()$, rather than 0.
+(But if value is given as 0, setjmp returns 1).
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.14 <signal.h> Signal Handling *crv-libSignalH*
+
+This header file defines macros and declares functions for handling signals.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $rais()$ Func |crv-rais|
+ $sig_atomic_t$ Type |crv-sig_atomic_t|
+ $SIG_DFL$ Macro |crv-SIG_DFL|
+ $SIG_ERR$ Macro |crv-SIG_ERR|
+ $SIG_IGN$ Macro |crv-SIG_IGN|
+ $SIGABRT$ Macro |crv-SIGABRT|
+ $SIGFPE$ Macro |crv-SIGFPE|
+ $SIGILL$ Macro |crv-SIGILL|
+ $SIGINT$ Macro |crv-SIGINT|
+ $signal()$ Func |crv-signal|
+ $SIGSEGV$ Macro |crv-SIGSEGV|
+ $SIGTERM$ Macro |crv-SIGTERM|
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.14.1 Types *crv-libSHTyp*
+
+sig_atomic_t Type *crv-sig_atomic_t*
+-----------------
+This is an integer data type. Objects of this type are always accessed
+atomically. Reading and writing this data type is guaranteed to happen in a
+single instruction, so there's no way for a handler to run "in the middle"
+of an access.
+The type sig_atomic_t is always an integer data type, but which one it is,
+and how many bits it contains, may vary from machine to machine.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.14.2 Signals *crv-libSHSig*
+
+Valid signals are:
+
+ Signal | Description
+ -----------+---------------------------------------------------
+ $SIGABRT$ | abnormal termination (e.g. call of$abort()$) *crv-SIGABRT*
+ $SIGFPE$ | arithmetic error (e.g. division by zero, *crv-SIGFPE*
+ | overflow)
+ $SIGILL$ | illegal instruction *crv-SIGILL*
+ $SIGINT$ | interactive attention signal (e.g. interrupt) *crv-SIGINT*
+ $SIGSEGV$ | invalid access to storage *crv-SIGSEGV*
+ $SIGTERM$ | termination request sent to the program *crv-SIGTERM*
+
+Other signals my be specified by the compiler.
+
+It depends on the machine whether this signals are generated by the system
+itself.$raise()$function can be used to send them.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.14.3 Functions *crv-libSHFunc*
+
+
+signal() Function *crv-signal*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <signal.h>$
+ $void (*signal(int sig, void (*handler)(int)))(int);$
+
+Return~
+- pointer to previous handler, if call was successful
+-$SIG_ERR$, if call failed
+
+Description~
+This function chooses one of three ways in which receipt of the signal$sig$is
+to be handled, these ways are:
+ *crv-SIG_DFL* *crv-SIG_IGN*
+ - If the value of$handler$is$SIG_DFL$, default handling for that signal
+ occurs.
+ - If the value of$handler$is$SIG_IGN$, the signal is ignored.
+ - If the value of$handler$points to a function, that function is called
+ with the argument of the type of signal.
+
+For valid signals see II.14.2 (|crv-libSHSig|).
+ *crv-SIG_ERR*
+If the call to signal is successful, then it returns a pointer to the previous
+signal handler for the specified signal type. If the call fails, then$SIG_ERR$
+is returned and$errno$is set to a positive value.
+
+
+
+rais() Function *crv-rais*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <signal.h>$
+ $int raise(int signum);$
+
+Return~
+0: signal sent successfully
+else: failed
+
+Description~
+The raise function sends the signal$signum$to the calling process.
+About the only reason for failure would be if the value of signum is invalid.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.15 <stdarg.h> Arguments *crv-libStdargH*
+
+This header files defines macros which allow to handle functions with an
+unknown number of arguments.
+See |crv-fuDefVarPara| for an example.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $va_arg()$ Macro |crv-libva_arg|
+ $va_copy()$ Macro |crv-libva_copy|
+ $va_end()$ Macro |crv-libva_end|
+ $va_list$ Type |crv-libva_list|
+ $va_start()$ Macro |crv-libva_start|
+
+
+va_list Type *crv-va_list*
+------------
+This type is used for argument pointer variables.
+
+
+va_start() Macro *crv-va_start*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <signal.h>$
+ $void va_start(va_list ap, last-required);$
+
+Return~
+none
+
+Description~
+This macro initializes the argument pointer variable ap to point to the first
+of the optional arguments of the current function; last-required must be the
+last required argument to the function.
+
+
+
+va_arg() Macro *crv-va_arg*
+--------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <signal.h>$
+ $type va_arg(va_list ap, type);$
+
+Return~
+value of next argument
+
+Description~
+This macro returns the value of the next optional argument, and modifies the
+value of ap to point to the subsequent argument. Thus, successive uses of
+$va_arg()$return successive optional arguments.
+
+The type of the value returned by$va_arg()$is$type$as specified in the call.
+
+
+
+va_end() Macro *crv-va_end*
+--------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <signal.h>$
+ $void va_end(va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+none
+
+Description~
+This ends the use of ap. After a$va_end()$call, further$va_arg()$calls with
+the same ap may not work.$va_end()$should be invoked before returning from the
+function in which$va_start()$was invoked with the same ap argument.
+
+
+
+va_copy() Macro *crv-va_copy*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <signal.h>$
+ $void va_copy (va_list dest, va_list src);$
+
+Return~
+none
+
+Description~
+The$va_copy()$macro allows copying of objects of type$va_list$even if this is
+not an integral type.
+The copies can be used to parse the list of parameters more than once.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.16 <stdbool.h> Boolean Type *crv-libStdboolH*
+
+
+bool Macro *crv-bool*
+----------
+expands to$_Bool$
+
+
+true Macro *crv-true*
+----------
+expands to integer constant 1
+
+
+false Macro *crv-false*
+-----------
+expands to integer constant 0
+
+
+__bool_true_false_are_defined Macro *crv-__bool_true_false_are_defined*
+-----------------------------------
+expands to integer constant 1
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.17 <stddef.h> Definitions *crv-libStddefH*
+
+This header file defines some macros and types (some of them are also defined
+in other header files).
+
+Quicklink:
+ $prtdiff_t$ Type |crv-prtdiff_t|
+ $size_t$ Type |crv-size_t|
+ $wchar_t$ Type |crv-wchar_t|
+ $NULL$ Macro |crv-NULL|
+ $offsetof()$ Macro |crv-offsetof|
+
+
+prtdiff_t Type *crv-prtdiff_t*
+--------------
+This is the signed integer type of the result of subtracting two pointers.
+For example, with the declaration$char *p1, *p2;$, the expression$p2 - p1$is
+of type$ptrdiff_t$.
+
+
+size_t Type *crv-size_t*
+-----------
+This is an unsigned integer type used to represent the sizes of objects.
+Also declared in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-size_t2|.
+Also declared in$<string.h>$, see |crv-size_t3|.
+Also declared in$<time.h>$, see |crv-size_t4|.
+Also declared in$<stdio.h>$, see |crv-size_t5|;
+Also declared in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-size_t6|.
+
+
+wchar_t Type *crv-wchar_t*
+------------
+This data type is used as the base type for wide character strings.
+It's range of values can represent distinct codes for all members of the
+largest extended character set specified among the supported locales.
+Also declared in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-libwchar_t2|.
+Also declared in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-libwchar_t3|.
+
+
+NULL Macro *crv-NULL*
+----------
+Expands to an implementation-defined null pointer constant.
+Also defined in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-NULL2|.
+Also defined in$<string.h>$, see |crv-NULL3|.
+Also defined in$<time.h>$, see |crv-NULL4|.
+Also defined in$<stdio.h>$, see |crv-NULL5|.
+Also defined in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-NULL6|.
+
+
+
+offsetof() Macro *crv-offsetof*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stddef.h>$
+ $size_t offsetof (type, member);$
+
+Return~
+offset of$member$in structure$type$
+
+Description~
+This expands to an integer constant expression that is the offset of the
+structure member named$member$in the structure type$type$.
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.18 <stdint.h> Integer Type *crv-libStdintH*
+
+This header file declares a set of integer types having specified widths and
+defines a set of macros to handle them.
+
+Types are defined in the following categories:
+ - integer types with a certain exact width
+ - integer types having at least a certain width
+ - fastest integer types having at least a certain width
+ - integer types wide enough to hold pointers
+ - integer types having greatest width
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.18.1 Integer Types *crv-libSdHType*
+
+II.18.1.1 Exact-Width *crv-libSdHTExact*
+----------------------
+There are integer types representing exactly N bits. The general form is:
+intN_t (signed width N bits width)
+uintN_t (unsigned width N bits width)
+
+Common types are:
+ $int8_t$ $uint8_t$ *crv-int8_t* *crv-uint8_t*
+ $int16_t$ $uint16_t$ *crv-int16_t* *crv-uint16_t*
+ $int32_t$ $uint32_t$ *crv-int32_t* *crv-uint32_t*
+ $int64_t$ $uint64_t$ *crv-int64_t* *crv-uint64_t*
+These types are optional. The compiler is free to declare others (e.g.
+$int24_t$).
+
+
+II.18.1.2 Minimum-Width *crv-libSdHTMin*
+-----------------------
+There are integer types with at least N bits width. The general form is:
+int_leastN_t (signed with at least N bits width)
+uint_leastN_t (unsigned with at least N bits width)
+
+Common types are:
+ $int_least8_t$ $uint_least8_t$ *crv-int_least8_t*
+ *crv-uint_least8_t*
+ $int_least16_t$ $uint_least16_t$ *crv-int_least16_t*
+ *crv-uint_least16_t*
+ $int_least32_t$ $uint_least32_t$ *crv-int_least32_t*
+ *crv-uint_least32_t*
+ $int_least64_t$ $uint_least64_t$ *crv-int_least64_t*
+ *crv-uint_least64_t*
+
+These types are required. Others may be declared by the compiler.
+
+
+II.18.1.3 Fastest Minimum-Width *crv-libSdHTFast*
+-------------------------------
+These integer types allow the fastest access while having at least N bits.
+The general form is:
+int_fastN_t (fast signed with at least N bits width)
+uint_fastN_t (fast unsigned with at least N bits width)
+
+Common types are:
+ $int_fast8_t$ $uint_fast8_t$ *crv-int_fast8_t*
+ *crv-uint_fast8_t*
+ $int_fast16_t$ $uint_fast16_t$ *crv-int_fast16_t*
+ *crv-uint_fast16_t*
+ $int_fast32_t$ $uint_fast32_t$ *crv-int_fast32_t*
+ *crv-uint_fast32_t*
+ $int_fast64_t$ $uint_fast64_t$ *crv-int_fast64_t*
+ *crv-uint_fast64_t*
+
+These types are required. Others may be declared by the compiler.
+
+
+II.18.1.4 Greatest-Width *crv-libSdHTGreat*
+------------------------
+These integer types have the widest range possible on the platform on which
+they are being used.
+ $intmax_t$ (signed) *crv-intmax_t*
+ $uintmax_t$ (unsigned) *crv-uintmax_t*
+These types are required.
+
+
+II.18.1.5 Hold Pointer *crv-libSdHTPtr*
+----------------------
+These integer types are wide enough to store a pointer of type$void$.
+ $intptr_t$ (signed) *crv-intptr_t*
+ $uintptr_t$ (unsigned) *crv-uintptr_t*
+
+These types are optional.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.18.2 Limits *crv-libSdHTLim*
+ *crv-__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS*
+The following macros specify the minimum and maximum of the types declared
+in$<stdint.h>$. They are defined only if$__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS$is defined before
+including$<stdint.h>$.
+
+II.18.2.1 Exact-Width *crv-libSdHLExact*
+---------------------
+Signed integer minimum:
+ INTN_MIN, N is the number of bits
+ Value: -2^(N-1)
+ Common macros:
+ $INT8_MIN$ *crv-INT8_MIN*
+ $INT16_MIN$ *crv-INT16_MIN*
+ $INT32_MIN$ *crv-INT32_MIN*
+ $INT64_MIN$ *crv-INT64_MIN*
+
+Signed integer maximum:
+ INTN_MAX, N is the number of bits
+ Value: 2^(N-1) - 1
+ Common macros:
+ $INT8_MAX$ *crv-INT8_MAX*
+ $INT16_MAX$ *crv-INT16_MAX*
+ $INT32_MAX$ *crv-INT32_MAX*
+ $INT64_MAX$ *crv-INT64_MAX*
+
+Unsigned integer minimum:
+ is always 0
+
+Unsigned integer maximum:
+ UINTN_MAX, N is the number of bits
+ Value: 2^N - 1
+ Common macros:
+ $UINT8_MAX$ *crv-UINT8_MAX*
+ $UINT16_MAX$ *crv-UINT16_MAX*
+ $UINT32_MAX$ *crv-UINT32_MAX*
+ $UINT64_MAX$ *crv-UINT64_MAX*
+
+
+
+II.18.2.2 Minimum-Width *crv-libSdHLMin*
+-----------------------
+Signed integer minimum:
+ INT_LEASTN_MIN, N is the number of bits
+ Value: <= -2^(N-1)
+ Common macros:
+ $INT_LEAST8_MIN$ *crv-INT_LEAST8_MIN*
+ $INT_LEAST16_MIN$ *crv-INT_LEAST16_MIN*
+ $INT_LEAST32_MIN$ *crv-INT_LEAST32_MIN*
+ $INT_LEAST64_MIN$ *crv-INT_LEAST64_MIN*
+
+Signed integer maximum:
+ INT_LEASTN_MAX, N is the number of bits
+ Value: >= 2^(N-1) - 1
+ Common macros:
+ $INT_LEAST8_MAX$ *crv-INT_LEAST8_MAX*
+ $INT_LEAST16_MAX$ *crv-INT_LEAST16_MAX*
+ $INT_LEAST32_MAX$ *crv-INT_LEAST32_MAX*
+ $INT_LEAST64_MAX$ *crv-INT_LEAST64_MAX*
+
+Unsigned integer minimum:
+ is always 0
+
+Unsigned integer maximum:
+ UINT_LEASTN_MAX, N is the number of bits
+ Value: >= 2^N - 1
+ Common macros:
+ $UINT_LEAST8_MAX$ *crv-UINT_LEAST8_MAX*
+ $UINT_LEAST16_MAX$ *crv-UINT_LEAST16_MAX*
+ $UINT_LEAST32_MAX$ *crv-UINT_LEAST32_MAX*
+ $UINT_LEAST64_MAX$ *crv-UINT_LEAST64_MAX*
+
+
+
+II.18.2.3 Fastest Minimum-Width *crv-libSdHLFast*
+-------------------------------
+Signed integer minimum:
+ INT_FASTN_MIN, N is the number of bits
+ Value: <= -2^(N-1)
+ Common macros:
+ $INT_FAST8_MIN$ *crv-INT_FAST8_MIN*
+ $INT_FAST16_MIN$ *crv-INT_FAST16_MIN*
+ $INT_FAST32_MIN$ *crv-INT_FAST32_MIN*
+ $INT_FAST64_MIN$ *crv-INT_FAST64_MIN*
+
+Signed integer maximum:
+ INT_FASTN_MAX, N is the number of bits
+ Value: >= 2^(N-1) - 1
+ Common macros:
+ $INT_FAST8_MAX$ *crv-INT_FAST8_MAX*
+ $INT_FAST16_MAX$ *crv-INT_FAST16_MAX*
+ $INT_FAST32_MAX$ *crv-INT_FAST32_MAX*
+ $INT_FAST64_MAX$ *crv-INT_FAST64_MAX*
+
+Unsigned integer minimum:
+ is always 0
+
+Unsigned integer maximum:
+ UINT_FASTN_MAX, N is the number of bits
+ Value: >= 2^N - 1
+ Common macros:
+ $UINT_FAST8_MAX$ *crv-UINT_FAST8_MAX*
+ $UINT_FAST16_MAX$ *crv-UINT_FAST16_MAX*
+ $UINT_FAST32_MAX$ *crv-UINT_FAST32_MAX*
+ $UINT_FAST64_MAX$ *crv-UINT_FAST64_MAX*
+
+
+
+II.18.2.4 Greatest-Width *crv-libSdHLGreat*
+------------------------
+Minimum value of greatest-width signed integer type:
+$ INTMAX_MIN$ <= -(2^63) *crv-INTMAX_MIN*
+
+Maximum value of greatest-width signed integer type:
+$ INTMAX_MAX$ >= 2^63 - 1 *crv-INTMAX_MAX*
+
+Minimum value of greatest-width unsigned integer type:
+ 0
+Maximum value of greatest-width unsigned integer type:
+$ UINTMAX_MAX$ >= 2^64 - 1 *crv-UINTMAX_MAX*
+
+
+
+II.18.2.5 Hold Pointer *crv-libSdHLPtr*
+----------------------
+Minimum value of pointer holding signed integer type:
+ $INTPTR_MIN$ <= -(2^15) *crv-INTPTR_MIN*
+
+Maximum value of pointer holding signed integer type:
+ $INTPTR_MAX$ >= 2^15 - 1 *crv-INTPTR_MAX*
+
+Minimum value of pointer holding unsigned integer type:
+ 0
+
+Maximum value of pointer holding unsigned integer type:
+ $UINTPTR_MAX$ >= 2^16 - 1 *crv-UINTPTR_MAX*
+
+
+
+II.18.2.6 Others *crv-libSdHLOther*
+----------------
+Limits of$ptrdiff_t$:
+ $PTRDIFF_MIN$ *crv-PTRDIFF_MIN*
+ $PTRDIFF_MAX$ *crv-PTRDIFF_MAX*
+
+Limits of$sig_atomic_t$:
+ $SIG_ATOMIC_MIN$ *crv-SIG_ATOMIC_MIN*
+ $SIG_ATOMIC_MAX$ *crv-SIG_ATOMIC_MAX*
+
+Limits of$size_t$:
+ $SIZE_MAX$ *crv-SIZE_MAX*
+
+Limits of$wchar_t$:
+ $WCHAR_MIN$ *crv-WCHAR_MIN*
+ $WCHAR_MAX$ *crv-WCHAR_MAX*
+ Also defined in$<wctype.h>$, see |crv-libWCHAR_MIN2|, |crv-libWCHAR_MAX2|.
+
+Limits of$wint_t$:
+ $WINT_MIN$ *crv-WINT_MIN*
+ $WINT_MAX$ *crv-WINT_MAX*
+
+
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.18.3 Macros *crv-libSdHMac*
+
+
+INTMAX_C() Macro *crv-INTMAX_C*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdint.h>$
+ $INTMAX_C(val);$
+
+Description~
+expands to an integer constant value$val$of type$intmax_t$
+
+
+UINTMAX_C() Macro *crv-UINTMAX_C*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdint.h>$
+ $UINTMAX_C(val);$
+
+Description~
+expands to an integer constant value$val$of type$uintmax_t$
+
+
+ *crv-INT8_C* *crv-INT16_C*
+INTN_C() Macro *crv-INT32_C* *crv-INT64_C*
+--------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdint.h>$
+ $INT8_C(val);$
+ $INT16_C(val);$
+ $INT32_C(val);$
+ $INT64_C(val);$
+
+Description~
+expands to an integer constant value$val$of type$int_leastN_t$(N number of
+bits)
+
+
+ *crv-UINT8_C* *crv-UINT16_C*
+UINTN_C() Macro *crv-UINT32_C* *crv-UINT64_C*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdint.h>$
+ $UINT8_C(val);$
+ $UINT16_C(val);$
+ $UINT32_C(val);$
+ $UINT64_C(val);$
+
+Description~
+expands to an integer constant value$val$of type$uint_leastN_t$(N number of
+bits)
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.19 <stdio.h> Input/Output *crv-libStdioH*
+
+This header file declares types, macros and functions to perform input/output
+operations.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.19.1 Types *crv-libSIOHType*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $size_t$ Type |crv-size_t5|
+ $FILE$ Type |crv-FILE|
+ $fpos_t$ Type |crv-fpos_t|
+
+
+size_t Type *crv-size_t5*
+-----------
+This is an unsigned integer type used to represent the sizes of objects.
+Also declared in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-size_t|.
+Also declared in$<string.h>$, see |crv-size_t2|.
+Also declared in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-size_t3|.
+Also declared in$<time.h>$, see |crv-size_t4|.
+Also declared in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-size_t6|.
+
+
+FILE Type *crv-FILE*
+---------
+This is the data type used to represent stream objects. A FILE object holds
+all of the internal state information about the connection to the associated
+file.
+
+
+fpos_t Type *crv-fpos_t*
+-----------
+This is the type of an object that can encode information about the file
+position of a stream.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.19.2 Macros *crv-libSIOHMac*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $_IOFBF$ Macro |crv-_IOFBF|
+ $_IOLBF$ Macro |crv-_IOLBF|
+ $_IONBF$ Macro |crv-_IONBF|
+ $BUFSIZ$ Macro |crv-BUFSIZ|
+ $BUFSIZ$ Macro |crv-BUFSIZ|
+ $FOPEN_MAX$ Macro |crv-FOPEN_MAX|
+ $FILENAME_MAX$ Macro |crv-FILENAME_MAX|
+ $L_tmpnam$ Macro |crv-L_tmpnam|
+ $NULL$ Macro |crv-NULL5|
+ $SEEK_SET$ Macro |crv-SEEK_SET|
+ $SEEK_CUR$ Macro |crv-SEEK_CUR|
+ $SEEK_END$ Macro |crv-SEEK_END|
+ $stderr$ Macro |crv-stderr|
+ $stdin$ Macro |crv-stdin|
+ $stdout$ Macro |crv-stdout|
+
+
+
+NULL Macro *crv-NULL5*
+----------
+Expands to an implementation-defined null pointer constant.
+Also defined in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-libNULL|.
+Also defined in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-libNULL2|.
+Also defined in$<string.h>$, see |crv-libNULL3|.
+Also defined in$<time.h>$, see |crv-libNULL4|.
+Also defined in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-libNULL6|.
+
+
+
+_IOFBF Macro *crv-_IOFBF*
+_IOLBF Macro *crv-_IOLBF*
+_IONBF Macro *crv-_IONBF*
+------------
+This macros expand to an constant integer expression that can be used as the
+mode argument to the$setvbuf()$function.
+
+ $_IOFBF$ specifies that the stream should be fully buffered
+ $_IOLBF$ specifies that the stream should be line buffered
+ $_IONBF$ specifies that the stream should be unbuffered
+
+
+
+BUFSIZ Macro *crv-BUFSIZ*
+------------
+The value of this macro is an integer constant expression that is good to use
+for the size argument to$setvbuf()$. This value is guaranteed to be at least
+256.
+
+
+
+EOF Macro *crv-EOF*
+---------
+This is returned by a number of narrow stream functions to indicate an
+end-of-file condition, or some other error situation.
+
+
+
+FOPEN_MAX Macro *crv-FOPEN_MAX*
+---------------
+The value of this macro is an integer constant expression that represents the
+minimum number of streams that the implementation guarantees can be open
+simultaneously.
+
+
+
+FILENAME_MAX Macro *crv-FILENAME_MAX*
+------------------
+The value of this macro is an integer constant expression that represents
+the maximum length of a file name string.
+
+
+
+L_tmpnam Macro *crv-L_tmpnam*
+--------------
+The value of this macro is an integer constant expression that represents the
+minimum size of a string large enough to hold a file name generated by the
+$tmpnam()$function.
+
+
+
+
+SEEK_SET Macro *crv-SEEK_SET*
+SEEK_CUR Macro *crv-SEEK_CUR*
+SEEK_END Macro *crv-SEEK_END*
+--------------
+These are integer constants which are used as the whence argument to the
+fseek() or fseeko() functions.
+
+ $SEEK_SET$ specifies that the offset provided is relative to the beginning
+ of the file
+ $SEEK_CUR$ specifies that the offset provided is relative to the current
+ file position
+ $SEEK_END$ specifies that the offset provided is relative to the end of the
+ file
+
+
+TMP_MAX Macro *crv-TMP_MAX*
+-------------
+This is the maximum number of unique filenames that the function$tmpnam()$can
+generate.
+
+
+
+stderr Macro *crv-stderr*
+stdin Macro *crv-stdin*
+stdout Macro *crv-stdout*
+------------
+These macros expand to pointers to$FILE$types which correspond to the standard
+error, standard input and standard output streams. These streams are text
+streams.
+
+The standard input stream is the normal source of input for the program.
+The standard output stream is the normal source of output from the program.
+The standard error stream is used for error messages and diagnostics issued
+by the program.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.19.3 Streams and Files *crv-libSIOHStrmFile*
+
+Streams provide a higher-level interface between program and input/output
+device. There are two types of streams: text and binary streams.
+
+Text and binary streams differ in several ways:
+
+ - The data read from a text stream is divided into lines which are
+ terminated by newline ('\n') characters, while a binary stream is simply a
+ long series of characters.
+ A text stream might on some systems fail to handle lines more than 254
+ characters long (including the terminating newline character).
+
+ - On some systems, text files can contain only printing characters,
+ horizontal tab characters, and newlines, and so text streams may not
+ support other characters. However, binary streams can handle any character
+ value.
+
+ - Space characters that are written immediately preceding a newline
+ character in a text stream may disappear when the file is read in again.
+
+ - More generally, there need not be a one-to-one mapping between characters
+ that are read from or written to a text stream, and the characters in the
+ actual file.
+
+Binary streams transfers data without changing (1:1 copy).
+
+On some systems text and binary streams use different file formats, the only
+way to read or write "an ordinary file of text" that can work with other
+text-oriented programs is through a text stream.
+
+At startup of a program there are three text streams available: standard
+input, standard output and standard error. See |crv-libstdout| for further
+information.
+
+
+Files are associated with streams. A file must be opened to be used. One of
+the attributes of an open file is its file position that keeps track of where
+in the file the next character is to be read or written.
+The file position is normally set to the beginning of the file when it is
+opened, and each time a character is read or written, the file position is
+incremented, so access to the file is normally sequential.
+
+Ordinary files permit read or write operations at any position within the
+file. Some other kinds of files may also permit this. Files which do permit
+this are sometimes referred to as random-access files. The file position
+can be changed using the$fseek()$function on a stream.
+
+Streams that are opened for append access are treated specially for output:
+output to such files is always appended sequentially to the end of the
+file, regardless of the file position. However, the file position is still
+used to control where in the file reading is done.
+
+Each opening of a file creates a separate file position. Thus, if a file is
+opened twice - even in the same program - two streams with independent
+file positions are generated.
+
+
+An open file must be closed,$fclose()$can be used to do that. If$main()$
+returns or$exit()$is called, all opened files are closed automatically.
+Other path to program termination (e.g.$abort()$) do not need to close
+files (dependes on compiler).
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.19.4 File Operations *crv-libSIOHFOp*
+
+
+remove() Function *crv-remove*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int remove(const char *file_name);$
+
+Return~
+0: successful
+nonzero: failed
+
+Description~
+Remove the file (unlink it) with name$*file$points to. Any subsequent attempt
+to open it again will fail. If the file is currently open, then the result is
+implementation-defined.
+
+
+
+rename() Function *crv-rename*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int rename(const char *oldname, const char *newname);$
+
+Return~
+0: successful
+else: failed
+
+Description~
+This function renames the file$oldname$to$newname$. The file formerly
+accessible under the name$oldname$is afterwards accessible as$newname$instead.
+If the new file exists before renaming, then the result is
+implementation-defined.
+
+
+
+tmpfile() Function *crv-tmpfile*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $FILE *tmpfile(void);$
+
+Return~
+NULL: failed
+else: pointer to stream of the created file
+
+Description~
+This function creates a temporary binary file for update mode, as if by
+calling$fopen()$with mode "wb+". The file is deleted automatically when it is
+closed or when the program terminates.
+
+
+
+tmpnam() Function *crv-tmpnam*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $char *tmpnam(char *result);$
+
+Return~
+NULL: failed
+else: pointer to name of file
+
+Description~
+This function constructs and returns a valid file name that does not refer to
+any existing file. If the$result$argument is a null pointer, the return value
+is a pointer to an internal static string, which might be modified by
+subsequent calls. Otherwise, the$result$argument should be a pointer to an
+array of at least$L_tmpnam$characters, and the result is written into that
+array. In this case the value of the argument is returned.
+Each call of$tmpnam()$generates a different name, up to$TMP_MAX$times.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.19.5 File Access *crv-libSIOHFAcc*
+
+
+fclose() Function *crv-fclose*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int fclose(FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+0: success
+EOF: failed
+
+Description~
+This function causes$stream$to be closed and the connection to the
+corresponding file to be broken. Any buffered output is written and any
+buffered input is discarded.
+
+
+
+fflush() Function *crv-fflush*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int fflush(FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+0: success
+EOF: failed
+
+Description~
+This function causes any buffered output on$stream$to be delivered to the
+file. If$stream$is a null pointer, then$fflush()$causes buffered output on all
+open output streams to be flushed.
+
+
+
+fopen() Function *crv-fopen*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $FILE *fopen(const char *file_name, const char *opentype);$
+
+Return~
+NULL: failed
+else: pointer to stream of opened file
+
+Description~
+This function opens a stream for I/O to the file$file_name$, and returns a
+pointer to the stream.
+The$opentype$argument is a string that controls how the file is opened and
+specifies attributes of the resulting stream. It must begin with one of the
+following sequences of characters, other may follow (implementation-defined):
+
+ Mode | Description
+ ------------+--------------------------------------------------------------
+ $r$ | open text file for reading
+ $w$ | truncate to zero length or create text file for writing
+ $a$ | append; open or create text file for writing at end-of-file
+ $rb$ | open binary file for reading
+ $wb$ | truncate to zero length or create binary file for writing
+ $ab$ | append; open or create binary file for writing at end-of-file
+ $r+$ | open text file for reading and writing
+ $w+$ | truncate to zero length or create text file for reading and
+ | writing
+ $a+$ | append; open or create text file for reading and writing,
+ | writing at end-of-file
+ $r+b or rb+$| open binary file for reading and writing
+ $w+b or wb+$| truncate to zero length or create binary file for reading
+ | and writing
+ $a+b or ab+$| append; open or create binary file for reading and writing,
+ | writing at end-of-file
+
+
+
+
+freopen() Function *crv-freopen*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $FILE *freopen(const char *file_name, const char *opentype, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+NULL: failed
+else: pointer to stream of opened file
+
+Description~
+This function is like a combination of$fclose()$and$fopen()$. It first closes
+the stream referred to by$stream$, ignoring any errors that are detected in
+the process. Then the file named by$file_name$is opened with mode$opentype$as
+for$fopen()$, and associated with the same stream object$stream$.
+
+This is traditionally been used to connect a standard stream such as$stdin$
+with a file.
+
+
+
+setbuf() Function *crv-setbuf*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $void setbuf(FILE *stream, char *buf);$
+
+Return~
+none
+
+Description~
+If$buf$is a null pointer, the effect of this function is equivalent to calling
+$setvbuf()$with a mode argument of$_IONBF$. Otherwise, it is equivalent to
+calling$setvbuf()$with$buf$, and a mode of$_IOFBF$and a size argument of
+$BUFSIZ$.
+
+This function is provided for compatibility with old code; use$setvbuf()$in
+all new programs.
+
+
+
+setvbuf() Function *crv-setvbuf*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int setvbuf(FILE *stream, char *buf, int mode, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+0: success
+nonzero: failed
+
+Description~
+This function is used to specify that the stream$stream$should have the
+buffering mode$mode$, which can be:
+
+$_IOFBF$ full buffering |crv-lib_IOFBF|
+$_IOLBF$ line buffering |crv-lib_IOLBF|
+$_IONBF$ unbuffered input/output |crv-lib_IONBF|
+
+If a null pointer as the$buf$argument is specified, then$setvbuf()$allocates
+a buffer itself. This buffer will be freed when closing the stream.
+
+Otherwise,$buf$should be a character array that can hold at least$size$
+characters. This space should not be freed as long as the stream remains open
+and this array remains its buffer.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.19.6 Formatted Input/Output *crv-libSIOHIO*
+
+
+II.19.6.1 Format Control *crv-libSIOHIOFormat*
+------------------------
+
+II.19.6.1.1 Output, printf() *crv-libSIOHIOFout*
+-----------------------------
+The family of printf() functions write output to a stream, under control of
+the format string. The format specifies how subsequent arguments are converted
+to output.
+A format string for output has the following syntax:
+ $%[flags][width][.precision][modifier]type$
+
+[flags] control convertion (optional)
+[width] number of characters to output (optional)
+[.precision] precision of number (optional)
+[modifier] overrides size (type) of argument (optional)
+[type] type of conversion (required)
+
+
+[flag] control convertion (optional)
+
+ zero or more flags may be specified
+
+ flag | Description
+ -------+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ $-$ | value is left-justified (default is right-justified)
+ $+$ | forces to show sign of value (+ or -)
+ | default is to show only - for negative values, overrules space
+ space | print " " in front of positive value, print - for negative value
+ $#$ | convert to alternative form:
+ | $o$ increase precision to force the first digit to be a zero
+ |
+ | $x$or$X$ nonzero result will have prefix "0x" or "0X"
+ |
+ | $a$,$A$,
+ | $e$,$E$,
+ | $f$,$F$,
+ | $g$or$G$ result will always have decimal point
+ |
+ | $g$or$G$ trailing zeros are not removed
+ |
+ $0$ | for $d, i, o, u, x, X, a, A, e, E, f, F, g, G$conversions leading
+ | zeros are used to pad to the field width instead of spaces
+
+
+[width] number of characters to output (optional)
+ This is a decimal integer specifying the minimum field width. If the normal
+ conversion produces fewer characters than this, the field is padded with
+ spaces to the specified width. If the normal conversion produces more
+ characters than this, the field is not truncated. Normally, the output is
+ right-justified within the field.
+ A field width of$*$may be specified. This means that the next argument
+ in the argument list (before the actual value to be printed) is used as the
+ field width. The value must be an integer of type$int$. If the value is
+ negative, this means to set the$-$flag and to use the absolute value as
+ the field width.
+
+[.precision] precision of number (optional)
+ The precision specifies the number of digits to be written for the numeric
+ conversions. If the precision is specified, it consists of a period ($.$)
+ followed optionally by a decimal integer (which defaults to zero if
+ omitted).
+
+ A precision of$*$may be specified. This means that the next argument
+ in the argument list (before the actual value to be printed) is used as the
+ precision. The value must be an integer of type$int$, and is ignored if it
+ is negative.
+ If$*$is specified for both the field width and precision, the field width
+ argument precedes the precision argument.
+
+
+ precision | Description
+ -----------+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+ (none) | default precision:
+ | 1 for$d, i, o, u, x, X$types. Precision gives the minimum number
+ | of digits to appear.
+ | 6 for$f, F, e, E$types. Precision gives the number of digits to
+ | appear after decimal point.
+ | For$g, G$types all digits are printed.
+ | For$s$type all characters of the string are printed, not
+ | including the terminating null character.
+ | For$a, A$and$FLT_RADIX$of 2: precision is sufficient for an
+ | exact representation of the value.
+ | For$a, A$and$FLT_RADIX$not equal to 2: precision is sufficient
+ | to distinguish values of type$double$.
+ |
+ $.$or$.0$ | For$d, i, o, u, x, X$types the default precision is used, unless
+ | the value is 0, then no characters are printed.
+ | For$f, F, e, E$types no decimal-point and no decimal-digits are
+ | printed..
+ | For$g, G$types precision is assumed to be 1.
+ | For$s$type nothing is printed.
+ | For$a, A$types no decimal-point and no decimal-digits appear.
+ |
+ $.N$ | For$d, i, o, u, x, X$types. At least N digits appear, if
+ | necessary output is expanded with leading zeros.
+ | For$f, F, e, E$types. N digits appear after decimal point.
+ | For$g, G$types N digits are printed.
+ | For$s$type a maximum of N characters of the string are printed,
+ | not including the terminating null character.
+ | For$a, A$types N specifies the number of digits after decimal
+ | point.
+ |
+
+
+
+[modifier] overrides size (type) of argument (optional)
+ The modifier character is used to specify the data type of the corresponding
+ argument if it differs from the default type.
+
+
+ modifier | Description
+ ----------+------------------------------------------------------------------
+ $hh$ | Specifies that the argument is a$signed char$or$unsigned char$,
+ | as appropriate. A$char$argument is converted to an$int$or
+ |$unsigned int$by the default argument promotions anyway, but this
+ | modifier says to convert it back to a$char$again.
+ |
+ $h$ | Specifies that the argument is a$short int$or$unsigned short int$
+ | as appropriate. A$short$argument is converted to an$int$or
+ |$unsigned int$by the default argument promotions anyway, but this
+ | modifier says to convert it back to a$short$again.
+ |
+ $l$ | Specifies that the argument is a$long int$or$unsigned long int$,
+ | as appropriate. Two l characters is like the L modifier, below
+ | If used with$%c$or$%s$the corresponding parameter is considered
+ | as a wide character or wide character string respectively.
+ |
+ $ll$ | Specifies that a following$d, i, o, u, x, X$applies to a
+ |$long long int$or$unsigned long long int$argument; or that a
+ |$n$applies to a pointer to$long long int$.
+ |
+ $L$ | Specifies that a following$a, A, e, E, f, F, g, G$conversion
+ | specifier applies to a$long double$argument.
+ |
+ $j$ | Specifies that a following$d, i, o, u, x, X$applies to$intmax_t$
+ | or$uintmax_t$, or that a following$n$applies to pointer to
+ |$intmax_t$.
+ |
+ $t$ | Specifies that a following$d, i, o, u, x, X$applies to a
+ |$ptrdiff_t$or the corresponding unsigned integer type argument;
+ | or that a$n$applies to a pointer to a$ptrdiff_t$argument.
+ |
+ $z$ | Specifies that the following$d, i, o, u, x, X$applies to a
+ |$size_t$or the corresponding singed integer type argument;
+ | or that a$n$applies to a pointer to a signed integer type
+ | corresponding to$size_t$argument.
+
+
+[type] type of conversion (required)
+
+ The conversion specifier specifies the conversion to be applied.
+
+ type | Description
+ --------+------------------------------------------------------------------
+ $ d, i$ | type$signed int$, output decicmal, style [-]dddd
+ $o$ | type$unsigned int$, output octal, style: dddd
+ $u$ | type$unsigned int$, output decimal, style dddd
+ $x$ | type$unsigned int$, output hexadecimal, style dddd using a...f
+ $X$ | type$unsigned int$, output hexadecimal, style dddd using A...F
+ $f, F$ | type$double$, output decimal, style [-]ddd.ddd
+ $e$ | type$double$, output decimal, style [-]d.ddde+/-dd
+ $E$ | type$double$, output decimal, style [-]d.dddE+/-dd
+ $g$ | type$double$, printed as type$e$if exponent is less than -4
+ | or greater than or equal to the precision. Otherwise$f$is used.
+ $G$ | type$double$, printed as type$E$if exponent is less than -4
+ | or greater than or equal to the precision. Otherwise$F$is used.
+ $a$ | type$double$, style [-]0xh.hhhhp+/-d
+ | h: hexadecimal digit 0...9, a...f
+ | d: decimal digit
+ $A$ | type$double$, style [-]0Xh.hhhhP+/-d
+ | h: hexadecimal digit 0...9, A...F
+ | d: decimal digit
+ $c$ | no$l$modifier: type$char$, single character is printed
+ | with$l$modifier: type$wchar_t$, single character is printed
+ $s$ | no$l$modifier: pointer to array of$char$, string is printed
+ | with$l$modifier: pointer to array of$char$, string is printed
+ $p$ | type pointer to$void$, value of pointer is printed in an
+ | implementation-defined way
+ $n$ | argument is a pointer to$signed int$into which is written the
+ | number of characters written to the output stream so far
+ $%$ | a % is printed
+
+
+
+
+II.19.6.1.2 Input, scanf() *crv-libSIOHIOFin*
+---------------------------
+The family of scanf() functions read input from a stream, under control of
+the format string. The format specifies how the input is to be stored in
+the appropriate variable(s).
+A white-space character may match with any whitespace character (space, tab,
+carriage return, new line, vertical tab, or formfeed).
+Other characters in the format string that are not part of conversion
+specifications must match characters in the input stream exactly; if this is
+not the case, a matching failure occurs and scanning is stopped.
+
+A format string for input has the following syntax:
+ $%[*][width][modifier]type$
+
+[*] assignment suppressor (optional)
+[width] maximum number of characters to be read (optional)
+[modifier] overrides size (type) of argument (optional)
+[type] type of conversion (required)
+
+
+[*] assignment suppressor (optional)
+ The assignment suppressor$*$says to ignore the text read for this
+ specification. When scanf() finds a conversion specification that uses this
+ flag, it reads input as directed by the rest of the conversion
+ specification, but it discards this input, does not use a pointer argument,
+ and does not increment the count of successful assignments.
+
+
+[width] maximum number of characters to be read (optional)
+ This is a decimal integer that specifies the maximum field width. Reading of
+ characters from the input stream stops either when this maximum is reached
+ or when a non-matching character is found, whichever happens first. Then
+ what was read so far is converted and stored in the variable.
+
+ Most conversions discard initial whitespace characters (those that don't are
+ explicitly documented), and these discarded characters don't count towards
+ the maximum field width. String input conversions store a null character
+ to mark the end of the input; the maximum field width does not include this
+ terminator.
+
+
+[modifier] overrides size (type) of argument (optional)
+ The modifier character is used to specify the data type of the corresponding
+ argument if it differs from the default type.
+
+
+ modifier | Description
+ ----------+------------------------------------------------------------------
+ $hh$ | Specifies that a following$d, i, o, u, x, X, n$conversion applies
+ | to an argument with type pointer to$signed char$or
+ | $unsigned char$
+ |
+ $h$ | Specifies that a following$d, i, o, u, x, X, n$conversion applies
+ | to an argument with type pointer to$short int$or$unsigned short$.
+ |
+ $l$ | Specifies that a following$d, i, o, u, x, X, n$conversion applies
+ | to an argument with type pointer to$long int$or
+ |$unsigned long int$; or that a following$a, A, e, E, f, F, g, G$
+ | converstion applies to an argument with type pointer to$double$;
+ | or that a following$c, s, [$conversion applies to an argument
+ | with type pointer to$wchar_t$.
+ |
+ $ll$ | Specifies that a following$d, i, o, u, x, X, n$argument applies
+ | to an argument with type pointer to$long long int$or
+ | $unsigned long long int$.
+ |
+ $L$ | Specifies that a following$a, A, e, E, f, F, g, G$conversion
+ | applies to an argument of type pointer to$long double$argument.
+ |
+ $j$ | Specifies that a following$d, i, o, u, x, X, n$conversion applies
+ | to an argument with type pointer to$intmax_t$or$uintmax_t$.
+ |
+ $t$ | Specifies that a following$d, i, o, u, x, X, n$conversion applies
+ | to an argument of type pointer to$ptrdiff_t$or the corresponding
+ | unsigned integer type.
+ |
+ $z$ | Specifies that a following$d, i, o, u, x, X, n$conversion applies
+ | to an argument of type pointer to$size_t$or the corresponding
+ | singed integer type.
+
+
+
+[type] type of conversion (required)
+
+ The conversion specifier specifies the conversion to be applied.
+
+ type | Description
+ --------+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+ $ d $ | type$signed int$, matches an optionally signed integer written
+ | in decimal
+ |
+ $i$ | type$signed int$, matches an optionally signed integer in any of
+ | the formats that the C language defines for specifying an integer
+ | constant. The based used depends on the first two characters:
+ | - first character 1...9, then base 10 (decimal)
+ | - first digit 0, followed by 0..7, then base 8 (octal)
+ | - first digit 0, followed by x or X, then base 16 (hexadecimal)
+ |
+ $o$ | type$unsigned int$, matches octal numbers (digits 0...7 only)
+ |
+ $u$ | type$unsigned int$, matches decimal numbers (digits 0...9 only)
+ |
+ $x, X$ | type$unsigned int$, matches hexadecimal numbers (characters 0...9,
+ | a-f, A-F only). The number may be prefixed with 0x or 0X.
+ |
+ $f, F$ | matches an optionally signed floating point number
+ $e, E$ |
+ $g, G$ |
+ $a, A$ |
+ |
+ $c$ | Matches a string of one or more characters; the number of
+ | characters read is controlled by the maximum field width given for
+ | the conversion. No null character is appended.
+ | no$l$modifier: argument is of type pointer to array of$char$
+ | with$l$modifier: argument is of type pointer to array of$wchar_t$
+ |
+ $s$ | Matches a sequence of non-white-space characters. A null
+ | character is appended.
+ | no$l$modifier: argument is of type pointer to array of$char$
+ | with$l$modifier: argument is of type pointer to array of$wchar_t$
+ |
+ $ [...]$| Matches a nonempty sequence of characters from a set of expected
+ | characters enclosed in brackets [...] (scanset). If the first
+ | character is a circumflex (^), the selection is inverted, in that
+ | case the scanset contains all characters that do NOT appear in the
+ | list between [^ and ].
+ | A null character is appended.
+ | no$l$modifier: argument is of type pointer to array of$char$
+ | with$l$modifier: argument is of type pointer to array of$wchar_t$
+ |
+ $p$ | Matches a pointer value in the same implementation-defined format
+ | used by the$%p$output conversion for printf().
+ |
+ $n$ | No input is consumed. It records the number of characters read so
+ | far by this call. Argument is a pointer to$signed int$into which is
+ | written the number of characters read from the input stream so far.
+ |
+ $%$ | Matches a single %. No conversion or assignment occurs.
+
+
+
+
+II.19.6.2 Functions *crv-libSIOHIOFunc*
+-------------------
+
+Quicklink
+ $printf()$ Func |crv-printf|
+ $fprintf()$ Func |crv-fprintf|
+ $sprintf()$ Func |crv-sprintf|
+ $snprintf()$ Func |crv-snprintf|
+ $vfprintf()$ Func |crv-vfprintf|
+ $vprintf()$ Func |crv-vprintf|
+ $vsprintf()$ Func |crv-vsprintf|
+ $vsnprintf()$Func |crv-vsnprintf|
+
+ $fscanf()$ Func |crv-fscanf|
+ $scanf()$ Func |crv-scanf|
+ $sscanf()$ Func |crv-sscanf|
+ $vfscanf()$ Func |crv-vfscanf|
+ $vscanf()$ Func |crv-vscanf|
+ $vsscanf()$ Func |crv-vsscanf|
+
+
+
+printf() Function *crv-printf*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int printf(const char *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+<0: output error occurred
+>= 0: number of transmitted characters
+
+Description~
+This function prints the optional arguments under the control of the format
+string$format$to the standard output stream$stdout$.
+For format string see |crv-libSIOHIOFout|.
+
+
+
+fprintf() Function *crv-fprintf*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int fprintf(FILE *stream, const char *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+<0: output error occurred
+>= 0: number of transmitted characters
+
+Description~
+This function is equivalent to$printf()$, except that the output is written
+to the stream$stream$instead of$stdout$.
+
+
+
+sprintf() Function *crv-sprintf*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int sprintf(char *s, const char *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+<0: error occurred
+number of characters stored in array, not including terminating null character
+
+Description~
+This is like$printf()$, except that the output is stored in the character
+array$s$instead of written to a stream. A null character is written to mark
+the end of the string.
+
+
+
+snprintf() Function *crv-snprintf*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int snprintf(char *s, size_t size, const char *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+<0: error occurred
+The return value is the number of characters which would be generated for the
+given input, excluding the trailing null. If this value is greater or equal
+to$size$, not all characters from the result have been stored in$s$.
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$sprintf()$, except that the$size$argument
+specifies the maximum number of characters to produce. The trailing null
+character is counted towards this limit.
+
+
+
+vprintf() Function *crv-vprintf*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdarg.h>$
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int vprintf(const char *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+<0: output error occurred
+>= 0: number of transmitted characters
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$printf()$except that, instead of taking a variable
+number of arguments directly, it takes an argument list pointer$ap$, which
+must have been initialized by the$va_start()$macro. The$vprintf()$function
+does not invoke the$va_end()$macro.
+
+
+
+vfprintf() Function *crv-vfprintf*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdarg.h>$
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int vfprintf(FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+<0: output error occurred
+>= 0: number of transmitted characters
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$fprintf()$except that, instead of taking a
+variable number of arguments directly, it takes an argument list pointer$ap$,
+which must have been initialized by the$va_start()$macro. The$vfprintf()$
+function does not invoke the$va_end()$macro.
+
+
+
+vsprintf() Function *crv-vsprintf*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdarg.h>$
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int vsnprintf(char *s, size_t size, const char *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+<0: error occurred
+number of characters stored in array, not including terminating null character
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$sprintf()$except that, instead of taking a
+variable number of arguments directly, it takes an argument list pointer$ap$,
+which must have been initialized by the$va_start()$macro. The$vsprintf()$
+function does not invoke the$va_end()$macro.
+
+
+
+vsnprintf() Function *crv-vsnprintf*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdarg.h>$
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int vsnprintf(char *s, size_t size, const char *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+<0: error occurred
+The return value is the number of characters which would be generated for the
+given input, excluding the trailing null. If this value is greater or equal
+to$size$, not all characters from the result have been stored in$s$.
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$snprintf()$except that, instead of taking a
+variable number of arguments directly, it takes an argument list pointer$ap$,
+which must have been initialized by the$va_start()$macro. The$vsnprintf()$
+function does not invoke the$va_end()$macro.
+
+
+
+scanf() Function *crv-scanf*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int scanf(const char *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+The return value is the number of successful assignments. If there is a match
+error, this number can be fewer than provided. If an input error occurs
+before any matches are performed, then$EOF$is returned.
+
+Description~
+This function reads formatted input from the standard input stream$stdin$under
+the control of the format string$format$. The optional arguments are pointers
+to the places which receive the resulting values.
+For format string see |crv-libSIOHIOFin|.
+
+
+
+fscanf() Function *crv-fscanf*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int fscanf(FILE *stream, const char *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This function is equivalent to$scanf()$, except that the input is read from
+the stream$stream$instead of$stdin$.
+
+
+
+sscanf() Function *crv-sscanf*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int sscanf(const char *s, const char *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$scanf()$, except that the characters are taken
+from the null-terminated string$s$instead of from$stdin$. Reaching the end of
+the string is treated as an end-of-file condition.
+
+
+vscanf() Function *crv-vscanf*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int vscanf(const char *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$scanf()$except that, instead of taking a
+variable number of arguments directly, it takes an argument list pointer$ap$,
+which must have been initialized by the$va_start()$macro. The$vscanf()$
+function does not invoke the$va_end()$macro.
+
+
+
+vfscanf() Function *crv-vfscanf*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int vfscanf(FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$fscanf()$except that, instead of taking a
+variable number of arguments directly, it takes an argument list pointer$ap$,
+which must have been initialized by the$va_start()$macro. The$vfscanf()$
+function does not invoke the$va_end()$macro.
+
+
+
+vsscanf() Function *crv-vsscanf*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int vsscanf(const char *s, const char *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$sscanf()$except that, instead of taking a
+variable number of arguments directly, it takes an argument list pointer$ap$,
+which must have been initialized by the$va_start()$macro. The$vsscanf()$
+function does not invoke the$va_end()$macro.
+
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.19.7 Character Input/Output *crv-libSIOHCIO*
+
+This section describes functions for performing character-oriented input and
+output.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $fgetc()$ Func |crv-fgetc|
+ $fgets()$ Func |crv-fgets|
+ $fputc()$ Func |crv-fputc|
+ $fputs()$ Func |crv-fputs|
+ $getc()$ Macro |crv-getc|
+ $getchar()$ Func |crv-getchar|
+ $gets()$ Func |crv-gets|
+ $putc()$ Macro |crv-putc|
+ $putchar()$ Func |crv-putchar|
+ $puts()$ Func |crv-puts|
+ $ungetc()$ Func |crv-ungetc|
+
+
+
+fgetc() Function *crv-fgetc*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int fgetc(FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+character read from stream
+error or end-of-file:$EOF$
+
+Description~
+This function reads the next character as an$unsigned char$from the stream
+$stream$and returns its value, converted to an$int$. If an end-of-file
+condition or read error occurs,$EOF$is returned instead.
+
+
+
+fgets() Function *crv-fgets*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $char *fgets(char *s, int count, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+If the system is already at end of file when fgets() is called, then the
+contents of the array$s$are unchanged and a null pointer is returned.
+A null pointer is also returned if a read error occurs. Otherwise, the
+return value is the pointer$s$.
+
+Description~
+This function reads characters from the stream$stream$up to and including a
+newline character and stores them in the string$s$, adding a null character
+to mark the end of the string.$count$characters must be supplied worth of
+space in$s$, but the number of characters read is at most$count$- 1.
+The extra character space is used to hold the null character at the end of
+the string.
+
+
+
+getc() Macro *crv-getc*
+------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int getc(FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+character read from stream
+error or end-of-file:$EOF$
+
+Description~
+This is just like$fgetc()$, except that it is permissible (and typical) for
+it to be implemented as a macro that evaluates the stream argument more
+than once.$getc()$is often highly optimized, so it is usually the best
+function to use to read a single character.
+
+
+
+getchar() Function *crv-getchar*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int getchar(void);$
+
+Return~
+character read from stream
+error or end-of-file:$EOF$
+
+Description~
+This function is equivalent to$getc()$with$stdin$as the value of the stream
+argument.
+
+
+
+gets() Function *crv-gets*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $char *gets(char *s);$
+
+Return~
+If$gets()$encounters a read error or end-of-file, it returns a null pointer;
+otherwise it returns$s$.
+
+Description~
+This function reads characters from the stream$stdin$up to the next newline
+character, and stores them in the string$s$. The newline character is
+discarded (note that this differs from the behavior of$fgets()$, which copies
+the newline character into the string).
+
+
+
+ungetc() Function *crv-ungetc*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int ungetc(int c, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+$c$pushed back after conversion or$EOF$if the operation fails
+
+Description~
+This function pushes back the character$c$onto the input stream$stream$. So
+the next input from$stream$will read$c$before anything else.
+
+If$c$is$EOF$,$ungetc()$does nothing and just returns$EOF$. This allows to
+call$ungetc()$with the return value of$getc()$without needing to check for an
+error from$getc()$.
+
+The character that is pushed back doesn't have to be the same as the last
+character that was actually read from the stream. In fact, it isn't necessary
+to actually read any characters from the stream before unreading them with
+$ungetc()$. But that is a strange way to write a program; usually$ungetc()$
+is used only to unread a character that was just read from the same stream.
+
+Pushing back characters doesn't alter the file; only the internal buffering
+for the stream is affected. If a file positioning function (such as$fseek()$,
+$fseeko()$ or$rewind()$) is called, any pending pushed-back characters are
+discarded.
+
+Unreading a character on a stream that is at end of file clears the
+end-of-file indicator for the stream, because it makes the character of
+input available. After reading that character, trying to read again will
+encounter end of file.
+
+
+
+fputc() Function *crv-fputc*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int fputc(int c, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+$EOF$is returned if a write error occurs; otherwise the character$c$is
+returned
+
+Description~
+This function converts the character$c$to type$unsigned char$, and writes it
+to the stream$stream$.
+
+
+
+fputs() Function *crv-fputs*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int fputs(const char *s, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+This function returns$EOF$if a write error occurs, and otherwise a
+non-negative value.
+
+Description~
+This function writes the string$s$to the stream$stream$. The terminating
+null character is not written. This function does not add a newline character,
+either. It outputs only the characters in the string.
+
+
+
+putc() Macro *crv-putc*
+------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int putc(int c, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+This function returns$EOF$if a write error occurs, and otherwise the
+character written.
+
+Description~
+This is just like$fputc()$, except that most systems implement it as a
+macro, making it faster. One consequence is that it may evaluate the stream
+argument more than once, which is an exception to the general rule for
+macros.$putc()$is usually the best function to use for writing a single
+character.
+
+
+
+putchar() Function *crv-putchar*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int putchar(int c);$
+
+Return~
+This function returns$EOF$if a write error occurs, and otherwise the
+character written.
+
+Description~
+This function is equivalent to$putc()$with$stdout$as the value of the stream
+argument.
+
+
+
+puts() Function *crv-puts*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int puts(const char *s);$
+
+Return~
+This function returns$EOF$if a write error occurs, and otherwise a
+non-negative value.
+
+Description~
+This function writes the string$s$to the stream$stdout$followed by a newline.
+The terminating null character of the string is not written. (Note that
+$fputs()$does not write a newline as this function does.)
+
+$puts()$is the most convenient function for printing simple messages.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.19.8 Direct Input/Output *crv-libSIOHDIO*
+
+This section describes how to do input and output operations on blocks of
+data. This functions can be used to read and write binary data, as well as to
+read and write text in fixed-size blocks instead of by characters or lines.
+
+Binary files are typically used to read and write blocks of data in the same
+format as is used to represent the data in a running program. In other words,
+arbitrary blocks of memory--not just character or string objects--can be
+written to a binary file, and meaningfully read in again by the same program.
+
+Storing data in binary form is often considerably more efficient than using
+the formatted I/O functions. Also, for floating-point numbers, the binary form
+avoids possible loss of precision in the conversion process. On the other
+hand, binary files can't be examined or modified easily using many standard
+file utilities (such as text editors), and are not portable between
+different implementations of the language, or different kinds of computers.
+
+
+fread() Function *crv-fread*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $size_t fread(void *data, size_t size, size_t count, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+It returns the number of objects actually read, which might be less than
+$count$if a read error occurs or the end of the file is reached. This
+function returns a value of zero (and doesn't read anything) if
+either$size$or$count$is zero.
+If$fread()$encounters end of file in the middle of an object, it returns
+the number of complete objects read, and discards the partial object.
+Therefore, the stream remains at the actual end of the file.
+
+Description~
+This function reads up to$count$objects of size$size$into the array$data$,
+from the stream$stream$.
+
+
+fwrite() Function *crv-fwrite*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $size_t fwrite(const void *data, size_t size, size_t count, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+The return value is normally$count$, if the call succeeds.
+Any other value indicates some sort of error, such as running out of space.
+
+Description~
+This function writes up to count objects of size$size$from the array$data$,
+to the stream$stream$.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.19.9 File Positioning *crv-libSIOHFPos*
+
+The file position of a stream describes where in the file the stream is
+currently reading or writing. I/O on the stream advances the file position
+through the file.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $fgetpos()$ Func |crv-fgetpos|
+ $fseek()$ Func |crv-fseek|
+ $fsetpos()$ Func |crv-fsetpos|
+ $ftell()$ Func |crv-ftell|
+ $rewind()$ Func |crv-rewind|
+
+
+
+fgetpos() Function *crv-fgetpos*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int fgetpos(FILE *stream, fpos_t *position);$
+
+Return~
+If successful,$fgetpos()$ returns zero; otherwise it returns a nonzero value
+and stores an implementation-defined positive value in$errno$.
+
+Description~
+This function stores the value of the file position indicator for the stream
+$stream$in the$fpos_t$object pointed to by$position$.
+
+
+
+fseek() Function *crv-fseek*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int fseek(FILE *stream, long int offset, int whence);$
+
+Return~
+0 if successful,
+else failed
+
+Description~
+This function is used to change the file position of the stream$stream$. The
+value of$whence$must be one of the constants$SEEK_SET$,$SEEK_CUR$, or
+$SEEK_END$, to indicate whether the offset is relative to the beginning of the
+file, the current file position, or the end of the file, respectively.
+
+
+
+fsetpos() Function *crv-fsetpos*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int fsetpos(FILE *stream, const fpos_t *position);$
+
+Return~
+If successful,$fsetpos()$clears the end-of-file indicator on the stream,
+discards any characters that were "pushed back" by the use of$ungetc()$, and
+returns a value of zero.
+Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value and stores an implementation-defined
+positive value in$errno$.
+
+Description~
+This function sets the file position indicator for the stream$stream$to the
+position$position$, which must have been set by a previous call to$fgetpos()$
+on the same stream.
+
+
+
+ftell() Function *crv-ftell*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $long int ftell(FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+This function can fail if the stream doesn't support file positioning, or if
+the file position can't be represented in a$long int$, and possibly for other
+reasons as well. If a failure occurs, a value of -1L is returned and an
+implementation-defined positive value is stored in$errno$.
+
+Description~
+This function returns the current file position of the stream$stream$.
+
+
+
+rewind() Function *crv-rewind*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $void rewind(FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+none
+
+Description~
+This function positions the stream$stream$at the beginning of the file. It is
+equivalent to calling$fseek()$on the stream with an offset argument of 0L and a
+whence argument of$SEEK_SET$, except that the return value is discarded and the
+error indicator for the stream is reset.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.19.10 Error Handling *crv-libSIOHErr*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $clearerr()$ Func |crv-libclearerr|
+ $feof()$ Func |crv-libfeof|
+ $ferror()$ Func |crv-libferror|
+ $perror()$ Func |crv-libperror|
+
+
+
+clearerr() Function *crv-clearerr*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $void clearerr(FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+none
+
+Description~
+This function clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream
+$stream$.
+The file positioning functions also clear the end-of-file indicator for the
+stream.
+
+
+
+feof() Function *crv-feof*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int feof(FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+0: no EOF
+else: EOF
+
+Description~
+This function returns nonzero if and only if the end-of-file indicator for the
+stream$stream$ is set.
+
+
+
+ferror() Function *crv-ferror*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $int ferror(FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+0: no error
+else: error indicator is set
+
+Description~
+This function returns nonzero if and only if the error indicator for the
+stream $stream$is set, indicating that an error has occurred on a previous
+operation on the stream.
+
+
+
+perror() Function *crv-perror*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $void perror(const char *msg);$
+
+Return~
+none
+
+Description~
+This function prints an error message to the stream$stderr$. The orientation
+of$stderr$is not changed.
+
+If$perror()$is called with a message that is either a null pointer or an empty
+string,$perror()$just prints the error message corresponding to$errno$, adding
+a trailing newline.
+
+If it's called with a non-null message argument, then$perror()$prefixes its
+output with this string. It adds a colon and a space character to separate the
+message from the error string corresponding to$errno$.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.20 <stdlib.h> Utilities *crv-libStdlibH*
+
+This header file declares types, macros and functions of general utility.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.20.1 Types *crv-libSLHType*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $dif_t$ Type |crv-libdif_t|
+ $ldif_t$ Type |crv-libldif_t|
+ $lldif_t$ Type |crv-liblldif_t|
+ $size_t$ Type |crv-libsize_t2|
+ $wchar_t$ Type |crv-libwchar_t2|
+
+
+
+dif_t Type *crv-dif_t*
+----------
+This is a structure type used to hold the result returned by the$div()$
+function. It has the following members:
+ $int quot$: The quotient from the division.
+ $int rem$ : The remainder from the division.
+
+
+ldif_t Type *crv-ldif_t*
+-----------
+This is a structure type used to hold the result returned by the$ldiv()$
+function. It has the following members:
+ $long int quot$: The quotient from the division.
+ $long int rem$ : The remainder from the division.
+
+
+lldif_t Type *crv-lldif_t*
+------------
+This is a structure type used to hold the result returned by the$ldiv()$
+function. It has the following members:
+ $long long int quot$: The quotient from the division.
+ $long long int rem$ : The remainder from the division.
+
+
+size_t Type *crv-size_t2*
+-----------
+This is an unsigned integer type used to represent the sizes of objects.
+Also declared in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-libsize_t|.
+Also declared in$<string.h>$, see |crv-libsize_t3|.
+Also declared in$<time.h>$, see |crv-libsize_t4|.
+Also declared in$<stdio.h>$, see |crv-libsize_t5|.
+Also declared in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-libsize_t6|.
+
+
+wchar_t Type *crv-wchar_t2*
+------------
+This data type is used as the base type for wide character strings.
+It's range of values can represent distinct codes for all members of the
+largest extended character set specified among the supported locales.
+Also declared in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-libwchar_t|.
+Also declared in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-libwchar_t3|.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.20.2 Macros *crv-libSLHMac*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $EXIT_SUCCESS$ Macro |crv-libEXIT_SUCCESS|
+ $EXIT_FAILURE$ Macro |crv-libEXIT_FAILURE|
+ $MB_CUR_MAX$ Macro |crv-libMB_CUR_MAX|
+ $NULL$ Macro |crv-libNULL2|
+ $RAND_MAX$ Macro |crv-libRAND_MAX|
+
+
+
+RAND_MAX Macro *crv-RAND_MAX*
+--------------
+The value of this macro is an integer constant representing the largest value
+the rand function can return. Its value is implementation-defined, but at
+least 32767.
+
+
+
+EXIT_SUCCESS Macro *crv-EXIT_SUCCESS*
+------------------
+This macro can be used with the$exit()$function to indicate successful program
+completion.
+
+
+
+EXIT_FAILURE Macro *crv-EXIT_FAILURE*
+------------------
+This macro can be used with the$exit()$function to indicate unsuccessful
+program completion in a general sense.
+
+
+
+NULL Macro *crv-NULL2*
+----------
+Expands to an implementation-defined null pointer constant.
+Also defined in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-NULL|.
+Also defined in$<string.h>$, see |crv-NULL3|.
+Also defined in$<time.h>$, see |crv-NULL4|.
+Also defined in$<stdio.h>$, see |crv-NULL5|.
+Also defined in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-NULL6|.
+
+
+
+MB_CUR_MAX Macro *crv-MB_CUR_MAX*
+----------------
+This macro expands into a positive integer expression that is the maximum
+number of bytes in a multibyte character in the current locale. The value
+is never greater than$MB_LEN_MAX$.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.20.3 Numeric Conversion *crv-libSLHnum*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $atof()$ Func |crv-atof|
+ $atoi()$ Func |crv-atoi|
+ $atol()$ Func |crv-atol|
+ $atoll()$ Func |crv-atoll|
+ $strtod()$ Func |crv-strtod|
+ $strtof()$ Func |crv-strtof|
+ $strtol()$ Func |crv-strtol|
+ $strtold()$ Func |crv-strtold|
+ $strtoll()$ Func |crv-strtoll|
+ $stroul()$ Func |crv-stroul|
+ $strtoull()$Func |crv-strtoull|
+
+
+
+atof() Function *crv-atof*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $double atof(const char *string);$
+
+Return~
+result of conversion
+
+Description~
+This function converts the initial portion of the string$string$to a$double$
+representation. This function is similar to the$strtod()$function, except that
+it need not detect overflow and underflow errors.
+The atof function is provided mostly for compatibility with existing code;
+using$strtod()$is more robust.
+
+
+
+atol() Function *crv-atol*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $long int atol(const char *string);$
+
+Return~
+result of conversion
+
+Description~
+This function converts the string$string$to an$long int$value.
+This function is similar to the$strtol()$function with a base argument of 10,
+except that it need not detect overflow errors. The$atol()$function is
+provided mostly for compatibility with existing code; using$strtol()$is more
+robust.
+
+
+
+atoi() Function *crv-atoi*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $int atoi(const char *string);$
+
+Return~
+result of conversion
+
+Description~
+This function converts the string$string$to an$int$value.
+The$atoi()$function is considered obsolete; use$strtol()$instead.
+
+
+
+atoll() Function *crv-atoll*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $long long int atoll(const char *string);$
+
+Return~
+result of conversion
+
+Description~
+This function converts the string$string$to an$long long int$value.
+The$atoll()$function was introduced in ISO C99. It is obsolete (despite having
+just been added); use$strtoll()$instead.
+
+
+
+
+strtol() Function *crv-strtol*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $long int strtol(const char *restrict string, char **restrict tailptr,$
+ $int base);$
+
+Return~
+no error: value of conversion
+no conversion: 0 is returned
+out of range: result is$LONG_MAX$or$LONG_MIN$(according to sign),
+ $ errno$is set to$ERANGE$
+
+Description~
+The$strtol()$("string-to-long") function converts the initial part of string to
+a signed integer, which is returned as a value of type$long int$.
+
+This function attempts to decompose$string$as follows:
+
+ - A (possibly empty) sequence of whitespace characters. Which characters are
+ whitespace is determined by the$isspace()$function. These are discarded.
+ - An optional plus or minus sign (+ or -).
+ - A nonempty sequence of digits in the radix specified by$base$.
+ If$base$is zero, decimal radix is assumed unless the series of digits
+ begins with 0 (specifying octal radix), or 0x or 0X (specifying
+ hexadecimal radix); in other words, the same syntax used for integer
+ constants in C.
+ Otherwise$base$must have a value between 2 and 36. If$base$is 16, the
+ digits may optionally be preceded by 0x or 0X. If$base$has no legal value
+ the value returned is 0l and the global variable$errno$is set to$EINVAL$.
+ - Any remaining characters in the string. If$tailptr$is not a null pointer,
+ $strtol()$stores a pointer to this tail in$*tailptr$.
+
+If the string is empty, contains only whitespace, or does not contain an
+initial substring that has the expected syntax for an integer in the specified
+$base$, no conversion is performed. In this case,$strtol()$returns a value of
+zero and the value stored in$*tailptr$is the value of$string$.
+
+In a locale other than the standard "C" locale, this function may recognize
+additional implementation-dependent syntax.
+
+Checking for errors by examining the return value of$strtol()$should not be
+done, because the string might be a valid representation of 0l,$LONG_MAX$,
+or$LONG_MIN$. Instead, check whether$tailptr$points to what is expected after
+the number (e.g. '\0' if the string should end after the number). $errno$needs
+also to be cleared before the call and checked afterwards, in case there was
+overflow.
+
+
+
+strtoll() Function *crv-strtoll*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $long long int strtoll(const char *restrict string, char **restrict tailptr,$
+ $int base);$
+
+Return~
+no error: value of conversion
+no conversion: 0 is returned
+out of range: result is$LONG_LONG_MAX$or$LONG_LONG_MIN$(according to sign),
+ $errno$is set to$ERANGE$
+
+Description~
+This function is like$strtol()$except that it returns a$long long int$value,
+and accepts numbers with a correspondingly larger range.
+
+
+
+stroul() Function *crv-stroul*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $unsigned long int strtoul(const char *retrict string,$
+ $char **restrict tailptr, int base);$
+
+Return~
+no error: value of conversion
+no conversion: 0 is returned
+out of range: result is$ULONG_MAX$,$errno$is set to$ERANGE$
+
+Description~
+The$strtoul()$("string-to-unsigned-long") function is like$strtol()$except it
+converts to an$unsigned long int$value. The syntax is the same as described
+for$strtol$.
+
+
+
+strtoull() Function *crv-strtoull*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $unsigned long long int strtoull(const char *restrict string,$
+ $char **restrict tailptr, int base);$
+
+Return~
+no error: value of conversion
+no conversion: 0 is returned
+out of range: result is$ULONG_LONG_MAX$,$errno$is set to$ERANGE$
+
+Description~
+This function is like$strtol()$except that it returns an
+$unsigned long long int$value, and accepts numbers with a correspondingly
+larger range.
+
+
+
+
+strtod() Function *crv-strtod*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $double strtod(const char *restrict string, char **restrict tailptr);$
+
+Return~
+no error: value of conversion
+no conversion: 0 is returned
+out of range: result is $-HUGE_VAL$or$+HUGH_VAL$(according to sign),
+ $errno$is set to$ERANGE$
+
+Description~
+The$strtod()$("string-to-double") function converts the initial part of string
+to a floating-point number, which is returned as a value of type$double$.
+
+This function attempts to decompose$string$as follows:
+
+ - A (possibly empty) sequence of whitespace characters. Which characters are
+ whitespace is determined by the$isspace()$function. These are discarded.
+ - An optional plus or minus sign (+ or -).
+ - A floating point number in decimal or hexadecimal format. The decimal
+ format is:
+ o A nonempty sequence of digits optionally containing a decimal-point
+ character - normally, but it depends on the locale.
+ o An optional exponent part, consisting of a character e or E, an
+ optional sign, and a sequence of digits.
+
+ The hexadecimal format is as follows:
+ o A 0x or 0X followed by a nonempty sequence of hexadecimal digits
+ optionally containing a decimal-point character - normally, but it
+ depends on the locale.
+ o An optional binary-exponent part, consisting of a character p or P,
+ an optional sign, and a sequence of digits.
+
+ - Any remaining characters in the string. If$tailptr$is not a null pointer,
+ a pointer to this tail of the string is stored in$*tailptr$.
+
+If the string is empty, contains only whitespace, or does not contain an
+initial substring that has the expected syntax for a floating-point number, no
+conversion is performed. In this case,$strtod()$returns a value of zero
+and the value returned in$*tailptr$is the value of$string$.
+
+In a locale other than the standard "C", this function may recognize
+additional locale-dependent syntax.
+
+If the string has valid syntax for a floating-point number but the value
+is outside the range of a$double$,$strtod()$will signal overflow or
+underflow as described in II.12.1 Error Conditions (|crv-libMHErr|).
+
+$strtod()$recognizes four special input strings. The strings "inf"
+and "infinity" are converted to ∞, or to the largest representable
+value if the floating-point format doesn't support infinities. You can
+prepend a "+" or "-" to specify the sign. Case is ignored when scanning
+these strings.
+
+The strings "nan" and "nan(chars...)" are converted to NaN. Again, case is
+ignored. If chars... are provided, they are used in some unspecified fashion
+to select a particular representation of NaN (there can be several).
+
+Since zero is a valid result as well as the value returned on error, you
+should check for errors in the same way as for$strtol()$, by examining
+$errno$and$tailptr$.
+
+
+
+strtof() Function *crv-strtof*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $float strtof(const char *string, char **tailptr);$
+
+Return~
+no error: value of conversion
+no conversion: 0 is returned
+out of range: result is $-HUGE_VALF$or$+HUGH_VALF$(according to sign),
+ $errno$is set to$ERANGE$
+
+Description~
+This function is analogous to$strtod()$, but return$float$values respectively;
+it reports errors in the same way.
+
+
+
+strtold() Function *crv-strtold*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $long double strtold(const char *string, char **tailptr);$
+
+Return~
+no error: value of conversion
+no conversion: 0 is returned
+out of range: result is $-HUGE_VALL$or$+HUGH_VALL$(according to sign),
+ $errno$is set to$ERANGE$
+
+Description~
+This function is analogous to$strtod()$, but return$long double$values
+respectively; it reports errors in the same way.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.20.4 Pseudo-Random *crv-libSLHrand*
+
+This section describes the random number functions.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $rand()$ Func |crv-rand|
+ $srand()$ Func |crv-srand|
+
+
+
+rand() Function *crv-rand*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $int rand(void);$
+
+Return~
+pseudo-random number
+
+Description~
+This function returns the next pseudo-random number in the series. The value
+ranges from 0 to$RAND_MAX$.
+
+
+
+srand() Function *crv-srand*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $void srand(unsigned int seed);$
+
+Return~
+none
+
+Description~
+This function establishes$seed$as the seed for a new series of pseudo-random
+numbers.
+If$rand()$is called before a seed has been established with$srand()$, it uses
+the value 1 as a default seed.
+
+To produce a different pseudo-random series each time program starts, do
+$srand (time (0))$.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.20.5 Memory Management *crv-libSLHmem*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $calloc()$ Func |crv-calloc|
+ $free()$ Func |crv-free|
+ $malloc()$ Func |crv-malloc|
+ $realloc()$Func |crv-realloc|
+
+
+calloc() Function *crv-calloc*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $void *calloc(size_t count, size_t eltsize);$
+
+Return~
+pointer to allocated space or null pointer, if failed
+
+Description~
+This function allocates a block long enough to contain a vector of$count$
+elements, each of size$eltsize$. Its contents are cleared to zero before
+$calloc()$returns.
+
+
+
+free() Function *crv-free*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $void free(void *ptr);$
+
+Return~
+none
+
+Description~
+This function deallocates the block of memory pointed at by$ptr$that was
+allocated by$calloc()$,$malloc()$or$realloc()$.
+It is allowed for$ptr$to be a null pointer.
+
+
+
+malloc() Function *crv-malloc*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $void *malloc(size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+pointer to allocated space or null pointer, if failed
+
+Description~
+This function returns a pointer to a newly allocated block$size$bytes long.
+The contents of the block is undefined.
+
+
+
+realloc() Function *crv-realloc*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $void *realloc(void *ptr, size_t newsize);$
+
+Return~
+pointer to new block or null pointer, if failed
+
+Description~
+This function changes the size of the block whose address is$ptr$to be
+$newsize$.
+Since the space after the end of the block may be in use,$realloc()$may find
+it necessary to copy the block to a new address where more free space is
+available. If the block needs to be moved,$realloc()$copies the old contents.
+
+If a null pointer is passed for$ptr$,$realloc()$behaves just like
+$malloc(newsize)$.
+If memory for the new block cannot be allocated the old block is not
+deallocated and its value is unchanged.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.20.6 Communication *crv-libSLHcom*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $_Exit()$ Func |crv-_Exit|
+ $abort()$ Func |crv-abort|
+ $atexit()$ Func |crv-atexit|
+ $exit()$ Func |crv-exit|
+ $getenv()$ Func |crv-getenv|
+ $system()$ Func |crv-system|
+
+
+
+abort() Function *crv-abort*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $void abort(void);$
+
+Return~
+this function does not return to its caller
+
+Description~
+This function causes abnormal program termination. This does not execute
+cleanup functions registered with$atexit()$. This function actually terminates
+the process by raising a SIGABRT signal.
+
+
+
+atexit() Function *crv-atexit*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $int atexit(void (*function) (void));$
+
+Return~
+0: successful
+else: failed to register function
+
+Description~
+This function registers the function$function$to be called at normal program
+termination. The$function$is called with no arguments.
+
+
+
+exit() Function *crv-exit*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $void exit(int status);$
+
+Return~
+this function does not return to its caller
+
+Description~
+This function tells the system that the program is done, which causes it to
+terminate the process. The value of$status$is returned to the environment.
+
+Normal termination causes the following actions:
+ - Functions that were registered with the$atexit()$function are called in
+ the reverse order of their registration. This mechanism allows the
+ application to specify its own "cleanup" actions to be performed at
+ program termination.
+ - All open streams are closed, writing out any buffered output data.
+ In addition, temporary files opened with the$tmpfile()$function are
+ removed.
+ - Control is returned to the host environment. If$status$is zero or
+ $EXIT_SUCCESS$, then this signifies a successful termination. If$status$
+ is$EXIT_FAILURE$, then this signifies an unsuccessful termination.
+ Other values are implementation-defined.
+
+
+
+_Exit() Function *crv-_Exit*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $void _Exit(int status);$
+
+Return~
+this function does not return to its caller
+
+Description~
+This function is the primitive for causing a process to terminate with status
+$status$. Calling this function does not execute cleanup functions registered
+with$atexit()$.
+
+Termination causes the following actions:
+ - All open streams are closed, writing out any buffered output data.
+ In addition, temporary files opened with the$tmpfile()$function are
+ removed.
+ - Control is returned to the host environment. If$status$is zero or
+ $EXIT_SUCCESS$, then this signifies a successful termination. If$status$
+ is$EXIT_FAILURE$, then this signifies an unsuccessful termination.
+ Other values are implementation-defined.
+
+
+
+getenv() Function *crv-getenv*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $char * getenv(const char *name);$
+
+Return~
+null pointer: environment variable not found
+else: pointer to string representing the value of the environment
+ variable
+Description~
+This function returns a string that is the value of the environment variable
+$name$. This string must not be modified.
+
+
+
+system() Function *crv-system*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $int system(const char *command);$
+
+Return~
+If the$command$argument is a null pointer, a return value of zero indicates
+that no command processor is available.
+If the$command$argument is not a null pointer and the$system()$function does
+return, it returns an implementation-defined value.
+
+Description~
+This function executes$command$as a shell command (shell = command processor).
+If$command$is a null pointer, the$system()$function determines whether the
+host environment has a command processor.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.20.7 Searching and Sorting *crv-libSLHsearch*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $bsearch()$ Func |crv-bsearch|
+ $qsort()$ Func |crv-qsort|
+
+
+bsearch() Function *crv-bsearch*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $void *bsearch(const void *key, const void *array, size_t count,$
+ $size_t size, int (* compare)(const void *, const void *));$
+
+Return~
+The return value is a pointer to the matching array element, or a null pointer
+if no match is found. If the array contains more than one element that
+matches, the one that is returned is unspecified.
+
+Description~
+This function ("binary-search") searches the sorted array$array$for an object
+that is equivalent to$key$. The array contains$count$elements, each of which
+is of size$size$bytes.
+
+The$compare$function is used to perform the comparison. This function is
+called with two pointer arguments and should return an integer less than,
+equal to, or greater than zero corresponding to whether its first argument
+is considered less than, equal to, or greater than its second argument. The
+elements of the$array$must already be sorted in ascending order according to
+this comparison function.
+
+
+
+qsort() Function *crv-qsort*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $void qsort(void *array, size_t count, size_t size,$
+ $int (* compare)(const void *, const void *));$
+
+Return~
+none
+
+Description~
+This function sorts the array$array$. The array contains$count$elements, each
+of which is of size$size$.
+
+The$compare$function is used to perform the comparison on the array elements.
+This function is called with two pointer arguments and should return an
+integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero corresponding to whether its
+first argument is considered less than, equal to, or greater than its second
+argument.
+
+If two objects compare as equal, their order after sorting is unpredictable.
+That is to say, the sorting is not stable. This can make a difference when
+the comparison considers only part of the elements. Two elements with the
+same sort key may differ in other respects.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.20.8 Integer Arithmetic *crv-libSLHintarith*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $abs()$ Func |crv-abs|
+ $labs()$ Func |crv-labs|
+ $llabs()$ Func |crv-llabs|
+ $div()$ Func |crv-div|
+ $ldiv()$ Func |crv-ldiv|
+ $lldiv()$ Func |crv-lldiv|
+
+
+
+abs() Function *crv-abs*
+--------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $int abs(int number);$
+
+Return~
+absolute value
+
+Description~
+Evaluates the absolute value of$number$.
+
+
+
+labs() Function *crv-labs*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $long int labs(long int number);$
+
+Return~
+absolute value
+
+Description~
+Evaluates the absolute value of$number$.
+
+
+
+llabs() Function *crv-llabs*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $long long int labs(long long int number);$
+
+Return~
+absolute value
+
+Description~
+Evaluates the absolute value of$number$.
+
+
+
+div() Function *crv-div*
+--------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $div_t div(int numerator, int denominator);$
+
+Return~
+return the result in a structure of type$div_t$
+If the result cannot be represented (as in a division by zero), the
+behavior is undefined.
+
+Description~
+This function computes the quotient and remainder from the division of
+$numerator$by$denominator$.
+
+
+
+ldiv() Function *crv-ldiv*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $ldiv_t ldiv(long int numerator, long int denominator);$
+
+Return~
+return the result in a structure of type$ldiv_t$
+If the result cannot be represented (as in a division by zero), the
+behavior is undefined.
+
+Description~
+This function computes the quotient and remainder from the division of
+$numerator$by$denominator$.
+
+
+
+lldiv() Function *crv-lldiv*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $lldiv_t lldiv(long long int numerator, long long int denominator);$
+
+Return~
+return the result in a structure of type$lldiv_t$
+If the result cannot be represented (as in a division by zero), the
+behavior is undefined.
+
+Description~
+This function computes the quotient and remainder from the division of
+$numerator$by$denominator$.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.20.9 Multibyte/Wide Character *crv-libSLHmulchar*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $mblen()$ Func |crv-mblen|
+ $mbtowc()$ Func |crv-mbtowc|
+ $wctomb()$ Func |crv-wctomb|
+
+
+
+mblen() Function *crv-mblen*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $int mblen(const char *string, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+The$mblen()$function with a non-null string argument returns the number of
+bytes that make up the multibyte character beginning at$string$, never
+examining more than$size$bytes.
+
+The return value of$mblen()$distinguishes three possibilities: the first$size$
+bytes at$string$start with valid multibyte characters, they start with an
+invalid byte sequence or just part of a character, or$string$points to an
+empty string (a null character).
+
+For a valid multibyte character,$mblen()$returns the number of bytes in that
+character (always at least 1 and never more than$size$). For an invalid byte
+sequence,$mblen()$returns -1. For an empty string, it returns 0.
+
+If the multibyte character code uses shift characters, then$mblen()$maintains
+and updates a shift state as it scans. If$mblen()$is called with a null
+pointer for$string$, that initializes the shift state to its standard initial
+value. It also returns a nonzero value if the multibyte character code in use
+actually has a shift state.
+
+
+
+mbtowc() Function *crv-mbtowc*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $int mbtowc(wchar_t *restrict result, const char *restrict string,$
+ $size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+The$mbtowc()$("multibyte to wide character") function when called with
+non-null$string$converts the first multibyte character beginning at$string$to
+its corresponding wide character code. It stores the result in$*result$.
+$mbtowc()$never examines more than$size$bytes.
+
+$mbtowc()$with non-null$string$distinguishes three possibilities: the first
+size bytes at$string$start with valid multibyte characters, they start with
+an invalid byte sequence or just part of a character, or string points to an
+empty string (a null character).
+
+For a valid multibyte character,$mbtowc()$converts it to a wide character and
+stores that in$*result$, and returns the number of bytes in that character
+(always at least 1 and never more than$size$).
+
+For an invalid byte sequence,$mbtowc()$returns -1. For an empty string, it
+returns 0, also storing '\0' in$*result$.
+
+If the multibyte character code uses shift characters, then$mbtowc()$
+maintains and updates a shift state as it scans. If$mbtowc()$is called with a
+null pointer for$string$, that initializes the shift state to its standard
+initial value. It also returns nonzero if the multibyte character code in use
+actually has a shift state.
+
+
+
+wctomb() Function *crv-wctomb*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $int wctomb(char *string, wchar_t wchar);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+The$wctomb()$("wide character to multibyte") function converts the wide
+character code$wchar$to its corresponding multibyte character sequence, and
+stores the result in bytes starting at$string$. At most$MB_CUR_MAX$characters
+are stored.
+
+$wctomb()$with non-null string distinguishes three possibilities for$wchar$: a
+valid wide character code (one that can be translated to a multibyte
+character), an invalid code, and L'\0'.
+
+Given a valid code,$wctomb()$converts it to a multibyte character, storing the
+bytes starting at$string$. Then it returns the number of bytes in that
+character (always at least 1 and never more than$MB_CUR_MAX$).
+
+If$wchar$is an invalid wide character code,$wctomb()$returns -1. If$wchar$is
+L'\0', it returns 0, also storing '\0' in$*string$.
+
+If the multibyte character code uses shift characters, then$wctomb()$maintains
+and updates a shift state as it scans. If$wctomb()$is called with a null
+pointer for$string$, that initializes the shift state to its standard initial
+value. It also returns nonzero if the multibyte character code in use
+actually has a shift state.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.20.10 Multibyte/Wide String *crv-libSLHmulstrng*
+
+Quicklink:
+$mbstowcs()$ Func |crv-mbstowcs|
+$wcstombs()$ Func |crv-wcstombs|
+
+
+
+mbstowcs() Function *crv-mbstowcs*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $size_t mbstowcs(wchar_t *wstring, const char *string, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+The$mbstowcs()$("multibyte string to wide character string") function converts
+the null-terminated string of multibyte characters$string$to an array of wide
+character codes, storing not more than$size$wide characters into the array
+beginning at$wstring$. The terminating null character counts towards the size,
+so if$size$is less than the actual number of wide characters resulting from
+$string$, no terminating null character is stored.
+
+The conversion of characters from$string$begins in the initial shift state.
+
+If an invalid multibyte character sequence is found, the$mbstowcs()$function
+returns a value of -1. Otherwise, it returns the number of wide characters
+stored in the array$wstring$. This number does not include the terminating
+null character, which is present if the number is less than$size$.
+
+
+
+wcstombs() Function *crv-wcstombs*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdlib.h>$
+ $size_t wcstombs(char *string, const wchar_t *wstring, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+The$wcstombs()$("wide character string to multibyte string") function converts
+the null-terminated wide character array$wstring$into a string containing
+multibyte characters, storing not more than$size$bytes starting at$string$,
+followed by a terminating null character if there is room.
+
+The conversion of characters begins in the initial shift state.
+
+The terminating null character counts towards the size, so if$size$is less
+than or equal to the number of bytes needed in$wstring$, no terminating null
+character is stored.
+
+If a code that does not correspond to a valid multibyte character is found,
+the$wcstombs()$function returns a value of -1. Otherwise, the return value is
+the number of bytes stored in the array$string$. This number does not include
+the terminating null character, which is present if the number is less than
+$size$.
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.21 <string.h> String *crv-libStringH*
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.21.1 Types *crv-libSRHType*
+
+size_t Type *crv-size_t3*
+-----------
+This is an unsigned integer type used to represent the sizes of objects.
+Also declared in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-size_t|.
+Also declared in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-size_t2|.
+Also declared in$<time.h>$, see |crv-size_t4|.
+Also declared in$<stdio.h>$, see |crv-size_t5|.
+Also declared in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-size_t6|.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.21.2 Macros *crv-libSRHMac*
+
+NULL Macro *crv-NULL3*
+----------
+Expands to an implementation-defined null pointer constant.
+Also defined in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-NULL|.
+Also defined in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-NULL2|.
+Also defined in$<time.h>$, see |crv-NULL4|.
+Also defined in$<stdio.h>$, see |crv-NULL5|.
+Also defined in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-NULL6|.
+
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.21.3 Copying *crv-libSRHCopy*
+
+The functions described in this section can be used to copy the contents of
+strings and arrays.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $memcpy()$ Func |crv-memcpy|
+ $memmove()$ Func |crv-memmove|
+ $strcpy()$ Func |crv-strcpy|
+ $strncpy()$ Func |crv-strncpy|
+
+
+
+memcpy() Function *crv-memcpy*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $void *memcpy(void *restrict to, const void *restrict from, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+value of$to$
+
+Description~
+This function copies$size$bytes from the object beginning at$from$into the
+object beginning at$to$. The behavior of this function is undefined if the two
+arrays$to$and$from$overlap; $memmove()$can be used instead if overlapping is
+possible.
+
+
+
+memmove() Function *crv-memmove*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $void *memmove(void *to, const void *from, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+value of$to$
+
+Description~
+This function copies the$size$bytes at$from$into the$size$bytes at$to$, even
+if those two blocks of space overlap. In the case of overlap,$memmove()$is
+careful to copy the original values of the bytes in the block at$from$,
+including those bytes which also belong to the block at$to$.
+
+
+
+strcpy() Function *crv-strcpy*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $char *strcpy(char *restrict to, const char *restrict from);$
+
+Return~
+value of$to$
+
+Description~
+This copies characters from the string$from$(up to and including the
+terminating null character) into the string$to$. Like$memcpy()$, this function
+has undefined results if the strings overlap.
+
+
+
+strncpy() Function *crv-strncpy*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $char *strncpy(char *restrict to, const char *restrict from, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+value of$to$
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$strcpy()$but always copies exactly$size$characters
+into$to$.
+
+If the length of$from$is more than$size$, then$strncpy()$copies just the first
+size characters. In this case there is no null terminator written into$to$.
+
+If the length of$from$is less than$size$, then$strncpy()$copies all of$from$,
+followed by enough null characters to add up to$size$characters in all.
+
+The behavior of$strncpy()$is undefined if the strings overlap.
+
+NOTE: Using$strncpy()$as opposed to$strcpy()$is a way to avoid bugs relating
+to writing past the end of the allocated space for$to$. However, it can also
+make your program much slower in one common case: copying a string which is
+probably small into a potentially large buffer. In this case, size may be
+large, and when it is,$strncpy()$ will waste a considerable amount of time
+copying null characters.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.21.4 Concatenation *crv-libSRHConcat*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $strcat()$ Func |crv-strcat|
+ $strncat()$ Func |crv-strncat|
+
+
+strcat() Function *crv-strcat*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $char *strcat(char *restrict to, const char *restrict from);$
+
+Return~
+value of$to$
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$strcpy()$, except that the characters from$from$
+are concatenated or appended to the end of$to$, instead of overwriting it.
+That is, the first character from$from$overwrites the null character marking
+the end of$to$.
+This function has undefined results if the strings overlap.
+
+
+
+strncat() Function *crv-strncat*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $char *strncat(char *restrict to, const char *restrict from, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+value of$to$
+
+Description~
+This function is like$strcat()$except that not more than$size$characters from
+$from$are appended to the end of$to$. A single null character is also always
+appended to$to$, so the total allocated size of$to$must be at least
+$size + 1$bytes longer than its initial length.
+The behavior of this function is undefined if the strings overlap.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.21.5 Comparison *crv-libSRHCmp*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $memcmp()$ Func |crv-memcmp|
+ $strcmp()$ Func |crv-strcmp|
+ $strcoll()$ Func |crv-strcoll|
+ $strncmp()$ Func |crv-strncmp|
+ $strxfrm()$ Func |crv-strxfrm|
+
+
+
+memcmp() Function *crv-memcmp*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $int memcmp(const void *a1, const void *a2, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+The value returned is greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly
+as the object pointed to by$a1$is greater than, equal to, or less than the
+object pointed to by$a2$.
+
+Description~
+This function compares the$size$bytes of memory beginning at$a1$against the
+$size$bytes of memory beginning at$a2$.
+
+
+
+strcmp() Function *crv-strcmp*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $int strcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);$
+
+Return~
+The value returned is greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly
+as the string pointed to by$s1$is greater than, equal to, or less than the
+string pointed to by$s2$.
+
+Description~
+This function compares the string$s1$against$s2$.
+
+
+
+strcoll() Function *crv-strcoll*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $int strcoll(const char *s1, const char *s2);$
+
+Return~
+The value returned is greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly
+as the string pointed to by$s1$is greater than, equal to, or less than the
+string pointed to by$s2$.
+
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$strcmp()$but uses the collating sequence of the
+current locale for collation (the$LC_COLLATE$locale).
+
+
+
+strncmp() Function *crv-strncmp*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $int strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+The value returned is greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly
+as the string pointed to by$s1$is greater than, equal to, or less than the
+string pointed to by$s2$.
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$strcmp()$, except that no more than$size$wide
+characters are compared. In other words, if the two strings are the same in
+their first$size$wide characters, the return value is zero.
+
+
+
+strxfrm() Function *crv-strxfrm*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $size_t strxfrm(char *restrict to, const char *restrict from, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+The return value is the length of the entire transformed string.
+This value is not affected by the value of$size$, but if it is greater or
+equal than$size$, it means that the transformed string did not entirely fit
+in the array$to$. In this case, only as much of the string as actually fits
+was stored.
+
+Description~
+This function transforms the string$from$using the collation transformation
+determined by the locale currently selected for collation, and stores the
+transformed string in the array$to$. Up to$size$characters (including a
+terminating null character) are stored.
+
+If$size$is zero, no characters are stored in$to$. In this case,$strxfrm()$
+simply returns the number of characters that would be the length of the
+transformed string.
+This is useful for determining what size the allocated array should be.
+It does not matter what$to$is if$size$is zero;$to$may even be a null pointer.
+
+The transformed string may be longer than the original string, and it may
+also be shorter.
+
+The behavior is undefined if the strings$to$and$from$overlap.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.21.6 Search *crv-libSRHSearch*
+
+This section describes library functions which perform various kinds of
+searching operations on strings and arrays.
+
+Quicklink:
+ $memchr()$ Func |crv-memchr|
+ $strchr()$ Func |crv-strchr|
+ $strcspn()$ Func |crv-strcspn|
+ $strpbrk()$ Func |crv-strpbrk|
+ $strrchr()$ Func |crv-strrchr|
+ $strspn()$ Func |crv-strspn|
+ $strstr()$ Func |crv-strstr|
+ $strtok()$ Func |crv-strtok|
+
+
+
+
+memchr() Function *crv-memchr*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $void *memchr(const void *block, int c, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+pointer to the located byte, or null pointer if no match was found
+
+Description~
+This function finds the first occurrence of the byte$c$(converted to an
+$unsigned char$) in the initial$size$bytes of the object beginning at$block$.
+
+
+
+strchr() Function *crv-strchr*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $char *strchr(const char *string, int c);$
+
+Return~
+pointer to the located byte, or null pointer if no match was found
+
+Description~
+This function finds the first occurrence of the character$c$(converted to a
+$char$) in the null-terminated string beginning at$string$.
+
+
+
+strcspn() Function *crv-strcspn*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $size_t strcspn(const char *string, const char *stopset);$
+
+Return~
+length of substring
+
+Description~
+The$strcspn()$("string complement span") function returns the length of the
+initial substring of$string$that consists entirely of characters that are not
+members of the set specified by the string$stopset$.
+(In other words, it returns the offset of the first character in$string$that
+is a member of the set$stopset$.)
+
+
+
+strpbrk() Function *crv-strpbrk*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $char *strpbrk(const char *string, const char *stopset);$
+
+Return~
+returns a pointer to the character, or null pointer if no such character
+is found
+
+Description~
+The$strpbrk()$("string pointer break") function is related to$strcspn()$,
+except that it returns a pointer to the first character in$string$that is a
+member of the set$stopset$instead of the length of the initial substring.
+
+
+
+strrchr() Function *crv-strrchr*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $char *strrchr(const char *string, int c);$
+
+Return~
+pointer to the located byte, or null pointer if no match was found
+
+Description~
+The function$strrchr()$is like$strchr()$, except that it searches backwards
+from the end of the string$string$(instead of forwards from the front).
+
+
+
+strspn() Function *crv-strspn*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $size_t strspn(const char *string, const char *skipset);$
+
+Return~
+length of substring
+
+Description~
+The$strspn()$("string span") function returns the length of the initial
+substring of$string$that consists entirely of characters that are members of
+the set specified by the string$skipset$. The order of the characters in
+$skipset$is not important.
+
+
+
+strstr() Function *crv-strstr*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $char *strstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);$
+
+Return~
+It returns a pointer into the string$haystack$that is the first character of
+the substring, or a null pointer if no match was found. If$needle$is an empty
+string, the function returns$haystack$.
+
+Description~
+This is like$strchr()$, except that it searches$haystack$for a substring
+$needle$rather than just a single character.
+
+
+
+strtok() Function *crv-strtok*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $char *strtok(char *restrict newstring, const char *restrict delimiters);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+A string can be split into tokens by making a series of calls to the function
+$strtok()$.
+
+The string to be split up is passed as the$newstring$argument on the first
+call only. The$strtok()$function uses this to set up some internal state
+information. Subsequent calls to get additional tokens from the same string
+are indicated by passing a null pointer as the$newstring$argument. Calling
+$strtok()$with another non-null$newstring$argument reinitializes the state
+information. It is guaranteed that no other library function ever calls
+$strtok()$behind your back (which would mess up this internal state
+information).
+
+The$delimiters$argument is a string that specifies a set of delimiters that
+may surround the token being extracted. All the initial characters that are
+members of this set are discarded. The first character that is not a member
+of this set of delimiters marks the beginning of the next token. The end of
+the token is found by looking for the next character that is a member of the
+$delimiter$set. This character in the original string$newstring$is
+overwritten by a null character, and the pointer to the beginning of the token
+in$newstring$ is returned.
+
+On the next call to$strtok()$, the searching begins at the next character
+beyond the one that marked the end of the previous token.
+Note that the set of delimiters$delimiters$do not have to be the same on every
+call in a series of calls to$strtok()$.
+
+If the end of the string$newstring$is reached, or if the remainder of$string$
+consists only of delimiter characters,$strtok()$returns a null pointer.
+
+Note that "character" is here used in the sense of byte. In a string using a
+multibyte character encoding (abstract) character consisting of more than one
+byte are not treated as an entity. Each byte is treated separately. The
+function is not locale-dependent.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.21.7 Miscellaneous *crv-libSRHMisc*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $memset()$ Func |crv-memset|
+ $strerror()$ Func |crv-strerror|
+ $strlen()$ Func |crv-strlen|
+
+
+
+memset() Function *crv-memset*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $void *memset(void *block, int c, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+value of$block$
+
+Description~
+This function copies the value of$c$(converted to an$unsigned char$) into each
+of the first$size$bytes of the object beginning at$block$.
+
+
+
+strerror() Function *crv-strerror*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $char *strerror(int errnum);$
+
+Return~
+The return value is a pointer to error message, which string should not be
+modified. Also, if subsequent calls to$strerror()$are done, the string might
+be overwritten. But it's guaranteed that no library function ever calls
+$strerror()$.
+
+Description~
+This function maps the error code specified by the$errnum$argument to a
+descriptive error message string.
+The value$errnum$normally comes from the variable$errno$.
+
+
+
+strlen() Function *crv-strlen*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <string.h>$
+ $size_t strlen(const char *s);$
+
+Return~
+length of string
+
+Description~
+The$strlen()$function returns the length of the null-terminated string$s$in bytes.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.22 <tgmath.h> Type-Generic *crv-libTgmathH*
+
+This header file includes$<math.h>$and$<complex.h>$and defines several
+type-generic macros.
+
+A type-generic macro expands to a function according to the type of the
+macro's parameter(s).
+E.g. there is a type-generic macro$fabs(parameter)$.This macro expands to:
+ -$fabs()$ if$parameter$is of type$double$
+ -$fabsf()$ if$parameter$is of type$float$
+ -$fabsl()$ if$parameter$is of type$long double$
+ -$cabs()$ if$parameter$is of type$double complex$
+ -$cabsf()$ if$parameter$is of type$float complex$
+ -$cabsl()$ if$parameter$is of type$long double complex$
+
+For each function declared in$<math.h>$and$<complex.h>$which has no f ($float$)
+or l ($long double$) suffix, and which has one or more parameters of type
+$double$a type-generic macro is defined (except for$mdof()$).
+
+For each function declared in$<math.h>$which has no suffix and for which there
+is a corresponding function in$<complex.h>$with prefix c, a type-generic macro
+is defined for both functions that has the name of the function declared
+in$<math.h>$.
+
+The type-generic macros determine the real type as follows:
+ - if any parameter is of type$long double$, the type determined is
+ $long double$
+ - otherwise, if any parameter is of type$double$or is of integer type, the
+ determined type is$double$
+ - otherwise, the type determined is$float$
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.23 <time.h> Date and Time *crv-libTimeH*
+
+This header defines macros and declares types and functions for manipulating
+time.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.23.1 Types *crv-libTHType*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $size_t$ Type |crv-size_t4|
+ $clock_t$ Type |crv-clock_t|
+ $time_t$ Type |crv-time_t|
+ $tm$ Type |crv-tm|
+
+
+
+size_t Type *crv-size_t4*
+-----------
+This is an unsigned integer type used to represent the sizes of objects.
+Also declared in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-size_t|.
+Also declared in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-size_t2|.
+Also declared in$<string.h>$, see |crv-size_t3|.
+Also declared in$<stdio.h>$, see |crv-size_t5|.
+Also declared in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-size_t6|.
+
+
+
+clock_t Type *crv-clock_t*
+------------
+This is the type of the value returned by the$clock()$function. Values of
+type$clock_t$are numbers of clock ticks.
+
+
+
+time_t Type *crv-time_t*
+-----------
+This is the data type used to represent simple time. Sometimes, it also
+represents an elapsed time. When interpreted as a calendar time value, it
+represents the number of seconds elapsed since 00:00:00 on January 1, 1970,
+Coordinated Universal Time. (This calendar time is sometimes referred to as
+the epoch.).
+
+NOTE: A simple time has no concept of local time zone. Calendar Time T
+is the same instant in time regardless of where on the globe the computer is.
+
+
+
+struct tm Type *crv-tm*
+--------------
+This is the data type used to represent a broken-down time. The structure
+contains at least the following members, which can appear in any order.
+
+$int tm_sec$
+ This is the number of full seconds since the top of the minute (normally
+ in the range 0 through 59, but the actual upper limit is 60, to allow for
+ leap seconds if leap second support is available).
+
+$int tm_min$
+ This is the number of full minutes since the top of the hour (in the range
+ 0 through 59).
+
+$int tm_hour$
+ This is the number of full hours past midnight (in the range 0 through 23).
+
+$int tm_mday$
+ This is the ordinal day of the month (in the range 1 through 31).
+
+$int tm_mon$
+ This is the number of full calendar months since the beginning of the year
+ (in the range 0 through 11).
+
+$int tm_year$
+ This is the number of full calendar years since 1900.
+
+$int tm_wday$
+ This is the number of full days since Sunday (in the range 0 through 6).
+
+$int tm_yday$
+ This is the number of full days since the beginning of the year (in the
+ range 0 through 365).
+
+$int tm_isdst$
+ This is a flag that indicates whether Daylight Saving Time is (or was, or
+ will be) in effect at the time described. The value is positive if
+ Daylight Saving Time is in effect, zero if it is not, and negative if the
+ information is not available.
+
+Also declared in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-tm2|.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.23.2 Macros *crv-libTHMac*
+
+Quicklink:
+$CLOCKS_PER_SEC$ Macro |crv-CLOCKS_PER_SEC|
+$NULL$ Macro |crv-NULL4|
+
+
+
+NULL Macro *crv-NULL4*
+----------
+Expands to an implementation-defined null pointer constant.
+Also defined in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-NULL|.
+Also defined in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-NULL2|.
+Also defined in$<string.h>$, see |crv-NULL3|.
+Also defined in$<stdio.h>$, see |crv-NULL5|.
+Also defined in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-NULL6|.
+
+
+
+CLOCKS_PER_SEC Macro *crv-CLOCKS_PER_SEC*
+--------------------
+The value of this macro is the number of clock ticks per second measured by
+the$clock()$function.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.23.3 Time Manipulation *crv-libTHMani*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $clock()$ Func |crv-clock|
+ $difftime()$ Func |crv-difftime|
+ $mktime()$ Func |crv-mktime|
+ $time()$ Func |crv-time|
+
+
+
+clock() Function *crv-clock*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <time.h>$
+ $clock_t clock(void);$
+
+Return~
+CPU time ot (clock_t)(-1) if an error occurred
+
+Description~
+This function returns the calling process' current CPU time. If the CPU time
+is not available or cannot be represented, clock returns the value
+(clock_t)(-1).
+Time in seconds can be determined by dividing the result of$clock()$by
+$CLOCKS_PER_SECOND$.
+
+
+
+difftime() Function *crv-difftime*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <time.h>$
+ $double difftime(time_t time1, time_t time0);$
+
+Return~
+seconds elapsed
+
+Description~
+This function returns the number of seconds of elapsed time between calendar
+time$time1$and calendar time$time0$, as a value of type$double$. The
+difference ignores leap seconds unless leap second support is enabled.
+
+
+
+mktime() Function *crv-mktime*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <time.h>$
+ $time_t mktime(struct tm *brokentime);$
+
+Return~
+Simple time, or if the specified broken-down time cannot be represented as a
+simple time,$mktime()$returns a value of (time_t)(-1) and does not modify the
+contents of$brokentime$.
+
+Description~
+The$mktime()$function is used to convert a broken-down time structure to a
+simple time representation. It also "normalizes" the contents of the
+broken-down time structure, by filling in the day of week and day of year
+based on the other date and time components.
+
+The$mktime()$function ignores the specified contents of the$tm_wday$and
+$tm_yday$members of the broken-down time structure. It uses the values of the
+other components to determine the calendar time; it's permissible for these
+components to have unnormalized values outside their normal ranges. The last
+thing that$mktime()$does is adjust the components of the brokentime structure
+(including the$tm_wday$and$tm_yday$).
+
+
+
+time() Function *crv-time*
+---------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <time.h>$
+ $time_t time(time_t *result);$
+
+Return~
+current calenar time or if the current calendar time is not available,
+the value (time_t)(-1)
+
+Description~
+The$time()$function returns the current calendar time as a value of type
+$time_t$. If the argument$result$is not a null pointer, the calendar time
+value is also stored in$*result$.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.23.4 Time Conversion *crv-libTHConv*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $asctime()$ Func |crv-asctime|
+ $ctime()$ Func |crv-ctime|
+ $gmtime()$ Func |crv-gmtime|
+ $localtime()$ Func |crv-localtime|
+ $strftime()$ Func |crv-strftime|
+
+
+
+asctime() Function *crv-asctime*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <time.h>$
+ $char *asctime(const struct tm *brokentime);$
+
+Return~
+The return value points to a statically allocated string, which might be
+overwritten by subsequent calls to$asctime()$or$ctime$. But no other library
+function overwrites the contents of this string.
+
+Description~
+This function converts the broken-down time value that$brokentime$points to
+into a string in a standard format:
+ "Tue May 21 13:46:22 1991\n"
+
+The abbreviations for the days of week are: Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, and
+Sat.
+
+The abbreviations for the months are: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug,
+Sep, Oct, Nov, and Dec.
+
+
+
+ctime() Function *crv-ctime*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <time.h>$
+ $char *ctime(const time_t *time);$
+
+Return~
+The return value points to a statically allocated string, which might be
+overwritten by subsequent calls to$asctime()$or$ctime$. But no other library
+function overwrites the contents of this string.
+
+Description~
+The$ctime()$function is similar to$asctime()$, except that calendar time
+is specified as a$time_t$simple time value rather than in broken-down local
+time format. It is equivalent to:
+ $asctime (localtime (time))$
+
+
+
+gmtime() Function *crv-gmtime*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <time.h>$
+ $struct tm *gmtime(const time_t *time);$
+
+Return~
+returns pointer to the broken-down time, or a null pointer if the specified
+time cannot be converted to UTC
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$localtime()$, except that the broken-down time is
+expressed as Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) (formerly called Greenwich Mean
+Time (GMT)) rather than relative to a local time zone.
+
+
+
+localtime() Function *crv-localtime*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <time.h>$
+ $struct tm *localtime (const time_t *time);$
+
+Return~
+returns pointer to the broken-down time, or a null pointer if the specified
+time cannot be converted to local time
+
+Description~
+The$localtime()$function converts the simple time pointed to by$time$to
+broken-down time representation, expressed relative to the user's specified
+time zone.
+
+
+
+strftime() Function *crv-strftime*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <time.h>$
+ $size_t strftime(char *s, size_t size, const char *format,$
+ $const struct tm *brokentime;$
+
+Return~
+number of characters placed in$s$, not including the terminating null
+character
+if this number is greater than$size$, zero is returned
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to the$sprintf()$function, but the conversion
+specifications that can appear in the format$format$are specialized for
+printing components of the date and time$brokentime$according to the locale
+currently specified for time conversion.
+
+Ordinary characters appearing in the format are copied to the output
+string$s$; this can include multibyte character sequences. Conversion
+specifiers are introduced by a$%$character, followed by an optional
+modifier. The modifier extensions are:
+
+ - E Use the locale's alternate representation for date and time. This
+ modifier applies to the$%c, %C, %x, %X, %y, %Y$format specifiers.
+ - O Use the locale's alternate numeric symbols for numbers. This modifier
+ applies only to numeric format specifiers.
+
+
+If the format supports the modifier but no alternate representation is
+available, it is ignored.
+
+The conversion specifier ends with a format specifier taken from the following
+list. The whole % sequence is replaced in the output string as follows:
+
+$%a$ The abbreviated weekday name according to the current locale.
+$%A$ The full weekday name according to the current locale.
+$%b$ The abbreviated month name according to the current locale.
+$%B$ The full month name according to the current locale.
+$%c$ The preferred calendar time representation for the current locale.
+$%C$ The century of the year. This is equivalent to the greatest integer
+ not greater than the year divided by 100.
+$%d$ The day of the month as a decimal number (range 01 through 31).
+$%D$ The date using the format$%m/%d/%y$.
+$%e$ The day of the month like with %d, but padded with blank (range 1
+ through 31).
+$%F$ The date using the format$%Y-%m-%d$.
+$%g$ The year corresponding to the ISO week number, but without the century
+ (range 00 through 99). This has the same format and value as$%y$,
+ except that if the ISO week number (see$%V$) belongs to the previous
+ or next year, that year is used instead.
+$%G$ The year corresponding to the ISO week number. This has the same format
+ and value as$%Y$, except that if the ISO week number (see %V) belongs
+ to the previous or next year, that year is used instead.
+$%h$ The abbreviated month name according to the current locale. The action
+ is the same as for$%b$.
+$%H$ The hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock (range 00 through
+ 23).
+$%I$ The hour as a decimal number, using a 12-hour clock (range 01 through
+ 12).
+$%j$ The day of the year as a decimal number (range 001 through 366).
+$%k$ The hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock like$%H$, but padded
+ with blank (range 0 through 23).
+$%l$ The hour as a decimal number, using a 12-hour clock like$%I$, but padded
+ with blank (range 1 through 12).
+$%m$ The month as a decimal number (range 01 through 12).
+$%M$ The minute as a decimal number (range 00 through 59).
+$%n$ A single \n (newline) character.
+$%p$ Either AM or PM, according to the given time value; or the corresponding
+ strings for the current locale. Noon is treated as PM and midnight as AM.
+$%r$ The complete calendar time using the AM/PM format of the current locale.
+$%R$ The hour and minute in decimal numbers using the format$%H:%M$.
+$%S$ The seconds as a decimal number (range 00 through 60).
+$%t$ A single \t (tabulator) character.
+$%T$ The time of day using decimal numbers using the format$%H:%M:%S$.
+$%u$ The day of the week as a decimal number (range 1 through 7), Monday
+ being 1.
+$%U$ The week number of the current year as a decimal number (range 00 through
+ 53), starting with the first Sunday as the first day of the first week.
+ Days preceding the first Sunday in the year are considered to be in week
+ 00.
+$%V$ The ISO 8601:1988 week number as a decimal number (range 01 through 53).
+ ISO weeks start with Monday and end with Sunday. Week 01 of a year is the
+ first week which has the majority of its days in that year; this is
+ equivalent to the week containing the year's first Thursday, and it is
+ also equivalent to the week containing January 4. Week 01 of a year can
+ contain days from the previous year. The week before week 01 of a year
+ is the last week (52 or 53) of the previous year even if it contains days
+ from the new year.
+$%w$ The day of the week as a decimal number (range 0 through 6), Sunday
+ being 0.
+$%W$ The week number of the current year as a decimal number (range 00 through
+ 53), starting with the first Monday as the first day of the first week.
+ All days preceding the first Monday in the year are considered to be in
+ week 00.
+$%x$ The preferred date representation for the current locale.
+$%X$ The preferred time of day representation for the current locale.
+$%y$ The year without a century as a decimal number (range 00 through 99).
+ This is equivalent to the year modulo 100.
+$%Y$ The year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar. Years before
+ the year 1 are numbered 0, -1, and so on.
+$%z$ RFC 822/ISO 8601:1988 style numeric time zone (e.g., -0600 or +0100), or
+ nothing if no time zone is determinable.
+ A full RFC 822 timestamp is generated by the format
+ $"%a, %d %b %Y %H:%M:%S %z"$ (or the equivalent$"%a, %d %b %Y %T %z"$).
+$%Z$ The time zone abbreviation (empty if the time zone can't be determined).
+$%%$ A literal % character.
+
+
+The$size$parameter can be used to specify the maximum number of characters to
+be stored in the array$s$, including the terminating null character. If the
+formatted time requires more than$size$characters,$strftime()$returns zero
+and the contents of the array$s$are undefined. Otherwise the return value
+indicates the number of characters placed in the array$s$, not including
+the terminating null character.
+
+Warning: This convention for the return value which is prescribed in ISO C
+can lead to problems in some situations. For certain format strings and
+certain locales the output really can be the empty string and this cannot
+be discovered by testing the return value only. E.g., in most locales the
+AM/PM time format is not supported (most of the world uses the 24 hour
+time representation). In such locales$"%p"$will return the empty string,
+i.e., the return value is zero. To detect situations like this something
+similar to the following code should be used:
+>
+ buf[0] = '\1';
+ len = strftime (buf, bufsize, format, tp);
+ if (len == 0 && buf[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ /* Something went wrong in the strftime call. */
+ ...
+ }
+
+
+If$s$is a null pointer,$strftime()$does not actually write anything, but
+instead returns the number of characters it would have written.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.24 <wchar.h> Wide Utilities *crv-libWcharH*
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.24.1 Types *crv-libWCHType*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $mbstate_t$ Type |crv-mbstate_t|
+ $tm$ Type |crv-tm2|
+ $size_t$ Type |crv-size_t6|
+ $wchar_t$ Type |crv-wchar_t3|
+ $wint_t$ Type |crv-wint_t2|
+
+
+
+mbstate_t Type *crv-mbstate_t*
+--------------
+A variable of type$mbstate_t$can contain all the information about the shift
+state needed from one call to a conversion function to another.
+
+
+struct tm Type *crv-tm2*
+--------------
+Also declared in$<time.h>$, for description see |crv-tm|.
+
+
+size_t Type *crv-size_t6*
+-----------
+This is an unsigned integer type used to represent the sizes of objects.
+Also declared in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-size_t|.
+Also declared in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-size_t2|.
+Also declared in$<string.h>$, see |crv-size_t3|.
+Also declared in$<time.h>$, see |crv-size_t4|.
+Also declared in$<stdio.h>$, see |crv-size_t5|.
+
+
+wchar_t Type *crv-wchar_t3*
+------------
+This data type is used as the base type for wide character strings.
+It's range of values can represent distinct codes for all members of the
+largest extended character set specified among the supported locales.
+Also declared in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-wchar_t|.
+Also declared in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-wchar_t2|.
+
+
+wint_t Type *crv-wint_t2*
+-----------
+This is a data type used for parameters and variables that contain a single
+wide character.
+Also declared in$<wctype.h>$, see |crv-wint_t|.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.24.2 Macros *crv-libWCHMac*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $NULL$ Macro |crv-NULL6|
+ $WCHAR_MIN$ Macro |crv-WCHAR_MIN2|
+ $WCHAR_MAX$ Macro |crv-WCHAR_MAX2|
+ $WEOF$ Macro |crv-WEOF2|
+
+
+NULL Macro *crv-NULL6*
+----------
+Expands to an implementation-defined null pointer constant.
+Also defined in$<stddef.h>$, see |crv-NULL|.
+Also defined in$<stdlib.h>$, see |crv-NULL2|.
+Also defined in$<string.h>$, see |crv-NULL3|.
+Also defined in$<time.h>$, see |crv-NULL4|.
+Also defined in$<stdio.h>$, see |crv-NULL5|.
+
+
+WCHAR_MIN Macro *crv-WCHAR_MIN2*
+WCHAR_MAX Macro *crv-WCHAR_MAX2*
+---------------
+Minimum and maximum value representable by an object of type$wchar_t$.
+Also defined in$<wctype.h>$, see |crv-libWCHAR_MIN|, |crv-libWCHAR_MAX|.
+
+
+WEOF Macro *crv-WEOF2*
+----------
+This macro expands to an expression of type$wint_t$that is returned by a
+number of wide stream functions to indicate an end-of-file condition, or some
+other error situation.
+Also declared in$<wctype.t>$, see |crv-libWEOF|.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.24.3 Formatted Input/Output *crv-libWCHIO*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $fwprintf()$ Func |crv-fwprintf|
+ $swprintf()$ Func |crv-swprintf|
+ $wprintf()$ Func |crv-wprintf|
+ $wscanf()$ Func |crv-wscanf|
+ $fwscanf()$ Func |crv-fwscanf|
+ $swscanf()$ Func |crv-swscanf|
+ $vfwprintf()$ Func |crv-vfwprintf|
+ $vswprintf()$ Func |crv-vswprintf|
+ $vwprintf()$ Func |crv-vwprintf|
+ $vfwscanf()$ Func |crv-vfwscanf|
+ $vswscanf()$ Func |crv-vswscanf|
+ $vwscanf()$ Func |crv-vwscanf|
+
+
+
+wprintf() Function *crv-wprintf*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int wprintf(const wchar_t *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+<0: output error occurred
+>= 0: number of transmitted characters
+
+Description~
+This function prints the optional arguments under the control of the wide
+format string$format$to the standard output stream$stdout$.
+For format string see |crv-libSIOHIOFout|.
+
+
+
+fwprintf() Function *crv-fwprintf*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int fwprintf(FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+<0: output error occurred
+>= 0: number of transmitted characters
+
+Description~
+This function is just like$wprintf()$, except that the output is written to
+the stream$stream$instead of standard output stream$stdout$.
+
+
+
+swprintf() Function *crv-swprintf*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int swprintf(wchar_t *s, size_t size, const wchar_t *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+The return value is the number of characters generated for the given input,
+excluding the trailing null. If not all output fits into the provided
+buffer or an error occurred a negative value is returned.
+
+Description~
+This is like$wprintf()$, except that the output is stored in the wide
+character array$s$instead of written to a stream. A null wide character is
+written to mark the end of the string. The$size$argument specifies the maximum
+number of characters to produce. The trailing null character is counted
+towards this limit.
+
+
+
+vwprintf() Function *crv-vwprintf*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdarg.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int vwprintf(const wchar_t *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$wprintf()$except that, instead of taking a
+variable number of arguments directly, it takes an argument list pointer$ap$.
+
+
+
+vfwprintf() Function *crv-vfwprintf*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdarg.h>$
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int vfwprintf(FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This is the equivalent of$fwprintf()$with the variable argument list specified
+directly as for$vwprintf()$.
+
+
+
+vswprintf() Function *crv-vswprintf*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdarg.h>$
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int vswprintf(wchar_t *s, size_t size, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This is the equivalent of$swprintf()$with the variable argument list specified
+directly as for$vwprintf()$.
+
+
+
+wscanf() Function *crv-wscanf*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int wscanf(const wchar_t *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+The return value is normally the number of successful assignments. If an
+end-of-file condition is detected before any matches are performed, including
+matches against whitespace and literal characters in the template, then$WEOF$
+is returned.
+
+Description~
+The$wscanf()$function reads formatted input from the stream$stdin$under the
+control of the format string$format$. The optional arguments are pointers to
+the places which receive the resulting values.
+For format string see |crv-libSIOHIOFin|.
+
+
+
+fwscanf() Function *crv-fwscanf*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int fwscanf(FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This function is just like$wscanf()$, except that the input is read from the
+stream$stream$instead of$stdin$.
+
+
+
+swscanf() Function *crv-swscanf*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int swscanf (const wchar_t *ws, const char *format, ...);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This is like$wscanf()$, except that the characters are taken from the
+null-terminated string$ws$instead of from a$stream$. Reaching the end of the
+string is treated as an end-of-file condition.
+
+The behavior of this function is undefined if copying takes place between
+objects that overlap.
+
+
+
+vwscanf() Function *crv-vwscanf*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdarg.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int vwscanf(const wchar_t *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$wscanf()$, but instead of taking a variable number
+of arguments directly, it takes an argument list pointer ap of type$va_list$.
+
+
+
+vfwscanf() Function *crv-vfwscanf*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdarg.h>$
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int vfwscanf(FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This is the equivalent of$fwscanf()$with the variable argument list specified
+directly as for$vwscanf()$.
+
+
+
+vswscanf() Function *crv-vswscanf*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdarg.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int vswscanf(const wchar_t *s, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+This is the equivalent of$swscanf()$with the variable argument list specified
+directly as for$vwscanf()$.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.24.4 Character Input/Output *crv-libWCHCIO*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $fgetwc()$ Func |crv-fgetwc|
+ $fgetws()$ Func |crv-fgetws|
+ $getwc()$ Macro |crv-getwc|
+ $getwchar()$ Macro |crv-getwchar|
+ $ungetwc()$ Func |crv-ungetwc|
+ $fputwc()$ Func |crv-fputwc|
+ $fputws()$ Func |crv-fputws|
+ $putwc()$ Macro |crv-putwc|
+ $putwchar()$ Macro |crv-putwchar|
+ $fwide()$ Func |crv-fwide|
+
+
+
+fgetwc() Function *crv-fgetwc*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wint_t fgetwc(FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+wide character read from stream, or$WEOF$if an error or an end-of-file
+condition occurred
+
+Description~
+This function reads the next wide character from the stream$stream$and returns
+its value.
+
+
+
+fgetws() Function *crv-fgetws*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *fgetws(wchar_t *ws, int count, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+If the system is already at end of file when$fgetws()$is called, then the
+contents of the array$ws$are unchanged and a null pointer is returned. A null
+pointer is also returned if a read error occurs. Otherwise, the return value
+is the pointer$ws$.
+
+Description~
+This function reads wide characters from the stream$stream$up to and including
+a newline character and stores them in the string$ws$, adding a null wide
+character to mark the end of the string.$count$wide characters worth of space
+in$ws$must be supplied, but the number of characters read is at most
+$count - 1$. The extra character space is used to hold the null wide character
+at the end of the string.
+
+
+
+getwc() Macro *crv-getwc*
+-------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wint_t getwc(FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+wide character read from stream, or$WEOF$if an error or an end-of-file
+condition occurred
+
+Description~
+This is just like$fgetwc()$, except that it is permissible for it to be
+implemented as a macro that evaluates the$stream$argument more than once.
+$getwc()$can be highly optimized, so it is usually the best function to use
+to read a single wide character.
+
+
+
+getwchar() Macro *crv-getwchar*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wint_t getwchar(void);$
+
+Return~
+wide character read from stream, or$WEOF$if an error or an end-of-file
+condition occurred
+
+Description~
+This function is equivalent to$getwc()$with$stdin$as the value of the stream
+argument.
+
+
+
+ungetwc() Function *crv-ungetwc*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wint_t ungetwc(wint_t wc, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+
+Description~
+The$ungetwc()$function behaves just like$ungetc()$just that it pushes back a
+wide character.
+
+
+
+fputwc() Function *crv-fputwc*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wint_t fputwc(wchar_t wc, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+$WEOF$is returned if a write error occurs; otherwise the character$wc$is
+returned
+
+Description~
+This function writes the wide character$wc$to the stream$stream$.
+
+
+
+fputws() Function *crv-fputws*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int fputws(const wchar_t *ws, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+$WEOF$is returned if a write error occurs, otherwise a non-negative value
+
+Description~
+The function$fputws()$writes the wide character string$ws$to the stream
+$stream$. The terminating null character is not written. This function does
+not add a newline character, either. It outputs only the characters in the
+string.
+
+
+
+putwc() Macro *crv-putwc*
+-------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wint_t putwc(wchar_t wc, FILE *stream);$
+
+Return~
+$WEOF$is returned if a write error occurs; otherwise the character$wc$is
+returned
+
+Description~
+This is just like$fputwc()$, except that it can be implement as a macro,
+making it faster. One consequence is that it may evaluate the$stream$argument
+more than once, which is an exception to the general rule for macros.$putwc()$
+is usually the best function to use for writing a single wide character.
+
+
+
+putwchar() Macro *crv-putwchar*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wint_t putwchar(wchar_t wc);$
+
+Return~
+$WEOF$is returned if a write error occurs; otherwise the character$wc$is
+returned
+
+Description~
+The$putwchar()$function is equivalent to$putwc()$with$stdout$as the value
+of the stream argument.
+
+
+
+fwide() Function *crv-fwide*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int fwide(FILE *stream, int mode);$
+
+Return~
+The$fwide()$function returns a negative value, zero, or a positive value if
+the stream is narrow, not at all, or wide oriented respectively.
+
+Description~
+The$fwide()$function can be used to set and query the state of the orientation
+of the stream$stream$. If the$mode$parameter has a positive value the streams
+get wide oriented, for negative values narrow oriented. It is not possible
+to overwrite previous orientations with$fwide()$. I.e., if the stream$stream$
+was already oriented before the call nothing is done.
+
+If$mode$is zero the current orientation state is queried and nothing is
+changed.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.24.5 String Utilities *crv-libWCHStrng*
+
+
+II.24.5.1 Numeric Conversions *crv-libWCHNum*
+------------------------------
+
+Quicklink:
+ $wcstod()$ Func |crv-wcstod|
+ $wcstof()$ Func |crv-wcstof|
+ $wcstold()$ Func |crv-wcstold|
+ $wcstol()$ Func |crv-wcstol|
+ $wcstoll()$ Func |crv-wcstoll|
+ $wcstoul()$ Func |crv-wcstoul|
+ $wcstoull()$ Func |crv-wcstoull|
+
+
+
+wcstod() Function *crv-wcstod*
+wcstof() Function *crv-wcstof*
+wcstold() Function *crv-wcstold*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $double wcstod(const wchar_t *restrict string, wchar_t **restrict tailptr);$
+ $float wcstof(const wchar_t *string, wchar_t **tailptr);$
+ $long double wcstold(const wchar_t *string, wchar_t **tailptr);$
+
+Description~
+The$wcstod()$,$wcstof()$, and$wcstol()$functions are equivalent in nearly all
+aspect to the$strtod()$,$strtof()$, and$strtold()$functions but it handles
+wide character string.
+
+
+
+wcstol() Function *crv-wcstol*
+wcstoll() Function *crv-wcstoll*
+wcstoul() Function *crv-wcstoul*
+wcstoull() Function *crv-wcstoull*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $long int wcstol(const wchar_t *restrict string,$
+ $wchar_t **restrict tailptr, int base);$
+ $long long int wcstoll(const wchar_t *restrict string,$
+ $wchar_t **restrict tailptr, int base);$
+ $unsigned long int wcstoul(const wchar_t *restrict string,$
+ $wchar_t **restrict tailptr, int base);$
+ $unsigned long long int wcstoull(const wchar_t *restrict string,$
+ $wchar_t **restrict tailptr, int base);$
+
+Description~
+The$wcstol()$,$wcstoll()$,$wcstoul()$,$wcstoull()$functions are equivalent in
+nearly all aspectes to$strtol()$,$strstoll()$,$strtoul()$,$strtoull()$
+functions but handels wide character string.
+
+
+
+
+II.24.5.2 Copying *crv-libWCHCopy*
+------------------
+
+Quicklink:
+ $wcscpy()$ Func |crv-wcscpy|
+ $wcsncpy()$ Func |crv-wcsncpy|
+ $wmemcpy()$ Func |crv-wmemcpy|
+ $wmemmove()$ Func |crv-wmemmove|
+
+
+wcscpy() Function *crv-wcscpy*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wcscpy(wchar_t *restrict wto, const wchar_t *restrict wfrom);$
+
+Return~
+value is the value of$wto$
+
+Description~
+This copies wide characters from the string$wfrom$(up to and including the
+terminating null wide character) into the string$wto$. Like$wmemcpy()$, this
+function has undefined results if the strings overlap.
+
+
+
+wcsncpy() Function *crv-wcsncpy*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wcsncpy(wchar_t *restrict wto, const wchar_t *restrict wfrom,$
+ $size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+value is the value of$wto$
+
+Description~
+This function is similar to$wcscpy()$but always copies exactly$size$wide
+characters into$wto$.
+
+If the length of$wfrom$is more than$size$, then$wcsncpy()$copies just the
+first$size$wide characters. Note that in this case there is no null
+terminator written into$wto$.
+
+If the length of$wfrom$is less than$size$, then$wcsncpy()$copies all of
+$wfrom$, followed by enough null wide characters to add up to$size$wide
+characters in all.
+
+The behavior of$wcsncpy()$is undefined if the strings overlap.
+
+
+
+wmemcpy() Function *crv-wmemcpy*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wmemcpy(wchar_t *restrict wto, const wchar_t *restruct wfrom,$
+ $size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+value is the value of$wto$
+
+Description~
+The$wmemcpy()$function copies$size$wide characters from the object beginning
+at$wfrom$into the object beginning at$wto$. The behavior of this function is
+undefined if the two arrays$wto$and$wfrom$overlap; use$wmemmove()$instead if
+overlapping is possible.
+
+
+
+wmemmove() Function *crv-wmemmove*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wmemmove(wchar *wto, const wchar_t *wfrom, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+value is the value of$wto$
+
+Description~
+This function copies the$size$wide characters at$wfrom$into the$size$wide
+characters at$wto$, even if those two blocks of space overlap. In the case of
+overlap,$memmove()$is careful to copy the original values of the wide
+characters in the block at$wfrom$, including those wide characters which also
+belong to the block at$wto$.
+
+
+
+
+II.24.5.3 Concatenation *crv-libWCHConcat*
+------------------------
+
+Quicklink:
+ $wcscat()$ Func |crv-wcscat|
+ $wcsncat()$ Func |crv-wcsncat|
+
+
+wcscat() Function *crv-wcscat*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wcscat(wchar_t *restrict wto, const wchar_t *restrict wfrom);$
+
+Return~
+value is the value of$wto$
+
+Description~
+The$wcscat()$function is similar to$wcscpy()$, except that the characters
+fromw$from$are concatenated or appended to the end of$wto$, instead of
+overwriting it. That is, the first character from$wfrom$overwrites the null
+character marking the end of$wto$.
+
+
+
+wcsncat() Function *crv-wcsncat*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wcsncat(wchar_t *restrict wto, const wchar_t *restrict wfrom,$
+ $size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+value is the value of$wto$
+
+Description~
+This function is like$wcscat()$except that not more than$size$characters
+from$from$are appended to the end of$wto$. A single null character is also
+always appended to$wto$, so the total allocated size of$wto$ must be at least
+$size + 1$bytes longer than its initial length.
+
+
+
+
+II.24.5.4 Comparison *crv-libWCHCmp*
+---------------------
+
+Quicklink:
+ $wcscmp()$ Func |crv-wcscmp|
+ $wcscoll()$ Func |crv-wcscoll|
+ $wcsncmp()$ Func |crv-wcsncmp|
+ $wcsxfrm()$ Func |crv-wcsxfrm|
+ $wmemcmp()$ Func |crv-wmemcmp|
+
+
+
+wcscmp() Function *crv-wcscmp*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int wcscmp(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2);$
+
+Return~
+The value returned is greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly
+as the string pointed to by$ws1$is greater than, equal to, or less than the
+string pointed to by$ws2$.
+
+A consequence of the ordering used by$wcscmp()$is that if$ws1$is an initial
+substring of$ws2$, then$ws1$is considered to be "less than"$ws2$.
+
+Description~
+The$wcscmp()$function compares the wide character string$ws1$against$ws2$.
+
+
+
+wcscoll() Function *crv-wcscoll*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int wcscoll(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2);$
+
+Return~
+The value returned is greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly
+as the string pointed to by$ws1$is greater than, equal to, or less than the
+string pointed to by$ws2$.
+
+Description~
+The$wcscoll()$function is similar to$wcscmp()$but uses the collating sequence
+of the current locale for collation (the$LC_COLLATE$locale).
+
+
+
+wcsncmp() Function *crv-wcsncmp*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int wcsncmp(const wchar_t *ws1, const wchar_t *ws2, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+The value returned is greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly
+as the string pointed to by$ws1$is greater than, equal to, or less than the
+string pointed to by$ws2$.
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$wcscmp()$, except that no more than$size$wide
+characters are compared. In other words, if the two strings are the same in
+their first$size$wide characters, the return value is zero.
+
+
+
+wcsxfrm() Function *crv-wcsxfrm*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $size_t wcsxfrm(wchar_t *restrict wto, const wchar_t *wfrom, size_t size);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$strxfrm()$but handles wide characters.
+See |crv-libstrxfrm| for further information on$strxfrm()$.
+
+
+
+wmemcmp() Function *crv-wmemcmp*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int wmemcmp(const wchar_t *a1, const wchar_t *a2, size_t size);$
+
+Return~
+The value returned is greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly
+as the string pointed to by$a1$is greater than, equal to, or less than the
+string pointed to by$a2$.
+
+Description~
+The function$wmemcmp()$compares the$size$wide characters beginning at$a1$
+against the$size$wide characters beginning at$a2$.
+
+
+
+
+II.24.5.5 Search *crv-libWCHSearch*
+-----------------
+
+Quicklink:
+ $wcschr()$ Func |crv-wcschr|
+ $wcscspn()$ Func |crv-wcscspn|
+ $wcspbrk()$ Func |crv-wcspbrk|
+ $wcsrchr()$ Func |crv-wcsrchr|
+ $wcsspn()$ Func |crv-wcsspn|
+ $wcsstr()$ Func |crv-wcsstr|
+ $wcstok()$ Func |crv-wcstok|
+ $wmemchr()$ Func |crv-wmemchr|
+
+
+
+wcschr() Function *crv-wcschr*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t * wcschr(const wchar_t *wstring, int wc);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$strchr()$but handles wide character.
+
+
+
+wcscspn() Function *crv-wcscspn*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $size_t wcscspn(const wchar_t *wstring, const wchar_t *stopset);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$strspn()$but handles wide character.
+
+
+
+wcspbrk() Function *crv-wcspbrk*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wcspbrk (const wchar_t *wstring, const wchar_t *stopset);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$strpbrk()$but handles wide character.
+
+
+
+wcsrchr() Function *crv-wcsrchr*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wcsrchr (const wchar_t *wstring, wchar_t c);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$strrchr()$but handles wide character.
+
+
+
+wcsspn() Function *crv-wcsspn*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $size_t wcsspn(const wchar_t *wstring, const wchar_t *skipset);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$strspn()$but handles wide character.
+
+
+
+wcsstr() Function *crv-wcsstr*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wcsstr(const wchar_t *haystack, const wchar_t *needle);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$strstr()$but handles wide character.
+
+
+
+wcstok() Function *crv-wcstok*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wcstok(wchar_t *newstring, const char *delimiters);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$strtok()$but handles wide character.
+
+
+
+wmemchr() Function *crv-wmemchr*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wmemchr(const wchar_t *block, wchar_t wc, size_t size);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$memchr()$but handles wide character.
+
+
+
+
+II.24.5.6 Miscellaneous *crv-libWCHMisc*
+------------------------
+
+Quicklink:
+ $wmemset()$ Func |crv-wmemset|
+ $wcslen()$ Func |crv-wcslen|
+
+
+
+wcslen() Function *crv-wcslen*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $size_t wcslen(const wchar_t *ws);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$strlen()$but handles wide character.
+
+
+
+wmemset() Function *crv-wmemset*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wchar_t *wmemset(wchar_t *block, wchar_t wc, size_t size);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$memset()$but handles wide character.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.24.6 Time Conversions *crv-libWCHTimeConv*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $wcsftime()$ Func |crv-wcsftime|
+
+
+
+wcsftime() Function *crv-wcsftime*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <time.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $size_t wcsftime(wchar_t *s, size_t size, const wchar_t *template,$
+ $const struct tm *brokentime);$
+
+Description~
+This function is the similar to$strftime()$but handles wide character.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.24.7 Character Conversions *crv-libWCHCharConv*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $btowc()$ Func |crv-btowc|
+ $wctob()$ Func |crv-wctob|
+ $mbsinit()$ Func |crv-mbsinit|
+ $mbrlen()$ Fucn |crv-mbrlen|
+ $mbrtowc()$ Func |crv-mbrtowc|
+ $wcrtomb()$ Func |crv-wcrtomb|
+ $mbsrtowc()$ Func |crv-mbsrtowc|
+ $wcsrtombs()$ Func |crv-wcsrtombs|
+
+
+
+btowc() Function *crv-btowc*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $wint_t btowc(int c);$
+
+Return~
+If ($unsigned char$)$c$is no valid single byte multibyte character or if$c$
+is$EOF$, the function returns$WEOF$. Otherwise the wide character
+representation of$c$is returned.
+
+Description~
+The$btowc()$function ("byte to wide character") converts a valid single byte
+character$c$in the initial shift state into the wide character equivalent
+using the conversion rules from the currently selected locale of the$LC_CTYPE$
+category.
+
+
+
+wctob() Function *crv-wctob*
+----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int wctob(wint_t c);$
+
+Return~
+If the multibyte representation for this character in the initial state is
+exactly one byte long, the return value of this function is this character.
+Otherwise the return value is$EOF$.
+
+Description~
+The$wctob()$function ("wide character to byte") takes as the parameter a valid
+wide character.
+
+
+
+mbsinit() Function *crv-mbsinit*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $int mbsinit(const mbstate_t *ps);$
+
+Return~
+If$ps$is a null pointer or the object is in the initial state the return value
+is nonzero. Otherwise it is zero.
+
+Description~
+The$mbsinit()$function determines whether the state object pointed to by$ps$is
+in the initial state.
+
+
+
+mbrlen() Fucntion *crv-mbrlen*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $size_t mbrlen(const char *restrict s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+The$mbrlen()$function ("multibyte restartable length") computes the number of
+at most$n$bytes starting at$s$, which form the next valid and complete
+multibyte character.
+
+If the next multibyte character corresponds to the NUL wide character, the
+return value is 0. If the next$n$bytes form a valid multibyte character, the
+number of bytes belonging to this multibyte character byte sequence is
+returned.
+
+If the the first$n$bytes possibly form a valid multibyte character but the
+character is incomplete, the return value is$(size_t) - 2$. Otherwise the
+multibyte character sequence is invalid and the return value
+is$(size_t) - 1$.
+
+The multibyte sequence is interpreted in the state represented by the object
+pointed to by$ps$. If$ps$ is a null pointer, a state object local
+to$mbrlen()$is used.
+
+
+
+mbrtowc() Function *crv-mbrtowc*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $size_t mbrtowc(wchar_t *restrict pwc, const char *restrict s,$
+ $size_t n, mbstate_t *restrict ps);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+The$mbrtowc()$function ("multibyte restartable to wide character") converts
+the next multibyte character in the string pointed to by$s$into a wide
+character and stores it in the wide character string pointed to by$pwc$. The
+conversion is performed according to the locale currently selected for
+the$LC_CTYPE$category. If the conversion for the character set used in the
+locale requires a state, the multibyte string is interpreted in the state
+represented by the object pointed to by$ps$. If$ps$is a null pointer, a
+static, internal state variable used only by the$mbrtowc()$function is used.
+
+If the next multibyte character corresponds to the NUL wide character, the
+return value of the function is 0 and the state object is afterwards in the
+initial state. If the next$n$or fewer bytes form a correct multibyte
+character, the return value is the number of bytes starting from$s$that form
+the multibyte character. The conversion state is updated according to the
+bytes consumed in the conversion. In both cases the wide character (either
+the L'\0' or the one found in the conversion) is stored in the string
+pointed to by$pwc$if$pwc$is not null.
+
+If the first$n$bytes of the multibyte string possibly form a valid multibyte
+character but there are more than$n$bytes needed to complete it, the return
+value of the function is$(size_t) - 2$and no value is stored. Please note
+that this can happen even if$n$has a value greater than or equal
+to$MB_CUR_MAX$since the input might contain redundant shift sequences.
+
+If the first$n$bytes of the multibyte string cannot possibly form a valid
+multibyte character, no value is stored, the global variable$errno$is set to
+the value$EILSEQ$, and the function returns$(size_t) - 1$. The conversion
+state is afterwards undefined.
+
+
+
+wcrtomb() Function *crv-wcrtomb*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $size_t wcrtomb(char *restrict s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *restrict ps);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+The$wcrtomb()$function ("wide character restartable to multibyte") converts a
+single wide character into a multibyte string corresponding to that wide
+character.
+
+If$s$is a null pointer, the function resets the state stored in the objects
+pointed to by$ps$(or the internal$mbstate_t$object) to the initial state. This
+can also be achieved by a call like this:
+
+ $wcrtombs(temp_buf, L'\0', ps)$
+
+since, if$s$is a null pointer,$wcrtomb()$performs as if it writes into an
+internal buffer, which is guaranteed to be large enough.
+
+If$wc$is the NUL wide character,$wcrtomb()$emits, if necessary, a shift
+sequence to get the state$ps$into the initial state followed by a single
+$NULL$byte, which is stored in the string$s$.
+
+Otherwise a byte sequence (possibly including shift sequences) is written into
+the string$s$. This only happens if$wc$is a valid wide character. If$wc$is no
+valid wide character, nothing is stored in the strings$s$,$errno$is set
+to$EILSEQ$, the conversion state in$ps$is undefined and the return value
+is$(size_t) - 1$.
+
+If no error occurred the function returns the number of bytes stored in the
+string$s$. This includes all bytes representing shift sequences.
+
+
+
+mbsrtowc() Function *crv-mbsrtowc*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $size_t mbsrtowcs(wchar_t *restrict dst, const char **restrict src,$
+ $size_t len, mbstate_t *restrict ps);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+The$mbsrtowcs()$function ("multibyte string restartable to wide character
+string") converts an NUL-terminated multibyte character string at$*src$into an
+equivalent wide character string, including the NUL wide character at the end.
+The conversion is started using the state information from the object pointed
+to by$ps$or from an internal object of$mbsrtowcs()$if$ps$is a null pointer.
+Before returning, the state object is updated to match the state after the
+last converted character. The state is the initial state if the terminating
+NUL byte is reached and converted.
+
+If$dst$is not a null pointer, the result is stored in the array pointed to
+by$dst$; otherwise, the conversion result is not available since it is stored
+in an internal buffer.
+
+If$len$wide characters are stored in the array$dst$before reaching the end of
+the input string, the conversion stops and$len$is returned. If$dst$is a null
+pointer,$len$is never checked.
+
+Another reason for a premature return from the function call is if the input
+string contains an invalid multibyte sequence. In this case the global
+variable$errno$is set to$EILSEQ$and the function returns$(size_t) - 1$.
+
+In all other cases the function returns the number of wide characters
+converted during this call. If$dst$is not null,$mbsrtowcs()$stores in the
+pointer pointed to by$src$either a null pointer (if the NUL byte in the
+input string was reached) or the address of the byte following the last
+converted multibyte character.
+
+
+
+wcsrtombs() Function *crv-wcsrtombs*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <stdio.h>$
+ $#include <wchar.h>$
+ $size_t wcsrtombs(char *restrict dst, const wchar_t **restrict src,$
+ $size_t len, mbstate_t *restrict ps);$
+
+Return~
+see description
+
+Description~
+The$wcsrtombs()$function ("wide character string restartable to multibyte
+string") converts the NUL-terminated wide character string at$*src$ into an
+equivalent multibyte character string and stores the result in the array
+pointed to by$dst$. The NUL wide character is also converted. The conversion
+starts in the state described in the object pointed to by$ps$or by a state
+object locally to$wcsrtombs()$in case$ps$is a null pointer. If$dst$is a
+null pointer, the conversion is performed as usual but the result is not
+available. If all characters of the input string were successfully converted
+and if$dst$is not a null pointer, the pointer pointed to by$src$gets assigned
+a null pointer.
+
+If one of the wide characters in the input string has no valid multibyte
+character equivalent, the conversion stops early, sets the global variable
+$errno$to$EILSEQ$, and returns$(size_t) - 1$.
+
+Another reason for a premature stop is if$dst$is not a null pointer and the
+next converted character would require more than$len$bytes in total to the
+array$dst$. In this case (and if$dest$is not a null pointer) the pointer
+pointed to by$src$is assigned a value pointing to the wide character right
+after the last one successfully converted.
+
+Except in the case of an encoding error the return value of the$wcsrtombs()$
+function is the number of bytes in all the multibyte character sequences
+stored in$dst$. Before returning the state in the object pointed to by$ps$
+(or the internal object in case$ps$is a null pointer) is updated to reflect
+the state after the last conversion. The state is the initial shift state
+in case the terminating NUL wide character was converted.
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+II.25 <wctype.h> Wide Character *crv-libWctypeH*
+
+In this section wide character classification and mapping utilities are
+described.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.25.1 Types *crv-libWTHType*
+
+Quicklink:
+ $wctrans_t$ Type |crv-wctrans_t|
+ $wctype_t$ Type |crv-wctype_t|
+ $wint_t$ Type |crv-wint_t|
+
+
+
+wint_t Type *crv-wint_t*
+-----------
+This is a data type used for parameters and variables that contain a single
+wide character.
+Also declared in$<wchar.h>$, see |crv-libwint_t2|.
+
+
+
+wctrans_t Type *crv-wctrans_t*
+--------------
+This data type is defined as a scalar type which can hold a value representing
+the locale-dependent character mapping. There is no way to construct such a
+value apart from using the return value of the$wctrans()$function.
+
+
+
+wctype_t Type *crv-wctype_t*
+-------------
+This type can hold a value which represents a character class. The only
+defined way to generate such a value is by using the$wctype()$function.
+
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.25.2 Macros *crv-libWTHMac*
+
+
+WEOF Macro *crv-WEOF*
+----------
+This macro expands to an expression of type$wint_t$that is returned by a
+number of wide stream functions to indicate an end-of-file condition, or some
+other error situation.
+Also declared in$<wchar.t>$, see |crv-WEOF2|.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.25.3 Classification *crv-libWTHClass*
+
+
+II.25.3.1 Wide Character *crv-libWTHCwide*
+-------------------------
+
+Quicklink:
+ $iswalnum()$ Func |crv-iswalnum|
+ $iswalpha()$ Func |crv-iswalpha|
+ $iswblank()$ Func |crv-iswblank|
+ $iswcntrl()$ Func |crv-iswcntrl|
+ $iswdigit()$ Func |crv-iswdigit|
+ $iswgraph()$ Func |crv-iswgraph|
+ $iswlower()$ Func |crv-iswlower|
+ $iswprint()$ Func |crv-iswprint|
+ $iswpunct()$ Func |crv-iswpunct|
+ $iswspace()$ Func |crv-iswspace|
+ $iswupper()$ Func |crv-iswupper|
+ $iswxdigit()$ Func |crv-iswxdigit|
+
+
+
+iswalnum() Function *crv-iswalnum*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswalnum(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+This function returns a nonzero value if$wc$is an alphanumeric character (a
+letter or number); in other words, if either$iswalpha()$or$iswdigit()$is true
+of a character, then$iswalnum()$is also true.
+
+
+
+iswalpha() Function *crv-iswalpha*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswalpha(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+Returns true if$wc$is an alphabetic character (a letter). If$iswlower()$or
+$iswupper()$is true of a character, then$iswalpha()$is also true.
+
+
+
+iswblank() Function *crv-iswblank*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswblank(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+Returns true if$wc$is a blank character; that is, a space or a tab.
+
+
+
+iswcntrl() Function *crv-iswcntrl*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswcntrl(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+Returns true if$wc$is a control character (that is, a character that is not a
+printing character).
+
+
+
+iswdigit() Function *crv-iswdigit*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswdigit(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+Returns true if$wc$is a digit (e.g., 0 through 9). Please note that this
+function does not only return a nonzero value for decimal digits, but for
+all kinds of digits.
+
+
+
+iswgraph() Function *crv-iswgraph*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswgraph(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+Returns true if$wc$is a graphic character; that is, a character that has a
+glyph associated with it. The whitespace characters are not considered
+graphic.
+In other words: returns true if$iswprint()$is true and if$iswspace()$is false.
+
+
+
+iswlower() Function *crv-iswlower*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswlower(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+Returns true if$wc$is a lower-case letter.
+
+
+
+iswprint() Function *crv-iswprint*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswprint(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+Returns true if$wc$is a printing character. Printing characters include all
+the graphic characters, plus the space (" ") character.
+
+
+
+iswpunct() Function *crv-iswpunct*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswpunct(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+Returns true if$wc$is a punctuation character. This means any printing
+character that is not alphanumeric or a space character.
+
+
+
+iswspace() Function *crv-iswspace*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswspace(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+Returns true if$wc$is a whitespace character. In the standard "C" locale,
+$iswspace()$returns true for only the standard whitespace characters:
+
+ $L' '$ space
+ $L'\f'$ formfeed
+ $L'\n'$ newline
+ $L'\r'$ carriage return
+ $L'\t'$ horizontal tab
+ $L'\v'$ vertical tab
+
+
+
+iswupper() Function *crv-iswupper*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswupper(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+Returns true if$wc$is an upper-case letter.
+
+
+
+iswxdigit() Function *crv-iswxdigit*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswxdigit(wint_t wc);$
+
+Description~
+Returns true if$wc$is a hexadecimal digit. Hexadecimal digits include the
+normal decimal digits 0 through 9 and the letters A through F and a through f.
+
+
+
+
+
+II.25.3.2 Extensible Wide Char *crv-libWTHCextens*
+-------------------------------
+
+Quicklink:
+ $iswctype()$ Func |crv-iswctype|
+ $wctype()$ Func |crv-wctype|
+
+
+iswctype() Function *crv-iswctype*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $int iswctype(wint_t wc, wctype_t desc);$
+
+Description~
+This function returns a nonzero value if$wc$is in the character class
+specified by$desc$.$desc$must previously be returned by a successful call
+to$wctype()$.
+
+
+
+wctype() Function *crv-wctype*
+-----------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $wctype_t wctype(const char *property);$
+
+Description~
+The$wctype()$returns a value representing a class of wide characters which is
+identified by the string$property$. Beside some standard properties each
+locale can define its own ones. In case no$property$with the given name is
+known for the current locale selected for the$LC_CTYPE$category, the function
+returns zero.
+
+The properties known in every locale are:
+$"alnum"$
+$"alpha"$
+$"cntrl"$
+$"digit"$
+$"graph"$
+$"lower"$
+$"print"$
+$"punct"$
+$"space"$
+$"upper"$
+$"xdigit"$
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+II.25.4 Mapping *crv-libWTHMap*
+
+
+II.25.4.1 Wide Character *crv-libWTHMwide*
+-------------------------
+
+Quicklink:
+ $towlower()$ Func |crv-towlower|
+ $towupper()$ Func |crv-towupper|
+
+
+
+towlower() Function *crv-towlower*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $wint_t towlower(wint_t wc);$
+
+Return~
+lower-case letter
+
+Description~
+If$wc$is an upper-case letter,$towlower()$returns the corresponding lower-case
+letter. Otherwise$wc$is returned unchanged.
+
+
+
+towupper() Function *crv-towupper*
+-------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $wint_t towupper(wint_t wc);$
+
+Return~
+upper-case letter
+
+Description~
+If$wc$is a lower-case letter,$towupper()$returns the corresponding upper-case
+letter. Otherwise$wc$is returned unchanged.
+
+
+
+
+II.25.4.2 Extensible Wide Char *crv-libWTHMextens*
+-------------------------------
+
+Quicklink:
+ $towctrans()$ Func |crv-towctrans|
+ $wctrans()$ Func |crv-wctrans|
+
+
+
+towctrans() Function *crv-towctrans*
+--------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $wint_t towctrans(wint_t wc, wctrans_t desc);$
+
+Return~
+mapped value of$wc$
+
+Description~
+This function maps the input character$wc$according to the rules of the
+mapping for which$desc$is a descriptor, and returns the value it finds.$desc$
+must be obtained by a successful call to$wctrans()$.
+
+
+
+wctrans() Function *crv-wctrans*
+------------------
+Synopsis~
+ $#include <wctype.h>$
+ $wctrans_t wctrans(const char *property);$
+
+Return~
+0: mapping unknown
+else: mapping known
+
+Description~
+This function has to be used to find out whether a named mapping is defined in
+the current locale selected for the$LC_CTYPE$category. If the returned value
+is non-zero, it can be used afterwards in calls to$towctrans()$. If the return
+value is zero no such mapping is known in the current locale.
+
+Beside locale-specific mappings there are two mappings which are guaranteed
+to be available in every locale:
+$"tolower"$
+$"toupper"$
+
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+Appendix A GLOSSARY *crv-glossary*
+
+
+ *crv-gloAlignment*
+Alignment Requirement that objects of a particular type be located on
+ storage boundaries with addresses that are particular
+ multiples of a byte address.
+
+ *crv-gloArgument*
+Argument An argument is an expression in a comma-separated list bounded
+ by parentheses in a function call or macro invocation.
+
+ *crv-gloArray*
+Array Set of elements that have the same data type.
+
+ *crv-gloBinary*
+Binary see Operator |crv-gloOperator|
+
+ *crv-gloBlock*
+Block C statements enclosed within braces ({...})
+
+ *crv-gloCompState*
+Compound A compound statement is a block (see |crv-gloBlock|)
+Statement
+ *crv-gloDataType*
+Data Type see Type |crv-gloType|
+
+ *crv-gloDeclaration*
+Declaration A C construct that associates the attributes of a variable,
+ type or function with a name. A declaration does not need
+ memory, opposed to a definition (-> Definition).
+
+ Example:
+>
+ struct MeasVar {
+ int nCntr;
+ int nNumOfCycles;
+ float fResult;
+ };
+<
+ *crv-gloDefinition*
+Definition A C construct that specifies the name, formal parameters, body
+ and return type of a function or that initializes and allocates
+ storage for a variable. A definition needs memory, opposed
+ to a declaration (-> Declaration).
+
+ Example:
+>
+ struct MeasVar mv;
+<
+ *crv-gloExpression*
+Expression An expression is a sequence of operators and operands that
+ specifies computation of a value or that designates an object
+ or function.
+ See |crv-gloOperand|, |crv-gloOperator|
+
+
+False / True see |crv-gloTrueFalse|
+
+ *crv-gloIdentifier*
+Identifier An identifier is a name of a variable, function, macro...
+ Valid identifiers consists of uppercase and lowercase Latin
+ letters [a-z], [A-Z] and digits [0-9] and the underscore _.
+ They must start with a letter or underscore and must be
+ different to keywords.
+
+ *crv-gloLifetime*
+Lifetime The lifetime of a variable is the portion of program execution
+ during which storage is guaranteed to be reserved for it.
+ Throughout its lifetime a variable exists, has a fix address
+ and retains its last assigned value.
+
+ *crv-gloLinkage*
+Linkage Linkage is used to extend the scope of a variable or function
+ to the actual context. The keyword$extern$is used for that.
+
+ *crv-gloLvalue*
+lvalue A lvalue is an epxression that describes the location of an
+ object. The location is the object's lvalue. The object's rvalue
+ is the value stored at the location described by the lvalue.
+
+ *crv-gloLvalueMod*
+lvalue, A modifiable lvalue is an expression representing an object that
+modifialbe can be changed.
+ A lvalue is a modifiable lvalue if:
+ - it has no array type
+ - it has no incomplete type
+ - it has no$const$type
+ - it has struct or union type and no$const$member
+
+ *crv-gloMacro*
+Macro An identifier that is equated to a text or symbolic expression
+ to which it is to be expanded by the preprocessor.
+
+ *crv-gloObject*
+Object An area of memory used by a variable, the contents represents
+ values.
+
+ *crv-gloOperand*
+Operand Parameter of an operator.
+ Example:
+ $a = b * c$
+
+ $*$is the operator, $a$and$b$are the operands
+ $b * c$is an expression
+
+ *crv-gloOperator*
+Operator An operator is used with operands to build an expression.
+ Example:
+ $a = b * c$
+
+ $*$is the operator, $a$and$b$are the operands
+ $b * c$is an expression
+
+ An operator with two operands is called binary *crv-gloOpBinary*
+ e.g. *, /, +, ...
+ An operator with one operand is called unary. *crv-gloOpUnary*
+ e.g. - (sign), ++, --, ....
+
+ *crv-gloParameter*
+Parameter A parameter is the value that is passed to a function or macro.
+ In principle there are two ways parameters can be passed:
+ - By Value
+ This means that the function/macro works with a copy of
+ the parameter. Thus the value of the parameter can be
+ changed within the function/macro, but from caller's
+ view the parameter will keep its original value.
+ - By Reference
+ This means that the function/macro works with the
+ original parameter. Thus a caller of a function/macro
+ will "see" changes done to the parameter within
+ the function/macro.
+ C always uses pass by value. Use pointers to simulate a pass
+ by reference.
+
+ *crv-gloPointer*
+Pointer A variable that contains the address of a C element (variable,
+ structure, function) or memory area.
+
+ *crv-gloPreprocessor*
+Preprocessor A preprocessor is the first pass of a compiler. It does:
+ - read include files
+ - expand macros
+ - replace defines by their contents
+ - pass control directives to the compiler
+
+ *crv-gloPromote*
+Promote Promoting is a type cast from a "lower" type to a "higher"
+ type, e.g. from int to long.
+
+ *crv-gloPrototype*
+Prototype A function prototype is a declaration of a function that declares
+ the types of its parameters.
+
+ *crv-gloRvalue*
+rvalue A rvalue is the value of an expression.
+ See also lvalue |crv-gloLvalue|.
+
+ *crv-gloScope*
+Scope Scope is the visibility of a C element (variable, function)
+ within a program. The scope are the sections of a program where
+ an element can be referenced by name. The scope of an element
+ may be limited to file, function or block.
+ The scope of an element is determined from where it is defined.
+ If it is defined outside of a block, it has file scope.
+ If it is defined within a function prototype, it has function
+ scope.
+ If it is defined within a block, it has block scope.
+
+ *crv-gloSemantics*
+Semantics The relationships between symbols and their meanings.
+
+ *crv-gloSideEffect*
+Side-Effect During evaluation of an expression the value of a variable is
+ changed. Example:
+>
+ b = (a = 2) * (a *= 3)
+<
+ NOTE: To keep a program maintainable and readable don't use
+ side-effects.
+
+ *crv-gloSignExtension*
+Sign- Sign-extension is the filling of the left most bits with the
+Extension state of the sign-bit when shifting right or when promoting.
+
+ *crv-gloStatement*
+Statement A statement is an expression followed by a semicolon.
+ see |crv-gloExpression|
+
+ *crv-gloStructure*
+Structure A set of elements that have possibly different data types. A
+ structure groups them together.
+
+ *crv-gloSyntax*
+Syntax A syntax describes the structure and order of the elements
+ of a language statement. In other words: it specifies how words
+ and symbols are put together to form a program.
+
+ Example for Syntax versus Semantics:
+ The syntax rules of a human language could be:
+ - each word must be build with the characters a-z or A-Z
+ - words are separated by at least one space (" ").
+ - words must start either with an upper or lower character,
+ the following characters must be lower ones
+ - a sentence consists of words
+ - the first word of a sentence must start with an upper
+ character, the others with a lower one
+ - a sentence ends with a point (.)
+
+ Following these rules, this would be a valid sentence:
+ "The weather is fine today."
+
+ But this one would also be a syntactically correct
+ sentence:
+ "Thkds sdfasd ksdf dsf dfklsflsd."
+
+ The semantics of a language connects words with meanings.
+ Thus the second sentence is a semantically incorrect sentence.
+
+ So a language is defined by its semantics AND syntax.
+ The syntax defines how to form words and the semantics gives
+ words a meaning.
+
+ *crv-gloToken*
+Token Tokens are the minimal lexical elements of a programming
+ language. A token can be a keyword, an identifier, a constant,
+ a string literal, an operator or a punctuator.
+
+ *crv-gloTrueFalse*
+True / False In standard C an expression is FALSE if its value is 0, else
+ it is TRUE. The value of a logical TRUE is implementation
+ specific.
+ So never do something like
+ $if (IsWindowOpen() == TRUE)$
+ instead of this do
+ $if (IsWindowOpen())$
+ or
+ $if (IsWindowOpen() != FALSE)$
+
+ *crv-gloType*
+Type The meaning of a value stored in an object or returned by a
+ function is determined by its type.
+
+ *crv-gloTypeIncomplete*
+Type, An incomplete type describes an object but lacks information to
+incomplete determine its size.
+ E.g. an array type of unknown size is an incomplete type.
+
+ *crv-gloTypeCast*
+Type Cast A type cast is an operation in which an operand of one type is
+ converted to another type. In C the cast operator
+ is$(type-name)$.
+ Example:
+>
+ int main(void)
+ {
+ int nVar = 42;
+ float fVar;
+
+ fVar = (float)nVar;
+ }
+<
+ *crv-gloUnary*
+Unary see Operator |crv-gloOperator|
+
+ *crv-gloVariable*
+Variable Is the symbolic representation of a memory area.
+
+ *crv-gloWhiteSpace*
+White-Space A space, tab, carriage return, new line, vertical tab, or
+ formfeed character.
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+Appendix B BIBLIOGRAPHY *crv-bibliography*
+
+[1] "Erfolgreich programmieren mit C", 1. Auflage, 1985
+ J. Anton Illik
+ SYBEX Verlag GmbH, Duesseldorf (Germany)
+
+[2] "Softwareentwicklung in C", 3. September 2001
+ Klaus Schmaranz
+ Springer Verlag
+
+[3] "The GNU C Library Reference Manual", for Version 2.2.x of the GNU C
+ Library, Edition 0.10, last updated 2001-07-06
+ Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+[4] ISO/IEC 9899:1999(E)
+ International Standard
+ Programming languages - C
+ Published by American National Standards Institute
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+For Appendix C COPYRIGHT & LICENSES go to |crvdoc-copyright|
+
+
+==============================================================================
+For Appendix D AUTHOR go to |crvdoc-author|
+
+
+==============================================================================
+For Appendix E CREDITS go to |crvdoc-credits|
+
+
+==============================================================================
+For Appendix F HISTORY go to |crvdoc-history|
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ vim:tw=78:ts=4:ft=help:norl:
diff --git a/vimfiles/doc/crefvimdoc.txt b/vimfiles/doc/crefvimdoc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34b600d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/doc/crefvimdoc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1742 @@
+*crefvimdoc.txt* C-Reference Manual for Vim
+ Vim version 6.0
+
+
+ *crefvimdoc*
+ Project CRefVim
+ ======================
+ Version 1.0.4
+ 27. Nov. 2004
+
+
+ (c) 2002-2004 by Christian Habermann
+ christian (at) habermann-net (point) de
+
+
+ This is a C-reference manual especially designed for the text-editor Vim.
+ The scripts to view and access this manual within Vim are released under
+ the GNU General Public License (GPL), the documentation is released under
+ the GNU Free Documentation License (FDL).
+
+ In the C-reference manual most parts of the chapter about the standard C
+ library are based on "The GNU C Library Reference Manual", edition 0.10.
+ "The GNU C Library Reference Manual" is copyright (c) 1993 - 2002 by the
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Enhancements to this GNU-manual and modifications of this GNU-manual
+ in context with CRefVim were done by Christian Habermann.
+
+ In the following this file (crefvimdoc.txt) and the C-reference manual
+ (crefvim.txt) is an entity called "document".
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+ any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
+ Invariant Sections being "Free Software Needs Free Documentation" and
+ "GNU Lesser General Public License", the Front-Cover text being
+ "A Manual Supported by GNU", and with the Back-Cover text being
+ "You have freedom to copy and modify this manual.".
+ A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
+ "GNU Free Documentation License".
+
+
+
+ Table of C o n t e n t s:
+
+ 1. Introduction.....................|crvdoc-intro|
+ 2. Installation.....................|crvdoc-install|
+ 3. Usage............................|crvdoc-usage|
+ 4. Customization....................|crvdoc-customization|
+ 5. Limitations & Bugs...............|crvdoc-limbugs|
+
+ Appendix
+
+ A GLOSSARY............................|crv-glossary|
+ B BIBLIOGRAPHY........................|crv-bibliography|
+ C COPYRIGHT & LICENSES................|crvdoc-copyright|
+ C.1 GNU General Public License........|crvdoc-licGPL|
+ C.2 GNU Free Documentation License....|crvdoc-licFDL|
+ C.3 GNU Lesser General Public License.|crvdoc-licLGPL|
+ C.4 Free Software Needs Free
+ Documentation.....................|crvdoc-licFreeDoc|
+ D AUTHOR..............................|crvdoc-author|
+ E CREDITS.............................|crvdoc-credits|
+ F HISTORY.............................|crvdoc-history|
+
+ Go to |C-Reference|
+
+
+Happy viming...
+
+
+==============================================================================
+1. INTRODUCTION *crvdoc-intro*
+
+The intention of this project is to provide a C-reference manual that can
+be accessed from within Vim.
+
+This project consists of four parts:
+ 1. crefvim.vim plugin to get access to the C-reference
+ 2. crefvimdoc.txt documentation of this project
+ 3. crefvim.txt a C-reference with Vim-tags for navigation
+ 4. help.vim an extention to the standard syntax highlighting for
+ help files (needed and active only for the C-reference
+ manual)
+
+The C-reference is a reference, it is NOT a tutorial or a guide on how
+to write C-programs. It is a quick reference to the functions and syntax
+of the standard C language.
+
+The project CRefVim is released under the GNU General Public License 2
+(GPL 2) or later.
+The documents of the project CRefVim are released under the GNU Free
+Documentation License (GNU FDL) version 1.1 or later.
+For further information on licenses see |crvdoc-copyright|.
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+2. INSTALLATION *crvdoc-install*
+
+CRefVim consists of four files, the script 'crefvim.vim', its
+documentation 'crefvimdoc.txt', the C-reference 'crefvim.txt' and a syntax
+file to extend the standard syntax highlighting for help files called
+'help.vim'.
+
+To use the script copy it into your local plugin-directory
+ Unix: ~/.vim/plugin
+ Windows: c:\vimfiles\plugin
+After starting Vim this script is sourced from their automatically.
+
+This script can be customized in your .vimrc, for further information
+see |crvdoc-customization|.
+
+
+You have to add this documentation and the C-reference to Vim's help
+system. To do this, copy both 'crefvimdoc.txt' and 'crefvim.txt' to
+your local doc-directory:
+ Unix: ~/.vim/doc
+ Windows: c:\vimfiles\doc
+
+Then start Vim and do:
+ :helptags ~/.vim/doc (or :helptags c:\vimfiles\doc for Windows)
+
+
+Finally the standard help syntax highlighting must be extended, so that
+the C-reference is viewed correctly. To do so, copy the file 'help.vim' to
+your local after/syntax directory:
+ Unix: ~/.vim/after/syntax
+ Windows: c:\vimfiles\after\syntax
+
+This extention of the help syntax file is only active for the C-reference
+manual.
+
+
+That's all to do.
+
+
+General Hint: If the console version of Vim is used, the background color
+ of Vim and the background color of the console should be the
+ same. If so, the control characters used in help-files to do
+ some syntax-highlighting are not visible.
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+3. USAGE *crvdoc-usage*
+
+There are several ways to specify a word CRefVim should search for in order
+to view help:
+
+ <Leader>cr normal mode: get help for word under cursor
+ Memory aid cr: (c)-(r)eference
+ <Leader>cr visual mode: get help for visually selected text
+ Memory aid cr: (c)-(r)eference
+ <Leader>cw: prompt for word CRefVim should search for
+ Memory aid cw: (c)-reference (w)hat
+ <Leader>cc: jump to table of contents of the C-reference manual
+ Memory aid cc: (c)-reference (c)ontents
+
+Note: by default <Leader> is \, e.g. press \cr to invoke C-reference
+
+Note: The best way to search for an operator (++, --, %, ...) is to visually
+select it and press <Leader>cr.
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+4. CUSTOMIZATION *crvdoc-customization*
+
+The key-maps used to invoke CRefVim can be customized. To do so set the
+following variables in your .vimrc-file. If they are not set, defaults are
+taken.
+
+ - <Plug>CRV_CRefVimVisual
+ mapping to start search for visually selected text
+ default:
+ vmap <silent> <unique> <Leader>cr <Plug>CRV_CRefVimVisual
+
+ - <Plug>CRV_CRefVimNormal
+ mapping to start search for text under cursor
+ default:
+ nmap <silent> <unique> <Leader>cr <Plug>CRV_CRefVimNormal
+
+ - <Plug>CRV_CRefVimAsk
+ mapping to ask for word to search for
+ default:
+ map <silent> <unique> <Leader>cw <Plug>CRV_CRefVimAsk
+
+ - <Plug>CRV_CRefVimInvoke
+ mapping to let Vim jump to the contents of the C-reference manual
+ default:
+ map <silent> <unique> <Leader>cc <Plug>CRV_CRefVimInvoke
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+5. LIMITATIONS & BUGS *crvdoc-limbugs*
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.1 Script *crvdoc-lbScript*
+
+Known limitations:
+ none
+
+Known bugs:
+ none - well, up to now ;-)
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5.2 C-Reference *crvdoc-lbCRef*
+
+Known incorrectnesses:
+ none
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+For Appendix A GLOSSARY go to |crv-glossary|
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+For Appendix B BIBLIOGRAPHY go to |crv-bibliography|
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+Appendix C COPYRIGHT & LICENSES *crvdoc-copyright*
+
+
+CRefVim is copyright (c) 2002-2004 by Christian Habermann
+
+The scripts of the project CRefVim are released under the GNU General Public
+License 2 (GPL 2) or later (see |crvdoc-licGPL| for license).
+
+The documents of the project CRefVim are released under the GNU Free
+Documentation License (GNU FDL) version 1.1 or later (see |crvdoc-licFDL| for
+license).
+
+The most sections about the standard C library functions, macros and types
+were extracted from "The GNU C Library Reference Manual", edition 0.10.
+"The GNU C Library Reference Manual" is copyright (c) 1993 - 2002 by the
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+
+
+
+Scripts of the project CRefVim:
+-------------------------------
+Copyright (c) 2002-2004 by Christian Habermann.
+
+
+All scripts of CRefVim are an entity called "program":
+
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warrenty of MERCHANTABILITY
+or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+
+
+Documents of the project CRefVim:
+---------------------------------
+Copyright (c) 2002-2004 by Christian Habermann.
+
+
+This file and the C-reference manual is an entity called "document":
+
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
+Invariant Sections being "Free Software Needs Free Documentation" and
+"GNU Lesser General Public License", the Front-Cover text being
+"A Manual Supported by GNU", and with the Back-Cover text being
+"You have freedom to copy and modify this manual.".
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
+"GNU Free Documentation License".
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Appendix C.1 GNU General Public License *crvdoc-licGPL*
+
+
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+ parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Appendix C.2 GNU Free Documentation License *crvdoc-licFDL*
+
+
+ GNU Free Documentation License
+ Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+0. PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily,
+this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+
+1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any
+such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+addressed as "you".
+
+A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License.
+
+The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License.
+
+A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is
+not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include
+PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+purposes only.
+
+The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+
+2. VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+
+3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
+option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+
+4. MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+ (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+ of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+ if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+ Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+ Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
+D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+ giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+ terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+ and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+ it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+ publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+ there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+ given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+ Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+ public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+ the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+ it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
+ You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+ least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+ publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+ preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+ substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+ and/or dedications given therein.
+L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+ unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+ or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
+N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+ or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+
+5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
+entitled "Endorsements."
+
+
+6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+
+7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+
+
+8. TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License provided that you also include the
+original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement
+between the translation and the original English version of this
+License, the original English version will prevail.
+
+
+9. TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+
+10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+
+ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+ Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
+ Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
+ A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+ Free Documentation License".
+
+If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
+Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Appendix C.3 GNU Lesser General Public License *crvdoc-licLGPL*
+
+
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+ This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+ To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+ Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+ When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+ We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+ For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+ In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+ Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+ its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+ root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+ to use the modified definitions.)
+
+ b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+ copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+ rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+ will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+ the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+ interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+ c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+ than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+ d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+ specified materials from the same place.
+
+ e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
+ Sections above.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Appendix C.4 Free Software Needs Free Documentation *crvdoc-licFreeDoc*
+
+
+The biggest deficiency in the free software community today is not in the
+software - it is the lack of good free documentation that we can include with
+the free software. Many of our most important programs do not come with free
+reference manuals and free introductory texts. Documentation is an essential
+part of any software package; when an important free software package does not
+come with a free manual and a free tutorial, that is a major gap. We have many
+such gaps today.
+
+Consider Perl, for instance. The tutorial manuals that people normally use are
+non-free. How did this come about? Because the authors of those manuals
+published them with restrictive terms - no copying, no modification, source
+files not available - which exclude them from the free software world.
+
+That wasn't the first time this sort of thing happened, and it was far from
+the last. Many times we have heard a GNU user eagerly describe a manual that
+he is writing, his intended contribution to the community, only to learn that
+he had ruined everything by signing a publication contract to make it
+non-free.
+
+Free documentation, like free software, is a matter of freedom, not price. The
+problem with the non-free manual is not that publishers charge a price for
+printed copies - that in itself is fine. (The Free Software Foundation sells
+printed copies of manuals, too.) The problem is the restrictions on the use of
+the manual. Free manuals are available in source code form, and give you
+permission to copy and modify. Non-free manuals do not allow this.
+
+The criteria of freedom for a free manual are roughly the same as for free
+software. Redistribution (including the normal kinds of commercial
+redistribution) must be permitted, so that the manual can accompany every copy
+of the program, both on-line and on paper.
+
+Permission for modification of the technical content is crucial too. When
+people modify the software, adding or changing features, if they are
+conscientious they will change the manual too - so they can provide accurate
+and clear documentation for the modified program. A manual that leaves you no
+choice but to write a new manual to document a changed version of the program
+is not really available to our community.
+
+Some kinds of limits on the way modification is handled are acceptable. For
+example, requirements to preserve the original author's copyright notice, the
+distribution terms, or the list of authors, are ok. It is also no problem to
+require modified versions to include notice that they were modified. Even
+entire sections that may not be deleted or changed are acceptable, as long as
+they deal with nontechnical topics (like this one). These kinds of
+restrictions are acceptable because they don't obstruct the community's normal
+use of the manual.
+
+However, it must be possible to modify all the technical content of the
+manual, and then distribute the result in all the usual media, through all the
+usual channels. Otherwise, the restrictions obstruct the use of the manual, it
+is not free, and we need another manual to replace it.
+
+Please spread the word about this issue. Our community continues to lose
+manuals to proprietary publishing. If we spread the word that free software
+needs free reference manuals and free tutorials, perhaps the next person who
+wants to contribute by writing documentation will realize, before it is too
+late, that only free manuals contribute to the free software community.
+
+If you are writing documentation, please insist on publishing it under the
+GNU Free Documentation License or another free documentation license. Remember
+that this decision requires your approval - you don't have to let the
+publisher decide. Some commercial publishers will use a free license if you
+insist, but they will not propose the option; it is up to you to raise the
+issue and say firmly that this is what you want. If the publisher you are
+dealing with refuses, please try other publishers. If you're not sure whether
+a proposed license is free, write to licensing@gnu.org.
+
+You can encourage commercial publishers to sell more free, copylefted manuals
+and tutorials by buying them, and particularly by buying copies from the
+publishers that paid for their writing or for major improvements. Meanwhile,
+try to avoid buying non-free documentation at all. Check the distribution
+terms of a manual before you buy it, and insist that whoever seeks your
+business must respect your freedom. Check the history of the book, and try
+reward the publishers that have paid or pay the authors to work on it.
+
+The Free Software Foundation maintains a list of free documentation published
+by other publishers, at <http://www.fsf.org/doc/other-free-books.html>.
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+Appendix D AUTHOR *crvdoc-author*
+
+Author of CRefVim is Christian Habermann. For contact, write to:
+
+ christian (at) habermann-net (point) de
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+Appendix E CREDITS *crvdoc-credits*
+
+
+- Credit must go out to Bram Moolenaar and all the Vim developers for making
+ Vim to an excellent tool.
+
+- Credit must go out to the Free Software Foundation for specifying the
+ GNU Free Documentation License (GNU FDL) and for releasing "The GNU C
+ Library Reference Manual" under the GNU FDL.
+ "The GNU C Library Reference Manual" is copyright (c) 1993 - 2002 by the
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+- Special thanks to Richard Stallman for helping me to release this
+ project in a way that is conform to the license of "The GNU C Library
+ Reference Manual".
+ He also gave permission to alter the Front-Cover text and the Back-Cover
+ text specified by the GNU FDL of "The GNU C Library Reference Manual" to:
+ Front-Cover text: "A Manual Supported by GNU"
+ Back-Cover text: "You have freedom to copy and modify this manual."
+
+ (Original:
+ Front-Cover text: "A GNU Manual"
+ Back-Cover text: "You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual,
+ like GNU software. Copies published by the Free
+ Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development."
+ )
+
+
+
+==============================================================================
+Appendix F HISTORY *crvdoc-history*
+
+Project CRefVim
+
+ The most sections about the standard C library functions, macros and types
+ were extracted from "The GNU C Library Reference Manual", edition 0.10.
+ "The GNU C Library Reference Manual" is copyright (c) 1993 - 2002 by the
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ At http://www.gnu.org/manual/glibc-2.2.5/libc.html the original version
+ of this manual can be found.
+
+
+ - V 0.1.0 12. Dec. 2002 - 23. Feb. 2003
+ initial version, no release
+ tested under Linux (vim, gvim 6.1) and Win98SE (gvim 6.1)
+ Consists of:
+ crefvim.vim V 0.1.0, initial version
+ crefvimdoc.txt V 0.1.0, initial version
+ crefvim.txt V 0.1.0, initial version
+ help.vim V 0.1.0, initial version
+
+
+ - V 0.2.0 5. Apr. 2003
+ no release
+ tested under Linux (vim, gvim 6.1) and Win98SE (gvim 6.1)
+ Consists of:
+ crefvim.vim V 0.2.0
+ - "Appendix D AUTHOR" added
+ crefvimdoc.txt V 0.2.0
+ - "Appendix D AUTHOR" added
+ - License GNU FDL 1.1 instead of 1.2, since License is an invariant
+ section of the GNU manual. To avoid to include both 1.1 and 1.2,
+ I released the documents under 1.1.
+ - CREDITS extended
+ crefvim.txt V 0.1.0, not changed
+ help.vim V 0.1.0, not changed
+
+
+ - V 1.0.0 6. Apr. 2003
+ no changes, first release
+ Consists of:
+ crefvim.vim V 1.0.0
+ crefvimdoc.txt V 1.0.0
+ crefvim.txt V 1.0.0
+ help.vim V 1.0.0
+
+
+ - V 1.0.1 13. Apr. 2003
+ crefvimdoc.txt:
+ - bug-fix in description of installation:
+ destination of help.vim is after/syntax
+ Unix: ~/.vim/after/syntax
+ Windows: c:\vimfiles\after\syntax
+ (was syntax/after)
+
+ Consists of:
+ crefvim.vim V 1.0.0 not changed
+ crefvimdoc.txt V 1.0.1 changed
+ crefvim.txt V 1.0.0 not changed
+ help.vim V 1.0.0 not changed
+
+
+ - V 1.0.2 15. Dec. 2003
+ crefvimdoc.txt: some typos fixed
+ crefvim.txt: some typos fixed
+
+ Consists of:
+ crefvim.vim V 1.0.0 not changed
+ crefvimdoc.txt V 1.0.2 changed
+ crefvim.txt V 1.0.1 changed
+ help.vim V 1.0.0 not changed
+
+
+ - V 1.0.3 4. Mar. 2004
+ crefvimdoc.txt: copyright and version-numbers updated
+
+ crefvim.txt: - marker for syntax-highlighting changed from 0xa7 to $
+ in order to avoid problems with fonts that use
+ codes > 0x7f as multibyte characters (e.g. Chinese,
+ Korean, Japanese... fonts)
+ - two typos fixed
+ - three bad tags corrected
+
+ help.vim: syntax-highlighting adapted to new marker
+
+ Consists of:
+ crefvim.vim V 1.0.0 not changed
+ crefvimdoc.txt V 1.0.3 changed
+ crefvim.txt V 1.0.2 changed
+ help.vim V 1.0.1 changed
+
+
+ - V 1.0.4 27. Nov. 2004
+ crefvimdoc.txt: history and version numbers updated
+
+ crefvim.txt: - I.5.13.2: example on how to assign an absolute address
+ to a function pointer added
+ - I.5.12: hint on volatile added
+ - dead tag corrected
+
+ Consists of:
+ crefvim.vim V 1.0.0 not changed
+ crefvimdoc.txt V 1.0.4 changed
+ crefvim.txt V 1.0.3 changed
+ help.vim V 1.0.1 not changed
+
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ vim:tw=78:ts=4:ft=help:norl:
diff --git a/vimfiles/doc/pi_getscript.txt b/vimfiles/doc/pi_getscript.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22facbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/doc/pi_getscript.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+*pi_getscript.txt* For Vim version 7.0. Last change: 2006 Nov 1
+>
+ GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+<
+Authors: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
+ (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
+ *GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr. *glvs-copyright*
+ The VIM LICENSE applies to getscript.vim and
+ pi_getscript.txt (see |copyright|) except use
+ "getscript" instead of "Vim". No warranty, express or implied.
+ Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+
+Getscript is a plugin that simplifies retrieval of the latest versions of the
+scripts that you yourself use! Typing |:GLVS| will invoke getscript; it will
+then use the <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> (see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|) file to
+get the latest versions of scripts listed therein from http://vim.sf.net/.
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Contents *glvs-contents* *glvs* *getscript*
+ *GetLatestVimScripts*
+
+ 1. Contents........................................: |glvs-contents|
+ 2. GetLatestVimScripts -- Getting Started..........: |glvs-install|
+ 3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage.......................: |glvs-usage|
+ 4. GetLatestVimScripts Data File...................: |glvs-data|
+ 5. GetLatestVimScripts Friendly Plugins............: |glvs-plugins|
+ 6. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall.................: |glvs-autoinstall|
+ 7. GetLatestViMScripts Options.....................: |glvs-options|
+ 8. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm...................: |glvs-alg|
+ 9. GetLatestVimScripts History.....................: |glvs-hist|
+
+
+==============================================================================
+2. GetLatestVimScripts -- Getting Started *getscript-start*
+ *getlatestvimscripts-install*
+
+ VERSION FROM VIM DISTRIBUTION *glvs-dist-install*
+
+Vim 7.0 does not include the GetLatestVimScripts.dist file which
+serves as an example and a template. So, you'll need to create
+your own! See |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|.
+
+ VERSION FROM VIM SF NET *glvs-install*
+
+NOTE: The last step, that of renaming/moving the GetLatestVimScripts.dist
+file, is for those who have just downloaded GetLatestVimScripts.tar.bz2 for
+the first time.
+
+The GetLatestVimScripts.dist file serves as an example and a template for your
+own personal list. Feel free to remove all the scripts mentioned within it;
+the "important" part of it is the first two lines.
+
+Your computer needs to have wget for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
+
+ 1. if compressed: gunzip getscript.vba.gz
+ 2. Unix:
+ vim getscript.vba
+ :so %
+ :q
+ cd ~/.vim/GetLatest
+ mv GetLatestVimScripts.dist GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+ (edit GetLatestVimScripts.dat to install your own personal
+ list of desired plugins -- see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|)
+
+ 3. Windows:
+ vim getscript.vba
+ :so %
+ :q
+ cd **path-to-vimfiles**/GetLatest
+ mv GetLatestVimScripts.dist GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+ (edit GetLatestVimScripts.dat to install your own personal
+ list of desired plugins -- see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|)
+
+
+==============================================================================
+3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage *glvs-usage* *:GLVS*
+
+Unless its been defined elsewhere, >
+ :GLVS
+will invoke GetLatestVimScripts(). If some other plugin has defined that
+command, then you may type
+>
+ :GetLatestVimScripts
+<
+The script will attempt to update and, if permitted, will automatically
+install scripts from http://vim.sourceforge.net/. To do so it will peruse a
+file,
+>
+ .vim/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat (unix)
+<
+or >
+ ..wherever..\vimfiles\GetLatest\GetLatestVimScripts.dat (windows)
+(see |glvs-data|), and examine plugins in your [.vim|vimfiles]/plugin
+directory (see |glvs-plugins|).
+
+Scripts which have been downloaded will appear in the
+~/.vim/GetLatest (unix) or ..wherever..\vimfiles\GetLatest (windows)
+subdirectory. GetLatestVimScripts will attempt to automatically
+install them if you have the following line in your <.vimrc>: >
+
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=1
+
+The <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file will be automatically be updated to
+reflect the latest version of script(s) so downloaded.
+(also see |glvs-options|)
+
+
+==============================================================================
+4. GetLatestVimScripts Data File *getscript-data* *glvs-data*
+ *:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
+The data file <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> must have for its first two lines
+the following text:
+>
+ ScriptID SourceID Filename
+ --------------------------
+<
+Following those two lines are three columns; the first two are numeric
+followed by a text column. The GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dist file
+contains an example of such a data file. Anything following a #... is
+ignored, so you may embed comments in the file.
+
+The first number on each line gives the script's ScriptID. When you're about
+to use a web browser to look at scripts on http://vim.sf.net/, just before you
+click on the script's link, you'll see a line resembling
+
+ http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
+
+The "40" happens to be a ScriptID that GetLatestVimScripts needs to
+download the associated page.
+
+The second number on each line gives the script's SourceID. The SourceID
+records the count of uploaded scripts as determined by vim.sf.net; hence it
+serves to indicate "when" a script was uploaded. Setting the SourceID to 1
+insures that GetLatestVimScripts will assume that the script it has is
+out-of-date.
+
+The SourceID is extracted by GetLatestVimScripts from the script's page on
+vim.sf.net; whenever its greater than the one stored in the
+GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, the script will be downloaded
+(see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|).
+
+If your script's author has included a special comment line in his/her plugin,
+the plugin itself will be used by GetLatestVimScripts to build your
+<GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file, including any dependencies on other scripts it
+may have. As an example, consider: >
+
+ " GetLatestVimScripts: 884 1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
+
+This comment line tells getscript.vim to check vimscript #884 and that the
+script is automatically installable. Getscript will also use this line to
+help build the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, by including a line such as: >
+
+ 884 1 AutoAlign.vim
+<
+in it an AutoAlign.vim line isn't already in GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.
+See |glvs-plugins| for more. Thus, GetLatestVimScripts thus provides a
+comprehensive ability to keep your plugins up-to-date!
+
+ *GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
+As an example of a <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file:
+>
+ ScriptID SourceID Filename
+ --------------------------
+ 294 1 Align.vim
+ 120 2 decho.vim
+ 40 3 DrawIt.tar.gz
+ 451 4 EasyAccents.vim
+ 195 5 engspchk.vim
+ 642 6 GetLatestVimScripts.vim
+ 489 7 Manpageview.vim
+<
+Note: the first two lines are required, but essentially act as comments.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+5. GetLatestVimScripts Friendly Plugins *getscript-plugins* *glvs-plugins*
+
+If a plugin author includes the following comment anywhere in their plugin,
+GetLatestVimScripts will find it and use it to automatically build the user's
+GetLatestVimScripts.dat files:
+>
+ src_id
+ v
+ " GetLatestVimScripts: ### ### yourscriptname
+ ^
+ scriptid
+<
+As an author, you should include such a line in to refer to your own script
+plus any additional lines describing any plugin dependencies it may have.
+Same format, of course!
+
+If your command is auto-installable (see |glvs-autoinstall|), and most scripts
+are, then you may include :AutoInstall: at the start of "yourscriptname".
+
+GetLatestVimScripts commands for those scripts are then appended, if not
+already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat file. Its a
+relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of any scripts your
+plugins depend upon.
+
+Now, as an author, you probably don't want GetLatestVimScripts to download
+your own scripts for you yourself, thereby overwriting your not-yet-released
+hard work. GetLatestVimScripts provides a solution for this: put
+>
+ 0 0 yourscriptname
+<
+into your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and GetLatestVimScripts will skip
+examining the "yourscriptname" scripts for those GetLatestVimScripts comment
+lines. As a result, those lines won't be inadvertently installed into your
+<GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and subsequently used to download your own
+scripts. This is especially important to do if you've included the
+:AutoInstall: option.
+
+Be certain to use the same "yourscriptname" in the "0 0 yourscriptname" line
+as you've used in your GetLatestVimScripts comment!
+
+
+==============================================================================
+6. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall *getscript-autoinstall*
+ *glvs-autoinstall*
+
+GetLatestVimScripts now supports "AutoInstall". Not all scripts are
+supportive of auto-install, as they may have special things you need to do to
+install them (please refer to the script's "install" directions). On the
+other hand, most scripts will be auto-installable.
+
+To let GetLatestVimScripts do an autoinstall, the data file's comment field
+should begin with (surrounding blanks are ignored): >
+
+ :AutoInstall:
+<
+Both colons are needed, and it should begin the comment (yourscriptname)
+field.
+
+One may prevent any autoinstalling by putting the following line in your
+<.vimrc>: >
+
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 0
+<
+With :AutoInstall: enabled, as it is by default, files which end with
+
+ ---.tar.bz2 : decompressed & untarred in .vim/ directory
+ ---.vba.bz2 : decompressed in .vim/ directory, then vimball handles it
+ ---.vim.bz2 : decompressed & moved into .vim/plugin directory
+ ---.tar.gz : decompressed & untarred in .vim/ directory
+ ---.vba.gz : decompressed in .vim/ directory, then vimball handles it
+ ---.vim.gz : decompressed & moved into .vim/plugin directory
+ ---.vba : unzipped in .vim/ directory
+ ---.vim : moved to .vim/plugin directory
+ ---.zip : unzipped in .vim/ directory
+
+and which merely need to have their components placed by the untar/gunzip or
+move-to-plugin-directory process should be auto-installable. Vimballs, of
+course, should always be auto-installable.
+
+When is a script not auto-installable? Let me give an example:
+
+ .vim/after/syntax/blockhl.vim
+
+The <blockhl.vim> script provides block highlighting for C/C++ programs; it is
+available at:
+
+ http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=104
+
+Currently, vim's after/syntax only supports by-filetype scripts (in
+blockhl.vim's case, that's after/syntax/c.vim). Hence, auto-install would
+possibly overwrite the current user's after/syntax/c.vim file.
+
+In my own case, I use <aftersyntax.vim> (renamed to after/syntax/c.vim) to
+allow a after/syntax/c/ directory:
+
+ http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=1023
+
+The script allows multiple syntax files to exist separately in the
+after/syntax/c subdirectory. I can't bundle aftersyntax.vim in and build an
+appropriate tarball for auto-install because of the potential for the
+after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+7. GetLatestVimScripts Options *glvs-options*
+>
+ g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget
+< default= "wget"
+ This variable holds the name of the command for obtaining
+ scripts.
+>
+ g:GetLatestVimScripts_options
+< default= "-q -O"
+ This variable holds the options to be used with the
+ g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget command.
+>
+ g:getLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
+< default= 1
+ This variable indicates whether GetLatestVimScripts is allowed
+ to attempt to automatically install scripts. Note that it
+ doesn't understand vimballs (yet). Furthermore, the plugin
+ author has to have explicitly indicated that his/her plugin
+ is automatically installable.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+8. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm *glvs-algorithm* *glvs-alg*
+
+The Vim sourceforge page dynamically creates a page by keying off of the
+so-called script-id. Within the webpage of
+
+ http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
+
+is a line specifying the latest source-id (src_id). The source identifier
+numbers are always increasing, hence if the src_id is greater than the one
+recorded for the script in GetLatestVimScripts then its time to download a
+newer copy of that script.
+
+GetLatestVimScripts will then download the script and update its internal
+database of script ids, source ids, and scriptnames.
+
+The AutoInstall process will:
+
+ Move the file from GetLatest/ to the following directory
+ Unix : $HOME/.vim
+ Windows: $HOME\vimfiles
+ if the downloaded file ends with ".bz2"
+ bunzip2 it
+ else if the downloaded file ends with ".gz"
+ gunzip it
+ if the resulting file ends with ".zip"
+ unzip it
+ else if the resulting file ends with ".tar"
+ tar -oxvf it
+ else if the resulting file ends with ".vim"
+ move it to the plugin subdirectory
+
+
+==============================================================================
+9. GetLatestVimScripts History *getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
+
+v23 Nov 03, 2006 : * ignores comments (#...)
+ * handles vimballs
+v22 Oct 13, 2006 : * supports automatic use of curl if wget is not
+ available
+v21 May 01, 2006 : * now takes advantage of autoloading.
+v20 Dec 23, 2005 : * Eric Haarbauer found&fixed a bug with unzip use;
+ unzip needs the -o flag to overwrite.
+v19 Nov 28, 2005 : * v18's GetLatestVimScript line accessed the wrong
+ script! Fixed.
+v18 Mar 21, 2005 : * bugfix to automatic database construction
+ * bugfix - nowrapscan caused an error
+ (tnx to David Green for the fix)
+ Apr 01, 2005 * if shell is bash, "mv" instead of "ren" used in
+ :AutoInstall:s, even though its o/s is windows
+ Apr 01, 2005 * when downloading errors occurred, GLVS was
+ terminating early. It now just goes on to trying
+ the next script (after trying three times to
+ download a script description page)
+ Apr 20, 2005 * bugfix - when a failure to download occurred,
+ GetLatestVimScripts would stop early and claim that
+ everything was current. Fixed.
+v17 Aug 25, 2004 : * g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall, which
+ defaults to 1, can be used to prevent all
+ :AutoInstall:
+v16 Aug 25, 2004 : * made execution of bunzip2/gunzip/tar/zip silent
+ * fixed bug with :AutoInstall: use of helptags
+v15 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix: the "0 0 comment" download prevention wasn't
+ always preventing downloads (just usually). Fixed.
+v14 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix -- helptags was using dotvim, rather than
+ s:dotvim. Fixed.
+v13 Aug 23, 2004 : * will skip downloading a file if its scriptid or srcid
+ is zero. Useful for script authors; that way their
+ own GetLatestVimScripts activity won't overwrite
+ their scripts.
+v12 Aug 23, 2004 : * bugfix - a "return" got left in the distribution that
+ was intended only for testing. Removed, now works.
+ * :AutoInstall: implemented
+v11 Aug 20, 2004 : * GetLatestVimScripts is now a plugin:
+ * :GetLatestVimScripts command
+ * (runtimepath)/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+ now holds scripts that need updating
+v10 Apr 19, 2004 : * moved history from script to doc
+v9 Jan 23, 2004 : windows (win32/win16/win95) will use
+ double quotes ("") whereas other systems will use
+ single quotes ('') around the urls in calls via wget
+v8 Dec 01, 2003 : makes three tries at downloading
+v7 Sep 02, 2003 : added error messages if "Click on..." or "src_id="
+ not found in downloaded webpage
+ Uses t_ti, t_te, and rs to make progress visible
+v6 Aug 06, 2003 : final status messages now display summary of work
+ ( "Downloaded someqty scripts" or
+ "Everything was current")
+ Now GetLatestVimScripts is careful about downloading
+ GetLatestVimScripts.vim itself!
+ (goes to <NEW_GetLatestVimScripts.vim>)
+v5 Aug 04, 2003 : missing an endif near bottom
+v4 Jun 17, 2003 : redraw! just before each "considering" message
+v3 May 27, 2003 : Protects downloaded files from errant shell
+ expansions with single quotes: '...'
+v2 May 14, 2003 : extracts name of item to be obtained from the
+ script file. Uses it instead of comment field
+ for output filename; comment is used in the
+ "considering..." line and is now just a comment!
+ * Fixed a bug: a string-of-numbers is not the
+ same as a number, so I added zero to them
+ and they became numbers. Fixes comparison.
+
+==============================================================================
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/doc/pi_netrw.txt b/vimfiles/doc/pi_netrw.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..328321c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/doc/pi_netrw.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2133 @@
+*pi_netrw.txt* For Vim version 7.0. Last change: 2007 Mar 21
+
+ -----------------------------------------------------
+ NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+ -----------------------------------------------------
+
+
+*dav* *http* *network* *Nwrite* *netrw-file*
+*fetch* *netrw* *Nread* *rcp* *scp*
+*ftp* *netrw.vim* *Nsource* *rsync* *sftp*
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Contents *netrw-contents*
+
+1. Contents.............................................|netrw-contents|
+2. Starting With Netrw..................................|netrw-start|
+3. Netrw Reference......................................|netrw-ref|
+ CONTROLLING EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS..................|netrw-externapp|
+ READING............................................|netrw-read|
+ WRITING............................................|netrw-write|
+ DIRECTORY LISTING..................................|netrw-dirlist|
+ CHANGING THE USERID AND PASSWORD...................|netrw-chgup|
+ VARIABLES..........................................|netrw-variables|
+ PATHS..............................................|netrw-path|
+4. Network-Oriented File Transfer.......................|netrw-xfer|
+ NETRC..............................................|netrw-netrc|
+ PASSWORD...........................................|netrw-passwd|
+5. Activation...........................................|netrw-activate|
+6. Transparent File Transfer............................|netrw-transparent|
+7. Ex Commands..........................................|netrw-ex|
+8. Variables and Options................................|netrw-var|
+9. Directory Browsing...................................|netrw-browse| {{{1
+ Maps...............................................|netrw-maps|
+ Exploring..........................................|netrw-explore-cmds|
+ Quick Reference Commands Table.....................|netrw-browse-cmds|
+ Netrw Browser Variables............................|netrw-browse-var|
+ Introduction To Directory Browsing.................|netrw-browse-intro|
+ Netrw Browsing And Option Incompatibilities........|netrw-incompatible|
+ Directory Exploring Commands.......................|netrw-explore|
+ Refreshing The Listing.............................|netrw-ctrl-l|
+ Going Up...........................................|netrw--|
+ Browsing...........................................|netrw-cr|
+ Obtaining A File...................................|netrw-O|
+ Change Listing Style...............................|netrw-i|
+ Making A New Directory.............................|netrw-d|
+ Deleting Files Or Directories......................|netrw-D|
+ Renaming Files Or Directories......................|netrw-move|
+ Hiding Files Or Directories........................|netrw-a|
+ Edit File Or Directory Hiding List.................|netrw-ctrl-h|
+ Browsing With A Horizontally Split Window..........|netrw-o|
+ Browsing With A Vertically Split Window............|netrw-v|
+ Browsing With A New Tab............................|netrw-t|
+ Preview Window.....................................|netrw-p|
+ Selecting Sorting Style............................|netrw-s|
+ Editing The Sorting Sequence.......................|netrw-S|
+ Reversing Sorting Order............................|netrw-r|
+ Changing To A Predecessor Directory................|netrw-u|
+ Changing To A Successor Directory..................|netrw-U|
+ Customizing Browsing With A User Function..........|netrw-x|
+ Making The Browsing Directory The Current Directory|netrw-c|
+ Bookmarking A Directory............................|netrw-mb|
+ Changing To A Bookmarked Directory.................|netrw-gb|
+ Listing Bookmarks And History......................|netrw-q|
+ Improving Directory Browsing.......................|netrw-listhack| }}}1
+10. Problems and Fixes...................................|netrw-problems|
+11. Debugging............................................|netrw-debug|
+12. History..............................................|netrw-history|
+13. Credits..............................................|netrw-credits|
+
+The Netrw plugin is generally sourced automatically as it is a
+|standard-plugin|. That said, to make use of netrw, one must
+have plugins available which can be done with the following
+two lines in your <.vimrc>: >
+
+ set nocp " 'compatible' is not set
+ filetype plugin on " plugins are enabled
+<
+You can avoid loading this plugin by setting the "loaded_netrw" variable
+in your <.vimrc> file: >
+
+ :let loaded_netrw = 1
+
+{Vi does not have any of this}
+
+==============================================================================
+2. Starting With Netrw *netrw-start*
+
+Netrw makes reading, writing, and browsing over a network connection easy!
+First, make sure that you have plugins enabled, so you'll need to have at
+least the following in your <.vimrc>: (or see |netrw-activate|) >
+
+ set nocp " 'compatible' is not set
+ filetype plugin on " plugins are enabled
+<
+(see |'cp'| and |:filetype-plugin-on|)
+
+Netrw supports "transparent" editing of files on other machines using urls
+(see |netrw-transparent|). As an example of this, let's assume you have an
+account on some other machine; try >
+
+ vim scp://hostname/path/to/file
+<
+if you have an ssh connection. Want to make ssh/scp easier to use? Check
+out |netrw-listhack|!
+
+What if you have ftp, not ssh/scp? That's easy, too; try >
+
+ vim ftp://hostname/path/to/file
+<
+Want to make ftp simpler to use? See if your ftp supports a file called
+<.netrc> -- typically it goes in your home directory, has read/write
+permissions for only the user to read (ie. not group, world, other, etc),
+and has lines resembling >
+
+ machine HOSTNAME login USERID password "PASSWORD"
+ machine HOSTNAME login USERID password "PASSWORD"
+ ...
+ default login USERID password "PASSWORD"
+<
+Now about browsing -- ie. when you just want to look around before editing a
+file. For browsing on your current host, just "edit" a directory: >
+
+ vim .
+ vim /home/userid/path
+<
+For browsing on a remote host, "edit" a directory (but make sure that
+the directory name is followed by a "/"): >
+
+ vim scp://hostname/
+ vim ftp://hostname/path/to/dir/
+<
+See |netrw-browse| for more!
+
+There's more protocols supported than scp and ftp, too: see the next
+section, |netrw-externapp|.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Netrw Reference *netrw-ref*
+
+CONTROLLING EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS *netrw-externapp*
+
+ Protocol Variable Default Value
+ -------- ---------------- -------------
+ dav: *g:netrw_dav_cmd* = "cadaver"
+ fetch: *g:netrw_fetch_cmd* = "fetch -o" if fetch is available
+ ftp: *g:netrw_ftp_cmd* = "ftp"
+ http: *g:netrw_http_cmd* = "curl -o" if curl is available
+ http: g:netrw_http_cmd = "wget -q -O" else if wget is available
+ http: g:netrw_http_cmd = "fetch -o" else if fetch is available
+ rcp: *g:netrw_rcp_cmd* = "rcp"
+ rsync: *g:netrw_rsync_cmd* = "rsync -a"
+ scp: *g:netrw_scp_cmd* = "scp -q"
+ sftp: *g:netrw_sftp_cmd* = "sftp"
+
+READING *netrw-read* *netrw-nread*
+ :Nread ? give help
+ :Nread "machine:path" uses rcp
+ :Nread "machine path" uses ftp w/ <.netrc>
+ :Nread "machine id password path" uses ftp
+ :Nread "dav://machine[:port]/path" uses cadaver
+ :Nread "fetch://[user@]machine/path" uses fetch
+ :Nread "ftp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path" uses ftp w/ <.netrc>
+ :Nread "http://[user@]machine/path" uses http uses wget
+ :Nread "rcp://[user@]machine/path" uses rcp
+ :Nread "rsync://[user@]machine[:port]/path" uses rsync
+ :Nread "scp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path" uses scp
+ :Nread "sftp://[user@]machine/path" uses sftp
+
+WRITING *netrw-write* *netrw-nwrite*
+ :Nwrite ? give help
+ :Nwrite "machine:path" uses rcp
+ :Nwrite "machine path" uses ftp w/ <.netrc>
+ :Nwrite "machine id password path" uses ftp
+ :Nwrite "dav://machine[:port]/path" uses cadaver
+ :Nwrite "ftp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path" uses ftp w/ <.netrc>
+ :Nwrite "rcp://[user@]machine/path" uses rcp
+ :Nwrite "rsync://[user@]machine[:port]/path" uses rsync
+ :Nwrite "scp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path" uses scp
+ :Nwrite "sftp://[user@]machine/path" uses sftp
+ http: not supported!
+
+SOURCING *netrw-source*
+ :Nsource ? give help
+ :Nsource "dav://machine[:port]/path" uses cadaver
+ :Nsource "fetch://[user@]machine/path" uses fetch
+ :Nsource "ftp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path" uses ftp w/ <.netrc>
+ :Nsource "http://[user@]machine/path" uses http uses wget
+ :Nsource "rcp://[user@]machine/path" uses rcp
+ :Nsource "rsync://[user@]machine[:port]/path" uses rsync
+ :Nsource "scp://[user@]machine[[:#]port]/path" uses scp
+ :Nsource "sftp://[user@]machine/path" uses sftp
+
+DIRECTORY LISTING *netrw-dirlist*
+ :Nread [protocol]://[user]@hostname/path/
+
+ *netrw-login* *netrw-password*
+ CHANGING USERID AND PASSWORD *netrw-chgup* *netrw-userpass*
+ Attempts to use ftp will prompt you for a user-id and a password.
+ These will be saved in g:netrw_uid and g:netrw_passwd Subsequent uses
+ of ftp will re-use those. If you need to use a different user id
+ and/or password, you'll want to call NetUserPass() first.
+
+ :NetUserPass [uid [password]] -- prompts as needed
+ :call NetUserPass() -- prompts for uid and password
+ :call NetUserPass("uid") -- prompts for password
+ :call NetUserPass("uid","password") -- sets global uid and password
+
+VARIABLES *netrw-variables*
+
+(see also: |netrw-browse-var||netrw-protocol||netrw-settings||netrw-var|)
+
+ *b:netrw_lastfile* last file Network-read/written retained on a per-buffer
+ basis (supports plain :Nw )
+
+ *g:netrw_ftp* if it doesn't exist, use default ftp
+ =0 use default ftp (uid password)
+ =1 use alternate ftp method (user uid password)
+ If you're having trouble with ftp, try changing the
+ value of this variable to see if the alternate ftp
+ method works for your setup.
+
+ *g:netrw_extracmd* default: doesn't exist
+ If this variable exists, then any string it contains
+ will be placed into the commands set to your ftp
+ client. As an example:
+ ="passive"
+
+ *g:netrw_ftpmode* ="binary" (default)
+ ="ascii"
+
+ *g:netrw_ignorenetrc* =0 (default for linux, cygwin)
+ =1 If you have a <.netrc> file but it doesn't work and
+ you want it ignored, then set this variable as shown.
+ (default for Windows + cmd.exe)
+
+ *g:netrw_menu* =0 disable netrw's menu
+ =1 (default) netrw's menu enabled
+
+ *g:netrw_nogx* if this variable exists, then the "gx" map will not
+ be available (see |netrw-gx|)
+
+ *g:netrw_uid* (ftp) user-id, retained on a per-session basis
+ *g:netrw_passwd* (ftp) password, retained on a per-session basis
+
+ *g:netrw_shq* = "'" for Unix/Linux systems (ie. a single quote)
+ = "'" for Windows + cygwin systems (ie. a single quote)
+ = '"' for Windows systems, not using cygwin
+ (ie. a double quote)
+ Controls the quoting character used during scp and ftp
+ commands.
+
+ *g:netrw_win95ftp* =1 if using Win95, will remove four trailing blank
+ lines that o/s's ftp "provides" on transfers
+ =0 force normal ftp behavior (no trailing line removal)
+
+ *g:netrw_cygwin* =1 assume scp under windows is from cygwin. Also
+ permits network browsing to use ls with time and
+ size sorting (default if windows)
+ =0 assume Windows' scp accepts windows-style paths
+ Network browsing uses dir instead of ls
+ This option is ignored if you're using unix
+
+ *g:netrw_use_nt_rcp* =0 don't use the rcp of WinNT, Win2000 and WinXP
+ =1 use WinNT's rcp in binary mode (default)
+
+PATHS *netrw-path*
+
+Paths to files are generally user-directory relative for most protocols.
+It is possible that some protocol will make paths relative to some
+associated directory, however.
+>
+ example: vim scp://user@host/somefile
+ example: vim scp://user@host/subdir1/subdir2/somefile
+<
+where "somefile" is the "user"'s home directory. If you wish to get a
+file using root-relative paths, use the full path:
+>
+ example: vim scp://user@host//somefile
+ example: vim scp://user@host//subdir1/subdir2/somefile
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+4. Network-Oriented File Transfer *netrw-xfer*
+
+Network-oriented file transfer under Vim is implemented by a VimL-based script
+(<netrw.vim>) using plugin techniques. It currently supports both reading and
+writing across networks using rcp, scp, ftp or ftp+<.netrc>, scp, fetch,
+dav/cadaver, rsync, or sftp.
+
+http is currently supported read-only via use of wget or fetch.
+
+<netrw.vim> is a standard plugin which acts as glue between Vim and the
+various file transfer programs. It uses autocommand events (BufReadCmd,
+FileReadCmd, BufWriteCmd) to intercept reads/writes with url-like filenames. >
+
+ ex. vim ftp://hostname/path/to/file
+<
+The characters preceding the colon specify the protocol to use; in the
+example, its ftp. The <netrw.vim> script then formulates a command or a
+series of commands (typically ftp) which it issues to an external program
+(ftp, scp, etc) which does the actual file transfer/protocol. Files are read
+from/written to a temporary file (under Unix/Linux, /tmp/...) which the
+<netrw.vim> script will clean up.
+
+ *netrw-putty* *netrw-pscp* *netrw-psftp*
+One may modify any protocol's implementing external application by setting a
+variable (ex. scp uses the variable g:netrw_scp_cmd, which is defaulted to
+"scp -q"). As an example, consider using PuTTY: >
+
+ let g:netrw_scp_cmd = '"c:\Program Files\PuTTY\pscp.exe" -q -batch'
+ let g:netrw_sftp_cmd= '"c:\Program Files\PuTTY\psftp.exe"'
+<
+See |netrw-p8| for more about putty, pscp, psftp, etc.
+
+Ftp, an old protocol, seems to be blessed by numerous implementations.
+Unfortunately, some implementations are noisy (ie., add junk to the end of the
+file). Thus, concerned users may decide to write a NetReadFixup() function
+that will clean up after reading with their ftp. Some Unix systems (ie.,
+FreeBSD) provide a utility called "fetch" which uses the ftp protocol but is
+not noisy and more convenient, actually, for <netrw.vim> to use.
+Consequently, if "fetch" is executable, it will be used to do reads for
+ftp://... (and http://...) . See |netrw-var| for more about this.
+
+For rcp, scp, sftp, and http, one may use network-oriented file transfers
+transparently; ie.
+>
+ vim rcp://[user@]machine/path
+ vim scp://[user@]machine/path
+<
+If your ftp supports <.netrc>, then it too can be just as transparently used
+if the needed triad of machine name, user id, and password are present in
+that file. Your ftp must be able to use the <.netrc> file on its own, however.
+>
+ vim ftp://[user@]machine[[:#]portnumber]/path
+<
+However, ftp will often need to query the user for the userid and password.
+The latter will be done "silently"; ie. asterisks will show up instead of
+the actually-typed-in password. Netrw will retain the userid and password
+for subsequent read/writes from the most recent transfer so subsequent
+transfers (read/write) to or from that machine will take place without
+additional prompting.
+
+ *netrw-urls*
+ +=================================+============================+============+
+ | Reading | Writing | Uses |
+ +=================================+============================+============+
+ | DAV: | | |
+ | dav://host/path | | cadaver |
+ | :Nread dav://host/path | :Nwrite dav://host/path | cadaver |
+ +---------------------------------+----------------------------+------------+
+ | FETCH: | | |
+ | fetch://[user@]host/path | | |
+ | fetch://[user@]host:http/path | Not Available | fetch |
+ | :Nread fetch://[user@]host/path| | |
+ +---------------------------------+----------------------------+------------+
+ | FILE: | | |
+ | file:///* | file:///* | |
+ | file://localhost/* | file://localhost/* | |
+ +---------------------------------+----------------------------+------------+
+ | FTP: (*3) | (*3) | |
+ | ftp://[user@]host/path | ftp://[user@]host/path | ftp (*2) |
+ | :Nread ftp://host/path | :Nwrite ftp://host/path | ftp+.netrc |
+ | :Nread host path | :Nwrite host path | ftp+.netrc |
+ | :Nread host uid pass path | :Nwrite host uid pass path | ftp |
+ +---------------------------------+----------------------------+------------+
+ | HTTP: wget is executable: (*4) | | |
+ | http://[user@]host/path | Not Available | wget |
+ +---------------------------------+----------------------------+------------+
+ | HTTP: fetch is executable (*4) | | |
+ | http://[user@]host/path | Not Available | fetch |
+ +---------------------------------+----------------------------+------------+
+ | RCP: | | |
+ | rcp://[user@]host/path | rcp://[user@]host/path | rcp |
+ +---------------------------------+----------------------------+------------+
+ | RSYNC: | | |
+ | rsync://[user@]host/path | rsync://[user@]host/path | rsync |
+ | :Nread rsync://host/path | :Nwrite rsync://host/path | rsync |
+ | :Nread rcp://host/path | :Nwrite rcp://host/path | rcp |
+ +---------------------------------+----------------------------+------------+
+ | SCP: | | |
+ | scp://[user@]host/path | scp://[user@]host/path | scp |
+ | :Nread scp://host/path | :Nwrite scp://host/path | scp (*1) |
+ +---------------------------------+----------------------------+------------+
+ | SFTP: | | |
+ | sftp://[user@]host/path | sftp://[user@]host/path | sftp |
+ | :Nread sftp://host/path | :Nwrite sftp://host/path | sftp (*1) |
+ +=================================+============================+============+
+
+ (*1) For an absolute path use scp://machine//path.
+
+ (*2) if <.netrc> is present, it is assumed that it will
+ work with your ftp client. Otherwise the script will
+ prompt for user-id and password.
+
+ (*3) for ftp, "machine" may be machine#port or machine:port
+ if a different port is needed than the standard ftp port
+
+ (*4) for http:..., if wget is available it will be used. Otherwise,
+ if fetch is available it will be used.
+
+Both the :Nread and the :Nwrite ex-commands can accept multiple filenames.
+
+
+NETRC *netrw-netrc*
+
+The typical syntax for lines in a <.netrc> file is given as shown below.
+Ftp under Unix usually supports <.netrc>; ftp under Windows usually doesn't.
+>
+ machine {full machine name} login {user-id} password "{password}"
+ default login {user-id} password "{password}"
+
+Your ftp client must handle the use of <.netrc> on its own, but if the
+<.netrc> file exists, an ftp transfer will not ask for the user-id or
+password.
+
+ Note:
+ Since this file contains passwords, make very sure nobody else can
+ read this file! Most programs will refuse to use a .netrc that is
+ readable for others. Don't forget that the system administrator can
+ still read the file!
+
+
+PASSWORD *netrw-passwd*
+
+The script attempts to get passwords for ftp invisibly using |inputsecret()|,
+a built-in Vim function. See |netrw-uidpass| for how to change the password
+after one has set it.
+
+Unfortunately there doesn't appear to be a way for netrw to feed a password to
+scp. Thus every transfer via scp will require re-entry of the password.
+However, |netrw-listhack| can help with this problem.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+5. Activation *netrw-activate*
+
+Network-oriented file transfers are available by default whenever Vim's
+|'nocompatible'| mode is enabled. The <netrw.vim> file resides in your
+system's vim-plugin directory and is sourced automatically whenever you bring
+up vim. I suggest that, at a minimum, you have at least the following in your
+<.vimrc> customization file: >
+
+ set nocp
+ if version >= 600
+ filetype plugin indent on
+ endif
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+6. Transparent File Transfer *netrw-transparent*
+
+Transparent file transfers occur whenever a regular file read or write
+(invoked via an |:autocmd| for |BufReadCmd| or |BufWriteCmd| events) is made.
+Thus one may use files across networks just as simply as if they were local. >
+
+ vim ftp://[user@]machine/path
+ ...
+ :wq
+
+See |netrw-activate| for more on how to encourage your vim to use plugins
+such as netrw.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+7. Ex Commands *netrw-ex*
+
+The usual read/write commands are supported. There are also a few
+additional commands available. Often you won't need to use Nw or
+Nread as shown in |netrw-transparent| (ie. simply use >
+ :e url
+ :r url
+ :w url
+instead, as appropriate) -- see |netrw-urls|. In the explanations
+below, a {netfile} is an url to a remote file.
+
+:[range]Nw Write the specified lines to the current
+ file as specified in b:netrw_lastfile.
+
+:[range]Nw {netfile} [{netfile}]...
+ Write the specified lines to the {netfile}.
+
+:Nread Read the specified lines into the current
+ buffer from the file specified in
+ b:netrw_lastfile.
+
+:Nread {netfile} {netfile}...
+ Read the {netfile} after the current line.
+
+:Nsource {netfile}
+ Source the {netfile}.
+ To start up vim using a remote .vimrc, one may use
+ the following (all on one line) (tnx to Antoine Mechelynck) >
+ vim -u NORC -N
+ --cmd "runtime plugin/netrwPlugin.vim"
+ --cmd "source scp://HOSTNAME/.vimrc"
+< *netrw-uidpass*
+:call NetUserPass()
+ If b:netrw_uid and b:netrw_passwd don't exist,
+ this function query the user for them.
+
+:call NetUserPass("userid")
+ This call will set the b:netrw_uid and, if
+ the password doesn't exist, will query the user for it.
+
+:call NetUserPass("userid","passwd")
+ This call will set both the b:netrw_uid and b:netrw_passwd.
+ The user-id and password are used by ftp transfers. One may
+ effectively remove the user-id and password by using ""
+ strings.
+
+:NetrwSettings This command is described in |netrw-settings| -- used to
+ display netrw settings and change netrw behavior.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+8. Variables and Options *netrw-options* *netrw-var*
+
+The <netrw.vim> script provides several variables which act as options to
+ffect <netrw.vim>'s behavior. These variables typically may be set in the
+user's <.vimrc> file:
+(see also: |netrw-settings||netrw-browse-var||netrw-protocol||netrw-settings|) >
+
+ -------------
+ Netrw Options
+ -------------
+ Option Meaning
+ -------------- -----------------------------------------------
+<
+ b:netrw_col Holds current cursor position (during NetWrite)
+ g:netrw_cygwin =1 assume scp under windows is from cygwin
+ (default/windows)
+ =0 assume scp under windows accepts windows
+ style paths (default/else)
+ g:netrw_ftp =0 use default ftp (uid password)
+ g:netrw_ftpmode ="binary" (default)
+ ="ascii" (your choice)
+ g:netrw_ignorenetrc =1 (default)
+ if you have a <.netrc> file but you don't
+ want it used, then set this variable. Its
+ mere existence is enough to cause <.netrc>
+ to be ignored.
+ b:netrw_lastfile Holds latest method/machine/path.
+ b:netrw_line Holds current line number (during NetWrite)
+ g:netrw_passwd Holds current password for ftp.
+ g:netrw_silent =0 transfers done normally
+ =1 transfers done silently
+ g:netrw_uid Holds current user-id for ftp.
+ =1 use alternate ftp (user uid password)
+ (see |netrw-options|)
+ g:netrw_use_nt_rcp =0 don't use WinNT/2K/XP's rcp (default)
+ =1 use WinNT/2K/XP's rcp, binary mode
+ g:netrw_win95ftp =0 use unix-style ftp even if win95/98/ME/etc
+ =1 use default method to do ftp >
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+<
+The script will also make use of the following variables internally, albeit
+temporarily.
+>
+ -------------------
+ Temporary Variables
+ -------------------
+ Variable Meaning
+ -------- ------------------------------------
+<
+ g:netrw_method Index indicating rcp/ftp+.netrc/ftp
+ g:netrw_machine Holds machine name parsed from input
+ g:netrw_fname Holds filename being accessed >
+ ------------------------------------------------------------
+<
+ *netrw-protocol*
+
+Netrw supports a number of protocols. These protocols are invoked using the
+variables listed below, and may be modified by the user.
+>
+ ------------------------
+ Protocol Control Options
+ ------------------------
+ Option Type Setting Meaning
+ --------- -------- -------------- ---------------------------
+<
+ netrw_ftp variable =doesn't exist userid set by "user userid"
+ =0 userid set by "user userid"
+ =1 userid set by "userid"
+ NetReadFixup function =doesn't exist no change
+ =exists Allows user to have files
+ read via ftp automatically
+ transformed however they wish
+ by NetReadFixup()
+ g:netrw_dav_cmd variable ="cadaver"
+ g:netrw_fetch_cmd variable ="fetch -o" if fetch is available
+ g:netrw_ftp_cmd variable ="ftp"
+ g:netrw_http_cmd variable ="fetch -o" if fetch is available
+ g:netrw_http_cmd variable ="wget -O" else if wget is available
+ g:netrw_list_cmd variable ="ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME ls -Fa"
+ g:netrw_rcp_cmd variable ="rcp"
+ g:netrw_rsync_cmd variable ="rsync -a"
+ g:netrw_scp_cmd variable ="scp -q"
+ g:netrw_sftp_cmd variable ="sftp" >
+ -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+<
+ *netrw-ftp*
+
+The g:netrw_..._cmd options (|g:netrw_ftp_cmd| and |g:netrw_sftp_cmd|)
+specify the external program to use handle the ftp protocol. They may
+include command line options (such as -p for passive mode).
+
+Browsing is supported by using the |g:netrw_list_cmd|; the substring
+"HOSTNAME" will be changed via substitution with whatever the current request
+is for a hostname.
+
+Two options (|g:netrw_ftp| and |netrw-fixup|) both help with certain ftp's
+that give trouble . In order to best understand how to use these options if
+ftp is giving you troubles, a bit of discussion is provided on how netrw does
+ftp reads.
+
+For ftp, netrw typically builds up lines of one of the following formats in a
+temporary file:
+>
+ IF g:netrw_ftp !exists or is not 1 IF g:netrw_ftp exists and is 1
+ ---------------------------------- ------------------------------
+<
+ open machine [port] open machine [port]
+ user userid password userid password
+ [g:netrw_ftpmode] password
+ [g:netrw_extracmd] [g:netrw_ftpmode]
+ get filename tempfile [g:netrw_extracmd]
+ get filename tempfile >
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+<
+The |g:netrw_ftpmode| and |g:netrw_extracmd| are optional.
+
+Netrw then executes the lines above by use of a filter:
+>
+ :%! {g:netrw_ftp_cmd} -i [-n]
+<
+where
+ g:netrw_ftp_cmd is usually "ftp",
+ -i tells ftp not to be interactive
+ -n means don't use netrc and is used for Method #3 (ftp w/o <.netrc>)
+
+If <.netrc> exists it will be used to avoid having to query the user for
+userid and password. The transferred file is put into a temporary file.
+The temporary file is then read into the main editing session window that
+requested it and the temporary file deleted.
+
+If your ftp doesn't accept the "user" command and immediately just demands a
+userid, then try putting "let netrw_ftp=1" in your <.vimrc>.
+
+ *netrw-cadaver*
+To handle the SSL certificate dialog for untrusted servers, one may pull
+down the certificate and place it into /usr/ssl/cert.pem. This operation
+renders the server treatment as "trusted".
+
+ *netrw-fixup* *netreadfixup*
+If your ftp for whatever reason generates unwanted lines (such as AUTH
+messages) you may write a NetReadFixup(tmpfile) function:
+>
+ function! NetReadFixup(method,line1,line2)
+ " a:line1: first new line in current file
+ " a:line2: last new line in current file
+ if a:method == 1 "rcp
+ elseif a:method == 2 "ftp + <.netrc>
+ elseif a:method == 3 "ftp + machine,uid,password,filename
+ elseif a:method == 4 "scp
+ elseif a:method == 5 "http/wget
+ elseif a:method == 6 "dav/cadaver
+ elseif a:method == 7 "rsync
+ elseif a:method == 8 "fetch
+ elseif a:method == 9 "sftp
+ else " complain
+ endif
+ endfunction
+>
+The NetReadFixup() function will be called if it exists and thus allows you to
+customize your reading process. As a further example, <netrw.vim> contains
+just such a function to handle Windows 95 ftp. For whatever reason, Windows
+95's ftp dumps four blank lines at the end of a transfer, and so it is
+desirable to automate their removal. Here's some code taken from <netrw.vim>
+itself:
+>
+ if has("win95") && g:netrw_win95ftp
+ fun! NetReadFixup(method, line1, line2)
+ if method == 3 " ftp (no <.netrc>)
+ let fourblanklines= line2 - 3
+ silent fourblanklines.",".line2."g/^\s*/d"
+ endif
+ endfunction
+ endif
+>
+
+==============================================================================
+9. Directory Browsing *netrw-browse* *netrw-dir* *netrw-list* *netrw-help*
+
+MAPS *netrw-maps*
+ <F1>.............Help.......................................|netrw-help|
+ <cr>.............Browsing...................................|netrw-cr|
+ <del>............Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-delete|
+ -................Going Up...................................|netrw--|
+ a................Hiding Files or Directories................|netrw-a|
+ mb...............Bookmarking a Directory....................|netrw-mb|
+ gb...............Changing to a Bookmarked Directory.........|netrw-gb|
+ c................Make Browsing Directory The Current Dir....|netrw-c|
+ d................Make A New Directory.......................|netrw-d|
+ D................Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-D|
+ <c-h>............Edit File/Directory Hiding List............|netrw-ctrl-h|
+ i................Change Listing Style.......................|netrw-i|
+ <c-l>............Refreshing the Listing.....................|netrw-ctrl-l|
+ o................Browsing with a Horizontal Split...........|netrw-o|
+ p................Preview Window.............................|netrw-p|
+ q................Listing Bookmarks and History..............|netrw-q|
+ r................Reversing Sorting Order....................|netrw-r|
+ R................Renaming Files or Directories..............|netrw-R|
+ s................Selecting Sorting Style....................|netrw-s|
+ S................Editing the Sorting Sequence...............|netrw-S|
+ t................Browsing with a new tab....................|netrw-t|
+ u................Changing to a Predecessor Directory........|netrw-u|
+ U................Changing to a Successor Directory..........|netrw-U|
+ v................Browsing with a Vertical Split.............|netrw-v|
+ x................Customizing Browsing.......................|netrw-x|
+
+ COMMANDS *netrw-explore-cmds*
+ :Explore[!] [dir] Explore directory of current file........|netrw-explore|
+ :Sexplore[!] [dir] Split & Explore directory ...............|netrw-explore|
+ :Hexplore[!] [dir] Horizontal Split & Explore...............|netrw-explore|
+ :Vexplore[!] [dir] Vertical Split & Explore.................|netrw-explore|
+ :Texplore[!] [dir] Tab & Explore............................|netrw-explore|
+ :Pexplore[!] [dir] Vertical Split & Explore.................|netrw-explore|
+ :Nexplore[!] [dir] Vertical Split & Explore.................|netrw-explore|
+ :NetrwSettings.............................................|netrw-settings|
+
+QUICK REFERENCE COMMANDS TABLE *netrw-browse-cmds*
+>
+ ------- -----------
+ Command Explanation
+ ------- -----------
+< <F1> Causes Netrw to issue help
+ <cr> Netrw will enter the directory or read the file |netrw-cr|
+ <del> Netrw will attempt to remove the file/directory |netrw-del|
+ - Makes Netrw go up one directory |netrw--|
+ a Toggles between normal display, |netrw-a|
+ hiding (suppress display of files matching g:netrw_list_hide)
+ showing (display only files which match g:netrw_list_hide)
+ mb bookmark current directory
+ gb go to previous bookmarked directory
+ c Make current browsing directory the current directory |netrw-c|
+ d Make a directory |netrw-d|
+ D Netrw will attempt to remove the file(s)/directory(ies) |netrw-D|
+ <c-h> Edit file hiding list |netrw-ctrl-h|
+ i Cycle between thin, long, wide, and tree listings|netrw-i|
+ <c-l> Causes Netrw to refresh the directory listing |netrw-ctrl-l|
+ o Enter the file/directory under the cursor in a new browser
+ window. A horizontal split is used. |netrw-o|
+ O Obtain a file specified by cursor |netrw-O|
+ p Preview the file |netrw-p|
+ P Browse in the previously used window |netrw-P|
+ q List bookmarked directories and history |netrw-q|
+ r Reverse sorting order |netrw-r|
+ R Rename the designed file(s)/directory(ies) |netrw-R|
+ s Select sorting style: by name, time, or file size |netrw-s|
+ S Specify suffix priority for name-sorting |netrw-S|
+ t Enter the file/directory under the cursor in a new tab|netrw-t|
+ u Change to recently-visited directory |netrw-u|
+ U Change to subsequently-visited directory |netrw-U|
+ v Enter the file/directory under the cursor in a new browser
+ window. A vertical split is used. |netrw-v|
+ x Apply a function to a file. (special browsers) |netrw-x|
+
+NETRW BROWSER VARIABLES *netrw-browse-var*
+>
+ --- -----------
+ Var Explanation
+ --- -----------
+< *g:netrw_alto* change from above splitting to below splitting
+ by setting this variable (see |netrw-o|)
+ default: =&sb (see |'sb'|)
+
+ *g:netrw_altv* change from left splitting to right splitting
+ by setting this variable (see |netrw-v|)
+ default: =&spr (see |'spr'|)
+
+ *g:netrw_browse_split* when browsing, <cr> will open the file by:
+ =0: re-using the same window
+ =1: horizontally splitting the window first
+ =2: vertically splitting the window first
+ =3: open file in new tab
+
+ *g:netrw_browsex_viewer* specify user's preference for a viewer: >
+ "kfmclient exec"
+ "gnome-open"
+< If >
+ "-"
+< is used, then netrwFileHandler() will look for
+ a script/function to handle the given
+ extension. (see |netrw_filehandler|).
+
+ *g:netrw_fastbrowse* =0: slow speed browsing, never re-use
+ directory listings; always obtain
+ directory listings.
+ =1: medium speed browsing, re-use directory
+ listings only when remote browsing.
+ (default value)
+ =2: fast browsing, only obtains directory
+ listings when the directory hasn't been
+ seen before (or |netrw-ctrl-l| is used).
+ Fast browsing retains old directory listing
+ buffers so that they don't need to be
+ re-acquired. This feature is especially
+ important for remote browsing. However, if
+ a file is introduced or deleted into or from
+ such directories, the old directory buffer
+ becomes out-of-date. One may always refresh
+ such a directory listing with |netrw-ctrl-l|.
+ This option gives the choice of the trade-off
+ between accuracy and speed to the user.
+
+ *g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject* ftp can produce a number of errors and warnings
+ that can show up as "directories" and "files"
+ in the listing. This pattern is used to
+ remove such embedded messages. By default its
+ value is:
+ '^total\s\+\d\+$\|
+ ^Trying\s\+\d\+.*$\|
+ ^KERBEROS_V\d rejected\|
+ ^Security extensions not\|
+ No such file\|
+ : connect to address [0-9a-fA-F:]*
+ : No route to host$'
+
+ *g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd* options for passing along to ftp for directory
+ listing. Defaults:
+ unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -lF"
+ otherwise "dir"
+
+
+ *g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd* options for passing along to ftp for directory
+ listing, sorted by size of file.
+ Defaults:
+ unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -slF"
+ otherwise "dir"
+
+ *g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd* options for passing along to ftp for directory
+ listing, sorted by time of last modification.
+ Defaults:
+ unix or g:netrw_cygwin set: : "ls -tlF"
+ otherwise "dir"
+
+ *g:netrw_hide* if true, the hiding list is used
+ default: =0
+
+ *g:netrw_keepdir* =1 (default) keep current directory immune from
+ the browsing directory.
+ =0 keep the current directory the same as the
+ browsing directory.
+ The current browsing directory is contained in
+ b:netrw_curdir (also see |netrw-c|)
+
+ *g:netrw_list_cmd* command for listing remote directories
+ default: (if ssh is executable)
+ "ssh HOSTNAME ls -FLa"
+
+ *g:netrw_liststyle* Set the default listing style:
+ = 0: thin listing (one file per line)
+ = 1: long listing (one file per line with time
+ stamp information and file size)
+ = 2: wide listing (multiple files in columns)
+ = 3: tree style listing
+ *g:netrw_list_hide* comma separated pattern list for hiding files
+ default: ""
+
+ *g:netrw_local_mkdir* command for making a local directory
+ default: "mkdir"
+
+ *g:netrw_local_rmdir* remove directory command (rmdir)
+ default: "rmdir"
+
+ *g:netrw_maxfilenamelen* =32 by default, selected so as to make long
+ listings fit on 80 column displays.
+ If your screen is wider, and you have file
+ or directory names longer than 32 bytes,
+ you may set this option to keep listings
+ columnar.
+
+ *g:netrw_mkdir_cmd* command for making a remote directory
+ default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME mkdir"
+
+ *g:netrw_rm_cmd* command for removing files
+ default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rm"
+
+ *g:netrw_rmdir_cmd* command for removing directories
+ default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rmdir"
+
+ *g:netrw_rmf_cmd* command for removing softlinks
+ default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME rm -f"
+
+ *g:netrw_sort_by* sort by "name", "time", or "size"
+ default: "name"
+
+ *g:netrw_sort_direction* sorting direction: "normal" or "reverse"
+ default: "normal"
+
+ *g:netrw_sort_sequence* when sorting by name, first sort by the
+ comma-separated pattern sequence
+ default: '[\/]$,*,\.bak$,\.o$,\.h$,
+ \.info$,\.swp$,\.obj$'
+
+ *g:netrw_ssh_cmd* One may specify an executable command
+ to use instead of ssh for remote actions
+ such as listing, file removal, etc.
+ default: ssh
+
+ *g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject* ssh can sometimes produce unwanted lines,
+ messages, banners, and whatnot that one doesn't
+ want masquerading as "directories" and "files".
+ Use this pattern to remove such embedded
+ messages. By default its value is:
+ '^total\s\+\d\+$'
+
+ *g:netrw_use_noswf* netrw normally avoids writing swapfiles
+ for browser buffers. However, under some
+ systems this apparently is causing nasty
+ ml_get errors to appear; if you're getting
+ ml_get errors, try putting
+ let g:netrw_use_noswf= 0
+ in your .vimrc.
+
+ *g:netrw_timefmt* specify format string to strftime() (%c)
+ default: "%c"
+
+ *g:netrw_winsize* specify initial size of new o/v windows
+ default: ""
+
+ *g:NetrwTopLvlMenu* This variable specifies the top level
+ menu name; by default, its "Netrw.". If
+ you wish to change this, do so in your
+ .vimrc.
+
+INTRODUCTION TO DIRECTORY BROWSING *netrw-browse-intro*
+
+Netrw supports the browsing of directories on the local system and on remote
+hosts, including listing files and directories, entering directories, editing
+files therein, deleting files/directories, making new directories, and moving
+(renaming) files and directories. The Netrw browser generally implements the
+previous explorer maps and commands for remote directories, although details
+(such as pertinent global variable names) necessarily differ.
+
+The Netrw remote file and directory browser handles two protocols: ssh and
+ftp. The protocol in the url, if it is ftp, will cause netrw to use ftp
+in its remote browsing. Any other protocol will be used for file transfers,
+but otherwise the ssh protocol will be used to do remote directory browsing.
+
+To use Netrw's remote directory browser, simply attempt to read a "file" with a
+trailing slash and it will be interpreted as a request to list a directory:
+
+ vim [protocol]://[user@]hostname/path/
+
+For local directories, the trailing slash is not required.
+
+If you'd like to avoid entering the password in for remote directory listings
+with ssh or scp, see |netrw-listhack|.
+
+
+NETRW BROWSING AND OPTION INCOMPATIBILITIES *netrw-incompatible*
+
+Netrw will not work properly with >
+
+ :set acd
+ :set fo=...ta...
+<
+If either of these options are present when browsing is attempted, netrw
+will change them by using noacd and removing the ta suboptions from the
+|'formatoptions'|.
+
+ *netrw-explore* *netrw-pexplore* *netrw-texplore*
+ *netrw-hexplore* *netrw-sexplore* *netrw-nexplore*
+ *netrw-vexplore*
+DIRECTORY EXPLORING COMMANDS
+
+ :Explore[!] [dir]... Explore directory of current file *:Explore*
+ :Sexplore[!] [dir]... Split&Explore directory of current file *:Sexplore*
+ :Hexplore[!] [dir]... Horizontal Split & Explore *:Hexplore*
+ :Vexplore[!] [dir]... Vertical Split & Explore *:Vexplore*
+ :Texplore [dir]... Tab & Explore *:Texplore*
+
+ Used with :Explore **/pattern : (also see |netrw-starstar|)
+ :Nexplore............. go to next matching file *:Nexplore*
+ :Pexplore............. go to previous matching file *:Pexplore*
+
+:Explore will open the local-directory browser on the current file's
+ directory (or on directory [dir] if specified). The window will be
+ split only if the file has been modified, otherwise the browsing
+ window will take over that window. Normally the splitting is taken
+ horizontally.
+:Explore! is like :Explore, but will use vertical splitting.
+:Sexplore will always split the window before invoking the local-directory
+ browser. As with Explore, the splitting is normally done
+ horizontally.
+:Sexplore! [dir] is like :Sexplore, but the splitting will be done vertically.
+:Hexplore [dir] does an :Explore with |:belowright| horizontal splitting.
+:Hexplore! [dir] does an :Explore with |:aboveleft| horizontal splitting.
+:Vexplore [dir] does an :Explore with |:leftabove| vertical splitting.
+:Vexplore! [dir] does an :Explore with |:rightbelow| vertical splitting.
+:Texplore [dir] does a tabnew before generating the browser window
+
+By default, these commands use the current file's directory. However, one
+may explicitly provide a directory (path) to use.
+
+ *netrw-starstar*
+When Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, or Vexplore are used with a **/filepat,
+such as:
+>
+ :Explore **/filename_pattern
+<
+netrw will attempt to find a file in the current directory or any subdirectory
+which matches the filename pattern. Internally, it produces a list of files
+which match the pattern and their paths; to that extent it resembles the Unix
+operation:
+>
+ find $(pwd) -name "$1" -exec "echo" "{}" ";" 2> /dev/null
+<
+The directory display is updated to show the subdirectory containing a
+matching file. One may then proceed to the next (or previous) matching files'
+directories by using Nexplore or Pexplore, respectively. If your console or
+gui produces recognizable shift-up or shift-down sequences, then you'll likely
+find using shift-downarrow and shift-uparrow convenient. They're mapped by
+netrw:
+
+ <s-down> == Nexplore, and
+ <s-up> == Pexplore.
+
+As an example, consider
+>
+ :Explore **/*.c
+ :Nexplore
+ :Nexplore
+ :Pexplore
+<
+The status line will show, on the right hand side of the status line, a
+message like "Match 3 of 20".
+
+ *netrw-starpat*
+When Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, or Vexplore are used with a */pattern,
+such as:
+>
+ :Explore */pattern
+<
+netrw will use |:vimgrep| to find files which contain the given pattern.
+Like what happens with |netrw-starstar|, a list of files which contain
+matches to the given pattern is generated. The cursor will then jump
+to the first file with the given pattern; |:Nexplore|, |:Pexplore|, and
+the shifted-down and -up arrows work with the list to move to the next
+or previous files in that list.
+
+ *netrw-starstarpat*
+When Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, or Vexplore are used with a **//pattern,
+such as:
+>
+ :Explore **//pattern
+<
+then Explore will use |:vimgrep| to find files like |netrw-starpat|;
+however, Explore will also search subdirectories as well as the current
+directory.
+
+
+REFRESHING THE LISTING *netrw-ctrl-l* *netrw-ctrl_l*
+
+To refresh either a local or remote directory listing, press ctrl-l (<c-l>) or
+hit the <cr> when atop the ./ directory entry in the listing. One may also
+refresh a local directory by using ":e .".
+
+
+GOING UP *netrw--*
+
+To go up a directory, press "-" or press the <cr> when atop the ../ directory
+entry in the listing.
+
+Netrw will use the command in |g:netrw_list_cmd| to perform the directory
+listing operation after changing HOSTNAME to the host specified by the
+user-provided url. By default netrw provides the command as:
+
+ ssh HOSTNAME ls -FLa
+
+where the HOSTNAME becomes the [user@]hostname as requested by the attempt to
+read. Naturally, the user may override this command with whatever is
+preferred. The NetList function which implements remote directory browsing
+expects that directories will be flagged by a trailing slash.
+
+
+BROWSING *netrw-cr*
+
+Browsing is simple: move the cursor onto a file or directory of interest.
+Hitting the <cr> (the return key) will select the file or directory.
+Directories will themselves be listed, and files will be opened using the
+protocol given in the original read request.
+
+ CAVEAT: There are four forms of listing (see |netrw-i|). Netrw assumes
+ that two or more spaces delimit filenames and directory names for the long
+ and wide listing formats. Thus, if your filename or directory name has two
+ or more spaces embedded in it, or any trailing spaces, then you'll need to
+ use the "thin" format to select it.
+
+The |g:netrw_browse_split| option, which is zero by default, may be used to
+cause the opening of files to be done in a new window or tab. When the option
+is one or two, the splitting will be taken horizontally or vertically,
+respectively. When the option is set to three, a <cr> will cause the file
+to appear in a new tab.
+
+
+OBTAINING A FILE *netrw-O*
+
+When browsing a remote directory, one may obtain a file under the cursor (ie.
+get a copy on your local machine, but not edit it) by pressing the O key.
+Only ftp and scp are supported for this operation (but since these two are
+available for browsing, that shouldn't be a problem). The status bar
+will then show, on its right hand side, a message like "Obtaining filename".
+The statusline will be restored after the transfer is complete.
+
+Netrw can also "obtain" a file using the local browser. Netrw's display
+of a directory is not necessarily the same as Vim's "current directory",
+unless |g:netrw_keepdir| is set to 0 in the user's <.vimrc>. One may select
+a file using the local browser (by putting the cursor on it) and pressing
+"O" will then "obtain" the file; ie. copy it to Vim's current directory.
+
+Related topics:
+ * To see what the current directory is, use |:pwd|
+ * To make the currently browsed directory the current directory, see |netrw-c|
+ * To automatically make the currently browsed directory the current
+ directory, see |g:netrw_keepdir|.
+
+
+CHANGE LISTING STYLE *netrw-i*
+
+The "i" map cycles between the thin, long, wide, and tree listing formats.
+
+The short listing format gives just the files' and directories' names.
+
+The long listing is either based on the "ls" command via ssh for remote
+directories or displays the filename, file size (in bytes), and the time and
+date of last modification for local directories. With the long listing
+format, netrw is not able to recognize filenames which have trailing spaces.
+Use the thin listing format for such files.
+
+The wide listing format uses two or more contiguous spaces to delineate
+filenames; when using that format, netrw won't be able to recognize or use
+filenames which have two or more contiguous spaces embedded in the name or any
+trailing spaces. The thin listing format will, however, work with such files.
+This listing format is the most compact.
+
+The tree listing format has a top directory followed by files and directories
+preceded by a "|". One may open and close directories by pressing the <cr>
+key while atop the directory name. There is only one tree listing buffer;
+hence, using "v" or "o" on a subdirectory will only show the same buffer,
+twice.
+
+
+MAKING A NEW DIRECTORY *netrw-d*
+
+With the "d" map one may make a new directory either remotely (which depends
+on the global variable g:netrw_mkdir_cmd) or locally (which depends on the
+global variable g:netrw_local_mkdir). Netrw will issue a request for the new
+directory's name. A bare <CR> at that point will abort the making of the
+directory. Attempts to make a local directory that already exists (as either
+a file or a directory) will be detected, reported on, and ignored.
+
+
+DELETING FILES OR DIRECTORIES *netrw-delete* *netrw-D* *netrw-del*
+
+Deleting/removing files and directories involves moving the cursor to the
+file/directory to be deleted and pressing "D". Directories must be empty
+first before they can be successfully removed. If the directory is a softlink
+to a directory, then netrw will make two requests to remove the directory
+before succeeding. Netrw will ask for confirmation before doing the
+removal(s). You may select a range of lines with the "V" command (visual
+selection), and then pressing "D".
+
+The g:netrw_rm_cmd, g:netrw_rmf_cmd, and g:netrw_rmdir_cmd variables are used
+to control the attempts to remove files and directories. The g:netrw_rm_cmd
+is used with files, and its default value is:
+
+ g:netrw_rm_cmd: ssh HOSTNAME rm
+
+The g:netrw_rmdir_cmd variable is used to support the removal of directories.
+Its default value is:
+
+ g:netrw_rmdir_cmd: ssh HOSTNAME rmdir
+
+If removing a directory fails with g:netrw_rmdir_cmd, netrw then will attempt
+to remove it again using the g:netrw_rmf_cmd variable. Its default value is:
+
+ g:netrw_rmf_cmd: ssh HOSTNAME rm -f
+
+
+RENAMING FILES OR DIRECTORIES *netrw-move* *netrw-rename* *netrw-R*
+
+Renaming/moving files and directories involves moving the cursor to the
+file/directory to be moved (renamed) and pressing "R". You will then be
+queried for where you want the file/directory to be moved. You may select a
+range of lines with the "V" command (visual selection), and then pressing "R".
+
+The g:netrw_rename_cmd variable is used to implement renaming. By default its
+value is:
+
+ ssh HOSTNAME mv
+
+One may rename a block of files and directories by selecting them with
+the V (|linewise-visual|).
+
+
+HIDING FILES OR DIRECTORIES *netrw-a* *netrw-hiding*
+
+Netrw's browsing facility allows one to use the hiding list in one of three
+ways: ignore it, hide files which match, and show only those files which
+match. The "a" map allows the user to cycle about these three ways.
+
+The g:netrw_list_hide variable holds a comma delimited list of patterns (ex.
+\.obj) which specify the hiding list. (also see |netrw-ctrl-h|) To set the
+hiding list, use the <c-h> map. As an example, to hide files which begin with
+a ".", one may use the <c-h> map to set the hiding list to '^\..*' (or one may
+put let g:netrw_list_hide= '^\..*' in one's <.vimrc>). One may then use the
+"a" key to show all files, hide matching files, or to show only the matching
+files.
+
+ Example: ^.*\.[ch]
+ This hiding list command will hide/show all *.c and *.h files.
+
+ Example: ^.*\.c,^.*\.h
+ This hiding list command will also hide/show all *.c and *.h
+ files.
+
+Don't forget to use the "a" map to select the normal/hiding/show mode you want!
+
+ *netrw-ctrl_h*
+EDIT FILE OR DIRECTORY HIDING LIST *netrw-ctrl-h* *netrw-edithide*
+
+The "<ctrl-h>" map brings up a requestor allowing the user to change the
+file/directory hiding list. The hiding list consists of one or more patterns
+delimited by commas. Files and/or directories satisfying these patterns will
+either be hidden (ie. not shown) or be the only ones displayed (see
+|netrw-a|).
+
+
+BROWSING WITH A HORIZONTALLY SPLIT WINDOW *netrw-o* *netrw-horiz*
+
+Normally one enters a file or directory using the <cr>. However, the "o" map
+allows one to open a new window to hold the new directory listing or file. A
+horizontal split is used. (for vertical splitting, see |netrw-v|)
+
+Normally, the o key splits the window horizontally with the new window and
+cursor at the top. To change to splitting the window horizontally with the
+new window and cursor at the bottom, have
+
+ let g:netrw_alto = 1
+
+in your <.vimrc>. (also see |netrw-t| |netrw-v| |g:netrw_alto|)
+
+There is only one tree listing buffer; using "o" on a displayed subdirectory
+will split the screen, but the same buffer will be shown twice.
+
+
+BROWSING WITH A VERTICALLY SPLIT WINDOW *netrw-v*
+
+Normally one enters a file or directory using the <cr>. However, the "v" map
+allows one to open a new window to hold the new directory listing or file. A
+vertical split is used. (for horizontal splitting, see |netrw-o|)
+
+Normally, the v key splits the window vertically with the new window and
+cursor at the left. To change to splitting the window vertically with the new
+window and cursor at the right, have
+
+ let g:netrw_altv = 1
+
+in your <.vimrc>. (also see: |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |g:netrw_altv|)
+
+There is only one tree listing buffer; using "v" on a displayed subdirectory
+will split the screen, but the same buffer will be shown twice.
+
+
+BROWSING WITH A NEW TAB *netrw-t*
+
+Normally one enters a file or directory using the <cr>. The "t" map
+allows one to open a new window hold the new directory listing or file in a
+new tab. (also see: |netrw-o| |netrw-v|)
+
+
+PREVIEW WINDOW *netrw-p* *netrw-preview*
+
+One may use a preview window by using the "p" key when the cursor is atop the
+desired filename to be previewed.
+
+
+PREVIOUS WINDOW *netrw-P* *netrw-prvwin*
+
+To edit a file or directory in the previously used window (see :he |CTRL-W_P|),
+press a "P". If there's only one window, then the one window will be
+horizontally split (above/below splitting is controlled by |g:netrw_alto|,
+and its initial size is controlled by |g:netrw_winsize|).
+
+If there's more than one window, the previous window will be re-used on
+the selected file/directory. If the previous window's associated buffer
+has been modified, and there's only one window with that buffer, then
+the user will be asked if s/he wishes to save the buffer first (yes,
+no, or cancel).
+
+
+SELECTING SORTING STYLE *netrw-s* *netrw-sort*
+
+One may select the sorting style by name, time, or (file) size. The "s" map
+allows one to circulate amongst the three choices; the directory listing will
+automatically be refreshed to reflect the selected style.
+
+
+EDITING THE SORTING SEQUENCE *netrw-S* *netrw-sortsequence*
+
+When "Sorted by" is name, one may specify priority via the sorting sequence
+(g:netrw_sort_sequence). The sorting sequence typically prioritizes the
+name-listing by suffix, although any pattern will do. Patterns are delimited
+by commas. The default sorting sequence is:
+>
+ [\/]$,*,\.bak$,\.o$,\.h$,\.info$,\.swp$,\.obj$
+<
+The lone * is where all filenames not covered by one of the other patterns
+will end up. One may change the sorting sequence by modifying the
+g:netrw_sort_sequence variable (either manually or in your <.vimrc>) or by
+using the "S" map.
+
+
+REVERSING SORTING ORDER *netrw-r* *netrw-reverse*
+
+One may toggle between normal and reverse sorting order by pressing the
+"r" key.
+
+
+CHANGING TO A PREDECESSOR DIRECTORY *netrw-u* *netrw-updir*
+
+Every time you change to a new directory (new for the current session),
+netrw will save the directory in a recently-visited directory history
+list (unless g:netrw_dirhistmax is zero; by default, its ten). With the
+"u" map, one can change to an earlier directory (predecessor). To do
+the opposite, see |netrw-U|.
+
+
+CHANGING TO A SUCCESSOR DIRECTORY *netrw-U* *netrw-downdir*
+
+With the "U" map, one can change to a later directory (successor).
+This map is the opposite of the "u" map. (see |netrw-u|) Use the
+q map to list both the bookmarks and history. (see |netrw-q|)
+
+ *netrw-gx*
+CUSTOMIZING BROWSING WITH A USER FUNCTION *netrw-x* *netrw-handler*
+ (also see |netrw_filehandler|)
+
+Certain files, such as html, gif, jpeg, (word/office) doc, etc, files, are
+best seen with a special handler (ie. a tool provided with your computer).
+Netrw allows one to invoke such special handlers by: >
+
+ * when Exploring, hit the "x" key
+ * when editing, hit gx with the cursor atop the special filename
+< (not available if the |g:netrw_nogx| variable exists)
+
+Netrw determines which special handler by the following method:
+
+ * if |g:netrw_browsex_viewer| exists, then it will be used to attempt to
+ view files. Examples of useful settings (place into your <.vimrc>): >
+
+ :let g:netrw_browsex_viewer= "kfmclient exec"
+< or >
+ :let g:netrw_browsex_viewer= "gnome-open"
+<
+ If g:netrw_browsex_viewer == '-', then netrwFileHandler() will be
+ invoked first (see |netrw_filehandler|).
+
+ * for Windows 32 or 64, the url and FileProtocolHandler dlls are used.
+ * for Gnome (with gnome-open): gnome-open is used.
+ * for KDE (with kfmclient): kfmclient is used.
+ * otherwise the netrwFileHandler plugin is used.
+
+The file's suffix is used by these various approaches to determine an
+appropriate application to use to "handle" these files. Such things as
+OpenOffice (*.sfx), visualization (*.jpg, *.gif, etc), and PostScript (*.ps,
+*.eps) can be handled.
+
+ *netrw_filehandler*
+
+The "x" map applies a function to a file, based on its extension. Of course,
+the handler function must exist for it to be called!
+>
+ Ex. mypgm.html x ->
+ NFH_html("scp://user@host/some/path/mypgm.html")
+<
+Users may write their own netrw File Handler functions to support more
+suffixes with special handling. See <plugin/netrwFileHandlers.vim> for
+examples on how to make file handler functions. As an example: >
+
+ " NFH_suffix(filename)
+ fun! NFH_suffix(filename)
+ ..do something special with filename..
+ endfun
+<
+These functions need to be defined in some file in your .vim/plugin
+(vimfiles\plugin) directory. Vim's function names may not have punctuation
+characters (except for the underscore) in them. To support suffices that
+contain such characters, netrw will first convert the suffix using the
+following table: >
+
+ @ -> AT ! -> EXCLAMATION % -> PERCENT
+ : -> COLON = -> EQUAL ? -> QUESTION
+ , -> COMMA - -> MINUS ; -> SEMICOLON
+ $ -> DOLLAR + -> PLUS ~ -> TILDE
+<
+So, for example: >
+
+ file.rcs,v -> NFH_rcsCOMMAv()
+<
+If more such translations are necessary, please send me email: >
+ NdrOchip at ScampbellPfamily.AbizM - NOSPAM
+with a request.
+
+
+MAKING THE BROWSING DIRECTORY THE CURRENT DIRECTORY *netrw-c* *netrw-curdir*
+
+By default, |g:netrw_keepdir| is 1. This setting means that the current
+directory will not track the browsing directory.
+
+Setting g:netrw_keepdir to 0 tells netrw to make vim's current directory to
+track netrw's browsing directory.
+
+However, given the default setting for g:netrw_keepdir of 1 where netrw
+maintains its own separate notion of the current directory, in order to make
+the two directories the same, use the "c" map (just type c). That map will
+set Vim's notion of the current directory to netrw's current browsing
+directory.
+
+
+BOOKMARKING A DIRECTORY *netrw-mb* *netrw-bookmark* *netrw-bookmarks*
+One may easily "bookmark" a directory by using >
+
+ {cnt}mb
+<
+Any count may be used. One may use viminfo's "!" option to retain bookmarks
+between vim sessions. See |netrw-gb| for how to return to a bookmark and
+|netrw-q| for how to list them.
+
+
+CHANGING TO A BOOKMARKED DIRECTORY *netrw-gb*
+
+To change directory back to a bookmarked directory, use
+
+ {cnt}gb
+
+Any count may be used to reference any of the bookmarks. See |netrw-mb| on
+how to bookmark a directory and |netrw-q| on how to list bookmarks.
+
+
+LISTING BOOKMARKS AND HISTORY *netrw-q* *netrw-listbookmark*
+
+Pressing "q" will list the bookmarked directories and directory traversal
+history (query). (see |netrw-mb|, |netrw-gb|, |netrw-u|, and |netrw-U|)
+
+
+IMPROVING DIRECTORY BROWSING *netrw-listhack*
+
+Especially with the remote directory browser, constantly entering the password
+is tedious.
+
+For Linux/Unix systems, the book "Linux Server Hacks - 100 industrial strength
+tips & tools" by Rob Flickenger (O'Reilly, ISBN 0-596-00461-3), gives a tip
+for setting up no-password ssh and scp, plus discusses associated security
+issues. It used to be available at http://hacks.oreilly.com/pub/h/66 ,
+but apparently that address is now being redirected to some "hackzine".
+I'll attempt a summary:
+
+ 1. Generate a public/private key pair on the ssh server:
+ ssh-keygen -t rsa
+ (saving the file in ~/.ssh/id_rsa is ok)
+ 2. Just hit the <CR> when asked for passphrase (twice).
+ 3. This creates two files:
+ ~/.ssh/id_rsa
+ ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub
+ 4. On the client:
+ cd
+ mkdir .ssh
+ chmod 0700 .ssh
+ scp {serverhostname}:.ssh/id_rsa.pub .
+ cat id_rsa.pub >> .ssh/authorized_keys2
+
+For Windows, folks on the vim mailing list have mentioned that Pageant helps
+with avoiding the constant need to enter the password.
+
+
+NETRW SETTINGS *netrw-settings*
+
+With the NetrwSettings.vim plugin, >
+ :NetrwSettings
+will bring up a window with the many variables that netrw uses for its
+settings. You may change any of their values; when you save the file, the
+settings therein will be used. One may also press "?" on any of the lines for
+help on what each of the variables do.
+
+(see also: |netrw-browse-var||netrw-protocol||netrw-var||netrw-variables|)
+
+
+==============================================================================
+10. Problems and Fixes *netrw-problems*
+
+ (This section is likely to grow as I get feedback)
+ (also see |netrw-debug|)
+ *netrw-p1*
+ P1. I use windows 95, and my ftp dumps four blank lines at the
+ end of every read.
+
+ See |netrw-fixup|, and put the following into your
+ <.vimrc> file:
+
+ let g:netrw_win95ftp= 1
+
+ *netrw-p2*
+ P2. I use Windows, and my network browsing with ftp doesn't sort by
+ time or size! -or- The remote system is a Windows server; why
+ don't I get sorts by time or size?
+
+ Windows' ftp has a minimal support for ls (ie. it doesn't
+ accept sorting options). It doesn't support the -F which
+ gives an explanatory character (ABC/ for "ABC is a directory").
+ Netrw then uses "dir" to get both its short and long listings.
+ If you think your ftp does support a full-up ls, put the
+ following into your <.vimrc>: >
+
+ let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd = "ls -lF"
+ let g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd= "ls -tlF"
+ let g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd= "ls -slF"
+<
+ Alternatively, if you have cygwin on your Windows box, put
+ into your <.vimrc>: >
+
+ let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
+<
+ This problem also occurs when the remote system is Windows.
+ In this situation, the various g:netrw_ftp_[time|size]list_cmds
+ are as shown above, but the remote system will not correctly
+ modify its listing behavior.
+
+
+ *netrw-p3*
+ P3. I tried rcp://user@host/ (or protocol other than ftp) and netrw
+ used ssh! That wasn't what I asked for...
+
+ Netrw has two methods for browsing remote directories: ssh
+ and ftp. Unless you specify ftp specifically, ssh is used.
+ When it comes time to do download a file (not just a directory
+ listing), netrw will use the given protocol to do so.
+
+ *netrw-p4*
+ P4. I would like long listings to be the default.
+
+ let g:netrw_liststyle= 1
+
+ Check out |netrw-browse-var| for more customizations that
+ you can set.
+
+ *netrw-p5*
+ P5. My times come up oddly in local browsing
+
+ Does your system's strftime() accept the "%c" to yield dates
+ such as "Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997"? If not, do a "man strftime"
+ and find out what option should be used. Then put it into
+ your <.vimrc>:
+ let g:netrw_timefmt= "%X" (where X is the option)
+
+ *netrw-p6*
+ P6. I want my current directory to track my browsing.
+ How do I do that?
+
+ let g:netrw_keepdir= 0
+
+ *netrw-p7*
+ P7. I use Chinese (or other non-ascii) characters in my filenames, and
+ netrw (Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, etc) doesn't display them!
+
+ (taken from an answer provided by Wu Yongwei on the vim
+ mailing list)
+ I now see the problem. You code page is not 936, right? Vim
+ seems only able to open files with names that are valid in the
+ current code page, as are many other applications that do not
+ use the Unicode version of Windows APIs. This is an OS-related
+ issue. You should not have such problems when the system
+ locale uses UTF-8, such as modern Linux distros.
+
+ (...it is one more reason to recommend that people use utf-8!)
+
+ *netrw-p8*
+ P8. I'm getting "ssh is not executable on your system" -- what do I
+ do?
+
+ (Dudley Fox) Most people I know use putty for windows ssh. It
+ is a free ssh/telnet application. You can read more about it
+ here:
+
+ http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/ Also:
+
+ (Marlin Unruh) This program also works for me. It's a single
+ executable, so he/she can copy it into the Windows\System32
+ folder and create a shortcut to it.
+
+ (Dudley Fox) You might also wish to consider plink, as it
+ sounds most similar to what you are looking for. plink is an
+ application in the putty suite.
+
+ http://the.earth.li/~sgtatham/putty/0.58/htmldoc/Chapter7.html#plink
+
+ (Vissale Neang) Maybe you can try OpenSSH for windows, which
+ can be obtained from:
+
+ http://sshwindows.sourceforge.net/
+
+ It doesn't need the full Cygwin package.
+
+ (Antoine Mechelynck) For individual Unix-like programs needed
+ for work in a native-Windows environment, I recommend getting
+ them from the GnuWin32 project on sourceforge if it has them:
+
+ http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/
+
+ Unlike Cygwin, which sets up a Unix-like virtual machine on
+ top of Windows, GnuWin32 is a rewrite of Unix utilities with
+ Windows system calls, and its programs works quite well in the
+ cmd.exe "Dos box".
+
+ (dave) Download WinSCP and use that to connect to the server.
+ In Preferences > Editors, set gvim as your editor:
+
+ - Click "Add..."
+ - Set External Editor (adjust path as needed, include
+ the quotes and !.! at the end):
+ "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim70\gvim.exe" !.!
+ - Check that the filetype in the box below is
+ {asterisk}.{asterisk} (all files), or whatever types
+ you want (cec: change {asterisk} to * ; I had to
+ write it that way because otherwise the helptags
+ system thinks its a tag)
+ - Make sure its at the top of the listbox (click it,
+ then click "Up" if its not)
+ If using the Norton Commander style, you just have to hit <F4>
+ to edit a file in a local copy of gvim.
+
+ (Vit Gottwald) How to generate public/private key and save
+ public key it on server: >
+ http://www.tartarus.org/~simon/puttydoc/Chapter8.html#pubkey-gettingready
+ 8.3 Getting ready for public key authentication
+<
+ How to use private key with 'pscp': >
+ http://www.tartarus.org/~simon/puttydoc/Chapter5.html
+ 5.2.4 Using public key authentication with PSCP
+<
+ (cec) To make proper use of these suggestions above, you will
+ need to modify the following user-settable variables in your
+ .vimrc:
+
+ |g:netrw_ssh_cmd| |g:netrw_list_cmd| |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|
+ |g:netrw_rm_cmd| |g:netrw_rmdir_cmd| |g:netrw_rmf_cmd|
+
+ The first one (|g:netrw_ssh_cmd|) is the most important; most
+ of the others will use the string in g:netrw_ssh_cmd by
+ default.
+ *netrw-p9* *netrw-ml_get*
+ P9. I'm browsing, changing directory, and bang! ml_get errors
+ appear and I have to kill vim. Any way around this?
+
+ Normally netrw attempts to avoid writing swapfiles for
+ its temporary directory buffers. However, on some systems
+ this attempt appears to be causing ml_get errors to
+ appear. Please try setting |g:netrw_use_noswf| to 0
+ in your <.vimrc>: >
+ let g:netrw_use_noswf= 0
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+11. Debugging *netrw-debug*
+
+The <netrw.vim> script is typically available as:
+>
+ /usr/local/share/vim/vim6x/plugin/netrw.vim
+< -or- >
+ /usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/plugin/netrw.vim
+<
+which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
+
+ 1. Get the <Decho.vim> script, available as:
+
+ http://mysite.verizon.net/astronaut/vim/index.html#vimlinks_scripts
+ as "Decho, a vimL debugging aid"
+ or
+ http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=120
+
+ and put it into your local plugin directory.
+
+ 2. <Decho.vim> itself needs the <cecutil.vim> script, so you'll need
+ to put it into your .vim/plugin, too. You may obtain it from:
+
+ http://mysite.verizon.net/astronaut/vim/index.html#VimFuncs
+ as "DrC's Utilities"
+
+ 3. Edit the <netrw.vim> file by typing:
+
+ vim netrw.vim
+ :DechoOn
+ :wq
+
+ To restore to normal non-debugging behavior, edit <netrw.vim>
+ by typing
+
+ vim netrw.vim
+ :DechoOff
+ :wq
+
+ This command, provided by <Decho.vim>, will comment out all
+ Decho-debugging statements (Dfunc(), Dret(), Decho(), Dredir()).
+
+ 4. Then bring up vim and attempt a transfer or do browsing. A set of
+ messages should appear concerning the steps that <netrw.vim> took
+ in attempting to read/write your file over the network.
+
+ To save the file, use >
+ :wincmd j
+ :set bt=
+ :w! DBG
+< Please send that information to <netrw.vim>'s maintainer, >
+ NdrOchip at ScampbellPfamily.AbizM - NOSPAM
+<
+==============================================================================
+12. History *netrw-history* {{{1
+
+ v108: Jan 03, 2007 * included preview map (|netrw-p|), supporting
+ remote browsing
+ * netrw can now source remote files
+ Jan 26, 2007 * Colton Jamieson noted that remote directory
+ browsing did not support alternate port
+ selection. This feature has now been extended
+ to apply to all remote browsing commands via ssh.
+ (list, remove/delete, rename)
+ Jan 31, 2007 * Luis Florit reported that @* was an invalid
+ register. The @* register is now only saved and
+ restored if |guioptions| contains "a".
+ Feb 02, 2007 * Fixed a bug that cropped up when writing files
+ via scp using cygwin
+ Feb 08, 2007 * tree listing mode managed to stop working again;
+ fixed again!
+ Feb 15, 2007 * Guido Van Hoecke reported that netrw didn't
+ handle browsing well with M$ ftp servers. He even
+ set up a temporary account for me to test with
+ (thanks!). Netrw now can browse M$ ftp servers.
+ v107: Oct 12, 2006 * bypassed the autowrite option
+ Oct 24, 2006 * handles automatic decompression of *.gz and *.bz2
+ files
+ Nov 03, 2006 * Explore will highlight matching files when
+ **/pattern is used (and if the |'hls'| option
+ is set)
+ Nov 09, 2006 * a debugging line, when enabled, was inadvertently
+ bringing up help instead of simply reporting on
+ list contents
+ Nov 21, 2006 * tree listing improved (cursor remains put)
+ Nov 27, 2006 * fixed b:netrw_curdir bug when repeated "i"s were
+ pressed.
+ Dec 15, 2006 * considerable qty of changes, mostly to share more
+ code between local and remote browsing. Includes
+ support for tree-style listing for both remote
+ and local browsing.
+ Dec 15, 2006 * Included Peter Bengtsson's modifications to
+ support the Amiga.
+ v106: Sep 21, 2006 * removed old v:version<700 code as netrw now
+ requires vim 7.0
+ * worked around a bug where register * was
+ overwritten during local browsing
+ v104: Sep 05, 2006 * as suggested by Rodolfo Borges, :Explore and
+ variants will position the cursor on the file
+ just having been edited
+ * changed default |g:netrw_sort_sequence| order
+ * changed b, Nb to simply mb (see |netrw-mb|)
+ * changed B, NB to simply gb (see |netrw-gb|)
+ * tree listing style (see |g:netrw_liststyle|)
+ * attempts to retain the alternate file
+ v103: Jul 26, 2006 * used Yakov Lerner's tip#1289 to improve netrw
+ error message display
+ * wide listings didn't handle files with backslashes
+ in their names properly. A symptom was an
+ inability to open files.
+ Aug 09, 2006 * included "t" mapping for opening tabbed windows,
+ both for remote and local browsing
+ * changed netrw_longlist to netrw_liststyle
+ Aug 15, 2006 * fixed one of the NB maps
+ Aug 22, 2006 * changed *Explore commands to use -nargs=* instead
+ of -nargs=?. Allows both -complete=dir _and_ the
+ starstar arguments to work (-nargs=? seems to
+ require one or the other).
+ Aug 23, 2006 * copied all w:.. variables across splits to
+ new windows
+ Aug 25, 2006 * when g:netrw_browsex_viewer was '-'
+ (see |g:netrw_browsex_viewer|) it wasn't causing
+ netrwFileHandlers#Invoke() to be called as it
+ was expected to. (tnx Steve Dugaro)
+ Aug 29, 2006 * changed NetBrowseX() to use "setlocal ... noswf"
+ instead of "set ... noswf" (tnx Benji Fisher)
+ Aug 31, 2006 * tabs and fastbrowse<=1 didn't work together.
+ v102: Jun 15, 2006 * chgd netrwPlugin to call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck()
+ * bugfix: g:netrw_keepdir==0 had stopped working
+ Jul 06, 2006 * bugfix: NetOptionSave/Restore now saves/restores
+ the unnamed register (|registers|)
+ Jul 07, 2006 * |g:netrw_menu| support included
+ Jul 13, 2006 * :Texplore command implemented
+ Jul 17, 2006 * NetSplit and (Local|Net)BrowseChgDir() were both
+ splitting windows. This affected o, v, and
+ g:netrw_browse_split.
+ Jul 20, 2006 * works around wildignore setting (was causing
+ netrw's local browser not to list wildignore'd
+ files)
+ Jul 24, 2006 * <leftmouse> acts as a <cr> for selecting a file
+ <rightmouse> acts as a <del> for deleting a file
+ v100: May 14, 2006 * when using Windows and shell==cmd.exe, the
+ default for g:netrw_ignorenetrc is now 1
+ * bugfix: unwanted ^Ms now removed
+ (affected shell==cmd.exe - Windows)
+ * added Bookmarks and History to the menu
+ * an error message about non-existing
+ w:netrw_longlist was appearing during attempts to
+ Explore (fixed)
+ * g:netrw_shq now available to make netrw use
+ specified style of quotes for commands
+ May 29, 2006 * user NFH_*() functions were inadvertently being
+ ignored
+ * fixed a Windows non-cygwin ftp handling problem.
+ * hiding pattern candidate separators included some
+ characters it shouldn't have (tnx to Osei Poku)
+ Jun 01, 2006 * for browsing, netrw was supposed to use "dir"
+ instead of "ls -lF" when using
+ ftp+non-cygwin+windows. Fixed.
+ * an inadvertently left-in-place debugging statement
+ was preventing use of the "x" key with browsing.
+ Jun 05, 2006 * g:netrw_nogx available to prevent making the gx
+ map (see |g:netrw_nogx|)
+ * bugfix, Explore woulnd't change directory
+ properly (vim ., :Explore subdirname)
+ Jun 06, 2006 * moved history to 2nd line in Netrw menu
+ * fixed delete for unix-based systems
+ Jun 07, 2006 * x key now works for windows-noncygwin-ftp
+ Jun 08, 2006 * Explore */pat and **//pat now wraps
+ v99: May 09, 2006 * g:netrw_browse_split=3 for opening files in new
+ tabs implemented.
+ May 12, 2006 * deletes temporary file at end of NetRead()
+ * visual mode based Obtain implemented
+ * added -complete=dir to the various Explore
+ commands
+ v98: May 02, 2006 * the "p" key didn't work properly when the browsing
+ directory name had spaces in it.
+ v97: May 01, 2006 * exists("&acd") now used to determine if
+ the 'acd' option exists
+ * "obtain" now works again under Windows
+ v96: * bugfix - the |'acd'| option is not always defined but is
+ now bypassed only when it is
+ v95: * bugfix - Hiding mode worked correctly (don't show any file
+ matching any of the g:netrw_hide patterns), but
+ but showing mode was showing only those files that didn't
+ match any of the g:netrw_hide patterns. Instead, it now
+ shows all files that match any of the g:netrw_hide patterns
+ (the difference between a logical and and logical or).
+ v94: * bugfix - a Decho() had a missing quote; only affects things
+ when debugging was enabled.
+ v93: * bugfix - removed FocusGained event from causing a slow-browser
+ refresh for Windows
+ v92: * :Explore **//pattern implemented (**/filepattern already taken)
+ v91: * :Explore */pattern implemented
+ * |'acd'| option bypassed
+ v90: * mark ', as suggested by Yegappan Lakshmanan, used to help
+ guarantee entry into the jump list when appropriate.
+ * <s-down> and <s-up> are no longer defined until a
+ :Explore **/pattern is used (if the user already has a map
+ for them). They will be defined for new browser windows
+ from that point forward.
+ v89: * A <s-down>, <s-up>, :Nexplore, or a :Pexplore without having
+ first done an :Explore **/pattern (see |netrw-starstar|) caused
+ a lot of unhelpful error messages to appear
+ v88: * moved DrChip.Netrw menu to Netrw. Now has priority 80 by
+ default. g:NetrwTopLvlMenu == "Netrw" and can be changed
+ by the user to suit. The priority is g:NetrwMenuPriority.
+ * Changed filetype for browser displays from netrwlist to netrw.
+ v87: * bug fix -- menus were partially disappearing
+ v85: * bug fix -- missing an endif
+ * bug fix -- handles spaces in names and directories when using
+ ftp-based browsing
+ v83: * disabled stop-acd handling; the change in directory handling
+ may allow acd to be used again. Awaiting feedback.
+ * D was refusing to delete remote files/directories in wide
+ listing mode.
+ v81: * FocusGained also used to refresh/wipe local browser directory
+ buffers
+ * (bugfix) netrw was leaving [Scratch] buffers behind when the
+ the user had the "hidden" option set. The 'hidden' option is
+ now bypassed.
+ v80: * ShellCmdPost event used in conjunction with g:netrw_fastbrowse
+ to refresh/wipe local browser directory buffers.
+ v79: * directories are now displayed with nowrap
+ * (bugfix) if the column width was smaller than the largest
+ file's name, then netrw would hang when using wide-listing
+ mode - fixed
+ * g:netrw_fastbrowse introduced
+ v78: * progress has been made on allowing spaces inside directory
+ names for remote work (reading, writing, browsing). (scp)
+ v77: * Mikolaj Machowski fixed a bug in a substitute command
+ * g:netrw_browsex_viewer implemented
+ * Mikolaj Machowski pointed out that gnome-open is often
+ executable under KDE systems, although it is effectively
+ not functional. NetBrowseX now looks for "kicker" as
+ a running process to determine if KDE is actually the
+ really running.
+ * Explorer's O functionality was inadvertently left out.
+ Netrw now does the same thing, but with the "P" key.
+ * added g:netrw_browse_split option
+ * fixed a bug where the directory contained a "." but
+ the file didn't (was treating the dirname from "."
+ onwards as a suffix)
+ v76: * "directory is missing" error message now restores echo
+ highlighting
+ v75: * file://... now conforms to RFC2396 (thanks to S. Zacchiroli)
+ * if the binary option is set, then NetWrite() will only write
+ the whole file (line numbers don't make sense with this).
+ Supports writing of tar and zip files.
+ v74: * bugfix (vim, then :Explore) now works
+ * ctrl-L keeps cursor at same screen location (both local and
+ remote browsing)
+ * netrw now can read remote zip and tar files
+ * Obtain now uses WinXP ftp+.netrc successfully
+ v73: * bugfix -- scp://host/path/file was getting named incorrectly
+ * netrw detects use of earlier-than-7.0 version of vim and issues
+ a pertinent error message.
+ * netrwSettings.vim is now uses autoloading. Only
+ <netrwPlugin.vim> is needed as a pure plugin
+ (ie. always loaded).
+ v72: * bugfix -- formerly, one could prevent the loading of netrw
+ by "let g:loaded_netrw=1"; when autoloading became supported,
+ this feature was lost. It is now restored.
+ v71: * bugfix -- made some "set nomodifiable"s into setlocal variants
+ (allows :e somenewfile to be modifiable as usual)
+ * NetrwSettings calls a netrw function, thereby assuring that
+ netrw has loaded. However, if netrw does not load for whatever
+ reason, then NetrwSettings will now issue a warning message.
+ * For what reason I don't recall, when wget and fetch are both
+ not present, and an attempt to read a http://... url is made,
+ netrw exited. It now only returns.
+ * When ch=1, on the second and subsequent uses of browsing Netrw
+ would issue a blank line to clear the echo'd messages. This
+ caused an annoying "Hit-Enter" prompt; now a blank line message
+ is echo'd only if &ch>1.
+ v70: * when using |netrw-O|, the "Obtaining filename" message is now
+ shown using |hl-User9|. If User9 has not been defined, netrw
+ will define it.
+ v69: * Bugfix: win95/98 machines were experiencing a
+ "E121: Undefined variable: g:netrw_win95ftp" message
+ v68: * double-click-leftmouse selects word under mouse
+ v67: * Passwords which contain blanks will now be surrounded by
+ double-quotes automatically (Yongwei)
+ v66: * Netrw now seems to work with a few more Windows situations
+ * O now obtains a file: remote browsing file -> local copy,
+ locally browsing file -> current directory (see :pwd)
+ * i now cycles between thin, long, and wide listing styles
+ * NB and Nb are maps that are always available; corresponding
+ B and b maps are only available when not using wide listing
+ in order to allow them to be used for motions
+ v65: * Browser functions now use NetOptionSave/Restore; in particular,
+ netrw now works around the report setting
+ v64: * Bugfix - browsing a "/" directory (Unix) yielded buffers
+ named "[Scratch]" instead of "/"
+ * Bugfix - remote browsing with ftp was omitting the ./ and ../
+ v63: * netrw now takes advantage of autoload (and requires 7.0)
+ * Bugfix - using r (to reverse sort) working again
+ v62: * Bugfix - spaces allowed again in directory names with
+ g:netrw_keepdir=0. In fact, I've tested netrw (again)
+ with most ANSI punctuation marks for directory names.
+ * Bugfix - NetrwSettings gave errors when g:netrw_silent
+ had not be set.
+ v61: * document upgrade -- netrw variable-based settings all should
+ have tags. Supports NetrwSettings command.
+ * several important variables are window-oriented. Netrw has
+ to transfer these across a window split. See s:BufWinVars()
+ and s:UseBufWinVars().
+ v60: * when using the i map to switch between long and short listings,
+ netrw will now keep cursor on same line
+ * "Match # of #" now uses status line
+ * :Explore **/*.c will now work from a non-netrw-browser window
+ * :Explore **/patterns can now be run in separate browser windows
+ * active banner (hit <cr> will cause various things to happen)
+ v59: * bugfix -- another keepalt work-around installed (for vim6.3)
+ * "Match # of #" for Explore **/pattern matches
+ v58: * Explore and relatives can now handle **/somefilepattern (v7)
+ * Nexplore and Pexplore introduced (v7). shift-down and shift-up
+ cursor keys will invoke Nexplore and Pexplore, respectively.
+ * bug fixed with o and v
+ * autochdir only worked around for vim when it has been
+ compiled with either |+netbeans_intg| or |+sun_workshop|
+ * Under Windows, all directories and files were being preceded
+ with a "/" when local browsing. Fixed.
+ * When: syntax highlighting is off, laststatus=2, and remote
+ browsing is used, sometimes the laststatus highlighting
+ bleeds into the entire display. Work around - do an extra
+ redraw in that case.
+ * Bugfix: when g:netrw_keepdir=0, due to re-use of buffers,
+ netrw didn't change the directory when it should've
+ * Bugfix: D and R commands work again
+ v57: * Explore and relatives can now handle RO files
+ * reverse sort restored with vim7's sort command
+ * g:netrw_keepdir now being used to keep the current directory
+ unchanged as intended (sense change)
+ * vim 6.3 still supported
+ v56: * LocalBrowse now saves autochdir setting, unsets it, and
+ restores it before returning.
+ * using vim's rename() instead of system + local_rename variable
+ * avoids changing directory when g:netrw_keepdir is false
+ v55: * -bar used with :Explore :Sexplore etc to allow multiple
+ commands to be separated by |s
+ * browser listings now use the "nowrap" option
+ * browser: some unuseful error messages now suppressed
+ v54: * For backwards compatibility, Explore and Sexplore have been
+ implemented. In addition, Hexplore and Vexplore commands
+ are available, too.
+ * <amatch> used instead of <afile> in the transparency
+ support (BufReadCmd, FileReadCmd, FileWriteCmd)
+ * ***netrw*** prepended to various error messages netrw may emit
+ * g:netrw_port used instead of b:netrw_port for scp
+ * any leading [:#] is removed from port numbers
+ v53: * backslashes as well as slashes placed in various patterns
+ (ex. g:netrw_sort_sequence) to better support Windows
+ v52: * nonumber'ing now set for browsing buffers
+ * when the hiding list hid all files, error messages ensued. Fixed
+ * when browsing, swf is set, but directory is not set, when netrw
+ was attempting to restore options, vim wanted to save a swapfile
+ to a local directory using an url-style path. Fixed
+ v51: * cygwin detection now automated (using windows and &shell is bash)
+ * customizable browser "file" rejection patterns
+ * directory history
+ * :[range]w url now supported (ie. netrw has a FileWriteCmd event)
+ * error messages have a "Press <cr> to continue" to allow them
+ to be seen
+ * directory browser displays no longer bother the swapfile
+ * u/U commands to go up and down the history stack
+ * history stack may be saved with viminfo with its "!" option
+ * bugfixes associated with unwanted [No Files] entries
+ v50: * directories now displayed using buftype=nofile; should keep the
+ directory names as-is
+ * attempts to remove empty "[No File]" buffers leftover
+ from :file ..name.. commands
+ * bugfix: a "caps-lock" editing difficulty left in v49 was fixed
+ * syntax highlighting for "Showing:" the hiding list included
+ * bookmarks can now be retained if "!" is in the viminfo option
+ v49: * will use ftp for http://.../ browsing v48:
+ * One may use ftp to do remote host file browsing
+ * (windows and !cygwin) remote browsing with ftp can now use
+ the "dir" command internally to provide listings
+ * g:netrw_keepdir now allows one to keep the initial current
+ directory as the current directory (normally the local file
+ browser makes the currently viewed directory the current
+ directory)
+ * g:netrw_alto and g:netrw_altv now support alternate placement
+ of windows started with o or v
+ * Nread ? and Nwrite ? now uses echomsg (instead of echo) so
+ :messages can repeat showing the help
+ * bugfix: avoids problems with partial matches of directory names
+ to prior buffers with longer names
+ * one can suppress error messages with g:netrw_quiet ctrl-h used
+ * instead of <Leader>h for editing hiding list one may edit the
+ * sorting sequence with the S map now allows confirmation of
+ * deletion with [y(es) n(o) a(ll) q(uit)] the "x" map now handles
+ * special file viewing with:
+ (windows) rundll32 url.dll (gnome) gnome-open (kde)
+ kfmclient If none of these are on the executable path, then
+ netrwFileHandlers.vim is used.
+ * directory bookmarking during both local and remote browsing
+ implemented
+ * one may view all, use the hiding list to suppress, or use the
+ hiding list to show-only remote and local file/directory
+ listings
+ * improved unusual file and directory name handling preview
+ * window support
+ v47: * now handles local directory browsing.
+ v46: * now handles remote directory browsing
+ * g:netrw_silent (if 1) will cause all transfers to be silent
+ v45: * made the [user@]hostname:path form a bit more restrictive to
+ better handle errors in using protocols (e.g. scp:usr@host:file
+ was being recognized as an rcp request) v44: * changed from
+ "rsync -a" to just "rsync"
+ * somehow an editing error messed up the test to recognize
+ use of the fetch method for NetRead.
+ * more debugging statements included
+ v43: * moved "Explanation" comments to <pi_netrw.txt> help file as
+ "Network Reference" (|netrw-ref|)
+ * <netrw.vim> now uses Dfunc() Decho() and Dret() for debugging
+ * removed superfluous NetRestorePosn() calls
+ v42: * now does BufReadPre and BufReadPost events on file:///* and
+ file://localhost/* v41: * installed file:///* and
+ file://localhost/* handling v40: * prevents redraw when a
+ protocol error occurs so that the user may see it v39: * sftp
+ support v38: * Now uses NetRestorePosn() calls with
+ Nread/Nwrite commands
+ * Temporary files now removed via bwipe! instead of bwipe
+ (thanks to Dave Roberts) v37: * Claar's modifications which
+ test if ftp is successful, otherwise give an error message
+ * After a read, the alternate file was pointing to the temp file.
+ The temp file buffer is now wiped out.
+ * removed silent from transfer methods so user can see what's
+ happening
+
+
+==============================================================================
+12. Credits *netrw-credits* {{{1
+
+ Vim editor by Bram Moolenaar (Thanks, Bram!)
+ dav support by C Campbell
+ fetch support by Bram Moolenaar and C Campbell
+ ftp support by C Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+ http support by Bram Moolenaar <bram@moolenaar.net>
+ rcp
+ rsync support by C Campbell (suggested by Erik Warendorph)
+ scp support by raf <raf@comdyn.com.au>
+ sftp support by C Campbell
+
+ inputsecret(), BufReadCmd, BufWriteCmd contributed by C Campbell
+
+ Jérôme Augé -- also using new buffer method with ftp+.netrc
+ Bram Moolenaar -- obviously vim itself, :e and v:cmdarg use,
+ fetch,...
+ Yasuhiro Matsumoto -- pointing out undo+0r problem and a solution
+ Erik Warendorph -- for several suggestions (g:netrw_..._cmd
+ variables, rsync etc)
+ Doug Claar -- modifications to test for success with ftp
+ operation
+
+==============================================================================
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/doc/pi_vimball.txt b/vimfiles/doc/pi_vimball.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff3bb90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/doc/pi_vimball.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+*pi_vimball.txt* For Vim version 7.0. Last change: 2007 Jan 03
+
+ ----------------
+ Vimball Archiver
+ ----------------
+
+Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+ (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr. *Vimball-copyright*
+ The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
+ (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
+ No warranty, express or implied.
+ Use At-Your-Own-Risk!
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Contents *vba* *vimball* *vimball-contents*
+
+ 1. Contents......................................: |vimball-contents|
+ 2. Vimball Manual................................: |vimball-manual|
+ MkVimball.....................................: |:MkVimball|
+ UseVimball....................................: |:UseVimball|
+ RmVimball.....................................: |:RmVimball|
+ 3. Vimball History...............................: |vimball-history|
+
+
+==============================================================================
+2. Vimball Manual *vimball-manual*
+
+ *:MkVimball*
+ :[range]MkVimball[!] filename [path]
+
+ The range is composed of lines holding paths to files to be included
+ in your new vimball. As an example: >
+ plugin/something.vim
+ doc/something.txt
+< using >
+ :[range]MkVimball filename
+<
+ on this range of lines will create a file called "filename.vba" which
+ can be used by Vimball.vim to re-create these files. If the
+ "filename.vba" file already exists, then MkVimball will issue a
+ warning and not create the file. Note that these paths are relative
+ to your .vim (vimfiles) directory, and the files should be in that
+ directory. The vimball plugin normally uses the first |'runtimepath'|
+ directory that exists as a prefix; don't use absolute paths, unless
+ the user has specified such a path.
+ *g:vimball_home*
+ You may override the use of the |'runtimepath'| by specifying a
+ variable, g:vimball_home.
+
+ If you use the exclamation point (!), then MkVimball will create the
+ "filename.vba" file, overwriting it if it already exists. This
+ behavior resembles that for |:w|.
+
+ *vimball-extract*
+ vim filename.vba
+
+ Simply editing a Vimball will cause Vimball.vim to tell the user to
+ source the file to extract its contents.
+
+ Extraction will only proceed if the first line of a putative vimball
+ file holds the "Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D."
+ line.
+
+ :VimballList *:VimballList*
+
+ This command will tell Vimball to list the files in the archive, along
+ with their lengths in lines.
+
+ :UseVimball [path] *:UseVimball*
+
+ This command is contained within the vimball itself; it invokes the
+ vimball#Vimball() routine which is responsible for unpacking the
+ vimball. One may choose to execute it by hand instead of sourcing
+ the vimball; one may also choose to specify a path for the
+ installation, thereby overriding the automatic choice of the first
+ existing directory on the |'runtimepath'|.
+
+ :RmVimball vimballfile [path] *:RmVimball*
+
+ This command removes all files generated by the specified vimball
+ (but not any directories it may have made). One may choose a path
+ for de-installation, too (see |'runtimepath'|); otherwise, the
+ default is the first existing directory on the |'runtimepath'|.
+ To implement this, a file (.VimballRecord) is made in that directory
+ containing a record of what files need to be removed for all vimballs
+ used thus far.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Vimball History *vimball-history* {{{1
+
+ 21 : Nov 27, 2006 * (tnx to Bill McCarthy) vimball had a header
+ handling problem and it now changes \s to /s
+ 20 : Nov 20, 2006 * substitute() calls have all had the 'e' flag
+ removed.
+ 18 : Aug 01, 2006 * vimballs now use folding to easily display their
+ contents.
+ * if a user has AsNeeded/somefile, then vimball
+ will extract plugin/somefile to the AsNeeded/
+ directory
+ 17 : Jun 28, 2006 * changes all \s to /s internally for Windows
+ 16 : Jun 15, 2006 * A. Mechylynk's idea to allow users to specify
+ installation root paths implemented for
+ UseVimball, MkVimball, and RmVimball.
+ * RmVimball implemented
+ 15 : Jun 13, 2006 * bugfix
+ 14 : May 26, 2006 * bugfixes
+ 13 : May 01, 2006 * exists("&acd") used to determine if the acd
+ option exists
+ 12 : May 01, 2006 * bugfix - the |'acd'| option is not always defined
+ 11 : Apr 27, 2006 * VimballList would create missing subdirectories that
+ the vimball specified were needed. Fixed.
+ 10 : Apr 27, 2006 * moved all setting saving/restoration to a pair of
+ functions. Included some more settings in them
+ which frequently cause trouble.
+ 9 : Apr 26, 2006 * various changes to support Windows prediliction
+ for backslashes and spaces in file and directory
+ names.
+ 7 : Apr 25, 2006 * bypasses foldenable
+ * uses more exe and less norm! (:yank :put etc)
+ * does better at insuring a "Press ENTER" prompt
+ appears to keep its messages visible
+ 4 : Mar 31, 2006 * BufReadPost seems to fire twice; BufReadEnter
+ only fires once, so the "Source this file..."
+ message is now issued only once.
+ 3 : Mar 20, 2006 * removed query, now requires sourcing to be
+ extracted (:so %). Message to that effect
+ included.
+ * :VimballList now shows files that would be
+ extracted.
+ 2 : Mar 20, 2006 * query, :UseVimball included
+ 1 : Mar 20, 2006 * initial release
+
+
+==============================================================================
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/doc/tComment.txt b/vimfiles/doc/tComment.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e8f73d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/doc/tComment.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+*tComment.txt* tComment -- One comment plugin to rule them all
+
+Author: Thomas Link, samul AT web.de
+
+tComment provides easy to use, file type sensible comments for Vim. It
+can handle embedded syntax.
+
+
+ *tComment-Installation*
+Installation~
+Copy the file tComment.vim to your plugin directory (~/.vim/plugins/ or
+similar). See |standard-plugin| for further details.
+
+ *tComment-uninstall*
+In case you have some bash or similar, you can feed the file
+etc/tComment.lst to rm: >
+
+ cd $HOME/.vim/
+ rm -i `cat etc/tComment.lst`
+
+ *tComment-Usage*
+Usage~
+The command TComment is bound to <c-_><c-_> by default. TComment works
+like a toggle, i.e., it will comment out text that contains uncommented
+lines, and it will remove comment markup for already commented text
+(i.e. text that contains no uncommented lines).
+
+ *tComment-Key-Bindings*
+Key bindings~
+ <c-_><c-_> :: :TComment
+ <c-_><space> :: :TComment <QUERY COMMENT-BEGIN ?COMMENT-END>
+ <c-_>b :: :TCommentBlock
+ <c-_>a :: :TCommentAs <QUERY COMMENT TYPE>
+ <c-_>s :: :TCommentAs &filetype_<QUERY COMMENT SUBTYPE>
+ <c-_>i :: :TCommentInline
+ <c-_>r :: :TCommentRight
+
+ *tComment-commands*
+Alternatively, you can type (? meaning "optional argument"):
+
+ *:TComment*
+ :?<range> TComment ?commentBegin ?commentEnd
+ :?<range> TComment! ?commentBegin ?commentEnd
+ NOTE: If there is a visual selection that begins and ends in the same
+ line, then TCommentInline is used instead.
+
+ NOTE: The range is optional and defaults to the current line.
+
+ *:TCommentInline*
+ :?<range> TCommentInline ?commentBegin ?commentEnd
+ :?<range> TCommentInline! ?commentBegin ?commentEnd
+ Use the {&ft}_inline comment style.
+
+ *:TCommentBlock*
+ :?<range> TCommentBlock ?commentBegin ?commentEnd
+ :?<range> TCommentBlock! ?commentBegin ?commentEnd
+ Comment as "block", e.g. use the {&ft}_block comment style.
+ NOTE: This command is kind of crude. It doesn't indent or reformat
+ the text.
+
+ *:TCommentAs*
+ :?<range> TCommentAs filetype
+ :?<range> TCommentAs! filetype
+ NOTE: TCommentAs requires g:tcomment_{filetype} to be defined.
+ NOTE: This command supports command line completion. See 'wildmode'
+ and 'wildmenu' for how to get the most out of it.
+
+ *:TCommentRight*
+ :?<range> TCommentRight
+ :?<range> TCommentRight!
+ NOTE: This command comments out the text to the right of the cursor.
+ If a visual selection was made (be it block-wise or not), all lines
+ are commented out at from the current cursor positon downwards.
+
+ The bang (!) variants always comment out the selected text and don't
+ work as toggles.
+
+ *TCommentDefineType()*
+ Using this command you can also use different comment styles with
+ the TCommentDefineType(name, commentstring) function. This function
+ takes two arguments:
+ name :: The name is either &filetype or {&filetype}_{style}.
+ I.e., For block comments the {&filetype}_block and for
+ inline comments the {&filetype}_inline styles are used.
+ comment string :: a string mostly as described in
+ 'commentstring'.
+
+ If you want to define, e.g., a fancy block comment style for html
+ you could do something like: >
+
+ call TCommentDefineType("html_fancy_block", "<!--%s -->\n -- ")
+
+< The part after the newline character is used for marking "middle"
+ lines.
+
+ This comment style could then be accessed via (this command has
+ command line completion): >
+
+ '<,'>TCommentAs html_fancy_block
+
+< If you're editing a html file, this could best be done by the <c-_>s
+ key map.
+
+
+Goals~
+- Maintain indentation of selected text; the comment markers are left
+ aligned but the text on the right (i.e., the comment) is indented
+ like the original text
+
+- Handle embedded syntax like php+html or html+javaScript+css; you
+ have to set g:tcommentGuessFileType_{&filetype} to 1 or to the
+ fallback file type in order to activate this feature for other file
+ types than php or html
+
+ tComment deduces the correct file type from the syntax name, similar
+ to the way EnhancedCommentify.vim does it. In opposition to
+ EnhancedCommentify.vim, it matches the syntax name against a list the
+ known file types, so that it can deal with, e.g., embedded javaScript
+
+- Easy to customize/adapt for an yet unknown syntax by setting buffer
+ local variables (b:commentStart, b:commentEnd, or b:commentstring),
+ global variables (g:tcomment_{&ft} and g:tcomment_{&ft}_block), or the
+ buffer local &commentstring option (which can be set on a vim
+ |modeline|)
+
+- Use 'commentstring' or 'comments' as a fallback (i.e., if a filetype
+ is properly defined, TComment will automatically support it)
+
+- Same short-cut for commenting text and for removing comment markup
+
+- The decision whether text should be commented or uncommented is made
+ on the basis of the whole selection (not line by line); comments in
+ code that should be commented aren't uncommented as it is the case
+ with some other plugins
+
+As of version 1.5, the following file types are explicitly defined
+(other filetypes are most likely supported through the 'commentstring'
+or 'comments' variables):
+
+ ada, apache, autoit, catalog, cpp, css, c, cfg, conf, desktop,
+ docbk, dosbatch, dosini, dsl, dylan, eiffel, gtkrc, haskell, html,
+ io, javaScript, java, lisp, m4, nroff, objc, ocaml, pascal, perl,
+ php, prolog, ruby, r, scheme, sgml, sh, sql, spec, sps, tcl, tex,
+ tpl, viki, vim, websec, xml, xslt, yaml
+
+Credits~
+The way we check for embedded syntax was adapted from/inspired by Meikel
+Brandmeyer's EnhancedCommentify.vim (vimscript #23).
+
+
+vim: tw=72
diff --git a/vimfiles/doc/tags b/vimfiles/doc/tags
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..029ce2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/doc/tags
@@ -0,0 +1,1547 @@
+:Explore pi_netrw.txt /*:Explore*
+:GLVS pi_getscript.txt /*:GLVS*
+:GetLatestVimScripts_dat pi_getscript.txt /*:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
+:Hexplore pi_netrw.txt /*:Hexplore*
+:MkVimball pi_vimball.txt /*:MkVimball*
+:Nexplore pi_netrw.txt /*:Nexplore*
+:Pexplore pi_netrw.txt /*:Pexplore*
+:RmVimball pi_vimball.txt /*:RmVimball*
+:Sexplore pi_netrw.txt /*:Sexplore*
+:TComment tComment.txt /*:TComment*
+:TCommentAs tComment.txt /*:TCommentAs*
+:TCommentBlock tComment.txt /*:TCommentBlock*
+:TCommentInline tComment.txt /*:TCommentInline*
+:TCommentRight tComment.txt /*:TCommentRight*
+:Texplore pi_netrw.txt /*:Texplore*
+:UseVimball pi_vimball.txt /*:UseVimball*
+:Vexplore pi_netrw.txt /*:Vexplore*
+:VimballList pi_vimball.txt /*:VimballList*
+C-Reference crefvim.txt /*C-Reference*
+GetLatestVimScripts pi_getscript.txt /*GetLatestVimScripts*
+GetLatestVimScripts-copyright GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
+GetLatestVimScripts-copyright pi_getscript.txt /*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
+GetLatestVimScripts_dat pi_getscript.txt /*GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
+I visincr.txt /*I*
+IA visincr.txt /*IA*
+ID visincr.txt /*ID*
+IDMY visincr.txt /*IDMY*
+II visincr.txt /*II*
+IIO visincr.txt /*IIO*
+IIR visincr.txt /*IIR*
+IIX visincr.txt /*IIX*
+IM visincr.txt /*IM*
+IMDY visincr.txt /*IMDY*
+IO visincr.txt /*IO*
+IR visincr.txt /*IR*
+IX visincr.txt /*IX*
+IYMD visincr.txt /*IYMD*
+Nread pi_netrw.txt /*Nread*
+Nsource pi_netrw.txt /*Nsource*
+Nwrite pi_netrw.txt /*Nwrite*
+TCommentDefineType() tComment.txt /*TCommentDefineType()*
+Vimball-copyright pi_vimball.txt /*Vimball-copyright*
+b:netrw_lastfile pi_netrw.txt /*b:netrw_lastfile*
+crefvim crefvim.txt /*crefvim*
+crefvim.txt crefvim.txt /*crefvim.txt*
+crefvimdoc crefvimdoc.txt /*crefvimdoc*
+crefvimdoc.txt crefvimdoc.txt /*crefvimdoc.txt*
+crv-# crefvim.txt /*crv-#*
+crv-## crefvim.txt /*crv-##*
+crv-#define crefvim.txt /*crv-#define*
+crv-#elif crefvim.txt /*crv-#elif*
+crv-#else crefvim.txt /*crv-#else*
+crv-#endif crefvim.txt /*crv-#endif*
+crv-#error crefvim.txt /*crv-#error*
+crv-#if crefvim.txt /*crv-#if*
+crv-#ifdef crefvim.txt /*crv-#ifdef*
+crv-#ifndef crefvim.txt /*crv-#ifndef*
+crv-#include crefvim.txt /*crv-#include*
+crv-#line crefvim.txt /*crv-#line*
+crv-#pragma crefvim.txt /*crv-#pragma*
+crv-#undef crefvim.txt /*crv-#undef*
+crv-BUFSIZ crefvim.txt /*crv-BUFSIZ*
+crv-CHAR_BIT crefvim.txt /*crv-CHAR_BIT*
+crv-CHAR_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-CHAR_MAX*
+crv-CHAR_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-CHAR_MIN*
+crv-CLOCKS_PER_SEC crefvim.txt /*crv-CLOCKS_PER_SEC*
+crv-CX_LIMITED_RANGE crefvim.txt /*crv-CX_LIMITED_RANGE*
+crv-DBL_DIG crefvim.txt /*crv-DBL_DIG*
+crv-DBL_EPSILON crefvim.txt /*crv-DBL_EPSILON*
+crv-DBL_MANT_DIG crefvim.txt /*crv-DBL_MANT_DIG*
+crv-DBL_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-DBL_MAX*
+crv-DBL_MAX_10_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-DBL_MAX_10_EXP*
+crv-DBL_MAX_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-DBL_MAX_EXP*
+crv-DBL_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-DBL_MIN*
+crv-DBL_MIN_10_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-DBL_MIN_10_EXP*
+crv-DBL_MIN_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-DBL_MIN_EXP*
+crv-EDOM crefvim.txt /*crv-EDOM*
+crv-EILSEQ crefvim.txt /*crv-EILSEQ*
+crv-EOF crefvim.txt /*crv-EOF*
+crv-ERANGE crefvim.txt /*crv-ERANGE*
+crv-EXIT_FAILURE crefvim.txt /*crv-EXIT_FAILURE*
+crv-EXIT_SUCCESS crefvim.txt /*crv-EXIT_SUCCESS*
+crv-FENV_ACCESS crefvim.txt /*crv-FENV_ACCESS*
+crv-FE_ALL_EXCEPT crefvim.txt /*crv-FE_ALL_EXCEPT*
+crv-FE_DIVBYZERO crefvim.txt /*crv-FE_DIVBYZERO*
+crv-FE_DOWNWARD crefvim.txt /*crv-FE_DOWNWARD*
+crv-FE_INEXACT crefvim.txt /*crv-FE_INEXACT*
+crv-FE_INVALID crefvim.txt /*crv-FE_INVALID*
+crv-FE_OVERFLOW crefvim.txt /*crv-FE_OVERFLOW*
+crv-FE_TONEAREST crefvim.txt /*crv-FE_TONEAREST*
+crv-FE_TOWARDZERO crefvim.txt /*crv-FE_TOWARDZERO*
+crv-FE_UNDERFLOW crefvim.txt /*crv-FE_UNDERFLOW*
+crv-FE_UPWARD crefvim.txt /*crv-FE_UPWARD*
+crv-FILE crefvim.txt /*crv-FILE*
+crv-FILENAME_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-FILENAME_MAX*
+crv-FLT_DIG crefvim.txt /*crv-FLT_DIG*
+crv-FLT_EPSILON crefvim.txt /*crv-FLT_EPSILON*
+crv-FLT_MANT_DIG crefvim.txt /*crv-FLT_MANT_DIG*
+crv-FLT_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-FLT_MAX*
+crv-FLT_MAX_10_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-FLT_MAX_10_EXP*
+crv-FLT_MAX_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-FLT_MAX_EXP*
+crv-FLT_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-FLT_MIN*
+crv-FLT_MIN_10_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-FLT_MIN_10_EXP*
+crv-FLT_MIN_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-FLT_MIN_EXP*
+crv-FLT_RADIX crefvim.txt /*crv-FLT_RADIX*
+crv-FLT_ROUNDS crefvim.txt /*crv-FLT_ROUNDS*
+crv-FOPEN_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-FOPEN_MAX*
+crv-FP_FAST_FMA crefvim.txt /*crv-FP_FAST_FMA*
+crv-FP_FAST_FMAF crefvim.txt /*crv-FP_FAST_FMAF*
+crv-FP_FAST_FMAL crefvim.txt /*crv-FP_FAST_FMAL*
+crv-FP_ILOGB0 crefvim.txt /*crv-FP_ILOGB0*
+crv-FP_ILOGBNAN crefvim.txt /*crv-FP_ILOGBNAN*
+crv-HUGE_VAL crefvim.txt /*crv-HUGE_VAL*
+crv-HUGE_VALF crefvim.txt /*crv-HUGE_VALF*
+crv-HUGE_VALL crefvim.txt /*crv-HUGE_VALL*
+crv-I crefvim.txt /*crv-I*
+crv-INT16_C crefvim.txt /*crv-INT16_C*
+crv-INT16_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT16_MAX*
+crv-INT16_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT16_MIN*
+crv-INT32_C crefvim.txt /*crv-INT32_C*
+crv-INT32_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT32_MAX*
+crv-INT32_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT32_MIN*
+crv-INT64_C crefvim.txt /*crv-INT64_C*
+crv-INT64_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT64_MAX*
+crv-INT64_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT64_MIN*
+crv-INT8_C crefvim.txt /*crv-INT8_C*
+crv-INT8_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT8_MAX*
+crv-INT8_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT8_MIN*
+crv-INTMAX_C crefvim.txt /*crv-INTMAX_C*
+crv-INTMAX_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INTMAX_MAX*
+crv-INTMAX_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INTMAX_MIN*
+crv-INTPTR_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INTPTR_MAX*
+crv-INTPTR_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INTPTR_MIN*
+crv-INT_FAST16_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_FAST16_MAX*
+crv-INT_FAST16_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_FAST16_MIN*
+crv-INT_FAST32_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_FAST32_MAX*
+crv-INT_FAST32_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_FAST32_MIN*
+crv-INT_FAST64_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_FAST64_MAX*
+crv-INT_FAST64_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_FAST64_MIN*
+crv-INT_FAST8_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_FAST8_MAX*
+crv-INT_FAST8_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_FAST8_MIN*
+crv-INT_LEAST16_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_LEAST16_MAX*
+crv-INT_LEAST16_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_LEAST16_MIN*
+crv-INT_LEAST32_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_LEAST32_MAX*
+crv-INT_LEAST32_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_LEAST32_MIN*
+crv-INT_LEAST64_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_LEAST64_MAX*
+crv-INT_LEAST64_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_LEAST64_MIN*
+crv-INT_LEAST8_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_LEAST8_MAX*
+crv-INT_LEAST8_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_LEAST8_MIN*
+crv-INT_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_MAX*
+crv-INT_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-INT_MIN*
+crv-LC_ALL crefvim.txt /*crv-LC_ALL*
+crv-LC_COLLATE crefvim.txt /*crv-LC_COLLATE*
+crv-LC_CTYPE crefvim.txt /*crv-LC_CTYPE*
+crv-LC_MONETARY crefvim.txt /*crv-LC_MONETARY*
+crv-LC_NUMERIC crefvim.txt /*crv-LC_NUMERIC*
+crv-LDBL_DIG crefvim.txt /*crv-LDBL_DIG*
+crv-LDBL_EPSILON crefvim.txt /*crv-LDBL_EPSILON*
+crv-LDBL_MANT_DIG crefvim.txt /*crv-LDBL_MANT_DIG*
+crv-LDBL_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-LDBL_MAX*
+crv-LDBL_MAX_10_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-LDBL_MAX_10_EXP*
+crv-LDBL_MAX_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-LDBL_MAX_EXP*
+crv-LDBL_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-LDBL_MIN*
+crv-LDBL_MIN_10_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-LDBL_MIN_10_EXP*
+crv-LDBL_MIN_EXP crefvim.txt /*crv-LDBL_MIN_EXP*
+crv-LONG_LONG_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-LONG_LONG_MAX*
+crv-LONG_LONG_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-LONG_LONG_MIN*
+crv-LONG_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-LONG_MAX*
+crv-LONG_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-LONG_MIN*
+crv-L_tmpnam crefvim.txt /*crv-L_tmpnam*
+crv-MB_CUR_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-MB_CUR_MAX*
+crv-MB_LEN_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-MB_LEN_MAX*
+crv-NDEBUG crefvim.txt /*crv-NDEBUG*
+crv-NULL crefvim.txt /*crv-NULL*
+crv-NULL2 crefvim.txt /*crv-NULL2*
+crv-NULL3 crefvim.txt /*crv-NULL3*
+crv-NULL4 crefvim.txt /*crv-NULL4*
+crv-NULL5 crefvim.txt /*crv-NULL5*
+crv-NULL6 crefvim.txt /*crv-NULL6*
+crv-PRIXFASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIXFASTN*
+crv-PRIXLEASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIXLEASTN*
+crv-PRIXMAX crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIXMAX*
+crv-PRIXN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIXN*
+crv-PRIXPTR crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIXPTR*
+crv-PRIdFASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIdFASTN*
+crv-PRIdLEASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIdLEASTN*
+crv-PRIdMAX crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIdMAX*
+crv-PRIdN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIdN*
+crv-PRIdPTR crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIdPTR*
+crv-PRIiFASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIiFASTN*
+crv-PRIiLEASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIiLEASTN*
+crv-PRIiMAX crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIiMAX*
+crv-PRIiN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIiN*
+crv-PRIiPTR crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIiPTR*
+crv-PRIoFASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIoFASTN*
+crv-PRIoLEASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIoLEASTN*
+crv-PRIoMAX crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIoMAX*
+crv-PRIoN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIoN*
+crv-PRIoPTR crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIoPTR*
+crv-PRIuFASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIuFASTN*
+crv-PRIuLEASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIuLEASTN*
+crv-PRIuMAX crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIuMAX*
+crv-PRIuN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIuN*
+crv-PRIuPTR crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIuPTR*
+crv-PRIxFASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIxFASTN*
+crv-PRIxLEASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIxLEASTN*
+crv-PRIxMAX crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIxMAX*
+crv-PRIxN crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIxN*
+crv-PRIxPTR crefvim.txt /*crv-PRIxPTR*
+crv-PTRDIFF_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-PTRDIFF_MAX*
+crv-PTRDIFF_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-PTRDIFF_MIN*
+crv-PreInc crefvim.txt /*crv-PreInc*
+crv-RAND_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-RAND_MAX*
+crv-SCHAR_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-SCHAR_MAX*
+crv-SCHAR_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCHAR_MIN*
+crv-SCNdFASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNdFASTN*
+crv-SCNdLEASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNdLEASTN*
+crv-SCNdMAX crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNdMAX*
+crv-SCNdN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNdN*
+crv-SCNdPTR crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNdPTR*
+crv-SCNiFASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNiFASTN*
+crv-SCNiLEASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNiLEASTN*
+crv-SCNiMAX crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNiMAX*
+crv-SCNiN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNiN*
+crv-SCNiPTR crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNiPTR*
+crv-SCNoFASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNoFASTN*
+crv-SCNoLEASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNoLEASTN*
+crv-SCNoMAX crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNoMAX*
+crv-SCNoN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNoN*
+crv-SCNoPTR crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNoPTR*
+crv-SCNuFASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNuFASTN*
+crv-SCNuLEASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNuLEASTN*
+crv-SCNuMAX crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNuMAX*
+crv-SCNuN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNuN*
+crv-SCNuPTR crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNuPTR*
+crv-SCNxFASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNxFASTN*
+crv-SCNxLEASTN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNxLEASTN*
+crv-SCNxMAX crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNxMAX*
+crv-SCNxN crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNxN*
+crv-SCNxPTR crefvim.txt /*crv-SCNxPTR*
+crv-SEEK_CUR crefvim.txt /*crv-SEEK_CUR*
+crv-SEEK_END crefvim.txt /*crv-SEEK_END*
+crv-SEEK_SET crefvim.txt /*crv-SEEK_SET*
+crv-SHRT_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-SHRT_MAX*
+crv-SHRT_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-SHRT_MIN*
+crv-SIGABRT crefvim.txt /*crv-SIGABRT*
+crv-SIGFPE crefvim.txt /*crv-SIGFPE*
+crv-SIGILL crefvim.txt /*crv-SIGILL*
+crv-SIGINT crefvim.txt /*crv-SIGINT*
+crv-SIGSEGV crefvim.txt /*crv-SIGSEGV*
+crv-SIGTERM crefvim.txt /*crv-SIGTERM*
+crv-SIG_ATOMIC_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-SIG_ATOMIC_MAX*
+crv-SIG_ATOMIC_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-SIG_ATOMIC_MIN*
+crv-SIG_DFL crefvim.txt /*crv-SIG_DFL*
+crv-SIG_ERR crefvim.txt /*crv-SIG_ERR*
+crv-SIG_IGN crefvim.txt /*crv-SIG_IGN*
+crv-SIZE_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-SIZE_MAX*
+crv-TMP_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-TMP_MAX*
+crv-UCHAR_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UCHAR_MAX*
+crv-UINT16_C crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT16_C*
+crv-UINT16_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT16_MAX*
+crv-UINT32_C crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT32_C*
+crv-UINT32_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT32_MAX*
+crv-UINT64_C crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT64_C*
+crv-UINT64_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT64_MAX*
+crv-UINT8_C crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT8_C*
+crv-UINT8_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT8_MAX*
+crv-UINTMAX_C crefvim.txt /*crv-UINTMAX_C*
+crv-UINTMAX_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINTMAX_MAX*
+crv-UINTPTR_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINTPTR_MAX*
+crv-UINT_FAST16_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT_FAST16_MAX*
+crv-UINT_FAST32_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT_FAST32_MAX*
+crv-UINT_FAST64_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT_FAST64_MAX*
+crv-UINT_FAST8_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT_FAST8_MAX*
+crv-UINT_LEAST16_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT_LEAST16_MAX*
+crv-UINT_LEAST32_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT_LEAST32_MAX*
+crv-UINT_LEAST64_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT_LEAST64_MAX*
+crv-UINT_LEAST8_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT_LEAST8_MAX*
+crv-UINT_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-UINT_MAX*
+crv-ULONG_LONG_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-ULONG_LONG_MAX*
+crv-ULONG_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-ULONG_MAX*
+crv-USHRT_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-USHRT_MAX*
+crv-WCHAR_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-WCHAR_MAX*
+crv-WCHAR_MAX2 crefvim.txt /*crv-WCHAR_MAX2*
+crv-WCHAR_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-WCHAR_MIN*
+crv-WCHAR_MIN2 crefvim.txt /*crv-WCHAR_MIN2*
+crv-WEOF crefvim.txt /*crv-WEOF*
+crv-WEOF2 crefvim.txt /*crv-WEOF2*
+crv-WINT_MAX crefvim.txt /*crv-WINT_MAX*
+crv-WINT_MIN crefvim.txt /*crv-WINT_MIN*
+crv-_Bool crefvim.txt /*crv-_Bool*
+crv-_Complex crefvim.txt /*crv-_Complex*
+crv-_Complex_I crefvim.txt /*crv-_Complex_I*
+crv-_Exit crefvim.txt /*crv-_Exit*
+crv-_IOFBF crefvim.txt /*crv-_IOFBF*
+crv-_IOLBF crefvim.txt /*crv-_IOLBF*
+crv-_IONBF crefvim.txt /*crv-_IONBF*
+crv-_Imaginary crefvim.txt /*crv-_Imaginary*
+crv-_Imaginary_I crefvim.txt /*crv-_Imaginary_I*
+crv-__DATA__ crefvim.txt /*crv-__DATA__*
+crv-__FILE__ crefvim.txt /*crv-__FILE__*
+crv-__LINE__ crefvim.txt /*crv-__LINE__*
+crv-__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS crefvim.txt /*crv-__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS*
+crv-__STDC_HOSTED__ crefvim.txt /*crv-__STDC_HOSTED__*
+crv-__STDC_IEC_559_COMPLEX__ crefvim.txt /*crv-__STDC_IEC_559_COMPLEX__*
+crv-__STDC_IEC_559__ crefvim.txt /*crv-__STDC_IEC_559__*
+crv-__STDC_ISO10646__ crefvim.txt /*crv-__STDC_ISO10646__*
+crv-__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS crefvim.txt /*crv-__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS*
+crv-__STDC_VERSION__ crefvim.txt /*crv-__STDC_VERSION__*
+crv-__STDC__ crefvim.txt /*crv-__STDC__*
+crv-__TIME__ crefvim.txt /*crv-__TIME__*
+crv-__bool_true_false_are_defined crefvim.txt /*crv-__bool_true_false_are_defined*
+crv-abort crefvim.txt /*crv-abort*
+crv-abs crefvim.txt /*crv-abs*
+crv-acos crefvim.txt /*crv-acos*
+crv-acosf crefvim.txt /*crv-acosf*
+crv-acosh crefvim.txt /*crv-acosh*
+crv-acoshf crefvim.txt /*crv-acoshf*
+crv-acoshl crefvim.txt /*crv-acoshl*
+crv-acosl crefvim.txt /*crv-acosl*
+crv-asctime crefvim.txt /*crv-asctime*
+crv-asin crefvim.txt /*crv-asin*
+crv-asinf crefvim.txt /*crv-asinf*
+crv-asinh crefvim.txt /*crv-asinh*
+crv-asinhf crefvim.txt /*crv-asinhf*
+crv-asinhl crefvim.txt /*crv-asinhl*
+crv-asinl crefvim.txt /*crv-asinl*
+crv-assert crefvim.txt /*crv-assert*
+crv-atan crefvim.txt /*crv-atan*
+crv-atan2 crefvim.txt /*crv-atan2*
+crv-atan2f crefvim.txt /*crv-atan2f*
+crv-atan2l crefvim.txt /*crv-atan2l*
+crv-atanf crefvim.txt /*crv-atanf*
+crv-atanh crefvim.txt /*crv-atanh*
+crv-atanhf crefvim.txt /*crv-atanhf*
+crv-atanhl crefvim.txt /*crv-atanhl*
+crv-atanl crefvim.txt /*crv-atanl*
+crv-atexit crefvim.txt /*crv-atexit*
+crv-atof crefvim.txt /*crv-atof*
+crv-atoi crefvim.txt /*crv-atoi*
+crv-atol crefvim.txt /*crv-atol*
+crv-atoll crefvim.txt /*crv-atoll*
+crv-auto crefvim.txt /*crv-auto*
+crv-bibliography crefvim.txt /*crv-bibliography*
+crv-bool crefvim.txt /*crv-bool*
+crv-break crefvim.txt /*crv-break*
+crv-bsearch crefvim.txt /*crv-bsearch*
+crv-btowc crefvim.txt /*crv-btowc*
+crv-cabs crefvim.txt /*crv-cabs*
+crv-cabsf crefvim.txt /*crv-cabsf*
+crv-cabsl crefvim.txt /*crv-cabsl*
+crv-cacos crefvim.txt /*crv-cacos*
+crv-cacosf crefvim.txt /*crv-cacosf*
+crv-cacosh crefvim.txt /*crv-cacosh*
+crv-cacoshf crefvim.txt /*crv-cacoshf*
+crv-cacoshl crefvim.txt /*crv-cacoshl*
+crv-cacosl crefvim.txt /*crv-cacosl*
+crv-calloc crefvim.txt /*crv-calloc*
+crv-carg crefvim.txt /*crv-carg*
+crv-cargf crefvim.txt /*crv-cargf*
+crv-cargl crefvim.txt /*crv-cargl*
+crv-case crefvim.txt /*crv-case*
+crv-casin crefvim.txt /*crv-casin*
+crv-casinf crefvim.txt /*crv-casinf*
+crv-casinh crefvim.txt /*crv-casinh*
+crv-casinhf crefvim.txt /*crv-casinhf*
+crv-casinhl crefvim.txt /*crv-casinhl*
+crv-casinl crefvim.txt /*crv-casinl*
+crv-catan crefvim.txt /*crv-catan*
+crv-catanf crefvim.txt /*crv-catanf*
+crv-catanh crefvim.txt /*crv-catanh*
+crv-catanhf crefvim.txt /*crv-catanhf*
+crv-catanhl crefvim.txt /*crv-catanhl*
+crv-catanl crefvim.txt /*crv-catanl*
+crv-cbrt crefvim.txt /*crv-cbrt*
+crv-cbrtf crefvim.txt /*crv-cbrtf*
+crv-cbrtl crefvim.txt /*crv-cbrtl*
+crv-ccos crefvim.txt /*crv-ccos*
+crv-ccosf crefvim.txt /*crv-ccosf*
+crv-ccosfh crefvim.txt /*crv-ccosfh*
+crv-ccosh crefvim.txt /*crv-ccosh*
+crv-ccosl crefvim.txt /*crv-ccosl*
+crv-ccoslh crefvim.txt /*crv-ccoslh*
+crv-ceil crefvim.txt /*crv-ceil*
+crv-ceilf crefvim.txt /*crv-ceilf*
+crv-ceill crefvim.txt /*crv-ceill*
+crv-cexp crefvim.txt /*crv-cexp*
+crv-cexpf crefvim.txt /*crv-cexpf*
+crv-cexpl crefvim.txt /*crv-cexpl*
+crv-char crefvim.txt /*crv-char*
+crv-cimag crefvim.txt /*crv-cimag*
+crv-cimagf crefvim.txt /*crv-cimagf*
+crv-cimagl crefvim.txt /*crv-cimagl*
+crv-clearerr crefvim.txt /*crv-clearerr*
+crv-clock crefvim.txt /*crv-clock*
+crv-clock_t crefvim.txt /*crv-clock_t*
+crv-clog crefvim.txt /*crv-clog*
+crv-clogf crefvim.txt /*crv-clogf*
+crv-clogl crefvim.txt /*crv-clogl*
+crv-complex crefvim.txt /*crv-complex*
+crv-conj crefvim.txt /*crv-conj*
+crv-conjf crefvim.txt /*crv-conjf*
+crv-conjl crefvim.txt /*crv-conjl*
+crv-const crefvim.txt /*crv-const*
+crv-continue crefvim.txt /*crv-continue*
+crv-copysign crefvim.txt /*crv-copysign*
+crv-copysignf crefvim.txt /*crv-copysignf*
+crv-copysignl crefvim.txt /*crv-copysignl*
+crv-cos crefvim.txt /*crv-cos*
+crv-cosf crefvim.txt /*crv-cosf*
+crv-cosh crefvim.txt /*crv-cosh*
+crv-coshf crefvim.txt /*crv-coshf*
+crv-coshl crefvim.txt /*crv-coshl*
+crv-cosl crefvim.txt /*crv-cosl*
+crv-cpow crefvim.txt /*crv-cpow*
+crv-cpowf crefvim.txt /*crv-cpowf*
+crv-cpowl crefvim.txt /*crv-cpowl*
+crv-cproj crefvim.txt /*crv-cproj*
+crv-cprojf crefvim.txt /*crv-cprojf*
+crv-cprojl crefvim.txt /*crv-cprojl*
+crv-creal crefvim.txt /*crv-creal*
+crv-crealf crefvim.txt /*crv-crealf*
+crv-creall crefvim.txt /*crv-creall*
+crv-csin crefvim.txt /*crv-csin*
+crv-csinf crefvim.txt /*crv-csinf*
+crv-csinh crefvim.txt /*crv-csinh*
+crv-csinhf crefvim.txt /*crv-csinhf*
+crv-csinhl crefvim.txt /*crv-csinhl*
+crv-csinl crefvim.txt /*crv-csinl*
+crv-csqrt crefvim.txt /*crv-csqrt*
+crv-csqrtf crefvim.txt /*crv-csqrtf*
+crv-csqrtl crefvim.txt /*crv-csqrtl*
+crv-ctan crefvim.txt /*crv-ctan*
+crv-ctanf crefvim.txt /*crv-ctanf*
+crv-ctanh crefvim.txt /*crv-ctanh*
+crv-ctanhf crefvim.txt /*crv-ctanhf*
+crv-ctanhl crefvim.txt /*crv-ctanhl*
+crv-ctanl crefvim.txt /*crv-ctanl*
+crv-ctime crefvim.txt /*crv-ctime*
+crv-currency_symbol crefvim.txt /*crv-currency_symbol*
+crv-datatypes crefvim.txt /*crv-datatypes*
+crv-decimal_point crefvim.txt /*crv-decimal_point*
+crv-default crefvim.txt /*crv-default*
+crv-defined crefvim.txt /*crv-defined*
+crv-dif_t crefvim.txt /*crv-dif_t*
+crv-difftime crefvim.txt /*crv-difftime*
+crv-div crefvim.txt /*crv-div*
+crv-do crefvim.txt /*crv-do*
+crv-double crefvim.txt /*crv-double*
+crv-dtArrays crefvim.txt /*crv-dtArrays*
+crv-dtBitFields crefvim.txt /*crv-dtBitFields*
+crv-dtCompleteArrayDecl crefvim.txt /*crv-dtCompleteArrayDecl*
+crv-dtConstChar crefvim.txt /*crv-dtConstChar*
+crv-dtConstFloat crefvim.txt /*crv-dtConstFloat*
+crv-dtConstInt crefvim.txt /*crv-dtConstInt*
+crv-dtConstants crefvim.txt /*crv-dtConstants*
+crv-dtEnumerate crefvim.txt /*crv-dtEnumerate*
+crv-dtFormats crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormats*
+crv-dtFormatsFPBasics crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFPBasics*
+crv-dtFormatsFPDouble crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFPDouble*
+crv-dtFormatsFPFloat crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFPFloat*
+crv-dtFormatsFPInfinity crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFPInfinity*
+crv-dtFormatsFPLDouble crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFPLDouble*
+crv-dtFormatsFPNaN crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFPNaN*
+crv-dtFormatsFPOp crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFPOp*
+crv-dtFormatsFPSDenorm crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFPSDenorm*
+crv-dtFormatsFPTypes crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFPTypes*
+crv-dtFormatsFPValues crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFPValues*
+crv-dtFormatsFPZero crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFPZero*
+crv-dtFormatsFloat crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsFloat*
+crv-dtFormatsInt crefvim.txt /*crv-dtFormatsInt*
+crv-dtOverview crefvim.txt /*crv-dtOverview*
+crv-dtPointers crefvim.txt /*crv-dtPointers*
+crv-dtPtrArithmetics crefvim.txt /*crv-dtPtrArithmetics*
+crv-dtPtrFuncs crefvim.txt /*crv-dtPtrFuncs*
+crv-dtPtrVars crefvim.txt /*crv-dtPtrVars*
+crv-dtQualifiers crefvim.txt /*crv-dtQualifiers*
+crv-dtSizeRange crefvim.txt /*crv-dtSizeRange*
+crv-dtStorageClasses crefvim.txt /*crv-dtStorageClasses*
+crv-dtStrings crefvim.txt /*crv-dtStrings*
+crv-dtStructAccess crefvim.txt /*crv-dtStructAccess*
+crv-dtStructDecl crefvim.txt /*crv-dtStructDecl*
+crv-dtStructDef crefvim.txt /*crv-dtStructDef*
+crv-dtStructInit crefvim.txt /*crv-dtStructInit*
+crv-dtStructurs crefvim.txt /*crv-dtStructurs*
+crv-dtTypeCast crefvim.txt /*crv-dtTypeCast*
+crv-dtTypeCastExpl crefvim.txt /*crv-dtTypeCastExpl*
+crv-dtTypeCastImpl crefvim.txt /*crv-dtTypeCastImpl*
+crv-dtTypeDef crefvim.txt /*crv-dtTypeDef*
+crv-dtTypeGrouping crefvim.txt /*crv-dtTypeGrouping*
+crv-dtTypeSpecifiers crefvim.txt /*crv-dtTypeSpecifiers*
+crv-dtUnionAccess crefvim.txt /*crv-dtUnionAccess*
+crv-dtUnionDecl crefvim.txt /*crv-dtUnionDecl*
+crv-dtUnionDef crefvim.txt /*crv-dtUnionDef*
+crv-dtUnionInit crefvim.txt /*crv-dtUnionInit*
+crv-dtUnions crefvim.txt /*crv-dtUnions*
+crv-dtVoid crefvim.txt /*crv-dtVoid*
+crv-else crefvim.txt /*crv-else*
+crv-enum crefvim.txt /*crv-enum*
+crv-erf crefvim.txt /*crv-erf*
+crv-erfc crefvim.txt /*crv-erfc*
+crv-erfcf crefvim.txt /*crv-erfcf*
+crv-erfcl crefvim.txt /*crv-erfcl*
+crv-erff crefvim.txt /*crv-erff*
+crv-erfl crefvim.txt /*crv-erfl*
+crv-errno crefvim.txt /*crv-errno*
+crv-exit crefvim.txt /*crv-exit*
+crv-exp crefvim.txt /*crv-exp*
+crv-exp2 crefvim.txt /*crv-exp2*
+crv-exp2f crefvim.txt /*crv-exp2f*
+crv-exp2l crefvim.txt /*crv-exp2l*
+crv-expf crefvim.txt /*crv-expf*
+crv-expl crefvim.txt /*crv-expl*
+crv-expm1 crefvim.txt /*crv-expm1*
+crv-expm1f crefvim.txt /*crv-expm1f*
+crv-expm1l crefvim.txt /*crv-expm1l*
+crv-extern crefvim.txt /*crv-extern*
+crv-fabs crefvim.txt /*crv-fabs*
+crv-fabsf crefvim.txt /*crv-fabsf*
+crv-fabsl crefvim.txt /*crv-fabsl*
+crv-false crefvim.txt /*crv-false*
+crv-fclose crefvim.txt /*crv-fclose*
+crv-fdim crefvim.txt /*crv-fdim*
+crv-fdimf crefvim.txt /*crv-fdimf*
+crv-fdiml crefvim.txt /*crv-fdiml*
+crv-feclearexcept crefvim.txt /*crv-feclearexcept*
+crv-fegetenv crefvim.txt /*crv-fegetenv*
+crv-fegetexceptflag crefvim.txt /*crv-fegetexceptflag*
+crv-fegetround crefvim.txt /*crv-fegetround*
+crv-feholdexcept crefvim.txt /*crv-feholdexcept*
+crv-fentv_t crefvim.txt /*crv-fentv_t*
+crv-feof crefvim.txt /*crv-feof*
+crv-feraiseexcept crefvim.txt /*crv-feraiseexcept*
+crv-ferror crefvim.txt /*crv-ferror*
+crv-fesetenv crefvim.txt /*crv-fesetenv*
+crv-fesetexceptflag crefvim.txt /*crv-fesetexceptflag*
+crv-fesetround crefvim.txt /*crv-fesetround*
+crv-fetestexcept crefvim.txt /*crv-fetestexcept*
+crv-feupdateenv crefvim.txt /*crv-feupdateenv*
+crv-fflush crefvim.txt /*crv-fflush*
+crv-fgetc crefvim.txt /*crv-fgetc*
+crv-fgetpos crefvim.txt /*crv-fgetpos*
+crv-fgets crefvim.txt /*crv-fgets*
+crv-fgetwc crefvim.txt /*crv-fgetwc*
+crv-fgetws crefvim.txt /*crv-fgetws*
+crv-float crefvim.txt /*crv-float*
+crv-floor crefvim.txt /*crv-floor*
+crv-floorf crefvim.txt /*crv-floorf*
+crv-floorl crefvim.txt /*crv-floorl*
+crv-fma crefvim.txt /*crv-fma*
+crv-fmaf crefvim.txt /*crv-fmaf*
+crv-fmal crefvim.txt /*crv-fmal*
+crv-fmax crefvim.txt /*crv-fmax*
+crv-fmaxf crefvim.txt /*crv-fmaxf*
+crv-fmaxl crefvim.txt /*crv-fmaxl*
+crv-fmin crefvim.txt /*crv-fmin*
+crv-fminf crefvim.txt /*crv-fminf*
+crv-fminl crefvim.txt /*crv-fminl*
+crv-fmod crefvim.txt /*crv-fmod*
+crv-fmodf crefvim.txt /*crv-fmodf*
+crv-fmodl crefvim.txt /*crv-fmodl*
+crv-fopen crefvim.txt /*crv-fopen*
+crv-for crefvim.txt /*crv-for*
+crv-fpclassify crefvim.txt /*crv-fpclassify*
+crv-fpos_t crefvim.txt /*crv-fpos_t*
+crv-fprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-fprintf*
+crv-fputc crefvim.txt /*crv-fputc*
+crv-fputs crefvim.txt /*crv-fputs*
+crv-fputwc crefvim.txt /*crv-fputwc*
+crv-fputws crefvim.txt /*crv-fputws*
+crv-frac_digits crefvim.txt /*crv-frac_digits*
+crv-fread crefvim.txt /*crv-fread*
+crv-free crefvim.txt /*crv-free*
+crv-freopen crefvim.txt /*crv-freopen*
+crv-frexp crefvim.txt /*crv-frexp*
+crv-frexpf crefvim.txt /*crv-frexpf*
+crv-frexpl crefvim.txt /*crv-frexpl*
+crv-fscanf crefvim.txt /*crv-fscanf*
+crv-fseek crefvim.txt /*crv-fseek*
+crv-fsetpos crefvim.txt /*crv-fsetpos*
+crv-ftell crefvim.txt /*crv-ftell*
+crv-fuConversion crefvim.txt /*crv-fuConversion*
+crv-fuDefVarPara crefvim.txt /*crv-fuDefVarPara*
+crv-fuDefinition crefvim.txt /*crv-fuDefinition*
+crv-fuMain crefvim.txt /*crv-fuMain*
+crv-fuPrototype crefvim.txt /*crv-fuPrototype*
+crv-fuSpecifier crefvim.txt /*crv-fuSpecifier*
+crv-fuStorageClasses crefvim.txt /*crv-fuStorageClasses*
+crv-functions crefvim.txt /*crv-functions*
+crv-fwide crefvim.txt /*crv-fwide*
+crv-fwprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-fwprintf*
+crv-fwrite crefvim.txt /*crv-fwrite*
+crv-fwscanf crefvim.txt /*crv-fwscanf*
+crv-getc crefvim.txt /*crv-getc*
+crv-getchar crefvim.txt /*crv-getchar*
+crv-getenv crefvim.txt /*crv-getenv*
+crv-gets crefvim.txt /*crv-gets*
+crv-getwc crefvim.txt /*crv-getwc*
+crv-getwchar crefvim.txt /*crv-getwchar*
+crv-gloAlignment crefvim.txt /*crv-gloAlignment*
+crv-gloArgument crefvim.txt /*crv-gloArgument*
+crv-gloArray crefvim.txt /*crv-gloArray*
+crv-gloBinary crefvim.txt /*crv-gloBinary*
+crv-gloBlock crefvim.txt /*crv-gloBlock*
+crv-gloCompState crefvim.txt /*crv-gloCompState*
+crv-gloDataType crefvim.txt /*crv-gloDataType*
+crv-gloDeclaration crefvim.txt /*crv-gloDeclaration*
+crv-gloDefinition crefvim.txt /*crv-gloDefinition*
+crv-gloExpression crefvim.txt /*crv-gloExpression*
+crv-gloIdentifier crefvim.txt /*crv-gloIdentifier*
+crv-gloLifetime crefvim.txt /*crv-gloLifetime*
+crv-gloLinkage crefvim.txt /*crv-gloLinkage*
+crv-gloLvalue crefvim.txt /*crv-gloLvalue*
+crv-gloLvalueMod crefvim.txt /*crv-gloLvalueMod*
+crv-gloMacro crefvim.txt /*crv-gloMacro*
+crv-gloObject crefvim.txt /*crv-gloObject*
+crv-gloOpBinary crefvim.txt /*crv-gloOpBinary*
+crv-gloOpUnary crefvim.txt /*crv-gloOpUnary*
+crv-gloOperand crefvim.txt /*crv-gloOperand*
+crv-gloOperator crefvim.txt /*crv-gloOperator*
+crv-gloParameter crefvim.txt /*crv-gloParameter*
+crv-gloPointer crefvim.txt /*crv-gloPointer*
+crv-gloPreprocessor crefvim.txt /*crv-gloPreprocessor*
+crv-gloPromote crefvim.txt /*crv-gloPromote*
+crv-gloPrototype crefvim.txt /*crv-gloPrototype*
+crv-gloRvalue crefvim.txt /*crv-gloRvalue*
+crv-gloScope crefvim.txt /*crv-gloScope*
+crv-gloSemantics crefvim.txt /*crv-gloSemantics*
+crv-gloSideEffect crefvim.txt /*crv-gloSideEffect*
+crv-gloSignExtension crefvim.txt /*crv-gloSignExtension*
+crv-gloStatement crefvim.txt /*crv-gloStatement*
+crv-gloStructure crefvim.txt /*crv-gloStructure*
+crv-gloSyntax crefvim.txt /*crv-gloSyntax*
+crv-gloToken crefvim.txt /*crv-gloToken*
+crv-gloTrueFalse crefvim.txt /*crv-gloTrueFalse*
+crv-gloType crefvim.txt /*crv-gloType*
+crv-gloTypeCast crefvim.txt /*crv-gloTypeCast*
+crv-gloTypeIncomplete crefvim.txt /*crv-gloTypeIncomplete*
+crv-gloUnary crefvim.txt /*crv-gloUnary*
+crv-gloVariable crefvim.txt /*crv-gloVariable*
+crv-gloWhiteSpace crefvim.txt /*crv-gloWhiteSpace*
+crv-glossary crefvim.txt /*crv-glossary*
+crv-gmtime crefvim.txt /*crv-gmtime*
+crv-goto crefvim.txt /*crv-goto*
+crv-grouping crefvim.txt /*crv-grouping*
+crv-hypot crefvim.txt /*crv-hypot*
+crv-hypotf crefvim.txt /*crv-hypotf*
+crv-hypotl crefvim.txt /*crv-hypotl*
+crv-if crefvim.txt /*crv-if*
+crv-ilogb crefvim.txt /*crv-ilogb*
+crv-ilogbf crefvim.txt /*crv-ilogbf*
+crv-ilogbl crefvim.txt /*crv-ilogbl*
+crv-imaginary crefvim.txt /*crv-imaginary*
+crv-imaxabs crefvim.txt /*crv-imaxabs*
+crv-imaxdiv crefvim.txt /*crv-imaxdiv*
+crv-imaxdiv_t crefvim.txt /*crv-imaxdiv_t*
+crv-inline crefvim.txt /*crv-inline*
+crv-int crefvim.txt /*crv-int*
+crv-int16_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int16_t*
+crv-int32_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int32_t*
+crv-int64_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int64_t*
+crv-int8_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int8_t*
+crv-int_curr_symbol crefvim.txt /*crv-int_curr_symbol*
+crv-int_fast16_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int_fast16_t*
+crv-int_fast32_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int_fast32_t*
+crv-int_fast64_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int_fast64_t*
+crv-int_fast8_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int_fast8_t*
+crv-int_frac_digits crefvim.txt /*crv-int_frac_digits*
+crv-int_least16_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int_least16_t*
+crv-int_least32_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int_least32_t*
+crv-int_least64_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int_least64_t*
+crv-int_least8_t crefvim.txt /*crv-int_least8_t*
+crv-int_n_cs_precedes crefvim.txt /*crv-int_n_cs_precedes*
+crv-int_n_sep_by_space crefvim.txt /*crv-int_n_sep_by_space*
+crv-int_n_sign_posn crefvim.txt /*crv-int_n_sign_posn*
+crv-int_p_cs_precedes crefvim.txt /*crv-int_p_cs_precedes*
+crv-int_p_sep_by_space crefvim.txt /*crv-int_p_sep_by_space*
+crv-int_p_sign_posn crefvim.txt /*crv-int_p_sign_posn*
+crv-intmax_t crefvim.txt /*crv-intmax_t*
+crv-intptr_t crefvim.txt /*crv-intptr_t*
+crv-intro crefvim.txt /*crv-intro*
+crv-isalnum crefvim.txt /*crv-isalnum*
+crv-isalpha crefvim.txt /*crv-isalpha*
+crv-isblank crefvim.txt /*crv-isblank*
+crv-iscntrl crefvim.txt /*crv-iscntrl*
+crv-isdigit crefvim.txt /*crv-isdigit*
+crv-isfinite crefvim.txt /*crv-isfinite*
+crv-isgraph crefvim.txt /*crv-isgraph*
+crv-isgreater crefvim.txt /*crv-isgreater*
+crv-isgreaterequal crefvim.txt /*crv-isgreaterequal*
+crv-isinf crefvim.txt /*crv-isinf*
+crv-isless crefvim.txt /*crv-isless*
+crv-islessequal crefvim.txt /*crv-islessequal*
+crv-islessgreater crefvim.txt /*crv-islessgreater*
+crv-islower crefvim.txt /*crv-islower*
+crv-isnan crefvim.txt /*crv-isnan*
+crv-isnormal crefvim.txt /*crv-isnormal*
+crv-isprint crefvim.txt /*crv-isprint*
+crv-ispunct crefvim.txt /*crv-ispunct*
+crv-isspace crefvim.txt /*crv-isspace*
+crv-isunordered crefvim.txt /*crv-isunordered*
+crv-isupper crefvim.txt /*crv-isupper*
+crv-iswalnum crefvim.txt /*crv-iswalnum*
+crv-iswalpha crefvim.txt /*crv-iswalpha*
+crv-iswblank crefvim.txt /*crv-iswblank*
+crv-iswcntrl crefvim.txt /*crv-iswcntrl*
+crv-iswctype crefvim.txt /*crv-iswctype*
+crv-iswdigit crefvim.txt /*crv-iswdigit*
+crv-iswgraph crefvim.txt /*crv-iswgraph*
+crv-iswlower crefvim.txt /*crv-iswlower*
+crv-iswprint crefvim.txt /*crv-iswprint*
+crv-iswpunct crefvim.txt /*crv-iswpunct*
+crv-iswspace crefvim.txt /*crv-iswspace*
+crv-iswupper crefvim.txt /*crv-iswupper*
+crv-iswxdigit crefvim.txt /*crv-iswxdigit*
+crv-isxdigit crefvim.txt /*crv-isxdigit*
+crv-jmp_buf crefvim.txt /*crv-jmp_buf*
+crv-keywords crefvim.txt /*crv-keywords*
+crv-labs crefvim.txt /*crv-labs*
+crv-language crefvim.txt /*crv-language*
+crv-lconf crefvim.txt /*crv-lconf*
+crv-ldexp crefvim.txt /*crv-ldexp*
+crv-ldexpf crefvim.txt /*crv-ldexpf*
+crv-ldexpl crefvim.txt /*crv-ldexpl*
+crv-ldif_t crefvim.txt /*crv-ldif_t*
+crv-ldiv crefvim.txt /*crv-ldiv*
+crv-lgamma crefvim.txt /*crv-lgamma*
+crv-lgammaf crefvim.txt /*crv-lgammaf*
+crv-lgammal crefvim.txt /*crv-lgammal*
+crv-libAssertH crefvim.txt /*crv-libAssertH*
+crv-libCHExpLog crefvim.txt /*crv-libCHExpLog*
+crv-libCHHyper crefvim.txt /*crv-libCHHyper*
+crv-libCHMac crefvim.txt /*crv-libCHMac*
+crv-libCHMani crefvim.txt /*crv-libCHMani*
+crv-libCHPower crefvim.txt /*crv-libCHPower*
+crv-libCHPrag crefvim.txt /*crv-libCHPrag*
+crv-libCHTrig crefvim.txt /*crv-libCHTrig*
+crv-libCharHandling crefvim.txt /*crv-libCharHandling*
+crv-libCharMapping crefvim.txt /*crv-libCharMapping*
+crv-libComplexH crefvim.txt /*crv-libComplexH*
+crv-libCtypeH crefvim.txt /*crv-libCtypeH*
+crv-libErrnoH crefvim.txt /*crv-libErrnoH*
+crv-libFHEnv crefvim.txt /*crv-libFHEnv*
+crv-libFHExceptions crefvim.txt /*crv-libFHExceptions*
+crv-libFHPrag crefvim.txt /*crv-libFHPrag*
+crv-libFHRounding crefvim.txt /*crv-libFHRounding*
+crv-libFenvH crefvim.txt /*crv-libFenvH*
+crv-libFloatH crefvim.txt /*crv-libFloatH*
+crv-libHeaders crefvim.txt /*crv-libHeaders*
+crv-libInttypesH crefvim.txt /*crv-libInttypesH*
+crv-libIso646H crefvim.txt /*crv-libIso646H*
+crv-libLHConv crefvim.txt /*crv-libLHConv*
+crv-libLHRange crefvim.txt /*crv-libLHRange*
+crv-libLHWidth crefvim.txt /*crv-libLHWidth*
+crv-libLimitsH crefvim.txt /*crv-libLimitsH*
+crv-libLocHCat crefvim.txt /*crv-libLocHCat*
+crv-libLocHFunc crefvim.txt /*crv-libLocHFunc*
+crv-libLocHInfo crefvim.txt /*crv-libLocHInfo*
+crv-libLocHLoc crefvim.txt /*crv-libLocHLoc*
+crv-libLocalH crefvim.txt /*crv-libLocalH*
+crv-libMHClass crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHClass*
+crv-libMHCmp crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHCmp*
+crv-libMHErr crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHErr*
+crv-libMHErrGam crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHErrGam*
+crv-libMHExpLog crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHExpLog*
+crv-libMHHyper crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHHyper*
+crv-libMHMani crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHMani*
+crv-libMHMisc crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHMisc*
+crv-libMHNear crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHNear*
+crv-libMHPower crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHPower*
+crv-libMHRem crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHRem*
+crv-libMHTrig crefvim.txt /*crv-libMHTrig*
+crv-libMathH crefvim.txt /*crv-libMathH*
+crv-libSHFunc crefvim.txt /*crv-libSHFunc*
+crv-libSHSig crefvim.txt /*crv-libSHSig*
+crv-libSHTyp crefvim.txt /*crv-libSHTyp*
+crv-libSIOHCIO crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHCIO*
+crv-libSIOHDIO crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHDIO*
+crv-libSIOHErr crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHErr*
+crv-libSIOHFAcc crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHFAcc*
+crv-libSIOHFOp crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHFOp*
+crv-libSIOHFPos crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHFPos*
+crv-libSIOHIO crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHIO*
+crv-libSIOHIOFin crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHIOFin*
+crv-libSIOHIOFormat crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHIOFormat*
+crv-libSIOHIOFout crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHIOFout*
+crv-libSIOHIOFunc crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHIOFunc*
+crv-libSIOHMac crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHMac*
+crv-libSIOHStrmFile crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHStrmFile*
+crv-libSIOHType crefvim.txt /*crv-libSIOHType*
+crv-libSLHMac crefvim.txt /*crv-libSLHMac*
+crv-libSLHType crefvim.txt /*crv-libSLHType*
+crv-libSLHcom crefvim.txt /*crv-libSLHcom*
+crv-libSLHintarith crefvim.txt /*crv-libSLHintarith*
+crv-libSLHmem crefvim.txt /*crv-libSLHmem*
+crv-libSLHmulchar crefvim.txt /*crv-libSLHmulchar*
+crv-libSLHmulstrng crefvim.txt /*crv-libSLHmulstrng*
+crv-libSLHnum crefvim.txt /*crv-libSLHnum*
+crv-libSLHrand crefvim.txt /*crv-libSLHrand*
+crv-libSLHsearch crefvim.txt /*crv-libSLHsearch*
+crv-libSRHCmp crefvim.txt /*crv-libSRHCmp*
+crv-libSRHConcat crefvim.txt /*crv-libSRHConcat*
+crv-libSRHCopy crefvim.txt /*crv-libSRHCopy*
+crv-libSRHMac crefvim.txt /*crv-libSRHMac*
+crv-libSRHMisc crefvim.txt /*crv-libSRHMisc*
+crv-libSRHSearch crefvim.txt /*crv-libSRHSearch*
+crv-libSRHType crefvim.txt /*crv-libSRHType*
+crv-libSdHLExact crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHLExact*
+crv-libSdHLFast crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHLFast*
+crv-libSdHLGreat crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHLGreat*
+crv-libSdHLMin crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHLMin*
+crv-libSdHLOther crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHLOther*
+crv-libSdHLPtr crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHLPtr*
+crv-libSdHMac crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHMac*
+crv-libSdHTExact crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHTExact*
+crv-libSdHTFast crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHTFast*
+crv-libSdHTGreat crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHTGreat*
+crv-libSdHTLim crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHTLim*
+crv-libSdHTMin crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHTMin*
+crv-libSdHTPtr crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHTPtr*
+crv-libSdHType crefvim.txt /*crv-libSdHType*
+crv-libSetjmpH crefvim.txt /*crv-libSetjmpH*
+crv-libSignalH crefvim.txt /*crv-libSignalH*
+crv-libStdargH crefvim.txt /*crv-libStdargH*
+crv-libStdboolH crefvim.txt /*crv-libStdboolH*
+crv-libStddefH crefvim.txt /*crv-libStddefH*
+crv-libStdintH crefvim.txt /*crv-libStdintH*
+crv-libStdioH crefvim.txt /*crv-libStdioH*
+crv-libStdlibH crefvim.txt /*crv-libStdlibH*
+crv-libStringH crefvim.txt /*crv-libStringH*
+crv-libTHConv crefvim.txt /*crv-libTHConv*
+crv-libTHMac crefvim.txt /*crv-libTHMac*
+crv-libTHMani crefvim.txt /*crv-libTHMani*
+crv-libTHType crefvim.txt /*crv-libTHType*
+crv-libTgmathH crefvim.txt /*crv-libTgmathH*
+crv-libTimeH crefvim.txt /*crv-libTimeH*
+crv-libWCHCIO crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHCIO*
+crv-libWCHCharConv crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHCharConv*
+crv-libWCHCmp crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHCmp*
+crv-libWCHConcat crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHConcat*
+crv-libWCHCopy crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHCopy*
+crv-libWCHIO crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHIO*
+crv-libWCHMac crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHMac*
+crv-libWCHMisc crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHMisc*
+crv-libWCHNum crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHNum*
+crv-libWCHSearch crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHSearch*
+crv-libWCHStrng crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHStrng*
+crv-libWCHTimeConv crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHTimeConv*
+crv-libWCHType crefvim.txt /*crv-libWCHType*
+crv-libWTHCextens crefvim.txt /*crv-libWTHCextens*
+crv-libWTHClass crefvim.txt /*crv-libWTHClass*
+crv-libWTHCwide crefvim.txt /*crv-libWTHCwide*
+crv-libWTHMac crefvim.txt /*crv-libWTHMac*
+crv-libWTHMap crefvim.txt /*crv-libWTHMap*
+crv-libWTHMextens crefvim.txt /*crv-libWTHMextens*
+crv-libWTHMwide crefvim.txt /*crv-libWTHMwide*
+crv-libWTHType crefvim.txt /*crv-libWTHType*
+crv-libWcharH crefvim.txt /*crv-libWcharH*
+crv-libWctypeH crefvim.txt /*crv-libWctypeH*
+crv-llabs crefvim.txt /*crv-llabs*
+crv-lldif_t crefvim.txt /*crv-lldif_t*
+crv-lldiv crefvim.txt /*crv-lldiv*
+crv-llrint crefvim.txt /*crv-llrint*
+crv-llrintf crefvim.txt /*crv-llrintf*
+crv-llrintl crefvim.txt /*crv-llrintl*
+crv-llround crefvim.txt /*crv-llround*
+crv-llroundf crefvim.txt /*crv-llroundf*
+crv-llroundl crefvim.txt /*crv-llroundl*
+crv-lngAllowedChar crefvim.txt /*crv-lngAllowedChar*
+crv-lngBlockComment crefvim.txt /*crv-lngBlockComment*
+crv-lngChar crefvim.txt /*crv-lngChar*
+crv-lngComment crefvim.txt /*crv-lngComment*
+crv-lngEscSeq crefvim.txt /*crv-lngEscSeq*
+crv-lngLineComment crefvim.txt /*crv-lngLineComment*
+crv-localeconv crefvim.txt /*crv-localeconv*
+crv-localtime crefvim.txt /*crv-localtime*
+crv-log crefvim.txt /*crv-log*
+crv-log10 crefvim.txt /*crv-log10*
+crv-log10f crefvim.txt /*crv-log10f*
+crv-log10l crefvim.txt /*crv-log10l*
+crv-log1p crefvim.txt /*crv-log1p*
+crv-log1pf crefvim.txt /*crv-log1pf*
+crv-log1pl crefvim.txt /*crv-log1pl*
+crv-log2 crefvim.txt /*crv-log2*
+crv-log2f crefvim.txt /*crv-log2f*
+crv-log2l crefvim.txt /*crv-log2l*
+crv-logb crefvim.txt /*crv-logb*
+crv-logbf crefvim.txt /*crv-logbf*
+crv-logbl crefvim.txt /*crv-logbl*
+crv-logf crefvim.txt /*crv-logf*
+crv-logl crefvim.txt /*crv-logl*
+crv-long crefvim.txt /*crv-long*
+crv-longjmp crefvim.txt /*crv-longjmp*
+crv-lrint crefvim.txt /*crv-lrint*
+crv-lrintf crefvim.txt /*crv-lrintf*
+crv-lrintl crefvim.txt /*crv-lrintl*
+crv-lround crefvim.txt /*crv-lround*
+crv-lroundf crefvim.txt /*crv-lroundf*
+crv-lroundl crefvim.txt /*crv-lroundl*
+crv-malloc crefvim.txt /*crv-malloc*
+crv-mblen crefvim.txt /*crv-mblen*
+crv-mbrlen crefvim.txt /*crv-mbrlen*
+crv-mbrtowc crefvim.txt /*crv-mbrtowc*
+crv-mbsinit crefvim.txt /*crv-mbsinit*
+crv-mbsrtowc crefvim.txt /*crv-mbsrtowc*
+crv-mbstate_t crefvim.txt /*crv-mbstate_t*
+crv-mbstowcs crefvim.txt /*crv-mbstowcs*
+crv-mbtowc crefvim.txt /*crv-mbtowc*
+crv-memchr crefvim.txt /*crv-memchr*
+crv-memcmp crefvim.txt /*crv-memcmp*
+crv-memcpy crefvim.txt /*crv-memcpy*
+crv-memmove crefvim.txt /*crv-memmove*
+crv-memset crefvim.txt /*crv-memset*
+crv-mktime crefvim.txt /*crv-mktime*
+crv-modf crefvim.txt /*crv-modf*
+crv-modff crefvim.txt /*crv-modff*
+crv-modfl crefvim.txt /*crv-modfl*
+crv-mon_decimal_point crefvim.txt /*crv-mon_decimal_point*
+crv-mon_grouping crefvim.txt /*crv-mon_grouping*
+crv-mon_thousands_sep crefvim.txt /*crv-mon_thousands_sep*
+crv-n_cs_precedes crefvim.txt /*crv-n_cs_precedes*
+crv-n_sep_by_space crefvim.txt /*crv-n_sep_by_space*
+crv-n_sign_posn crefvim.txt /*crv-n_sign_posn*
+crv-nan crefvim.txt /*crv-nan*
+crv-nanf crefvim.txt /*crv-nanf*
+crv-nanl crefvim.txt /*crv-nanl*
+crv-nearbyint crefvim.txt /*crv-nearbyint*
+crv-nearbyintf crefvim.txt /*crv-nearbyintf*
+crv-nearbyintl crefvim.txt /*crv-nearbyintl*
+crv-negative_sign crefvim.txt /*crv-negative_sign*
+crv-nextafter crefvim.txt /*crv-nextafter*
+crv-nextafterf crefvim.txt /*crv-nextafterf*
+crv-nextafterl crefvim.txt /*crv-nextafterl*
+crv-nexttoward crefvim.txt /*crv-nexttoward*
+crv-nexttowardf crefvim.txt /*crv-nexttowardf*
+crv-nexttowardl crefvim.txt /*crv-nexttowardl*
+crv-offsetof crefvim.txt /*crv-offsetof*
+crv-onesComplement crefvim.txt /*crv-onesComplement*
+crv-opAdd crefvim.txt /*crv-opAdd*
+crv-opAddress crefvim.txt /*crv-opAddress*
+crv-opArithmetic crefvim.txt /*crv-opArithmetic*
+crv-opArraySel crefvim.txt /*crv-opArraySel*
+crv-opAsAdd crefvim.txt /*crv-opAsAdd*
+crv-opAsAssign crefvim.txt /*crv-opAsAssign*
+crv-opAsDiv crefvim.txt /*crv-opAsDiv*
+crv-opAsLeftShift crefvim.txt /*crv-opAsLeftShift*
+crv-opAsModulo crefvim.txt /*crv-opAsModulo*
+crv-opAsMul crefvim.txt /*crv-opAsMul*
+crv-opAsSub crefvim.txt /*crv-opAsSub*
+crv-opAssigns crefvim.txt /*crv-opAssigns*
+crv-opBitAnd crefvim.txt /*crv-opBitAnd*
+crv-opBitCompl crefvim.txt /*crv-opBitCompl*
+crv-opBitLeftShift crefvim.txt /*crv-opBitLeftShift*
+crv-opBitOr crefvim.txt /*crv-opBitOr*
+crv-opBitRightShift crefvim.txt /*crv-opBitRightShift*
+crv-opBitXor crefvim.txt /*crv-opBitXor*
+crv-opBitwise crefvim.txt /*crv-opBitwise*
+crv-opConditional crefvim.txt /*crv-opConditional*
+crv-opContents crefvim.txt /*crv-opContents*
+crv-opDivide crefvim.txt /*crv-opDivide*
+crv-opLogAnd crefvim.txt /*crv-opLogAnd*
+crv-opLogNot crefvim.txt /*crv-opLogNot*
+crv-opLogOr crefvim.txt /*crv-opLogOr*
+crv-opLogical crefvim.txt /*crv-opLogical*
+crv-opModulo crefvim.txt /*crv-opModulo*
+crv-opMultiply crefvim.txt /*crv-opMultiply*
+crv-opNegSign crefvim.txt /*crv-opNegSign*
+crv-opOthers crefvim.txt /*crv-opOthers*
+crv-opOverview crefvim.txt /*crv-opOverview*
+crv-opParenth crefvim.txt /*crv-opParenth*
+crv-opPosSign crefvim.txt /*crv-opPosSign*
+crv-opPostDec crefvim.txt /*crv-opPostDec*
+crv-opPostInc crefvim.txt /*crv-opPostInc*
+crv-opPreDec crefvim.txt /*crv-opPreDec*
+crv-opPrecedence crefvim.txt /*crv-opPrecedence*
+crv-opRelEqual crefvim.txt /*crv-opRelEqual*
+crv-opRelGT crefvim.txt /*crv-opRelGT*
+crv-opRelGTE crefvim.txt /*crv-opRelGTE*
+crv-opRelLT crefvim.txt /*crv-opRelLT*
+crv-opRelLTE crefvim.txt /*crv-opRelLTE*
+crv-opRelUnequal crefvim.txt /*crv-opRelUnequal*
+crv-opRelational crefvim.txt /*crv-opRelational*
+crv-opSeries crefvim.txt /*crv-opSeries*
+crv-opSizeOf crefvim.txt /*crv-opSizeOf*
+crv-opStructUnionSel crefvim.txt /*crv-opStructUnionSel*
+crv-opSub crefvim.txt /*crv-opSub*
+crv-opTypeCast crefvim.txt /*crv-opTypeCast*
+crv-operators crefvim.txt /*crv-operators*
+crv-p_cs_precedes crefvim.txt /*crv-p_cs_precedes*
+crv-p_sep_by_space crefvim.txt /*crv-p_sep_by_space*
+crv-p_sign_posn crefvim.txt /*crv-p_sign_posn*
+crv-perror crefvim.txt /*crv-perror*
+crv-positive_sign crefvim.txt /*crv-positive_sign*
+crv-pow crefvim.txt /*crv-pow*
+crv-powf crefvim.txt /*crv-powf*
+crv-powl crefvim.txt /*crv-powl*
+crv-preCondDefined crefvim.txt /*crv-preCondDefined*
+crv-preCondElif crefvim.txt /*crv-preCondElif*
+crv-preCondElse crefvim.txt /*crv-preCondElse*
+crv-preCondEndif crefvim.txt /*crv-preCondEndif*
+crv-preCondIf crefvim.txt /*crv-preCondIf*
+crv-preCondIfdef crefvim.txt /*crv-preCondIfdef*
+crv-preCondIfndef crefvim.txt /*crv-preCondIfndef*
+crv-preConditional crefvim.txt /*crv-preConditional*
+crv-preError crefvim.txt /*crv-preError*
+crv-preLine crefvim.txt /*crv-preLine*
+crv-preMac##Operator crefvim.txt /*crv-preMac##Operator*
+crv-preMac#Operator crefvim.txt /*crv-preMac#Operator*
+crv-preMacCancel crefvim.txt /*crv-preMacCancel*
+crv-preMacDef crefvim.txt /*crv-preMacDef*
+crv-preMacFunc crefvim.txt /*crv-preMacFunc*
+crv-preMacObj crefvim.txt /*crv-preMacObj*
+crv-preMacPredefined crefvim.txt /*crv-preMacPredefined*
+crv-preMacros crefvim.txt /*crv-preMacros*
+crv-preNull crefvim.txt /*crv-preNull*
+crv-prePragma crefvim.txt /*crv-prePragma*
+crv-preSourceInc crefvim.txt /*crv-preSourceInc*
+crv-preprocessor crefvim.txt /*crv-preprocessor*
+crv-printf crefvim.txt /*crv-printf*
+crv-prtdiff_t crefvim.txt /*crv-prtdiff_t*
+crv-punctuators crefvim.txt /*crv-punctuators*
+crv-putc crefvim.txt /*crv-putc*
+crv-putchar crefvim.txt /*crv-putchar*
+crv-puts crefvim.txt /*crv-puts*
+crv-putwc crefvim.txt /*crv-putwc*
+crv-putwchar crefvim.txt /*crv-putwchar*
+crv-qsort crefvim.txt /*crv-qsort*
+crv-rais crefvim.txt /*crv-rais*
+crv-rand crefvim.txt /*crv-rand*
+crv-realloc crefvim.txt /*crv-realloc*
+crv-register crefvim.txt /*crv-register*
+crv-remainder crefvim.txt /*crv-remainder*
+crv-remainderf crefvim.txt /*crv-remainderf*
+crv-remainderl crefvim.txt /*crv-remainderl*
+crv-remove crefvim.txt /*crv-remove*
+crv-remquo crefvim.txt /*crv-remquo*
+crv-remquof crefvim.txt /*crv-remquof*
+crv-remquol crefvim.txt /*crv-remquol*
+crv-rename crefvim.txt /*crv-rename*
+crv-restrict crefvim.txt /*crv-restrict*
+crv-return crefvim.txt /*crv-return*
+crv-rewind crefvim.txt /*crv-rewind*
+crv-rint crefvim.txt /*crv-rint*
+crv-rintf crefvim.txt /*crv-rintf*
+crv-rintl crefvim.txt /*crv-rintl*
+crv-round crefvim.txt /*crv-round*
+crv-roundf crefvim.txt /*crv-roundf*
+crv-roundl crefvim.txt /*crv-roundl*
+crv-scalbln crefvim.txt /*crv-scalbln*
+crv-scalblnf crefvim.txt /*crv-scalblnf*
+crv-scalblnl crefvim.txt /*crv-scalblnl*
+crv-scalbn crefvim.txt /*crv-scalbn*
+crv-scalbnf crefvim.txt /*crv-scalbnf*
+crv-scalbnl crefvim.txt /*crv-scalbnl*
+crv-scanf crefvim.txt /*crv-scanf*
+crv-setbuf crefvim.txt /*crv-setbuf*
+crv-setjmp crefvim.txt /*crv-setjmp*
+crv-setlocale crefvim.txt /*crv-setlocale*
+crv-setvbuf crefvim.txt /*crv-setvbuf*
+crv-short crefvim.txt /*crv-short*
+crv-sig_atomic_t crefvim.txt /*crv-sig_atomic_t*
+crv-signMagnitude crefvim.txt /*crv-signMagnitude*
+crv-signal crefvim.txt /*crv-signal*
+crv-signbit crefvim.txt /*crv-signbit*
+crv-signed crefvim.txt /*crv-signed*
+crv-signgam crefvim.txt /*crv-signgam*
+crv-sin crefvim.txt /*crv-sin*
+crv-sinf crefvim.txt /*crv-sinf*
+crv-sinh crefvim.txt /*crv-sinh*
+crv-sinhf crefvim.txt /*crv-sinhf*
+crv-sinhl crefvim.txt /*crv-sinhl*
+crv-sinl crefvim.txt /*crv-sinl*
+crv-size_t crefvim.txt /*crv-size_t*
+crv-size_t2 crefvim.txt /*crv-size_t2*
+crv-size_t3 crefvim.txt /*crv-size_t3*
+crv-size_t4 crefvim.txt /*crv-size_t4*
+crv-size_t5 crefvim.txt /*crv-size_t5*
+crv-size_t6 crefvim.txt /*crv-size_t6*
+crv-sizeof crefvim.txt /*crv-sizeof*
+crv-snprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-snprintf*
+crv-sprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-sprintf*
+crv-sqrt crefvim.txt /*crv-sqrt*
+crv-sqrtf crefvim.txt /*crv-sqrtf*
+crv-sqrtl crefvim.txt /*crv-sqrtl*
+crv-srand crefvim.txt /*crv-srand*
+crv-sscanf crefvim.txt /*crv-sscanf*
+crv-stBreak crefvim.txt /*crv-stBreak*
+crv-stContinue crefvim.txt /*crv-stContinue*
+crv-stDoWhile crefvim.txt /*crv-stDoWhile*
+crv-stFor crefvim.txt /*crv-stFor*
+crv-stGoto crefvim.txt /*crv-stGoto*
+crv-stIfElse crefvim.txt /*crv-stIfElse*
+crv-stNull crefvim.txt /*crv-stNull*
+crv-stReturn crefvim.txt /*crv-stReturn*
+crv-stSwitch crefvim.txt /*crv-stSwitch*
+crv-stWhile crefvim.txt /*crv-stWhile*
+crv-statements crefvim.txt /*crv-statements*
+crv-static crefvim.txt /*crv-static*
+crv-stdCLib crefvim.txt /*crv-stdCLib*
+crv-stderr crefvim.txt /*crv-stderr*
+crv-stdin crefvim.txt /*crv-stdin*
+crv-stdout crefvim.txt /*crv-stdout*
+crv-strcat crefvim.txt /*crv-strcat*
+crv-strchr crefvim.txt /*crv-strchr*
+crv-strcmp crefvim.txt /*crv-strcmp*
+crv-strcoll crefvim.txt /*crv-strcoll*
+crv-strcpy crefvim.txt /*crv-strcpy*
+crv-strcspn crefvim.txt /*crv-strcspn*
+crv-strerror crefvim.txt /*crv-strerror*
+crv-strftime crefvim.txt /*crv-strftime*
+crv-strlen crefvim.txt /*crv-strlen*
+crv-strncat crefvim.txt /*crv-strncat*
+crv-strncmp crefvim.txt /*crv-strncmp*
+crv-strncpy crefvim.txt /*crv-strncpy*
+crv-stroul crefvim.txt /*crv-stroul*
+crv-strpbrk crefvim.txt /*crv-strpbrk*
+crv-strrchr crefvim.txt /*crv-strrchr*
+crv-strspn crefvim.txt /*crv-strspn*
+crv-strstr crefvim.txt /*crv-strstr*
+crv-strtod crefvim.txt /*crv-strtod*
+crv-strtof crefvim.txt /*crv-strtof*
+crv-strtoimax crefvim.txt /*crv-strtoimax*
+crv-strtok crefvim.txt /*crv-strtok*
+crv-strtol crefvim.txt /*crv-strtol*
+crv-strtold crefvim.txt /*crv-strtold*
+crv-strtoll crefvim.txt /*crv-strtoll*
+crv-strtoull crefvim.txt /*crv-strtoull*
+crv-strtoumax crefvim.txt /*crv-strtoumax*
+crv-struct crefvim.txt /*crv-struct*
+crv-strxfrm crefvim.txt /*crv-strxfrm*
+crv-switch crefvim.txt /*crv-switch*
+crv-swprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-swprintf*
+crv-swscanf crefvim.txt /*crv-swscanf*
+crv-system crefvim.txt /*crv-system*
+crv-tan crefvim.txt /*crv-tan*
+crv-tanf crefvim.txt /*crv-tanf*
+crv-tanh crefvim.txt /*crv-tanh*
+crv-tanhf crefvim.txt /*crv-tanhf*
+crv-tanhl crefvim.txt /*crv-tanhl*
+crv-tanl crefvim.txt /*crv-tanl*
+crv-tgamma crefvim.txt /*crv-tgamma*
+crv-tgammaf crefvim.txt /*crv-tgammaf*
+crv-tgammal crefvim.txt /*crv-tgammal*
+crv-thousands_sep crefvim.txt /*crv-thousands_sep*
+crv-time crefvim.txt /*crv-time*
+crv-time_t crefvim.txt /*crv-time_t*
+crv-tm crefvim.txt /*crv-tm*
+crv-tm2 crefvim.txt /*crv-tm2*
+crv-tmpfile crefvim.txt /*crv-tmpfile*
+crv-tmpnam crefvim.txt /*crv-tmpnam*
+crv-tolower crefvim.txt /*crv-tolower*
+crv-toupper crefvim.txt /*crv-toupper*
+crv-towctrans crefvim.txt /*crv-towctrans*
+crv-towlower crefvim.txt /*crv-towlower*
+crv-towupper crefvim.txt /*crv-towupper*
+crv-trigraph crefvim.txt /*crv-trigraph*
+crv-true crefvim.txt /*crv-true*
+crv-trunc crefvim.txt /*crv-trunc*
+crv-truncf crefvim.txt /*crv-truncf*
+crv-truncl crefvim.txt /*crv-truncl*
+crv-twosComplement crefvim.txt /*crv-twosComplement*
+crv-typedef crefvim.txt /*crv-typedef*
+crv-uint16_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint16_t*
+crv-uint32_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint32_t*
+crv-uint64_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint64_t*
+crv-uint8_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint8_t*
+crv-uint_fast16_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint_fast16_t*
+crv-uint_fast32_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint_fast32_t*
+crv-uint_fast64_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint_fast64_t*
+crv-uint_fast8_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint_fast8_t*
+crv-uint_least16_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint_least16_t*
+crv-uint_least32_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint_least32_t*
+crv-uint_least64_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint_least64_t*
+crv-uint_least8_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uint_least8_t*
+crv-uintmax_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uintmax_t*
+crv-uintptr_t crefvim.txt /*crv-uintptr_t*
+crv-ungetc crefvim.txt /*crv-ungetc*
+crv-ungetwc crefvim.txt /*crv-ungetwc*
+crv-union crefvim.txt /*crv-union*
+crv-unsigned crefvim.txt /*crv-unsigned*
+crv-va_arg crefvim.txt /*crv-va_arg*
+crv-va_copy crefvim.txt /*crv-va_copy*
+crv-va_end crefvim.txt /*crv-va_end*
+crv-va_list crefvim.txt /*crv-va_list*
+crv-va_start crefvim.txt /*crv-va_start*
+crv-vfprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-vfprintf*
+crv-vfscanf crefvim.txt /*crv-vfscanf*
+crv-vfwprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-vfwprintf*
+crv-vfwscanf crefvim.txt /*crv-vfwscanf*
+crv-void crefvim.txt /*crv-void*
+crv-volatile crefvim.txt /*crv-volatile*
+crv-vprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-vprintf*
+crv-vscanf crefvim.txt /*crv-vscanf*
+crv-vsnprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-vsnprintf*
+crv-vsprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-vsprintf*
+crv-vsscanf crefvim.txt /*crv-vsscanf*
+crv-vswprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-vswprintf*
+crv-vswscanf crefvim.txt /*crv-vswscanf*
+crv-vwprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-vwprintf*
+crv-vwscanf crefvim.txt /*crv-vwscanf*
+crv-wchar_t crefvim.txt /*crv-wchar_t*
+crv-wchar_t2 crefvim.txt /*crv-wchar_t2*
+crv-wchar_t3 crefvim.txt /*crv-wchar_t3*
+crv-wcrtomb crefvim.txt /*crv-wcrtomb*
+crv-wcscat crefvim.txt /*crv-wcscat*
+crv-wcschr crefvim.txt /*crv-wcschr*
+crv-wcscmp crefvim.txt /*crv-wcscmp*
+crv-wcscoll crefvim.txt /*crv-wcscoll*
+crv-wcscpy crefvim.txt /*crv-wcscpy*
+crv-wcscspn crefvim.txt /*crv-wcscspn*
+crv-wcsftime crefvim.txt /*crv-wcsftime*
+crv-wcslen crefvim.txt /*crv-wcslen*
+crv-wcsncat crefvim.txt /*crv-wcsncat*
+crv-wcsncmp crefvim.txt /*crv-wcsncmp*
+crv-wcsncpy crefvim.txt /*crv-wcsncpy*
+crv-wcspbrk crefvim.txt /*crv-wcspbrk*
+crv-wcsrchr crefvim.txt /*crv-wcsrchr*
+crv-wcsrtombs crefvim.txt /*crv-wcsrtombs*
+crv-wcsspn crefvim.txt /*crv-wcsspn*
+crv-wcsstr crefvim.txt /*crv-wcsstr*
+crv-wcstod crefvim.txt /*crv-wcstod*
+crv-wcstof crefvim.txt /*crv-wcstof*
+crv-wcstoimax crefvim.txt /*crv-wcstoimax*
+crv-wcstok crefvim.txt /*crv-wcstok*
+crv-wcstol crefvim.txt /*crv-wcstol*
+crv-wcstold crefvim.txt /*crv-wcstold*
+crv-wcstoll crefvim.txt /*crv-wcstoll*
+crv-wcstombs crefvim.txt /*crv-wcstombs*
+crv-wcstoul crefvim.txt /*crv-wcstoul*
+crv-wcstoull crefvim.txt /*crv-wcstoull*
+crv-wcstoumax crefvim.txt /*crv-wcstoumax*
+crv-wcsxfrm crefvim.txt /*crv-wcsxfrm*
+crv-wctob crefvim.txt /*crv-wctob*
+crv-wctomb crefvim.txt /*crv-wctomb*
+crv-wctrans crefvim.txt /*crv-wctrans*
+crv-wctrans_t crefvim.txt /*crv-wctrans_t*
+crv-wctype crefvim.txt /*crv-wctype*
+crv-wctype_t crefvim.txt /*crv-wctype_t*
+crv-while crefvim.txt /*crv-while*
+crv-wint_t crefvim.txt /*crv-wint_t*
+crv-wint_t2 crefvim.txt /*crv-wint_t2*
+crv-wmemchr crefvim.txt /*crv-wmemchr*
+crv-wmemcmp crefvim.txt /*crv-wmemcmp*
+crv-wmemcpy crefvim.txt /*crv-wmemcpy*
+crv-wmemmove crefvim.txt /*crv-wmemmove*
+crv-wmemset crefvim.txt /*crv-wmemset*
+crv-wprintf crefvim.txt /*crv-wprintf*
+crv-wscanf crefvim.txt /*crv-wscanf*
+crvdoc-author crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-author*
+crvdoc-copyright crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-copyright*
+crvdoc-credits crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-credits*
+crvdoc-customization crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-customization*
+crvdoc-history crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-history*
+crvdoc-install crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-install*
+crvdoc-intro crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-intro*
+crvdoc-lbCRef crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-lbCRef*
+crvdoc-lbScript crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-lbScript*
+crvdoc-licFDL crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-licFDL*
+crvdoc-licFreeDoc crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-licFreeDoc*
+crvdoc-licGPL crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-licGPL*
+crvdoc-licLGPL crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-licLGPL*
+crvdoc-limbugs crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-limbugs*
+crvdoc-usage crefvimdoc.txt /*crvdoc-usage*
+dav pi_netrw.txt /*dav*
+drv-dtArrayInit crefvim.txt /*drv-dtArrayInit*
+drv-dtIncompleteArrayDecl crefvim.txt /*drv-dtIncompleteArrayDecl*
+ex-visincr-I visincr.txt /*ex-visincr-I*
+ex-visincr-IA visincr.txt /*ex-visincr-IA*
+ex-visincr-ID visincr.txt /*ex-visincr-ID*
+ex-visincr-IDMY visincr.txt /*ex-visincr-IDMY*
+ex-visincr-II visincr.txt /*ex-visincr-II*
+ex-visincr-IM visincr.txt /*ex-visincr-IM*
+ex-visincr-IMDY visincr.txt /*ex-visincr-IMDY*
+ex-visincr-IYMD visincr.txt /*ex-visincr-IYMD*
+fetch pi_netrw.txt /*fetch*
+ftp pi_netrw.txt /*ftp*
+g:NetrwTopLvlMenu pi_netrw.txt /*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
+g:netrw_alto pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_alto*
+g:netrw_altv pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_altv*
+g:netrw_browse_split pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_browse_split*
+g:netrw_browsex_viewer pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_browsex_viewer*
+g:netrw_cygwin pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_cygwin*
+g:netrw_dav_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_dav_cmd*
+g:netrw_extracmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_extracmd*
+g:netrw_fastbrowse pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
+g:netrw_fetch_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
+g:netrw_ftp pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_ftp*
+g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*
+g:netrw_ftp_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_ftp_cmd*
+g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd*
+g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd*
+g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*
+g:netrw_ftpmode pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_ftpmode*
+g:netrw_hide pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_hide*
+g:netrw_http_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_http_cmd*
+g:netrw_ignorenetrc pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_ignorenetrc*
+g:netrw_keepdir pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_keepdir*
+g:netrw_list_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_list_cmd*
+g:netrw_list_hide pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_list_hide*
+g:netrw_liststyle pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_liststyle*
+g:netrw_local_mkdir pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_local_mkdir*
+g:netrw_local_rmdir pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_local_rmdir*
+g:netrw_maxfilenamelen pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*
+g:netrw_menu pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_menu*
+g:netrw_mkdir_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*
+g:netrw_nogx pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_nogx*
+g:netrw_passwd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_passwd*
+g:netrw_rcp_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_rcp_cmd*
+g:netrw_rm_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_rm_cmd*
+g:netrw_rmdir_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*
+g:netrw_rmf_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_rmf_cmd*
+g:netrw_rsync_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_rsync_cmd*
+g:netrw_scp_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_scp_cmd*
+g:netrw_sftp_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_sftp_cmd*
+g:netrw_shq pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_shq*
+g:netrw_sort_by pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_sort_by*
+g:netrw_sort_direction pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_sort_direction*
+g:netrw_sort_sequence pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_sort_sequence*
+g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject*
+g:netrw_ssh_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_ssh_cmd*
+g:netrw_timefmt pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_timefmt*
+g:netrw_uid pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_uid*
+g:netrw_use_noswf pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_use_noswf*
+g:netrw_use_nt_rcp pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_use_nt_rcp*
+g:netrw_win95ftp pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_win95ftp*
+g:netrw_winsize pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_winsize*
+g:vimball_home pi_vimball.txt /*g:vimball_home*
+g:visincr_datedivset visincr.txt /*g:visincr_datedivset*
+getlatestvimscripst-install GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*getlatestvimscripst-install*
+getlatestvimscripts GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*getlatestvimscripts*
+getlatestvimscripts-algorithm GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*getlatestvimscripts-algorithm*
+getlatestvimscripts-autoinstall GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*getlatestvimscripts-autoinstall*
+getlatestvimscripts-data GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*getlatestvimscripts-data*
+getlatestvimscripts-history GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*getlatestvimscripts-history*
+getlatestvimscripts-install pi_getscript.txt /*getlatestvimscripts-install*
+getlatestvimscripts-plugins GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*getlatestvimscripts-plugins*
+getlatestvimscripts-start GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*getlatestvimscripts-start*
+getlatestvimscripts.txt GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*getlatestvimscripts.txt*
+getscript pi_getscript.txt /*getscript*
+getscript-autoinstall pi_getscript.txt /*getscript-autoinstall*
+getscript-data pi_getscript.txt /*getscript-data*
+getscript-history pi_getscript.txt /*getscript-history*
+getscript-plugins pi_getscript.txt /*getscript-plugins*
+getscript-start pi_getscript.txt /*getscript-start*
+glvs GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*glvs*
+glvs pi_getscript.txt /*glvs*
+glvs-alg GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*glvs-alg*
+glvs-alg pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-alg*
+glvs-algorithm pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-algorithm*
+glvs-autoinstall GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*glvs-autoinstall*
+glvs-autoinstall pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-autoinstall*
+glvs-contents GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*glvs-contents*
+glvs-contents pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-contents*
+glvs-copyright pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-copyright*
+glvs-data GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*glvs-data*
+glvs-data pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-data*
+glvs-dist-install pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-dist-install*
+glvs-hist GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*glvs-hist*
+glvs-hist pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-hist*
+glvs-install GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*glvs-install*
+glvs-install pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-install*
+glvs-options pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-options*
+glvs-plugins GetLatestVimScripts.txt /*glvs-plugins*
+glvs-plugins pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-plugins*
+glvs-usage pi_getscript.txt /*glvs-usage*
+http pi_netrw.txt /*http*
+netreadfixup pi_netrw.txt /*netreadfixup*
+netrw pi_netrw.txt /*netrw*
+netrw-- pi_netrw.txt /*netrw--*
+netrw-D pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-D*
+netrw-O pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-O*
+netrw-P pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-P*
+netrw-R pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-R*
+netrw-S pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-S*
+netrw-U pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-U*
+netrw-a pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-a*
+netrw-activate pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-activate*
+netrw-bookmark pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-bookmark*
+netrw-bookmarks pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-bookmarks*
+netrw-browse pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-browse*
+netrw-browse-cmds pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-browse-cmds*
+netrw-browse-intro pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-browse-intro*
+netrw-browse-var pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-browse-var*
+netrw-c pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-c*
+netrw-cadaver pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-cadaver*
+netrw-chgup pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-chgup*
+netrw-contents pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-contents*
+netrw-cr pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-cr*
+netrw-credits pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-credits*
+netrw-ctrl-h pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-ctrl-h*
+netrw-ctrl-l pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-ctrl-l*
+netrw-ctrl_h pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-ctrl_h*
+netrw-ctrl_l pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-ctrl_l*
+netrw-curdir pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-curdir*
+netrw-d pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-d*
+netrw-debug pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-debug*
+netrw-del pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-del*
+netrw-delete pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-delete*
+netrw-dir pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-dir*
+netrw-dirlist pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-dirlist*
+netrw-downdir pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-downdir*
+netrw-edithide pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-edithide*
+netrw-ex pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-ex*
+netrw-explore pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-explore*
+netrw-explore-cmds pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-explore-cmds*
+netrw-externapp pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-externapp*
+netrw-file pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-file*
+netrw-fixup pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-fixup*
+netrw-ftp pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-ftp*
+netrw-gb pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-gb*
+netrw-gx pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-gx*
+netrw-handler pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-handler*
+netrw-help pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-help*
+netrw-hexplore pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-hexplore*
+netrw-hiding pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-hiding*
+netrw-history pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-history*
+netrw-horiz pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-horiz*
+netrw-i pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-i*
+netrw-incompatible pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-incompatible*
+netrw-list pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-list*
+netrw-listbookmark pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-listbookmark*
+netrw-listhack pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-listhack*
+netrw-login pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-login*
+netrw-maps pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-maps*
+netrw-mb pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-mb*
+netrw-ml_get pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-ml_get*
+netrw-move pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-move*
+netrw-netrc pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-netrc*
+netrw-nexplore pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-nexplore*
+netrw-nread pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-nread*
+netrw-nwrite pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-nwrite*
+netrw-o pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-o*
+netrw-options pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-options*
+netrw-p pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-p*
+netrw-p1 pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-p1*
+netrw-p2 pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-p2*
+netrw-p3 pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-p3*
+netrw-p4 pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-p4*
+netrw-p5 pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-p5*
+netrw-p6 pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-p6*
+netrw-p7 pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-p7*
+netrw-p8 pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-p8*
+netrw-p9 pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-p9*
+netrw-passwd pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-passwd*
+netrw-password pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-password*
+netrw-path pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-path*
+netrw-pexplore pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-pexplore*
+netrw-preview pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-preview*
+netrw-problems pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-problems*
+netrw-protocol pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-protocol*
+netrw-prvwin pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-prvwin*
+netrw-pscp pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-pscp*
+netrw-psftp pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-psftp*
+netrw-putty pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-putty*
+netrw-q pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-q*
+netrw-r pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-r*
+netrw-read pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-read*
+netrw-ref pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-ref*
+netrw-rename pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-rename*
+netrw-reverse pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-reverse*
+netrw-s pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-s*
+netrw-settings pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-settings*
+netrw-sexplore pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-sexplore*
+netrw-sort pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-sort*
+netrw-sortsequence pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-sortsequence*
+netrw-source pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-source*
+netrw-starpat pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-starpat*
+netrw-starstar pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-starstar*
+netrw-starstarpat pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-starstarpat*
+netrw-start pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-start*
+netrw-t pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-t*
+netrw-texplore pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-texplore*
+netrw-transparent pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-transparent*
+netrw-u pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-u*
+netrw-uidpass pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-uidpass*
+netrw-updir pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-updir*
+netrw-urls pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-urls*
+netrw-userpass pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-userpass*
+netrw-v pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-v*
+netrw-var pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-var*
+netrw-variables pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-variables*
+netrw-vexplore pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-vexplore*
+netrw-write pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-write*
+netrw-x pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-x*
+netrw-xfer pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-xfer*
+netrw.vim pi_netrw.txt /*netrw.vim*
+netrw_filehandler pi_netrw.txt /*netrw_filehandler*
+network pi_netrw.txt /*network*
+op-opAsRightShift crefvim.txt /*op-opAsRightShift*
+opAsBitAnd crefvim.txt /*opAsBitAnd*
+opAsBitOr crefvim.txt /*opAsBitOr*
+opAsBitXor crefvim.txt /*opAsBitXor*
+pi_getscript.txt pi_getscript.txt /*pi_getscript.txt*
+pi_netrw.txt pi_netrw.txt /*pi_netrw.txt*
+pi_vimball.txt pi_vimball.txt /*pi_vimball.txt*
+rcp pi_netrw.txt /*rcp*
+rsync pi_netrw.txt /*rsync*
+scp pi_netrw.txt /*scp*
+sftp pi_netrw.txt /*sftp*
+tComment-Installation tComment.txt /*tComment-Installation*
+tComment-Key-Bindings tComment.txt /*tComment-Key-Bindings*
+tComment-Usage tComment.txt /*tComment-Usage*
+tComment-commands tComment.txt /*tComment-commands*
+tComment-uninstall tComment.txt /*tComment-uninstall*
+tComment.txt tComment.txt /*tComment.txt*
+vba pi_vimball.txt /*vba*
+vimball pi_vimball.txt /*vimball*
+vimball-contents pi_vimball.txt /*vimball-contents*
+vimball-extract pi_vimball.txt /*vimball-extract*
+vimball-history pi_vimball.txt /*vimball-history*
+vimball-manual pi_vimball.txt /*vimball-manual*
+viscinr-I visincr.txt /*viscinr-I*
+viscinr-contents visincr.txt /*viscinr-contents*
+visincr visincr.txt /*visincr*
+visincr-IA visincr.txt /*visincr-IA*
+visincr-ID visincr.txt /*visincr-ID*
+visincr-IDMY visincr.txt /*visincr-IDMY*
+visincr-II visincr.txt /*visincr-II*
+visincr-IIO visincr.txt /*visincr-IIO*
+visincr-IIR visincr.txt /*visincr-IIR*
+visincr-IIX visincr.txt /*visincr-IIX*
+visincr-IM visincr.txt /*visincr-IM*
+visincr-IMDY visincr.txt /*visincr-IMDY*
+visincr-IO visincr.txt /*visincr-IO*
+visincr-IR visincr.txt /*visincr-IR*
+visincr-IX visincr.txt /*visincr-IX*
+visincr-IYMD visincr.txt /*visincr-IYMD*
+visincr-RI visincr.txt /*visincr-RI*
+visincr-RID visincr.txt /*visincr-RID*
+visincr-RIDMY visincr.txt /*visincr-RIDMY*
+visincr-RII visincr.txt /*visincr-RII*
+visincr-RIM visincr.txt /*visincr-RIM*
+visincr-RIMDY visincr.txt /*visincr-RIMDY*
+visincr-RIYMD visincr.txt /*visincr-RIYMD*
+visincr-calutil visincr.txt /*visincr-calutil*
+visincr-copyright visincr.txt /*visincr-copyright*
+visincr-decrease visincr.txt /*visincr-decrease*
+visincr-decrement visincr.txt /*visincr-decrement*
+visincr-examples visincr.txt /*visincr-examples*
+visincr-history visincr.txt /*visincr-history*
+visincr-increase visincr.txt /*visincr-increase*
+visincr-increment visincr.txt /*visincr-increment*
+visincr-leaddate visincr.txt /*visincr-leaddate*
+visincr-options visincr.txt /*visincr-options*
+visincr-raggedright visincr.txt /*visincr-raggedright*
+visincr-usage visincr.txt /*visincr-usage*
+visincr.txt visincr.txt /*visincr.txt*
diff --git a/vimfiles/doc/visincr.txt b/vimfiles/doc/visincr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a97a8c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/doc/visincr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+*visincr.txt* The Visual Incrementing Tool Sep 19, 2006
+
+Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrchipO@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+ (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email before using)
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2005 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr. *visincr-copyright*
+ The VIM LICENSE applies to visincr.vim and visincr.txt
+ (see |copyright|) except use "visincr" instead of "Vim"
+ No warranty, express or implied. Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Contents *visincr* *viscinr-contents*
+
+ 1. Contents ....................: |visincr|
+ 2. Quick Usage .................: |visincr-usage|
+ 3. Increasing/Decreasing Lists..: |viscinr-increase| |viscinr-decrease|
+ :I [#] ...................: |visincr-I|
+ :II [# [zfill]] ...........: |visincr-II|
+ :IO [#] ...................: |visincr-IO|
+ :IIO [# [zfill]] ...........: |visincr-IIO|
+ :IX [#] ...................: |visincr-IX|
+ :IIX [# [zfill]] ...........: |visincr-IIX|
+ :IYMD [# [zfill]] ...........: |visincr-IYMD|
+ :IMDY [# [zfill]] ...........: |visincr-IMDY|
+ :IDMY [# [zfill]] ...........: |visincr-IDMY|
+ :IA [#] ...................: |visincr-IA|
+ :ID [#] ...................: |visincr-ID|
+ :IM [#] ...................: |visincr-IM|
+ 4. Examples.....................: |visincr-examples|
+ :I ..........................: |ex-viscinr-I|
+ :II .........................: |ex-viscinr-II|
+ :IMDY .......................: |ex-viscinr-IMDY|
+ :IYMD .......................: |ex-viscinr-IYMD|
+ :IDMY .......................: |ex-viscinr-IDMY|
+ :IA .........................: |ex-viscinr-IA|
+ :ID .........................: |ex-viscinr-ID|
+ 5. Options .....................: |visincr-options|
+ 6. History .....................: |visincr-history|
+
+==============================================================================
+2. Quick Usage *visincr-usage*
+
+ Use ctrl-v to visually select a column of numbers. Then
+
+ :I [#] will use the first line's number as a starting point
+ default increment (#) is 1
+ will justify left (pad right)
+ For more see |visincr-I|
+
+ :II [# [zfill]]
+ will use the first line's number as a starting point
+ default increment (#) is 1
+ default zfill is a blank (ex. :II 1 0)
+ will justify right (pad left)
+ For more see |visincr-II|
+
+ ORIG I II
+ +---+ +----+ +----+
+ | 8 | | 8 | | 8 |
+ | 8 | | 9 | | 9 |
+ | 8 | | 10 | | 10 |
+ | 8 | | 11 | | 11 |
+ +---+ +----+ +----+
+
+ For octal and hexadecimal incrementing, use the variants
+ (the increment is also octal or hexadecimal, respectively)
+
+ :IO [#] :IX [#]
+ :IIO [# [zfil]] :IIX [# [zfill]]
+
+ ORIG IO IIO
+ +---+ +----+ +----+
+ | 6 | | 6 | | 6 |
+ | 6 | | 7 | | 7 |
+ | 6 | | 10 | | 10 |
+ | 6 | | 11 | | 11 |
+ +---+ +----+ +----+
+
+ ORIG IX IIX
+ +---+ +----+ +----+
+ | 9 | | 9 | | 9 |
+ | 9 | | a | | a |
+ | 9 | | b | | b |
+ | 9 | | c | | c |
+ | 9 | | d | | d |
+ | 9 | | e | | e |
+ | 9 | | f | | f |
+ | 9 | | 10 | | 10 |
+ | 9 | | 11 | | 11 |
+ +---+ +----+ +----+
+
+
+ The following three commands need <calutil.vim> to do
+ their work:
+
+ :IYMD [#] Increment year/month/day dates (by optional # days)
+ :IMDY [#] Increment month/day/year dates (by optional # days)
+ :IDMY [#] Increment day/month/year dates (by optional # days)
+ For more: see |visincr-IYMD|, |visincr-IMDY|, and |visincr-IDMY|
+ (these options require the calutil.vim plugin; please see
+ |visincr-calutil|)
+
+ :ID Increment days by name (Monday, Tuesday, etc). If only
+ three or fewer letters are highlighted, then only
+ three-letter abbreviations will be used.
+ For more: see |visincr-ID|
+
+ :IA Increment alphabetic lists
+ For more: see |visincr-IA|
+
+ :IM Increment months by name (January, February, etc).
+ Like ID, if three or fewer letters are highlighted,
+ then only three-letter abbreviations will be used.
+ For more: see |visincr-IM|
+
+ :RI RII RIYMD RIMDY RIDMY RID RM
+ Restricted variants of the above commands - requires
+ that the visual block on the current line start with
+ an appropriate pattern (ie. a number for :I, a
+ dayname for :ID, a monthname for :IM, etc).
+ For more, see |visincr-RI|, |visincr-RII|, |visincr-RIYMD|,
+ |visincr-RIMDY|, |visincr-RIDMY|, |visincr-RID|, and
+ |visincr-M|.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Increasing/Decreasing Lists *visincr-increase* *visincr-decrease*
+ *visincr-increment* *visincr-decrement*
+
+The visincr plugin facilitates making a column of increasing or decreasing
+numbers, dates, or daynames.
+
+ LEFT JUSTIFIED INCREMENTING *I* *viscinr-I*
+ :I [#] Will use the first line's number as a starting point to build
+ a column of increasing numbers (or decreasing numbers if the
+ increment is negative).
+
+ Default increment: 1
+ Justification : left (will pad on the right)
+
+ The IX variant supports hexadecimal incrementing.
+
+ *visincr-RI*
+ The restricted version (:RI) applies number incrementing only
+ to those lines in the visual block that begin with a number.
+
+ See |visincr-raggedright| for a discussion on ragged-right
+ handling.
+
+ *IX* *visincr-IX* *IO* *visincr-IO*
+ The following two commands are variants of :I : >
+ :IO [#] left justified octal incrementing
+ :IX [#] left justified hexadecimal incrementing
+< The increments are in octal or hexadecimal for their
+ respective commands.
+
+ *IR* *visincr-IR* *IIR* *visincr-IIR*
+ These commands do left (IR) and right (IIR) justified
+ Roman numeral enumeration. The increment for these
+ commands is in the usual arabic numerals (ie. decimal)
+ as Roman numerals don't support negative numbers.
+
+
+
+
+ RIGHT JUSTIFIED INCREMENTING *II* *visincr-II*
+ :II [# [zfill]] Will use the first line's number as a starting point
+ to build a column of increasing numbers (or decreasing numbers
+ if the increment is negative).
+
+ Default increment: 1
+ Justification : right (will pad on the left)
+ Zfill : left padding will be done with the given
+ character, typically a zero.
+
+ *IIX* *visincr-IIX* *IIO* *visincr-IIO*
+ The following two commands are variants of :II :
+ :IIO [# [zfill]] right justified octal incrementing
+ :IIX [# [zfill]] right justified hexadecimal incrementing
+
+ *visincr-RII*
+ The restricted version (:RII) applies number incrementing only to
+ those lines in the visual block that begin with zero or more
+ spaces and end with a number.
+
+ RAGGED RIGHT HANDLING FOR I AND II *visincr-raggedright*
+ For :I and :II:
+
+ If the visual block is ragged on the right-hand side (as can
+ easily happen when the "$" is used to select the
+ right-hand-side), the block will have spaces appended to
+ straighten it out. If the string length of the count exceeds
+ the visual-block, then additional spaces will be inserted as
+ needed. Leading tabs are handled by using virtual column
+ calculations.
+
+ DATE INCREMENTING
+ :IYMD [# [zfill]] year/month/day *IYMD* *visincr-IYMD*
+ :IMDY [# [zfill]] month/day/year *IMDY* *visincr-IMDY*
+ :IDMY [# [zfill]] day/month/year *IDMY* *visincr-IDMY*
+ Will use the starting line's date to construct an increasing
+ or decreasing list of dates, depending on the sign of the
+ number. (these options need |visincr-calutil|)
+
+ Default increment: 1 (in days)
+
+ *visincr-RIYMD* *visincr-RIMDY* *visincr-RIDMY*
+ Restricted versions (:RIYMD, :RIMDY, :RIDMY) applies number
+ incrementing only to those lines in the visual block that
+ begin with a date (#/#/#).
+
+ zfill: since dates include both single and double digits,
+ to line up the single digits must be padded. By default,
+ visincr will pad the single-digits in dates with zeros.
+ However, one may get blank padding by using a backslash
+ and then a space: >
+ :IYMD 1 \
+ ^(space here)
+< Of course, one may use any charcter for such padding.
+
+ By default, English daynames and monthnames are used.
+ However, one may use whatever daynames and monthnames
+ one wishes by placing lines such as >
+ let g:visincr_dow = "Mandag,Tirsdag,Onsdag,Torsdag,Fredag,Lørdag,Søndag"
+ let g:visincr_month= "Janvier,Février,Mars,Avril,Mai,Juin,Juillet,Août,Septembre,Octobre,Novembre,Décembre"
+< in your <.vimrc> initialization file. The two variables
+ (dow=day-of-week) should be set to a comma-delimited set of
+ words.
+ *g:visincr_datedivset*
+ By default, the date dividers are: given by: >
+ let g:visincr_datedivset= '[-./]'
+< You may change the set in your <.vimrc>. The separator actually
+ used is the first one found in your date column.
+
+
+ SINGLE DIGIT DAYS OR MONTHS *visincr-leaddate*
+
+ Single digit days or months are converted into two characters
+ by use of
+>
+ g:visincr_leaddate
+<
+ which, by default, is '0'. If you prefer blanks, simply put
+>
+ let g:visincr_leaddate= ' '
+<
+ into your <.vimrc> file.
+
+ CALUTIL NEEDED FOR DATE INCREMENTING *visincr-calutil*
+ For :IYMD, :IMDY, and IDMY:
+
+ These options utilize the <calutil.vim> plugin, available as
+ "Calendar Utilities" at the following url on the web:
+
+ http://mysite.verizon.net/astronaut/vim/index.html#VimFuncs
+
+ ALPHABETIC INCREMENTING *IA* *visincr-IA*
+ :IA Will produce an increasing/decreasing list of alphabetic
+ characters.
+
+ DAYNAME INCREMENTING *ID* *visincr-ID* *visincr-RID*
+ :ID [#] Will produce an increasing/decreasing list of daynames.
+ Three-letter daynames will be used if the first day on the
+ first line is a three letter dayname; otherwise, full names
+ will be used.
+
+ Restricted version (:RID) applies number incrementing only
+ to those lines in the visual block that begin with a dayname
+ (mon tue wed thu fri sat).
+
+ MONTHNAME INCREMENTING *IM* *visincr-IM* *visincr-RIM*
+ :IM [#] will produce an increasing/decreasing list of monthnames.
+ Monthnames may be three-letter versions (jan feb etc) or
+ fully-spelled out monthnames.
+
+ Restricted version (:RIM) applies number incrementing only
+ to those lines in the visual block that begin with a
+ monthname (jan feb mar etc).
+
+
+==============================================================================
+4. Examples: *visincr-examples*
+
+ LEFT JUSTIFIED INCREMENTING EXAMPLES
+ :I :I 2 *ex-visincr-I*
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :I Original Select, :I 2
+ 8 8 8 8
+ 8 9 8 10
+ 8 10 8 12
+ 8 11 8 14
+ 8 12 8 16
+
+ :I -1 :I -2
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :I -1 Original Select, :I -3
+ 8 8 8 8
+ 8 7 8 5
+ 8 6 8 2
+ 8 5 8 -1
+ 8 4 8 -4
+
+ RIGHT JUSTIFIED INCREMENTING EXAMPLES
+ :II :II 2 *ex-visincr-II*
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :II Original Select, :II 2
+ 8 8 8 8
+ 8 9 8 10
+ 8 10 8 12
+ 8 11 8 14
+ 8 12 8 16
+
+ :II -1 :II -2
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :II -1 Original Select, :II -3
+ 8 8 8 8
+ 8 7 8 5
+ 8 6 8 2
+ 8 5 8 -1
+ 8 4 8 -4
+
+ DATE INCREMENTING EXAMPLES
+ :IMDY *ex-visincr-IMDY*
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :IMDY Original Select, :IMDY 7
+ 06/10/03 6/10/03 06/10/03 6/10/03
+ 06/10/03 6/11/03 06/10/03 6/11/03
+ 06/10/03 6/12/03 06/10/03 6/12/03
+ 06/10/03 6/13/03 06/10/03 6/13/03
+ 06/10/03 6/14/03 06/10/03 6/14/03
+
+
+ :IYMD *ex-visincr-IYMD*
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :IYMD Original Select, :IYMD 7
+ 03/06/10 03/06/10 03/06/10 03/06/10
+ 03/06/10 03/06/11 03/06/10 03/06/17
+ 03/06/10 03/06/12 03/06/10 03/06/24
+ 03/06/10 03/06/13 03/06/10 03/07/ 1
+ 03/06/10 03/06/14 03/06/10 03/07/ 8
+
+
+ :IDMY *ex-visincr-IDMY*
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :IDMY Original Select, :IDMY 7
+ 10/06/03 10/06/03 10/06/03 10/06/03
+ 10/06/03 11/06/03 10/06/03 17/06/03
+ 10/06/03 12/06/03 10/06/03 24/06/03
+ 10/06/03 13/06/03 10/06/03 1/07/03
+ 10/06/03 14/06/03 10/06/03 8/07/03
+
+
+ ALPHABETIC INCREMENTING EXAMPLES
+ :IA *ex-visincr-IA*
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :IA Original Select, :IA 2
+ a) a) A) A)
+ a) b) A) C)
+ a) c) A) E)
+ a) d) A) G)
+
+ DAYNAME INCREMENTING EXAMPLES
+ :ID *ex-visincr-ID*
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :ID Original Select, :ID 2
+ Sun Sun Sun Sun
+ Sun Mon Sun Tue
+ Sun Tue Sun Thu
+ Sun Wed Sun Sat
+ Sun Thu Sun Mon
+
+
+ :ID
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :ID Original Select, :ID 2
+ Sunday Sunday Sunday Sunday
+ Sunday Monday Sunday Monday
+ Sunday Tuesday Sunday Tuesday
+ Sunday Wednesday Sunday Wednesday
+ Sunday Thursday Sunday Thursday
+
+ MONTHNAME INCREMENTING EXAMPLES
+ :IM *ex-visincr-IM*
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :IM Original Select, :IM 2
+ Jan Jan Jan Jan
+ Jan Feb Jan Mar
+ Jan Mar Jan May
+ Jan Apr Jan Jul
+ Jan May Jan Sep
+
+ :IM
+ Use ctrl-V to Use ctrl-V to
+ Original Select, :IM Original Select, :IM 2
+ January January January January
+ January February January March
+ January March January May
+ January April January July
+ January May January September
+
+
+==============================================================================
+5. Options *visincr-options*
+
+ Default values are shown: >
+
+ let g:visincr_dow ="Monday,Tuesday,Wednesday,Thursday,Friday,Saturday,Sunday"
+ let g:visincr_month="January,February,March,April,May,June,July,August,September,October,November,December"
+ let g:visincr_datedivset= '[-./]'
+<
+ Controls respectively the day of week (ID), name of month (IM),
+ and dividers used by IMDY, IYMD, IDMY.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+6. History: *visincr-history* {{{1
+
+ v17: 07/26/06 : -complete=expression added to all visincr
+ commands
+ 07/27/06 * g:visincr_datedivset support included
+ v16: 06/15/06 : :IX, :IIX, :IO, and :IIO now support negative
+ increments and negative counts
+ 07/13/06 * :IR :IIR (roman numeral) support included
+ v14: 03/21/06 : :IX and :IIX implemented to support hexadecimal
+ incrementing
+ 03/25/06 * Visincr converted to use Vim 7.0's autoloading
+ 06/12/06 * Visincr will now direct users trying to do a
+ calendrical incrementing operation (IMDY, IYMD,
+ IDMY) but missing calutil.vim to the help on
+ where to get it (|visincr-calutil|).
+ 06/12/06 * :IO and :IIO implemented to support octal
+ incrementing
+ v13: 03/15/06 : a zfill of '' or "" now stands for an empty zfill
+ 03/16/06 * visincr now insures that the first character of
+ a month or day incrementing sequence (:IM, :ID)
+ is capitalized
+ * (bugfix) names embedded in a line weren't being
+ incremented correctly; text to the right of the
+ daynames/monthnames went missing. Fixed.
+ v12: 04/20/05 : load-once variable changed to g:loaded_visincr
+ protected from users' cpo options
+ 05/06/05 zfill capability provided to IDMY IMDY IYMD
+ 05/09/05 g:visincr_dow and g:visincr_month now can be
+ set by the user to customize daynames and
+ monthnames.
+ 03/07/06 passes my pluginkiller test (avoids more
+ problems causes by various options to vim)
+ v11: 08/24/04 : g:visincr_leaddate implemented
+ v10: 07/26/04 : IM and ID now handle varying length long-names
+ selected via |linewise-visual| mode
+ v9 : 03/05/04 : included IA command
+ v8 : 06/24/03 : added IM command
+ added RI .. RM commands (restricted)
+ v7 : 06/09/03 : bug fix -- years now retain leading zero
+ v6 : 05/29/03 : bug fix -- pattern for IMDY IDMY IYMD didn't work
+ with text on the sides of dates; it now does
+ v5 : II : implements 0-filling automatically if
+ the first number has the format 0000...0#
+ IYMD IMDY IDMY : date incrementing, uses <calutil.vim>
+ ID : day-of-week incrementing
+ v4 : gdefault option bypassed (saved/set nogd/restored)
+
+vim: tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/ftplugin/srec.vim b/vimfiles/ftplugin/srec.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b05f18c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/ftplugin/srec.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: S-record
+" Maintainer: ZhaoRuFei <slimzhao@21cn.com>
+" Last Change: 2004 May 31
+" License: This file is placed in the public domain.
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+ finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl et< fo< com< commentstring<"
+
+" Decode the S0 record
+function! <SID>Interprete()
+ let b:s0_line = getline('.')
+ let b:data_count= ("0x". strpart(b:s0_line, 2, 2))+0
+ "Contain 1 byte checksum, 1 byte DataCount(Contain checksum)
+ let b:line_len = strlen(b:s0_line)/2
+ if b:data_count != (b:line_len-1) && b:data_count != (b:line_len-2)
+ echo "The data count of this record(line ". line('.'). ") is wrong!"
+ return
+ elseif b:data_count == b:line_len-1
+ echo "This record looks have no checksum, press <C-K> to generate checksum for it"
+ return
+ else
+ "Check checksum
+ let b:right_cs = CheckSum(0)
+ if b:right_cs != strpart(b:s0_line, strlen(b:s0_line)-2)
+ echo "The Check sum is wrong!, should be: 0x". b:right_cs. ",Press <C-K> to correct it"
+ endif
+ endif
+ "Currently only parse S0 record
+ if getline('.') !~ '^S0'
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let b:mname = strpart( b:s0_line, 8)
+ let b:mname = strpart( b:mname, 0, strlen(b:mname)-2)
+ let b:mname = substitute(b:mname,'[0-9a-fA-F]\{2}','\=(nr2char("0x".submatch(0)))', 'g')
+ echo "Info: " . b:mname
+ "RecType, DataCount, Address, Mname, ver, rev
+
+endfunction
+
+
+"a worker function, invoked by others
+func! Nr2Hex(nr)
+ let n = a:nr
+ let r = ""
+ while n
+ let r = '0123456789ABCDEF'[n % 16] . r
+ let n = n / 16
+ endwhile
+ return r
+endfunc
+"Re-calculate the check sum, Assume there's no checksum at current line
+"arg1 == 0, return CheckSum, don't modify, arg1 == 1, modify, and return;
+"arg1 =~ [^01], nothing
+function! CheckSum(arg1)
+ if a:arg1 != 0 && a:arg1 != 1
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let b:curr_line = strpart(getline('.'), 2)
+ let b:curr_line = strpart(b:curr_line, 0)
+ "Number of bytes to Sum
+ let n = strlen(b:curr_line) / 2
+ let b:count = ('0x'. strpart(b:curr_line, 0, 2)) + 0
+ "CheckSum
+ let sum = 0
+ let j = 0
+ let b:n_trim_sum = n
+ "Current line hasn't checksum at present
+ if b:count+1 == strlen(b:curr_line)/2
+ let b:n_trim_sum = b:n_trim_sum-1
+ elseif b:count != strlen(b:curr_line)/2
+ return "BAD_DATACOUNT"
+ endif
+
+ while j < b:n_trim_sum
+ let sum = "0x". strpart(b:curr_line, j*2, 2) + sum
+ let j = j+1
+ endwhile
+ "echo '_' . curr_line . '_'
+ "echo 255-sum%256
+ let sum_chars = Nr2Hex(255-sum%256)
+ if strlen(sum_chars) == 1
+ let sum_chars = "0". sum_chars
+ elseif strlen(sum_chars) == 0
+ "echo sum. ":" . b:curr_line. ":". n
+ let sum_chars = "00"
+ endif
+ "There's no checksum at present, 2: CheckSum(1byte) + DataCount(1byte)
+ if a:arg1 == 1
+ if n == b:count
+ s/$/\= sum_chars/
+ else
+ s/..$/\=sum_chars/
+ endif
+ endif
+ return sum_chars
+endfunction
+
+"add *.srec/*.s3 to the possible fileext
+au! CursorHold *.s19,*.s28,*.37,*.srec,*.s3 call <SID>Interprete()
+nnoremap <C-K> :silent call CheckSum(1)<CR>
diff --git a/vimfiles/ftplugin/xml.vim b/vimfiles/ftplugin/xml.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eae609f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/ftplugin/xml.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,1860 @@
+" Vim script file vim600:fdm=marker:
+" FileType: XML
+" Author: Rene de Zwart <renez (at) lightcon.xs4all.nl>
+" Maintainer: Rene de Zwart <renez (at) lightcon.xs4all.nl>
+" Last Change: $Date: 2007/03/17 12:39:40 $
+" Version: $Revision: 1.35 $
+"
+" Licence: This program is free software; you can redistribute it
+" and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+" License. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.txt
+" Credits: Devin Weaver <vim (at) tritarget.com> et all
+" for the original code. Guo-Peng Wen for the self
+" install documentation code.
+" Bart vam Deenen for makeElement function
+
+
+" Observation - If you want to do something to a match pair most of the time
+" you must do first the close tag. Because doing first the open
+" tag could change the close tag position.
+
+
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+ finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal commentstring=<!--%s-->
+
+" XML: thanks to Johannes Zellner and Akbar Ibrahim
+" - case sensitive
+" - don't match empty tags <fred/>
+" - match <!--, --> style comments (but not --, --)
+" - match <!, > inlined dtd's. This is not perfect, as it
+" gets confused for example by
+" <!ENTITY gt ">">
+if exists("loaded_matchit")
+ let b:match_ignorecase=0
+ let b:match_words =
+ \ '<:>,' .
+ \ '<\@<=!\[CDATA\[:]]>,'.
+ \ '<\@<=!--:-->,'.
+ \ '<\@<=?\k\+:?>,'.
+ \ '<\@<=\([^ \t>/]\+\)\%(\s\+[^>]*\%([^/]>\|$\)\|>\|$\):<\@<=/\1>,'.
+ \ '<\@<=\%([^ \t>/]\+\)\%(\s\+[^/>]*\|$\):/>'
+endif
+
+" Script rgular expresion used. Documents those nasty criters {{{1
+let s:NoSlashBeforeGt = '\(\/\)\@\<!>'
+" Don't check for quotes around attributes!!!
+let s:Attrib = '\(\(\s\|\n\)\+\([^>= \t]\+=[^>&]\+\)\(\s\|\n\)*\)'
+let s:OptAttrib = s:Attrib . '*'. s:NoSlashBeforeGt
+let s:ReqAttrib = s:Attrib . '\+'. s:NoSlashBeforeGt
+let s:OpenTag = '<[^!/?][^>]*' . s:OptAttrib
+let s:OpenOrCloseTag = '<[^!?][^>]*'. s:OptAttrib
+let s:CloseTag = '<\/[^>]*'. s:OptAttrib
+let s:SpaceInfront = '^\s*<'
+let s:EndofName = '\($\|\s\|>\)'
+
+" Buffer variables {{{1
+let b:emptyTags='^\(img\|input\|param\|frame\|br\|hr\|meta\|link\|base\|area\)$'
+let b:firstWasEndTag = 0
+let b:html_mode =((&filetype =~ 'x\?html') && !exists("g:xml_no_html"))
+let b:haveAtt = 0
+let b:lastTag = ""
+let b:lastAtt = ""
+let b:suffix = (exists('g:makeElementSuf') ? g:makeElementSuf : ';;')
+let b:xml_use_xhtml = 0
+if exists('g:xml_use_xhtml')
+ let b:xml_use_xhtml = g:xml_use_xhtml
+elseif &filetype == 'xhtml'
+ let b:xml_use_xhtml = 1
+en
+
+
+
+
+" NewFileXML -> Inserts <?xml?> at top of new file. {{{1
+if !exists("*NewFileXML")
+function! NewFileXML( )
+ " Where is g:did_xhtmlcf_inits defined?
+ if &filetype == 'xml' ||
+ \ (!exists ("g:did_xhtmlcf_inits") &&
+ \ b:xml_use_xhtml &&
+ \ (&filetype =~ 'x\?html'))
+ if append (0, '<?xml version="1.0"?>')
+ normal! G
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+endif
+
+
+
+" Callback -> Checks for tag callbacks and executes them. {{{1
+if !exists("*s:Callback")
+function! s:Callback( xml_tag, isHtml )
+ let text = 0
+ if a:isHtml == 1 && exists ("*HtmlAttribCallback")
+ let text = HtmlAttribCallback (a:xml_tag)
+ elseif exists ("*XmlAttribCallback")
+ let text = XmlAttribCallback (a:xml_tag)
+ endif
+ if text != '0'
+ execute "normal! i " . text ."\<Esc>l"
+ endif
+endfunction
+endif
+
+" SavePos() saves position in bufferwide variable {{{1
+if !exists('*s:SavePos')
+fun! s:SavePos()
+ retu 'call cursor('.line('.').','. col('.'). ')'
+endf
+en
+
+" findOpenTag() {{{1
+if !exists('*s:findOpenTag')
+fun! s:findOpenTag(flag)
+ call search(s:OpenTag,a:flag)
+endf
+en
+
+" findCloseTag() {{{1
+if !exists('*s:findCloseTag')
+fun! s:findCloseTag(flag)
+ call search(s:CloseTag,a:flag)
+endf
+en
+
+" GetTagName() Gets the tagname from start position {{{1
+"Now lets go for the name part. The namepart are xmlnamechars which
+"is quite a big range. We assume that everything after '<' or '</'
+"until the first 'space', 'forward slash' or '>' ends de name part.
+if !exists('*s:GetTagName')
+fun! s:GetTagName(from)
+ let l:end = match(getline('.'), s:EndofName,a:from)
+ return strpart(getline('.'),a:from, l:end - a:from )
+endf
+en
+" hasAtt() Looks for attribute in open tag {{{1
+" expect cursor to be on <
+if !exists('*s:hasAtt')
+fun! s:hasAtt()
+ "Check if this open tag has attributes
+ let l:line = line('.') | let l:col = col('.')
+ if search(b:tagName . s:ReqAttrib,'W') > 0
+ if l:line == line('.') && l:col == (col('.')-1)
+ let b:haveAtt = 1
+ en
+ en
+endf
+en
+
+
+" TagUnderCursor() Is there a tag under the cursor? {{{1
+" Set bufer wide variable
+" - b:firstWasEndTag
+" - b:tagName
+" - b:endcol & b:endline only used by Match()
+" - b:gotoCloseTag (if the tag under the cursor is one)
+" - b:gotoOpenTag (if the tag under the cursor is one)
+" on exit
+" - returns 1 (true) or 0 (false)
+" - position is at '<'
+if !exists('*s:TagUnderCursor')
+fun! s:TagUnderCursor()
+ let b:firstWasEndTag = 0
+ let l:haveTag = 0
+ let b:haveAtt = 0
+
+ "Lets find forward a < or a >. If we first find a > we might be in a tag.
+ "If we find a < first or nothing we are definitly not in a tag
+
+ if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] == '>'
+ let b:endcol = col('.')
+ let b:endline = line('.')
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '/'
+ "we don't work with empty tags
+ retu l:haveTag
+ en
+ " begin: gwang customization for JSP development
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '%'
+ "we don't work with jsp %> tags
+ retu l:haveTag
+ en
+ " end: gwang customization for JSP development
+ " begin: gwang customization for PHP development
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '?'
+ "we don't work with php ?> tags
+ retu l:haveTag
+ en
+ " end: gwang customization for PHP development
+ elseif search('[<>]','W') >0
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-1] == '>'
+ let b:endcol = col('.')
+ let b:endline = line('.')
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '-'
+ "we don't work with comment tags
+ retu l:haveTag
+ en
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '/'
+ "we don't work with empty tags
+ retu l:haveTag
+ en
+ el
+ retu l:haveTag
+ en
+ el
+ retu l:haveTag
+ en
+
+ if search('[<>]','bW' ) >=0
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-1] == '<'
+ if getline('.')[col('.')] == '/'
+ let b:firstWasEndTag = 1
+ let b:gotoCloseTag = s:SavePos()
+ elseif getline('.')[col('.')] == '?' || getline('.')[col('.')] == '!'
+ "we don't deal with processing instructions or dtd
+ "related definitions
+ retu l:haveTag
+ el
+ let b:gotoOpenTag = s:SavePos()
+ en
+ el
+ retu l:haveTag
+ en
+ el
+ retu l:haveTag
+ en
+
+ "we have established that we are between something like
+ "'</\?[^>]*>'
+
+ let b:tagName = s:GetTagName(col('.') + b:firstWasEndTag)
+ "echo 'Tag ' . b:tagName
+
+ "begin: gwang customization, do not work with an empty tag name
+ if b:tagName == ''
+ retu l:haveTag
+ en
+ "end: gwang customization, do not work with an empty tag name
+
+ let l:haveTag = 1
+ if b:firstWasEndTag == 0
+ call s:hasAtt()
+ exe b:gotoOpenTag
+ en
+ retu l:haveTag
+endf
+en
+
+" Match(tagname) Looks for open or close tag of tagname {{{1
+" Set buffer wide variable
+" - b:gotoCloseTag (if the Match tag is one)
+" - b:gotoOpenTag (if the Match tag is one)
+" on exit
+" - returns 1 (true) or 0 (false)
+" - position is at '<'
+if !exists('*s:Match')
+fun! s:Match(name)
+ let l:pat = '</\=' . a:name . s:OptAttrib
+ if b:firstWasEndTag
+ exe b:gotoCloseTag
+ let l:flags='bW'
+ let l:level = -1
+ el
+ exe 'normal '.b:endline.'G0'.(b:endcol-1).'l'
+ let l:flags='W'
+ let l:level = 1
+ en
+ while l:level && search(l:pat,l:flags) > 0
+ let l:level = l:level + (getline('.')[col('.')] == '/' ? -1 : 1)
+ endwhile
+ if l:level
+ echo "no matching tag!!!!!"
+ retu l:level
+ en
+ if b:firstWasEndTag
+ let b:gotoOpenTag = s:SavePos()
+ call s:hasAtt()
+ exe b:gotoOpenTag
+ el
+ let b:gotoCloseTag = s:SavePos()
+ en
+ retu l:level == 0
+endf
+en
+
+" InComment() Is there a Comment under the cursor? {{{1
+" - returns 1 (true) or 0 (false)
+
+if !exists('*s:InComment')
+fun! s:InComment()
+let b:endcom=0
+let b:begcom=0
+
+ "Lets find forward a < or a >. If we first find a > we might be in a comment.
+ "If we find a < first or nothing we are definitly not in a Comment
+
+ if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] == '>'
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '-' && getline('.')[col('.')-3] == '-'
+ let b:endcomcol=col('.')
+ let b:endcomline=line('.')
+ let b:endcom=1
+ retu 1
+ en
+ elseif getline('.')[col('.')-1] == '<' && getline('.')[col('.')] == '!'
+ \ && getline('.')[col('.')+1] == '-' && getline('.')[col('.')+2] == '-'
+ let b:begcomcol= col('.')
+ let b:begcomline=line('.')
+ let b:begcom=1
+ retu 1
+ en
+ "We are not standing on a begin/end comment
+ "Is the first > an ending comment?
+ if search('[<>]','W') >0
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-1] == '>'
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '-' && getline('.')[col('.')-3] == '-'
+ let b:endcomcol=col('.')
+ let b:endcomline=line('.')
+ let b:endcom=1
+ retu 1
+ en
+ en
+ en
+ "Forward is not a ending comment
+ "is backward a starting comment
+
+ if search('[<>]','bW' ) >=0
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-1] == '<' && getline('.')[col('.')] == '!'
+ \ && getline('.')[col('.')+1] == '-' && getline('.')[col('.')+2] == '-'
+ let b:begcomcol=col('.')
+ let b:begcomline=line('.')
+ let b:begcom=1
+ retu 1
+ en
+ en
+ retu 0
+endf
+en
+
+" DelComment() Is there a Comment under the cursor? {{{1
+" - returns 1 (true) or 0 (false)
+
+if !exists('*s:DelComment')
+fun! s:DelComment()
+
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:InComment()
+ if b:begcom
+ if search('-->','W' ) >=0
+ normal hh3x
+ call cursor(b:begcomline,b:begcomcol)
+ normal 4x
+ retu 1
+ en
+ el
+ if search('<!--','bW' ) >=0
+ normal 4x
+ call cursor(b:endcomline,b:endcomcol)
+ normal hh3x
+ retu 1
+ en
+ en
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+ retu 0
+endf
+en
+
+" DelCommentSection() Is there a Comment under the cursor? {{{1
+" - returns 1 (true) or 0 (false)
+
+if !exists('*s:DelCommentSection')
+fun! s:DelCommentSection()
+
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:InComment()
+ let l:sentinel = 'XmLSeNtInElXmL'
+ let l:len = strlen(l:sentinel)
+ if b:begcom
+ if search('-->','W' ) >=0
+ exe "normal f>a".l:sentinel."\<Esc>"
+ call cursor(b:begcomline,b:begcomcol)
+ exe "normal \"xd/".l:sentinel."/e-".l:len."\<Cr>"
+ exe "normal ".l:len."x"
+ retu 1
+ en
+ el
+ if search('<!--','bW' ) >=0
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ call cursor(b:endcomline,b:endcomcol)
+ exe "normal a".l:sentinel."\<Esc>"
+ exe l:restore
+ exe "normal \"xd/".l:sentinel."/e-".l:len."\<Cr>"
+ exe "normal ".l:len."x"
+ retu 1
+ en
+ en
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+ retu 0
+endf
+en
+
+" DelCData() Is there a CData under the cursor? {{{1
+" - returns 1 (true) or 0 (false)
+
+if !exists('*s:DelCData')
+fun! s:DelCData()
+
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:InCData()
+ if b:begdat
+ if search(']]>','W' ) >=0
+ normal hh3x
+ call cursor(b:begdatline,b:begdatcol)
+ normal 9x
+ retu 1
+ en
+ el
+ if search('<![CDATA[','bW' ) >=0
+ normal 9x
+ call cursor(b:enddatline,b:enddatcol)
+ normal hh3x
+ retu 1
+ en
+ en
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+ retu 0
+endf
+en
+
+" InCData() Is there a CData under the cursor? {{{1
+" - returns 1 (true) or 0 (false)
+
+if !exists('*s:InCData')
+fun! s:InCData()
+let b:enddat=0
+let b:begdat=0
+
+ "Lets find forward a < or a >. If we first find a > we might be in a comment.
+ "If we find a < first or nothing we are definitly not in a Comment
+
+ if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] == '>'
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == ']' && getline('.')[col('.')-3] == ']'
+ let b:enddatcol=col('.')
+ let b:enddatline=line('.')
+ let b:enddat=1
+ retu 1
+ en
+ elseif getline('.')[col('.')-1] == '<'
+ if match(getline('.'),'<![CDATA[') > 0
+ let b:begdatcol= col('.')
+ let b:begdatline=line('.')
+ let b:begdat=1
+ retu 1
+ en
+ en
+ "We are not standing on a begin/end comment
+ "Is the first > aending comment?
+ if search('[<>]','W') >0
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-1] == '>'
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == ']' && getline('.')[col('.')-3] == ']'
+ let b:enddatcol=col('.')
+ let b:enddatline=line('.')
+ let b:enddat=1
+ retu 1
+ en
+ en
+ en
+ "Forward is not a ending datment
+ "is backward a starting comment
+
+ if search('[<>]','bW' ) >=0
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-1] == '<'
+ if match(getline('.'),'<![CDATA[') > 0
+ let l:newname = inputdialog('Found CDATA')
+ let b:begdatcol=col('.')
+ let b:begdatline=line('.')
+ let b:begdat=1
+ retu 1
+ en
+ en
+ en
+ retu 0
+endf
+en
+
+
+" DelCDataSection() Is there a CData under the cursor? {{{1
+" - returns 1 (true) or 0 (false)
+
+if !exists('*s:DelCDataSection')
+fun! s:DelCDataSection()
+
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:InCData()
+ let l:sentinel = 'XmLSeNtInElXmL'
+ let l:len = strlen(l:sentinel)
+ if b:begdat
+ if search(']]>','W' ) >=0
+ exe "normal f>a".l:sentinel."\<Esc>"
+ call cursor(b:begdatline,b:begdatcol)
+ exe "normal \"xd/".l:sentinel."/e-".l:len."\<Cr>"
+ exe "normal ".l:len."x"
+ retu 1
+ en
+ el
+ if search('<![CDATA[','bW' ) >=0
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ call cursor(b:enddatline,b:enddatcol)
+ exe "normal a".l:sentinel."\<Esc>"
+ exe l:restore
+ exe "normal \"xd/".l:sentinel."/e-".l:len."\<Cr>"
+ exe "normal ".l:len."x"
+ retu 1
+ en
+ en
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+ retu 0
+endf
+en
+
+
+" Matches() Matches de tagname under de cursor {{{1
+if !exists('*s:Matches')
+fun! s:Matches()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ retu
+ en
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+endf
+en
+
+" MatchesVisual() Matches de tagname under de cursor {{{1
+if !exists('*s:MatchesVisual')
+fun! s:MatchesVisual()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ if b:firstWasEndTag
+ normal f>
+ en
+ normal gv
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ if b:firstWasEndTag == 0
+ normal f>
+ en
+ retu
+ en
+ normal v
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+endf
+en
+
+" makeElement() makes the previous woord an tag and close {{{1
+if !exists('*s:makeElement')
+function! s:makeElement()
+ let b:tagName = @@
+ let b:haveAtt = 0
+ let l:alone = (match(getline('.'),'^\s*>\s*$') >= 0)
+ let l:endOfLine = ((col('.')+1) == col('$'))
+ normal i<pf>
+ if b:html_mode && b:tagName =~? b:emptyTags
+ if b:haveAtt == 0
+ call s:Callback (b:tagName, b:html_mode)
+ endif
+ if b:xml_use_xhtml
+ exe "normal i/\<Esc>l"
+ en
+ if l:endOfLine
+ start!
+ el
+ normal l
+ start
+ en
+ el
+ if b:haveAtt == 0
+ call s:Callback (b:tagName, b:html_mode)
+ end
+ if l:alone
+ exe 'normal! o</pa>Ox>>$x'
+ start!
+ el
+ exe 'normal! a</pa>F<'
+ start
+ en
+ en
+endfunction
+en
+
+" CloseTagFun() closing the tag which is being typed {{{1
+if !exists('*s:CloseTagFun')
+fun! s:CloseTagFun()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ let l:endOfLine = ((col('.')+1) == col('$'))
+ if col('.') > 1 && getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '>'
+ "Multiline request. <t>></t> -->
+ "<t>
+ " cursor comes here
+ "</t>
+ normal h
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ if b:firstWasEndTag == 0
+ exe "normal 2f>s\<Cr>\<Esc>Ox\<Esc>>>$x"
+ start!
+ retu
+ en
+ en
+ elseif s:TagUnderCursor()
+ if b:firstWasEndTag == 0
+ exe "normal />\<Cr>"
+ if b:html_mode && b:tagName =~? b:emptyTags
+ if b:haveAtt == 0
+ call s:Callback (b:tagName, b:html_mode)
+ en
+ if b:xml_use_xhtml
+ exe "normal i/\<Esc>l"
+ en
+ if l:endOfLine
+ start!
+ retu
+ el
+ normal l
+ start
+ retu
+ en
+ el
+ if b:haveAtt == 0
+ call s:Callback (b:tagName, b:html_mode)
+ en
+ exe "normal! a</" . b:tagName . ">\<Esc>F<"
+ start
+ retu
+ en
+ en
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+ if (col('.')+1) == col("$")
+ startinsert!
+ else
+ normal l
+ startinsert
+ en
+endf
+en
+
+" BlockTag() Surround a visual block with a tag {{{1
+" Be carefull where You place the block
+" the top is done with insert!
+" the bottem is done with append!
+if !exists('*s:BlockTag')
+fun! s:BlockTag(multi)
+ let l:newname = inputdialog('Surround block with : ',b:lastTag)
+ if strlen( l:newname) == 0
+ retu
+ en
+ let b:lastTag = l:newname
+ let l:newatt = inputdialog('Attributes for '.l:newname.' : ',b:lastAtt)
+ if strlen(l:newatt)
+ let b:lastAtt = l:newatt
+ en
+
+ "Get at the end of the block
+ if col('.') == col("'<") && line('.') == line("'<")
+ normal gvov
+ en
+ if a:multi
+ exe "normal! a\<Cr></".l:newname.">\<Cr>\<Esc>"
+ let l:eline = line('.')
+ normal gvov
+ if col('.') == col("'>") && line('.') == line("'>")
+ normal gvov
+ en
+ let l:sline = line(".") + 2
+ exe "normal! i\<Cr><".l:newname.
+ \ (strlen(l:newatt) ? ' '.l:newatt : '' )
+ \ .">\<Cr>\<Esc>"
+ let l:rep=&report
+ let &report=999999
+ exe l:sline.','.l:eline.'>'
+ let &report= l:rep
+ exe 'normal '.l:sline.'G0mh'.l:eline."G$v'hgq"
+ el
+ exe "normal! a</".l:newname.">\<Esc>gvov"
+ if col('.') == col("'>") && line('.') == line("'>")
+ normal gvov
+ en
+ exe "normal! i<".l:newname.
+ \ (strlen(l:newatt) ? ' '.l:newatt : '' )
+ \ .">\<Esc>"
+ en
+endf
+en
+" BlockWith() Surround a visual block with a open and a close {{{1
+" Be carefull where You place the block
+" the top is done with insert!
+" the bottem is done with append!
+if !exists('*s:BlockWith')
+fun! s:BlockWith(open,close)
+ if col('.') == col("'<") && line('.') == line("'<")
+ normal gvov
+ en
+ exe "normal! a\<Cr>;x\<Esc>0cfx".a:close."\<Cr>\<Esc>"
+ normal gvov
+ exe "normal! i\<Cr>;x\<Esc>0cfx".a:open."\<Cr>\<Esc>"
+endf
+en
+" vlistitem() Surround a visual block with a listitem para tag {{{1
+" Be carefull where You place the block
+" the top is done with insert!
+" the bottem is done with append!
+if !exists('*s:vlistitem')
+fun! s:vlistitem()
+ "Get at the end of the block
+ if col('.') == col("'<") && line('.') == line("'<")
+ normal gvov
+ en
+ exe "normal! a</para>\<Cr></listitem>\<Esc>mh"
+ normal gvov
+ exe "normal! i\<Cr><listitem>\<Cr>\<Tab><para>\<Esc>'h/listitem>/e+1\<Cr>"
+endf
+en
+" Change() Only renames the tag {{{1
+if !exists('*s:Change')
+fun! s:Change()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ let l:newname = inputdialog('Change tag '.b:tagName.' to : ',b:lastTag)
+ if strlen( l:newname) == 0
+ retu
+ en
+ let b:lastTag = l:newname
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ exe b:gotoCloseTag
+ exe 'normal 2lcw' . l:newname . "\<Esc>"
+ exe b:gotoOpenTag
+ exe 'normal lcw' . l:newname . "\<Esc>"
+ en
+ en
+endf
+en
+
+" Join() Joins two the same tag adjacent sections {{{1
+if !exists('*s:Join')
+fun! s:Join()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ let l:pat = '<[^?!]\S\+\($\| \|\t\|>\)'
+ let l:flags='W'
+ if b:firstWasEndTag == 0
+ let l:flags='Wb'
+ en
+ if search(s:OpenOrCloseTag,l:flags) > 0
+
+ let l:secondChar = getline('.')[col('.')]
+ if l:secondChar == '/' && b:firstWasEndTag ||l:secondChar != '/' && !b:firstWasEndTag
+ exe l:restore
+ retu
+ en
+ let l:end = 0
+ if l:secondChar == '/'
+ let l:end = 1
+ en
+ let l:name = s:GetTagName(col('.') + l:end)
+ if l:name == b:tagName
+ if b:firstWasEndTag
+ let b:gotoOpenTag = s:SavePos()
+ el
+ let b:gotoCloseTag = s:SavePos()
+ en
+ let l:DeleteTag = "normal d/>/e\<Cr>"
+ exe b:gotoCloseTag
+ exe l:DeleteTag
+ exe b:gotoOpenTag
+ exe l:DeleteTag
+ en
+ en
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+endf
+en
+
+" ChangeWholeTag() removes attributes and rename tag {{{1
+if !exists('*s:ChangeWholeTag')
+fun! s:ChangeWholeTag()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ let l:newname = inputdialog('Change whole tag '.b:tagName.' to : ',b:lastTag)
+ if strlen(l:newname) == 0
+ retu
+ en
+ let b:lastTag = l:newname
+ let l:newatt = inputdialog('Attributes for '.l:newname.' : ',b:lastAtt)
+ if strlen(l:newatt)
+ let b:lastAtt = l:newatt
+ en
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ exe b:gotoCloseTag
+ exe "normal 2lc/>\<Cr>".l:newname."\<Esc>"
+ exe b:gotoOpenTag
+ exe "normal lc/>/\<Cr>".l:newname.
+ \ (strlen(l:newatt) ? ' '.l:newatt : '' )
+ \."\<Esc>"
+ en
+ en
+endf
+en
+
+" Delete() Removes a tag '<a id="a">blah</a>' --> 'blah' {{{1
+if !exists('*s:Delete')
+fun! s:Delete()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ let l:DeleteTag = "normal d/>/e\<Cr>"
+ exe b:gotoCloseTag
+ exe l:DeleteTag
+ exe b:gotoOpenTag
+ exe l:DeleteTag
+ en
+ else
+ exe l:restore
+ en
+endf
+en
+
+
+" DeleteSection() Deletes everything between start of open tag and end of {{{1
+" closing tag
+if !exists('*s:DeleteSection')
+fun! s:DeleteSection()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ let l:sentinel = 'XmLSeNtInElXmL'
+ let l:len = strlen(l:sentinel)
+ let l:rep=&report
+ let &report=999999
+ exe b:gotoCloseTag
+ exe "normal />\<Cr>a".l:sentinel."\<Esc>"
+ exe b:gotoOpenTag
+ exe "normal \"xd/".l:sentinel."/e-".l:len."\<Cr>"
+ exe "normal ".l:len."x"
+ let &report= l:rep
+ en
+ en
+endf
+en
+"
+" FoldTag() Fold the tag under the cursor {{{1
+if !exists('*s:FoldTag')
+fun! s:FoldTag()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ let l:sline = line('.')
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ if b:firstWasEndTag
+ exe '.,'.l:sline.'fold'
+ el
+ exe l:sline.',.fold'
+ en
+ en
+ el
+ exe l:restore
+ en
+endf
+en
+
+" FoldTagAll() Fold all tags of under the cursor {{{1
+" If no tag under the cursor it asks for a tag
+if !exists('*s:FoldTagAll')
+fun! s:FoldTagAll()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ let l:tname = b:tagName
+ el
+ let l:tname = inputdialog('Which tag to fold : ',b:lastTag)
+ if strlen(l:tname) == 0
+ exe l:restore
+ retu
+ en
+ let b:lastTag = l:tname
+ en
+ normal G$
+ let l:flag='w'
+ while search('<'.l:tname.s:OptAttrib,l:flag) > 0
+ let l:flag='W'
+ let l:sline = line('.')
+ let l:level = 1
+ while l:level && search('</\='.l:tname.s:OptAttrib,'W') > 0
+ let l:level = l:level + (getline('.')[col('.')] == '/' ? -1 : 1)
+ endwhile
+ if l:level == 0
+ exe l:sline.',.fold'
+ el
+ let l:tmp =
+ \ inputdialog("The tag ".l:tname."(".l:sline.") doesn't have a closetag")
+ break
+ en
+ endwhile
+ exe l:restore
+endf
+en
+
+
+" StartTag() provide the opening tag {{{1
+if !exists('*s:StartTag')
+fun! s:StartTag()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ let l:level = 1
+ if getline('.')[col('.')-1] == '<'
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ if b:firstWasEndTag
+ exe 'normal! i<'. b:tagName.">\<Esc>F<"
+ retu
+ el
+ let l:level = l:level + 1
+ en
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+ en
+ while l:level && search(s:OpenOrCloseTag ,'W') > 0
+ let l:level = l:level + (getline('.')[col('.')] == '/' ? -1 : 1)
+ endwhile
+ if l:level == 0
+ let l:Name = s:GetTagName(col('.') + 1)
+ exe l:restore
+ exe 'normal! i<'. l:Name.">\<Esc>"
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+endf
+en
+
+
+
+" EndTag() search for open tag and produce endtaf {{{1
+if !exists('*s:EndTag')
+fun! s:EndTag()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ let l:level = -1
+ while l:level && search(s:OpenOrCloseTag,'bW') > 0
+ let l:level = l:level + (getline('.')[col('.')] == '/' ? -1 : 1)
+ endwhile
+ if l:level == 0
+ let l:Name = s:GetTagName(col('.'))
+ exe l:restore
+ exe 'normal a</'. l:Name.">\e"
+ el
+ exe l:restore
+ en
+endf
+en
+
+
+" BeforeTag() surrounds the current tag with a new one {{{1
+if !exists('*s:BeforeTag')
+fun! s:BeforeTag()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ let l:newname =
+ \ inputdialog('Surround Before Tag '.b:tagName.' with : ',b:lastTag)
+ if strlen(l:newname) == 0
+ retu
+ en
+ let b:lastTag = l:newname
+ let l:newatt = inputdialog('Attributes for '.l:newname.' : ',b:lastAtt)
+ if strlen(l:newatt)
+ let b:lastAtt = l:newatt
+ en
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ exe b:gotoCloseTag
+ exe "normal! />\<Cr>a\<Cr></" . l:newname . ">\<Esc>"
+ let l:To = line('.')
+ exe b:gotoOpenTag
+ exe 'normal! i<' . l:newname .
+ \ (strlen(l:newatt) ? ' '.l:newatt : '' )
+ \.">\<Cr>\<Esc>"
+ let l:rep=&report
+ let &report=999999
+ exe line('.').','.l:To.'>'
+ let &report= l:rep
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+ en
+endf
+en
+
+" CommentTag() surrounds the current tag with a new one {{{1
+if !exists('*s:CommentTag')
+fun! s:CommentTag()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ exe b:gotoCloseTag
+ exe "normal! />\<Cr>a\<Cr>-->\<Esc>"
+ let l:To = line('.')
+ exe b:gotoOpenTag
+ exe "normal! i<!--\<Cr>\<Esc>"
+ let l:rep=&report
+ let &report=999999
+ exe line('.').','.l:To.'>'
+ let &report= l:rep
+ en
+ else
+ exe l:restore
+ en
+endf
+en
+" AfterTag() surrounds the tags after the current one with new {{{1
+if !exists('*s:AfterTag')
+fun! s:AfterTag()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ let l:newname =
+ \ inputdialog('Add Tag After '.b:tagName.' with : ',b:lastTag)
+ if strlen(l:newname) == 0
+ retu
+ en
+ let b:lastTag = l:newname
+ let l:newatt = inputdialog('Attributes for '.l:newname.' : ',b:lastAtt)
+ if strlen(l:newatt)
+ let b:lastAtt = l:newatt
+ en
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ exe b:gotoCloseTag
+ exe 'normal! i</' . l:newname . ">\<Cr>\<Esc>"
+ let l:To = line('.')
+ exe b:gotoOpenTag
+ exe "normal! />\<Cr>a\<Cr><".l:newname.
+ \ (strlen(l:newatt) ? ' '.l:newatt : '' )
+ \.">\<Esc>"
+ let l:rep=&report
+ let &report=999999
+ exe line('.').','.l:To.'>'
+ let &report= l:rep
+ en
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+endf
+en
+" ShiftRight() Shift the tag to the right {{{1
+if !exists('*s:ShiftRight')
+fun! s:ShiftRight()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ let l:sline = line('.')
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ let l:eline = line('.')
+ if b:firstWasEndTag
+ exe l:eline.','.l:sline.'>'
+ el
+ exe l:sline.','.l:eline.'>'
+ en
+ en
+ en
+endf
+en
+
+" ShiftLeft() Shift the tag to the left {{{1
+if !exists('*s:ShiftLeft')
+fun! s:ShiftLeft()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ let l:sline = line('.')
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ let l:eline = line('.')
+ if b:firstWasEndTag
+ exe l:eline.','.l:sline.'<'
+ el
+ exe l:sline.','.l:eline.'<'
+ en
+ en
+ en
+endf
+en
+" FormatTag() visual select the block and use gq {{{1
+if !exists('*s:FormatTag')
+fun! s:FormatTag()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ if s:Match(b:tagName)
+ exe b:gotoCloseTag
+ normal hhmh
+ exe b:gotoOpenTag
+ exe "normal />/e+1\<Cr>v'hgq"
+ en
+ en
+endf
+en
+
+
+
+
+" FormatTagAll() Format all tags of name under the cursor {{{1
+" If no tag under the cursor it asks for a tag
+if !exists('*s:FormatTagAll')
+fun! s:FormatTagAll()
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ if s:TagUnderCursor()
+ let l:tname = b:tagName
+ el
+ let l:tname = inputdialog('Format every tag : ')
+ if strlen(l:tname) == 0
+ exe l:restore
+ retu
+ en
+ en
+ normal G$
+ let l:flag = 'w'
+ while search('<'.l:tname . s:OptAttrib, l:flag) > 0
+ let l:flag = 'W'
+ let l:sline = line('.')
+ let l:level = 1
+ exe "normal />/e+1\<cr>mh"
+ while l:level && search('</\='.l:tname . s:EndofName,'W') > 0
+ let l:level = l:level + (getline('.')[col('.')] == '/' ? -1 : 1)
+ endwhile
+ if l:level == 0
+ normal hv'hogq
+ el
+ let l:tmp =
+ \ inputdialog("The tag ".l:tname."(".l:sline.") doesn't have a closetag")
+ break
+ en
+ endwhile
+ exe l:restore
+endf
+en
+
+
+" IndentAll() indent all tags multiline {{{1
+if !exists('*s:IndentAll')
+fun! s:IndentAll()
+
+ let l:restore = s:SavePos()
+ let l:rep=&report
+ let &report=999999
+ "shift everything left
+ normal 1G<G<G<G<G<G<GG$
+ if search(s:OpenTag,'w') > 0
+ let l:level = 1
+ normal f>
+ "if there is something after the tag move that to the next line
+ if col('.')+1 != col('$')
+ echo "after tag".line('.')
+ exe "normal a\<Cr>\<Esc>"
+ el
+ normal j
+ en
+ normal >Gk$
+ while search(s:OpenOrCloseTag,'W') > 0
+ "if there is text before the tag then move the tag to the next line
+ if match(getline('.'),s:SpaceInfront) == -1
+ exe "normal i\<Cr>\<Esc>l"
+ en
+ if getline('.')[col('.')] == '/'
+ normal <G0f>
+ "if there is something after the tag move that to the next line
+ if col('.')+1 != col('$')
+ exe "normal a\<Cr>\<Esc>"
+ en
+ let l:level = l:level - 1
+ el
+ normal f>
+ "if there is something after the tag move that to the next line
+ if col('.')+1 != col('$')
+ exe "normal a\<Cr>\<Esc>"
+ el
+ normal j0
+ en
+ normal >Gk$
+ let l:level = l:level + 1
+ en
+ endwhile
+ if l:level
+ let l:tmp =
+ \ inputdialog("The tags opening and closing are unbalanced ".l:level)
+ en
+ en
+ exe l:restore
+ let &report= l:rep
+endf
+en
+
+
+" Menu options: {{{1
+augroup XML_menu_autos
+au!
+autocmd BufLeave,BufWinLeave *
+ \ if &filetype == "xml" || &filetype == "html" || &filetype == "xhtml" |
+ \ amenu disable Xml |
+ \ amenu disable Xml.* |
+ \ endif
+autocmd BufEnter,BufWinEnter *
+ \ if &filetype == "xml" || &filetype == "html" || &filetype == "xhtml" |
+ \ amenu enable Xml |
+ \ amenu enable Xml.* |
+ \ endif
+au BufNewFile *
+ \ if &filetype == "xml" || &filetype == "html" || &filetype == "xhtml" |
+ \ call NewFileXML() |
+ \ endif
+augroup END
+if !exists("g:did_xml_menu")
+ let g:did_xml_menu = 1
+ :1011 vmenu <script> &Xml.BlockTag\ multi<Tab>V <Esc>:call <SID>BlockTag(1)<Cr>
+ vmenu <script> Xml.BlockTag\ inline<Tab>v <Esc>:call <SID>BlockTag(0)<CR>
+ vmenu <script> Xml.Insert\ listitem<Tab>l <Esc>:call <SID>vlistitem()<CR>
+ vmenu <script> Xml.Comment<Tab>< <Esc>:call <SID>BlockWith('<!--','-->')<Cr>
+ vmenu <script> Xml.Comment\ With\ CData<Tab>c <Esc>:call <SID>BlockWith('<![CDATA[',']]>')<Cr>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Comment\ Tag<Tab>= <Esc>:call <SID>CommentTag()<Cr>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Comment\ Tag<Tab>= <Esc>:call <SID>CommentTag()<Cr>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Change<Tab>c :call <SID>Change()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Change<Tab>c <C-C>:call <SID>Change()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Change\ Whole\ Tag<Tab>C :call <SID>ChangeWholeTag()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Change\ Whole\ Tag<Tab>C <C-C>:call <SID>ChangeWholeTag()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Delete\ Comment<Tab>] :call <SID>DelComment()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Delete\ Comment<Tab>] <C-C>:call <SID>DelComment()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Delete\ Comment\ Section<Tab>} :call <SID>DelCommentSection()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Delete\ Comment\ Section<Tab>} <C-C>:call <SID>DelCommentSection()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Delete\ CData<Tab>[ :call <SID>DelCData()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Delete\ CData<Tab>[ <C-C>:call <SID>DelCData()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Delete\ CData\ Section<Tab>[ :call <SID>DelCDataSection()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Delete\ CData\ Section<Tab>[ <C-C>:call <SID>DelCDataSection()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Delete\ Tag<Tab>d :call <SID>Delete()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Delete\ Tag<Tab>d <C-C>:call <SID>Delete()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Delete\ Section<Tab>D :call <SID>DeleteSection()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Delete\ Section<Tab>D <C-C>:call <SID>DeleteSection()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.End\ Tag<Tab>e :call <SID>EndTag()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.End\ Tag<Tab>e <C-C>:call <SID>EndTag()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Fold\ Comment :?<!--?,/-->/fo<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Fold\ CData :?<!\[CDATA\[?,/\]\]>/fo<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Fold\ Processing\ instruc :?<\?[a-zA-Z]*?,/?>/fo<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Fold\ Tag<Tab>f :call <SID>FoldTag()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Fold\ All\ Tags<Tab>F :call <SID>FoldTagAll()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Format\ Tags<Tab>g :call <SID>FormatTag()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Format\ All\ Tags<Tab>G :call <SID>FormatTagAll()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Join<Tab>j :call <SID>Join()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Join<Tab>j <C-C>:call <SID>Join()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Open\ After\ Tag<Tab>O :call <SID>AfterTag()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Open\ After\ Tag<Tab>O <C-C>:call <SID>AfterTag()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.open\ Before\ Tag<Tab>o :call <SID>BeforeTag()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.open\ Before\ Tag<Tab>o <C-C>:call <SID>BeforeTag()<CR>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Match<Tab>5 :call <SID>Matches()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Match<Tab>5 <C-C>:call <SID>Matches()<CR><C-\><C-G>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Shift\ Left<Tab>< :call <SID>ShiftLeft()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Shift\ Left<Tab>< <C-C>:call <SID>ShiftLeft()<CR><C-\><C-G>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Shift\ Right<Tab>> :call <SID>ShiftRight()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Shift\ Right<Tab>> <C-C>:call <SID>ShiftRight()<CR><C-\><C-G>
+ nmenu <script> Xml.Start\ Tag<Tab>s :call <SID>StartTag()<CR>
+ imenu <script> Xml.Start\ Tag<Tab>s <C-C>:call <SID>StartTag()<CR><C-\><C-G>
+en
+
+" Section: Doc installation {{{1
+" Function: s:XmlInstallDocumentation(full_name, revision) {{{2
+" Install help documentation.
+" Arguments:
+" full_name: Full name of this vim plugin script, including path name.
+" revision: Revision of the vim script. #version# mark in the document file
+" will be replaced with this string with 'v' prefix.
+" Return:
+" 1 if new document installed, 0 otherwise.
+" Note: Cleaned and generalized by guo-peng Wen
+"'''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''
+
+function! s:XmlInstallDocumentation(full_name, revision)
+ " Name of the document path based on the system we use:
+ if (has("unix"))
+ " On UNIX like system, using forward slash:
+ let l:slash_char = '/'
+ let l:mkdir_cmd = ':silent !mkdir -p '
+ else
+ " On M$ system, use backslash. Also mkdir syntax is different.
+ " This should only work on W2K and up.
+ let l:slash_char = '\'
+ let l:mkdir_cmd = ':silent !mkdir '
+ endif
+
+ let l:doc_path = l:slash_char . 'doc'
+ "let l:doc_home = l:slash_char . '.vim' . l:slash_char . 'doc'
+
+ " Figure out document path based on full name of this script:
+ let l:vim_plugin_path = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':h')
+ "let l:vim_doc_path = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':h:h') . l:doc_path
+ let l:vim_doc_path = matchstr(l:vim_plugin_path,
+ \ '.\{-}\ze\%(\%(ft\)\=plugin\|macros\)') . l:doc_path
+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
+ echomsg "Doc path: " . l:vim_doc_path
+ execute l:mkdir_cmd . l:vim_doc_path
+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
+ " Try a default configuration in user home:
+ "let l:vim_doc_path = expand("~") . l:doc_home
+ let l:vim_doc_path = matchstr(&rtp,
+ \ escape($HOME, '\') .'[/\\]\%(\.vim\|vimfiles\)')
+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
+ execute l:mkdir_cmd . l:vim_doc_path
+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
+ " Put a warning:
+ echomsg "Unable to open documentation directory"
+ echomsg " type :help add-local-help for more informations."
+ return 0
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " Exit if we have problem to access the document directory:
+ if (!isdirectory(l:vim_plugin_path)
+ \ || !isdirectory(l:vim_doc_path)
+ \ || filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) != 2)
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+ " Full name of script and documentation file:
+ let l:script_name = 'xml.vim'
+ let l:doc_name = 'xml-plugin.txt'
+ let l:plugin_file = l:vim_plugin_path . l:slash_char . l:script_name
+ let l:doc_file = l:vim_doc_path . l:slash_char . l:doc_name
+
+ " Bail out if document file is still up to date:
+ if (filereadable(l:doc_file) &&
+ \ getftime(l:plugin_file) < getftime(l:doc_file))
+ return 0
+ endif
+
+ " Prepare window position restoring command:
+ if (strlen(@%))
+ let l:go_back = 'b ' . bufnr("%")
+ else
+ let l:go_back = 'enew!'
+ endif
+
+ " Create a new buffer & read in the plugin file (me):
+ setl nomodeline
+ exe 'enew!'
+ exe 'r ' . l:plugin_file
+
+ setl modeline
+ let l:buf = bufnr("%")
+ setl noswapfile modifiable
+
+ norm zR
+ norm gg
+
+ " Delete from first line to a line starts with
+ " === START_DOC
+ 1,/^=\{3,}\s\+START_DOC\C/ d
+
+ " Delete from a line starts with
+ " === END_DOC
+ " to the end of the documents:
+ /^=\{3,}\s\+END_DOC\C/,$ d
+
+ " Remove fold marks:
+ "% s/{\{3}[1-9]/ /
+
+ " Add modeline for help doc: the modeline string is mangled intentionally
+ " to avoid it be recognized by VIM:
+ call append(line('$'), '')
+ call append(line('$'), ' v' . 'im:tw=78:ts=8:fen:fdm=marker:ft=help:norl:')
+
+ " Replace revision:
+ exe "normal :1,5s/#version#/ v" . a:revision . "/\<CR>"
+
+ " Save the help document:
+ exe 'w! ' . l:doc_file
+ exe l:go_back
+ exe 'bw ' . l:buf
+
+ " Build help tags:
+ exe 'helptags ' . l:vim_doc_path
+
+ return 1
+endfunction
+" }}}2
+
+let s:revision=
+ \ substitute("$Revision: 1.35 $",'\$\S*: \([.0-9]\+\) \$','\1','')
+silent! let s:install_status =
+ \ s:XmlInstallDocumentation(expand('<sfile>:p'), s:revision)
+if (s:install_status == 1)
+ echom expand("<sfile>:t:r") . '-plugin v' . s:revision .
+ \ ': Help-documentation installed.'
+endif
+
+
+" Mappings of keys to functions {{{1
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>5 :call <SID>Matches()<Cr>
+vnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>5 <Esc>:call <SID>MatchesVisual()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>% :call <SID>Matches()<Cr>
+vnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>% <Esc>:call <SID>MatchesVisual()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>c :call <SID>Change()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>C :call <SID>ChangeWholeTag()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>d :call <SID>Delete()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>D :call <SID>DeleteSection()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>e :call <SID>EndTag()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>] :call <SID>DelComment()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>} :call <SID>DelCommentSection()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>f :call <SID>FoldTag()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>F :call <SID>FoldTagAll()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>g :call <SID>FormatTag()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>G :call <SID>FormatTagAll()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>I :call <SID>IndentAll()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>j :call <SID>Join()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>O :call <SID>BeforeTag()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>= :call <SID>CommentTag()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>o :call <SID>AfterTag()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>s :call <SID>StartTag()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>[ :call <SID>DelCData()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>{ :call <SID>DelCDataSection()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>> :call <SID>ShiftRight()<Cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>< :call <SID>ShiftLeft()<Cr>
+vnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>l <Esc>:call <SID>vlistitem()<Cr>
+vnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>v <Esc>:call <SID>BlockTag(0)<Cr>
+vnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>V <Esc>:call <SID>BlockTag(1)<Cr>
+vnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>c <Esc>:call <SID>BlockWith('<![CDATA[',']]>')<Cr>
+vnoremap <silent> <buffer> <LocalLeader>< <Esc>:call <SID>BlockWith('<!--','-->')<Cr>
+
+" Move around functions.
+noremap <silent><buffer> [[ m':call <SID>findOpenTag("bW")<CR>
+noremap <silent><buffer> ]] m':call <SID>findOpenTag( "W")<CR>
+noremap <silent><buffer> [] m':call <SID>findCloseTag( "bW")<CR>
+noremap <silent><buffer> ][ m':call <SID>findCloseTag( "W")<CR>
+
+" Move around comments
+noremap <silent><buffer> ]" :call search('^\(\s*<!--.*\n\)\@<!\(\s*-->\)', "W")<CR>
+noremap <silent><buffer> [" :call search('\%(^\s*<!--.*\n\)\%(^\s*-->\)\@!', "bW")<CR>
+
+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,192-255,58
+exe 'inoremap <silent> <buffer> '.b:suffix. " ><Esc>db:call <SID>makeElement()<Cr>"
+if !exists("g:xml_tag_completion_map")
+ inoremap <silent> <buffer> > ><Esc>:call <SID>CloseTagFun()<Cr>
+else
+ execute "inoremap <silent> <buffer> " . g:xml_tag_completion_map . " ><Esc>:call <SID>CloseTagFun()<Cr>"
+endif
+
+
+
+finish
+
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""/*}}}*/
+" Section: Documentation content {{{1
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+=== START_DOC
+*xml-plugin.txt* Help edit XML and SGML documents. #version#
+
+ XML Edit ~
+
+A filetype plugin to help edit XML and SGML documents.
+
+This script provides some convenience when editing XML (and some SGML
+including HTML) formated documents. It allows you to jump to the
+beginning or end of the tag block your cursor is in. '%' will jump
+between '<' and '>' within the tag your cursor is in. When in insert
+mode and you finish a tag (pressing '>') the tag will be completed. If
+you press '>' twice it will place the cursor in the middle of the tags
+on it's own line (helps with nested tags).
+
+Usage: Place this file into your ftplugin directory. To add html support
+Sym-link or copy this file to html.vim in your ftplugin directory. To activte
+the script place 'filetype plugin on' in your |.vimrc| file. See |ftplugins|
+for more information on this topic.
+
+If the file edited is of type "html" and "xml_use_html" is defined then
+the following tags will not auto complete: <img>, <input>, <param>,
+<frame>, <br>, <hr>, <meta>, <link>, <base>, <area>
+
+If the file edited is of type 'html' and 'xml_use_xhtml' is defined the
+above tags will autocomplete the xml closing staying xhtml compatable.
+ex. <hr> becomes <hr /> (see |xml-plugin-settings|)
+
+Known Bugs {{{1 ~
+
+- < & > marks inside of a CDATA section are interpreted as actual XML tags
+ even if unmatched.
+- The script can not handle leading spaces such as < tag></ tag> it is
+ illegal XML syntax and considered very bad form.
+- Placing a literal `>' in an attribute value will auto complete despite that
+ the start tag isn't finished. This is poor XML anyway you should use
+ > instead.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *xml-plugin-settings*
+Options {{{1
+
+(All options must be placed in your |.vimrc| prior to the |ftplugin|
+command.)
+
+xml_tag_completion_map
+ Use this setting to change the default mapping to auto complete a
+ tag. By default typing a literal `>' will cause the tag your editing
+ to auto complete; pressing twice will auto nest the tag. By using
+ this setting the `>' will be a literal `>' and you must use the new
+ mapping to perform auto completion and auto nesting. For example if
+ you wanted Control-L to perform auto completion inmstead of typing a
+ `>' place the following into your .vimrc: >
+ let xml_tag_completion_map = "<C-l>"
+<
+xml_no_auto_nesting (Not Working!!!!!)
+ This turns off the auto nesting feature. After a completion is made
+ and another `>' is typed xml-edit automatically will break the tag
+ accross multiple lines and indent the curser to make creating nested
+ tqags easier. This feature turns it off. Enter the following in your
+ .vimrc: >
+ let xml_no_auto_nesting = 1
+<
+xml_use_xhtml
+ When editing HTML this will auto close the short tags to make valid
+ XML like <hr/> and <br/>. Enter the following in your vimrc to
+ turn this option on: >
+ let xml_use_xhtml = 1
+ if the filetype is xhtml and g:xml_use_xhtml doesn't exists
+ the script defines it to be 1. (This also assumes that you have linked
+ xml.vim to xhtml.vim. Otherwise this item is moot)
+ For a file to be of xhtml type there need to be a doctype declaration!!
+ just naming a file something.xhtml doesn't make it type xhtml!
+<
+xml_no_html
+ This turns of the support for HTML specific tags. Place this in your
+ .vimrc: >
+ let xml_no_html = 1
+<
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *xml-plugin-mappings*
+
+Mapings and their functions {{{1
+
+Typing '>' will start the tag closing routine.
+Typing (Where | means cursor position)
+ <para>|
+results in
+ <para>|</para>
+
+Typing
+ <para>>|</para>
+results in
+ <para>
+ |
+ </para>
+typing a lone '>' and no '<' in front of it accepts the '>' (But having
+lone '>' or '<' in a XML file is frown upon except in <!CDATA> sections,
+and that will throw of the plugin!!).
+
+Typing </tag> or <tag/> also results in na expanding. So when editing
+html type <input .... />
+
+The closing routing also ignores DTD tags '<!,,>' and processing
+instructions '<?....?>'. Thus typing these result in no expansion.
+
+
+<LocalLeader> is a setting in VIM that depicts a prefix for scripts and
+plugins to use. By default this is the backslash key `\'. See |mapleader|
+for details.
+
+;; make element out previous word and close it {{{2
+ - when typing a word;; wil create <word>|</word>
+ when word on its own line it will be
+ <word>
+ |
+ </word>
+ the suffix can be changed by setting
+ let makeElementSuf = ',,,' in your .vimrc
+ Thanks to Bart van Deenen
+ (http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=632)
+
+[ and ] mappings {{{2
+ <LocalLeader>[ Delete <![CDATA[ ]]> delimiters
+ <LocalLeader>{ Delete <![CDATA[ ]]> section
+ <LocalLeader>] Delete <!-- --> delimiters
+ <LocalLeader>} Delete <!-- --> section
+ [[ Goto to the previous open tag
+ [[ Goto to the next open tag
+ [] Goto to the previous close tag
+ ][ Goto to the next close tag
+ [" Goto to the next comment
+ ]" Goto the previous comment
+<LocalLeader>5 Jump to the matching tag. {{{2
+<LocalLeader>% Jump to the matching tag.
+
+
+<LocalLeader>c Rename tag {{{2
+
+<LocalLeader>C Rename tag and remove attributes {{{2
+ Will ask for attributes
+
+<LocalLeader>d Deletes the surrounding tags from the cursor. {{{2
+ <tag1>outter <tag2>inner text</tag2> text</tag1>
+ |
+ Turns to:
+ outter <tag2>inner text</tag2> text
+ |
+
+<LocalLeader>D Deletes the tag and it contents {{{2
+ - and put it in register x.
+ <tag1>outter <tag2>inner text</tag2> text</tag1>
+ |
+ Turns to:
+ <tag1>outter text</tag1>
+
+<LocalLeader>e provide endtag for open tags. {{{2
+ - provide endtag for open tags. Watch where de cursor is
+ <para><listitem>list item content
+ |
+ pressing \e twice produces
+ <para><listitem>list item content</para></listitem>
+
+<LocalLeader>f fold the tag under the cursor {{{2
+ <para>
+ line 1
+ line 2
+ line 3
+ </para>
+ \f produces
+ +-- 5 lines: <para>--------------------------
+
+
+<LocalLeader>F all tags of name 'tag' will be fold. {{{2
+ - If there isn't a tag under
+ the cursor you will be asked for one.
+
+<LocalLeader>g Format (Vim's gq function) {{{2
+ - will make a visual block of tag under cursor and then format using gq
+
+
+<LocalLeader>G Format all tags under cursor (Vim's gq function) {{{2
+ - If there isn't a tag under
+ the cursor you will be asked for one.
+
+
+<LocalLeader>I Indent all tags {{{2
+ - will create a multiline layout every opening tag will be shifted out
+ and every closing tag will be shifted in. Be aware that the rendering
+ of the XML through XSLT and/or DSSSL, might be changed by this.
+ Be aware tha if the file is big, more than 1000 lines, the reformatting
+ takes a long time because vim has to make a big undo buffer.
+ For example using \I on the example below:
+
+ <chapter><title>Indent</title><para>The documentation</para></chapter>
+
+ - Becomes
+
+ <chapter>
+ <title>
+ Indent
+ </title>
+ <para>
+ The documentation
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+
+<LocalLeader>j Joins two the SAME sections together. {{{2
+ - The sections must be next to each other.
+ <para> This is line 1
+ of a paragraph. </para>
+ <para> This is line 2
+ |
+ of a paragraph. </para>
+ \j produces
+ <para> This is line 1
+ of a paragraph.
+ This is line 2
+ of a paragraph. </para>
+
+<LocalLeader>l visual surround the block with listitem and para {{{2
+ When marking up docbook tekst you have the issue that listitems
+ consist of 2 item. This key combination inserts them both,
+
+ blaah
+ |
+ \l produces
+ <listitem>
+ <para>blaah</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+<LocalLeader>o Insert a tag inside the current one (like vim o) {{{2
+ You are asked for tag and attributes.
+
+ <tag1><tag2><tag3>blaah</tag3></tag2></tag1>
+ |
+ \o produces
+ <tag1>
+ <aftertag><tag2><tag3>blaah</tag3></tag2></aftertag>
+ </tag1>
+
+<LocalLeader>O Insert a tag outside the current one (like vim O) {{{2
+ You are asked for tag and attributes.
+ <tag1><tag2><tag3>blaah</tag3></tag2></tag1>
+ |
+ \O produces
+ <beforetag>
+ <tag1><tag2><tag3>blaah</tag3></tag2></tag1>
+ </beforetag>
+
+<LocalLeader>s Insert an opening tag for an closing tag. {{{2
+ list item content</para></listitem>
+ |
+ pressing \s twice produces
+ <para><listitem>list item content</para></listitem>
+
+<LocalLeader>[ Delete <![CDATA[ ]]> delimiters {{{2
+ Removes Only <CDATA[ and ]]>
+ handy when you want to uncomment a section.
+ You need to stand in the tag and not on an other tag
+ <![CDATA[ <tag> ]]>
+ if you cursor is outside <tag> but inside the
+ CDATA tag the delition works.
+<LocalLeader>{ Delete <![CDATA[ ]]> section {{{2
+ Removes everything tag and Content
+<LocalLeader>] Delete <!-- --> delimiters {{{2
+ Uncommnet a block.
+<LocalLeader>} Delete <!-- --> section {{{2
+ Removes everything tag and Content
+<LocalLeader>> shift right opening tag and closing tag. {{{2
+ shift everything between the tags 1 shiftwide right
+<LocalLeader>< shift left opening tag and closing tag. {{{2
+ shift everything between the tags 1 shiftwide left
+<LocalLeader>c Visual Place a CDATA section around the selected text. {{{2
+ Place Cdata section around the block
+<LocalLeader>< Visual Place a Comment around the selected text. {{{2
+ Place comment around the block
+<LocalLeader>5 Extend the visual selection to the matching tag. {{{2
+<LocalLeader>%
+ Extend the visual selection to the matching tag. Make sure you are at
+ the start of the opening tag or the end of the closing tag.
+<LocalLeader>v Visual Place a tag around the selected text. {{{2
+ - You are asked for tag and attributes. You
+ need to have selected text in visual mode before you can use this
+ mapping. See |visual-mode| for details.
+ Be careful where you place the marks.
+ The top uses append
+ The bottom uses append
+ Useful when marking up a text file
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *xml-plugin-callbacks*
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *xml-plugin-callbacks*
+
+Callback Functions {{{2 ~
+
+A callback function is a function used to customize features on a per tag
+basis. For example say you wish to have a default set of attributs when you
+type an empty tag like this:
+ You type: <tag>
+ You get: <tag default="attributes"></tag>
+
+This is for any script programmers who wish to add xml-plugin support to
+there own filetype plugins.
+
+Callback functions recive one attribute variable which is the tag name. The
+all must return either a string or the number zero. If it returns a string
+the plugin will place the string in the proper location. If it is a zero the
+plugin will ignore and continue as if no callback existed.
+
+The following are implemented callback functions:
+
+HtmlAttribCallback
+ This is used to add default attributes to html tag. It is intended
+ for HTML files only.
+
+XmlAttribCallback
+ This is a generic callback for xml tags intended to add attributes.
+
+ *xml-plugin-html*
+Callback Example {{{2 ~
+
+The following is an example of using XmlAttribCallback in your .vimrc
+>
+ function XmlAttribCallback (xml_tag)
+ if a:xml_tag ==? "my-xml-tag"
+ return "attributes=\"my xml attributes\""
+ else
+ return 0
+ endif
+ endfunction
+<
+The following is a sample html.vim file type plugin you could use:
+>
+ " Vim script file vim600:fdm=marker:
+ " FileType: HTML
+ " Maintainer: Devin Weaver <vim (at) tritarget.com>
+ " Location: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=301
+
+ " This is a wrapper script to add extra html support to xml documents.
+ " Original script can be seen in xml-plugin documentation.
+
+ " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+ finish
+ endif
+ " Don't set 'b:did_ftplugin = 1' because that is xml.vim's responsability.
+
+ let b:html_mode = 1
+
+ if !exists("*HtmlAttribCallback")
+ function HtmlAttribCallback( xml_tag )
+ if a:xml_tag ==? "table"
+ return "cellpadding=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" border=\"0\""
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "link"
+ return "href=\"/site.css\" rel=\"StyleSheet\" type=\"text/css\""
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "body"
+ return "bgcolor=\"white\""
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "frame"
+ return "name=\"NAME\" src=\"/\" scrolling=\"auto\" noresize"
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "frameset"
+ return "rows=\"0,*\" cols=\"*,0\" border=\"0\""
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "img"
+ return "src=\"\" width=\"0\" height=\"0\" border=\"0\" alt=\"\""
+ elseif a:xml_tag ==? "a"
+ if has("browse")
+ " Look up a file to fill the href. Used in local relative file
+ " links. typeing your own href before closing the tag with `>'
+ " will override this.
+ let cwd = getcwd()
+ let cwd = substitute (cwd, "\\", "/", "g")
+ let href = browse (0, "Link to href...", getcwd(), "")
+ let href = substitute (href, cwd . "/", "", "")
+ let href = substitute (href, " ", "%20", "g")
+ else
+ let href = ""
+ endif
+ return "href=\"" . href . "\""
+ else
+ return 0
+ endif
+ endfunction
+ endif
+
+ " On to loading xml.vim
+ runtime ftplugin/xml.vim
+<
+=== END_DOC
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+" v im:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
+" vim600: set foldmethod=marker tabstop=8 shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 smartindent smarttab :
+"fileencoding=iso-8859-15
+=== END_DOC
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+
+
+
+
+
+
+" Vim settingѕ {{{1
+" vim:tw=78:ts=2:ft=help:norl:
+" vim: set foldmethod=marker tabstop=2 shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 smartindent smarttab :
+"fileencoding=utf-8
+
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/DirDiff.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/DirDiff.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b77a69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/DirDiff.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,1075 @@
+" -*- vim -*-
+" FILE: "C:\Documents and Settings\William Lee\vimfiles\plugin\DirDiff.vim" {{{
+" LAST MODIFICATION: "Wed, 22 Feb 2006 22:31:59 Central Standard Time"
+" HEADER MAINTAINED BY: N/A
+" VERSION: 1.1.1
+" (C) 2001-2006 by William Lee, <wl1012@yahoo.com>
+" }}}
+
+
+" PURPOSE: {{{
+" - Diffing a directory recursively and enable easy merging, copying and
+" deleting of files and directories.
+"
+" REQUIREMENTS:
+" - Make sure you have GNU diff in your path on Unix and Windows. I only
+" tested this on cygwin's version on Windows. If you have a diff that
+" doesn't support -x or -I flag, do not set variable g:DirDiffExcludes and
+" g:DirDiffIgnore to "". It should still work.
+" - On Windows, you need to have "xcopy", "copy", "del", and "rd" in your
+" path.
+" - On Unix, you need to have "rm" and "cp" in your path.
+"
+" USAGE:
+" Put this file in your ~/.vim/plugin
+"
+" Doing the following will generate a diff window.
+"
+" :DirDiff <A:Src Directory> <B:Src Directory>
+" e.g.
+" :DirDiff ../something/dir1 /usr/bin/somethingelse/dir2
+"
+" The following commands can be used inside the diff window:
+" 'Enter','o' - Diff open: open the diff file(s) where your cursor is at
+" 's' - Synchronize the current diff. You can also select
+" a range (through visual) and press 's' to synchronize differences
+" across a range.
+"
+" - There are 6 Options you can choose when you hit 's':
+" 1. A -> B
+" Copy A to overwrite B
+" If A's file actually points to a directory, it'll copy it to B
+" recursively.
+" 2. B -> A
+" Copy B to overwrite A
+" If B's file actually points to a directory, it'll copy it to A
+" recursively.
+" 3. Always A
+" For the rest of the items that you've selected,
+" synchronize like (1).
+" 4. Always B
+" For the rest of the items that you've selected,
+" synchronize like (2).
+" 5. Skip
+" Skip this diff entry.
+" 6. Cancel
+" Quit the loop and exit.
+"
+" 'u' - Diff update: update the diff window
+" 'x' - Sets the exclude pattern, separated by ','
+" 'i' - Sets the ignore pattern, separated by ','
+" 'a' - Sets additional arguments for diff, eg. -w to ignore white space,
+" etc.
+" 'q' - Quit DirDiff
+"
+" The following comamnds can be used in the Vim diff mode
+" \dg - Diff get: maps to :diffget<CR>
+" \dp - Diff put: maps to :diffput<CR>
+" \dj - Diff next: (think j for down)
+" \dk - Diff previous: (think k for up)
+"
+" You can set the following DirDiff variables. You can add the following
+" "let" lines in your .vimrc file.
+"
+" Sets diff command:
+" let g:DirDiffCommand = $VIMRUNTIME . "diff"
+"
+" Sets default exclude pattern:
+" let g:DirDiffExcludes = "CVS,*.class,*.exe,.*.swp"
+"
+" Sets default ignore pattern:
+" let g:DirDiffIgnore = "Id:,Revision:,Date:"
+"
+" If DirDiffSort is set to 1, sorts the diff lines.
+" let g:DirDiffSort = 1
+"
+" Sets the diff window (bottom window) height (rows)
+" let g:DirDiffWindowSize = 14
+"
+" Ignore case during diff
+" let g:DirDiffIgnoreCase = 0
+"
+" Dynamically figure out the diff text. If you are using and i18n version
+" of diff, this will try to get the specific diff text during runtime. It's
+" turned off by default. If you are always targetting a specific version of
+" diff, you can turn this off and set the DirDiffText* variables
+" accordingly.
+" let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 0
+"
+" String used for the English equivalent "Files "
+" let g:DirDiffTextFiles = "Files "
+
+" String used for the English equivalent " and "
+" let g:DirDiffTextAnd = " and "
+"
+" String used for the English equivalent " differ")
+" let g:DirDiffTextDiffer = " differ"
+"
+" String used for the English equivalent "Only in ")
+" let g:DirDiffTextOnlyIn = "Only in "
+"
+" NOTES:
+" This script can copy and remove your files. This can be powerful (or too
+" powerful) at times. Please do not blame me if you use this and
+" disintegrate your hard work. Be warned!
+"
+" CREDITS:
+"
+" Please mail any comment/suggestion/patch to
+" William Lee <wl1012@yahoo.com>
+"
+" LICENSE:
+" Copyright (c) 2001-2006 William Lee
+" All rights reserved.
+"
+" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+" met:
+"
+" * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+" * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+" * Neither the name William Lee nor the names of its contributors may be
+" used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+" specific prior written permission.
+"
+" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
+" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+" AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+" WILLIAM LEE AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+"
+" THANKS:
+"
+" Florian Delizy for the i18n diff patch
+" Robert Webb for his sorting function
+" Salman Halim, Yosuke Kimura, and others for their suggestions
+"
+" HISTORY:
+" 1.1.1 - Added support for custom diff-command
+" 1.1.0 - Added support for i18n (tested on a French version for now only).
+" Can dynamically figure out the diff strings output by diff.
+" 1.0.2 - Fixed a small typo bug in the quit function.
+" 1.0.1 - Ensure the path separator is correct when running in W2K
+" 1.0 - Fixed a bug that flags errors if the user use the nowrapscan option.
+" Implements a quit function that exit the diff windows.
+" 0.94 - Fixed a bug where the diff will give incorrect A and B file due to
+" similarity of directory names. Allow you to modify the diff
+" argument.
+" 0.93 - Opps, messed up the key mapping usage.
+" 0.92 - Doesn't use n and p mappings since it confuses the search next key
+" mapping and causes some bugs. Minor modification to change the
+" exclude and ignore pattern.
+" 0.91 - Clean up delete routine.
+" - Added interactive mode.
+" - Added multiple entries of exclude and ignore pattern.
+" - Custom configuration through global variables.
+" - Change exclude and ignore patterns on the fly.
+"
+" 0.9 - Reorganization of the interface. Much simplier dialog for
+" synchronization. Support for range synchronization option (REALLY
+" powerful)
+" - Removed unnecessary key bindings. All key bindings are local to
+" the diff window. (except for the \dg and \dp)
+"
+" 0.8 - Added syntax highlighting.
+" - Enter and double-click in buffer opens diff.
+" - Removed dependency on "sort"
+" - Removed usage of registry and marker
+" - Code cleanup and some bug fixes
+" - On Windows the diff command will use the -i flag instead
+" - Changed mappings for diff next (\dj) and diff previous (\dk)
+" - Added mappings for vim diff mode (\dg, \dp)
+"
+" 0.7 Initial Release
+"
+" }}}
+
+" Public Interface:
+command! -nargs=* -complete=dir DirDiff call <SID>DirDiff (<f-args>)
+command! -nargs=0 DirDiffOpen call <SID>DirDiffOpen ()
+command! -nargs=0 DirDiffNext call <SID>DirDiffNext ()
+command! -nargs=0 DirDiffPrev call <SID>DirDiffPrev ()
+command! -nargs=0 DirDiffUpdate call <SID>DirDiffUpdate ()
+command! -nargs=0 DirDiffQuit call <SID>DirDiffQuit ()
+
+if !hasmapto('<Plug>DirDiffGet')
+ map <unique> <Leader>dg <Plug>DirDiffGet
+endif
+if !hasmapto('<Plug>DirDiffPut')
+ map <unique> <Leader>dp <Plug>DirDiffPut
+endif
+if !hasmapto('<Plug>DirDiffNext')
+ map <unique> <Leader>dj <Plug>DirDiffNext
+endif
+if !hasmapto('<Plug>DirDiffPrev')
+ map <unique> <Leader>dk <Plug>DirDiffPrev
+endif
+
+" Global Maps:
+map <unique> <script> <Plug>DirDiffGet :diffget<CR>
+map <unique> <script> <Plug>DirDiffPut :diffput<CR>
+map <unique> <script> <Plug>DirDiffNext :call <SID>DirDiffNext()<CR>
+map <unique> <script> <Plug>DirDiffPrev :call <SID>DirDiffPrev()<CR>
+map <unique> <script> <Plug>DirDiffQuit :call <SID>DirDiffQuit()<CR>
+
+" Default Variables. You can override these in your global variables
+" settings.
+"
+" For DirDiffExcludes and DirDiffIgnore, separate different patterns with a
+" ',' (comma and no space!).
+"
+" eg. in your .vimrc file: let g:DirDiffExcludes = "CVS,*.class,*.o"
+" let g:DirDiffIgnore = "Id:"
+" " ignore white space in diff
+" let g:DirDiffAddArgs = "-w"
+"
+" You can set the diff command. Defaults to 'diff'
+if !exists("g:DirDiffCommand")
+ let g:DirDiffCommand = "diff"
+endif
+" You can set the pattern that diff excludes. Defaults to the CVS directory
+if !exists("g:DirDiffExcludes")
+ let g:DirDiffExcludes = ""
+endif
+" This is the -I argument of the diff, ignore the lines of differences that
+" matches the pattern
+if !exists("g:DirDiffIgnore")
+ let g:DirDiffIgnore = ""
+endif
+if !exists("g:DirDiffSort")
+ let g:DirDiffSort = 1
+endif
+if !exists("g:DirDiffWindowSize")
+ let g:DirDiffWindowSize = 14
+endif
+if !exists("g:DirDiffInteractive")
+ let g:DirDiffInteractive = 0
+endif
+if !exists("g:DirDiffIgnoreCase")
+ let g:DirDiffIgnoreCase = 0
+endif
+" Additional arguments
+if !exists("g:DirDiffAddArgs")
+ let g:DirDiffAddArgs = ""
+endif
+" Support for i18n (dynamically figure out the diff text)
+" Defaults to off
+if !exists("g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText")
+ let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 0
+endif
+
+" String used for the English equivalent "Files "
+if !exists("g:DirDiffTextFiles")
+ let g:DirDiffTextFiles = "Files "
+endif
+
+" String used for the English equivalent " and "
+if !exists("g:DirDiffTextAnd")
+ let g:DirDiffTextAnd = " and "
+endif
+
+" String used for the English equivalent " differ")
+if !exists("g:DirDiffTextDiffer")
+ let g:DirDiffTextDiffer = " differ"
+endif
+
+" String used for the English equivalent "Only in ")
+if !exists("g:DirDiffTextOnlyIn")
+ let g:DirDiffTextOnlyIn = "Only in "
+endif
+
+" Set some script specific variables:
+"
+let s:DirDiffFirstDiffLine = 6
+let s:DirDiffALine = 1
+let s:DirDiffBLine = 2
+
+" -- Variables used in various utilities
+if has("unix")
+ let s:DirDiffCopyCmd = "cp"
+ let s:DirDiffCopyFlags = ""
+ let s:DirDiffCopyDirCmd = "cp"
+ let s:DirDiffCopyDirFlags = "-rf"
+ let s:DirDiffCopyInteractiveFlag = "-i"
+
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteCmd = "rm"
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteFlags = ""
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteInteractiveFlag = "-i"
+
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteDirCmd = "rm"
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteDirFlags = "-rf"
+
+ let s:sep = "/"
+
+ let s:DirDiffMakeDirCmd = "!mkdir "
+
+elseif has("win32")
+ let s:DirDiffCopyCmd = "copy"
+ let s:DirDiffCopyFlags = ""
+ let s:DirDiffCopyDirCmd = "xcopy"
+ let s:DirDiffCopyDirFlags = "/e /i /q"
+ let s:DirDiffCopyInteractiveFlag = "/-y"
+
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteCmd = "del"
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteFlags = "/s /q"
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteInteractiveFlag = "/p"
+ " Windows is somewhat stupid since "del" can only remove the files, not
+ " the directory. The command "rd" would remove files recursively, but it
+ " doesn't really work on a file (!). where is the deltree command???
+
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteDirCmd = "rd"
+ " rd is by default prompting, we need to handle this in a different way
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteDirFlags = "/s"
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteDirQuietFlag = "/q"
+
+ let s:sep = "\\"
+
+ let s:DirDiffMakeDirCmd = "!mkdir "
+else
+ " Platforms not supported
+ let s:DirDiffCopyCmd = ""
+ let s:DirDiffCopyFlags = ""
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteCmd = ""
+ let s:DirDiffDeleteFlags = ""
+ let s:sep = ""
+endif
+
+
+function! <SID>DirDiff(srcA, srcB)
+ " Setup
+ let DirDiffAbsSrcA = fnamemodify(expand(a:srcA, ":p"), ":p")
+ let DirDiffAbsSrcB = fnamemodify(expand(a:srcB, ":p"), ":p")
+
+ " Check for an internationalized version of diff ?
+ call <SID>GetDiffStrings()
+
+ " Remove the trailing \ or /
+ let DirDiffAbsSrcA = substitute(DirDiffAbsSrcA, '\\$\|/$', '', '')
+ let DirDiffAbsSrcB = substitute(DirDiffAbsSrcB, '\\$\|/$', '', '')
+
+ let DiffBuffer = tempname()
+ " We first write to that file
+ " Constructs the command line
+ let cmd = "!".g:DirDiffCommand
+ let cmdarg = " -r --brief"
+
+ " If variable is set, we ignore the case
+ if (g:DirDiffIgnoreCase)
+ let cmdarg = cmdarg." -i"
+ endif
+ if (g:DirDiffAddArgs != "")
+ let cmdarg = cmdarg." ".g:DirDiffAddArgs." "
+ endif
+ if (g:DirDiffExcludes != "")
+ let cmdarg = cmdarg.' -x"'.substitute(g:DirDiffExcludes, ',', '" -x"', 'g').'"'
+ endif
+ if (g:DirDiffIgnore != "")
+ let cmdarg = cmdarg.' -I"'.substitute(g:DirDiffIgnore, ',', '" -I"', 'g').'"'
+ endif
+ " Prompt the user for additional arguments
+" let addarg = input("Additional diff args (current =". cmdarg. "): ")
+ let addarg = ""
+ let cmd = cmd.cmdarg." ".addarg." \"".DirDiffAbsSrcA."\" \"".DirDiffAbsSrcB."\""
+ let cmd = cmd." > \"".DiffBuffer."\""
+
+ echo "Diffing directories, it may take a while..."
+ let error = <SID>DirDiffExec(cmd, 0)
+ if (error == 0)
+ echo "There is no diff here."
+ return
+ endif
+ silent exe "edit ".DiffBuffer
+ echo "Defining [A] and [B] ... "
+ " We then do a substitution on the directory path
+ " We need to do substitution of the the LONGER string first, otherwise
+ " it'll mix up the A and B directory
+ if (strlen(DirDiffAbsSrcA) > strlen(DirDiffAbsSrcB))
+ silent! exe "%s/".<SID>EscapeDirForRegex(DirDiffAbsSrcA)."/[A]/"
+ silent! exe "%s/".<SID>EscapeDirForRegex(DirDiffAbsSrcB)."/[B]/"
+ else
+ silent! exe "%s/".<SID>EscapeDirForRegex(DirDiffAbsSrcB)."/[B]/"
+ silent! exe "%s/".<SID>EscapeDirForRegex(DirDiffAbsSrcA)."/[A]/"
+ endif
+ " In windows, diff behaves somewhat weirdly, for the appened path it'll
+ " use "/" instead of "\". Convert this to \
+ if (has("win32"))
+ silent! %s/\//\\/g
+ endif
+
+ echo "Sorting entries ..."
+ " We then sort the lines if the option is set
+ if (g:DirDiffSort == 1)
+ 1,$call <SID>Sort("s:Strcmp")
+ endif
+
+ " Put in spacer in front of each line
+ silent! %s/^/ /
+
+ " We then put the file [A] and [B] on top of the diff lines
+ call append(0, "[A]=". DirDiffAbsSrcA)
+ call append(1, "[B]=". DirDiffAbsSrcB)
+ call append(2, "Usage: <Enter>/'o'=open,'s'=sync,'\\dj'=next,'\\dk'=prev, 'q'=quit")
+ call append(3, "Options: 'u'=update,'x'=set excludes,'i'=set ignore,'a'=set args" )
+ call append(4, "Diff Args:" . cmdarg)
+ call append(5, "")
+ " go to the beginning of the file
+ 0
+ setlocal nomodified
+ setlocal nomodifiable
+ setlocal buftype=nowrite
+ setlocal bufhidden=delete
+ setlocal nowrap
+
+ " Set up local key bindings
+ " 'n' actually messes with the search next pattern, I think using \dj and
+ " \dk is enough. Otherwise, use j,k, and enter.
+" nnoremap <buffer> n :call <SID>DirDiffNext()<CR>
+" nnoremap <buffer> p :call <SID>DirDiffPrev()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> s :. call <SID>DirDiffSync()<CR>
+ vnoremap <buffer> s :call <SID>DirDiffSync()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> u :call <SID>DirDiffUpdate()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> x :call <SID>ChangeExcludes()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> a :call <SID>ChangeArguments()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> i :call <SID>ChangeIgnore()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> q :call <SID>DirDiffQuit()<CR>
+
+ nnoremap <buffer> o :call <SID>DirDiffOpen()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <CR> :call <SID>DirDiffOpen()<CR>
+ nnoremap <buffer> <2-Leftmouse> :call <SID>DirDiffOpen()<CR>
+ call <SID>SetupSyntax()
+
+ " Open the first diff
+ call <SID>DirDiffNext()
+endfunction
+
+" Set up syntax highlighing for the diff window
+function! <SID>SetupSyntax()
+ if has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on")
+ "&& !has("syntax_items")
+ syn match DirDiffSrcA "\[A\]"
+ syn match DirDiffSrcB "\[B\]"
+ syn match DirDiffUsage "^Usage.*"
+ syn match DirDiffOptions "^Options.*"
+ exec 'syn match DirDiffFiles "' . s:DirDiffDifferLine .'"'
+ exec 'syn match DirDiffOnly "' . s:DirDiffDiffOnlyLine . '"'
+ syn match DirDiffSelected "^==>.*" contains=DirDiffSrcA,DirDiffSrcB
+
+ hi def link DirDiffSrcA Directory
+ hi def link DirDiffSrcB Type
+ hi def link DirDiffUsage Special
+ hi def link DirDiffOptions Special
+ hi def link DirDiffFiles String
+ hi def link DirDiffOnly PreProc
+ hi def link DirDiffSelected DiffChange
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" You should call this within the diff window
+function! <SID>DirDiffUpdate()
+ let dirA = <SID>GetBaseDir("A")
+ let dirB = <SID>GetBaseDir("B")
+ call <SID>DirDiff(dirA, dirB)
+endfun
+
+" Quit the DirDiff mode
+function! <SID>DirDiffQuit()
+ let in = confirm ("Are you sure you want to quit DirDiff?", "&Yes\n&No", 2)
+ if (in == 1)
+ call <SID>CloseDiffWindows()
+ bd!
+ endif
+endfun
+
+" Returns an escaped version of the path for regex uses
+function! <SID>EscapeDirForRegex(path)
+ " This list is probably not complete, modify later
+ return escape(a:path, "/\\[]$^~")
+endfunction
+
+" Close the opened diff comparison windows if they exist
+function! <SID>CloseDiffWindows()
+ if (<SID>AreDiffWinsOpened())
+ wincmd k
+ " Ask the user to save if buffer is modified
+ call <SID>AskIfModified()
+ bd!
+ " User may just have one window opened, we may not need to close
+ " the second diff window
+ if (&diff)
+ call <SID>AskIfModified()
+ bd!
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+
+function! <SID>DirDiffOpen()
+ " First dehighlight the last marked
+ call <SID>DeHighlightLine()
+
+ " Mark the current location of the line
+ "mark n
+ let b:currentDiff = line(".")
+
+ " We first parse back the [A] and [B] directories from the top of the line
+ let dirA = <SID>GetBaseDir("A")
+ let dirB = <SID>GetBaseDir("B")
+
+ call <SID>CloseDiffWindows()
+
+ let line = getline(".")
+ " Parse the line and see whether it's a "Only in" or "Files Differ"
+ call <SID>HighlightLine()
+ let fileA = <SID>GetFileNameFromLine("A", line)
+ let fileB = <SID>GetFileNameFromLine("B", line)
+ if <SID>IsOnly(line)
+ " We open the file
+ let fileSrc = <SID>ParseOnlySrc(line)
+ if (fileSrc == "A")
+ let fileToOpen = fileA
+ elseif (fileSrc == "B")
+ let fileToOpen = fileB
+ endif
+ split
+ wincmd k
+ silent exec "edit ".fileToOpen
+ " Fool the window saying that this is diff
+ diffthis
+ wincmd j
+ " Resize the window
+ exe("resize " . g:DirDiffWindowSize)
+ exe (b:currentDiff)
+ elseif <SID>IsDiffer(line)
+ "Open the diff windows
+ split
+ wincmd k
+ silent exec "edit ".fileB
+ silent exec "vert diffsplit ".fileA
+ " Go back to the diff window
+ wincmd j
+ " Resize the window
+ exe("resize " . g:DirDiffWindowSize)
+ exe (b:currentDiff)
+ " Center the line
+ exe ("normal z.")
+ else
+ echo "There is no diff at the current line!"
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" Ask the user to save if the buffer is modified
+"
+function! <SID>AskIfModified()
+ if (&modified)
+ let input = confirm("File " . expand("%:p") . " has been modified.", "&Save\nCa&ncel", 1)
+ if (input == 1)
+ w!
+ endif
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+function! <SID>HighlightLine()
+ let savedLine = line(".")
+ exe (b:currentDiff)
+ setlocal modifiable
+ let line = getline(".")
+ if (match(line, "^ ") == 0)
+ s/^ /==> /
+ endif
+ setlocal nomodifiable
+ setlocal nomodified
+ exe (savedLine)
+ redraw
+endfunction
+
+function! <SID>DeHighlightLine()
+ let savedLine = line(".")
+ exe (b:currentDiff)
+ let line = getline(".")
+ setlocal modifiable
+ if (match(line, "^==> ") == 0)
+ s/^==> / /
+ endif
+ setlocal nomodifiable
+ setlocal nomodified
+ exe (savedLine)
+ redraw
+endfunction
+
+" Returns the directory for buffer "A" or "B". You need to be in the diff
+" buffer though.
+function! <SID>GetBaseDir(diffName)
+ let currLine = line(".")
+ if (a:diffName == "A")
+ let baseLine = s:DirDiffALine
+ else
+ let baseLine = s:DirDiffBLine
+ endif
+ let regex = '\['.a:diffName.'\]=\(.*\)'
+ let line = getline(baseLine)
+ let rtn = substitute(line, regex , '\1', '')
+ return rtn
+endfunction
+
+function! <SID>DirDiffNext()
+ " If the current window is a diff, go down one
+ if (&diff == 1)
+ wincmd j
+ endif
+ " if the current line is <= 6, (within the header range), we go to the
+ " first diff line open it
+ if (line(".") < s:DirDiffFirstDiffLine)
+ exe (s:DirDiffFirstDiffLine)
+ let b:currentDiff = line(".")
+ endif
+ silent! exe (b:currentDiff + 1)
+ call <SID>DirDiffOpen()
+endfunction
+
+function! <SID>DirDiffPrev()
+ " If the current window is a diff, go down one
+ if (&diff == 1)
+ wincmd j
+ endif
+ silent! exe (b:currentDiff - 1)
+ call <SID>DirDiffOpen()
+endfunction
+
+" For each line, we can perform a recursive copy or delete to sync up the
+" difference. Returns non-zero if the operation is NOT successful, returns 0
+" if everything is fine.
+"
+function! <SID>DirDiffSyncHelper(AB, line)
+ let fileA = <SID>GetFileNameFromLine("A", a:line)
+ let fileB = <SID>GetFileNameFromLine("B", a:line)
+" echo "Helper line is ". a:line. " fileA " . fileA . " fileB " . fileB
+ if <SID>IsOnly(a:line)
+ " If a:AB is "A" and the ParseOnlySrc returns "A", that means we need to
+ " copy
+ let fileSrc = <SID>ParseOnlySrc(a:line)
+ let operation = ""
+ if (a:AB == "A" && fileSrc == "A")
+ let operation = "Copy"
+ " Use A, and A has source, thus copy the file from A to B
+ let fileFrom = fileA
+ let fileTo = fileB
+ elseif (a:AB == "A" && fileSrc == "B")
+ let operation = "Delete"
+ " Use A, but B has source, thus delete the file from B
+ let fileFrom = fileB
+ let fileTo = fileA
+ elseif (a:AB == "B" && fileSrc == "A")
+ let operation = "Delete"
+ " Use B, but the source file is A, thus removing A
+ let fileFrom = fileA
+ let fileTo = fileB
+ elseif (a:AB == "B" && fileSrc == "B")
+ " Use B, and B has the source file, thus copy B to A
+ let operation = "Copy"
+ let fileFrom = fileB
+ let fileTo = fileA
+ endif
+ elseif <SID>IsDiffer(a:line)
+ " Copy no matter what
+ let operation = "Copy"
+ if (a:AB == "A")
+ let fileFrom = fileA
+ let fileTo = fileB
+ elseif (a:AB == "B")
+ let fileFrom = fileB
+ let fileTo = fileA
+ endif
+ else
+ echo "There is no diff here!"
+ " Error
+ return 1
+ endif
+ if (operation == "Copy")
+ let rtnCode = <SID>Copy(fileFrom, fileTo)
+ elseif (operation == "Delete")
+ let rtnCode = <SID>Delete(fileFrom)
+ endif
+ return rtnCode
+endfunction
+
+" Synchronize the range
+function! <SID>DirDiffSync() range
+ let answer = 1
+ let silence = 0
+ let syncMaster = "A"
+ let currLine = a:firstline
+ let lastLine = a:lastline
+ let syncCount = 0
+
+ while ((currLine <= lastLine))
+ " Update the highlight
+ call <SID>DeHighlightLine()
+ let b:currentDiff = currLine
+ call <SID>HighlightLine()
+ let line = getline(currLine)
+ if (!silence)
+ let answer = confirm(substitute(line, "^....", '', ''). "\nSynchronization option:" , "&A -> B\n&B -> A\nA&lways A\nAl&ways B\n&Skip\nCa&ncel", 6)
+ if (answer == 1 || answer == 3)
+ let syncMaster = "A"
+ endif
+ if (answer == 2 || answer == 4)
+ let syncMaster = "B"
+ endif
+ if (answer == 3 || answer == 4)
+ let silence = 1
+ endif
+ if (answer == 5)
+ let currLine = currLine + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ if (answer == 6)
+ break
+ endif
+ endif
+
+" call <SID>DeHighlightLine()
+ let rtnCode = <SID>DirDiffSyncHelper(syncMaster, line)
+ if (rtnCode == 0)
+ " Successful
+ let syncCount = syncCount + 1
+ " Assume that the line is synchronized, we delete the entry
+ setlocal modifiable
+ exe (currLine.",".currLine." delete")
+ setlocal nomodifiable
+ setlocal nomodified
+ let lastLine = lastLine - 1
+ else
+ " Failed!
+ let currLine = currLine + 1
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ echo syncCount . " diff item(s) synchronized."
+endfunction
+
+" Return file "A" or "B" depending on the line given. If it's a Only line,
+" either A or B does not exist, but the according value would be returned.
+function! <SID>GetFileNameFromLine(AB, line)
+ " Determine where the source of the copy is.
+ let dirA = <SID>GetBaseDir("A")
+ let dirB = <SID>GetBaseDir("B")
+
+ let fileToProcess = ""
+
+ if <SID>IsOnly(a:line)
+ let fileToProcess = <SID>ParseOnlyFile(a:line)
+ elseif <SID>IsDiffer(a:line)
+ let regex = '^.*' . s:DirDiffDifferLine . '\[A\]\(.*\)' . s:DirDiffDifferAndLine . '\[B\]\(.*\)' . s:DirDiffDifferEndLine . '.*$'
+ let fileToProcess = substitute(a:line, regex, '\1', '')
+ else
+ endif
+
+ "echo "line : " . a:line. "AB = " . a:AB . " File to Process " . fileToProcess
+ if (a:AB == "A")
+ return dirA . fileToProcess
+ elseif (a:AB == "B")
+ return dirB . fileToProcess
+ else
+ return ""
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+"Returns the source (A or B) of the "Only" line
+function! <SID>ParseOnlySrc(line)
+ return substitute(a:line, '^.*' . s:DirDiffDiffOnlyLine . '\[\(.\)\].*:.*', '\1', '')
+endfunction
+
+function! <SID>ParseOnlyFile(line)
+ let regex = '^.*' . s:DirDiffDiffOnlyLine . '\[.\]\(.*\): \(.*\)'
+ let root = substitute(a:line, regex , '\1', '')
+ let file = root . s:sep . substitute(a:line, regex , '\2', '')
+ return file
+endfunction
+
+function! <SID>Copy(fileFromOrig, fileToOrig)
+ let fileFrom = substitute(a:fileFromOrig, '/', s:sep, 'g')
+ let fileTo = substitute(a:fileToOrig, '/', s:sep, 'g')
+ echo "Copy from " . fileFrom . " to " . fileTo
+ if (s:DirDiffCopyCmd == "")
+ echo "Copy not supported on this platform"
+ return 1
+ endif
+
+ " Constructs the copy command
+ let copycmd = "!".s:DirDiffCopyCmd." ".s:DirDiffCopyFlags
+ " Append the interactive flag
+ if (g:DirDiffInteractive)
+ let copycmd = copycmd . " " . s:DirDiffCopyInteractiveFlag
+ endif
+ let copycmd = copycmd . " \"".fileFrom."\" \"".fileTo."\""
+
+ " Constructs the copy directory command
+ let copydircmd = "!".s:DirDiffCopyDirCmd." ".s:DirDiffCopyDirFlags
+ " Append the interactive flag
+ if (g:DirDiffInteractive)
+ let copydircmd = copydircmd . " " . s:DirDiffCopyInteractiveFlag
+ endif
+ let copydircmd = copydircmd . " \"".fileFrom."\" \"".fileTo."\""
+
+ let error = 0
+ if (isdirectory(fileFrom))
+ let error = <SID>DirDiffExec(copydircmd, g:DirDiffInteractive)
+ else
+ let error = <SID>DirDiffExec(copycmd, g:DirDiffInteractive)
+ endif
+ if (error != 0)
+ echo "Can't copy from " . fileFrom . " to " . fileTo
+ return 1
+ endif
+ return 0
+endfunction
+
+" Would execute the command, either silent or not silent, by the
+" interactive flag ([0|1]). Returns the v:shell_error after
+" executing the command.
+function! <SID>DirDiffExec(cmd, interactive)
+ let error = 0
+ if (a:interactive)
+ exe (a:cmd)
+ let error = v:shell_error
+ else
+ silent exe (a:cmd)
+ let error = v:shell_error
+ endif
+" let d = input("DirDiffExec: " . a:cmd . " " . a:interactive . " returns " . v:shell_error)
+ return error
+endfunction
+
+" Delete the file or directory. Returns 0 if nothing goes wrong, error code
+" otherwise.
+function! <SID>Delete(fileFromOrig)
+ let fileFrom = substitute(a:fileFromOrig, '/', s:sep, 'g')
+ echo "Deleting from " . fileFrom
+ if (s:DirDiffDeleteCmd == "")
+ echo "Delete not supported on this platform"
+ return 1
+ endif
+
+ let delcmd = ""
+
+ if (isdirectory(fileFrom))
+ let delcmd = "!".s:DirDiffDeleteDirCmd." ".s:DirDiffDeleteDirFlags
+ if (g:DirDiffInteractive)
+ " If running on Unix, and we're running in interactive mode, we
+ " append the -i tag
+ if (has("unix"))
+ let delcmd = delcmd . " " . s:DirDiffDeleteInteractiveFlag
+ endif
+ else
+ " If running on windows, and we're not running in interactive
+ " mode, we append the quite flag to the "rd" command
+ if (has("win32"))
+ let delcmd = delcmd . " " . s:DirDiffDeleteDirQuietFlag
+ endif
+ endif
+ else
+ let delcmd = "!".s:DirDiffDeleteCmd." ".s:DirDiffDeleteFlags
+ if (g:DirDiffInteractive)
+ let delcmd = delcmd . " " . s:DirDiffDeleteInteractiveFlag
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ let delcmd = delcmd ." \"".fileFrom."\""
+ let error = <SID>DirDiffExec(delcmd, g:DirDiffInteractive)
+ if (error != 0)
+ echo "Can't delete " . fileFrom
+ endif
+ return error
+endfunction
+
+function! <SID>AreDiffWinsOpened()
+ let currBuff = expand("%:p")
+ let currLine = line(".")
+ wincmd k
+ let abovedBuff = expand("%:p")
+ if (&diff)
+ let abovedIsDiff = 1
+ else
+ let abovedIsDiff = 0
+ endif
+ " Go Back if the aboved buffer is not the same
+ if (currBuff != abovedBuff)
+ wincmd j
+ " Go back to the same line
+ exe (currLine)
+ if (abovedIsDiff == 1)
+ return 1
+ else
+ " Aboved is just a bogus buffer, not a diff buffer
+ return 0
+ endif
+ else
+ exe (currLine)
+ return 0
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" The given line begins with the "Only in"
+function! <SID>IsOnly(line)
+ return (match(a:line, "^ *" . s:DirDiffDiffOnlyLine . "\\|^==> " . s:DirDiffDiffOnlyLine ) == 0)
+endfunction
+
+" The given line begins with the "Files"
+function! <SID>IsDiffer(line)
+ return (match(a:line, "^ *" . s:DirDiffDifferLine . "\\|^==> " . s:DirDiffDifferLine ) == 0)
+endfunction
+
+" Let you modify the Exclude patthern
+function! <SID>ChangeExcludes()
+ let g:DirDiffExcludes = input ("Exclude pattern (separate multiple patterns with ','): ", g:DirDiffExcludes)
+ echo "\nPress update ('u') to refresh the diff."
+endfunction
+
+" Let you modify additional arguments for diff
+function! <SID>ChangeArguments()
+ let g:DirDiffAddArgs = input ("Additional diff args: ", g:DirDiffAddArgs)
+ echo "\nPress update ('u') to refresh the diff."
+endfunction
+
+" Let you modify the Ignore patthern
+function! <SID>ChangeIgnore()
+ let g:DirDiffIgnore = input ("Ignore pattern (separate multiple patterns with ','): ", g:DirDiffIgnore)
+ echo "\nPress update ('u') to refresh the diff."
+endfunction
+
+" Sorting functions from the Vim docs. Use this instead of the sort binary.
+"
+" Function for use with Sort(), to compare two strings.
+func! <SID>Strcmp(str1, str2)
+ if (a:str1 < a:str2)
+ return -1
+ elseif (a:str1 > a:str2)
+ return 1
+ else
+ return 0
+ endif
+endfunction
+
+" Sort lines. SortR() is called recursively.
+func! <SID>SortR(start, end, cmp)
+ if (a:start >= a:end)
+ return
+ endif
+ let partition = a:start - 1
+ let middle = partition
+ let partStr = getline((a:start + a:end) / 2)
+ let i = a:start
+ while (i <= a:end)
+ let str = getline(i)
+ exec "let result = " . a:cmp . "(str, partStr)"
+ if (result <= 0)
+ " Need to put it before the partition. Swap lines i and partition.
+ let partition = partition + 1
+ if (result == 0)
+ let middle = partition
+ endif
+ if (i != partition)
+ let str2 = getline(partition)
+ call setline(i, str2)
+ call setline(partition, str)
+ endif
+ endif
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " Now we have a pointer to the "middle" element, as far as partitioning
+ " goes, which could be anywhere before the partition. Make sure it is at
+ " the end of the partition.
+ if (middle != partition)
+ let str = getline(middle)
+ let str2 = getline(partition)
+ call setline(middle, str2)
+ call setline(partition, str)
+ endif
+ call <SID>SortR(a:start, partition - 1, a:cmp)
+ call <SID>SortR(partition + 1, a:end, a:cmp)
+endfunc
+
+" To Sort a range of lines, pass the range to Sort() along with the name of a
+" function that will compare two lines.
+func! <SID>Sort(cmp) range
+ call <SID>SortR(a:firstline, a:lastline, a:cmp)
+endfunc
+
+" Added to deal with internationalized version of diff, which returns a
+" different string than "Files ... differ" or "Only in ... "
+
+function! <SID>GetDiffStrings()
+ " Check if we have the dynamic text string turned on. If not, just return
+ " what's set in the global variables
+
+ if (g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText == 0)
+ let s:DirDiffDiffOnlyLine = g:DirDiffTextOnlyIn
+ let s:DirDiffDifferLine = g:DirDiffTextFiles
+ let s:DirDiffDifferAndLine = g:DirDiffTextAnd
+ let s:DirDiffDifferEndLine = g:DirDiffTextDiffer
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let tmp1 = tempname()
+ let tmp2 = tempname()
+ let tmpdiff = tempname()
+
+ " We need to pad the backslashes in order to make it match
+ let tmp1rx = <SID>EscapeDirForRegex(tmp1)
+ let tmp2rx = <SID>EscapeDirForRegex(tmp2)
+ let tmpdiffrx = <SID>EscapeDirForRegex(tmpdiff)
+
+ silent exe s:DirDiffMakeDirCmd . "\"" . tmp1 . "\""
+ silent exe s:DirDiffMakeDirCmd . "\"" . tmp2 . "\""
+ silent exe "!echo test > \"" . tmp1 . s:sep . "test" . "\""
+ silent exe "!diff -r --brief \"" . tmp1 . "\" \"" . tmp2 . "\" > \"" . tmpdiff . "\""
+
+ " Now get the result of that diff cmd
+ silent exe "split ". tmpdiff
+ "echo "First line: " . getline(1)
+ "echo "tmp1: " . tmp1
+ "echo "tmp1rx: " . tmp1rx
+ let s:DirDiffDiffOnlyLine = substitute( getline(1), tmp1rx . ".*$", "", '')
+ "echo "DirDiff Only: " . s:DirDiffDiffOnlyLine
+
+ q
+
+ " Now let's get the Differ string
+ "echo "Getting the diff in GetDiffStrings"
+
+ silent exe "!echo testdifferent > \"" . tmp2 . s:sep . "test" . "\""
+ silent exe "!diff -r --brief \"" . tmp1 . "\" \"" . tmp2 . "\" > \"" . tmpdiff . "\""
+
+ silent exe "split ". tmpdiff
+ let s:DirDiffDifferLine = substitute( getline(1), tmp1rx . ".*$", "", '')
+ " Note that the diff on cygwin may output '/' instead of '\' for the
+ " separator, so we need to accomodate for both cases
+ let andrx = "^.*" . tmp1rx . "[\\\/]test\\(.*\\)" . tmp2rx . "[\\\/]test.*$"
+ let endrx = "^.*" . tmp1rx . "[\\\/]test.*" . tmp2rx . "[\\\/]test\\(.*$\\)"
+ "echo "andrx : " . andrx
+ "echo "endrx : " . endrx
+ let s:DirDiffDifferAndLine = substitute( getline(1), andrx , "\\1", '')
+ let s:DirDiffDifferEndLine = substitute( getline(1), endrx, "\\1", '')
+
+ "echo "s:DirDiffDifferLine = " . s:DirDiffDifferLine
+ "echo "s:DirDiffDifferAndLine = " . s:DirDiffDifferAndLine
+ "echo "s:DirDiffDifferEndLine = " . s:DirDiffDifferEndLine
+
+ q
+
+ " Delete tmp files
+ "echo "Deleting tmp files."
+
+ call <SID>Delete(tmp1)
+ call <SID>Delete(tmp2)
+ call <SID>Delete(tmpdiff)
+
+endfunction
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/DoxygenToolkit.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/DoxygenToolkit.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cfdee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/DoxygenToolkit.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,713 @@
+" DoxygenToolkit.vim
+" Brief: Usefull tools for Doxygen (comment, author, license).
+" Version: 0.1.16
+" Date: 02/27/07
+" Author: Mathias Lorente
+"
+" Note: Bug correction : function that returns null pointer are correctly
+" documented (Thanks to Ronald WAHL for his report and patch).
+"
+" Note: Remove header and footer from doxygen documentation
+" - Generated documentation with block header/footer activated (see
+" parameters g:DoxygenToolkit_blockHeader and
+" g:DoxygenToolkit_blockFooter) do not integrate header and footer
+" anymore.
+" Thanks to Justin RANDALL for this.
+" Now comments are as following:
+" /* --- My Header --- */ // --- My Header ---
+" /** /// @brief ...
+" * @brief ... or // --- My Footer ---
+" */
+" /* -- My Footer --- */
+"
+" Note: Changes to customize cinoptions
+" - New option available for cinoptions : g:DoxygenToolkit_cinoptions
+" (default value is still c1C1)
+" Thanks to Arnaud GODET for this. Now comment can have the following
+" look:
+" /** /**
+" * and not only *
+" */ */
+" Note: Changes for linux kernel comment style
+" - New option are available for brief tag and parameter tag ! Now there is
+" a pre and a post tag for each of these tag.
+" - You can define 'let g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_funcName = "yes"' to add
+" the name of commented function between pre-brief tag and post-brief tag.
+" - With these new features you can get something like:
+" /**
+" * @brief MyFunction -
+" *
+" * @param foo:
+" * @param bar:
+" */
+" Note: Changes suggested by Soh Kok Hong:
+" - Fixed indentation in comments
+" ( no more /** /**
+" * but *
+" */ */ )
+" Note: Changes made by Jason Mills:
+" - Fixed \n bug which resulted in comments being screwed up
+" - Added use of doxygen /// comments.
+" Note: Changes made by Mathias Lorente on 05/25/04
+" - Fixed filename bug when including doxygen author comment whereas file
+" has not been open directly on commamd line.
+" - Now /// or /** doxygen comments are correctly integrated (except for
+" license).
+" Note: Changes made by Mathias Lorente on 08/02/04
+" - Now include only filename in author comment (no more folder...)
+" - Fixed errors with function with no indentation.
+"
+"
+" Actually five purposes have been defined :
+"
+" Generates a doxygen license comment. The tag text is configurable.
+"
+" Generates a doxygen author skeleton. The tag text is configurable.
+"
+" Generates a doxygen comment skeleton for a C, C++, or Java function or class,
+" including @brief, @param (for each named argument), and @return. The tag
+" text as well as a comment block header and footer are configurable.
+" (Consequently, you can have \brief, etc. if you wish, with little effort.)
+"
+" Ignore code fragment placed in a block defined by #ifdef ... #endif. The
+" block name must be given to the function. All of the corresponding blocks
+" in all the file will be treated and placed in a new block DOX_SKIP_BLOCK (or
+" any other name that you have configured). Then you have to update
+" PREDEFINED value in your doxygen configuration file with correct block name.
+" You also have to set ENABLE_PREPROCESSING to YES.
+"
+" Generate a doxygen group (begining and ending). The tag text is
+" configurable.
+"
+" Use:
+" - Type of comments ( /// or /** ... */ ) :
+" In vim, default comments are : /** ... */. But if you prefer to use ///
+" Doxygen comments just add 'let g:DoxygenToolkit_commentType = "C++"'
+" (without quotes) in your .vimrc file
+"
+" - License :
+" In vim, place the cursor on the line that will follow doxygen license
+" comment. Then, execute the command :DoxLic. This will generate license
+" comment and leave the cursor on the line just after.
+"
+" - Author :
+" In vim, place the cursor on the line that will follow doxygen author
+" comment. Then, execute the command :DoxAuthor. This will generate the
+" skeleton and leave the cursor just after @author tag if no variable
+" define it, or just after the skeleton.
+"
+" - Function / class comment :
+" In vim, place the cursor on the line of the function header (or returned
+" value of the function) or the class. Then execute the command :Dox. This
+" will generate the skeleton and leave the cursor after the @brief tag.
+"
+" - Ignore code fragment :
+" In vim, if you want to ignore all code fragment placed in a block such as :
+" #ifdef DEBUG
+" ...
+" #endif
+" You only have to execute the command :DoxUndoc(DEBUG) !
+"
+" - Group :
+" In vim, execute the command :DoxBlock to insert a doxygen block on the
+" following line.
+"
+" Limitations:
+" - Assumes that the function name (and the following opening parenthesis) is
+" at least on the third line after current cursor position.
+" - Not able to update a comment block after it's been written.
+" - Blocks delimiters (header and footer) are only included for function
+" comment.
+" - Assumes that cindent is used.
+"
+"
+" Example:
+" Given:
+" int
+" foo(char mychar,
+" int myint,
+" double* myarray,
+" int mask = DEFAULT)
+" { //...
+" }
+"
+" Issuing the :Dox command with the cursor on the function declaration would
+" generate
+"
+" /**
+" * @brief
+" *
+" * @param mychar
+" * @param myint
+" * @param myarray
+" * @param mask
+" *
+" * @return
+" */
+"
+"
+" To customize the output of the script, see the g:DoxygenToolkit_*
+" variables in the script's source. These variables can be set in your
+" .vimrc.
+"
+" For example, my .vimrc contains:
+" let g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_pre="@Synopsis "
+" let g:DoxygenToolkit_paramTag_pre="@Param "
+" let g:DoxygenToolkit_returnTag="@Returns "
+" let g:DoxygenToolkit_blockHeader="--------------------------------------------------------------------------"
+" let g:DoxygenToolkit_blockFooter="----------------------------------------------------------------------------"
+" let g:DoxygenToolkit_authorName="Mathias Lorente"
+" let g:DoxygenToolkit_licenseTag="My own license\<enter>" <-- Do not forget
+" ending "\<enter>"
+
+
+" Verify if already loaded
+if exists("loaded_DoxygenToolkit")
+ "echo 'DoxygenToolkit Already Loaded.'
+ finish
+endif
+let loaded_DoxygenToolkit = 1
+"echo 'Loading DoxygenToolkit...'
+let s:licenseTag = "Copyright (C) \<enter>"
+let s:licenseTag = s:licenseTag . "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\<enter>"
+let s:licenseTag = s:licenseTag . "modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License\<enter>"
+let s:licenseTag = s:licenseTag . "as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2\<enter>"
+let s:licenseTag = s:licenseTag . "of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\<enter>\<enter>"
+let s:licenseTag = s:licenseTag . "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\<enter>"
+let s:licenseTag = s:licenseTag . "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\<enter>"
+let s:licenseTag = s:licenseTag . "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\<enter>"
+let s:licenseTag = s:licenseTag . "GNU General Public License for more details.\<enter>\<enter>"
+let s:licenseTag = s:licenseTag . "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\<enter>"
+let s:licenseTag = s:licenseTag . "along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\<enter>"
+let s:licenseTag = s:licenseTag . "Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.\<enter>"
+
+" Common standard constants
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_pre")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_pre = "@brief "
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_post")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_post = ""
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_paramTag_pre")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_paramTag_pre = "@param "
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_paramTag_post")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_paramTag_post = " "
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_returnTag")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_returnTag = "@return "
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_blockHeader")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_blockHeader = ""
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_blockFooter")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_blockFooter = ""
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_licenseTag")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_licenseTag = s:licenseTag
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_fileTag")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_fileTag = "@file "
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_authorTag")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_authorTag = "@author "
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_dateTag")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_dateTag = "@date "
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_undocTag")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_undocTag = "DOX_SKIP_BLOCK"
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_blockTag")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_blockTag = "@name "
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_classTag")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_classTag = "@class "
+endif
+
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_cinoptions")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_cinoptions = "c1C1"
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentTag ")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentTag = "/** "
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentBlock = "/* "
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag ")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag = "* "
+endif
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentTag ")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentTag = "*/"
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentBlock = " */"
+endif
+if exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_commentType")
+ if ( g:DoxygenToolkit_commentType == "C++" )
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentTag = "/// "
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag = "/// "
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentTag = ""
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentBlock = "// "
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentBlock = ""
+ endif
+else
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_commentType = "C"
+endif
+
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_ignoreForReturn")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_ignoreForReturn = "inline static virtual void"
+else
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_ignoreForReturn = g:DoxygenToolkit_ignoreForReturn . " inline static virtual void"
+endif
+
+" Add name of function after pre brief tag if you want
+if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_funcName")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_funcName = "no"
+endif
+
+
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+" Doxygen comment function
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+function! <SID>DoxygenCommentFunc()
+ " Store indentation
+ let l:oldcinoptions = &cinoptions
+ " Set new indentation
+ let &cinoptions=g:DoxygenToolkit_cinoptions
+
+ let l:argBegin = "\("
+ let l:argEnd = "\)"
+ let l:argSep = ','
+ let l:sep = "\ "
+ let l:voidStr = "void"
+
+ let l:classDef = 0
+
+ " Save standard comment expension
+ let l:oldComments = &comments
+ let &comments = ""
+
+ " Store function in a buffer
+ let l:lineBuffer = getline(line("."))
+ mark d
+ let l:count=1
+ " Return of function can be defined on other line than the one of the
+ " function.
+ while ( l:lineBuffer !~ l:argBegin && l:count < 4 )
+ " This is probbly a class (or something else definition)
+ if ( l:lineBuffer =~ "{" || l:lineBuffer =~ ";" )
+ let l:classDef = 1
+ break
+ endif
+ exec "normal j"
+ let l:line = getline(line("."))
+ let l:lineBuffer = l:lineBuffer . ' ' . l:line
+ let l:count = l:count + 1
+ endwhile
+ if ( l:classDef == 0 )
+ if ( l:count == 4 )
+ " Restore standard comment expension
+ let &comments = l:oldComments
+ " Restore indentation
+ let &cinoptions = l:oldcinoptions
+ return
+ endif
+ " Get the entire function
+ let l:count = 0
+ while ( l:lineBuffer !~ l:argEnd && l:count < 10 )
+ exec "normal j"
+ let l:line = getline(line("."))
+ let l:lineBuffer = l:lineBuffer . ' ' . l:line
+ let l:count = l:count + 1
+ endwhile
+ " Function definition seem to be too long...
+ if ( l:count == 10 )
+ " Restore standard comment expension
+ let &comments = l:oldComments
+ " Restore indentation
+ let &cinoptions = l:oldcinoptions
+ return
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " Start creating doxygen pattern
+ exec "normal `d"
+ if ( g:DoxygenToolkit_blockHeader != "" )
+ exec "normal O" . g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentBlock . g:DoxygenToolkit_blockHeader . g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentBlock
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentTag . g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_pre
+ else
+ if ( g:DoxygenToolkit_commentType == "C++" )
+ exec "normal O" . g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentTag . g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_pre
+ else
+ exec "normal O" . g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentTag
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag . g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_pre
+ endif
+ endif
+ mark d
+ if ( g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentTag != "" )
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentTag
+ endif
+ if ( g:DoxygenToolkit_blockFooter != "" )
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentBlock . g:DoxygenToolkit_blockFooter . g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentBlock
+ endif
+ exec "normal `d"
+
+ " Class definition, let's start with brief tag
+ if ( l:classDef == 1 )
+ " Restore standard comment expension
+ let &comments = l:oldComments
+ " Restore indentation
+ let &cinoptions = l:oldcinoptions
+
+ startinsert!
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " Replace tabs by space
+ let l:lineBuffer = substitute(l:lineBuffer, "\t", "\ ", "g")
+
+ " Delete recursively all double spaces
+ while ( match(l:lineBuffer, "\ \ ") != -1 )
+ let l:lineBuffer = substitute(l:lineBuffer, "\ \ ", "\ ", "g")
+ endwhile
+
+ " Delete space just after and just before parenthesis
+ " Remove space between function name and opening paenthesis
+ let l:lineBuffer = substitute(l:lineBuffer, "(\ ", "(", "")
+ let l:lineBuffer = substitute(l:lineBuffer, "\ )", ")", "")
+ let l:lineBuffer = substitute(l:lineBuffer, "\ (", "(", "")
+
+ " Delete first space (if any)
+ if ( match(l:lineBuffer, ' ') == 0 )
+ let l:lineBuffer = strpart(l:lineBuffer, 1)
+ endif
+
+ " Add function name if requiered
+ if ( g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_funcName =~ "yes" )
+ let l:beginP = 0
+ let l:currentP = -1
+ let l:endP = match( l:lineBuffer, l:argBegin )
+ while ( l:currentP < l:endP )
+ let l:beginP = l:currentP + 1
+ let l:currentP = match( l:lineBuffer, '[&*[:space:]]', l:beginP )
+ if ( l:currentP == -1 )
+ let l:currentP = l:endP
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ let l:name = strpart( l:lineBuffer, l:beginP, l:endP - l:beginP )
+ exec "normal A" . l:name
+ endif
+
+ " Now can add brief post tag
+ exec "normal A" . g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_post
+
+ " Add return tag if function do not return void
+ let l:beginArgPos = match(l:lineBuffer, l:argBegin)
+ let l:beginP = 0 " Name can start at the beginning of l:lineBuffer, it is usually between whitespaces or space and parenthesis
+ let l:endP = 0
+ let l:returnFlag = -1 " At least one name (function name) do not correspond to the list of ignored values.
+ while ( l:endP != l:beginArgPos )
+ " look for * or & (pointer or reference)
+ let l:endP = match(l:lineBuffer, '[&*]', l:beginP )
+ if ( l:endP > l:beginArgPos || l:endP == -1 )
+ " not found --> look for whitespace
+ let l:endP = match(l:lineBuffer, '\s', l:beginP )
+ if ( l:endP > l:beginArgPos || l:endP == -1 )
+ let l:endP = l:beginArgPos
+ endif
+ else
+ " found * or & -- so we have a return value
+ let l:returnFlag = l:returnFlag + 1
+ endif
+ let l:name = strpart(l:lineBuffer, l:beginP, l:endP - l:beginP)
+ let l:beginP = l:endP + 1
+ " Hack, because of '~' is not correctly interprated by match... if you
+ " have a solution, send me it !
+ if ( l:name[0] != '~' && matchstr(g:DoxygenToolkit_ignoreForReturn, "\\<" . l:name . "\\>") != l:name )
+ let l:returnFlag = l:returnFlag + 1
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ if ( l:returnFlag >= 1 )
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag . g:DoxygenToolkit_returnTag
+ endif
+
+ " Looking for argument name in line buffer
+ exec "normal `d"
+ let l:argList = 0 " ==0 -> no argument, !=0 -> at least one arg
+
+ let l:beginP = 0
+ let l:endP = 0
+ let l:prevBeginP = 0
+
+ " Arguments start after opening parenthesis
+ let l:beginP = match(l:lineBuffer, l:argBegin, l:beginP) + 1
+ let l:prevBeginP = l:beginP
+ let l:endP = l:beginP
+
+ " Test if there is something into parenthesis
+ let l:beginP = l:beginP
+ if ( l:beginP == match(l:lineBuffer, l:argEnd, l:beginP) )
+ " Restore standard comment expension
+ let &comments = l:oldComments
+ " Restore indentation
+ let &cinoptions = l:oldcinoptions
+
+ startinsert!
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " Enter into main loop
+ while ( l:beginP > 0 && l:endP > 0 )
+
+ " Looking for arg separator
+ let l:endP1 = match(l:lineBuffer, l:argSep, l:beginP)
+ let l:endP = match(l:lineBuffer, l:argEnd, l:beginP)
+ if ( l:endP1 != -1 && l:endP1 < l:endP )
+ let l:endP = l:endP1
+ endif
+ let l:endP = l:endP - 1
+
+ if ( l:endP > 0 )
+ let l:strBuf = ReturnArgName(l:lineBuffer, l:beginP, l:endP)
+ " void parameter
+ if ( l:strBuf == l:voidStr )
+ " Restore standard comment expension
+ let &comments = l:oldComments
+ " Restore indentation
+ let &cinoptions = l:oldcinoptions
+
+ startinsert!
+ break
+ endif
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag . g:DoxygenToolkit_paramTag_pre . l:strBuf . g:DoxygenToolkit_paramTag_post
+ let l:beginP = l:endP + 2
+ let l:argList = 1
+ endif
+ endwhile
+
+ " Add blank line if necessary
+ if ( l:argList != 0 )
+ exec "normal `do" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag
+ endif
+
+ " move the cursor to the correct position (after brief tag)
+ exec "normal `d"
+
+ " Restore standard comment expension
+ let &comments = l:oldComments
+ " Restore indentation
+ let &cinoptions = l:oldcinoptions
+
+ startinsert!
+endfunction
+
+
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+" Doxygen license comment
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+function! <SID>DoxygenLicenseFunc()
+ " Store indentation
+ let l:oldcinoptions = &cinoptions
+ " Set new indentation
+ let &cinoptions=g:DoxygenToolkit_cinoptions
+
+ " Test authorName variable
+ if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_authorName")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_authorName = input("Enter name of the author (generally yours...) : ")
+ endif
+ mark d
+ let l:date = strftime("%Y")
+ exec "normal O/*\<Enter>" . g:DoxygenToolkit_licenseTag
+ exec "normal ^c$*/"
+ if ( g:DoxygenToolkit_licenseTag == s:licenseTag )
+ exec "normal %jA" . l:date . " - " . g:DoxygenToolkit_authorName
+ endif
+ exec "normal `d"
+
+ " Restore indentation
+ let &cinoptions = l:oldcinoptions
+endfunction
+
+
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+" Doxygen author comment
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+function! <SID>DoxygenAuthorFunc()
+ " Save standard comment expension
+ let l:oldComments = &comments
+ let &comments = ""
+ " Store indentation
+ let l:oldcinoptions = &cinoptions
+ " Set new indentation
+ let &cinoptions=g:DoxygenToolkit_cinoptions
+
+ " Test authorName variable
+ if !exists("g:DoxygenToolkit_authorName")
+ let g:DoxygenToolkit_authorName = input("Enter name of the author (generally yours...) : ")
+ endif
+
+ " Get file name
+ let l:fileName = expand('%:t')
+
+ " Begin to write skeleton
+ exec "normal O" . g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentTag
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag . g:DoxygenToolkit_fileTag . l:fileName
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag . g:DoxygenToolkit_briefTag_pre
+ mark d
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag . g:DoxygenToolkit_authorTag . g:DoxygenToolkit_authorName
+ let l:date = strftime("%Y-%m-%d")
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag . g:DoxygenToolkit_dateTag . l:date
+ if ( g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentTag == "" )
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag
+ else
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentTag
+ endif
+
+ " Replace the cursor to the rigth position
+ exec "normal `d"
+
+ " Restore standard comment expension
+ let &comments = l:oldComments
+ " Restore indentation
+ let &cinoptions = l:oldcinoptions
+ startinsert!
+endfunction
+
+
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+" Doxygen undocument function
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+function! <SID>DoxygenUndocumentFunc(blockTag)
+ let l:search = "#ifdef " . a:blockTag
+ " Save cursor position and go to the begining of the file
+ mark d
+ exec "normal gg"
+
+ while ( search(l:search, 'W') != 0 )
+ exec "normal O#ifndef " . g:DoxygenToolkit_undocTag
+ exec "normal j^%"
+ if ( g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentTag == "" )
+ exec "normal o#endif // " . g:DoxygenToolkit_undocTag
+ else
+ exec "normal o#endif /* " . g:DoxygenToolkit_undocTag . " */"
+ endif
+ endwhile
+
+ exec "normal `d"
+endfunction
+
+
+
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+" DoxygenBlockFunc
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+function! <SID>DoxygenBlockFunc()
+ " Save standard comment expension
+ let l:oldComments = &comments
+ let &comments = ""
+ " Store indentation
+ let l:oldcinoptions = &cinoptions
+ " Set new indentation
+ let &cinoptions=g:DoxygenToolkit_cinoptions
+
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentTag
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag . g:DoxygenToolkit_blockTag
+ mark d
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_interCommentTag . "@{ " . g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentTag
+ exec "normal o" . g:DoxygenToolkit_startCommentTag . " @} " . g:DoxygenToolkit_endCommentTag
+ exec "normal `d"
+
+ " Restore standard comment expension
+ let &comments = l:oldComments
+ " Restore indentation
+ let &cinoptions = l:oldcinoptions
+ startinsert!
+endfunction
+
+
+"function! AppendText(text)
+" call append(line("."), a:text)
+" exec "normal j"
+"endfunction
+
+"
+" Returns the indentations level for a line
+" MakeIndent([lineNum])
+"
+"function! MakeIndent(...)
+" let line = getline(".")
+" if a:0 == 1
+" let line = getline(a:1)
+" endif
+" return matchstr(line, '^\s*')
+"endfunction
+
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+" Extract the name of argument
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+function ReturnArgName(argBuf, beginP, endP)
+
+ " Name of argument is at the end of argBuf if no default (id arg = 0)
+ let l:equalP = match(a:argBuf, "=", a:beginP)
+ if ( l:equalP == -1 || l:equalP > a:endP )
+ " Look for arg name begining
+ let l:beginP = a:beginP
+ let l:prevBeginP = l:beginP
+ while ( l:beginP < a:endP && l:beginP != -1 )
+ let l:prevBeginP = l:beginP
+ let l:beginP = match(a:argBuf, " ", l:beginP + 1)
+ endwhile
+ let l:beginP = l:prevBeginP
+ let l:endP = a:endP
+ else
+ " Look for arg name begining
+ let l:addPos = 0
+ let l:beginP = a:beginP
+ let l:prevBeginP = l:beginP
+ let l:doublePrevBeginP = l:prevBeginP
+ while ( l:beginP < l:equalP && l:beginP != -1 )
+ let l:doublePrevBeginP = l:prevBeginP
+ let l:prevBeginP = l:beginP + l:addPos
+ let l:beginP = match(a:argBuf, " ", l:beginP + 1)
+ let l:addPos = 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " Space just before equal
+ if ( l:prevBeginP == l:equalP )
+ let l:beginP = l:doublePrevBeginP
+ let l:endP = l:prevBeginP - 2
+ else
+ " No space just before so...
+ let l:beginP = l:prevBeginP
+ let l:endP = l:equalP - 1
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " We have the begining position and the ending position...
+ let l:newBuf = strpart(a:argBuf, l:beginP, l:endP - l:beginP + 1)
+
+ " Delete leading '*' or '&'
+ if ( match(l:newBuf, "*") == 1 || match(l:newBuf, "&") == 1 )
+ let l:newBuf = strpart(l:newBuf, 2)
+ endif
+
+ " Delete tab definition ([])
+ let l:delTab = match(newBuf, "[")
+ if ( l:delTab != -1 )
+ let l:newBuf = strpart(l:newBuf, 0, l:delTab)
+ endif
+
+ " Eventually clean argument name...
+ let l:newBuf = substitute(l:newBuf, " ", "", "g")
+ return l:newBuf
+
+endfunction
+
+
+
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+" Shortcuts...
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+command! -nargs=0 Dox :call <SID>DoxygenCommentFunc()
+command! -nargs=0 DoxLic :call <SID>DoxygenLicenseFunc()
+command! -nargs=0 DoxAuthor :call <SID>DoxygenAuthorFunc()
+command! -nargs=1 DoxUndoc :call <SID>DoxygenUndocumentFunc(<q-args>)
+command! -nargs=0 DoxBlock :call <SID>DoxygenBlockFunc()
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/GetLatestVimScripts.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/GetLatestVimScripts.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2299ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/GetLatestVimScripts.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" GetLatestVimScripts.vim
+" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Date: Feb 15, 2006
+" Version: 20
+" Installing: :help glvs-install
+" Usage: :help glvs
+"
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 642 1 :AutoInstall: GetLatestVimScripts.vim
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Initialization: {{{1
+" if you're sourcing this file, surely you can't be
+" expecting vim to be in its vi-compatible mode
+if &cp
+ echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepfo = &fo
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists("loaded_GetLatestVimScripts")
+ finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_GetLatestVimScripts= "v20"
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Global Variables: {{{1
+" allow user to change the command for obtaining scripts (does fetch work?)
+if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget= "wget"
+endif
+if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_options")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options= "-q -O"
+endif
+if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 1
+endif
+
+"" For debugging:
+"let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget = "echo"
+"let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options = "options"
+
+" check if s:autoinstall is possible
+let s:autoinstall= ""
+if g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
+
+ if (has("win32") || has("gui_win32") || has("gui_win32s") || has("win16") || has("win64") || has("win32unix") || has("win95")) && &shell != "bash"
+ " windows (but not cygwin/bash)
+ let s:dotvim= "vimfiles"
+ if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv= "ren"
+ endif
+
+ else
+ " unix
+ let s:dotvim= ".vim"
+ if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv= "mv"
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ if exists('$HOME') && isdirectory(expand("$HOME")."/".s:dotvim)
+ let s:autoinstall= $HOME."/".s:dotvim
+ endif
+" call Decho("s:autoinstall<".s:autoinstall.">")
+else
+" call Decho("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=".g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall.": :AutoInstall: disabled")
+endif
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Public Interface: {{{1
+com! -nargs=0 GetLatestVimScripts call <SID>GetLatestVimScripts()
+silent! com -nargs=0 GLVS call <SID>GetLatestVimScripts()
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" GetOneScript: (Get Latest Vim Script) this function operates {{{1
+" on the current line, interpreting two numbers and text as
+" ScriptID, SourceID, and Filename.
+" It downloads any scripts that have newer versions from vim.sf.net.
+fun! <SID>GetOneScript(...)
+" call Dfunc("GetOneScript()")
+
+ " set options to allow progress to be shown on screen
+ let t_ti= &t_ti
+ let t_te= &t_te
+ let rs = &rs
+ set t_ti= t_te= nors
+
+ " put current line on top-of-screen and interpret it into
+ " a script identifer : used to obtain webpage
+ " source identifier : used to identify current version
+ " and an associated comment: used to report on what's being considered
+ if a:0 >= 3
+ let scriptid = a:1
+ let srcid = a:2
+ let cmmnt = a:3
+" call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
+" call Decho("srcid <".srcid.">")
+" call Decho("cmmnt <".cmmnt.">")
+ else
+ let curline = getline(".")
+ let parsepat = '^\s*\(\d\+\)\s\+\(\d\+\)\s\+\(.\{-}\)$'
+ try
+ let scriptid = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\1','e')
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
+ let scriptid= 0
+ endtry
+ try
+ let srcid = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\2','e')
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
+ let srcid= 0
+ endtry
+ try
+ let cmmnt = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\3','e')
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
+ let cmmnt= ""
+ endtry
+" call Decho("curline <".curline.">")
+" call Decho("parsepat<".parsepat.">")
+" call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
+" call Decho("srcid <".srcid.">")
+" call Decho("cmmnt <".cmmnt.">")
+ endif
+
+ if scriptid == 0 || srcid == 0
+ " When looking for :AutoInstall: lines, skip scripts that
+ " have 0 0 scriptname
+" call Dret("GetOneScript : skipping a scriptid==srcid==0 line")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let doautoinstall= 0
+ if cmmnt =~ ":AutoInstall:"
+" call Decho("cmmnt<".cmmnt."> has :AutoInstall:...")
+ let aicmmnt= substitute(cmmnt,'\s\+:AutoInstall:\s\+',' ','')
+" call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt."> s:autoinstall=".s:autoinstall)
+ if s:autoinstall != ""
+ let doautoinstall = g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
+ endif
+ else
+ let aicmmnt= cmmnt
+ endif
+" call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt.">: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
+
+ exe "norm z\<CR>"
+ redraw!
+" call Decho('considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid)
+ echomsg 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
+
+ " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sf.net webpage
+ let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sf.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
+ let tmpfile = tempname()
+ let v:errmsg = ""
+
+ " make three tries at downloading the description
+ let itry= 1
+ while itry <= 3
+" call Decho("try#".itry." to download description of <".aicmmnt."> with addr=".scriptaddr)
+ if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
+" call Decho("silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile.' "'.scriptaddr.'"')
+ exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile.' "'.scriptaddr.'"'
+ else
+" call Decho("silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile." '".scriptaddr."'")
+ exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".tmpfile." '".scriptaddr."'"
+ endif
+ if itry == 1
+ exe "silent vsplit ".tmpfile
+ else
+ silent! e %
+ endif
+
+ " find the latest source-id in the plugin's webpage
+ silent! 1
+ let findpkg= search('Click on the package to download','W')
+ if findpkg > 0
+ break
+ endif
+ let itry= itry + 1
+ endwhile
+" call Decho(" --- end downloading tries while loop --- itry=".itry)
+
+ " testing: did finding /Click on the package.../ fail?
+ if findpkg == 0 || itry >= 4
+ silent q!
+ call delete(tmpfile)
+ " restore options
+ let &t_ti = t_ti
+ let &t_te = t_te
+ let &rs = rs
+ let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
+" call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
+ echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
+" call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /Click on the package/ failed")
+ return
+ endif
+" call Decho('found "Click on the package to download"')
+
+ let findsrcid= search('src_id=','W')
+ if findsrcid == 0
+ silent q!
+ call delete(tmpfile)
+ " restore options
+ let &t_ti = t_ti
+ let &t_te = t_te
+ let &rs = rs
+ let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
+" call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
+ echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
+" call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /src_id/ failed")
+ return
+ endif
+" call Decho('found "src_id=" in description page')
+
+ let srcidpat = '^\s*<td class.*src_id=\(\d\+\)">\([^<]\+\)<.*$'
+ let latestsrcid= substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\1','')
+ let fname = substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\2','')
+" call Decho("srcidpat<".srcidpat."> latestsrcid<".latestsrcid."> fname<".fname.">")
+ silent q!
+ call delete(tmpfile)
+
+ " convert the strings-of-numbers into numbers
+ let srcid = srcid + 0
+ let latestsrcid = latestsrcid + 0
+" call Decho("srcid=".srcid." latestsrcid=".latestsrcid." fname<".fname.">")
+
+ " has the plugin's most-recent srcid increased, which indicates
+ " that it has been updated
+ if latestsrcid > srcid
+ let s:downloads= s:downloads + 1
+ if fname == bufname("%")
+ " GetLatestVimScript has to be careful about downloading itself
+ let fname= "NEW_".fname
+ endif
+
+ " the plugin has been updated since we last obtained it, so download a new copy
+" call Decho("...downloading new <".fname.">")
+ echomsg "...downloading new <".fname.">"
+ if has("win32") || has("gui_win32") || has("gui_win32s") || has("win16") || has("win64") || has("win32unix") || has("win95")
+" call Decho("windows: silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".fname.' "'.'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid.'"')
+ exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".fname.' "'.'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid.'"'
+ else
+" call Decho("unix: silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".fname." '".'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid."'")
+ exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".fname." '".'http://vim.sf.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid."'"
+ endif
+
+ " AutoInstall: only if doautoinstall is so indicating
+ if doautoinstall
+" call Decho("attempting to do autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".fname.")=".filereadable(fname))
+ if filereadable(fname)
+" call Decho("move <".fname."> to ".s:autoinstall)
+" call Decho("DISABLED for testing")
+ exe "silent !"g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".fname." ".s:autoinstall
+ let curdir= escape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+ exe "cd ".s:autoinstall
+ if fname =~ '\.bz2$'
+" call Decho("attempt to bunzip2 ".fname)
+ exe "silent !bunzip2 ".fname
+ let fname= substitute(fname,'\.bz2$','','')
+ elseif fname =~ '\.gz$'
+" call Decho("attempt to gunzip ".fname)
+ exe "silent !gunzip ".fname
+ let fname= substitute(fname,'\.gz$','','')
+ endif
+ if fname =~ '\.zip$'
+" call Decho("attempt to unzip ".fname)
+ exe "silent !unzip -o".fname
+ elseif fname =~ '\.tar$'
+" call Decho("attempt to untar ".fname)
+ exe "silent !tar -oxvf ".fname
+ endif
+ if fname =~ '.vim$'
+" call Decho("attempt to simply move ".fname." to plugin")
+ exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".fname." plugin"
+ endif
+ exe "helptags ../".s:dotvim."/doc"
+ exe "cd ".curdir
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " update the data in the <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file
+ let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." ".cmmnt
+ call setline(line("."),modline)
+" call Decho("modline<".modline."> (updated GetLatestVimScripts.dat file)")
+ endif
+
+ " restore options
+ let &t_ti= t_ti
+ let &t_te= t_te
+ let &rs = rs
+
+" call Dret("GetOneScript")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" GetLatestVimScripts: this function gets the latest versions of {{{1
+" scripts based on the list in
+"
+" (first dir in runtimepath)/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+fun! <SID>GetLatestVimScripts()
+" call Dfunc("GetLatestVimScripts() autoinstall<".s:autoinstall.">")
+
+" insure that wget is executable
+ if executable(g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget) != 1
+ echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts needs ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." which apparently is not available on your system"
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : wget not executable/availble")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " Find the .../GetLatest sudirectory under the runtimepath
+ let rtplist= &rtp
+ while rtplist != ""
+ let datadir= substitute(rtplist,',.*$','','e')."/GetLatest"
+ if isdirectory(datadir)
+" call Decho("found directory<".datadir.">")
+ break
+ endif
+ unlet datadir
+ if rtplist =~ ','
+ let rtplist= substitute(rtplist,'^.\{-},','','e')
+ else
+ let rtplist= ""
+ endif
+ endwhile
+
+ " Sanity checks: readability and writability
+ if !exists("datadir")
+ echoerr "Unable to find a GetLatest subdirectory on your runtimepath"
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : unable to find a GetLatest subdirectory")
+ return
+ endif
+ if filewritable(datadir) != 2
+ echoerr "Your ".datadir." isn't writable"
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable directory<".datadir.">")
+ return
+ endif
+ let datafile= datadir."/GetLatestVimScripts.dat"
+ if !filereadable(datafile)
+ echoerr "Your data file<".datafile."> isn't readable"
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-readable datafile<".datafile.">")
+ return
+ endif
+ if !filewritable(datafile)
+ echoerr "Your data file<".datafile."> isn't writable"
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable datafile<".datafile.">")
+ return
+ endif
+" call Decho("datadir <".datadir.">")
+" call Decho("datafile <".datafile.">")
+
+ " don't let any events interfere (like winmanager's, taglist's, etc)
+ let eikeep= &ei
+ set ei=all
+
+ " record current directory, change to datadir, open split window with
+ " datafile
+ let origdir= getcwd()
+ exe "cd ".escape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+ split
+ exe "e ".escape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+ res 1000
+ let s:downloads = 0
+ let s:downerrors= 0
+
+ " Check on dependencies mentioned in plugins
+" call Decho(" ")
+" call Decho("searching plugins for GetLatestVimScripts dependencies")
+ let lastline = line("$")
+ let plugins = globpath(&rtp,"plugin/*.vim")
+ let foundscript = 0
+
+" call Decho("plugins<".plugins."> lastline#".lastline)
+ while plugins != ""
+ let plugin = substitute(plugins,'\n.*$','','e')
+ let plugins= (plugins =~ '\n')? substitute(plugins,'^.\{-}\n\(.*\)$','\1','e') : ""
+ $
+" call Decho(".dependency checking<".plugin."> line$=".line("$"))
+ exe "silent r ".plugin
+ while search('^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+','W') != 0
+ let newscript= substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+\s\+\(.*\)$','\1','e')
+ let llp1 = lastline+1
+
+ if newscript !~ '^"'
+ " found a "GetLatestVimScripts: # #" line in the script; check if its already in the datafile
+ let curline = line(".")
+ let noai_script = substitute(newscript,'\s*:AutoInstall:\s*','','e')
+ exe llp1
+ let srchline = search('\<'.noai_script.'\>','bW')
+" call Decho("..newscript<".newscript."> noai_script<".noai_script."> srch=".srchline." lastline=".lastline)
+
+ if srchline == 0
+ " found a new script to permanently include in the datafile
+ let keep_rega = @a
+ let @a = substitute(getline(curline),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+','','')
+ exe lastline."put a"
+ echomsg "Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".newscript
+" call Decho("..APPEND (".noai_script.")<".@a."> to GetLatestVimScripts.dat")
+ let @a = keep_rega
+ let lastline = llp1
+ let curline = curline + 1
+ let foundscript = foundscript + 1
+" else " Decho
+" call Decho("..found <".noai_script."> (already in datafile at line#".srchline.")")
+ endif
+
+ let curline = curline + 1
+ exe curline
+ endif
+
+ endwhile
+ let llp1= lastline + 1
+" call Decho(".deleting lines: ".llp1.",$d")
+ exe "silent! ".llp1.",$d"
+ endwhile
+
+ if foundscript == 0
+ set nomod
+ endif
+
+ " Check on out-of-date scripts using GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+ set lz
+" call Decho(" --- end of dependency checking loop --- ")
+" call Decho("call GetOneScript on lines at end of datafile<".datafile.">")
+ 1
+ /^-----/,$g/^\s*\d/call <SID>GetOneScript()
+
+ " Final report (an echomsg)
+ try
+ silent! ?^-------?
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E114/
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : nothing done!")
+ return
+ endtry
+ exe "norm! kz\<CR>"
+ let s:msg = ""
+ if s:downloads == 1
+ let s:msg = "Downloaded one updated script to <".datadir.">"
+ elseif s:downloads == 2
+ let s:msg= "Downloaded two updated scripts to <".datadir.">"
+ elseif s:downloads > 1
+ let s:msg= "Downloaded ".s:downloads." updated scripts to <".datadir.">"
+ else
+ let s:msg= "Everything was already current"
+ endif
+ if s:downerrors > 0
+ let s:msg= s:msg." (".s:downerrors." downloading errors)"
+ endif
+ echomsg s:msg
+ " save the file
+ if &mod
+ wq
+ else
+ q
+ endif
+
+ " restore events and current directory
+ exe "cd ".escape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+ let &ei= eikeep
+ set nolz
+" call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : did ".s:downloads." downloads")
+endfun
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+" Restore Options: {{{1
+let &fo = s:keepfo
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+
+" vim: ts=4 fdm=marker nowrap
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/crefvim.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/crefvim.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db0c757
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/crefvim.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** Name: crefvim.vim - a C-Reference for Vim **
+"** **
+"** Type: global VIM plugin **
+"** **
+"** Author: Christian Habermann **
+"** christian(at)habermann-net(point)de **
+"** **
+"** Copyright: (c) 2002, 2003 by Christian Habermann **
+"** **
+"** License: GNU General Public License 2 (GPL 2) or later **
+"** **
+"** This program is free software; you can redistribute it **
+"** and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public **
+"** License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either **
+"** version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later **
+"** version. **
+"** **
+"** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be **
+"** useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied **
+"** warrenty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR **
+"** PURPOSE. **
+"** See the GNU General Public License for more details. **
+"** **
+"** Version: 1.0.0 **
+"** tested under Linux (vim, gvim 6.1) and Win32 (gvim 6.1) **
+"** **
+"** History: 0.1.0 12. Dec. 2002 - 23. Feb. 2003 **
+"** initial version, not released **
+"** 1.0.0 6. Apr. 2003 **
+"** no changes, first release **
+"** **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** Description: **
+"** This script's intention is to provide a C-reference manual that can **
+"** be accessed from within Vim. **
+"** **
+"** For futher information see crefvim.txt or do :help crefvim **
+"** **
+"** **
+"** Happy viming... **
+"*****************************************************************************
+
+" allow user to avoid loading this plugin and prevent loading twice
+if exists ("loaded_crefvim")
+ finish
+endif
+
+let loaded_crefvim = 1
+
+
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"************************** C O N F I G U R A T I O N ************************
+"*****************************************************************************
+
+" the mappings:
+if !hasmapto('<Plug>CRV_CRefVimVisual')
+ vmap <silent> <unique> <Leader>cr <Plug>CRV_CRefVimVisual
+endif
+if !hasmapto('<Plug>CRV_CRefVimNormal')
+ nmap <silent> <unique> <Leader>cr <Plug>CRV_CRefVimNormal
+endif
+if !hasmapto('<Plug>CRV_CRefVimAsk')
+ map <silent> <unique> <Leader>cw <Plug>CRV_CRefVimAsk
+endif
+if !hasmapto('<Plug>CRV_CRefVimInvoke')
+ map <silent> <unique> <Leader>cc <Plug>CRV_CRefVimInvoke
+endif
+
+vmap <silent> <unique> <script> <Plug>CRV_CRefVimVisual y:call <SID>CRV_CRefVimWord('<c-r>"')<CR>
+nmap <silent> <unique> <script> <Plug>CRV_CRefVimNormal :call <SID>CRV_CRefVimWord(expand("<cword>"))<CR>
+map <silent> <unique> <script> <Plug>CRV_CRefVimAsk :call <SID>CRV_CRefVimAskForWord()<CR>
+map <silent> <unique> <script> <Plug>CRV_CRefVimInvoke :call <SID>CRV_CRefVimShowContents()<CR>
+
+
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"************************* I N I T I A L I S A T I O N ***********************
+"*****************************************************************************
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"****************** I N T E R F A C E T O C O R E **************************
+"*****************************************************************************
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** this function separates plugin-core-function from user **
+"*****************************************************************************
+function <SID>CRV_CRefVimWord(str)
+ call s:CRefVim(a:str)
+endfunction
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** this function separates plugin-core-function from user **
+"*****************************************************************************
+function <SID>CRV_CRefVimAskForWord()
+ call s:CRefVimAskForWord()
+endfunction
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** this function separates plugin-core-function from user **
+"*****************************************************************************
+function <SID>CRV_CRefVimShowContents()
+ " show contents of C-reference manual
+ call s:LookUp("")
+endfunction
+
+
+
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"************************ C O R E F U N C T I O N S *************************
+"*****************************************************************************
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** ask for a word/phrase and lookup **
+"*****************************************************************************
+function s:CRefVimAskForWord()
+ let l:strng = input("What to lookup: ")
+ call s:LookUp(l:strng)
+endfunction
+
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** input: "str" **
+"** output: empty string: "str" is not an operator **
+"** else: name of tag to go to **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** remarks: **
+"** This function tests whether or not "str" is an operator. **
+"** If so, the tag to go to is returned. **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+function s:IsItAnOperator(str)
+
+ " get first character
+ let l:firstChr = strpart(a:str, 0, 1)
+
+ " is the first character of the help-string an operator?
+ if stridx("!&+-*/%,.:<=>?^|~(){}[]", l:firstChr) >= 0
+ return "crv-operators"
+ else
+ return ""
+ endif
+
+endfunction
+
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** input: "str" **
+"** output: empty string: "str" is not an escape-sequence **
+"** else: name of tag to go to **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** remarks: **
+"** This function tests whether or not "str" is an escape-sequence. **
+"** If so, the tag to go to is returned. **
+"** Note: currently \' does not work (="\\\'") **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+function s:IsItAnEscSequence(str)
+
+ if (a:str == "\\") || (a:str == "\\\\") || (a:str == "\\0") || (a:str == "\\x") ||
+ \(a:str == "\\a") || (a:str == "\\b") || (a:str == "\\f") || (a:str == "\\n") ||
+ \(a:str == "\\r") || (a:str == "\\t") || (a:str == "\\v") || (a:str == "\\?") ||
+ \(a:str == "\\\'") || (a:str == "\\\"")
+ return "crv-lngEscSeq"
+ else
+ return ""
+ endif
+
+endfunction
+
+
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** input: "str" **
+"** output: empty string: "str" is not a comment **
+"** else: name of tag to go to **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** remarks: **
+"** This function tests whether or not "str" is a comment. **
+"** If so, the tag to go to is returned. **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+function s:IsItAComment(str)
+
+ if (a:str == "//") || (a:str == "/*") || (a:str == "*/")
+ return "crv-lngComment"
+ else
+ return ""
+ endif
+
+endfunction
+
+
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** input: "str" **
+"** output: empty string: "str" is not a preprocessor **
+"** else: name of tag to go to **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** remarks: **
+"** This function tests whether or not "str" is a preprocessor command **
+"** or a preprocessor operator. **
+"** If so, the tag to go to is returned. **
+"** **
+"** Nothing is done if the help-string is equal to "if" or "else" **
+"** because these are statements too. For "if" and "else" it's assumed **
+"** that the statements are meant. But "#if" and "#else" are treated **
+"** as preprocessor commands. **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+function s:IsItAPreprocessor(str)
+
+ " get first character
+ let l:firstChr = strpart(a:str, 0, 1)
+
+ " if first character of the help-string is a #, we have the command/operator
+ " string in an appropriate form, so append this help-string to "crv-"
+ if l:firstChr == "#"
+ return "crv-" . a:str
+ else
+ " no # in front of the help string, so evaluate which command/operator
+ " is meant
+ if (a:str == "defined")
+ return "crv-defined"
+ else
+ if (a:str == "define") ||
+ \(a:str == "undef") ||
+ \(a:str == "ifdef") ||
+ \(a:str == "ifndef") ||
+ \(a:str == "elif") ||
+ \(a:str == "endif") ||
+ \(a:str == "include") ||
+ \(a:str == "line") ||
+ \(a:str == "error") ||
+ \(a:str == "pragma")
+ return "\#" . a:str
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+
+endfunction
+
+
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** input: "str" to lookup in C-reference manual **
+"** output: none **
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** remarks: **
+"** Lookup string "str". **
+"** Generally this function calls :help crv-"str" where "str" is the **
+"** word for which the user wants some help. **
+"** **
+"** But before activating VIM's help-system some tests and/or **
+"** modifications are done on "str": **
+"** - if help-string is a comment (//, /* or */), go to section **
+"** describing comments **
+"** - if help-string is an escape-sequence, go to section describing **
+"** escape-sequences **
+"** - if help-string is an operator, go to section dealing with operators **
+"** - if help-string is a preprocessor command/operator, go to section **
+"** that describes that command/operator **
+"** - else call :help crv-"str" **
+"** **
+"** If the help-string is empty, go to contents of C-reference manual. **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+function s:LookUp(str)
+
+ if a:str != ""
+
+ let l:helpTag = s:IsItAComment(a:str)
+
+ if l:helpTag == ""
+ let l:helpTag = s:IsItAnEscSequence(a:str)
+
+ if l:helpTag == ""
+ let l:helpTag = s:IsItAnOperator(a:str)
+
+ if l:helpTag == ""
+ let l:helpTag = s:IsItAPreprocessor(a:str)
+
+ if l:helpTag == ""
+ let l:helpTag = "crv-" . a:str
+ endif
+
+ endif
+
+ endif
+
+ endif
+
+
+ " reset error message
+ let v:errmsg = ""
+
+ " activate help-system looking for the appropriate topic
+ " suppress error messages
+ silent! execute ":help " . l:helpTag
+
+ " if there was an error, print message
+ if v:errmsg != ""
+ echo " No help found for \"" .a:str . "\""
+ endif
+ else
+ " help string is empty, so show contents of manual
+ execute ":help crefvim"
+ endif
+
+
+endfunction
+
+
+
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** input: "str" to lookup in C-reference manual **
+"** output: none **
+"*****************************************************************************
+"** remarks: **
+"** lookup string "str". **
+"** If there is no string, ask for word/phrase. **
+"** **
+"*****************************************************************************
+function s:CRefVim(str)
+
+ let s:strng = a:str
+
+ if s:strng == "" " is there a string to search for?
+ call s:CRefVimAskForWord()
+ else
+ call s:LookUp(s:strng)
+ endif
+
+endfunction
+
+
+
+"*** EOF ***
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/cscope_macros.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/cscope_macros.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..978cfd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/cscope_macros.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+" CSCOPE settings for vim
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+"
+" This file contains some boilerplate settings for vim's cscope interface,
+" plus some keyboard mappings that I've found useful.
+"
+" USAGE:
+" -- vim 6: Stick this file in your ~/.vim/plugin directory (or in a
+" 'plugin' directory in some other directory that is in your
+" 'runtimepath'.
+"
+" -- vim 5: Stick this file somewhere and 'source cscope.vim' it from
+" your ~/.vimrc file (or cut and paste it into your .vimrc).
+"
+" NOTE:
+" These key maps use multiple keystrokes (2 or 3 keys). If you find that vim
+" keeps timing you out before you can complete them, try changing your timeout
+" settings, as explained below.
+"
+" Happy cscoping,
+"
+" Jason Duell jduell@alumni.princeton.edu 9/12/2001
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+
+
+" This tests to see if vim was configured with the '--enable-cscope' option
+" when it was compiled. If it wasn't, time to recompile vim...
+if has("cscope")
+
+ """"""""""""" Standard cscope/vim boilerplate
+
+ " use both cscope and ctag for 'ctrl-]', ':ta', and 'vim -t'
+ set cscopetag
+
+ " check cscope for definition of a symbol before checking ctags: set to 1
+ " if you want the reverse search order.
+ set csto=0
+
+ " add any cscope database in current directory
+ if filereadable("cscope.out")
+ cs add cscope.out
+ " else add the database pointed to by environment variable
+ elseif $CSCOPE_DB != ""
+ cs add $CSCOPE_DB
+ endif
+
+ " show msg when any other cscope db added
+ set cscopeverbose
+
+
+ """"""""""""" My cscope/vim key mappings
+ "
+ " The following maps all invoke one of the following cscope search types:
+ "
+ " 's' symbol: find all references to the token under cursor
+ " 'g' global: find global definition(s) of the token under cursor
+ " 'c' calls: find all calls to the function name under cursor
+ " 't' text: find all instances of the text under cursor
+ " 'e' egrep: egrep search for the word under cursor
+ " 'f' file: open the filename under cursor
+ " 'i' includes: find files that include the filename under cursor
+ " 'd' called: find functions that function under cursor calls
+ "
+ " Below are three sets of the maps: one set that just jumps to your
+ " search result, one that splits the existing vim window horizontally and
+ " diplays your search result in the new window, and one that does the same
+ " thing, but does a vertical split instead (vim 6 only).
+ "
+ " I've used CTRL-\ and CTRL-@ as the starting keys for these maps, as it's
+ " unlikely that you need their default mappings (CTRL-\'s default use is
+ " as part of CTRL-\ CTRL-N typemap, which basically just does the same
+ " thing as hitting 'escape': CTRL-@ doesn't seem to have any default use).
+ " If you don't like using 'CTRL-@' or CTRL-\, , you can change some or all
+ " of these maps to use other keys. One likely candidate is 'CTRL-_'
+ " (which also maps to CTRL-/, which is easier to type). By default it is
+ " used to switch between Hebrew and English keyboard mode.
+ "
+
+
+ " To do the first type of search, hit 'CTRL-\', followed by one of the
+ " cscope search types above (s,g,c,t,e,f,i,d). The result of your cscope
+ " search will be displayed in the current window. You can use CTRL-T to
+ " go back to where you were before the search.
+ "
+
+ nmap <C-CR>s :cs find s <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-CR>g :cs find g <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-CR>c :cs find c <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-CR>t :cs find t <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-CR>e :cs find e <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-CR>f :cs find f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
+" nmap <C-CR>i :cs find i <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-CR>i :cs find i %:p:t<CR>
+ nmap <C-CR>d :cs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+
+
+ " Using 'CTRL-spacebar' (intepreted as CTRL-@ by vim) then a search type
+ " makes the vim window split horizontally, with search result displayed in
+ " the new window.
+ "
+ " (Note: earlier versions of vim may not have the :scs command, but it
+ " can be simulated roughly via:
+ " nmap <C-@>s <C-W><C-S> :cs find s <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+
+ nmap <C- >s :scs find s <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- >g :scs find g <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- >c :scs find c <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- >t :scs find t <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- >e :scs find e <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- >f :scs find f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
+" nmap <C- >i :scs find i <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- >i :scs find i %:p:t<CR>
+ nmap <C- >d :scs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+
+
+ " Hitting CTRL-space *twice* before the search type does a vertical
+ " split instead of a horizontal one (vim 6 and up only)
+
+ nmap <C- ><C- >s :vert scs find s <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- ><C- >g :vert scs find g <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- ><C- >c :vert scs find c <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- ><C- >t :vert scs find t <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- ><C- >e :vert scs find e <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- ><C- >f :vert scs find f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
+" nmap <C- ><C- >i :vert scs find i <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C- ><C- >i :vert scs find i %:p:t<CR>
+ nmap <C- ><C- >d :vert scs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+
+
+ """"""""""""" key map timeouts
+ "
+ " By default Vim will only wait 1 second for each keystroke in a mapping.
+ " You may find that too short with the above typemaps. If so, you should
+ " either turn off mapping timeouts via 'notimeout'.
+ "
+ "set notimeout
+ "
+ " Or, you can keep timeouts, by uncommenting the timeoutlen line below,
+ " with your own personal favorite value (in milliseconds):
+ "
+ "set timeoutlen=4000
+ "
+ " Either way, since mapping timeout settings by default also set the
+ " timeouts for multicharacter 'keys codes' (like <F1>), you should also
+ " set ttimeout and ttimeoutlen: otherwise, you will experience strange
+ " delays as vim waits for a keystroke after you hit ESC (it will be
+ " waiting to see if the ESC is actually part of a key code like <F1>).
+ "
+ "set ttimeout
+ "
+ " personally, I find a tenth of a second to work well for key code
+ " timeouts. If you experience problems and have a slow terminal or
+ " network connection, set it higher. If you don't set ttimeoutlen, the
+ " value for timeoutlent (default: 1000) is used.
+ "
+ "set ttimeoutlen=100
+
+endif
+
+
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/cscope_quickfix.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/cscope_quickfix.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43c70d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/cscope_quickfix.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+" File: cscope_quickfix.vim
+" Author: kino
+" Version: 0.1
+" Last Modified: Dec. 30, 2003
+"
+" Overview
+" ------------
+" This script enables to use cscope with quickfix.
+"
+" Preparation
+" ------------
+" You must prepare cscope and cscope database (cscope.out file).
+" cscope is a tag tool like ctags, but unlike ctags, it is a cross referencing
+" tool.
+" If you don't know about cscope, see:
+" :help cscope
+" http://cscope.sourceforge.net/
+"
+" Feature 1
+" ------------
+" This script adds a command ":Cscope", which is very similar to ":cscope find"
+" command. But, this ":Cscope" command can be used with quickfix, and isn't
+" needed cscope connection. So, you don't have to install vim with
+" --enable-cscope.
+"
+" Feature 2
+" ------------
+" This script adds keymap macro as follows:
+" <C-\> s: Find this C symbol
+" <C-\> g: Find this definition
+" <C-\> d: Find functions called by this function
+" <C-\> c: Find functions calling this function
+" <C-\> t: Find this text string
+" <C-\> e: Find this egrep pattern
+" <C-\> f: Find this file
+" <C-\> i: Find files #including this file
+" "this" means <cword> or <cfile> on the cursor.
+"
+" Feature 3
+" --------------
+" This script adds Tools and Popup menu as follows:
+" "Symbols": Find this C symbol
+" "Defines": Find this definition
+" "Calls": Find functions called by this function
+" "Globals": Find functions calling this function
+" "Texts": Find this text string
+" "Egrep": Find this egrep pattern
+" "File": Find this file
+" "Includes": Find files #including this file
+" "Update cscope.out"
+
+"
+" Function
+" --------------
+" RunCscope({type}, {pattern} [,{file}])
+"
+" Command
+" --------------
+" Cscope {type} {pattern} [{file}]
+"
+" Variables
+" --------------
+" g:Cscope_OpenQuickfixWindow
+" g:Cscope_JumpError
+" g:Cscope_Keymap
+" g:Cscope_PopupMenu
+" g:Cscope_ToolMenu
+"
+" Install
+" -------------
+" Copy cscope_quickfix.vim file to plugin directory.
+" If you don't want to open quickfix window after :Cscope command, put a line
+" in .vimrc like:
+" let Cscope_OpenQuickfixWindow = 0
+" If you don't want to jump first item after :Cscope command, put a line
+" in .vimrc like:
+" let Cscope_JumpError = 0
+" If you don't want to use keymap for :Cscope command, put a line in .vimrc
+" like:
+" let Cscope_Keymap = 0
+" If you want to use Popup menu for :Cscope command, put a line in .vimrc
+" like:
+" let Cscope_PopupMenu = 1
+" If you don't want to use Tools menu for :Cscope command, put a line in .vimrc
+" like:
+" let Cscope_ToolsMenu = 0
+"
+if !exists("Cscope_OpenQuickfixWindow")
+ let Cscope_OpenQuickfixWindow = 1
+endif
+
+if !exists("Cscope_JumpError")
+ let Cscope_JumpError = 1
+endif
+
+if !exists("Cscope_Keymap")
+ let Cscope_Keymap = 1
+endif
+
+if !exists("Cscope_PopupMenu")
+ let Cscope_PopupMenu = 0
+endif
+
+if !exists("Cscope_ToolMenu")
+ let Cscope_ToolMenu = 1
+endif
+
+" RunCscope()
+" Run the cscope command using the supplied option and pattern
+function! s:RunCscope(...)
+ let usage = "Usage: Cscope {type} {pattern} [{file}]."
+ let usage = usage . " {type} is [sgdctefi01234678]."
+ if !exists("a:1") || !exists("a:2")
+ echohl WarningMsg | echomsg usage | echohl None
+ return
+ endif
+ let cscope_opt = a:1
+ let pattern = a:2
+ let openwin = g:Cscope_OpenQuickfixWindow
+ let jumperr = g:Cscope_JumpError
+ if cscope_opt == '0' || cscope_opt == 's'
+ let cmd = "cscope -L -0 " . pattern
+ elseif cscope_opt == '1' || cscope_opt == 'g'
+ let cmd = "cscope -L -1 " . pattern
+ elseif cscope_opt == '2' || cscope_opt == 'd'
+ let cmd = "cscope -L -2 " . pattern
+ elseif cscope_opt == '3' || cscope_opt == 'c'
+ let cmd = "cscope -L -3 " . pattern
+ elseif cscope_opt == '4' || cscope_opt == 't'
+ let cmd = "cscope -L -4 " . pattern
+ elseif cscope_opt == '6' || cscope_opt == 'e'
+ let cmd = "cscope -L -6 " . pattern
+ elseif cscope_opt == '7' || cscope_opt == 'f'
+ let cmd = "cscope -L -7 " . pattern
+ let openwin = 0
+ let jumperr = 1
+ elseif cscope_opt == '8' || cscope_opt == 'i'
+ let cmd = "cscope -L -8 " . pattern
+ else
+ echohl WarningMsg | echomsg usage | echohl None
+ return
+ endif
+ if exists("a:3")
+ let cmd = cmd . " " . a:3
+ endif
+ let cmd_output = system(cmd)
+
+ if cmd_output == ""
+ echohl WarningMsg |
+ \ echomsg "Error: Pattern " . pattern . " not found" |
+ \ echohl None
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let tmpfile = tempname()
+ let curfile = expand("%")
+
+ if &modified && (!&autowrite || curfile == "")
+ let jumperr = 0
+ endif
+
+ exe "redir! > " . tmpfile
+ if curfile != ""
+ silent echon curfile . " dummy " . line(".") . " " . getline(".") . "\n"
+ silent let ccn = 2
+ else
+ silent let ccn = 1
+ endif
+ silent echon cmd_output
+ redir END
+
+ " If one item is matched, window will not be opened.
+" let cmd = "wc -l < " . tmpfile
+" let cmd_output = system(cmd)
+" exe "let lines =" . cmd_output
+" if lines == 2
+" let openwin = 0
+" endif
+
+ let old_efm = &efm
+ set efm=%f\ %*[^\ ]\ %l\ %m
+
+ exe "silent! cfile " . tmpfile
+ let &efm = old_efm
+
+ " Open the cscope output window
+ if openwin == 1
+ botright copen
+ endif
+
+ " Jump to the first error
+ if jumperr == 1
+ exe "cc " . ccn
+ endif
+
+ call delete(tmpfile)
+endfunction
+
+" Define the set of Cscope commands
+command! -nargs=* Cscope call s:RunCscope(<f-args>)
+
+if g:Cscope_Keymap == 1
+ nmap <C-\>s :Cscope s <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-\>g :Cscope g <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-\>d :Cscope d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR> <C-R>=expand("%")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-\>c :Cscope c <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-\>t :Cscope t <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-\>e :Cscope e <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-\>f :Cscope f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-\>i :Cscope i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
+
+ nmap <C-@>s :split<CR>:Cscope s <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@>g :split<CR>:Cscope g <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@>d :split<CR>:Cscope d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR> <C-R>=expand("%")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@>c :split<CR>:Cscope c <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@>t :split<CR>:Cscope t <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@>e :split<CR>:Cscope e <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@>f :split<CR>:Cscope f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@>i :split<CR>:Cscope i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
+
+ nmap <C-@><C-@>s :vert split<CR>:Cscope s <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@><C-@>g :vert split<CR>:Cscope g <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@><C-@>d :vert split<CR>:Cscope d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR> <C-R>=expand("%")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@><C-@>c :vert split<CR>:Cscope c <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@><C-@>t :vert split<CR>:Cscope t <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@><C-@>e :vert split<CR>:Cscope e <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@><C-@>f :vert split<CR>:Cscope f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
+ nmap <C-@><C-@>i :vert split<CR>:Cscope i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
+endif
+if has('gui_running') && g:Cscope_PopupMenu == 1
+ nmenu PopUp.-SEP3- <Nop>
+ nmenu PopUp.&Cscope.&Symbols :Cscope s <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu PopUp.&Cscope.&Defines :Cscope g <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu PopUp.&Cscope.&Calls :Cscope d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR> <C-R>=expand("%")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu PopUp.&Cscope.&Globals :Cscope c <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu PopUp.&Cscope.&Texts :Cscope t <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu PopUp.&Cscope.&Egrep :Cscope e <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu PopUp.&Cscope.&File :Cscope f <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu PopUp.&Cscope.&Includes :Cscope i ^<C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR>$<CR>
+ nmenu PopUp.&Cscope.-SEP1- <Nop>
+ nmenu PopUp.&Cscope.&Update\ cscope\.out :!cscope -b -R<CR>
+endif
+if has('gui_running') && g:Cscope_ToolMenu == 1
+ nmenu &Tools.-SEP3- <Nop>
+ nmenu &Tools.&Cscope.&Symbols :Cscope s <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu &Tools.&Cscope.&Defines :Cscope g <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu &Tools.&Cscope.&Calls :Cscope d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR> <C-R>=expand("%")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu &Tools.&Cscope.&Globals :Cscope c <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu &Tools.&Cscope.&Texts :Cscope t <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu &Tools.&Cscope.&Egrep :Cscope e <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu &Tools.&Cscope.&File :Cscope f <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+ nmenu &Tools.&Cscope.&Includes :Cscope i ^<C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR>$<CR>
+ nmenu &Tools.&Cscope.-SEP1- <Nop>
+ nmenu &Tools.&Cscope.&Update\ cscope\.out :!cscope -b -R<CR>
+endif
+" vim:set ts=4 sw=4 filetype=vim:
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/getscriptPlugin.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/getscriptPlugin.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cea6e93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/getscriptPlugin.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" getscriptPlugin.vim
+" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Date: Jul 18, 2006
+" Installing: :help glvs-install
+" Usage: :help glvs
+"
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 642 1 :AutoInstall: GetLatestVimScripts.vim
+"
+" (Rom 15:11 WEB) Again, "Praise the Lord, all you Gentiles! Let
+" all the peoples praise Him."
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Initialization: {{{1
+" if you're sourcing this file, surely you can't be
+" expecting vim to be in its vi-compatible mode
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_getscriptPlugin")
+ if &verbose
+ echo "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
+ endif
+ finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_getscriptPlugin = 1
+let s:keepfo = &fo
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Public Interface: {{{1
+com! -nargs=0 GetLatestVimScripts call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
+com! -nargs=0 GetScripts call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
+silent! com -nargs=0 GLVS call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
+
+" Restore Options: {{{1
+let &fo = s:keepfo
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" vim: ts=8 sts=2 fdm=marker nowrap
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/matrix.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/matrix.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3128644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/matrix.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+" matrix.vim - Don Yang (uguu.org)
+"
+" Matrix screensaver for VIM.
+"
+"Usage:
+" After loading the script, use :Matrix to start.
+" Press any key a few times to exit.
+"
+" You will need to edit s:mindelay and s:maxdelay below to match your
+" machine speed and window size.
+"
+"Known Issues:
+" Sometimes you need to press keys a few times to exit instead of just
+" once. Press and hold is another way to go... feels like getchar is
+" checking for keypress state instead of keystroke availability.
+"
+" If the window is too small, script will not run. If the window is
+" resized and become too small (less than 8 rows or 10 columns) after
+" the script started, script will abort and *buffers may be lost*, so
+" don't do that. Resizing the window to most other sizes will be fine.
+"
+" Doesn't work if multiple windows exist before script started. In
+" that case the script will abort with error message.
+"
+"Other Info:
+" Inspired by cmatrix...
+" Didn't feel inspired enough to start using pico/nano, of course ^_^;
+"
+" 12/21/06 - multiwindow support by S. Lockwood-Childs.
+" 10/03/05 - added silent! to cursor positioning code to stop drawing
+" numbers during animation (thanks to David Eggum for the
+" suggestion).
+" 10/02/05 - disable showmatch
+" 03/16/05 - make new buffer modifiable before running
+" 01/27/05 - added sleep to consume less CPU
+" removed frame counter
+" 01/26/05 - initial version
+
+
+" Speed range, must be positive. Lower delay = faster.
+let s:mindelay = 1
+let s:maxdelay = 5
+
+" Session file for preserving original window layout
+let s:session_file = tempname()
+
+
+function! s:Rand()
+ let b:seed = b:seed * 22695477 + 1
+ if b:seed < 0
+ return -b:seed
+ endif
+ return b:seed
+endfunction
+
+function! s:CreateObject(i)
+ while 1
+ let b:x{a:i} = s:Rand() % b:columns
+ if b:reserve{b:x{a:i}} > 4
+ break
+ endif
+ endwhile
+ let b:y{a:i} = 1
+ let b:t{a:i} = s:Rand() % b:s{b:x{a:i}}
+ let b:head{a:i} = s:Rand() % 4
+ let b:len{a:i} = s:Rand() % b:h + 3
+ let b:reserve{b:x{a:i}} = 1 - b:len{a:i}
+endfunction
+
+function! s:DrawObject(i)
+ let x = b:x{a:i} * 2 + 1
+ let y = b:y{a:i}
+
+ " Draw head
+ if y <= b:h
+ if b:head{a:i}
+ silent! exec 'norm! :' . y . nr2char(13) . x . '|R' . b:d[s:Rand()%b:dl] . '_' . nr2char(27)
+ if y > 1
+ silent! exec 'norm! kR' . ((s:Rand() % 2) ? '`' : ' ') . nr2char(27)
+ endif
+ else
+ let a = ((s:Rand() % 2) ? '`' : ' ') . nr2char(27)
+ silent! exec 'norm! :'. y . nr2char(13) . x . '|R' . b:d[s:Rand() % b:dl] . a
+ endif
+ else
+ if b:head{a:i} && y == b:h + 1
+ silent! exec 'norm! :' . b:h . nr2char(13) . (x + 1) . '|R' . ((s:Rand() % 2) ? '`' : ' ') . nr2char(27)
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " Draw tail
+ let y = y - b:len{a:i}
+ if 1 <= y && y <= b:h
+ silent! exec 'norm! :'. y . nr2char(13) . x . '|R ' . nr2char(27)
+ endif
+ let b:reserve{b:x{a:i}} = y
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Animate()
+ let i = 0
+
+ while i < b:objcount
+ " Animate object
+ if b:t{i} <= 0
+ if b:y{i} - b:len{i} <= b:h
+ " Draw
+ call s:DrawObject(i)
+ let b:t{i} = b:s{b:x{i}}
+ let b:y{i} = b:y{i} + 1
+ else
+ " Regenerate
+ call s:CreateObject(i)
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ let b:t{i} = b:t{i} - 1
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+ redraw
+ if getchar(1)
+ let b:run = 0
+ endif
+ sleep 20m
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Reset()
+ " Clear screen
+ let b:w = winwidth(0)
+ let b:h = winheight(0)
+ exec 'norm! gg"_dG' . b:h . 'O' . nr2char(27) . 'gg'
+ redraw
+ if b:w < 10 || b:h < 8
+ let b:run = 0
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " Set number of columns. This is rounded down due to line wrapping
+ " at the last column if the screen width is even. So you end up
+ " seeing the cursor blinking a lot at the right side of the screen.
+ " Alternatively, ':set rl' before running the script to have it
+ " blink on the left side.
+ let b:columns = (b:w - 1) / 2
+
+ " Initialize columns.
+ let i = 0
+ while i < b:columns
+ " Set delay time. Each column gets the same delay time.
+ let b:s{i} = s:Rand() % (s:maxdelay - s:mindelay) + s:mindelay
+
+ " Unreserve column
+ let b:reserve{i} = b:h
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " Initialize objects
+ let b:objcount = b:columns - 2
+ let i = 0
+ while i < b:objcount
+ call s:CreateObject(i)
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Init()
+ " Create new buffer and hide the existing buffers. Hiding the
+ " existing buffers without switching to a new buffer preserves
+ " undo history.
+ exec 'mksession! ' . s:session_file
+ let s:num_orig_win = winnr("$")
+
+ " move to top window, so created window will become window 1,
+ " then attempt to create new window
+ 1 wincmd w
+ silent! new
+
+ " check that there really is an additional window
+ if winnr("$") != s:num_orig_win + 1
+ return 1
+ endif
+ let s:newbuf = bufnr('%')
+
+ " close all but window 1, which is the new window
+ only
+
+ setl bh=delete bt=nofile ma nolist nonu noro noswf tw=0 nowrap
+
+ " Set GUI options
+ if has('gui')
+ let s:o_gcr = &gcr
+ let s:o_go = &go
+ set gcr=a:ver1-blinkon0 go=
+ endif
+ if has('cmdline_info')
+ let s:o_ru = &ru
+ let s:o_sc = &sc
+ set noru nosc
+ endif
+ if has('title')
+ let s:o_ts = &titlestring
+ exec 'set titlestring=\ '
+ endif
+ let s:o_ch = &ch
+ let s:o_ls = &ls
+ let s:o_lz = &lz
+ let s:o_siso = &siso
+ let s:o_sm = &sm
+ let s:o_smd = &smd
+ let s:o_so = &so
+ let s:o_ve = &ve
+ set ch=1 ls=0 lz nosm nosmd siso=0 so=0 ve=all
+
+ " Initialize PRNG
+ let b:seed = localtime()
+ let b:run = 1
+
+ " Clear screen and initialize objects
+ call s:Reset()
+
+ " Set colors. Output looks better if your color scheme has black
+ " background. I would rather not have the script change the
+ " current color scheme since there is no good way to restore them
+ " afterwards.
+ hi MatrixHidden ctermfg=Black ctermbg=Black guifg=#000000 guibg=#000000
+ hi MatrixNormal ctermfg=DarkGreen ctermbg=Black guifg=#008000 guibg=#000000
+ hi MatrixBold ctermfg=LightGreen ctermbg=Black guifg=#00ff00 guibg=#000000
+ hi MatrixHead ctermfg=White ctermbg=Black guifg=#ffffff guibg=#000000
+ sy match MatrixNormal /^.*/ contains=MatrixHidden
+ sy match MatrixHidden contained /.`/ contains=MatrixBold
+ sy match MatrixHidden contained /._/ contains=MatrixHead
+ sy match MatrixBold contained /.\(`\)\@=/
+ sy match MatrixHead contained /.\(_\)\@=/
+
+ " Create random char dictionary
+ let b:d = ''
+ let i = 33
+ while i < 127
+ if i != 95 && i != 96
+ let b:d = b:d . nr2char(i)
+ endif
+ let i = i + 1
+ endwhile
+ let b:dl = strlen(b:d)
+ return 0
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Cleanup()
+ " Restore options
+ if has('gui')
+ let &gcr = s:o_gcr
+ let &go = s:o_go
+ unlet s:o_gcr s:o_go
+ endif
+ if has('cmdline_info')
+ let &ru = s:o_ru
+ let &sc = s:o_sc
+ unlet s:o_ru s:o_sc
+ endif
+ if has('title')
+ let &titlestring = s:o_ts
+ unlet s:o_ts
+ endif
+ let &ch = s:o_ch
+ let &ls = s:o_ls
+ let &lz = s:o_lz
+ let &siso = s:o_siso
+ let &sm = s:o_sm
+ let &smd = s:o_smd
+ let &so = s:o_so
+ let &ve = s:o_ve
+ unlet s:o_ch s:o_ls s:o_lz s:o_siso s:o_sm s:o_smd s:o_so s:o_ve
+
+ " Restore old buffers
+ exec 'source ' . s:session_file
+ exec 'bwipe ' . s:newbuf
+ unlet s:newbuf
+
+ " Clear keystroke
+ let c = getchar(0)
+endfunction
+
+function! Matrix()
+ if s:Init()
+ echohl ErrorMsg
+ echon 'Can not create window'
+ echohl None
+ return
+ endif
+
+ while b:run
+ if b:w != winwidth(0) || b:h != winheight(0)
+ call s:Reset()
+ else
+ call s:Animate()
+ endif
+ endwhile
+
+ call s:Cleanup()
+endfunction
+
+
+if !has('virtualedit') || !has('windows')
+ echohl ErrorMsg
+ echon 'Not enough features, need at least +virtualedit and +windows'
+ echohl None
+else
+ command! Matrix call Matrix()
+endif
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cb9ad5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+" netrwPlugin.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across a network
+" PLUGIN SECTION
+" Date: Jan 05, 2007
+" Maintainer: Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
+" with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
+" notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
+" netrw.vim, netrwPlugin.vim, and netrwSettings.vim are provided
+" *as is* and comes with no warranty of any kind, either
+" expressed or implied. By using this plugin, you agree that
+" in no event will the copyright holder be liable for any damages
+" resulting from the use of this software.
+"
+" But be doers of the Word, and not only hearers, deluding your own selves {{{1
+" (James 1:22 RSV)
+" =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Load Once: {{{1
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwPlugin")
+ finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = 1
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+if v:version < 700
+ echohl WarningMsg | echo "***netrw*** you need vim version 7.0 for this version of netrw" | echohl None
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Public Interface: {{{1
+
+" Local Browsing: {{{2
+augroup FileExplorer
+ au!
+ au BufEnter * silent! call s:LocalBrowse(expand("<amatch>"))
+ if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+ au BufEnter .* silent! call s:LocalBrowse(expand("<amatch>"))
+ endif
+augroup END
+
+" Network Browsing Reading Writing: {{{2
+augroup Network
+ au!
+ if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+ au BufReadCmd file://* exe "silent doau BufReadPre ".netrw#RFC2396(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'e '.substitute(netrw#RFC2396(expand("<amatch>")),'file://\(.*\)','\1',"")|exe "silent doau BufReadPost ".netrw#RFC2396(expand("<amatch>"))
+ else
+ au BufReadCmd file://* exe "silent doau BufReadPre ".netrw#RFC2396(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'e '.substitute(netrw#RFC2396(expand("<amatch>")),'file://\(.*\)','\1',"")|exe "silent doau BufReadPost ".netrw#RFC2396(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd file://localhost/* exe "silent doau BufReadPre ".netrw#RFC2396(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'e '.substitute(netrw#RFC2396(expand("<amatch>")),'file://localhost/\(.*\)','\1',"")|exe "silent doau BufReadPost ".netrw#RFC2396(expand("<amatch>"))
+ endif
+ au BufReadCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,rsync://*,sftp://* exe "silent doau BufReadPre ".expand("<amatch>")|exe '2Nread "'.expand("<amatch>").'"'|exe "silent doau BufReadPost ".expand("<amatch>")
+ au FileReadCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,rsync://*,sftp://* exe "silent doau FileReadPre ".expand("<amatch>")|exe 'Nread "' .expand("<amatch>").'"'|exe "silent doau FileReadPost ".expand("<amatch>")
+ au BufWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,rsync://*,sftp://* exe "silent doau BufWritePre ".expand("<amatch>")|exe 'Nwrite "' .expand("<amatch>").'"'|exe "silent doau BufWritePost ".expand("<amatch>")
+ au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,rsync://*,sftp://* exe "silent doau FileWritePre ".expand("<amatch>")|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite "' .expand("<amatch>").'"'|exe "silent doau FileWritePost ".expand("<amatch>")
+ try
+ au SourceCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,rsync://*,sftp://* exe 'Nsource "'.expand("<amatch>").'"'
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E216/
+ au SourcePre ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,rsync://*,sftp://* exe 'Nsource "'.expand("<amatch>").'"'
+ endtry
+augroup END
+
+" Commands: :Nread, :Nwrite, :NetUserPass {{{2
+com! -count=1 -nargs=* Nread call netrw#NetSavePosn()<bar>call netrw#NetRead(<count>,<f-args>)<bar>call netrw#NetRestorePosn()
+com! -range=% -nargs=* Nwrite call netrw#NetSavePosn()<bar><line1>,<line2>call netrw#NetWrite(<f-args>)<bar>call netrw#NetRestorePosn()
+com! -nargs=* NetUserPass call NetUserPass(<f-args>)
+com! -nargs=+ Ncopy call netrw#NetObtain(<f-args>)
+com! -nargs=* Nsource call netrw#NetSavePosn()<bar>call netrw#NetSource(<f-args>)<bar>call netrw#NetRestorePosn()
+
+" Commands: :Explore, :Sexplore, Hexplore, Vexplore {{{2
+com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir Explore call netrw#Explore(<count>,0,0+<bang>0,<q-args>)
+com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir Sexplore call netrw#Explore(<count>,1,0+<bang>0,<q-args>)
+com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir Hexplore call netrw#Explore(<count>,1,2+<bang>0,<q-args>)
+com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir Vexplore call netrw#Explore(<count>,1,4+<bang>0,<q-args>)
+com! -nargs=* -bar -count=0 -complete=dir Texplore call netrw#Explore(<count>,0,6 ,<q-args>)
+com! -nargs=* -bar -bang Nexplore call netrw#Explore(-1,0,0,<q-args>)
+com! -nargs=* -bar -bang Pexplore call netrw#Explore(-2,0,0,<q-args>)
+
+" Commands: NetrwSettings {{{2
+com! -nargs=0 NetrwSettings :call netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
+
+" Maps:
+if !exists("g:netrw_nogx") && maparg('g','n') == ""
+ if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseX')
+ nmap <unique> gx <Plug>NetrwBrowseX
+ endif
+ nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseX :call netrw#NetBrowseX(expand("<cWORD>"),0)<cr>
+endif
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" LocalBrowse: {{{2
+fun! s:LocalBrowse(dirname)
+ " unfortunate interaction -- debugging calls can't be used here;
+ " the BufEnter event causes triggering when attempts to write to
+ " the DBG buffer are made.
+" echomsg "dirname<".a:dirname.">"
+ if has("amiga")
+ " The check against '' is made for the Amiga, where the empty
+ " string is the current directory and not checking would break
+ " things such as the help command.
+ if a:dirname != '' && isdirectory(a:dirname)
+ silent! call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
+ endif
+ elseif isdirectory(a:dirname)
+" echomsg "dirname<".dirname."> isdir"
+ silent! call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
+ endif
+ " not a directory, ignore it
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetrwStatusLine: {{{1
+fun! NetrwStatusLine()
+" let g:stlmsg= "Xbufnr=".w:netrw_explore_bufnr." bufnr=".bufnr("%")." Xline#".w:netrw_explore_line." line#".line(".")
+ if !exists("w:netrw_explore_bufnr") || w:netrw_explore_bufnr != bufnr("%") || !exists("w:netrw_explore_line") || w:netrw_explore_line != line(".") || !exists("w:netrw_explore_list")
+ let &stl= s:netrw_explore_stl
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_bufnr")|unlet w:netrw_explore_bufnr|endif
+ if exists("w:netrw_explore_line")|unlet w:netrw_explore_line|endif
+ return ""
+ else
+ return "Match ".w:netrw_explore_mtchcnt." of ".w:netrw_explore_listlen
+ endif
+endfun
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetUserPass: set username and password for subsequent ftp transfer {{{1
+" Usage: :call NetUserPass() -- will prompt for userid and password
+" :call NetUserPass("uid") -- will prompt for password
+" :call NetUserPass("uid","password") -- sets global userid and password
+fun! NetUserPass(...)
+
+ " get/set userid
+ if a:0 == 0
+" call Dfunc("NetUserPass(a:0<".a:0.">)")
+ if !exists("g:netrw_uid") || g:netrw_uid == ""
+ " via prompt
+ let g:netrw_uid= input('Enter username: ')
+ endif
+ else " from command line
+" call Dfunc("NetUserPass(a:1<".a:1.">) {")
+ let g:netrw_uid= a:1
+ endif
+
+ " get password
+ if a:0 <= 1 " via prompt
+" call Decho("a:0=".a:0." case <=1:")
+ let g:netrw_passwd= inputsecret("Enter Password: ")
+ else " from command line
+" call Decho("a:0=".a:0." case >1: a:2<".a:2.">")
+ let g:netrw_passwd=a:2
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetUserPass")
+endfun
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" NetReadFixup: this sort of function is typically written by the user {{{1
+" to handle extra junk that their system's ftp dumps
+" into the transfer. This function is provided as an
+" example and as a fix for a Windows 95 problem: in my
+" experience, win95's ftp always dumped four blank lines
+" at the end of the transfer.
+if has("win95") && exists("g:netrw_win95ftp") && g:netrw_win95ftp
+ fun! NetReadFixup(method, line1, line2)
+" call Dfunc("NetReadFixup(method<".a:method."> line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2.")")
+ if method == 3 " ftp (no <.netrc>)
+ let fourblanklines= line2 - 3
+ silent fourblanklines.",".line2."g/^\s*/d"
+ endif
+" call Dret("NetReadFixup")
+ endfun
+endif
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Modelines And Restoration: {{{1
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+" vim:ts=8 fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/tComment.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/tComment.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13842ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/tComment.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,710 @@
+" tComment.vim
+" @Author: Thomas Link (samul AT web.de)
+" @License: GPL (see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt)
+" @Created: 27-Dez-2004.
+" @Last Change: 28-Feb-2006.
+" @Revision: 1.5.256
+"
+" vimscript #1173
+
+if &cp || exists('loaded_tcomment')
+ finish
+endif
+let loaded_tcomment = 105
+
+fun! <SID>DefVar(name, val)
+ if !exists(a:name)
+ " exec "let ". a:name ."='". a:val ."'"
+ exec 'let '. a:name .'="'. escape(a:val, '"\') .'"'
+ endif
+endf
+
+" If true, comment blank lines too
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentBlankLines', 1)
+
+" Guess the file type based on syntax names always or for some fileformat only
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentGuessFileType', 0)
+" In php documents, the php part is usually marked as phpRegion. We thus
+" assume that the buffers default comment style isn't php but html
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentGuessFileType_dsl', 'xml')
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentGuessFileType_php', 'html')
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentGuessFileType_html', 1)
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentGuessFileType_tskeleton', 1)
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentGuessFileType_vim', 1)
+
+" If you don't define these variables, TComment will use &commentstring
+" instead. We override the default values here in order to have a blank after
+" the comment marker. Block comments work only if we explicitly define the
+" markup.
+" The format for block comments is similar to normal commentstrings with the
+" exception that the format strings for blocks can contain a second line that
+" defines how "middle lines" (see :h format-comments) should be displayed.
+
+" I personally find this style rather irritating but here is an alternative
+" definition that does this left-handed bar thing
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentBlockC', "/*%s */\n * ")
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentBlockC2', "/**%s */\n * ")
+" call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentBlockC', "/*%s */\n ")
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentInlineC', "/* %s */")
+
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentBlockXML', "<!--%s-->\n ")
+call <SID>DefVar('g:tcommentInlineXML', "<!-- %s -->")
+
+" Currently this function just sets a variable
+fun! TCommentDefineType(name, commentstring)
+ call <SID>DefVar('g:tcomment_'. a:name, a:commentstring)
+ let s:tcommentFileTypesDirty = 1
+endf
+
+fun! TCommentTypeExists(name)
+ return exists('g:tcomment_'. a:name)
+endf
+
+call TCommentDefineType('ada', '-- %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('apache', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('autoit', '; %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('awk', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('catalog', '-- %s --' )
+call TCommentDefineType('catalog_block', '--%s--\n ' )
+call TCommentDefineType('cpp', '// %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('cpp_inline', g:tcommentInlineC )
+call TCommentDefineType('cpp_block', g:tcommentBlockC )
+call TCommentDefineType('css', '/* %s */' )
+call TCommentDefineType('css_inline', g:tcommentInlineC )
+call TCommentDefineType('css_block', g:tcommentBlockC )
+call TCommentDefineType('c', '/* %s */' )
+call TCommentDefineType('c_inline', g:tcommentInlineC )
+call TCommentDefineType('c_block', g:tcommentBlockC )
+call TCommentDefineType('cfg', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('conf', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('desktop', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('docbk', '<!-- %s -->' )
+call TCommentDefineType('docbk_inline', g:tcommentInlineXML)
+call TCommentDefineType('docbk_block', g:tcommentBlockXML )
+call TCommentDefineType('dosbatch', 'rem %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('dosini', '; %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('dsl', '; %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('dylan', '// %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('eiffel', '-- %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('gtkrc', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('haskell', '-- %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('haskell_block', '{-%s-}\n ' )
+call TCommentDefineType('haskell_inline', '{- %s -}' )
+call TCommentDefineType('html', '<!-- %s -->' )
+call TCommentDefineType('html_inline', g:tcommentInlineXML)
+call TCommentDefineType('html_block', g:tcommentBlockXML )
+call TCommentDefineType('io', '// %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('javaScript', '// %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('javaScript_inline', g:tcommentInlineC )
+call TCommentDefineType('javaScript_block', g:tcommentBlockC )
+call TCommentDefineType('javascript', '// %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('javascript_inline', g:tcommentInlineC )
+call TCommentDefineType('javascript_block', g:tcommentBlockC )
+call TCommentDefineType('java', '/* %s */' )
+call TCommentDefineType('java_inline', g:tcommentInlineC )
+call TCommentDefineType('java_block', g:tcommentBlockC )
+call TCommentDefineType('lisp', '; %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('m4', 'dnl %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('nroff', '.\\" %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('objc', '/* %s */' )
+call TCommentDefineType('objc_inline', g:tcommentInlineC )
+call TCommentDefineType('objc_block', g:tcommentBlockC )
+call TCommentDefineType('ocaml', '(* %s *)' )
+call TCommentDefineType('ocaml_inline', '(* %s *)' )
+call TCommentDefineType('ocaml_block', '(*%s*)\n ' )
+call TCommentDefineType('pascal', '(* %s *)' )
+call TCommentDefineType('pascal_inline', '(* %s *)' )
+call TCommentDefineType('pascal_block', '(*%s*)\n ' )
+call TCommentDefineType('perl', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('perl_block', '=cut%s=cut' )
+call TCommentDefineType('php', '// %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('php_inline', g:tcommentInlineC )
+call TCommentDefineType('php_block', g:tcommentBlockC )
+call TCommentDefineType('php_2_block', g:tcommentBlockC2 )
+call TCommentDefineType('po', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('prolog', '%% %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('readline', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('ruby', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('ruby_block', '=begin rdoc%s=end')
+call TCommentDefineType('ruby_nordoc_block', '=begin%s=end' )
+call TCommentDefineType('r', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('sbs', "' %s" )
+call TCommentDefineType('scheme', '; %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('sed', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('sgml', '<!-- %s -->' )
+call TCommentDefineType('sgml_inline', g:tcommentInlineXML)
+call TCommentDefineType('sgml_block', g:tcommentBlockXML )
+call TCommentDefineType('sh', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('sql', '-- %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('spec', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('sps', '* %s.' )
+call TCommentDefineType('tcl', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('tex', '%% %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('tpl', '<!-- %s -->' )
+call TCommentDefineType('viki', '%% %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('viki_inline', '{cmt: %s}' )
+call TCommentDefineType('vim', '" %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('websec', '# %s' )
+call TCommentDefineType('xml', '<!-- %s -->' )
+call TCommentDefineType('xml_inline', g:tcommentInlineXML)
+call TCommentDefineType('xml_block', g:tcommentBlockXML )
+call TCommentDefineType('xslt', '<!-- %s -->' )
+call TCommentDefineType('xslt_inline', g:tcommentInlineXML)
+call TCommentDefineType('xslt_block', g:tcommentBlockXML )
+call TCommentDefineType('yaml', '# %s' )
+
+let s:tcommentFileTypesDirty = 1
+
+fun! <SID>DefaultValue(option)
+ exec 'let '. a:option .' = &'. a:option
+ exec 'set '. a:option .'&'
+ exec 'let default = &'. a:option
+ exec 'let &'. a:option .' = '. a:option
+ return default
+endf
+
+let s:defaultComments = <SID>DefaultValue('comments')
+let s:defaultCommentString = <SID>DefaultValue('commentstring')
+let s:nullCommentString = '%s'
+
+" TComment(line1, line2, ?commentMode, ?commentAnyway, ?commentBegin, ?commentEnd)
+" commentMode:
+" G ... guess
+" B ... block
+" I ... inline
+" R ... right
+fun! TComment(beg, end, ...)
+ " save the cursor position
+ let co = col(".")
+ let li = line(".")
+ let commentMode = a:0 >= 1 ? a:1 : 'G'
+ let commentAnyway = a:0 >= 2 ? (a:2 == '!') : 0
+ if commentMode ==# 'IG'
+ let commentMode = line("'<") == line("'>") ? 'I' : 'G'
+ endif
+ if commentMode ==# 'R' || commentMode ==# 'I'
+ let cstart = col("'<")
+ if cstart == 0
+ let cstart = col('.')
+ endif
+ if commentMode ==# 'R'
+ let commentMode = 'G'
+ let cend = 0
+ else
+ let cend = col("'>")
+ endif
+ else
+ let cstart = 0
+ let cend = 0
+ endif
+ " get the correct commentstring
+ if a:0 >= 3 && a:3 != ''
+ let cms = <SID>EncodeCommentPart(a:3) .'%s'
+ if a:0 >= 4 && a:4 != ''
+ let cms = cms . <SID>EncodeCommentPart(a:4)
+ endif
+ else
+ exec <SID>GetCommentString(a:beg, a:end, commentMode)
+ endif
+ let cms0 = <SID>BlockGetCommentString(cms)
+ let cms0 = escape(cms0, '\')
+ " make whitespace optional; this conflicts with comments that require some
+ " whitespace
+ let cmtCheck = substitute(cms0, '\([ ]\)', '\1\\?', 'g')
+ " turn commentstring into a search pattern
+ let cmtCheck = <SID>SPrintF(cmtCheck, '\(\_.\{-}\)')
+ " set commentMode and indentStr
+ exec <SID>CommentDef(a:beg, a:end, cmtCheck, commentMode, cstart, cend)
+ if commentAnyway
+ let mode = 0
+ endif
+ " go
+ if commentMode ==# 'B'
+ " We want a comment block
+ call <SID>CommentBlock(a:beg, a:end, mode, cmtCheck, cms, indentStr)
+ else
+ " We want commented lines
+ " final search pattern for uncommenting
+ let cmtCheck = escape('\V\^\(\s\{-}\)'. cmtCheck .'\$', '"/\')
+ " final pattern for commenting
+ let cmtReplace = escape(cms0, '"/')
+ silent exec a:beg .','. a:end .'s/\V'.
+ \ <SID>StartRx(cstart) . indentStr .'\zs\(\.\*\)'. <SID>EndRx(cend) .'/'.
+ \ '\=<SID>ProcessedLine('. mode .', submatch(0), "'. cmtCheck .'", "'. cmtReplace .'")/ge'
+ endif
+ " reposition cursor
+ silent exec 'norm! '. li .'G'. co .'|'
+endf
+
+" :line1,line2 TComment ?commentBegin ?commentEnd
+command! -bang -range -nargs=* TComment call TComment(<line1>, <line2>, 'G', "<bang>", <f-args>)
+
+" :line1,line2 TCommentRight ?commentBegin ?commentEnd
+command! -bang -range -nargs=* TCommentRight call TComment(<line1>, <line2>, 'R', "<bang>", <f-args>)
+
+" :line1,line2 TCommentBlock ?commentBegin ?commentEnd
+command! -bang -range -nargs=* TCommentBlock call TComment(<line1>, <line2>, 'B', "<bang>", <f-args>)
+
+" :line1,line2 TCommentInline ?commentBegin ?commentEnd
+command! -bang -range -nargs=* TCommentInline call TComment(<line1>, <line2>, 'I', "<bang>", <f-args>)
+
+" :line1,line2 TCommentMaybeInline ?commentBegin ?commentEnd
+command! -bang -range -nargs=* TCommentMaybeInline call TComment(<line1>, <line2>, 'IG', "<bang>", <f-args>)
+
+" comment text as if it were of a specific filetype
+fun! TCommentAs(beg, end, commentAnyway, filetype)
+ if a:filetype =~ '_block$'
+ let commentMode = 'B'
+ let ft = substitute(a:filetype, '_block$', '', '')
+ elseif a:filetype =~ '_inline$'
+ let commentMode = 'I'
+ let ft = substitute(a:filetype, '_inline$', '', '')
+ else
+ let commentMode = 'G'
+ let ft = a:filetype
+ endif
+ exec <SID>GetCommentString(a:beg, a:end, commentMode, ft)
+ let pre = substitute(cms, '%s.*$', '', '')
+ let pre = substitute(pre, '%%', '%', 'g')
+ let post = substitute(cms, '^.\{-}%s', '', '')
+ let post = substitute(post, '%%', '%', 'g')
+ call TComment(a:beg, a:end, commentMode, a:commentAnyway, pre, post)
+endf
+
+" :line1,line2 TCommentAs commenttype
+command! -bang -complete=custom,TCommentFileTypes -range -nargs=1 TCommentAs
+ \ call TCommentAs(<line1>, <line2>, "<bang>", <f-args>)
+
+if !hasmapto(":TComment<cr>")
+ noremap <silent> <c-_><c-_> :TComment<cr>
+ vnoremap <silent> <c-_><c-_> :TCommentMaybeInline<cr>
+ inoremap <silent> <c-_><c-_> <c-o>:TComment<cr>
+ noremap <silent> <Leader>__ :TComment<cr>
+ vnoremap <silent> <Leader>__ :TCommentMaybeInline<cr>
+endif
+if !hasmapto(":TComment ")
+ noremap <c-_><space> :TComment
+ inoremap <c-_><space> <c-o>:TComment
+ noremap <Leader>_<space> :TComment<cr>
+endif
+if !hasmapto(":TCommentInline<cr>")
+ vnoremap <silent> <c-_>i :TCommentInline<cr>
+ vnoremap <silent> <Leader>_i :TCommentInline<cr>
+endif
+if !hasmapto(":TCommentRight<cr>")
+ inoremap <silent> <c-_>r <c-o>:TCommentRight<cr>
+ noremap <silent> <c-_>r :TCommentRight<cr>
+ noremap <silent> <Leader>_r :TCommentRight<cr>
+ vnoremap <silent> <c-_>r :TCommentRight<cr>
+ vnoremap <silent> <Leader>_r :TCommentRight<cr>
+endif
+if !hasmapto(":TCommentBlock<cr>")
+ noremap <c-_>b :TCommentBlock<cr>
+ noremap <Leader>_b :TCommentBlock<cr>
+ inoremap <c-_>b <c-o>:TCommentBlock<cr>
+endif
+if !hasmapto(":TCommentAs")
+ noremap <c-_>a :TCommentAs
+ noremap <Leader>_a :TCommentAs
+ inoremap <c-_>a <c-o>:TCommentAs
+ noremap <c-_>s :TCommentAs <c-r>=&ft<cr>_
+ noremap <Leader>_s :TCommentAs <c-r>=&ft<cr>_
+ inoremap <c-_>s <c-o>:TCommentAs <c-r>=&ft<cr>_
+endif
+
+
+" ----------------------------------------------------------------
+" collect all variables matching ^tcomment_
+fun! TCommentCollectFileTypes()
+ if s:tcommentFileTypesDirty
+ let t = @t
+ try
+ redir @t
+ silent let
+ redir END
+ let g:tcommentFileTypes = substitute("\n". @t ."\n", '\n\(tcomment_\(\w\+\)\|\w\+\).\{-}\ze\n', '\n\2', 'g')
+ let g:tcommentFileTypes = substitute(g:tcommentFileTypes, '\(\n\)\n\+', '\1', 'g')
+ let g:tcommentFileTypes = strpart(g:tcommentFileTypes, 1, strlen(g:tcommentFileTypes) - 2)
+ finally
+ let @t = t
+ endtry
+ let g:tcommentFileTypesRx = '\V\^\('. substitute(g:tcommentFileTypes, '\n', '\\|', 'g') .'\)\(\u\.\*\)\?\$'
+ let s:tcommentFileTypesDirty = 0
+ endif
+endf
+
+call TCommentCollectFileTypes()
+
+" return a list of filetypes for which a tcomment_{&ft} is defined
+fun! TCommentFileTypes(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)
+ call TCommentCollectFileTypes()
+ if a:ArgLead == ''
+ return &filetype ."\n". g:tcommentFileTypes
+ else
+ return g:tcommentFileTypes
+ endif
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>EncodeCommentPart(string)
+ return substitute(a:string, '%', '%%', 'g')
+endf
+
+" <SID>GetCommentString(beg, end, commentMode, ?filetype="")
+" => RecordCMS
+fun! <SID>GetCommentString(beg, end, commentMode, ...)
+ let ft = a:0 >= 1 ? a:1 : ''
+ if ft != ''
+ exec <SID>GetCustomCommentString(ft, a:commentMode)
+ else
+ let cms = ''
+ let commentMode = a:commentMode
+ endif
+ if cms == ''
+ if exists('b:commentstring')
+ let cms = b:commentstring
+ return <SID>GetCustomCommentString(&filetype, a:commentMode, cms)
+ elseif exists('b:commentStart') && b:commentStart != ''
+ let cms = <SID>EncodeCommentPart(b:commentStart) .' %s'
+ if exists('b:commentEnd') && b:commentEnd != ''
+ let cms = cms .' '. <SID>EncodeCommentPart(b:commentEnd)
+ endif
+ return <SID>GetCustomCommentString(&filetype, a:commentMode, cms)
+ elseif g:tcommentGuessFileType || (exists('g:tcommentGuessFileType_'. &filetype)
+ \ && g:tcommentGuessFileType_{&filetype} =~ '[^0]')
+ if g:tcommentGuessFileType_{&filetype} == 1
+ let altFiletype = ''
+ else
+ let altFiletype = g:tcommentGuessFileType_{&filetype}
+ endif
+ return <SID>GuessFileType(a:beg, a:end, a:commentMode, altFiletype)
+ else
+ return <SID>GetCustomCommentString(&filetype, a:commentMode, <SID>GuessCurrentCommentString(a:commentMode))
+ endif
+ endif
+ return <SID>RecordCMS(cms, commentMode)
+endf
+
+" <SID>SPrintF(formatstring, ?values ...)
+" => string
+fun! <SID>SPrintF(string, ...)
+ let n = 1
+ let r = ''
+ let s = a:string
+ while 1
+ let i = match(s, '%\(.\)')
+ if i >= 0
+ let x = s[i + 1]
+ let r = r . strpart(s, 0, i)
+ let s = strpart(s, i + 2)
+ if x == '%'
+ let r = r.'%'
+ else
+ if a:0 >= n
+ exec 'let v = a:'. n
+ let n = n + 1
+ else
+ echoerr 'Malformed format string (too many arguments required): '. a:string
+ endif
+ if x ==# 's'
+ let r = r.v
+ elseif x ==# 'S'
+ let r = r.'"'.v.'"'
+ else
+ echoerr 'Malformed format string: '. a:string
+ endif
+ endif
+ else
+ return r.s
+ endif
+ endwh
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>StartRx(pos)
+ if a:pos == 0
+ return '\^'
+ else
+ return '\%'. a:pos .'c'
+ endif
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>EndRx(pos)
+ if a:pos == 0
+ return '\$'
+ else
+ return '\%'. a:pos .'c'
+ endif
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>GetIndentString(line, start)
+ let start = a:start > 0 ? a:start - 1 : 0
+ return substitute(strpart(getline(a:line), start), '\V\^\s\*\zs\.\*\$', '', '')
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>CommentDef(beg, end, checkRx, commentMode, cstart, cend)
+ let mdrx = '\V'. <SID>StartRx(a:cstart) .'\s\*'. a:checkRx .'\s\*'. <SID>EndRx(0)
+ let line = getline(a:beg)
+ if a:cstart != 0 && a:cend != 0
+ let line = strpart(line, 0, a:cend - 1)
+ endif
+ let mode = (line =~ mdrx)
+ let it = <SID>GetIndentString(a:beg, a:cstart)
+ let il = indent(a:beg)
+ let n = a:beg + 1
+ while n <= a:end
+ if getline(n) =~ '\S'
+ let jl = indent(n)
+ if jl < il
+ let it = <SID>GetIndentString(n, a:cstart)
+ let il = jl
+ endif
+ if a:commentMode ==# 'G'
+ if !(getline(n) =~ mdrx)
+ let mode = 0
+ endif
+ endif
+ endif
+ let n = n + 1
+ endwh
+ if a:commentMode ==# 'B'
+ let t = @t
+ try
+ silent exec 'norm! '. a:beg.'G1|v'.a:end.'G$"ty'
+ let mode = (@t =~ mdrx)
+ finally
+ let @t = t
+ endtry
+ endif
+ return 'let indentStr="'. it .'" | let mode='. mode
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>ProcessedLine(mode, match, checkRx, replace)
+ if !(a:match =~ '\S' || g:tcommentBlankLines)
+ return a:match
+ endif
+ if a:mode
+ " uncomment
+ let rv = substitute(a:match, a:checkRx, '\1\2', '')
+ else
+ " comment
+ let rv = <SID>SPrintF(a:replace, a:match)
+ endif
+ let rv = escape(rv, '\
')
+ let rv = substitute(rv, '\n', '\\\n', 'g')
+ return rv
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>CommentBlock(beg, end, mode, checkRx, replace, indentStr)
+ let t = @t
+ try
+ silent exec 'norm! '. a:beg.'G1|v'.a:end.'G$"td'
+ let ms = <SID>BlockGetMiddleString(a:replace)
+ let mx = escape(ms, '\')
+ if a:mode
+ " uncomment
+ let @t = substitute(@t, '\V\^\s\*'. a:checkRx .'\$', '\1', '')
+ if ms != ''
+ let @t = substitute(@t, '\V\n'. a:indentStr . mx, '\n'. a:indentStr, 'g')
+ endif
+ let @t = substitute(@t, '^\n', '', '')
+ let @t = substitute(@t, '\n\s*$', '', '')
+ else
+ " comment
+ let cs = <SID>BlockGetCommentString(a:replace)
+ let cs = a:indentStr . substitute(cs, '%s', '%s'. a:indentStr, '')
+ if ms != ''
+ let ms = a:indentStr . ms
+ let mx = a:indentStr . mx
+ let @t = substitute(@t, '^'. a:indentStr, '', 'g')
+ let @t = ms . substitute(@t, '\n'. a:indentStr, '\n'. mx, 'g')
+ endif
+ let @t = <SID>SPrintF(cs, "\n". @t ."\n")
+ endif
+ silent norm! "tP
+ finally
+ let @t = t
+ endtry
+endf
+
+" inspired by Meikel Brandmeyer's EnhancedCommentify.vim
+" this requires that a syntax names are prefixed by the filetype name
+" <SID>GuessFileType(beg, end, commentMode, ?fallbackFiletype)
+" => RecordCMS
+fun! <SID>GuessFileType(beg, end, commentMode, ...)
+ if a:0 >= 1 && a:1 != ''
+ exec <SID>GetCustomCommentString(a:1, a:commentMode)
+ if cms == ''
+ let cms = <SID>GuessCurrentCommentString(a:commentMode)
+ endif
+ else
+ let commentMode = 'G'
+ let cms = <SID>GuessCurrentCommentString(0)
+ endif
+ let n = a:beg
+ while n <= a:end
+ let m = indent(n) + 1
+ let le = col('$')
+ while m < le
+ let syntaxName = synIDattr(synID(n, m, 1), 'name')
+ if syntaxName =~ g:tcommentFileTypesRx
+ let ft = substitute(syntaxName, g:tcommentFileTypesRx, '\1', '')
+ return <SID>GetCustomCommentString(ft, a:commentMode, cms)
+ elseif syntaxName == '' || syntaxName == 'None' || syntaxName =~ '^\u\+$' || syntaxName =~ '^\u\U*$'
+ let m = m + 1
+ else
+ break
+ endif
+ endwh
+ let n = n + 1
+ endwh
+ return <SID>RecordCMS(cms, commentMode)
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>GuessCurrentCommentString(commentMode)
+ let valid_cms = (stridx(&commentstring, '%s') != -1)
+ if &commentstring != s:defaultCommentString && valid_cms
+ " The &commentstring appears to have been set and to be valid
+ return &commentstring
+ endif
+ if &comments != s:defaultComments
+ " the commentstring is the default one, so we assume that it wasn't
+ " explicitly set; we then try to reconstruct &cms from &comments
+ let cms = <SID>ConstructFromComments(a:commentMode)
+ if cms != s:nullCommentString
+ return cms
+ endif
+ endif
+ if valid_cms
+ " Before &commentstring appeared not to be set. As we don't know
+ " better we return it anyway if it is valid
+ return &commentstring
+ else
+ " &commentstring is invalid. So we return the identity string.
+ return s:nullCommentString
+ endif
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>ConstructFromComments(commentMode)
+ exec <SID>ExtractCommentsPart('')
+ if a:commentMode == 'G' && line != ''
+ return line .' %s'
+ endif
+ exec <SID>ExtractCommentsPart('s')
+ if s != ''
+ exec <SID>ExtractCommentsPart('e')
+ " if a:commentMode
+ " exec <SID>ExtractCommentsPart("m")
+ " if m != ""
+ " let m = "\n". m
+ " endif
+ " return s.'%s'.e.m
+ " else
+ return s.' %s '.e
+ " endif
+ endif
+ if line != ''
+ return line .' %s'
+ else
+ return s:nullCommentString
+ endif
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>ExtractCommentsPart(key)
+ " let key = a:key != "" ? a:key .'[^:]*' : ""
+ let key = a:key . '[bnflrxO0-9-]*'
+ let val = substitute(&comments, '^\(.\{-},\)\{-}'. key .':\([^,]\+\).*$', '\2', '')
+ if val == &comments
+ let val = ''
+ else
+ let val = substitute(val, '%', '%%', 'g')
+ endif
+ let var = a:key == '' ? 'line' : a:key
+ return 'let '. var .'="'. escape(val, '"') .'"'
+endf
+
+" <SID>GetCustomCommentString(ft, commentMode, ?default="")
+" => RecordCMS
+fun! <SID>GetCustomCommentString(ft, commentMode, ...)
+ let commentMode = a:commentMode
+ let customComment = exists('g:tcomment_'. a:ft)
+ if commentMode ==# 'B' && exists('g:tcomment_'. a:ft .'_block')
+ let cms = g:tcomment_{a:ft}_block
+ elseif commentMode ==# 'I' && exists('g:tcomment_'. a:ft .'_inline')
+ let cms = g:tcomment_{a:ft}_inline
+ elseif customComment
+ let cms = g:tcomment_{a:ft}
+ let commentMode = 'G'
+ elseif a:0 >= 1
+ let cms = a:1
+ let commentMode = 'G'
+ else
+ let cms = ''
+ let commentMode = 'G'
+ endif
+ return <SID>RecordCMS(cms, commentMode)
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>RecordCMS(cms, commentMode)
+ return 'let cms="'. escape(a:cms, '"') .'" | let commentMode="'. a:commentMode .'"'
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>BlockGetCommentString(cms)
+ return substitute(a:cms, '\n.*$', '', '')
+endf
+
+fun! <SID>BlockGetMiddleString(cms)
+ let rv = substitute(a:cms, '^.\{-}\n\([^\n]*\)', '\1', '')
+ return rv == a:cms ? '' : rv
+endf
+
+finish
+
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+History
+
+0.1
+- Initial release
+
+0.2
+- Fixed uncommenting of non-aligned comments
+- improved support for block comments (with middle lines and indentation)
+- using TCommentBlock for file types that don't have block comments creates
+single line comments
+- removed the TCommentAsBlock command (TCommentAs provides its functionality)
+- removed g:tcommentSetCMS
+- the default key bindings have slightly changed
+
+1.3
+- slightly improved recognition of embedded syntax
+- if no commentstring is defined in whatever way, reconstruct one from
+&comments
+- The TComment... commands now have bang variants that don't act as toggles
+but always comment out the selected text
+- fixed problem with commentstrings containing backslashes
+- comment as visual block (allows commenting text to the right of the main
+text, i.e., this command doesn't work on whole lines but on the text to the
+right of the cursor)
+- enable multimode for dsl, vim filetypes
+- added explicit support for some other file types I ran into
+
+1.4
+- Fixed problem when &commentstring was invalid (e.g. lua)
+- perl_block by Kyosuke Takayama.
+- <c-_>s mapped to :TCommentAs <c-r>=&ft<cr>
+
+1.5
+- "Inline" visual comments (uses the &filetype_inline style if
+available; doesn't check if the filetype actually supports this kind of
+comments); tComment can't currently deduce inline comment styles from
+&comments or &commentstring (I personally hardly ever use them); default
+map: <c-_>i or <c-_>I
+- In visual mode: if the selection spans several lines, normal mode is
+selected; if the selection covers only a part of one line, inline mode
+is selected
+- Fixed problem with lines containing ^M or ^@ characters.
+- It's no longer necessary to call TCommentCollectFileTypes() after
+defining a new filetype via TCommentDefineType()
+- Disabled single <c-_> mappings
+- Renamed TCommentVisualBlock to TCommentRight
+- FIX: Forgot 'x' in ExtractCommentsPart() (thanks to Fredrik Acosta)
+
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b3b4d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+" vimballPlugin : construct a file containing both paths and files
+" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
+" (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
+" No warranty, express or implied.
+" *** *** Use At-Your-Own-Risk! *** ***
+"
+" (Rom 2:1 WEB) Therefore you are without excuse, O man, whoever you are who
+" judge. For in that which you judge another, you condemn yourself. For
+" you who judge practice the same things.
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Load Once: {{{1
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimballPlugin")
+ finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_vimballPlugin = 1
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Public Interface: {{{1
+com! -ra -complete=dir -na=+ -bang MkVimball call vimball#MkVimball(<line1>,<line2>,<bang>0,<f-args>)
+com! -na=? -complete=dir UseVimball call vimball#Vimball(1,<f-args>)
+com! -na=0 VimballList call vimball#Vimball(0)
+com! -na=* -complete=dir RmVimball call vimball#RmVimball(<f-args>)
+au BufEnter *.vba.gz,*.vba.bz2,*.vba.zip call vimball#Decompress(expand("<amatch>"))
+au BufEnter *.vba set noma bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker|call vimball#ShowMesg(0,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
+
+" =====================================================================
+" Restoration And Modelines: {{{1
+" vim: fdm=marker
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/visincr.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/visincr.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8361e42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/visincr.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,864 @@
+" visincr.vim: Visual-block incremented lists
+" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. Ph.D.
+" Date: Sep 19, 2006
+" Version: 17
+"
+" Visincr assumes that a block of numbers selected by a
+" ctrl-v (visual block) has been selected for incrementing.
+" This function will transform that block of numbers into
+" an incrementing column starting from that topmost number
+" in the visual block. Also handles dates, daynames, and
+" monthnames.
+"
+" Fancy Stuff:
+" * If the visual block is ragged right (as can happen when "$"
+" is used to select the right hand side), the block will have
+" spaces appended to straighten it out
+" * If the strlen of the count exceeds the visual-block
+" allotment of spaces, then additional spaces will be inserted
+" * Handles leading tabs by using virtual column calculations
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 670 1 :AutoInstall: visincr.vim
+" 1Cor 16:14 : Let all that you do be done in love. {{{1
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Load Once: {{{1
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_visincr")
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+let g:loaded_visincr = "v17"
+set cpo&vim
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Methods: {{{1
+let s:I = 0
+let s:II = 1
+let s:IMDY = 2
+let s:IYMD = 3
+let s:IDMY = 4
+let s:ID = 5
+let s:IM = 6
+let s:IA = 7
+let s:IX = 8
+let s:IIX = 9
+let s:IO = 10
+let s:IIO = 11
+let s:IR = 12
+let s:IIR = 13
+let s:RI = 14
+let s:RII = 15
+let s:RIMDY = 16
+let s:RIYMD = 17
+let s:RIDMY = 18
+let s:RID = 19
+let s:RIM = 20
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Options: {{{1
+if !exists("g:visincr_leaddate")
+ " choose between dates such as 11/ 5/04 and 11/05/04
+ let g:visincr_leaddate = '0'
+endif
+if !exists("g:visincr_datedivset")
+ let g:visincr_datedivset= '[-./]'
+endif
+
+" ==============================================================================
+" Functions: {{{1
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" VisBlockIncr: {{{2
+fun! visincr#VisBlockIncr(method,...)
+" call Dfunc("VisBlockIncr(method<".a:method.">) a:0=".a:0)
+
+ " avoid problems with user options {{{3
+ call s:SaveUserOptions()
+
+ " visblockincr only uses visual-block! {{{3
+" call Decho("visualmode<".visualmode().">")
+ if visualmode() != "\<c-v>"
+ echoerr "Please use visual-block mode (ctrl-v)!"
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " save boundary line numbers and set up method {{{3
+ let y1 = line("'<")
+ let y2 = line("'>")
+ let method = (a:method >= s:RI)? a:method - s:RI : a:method
+ let leaddate= g:visincr_leaddate
+
+ " get increment (default=1) {{{3
+ if a:0 > 0
+ let incr= a:1
+ if a:method == s:IX || a:method == s:IIX
+ let incr= s:Hex2Dec(incr)
+ elseif a:method == s:IO || a:method == s:IIO
+ let incr= s:Oct2Dec(incr)
+ endif
+ else
+ let incr= 1
+ endif
+" call Decho("incr=".incr)
+
+ " set up restriction pattern {{{3
+ let leftcol = virtcol("'<")
+ let rghtcol = virtcol("'>")
+ if leftcol > rghtcol
+ let leftcol = virtcol("'>")
+ let rghtcol = virtcol("'<")
+ endif
+ let width= rghtcol - leftcol + 1
+" call Decho("width= [rghtcol=".rghtcol."]-[leftcol=".leftcol."]+1=".width)
+
+ if a:method == s:RI
+ let restrict= '\%'.col(".").'c\d'
+" call Decho(":I restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RII
+ let restrict= '\%'.col(".").'c\s\{,'.width.'}\d'
+" call Decho(":II restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RIMDY
+ let restrict= '\%'.col(".").'c\d\{1,2}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{1,2}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{2,4}'
+" call Decho(":IMDY restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RIYMD
+ let restrict= '\%'.col(".").'c\d\{2,4}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{1,2}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{1,2}'
+" call Decho(":IYMD restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RIDMY
+ let restrict= '\%'.col(".").'c\d\{1,2}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{1,2}'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\d\{2,4}'
+" call Decho(":IDMY restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RID
+ if exists("g:visincr_dow")
+ let dowlist = substitute(g:visincr_dow,'\(\a\{1,3}\)[^,]*\%(,\|$\)','\1\\|','ge')
+ let dowlist = substitute(dowlist,'\\|$','','e')
+ let restrict= '\c\%'.col(".").'c\('.substitute(dowlist,',','\\|','ge').'\)'
+" call Decho("restrict<".restrict.">")
+ else
+ let restrict= '\c\%'.col(".").'c\(mon\|tue\|wed\|thu\|fri\|sat\|sun\)'
+ endif
+" call Decho(":ID restricted<".restrict.">")
+
+ elseif a:method == s:RIM
+ if exists("g:visincr_month")
+ let monlist = substitute(g:visincr_month,'\(\a\{1,3}\)[^,]*\%(,\|$\)','\1\\|','ge')
+ let monlist = substitute(monlist,'\\|$','','e')
+ let restrict= '\c\%'.col(".").'c\('.substitute(monlist,',','\\|','ge').'\)'
+" call Decho("restrict<".restrict.">")
+ else
+ let restrict= '\c\%'.col(".").'c\(jan\|feb\|mar\|apr\|may\|jun\|jul\|aug\|sep\|oct\|nov\|dec\)'
+ endif
+" call Decho(":IM restricted<".restrict.">")
+ endif
+
+ " determine zfill {{{3
+" call Decho("a:0=".a:0." method=".method)
+ if a:0 > 1 && ((s:IMDY <= method && method <= s:IDMY) || (s:RIMDY <= method && method <= s:RIDMY))
+ let leaddate= a:2
+" call Decho("set leaddate<".leaddate.">")
+ elseif a:0 > 1 && method
+ let zfill= a:2
+ if zfill == "''" || zfill == '""'
+ let zfill=""
+ endif
+" call Decho("set zfill<".zfill.">")
+ else
+ " default zfill (a single space)
+ let zfill= ' '
+" call Decho("set default zfill<".zfill.">")
+ endif
+
+ " IMDY IYMD IDMY ID IM IA: {{{3
+ if s:IMDY <= method && method <= s:IA
+ let rghtcol = rghtcol + 1
+ let curline = getline("'<")
+
+ " ID: {{{3
+ if method == s:ID
+ let pat = '^.*\%'.leftcol.'v\(\a\+\)\%'.rghtcol.'v.*$'
+ let dow = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\1','e'),' ','','ge')
+ let dowlen = strlen(dow)
+" call Decho("pat<".pat."> dow<".dow."> dowlen=".dowlen)
+
+ " set up long daynames
+ if exists("g:visincr_dow")
+ let dow_0= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let dow_1= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{1}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let dow_2= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{2}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let dow_3= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{3}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let dow_4= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{4}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let dow_5= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{5}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let dow_6= substitute(g:visincr_dow,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{6}\([^,]*\)$', '\1','')
+ else
+ let dow_0= "Monday"
+ let dow_1= "Tuesday"
+ let dow_2= "Wednesday"
+ let dow_3= "Thursday"
+ let dow_4= "Friday"
+ let dow_5= "Saturday"
+ let dow_6= "Sunday"
+ endif
+
+ " if the daynames under the cursor is <= 3, transform
+ " long daynames to short daynames
+ if strlen(dow) <= 3
+" call Decho("transform long daynames to short daynames")
+ let dow_0= strpart(dow_0,0,3)
+ let dow_1= strpart(dow_1,0,3)
+ let dow_2= strpart(dow_2,0,3)
+ let dow_3= strpart(dow_3,0,3)
+ let dow_4= strpart(dow_4,0,3)
+ let dow_5= strpart(dow_5,0,3)
+ let dow_6= strpart(dow_6,0,3)
+ endif
+
+ " identify day-of-week under cursor
+ let idow= 0
+ while idow < 7
+" call Decho("dow<".dow."> dow_".idow."<".dow_{idow}.">")
+ if dow =~ '\c\<'.strpart(dow_{idow},0,3)
+ break
+ endif
+ let idow= idow + 1
+ endwhile
+ if idow >= 7
+ echoerr "***error*** misspelled day-of-week <".dow.">"
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr : unable to identify day-of-week")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " generate incremented dayname list
+ norm! `<
+ norm! gUl
+ norm! `<
+ let l = y1
+ while l < y2
+ norm! j
+" call Decho("while [l=".l."] < [y2=".y2."]: line=".line(".")." col[".leftcol.",".rghtcol."] width=".width)
+ if exists("restrict") && getline(".") !~ restrict
+ let l= l + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ let idow= (idow + incr)%7
+ exe 's/\%'.leftcol.'v.\{'.width.'\}/'.dow_{idow}.'/e'
+ let l= l + 1
+ endw
+ " return from ID
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr : ID")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " IM: {{{3
+ if method == s:IM
+ let pat = '^.*\%'.leftcol.'v\(\a\+\)\%'.rghtcol.'v.*$'
+ let mon = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\1','e'),' ','','ge')
+ let monlen = strlen(mon)
+ if exists("g:visincr_month")
+ let mon_0 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_1 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{1}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_2 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{2}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_3 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{3}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_4 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{4}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_5 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{5}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_6 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{6}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_7 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{7}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_8 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{8}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_9 = substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{9}\([^,]*\),.*$', '\1','')
+ let mon_10= substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{10}\([^,]*\),.*$','\1','')
+ let mon_11= substitute(g:visincr_month,'^\%([^,]*,\)\{11}\([^,]*\)$', '\1','')
+ else
+ let mon_0 = "January"
+ let mon_1 = "February"
+ let mon_2 = "March"
+ let mon_3 = "April"
+ let mon_4 = "May"
+ let mon_5 = "June"
+ let mon_6 = "July"
+ let mon_7 = "August"
+ let mon_8 = "September"
+ let mon_9 = "October"
+ let mon_10= "November"
+ let mon_11= "December"
+ endif
+
+ " identify month under cursor
+ let imon= 0
+ while imon < 12
+ if mon =~ '\c\<'.strpart(mon_{imon},0,3)
+ break
+ endif
+ let imon= imon + 1
+ endwhile
+ if imon >= 12
+ echoerr "***error*** misspelled month <".mon.">"
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " if monthname is three or fewer characters long,
+ " transform monthnames to three character versions
+ if strlen(mon) <= 3
+" call Decho("transform monthnames to short versions")
+ let jmon= 0
+ while jmon < 12
+ let mon_{jmon} = strpart(mon_{jmon},0,3)
+ let jmon = jmon + 1
+ endwhile
+ endif
+
+ " generate incremented monthname list
+ norm! `<
+ norm! gUl
+ norm! `<
+ let l = y1
+ while l < y2
+ norm! j
+ if exists("restrict") && getline(".") !~ restrict
+ let l= l + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ let imon= (imon + incr)%12
+ exe 's/\%'.leftcol.'v.\{'.width.'\}/'.mon_{imon}.'/e'
+ let l= l + 1
+ endw
+ " return from IM
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr : IM")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " IA: {{{3
+ if method == s:IA
+ let pat = '^.*\%'.leftcol.'v\(\a\).*$'
+ let letter = substitute(curline,pat,'\1','e')
+ if letter !~ '\a'
+ let letter= 'A'
+ endif
+ if letter =~ '[a-z]'
+ let alphabet='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+ else
+ let alphabet='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+ endif
+ let ilet= stridx(alphabet,letter)
+
+ norm! `<
+ let l = y1
+ while l <= y2
+" call Decho("letter<".letter."> l=".l." ilet=".ilet)
+ exe 's/\%'.leftcol.'v.*\%'.rghtcol.'v/'.letter.'/e'
+ let ilet = (ilet + incr)%26
+ let letter = strpart(alphabet,ilet,1)
+ if l < y2
+ silent norm! j
+ endif
+ let l= l + 1
+ endw
+ " return from IA
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr : IA")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ let pat = '^.*\%'.leftcol.'v\( \=[0-9]\{1,4}\)'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\( \=[0-9]\{1,2}\)'.g:visincr_datedivset.'\( \=[0-9]\{1,4}\)\%'.rghtcol.'v.*$'
+ let datediv= substitute(curline,'^.*\%'.leftcol.'v\%( \=[0-9]\{1,4}\)\('.g:visincr_datedivset.'\).*$','\1','')
+" call Decho("datediv<".datediv.">")
+
+ " IMDY: {{{3
+ if method == s:IMDY
+ let m = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\1',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let d = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\2',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let y = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\3',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let type = 2
+" call Decho("IMDY: y=".y." m=".m." d=".d." leftcol=".leftcol." rghtcol=".rghtcol)
+
+ " IYMD: {{{3
+ elseif method == s:IYMD
+ let y = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\1',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let m = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\2',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let d = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\3',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let type = 1
+" call Decho("IYMD: y=".y." m=".m." d=".d." leftcol=".leftcol." rghtcol=".rghtcol)
+
+ " IDMY: {{{3
+ elseif method == s:IDMY
+ let d = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\1',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let m = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\2',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let y = substitute(substitute(curline,pat,'\3',''),' ','','ge')+0
+ let type = 3
+" call Decho("IDMY: y=".y." m=".m." d=".d." leftcol=".leftcol." rghtcol=".rghtcol)
+ else
+ echoerr "***error*** in <visincr.vim> script"
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr -- method#".method." not supported")
+ return
+ endif
+
+ " Julian day/Calendar day calculations {{{3
+ try
+ let julday= calutil#Cal2Jul(y,m,d)
+ catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/
+ echoerr "***error*** you need calutil.vim! (:help visincr-calutil)"
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr")
+ return
+ endtry
+ norm! `<
+ let l = y1
+ while l <= y2
+ if exists("restrict") && getline(".") !~ restrict
+ norm! j
+ let l= l + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ let doy = calutil#Jul2Cal(julday,type)
+
+ " IYMD: {{{3
+ if type == 1
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'^\d/',leaddate.'&','e')
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'/\(\d/\)','/'.leaddate.'\1','e')
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'/\(\d\)$','/'.leaddate.'\1','e')
+
+ " IMDY IDMY: {{{3
+ else
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'^\d/',' &','e')
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'/\(\d/\)','/'.leaddate.'\1','e')
+ let doy = substitute(doy,'/\(\d\)$','/'.leaddate.'\1','e')
+ endif
+
+ " use user's date divider
+ if datediv != '/'
+ let doy= substitute(doy,'/',datediv,'g')
+ else
+ let doy= escape(doy,'/')
+ endif
+" call Decho("doy<".doy.">")
+
+ if leaddate != ' '
+ let doy= substitute(doy,' ',leaddate,'ge')
+ endif
+" call Decho('exe s/\%'.leftcol.'v.*\%'.rghtcol.'v/'.doy.'/e')
+ exe 's/\%'.leftcol.'v.*\%'.rghtcol.'v/'.doy.'/e'
+ let l = l + 1
+ let julday= julday + incr
+ if l <= y2
+ norm! j
+ endif
+ endw
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr : IMDY IYMD IDMY ID IM")
+ return
+ endif " IMDY IYMD IDMY ID IM
+
+ " I II IX IIX IO IIO IR IIR: {{{3
+ " construct a line from the first line that only has the number in it
+ let rml = rghtcol - leftcol
+ let rmlp1 = rml + 1
+ let lm1 = leftcol - 1
+" call Decho("rmlp1=[rghtcol=".rghtcol."]-[leftcol=".leftcol."]+1=".rmlp1)
+" call Decho("lm1 =[leftcol=".leftcol."]-1=".lm1)
+
+ if lm1 <= 0
+ " region beginning at far left
+" call Decho("handle visblock at far left")
+ let lm1 = 1
+ let pat = '^\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ if method == s:IX || method == s:IIX
+ let pat = '^\([0-9a-fA-F \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ elseif method == s:IR || method == s:IIR
+ if getline(".") =~ '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ " need to convert arabic notation to roman numeral
+ let pat = '^\([0-9IVXCLM) \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ else
+ let pat = '^\([IVXCLM) \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ endif
+ else
+ let pat = '^\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ endif
+ let cnt = substitute(getline("'<"),pat,'\1',"")
+
+ else
+ " region not beginning at far left
+" call Decho("handle visblock not at far left")
+ if method == s:IX || method == s:IIX
+ let pat = '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9a-fA-F \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ elseif method == s:IO || method == s:IIO
+ let pat = '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-7 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ elseif method == s:IR || method == s:IIR
+" call Decho('test: ^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$')
+ if getline(".") =~ '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ " need to convert arabic notation to roman numeral
+ let pat = '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9IVXCLM \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ else
+ let pat = '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([IVXCLM \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ endif
+ else
+ let pat = '^\(.\{-}\)\%'.leftcol.'v\([0-9 \t]\{1,'.rmlp1.'}\).*$'
+ endif
+" call Decho("pat<".pat.">")
+ let cnt = substitute(getline("'<"),pat,'\2',"")
+ endif
+
+ let cntlen = strlen(cnt)
+ let cnt = substitute(cnt,'\s','',"ge")
+ let ocnt = cnt
+" call Decho("cntlen=".cntlen." cnt=".cnt." ocnt=".ocnt." (before I*[XOR] subs)")
+
+ if method == s:IX || method == s:IIX
+ let cnt= substitute(cnt,'^0*\([1-9a-fA-F]\|0$\)','\1',"ge")
+ elseif method == s:IO || method == s:IIO
+ let cnt= substitute(cnt,'^0*\([1-7]\|0$\)','\1',"ge")
+ elseif method == s:IR || method == s:IIR
+ let cnt= substitute(cnt,'^\([IVXCLM]$\)','\1',"ge")
+ else
+ let cnt= substitute(cnt,'^0*\([1-9]\|0$\)','\1',"ge")
+ endif
+" call Decho("cnt<".cnt."> pat<".pat.">")
+
+ " left-method with zeros {{{3
+ " IF top number is zero-mode
+ " AND we're justified right
+ " AND increment is positive
+ " AND user didn't specify a modeding character
+ if a:0 < 2 && ( method == s:II || method == s:IIX || method == s:IIO) && cnt != ocnt && incr > 0
+ let zfill= '0'
+ endif
+
+ " determine how much incrementing is needed {{{3
+ if method == s:IX || method == s:IIX
+ let maxcnt= s:Dec2Hex(s:Hex2Dec(cnt) + incr*(y2 - y1))
+ elseif method == s:IO || method == s:IIO
+ let maxcnt= s:Dec2Oct(s:Oct2Dec(cnt) + incr*(y2 - y1))
+ elseif method == s:IR || method == s:IIR
+ if cnt =~ '^\d\+$'
+ let maxcnt= s:Dec2Rom(cnt + incr*(y2 - y1))
+ else
+ let maxcnt= s:Dec2Rom(s:Rom2Dec(cnt) + incr*(y2 - y1))
+ endif
+ else
+ let maxcnt= printf("%d",cnt + incr*(y2 - y1))
+ endif
+ let maxcntlen= strlen(maxcnt)
+ if cntlen > maxcntlen
+ let maxcntlen= cntlen
+ endif
+ if method == s:IIR
+ let maxcntlen= maxcntlen + 2
+ endif
+" call Decho("maxcnt=".maxcnt." maxcntlen=".maxcntlen)
+
+ " go through visual block incrementing numbers based {{{3
+ " on first number (saved in cnt), taking care to
+ " avoid inadvertently issuing "0h" commands.
+ " l == current line number, over range [y1,y2]
+ norm! `<
+ let l = y1
+ if (method == s:IR || method == s:IIR) && cnt =~ '^\d\+$'
+ let cnt= s:Dec2Rom(cnt)
+ endif
+ while l <= y2
+" call Decho("----- while [l=".l."] <= [y2=".y2."]: cnt=".cnt)
+ if exists("restrict") && getline(".") !~ restrict
+" call Decho("skipping <".getline(".")."> (restrict)")
+ norm! j
+ let l= l + 1
+ continue
+ endif
+ let cntlen= strlen(cnt)
+
+ " Straighten out ragged-right visual-block selection {{{3
+ " by appending spaces as needed
+ norm! $
+ while virtcol("$") <= rghtcol
+ exe "norm! A \<Esc>"
+ endwhile
+ norm! 0
+
+ " convert visual block line to all spaces {{{3
+ if virtcol(".") != leftcol
+ exe 'norm! /\%'.leftcol."v\<Esc>"
+ endif
+ exe "norm! " . rmlp1 . "r "
+
+ " cnt has gotten bigger than the visually-selected {{{3
+ " area allows. Will insert spaces to accommodate it.
+ if maxcntlen > 0
+ let ins= maxcntlen - rmlp1
+ else
+ let ins= strlen(cnt) - rmlp1
+ endif
+ while ins > 0
+ exe "norm! i \<Esc>"
+ let ins= ins - 1
+ endwhile
+
+ " back up to left-of-block (plus optional left-hand-side modeling) {{{3
+ norm! 0
+ if method == s:I || method == s:IO || method == s:IX || method == s:IR
+ let bkup= leftcol
+" call Decho("bkup= [leftcol=".leftcol."] (due to method)")
+ elseif maxcntlen > 0
+ let bkup= leftcol + maxcntlen - cntlen
+" call Decho("bkup= [leftcol=".leftcol."]+[maxcntlen=".maxcntlen."]-[cntlen=".cntlen."]=".bkup)
+ else
+ let bkup= leftcol
+" call Decho("bkup= [leftcol=".leftcol."] ([maxcntlen=".maxcntlen."]<=0)")
+ endif
+ if virtcol(".") != bkup
+ if bkup == 0
+ norm! 0
+ else
+ exe 'norm! /\%'.bkup."v\<Esc>"
+ endif
+ endif
+
+ " replace with count {{{3
+" call Decho("exe norm! R" . cnt . "\<Esc>")
+ exe "norm! R" . cnt . "\<Esc>"
+ if cntlen > 1
+ let cntlenm1= cntlen - 1
+ exe "norm! " . cntlenm1 . "h"
+ endif
+ if zfill != " "
+ silent! exe 's/\%'.leftcol.'v\( \+\)/\=substitute(submatch(1)," ","'.zfill.'","ge")/e'
+ endif
+
+ " set up for next line {{{3
+ if l != y2
+ norm! j
+ endif
+ if method == s:IX || method == s:IIX
+ let cnt= s:Dec2Hex(s:Hex2Dec(cnt) + incr)
+ elseif method == s:IO || method == s:IIO
+ let cnt= s:Dec2Oct(s:Oct2Dec(cnt) + incr)
+ elseif method == s:IR || method == s:IIR
+ let cnt= s:Dec2Rom(s:Rom2Dec(cnt) + incr)
+ else
+ let cnt= cnt + incr
+ endif
+ let l = l + 1
+ endw
+
+ " restore options: {{{3
+ call s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dret("VisBlockIncr")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Hex2Dec: convert hexadecimal to decimal {{{2
+fun! s:Hex2Dec(hex)
+" call Dfunc("Hex2Dec(hex=".a:hex.")")
+ let hex= substitute(string(a:hex),"'","","ge")
+" call Decho("hex<".hex.">")
+ if hex =~ '^-'
+ let n = strpart(hex,1)
+ let neg = 1
+ else
+ let n = hex
+ let neg = 0
+ endif
+" call Decho("n<".n."> neg=".neg)
+
+ let b10 = 0
+ while n != ""
+ let hexdigit= strpart(n,0,1)
+ if hexdigit =~ '\d'
+ let hexdigit= char2nr(hexdigit) - char2nr('0')
+" call Decho("0-9: hexdigit=".hexdigit)
+ elseif hexdigit =~ '[a-f]'
+ let hexdigit= char2nr(hexdigit) - char2nr('a') + 10
+" call Decho("a-f: hexdigit=".hexdigit)
+ else
+ let hexdigit= char2nr(hexdigit) - char2nr('A') + 10
+" call Decho("A-F: hexdigit=".hexdigit)
+ endif
+ let b10= 16*b10 + hexdigit
+ let n = strpart(n,1)
+ endwhile
+
+ if neg
+ let b10= -b10
+ endif
+" call Dret("Hex2Dec ".b10)
+ return b10
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Dec2Hex: convert decimal to hexadecimal {{{2
+fun! s:Dec2Hex(b10)
+" call Dfunc("Dec2Hex(b10=".a:b10.")")
+ if a:b10 >= 0
+ let b10 = a:b10
+ let neg = 0
+ else
+ let b10 = -a:b10
+ let neg = 1
+ endif
+" call Decho('b10<'.b10.'> neg='.neg)
+ if v:version >= 700
+ let hex= printf("%x",b10)
+ else
+ let hex = ""
+ while b10
+ let hex = '0123456789abcdef'[b10 % 16] . hex
+ let b10 = b10 / 16
+ endwhile
+ endif
+ if neg
+ let hex= "-".hex
+ endif
+" call Dret("Dec2Hex ".hex)
+ return hex
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Oct2Dec: convert octal to decimal {{{2
+fun! s:Oct2Dec(oct)
+" call Dfunc("Oct2Dec(oct=".a:oct.")")
+ if a:oct >= 0
+ let n = a:oct
+ let neg= 0
+ else
+ let n = strpart(a:oct,1)
+ let neg = 1
+ endif
+
+ let b10 = 0
+ while n != ""
+ let octdigit= strpart(n,0,1)
+ if octdigit =~ '[0-7]'
+ let octdigit= char2nr(octdigit) - char2nr('0')
+" call Decho("octdigit=".octdigit)
+ else
+ break
+ endif
+ let b10= 8*b10 + octdigit
+ let n = strpart(n,1)
+ endwhile
+
+ if neg
+ let b10= -b10
+ endif
+" call Dret("Oct2Dec ".b10)
+ return b10
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Dec2Oct: convert decimal to octal {{{2
+fun! s:Dec2Oct(b10)
+" call Dfunc("Dec2Oct(b10=".a:b10.")")
+ if a:b10 >= 0
+ let b10 = a:b10
+ let neg = 0
+ else
+ let b10 = -a:b10
+ let neg = 1
+ endif
+
+ if v:version >= 700
+ let oct= printf("%o",b10)
+ else
+ let oct = ""
+ while b10
+ let oct = '01234567'[b10 % 8] . oct
+ let b10 = b10 / 8
+ endwhile
+ endif
+
+ if neg
+ let oct= "-".oct
+ endif
+" call Dret("Dec2Oct ".oct)
+ return oct
+endfun
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Roman Numeral Support: {{{2
+let s:d2r= [ [ 1000000 , 'M)' ],[900000 , 'CM)' ], [500000 , 'D)' ], [400000 , 'CD)' ], [100000 , 'C)' ], [90000 , 'XC)' ], [50000 , 'L)' ], [40000 , 'XL)' ], [10000 , 'X)' ], [9000 , 'IX)'], [5000 , 'V)'], [1000 , 'M' ], [900 , 'CM'], [500 , 'D'], [400 , 'CD'], [100 , 'C'], [90 , 'XC'], [50 , 'L'], [40 , 'XL'], [10 , 'X'], [9 , 'IX'], [5 , 'V'], [4 , 'IV'], [1 , 'I'] ]
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Rom2Dec: convert roman numerals to a decimal number {{{2
+fun! s:Rom2Dec(roman)
+" call Dfunc("Rom2Dec(".a:roman.")")
+ let roman = substitute(a:roman,'.','\U&','ge')
+ let dec = 0
+
+ while roman != ''
+ for item in s:d2r
+ let pat= '^'.item[1]
+ if roman =~ pat
+ let dec= dec + item[0]
+ if strlen(item[1]) > 1
+ let roman= strpart(roman,strlen(item[1])-1)
+ endif
+ break
+ endif
+ endfor
+ let roman= strpart(roman,1)
+ endwhile
+
+" call Dret("Rom2Dec ".dec)
+ return dec
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Dec2Rom: convert a decimal number to roman numerals {{{2
+" Note that since there is no zero or negative integers
+" using Roman numerals, attempts to convert such will always
+" result in "I".
+fun! s:Dec2Rom(dec)
+" call Dfunc("Dec2Rom(".a:dec.")")
+ if a:dec > 0
+ let roman = ""
+ let dec = a:dec
+ let i = 0
+ while dec > 0
+ while dec >= s:d2r[i][0]
+ let dec = dec - s:d2r[i][0]
+ let roman = roman . s:d2r[i][1]
+ endwhile
+ let i= i + 1
+ endwhile
+ else
+ let roman= "I"
+ endif
+" call Dret("Dec2Rom ".roman)
+ return roman
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" SaveUserOptions: {{{2
+fun! s:SaveUserOptions()
+" call Dfunc("SaveUserOptions()")
+ let s:fokeep = &fo
+ let s:gdkeep = &gd
+ let s:ickeep = &ic
+ let s:magickeep = &magic
+ let s:reportkeep= &report
+ set fo=tcq magic report=9999 noic nogd
+" call Dret("SaveUserOptions")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" RestoreUserOptions: {{{2
+fun! s:RestoreUserOptions()
+" call Dfunc("RestoreUserOptions()")
+ let &fo = s:fokeep
+ let &gd = s:gdkeep
+ let &ic = s:ickeep
+ let &magic = s:magickeep
+ let &report= s:reportkeep
+" call Dret("RestoreUserOptions")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Restoration: {{{1
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Modelines: {{{1
+" vim: ts=4 fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/plugin/visincrPlugin.vim b/vimfiles/plugin/visincrPlugin.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66c0918
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/plugin/visincrPlugin.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+" visincrPlugin.vim: Visual-block incremented lists
+" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. Ph.D.
+" Date: Jul 18, 2006
+" Public Interface Only
+"
+" (James 2:19,20 WEB) You believe that God is one. You do well!
+" The demons also believe, and shudder.
+" But do you want to know, vain man, that
+" faith apart from works is dead?
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Load Once: {{{1
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_visincrPlugin")
+ finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_visincrPlugin = 1
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Methods: {{{1
+let s:I = 0
+let s:II = 1
+let s:IMDY = 2
+let s:IYMD = 3
+let s:IDMY = 4
+let s:ID = 5
+let s:IM = 6
+let s:IA = 7
+let s:IX = 8
+let s:IIX = 9
+let s:IO = 10
+let s:IIO = 11
+let s:IR = 12
+let s:IIR = 13
+let s:RI = 14
+let s:RII = 15
+let s:RIMDY = 16
+let s:RIYMD = 17
+let s:RIDMY = 18
+let s:RID = 19
+let s:RIM = 20
+
+" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Public Interface: {{{1
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? I call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:I , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=* II call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:II , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=* IMDY call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:IMDY , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=* IYMD call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:IYMD , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=* IDMY call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:IDMY , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? ID call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:ID , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? IM call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:IM , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? IA call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:IA , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? IX call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:IX , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? IIX call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:IIX , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? IO call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:IO , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? IIO call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:IIO , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? IR call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:IR , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? IIR call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:IIR , <f-args>)
+
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? RI call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:RI , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=* RII call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:RII , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=* RIMDY call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:RIMDY, <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=* RIYMD call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:RIYMD, <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=* RIDMY call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:RIDMY, <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? RID call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:RID , <f-args>)
+com! -ra -complete=expression -na=? RIM call visincr#VisBlockIncr(s:RIM , <f-args>)
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Restoration And Modelines: {{{1
+" vim: ts=4 fdm=marker
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
diff --git a/vimfiles/syntax/netrw.vim b/vimfiles/syntax/netrw.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6415c46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/syntax/netrw.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+" Language : Netrw Remote-Directory Listing Syntax
+" Maintainer : Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Last change: Nov 27, 2006
+" Version : 9
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+" Syntax Clearing: {{{1
+if version < 600
+ syntax clear
+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Directory List Syntax Highlighting: {{{1
+syn cluster NetrwGroup contains=netrwHide,netrwSortBy,netrwSortSeq,netrwQuickHelp,netrwVersion
+
+syn match netrwSpecial "\%(\S\+ \)*\S\+[*|=]\ze\%(\s\{2,}\|$\)" contains=netrwClassify
+syn match netrwDir "\.\{1,2}/" contains=netrwClassify
+syn match netrwDir "\%(\S\+ \)*\S\+/" contains=netrwClassify
+syn match netrwDir "^\S*/" contains=netrwClassify
+syn match netrwSizeDate "\<\d\+\s\d\{1,2}/\d\{1,2}/\d\{4}\s" contains=netrwDateSep skipwhite nextgroup=netrwTime
+syn match netrwSymLink "\%(\S\+ \)*\S\+@\ze\%(\s\{2,}\|$\)" contains=netrwClassify
+syn match netrwExe "\%(\S\+ \)*\S\+\*\ze\%(\s\{2,}\|$\)" contains=netrwClassify,netrwTreeIgnore
+syn match netrwTreeIgnore contained "^\%(| \)*"
+
+syn match netrwClassify "[*=|@/]\ze\%(\s\{2,}\|$\)" contained
+syn match netrwDateSep "/" contained
+syn match netrwTime "\d\{1,2}:\d\{2}:\d\{2}" contained contains=netrwTimeSep
+syn match netrwTimeSep ":"
+
+syn match netrwComment '".*\%(\t\|$\)' contains=@NetrwGroup
+syn match netrwHide '^"\s*\(Hid\|Show\)ing:' skipwhite nextgroup=netrwHidePat
+syn match netrwSlash "/" contained
+syn match netrwHidePat "[^,]\+" contained skipwhite nextgroup=netrwHideSep
+syn match netrwHideSep "," contained transparent skipwhite nextgroup=netrwHidePat
+syn match netrwSortBy "Sorted by" contained transparent skipwhite nextgroup=netrwList
+syn match netrwSortSeq "Sort sequence:" contained transparent skipwhite nextgroup=netrwList
+syn match netrwList ".*$" contained contains=netrwComma
+syn match netrwComma "," contained
+syn region netrwQuickHelp matchgroup=Comment start="Quick Help:\s\+" end="$" contains=netrwHelpCmd keepend contained
+syn match netrwHelpCmd "\S\ze:" contained skipwhite nextgroup=netrwCmdSep
+syn match netrwCmdSep ":" contained nextgroup=netrwCmdNote
+syn match netrwCmdNote ".\{-}\ze " contained
+syn match netrwVersion "(netrw.*)" contained
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Highlighting Links: {{{1
+if !exists("did_drchip_dbg_syntax")
+ let did_drchip_netrwlist_syntax= 1
+ hi link netrwClassify Function
+ hi link netrwCmdSep Delimiter
+ hi link netrwComment Comment
+ hi link netrwDir Directory
+ hi link netrwHelpCmd Function
+ hi link netrwHidePat Statement
+ hi link netrwList Statement
+ hi link netrwVersion Identifier
+ hi link netrwSymLink Special
+ hi link netrwExe PreProc
+ hi link netrwDateSep Delimiter
+
+ hi link netrwTimeSep netrwDateSep
+ hi link netrwComma netrwComment
+ hi link netrwHide netrwComment
+endif
+
+" Current Syntax: {{{1
+let b:current_syntax = "netrwlist"
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" vim: ts=8 fdm=marker
diff --git a/vimfiles/syntax/scons.vim b/vimfiles/syntax/scons.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b63f9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/syntax/scons.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language: SConscript
+" Maintainer: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2006 Nov 15
+
+if version < 600
+ syntax clear
+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" Read the Python syntax to start with
+if version < 600
+ so <sfile>:p:h/python.vim
+else
+ runtime! syntax/python.vim
+ unlet b:current_syntax
+endif
+
+" SConscript extentions
+syn keyword sconsTarget CFile CXXFile DVI Jar Java JavaH
+syn keyword sconsTarget Library LoadableModule M4 Moc
+syn keyword sconsTarget MSVSProject MSVSSolution Object
+syn keyword sconsTarget PCH PDF PostScript Program
+syn keyword sconsTarget RES RMIC RPCGenClient RPCGenHeader
+syn keyword sconsTarget RPCGenService RPCGenXDR
+syn keyword sconsTarget SharedLibrary SharedObject
+syn keyword sconsTarget StaticLibrary StaticObject
+syn keyword sconsTarget Tar TypeLibrary Uic Zip
+syn keyword sconsEnv Action AddPostAction AddPreAction
+syn keyword sconsEnv Alias AlwaysBuild Append AppendENVPath
+syn keyword sconsEnv AppendUnique BitKeeper
+syn keyword sconsEnv BuildDir Builder CacheDir Clean
+syn keyword sconsEnv Command Configure Clone Copy CVS
+syn keyword sconsEnv Default DefaultEnvironment
+syn keyword sconsEnv Depends Dictionary Dir Dump
+syn keyword sconsEnv EnsurePythonVersion EnsureSConsVersion
+syn keyword sconsEnv Environment Execute Exit Export
+syn keyword sconsEnv File FindFile Flatten
+syn keyword sconsEnv GetBuildPath GetLaunchDir GetOption
+syn keyword sconsEnv Help Ignore Import Install InstallAs
+syn keyword sconsEnv Literal Local MergeFlags NoClean
+syn keyword sconsEnv ParseConfig ParseDepends ParseFlags
+syn keyword sconsEnv Preforce Platform Precious
+syn keyword sconsEnv Prepend PrependENVPath PrependUnique
+syn keyword sconsEnv RCS Replace Repository Return
+syn keyword sconsEnv Scanner SCCS SConscript SConscriptChdir
+syn keyword sconsEnv SConsignFile SetDefault SetOption
+syn keyword sconsEnv SideEffect SourceCode SourceSignatures
+syn keyword sconsEnv Split TargetSignatures Tool
+syn keyword sconsEnv Value WhereIs
+syn keyword sconsConf Configure Finish
+syn keyword sconsConf CheckCHeader CheckCXXHeader CheckFun
+syn keyword sconsConf CheckLib CheckLibWithHeader CheckType
+syn keyword sconsOpt Options
+syn match sconsVar /\<[A-Z_][A-Z0-9_]\+\>/
+
+" Default highlighting
+if version >= 508 || !exists("did_scons_syntax_inits")
+ if version < 508
+ let did_scons_syntax_inits = 1
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi link <args>
+ else
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi def link <args>
+ endif
+ HiLink sconsTarget Keyword
+ HiLink sconsEnv Function
+ HiLink sconsConf Function
+ HiLink sconsOpt Function
+ HiLink sconsVar Special
+ delcommand HiLink
+endif
+
+let b:current_syntax = "scons"
+" vim: ts=8
diff --git a/vimfiles/syntax/srec.vim b/vimfiles/syntax/srec.vim
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..632975f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vimfiles/syntax/srec.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language: Motorola S record
+" Maintainer: slimzhao <vim2004@21cn.com>
+" Last Change: 2004 May 31
+" License: This file is placed in the public domain.
+
+" For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
+" For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
+if version < 600
+ syntax clear
+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
+ finish
+endif
+
+syn case ignore
+
+" storage types
+
+"[Addr [DataCount [RecType]] ]
+syn match srecChecksum /[0-9a-fA-F]\{2}\r\?$/
+syn match DataCount /^S[0-357-9][0-9a-fA-F]\{2}/ contains=RecType contained
+syn match RecType /^S[0-357-9]/ contained
+syn match S0Addr /^S0[0-9a-fA-F]\{6}/ contains=DataCount
+syn match S1Addr /^S1[0-9a-fA-F]\{6}/ contains=DataCount
+syn match S2Addr /^S2[0-9a-fA-F]\{8}/ contains=DataCount
+syn match S3Addr /^S3[0-9a-fA-F]\{10}/ contains=DataCount
+"syn match S5Addr /^S5[0-9a-fA-F]\{6}/
+syn match S7Addr /^S7[0-9a-fA-F]\{10}/ contains=DataCount
+syn match S8Addr /^S8[0-9a-fA-F]\{8}/ contains=DataCount
+syn match S9Addr /^S9[0-9a-fA-F]\{6}/ contains=DataCount
+
+syn case match
+
+" Define the default highlighting.
+" For version 5.7 and earlier: only when not done already
+" For version 5.8 and later: only when an item doesn't have highlighting yet
+if version >= 508 || !exists("did_srec_syntax_inits")
+ if version < 508
+ let did_srec_syntax_inits = 1
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi link <args>
+ else
+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi def link <args>
+ endif
+
+ " The default methods for highlighting. Can be overridden later
+ "Address, Hex link Addr to Comment, while DataCount to Constant, for
+ "S-record, the RecType and DataCount field is adjacent, and their color is
+ "similar, so we swap it for more eyeable.
+ HiLink S1Addr Constant
+ HiLink S2Addr Constant
+ HiLink S3Addr Constant
+ "StartAddress
+ HiLink S7Addr MoreMsg
+ HiLink S8Addr MoreMsg
+ HiLink S9Addr MoreMsg
+ "Record type
+ HiLink RecType WarningMsg
+ "Checksum
+ HiLink srecChecksum Search
+ "Data count
+ HiLink DataCount Comment
+
+ delcommand HiLink
+endif
+
+let b:current_syntax = "srec"
+
+" vim: ts=8